September 6, 2017 1

encouraging a creative environment for scholarship, University Graduate School research, teaching, and learning. The University Graduate School is a recognized leader in developing new concepts Administration and best practices for graduate education. It assists departments in recruiting, supporting, retaining, and JAMES C. WIMBUSH, Ph.D., Dean of The University graduating outstanding scholars. Through its connections Graduate School with national higher education organizations, it serves DAVID L. DALEKE, Ph.D., Associate Dean as a resource in forging the future directions of graduate JANICE S. BLUM, Ph.D., Associate Dean education. Overview The University Graduate School administers degree programs on eight campuses of Indiana University: Bloomington, East, Fort Wayne, Indianapolis, Kokomo, Northwest at Gary, South Bend, and Southeast at New Albany. As of fall, 2014, the University Graduate School offers a total of 43 certificate programs, 156 Master’s degrees, and 133 Ph.D. degree programs state-wide. At Bloomington there are seventeen graduate certificate programs, ninety-eight Master’s programs in the College of Arts and Sciences, School of Fine Arts, School of Journalism, School of Music, School of Optometry and Kelley School of Business. The University Graduate School offers ninety-six Ph.D. programs and/or Ph.D. minors in the College of Arts and Sciences, Kelley School of Business, School of Education, School of Informatics and Computing, School of Journalism, the Maurer School of Law, School of Optometry, School of Public and Environmental Affairs, and the School of Public Health. At Indianapolis, the programs administered by the Indiana University Graduate School include seventeen certificates in the School of Dentistry, the School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences, the School of Liberal Arts, the School of Medicine, the School of Public and Environ- mental Affairs, the School of Philanthropy, and the School of Public Health. A total of thirty-nine Master’s programs are available in the School of Liberal Arts, the School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences, the School of Medicine, the School of Public Health, and the School of Science. The University Graduate School-Indianapolis also administers thirty-seven Ph.D. programs as well as several Ph.D. minor programs in the Schools of Informatics and Computing, Dentistry, Education, Nursing, Public Health, Health and Rehabilitation Sciences, and Social Work. At Fort Wayne, the University Graduate School programs include a graduate certificate, Master of Arts for Teachers, and three Master of Liberal Studies degrees. Kokomo offers a Master of Arts; Northwest offers a Master of Liberal Studies; South Bend offers five Graduate Certificates and nine Master’s; I.U. East offers two Graduate Certificates and two M.A. degrees, and I.U. Southeast offers a Graduate Certificate and two Master of Liberal Studies degrees Mission Statement The mission of The University Graduate School is to promote and support excellence in graduate education for individual students, faculty, departments, and the university as a whole. In accomplishing this mission, The University Graduate School values excellence, integrity, collaboration, efficiency, innovation, and inclusiveness in all that it does. These values are central to the school’s role in 2 September 6, 2017 History and Organization research and development component, was able to focus In 1908, upon the insistence of faculty members of the its attention on the quality of graduate education. College of Arts and Sciences, the university placed its From 1978 until 1987, the historian Leo F. Solt was dean. graduate courses into a newly formed unit, the Graduate Under his leadership, the Graduate School became School, and named biology professor Carl Eigenmann its a university-wide entity, encouraging excellence in first dean (1908-27). Four years later, Indiana University graduate education throughout the state of Indiana by awarded its first Ph.D. degree, although Master of Arts systematically reviewing all existing programs and by degrees had been conferred in cursu upon graduates implementing new graduate programs on the Indianapolis of Indiana University in the nineteenth century. Today, and South Bend campuses, as well as on the Bloomington the Graduate School awards approximately 300 Ph.D.’s campus. Fellowship funds were increased, and more and some 500 master’s degrees annually. In addition minority students were recruited; the Graduate School was to the Ph.D., the Graduate School at Indiana University computerized to improve record keeping and monitoring has sole jurisdiction over the Master of Arts, the Master of students; additional steps were taken to improve of Science, the Master of Arts for Teachers, and the the quality of Ph.D. dissertations; and participation by Master of Fine Arts degrees wherever they are offered graduate students in the administrative and policy making in the university system. The professional schools have activity of the Graduate School was encouraged. jurisdiction over other postbaccalaureate degrees and provide the instruction for Graduate School degrees in Thomas Noblitt, a music historian, was acting dean their disciplines. As a university-wide office, the Graduate from 1987 until 1989. During his tenure, new graduate School grants degrees at five of the university’s eight programs were approved for the Northwest and Fort campuses: Bloomington, Fort Wayne, Indianapolis, South Wayne campuses, and offerings at Bloomington and Bend, and Southeast. Indianapolis were expanded. In August 1989, George Walker, a physicist, became associate vice president In the Graduate School’s early years, during the (and later vice president) for research and dean of the presidency of William Lowe Bryan, the university University Graduate School, thus reuniting two offices concentrated on undergraduate instruction. When Herman that had been separated for nearly 20 years. Under his B Wells became president in 1938, graduate education at direction, the University Graduate School was reorganized Indiana began to thrive under the deanship of Fernandes to allow departments and schools to assume a larger Payne, another biologist (1927-47). With the strong part of the responsibility for the monitoring of graduate support of President Wells and under the guidance of students’ progress toward their degrees. Increased Dean Payne’s successors, English professor and folklorist emphasis on financial support for graduate education Stith Thompson (1947-50) and botanist Ralph Cleland led to substantial additions to the fellowship budget, (1950-58), the Graduate School grew rapidly during the new initiatives were undertaken to encourage research post-World War II years. Twenty-five graduate fellowships on all campuses of the university, and the Graduate were created during the war years. Council was significantly expanded. Dean Walker also John W. Ashton, the second English professor to established a Preparing Future Faculty Program to occupy the Graduate School deanship (1958-65), had prepare graduate students to face the full range of served as dean of the College of Arts and Sciences professional responsibilities they might encounter in the before taking over the new Graduate School offices in academy. Kirkwood Hall. During his tenure in the College and in In 2003, the Office of Research and the University the Graduate School, Dean Ashton gave strong support Graduate School were again separated, and John to interdisciplinary programs and emerging disciplines Slattery, a pharmacologist from the University of such as linguistics, comparative literature, East European Washington, was recruited to head the again independent studies, folklore, School of Letters, and Uralic and Altaic University Graduate School. Unfortunately he was lured studies. By 1960, Bernard Berelson’s book Graduate back by the University of Washington, and in the fall Education in the United States ranked Indiana University of 2005, Sherry Queener (who had been associate twelfth of 92 institutions of higher education. Allan Carter’s dean at Indianapolis) and Eugene R. Kintgen (who Assessment of Quality in Graduate Education (1966) also had been associate dean at Bloomington) were named reflected the increased stature of the university’s graduate acting co-deans. James C. Wimbush, a professor of programs. In that work, four Graduate School programs business administration, was appointed dean of the ranked among the top ten of their kind in the nation, and University Graduate School in September, 2006. Dean twenty programs emerged among the top twenty. Wimbush continues to advocate for the enhancement The appointment of Harrison Shull, a chemist (1965-72), of graduate education and improvement of the overall marked an outstanding increase in the research and quality of graduate student and post-doctoral student life, graduate development activities of the Graduate School. and works to increase funding for programs promoting When Dean Shull left the Graduate School to become the educational equality. In July, 2013, Dean Wimbush also vice chancellor for research and development, he took was appointed Vice President for Diversity, Equity, and many of these activities with him, leaving the Graduate Multicultural Affairs. School to be concerned primarily with graduate education. In 1951, the faculty elected nine of its number to a As the university underwent reorganization under the Graduate Council. Today, the Graduate Council has leadership of President John W. Ryan, two temporary 24 voting members elected by the University Graduate deans, Harry Yamaguchi, a psychologist (1972-77), and School faculty. That faculty of about 2,200 members James Holland, the third biologist to head the Graduate comes from all campuses of the university. Beginning in School (1977-78), presided over an office that, without a 1980, a University Graduate School faculty committee has added new members to the graduate faculty upon September 6, 2017 3 nomination by departmental or school administrators, Contact Information subject to the approval of the dean of the University University Graduate School Graduate School and, in the case of full members, The University Graduate School - Bloomington Office the Board of Trustees. This process changed in 2005. Currently, all tenured or tenure-eligible faculty are Wells Library automatically appointed as members of the Graduate 1320 E. 10th Street, Room E546 Faculty. An additional endorsement to direct doctoral Bloomington, IN 47405 dissertations may be obtained through nomination by the appropriate doctoral program chair or program faculty, (812) 855-8853 subject to approval of the dean of the University Graduate [email protected] School and the Vice Provost for Faculty and Academic IUPUI Graduate Office Affairs. The names of all IU faculty members who hold appointments as members of the Graduate Faculty are University Library, UL 1170 listed in this bulletin under the names of the program(s) 755 W. Michigan Street with which they are associated. An asterisk (*) denotes Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis membership in the University Graduate School faculty with Indianapolis, IN 46202 the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations. (317) 274-1577 Members of the University Graduate School faculty [email protected] ultimately determine standards of admission, set the general requirements for degrees, pass upon the specific Admission requirements of programs, approve courses for graduate Undergraduate Requirements credit, and certify candidates for degrees. These functions The University Graduate School will consider applications are executed by the Graduate Council and the dean from students holding baccalaureate degrees from Indiana and administrative staff. More specifically, the University University or from other accredited four-year collegiate Graduate School faculty serve on advisory and research institutions. The University Graduate School may admit committees for doctoral students, direct master’s theses students who do not meet stated admission criteria and doctoral dissertations, and elect members of the provided that the deficiencies amount to no more than Graduate Council. one year’s work. The dean will determine the condition The Graduate Council, which represents faculty in all of admission in such cases. If more than a year’s work is graduate units, meets monthly during the academic deficient, students should apply to the University Graduate year. In addition to the functions delegated to it by the School for admission to the Continuing Nondegree faculty of the University Graduate School, it serves as an Program. Students from unaccredited institutions may executive advisory body to the dean and administrative be admitted as special students for one semester; if staff on policy matters. It receives the reports of the their records are then satisfactory and their department, school’s standing faculty committees; it acts upon program, or school recommends them, they will be recommendations for changes in admission, the given full standing. Ordinarily, a B (3.0) average in the curriculum, degree requirements, and procedures for undergraduate major is required for admission to the the administration of student programs; it receives and University Graduate School. acts upon the recommendations of ad hoc committees appointed by the dean; it gives advice on ways to Distance/Distributed Education improve the quality of graduate work; and it seeks ways The University Graduate School recognizes the role to coordinate the programs of the University Graduate in contemporary curricula of modern technologies that School with other graduate programs in the university. enhance learning in both traditional formats featuring primarily face-to-face interaction and in non-traditional In addition, the deans and staff of the University Graduate formats where students and faculty engage each other School monitor indicators of the quality of individual primarily via electronic means. In considering course graduate programs, and (through the recorders) the work for admission purposes or for transfer of credit into a quality of master’s and doctoral degrees granted. degree program, the Graduate School expects programs Mentoring and Preparing Future Faculty programs, both to evaluate course work and to apply the same criteria for within the departments and centralized in the University quality to both traditional and distance formats. Course Graduate School, ensure that students are integrated into work must be from an accredited four-year collegiate their academic programs and prepared for the full range institution to be considered for admission purposes, or of professional responsibilities they will encounter in their must otherwise comply with the requirements for non- careers. accredited institutions (see prior section) The Graduate and Professional Student Organization is Indiana University Baccalaureate Degree Candidates the representative body for graduate students enrolled on Candidates for baccalaureate degrees at Indiana the Bloomington campus. Likewise, the Graduate Student University may apply for conditional admission to the Organization represents graduate students enrolled in University Graduate School and may enroll for graduate programs on the Indianapolis campus. Both organizations credit for that portion of their program not required for work with the University Graduate School to advocate for completion of the baccalaureate degree, provided that: the interests of graduate and professional students. 1. They are within one semester of meeting baccalaureate degree requirements. (If the baccalaureate is not completed within that semester, graduate credit earned may not be counted toward an advanced degree). 4 September 6, 2017

2. The total course load does not exceed that ordinarily additional academic work undertaken during that period taken by a full-time graduate student. are required, and a department may request additional 3. The courses taken for graduate credit are authorized letters of recommendation. Should the updated material to carry such credit. (In certain instances graduate prove unsatisfactory, the admission may be canceled. If credit is allowed for undergraduate courses.) the applicant fails to enroll within two years, a completely new application is required. Application for Admission To assure that course credit will be eligible to count toward Graduate Record Examination an intended graduate degree, prospective graduate Applicants may be required to take the Graduate Record students, including graduates of Indiana University, must Examination General Test, Subject Test, or both (see make formal application and be admitted to a department, departmental requirements). Information concerning these program, or academic school, or must be registered as a examinations may be obtained online at www.ets.org. continuing nondegree student before taking courses for Further information is available in the office of the graduate credit. Most programs of the University Graduate University Graduate School (IUB) or at the Graduate School consider applications for admission and financial Office (IUPUI). aid that are completed by the following dates: January 15 International Students for the fall semester, September 1 for the spring semester, and January 1 for the summer. If a program uses other There are special application procedures for those deadlines, the applicant will be informed by the staff of the who are not citizens of the United States or who have program. Many graduate programs consider applications had their previous schooling outside the United States. submitted after a deadline as long as all available spaces At IU Bloomington, international students can apply for students have not been filled by highly qualified online at www.gradapp.indiana.edu or obtain the applicants. Inquiries about late applications for admission International Paper Packet from the Office of Admissions or financial aid should be addressed to the program of the at Bloomington (300 N. Jordan Ave; [812] 855-0661; e- student’s intended major. mail [email protected]) or the Office of International Affairs at IUPUI (902 W. New York St., ES 2126; [317] Electronic applications are the only form of application 274-7000; e-mail [email protected]; the international at IU Bloomington. IUPUI does accept paper application application may be downloaded from www.iupui.edu/ submissions and forms are available at the IUPUI ~oia/). Because of the extra procedures required in Graduate Office, IUPUI, University Library, UL evaluating foreign credentials, the application fee for 1170, Indianapolis, IN 46202. Paper application forms international students is $60 (IUB and IUPUI). are also available in departmental offices. Once enrolled, international students who wish to change For further information, consult www.gradapp.indiana.edu. their programs of study must first obtain the approval of All applications must be accompanied by one complete the Office of International Services. After such approval transcript of previous college and university work and is granted, application for formal change of status may be should be submitted directly to the department in which made to the University Graduate School according to the the student wishes to apply. same procedures governing United States citizens. By action of the Trustees of Indiana University, a International students must enroll in at least 8 credit nonrefundable application fee of $55 is required of all hours each fall and spring semester in order to meet visa applicants. An application fee of $55 (2015-16) is required requirements. Any exceptions to this regulation must for all applicants applying to Indiana University Graduate be approved in advance by the Office of International School programs on the IUB campus and $60 on the Services. IUPUI campus. All Graduate Nondegree students on the Indianapolis campus must pay a $60 (2015-16) application Since the language of instruction at Indiana University fee as well. At IU Bloomington, Continuing Nondegree is English, proficiency in reading, writing, speaking, and Program students are not assessed an application fee, but understanding English is essential. Applicants whose a $25 processing fee is assessed each semester in which native language is not English should submit proof of they enroll. such proficiency by the time they apply for admission. Normally this is done by taking the Test of English as a Admission (except for Continuing Nondegree students) Foreign Language (TOEFL). Results of this test should is made to a particular department for a specific degree, be submitted as part of the application for admission. The and no student shall be permitted to work toward a degree TOEFL examination is given six times a year in the United without first having been admitted to do so. A flexible entry States and many foreign countries. Further information procedure for basic science programs at Indianapolis may be obtained at American consulates or by writing allows Ph.D. students up to one year to identify a research to TOEFL, Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08541, U.S.A. If it laboratory and degree program. Students desiring to is not possible to take the TOEFL, applicants should change departments should fill out Transfer of Department obtain a statement by a responsible official, ordinarily a Forms, which may be obtained in the offices of individual United States consular official, attesting that they read, departments or schools (e.g., the School of Education, write, speak, and understand the English language well the College of Arts and Sciences). Requests for change of enough to pursue, at an American university, a program degree status must be submitted by the department and leading to an advanced degree in their chosen field. Such approved by the dean. a statement should be submitted with the application for admission. Following the notice of admission to the University Graduate School, an applicant normally has two calendar Prior to registration for classes, all new students whose years in which to enroll. Supplementary transcripts of any native language is not English are required to take an September 6, 2017 5 English Language Proficiency Test administered by Degree Conferral the Indiana University Center for English Language The University Graduate School will recommend the Training (CELT) at Bloomington, and by the ESL program candidate to the Board of Trustees for the degree only and the Office of International Affairs at Indianapolis. upon completion of all the requirements stated in this If the results of this test indicate that a student needs Bulletin. Degrees are awarded on the last day of each additional work in English as a second language, month of the year. appropriate recommendations will be made to the student’s academic advisors. This requirement has For all students seeking a master’s degree, an application been established in recognition of the vital importance for the degree must be filed with the University Graduate of language competency to the student’s academic School at least 30 days before the date anticipated success. Prospective students whose native language for degree conferral. All degree requirements must be is not English and who have been offered positions as completed at least 30 days before the date of expected associate instructors are required to pass additional degree conferral, including submission to the University tests in English, since success as a teacher at Indiana Graduate School of the master’s thesis (if required for University is dependent upon one’s ability to communicate degree). Electronic submissions are preferred. in the English language. Information regarding these examinations may be obtained directly from the individual For doctoral students, submission to the University academic departments at IU Bloomington or from the Graduate School of the copies of the completed Graduate Office at IUPUI. dissertation and abstract as described under Submission of the Dissertation constitutes an application for conferral Nondegree Students of the Ph.D. degree. Doctoral students are reminded Special Students (a) that the 30-day announcement deadline prior to the defense of the dissertation and the 30-day deadline prior Students who have not been admitted to a degree to degree conferral are nonoverlapping time periods; and program but who intend to study primarily in one (b) that research committees frequently require revisions department may be admitted by that department with the and corrections after the defense of the dissertation and approval of the dean as special students. They must apply that these revisions must be made before the dissertation to a department just as degree students do and should is ready for submission to the University Graduate School. indicate their desired status. Commencement Continuing Nondegree Students All graduate students are encouraged to participate in The holder of a baccalaureate degree who wishes to study the Commencement ceremonies. The solemn yet colorful on a nondegree basis without necessarily concentrating academic pageantry can provide a fitting culmination in a single department may be admitted to the University to a period of intense study and work. At IUB, all Graduate School as a continuing nondegree student. Such Ph.D. candidates are now hooded by their professors. students may not accumulate more than 18 credit hours Procedures for participating in Commencement may be in a single subject area, and may enroll only in those obtained from the University Graduate School for IUB courses for which they can obtain specific permission students and from the Graduate Office for IUPUI students. to register, which takes into consideration the academic background of the individual and course enrollment Full-Time Study limitations. In addition to Indiana University tuition and Ordinarily, students shall be considered full time if they are mandatory fees, a program processing fee of $25 is registered for 8 hours of credit (fall, spring, and summer assessed each semester. For details of admission terms) and their programs of study meet with the approval and further information, students should consult The of the departments. Courses taken as an auditor may not University Graduate School at Bloomington (Wells Library be counted in the definition of “full-time study”; however, E546, [812] 856-4503, [email protected], http:// courses taken to remove undergraduate deficiencies for graduate.indiana.edu/admissions/non-degree.shtml), or admission may be counted. the Graduate Nondegree Program at Indianapolis (University Library, UL 1170, [317] 274-1577, http:// Students holding appointments as associate instructors, www.iupui.edu/~gradoff/admissions/non-degree.shtml. graduate assistants, or research assistants must ordinarily A student initially admitted as a continuing nondegree be registered for 6 credit hours during each full semester. student who later wishes to obtain a graduate degree must make formal application and be admitted to a For academic purposes, the University Graduate departmental degree program. The department may then School will consider as full-time certain students who recommend to the dean that credit earned as a continuing are exceptions to the above definitions: M.A. and M.S. nondegree student be applied to degree requirements. candidates whose completed courses and deferred thesis Students should be aware that certain departments and credits total 30 hours; M.F.A. candidates whose completed schools specifically prohibit work taken under continuing courses and deferred thesis credits total 60 hours; and nondegree status from counting toward a degree after a Ph.D. students whose completed courses and deferred student has been admitted to a degree program. dissertation credits total 90 hours, providing they are working on theses or dissertations for the completion of Policies & Procedures the degree. Such students, however, must enroll in at least one hour of graduate thesis (for master’s students) or The following content provides an overview of the dissertation (for doctoral students) credit each semester. academic regulations and procedures of the University For master’s candidates, such enrollment will be limited Graduate School and Indiana University. to the five-year period allowed for completion of the master’s degree; this enrollment for doctoral candidates will be limited to the seven-year period after passing 6 September 6, 2017 the qualifying examination. Students who have already areas on a pass/fail basis under conditions stated in a accumulated 90 or more hours of graduate credit and memorandum available from the University Graduate who hold university-administered student appointments School office. Such courses may not be used to fulfill as associate instructors, graduate assistants, or research departmental language or research-skill requirements. assistants amounting to at least 0.375 FTE (15 hours Enrollment under this option will be made at the beginning per week workload) will be required to enroll for at least of the semester and may not be changed after the date 6 hours of credit during each semester they continue to fixed for dropping and adding of courses. hold an appointment. Such hours will be charged at the allocated fee rate. Incomplete Grades The grade of Incomplete may be given only when the Students may take no more than 16 hours of credit in completed portion of a student’s work is of passing quality. any semester or more than a total of 16 credit hours in all It is the responsibility of the student who has incurred the summer sessions in any one year without permission the grade of Incomplete in any course to satisfy the of their graduate advisor. Students who are employed requirements of that course within one calendar year from are advised to take into account the demands that such the date on which the Incomplete is recorded. The student activities make on their time and to reduce their course is expected to finish all necessary work in time for the loads accordingly. instructor to assign a regular grade before the expiration of this time period. If the student is unable to do so because Grading Policies of circumstances clearly beyond the student’s control, Grades it is the student’s responsibility to notify the instructor of Grade points are assigned at Indiana University according the course, the graduate advisor, and the dean within the to the following scale, and grade point averages are year of such circumstances and to request an extension computed taking into account any plus or minus which of time. According to university policy, every overdue accompanies a letter grade. Incomplete will be changed to F after one calendar year. Both the student and the instructor shall be notified of A = 4.0 this change in grade. This change will be made unless A- = 3.7 the dean has received notice of a regular grade duly B+ = 3.3 assigned before that time or has approved a request for B = 3.0 an extension of time. A change of the grade F will be B- = 2.7 considered only if the request for change is accompanied C+ = 2.3 by an explanation of the circumstances involved. Students C = 2.0 may not register in a course in which they have a grade of C- = 1.7 Incomplete. D+ = 1.3 D = 1.0 These regulations do not apply to research and reading D- = 0.7 courses in which completion of the course work is not F = 0 usually required at the end of the semester. Such courses Ordinarily a minimum of a B (3.0) average in graduate are indicated in departmental listings by the sign “*”; work is required for continuance in graduate study, incomplete work in those courses will be denoted by R and for all graduate degrees. Courses completed (deferred grade). with grades below C (2.0) are not counted toward degree requirements, but such grades will be counted Withdrawal from Course Work in calculating a student’s grade point average. Some Withdrawals prior to the “last day to drop a course with departments may require an average grade in graduate an automatic W” (see official calendar for each semester) courses higher than 3.0, while others may count no are automatically marked W. According to university courses completed with grades below 3.0 toward degree regulations, withdrawal after this date is permitted only requirements (see departmental entries). No work may be with the approval of the dean of the student’s school transferred from another institution unless the grade is a B for urgent reasons related to the student’s health or (3.0) or higher. equivalent distress. In all such cases, the student must submit a request for late withdrawal to the advisor or The dean may review a grade record at any time and to the departmental chairperson. This request must be may place a student on academic probation if the record supported by the instructor of the course, the graduate justifies such action. When the grade point average of advisor, and the departmental chairperson and then be a student falls below 3.0 or the student is not making forwarded to the dean with an accompanying statement sufficient progress toward the degree, the dean will notify outlining the reasons for the request. If the dean approves the student that he or she has been placed on probation. the request, the student’s mark in the course shall be Unless the student brings this record up to a 3.0 grade W if the work completed up to the point of withdrawal is point average or begins making satisfactory progress passing; otherwise a grade of F shall be recorded. Failure in the next semester of enrollment, the student will not to complete a course without an authorized withdrawal will ordinarily be allowed to continue in the University Gradu- result in the grade of F. ate School. Residence Requirements Pass/Fail Option All candidates for graduate degrees (with the exceptions Students in good standing (i.e., with a grade point average outlined below) must complete at least 30 credit hours of 3.0 or better) who have completed graduate course of graduate work while enrolled on campuses of Indiana work sufficient for a master’s degree may, with the written University. Of these hours, at least one semester or consent of their graduate advisor or of their advisory two summer sessions of full-time work must be taken committee, enroll in courses outside their major and minor September 6, 2017 7 in University Graduate School degree-granting units in the student’s outside minor. Such approval should be on the Bloomington, Fort Wayne, Indianapolis, South requested before the course is taken. Bend, or Southeast campuses. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree must spend two consecutive semesters during In many departments there are strict limitations on the one academic year on the Bloomington or Indianapolis number of 300- and 400-level courses that may be campus. counted toward advanced degree requirements; see departmental notices for details. For descriptions of Work Done at More Than One Indiana University 300- and 400-level courses, see the College of Arts and Campus Sciences Bulletin or the School of Liberal Arts Bulletin. Students who plan to earn a degree through a degree- Not all courses listed in this bulletin are offered every year granting unit on one Indiana University campus and who and on every campus. Inquiries concerning the availability plan to take a substantial number of hours on one or or suitability of a particular course should be directed to more of the other Indiana University campuses in partial the appropriate departmental chairperson. fulfillment of degree requirements should have their programs of study approved in advance by the degree- The number of hours of credit given a course is indicated granting unit. The residency requirement must be met on in parentheses following the course title. The abbreviation the campus where the degree-granting unit is located. “P” refers to the course prerequisite or prerequisites. Similarly, the abbreviation “R” indicates recommended Revalidation of Courses prerequisites. Courses eligible for a deferred grade are Normally, a course may not be counted toward degree marked by the sign “**”. requirements if it has been completed more than (a) five years prior to the awarding of the degree for master’s Courses taken while an undergraduate and counted students or, (b) seven years prior to the passing of the toward the requirements of a baccalaureate degree qualifying examination for Ph.D. students. The graduate may not also be counted toward a graduate degree. advisor, after consultation with the advisory committee, With only three exceptions, courses counted toward may, however, recommend to the dean that course work the requirements for one advanced degree may not be taken prior to the above deadlines be revalidated if it counted toward requirements for another degree at the can be demonstrated that the knowledge contained in same level. the course(s) remains current. Currency of knowledge In the case of the M.F.A., course work completed as may be demonstrated by such things as: (a) passing part of an M.A., M.S., or M.A.T. degree may, with the an examination specifically on the material covered approval of the student’s department, be counted toward by the course; (b) passing a more advanced course in the M.F.A., provided it otherwise meets the conditions the same subject area; (c) passing a comprehensive stated in this bulletin. examination in which the student demonstrates substantial knowledge of the content of the course; (d) teaching a In the case of the Dual Master’s Program, certain comparable course; or (e) publishing scholarly research reductions are allowed in the total number of hours demonstrating substantial knowledge of the content and required if the two degrees had been taken separately. fundamental principles of the course. Each course for The Dual Master’s Program involves two degrees at the which consideration for revalidation is being requested master’s level; the degrees may be under the jurisdiction should be justified separately. If the qualifying examination of the University Graduate School or of another Indiana is used for the purpose of revalidation, the number of University school. For further information, see below courses to be revalidated by this method should be limited (under Requirements for Master’s Degrees) and the to two in order to avoid compromising the integrity of the departmental entries for African American and African qualifying examination process. Diaspora Studies, African Studies, Biology, Central Eurasian Studies, Chemistry, Comparative Literature, Graduate Credit East Asian Languages and Cultures, Economics, Graduate Credit—General English, Environmental Programs, Fine Arts, Folklore Only courses listed in this bulletin or specifically allowed and Ethnomusicology, Geography, History, History and by it may be counted toward the requirements for a degree Philosophy of Science and Medicine, Information and offered by the University Graduate School. These courses Library Science, Institute for the Studies of Europe, Jewish are ordinarily numbered at the 500 level or above. In Studies, Journalism, Latin American and Caribbean certain cases, courses at the 300 and 400 level have been Studies, Music, Near Eastern Languages and Cultures, specifically approved for graduate credit; all such courses Nursing Science, Philanthropic Studies, Philosophy, are listed in this bulletin. Normally, these courses require Physics, and Russian and East European Institute. a higher level of performance and significantly more work Work counted toward a master’s degree may also be (such as an increased number of readings, additional counted toward the Ph.D. if it has been approved by the papers, extra class sessions, oral class presentations) for student’s advisory committee and if it otherwise meets the graduate students than for the undergraduates. Each the conditions stated in this bulletin, including the rules instructor should identify the graduate students enrolled in governing the transfer of credit from other institutions. the course during the first week of classes and should out- line the nature of the work expected of them at that time. Transfer of Credit In certain other unusual instances the dean may approve, Upon recommendation of the department and with the upon recommendation and justification by the student’s approval of the dean, work taken for graduate credit at advisory committee, other 300- or 400-level courses for other institutions may be transferred in partial fulfillment graduate credit, typically to count toward requirements of degree requirements. No course may be transferred from another institution unless the grade is B or higher 8 September 6, 2017 and unless the course was completed within the time activity that tends to undermine the academic integrity of limit prescribed (see “Graduate Credit—General” section the institution...it may include, but is not limited to human, above). The following restrictions apply: hard-copy, or electronic resources, cheating, fabrication, plagiarism, interference, violation of course rules, and 1. Candidates for the M.A., M.S., LL.M., or M.A.T. facilitating academic misconduct. degree may offer up to 8 hours of graduate credit from other institutions. About the Requirements for 2. Candidates for the M.A.T. degree who are graduates of Indiana University may offer up to 12 hours of Master's Degrees graduate credit from other institutions. 3. Candidates for the M.F.A. degree may offer up to 20 Master's Degrees hours of graduate credit from other institutions. Master of Arts 4. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree may offer up to 30 Thirty (30) credit hours are required for the M.A. (some hours of graduate credit from other institutions. departments require more than 30), all of which may be taken in a single department; at least 20 of these credit It must be emphasized that the transfer of credit is not an hours must be earned in the major field. A minimum of 9 automatic occurrence. Students must obtain the written credit hours of course work or at least three courses in the consent of both their departmental advisor and the dean major field (excluding thesis) must be numbered 500 or before credit earned at other institutions will be added to above. their records. Master of Science Transfer from One Department to General requirements for the M.S. are identical with those Another for the M.A. (see above). There are a few exceptions. M.S. Matriculated students wishing to transfer from one students in computer science are currently exempted from department within the University Graduate School to the regulations requiring that 9 credit hours of course work another should first consult their graduate advisors or or three courses in the major field (exclusive of thesis) advisory committees and the graduate advisor of the new be numbered 500 or above. Students in the combined department about the wisdom of the change. International M.S./M.D. program have seven years in which to complete students desiring to make such a change must also obtain requirements for the M.S. degree; students in the M.S. the approval of the Office of International Services. program in geology at Indianapolis have six years in which to complete the requirement. General Requirements for Master of Fine Arts Advanced Degrees The M.F.A. degree, which is offered in the Departments of English, Fine Arts, and Theatre, Drama, and Guidelines for Requirements Contemporary Dance, requires a minimum of 60 credit The following statements regarding degree requirements hours. outline the minima that are acceptable. The student must meet not only the general requirements of the University Master of Arts for Teachers Graduate School but also the specific requirements of In order to be admitted to this program, students must the individual department(s). Requirements are given in hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited this bulletin only for degrees awarded by the University institution. The degree should include sufficient hours in Graduate School. Professional graduate degrees are each discipline in which students plan to work to enable also available at Indiana University. These professional them to elect courses carrying graduate credit (see degrees are administered by the respective schools; departmental entries for details). information regarding these degrees and the requirements for each may be found in the bulletins of the individual Thirty-six (36) credit hours beyond the baccalaureate schools. degree are required, at least 20 of which must be in the major teaching field, with the remainder allocated either The University Graduate School recommends that those to additional work in the major or to one or more minors. who intend to continue graduate work toward the Ph.D. Certain interdepartmental programs have specific minor degree elect one of the traditional master’s degree requirements (for details, see the individual program programs requiring a thesis or a foreign language or both. statements). Each candidate must possess a teacher’s certificate (from Indiana or another state in the United Academic Integrity States) at the time the degree is conferred, with the Students are expected to adhere to the highest ethical exception of international students, who must be certified standards in all their course work and research. by their departments. Because in some cases licensing Individuals violating that code of conduct are subject to requirements and M.A.T. course requirements may disciplinary action; such breaches could lead to expulsion overlap, the teaching certificate will be issued and the of the student from Indiana University or to recision of a degree will be conferred at the same time. Graduates degree already granted. To acquaint students more fully who do not hold certificates (teaching licenses) should with the range of issues relating to academic integrity, The have their credentials evaluated for teaching certification University Graduate School has prepared a document purposes by the graduate licensing advisor in the School entitled Integrity in Graduate Study which can be obtained of Education. by calling the office at 812-855-8853). Students also can refer to Indiana University’s Code of Student Rights, Upon recommendation of the department and approval by Responsibilities, and Conduct (http://www.iu.edu/~code/ the dean, a maximum of 6 credit hours of undergraduate code/rights/index.shtml). Academic misconduct is any courses taken after completion of the baccalaureate September 6, 2017 9 degree may be applied toward the M.A.T. degree. M.A.T. departmental entries for exceptions). If a thesis is not degrees are available in most areas represented in required, departments are encouraged to substitute some the high school curriculum. Interested students should other type of special project that is creative, exploratory, or consult the chairperson of the department or the division experimental in nature. In lieu of the traditional thesis, for concerned to discuss programs of study. example, the department might require seminar papers, presentations, publishable reports, artistic performances, Dual Master’s Program or exhibitions. The thesis or alternative project should be Students who are concurrently enrolled in two equivalent to no fewer than 3 nor more than 9 hours of departments may qualify for two master’s degrees under graduate credit; such credit should be granted under an a provision that allows credit earned to satisfy the major appropriate departmental course or independent study requirements of one department to count as elective number. Departures from traditional thesis requirements credit in a second department. Dual master’s degrees prescribed by the individual departments must be require a minimum of 50 credits, with at least 21 credits approved by both the department and the dean. If a earned in each of the programs. To be eligible for this thesis is submitted, the student must electronically submit program, a student must be formally admitted by both the thesis through Proquest. If the student prefers to departments and by the University Graduate School. All submit a bound thesis, two copies must be filed with the requirements of both degrees must be met, including University Graduate School. Electronic and bound copies passing any departmental examinations and satisfying of the thesis will be placed with the University Library. foreign-language/research-skill requirements. If both Additionally, departments may require bound copies. departments require a thesis, the student may write a The title page must bear the statement: “Submitted to single thesis that meets the requirements of both fields. the faculty of the University Graduate School in partial The thesis committee will comprise an equal number fulfillment of the requirements for the degree Master of of representatives of both departments, and the thesis ______in the Department of ______, Indiana credit will be split between the two. All course work for the University.” (Note: Students majoring in programs will program must be completed within a period of six years. use "Program of;" students majoring in departments outside of the College of Arts and Sciences will use Preparing Theses and Dissertations "School of.") At least three members of the faculty shall Theses and dissertations must be typed with the body normally participate in the approval of the thesis and of the text double-spaced. For thesis and dissertations must sign an acceptance page which appears after the that will be bound in paper form, margins must be at least title page. The statement, “Accepted by the faculty of one-and-a-half inches on the left and one inch on the top, the University Graduate School, Indiana University, in right, and bottom. Students who submit their publications partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree Master in electronic form only may choose to have one-inch of ______,” should precede the signatures on margins on all sides. Page numbers must be consecutive the acceptance page. Each copy of the thesis is to be throughout, with Arabic numerals used for the body of the accompanied by the student’s vita sheet inserted at the work and small or lowercase Roman numerals for the front end. For details regarding the typing and duplication of matter. Script fonts (ex. Monotype Corsica) and italicizing theses, see Preparation of Theses and Dissertations. large sections of text are not allowed for the main body of your text, although italics may be used appropriately. Three or more faculty members should participate in certification of the student’s fulfillment of the requirements The paper used for any bound copies must be for a master’s degree. Their participation may take watermarked, 100-percent cotton bond paper of 20 or any of several forms, such as administering a final 24 lbs., measuring 8 1/2 by 11 inches. If photographs or comprehensive examination, or evaluating the or detailed graphics are part of the work, make certain candidate’s thesis or alternative project. In instances they are crisp and clear when printed. It is acceptable to where shortcomings are apparent, the student may use special laser or photo paper for the pages(s) in the be required to complete additional course work or dissertation containing images in order to achieve the best assignments. possible quality. If the master’s degree is used to meet part of the Theses and dissertations must be written in English requirements to convert a provisional or standard teaching unless you and your department/committee have certificate into a professional certificate (which is no longer decided otherwise. For more information, see http:// a life license), the student’s degree program must include www.indiana.edu/~grdschl/theses-dissertations/ at least 18 credit hours of graduate work in the major or index.shtml. minor field or both. About the Requirements for Master's Deficient Progress Degrees The policy of the Graduate Faculty is that students may The number of credit hours required by the University be dismissed for failure to maintain adequate academic Graduate School for master’s degrees varies according progress toward the degree. For candidates, this standard to the individual degree (see below for details). However, is set by the faculty of each program or by the student's with the exception of the Dual Master’s Program, the dissertation committee. requirements for all master’s degrees must be completed within five consecutive years. The student must first be notified of deficient academic progress by being placed on probation for one semester. With the exception of the Master of Arts for Teachers If the deficiency is not rectified then the student may be (M.A.T.), a thesis or reading knowledge of a foreign dismissed. language is normally required for a master’s degree (see 10 September 6, 2017 Ph.D. Degree examinations. In some instances it may be possible to count the same work toward requirements in both depart- The Ph.D. degree requires completion of at least 90 credit ments (e.g., a specific foreign language acceptable hours of an advanced course of study. The degree is in both programs). The exact courses of study and awarded in recognition of a candidate’s command of a examinations required are to be determined by members broad field of knowledge and accomplishment in that field of the research committee from each of the majors. Any through an original contribution of meaningful knowledge area of substantial overlap in the two courses of study or and ideas. in the examinations is to be negotiated by the committee • Major Subject and Minor Subjects as a whole and approved by the dean. • Double Majoring There must be at least four faculty members on both the • Combined Degree Programs advisory and research committees for a double major, with • Assignment to an Advisory Committee two from each of the majors. Additionally, the research • Qualifying Examinations committe must have two chairs (co-chairs), one from • Admission to Candidacy Status each of the majors. If other minor fields are involved, a • Continuing Enrollment representative must also be present from each of these. • Dissertation A total of 90 credit hours is required for the Ph.D. degree • Research Committee with a double major. While judicious program planning may permit completion of some double majors within the Major Subject and Minor Subjects 90 credit hours, other students may accrue additional Major Subject hours due to the programs of study required for each major. In recognition of such a possibility, students in The student will select a major subject from the the program will be allowed one additional year, for a departments and programs listed in this bulletin. The total of eight years, before they must take the qualifying major department or program is responsible for monitoring examinations. A link to the complete set of rules relating the student’s progress toward the degree and for making to double majors and the appropriate form for applying for recommendations to the University Graduate School a double major can be found on the University Graduate regarding the nomination to candidacy, the appointment of School Forms page or by downloading it here. a research committee, the defense of the dissertation, and the conferring of the degree. Combined Degree Programs Minor Subjects The School of Medicine, the School of Dentistry, the McKinney School of Law, the Maurer School of Law, and The student will select at least one minor subject. A minor the University Graduate School offer selected students provides additional breadth and depth to the individual’s an opportunity to pursue the M.S. or Ph.D. degrees, program. It must be taken outside the major department concurrently or sequentially, with a coordinated and from among those minors offered listed in this bulletin flexible program leading also to the M.D., D.D.S., or or in a specifically approved inter- or intradepartmental J.D. degree. Combined degree programs are available area—see departmental entries. (As an exception to this in anatomy, biochemistry, dental science, medical rule, Indiana University doctoral students may take a biophysics, medical genetics, medical neurobiology, minor in a Purdue University graduate degree program at microbiology and immunology, pathology, pharmacology, Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis [IUPUI].) physiology, and toxicology. At Bloomington, the Courses counted toward a minor cannot also be counted combined degree is available not only in these basic toward the major. The determination of the minimum medical, biological, and physical sciences but also in the requirements and examination procedure (if any) for the humanities and social studies. The combined degree minor is entirely at the discretion of the minor department program is designed to meet the student’s particular or program. objectives and needs and is planned by the student Individualized Minor. In certain cases, special and an advisory committee of faculty representing the individualized minors (12 or more credit hours of work School of Medicine, the McKinney School of Law, the in two or more programs) or minors not specifically Maurer School of Law, or the School of Dentistry and the listed in this bulletin may be approved by the dean upon respective department or program. recommendation of the student’s advisory committee, Entry into a combined degree program requires approval provided such approval is requested prior to pursuit of any of the University Graduate School and the relevant school of the proposed courses of study. Examination procedures (the School of Medicine, the School of Dentistry, the (if any) or other requirements (for example, stipulation of McKinney School of Law, the Maurer School of Law). Two the minimum grades acceptable) should also be specified applications are necessary: one to the Indiana University in the proposal to the dean. School of Medicine, of Dentistry, or of Law, and another to the Indiana University Graduate School via the sponsoring Double Majoring department or program. Students may pursue two majors in two departments simultaneously, if so recommended by each department Indiana University School of Medicine has established and approved by the dean. Two general requirements an Indiana Medical Scientist Program for fellowship and pertain to double majors: (1) there must be a substantive tuition support of students in the combined M.D./Ph.D. relationship between the two major fields, particularly program. A faculty committee nominates students for with respect to the topic of the student’s dissertation; the program based on commitment to a career as a and (2) all degree requirements for each major must be physician scientist, research experience, undergraduate fulfilled, including the passing of two sets of qualifying grade point average, and MCAT scores. A flexible entry September 6, 2017 11 program allows students up to one year to identify a to procedures outlined in this bulletin (see Revalida- research laboratory and degree program. Information can tion). For students in combined M.D./Ph.D. programs, be obtained from the Graduate Division of the School of all course work offered in partial fulfillment of degree Medicine. requirements of the Ph.D. must have been completed within nine consecutive calendar years preceding the Completion of the program entails meeting all passing of the qualifying examination; for students in requirements for both degrees. Many nonclinical courses Ph.D. programs in music, within 10 consecutive years. of the curriculum of the School of Medicine satisfy course Reading proficiency required in one or more foreign lan- requirements for both degrees, and credit given for guages must also have been demonstrated, whether by graduate study may fulfill some of the School of Medicine course work or examination, no more than seven years requirements. The combined degrees may thus be before the passing of the qualifying examination. In the acquired in less time than would be required if both were case of an examination of more than one part, the date taken separately. of passing is regarded as the date of passing the final As well as fulfilling requirements for the M.D. program, a portion of the examination, typically the oral examination. minimum of 30 credit hours of graduate study is required Students who fail the qualifying examination are normally for the combined M.S./M.D. degree. Of these, 10 credit allowed to retake it only once. The qualifying examination hours may be transferred from exclusively School of must be passed at least eight months before the date the Medicine courses with the approval of the student’s degree is awarded. Some programs may have deadlines advisory committee and the University Graduate School. which are earlier than those of the University Graduate Similarly, a minimum of 90 credit hours of graduate School; therefore, students should consult with their study is required for the combined Ph.D./M.D. degree. program office. A maximum of 30 credit hours of exclusively School of Medicine courses may count toward the Ph.D. degree. Admission to Candidacy Status Following the passing of the qualifying examination and On the Bloomington campus there is a combined M.A. the completion of all course work and departmental in Telecommunications and J.D. in Law; see the entry in language or research-skill requirements (if any), the Telecommunications for details. student’s advisory committee will submit a Nomination Within the University Graduate School, combined to Candidacy Form to the University Graduate School. degrees are available in American Studies and Cognitive Upon approval of the dean, the student will be admitted Science. Students in these programs must be accepted to candidacy. By request, students can be provided a both by a Ph.D.-granting department and by either the certificate of candidacy. The date of successful completion American Studies or the Cognitive Science Program, of the qualifying examination (not the date of final approval and must satisfy the requirements for both chosen fields. of candidacy) is the one used in determining the seven- Requirements are the same as those for the Ph.D. degree year periods for currency of courses (see Qualifying with a double major (see above). Examination) and completion of the dissertation (see Submission of the Dissertation). Advisory Committee The policy of the Graduate Faculty is that students may The student’s major department or program shall assign be dismissed for failure to maintain adequate academic the student to an advisory committee no later than one progress toward the degree. For candidates, this standard year after admission to the Ph.D. program. The advisory is set by the faculty of each program or by the student's committee must include at least two members from the dissertation committee. The student must first be notified major area and one from another. At least two members of of deficient academic progress by being placed on the advisory committee must be members of the graduate probation for one semester. If the deficiency is not faculty. The names of faculty members nominated to rectified, the student may be dismissed. serve on the advisory committee shall be forwarded to the student’s school or college for approval no later Continuing Enrollment than one year after the student has been admitted to the Students who have passed the qualifying examination Ph.D. program. The advisory committee shall approve the must enroll each semester (excluding summer sessions) student’s program of study and counsel the student until for any remaining required course work or dissertation the passing of the qualifying examination. credits. Once such students have accumulated 90 credit hours in completed course work and deferred Qualifying Examinations dissertation credits, they must enroll for a minimum This examination, given at such time and in such manner of 1 hour of graduate credit each semester until the as the major department shall determine, shall be written, degree is completed. Failure to meet this requirement although additional oral examinations may be required. will automatically terminate the student’s enrollment in The qualifying examination shall cover the major subjects the degree program. Students who have completed 90 and may, at the discretion of the minor department(s) or credit hours and all requirements for the Ph.D. are eligible the interdepartmental committee, cover the minor subjects to enroll in G901 for a flat fee of $150 per semester. as well. Enrollment in G901 is limited to a total of six semesters. Normally, the qualifying examination is taken after the These hours do not count toward the required 90 credit student has completed all course work for the Ph.D. hours of course work. (For students not on campus, All such work offered in partial fulfillment of degree enrollment may be completed by mail.) requirements must either have been completed within seven consecutive calendar years of the passing of the qualifying examination or be revalidated according 12 September 6, 2017

A candidate who will be graduated in June, July, or August nomination of a committee that might eventually accept of any year must enroll in a minimum of 1 hour of credit what could be unsatisfactory work. Such a committee during the summer semester as described above. member could agree that a dissertation is ready for defense but should not be passed (or should not be Dissertation passed without substantial modification). There will, of Dissertation course, be situations in which the membership of research The culmination of the Ph.D. program is the writing of the committees should or must be changed (e.g., turnover dissertation, which is required of all doctoral students. The of faculty), but changes because of modifications in the dissertation must be an original contribution to knowledge dissertation topic or some equally plausible reason should and of high scholarly merit. The candidate’s research be made early in the writing of the dissertation. must reveal critical ability and powers of imagination Thirty days prior to the scheduled defense of the and synthesis. The dissertation is written under the dissertation, the candidate must submit to the University supervision of a research director and a research Graduate School a defense announcement via the committee, as described below. Although work published electronic document (e-doc) system. (Some programs by the student may be incorporated into the dissertation, may have requirements which are earlier than those of the a collection of unrelated published papers, alone, is not University Graduate School; therefore, students should acceptable. There must be a logical connection between consult with their program office.) The announcement all components of the dissertation, and these must be contains, among other things, a summary of the integrated in a rational and coherent fashion. It is the dissertation (not less than 150 words) which is informa- responsibility of the student’s research committee to tive and contains a brief statement of the principal results determine the kind and amount of published materials and conclusions. The announcement must be approved by which may be included in a dissertation. the research committee chairperson. If the candidate has Defense of the Dissertation published any scholarly articles relevant to the topic of the When the dissertation has been completed, the student dissertation, bibliographical references should be included should submit an unbound copy to each member of the in the summary. A copy of such announcements will be research committee as the initial step in scheduling the sent to any member of the graduate faculty upon request. defense of the dissertation. All members of the research Once the final examination has been scheduled, the committee should read the dissertation in its entirety announced time and place of the defense must not be before attending the defense. At this stage both the changed without the approval of the dean. Any member student and the faculty members must extend certain of the graduate faculty who wishes to attend the final courtesies to each other. It is the responsibility of the examination is encouraged to do so; it is requested, student to give faculty members sufficient time to read however, that the faculty member notify the chairperson the dissertation without making unreasonable requests of the research committee in advance so that space can of them based upon University Graduate School time be arranged. With the approval of the research committee limitations, immediate job possibilities, contract renewal, and the consent of the candidate, other graduate students or some other reason. Similarly, a faculty member should may attend the defense of the dissertation; normally such not keep a student’s work for inordinate periods of time students will act as observers, not as participants. because of the press of other duties. Once a faculty member assumes membership on a research committee, At the end of the oral examination, the research committee it becomes another part of his or her teaching assignment, must vote on the outcome of the examination. Four comparable to conducting regularly scheduled classes. options are available to the committee: (1) pass, (2) conditional pass, (3) deferred decision, and (4) failure. After the committee members have read the dissertation, If the decision to pass is unanimous, the dissertation is there should be direct communication (either in writing approved once it is received by the University Graduate or orally) between the research committee chairperson School along with an acceptance page signed by the and the other committee members about its readiness members of the research committee. If the decision is for defense. Readiness for defense, however, is not not unanimous, majority and minority reports should be tantamount to acceptance of the dissertation; it means that submitted to the dean who, within 10 working days, will the committee is ready to make a decision. The decision investigate and consult with the research committee. Upon to hold a doctoral defense, moreover, is not entirely up completion of the dean’s investigation and consultation, to the research committee. If a student insists upon the another meeting of the research committee will be right to a defense before the committee believes the held, and if a majority votes to pass, the dissertation is dissertation is ready, that student does have the right to approved when it is received by the University Graduate due process (i.e., to an oral defense) but exercises it at School with an acceptance page signed by a majority of some risk. the members of the research committee. If the decision to proceed with the defense of the The student must have received acceptance of his or dissertation is made against the judgment of one or her dissertation and must submit a copy to the University more members of the committee, or if one or more Graduate School within seven years after passing the members of the committee disapprove of parts of or all qualifying examination. Failure to meet this requirement of the dissertation, the committee member(s) should not will result in the termination of candidacy and of the resign from the committee in order to avoid frustration student’s enrollment in the degree program. Any student or collegial confrontation. The University Graduate whose candidacy lapses will be required to apply to the School urges that such committee members, after ample University Graduate School for reinstatement before communication with both the student and the chairper- further work toward the degree may be done formally. son, remain on the committee and thus prevent the To be reinstated to candidacy in the University Graduate September 6, 2017 13

School, the student must: (1) obtain the permission of Traditional Publishing. Open Access publishing has a fee the departmental chairperson; (2) fulfill the departmental of $160.00 requirements in effect at the time of the application for reinstatement; (3) pass the current Ph.D. qualifying Traditional Unbound Paper Submission: If the student examination or its equivalent (A department must define wishes to submit via traditional unbound paper method, he in advance specifically what is meant if an "equivalent" or she must schedule a dissertation review appointment examination is to be used, and that definition must be with the PhD recorder in the University Graduate School, approved by the dean.); and (4) request reinstatement to once his/her research committee has approved the candidacy from the dean. Such reinstatement, if granted, final version of the dissertation. In this appointment, the will be valid for a period of three years, during which time recorder will review an unbound copy of the dissertation the candidate must enroll each semester for a minimum of for necessary formatting revisions. The student will one credit. need to make the requested revisions and submit to the University Graduate School one unbound copy of Submission of the Dissertation the dissertation for necessary formatting revisions. The Following acceptance by the research committee, the dis- student will need to make the requested revisions and sertation is submitted to the University Graduate School. submit to the University Graduate School one unbound Students are expected to submit the final version of the copy of the dissertation, in a box suitable for mailing, dissertation within six months of the defense date to and one bound copy. The bound copy is sent to the maintain sufficient academic progress. For complete University Library. Some departments also require an guideline information, see the University Graduate additional bound copy. Students should contact their School’s website (www.graduate.indiana.edu) section department regarding departmental policies on bound related to Thesis & Dissertations. copy submission. The unbound copy will be submitted to ProQuest where the abstract will be published and the Each dissertation must include a title page bearing the dissertation microfilmed for storage in their database. The statement: “Submitted to the faculty of the University required fee for publishing the abstract and microfilming Graduate School in partial fulfillment of the requirements the dissertation is currently $65 for traditional publishing or for the degree Doctor of Philosophy in the Department $160 for Open Access Publishing. of ______, Indiana University.” (Note: Students majoring in programs will use "Program of;" students Dissertation majoring in departments outside of the College of Arts Research Committee and Sciences will use "School of.") The date of this page To initiate research for the dissertation, the student should be the month and year when all requirements have chooses a professor who will agree to direct the been satisfied; this is not necessarily the month in which dissertation. The department shall then recommend to you defend. Following the title page is the acceptance the dean for approval a research committee composed page with the statement: “Accepted by the faculty of the of the chosen director (who will also normally serve as University Graduate School, Indiana University, in partial chairperson of the committee), two or more additional fulfillment of the requirements for the degree Doctor of faculty members from the major department, and a Philosophy.” The acceptance page must be signed by representative of each minor. The committee should members of the research committee. See the online guide be selected from the members of the graduate faculty for the complete order for the front matter. who are best qualified to assist the student in conducting The candidate must also submit an abstract of no the research for the dissertation. In the event that the more than 350 words for the dissertation that has been dissertation research does not involve the area(s) of approved and signed by the research committee. The the minor(s) whether outside or inside the department abstract will appear in ProQuest Dissertations & Thesis the major department may request, with the consent of Database, managed by ProQuest Dissertation Publishing, the minor-field representative(s), the substitution of a Ann Arbor, Michigan. If the original abstract is not in representative or of representatives from some other English and an English translation has been made, submit field(s) more appropriate to the topic of the dissertation. both the English and non-English language abstracts. The committee has the responsibility of supervising the research, reading the dissertation, and conducting the final Any creative work, such as a dissertation, is automatically examination. copyrighted; however, registration with the U.S. Copyright Office provides (various/certain) legal benefits. The cost All chairpersons of research committees and directors for registering a work through ProQuest is currently $55. of research must be members of the graduate faculty Contact the University Graduate School for details. with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations. If, however, special expertise in an area is held by a Many Indiana University departments now allow electronic member of the graduate faculty who does not have the submission of the dissertation. Contact the department for endorsement, the departmental chairperson may request more information. that the dean approve such an individual as research Electronic Submission: This is the preferred submission committee chairperson or director of the dissertation method. Once approved and finalized, the dissertation research. should be submitted electronically in the form of a .pdf All members of a research committee must be members file to ProQuest. A microfilm version will also be made of the graduate faculty. At least half of the members of the available for purchase from ProQuest Dissertation committee must be members of the graduate faculty with Publishing by all those who request it. Effective the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations; others September 27, 2010, there is no longer a fee for those may be regular members. dissertations submitted electronically and opting for 14 September 6, 2017

After consultation with and approval by the dissertation Proficiency in Depth director and research committee, the student will submit to the University Graduate School a one- or two-page In certain departments, students have the option of prospectus of the dissertation research. If the proposed substituting proficiency in depth in one language for research involves human subjects, animals, biohazards, reading proficiency in two languages. Proficiency in depth or radiation, approval from the appropriate university in a language is defined as the ability to read rapidly committee must also be obtained. The membership of the without the aid of a dictionary and the ability to speak, research committee and the dissertation prospectus must understand, and write in a manner comparable to that be approved by the University Graduate School at least expected of students who have successfully completed six months before the defense of the dissertation. Some fourth-year composition and conversation courses. For programs may have deadlines which are earlier than those information about demonstrating proficiency in depth, of the University Graduate School; therefore, students students should consult the graduate examiner in the should consult with their program office. foreign language department concerned. Courses taken to fulfill research-skill requirements may, Foreign Language and Research at the discretion of the student’s major department, be Skills counted for graduate credit in a student’s program of study Individual departments determine whether foreign provided such courses are listed in this bulletin as carrying languages or research skills or both will be required. graduate credit. Each course must be passed with a grade Where such requirements exist, students must select of B (3.0) or higher to satisfy the proficiency requirement. the specific language(s) or research skill(s) from those approved by the major department and listed Financial Aid in its statement of departmental requirements. An- There are many forms of financial aid for graduate other language demonstrably useful in the student’s students awarded or facilitated by the University Graduate research program may be substituted upon special School and Indiana University. A number of options are recommendation of the major department and approval by included in this site. the dean. A student whose native language is not English may, with the permission of the major department, either Assistantships and Instructorships (1) demonstrate the required proficiency in that native Associate Instructorships, Graduate Assistantships, language, or (2) use English to meet foreign language requirements. Proficiency in English may be demonstrated and Research Assistantships by taking the Test of English as a Foreign Language A large number of associate instructorships, graduate (TOEFL) examination. (For further information regarding assistantships, and research assistantships are available the TOEFL examination, see the section International in departments and schools offering degrees through Students.) the University Graduate School. Some of these positions are accompanied by fee remissions which defray a large Reading proficiency in a foreign language is normally percentage of tuition and fees. Application for such established in one of three ways: positions should be made to the department or school in which the student wishes to work. Early application is 1. By achieving an appropriate score on an advisable. examination administered on the Bloomington campus by the respective language department. Resident Assistantships Students should contact the language department Positions are available on the Bloomington campus for details. and at IUPUI for single graduate students to serve as 2. By completing, with a grade of B (3.0) or better, resident assistants in the residence halls. Selection the reading course _492 (e.g., F492 for French, of graduate students for these positions is based on G492 for German). Students may register for the first the applicant’s academic record, previous background course in the sequence, _491, to prepare for _492; and experience, potential for work with undergraduate those who feel they have sufficient preparation may students, and personal qualifications necessary to relate register for _492, though they should consult the successfully to other people. The resident assistant serves language advisor first. as an advisor to a living unit of 50 students in one of the 3. By receiving, in the cases of Catalan, French, university residence centers. These positions provide German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, or Spanish, room, board, and a cash stipend; course work is limited a grade of B (3.0) or better in a literature or to a maximum of 12 credit hours each semester. For civilization course at Indiana University numbered further IUB information, contact the director, Department 300 or higher (exclusive of individual readings and of Residence Life, 801 N. Jordan Avenue, Bloomington, correspondence courses) in which the reading is IN 47405, telephone (812) 855-1764. For further IUPUI done in the foreign language. Courses in Russian information, contact the director, Office of Housing and offered to meet this requirement must be approved Residence Life, 1226 W. Michigan Street, Indianapolis, IN by the Department of Slavics and East European 46202-5180, telephone (317) 274-7200. Languages and Cultures. Fellowships For details, consult the respective language departments. A number of fellowships are available to students enrolled In certain departments, reading proficiency may be in the University Graduate School. Among them are demonstrated by presenting an original translation University Graduate School fellowships, fee scholarships, for approval by a faculty examiner designated by the and various privately and federally funded awards. appropriate language department. Students should apply for these fellowships directly to the major department. In all cases, early application is September 6, 2017 15 advisable. It should be noted that all such award holders normal living expenses, routine supplies, and computers. are required to devote full time to their studies. A student must have been formally admitted to an MFA program by the application deadline. Current students Indiana University also offers several recruitment must be enrolled full-time on the Bloomington campus fellowship and support programs for students during the semester in which an application is submitted underrepresented in graduate education (ethnic (6 credit hours is considered full time). The maximum minority, first generation and/or low income college amount of aid is $1,000 per academic year. Awards are students and women in the sciences). These include made two times a year; the deadlines for completed the Graduate Scholars Fellowship, Adam W. Herbert applications are in January and September for receipt Graduate Fellowship, Women in Science Graduate by the University Graduate School. Application information Fellowship, Ronald E. McNair Graduate Fellowship, and can be found on the University Graduate School website, the Educational Opportunity Fellowship. In some cases http://www.indiana.edu/~grdschl/internal-awards.php. students must meet certain criteria in order to be eligible for consideration for these awards. Other Student Financial Assistance To be considered for any of these awards, a student Long-term loans and Federal Graduate Work-Study are should submit an IU application form for admission available to graduate students at IU. More information and and financial aid to the relevant graduate program at application requirements are on the Indiana University IUB by mid-January of the year preceding enrollment. Web site: www.indiana.edu/~sfa/. Information for IUB students can be obtained from the IUPUI students should contact the Office of Student University Graduate School Fellowship Coordinator, Wells Financial Services, CE 250A, 420 University Boulevard, Library E546, 1320 E. 10th Street, Bloomington, IN 47405 Indianapolis, IN 46202 (telephone [317] 274-4162). For (telephone [812] 855-8853; e-mail grdschl [at] indiana information about other campuses, contact the Office [dot] edu; web: http://graduate.indiana.edu/index.shtml. of Financial Aid and Scholarships, Whitewater Hall 112, Further information for IUPUI students can be obtained 2325 Chester Boulevard, Richmond, IN 47374-1289, from the Graduate Office at IUPUI, University Library, (telephone 765-973-8206); contact Financial Aid Services, Room 1170, 755 W. Michigan St., Indianapolis, IN 46202 2101 E. Coliseum Blvd., Fort Wayne, IN 46805-1499 (telephone [317] 274-1577; web: http://www.iupui.edu/ (telephone [260] 481-4739); the Office of Scholarships and ~gradoff/). Financial Aid, KC 230, 2300 S. Washington St., Kokomo, Doctoral Student Grants-in-Aid of IN 46904-9003 (telephone [765] 453-2000); the Office of Scholarships and Financial Aid, Administration Building Research 157, P.O. Box 7111, 1700 Mishawaka Avenue, South Grant-in-Aid of Doctoral Research Bend, IN 46634-7111 (telephone [574] 520-4357); or the Office of Student Financial Aid, University Center The grant-in-aid of doctoral research is designed to South, Room 105, New Albany, IN 47150 (telephone [812] assist Bloomington doctoral students in funding unusual 941-2246). expenses arising from the research required for the dissertation. Examples of such expenses include travel to The GradGrants Center— special libraries or laboratories, payments to consultants, specialized equipment, and duplication of vital materials Bloomington needed for writing the dissertation. Expenses that are not The GradGrants Center—Bloomington (GGC) is a free supported include typing and duplicating of dissertations, service available to all enrolled graduate students on normal living expenses, routine laboratory supplies, and all campuses of Indiana University. The GGC provides computers. A student must have been formally admitted information and training to assist graduate students in to Ph.D. candidacy by the application deadline (the their search for funding to further research and graduate Nomination to Candidacy Form must have been approved study at Indiana University. The GGC’s services include by the Dean of The University Graduate School). Students funding-database searches, workshops, one-on-one pursuing doctoral degrees other than the Ph.D. (i.e., Ed.D. proposal-writing consultation, a library of funding sources or D.M.) may also apply for a Doctoral Student Grant- and proposal-writing books, and an electronic mailing list in-Aid of Research Award. Current students must be used to inform patrons of upcoming workshops, grant enrolled full-time on the Bloomington campus during the deadlines, and relevant news. The center's website also semester in which an application is submitted (6 credit provides students a central location to find available hours is considered full time). The maximum amount of student academic vacancies and gives departments on aid is $1,000 per academic year. Awards are made two any IU campus an additional means to advertise their times a year; the deadlines for completed applications positions. are in January and September for receipt by the Univer- The GradGrants Center—Bloomington is located in sity Graduate School. Application information can be the Herman B Wells Library, Room 651E (telephone found on the University Graduate School website, http:// [812] 855-5281; e-mail [email protected]; website: www.indiana.edu/~grdschl/internal-awards.php. www.indiana.edu/~gradgrnt/) . Grant-in-Aid of Master’s of Fine Arts Projects Special Opportunities The grant-in-aid of master’s of fine arts projects is designed to assist in funding Bloomington MFA students This site describes additional opportunities and services for unusual expenses incurred in connection with MFA provided by the University Graduate School and Indiana projects, such as travel to special libraries, payments to University which facilitate the attainment of graduate consultants, photocopies, electronics and specialized student goals. equipment. Expenses that are not supported include 16 September 6, 2017 Certificates • Gujarati Area Certificates • Hungarian Certificate programs are available in a number of • Italian areas; for further information, students should see the • Japanese (Classical and Modern) departmental entries in this bulletin. Such certificates can • Kazakh be pursued only in conjunction with a degree program and • Korean cannot be awarded independently. • Kurdish Free-Standing Certificates • Lakota (Sioux) Graduate certificates are offered in some fields to allow • Latin a focused credential to be earned by a person who has • Macedonian already earned an undergraduate degree, whether or not • Manchu the person is currently enrolled in an Indiana University • Manichaean master's or doctoral program. The courses taken are • Middle High German typically the same as those taken for other degrees, • Mongolian (and Classical Mongolian) but a more limited number of courses is required for • Norwegian the certificate. Graduate certificates typically involve • Old Church Slavonic a predetermined curriculum of 16 to 20 credit hours. • Old English Students enrolled in free-standing certificate programs • Old High German who wish subsequently to pursue an advanced degree must make separate application to the University Gradu- • Old Icelandic ate School and must have specific permission of the • Old Irish faculty of their degree program to use any credits earned • Old Saxon as a certificate student for the more advanced degree. • Old Tibetan • Old Turkic • Pahlavi Foreign Language Courses • Pashto Language Instruction • Persian Indiana University offers instruction in a wide variety of • Polish foreign languages. Formal courses or tutorials have been • Portuguese offered in recent years on the Bloomington campus in the • Quechua following: • Romanian • Akan • Russian • American Sign Language • Sakha (Yahut) • Ancient Egyptian • Sami (Lappish) • Arabic • Sanskrit • Avestan • Serbian • Azerbaijani • Sioux (Lakota) • Bamana • Slovak • Bengali • Slovene • Buryat • Sogdian • Catalan • Spanish • Chaghatay • Swahili • Chechen • Syriac • Chinese (Classical and Mandarin) • Tajik • Coptic • Tibetan • Croatian • Turkish (Modern and Ottoman) • Czech • Turkmen • Dari • Ukrainian • Dutch • Urdu • English as Second Language • Uyghur • Estonian • Uzbek • Evenki • Welsh • Finnish • Wolof • French • Yiddish • Georgian • Yucatec Maya • German • Zulu • Gothic • Greek (Classical and Modern) Preparing Future Faculty • Haitian Creole A number of graduate programs have established • Hebrew (Biblical and modern) Preparing Future Faculty programs, which are designed • Hindi to introduce graduate students to the full range of professional responsibilities in research, teaching, and September 6, 2017 17 service they will encounter in academia. These programs Establish your computing accounts typically include more advanced courses in pedagogy, the opportunity to work closely with teaching mentors To set up your student Network ID, email, and printing and to construct teaching portfolios, workshops on accounts, visit https://itaccounts.iu.edu. specialized topics, and expanded teaching possibili- Download software ties, often in cooperation with other campuses of Indiana University or other institutions. For information about these Get no-cost software – including Adobe Creative programs, contact the individual departments. Further Suite, Microsoft Office, and much more – from IUware information for IUB students can be obtained from the (iuware.iu.edu). University Graduate School, Wells Library E546, 1320 Get your IU on the go E. 10th Street, Bloomington, IN 47405 (telephone [812] 855-5697; e-mail grdschl [at] indiana [dot] edu; web: Accessible anytime, anywhere, IU Mobile delivers http://graduate.indiana.edu/index.shtml. information and services for all IU campuses. Take it for a spin on your mobile device: m.iu.edu Traveling Scholar Program Committee on Institutional Cooperation Traveling Brush up on technology Scholar Program Take advantage of no-cost training opportunities, such as This program enables Indiana University doctoral- in-person and online computing workshops and self-study level students to take advantage of special resources training resources (ittraining.iu.edu). available at other CIC institutions that do not exist at Indiana University. Students in the program register Sign up for emergency alerts and pay fees at Indiana University but attend one Set up your IU-Notify service to get critical IU alerts by or more of the participating institutions, each for voice mail, text message, and email. To get started, sign no more than two semesters or three quarters. To in to OneStart (https://onestart.iu.edu) and click the IU- finds eligibility requirements, program details, and Notify link under the Notifications tab. online application information, please visit the Web site http://www.cic.net/projects/shared-courses/traveling- Get tech help scholar-program/introduction. For further information Phone: regarding Indiana University, contact Assistant Dean Jeff Bloomington: (812) 855-6789 Rutherford, the University Graduate School, Wells Library Indianapolis: (317) 274-4357 E546 (812-855-4010; [email protected]). Email: The member institutions of the Committee on Institutional Cooperation (CIC) are the University of Chicago, the [email protected] University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Indiana University, the University of Iowa, the University of Chat: Michigan, Michigan State University, the University of ithelplive.iu.edu Minnesota, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Northwestern University, Ohio State University, Pennsylvania State Online: University, Purdue University, Rutgers-The State uits.iu.edu and nu2it.iu.edu University of New Jersey, and the University of Wisconsin- Madison. Knowledge Base: University Information Technology kb.iu.edu Services (UITS) Walk-in: University Information Technology Services (UITS) Bloomington: Wells Library, Information Commons As an IU graduate student, you'll use information Indianapolis: Informatics & Communications Technology technology (IT) every day. UITS (uits.iu.edu), the central Complex, IT 129 technology organization at IU, is here to help you. Stay in the know with news from UITS: With offices on each IU campus, UITS oversees a broad spectrum of services that support academic and You're automatically subscribed to a UITS email administrative pursuits at IU. These services include high- newsletter when you sign up for your IU accounts. Be speed campus networking, wireless access, central web sure to read it regularly. You can also read news online at hosting, free and low-cost software for personal use, uits.iu.edu under "News and Events," at uitsnews.iu.edu, and software and support for teaching, learning, and and on IU Mobile. research. In addition, UITS provides high-performance Follow UITS on Twitter: supercomputers, mass data storage, and visualization technology twitter.com/uitsnews Get Connected Become a fan of UITS: Make sure you can connect to the IU Secure wireless facebook.com/iu.uits network. Register your devices using Get Connected Learn more about UITS: (https://getconnected.iu.edu) or by following the automatic prompts when you open a web browser the first time. 18 September 6, 2017

UITS consists of six divisions that encompass the range of seminal research that aids in the development and organizational IT functions and services: shaping of African American and African Diaspora Studies as a discipline. • Research Technologies focuses on leading edge research spanning numerous academic fields Master of Arts Degree in African American and African • Learning Technologies supports teaching and Diaspora Studies learning tools—from digital libraries to classroom The Department of African American and African Diaspora technologies Studies at Indiana University is committed to being one of the world's leading multi- and interdisciplinary graduate • Support coordinates technical support services and studies programs focused on peoples of African descent software distribution for students, faculty, and staff in the United States in comparison to African-descent peoples in other globalized contexts. With an emphasis on • Enterprise Software supports a range of software diverse epistemologies, theories, methodologies, ethical applications—including numerous open-source considerations, and innovative teaching pedagogies, our software solutions—across a broad spectrum of goals are: academic, research, and systems fields 1. to offer students an intense program in the • Networks specializes in network operations, examination of African American and Diasporic architecture, and planning, and serves high African descent issues in and outside the United performance state, national, and international States including their transnational continuities and research and education networking infrastructures discontinuities; such as I-Light, the Internet2 Network, and 2. to encourage students to develop and/or fine-tune TransPAC2 excellent skills in areas such as creative research, • Enterprise Infrastructure manages a variety of writing, oral communication, technology intercultural infrastructure efforts—from university services such competence and collaborative research; as campus telephone and email to centralized 3. to provide students with invaluable intellectual computer operations and informational database training by bridging curriculum content and systems practical experience gained from course content in oral history, survey, and ethnographic field work, museums and library archives, and Programs by Campus internship opportunities with a range of agencies, organizations, and institutions; Bloomington 4. to sustain a learning environment in which students create and refine critical questions, develop problem solving skills, and synthesize intellectual bridges African American and African between the arts, humanities, and social sciences Diaspora Studies with emphasis on interpretations of African American experiences in the United States and abroad; College of Arts and Sciences 5. to give students excellent research foundations Departmental E-mail: [email protected] in the humanities, the social sciences, and other Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~afroamer/ interdisciplinary fields; 6. to prepare students for a broad spectrum of career (Please note that when conferring University Graduate opportunities in areas such as academia, creative School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The and performing arts, nonprofit management, public University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements policy, urban studies, conflict resolution, and social contained only in The University Graduate School services. Bulletin.) The purposes of the M.A. degree are: Curriculum 1. to offer students an intense program in the analysis Program Information of African American issues; The multidisciplinary Department of African American and 2. to expose students to both historical and current African Diaspora Studies (AAADS) seeks to: methodological approaches; 1. create and share with academic and nonacademic 3. to expose students to issues throughout the African communities scholarship of the highest quality Diaspora; dealing with the broad range of the African American 4. to refine critical and problem-solving skills in both the and African Diaspora experience; humanities and social sciences; 2. promote the study and understanding of the 5. to extend a sound basis for those going into a historical and contemporary connections among doctoral program; and Africans, African Americans, and other New World 6. to prepare students for administrative, teaching, black communities; and communication, and social service careers. 3. affirm the democratic tradition of equal opportunity In sum, the program provides a theoretical base of for all by combating all forms of discrimination knowledge, methods of research, and a context for based on ethnicity, gender, class, and religious analyzing African American and Diaspora experiences that differences. The department assumes the ongoing responsibility of creating materials and conducting September 6, 2017 19 can be invaluable either in further graduate studies or in a required in addition to the oral defense and analytical specific job or career choice. or creative written component. Students who choose to write publishable papers are also required to give an oral Admission Requirements presentation. The program is open to any eligible student with a Foreign Language bachelor's degree from an accredited college. Applicants The College of Arts and Sciences, Graduate Division, must have a minimum grade point average (G.P.A.) of 3.0. requires students to satisfy the foreign language Letters of recommendation, a brief personal essay, a high requirement by showing satisfactory completion of quality writing sample, and G.R.E. scores are the main coursework or passing a language proficiency exam in sources of information upon which decisions will be made. the foreign language of their choice. Students should Course Requirements consult with their advisor regarding an appropriate language for the field. Proficiency in a foreign language All students will complete a minimum of thirty-two (32) may be demonstrated by passing a proficiency exam credit hours with a minimum 3.0 cumulative grade point administered by one of Indiana University’s foreign average. The degree offers graduate students two language departments, or earning a grade of “B” or different tracks or specializations to focus their course better in a graduate reading course offered by a foreign work—“Power, Citizenship, and the State” and “Race, language department. Students eligible to use English Representation, and Knowledge Systems”— which reflect as a second language to fulfill the graduate language the current state of the field and take advantage of the requirement should contact the Center for English traditional strengths of the department, its adjunct faculty, Language Training (C.E.L.T.) for details. See the Director the College of Arts and Sciences, and the Bloomington of Graduate Studies (D.G.S.) regarding any additional campus. information, which may include the following stipulation: Core Curriculum for the M.A. in African American and If a graduate student enrolls in a literature or civilization African Diaspora Studies: course numbered 300 or higher, the reading for the course Students will also complete six (6) required courses (for a is done in the foreign language (Catalan, French, German, 27 cr. total) composed of the following: Italian, Portuguese, Russian, or Spanish), and if the student completes the course with a grade of ‘B’ or better, • A500 Intro to AAADS (3 cr.) the University Graduate School will accept the individual readings courses or correspondence courses for this • A556 Race and Culture (4 cr.) or A557 Race and Politics purpose. (4 cr.) Students are required to enroll in 6 hours of any • A605 Race and the Global City I (4 cr.) foreign language certified by the graduate school. M.A. • A606 Race and the Global City II (4 cr.) or candidates may satisfy the foreign language requirement by showing satisfactory completion of course work or • A696 Interdisciplinary Methods (4 cr.) passing a language proficiency exam. • A690 Core Readings (4 cr.) Dual M.A./M.F.A. in African American and African • A698 Field Study (4 cr.) Diaspora Studies (Master of Arts) and the Creative Writing Program (C.W.) (Master of Fine Arts) Students will choose topically appropriate electives Requirements (26 credit hours minimum) offered in AAADS or by other faculty (5 credits). Students may choose from the following courses in AAADS for their • Required courses in AAADS (10-12) electives. • Electives (12 credits minimum): Students should take • A691 ProSeminar on Historical and Cultural Studies (3 courses organized around a topical concentration, regional cr.) or comparative. These courses are to be selected from the range of AAADS and those cross-listed A.A.A.D.S. • A692 ProSeminar on Writings and Literature (3 cr.) in the College and several professional schools with the • A693 ProSeminar on Social and Behavioral Sciences (3 approval of the student’s major advisors in C.W. and cr.) AAADS. • A694 ProSeminar on Performing, Visual and Material • A698 Field Study Seminar (4-8): research and Arts (3 cr.) preparation of thesis essay. Students can take two semesters of A698 at four hours per semester. (one Choices of electives outside the department can be semester in thesis research and one semester for thesis taken per discussion with the graduate advisor. Please writing). note all departmental electives must be subject relevant, especially if they are offered outside the College of Arts • Language requirement (two semesters – 6 hours) and Sciences. MFA Requirements (At least 60 credit hours--48 in Each student must complete a thesis, a creative project, residence) an examination (written and including an oral defense), or • 16 hours of workshops (poetry or fiction) two publishable seminar papers. If the student chooses to write a thesis, an oral defense of their thesis must • Four courses (12-16 hours) in AAADS literature, culture, be convened prior to the granting of the degree. In and history, at least two of which must be at the 600 level the case of a creative project, a public presentation is or above 20 September 6, 2017

• W554 Teaching Creative Writing • Information and Library Science elective courses (9 cr.) • W664 Topics in Current Literature or W680 Theory and Craft of Writing Dual M.A./M.P.A. in African American and African • 10 elective graduate hours Diaspora Studies (Master of Arts) and School of Public and Environmental Affairs (Master of Public • Maximum of 12 hours for thesis credit Affairs) • Thesis Students must apply separately to and be accepted into both the African American and African Diaspora Studies • Please see director of creative writing for course Master of Arts degree program and the School of Public approval or AAADS director of graduate studies for and Environmental Affairs (SPEA) Master of Public Affairs courses outside the College of Arts and Sciences. (MPA) degree program. Students must indicate on both application forms that they are applying for the AAADS/ Foreign Language Requirements (two semesters) SPEA dual degree. • MA/MFA students may satisfy the foreign language M.A. in African American and African Diaspora requirement by showing satisfactory completion of course work or passing a language proficiency exam. Studies Requirements (28 credit hours minimum) Language requirements should be met as soon as General Requirement (12 cr.): possible, beginning immediately after matriculation at • A500 Introduction to African American and African I.U. A student is expected to be working on fulfilling the Diaspora Studies, (3 cr.) language requirements every semester until they are • A690 Core Readings in African American and completed. African Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) Dual M.A./M.L.S. in African American and African Proposed Graduate Internship Diaspora Studies (Master of Arts) and the Department of Information and Library Science (Master of Library A686 Graduate Internship in African American and African Science) Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) Specialization (12 cr. minimum): The dual M.A./M.L.S. program requires completion of a minimum of 58 credit hours of graduate course work. (The Students should take a minimum of 9 graduate hours in degrees if completed separately would require 68 credit one of the two tracks in African American and African hours.) Students must apply for admission to the master's Diaspora Studies. An additional 3 graduate hours should programs of both African American and African Diaspora be taken in an elective. Studies and the Department of Information and Library Science and meet the admissions criteria established for • M.A. Thesis A698 Field Study Seminar (4 cr.) each. The two degrees must be awarded at the same M.P.A. of Public Affairs Requirements (36 cr. time. minimum) M.A. in African American and African Diaspora M.P.A. Core (18 cr.) Studies Requirements (28 credit hours minimum) • V502 Public Management (3 cr.) General Requirement (12 cr.) • V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective Decision Making (3 cr.) • A500 Introduction to African American and African Diaspora Studies, (3 cr.) • V517 Public Management Economics (3 cr.) • A690 Core Readings in African American and • V540 Law and Public Affairs (3 cr.) African Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) • V560 Public Finance and Budgeting (3 cr.) Proposed Graduate Internship • V600 Capstone in Public and Environmental Affairs (3 A686 Graduate Internship in African American and African cr.) Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) Specialized Concentration (18 cr.) Specialization (12 cr. minimum): Students should take a minimum of 9 graduate hours in Students are required to develop specialized one of the two tracks in African American and African concentrations comprised of courses approved by SPEA Diaspora Studies. An additional 3 graduate hours should faculty advisors. be taken in an elective. Doctor of Philosophy Degree • M.A. Thesis A698 Field Study Seminar (4 cr.) The interdisciplinary doctoral degree in African American • Master of Library Science Requirements (30 credit and African Diaspora Studies (AAADS) focuses on the hours) experiences of people of African descent in the United • Completion of the M.L.S. Foundation courses (18 States, in the African Diaspora, and in the world. These cr.) shared experiences—among them, slavery, emancipation, • Either Information and Library Science Z623 imperialism, decolonization, and racism—warrant close Information in the Humanities or attention, and mark this field (Black Studies/Africana Studies) as a discrete unit of study that bears directly • Information and Library Science Z625 Information in and powerfully on world history, literature, and politics. the Social Sciences (3 cr.) The doctoral degree offers graduate students two September 6, 2017 21 different tracks or specializations to focus their course • A500 Introduction to African American and African work—“Power, Citizenship, and the State” and “Race, Diaspora Studies I Representation, and Knowledge Systems,” which reflect • A556 Race and Culture in the African Diaspora the current state of the field and take advantage of the • A557 Race and Politics in the African Diaspora traditional strengths of the de¬partment, its adjunct • A605 Race and the Global City I faculty, the College of Arts and Sciences, and the • A606 Race and the Global City II Bloomington campus. Within each of these tracks, the • A696 Interdisciplinary Research Methods degree emphasizes the importance of transnational, global, and comparative perspectives, with an emphasis Qualifying Examination on the inter¬disciplinary analysis of race in the world. To provide meaningful support and guidance, this degree Will consist of 3 parts: a field, subfield, and a track program offers supportive mentoring, a reflection of the specialization exam. The questions for each area of the department’s 40-year commitment to quality teaching. examination will consist of multiple parts. Six months prior to the qualifying examination, a student should Admission Requirements consult his/her advisor/committee about the nature of the examination. The AAADS Graduate Studies Committee, in consultation with the chair of the department and faculty, will be Research Proposal responsible for the admission of graduate students into the doctoral program. That committee will consider Graduate After passing his or her qualifying examinations, the Record Examination scores, a personal statement, a student will submit an approximately 20-page dissertation writing sample of no more than 30 pages, and at least proposal to her or his dissertation committee, as well as three letters of reference from instructors who have the director of graduate studies. The proposal defines sufficient evidence to write candidly about the student’s the themes and purpose of the dissertation, discusses intellectual abilities and potential for success in this the available source material, and relates the topic of the endeavor. Prospective graduate students who hold a dissertation to the existing literature in the field. It should master’s degree must have a cumulative grade point also be accompanied by a significant bibliography. When average of 3.5 on a 4.0 scale in their prior program(s). the director of the research committee has approved the Incoming graduate students who have recently completed dissertation proposal, the student will formally present it their undergraduate studies must have at least a 3.3 grade in a meeting with the research committee for comment point average for their last two years of undergraduate and approval. Once the proposal has been approved, studies. the student will begin to research and then to write the dissertation. Course Requirements Final Examination All students must complete a minimum of 90 hours with a cumulative grade point average of 3.5 on a 4.0 scale in Public oral defense of dissertation. their prior program(s). Incoming graduate students who Ph.D. Minor in African American and African Diaspora have recently completed their undergraduate studies must Studies have at least a 3.3 grade point average for their last two The department offers the Ph.D. minor in African years of undergraduate studies. American and African Diaspora Studies for students 90 hours total, including: enrolled in any doctoral program at Indiana University. The minor requires 15 credit hours: A500, Introduction to • 24 core credit hours, taken through 6 core courses: African American and Af¬rican Diaspora Studies, and 12 A500, A556, A557, A605, A606 and A696 credit hours of a concentra¬tion in one of the department's • 21 elective hours, including 3 credits in an overseas two tracks: "Power, Citizenship, and the State" and "Race, studies/study abroad class, with graduate content, Representation, and Knowledge Systems." approved by the DGS; 6 hours in disciplinary methods courses offered outside the department Admission and chosen in consultation with the DGS; and 12 Doctoral students in good standing are admitted to the additional hours in related course work African American and African Diaspora Studies minor • 6 hours of a foreign language of the African diaspora through interview or correspondence with the graduate • 15 hours in an outside minor advisor. At the time of admission, each student and the • 24 hours of dissertation research graduate advisor together plan an individualized program • Pre-candidacy qualifying examination (The M.A. of study, including the selection of a major concentration is automatically granted to students passing the area. qualifying exam.) Grades • Dissertation • Final examination (defense of the dissertation) A cumulative grade point average of 3.4 is required for the Ph.D. minor. Tracks Examination • Race, Representation, and Knowledge Systems • Power, Citizenship, and the State A comprehensive examination usually is not required for the Ph.D. minor; however, the decision to waive Core curriculum the examination rests with AAADS and the Director of Graduate Studies. 22 September 6, 2017

Faculty Frank Motley, Adjunct Professors John H. Stanfield*, Professor Carolyn Calloway-Thomas* Vernon Williams* Iris Rosa*, Director of the African American Dance Company Courses Associate Professors General Frederick L. McElroy* AAAD-A 500 Introduction to African American and Maisha Wester* African Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) Jakobi Williams* Through an interdisciplinary approach, students are introduced to the major works concerning the historical, Assistant Professors cultural, and intellectual experiences of Africans in the Tyron Cooper* Diaspora, and the research, methodological, and theoreti- Phoebe Wolfskill* cal questions raised about Black experiences in the world. Professor of Practice Raymond Wise AAAD-A 554 Comparative Ethnic Studies (4 cr.) This colloquium provides an introduction to Ethnic Studies, Lecturers focusing on theinterdisciplinary study of race and ethnicity Maria Hamilton-Abegunde in the U.S. and the Americas, past and present. Emphasis Candis Smith will be placed on border crossing, visual representation, literature, nationalism, migration, political transformation, Director of Graduate Studies and mass culture. Carolyn Calloway-Thomas*, [email protected] Contact the Department at (812) 855-3875 or [email protected] AAAD-A 555 Caribbean, African American. and African Leadership, 1957-2000 (3 cr.) Adjunct Faculty Course will deal with aspects of Caribbean, African- Akinwumi Adesokan*, Associate Professor (Comparative American, and African leadership that influenced Literature) the struggles for decolonization and civil rights in the David N. Baker, Distinguished Professor, Chair (Jacobs Caribbean, United States, and Africa. The course will School of Music) also discuss how leaders of the three areas were much Kevin D. Brown*, Professor (Maurer School of Law) more interested in political freedom than economic Mellonee V. Burnim*, Professor (Folklore and emancipation. Ethnomusicology) Dionne Danns*, Associate Professor (School of AAAD-A 590 Special Topics in African American and Education) African Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) Luis E. Fuenter-Rohwer, Professor (Maurer School of Intensive study and analysis of selected Afro-American Law) problems and issues of limited scope, approached within D. Ted Hall, Assistant Professor (School of Education) an interdisciplinary format. Topics will vary, but will Robin L. Hughes*, Associate Professor (School of ordinarily cut across departmental concentration areas. Education-IUPUI) Monroe Little, Associate Professor (African American AAAD-A 591 Black Intellectual Traditions (4 cr.) Studies-IUPUI) Surveys the evolution of "racial" ideas and ideologies Michael McGerr*, Professor (History) among African Americans. Participants will discuss how Najja Modibo, Associate Professor (African American black intellectuals have engaged in dialogue and debate Studies, Labor Studies-IUPUI) about strategies for coping with injustice, while formulating Rasul Aaron Mowatt*, Associate Professpr (School of diverse concepts of justice, salvation, artistry, and positive Public Health) black identity. Amrita Myers*, Associate Professor (African American Studies, Labor Studies-IUPUI) John Nieto-Phillips*, Associate Professor (History, Latino AAAD-A 599 Thesis Research (1-6 cr.) Allows master's Studies) students to work on their research with their thesis advisor Samuel Obeng*, Professor (Linguistics) and committee. The course will provide the opportunity Fernando Orejuela, Senior Lecturer (Folklore and for students to become intimately familiar with both Ethnomusicology) primary and secondary sources in the fields relevant to Stephanie Power-Carter*, Associate Professor (School of their particular research topic. Students are expected to Education) perform their own research within the field. Fabio Rojas*, Associate Professor (Sociology) AAAD-A 686 Grad Internship Afro-Amer Stds (4 cr.) Gary Sailes, Associate Professor (School of Public Health) Directed readings, work experience, journal, oral Marvin D. Sterling*, Associate Professor (Anthropology) presentation. Most research experences will require Jacinda Townsend, Assistant Professor (English) research skills. Emeritus Faculty AAAD-A 690 Core Readings in African American and Akwasi B. Assensoh*, Professor African Diaspora Studies (4 cr.) Winona L. Fletcher*, Professor Preparation for the comprehensive master's examination. Portia Mautlsby*, Adjunct Colloquium in which students will read and critically Audrey McCluskey*, Professor examine, both in oral presentations and in written John McCluskey*, Professor assignments, core texts which reflect the complexity September 6, 2017 23 and pluralism of African American and African Diaspora A close critical study of selected works by Richard Studies. Wright, James Baldwin, and Ralph Ellison to assess their relationship with Harlem Renaissance emphases, AAAD-A 696 Interdisciplinary Research Methods contemporary American writing, and the black arts (4 cr.) movement. The relationship of these men and their works This course examines seminal texts and critical issues to relevant sociopolitical issues such as McCarthyism, the in African American and African Diaspora Studies by liberation of African nations, and the civil rights campaigns utilizing an interdisciplinary approach to understanding of the early 1960s will also be examined. the humanities, literature, social sciences, arts, and performance in such locales like the U.S., the Dominican AAAD-A 561 Afro-American Autobiography (3 cr.) Republic, Guyana, Ghana, France, and Japan. A survey of autobiographies written by black Americans in the last two centuries. The course emphasizes how the AAAD-A 697 Special Topics in AAADS (4 cr.) autobiographers combine the grace of art and the power This course conducts an intensive study and analysis of of argument to urge the creation of genuine freedom in selected historical and contemporary issues relating to the America. experience of Blacks in the Diaspora. Course strategies emphasize critical methodology and analytical writing. AAAD-A 571 Black Literature for Teachers (3 cr.) A survey of black American literature from the Harlem AAAD-A 698 Field Study Seminar (4 cr.) Renaissance to the present with opportunities for research Development of the final master's project. A critical into teaching materials. This course is designed primarily paper, a thesis-length documentation of a field study, or a for teachers. Credit not given for this course toward Ph.D. substantial record of creative activity is required. minor.

AAAD-A 708 Transnational Method: Historiography, AAAD-A 579 Early Black American Writing (3 cr.) Theory, Practice (4 cr.) Afro-American writing before World War II with emphasis This course will examine transnational academic study on critical reactions and analyses. Includes slave from a theoretical-methodological perspective by narrative, autobiography, rhetoric, fiction, and poetry. reviewing historiographic roots of transnationalism and also by reflecting on the theoretical imperatives that AAAD-A 580 Contemporary Black American Writing emerge in recent scholarship concerning the African (3 cr.) Diaspora. The black experience in America as it has been reflected since World War II in the works of outstanding Afro- AAAD-A 709 Qualitative and Ethnographic Methods in American writers: fiction, nonfiction, poetry, and drama. AAADS (4 cr.) This course provides a survey of qualitative research AAAD-A 583 Blacks in American Drama and Theatre, methods, with an emphasis on using ethnographic and 1767-1945 (3 cr.) theoretical approaches to establish interdisciplinary Image of blacks as reflected in American drama from perspectives. 1767 to 1945. Selected dramas of both white and black playwrights, such as Isaac Bickerstaffe, William Wells AAAD-A 799 Study and Research Abroad in African Brown, Eugene O'Neill, and Richard Wright, who depicted American and African Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) blacks on the stage. Introduces students to different peoples, cultures, histories, literary works, political systems and others AAAD-A 584 Blacks in American Drama and Theatre, by having them spend time in Diasporic communities 1945-Present (3 cr.) concerning people of African descent. Image of blacks as reflected in American drama from 1945 to the present. Emphasis on the contributions of AAAD-A 899 Ph.D. Dissertation Research (1-12 cr.) black playwrights, such as Lorraine Hansberry, Langston Students who are candidates should take this course to Hughes, Imamu Amiri Baraka (LeRoi Jones), Ted Shine, work on their dissertation research. These credits are and Ed Bullins. intended to give the student credit for work done on the dissertation. AAAD-A 585 Seminar in Black Theatre (3 cr.) Literature Contributions of blacks to the theatre in America. Reading AAAD-A 501 Seminar in the Harlem Renaissance and discussion of selected dramas and critiques with (4 cr.) opportunities for involvement in the oral interpretation of Study of the major historical figures of the period one or more of the plays. designated by cultural historians as the Harlem Renaissance (ca. 1919-29), with emphasis on the AAAD-A 678 Early Black American Poetry, 1746-1910 sociopolitical reasons for the proliferation of art, music, (3 cr.) and literature during this significant decade, with A literary and historical survey of general trends and examination of the causes and lasting influences on individual accomplishments in early Afro-American poetry, contemporary black culture. ranging from narrative folk poems, the formalist poetry of Jupiter Hammon and Phillis Wheatley, and the popular AAAD-A 502 Seminar on Wright, Baldwin, and Ellison (4 cr.) 24 September 6, 2017 poetry of Frances E. W. Harper and Paul Laurence process of globalization and examine shared thematic Dunbar to early modern poetry. concerns of transnational migration, the emigre experience, and postcoloniality. AAAD-A 679 Contemporary Black Poetry (3 cr.) An examination of black poetry from Dunbar to the AAAD-A 594 Issues in African American Music (3 cr.) present, emphasizing the emergence, growth, and A chronological overview of the primary genres of African development of black consciousness as a positive ethnic American music, from slavery to present. Emphasis identification. placed on understanding the separate identities of individual genres and examining those processes by AAAD-A 680 The Black Novel (3 cr.) which they are interrelated and are cultural objects for Analysis of the Afro-American novel from the Harlem appropriation. Credit given for only one of AAAD-A594, Renaissance to the present: genesis, development, and FOLK-E694, or FOLK-F694. current trends. Emphasis on traditions arising out of the black experience and on critical perspectives developed AAAD-A 687 African American Popular Music (3 cr.) by black critics and scholars. An examination of African American popular music from 1945-2000. Organized topically, this course will examine AAAD-A 689 Independent Project in Black Literature the production of this tradition as a black cultural product (3 cr.) and its transformation into a mass marketed commodity Designed to meet individual interests of students by for mainstream and global consumption. Credit given for providing opportunities for research on a chosen topic and only one of AAAD-A687 or FOLK-E697. by encouraging nontraditional approaches or settings in the application of concepts developed in formal classes. AAAD-A 694 Pro-Seminar on Performing, Visual, and Material Arts in African American and African AAAD-A 692 Pro-Seminar in Writings and Literature in Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) African American and African Diaspora Studies (3 cr.) Introduces students to interdisciplinary and globalized Introduces graduate students to interdisciplinary and approaches to Africans in the Americas and the Diaspora globalized approaches to Africans in the Diaspora and as well as the canons, paradigms, theories, methods, and the Americas, as well as the canons, paradigms, theories, seminal-thinker biographies of the field. methods, and seminal-thinker biographies of the field. AAAD-A 699 Independent Project in Black Music Arts (3 cr.) AAAD-A 585 Seminar in Black Theatre (3 cr.) Designed to meet individual interests of students by Contributions of blacks to the theatre in America. Reading providing opportunities for in-depth research on a chosen and discussion of selected dramas and critiques with topic and by providing settings for the creative and opportunities for involvement in the oral interpretation of practical application of concepts developed in formal class one or more of the plays. settings.

AAAD-A 584 Blacks in American Drama and Theatre, AAAD-A 583 Blacks in American Drama and Theatre, 1945-Present (3 cr.) 1767-1945 (3 cr.) Image of blacks as reflected in Image of blacks as reflected in American drama from American drama from 1767 to 1945. Selected dramas 1945 to the present. Emphasis on the contributions of of both white and black playwrights, such as Isaac black playwrights, such as Lorraine Hansberry, Langston Bickerstaffe, William Wells Brown, Eugene O'Neill, and Hughes, Imamu Amiri Baraka (LeRoi Jones), Ted Shine, Richard Wright, who depicted blacks on the stage. and Ed Bullins. History, Culture, and Social Issues AAAD-A 504 Black Paris: Migration and AAAD-A 541 Third World Cinemas (3 cr.) Cosmopolitanism in the City of Light (3 cr.) Historically contingent, culturally inflected, and formally Independent field study and supervised research on the innovative, Third World films are a major current in world topic of Black Paris—the lived artistic, cultural, intellectual, cinema. This course surveys the cinematic traditions, and social experiences of African-derived groups (i.e., practices, and thematic concerns of Third World cinemas. African Americans, Africans, and Afro-Caribbeans) in Emphasizing the political and cultural significations the City of Light—as it pertains to their specific areas of of cinema, select narrative fiction and documentary interest. Students are also encouraged to attend A304. films are examined. Subjects under study include filmic approaches to colonialism and postcoloniality, cinematic AAAD-A 550 Black Atlantic (4 cr.) An interdisciplinary formations and social processes, and the legitimizing and and comparative study of historical, cultural, and political oppositional practices of film. issues related to Africa and the African Diaspora (the Americas and Europe). AAAD-A 542 Postcolonial Metropolitan Cinemas (3 cr.) AAAD-A 552 History of the Education of Black Study of selected films from the 1980s to the current Americans (3 cr.) Education of black Americans and its period by diasporic "exilic" and European filmmakers, relationship to the Afro-American experience. Trends and constituting an emerging cinematic formation in contrast patterns in the education of black Americans as they relate to Hollywood and mainstream European cinemas. to the notions of education for whom and for what. Emphasizing distinctive styles and cinematic practices, the films under study are framed by the de-territorializing AAAD-A 556 Race and Culture in the African Diaspora (4 cr.) This course provides an introduction to research September 6, 2017 25 on race and culture in the African Diaspora by exploring perspectives using various fields in the humanities, such issues as nationalism, transportationalism, popular literature, and film. culture, material culture, class, masculinity, feminism, hybridity, representation, performance, commodification, AAAD-A 606 Race and the Global City, Part II (4 cr.) and identity. This course will examine the unique demographic, political, and economic characteristics of major cityscapes AAAD-A 557 Race and Politics in the African Diaspora and will discuss the various locations from interdisciplinary (4 cr.) This course introduces students to theories, perspectives using various fields in the humanities, literary methodologies, and scholarship on the relationship and cultural studies, and historical studies. The research between race and politics in the African Diaspora by begun in A605 will continue in A606, with the students examining central themes relating to the state, citizenship, creating a research proposal or a publishable work. public policy, racial ideologies, and de jure and de facto segregation. AAAD-A 620 Transforming Divided Communities and Societies (3 cr.) Investigation of divided societies and of AAAD-A 558 The African Diaspora in Latin America strategies for transforming such communities. Students and the Caribbean (4 cr.) This course examines how will consider societies (both past and present) divided by Brazilians of African descent construct their identities race, ethnicity, gender, class, caste, tribe, or religion, and through cultural and political practices by examining will study responses such as civil rights, affirmative action, similarities and differences between racial identity and reparation policies, and reconciliation tribunals. race relations in Brazil and the U.S. within the context of social mobilization, cultural affirmation, religious practices, AAAD-A 669 Independent Project in Black Social and everyday life. Issues (3 cr.) Designed to meet individual interests of students by providing opportunities for research AAAD-A 591 Black Intellectual Traditions (4 cr.) on a chosen topic and by encouraging nontraditional Surveys the evolution of "racial" ideas and ideologies approaches or settings in the application of concepts among African Americans. Participants will discuss how developed in formal classes. black intellectuals have engaged in dialogue and debate about strategies for coping with injustice, while formulating AAAD-A 691 Pro-Seminar on Cultural and Historical diverse concepts of justice, salvation, artistry, and positive Studies in African American and African Diaspora black identity. Studies (3 cr.) Introduces graduate students to cultural and historical interdisciplinary and globalized approaches to Africans in the Americas and the Diaspora, as well as AAAD-A 555 Caribbean, African American. and African the canons, paradigms, theories, methods, and seminal- Leadership, 1957-2000 (3 cr.) thinker biographies of the field. Course will deal with aspects of Caribbean, African- American, and African leadership that influenced AAAD-A 693 Pro-Seminar on Social and Behavioral the struggles for decolonization and civil rights in the Sciences in African American and African Diaspora Caribbean, United States, and Africa. Studies (3 cr.) This pro-seminar introduces graduate students to social and behavioral interdisciplinary and AAAD-A 554 Comparative Ethnic Studies (4 cr.) globalized approaches to Africans in the Americas and This colloquium provides an introduction to Ethnic Studies, the Diaspora, as well as the canons, paradigms, theories, focusing on the interdisciplinary study of race and ethnicity methods, and seminal-thinker biographies of the field. in the U.S. and the Americas, past and present. Emphasis AAAD-A 702 Comparative Social Movements in the will be placed on border crossing, visual representation, African Diaspora (4 cr.) This course focuses on the literature, nationalism, migration, political transformation, varied diasporic experience, analyzing how struggles of and mass culture. race, identity, and nation in specific time periods, locales, and cultural contexts in the U.S., Latin Americas, Europe, AAAD-A 592 Readings in Black Popular Culture and Africa have contributed to the development of social (3 cr.) Interrogates the historical and social deployment and political movements in the Diaspora. of blackness in the popular imagination and its manifestations in racially coded performances. We take a AAAD-A 703 Black Feminisms (4 cr.) This course historical stance on black expressive culture and proceed examines the interlocking experience of black women using critical and theoretical texts, aiming at culturally in the Diaspora and the foundational issues that saturated forms, including music, oral “texts,” film, and have shaped their sense of womanism and African sport. feminism. Using classical literary and biographical texts and narrative writings of black women, the analysis AAAD-A 602 Variations on Blackness: Part I (4 cr.) emphasizes contemporary issues by also interrogating Intensive reading program. Students will also develop popular culture media through film and music to criticize a research proposal and work to grasp the global the rhetoric of sisterhood. comparative complexities of race-making. AAAD-A 704 African Americans and Continental AAAD-A 603 Variations on Blackness: Part II (4 cr.) Africans: Ties that Bind (4 cr.) In old and modern times Students will develop a research project based on their alike, continental Blacks (or Africans) and Diaspora Blacks proposals from part I of this course. have been considered kith and kin. This course, with its AAAD-A 605 Race and the Global City, Part I (4 cr.) wide range of readings and research sources, is designed This course will examine the unique demographic, to help graduate students understand the nuances of political, and economic characteristics of major cityscapes these histo-political connections. and will discuss the various locations from interdisciplinary 26 September 6, 2017 AAAD-A 710 Rural Blacks in the African Diaspora African Studies (4 cr.) This course examines the experiences of Blacks in rural areas throughout the African Diaspora to investigate School of Global and International Studies how long-term systemic political, social, and economic College of Arts and Sciences struggles have impacted the development of rural African Departmental E-mail: [email protected] peoples and their communities in such places as the Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~afrist/ southern U.S., South Africa, Guyana, and Ireland. AAAD-A 711 Blackface and Blackness in Global Curriculum Context (4 cr.) This course explores blackface and other performances and appropriations of blackness in the African Studies at Indiana University focuses on the African Diaspora, emphasizing the ways in which ideas of African continent and its integration into global networks, minstrelsies have continued by white and black performers past, present, and future. The Program has faculty as seen through media, culture racialidentity formations, affiliates in a wide range of disciplines and professional and racialized agency through entertainment. fields with research experience in different parts of the continent and its diasporas. They offer courses in their AAAD-A 720 Comparative Study of Black Women in areas of expertise and provide individualized mentoring. the Rural African Diaspora (4 cr.) This course examines Graduate students interested in Africa have the option of the social and economic struggles of rural Black women in pursuing a free-standing master's degree; a dual or joint the African Diaspora by focusing on family, life, work rules, master's degree with select professional schools; or a health, leadership, and agency through self-constructed Minor in connection with a disciplinary Ph.D. identity and ideas of womanism. The African Studies Program is part of the new School Cross-Listed Courses of Global and International Studies in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual tools they will Anthropology need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of • E450 Folk Religions (3 cr.) the twenty-first century. Degree programs associated • E455 Anthropology of Religion (3 cr.) with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural • E457 Ethnic Identity (3 cr.) competency, and in-depth training in qualitative and • E650 African Systems of Thought (1-3 cr.) quantitative methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy access to a stellar faculty and unparalleled professional Criminal Justice development opportunities. For further information • P680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal Justice (3 cr.) regarding the mission, structure and resources of the School of Global and International Studies, see http:// English sgis.indiana.edu. • L655 American Literature and Culture 1900-1945 (4 (Please note that when conferring University Graduate cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Folklore University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School • F609 African and Afro-American Folklore/Folk Music Bulletin.) (3 cr.) • F625 North American Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) M.A. in African Studies (30 credit hours) The African Studies master’s degree program is intended History for students who wish to: (1) obtain a graduate degree in African Studies in order to pursue careers in government, • E531 African History from Ancient Times to Empires international relations (e.g., the Diplomatic Corps), and City States (3 cr.) international development, international business, or • E532 African History from Colonial Rule to a professional field; (2) continue graduate work in a Independence (3 cr.) discipline; or (3) combine an M.A. degree in African • E534 History of Western Africa (3 cr.) Studies with another master’s degree in the arts, social Music and other sciences, or in one of the professional schools. The program normally takes two years to complete. It • M582 The Bebop Era (3 cr.) gives students the flexibility to tailor course work to their • M583 Duke Ellington (3 cr.) needs and interests while requiring them to develop • M584 Research in the History and Analysis of Jazz competence on a particular topic or region as well as in (3 cr.) research methods and at least intermediate proficiency in • M596 Art Music of Black Composers (3 cr.) an African language. Political Science Admissions Requirements • Y657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) Bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution of higher education with evidence of superior ability, completion of Sociology the graduate record exam, a statement of interest, and a • S610 Urban Sociology (3 cr.) writing sample. • S631 Intergroup Relations (3 cr.) Course Requirements September 6, 2017 27

Thirty credit hours of course work distributed as follows: members. An internship should be at least four weeks in duration and culminate in an essay or portfolio, 25-30 • AFRI-A731 African Studies Interdisciplinary double-spaced pages long. All three committee members Graduate Seminar (3 cr.) must agree to the internship in advance and approve the • AFRI-A650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 completed essay or portfolio. No oral defense is required. cr.) • AFRI-A651 Independent Research / Directed Dual M.A./M.L.S. in African Studies and Library Readings (up to 6 cr.); and elective courses Science organized around a topical or regional concentration The College of Arts and Sciences African Studies Program to complete a total of 30 credits. and the Department of Information and Library Science jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students Elective courses are to be selected from the range of for a dual master’s degree (M.A./M.L.S.). The program cross-listed African Studies offerings in the College of Arts responds to the growing need for librarians with Africa- and Sciences and several professional schools, with the specific knowledge and research experience in the approval of the student’s major advisor. Electives may humanities and social sciences. The dual M.A./M.L.S. include three additional credits of AFRI-A731 since the program requires completion of a minimum of 56 credit topic for the African Studies Interdisciplinary Graduate hours of graduate coursework and the two degrees must Seminar changes every year and is offered by different be awarded simultaneously. Students will be assigned faculty members on a rotating basis. a mentor/advisor from each unit. The student’s African Language Requirement Studies M.A. thesis/project committee should include a representative of the Information and Library Science At least four semesters of an African language. The faculty or other means of including perspectives of both credits accrued for the four semesters of language study programs. are not counted toward the total credits required for the degree. Students may have the language requirement Admission Requirements waived by demonstrating equivalent competence through Same as for the College of Arts and Sciences Master of an examination completed under supervision of the Arts in African Studies degree, except that students must African Languages Coordinator. Up to three credits for the also apply to the master’s program of the Department of study of an African language beyond the second year level Information and Library Science and meet its established may count toward the electives. admissions criteria. Students must be accepted by both M.A. Committee and Thesis or Project units in order to be admitted to the program. Students are required to constitute a committee composed African Studies Core Requirements of a disciplinary advisor and two additional members A minimum twenty-six hours of coursework distributed as with relevant regional or topical expertise, approved by follows: the director of the African Studies Program. Committee members must be selected from African Studies affiliate • AFRI-A731 African Studies Interdisciplinary faculty with professional experience on the African Graduate Seminar (3 cr.) continent. The purpose of the committee is to provide • AFRI-A650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 consultation to the student and to read and comment cr.) on the Master’s thesis or Project. There is no M.A. • AFRI-A651 Independent Research/Directed examination option. Readings (up to 6 cr.) toward the M.A. thesis/project Thesis • Elective courses organized around a topical or regional concentration to complete a minimum of The thesis option is strongly recommended for students twenty-six hours intending to pursue a Ph.D. following completion of the Master’s degree. The thesis should be an in-depth Elective courses are to be selected from the range of treatment of the chosen topic, interdisciplinary in nature cross-listed African Studies offerings in the College of Arts and 70 to 100 double-spaced pages in length. It may be and Sciences and several professional schools, with the an expanded seminar paper or an entirely new project approval of the student’s major advisor. based on library, archival, field, or museum research, and Electives may include three additional credits of should make use of relevant sources in a language other AFRI-A731, since the topic for the African Studies than English. All three committee members must approve Interdisciplinary Graduate Seminar changes every year the thesis but may agree to waive an oral defense. and is offered by different faculty members on a rotating Project basis. The project option is designed for students wishing to Information and Library Science Course Requirements pursue a non-academic career in a variety of fields. A Thirty credit hours of coursework consisting of: “project” may be a thematic video or other media product; an internship in Africa; or an internship related to African 1. 18 credits of M.L.S. foundation courses, with issues in an organization, government agency, museum, Z552 Academic Library Management to fulfill the or other institution elsewhere in the world (including the management and leadership skills requirement; United States). A thematic video or other media product 2. 3 credits of either Z521 Information in the should be accompanied by an essay of 25-30 pages in Humanities or Z522 Social Science Information; and length. The plan for this project and paper, as well as the 3. 9 credits of elective courses chosen in consultation final products, need to be approved by all three committee with the student’s Information and Library Science 28 September 6, 2017

advisor. An internship related to African Studies is • SPH-B 696 M.P.H. Field Experience in Behavioral, strongly advised. Social, and Community Health (1-7 cr.) (prerequisite: GPA of at least 3.0) Language Requirement • SPH-B 698 M.P.H. Culminating Experience in Same as for the M.A. in African Studies. Behavioral, Social, and Community Health (1-2 cr.) • SPH-H 562 Health Program Evaluation (3 cr.) See also: www.ils.indiana.edu/degrees/joint/africa.html • SPH-X 505 Foundations of Public Health (3 cr.) Dual M.A./M.P.H. in African Studies and Public Health Electives to complete a minimum total of 26 credits in The College of Arts and Sciences’ African Studies African Studies* Program and the School of Public Health (SPH) jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a Either dual master’s degree (M.A./M.P.H). The program is a response to the growing need for public health personnel • African Studies Electives (9-12 Credits) with Africa-specific knowledge and research experience in • SPH Electives With Africa Focus (3-6 Credits) the humanities and social sciences. The dual M.A./M.P.H Or program requires completion of a minimum of 63 credit hours of graduate course work and the two degrees must • African Studies Electives (12-15 Credits Minimum) be awarded simultaneously. Students will be assigned *African Studies elective courses are to be selected from a mentor or an advisor from each unit. The student’s the range of cross-listed African Studies offerings in the thesis committee must include a representative from each College of Arts and Sciences and several professional academic unit who will serve as Co-Chairs of the thesis schools, with the approval of the student’s major advisor. project. AFRI A-731 may be taken for up to six credits because Admissions Requirements the topic for the African Studies Interdisciplinary Graduate Seminar changes every year and is offered by different Same as for the College of Arts and Sciences Master of faculty members on a rotating basis. A student may take Arts in African Studies degree except that students must it for fewer than three credits after having it once for three also apply to the master’s program of the School of Public credits. SPH elective courses may include any elective Health (SPH) and meet its established M.P.H admissions within the School of Public Health that complements an criteria. Students must be accepted for admission to both area of topical or methodological focus. units in order to be admitted to the program. Language Requirement Other Stipulations Same as for the M.A. in African Studies Students must pass all routine requirements of the MPH program including satisfactory performance on the C650 Dual M.A./M.P.A. in African Studies and Public Affairs Culminating Experience in addition to the completion of Academic programs in African Studies continue to grow, the master’s thesis. with a corresponding need for scholars in Public Affairs who have knowledge and research experience in the DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (63 Credits) humanities, social sciences, policy, and management Public Health Core Courses (15 Credits) aspects of this field. The dual M.A. /M.P.A. program requires completion of a minimum of 62 credit hours of • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinants of graduate course work. Students must apply for admission Health (3cr.) to the master’s programs of both the School of Public and • SPH-E 651 Epidemiology (3 cr.) Environmental Affairs (Public Affairs) and the College of • SPH-P 510 Organization and Administration of Arts and Sciences (African Studies Program), and meet Public Health Programs (3 cr.) the admissions criteria established for each. Students will • SPH-Q 501 Introduction to Statistics in Public be assigned a mentor from each unit until they form an Health (3 cr.) M.A.-M.P.A. thesis or project committee which should be • SPH-V 541 Environmental Health (3 cr.) co-directed by a faculty member from each unit. The two degrees must be awarded simultaneously. African Studies Core Courses (12-15 Credits)* Admissions Requirements • AFRI-A 731 African Studies Interdisciplinary Graduate Seminar (3-6 cr.) Same as for the College of Arts and Sciences Master • AFRI-A 650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 of Arts in African Studies degree, except that students cr.) must also apply to the master’s program of the School of • AFRI-A 651 Independent Research/Directed Public and Environmental Affairs and meet its established Readings (3-6 cr.) admissions criteria. Students must be accepted by both units in order to be admitted to the program. The deadline Public Health Required Courses (22 Credits) for receipt of application materials for the African Studies component is January 15. Please contact the School • SPH-B 501 Assessment & Planning in Public Health of Public and Environmental Affairs for deadlines and (3 cr.) information on the SPEA master's program requirements • SPH-B 529 Health and Disease Disparities in and deadlines. Diverse Communities (3 cr.) • SPH-B 602 Intervention Design in Public Health (3 African Studies Course Requirements (26 credit hour cr.) minimum) September 6, 2017 29

A. Required Courses (9-12 credits) outside their major field. The courses should be in at least two different disciplines; must be taught by an African • A731 African Studies Interdisciplinary Graduate Studies Program affiliated faculty member; and must be Seminar (3 credits) ap¬proved by the Program director. • A650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 credits) • A651 Independent Research / Directed Readings The African Studies Interdisciplinary Seminar AFRI-A731 (3-6 credits) may be taken twice for a total of six credits but variable credit is only allowed in addition to having taken it once as B. Electives to complete a total of 26 Africa-related credits a three-credit seminar. • Students should take elective courses organized One language course in the third year of study, or higher, around a topical or regional concentration. These may be counted toward the Minor. courses are to be selected from the range of cross- listed African Studies offerings in the College of Arts The Program strongly recommends that Ph.D. candidates and Sciences and several professional schools, who minor in African Studies take two years of an African with the approval of the student’s major advisor. language in addition to their course work for the minor. Electives may include up to three additional credits Serious scholars of Africa are proficient in at least one of A731 because the topic for the African Studies African language. Moreover, language proficiency Interdisciplinary Graduate Seminar changes every improves opportunities for fieldwork and funding; in fact it semester and is offered by different faculty members is a requirement for important overseas research grants on a rotating basis. (e.g., SSRC and Fulbright-Hays awards). Students preparing a minor in African Studies and a minor D. Language Requirement in another field may double-count only one course. • Same as for the M.A. in African Studies Students with special qualifications or previous course SPEA Course Requirements work at leading institutions may petition the Graduate Affairs Committee to give credit for work that is The core requirements for the M.P.A. and a specialized comparable to specific courses at Indiana University. SPEA concentration (36 credit hours) to include: Petitions must include a formal letter of request from the candidate, as well as a syllabus from the course in A. M.P.A Foundation courses (18 credits): question. The materials should be submitted to the Chair • SPEA-V 502 Public Management (3 cr.) of the Graduate Affairs Committee or the Director of the • SPEA-V 506 Statistical Analysis for Effective African Studies Program. Decision Making (3 cr.) The requirements stated above constitute a minimum level • SPEA-V 517 Public Management Economics (3 cr.) of expectation. • SPEA-V 540 Law and Public Affairs (3 cr.) • SPEA-V 560 Public Finance and Budgeting (3 cr.) Examination • SPEA-V 600 Capstone in Public and Environmental Although a 3.7 grade point average in African studies Affairs (3 cr.). courses would normally exempt the student from having to take a written comprehensive examination, the decision in B. Specialized Area this matter rests with the student’s major-field advisor and • Students may design and develop a program of the faculty member representing African Studies as the specialization courses in consultation with SPEA minor-field advisor. Certifying that the student has met the faculty advisors (18 credits). minimum requirements rests with a faculty member in the African Studies Program who is not in the student’s major Ph.D. Minor in African Studies department. The African Studies Program offers the Ph.D. Minor to students in a range of fields including: anthropology, Graduate Faculty archaeology, art history, comparative literature, Director and Graduate Advisor economics, English, education, ethnomusicology, Professor John H. Hanson* folklore, French, geography, history, instructional systems technology, journalism, law, linguistics, political science, Associate Director and Undergraduate Advisor public and environmental affairs, public health, sociology, and Spanish and Portuguese. Maria Grosz-Ngate Students selecting African Studies as a minor are Professors encouraged to visit the Program office (Global and Osita Afoaku (Clinical Professor of Public and International Studies Building, GA 3072) as soon as Environmental Affairs), Erna Alant* (Education), Robert possible after arriving on campus to discuss their interests. Botne* (Linguistics), Kevin Brown (Law), Mellonee The Program director and staff will provide information Burnim* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Stuart about courses, and faculty, and ways to connect with other Davis* (Linguistics), Kenneth DeJong* (Linguistics), African Studies students. Ann Elsner* (Optometry), Tom Evans* (Geography), Course Requirements Marion Frank-Wilson (Library), Maria E. Grabe* ( Media School), Kevin Hunt* (Anthropology), Eileen Julien* Students minoring in African Studies must complete (Comparative Literature, French and Italian), Jayanth AFRI-A650, Interdisciplinary Methods in African Studies, K. Krishnan,* (Law), Patricia Kubow* (Education), and four other graduate-level courses in African studies David Lohrmann* (Applied Health Science), Patrick 30 September 6, 2017

McNaughton* (Fine Arts), Samuel Gyasi Obeng* African Diaspora Studies), Emilio Moran* (Emeritus, (Linguistics), Christiana Ochoa* (Law), Alwiya Omar Anthropology), Patrick Munson* (Emeritus, Anthropology), (Clinical Professor, African Studies), Jamie Prenkert Paul Newman* (Linguistics), Christine Ogan* (Journal- (Business),Michael Reece* (Applied Health Science), ism), Patrick O'Meara* (Emeritus, Political Science, Public Iris Rosa* (African American and African Diaspora and Environmental Affairs), Robert F. Port* (Emeritus, Studies), Kathy Schick* (Anthropology), Jeanne Sept* Computer Science, Linguistics), Darlene Sadlier* (Anthropology), John Stanfield II* (African American and (Spanish and Portuguese), Beverly Stoeltje* (Emerita, African Diaspora Studies), Rex Stockton (Education), Ruth Anthropology, Communication and Culture), Richard Stone* (Folklore), Mohammad Torabi* (Applied Health Stryker* (Emeritus, Political Science), William Wiggins Jr.* Science), Nicholas Toth* (Anthropology), Richard Wilk* (Emeritus, African American and African Diaspora Studies, (Anthropology), David Williams* (Law), Susan Williams* Folklore) (Law) Academic Advising Associate Professors SGIS 3082, (812) 855-8284 Akinwumi Adesokan* (Comparative Literature and Media School), Heather Akou* (Apparel Merchandising), Courses Beth Buggenhagen* (Anthropology), Barbara Dennis (Education), Jane Goodman* (Anthropology), Vivian AFRI-A 500 Advanced Topics in African Studies Halloran* (American Studies), John H. Hanson* (History), (1-4 cr.) Advanced and intensive study of selected topics Douglas Horner* (Optometry), James Kelly* (Journalism), in African Studies. To include topics not ordinarily covered Alex Lichtenstein* (History), Don Lyon (Clinical Associate by existing African Studies Program courses. May not Professor of Optometry), Pedro Machado* (History), duplicate a regularly offered course. Lauren M. MacLean* (Political Science), Murray AFRI-A 650 Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 cr.) McGibbon (Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance), Prepares students to conduct scholarly research and Susan Middlestadt* (Applied Health Science), Keithanne social-impact analysis in Africa as well as design and Mockaitis (Genomics and Bioinformatics), Marissa implement projects focused on contemporary issues in Moorman* (History), Michelle Moyd* (History), Luciana areas ranging from development and the environment Namorato* (Spanish and Portuguese), Martha Nyikos* to health and politics. Also provides students with the (Education), Cecilia Obeng* (Applied Health Science), background for assessing the results of already completed Oana Panaite* (French and Italian), Todd Peabody studies. (Optometry), Phillip Powell (Business), Daniel Reed* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Beth Samuelson* AFRI-A 651 Independent Research / Directed Readings (Education), Margaret Sutton* (Education), Estela (1-3 cr.) Individually designed course in preparation for Vieira* (Spanish and Portuguese), Stephen Vinson* and writing of M.A. thesis. Must be directed by an African (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Sarah Young Studies faculty affiliate and approved by the student’s (Recreation, Park and Tourism) disciplinary advisor and the African Studies Program director. May include fieldwork in Africa and/or research in Assistant Professors museums, archives, and libraries. May be repeated for up Vincent Bouchard (French and Italian), Jennifer Brass to 6 credit hours. (Public and Environmental Affairs), Gregory Fisher AFRI-A 731 Seminar on contemporary Africa (1-3 cr.) (Business), Laura Foster (Gender Studies), Jennifer Offered by African Studies faculty across the disciplines Goodlander* (Theatre and Drama), Maria Grosz-Ngaté on variable topics. (Adjunct Assistant Professor of Anthropology, Academic Specialist in African Studies), Beth E. Meyerson* AFRI-A 732 Bibliography of Sub-Saharan Africa (Applied Health Science), Nader Morkus (Near Eastern (3 cr.) Introduction to the bibliography of Africa south Languages and Cultures), Jackson Njau (Geology), of the Sahara, covering major reference works and Sarah Osterhoudt* (Anthropology), Diane Pelrine (Art bibliographies; regional, trade, and national bibliographies; History), William Ramos (Public Health), Jessica Steinberg government publications, social sciences, humanities, (International Studies), Henry Wakhungu (Public and statistics, rare books, manuscripts, and online databases. Environmental Affairs), Compilation of a comprehensive bibliography required. Emeriti AFRI-L 400 Topics in African Studies (3 cr.) Robert Arnove* (Emeritus, Chancellor’s Professor, Educa- AFRI-OS 500 Undistributed Overseas Credit (1-3 cr.) tion), Akwasi B. Assensoh* (Emeritus African American and African Diaspora Studies), Salih Altoma* (Emeritus, GRAD-I 701 Multidisciplinary Seminar on Issues and Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Randall Baker* Approaches in Global Studies (3 cr.) (Public and Environnmental Affairs), George E. Brooks Cross-Listed Courses Jr.* (Emeritus, History), Trevor Brown* (Emeritus, Anthropology Journalism), Bonnie Brownlee* (Journalism), Gracia Clark* (Anthropology), Hasan El-Shamy* (Folklore), • B568 The Evolution of Primate Social Behavior (3 Paula Girshick* (Emerita, Anthropology), Mary Goetze* cr.) (Emerita, Music), John W. Johnson* (Emeritus, Folklore), • B600 Seminar in Bioanthropology (3 cr.) [Africa- Phyllis Martin* (Emerita, Ruth N. Halls Professor, History), related topics] Heitor Martins* (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese), • E510 Problems in African Ethnography and Portia Maultsby* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Ethnology (3 cr.) Audrey McCluskey (Emerita, African American and September 6, 2017 31

• E523 Life Histories (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • F574 Seminar in Ethnomusicology: Transcription • E600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Anthropology and Analysis (3 cr.) [with Africa content] [African topics] (3 cr.) • F607 Music in African Life (3 cr.) • E617 African Women (3 cr.) • F608 Music in African Film (3 cr.) • E620 Seminar in Cultural Ecology (3 cr.) [with Africa • F609 Folklore and African American Foklore/Folk content] Music (3 cr.) • E644 People and Protected Areas (3 cr.) [with Africa • F694 Black Music in America (3 cr.) content] • F714 Paradigms of Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) [with • E650 African Systems of Thought (1-3 cr.) Africa content] • E660 Arts in Anthropology (3 cr.) [with Africa • F722 Music, (Im)migration and Diaspora (3 cr.) content] • F740 History of Ideas in Folklore/Ethnomusicology (3 • E690 Development and Anthropology (3 cr.) cr.) [with Africa content] • P600 Seminar in Prehistoric Archaeology (3 cr.) • F750 Performance Studies (3 cr.) [with Africa content] Communication and Culture • F755 Folklore, Culture, and Society (3 cr.) [with • C422 Performance, Culture, and Power in the Middle Africa content] East and North Africa (3 cr.) French Comparative Literature • F667 Studies in Francophone Literature (3 cr.) • C537-8 The Twentieth Century I-II (4 cr.) [with Africa Geography Content] • C572 Modern African Letters (4 cr.) • G604 Seminar in Environmental Geography (3 cr.) • C603 Topics in Comparative Literature (4 cr.) [with Africa content] [African topics] History • C611 Topics in Literary Genres, Modes, and Forms (4 cr.) [African topics] • E531 African History from Ancient Times to Empires • C670 Topics in Cross-Cultural Studies [with Africa and City States (3 cr.) content] (4 cr.) • E532 African History from Colonial Rule to Independence (3 cr.) Economics • E533 Conflict in Southern Africa (3 cr.) • E592 Economic Development of Less-Developed • E534 History of Western Africa (3 cr.) Countries (3 cr.) • E536 History of East Africa (3 cr.) Education • E538 History of Muslim West Africa (3 cr.) • H695 Colloquium in African History (4 cr.) • H520 Education and Social Issues (3 cr.) [with Africa • H795 Seminar in African History (4 cr.) content] • H551-H552 Comparative Education I-II (3-3 cr.) Journalism • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 cr.) [with • J514 International Communication (3 cr.) [with Africa Africa content] content] • H620 Seminar in Educational Policy Studies (3 cr.) • J518 Field Experience in Journalism [Uganda] (4 cr.) [with Africa content] • J614 Communication and National Development (3 • H637 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) [with Africa content] cr.) [with Africa content] • K780 Seminar in Special Education (3 cr.) • L601 Theoretical Issues: Study of Language and Linguistics Literature (3 cr.) • A501 Introduction to African Linguistics (3 cr.) • R640 Planning Educational Media Systems: National • A502 Language in Africa (3 cr.) and International (3 cr.) • A503 Bantu Linguistics (3 cr.) Fine Arts • A504 Chadic Linguistics (3 cr.) • A747 Seminar in Afican Linguistics (4 cr.) • A552 Art of Eastern and Southern Africa (3 cr.) • L619 Language in Society (3 cr.) • A555 Art/Craft/Tec in sub-Saharan Africa (3 cr.) • L625 Bilingualism and Language Contact (3 cr.) • A556 Art of Central Africa (3 cr.) • L636 Pidgins and Creoles (3 cr.) • A580 Art of Sub-Saharan Africa I: Arts of Africa's • L653-L654 Field Methods in Linguistics I-II (3-3 cr.) Western Sudan (4 cr.) • L720 Ethnopragmatics (3 cr.) • A650 Problems in African Art (4 cr.) Near Eastern Languages and Cultures Folklore and Ethnomusicology • E501-2 Elementary Middle Egyptian I-II (4 cr.) • E698 African American Religious Music (3 cr.) • E660 Demotic Egyptian I (3 cr.) • F501 Folklore Colloquium (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • N541 Arabic Theatre (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • F516 Proseminar in Folklore Theory and Method I: • N695 Religions of Ancient Egypt (3 cr.) Materials of Folklore (3 cr.) [with Africa content] • A500-A550 Elementary Arabic I-II (2-2 cr.) • F522 Field Work in Folklore/Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) • A600-A650 Intermediate Arabic I-II (3-3 cr.) 32 September 6, 2017

• A660-A670 Advanced Arabic I-II (3-3 cr.) Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~amst Political Science Curriculum • Y657 Comparative Politics [African Politics] (3 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • Y673 Empirical Theory and Methodology (3 cr.) [with School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Africa content] (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Public and Environmental Affairs Bulletin.) • V524 Civil Society in Comparative Perspective (3 cr.) Program Information • V534 NGO management in Comparative For additional graduate student information, contact Perspective (3 cr.) Ballantine Hall 544, phone (812) 855-7718, fax (812) • V550 Topics in Public Affairs (3 cr.) [Africa-related 855-0001. topics] Degrees Offered Public Health The Department of American Studies provides an • E655 Infectious Disease Epidemiology (3 cr.) opportunity to pursue the interdisciplinary study of • H504 Breastfeeding: Practice and Policy (3 cr.) American society and culture. Students in the Ph.D. • H510 Organization of School Health Programs (3 cr.) program acquire specialized training in one particular • H514 Health Education in Pre-K - Grade 6 (3 cr.) discipline as well as firm grounding in interdisci- • H650 Seminar in Health Education (various topics) plinary study. They are encouraged to shape portions (1-3 cr.) of their graduate studies to fit individual needs and interests. Courses in the program are also open to Spanish and Portuguese graduate students pursuing a master's degree in another • P500-501 Literatures of the Portuguese-Speaking department, special nondegree graduate students, and World I-II (3 cr.) international students. • P515 Women Writing in Portuguese (3 cr.) 1. Doctor of Philosophy in American Studies • P520 Literatures of the Portuguese-Speaking World in Translation (3 cr.) 2. Combined Doctor of Philosophy, a combined degree • P710 Seminar: African Literature in Portuguese (3 program in American Studies and another discipline cr.) (including but not limited to: African American and African Diaspora Studies, anthropology, art history, comparative Courses in African Languages-Linguistics literature, criminal justice, education, English, folklore, gender studies, history, history of education, journalism, • B501-B502 Elementary Bambara I-II (3-3 cr.) jurisprudence, law and democracy, philosophy, political • B601-B602 Intermediate Bambara I-II (3-3 cr.) science, religious studies, sociology, Spanish and • • B701-B702 Advanced Bambara I-II (3-3 cr.) Portuguese, or theatre, drama, and contemporary dance). • K501-502 Elementary Akan I-II (3-3 cr.) • K601-602 Intermediate Akan I-II (3-3 cr.) Special Program Requirements • K701-702 Advanced Akan I-II (3-3 cr.) See also general University Graduate School • S501-S502 Elementary Swahili I-II (3-3 cr.)1 requirements. • S601-S602 Intermediate Swahili I-II (3-3 cr.) Doctor of Philosophy Degree • S701-S702 Advanced Swahili I-II (3-3 cr.) Admission Requirements • X501-S502 Elementary Wolof I-II (3-3 cr.) • X601-X602 Intermediate Wolof I-II (3-3 cr.) Admission is by approval of the program’s Graduate • X701-Z702 Advanced Wolof I-II (3-3 cr.) Affairs Committee (GAC). Applicants must have a • Y501-Y502 Elementary Yoruba (3-3 cr.) bachelor’s degree, a cumulative GPA of 3.2, and a major • Y601-Y602 Intermediate Yoruba (3-3 cr.) GPA of 3.5 and above. GRE scores are required. An MA degree is optional. We ask that students submit three • Y701-Y702 Advanced Yoruba (3-3 cr.) letters of recommendation from faculty members familiar • Z501-Z502 Elementary Zulu I-II (3-3 cr.) with their undergraduate work, a writing sample, and a • Z601-Z602 Intermediate Zulu I-II (3-3 cr.) brief personal statement. Furthermore, though we are • Z701-Z702 Advanced Zulu I-II (3-3 cr.) especially interested in students who have a demonstrated Other African Languages interest in American Studies, we welcome applications from students with degrees in all fields. • F501-F502 Elementary African Languages I-II [variable language] (3-3cr.) Course Requirements: • F601-F602 Intermediate African Languages I-II At least 90 credit hours are required for the doctorate. [variable language] (3-3cr.) Within these, students must complete AMST G603, • F701-F702 Advanced African Languages I-II Introduction to American Studies (4 cr.), AMST G604, [variable language] (3-3cr.) Perspectives in American Studies (4 cr.), one section of AMST G620, Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 American Studies cr.), and at least four courses at the 700 level or higher, College of Arts and Sciences including at least 3 credits of G751, which may include Departmental E-mail: [email protected] cross-listed courses and relevant electives offered through American Studies. PhD. students must complete at September 6, 2017 33 least 32 credits in American Studies coursework. With Students must complete a minor in another department, the consent of their advisory committee, students can program, or field. The minor should normally be completed count one class taken outside AMST towards these by the end of the student’s third year. No courses may be requirements, though it must be taught by an AMST cross-counted towards the minor. faculty or affiliate faculty member. No substitutions are allowed for G603 and G604. Foreign Language Study: Advisory Committee: Before taking the qualifying exams, all Ph.D. students will demonstrate advanced proficiency in a foreign language The Director of Graduate Studies (DGS) is the initial related to their field of study by completing at least one advisor to each cohort of students. By the end of their 300 level course in their chosen language of study with second year, however, all students will select a specific a grade of B or higher, or passing the Graduate Student advisor from among the core faculty. A representative Foreign Language Exam (GSFLE) in French, German or from the doctoral minor must be included along with two Spanish. Students whose dissertation projects demand other members, which may include affiliate faculty, and will more in-depth knowledge of a particular language should constitute a four person Advisory Committee. work with their advisor to determine what higher level of proficiency beyond this requirement will be necessary to Thematic Plan of Study: ensure success. Together with his/her advisor, the student will complete a Combined Doctor of Philosophy Degree thematic plan of study, organizing elective coursework— Admission Requirements taken and planned—around a chosen focus, and submit it to the DGS at the beginning of every calendar year. Acceptance into the combined Ph.D. is contingent upon The plan of study will be revised each fall, beginning in prior admission to a Ph.D. granting department/school in the second year of coursework, and resubmitted at the their major area of concentration. Students applying to the start of each year until the student has completed his/her department from outside of IU should indicate a desire to coursework. pursue the combined doctoral degree in their statement of purpose, which is to be submitted with the application. Qualifying Examination: A copy of the statement of purpose and a letter indicating Students will take an exam in two parts: a written their interests should be sent to the American Students examination and an additional oral examination conducted Graduate Affairs Committee. Deficiencies in background over the course of their fifth semester. If there are may be removed by completing specified courses. extenuating circumstances, this timeline may be pushed Students applying to the program who have already back one semester. The written exam will cover two been accepted into and/or are already enrolled in a Ph.D. distinct fields and will be based on reading lists prepared degree-granting department/school at I.U. must send a by the student and his/her advisor that reflects the letter to the Director of Graduate Studies in American intersection of their interests and the work of American Studies stating their research interests and how these Studies scholarship. Students will write one 25 page essay relate to American Studies. per field. The oral exam will take place two weeks after Course Requirements completion of the written exams, and last two hours. The exam committee is composed of the student’s Advisory A minimum of 90 credit hours, of which 32 must be in Committee. American Studies. The student must complete 20 hours of core courses including G603, Introduction to American Dissertation Committee: Studies (4 cr.), G604, Perspectives in American Studies Students will work with their advisor to form a dissertation (4 cr.), G751, Seminar in American Studies (3-4 cr.), and committee of at least four faculty members total, including eight additional credit hours, such as G605, Introduction a representative from their doctoral minor. A member of to Native American and Indigenous Studies (4 cr.), the core faculty will chair, or co-chair, each dissertation G620, Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 cr.), G697, committee. Untenured faculty members in AMST are Research in Transnational American Studies (4 cr.), G753, allowed to chair dissertation committees. Independent Study (1-4 cr.), or cross-listed and joint-listed courses taught by American Studies faculty members The Prospectus: outside the student's home department. The 32 credit Upon successful completion of the written and oral hours may include 12 credit hours of appropriate courses components of the qualifying examination, the student relevant to American Studies inside the student's home will then assemble a dissertation committee and spend department. The remaining 12 credit hours should include semester 6 working on a dissertation prospectus. appropriate courses relevant to American Studies, and The prospectus must be completed and receive the may be taken with a student's home department. Strong dissertation director's approval the semester following the encouragement is given to interdisciplinary diversification. successful completion of the written and oral parts of the The dissertation (minimum of 15 credit hours) should qualifying examinations. reflect interdisciplinary study and research. The Dissertation: Advisory and Research Committees The the dissertation itself shall be defended orally. All The Graduate School requires that students pursuing a dissertation defenses are open to the public. combined Ph.D. have at least four faculty members on their advisory and research committees, with two from Minor Requirement: each of the major fields (see the General Requirements chapter in the Graduate Bulletin). While AMST-affiliated 34 September 6, 2017 faculty in a student’s home department can serve as Interested students must first be admitted into a Ph.D. representatives of American Studies, the program program on the Bloomington campus. Requirements for additionally requires that at least one of the AMST the Native American and Indigenous Studies Ph.D. minor representatives on the committee be from outside of the encourage graduate students to develop a program of student’s home department. academic inquiry that complements their doctoral program and takes advantage of the wide range of College of Qualifying Examination Arts and Sciences faculty. Students must complete at Students in the combined Ph.D. degree program must least 12 credits of coursework, including the required take a comprehensive written examination in the field of course, G605, Introduction to Native American and American Studies in addition to the qualifying examination Indigenous Studies. The remaining credits can come given in the student's home department. The examination from any other American Studies course offered by NAIS is to be taken after completion of the American Studies faculty, assuming content is appropriate, including G620, course requirements. The examination may be repeated Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 cr.), with relevant only once. Native or Indigenous content, and a section of G751, Seminar in American Studies (3-4 cr.), also with relevant The Dissertation Native or Indigenous content, or G753, Independent The dissertation should reflect interdisciplinary study and Study in American Studies (1-4 cr.), also with relevant research. The hours for the dissertation are determined Native or Indigenous content. Students may count up by the major department (minimum of 15 hours). The oral to two graduate-level Native or Indigenous language defense of the dissertation will be conducted jointly with courses (which are usually listed at the 500-level) toward the student's home department. At least one member the minor. For a list of affiliated faculty, students should of the American Studies core faculty must be on the consult: http://www.indiana.edu/~amst/NAIS/faculty.shtml. student's dissertation committee. Ph.D. Minor in Critical Race and Postcolonial Studies Ph.D. Minor in American Studies (CRPS) Students choosing American Studies as a minor (minimum Jointly administered by the departments of English and 12 credit hours) in their doctoral program must complete American Studies, this minor requires four courses, (12-16 G603, Introduction to American Studies (4 cr.), G751, credits): the Introduction to Critical Race and Postcolonial Seminar in American Studies (3-4 cr.) and either Studies (ENGL L 648 Readings in Ethnic & Postcolonial G604, Perspectives in American Studies (4 cr.), G605, Studies) and three additional courses drawn from at Introduction to Native American and Indigenous Studies least two departments, chosen in consultation with the (4 cr.), G620, Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 cr.), CRPS supervisor. To complete the minor, the student G697, Research in Transnational American Studies (4 must present her/his research in a forum organized by the cr.), G753, Independent Study (1-4 cr.), or a cross-listed CRPS Advisory Committee. course outside the student's home department. This minor introduces students to key debates and Ph.D. Minor in Native American and Indigenous theories in Critical Race and Postcolonial Studies Studies (CRPS). It replaces the minor in Comparative Ethnic and Postcolonial Studies (CEPS), reflecting the changing Students who pursue the Ph.D. minor in Native American frames and content of these fields. Critical Race and and Indigenous Studies will focus their interdisciplinary Postcolonial Studies is the interdisciplinary humanities study on the histories, cultures, art, folklore, politics, and study of the complex process of racialization. It is literatures of Native American and Indigenous peoples, dedicated to parsing power relationships constituted by chiefly in the Americas, but also, where appropriate, webs of social categories (race, ethnicity, nation, gender, globally. This is one of a very few programs in the United sexuality, etc.) at multiple degrees of scale, seeking to States that focuses explicitly on Native American and map the ways power is structured in social relation as Indigenous Studies at the graduate level, and that place well as through the range of categories in play in any the study of American Indians within the context of a given historical context. Work in this field is attentive to broader, more sweeping and international inquiry into the questions of material production, class, capital, and power, nature of political power, colonial settlement, and global and is oriented transnationally and diasporically to global contact. histories of indigeneity, colonialism and empire. Program of Study The composite title of this minor reflects the emergent Students are required to submit a "Plan of Study" to nature of the field, known in some fora as Critical Ethnic a member of the Committee on Native American and Studies, elsewhere as Critical Race Studies, and not to Indigenous Studies for final approval. After approval, a be confused with the legal field of Critical Race Studies. signed copy should be sent to the Director of Graduate Deploying critical theory to analyze representation and Studies in American Studies. The Plan of Study will subject formation, CRPS integrates tools generated under provide the rationale for the student’s proposed curriculum the aegises of several related fields. It is rooted in Cultural and will list the courses, with alternative selections in Studies, particularly the strain of Black British Cultural the event such courses are not offered on a timely basis Studies (Birmingham School) associated with Stuart that will serve as the student’s minor program. With the Hall’s analysis of culture as a site of political struggle, and Director’s approval, the student will become officially inflected by Postcolonial Studies toward the transnational enrolled in the Native American and Indigenous Studies geopolitics that shape the nature and experience of race. degree. It is indebted to the model of Ethnic Studies developed in the U.S. in the1960s and ’70s, and subsequently shaped Requirements by new advances in the discipline of American Studies. September 6, 2017 35

CRPS comprises the cutting edges of these fields as they • Stephanie Kane (School of Global and International have evolved in conversation with each other and with Studies ) poststructuralist theory, integrating feminist and queer of • Stephen Katz (Jewish Studies Program) color critique at the turn of the millennium. This umbrella • Barbara Klinger (Comparative Literature, The Media offers, today, an interdisciplinary field with a distinctive School) historiography, methodology, and expanding canon. As • Stephanie Li (English) analytical framework, CRPS highlights dynamics of social • Edward T. Linenthal (History) categories as they relate to power, dedicated to critiques • John Lucaites (English) of inequity and exclusion in the U.S. and the world. • Michael Martin (The Media School) The CRPS minor seeks to familiarize students with this • Michael McGerr (History) complex genealogy and to involve students in the current • Radhika Parameswaran (The Media School) debates and methods of this growing field. Housed • Eric Sandweiss (History) administratively in English and American Studies, it offers • Robert Terrill (English) the opportunity for a wide-ranging interdisciplinarity, • Gregory Waller (The Media School) including courses from across the College of Arts and Sciences (and perhaps beyond). • Pamela Barnhouse Walters (Sociology) • Brenda Weber (Gender Studies) Requirements: Associate Professors Students must take four courses (12-16 credits): the Introductory Course (ENGL L 648 Readings in Ethnic • Chris Anderson (The Media School) and Postcolonial Studies, offered annually) and three • Paul Anderson* (American Studies) additional courses chosen in consultation with the CRPS • Marlon Bailey* (American Studies, Gender Studies) supervisor. Courses beyond ENGL-L 648 must come • Anke Birkenmaier (Spanish and Portuguese) from at least two departments. To complete the minor, • Purnima Bose (English, School of Global and the student must present her/his research in a forum International Studies ) organized by the CRPS Advisory Committee. • James Capshew (History and Philosophy of Science Faculty and Medicine) • Judah Cohen (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) Core Faculty • Serafín M. Coronel-Molina (School of Education) Chairperson and Director of Graduate Studies • Konstantin Dierks (History) Pamela Barnhouse Walters • Judith Failer (Political Science) • Lessie Jo Frazier* (American Studies, Gender Distinguished Professor Studies) • David N. Baker, Jr. (Jacobs School of Music) • Ilana Gershon (Anthropology) • Mary Gray (The Media School) Chancellor's Professors • Vivian Halloran* (English, American Studies) • John Bodnar (History) • Joan Hawkins (The Media School) • Raymond DeMallie (Anthropology) • Jason B. Jackson (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) • Colin Johnson (Gender Studies) Professors • DeWitt Kilgore (English) • Judith Allen (Gender Studies) • Sarah Knott (History) • Mellonee Burnim (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) • Susan Lepselter (Anthropology) • Candy Gunther Brown (Religious Studies) • Alex Lichtenstein (History) • Deborah Cohn* (American Studies, Spanish and • Fred McElroy (African American and African Portuguese) Diaspora Studies) • Stephen Conrad (Maurer School of Law) • Rasul Mowatt (School of Public Health) • Aurelian Craiutu (Political Science) • Walton Muyumba (English) • Nick Cullather (History) • Amrita Myers (History) • Jonathan Elmer (English) • John Nieto-Phillips (History, Latino Studies Program) • Wendy Gamber (History) • Laura L. Scheiber (Anthropology) • Jeffrey Gould (History) • Micol Seigel* (American Studies, History) • Valerie Grim (African American and African Diaspora • Susan Seizer (Anthropology) Studies) • Stephen Selka (Religious Studies) • Michael Grossberg (History) • Pravina Shukla (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) • Paul Gutjahr (English) • Christina Snyder (History) • Russell Hanson (Political Science) • Marvin Sterling (Anthropology) • Raymond Hedin (English) • Shane Vogel (English) • Terrill Scott Herring (English) • Maisha Wester (African American and African • David Hertz (Comparative Literature) Diaspora Studies) • Christoph Irmscher (English) • Jakobi Williams (African American and African • Jeffrey C. Isaac (Political Science) Diaspora Studies) 36 September 6, 2017

• Ellen D. Wu (History) AMST-G 697 Research in Transnational American Studies (4 cr.) Issues and methods in the study of Assistant Professors the United States or the Americas from a hemispheric, • Cara Caddoo (History, The Media School) transnational, or global perspective, including directed • Stephanie DeBoer (School of Global and research on relevant topics. May be repeated once for International Studies, The Media School) credit when topic differs for a maximum of 8 credit hours. • Karen Inouye* (American Studies) AMST-G 751 Seminar in American Studies (3-4 cr.) • Javier F. León (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) Intensive study of specific topics in American culture • Alberto Varon (English) and history with emphasis on developing skills in interdisciplinary research. These seminars will culminate Senior Lecturers in a 20+-page research paper. Topics and instructors will • Franklin L. Hess (Institute for European Studies) change each time the seminar is offered. May be repeated • April K. Sievert (Anthropology) once for credit. Professor Emeritus AMST-G 753 Independent Study (1-4 cr.) P: Consent of theDdirector of Graduate Studies and of instructor, who • Robert Ivie* (American Studies, Communication and must be a member of the American Studies faculty. Culture) AMST-G 805 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) * American Studies core faculty. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Courses AMST-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) AMST-G 501 Practicum and Teaching in American Studies (2 cr.) Practical teaching of American studies: Ancient Studies current theories and policies. Associate instructors in College of Arts and Sciences A100. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] AMST-G 502 Practicum on Teaching Native American (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Indigenous Studies (2 cr.) Practical teaching of Native School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The American and Indigenous Studies: current theories and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements policies. Associate Instructors in A150. contained only in The University Graduate School AMST-G 503 Practicum on Interdisciplinary Teaching Bulletin.) of American Studies (1 cr.) Practical teaching of Curriculum American studies: current theories and policies. Offered as a 1 credit practicum for Associate Instructors in AMST Ph.D. Minor in Ancient Studies teaching a course of their own design. The program in Ancient Studies seeks to encourage the AMST-G 520 Topics in Interdisciplinary American study of antiquity in all its facets—including its history, art, Studies (2 cr.) architecture, literature, music, philosophy, religion, and Focusing on a specific topic, reflect on established AMST science—and to promote interdisciplinary approaches to disciplinary methodologies and explore possibilities for ancient culture. The program draws on the faculty of 12 new interdisciplinary syntheses. Consider issues like the departments: Anthropology, Central Eurasian Studies, questions historians ask and how they differ from those Classical Studies, Comparative Literature, Fine Arts, of literary critics or sociologist. May be repeated with a Geological Sciences, History, History and Philosophy different topic for a maximum of six credit hours. of Science, Jewish Studies, Musicology, Philosophy, and Religious Studies. The minor in Ancient Studies aims to help students expand the depth and scope of AMST-G 603 Introduction to American Studies (4 cr.) their knowledge of ancient cultures and learn about Representative readings in interdisciplinary scholarship; different approaches to them. Toward these ends, it the origins and the development of American Studies and permits students to draw on courses from two or more current trends. departments outside of their home department. A student AMST-G 604 Perspectives in American Studies (4 cr.) might choose to group together courses from different Survey of perspectives that have been and currently are departments that focus on a certain period (e.g., late significant in American Studies. antiquity) or topic (e.g., social history). AMST-G 605 Introduction to Native American and Course Requirements Indigenous Studies (4 cr.) This is an introductory course Students must complete 12 graduate credit hours of in the interdisciplinary study of Native peoples, with appropriate courses outside their home department. primary focus on the study of indigenous peoples in the These courses must be in at least two different continental U.S., Alaska, and Canada. departments. No more than 3 credit hours of directed AMST-G 620 Colloquium in American Studies (3-4 cr.) readings can be applied to the minor. No more than 6 Readings, reports, and discussions on different aspects credit hours of language study may count toward the of American culture. Topics and instructors will change minor, all of which must be above the elementary level. each time the course is offered. May be repeated once for Because this minor is an individualized minor, the minor credit. advisor (Jonathan Ready, [email protected]) must September 6, 2017 37 approve the particular courses that are to be counted C503 The Ancient City (4 cr.) toward the minor. C610 Seminar in the Greek and Roman Novels (4 cr.) C623 Seminar in Classical Archaeology (4 cr.) Grades G510 Readings in Greek Historians (4 cr.) Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) G511 Readings in Greek Oratory and Rhetoric (4 cr.) will not count toward the minor. G512 Readings in Greek Philosophers (4 cr.) G513 Readings in the Greek Novel (3 cr.) Faculty G516 Readings in Greek Comedy (4 cr.) G517 Readings in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) Director G518 Readings in Greek Epic (4 cr.) Associate Professor Jonathan Ready * (Classical Studies) G536-G537 Survey of Greek Literature I-II (4-4 cr.) G540 Readings in Byzantine Greek (4 cr.) Graduate Faculty G601 Seminar in Greek Poetry (4 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University G603 Seminar on Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct G610 Seminar in the Greek Novel (4 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) G611 Seminar in Greek Epigraphy, Papyrology, and Professors Paleography (4 cr.) G620 Seminar in Historical Texts and Historiography (4 James G. Brophy* (Geological Sciences), Jamsheed cr.) Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies), Matthew Christ* L509 Cicero, His Life and Works (4 cr.) (Classical Studies), Eleanor W. Leach* (Classical L510 Readings in Latin Historians (4 cr.) Studies), Herbert marks* (Comparative Literature), Betty L511 Readings in Latin Oratory and Rhetoric (4 cr.) Rose Nagle* (Classical Studies), William Newman* L513 Readings in the Roman Novel (4 cr.) (History and Philosophy of Science), K. Anne Pyburn* L515 Readings in Latin Elegy (4 cr.) (Anthropology), John Walbridge* (Near Eastern L530 Roman Rhetoric and Oratory (4 cr.) Languages and Literatures) L536-L537 Survey of Latin Literature I-II (4-4 cr.) L540 Medieval Latin (4 cr.) Associate Professors L550 Roman Historians (4 cr.) Bridget Balint (Classical Studies), Cynthia Bannon* L600 Seminar in Latin Epic (4 cr.) (Classical Studies), Sarah Bassett* (History of Art) L602 Seminar in Latin Comedy (4 cr.) Deborah Deliyannis* (History), Jonathan Ready* L603 Seminar in Latin Tragedy (4 cr.) (Classical Studies), Eric Robinson* (History), Laura L610 Seminar in the Roman Novel (4 cr.) Scheiber* (Anthropology), Stephen Vinson* (Near Eastern L620 Seminar in Latin Historical Texts and Historiography Languages and Cultures), Julie Van Voorhis* (History of (4 cr.) Art) Fine Arts Assistant Professors A410 History and Methodology of Classical Archaeology (4 cr.) Margaretha Kramer-Hajhos (Classical Studies), Jason A411 (Classics C411) The Art and Archaeology of Mokhtarian (Religious Studies), Eva Mroczek (Religious Anatolia (4 cr.) Studies), Shun-Chang Kevin Tsai (Comparative Literature) A412 (Classics C412) The Art and Archaeology of the Professors Emeriti Prehistoric Aegean (4 cr.) A413 (Classics C413) The Art and Archaeology of Greece Paul Eisenberg* (Philosophy), William Hansen* (Classical (4 cr.) Studies), Timothy Long* (Classical Studies), Michael A414 (Classics C414) The Art and Archaeology of Rome Morgan* (Philosophy), K. D. Vitelli* (Anthropology) (4 cr.) A416 Greek Architecture (4 cr.) Associate Research Scientist A418 Roman Architecture (4 cr.) G. William Monaghan* (Geoarchaeology) A513 Greek Vase Painting (4 cr.) A514 Greek Sculpture: Fifth Century (4 cr.) Courses A516 Greek Sculpture: Hellenistic (4 cr.) Classical Studies A517 Early Italian and Etruscan Art (4 cr.) A518 Roman Sculpture (4 cr.) C405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.) A519 Roman Painting (4 cr.) C409 Roman Literature and Art (3 cr.) A611 Problems in Prehistoric Aegean Archaeology (4 cr.) C411 (Fine Arts A411) The Art and Archaeology of A612 Problems in Greek Archaeology (4 cr.) Anatolia (4 cr.) A613 Problems in Greek Architecture (4 cr.) C412 (Fine Arts A412) The Art and Archaeology of the A614 Problems in Greek Sculpture (4 cr.) Aegean (4 cr.) A615 Problems in Greek Painting (4 cr.) C413 (Fine Arts A413) The Art and Archaeology of Greece A616 Problems in Roman Art (4 cr.) (4 cr.) C414 (Fine Arts A414) The Art and Archaeology of Rome History (4 cr.) C386 Greek History (3 cr.) C416 Ovidian Mythology and its Tradition (3 cr.) C388 Roman History (3 cr.) C419 The Art and Archaeology of Pompeii (4 cr.) C580 History of Ancient Medicine (3 cr.) C501 Introduction to Graduate Study: Literary and Cultural H605 Colloquium in Ancient History (4 cr.) Theory for Classicists (3 cr.) 38 September 6, 2017

H705 Seminar in Ancient History (4 cr.) course (E/E) if such a course is not part of the student’s major. One of these courses must be a graduate-level History and Philosophy of Science neuroscience or physiology (N/P) course if such a course X556 Philosophy of Science in Antiquity (3 cr.) is not part of the student’s major. Other graduate courses X601 Seminar in Ancient Science (3 cr.) with significant content in the study of animal behavior Philosophy may be substituted with the permission of the CISAB P511 Plato (3 cr.) director: P512 Aristotle (3 cr.) • ANTH B540 Hormones and Human Behavior (N/P) P595 Intensive Reading: Ancient Philosophy from the • NEUS N500 Neural Science I (N/P) Greek or Latin Texts (cr. arr.) • NEUS N501 Neural Science II (N/P) Religious Studies • BIOL L560 Physiological Ecology (N/P) R521 Studies in Early Christianity (3 cr.) • BIOL Z563 Comparative Neurobiology of Animal R535 Studies in Greco-Roman Religion (3 cr.) Behavior (N/P) R610 Studies in Biblical Literature and Religion (3 cr.) • BIOL Z620 Genetics of Behavior (N/P)1 R620 Ancient and Medieval Christianity (3 cr.) • 1 R633 Colloquium in Ancient Religions (4 cr.) BIOL Z620 Sensory Ecology (N/P) R713 Historical Studies in Western Religions (3 cr.) • PSY P526 Neurobiology of Learning and Memory (N/P) Animal Behavior • PSY P569 Stress Effects on Brain and Behavior (N/ College of Arts and Sciences P) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] • PSY P637 Neurobiology of Addiction (N/P) • PSY P667 Neuropsychopharmacology (N/P) Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~animal • ANTH B527 Human Evolutionary Biology Laboratory (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (E/E) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The • ANTH B568 Evolution of Primate Social Behavior (E/ University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements E) contained only in The University Graduate School • BIOL L567 Evolution (E/E) Bulletin.) • BIOL L573 Quantitative Genetics and Microevolution (E/E) Curriculum • BIOL L581 Behavioral Ecology (E/E) Admission Requirements • BIOL Z540 Population Genetics (E/E) Students must be admitted to a Ph.D. program in the • BIOL Z620 Phylogenetics (E/E)2 Department of Biology, the Department of Psychological and Brain Sciences, or the program in Neuroscience or • BIOL L505 Evolution and Development (E/E) other related departments or programs (e.g., program in • Additional ABEH A501 Seminar in the Integrative Medical Sciences, Anthropology, History and Philosophy Study of Animal Behavior of Science). They must also become a member of the • ANTH B500 Proseminar in Bioanthropology 3 program in Animal Behavior. • ANTH B522 Laboratory Methods in Bioanthropology Students should select an advisory committee made up • ANTH B524 Theory and Method in Human of at least three members of the graduate faculty. For Paleontology students whose home department or program is Biology, • ANTH B525 Genetic Methods in Anthropology at least one member of the advisory committee from the • ANTH B546 Reproductive Ecology Department of Psychological and Brain Sciences or the • ANTH B600 Seminar in Bioanthropology 3 program in Neuroscience or other related departments or programs (i.e., Anthropology, History and Philosophy • BIOL Z460 Animal Behavior of Sciences) is expected. For students whose home • BIOL Z466 Endocrinology department or program is the Department of Psychological • COGS Q551 Brain and Cognition and Brain Sciences or the program in Neuroscience, • COGS Q700 Theoretical Issues in Animal Cognition3 at least one member of the advisory committee from • PSY P514 Methods in Biopsychology Biology or other related departments or program (i.e., • PSY P527 Developmental Psychobiology Medical Sciences, Anthropology, History and Philosophy of Science) is expected. At least two of the student's • PSY P564 Psychophysics committee members must be members of the program in • MED P561 Comparative Animal Physiology (N/P) Animal Behavior. 1 Only Genetics of Behavior or Sensory Ecology sections Ph.D. Minor in Animal Behavior of BIOL Z620 count towards this requirement. Other Course Requirements sections require approval of the CISAB director.

At least THREE courses taken from at least two different 2 Only Phylogenetics section of BIOL Z620 counts departments/graduate programs, as specified below: towards this requirement. Other sections require approval (1) ONE ABEH A501 Seminar in the Integrative Study of of the CISAB director. Animal Behavior. (2) TWO courses from the following list. One of these courses must be a graduate-level evolution or ecology September 6, 2017 39

3 Only sections with significant content in the field of Wellman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Meredith J. animal behavior count towards this requirement. Consult West* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) with the CISAB director. Associate Professors Examination John M. Beggs* (Physics), Heather Bradshaw* As required by home department or program. (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Richmond Harbaugh* Graduate Area Certificate in Animal Behavior (Business), Laura Hurley* (Biology), Frederika Kaestle* (Anthropology), Daniel B. Kearns* (Biology), Armin P. Course Requirements Moczek* (Biology), Henry D. Prange* (Emeritus, Medical The requirements for the Area Certificate in Animal Sciences), Laura L. Scheiber* (Anthropology), Whitney Behavior include all of the requirements of the minor, plus M. Schlegel (Human Biology, Biology), P. Thomas the following: Schoenemann* (Anthropology), Sima Setayeshga* (Physics), G. Troy Smith* (Biology), S. Holly Stocking* 1. One additional ABEH A501 Seminar in the (Emeritus, Journalism), W. Dan Tracey* (Biology) Integrative Study of Animal Behavior 2. ABEH A502 Professional Ethics for the Bio- Assistant Professors Behavioral Sciences or PSY P595 First-Year Justin R. Garcia* (Gender Studies), Kimberly Rosvall* Research Seminar (Biology) 3. One additional course from above. Senior Scientists Examination Andrew King (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Marcy As required by home department or program. A. Kingsbury (Biology) Statistics Requirement Assistant Scientists As required by home department or program. Farrah Bashey-Visser (Biology) Thesis Academic Advisor Required. Professor Cara L. Wellman, Multidisciplinary Science Faculty Building II 202, (812) 855-4922 Director Courses Professor Cara L. Wellman* ABEH-A 500 Introduction to Animal Behavior Research (1 cr.) Introduces students to research Graduate Faculty opportunities in animal behavior. Local researchers will (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University present their recent research efforts, emphasizing the Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct integrative aspects of their work and its application to doctoral dissertations.)< /p> functional and mechanistic explanations of behavior. Professors ABEH-A 501 Seminar in the Integrative Study of Animal Behavior (2-3 cr.) Investigation of functional Jeffrey R. Alberts* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), behavior of animals (e.g., migration, parental behavior, Colin Allen* (History of Philosophy and Science), Randall mate choice) using an interdisciplinary approach that D. Beer* (Cognitive Science), John M. Beggs* (Physics), attempts to integrate the perspectives of developmental Sue Carter* (Biology), Peter Cherbas* (Biology), Jonathon psychology, ecology and evolutionary biology, neural Crystal* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Robert de science, and the science of learning and memory. Topic Ruyter van Steveninck* (Physics), Gregory E. Demas* will vary. May be repeated for credit. (Biology), Robert DeVoe* (Emeritus, Optometry), Preston E. Garraghty* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Julia ABEH-A 502 Research and Professional Ethics in Bio- R. Heiman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Kevin Behavioral Sciences (1 cr.) Readings and discussion D. Hunt* (Anthropology), Ellen D. Ketterson* (Biology), dealing with general ethical issues in science, with a Curtis M. Lively* (Biology), Elisabeth Lloyd* (History and particular focus on animal behavior. Topics include Philosophy of Science), Kenneth Mackie* (Psychological treatment and protection of animals; the acquisition, and Brain Sciences), Emilia P. Martins* (Biology), Craig E. analysis, and use of data; student-mentor and student- Nelson* (Emeritus, Biology), Milos Novotny* (Chemistry), teacher relations; credit, authorship, and peer review. Rudolph Raff* (Biology), J. C. Randolph* (Emeritus, Public and Environmental Affairs), George V. Rebec* (Emeritus, Anthropology Psychological and Brain Sciences), Stephanie Sanders* College of Arts and Sciences (Gender Studies), Kathy D. Schick* (Anthropology), Dale Departmental Contact: [email protected]; (812) R. Sengelaub* (Neuroscience Program, Psychological and 855-1041 Brain Sciences), Roderick A. Suthers* (Medical Sciences), William D. Timberlake* (Emeritus, Psychological and Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~anthro Brain Sciences), Peter M. Todd* (Cognitive Sciences), Nicholas Toth* (Anthropology), Virginia Vitzthum (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (Anthropology), Michael J. Wade* (Biology), Cara L. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff uses those 40 September 6, 2017 requirements contained only in The University Graduate foreign language, particularly if the student contemplates School Bulletin.) continuing for the Ph.D. Curriculum Doctor of Philosophy Degree The Department of Anthropology offers all four Degrees Offered anthropological subfields: Archaeology, Bioanthropology, Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy Linguistic Anthropology, and Social/Cultural Anthropology. Special Departmental Requirements Students elect one of these fields as their major field, and they also must take courses in the other fields as (See also general University Graduate School specified in the major field requirements. Students may requirements.) also select one of four concentrations, Archaeology and Social Context, Food Studies, Medical Anthropology, Admission Requirements and Paleoanthropology. Each of these concentrations 1. Bachelor’s degree from a recognized institution is supplemental to the field. Each field involves its and evidence of academic potential to complete an own breadth requirements within the Department of advanced degree; Anthropology and others that may require further class 2. appropriate level of achievement on the Graduate work. All four fields have the following requirements in Record Examination General Test (does not apply to common. international students); Foreign Language/Research Skills 3. three letters of recommendation; 4. a statement of goals in the field of anthropology; and One of three is required: (1) reading proficiency in 5. a completed application form. two languages, one normally selected from French, German, Russian, Spanish, or Portuguese (consult Recommended undergraduate training in anthropology advisor for additional languages); (2) proficiency in and related fields: depth in one language, normally selected from French, German, Russian, Spanish, or Portuguese; or (3) reading • for students interested primarily in the field of proficiency in one of the languages cited in (1) plus bioanthropology, courses in chemistry and the proficiency in data management and analysis software or biological sciences; statistics. • for students specializing in the field of archaeol- ogy, courses in history and earth sciences and the Qualifying Examination humanities; In order to be recommended to candidacy for the Ph.D. • for students specializing in the field of social/cultural degree in anthropology, the student must pass a qualifying anthropology, courses in the social sciences and the examination. This examination cannot be administered humanities; until the foreign language or research skills and other • for students specializing in the field of linguistic requirements have been fulfilled and until at least 60 anthropology, courses in general linguistics and credit hours have been earned. Students are strongly psycholinguistics. encouraged to complete course work and take the Master of Arts Degree qualifying examination in three years. Requirements The format of the exam shall be decided by the advisory 1. A minimum of 30 credit hours, with a minimum committee in consultation with the student from among the cumulative grade point average of 3.25 and no following options: more than 6 credit hours of thesis credit. At least 20 1. a take-home exam, or credit hours must be in anthropology, including three 2. a proctored in-camera exam, or courses (excluding thesis) that are numbered 500 or 3. an exam combining elements of (1) and (2). above; 2. at least one course that carries graduate credit in Preparation, administration, and grading of the three of the four fields listed above; examination are the responsibility of the advisory 3. at least one semester or two summer sessions of committee, but other members of the department are free full-time study while in residence on the Bloomington to participate without voting. A passing grade requires the campus; and either affirmative vote of a majority of the anthropologists on the 4. a thesis or examining committee. Grading is as follows: (a) pass with 5. a four-hour written examination. distinction; (b) pass [both (a) and (b) include certification to doctoral candidacy and the M.A. degree if desired and not Examination grading will be (a) pass with distinction, (b) already awarded]; (c) low pass with terminal M.A. degree; pass (both of these include the award of the M.A. degree), (d) failure. The qualifying examination may be retaken or (c) failure. The examination may be taken twice, but two once. failures will result in automatic dismissal of the student. Research Proposal Option (4) or (5) must be selected; no change will be allowed once the selection is made. No oral examination At least two weeks before the qualifying examination, or defense of the thesis is required. The thesis must the student will circulate his or her Research Proposal to be read and approved by all members of the student's the Advisory Committee. The Research Proposal must committee. A master's thesis may be based on library, include a statement of the research problem, a literature laboratory, or field research. The department does not review related to that problem, the methodology to be require, but does recommend, the completion of one employed, a tentative timetable of data collection and September 6, 2017 41 analysis, and (if a grant application has been or will be as part of the qualifying exam. Option 3 must be submitted) a discussion of funding prospects and the chosen for the Foreign Language and Research Skills budget. All grant applications must be discussed with requirement, with students gaining reading proficiency the student’s Academic Advisor. Students are normally in at least one scholarly language, as well as in statistics examined on aspects of their research proposal during and/or other data management and analysis software. their qualifying examination, both the written and oral Course substitutions and waivers will be allowed with portions. Nomination to candidacy and appointment of the permission from the Advisor and Graduate Affairs Research Committee cannot take place until the Research Committee. Proposal has been accepted by the Advisory Committee. All proposals that include the use of living human subjects 3. Linguistic Anthropology must receive advance clearance by the IUB Institutional The following courses are required, and must be Review Board (Human Subjects) regardless of whether completed with a grade of B or better: L500, H500, a external funding is sought. This clearance is required for course in linguistic field methods, and one graduate use of informants, participant observation, interviews, and course in two of the other fields of Anthropology questionnaires, as well as more invasive research such as (Archaeology, Bioan¬thropology, or Social/Cultural measurement and testing. Anthropology). Students must also demonstrate competence in at least four of the five basic areas of Dissertation linguistics (phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, and historical-comparative linguistics) plus knowledge of the Each candidate must prepare a doctoral dissertation structure of a particular language. They usually meet this as part of the requirements for the Ph.D. degree. This requirement by completing an outside minor in Linguistics. dissertation may be the result of fieldwork or laboratory or In the qualify¬ing exam, each student must demonstrate library research. The department expects field research as mastery of Linguistic Anthropology, one chosen area part of the student's doctoral training in anthropology, but of specialization, and one ethnographic area. Course the dissertation may be based upon field data, laboratory substitutions and waivers will be allowed with permission data, museum collections, archives, or other documentary from the Advisor and Graduate Affairs Committee. sources. The topic and general outline of the proposed dissertation must be approved by the candidate's research committee. 4. Social/Cultural Anthropology The following courses are required, and must be Final Defense completed with a grade of B or better: H500, E500, An oral examination of the dissertation—which cannot E606, one graduate course in two of the other fields of be waived—will be scheduled and administered by the Anthropology (Archaeology, Bioanthropology, or Linguistic candidate's research committee. Anthropology). In the qualifying exam, each student must demonstrate mastery of Social/Cul¬tural Anthropology, Teaching two chosen areas of specialization and one ethnographic The department considers teaching experience to be a area. Course substitutions and waivers will be allowed critical part of graduate training. Therefore, every effort with permission from the Advisor and Graduate Affairs will be made to provide teaching opportunities for each Committee. graduate student. Ph.D. Minor in Anthropology Subfield Requirements Students in other departments may minor in anthropology by completing at least 12 credit hours of coursework in 1. Archaeology anthropol¬ogy with a grade of B or better. No more than 6 The following courses are required and must be credit hours will be accepted by transfer of graduate credit completed with a grade of B or better: Pro-seminar in from another university. Each minor student chooses a Archaeology (P500), a course in research design (usually faculty advisor to help in the selection of a set of courses P502), a course in ethics (usually P509), a course in that best contributes to the research goals of the student. the history of Anthropology (usually H500), and an archaeological methods course. In addition, student must Ph.D. Minor in Anthropology of Food complete three graduate courses in one or more other Students must take four courses (3 credits each) one of subfields of Anthropology (Bioanthropology, Linguistic which must be the core course, E621 Food and Culture. Anthropology, or Social/Cultural Anthropology). In the The additional graduate courses in anthropology must be qualifying exam, each student must demonstrate mastery chosen from at least two different fields of the discipline of Archaeology, one chosen area of specialization, and (Archaeol¬ogy, Social/Cultural Anthropology, Biological one ethnographic area. Course substitutions and waivers Anthropology, or Linguistic Anthropology). will be allowed with permission from the Advisor and Faculty Graduate Affairs Committee. Chairperson 2. Bioanthropology Professor Jeanne M. Sept* The following courses are required, and must be completed with a grade of B or better: B500, B525, a Graduate Faculty course in human evolutionary history, and a course in (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University human biology. In addition, students must complete Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct three courses in at least two of the other subfields of doctoral dissertations.) Anthropology (Archaeology, Social/Cultural Anthropology, and Linguistic Anthropology). Expertise will be evaluated 42 September 6, 2017

Note: “I” after a faculty member’s name indicates that the Foster* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Lessie Jo person teaches at Indiana University–Purdue University Frazier* (Gender Studies), Mary Gray* (Media School), Indianapolis. Susan Brin Hyatt* (I), Jason Baird Jackson* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), David McDonald* (Folklore Director of Graduate Studies and Ethnomusicology), Valerie O'Laughlin* (School of Associate Professor Stacie M. King*, Student Building Medicine), Philip Parnell* (Criminal Justice), Stephen 130, (812) 855-3900, [email protected] Selka* (American Studies), Pravina Shukla* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) Distinguished Professors Adjunct Assistant Professors Richard Bauman* (Emeritus), Emilio F. Moran* (Emeritus), Richard Wilk* Seema Golestaneh (School of Public Health), Lucia Guerra-Reyes (School of Public Health), Jackson Njau Rudy Professor (Geological Sciences), Wendy Vogt (I) Emilio F. Moran* (Emeritus) Other Adjunct Faculty Provost Professor Marcia Bezerra Almeida, Charles Beeker (Underwater K. Anne Pyburn* Science), Meghan Buchanan, James Golden Carrier, Gary Dunham (IU Press), Millicent Fleming-Moran, Chancellors' Professors Stefano Fiorini, Maria Grosz-Ngate (African Studies), Gilles Harvard, Hilary Elise Kahn (Global and International Raymond J. DeMallie*, Robert Meier* (Emeritus), Anya Studies; Center for the Study of Global Change), Judith Peterson Royce* Kirk (Mathers Museum), Andrea Dalledone Siqueira, Sheli Professors Smith, Jayne-Leigh Thomas

Joëlle Bahloul* (Emeritus), Eduardo S. Brondizio*, Gracia Courses Clark* (Emeritus), Geoffrey W. Conrad* (Emeritus), Del¬la Collins Cook*, Brian Gilley*, Paula Girshick* (Emeritus); Bioanthropology Kevin D. Hunt*, Paul L. Jamison* (Emeritus), Douglas ANTH-B 301 Laboratory in Bioanthropology (3 cr.) R. Parks, Sarah Phillips*, Jeanne M. Sept*, M. Nazif Shahrani*, Beverly Stoeltje*(Emeritus), Frances Trix* ANTH-B 370 Human Variation (3 cr.) (Emeritus), James Vaughan* (Emeritus), Karen D. Vitelli* ANTH-B 405 Field Work in Bioanthropology (arr. cr.) (Emeritus), Virginia Vitzthum*, Andrea Wiley* ANTH-B 464 Human Paleontology (3 cr.) Associate Professors ANTH-B 466 The Primates (3 cr.) Susan Alt*, Beth A. Buggenhagen*, Ilana M. Gershon*, Sara Friedman*, Jane Goodman*, L. Shane Greene*, ANTH-B 472 Bioanthropology of Aboriginal America Frederika Kaestle*, Stacie M. King*, Susan Lepselter*, (3 cr.) Philip S. LeSourd*, Patrick Munson* (Emeritus), Laura Scheiber*, P. Thomas Schoenemann*, Susan Seizer*, ANTH-B 480 Human Growth and Development (3 cr.) Marvin D. Sterling*, Daniel Suslak*, Catherine M. Tucker* ANTH-B 500 Pro-Seminar in Bioanthropology (3 cr.) Assistant Professors Human evolution from the standpoint of an interaction of biological, ecological, and sociocultural factors. Survey of Kathryn E. Graber*, Ling-yu Hung*, Sarah Osterhoudt*, bioanthropology from historical, systematic, and applied Michael Wasserman viewpoints; emphasis on changing content, concepts, methods, and organization of the science. Senior Lecturer ANTH-B 512 Evolutionary Medicine (3 cr.) This course April K. Sievert* will incorporate principles from evolutionary theory into our Professor of Practice understanding of various infectious and chronic diseases common to human populations both past and present. Jennifer Meta Robinson* Although proximate mechanisms involving physiology and Adjunct Professors behavior will be discussed, the focus will be to determine why such mechanisms have evolved in the first place. Robert Botne* (Linguistics), David Burr* (I) (Anatomy and Cell Biology), David Hakken* (Informatics), Stephanie ANTH-B 521 Bioanthropology Research Methods Kane* (Criminal Justice), Daniel Knudsen*, Bradley (3 cr.) P: B200, B301. Designed for advanced students Levinson* (Education), John McDowell* (Folk¬lore and of bioanthropology and related biological sciences to Ethnomusicology), P. David Polly* (Geological Sciences), familiarize them with the methods and techniques of Phil Stafford* (Center on Aging and Community), Richard collecting, preserving, and analyzing both morphological Ward* (I) and somatological data. Adjunct Associate Professors ANTH-B 522 Laboratory Methods in Bioanthropology (2 cr.) P: Concurrent with B521. Laboratory dealing with Heather Akou* (Apparel Merchandising and Interior methods and techniques of assessment and analysis Design), Serafín Coronel-Molina* (Education), Jeannette of morphological and somatological data that forms the Dickerson-Putnam* (I), Elizabeth Cullen Dunn* (Global subject matter of B521. and International Studies; Geography), Michael D. September 6, 2017 43

ANTH-B 523 Anthropometry (3 cr.) P: B200, B301, or nutritional status. Diet in human evolution, human consent of instructor. Designed for advanced students in biological variation, and the adaptive significance of bioanthropology. Basic research techniques applicable to food processing. Contemporary critiques of nutrition and living populations. Research project on volunteer subjects food policies; globalization of diet; and anthropological required. Formation of hypotheses, data collection perspectives on under- and over-nutrition. procedures, testing of hypotheses, and presentation of results in oral and written form will be stressed. ANTH-B 548 Human Demography and Life History (3 cr.) An exploration of the relationships between the ANTH-B 524 Theory and Method in Human human lifecycle and population dynamics. Classic and Paleontology (3 cr.) P: B200, B301, or consent of contemporary theories of population dynamics will be instructor. Emphasis on fossil hominid evolution and explored and considered in relation to evolutionary theory, adaptation. Intensive study of human fossil skeletal highlighting life history theory. Demographic methods will anatomy. Reconstruction of hominid diets and positional be presented. Examples of anthropological studies of behavior via skeletal analysis and functional morphology. demography and life history will be utilized. ANTH-B 525 Genetic Methods in Anthropology (3 cr.) ANTH-B 550 Issues in Human Origins: Creation P: B200, B301, or consent of instructor. Specialized and Evolution (3 cr.) Review of the creation/evolution training in laboratory procedures and interpretation of controversy in a seminar setting. Fundamentals of organic genetic markers found in human populations. Major evolution covered, especially pertaining to the origins of systems covered are ABO, Rh, MNSs, Duffy, Kell, our species. Additionally, the major arguments as set forth secretor status, and PTC testing. Emphasis on use of by "scientific creationists" are presented, along with an genetic markers in human evolutionary research. appraisal of the "balanced treatment" notion that has been proposed for inclusion in public school curricula. ANTH-B 526 Human Osteology (3 cr.) P: B200, B301, or consent of instructor. Descriptive and functional ANTH-B 568 The Evolution of Primate Social Behavior morphology of the human skeleton with emphasis on the (3 cr.) Major patterns of social organization in the order identification of fragmentary materials. Determination of primates, with closer examination of several important of age, sex, and stature; craniology; and research primate species. Darwinian theories of behavioral methods in skeletal biology. Guided research project in the evolution will be examined. Particular attention will be paid identification of skeletal material required. to the influence of food-getting and diet on social behavior. ANTH-B 527 Human Evolutionary Biology Laboratory ANTH-B 570 Human Adaptation: Biological (3 cr.) This course provides students with experience Approaches (3 cr.) Understanding the concept of conducting actual research in human evolutionary biology. adaptation as it is utilized within bioanthropology, Students work together in small groups to collect data anthropology, and other disciplines. Focus on individual on living humans, perform laboratory/statistical analyses and population responses to heat, cold, solar radiation, and prepare/present manuscripts. Students will gain high altitude, nutritional and disease stress. Participation experience with scientific methodology, human subjects in discussion and presentation of oral and written reports committees, survey design, sample collection, and emphasized throughout the seminar. biomarker assays. ANTH-B 600 Seminar in Bioanthropology (3 cr.) ANTH-B 528 Dental Anthropology (3 cr.) P: B200, B301, Subject will vary; students may thus receive credit more or consent of the instructor. Descriptive and functional than once. morphology of primate dentitions, stressing nomenclature of crown features. Human enamel microstructure, ANTH-B 601 Primate Anatomy (3 cr.) P: B200, B301; development, wear, occlusion, pathology, odontometrics, P or concurrent: B466. Comparative anatomy of the and discrete variation as applied to research problems in nonhuman primates with emphasis on the analysis of bioanthropology. A guided research project is required. bone and muscle relationships. Application of comparative techniques to current research in bioanthropology. ANTH-B 540 Hormones and Human Behavior (3 cr.) Dissection of several primate species required. This course will review the roles of hormones in the evolution and expression of human and nonhuman ANTH-B 602 Paleopathology (3 cr.) P: B200, B301. animal behaviors. Emphasis will be placed on behaviors Disease in prehistoric skeletal material and in written and associated with aggression, stress, mating, and parenting. visual representations. Diagnosis and epidemiological This course is particularly relevant for students interested characterization of diseases of bone. A guided research in evolutionary psychology and human health. project on a topic in paleopathology is required. Seminar presentation of two literature reviews and a research ANTH-B 544 The Biology and Culture of Women's project are required. Bodies (3 cr.) Using evolutionary and anthopological approaches (life history theory, biocultural models, ANTH-B 645 Biocultural Medical Anthropology demography), examines the extent and causes of variation (3 cr.) Analysis of health and disease from an integrated among women and across populations in biological form biocultural perspective, which incorporates the and functioning from menarche through menopause. evolutionary, ecological, and socio-cultural context of Covers the biology of women's bodies and an appreciation health and disease, to understand what kinds of diseases for the influence of cultural traditions and practices. to which we as a species are vulnerable and why there is variation in risk of getting sick or staying well. ANTH-B 545 Nutritional Anthropology (3 cr.) A biocultural approach to diet and nutrition. Basic concepts General Anthropology in nutrition. Methods to assess dietary intake and ANTH-A 303 Evolution and Prehistory (3 cr.) 44 September 6, 2017

ANTH-A 403 Introduction to Museum Studies (3 cr.) ANTH-E 310 Introduction to the Cultures of Africa (3 cr.) ANTH-A 405 Museum Methods (3 cr.) ANTH-E 311 The Ethnography of Eastern Africa (3 cr.) ANTH-A 406 Field Work in Anthropology (1-8 cr.) 8 cr. max. ANTH-E 320 Indians of North America (3 cr.) ANTH-A 408 Museum Practicum (1-4 cr.) 8 cr. max. ANTH-E 321 Peoples of Mexico (3 cr.) ANTH-A 495 Individual Readings in Anthropology ANTH-E 322 Peoples of Brazil (3 cr.) (1-4 cr.) ANTH-E 325 North American Indian Music (3 cr.) ANTH-A 505 Fields of Anthropology: A Graduate Survey (3 cr.) Cultural anthropology, linguistics, ANTH-E 329 Indians in the United States in the archaeology, physical anthropology. For graduate Twentieth Century (3 cr.) students of other departments and beginning graduate ANTH-E 330 Indians of South America (3 cr.) students in anthropology. ANTH-E 332 Jewish Women: Anthropological ANTH-A 506 Anthropological Statistics (3 cr.) Perspectives (3 cr.) Statistics in all fields of anthropology. Scales, frequency distributions, contingency, correlation, probability, ANTH-E 334 Jews in Moslem Society (3 cr.) sampling, significance tests, elementary multivariate ANTH-E 340 Indians of Mexico and Central America analysis. (3 cr.) ANTH-A 521 Internship in Teaching Anthropology ANTH-E 370 Peasant Society and Culture (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Systematic and supervised internship required of all first-year associate instructors. Course includes ANTH-E 371 Modern Jewish Culture and Society (3 cr.) formal class presentations by the departmental associate instructor (AI) trainer, formal development of teaching ANTH-E 372 Racism, Anthropology of Prejudice (3 cr.) materials, prescribed observations of "master teachers," ANTH-E 375 Mental Illness in Cross-Cultural and supervisory visits by the AI trainer. Perspectives (3 cr.) ANTH-A 525 Community Based Research I (3 cr.) ANTH-E 380 Urban Anthropology (3 cr.) Community based research involves a partnership approach in which responsibility for planning, conducting, ANTH-E 404 Field Methods in Ethnography (3 cr.) and evaluating research is shared with a community. This ANTH-E 405 Principles of Social Organization (3 cr.) course provides grounding in community based research methods, examining how they transform social science ANTH-E 406 Anthropological and Documentary Film research. We will explore issues of ethics, power relations, (3 cr.) and field work practices. ANTH-E 407 Visual Anthropology: Filmmaking ANTH-A 526 Community Based Participatory (3 cr.) P: Junior standing or permission of instructor. Research Methods 2 (3 cr.) This is a service-learning Experimental filmmaking concerning social behavior, course that provides hands-on-training. Students will institutions, and customs. apply principles taught in ANTH-A525, and work with communities to conduct a community-based research ANTH-E 420 Economic Anthropology (3 cr.) project. Class activities include developing a research ANTH-E 425 Ethnozoology: Studies in American design, writing a grant proposal to fund the research, and Indian Subsistence (3 cr.) producing community public reports about the project. ANTH-E 427 Human Adaptation: Cultural Approaches ANTH-A 600 Seminar in Anthropology (2-4 cr.) May be (3 cr.) taken in successive semesters for credit. ANTH-E 430 Kinship Organization (3 cr.) ANTH-A 667 Topics in Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) In-depth perspectives on central topics in contemporary ANTH-E 440 Political Anthropology (3 cr.) medical anthropology. Topics vary depending on ANTH-E 450 Folk Religions (3 cr.) expertise an focus of instructor. Example topics of focus include HIV-AIDS in Cross-Cultural Context; ANTH-E 451 Myth and Legend: Cultural Meanings and Anthropological Perspectives on Disability: Child Health Interpretations (3 cr.) and Nutrition; Health and Structural Inequalities; and Medical Anthropology of Gender and Reproduction, ANTH-E 453 Revitalization Movements (3 cr.) among others. ANTH-E 455 Anthropology of Religion (3 cr.) ANTH-A 800 Research (arr. cr.) (1) Archaeology, (2) ANTH-E 457 Ethnic Identity (3 cr.) ethnology, (3) linguistics, and/or (4) physical anthropology. ANTH-E 460 The Arts in Anthropology (3 cr.) Social and Cultural Anthropology ANTH-E 303 Introduction to Social and Cultural ANTH-E 462 Anthropological Folklore (3 cr.) Anthropology (3 cr.) ANTH-E 463 Anthropology of Dance (3 cr.) ANTH-E 305 Introduction to Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) ANTH-E 470 Psychological Anthropology (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 45

ANTH-E 480 Theory of Culture Change (3 cr.) sleep and masturbation; (3) heterosexual behavior; (4) homosexual behavior; (5) deviance and paraphilias; and ANTH-E 510 Problems in African Ethnography and (6) social control of sexuality. Ethnology (3 cr.) ANTH-E 602 Levi-Strauss: Structuralism in ANTH-E 511 Ethnography of the Congo (2 cr.) Anthropology (3 cr.) Analysis of structuralist texts and ANTH-E 465 Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) A cross- theory. Reading and explicating the writings of Levi- cultural examination of a biocultural systems model of Strauss in order to learn how to interpret concepts and human adaptation in health and disease, including: the methods of the author and how to use them for further interaction of biology, ecology, and culture in health; research. ethnomedical systems in the cross-cultural conception, ANTH-E 603 Modernities: Time, Space, Identity of presentation, diagnosis, and treatment of disease; and the Historical Present (3 cr.) This course examines the sociocultural change and health. history of social and cultural theory as organized around ANTH-E 500 Proseminar in Cultural and Social the concept of modernity. We examine what, where, and Anthropology (3 cr.) Broad survey covering economics, who is implied by the term, where it originates, and how it ecology, kinship, life cycle, education, social stratification, continues to be contested by contemporary scholars. political organization, religion, values, culture change, ANTH-E 606 Research Methods in Cultural evolution, methodology, etc. Anthropology (3 cr.) P: Must be a graduate student in ANTH-E 505 Social Organization and Process (3 cr.) anthropology or obtain consent of instructor. Organization, Anthropological analysis of sociocultural process from design, and execution of anthropological research will symbolic interactionist perspective. Topics include be examined in its many contexts; specific research critical comparison of relevant theories, cross-cultural techniques will be demonstrated through laboratory applications, and methodology of field research. exercises and conduct of student projects. ANTH-E 520 Problems in Economic Anthropology ANTH-E 608 Thesis Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Social (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Seminar on problems science and humanities students will learn how to frame related to the study of technologies and economic systems research questions in this course. While graduate students of non-Western peoples. will formulate proposals with their doctoral committees, this course will provide the necessary background reading ANTH-E 523 Life Histories (3 cr.) Life histories give and peer review to prepare a serious proposal that will be ethnographies accessibility, emotional impact, deep competitive in national grant competitions. contextualization, and a deceptively transparent opening for authentic voices. This course explores the complex ANTH-E 610 Seminar in Households, Family, and issues of power and knowledge underlying this method, Gender (3 cr.) Asks how basic social units like family including interviewing strategies, consent, confidentiality, and households are socially constructed and maintained. editing and publishing choices, and considers its position Current literature on social exchange, bargaining, within broader research agendas. We discuss classic decision-making, and gender. Pressing current issues examples, recent narrative collections and contemporary such as child welfare, equity in economic development, experimental texts. abusive relationships, and consumer choice. ANTH-E 525 Comparative Ethnology of North America ANTH-E 612 Anthropology of Russia and East (3 cr.) P: A505 or E500; E320; A506; or consent of Europe (3 cr.) Explores the contradictory effects of instructor. Seminar on comparative problems of North socialism's "fall" through a study of new ethnographies American Indian cultures. May be repeated for credit. of postsocialist societies. We will connect our inquiries to broad intellectual questions in anthropology and related ANTH-E 527 Environmental Anthropology (3 cr.) disciplines, including globalization, social suffering, Graduate course on theory and method in the study commodification and cultural identity, ethnicity and nation of human-environment interactions. Emphasis on building, armed conflict, and gender inequalities. contemporary debates and approaches and on research design in environmental research. ANTH-E 614 Post-Socialist Gender Formations (3 cr.) An anthropological approach to understanding socialist ANTH-E 593 World Fiction and Cultural Anthropology and post-socialist gender formations in Eastern Europe (3 cr.) This course links literature and anthropology as and the former Soviet Union. Particular attention will means of understanding culture. Ethnographic writing be paid to changing discourses of femininity, feminism, and world fiction—novels, short stories, poems, myths, masculinity, and sexuality in post-socialist countries. folktales—are analyzed for what they reveal about the social, cultural and political lives of peoples around the ANTH-E 616 The Anthropology of Tourism (3 cr.) This world. Colonialism, war, socialism, and immigration are course will explore the phenomenon of tourism from an among the issues discussed. anthropological perspective. It will look at tourism as linked to consumer culture, transnational movements of people ANTH-E 600 Seminar in Cultural and Social and goods, post-colonial settings, global capitalism, and Anthropology (3 cr.) Subject will vary; students can the politics of ethnic and national identities. receive credit more than once. ANTH-E 617 African Women (3 cr.) Examines the ANTH-E 601 Basics of Human Sexuality (3 cr.) remarkably active roles that African women play in their Topics are: (1) introductory lectures on mammalian communities. Follows the themes of autonomy and control behavior, anatomy, physiology, reproduction, and sexual of resources, considering both economic resources (such development; (2) solitary sexual behavior: orgasm in 46 September 6, 2017 as land, labor, income, and cattle) and social resources American diaspora in the US, organized around the (such as education, religion, and political power). rubrics of ethnicity, gender, resources, and environment. ANTH-E 618 Global Consumer Culture (3 cr.) Examines ANTH-E 641 Law as Cultural Practice in the United processes of globalization and economic and cultural States (3 cr.) Explores modern life in the U.S. through two integration, including the origin and spread of mass- lenses: contemporary ethnography and recent Supreme consumer society. Topics include the theories of Court opinions. Specific topics vary. Examples include the consumption, mass media and advertising, and the nature of moral traditions; civil rights; family; privacy and relationship between modernity and consumerism. Ex- choice; the significance of race. amples from Africa, Latin America, Asia, and the United States are included. ANTH-E 644 People and Protected Areas: Theories and Realities of Conservation (3 cr.) Explores major ANTH-E 619 American Indian Religion (3 cr.) Introduces theories and approaches to conservation, from “fortress religions of the peoples indigenous to North America. conservation” to community-based and participatory Concerns include traditional and contemporary native strategies. It considers the implication of protected areas rituals, mythology, folklore, and symbolism occurring for local human populations and cultural diversity. It throughout these many cultures, including topics such as evaluates outcomes and unintended consequences of art, architecture, cosmology, sustenance, modes, trade, protected areas, and controversies over the “best” way to history, gender, and taboos. protect natural resources. ANTH-E 620 Seminar in Cultural Ecology (3 cr.) ANTH-E 645 Seminar in Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) Rotating topics in cultural ecology: explores cultural Focuses on theoretical approaches to understanding the adaptations to specific environments. Emphasis is body and notions of health, illness, and disease across placed on individual research by students, discussion of cultures. Concentrates on interpretive and critical (political relevant theoretical and methodological issues, and critical economy) approaches to issues of health and includes evaluation of research. critical study of Western biomedicine. ANTH-E 621 Food and Culture (3 cr.) Discusses ANTH-E 648 Power, Subjectivity, and the State the political economy of food production, trade, and (3 cr.) Explores relationships among culture, power, consumption on a global basis. Gives a cross-cultural and subjectivity, and the state through close readings of historical perspective on the development of cooking and theoretical and ethnographic texts. Examines how cuisine in relationship to individual, national, and ethnic different theoretical appreaches have defined and used identity. Relates cuisine to modernity, migration, and these contested terms. Developing insights from social forms of cultural mixing and Creolization. theorists, compares ethnographic efforts to integrate theory with anthropological data. ANTH-E 622 Empirical Theory and Methodology: International Forest Resources and Institutions (3 cr.) ANTH-E 649 Culture, Power, History (3 cr.) Culture, This course trains participants in the International Forestry power, and history have been three of the most important Resources and Institutions (IFRI) research programs, concerns and concepts in social and cultural anthropology. which explores how communities influence local forest This course examines how we have understood and used conditions. Theories of institutional analysis and human them and how they have defined and continue to define dimensions of environmental change underlie the course. the field. Methods include participatory techniques, interviews, forest mensuration. Participants conduct fieldwork in an ANTH-E 650 African Systems of Thought (1-3 cr.) Indiana community. Examines approaches to the analysis of systems of thought and their correlates in social action in African ANTH-E 624 Native American Art (3 cr.) Addresses the societies. Focuses on structural differences among the principles of Native art and its materials, styles, functions, various systems of ideas used for interpreting experience methods, meanings, and the contexts in which Native art in different African societies. Attention paid to alterations is used. In addition to addressing the principles, cultural, made in cosmological systems in situations of social anthropological, and indigenoustheories will be explored. change. Cultural background information will be interwoven in the lectures and discussions. ANTH-E 656 The Anthropology of Race (3 cr.) This course explores race in cultural anthropological ANTH-E 626 Coffee Culture, Production, and Markets perspective. It investigates the history of this idea within (3 cr.) This course considers diverse expressions of the discipline as well as its dissemination in international “coffee culture” in production, markets, and consumption society. The course explores the play between challenges patterns. It explores the history of coffee production and to race as an intellectual paradigm and the resilient status trade, coffee’s impact on international relations, and its of race-thinking in society at large. implications for environmental change, social justice, and economic development. We will also study local meanings ANTH-E 660 Arts in Anthropology Seminar (3 cr.) of coffee and its consumption. Anthropology’s concern with the arts; cross-cultural study and comparison; the relationships of the arts to other ANTH-E 628 Contemporary Latin American Social aspects of society and culture; problems of the cross- Movements (3 cr.) In this course we compare and cultural validity of aesthetics and the interrelationships contrast contemporary activist and grassroots movements of the arts. Subject will vary; students can receive credit throughout the Latin American region. We focus on more than once. movements both within the region and within the Latin September 6, 2017 47

ANTH-E 661 Seminar in Ethnomusicology I (3 cr.) ritual and power. Utilizes performance theory and analysis Techniques of transcription and analysis of the music of of production, linking ritual to public culture; explores it as nonliterate peoples. a response to contradiction in social political life that may express resistance pr domination. Considers preindustrial ANTH-E 662 Seminar in Ethnomusicology II (3 cr.) and modern societies and sacred and secular events. Music as it functions in human society. Role of the musician, concepts underlying production of musical ANTH-E 680 Seminar in Culture Change (3 cr.) P: Three sound, symbolic and other functions of music. courses in cultural anthropology, including the courses listed under both ethnology and ethnography, and consent ANTH-E 663 Exhibiting Cultures: Museums, of instructor. Research by students under the instructor’s Exhibitions, and World’s Fairs (3 cr.) P: E310 or supervision, group discussions, and occasional lectures consent of instructor. Explores the ideas, values and on various problems concerning culture change. symbols that pervade and shape the practice of exhibiting other cultures. Examines the ways in which museums ANTH-E 681 Seminar in Urban Anthropology (3 cr.) and other sites of exhibition accord objects particular P: E580. Practical work required. Seminar in cross-cultural significances, the politics of exhibitions and display urban social organization, emphasizing recruitment strategies, and the interpretive differences between art, manifestation of urbanism in various cultural contexts and anthropology and other types of museums and institutions techniques of investigation. which exhibit other cultures. ANTH-E 682 Memory and Culture (3 cr.) Students will ANTH-E 664 Body, Power, and Performance (3 cr.) This interrogate the concept of “collective memory,” based course explores performance in relation to social power. on Halbwachs’ major contribution in the domain. This Its focus is on the body, and explores the extent to which social scientific analysis of remembrance as culturally several interdisciplinary readings on performance theory determined will review diverse contexts in which it unfolds —largely emerging as they have from Western intellectual (i.e., art, fiction, ritual, architecture, bodily practice, traditions—speak to embodied/performative negotiations national identity, and politics). of social power outside “the West.” ANTH-E 687 The Ethnography of Europe (3 cr.) ANTH-E 670 Seminar in Culture and Personality Explores “Europe” as an idea, an identity, and a historical (3 cr.) Culture seminar for the investigation of advanced consciousness. Students discuss how European problems in culture and personality. Focus will be primarily ethnography has acquired a valued status in social on developments since 1960, particularly in such areas anthropology, how it has been instituted as a “cultural as the situational determinants of personality, cognitive area,” and how the discipline constantly revises social, growth, and adolescent studies. cultural, political, and nationalist boundaries. ANTH-E 673 Feminist Studies and Ethnographic ANTH-E 690 Development and Anthropology Practice (3 cr.) Focuses on the impact of feminist theory (3 cr.) P: E420 or consent of instructor. The theory of on ethnographic practice in the fields of anthropology and development; the way anthropology has been employed criminology. We will read key works from the 1980s to the in development schemes in Melanesia, Southeast present that exemplify various feminist approaches to the Asia, India, Africa, and elsewhere; the practical prob- study of culture and society. lem of relating to development bodies such as AID and Third World governments; the ethical problem of such ANTH-E 674 The Anthropology of Human Rights relationships. (3 cr.) This course investigates anthropology’s theoretical and practical engagements with global social justice. It ANTH-E 692 The United States (3 cr.) Reviews current examines a number of texts central to the development ethnographic studies of the United States, emphasizing of the notion of human rights, and explores several themes of cultural diversity, relationships between case studies oriented around a range of historical and individuals and their communities, and the roles of public contemporary human rights issues. institutions at local, state, and federal levels. ANTH-E 675 Law and Culture (3 cr.) Introduction to ANTH-G 731 Seminar on Contemporary Africa (arr. cr.) classic anthropological writing on cultural concepts of law, conflict, and social ordering concentrating on ethnographic History of Anthropology approaches since the 1960s. Focus is cross-cultural, ANTH-E 635 French Social Thought: Anthropological following the emphasis of the works themselves on Africa, Perspectives (3 cr.) Students will read and explicate the native North America, and the contemporary United writings of six prominent scholars in twentieth-century States. Discussions emphasize the historical context of French social thought (i.e., Durkheim, Mauss, Levi- individual works and critical readings from the vantage Strauss, Barthes, Foucault, and Bourdieu). They will points offered by contemporary anthropological theory. discuss these thinkers' contributions to contemporary anthropological theory, and will reflect on the usage of ANTH-E 677 Performing Nationalism (3 cr.) Throughout these works in their respective doctoral projects. the world, and including the United States, nationalism movements draw upon symbolic forms to create unity. ANTH-H 500 History of Anthropological Thought These movements may express resistance to domination, in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3 cr.) or they can be the forces of domination itself. The course Development of nineteenth-century and contemporary examines these processes cross-culturally, focusing on anthropological thought, with special reference to methods symbolic forms (ritual, song, film, novels, discourse). and theory of scientific anthropology. ANTH-E 678 Ritual, Festival, and Public Culture (3 cr.) ANTH-H 501 Cont Prob & Issues in Ethno Thry (3-6 cr.) Examines the ritual genres with anthropological theories of P: Introductory work in anthropology. Special attention to 48 September 6, 2017 problems arising from relation of cultural anthropology to to review the major issues in the field of language and other social sciences, such as psychology and history. culture. ANTH-H 505 History of Social Anthropology (3 cr.) R: ANTH-L 520 American Indian Languages (3 cr.) Course in social organization. Seminar on development Introductory survey of the native languages of the of social anthropology, with special attention to various Americas. Topics include history of the study of American "schools" such as functionalism and to major figures from Indian languages, genetic and typological classifications, Edward Tylor to Alfred Radcliffe-Brown. structures of selected languages, the comparative (historical) study of selected language families, and the ANTH-H 506 Modern Development in Social interplay between language and culture. Emphasizes Anthropology (3 cr.) Seminar on development of social diversity of New World languages. anthropology since World War II, with special attention to contributions of influential Cambridge, Manchester, and ANTH-L 580 Semiotics and Human Ethnology (2 cr.) London "schools." Study of the relationship between the general theory of signs and the biological study of behavior under Anthropological Linguistics three headings: elaboration of theoretical models, study ANTH-L 500 Proseminar in Language and Culture of animal communication systems as a natural and (3 cr.) Relationships of language and culture; survey behavioral science, and their exploitation for the benefit of of ethnolinguistics, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, humankind. Weltanschauung theory, diglossia, bilingualism, and single language society; relevance of linguistic analysis to ANTH-L 600 Topical Seminar in the Ethnography cultural and social anthropology. of Communication (3 cr.) Current issues in linguistic anthropology designed to acquaint the student with ANTH-L 501-502 Anthropological Linguistics I- readings and points of view not covered in the introductory II (3-3 cr.) An introduction to grammatical discovery courses. Topics such as: (1) languages of the world, (2) procedure, including phonetic, phonemic, morphemic, and variation in language, (3) problems in linguistic structure, syntactic analysis, designed to introduce the student to and (4) culture and communication. May be repeated for techniques for use with an unknown language in the field. credit with change of topic. ANTH-L 507 Language and Prehistory (3 cr.) An ANTH-L 605-606 Fld Meth Anth Ling I-II (3-3 cr.) introduction to the areas of linguistic research that are the most relevant to the work of archaeologists and ANTH-L 840 Ethnolinguistic Seminar (1-2 cr.) students of prehistory. Topics include mechanisms of P: Consent of instructor. Structural statements and linguistic change, the comparative method, genetic and arrangements of data in anthropology (including folklore area relationships among languages, and applications of and musicology) and linguistics. May be repeated for linguistic reconstruction to the study of ancient cultures credit. and populations. Archaeology ANTH-L 510 Elementary Lakota (Sioux) Language I ANTH-P 301 Archaeological Methods and Analyses (3 cr.) Introduction to Lakota (Sioux), an American Indian (3 cr.) language spoken on the northern plains of the United States. Focuses on developing elementary reading and ANTH-P 310 Prehistory of Europe and Asia (3 cr.) writing skills as well as oral fluency in the Lakota language ANTH-P 314 Early Prehistory of Africa (3 cr.) within the context of Lakota culture. ANTH-P 315 Late Prehistory of Africa (3 cr.) ANTH-L 511 Elementary Lakota (Sioux) Language II (3 cr.) Introduction to Lakota (Sioux), an American Indian ANTH-P 360 North American Archaeology (3 cr.) language spoken on the northern plains of the United ANTH-P 361 Prehistory of Midwestern United States States. Focuses on developing elementary reading and (3 cr.) writing skills as well as oral fluency in the Lakota language within the context of Lakota culture. ANTH-P 365 Prehistory of Western North America (3 cr.) ANTH-L 512 Intermediate Lakota (Sioux) Language I (3 cr.) Study of more complex Lakota grammatical ANTH-P 370 Ancient Civilizations of the Andes (3 cr.) structures, with emphasis on development of active reading, writing, and speaking skills. ANTH-P 371 Prehistory of Lowland South America (3 cr.) ANTH-L 513 Intermediate Lakota (Sioux) Language II (3 cr.) Study of more complex Lakota grammatical ANTH-P 380 Prehistoric Diet and Nutrition (3 cr.) structures, with emphasis on development of active ANTH-P 405 Field Work in Archaeology (arr. cr.) reading, writing, and speaking skills. ANTH-P 425 Zooarchaeology I: Faunal Osteology ANTH-L 518 Navajo Language and Culture (3 cr.) (5 cr.) Introduction to the Navajo language and an exploration of it as an integral dimension of Navajo culture. Topics ANTH-P 426 Zooarchaeology II: Problems in include Navajo history, kinship, ritual life, beliefs, and Zooarchaeology (5 cr.) literature, and will be grounded in the appropriate ANTH-P 500 Proseminar in Archaeology (3 cr.) dimensions of Navajo grammar. Provides a case study Exposes students to the historical and theoretical foundations of contemporary anthropological archaeology. The class is required for all graduate students September 6, 2017 49 in archaeology, and is open to other students in ANTH-P 600 Seminar in Prehistoric Archaeology (3 cr.) anthropology and in other departments who are interested Subject will vary; students may thus receive credit more in the modern practice of archaeology. than once. ANTH-P 502 Archaeological Research Design (3 cr.) ANTH-P 601 Research Methods in Archaeology (3 cr.) This seminar addresses the theoretical underpinnings This course introduces the student to the practice of of problem oriented research, how to frame a research archaeology at a professional level. Although of variable question, the selection of appropriate methods to create topics, all courses will involve hands-on experience with data, and how to carry out a research strategy, including analysis and techniques of data collection. finding funding, preparing budgets, negotiating permits, and writing reports. ANTH-P 604 Seminar in Archaeology and Social Context (3 cr.) Required course for students in the ANTH-P 505 History of Theory in Archaeology (3 cr.) archaeology and social context graduate program. The Seminar on the development of theoretical constructs and topic is variable, but will always emphasize the social, "schools" in prehistoric archaeology. Focus on thought political, and economic repercussions of archaeological of major figures such as V. G. Childe, J. G. D. Clark, D. work. Clarke, L. R. Binford, J. C. Gardin, A. C. Renfrew, and W. W. Taylor. ANTH-P 645 Pots and People (3 cr.) Pottery has often been utilized to help understand past societies. ANTH-P 506 Laboratory Methods in Archaeology In this course we take an archaeological approach to (1-6 cr.) P: P405 or consent of instructor. Specialized understanding how people make, use, and think about training in laboratory procedures and analysis of pottery. We make our own pots from wild clays and cook archaeological materials. Major categories of material a meal in traditional ceramic pots. We consider how culture to be studied include lithics, ceramics, faunal experimentation, ethnohistorical data and anthropological and floral remains. Emphasis is on processing, sorting, theory can work together to produce insights into past identifying, and analyzing material recovered from the lifeways. previous Field School in Archaeology (P405). ANTH-P 663 North American Prehistory through ANTH-P 507 Archaeological Curation (3 cr.) An Fiction (3 cr.) Students consider fictionalized examination of the history, methods, legislation, accounts of life in prehistoric North America, written ethics, tools, and technology of archaeological by anthropologists, Native Americans, and novelists, curation. Instruction will include hands-on training in the as a means to think critically and creatively about the curation and conservation of material culture and their past. They explore the role and place of narrative and associated documents (e.g., photographs, digital records). imagination in construction of the past and consider how Special attention will focus on the Native American Graves authors utilize available data. Protection and Repatriation Act of 1990. ANTH-P 666 Women in Civilization (3 cr.) Course ANTH-P 509 Archaeological Ethics (3 cr.) Explores looks at empirical and theoretical issues related to the the professional responsibilities of archaeologists by reconstruction of gender identity, household organization, examining timely issues, such as the differences and, and the division of labor in the development of early sometimes, conflicts between international law and states. professional ethics, and between archaeologists and others (e.g., Native Americans, antiquities collectors) who Apparel Merchandising and affect and are affected by archaeological work. Some Interior Design background in archaeology is helpful. College of Arts and Sciences ANTH-P 541 Archaeology of the Middle East (3 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] This course is about the prehistoric cultures of the Middle East. We will examine evidence for daily life, the rise Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~amid of complex society, early writing, and agriculture, while (Please note that when conferring University Graduate exploring the impact that archaeology in this region has on School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The our contemporary world. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements ANTH-P 545 Indigenous Archaeology (3 cr.) How do contained only in The University Graduate School Indigenous people do archeology? How do they protect Bulletin.) their sacred sites and places and build and manage Curriculum knowledge about their pasts? This course takes a global approach to examining such questions. Students examine Degree Offered Indigenous world views and ways that archaeologists and Master of Science Indigenous communities work together in archeology. Special Departmental Requirements ANTH-P 575 Food in the Ancient World (3 cr.) We will look at the theoretical and methodological tools that (See also general University Graduate School archaeologists use to study food and foodways in ancient requirements). societies from a global anthropological perspective. We Admission Requirements explore how studying food and ancient foodways gives us All Students a window into economic, symbolic, historic, and political realities of past peoples. Minimum of 160 on the verbal section and on at least one other section of the Graduate Record Examination 50 September 6, 2017

General Test. Minimum undergraduate GPA equivalent to Assistant Professors 3.0 on 4.0 scale. Jiangmei Wu Foreign Students Apparel Merchandising Minimum of 573 (paper) or 230 (electronic) or 88-89 (internet) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language. Professor Sharron J. Lennon, Professor Kathleen Rowold, Associate Professor Heather Marie Akou, Associate Apparel Studies Professor Minjeong Kim Eighteen semester hours of undergraduate credit in Interior Design apparel studies and/or a related field (e.g., economics), 9 Associate Professor C. Thomas Mitchell, Associate of which must be at the junior or senior level. Professor Kennon Smith, Assistant Professor Jiangmei Design Studies Wu Baccalaureate from a CIDA- (interior design) or NAAB- Courses (architecture) accredited program and a portfolio of original work in interior design and/or architecture. AMID-H 413 Apparel Merchandise Planning and Analysis (3 cr.) Essentials of merchandise buying and Course Requirements planning: consumer trends, market resources and trade Apparel Studies practices, seasonal plans, assortment planning and A minimum of 34 credit hours, to include H550, a 3-credit analytic tools for inventory evaluations. seminar or readings course in area of concentration; AMID-H 415 Readings in Textiles and Apparel (arr. cr.) H598 Research, H599 Thesis, or H597 Project (if project is selected, a total of 37 credit hours is required); and a AMID-H 504 International Textiles and Apparel Trade graduate course in statistics. (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Research and analysis of economic issues that affect the development of textiles Design Studies and apparel at the global level. Critical analysis of labor A minimum of 34 credit hours, to include H550, H568, and development theories and international relations will H573, H598 Research, H599 Thesis, a graduate course be included. Global sourcing, production, and import/ in statistics, and 12 credits in one or two related area(s). export strategies will be addressed. H597 Project is not available to graduate students in AMID-H 506 Dress Studies: Theory and Analysis (3 cr.) interior design. P: Graduate standing. In-depth study and critical analysis Fields of Study of classic and modern fashion theories, with emphasis placed on postmodern fashion theory development. Individualized programs are available in two different Students are expected to make significant progress areas: apparel studies (including the fields of toward new theoretical development of fashion theory. merchandising, fashion history, and dress studies); and interior design. AMID-H 510 Apparel Entrepreneurship (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing, AMID H413 or equivalent. R: Final Examination Accounting and research methods. Research and Oral defense of the thesis; for those not electing thesis development of individualized plans for decision making, (ap¬parel studies candidates only), a comprehensive problem solving, and opening a small apparel-related written examination. retail business. Developing, implementing, and analyzing entrepreneurial strategies; financial goals; methods of Faculty accounting and control; and merchandising, operation, and management skills. Chairperson AMID-H 511 Dress Studies: Behavioral Analysis (3 cr.) Heather Marie Akou P: Graduate standing, Theories from social psychology Departmental E-mail will be employed in research examining clothing and appearance and their effects on the self and others. [email protected] AMID-H 512 Recent Developments in Textiles (3 cr.) Departmental URL New developments in textiles; analysis of quality control and production standards; evaluation of current problems. www.indiana.edu/~amid AMID-H 519 Special Problems: Textiles and Apparel Graduate Faculty (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of department. Independent work in (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University analysis and interpretation of various aspects of textiles Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct and apparel field. Topic may vary. May be repeated for a doctoral dissertations.) maximum of 6 credits. Professor AMID-H 550 Research Methods in Apparel Sharron J. Lennon, Kathleen Rowold Merchandising and Interior Design (3 cr.) Evaluating and understanding of research; identifying needed Associate Professor research; planning a research problem. Heather Marie Akou, C. Thomas Mitchell, T. Kelly Wilson, Kennon Smith, Minjeong Kim September 6, 2017 51

AMID-H 567 Trends in Interior Design (3 cr.) P: H475 or A minimum of 45 credit hours including Arts Administration H476 or equivalent, or consent of department. Changing Y500, Y502, Y504, Y511, Y515, Y525, Y530, Y535, patterns in interior design. Y550, Y650, and Y750; and SPEA N558; plus 9 credit hours of electives to be selected in consultation with AMID-H 568 Contemporary Issues in Design (3 cr.) the assistant program director (see listings below for P: Graduate standing. Contrast between traditional and suggested acceptable courses). emerging views in interior design. Grades AMID-H 573 Special Problems: Interior Design (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of department. Independent work in advanced A grade point average of 3.0 (B) or higher must be interior design problems. May be repeated for a maximum maintained. of 6 credits. Required Schedule of Study AMID-H 575 Diverse Problems in Design I (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Research and design of Fall Semester I (15 cr.) nonresidential interior environments. • AADM-Y502 Introduction to Arts Administration and AMID-H 576 Diverse Problems in Design II (3 cr.) Organizational Behavior (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Design of interior spaces that • AADM-Y511 Performing Arts Center Management (3 enhance individual needs and lifestyles. cr.) • AADM-Y525 Museum Management (3 cr.) AMID-H 580 Seminar in Consumer Issues (3 cr.) • AADM-Y535 Arts Administration and the Cultural P: Consent of department. Varying topics dealing with Sector (3 cr.) consumer interests and family economics. • Elective (3 cr.) AMID-H 590 Workshop in Apparel Merchandising Spring Semester II (12 cr.) and Interior Design (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of department. Workshop in current issues, trends, programs. Emphasis • AADM-Y504 Arts Organizations in the Public and varies and is announced in workshop title. May be Private Sectors (3 cr.) repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. • AADM-Y530 Audience Development and Marketing the Arts (3 cr.) AMID-H 597 Projects (1-4 cr.) P: H550 and consent of department. Individual application of student's area of • AADM-Y500 Legal Issues in the Arts (3 cr.) study to the solution of a problem under supervision of • Elective (3 cr.) an approved advisor; not open to students who select a Fall Semester III (12 cr.) thesis program. • AADM-Y515 Financial Management for the Arts (3 AMID-H 598 Research (1-3 cr.) P: H550, a course cr.) in statistics, and consent of department. Independent • AADM-Y650 Seminar in Arts Administration investigation in area of interest under supervision of (Capstone) (3 cr.) advisor. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. • SPEA-N558 Fund Development for Nonprofits (3 cr.) AMID-H 599 Thesis (1-6 cr.) P: H550 or equivalent; one • Elective (3 cr.) course in statistics. Individual research under supervision of an approved advisor. Summer between semesters II and III OR Spring Semester IV (3 cr.) Arts Administration • AADM-Y750 Internship (3 cr.) School of Public and Environmental Affairs • AADM-Y550 Practicum (3 cr.) Departmental URL: www.artsadmin.indiana.edu Three different 50-hour arts management projects are Curriculum completed throughout the three semesters of coursework. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Students can register for all three credits at once or 1 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, the credit per semester, so long as the total number of credits University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements equals three. Students can register for the Y550 Practicum contained only in The University Graduate School at any time, but generally register simultaneously with the Bulletin.) Y750 Internship. Opportunities for Non-Majors Degree Offered Doctoral Minor in Arts Administration Master of Arts (Required 4 courses, 12 credit hours) Designed to train students for leadership roles in the arts and the creative industries, across all genres and sectors. The Ph.D. minor should be negotiated with the School of Public and Environmental Affairs (SPEA), Doctoral Advisor Admission Requirements in Arts Administration, Dr. Michael Rushton. For a more An undergraduate degree with an outstanding academic research-oriented minor, the student should work with record and commitment to the arts. Graduate Record the SPEA Director of Doctoral Programs to construct an Examination General Test (verbal and quantitative independent minor including doctoral research seminars. portions required). Fall enrollment only. Course Requirements 52 September 6, 2017

Students may take any arts administration courses to fulfill Joanna Woronkowicz (Public and Environmental Affairs) the requirement (substitutions may be arranged with the Doctoral Advisor in Arts Administration). Lecturers Monika Herzig (Public and Environmental Affairs); ARTS ADMINISTRATION – AADM Frank Lewis (Public and Environmental Affairs); Michael Wilkerson (Public and Environmental Affairs) • Y502 Introduction to Arts Administration and Organizational Behavior Adjunct Professors • Y505 Programming in the Performing Arts Douglas Booher (IU Auditorium); Karen Gahl-Mills • Y511 Performing Arts Center Management (Cuyahoga Arts and Culture); Joshua Owens (Butler • Y515 Financial Management for the Arts University); Chris Payne (UITS); Corrinne Preston (Public • Y522 IT Applications for the Arts and Environmental Affairs); Jim Walker (Big Car) • Y530 Audience Development and Marketing the Arts • Y535 Arts Administration and the Cultural Sector Courses • Y551 Cultural Planning and Urban Development • Y559 Public Policy and the Arts AADM-Y 500 Topics in Arts Administration (1-6 cr.) • SPEA-V525 Management for the Nonprofit Sector Selected research and discussion topics organized on a • SPEA-N558 Fund Development for Nonprofits semester-by-semester basis. • Y500 Topics courses (topics vary from semester to semester) Current topics include: The Arts and AADM-Y 502 Organizational Behavior and Arts Social Change, Cultural Districts and Local Arts Management (3 cr.) This course introduces graduate Policy, Graphic Design, Curating in Galleries and students to the professional world of arts administration, Museums, Legal Issues in the Arts its many disciplines, its dramatically and rapidly changing landscape, and the nature and culture of its organizations. Doctoral Advisor, Arts Administration Faculty Major concepts of organizational behavior by employees, managers, and organizations themselves are discussed. Michael Wilkerson, [email protected], (812) 855-0282 Students practice several roles within organizations. Assistant Program Director, Arts Administration Staff AADM-Y 505 Programming the Performing Arts Megan Starnes, [email protected], (812) 855-0282 (3 cr.) The course examines how programming relates to marketing and public relations; the role of programming Jacobs School of Music Master’s Outside Field of in the public and professional identity of artists and arts Study organizations; the external factors that condition program (Required 2 courses, 6 credit hours) choice; and how programming affects relationships with society and the arts community on local, national, and The Master’s in Outside Field of Study should be international levels. negotiated with the Jacobs School of Music with permission from the Arts Administration Department and AADM-Y 511 Performing Arts Center Management upon advice from Michael Wilkerson. (3 cr.) This course focuses on the aspects of managing a performing arts program and facility. Indiana University Jacobs School of Music Graduate Academic Advising Auditorium and other performing arts facilities will serve Cffice Merrill Hall 011; (812) 855-1738 as laboratories to provide you with a balance between Doctoral Advisor, Arts Administration Faculty academic and real-world issues. Michael Wilkerson, [email protected], 812-855-2947 AADM-Y 515 Financial Management for the Arts (3 cr.) The course introduces students to the role of financial Faculty management in the modern not-for-profit organization. This course covers applications of budgeting, financial and Staff Program Director managerial accounting principles, and procedures and Associate Professor Michael Rushton* financial analysis for nonprofit organizations. Materials covered should be considered required knowledge for the Assistant Program Director mid-to-senior-level arts administrator. Megan Starnes ([email protected]) AADM-Y 522 IT Applications for the Arts (3 cr.) Student Services Coordinator Teaches Arts Administration professionals how to use computer applications to create printed, web Matthew Wisley ([email protected]) based and multimedia materials to promote effective ([email protected]) communications. Provides instruction and practical hands-on experience in design theory, page layout, Graduate Faculty usability, accessibility, digital photo editing, graphics, and (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University desktop and web publishing to create promotional and Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct informational materials. doctoral dissertations.) AADM-Y 525 Museum Management (3 cr.) Course Professors addresses general management of museums. The Michael Rushton* (Public and Environmental Affairs) museum, its legal status, the building, management and staff, goals and objectives, fundraising and budgeting, Associate Professors September 6, 2017 53 collection and exhibitions, education and community arts council is required. The internship is ordinarily taken outreach. after the first academic year in the summer or after the third semester of coursework during the spring semester. AADM-Y 530 Audience Development and Marketing the Arts (3 cr.) Course includes basic marketing BUS-L 575 Legal Issues in the Arts (3 cr.) Examines principles as well as audience development and marketing legal interests and rights of composers, writers, performing strategy. In addition to introducing the fundamentals artists, visual artists and arts organizations. Explores of marketing, it fosters and encourages the thought a broad range of legal considerations pertaining to processes necessary to market the products/services that relationships between parties in arts oriented contexts. are creative arts. Topics addressed include: copyright, trademark and right of publicity law; defamation and invasion of privacy law; AADM-Y 535 Arts Administration and the Cultural advertising law; First Amendment issues for artists and Sector (3 cr.) In this course students learn about the arts administrators; contract law as applied to arts-related market structure of the cultural sector. Among the agreements; personal property law; and legal issues many questions we try to answer are: What makes associated with different forms of arts organizations. the arts different from other goods and services in the marketplace? What do we know about consumers of SPEA-V 558 Fund Development for NonProfits (3 cr.) the arts, and how they become informed about different Important aspects of the fund raising process in nonprofit books, films, or performances? What is the system that organizations are covered, including: techniques and determines which works of art are exhibited or published strategies for assessing potential sources of support; and which fall by the wayside? Who bears the burden of effective use of human resources; process management; the risk in a new venture? theory to underlay practice; analysis of current practice; practice standards; and discussion of ethical problems. AADM-Y 550 Practicum in Arts Administration (3 cr.) Provides hands-on managerial and administration Elective Courses experiences in three different community and campus arts organizations including: Musical Arts Center, Requirements of at least nine elective credits. Courses Department of Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance, must be graduate-level (500+) or equivalent. Elective IU Auditorium, IU Foundation, IU Art Museum, Mathers credit may be obtained from any gradute program on Museum of World Cultures, IU School of Music, African campus. Arts Administration electives are listed below: American Arts Institute, Bloomington Area Arts Council, Bloomington Playwrights Project, School of Fine Arts AADM: Arts Administration Gallery, Lotus World Music and Arts Festival, and the Y500 Topics Course (The Arts and Social Change; Buskirk-Chumley Theater. Curating in Galleries and Museums; Cultural Districts and Local Arts Policy; Graphic Design; Legal Issues in the AADM-Y 559 Public Policy and the Arts (3 cr.) This Arts) course considers the principal aspects of cultural policy Y505 Programming the Performing Arts in the U.S. and elsewhere. Topics include arts education, Y522 IT Applications for the Arts the ends and means of government funding for the arts, Y559 Public Policy and the Arts multiculturalism, freedom of expression, copyright, other Y680/Y690 Readings in Arts Administration/Independent legal rights of artists, international trade in cultural goods, Study and international treatises on cultural diversity. AADM-Y 650 Seminar in Arts Administration (3 cr.) Art History The seminar provides a capstone experience for students College of Arts and Sciences finishing the Master’s Degree in Arts Administration. Visit our website: arthistory.indiana.edu The emphasis is on the application of the concepts covered throughout the program with a detailed look Contact us via email by writing to: [email protected] at leadership issues facing the arts administrator. The (Please note that when conferring University Graduate seminar/workshop involves the promotion of the arts: School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The planning, management, labor relations, fundraising, University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements funding sources, communications, and similar topics in contained only in The University Graduate School relation to arts centers, museums, and performing arts Bulletin.) organizations. Special emphasis is placed on strategic planning. Course includes a few guest speakers from Curriculum major arts organizations. Degrees Offered AADM-Y 680 Readings in Arts Administration (arr. cr.) Master of Arts ( History of Art ), Dual Master of Arts P: Consent of instructor and departmental chairperson. (History of Art) and Master of Library Science, and Doctor Supervised readings in arts administration. of Philosophy (History of Art ) AADM-Y 690 Independent Study in Arts Special Departmental Requirements Administration (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor and department chairperson. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) AADM-Y 750 Internship in Arts Administration (3 cr.) A minimum 280 hours of field work or internship in a Master’s Degrees managerial office of a museum, theatrical or musical Master of Arts Degree (Art History) organization, or community, state, regional, or national Admission Requirements 54 September 6, 2017

Bachelor’s degree with a major in the history of A total of 90 credit hours including a core of four lecture art. Students with majors in other disciplines with a courses and three seminars (28 credit hours) in the major demonstrable background in art history are also welcome field, 16 credit hours in an inside minor, 12 credit hours to apply. GPA of 3.5 expected. Appropriate level of in a second minor. An additional 18 credit hours of art achievement on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) history courses and seminars, or in some cases courses General Test (verbal,160). Statement of Purpose, C.V., from other departments, will be chosen in consultation with writing sample, three letters of recommendation. the student’s major field advisor. Up to 16 credits may be taken as dissertation credit hours. The major fields are Grades Ancient Greek and Roman, Medieval (East and West), Students must maintain a minimum grade point average Asian, Renaissance and Baroque, Modern (European and of 3.5. Only those art history courses completed with a American, 19t century through present-day), Islamic, and grade of B or higher will count towards the degree. A African/Oceanic/Pre-Columbian American. A minimum of student with a G.P.A. of less than 3.5 may be placed on three seminars in the major field is required. The 16 credit probation. hours for the inside minor must include a minimum of two Course Requirements seminars (600 level); reading courses and studio courses do not satisfy the inside minor requirement. The second A minimum of 36 credit hours. No fewer than four minor may be taken in another department, which defines seminars (600-level) in three areas, two lecture courses its own requirements (usually 9-12 credit hours), or in Art (500-level) in two areas. ARTH-A500: Historiography of History (12 credit hours). the History of Art and ARTH-A510: Theory and Methods of the History of Art. ARTH-A595: master’s essay seminar. Areas Foreign Language Requirement Ancient Greek and Roman, Medieval (East and West), Asian, Renaissance and Baroque, Modern (European and Reading proficiency in one language. Usually German American, 19t century thorugh present-day), Art Theory, or French is selected; however, students may choose Islamic, and African/Oceanic/Pre-Columbian American. another language with the approval of the faculty. Proficiency must be demonstrated by the end of the Grades second semester of study. A minimum grade point average of 3.5 is required in the Essay major field and the departmental minor(s). Only those art history courses in which a B or higher has been earned Required. Students must apply to work with an individual will count towards the degree. A student who has a GPA faculty member on the essay no later than the end of the of less than 3.5 may be placed on probation. first semester of their second year. Foreign Language Requirement Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science Degrees Reading proficiency in two languages (usually French and This program permits the student to coordinate a Master German). Additional foreign languages may be required by of Arts degree in the history of art with a Master of Library the major field advisor. Science degree. The dual program requires the comple- Qualifying Examination tion of 60 credit hours as opposed to the 70 credit hours that would have to be taken if the degrees were pursued Three written examinations in the major field; oral independently. examination at discretion of department. Admission Requirements Final Examination Students must apply for admission to both the School Oral defense covering the dissertation. of Fine Arts and the Department of Information and Library Science and meet the admissions requirements Ph.D. Minor in Art History established by each. A Ph.D. minor in art history is available to students outside the department. Normally, it includes at least one seminar Requirements (12 credit hours). All programs must be determined in consultation with the art history graduate advisor. A grade A minimum of 36 credit hours. No fewer than four point average of 3.5 is required. seminars (600-level) in three areas, two lecture courses (500-level) in two areas. ARTH-A500: Historiography of Faculty the History of Art and ARTH-A510: Theory and Methods of the History of Art. ARTH-A595: master’s essay seminar Chair Art History taken in the fourth semester. Thirty (30) credit hours are Diane Reilly* required in the Department of Information and Library Science, including 18 credit hours of M.L.S. Foundation Graduate Faculty courses, 9 credit hours of Z521, Z605, and 3 credit hours (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University of Information and Library Science (ILS) electives selected Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct with the ILS advisor. doctoral dissertations.) Doctor of Philosophy Degree Chancellor’s Professor Course Requirements Patrick McNaughton* September 6, 2017 55

Professors • ARTH-A 612 Problems in Greek Archaeology (4cr.) Sources for the history of Greek art and Michelle Facos*, Adelheid M.M. Gealt*, Patrick civilization of various periods. McNaughton* • ARTH-A 613 Problems in Greek Architecture Associate Professors (4 cr.) Sarah Bassett*, Giles Knox*, Diane Reilly*, Bret • ARTH-A 614 Problems in Greek Sculpture (4 cr.) Rothstein*, Julie Van Voorhis* • ARTH-A 615 Problems in Greek Painting (4 cr.) Assistant Professors • ARTH-A 616 Problems in Roman Art (4 cr.) Phillip Bloom*, Melody Barnett Deusner*, Margaret Graves*, Jeffrey Saletnik Medieval • ARTH-A 520 Topics in Medieval Art (3 cr.) Various Senior Lecturer topics offered in Medieval Art. Andrei Molotiu • ARTH-A 521 Pagans & Christians: Christian Art Faculty Emeriti in the Roman Empire (3 cr.) Christian Art as it developed in its first centuries within the Roman Sarah Lea Burns*, Bruce Cole*, Shehira Davezac, Molly Empire (200-600). Faries*, Janet Kennedy*, W. E. Kleinbauer*, Susan Nelson* • ARTH-A 522 Early Medieval Painting (3 cr.) Survey of the major schools of monumental and Adjunct Professor miniature painting during the early medieval period. Eleanor W. Leach* • ARTH-A 523 Early Christian Architecture Adjunct Associate Professors (3 cr.) Intensive investigation of secular and church architecture in the Mediterranean from the Deborah Deliyannis* Tetrarchy to Iconoclasm in terms of its relationship to topography, urban development, functions, liturgical Adjunct Assistant Professors planning, and related types of monuments. Diane Pelrine • ARTH-A 525 Heaven on Earth: Art and the Courses Church in Byzantium (3 cr.) Art and architecture in the Byzantine Empire (600-1500). Ancient • ARTH-A 501 Topics in Ancient Art (3 cr.) Special • ARTH-A 621 Problems in Early Christian Art topics in the history and study of Ancient Art. May be (4 cr.) Selected topics in early Christian art. repeated with different topics. • ARTH-A 622 Problems in Early Medieval Art • ARTH-A 507 The Art and Archaeology of Greece (4 cr.) Selected topics in early medieval art. (3cr.) • ARTH-A 623 Problems in Romanesque Art (4 cr.) • ARTH-A 508 The Art and Archaeology of Rome Discussion of the major problems of eleventh- and (3 cr.) twelfth-century sculpture; knowledge of French and one other foreign language necessary. • ARTH-A 509 Greek Architecture 3 cr.) • ARTH-A 624 Problems in Early Gothic Art (4 cr.) • ARTH-A 534 Roman Architecture (3 cr.) • ARTH-A 625 Problems in Late Gothic Art (4 cr.) • ARTH-A 513 Greek Vase Painting (3 cr.) • ARTH-A 626 Problems in Byzantine Art (4 cr.) • ARTH-A 514 History of Greek Sculpture (3 cr.) Renaissance and Baroque • ARTH-A 516 Ancient Art from Alexander the • ARTH-A 531 Fifteenth- and Sixteenth-Century Great toAugustus (3 cr.) Introduction to the art Italian Architecture (3 cr.) Validity of concepts and architecture of the ancient Mediterranean world of High Renaissance and Mannerism and their during the Hellenistic and Roman Republic periods. application to architecture. • ARTH-A 517 Early Italian and Etruscan Art (3 cr.) • ARTH-A 532 Italian Art of the 16th Century • ARTH-A 518 Roman Sculpture (3 cr.) Critical (3 cr.) Investigates art in Italy during one of its most analysis of historical reliefs, portraiture, and important centuries. Focus on the artists of central sarcophagi. Italy, including such luminaries as Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, and Michelangelo. Examines the • ARTH-A 519 Roman Painting (3 cr.) Critical puzzling phenomenon of Mannerism (Pontormo, analysis of Roman painting from second century Rosso, Bronzino, Parmgianino) and the warm, B.C. through early fourth century A.D. painterly naturalism of Venice (Giorgione, Titian). • ARTH-A 611 Problems in Prehistoric Aegean • ARTH-A 537 Selected Topics in Northern Archaeology (4 cr.) Painting (3 cr.) 56 September 6, 2017

• ARTH-A557 Topics in Renaissance and Baroque • ARTH-A 548 American Architecture (3 cr.) Art (3 cr.) Special topics in the history and study of Surveys American architecture from the colonial Renaissance and Baroque Art period to the late twentieth century, including public, commercial, and domestic design, with emphasis • ARTH-A 632 Problems in Early Italian Painting on historical context and the role of architecture as (4 cr.) Selected topics in Italian painting of the signifier of social, cultural, and political ideologies. thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. • ARTH-A 549 Modernism and Antimodernism in • ARTH-A 633 Problems in Italian Art of the American Art, 1900–1945 (3 cr.) Surveys painting, Fifteenth Century (4 cr.) sculpture, photography, design, and commercial • ARTH-A 634 Problems in Italian Art of the art. Topics include the urban realism of the Ashcan Sixteenth Century (4cr.) School; the early avant-garde; New York dada; the cult of the machine; regionalist painting and the • ARTH-A 635 Problems in Italian Art of the American heartland; the expressionist landscape; Seventeenth Century (4cr.) and surrealism, American style. • ARTH-A 637 Problems in Early Netherlandish • ARTH-A 550 History of Photography (3 cr.) Painting (4cr.) Surveys the history of photography from its • ARTH-A 638 Problems in Sixteenth-Century Art beginning to the mid-twentieth century, with focus on outside Italy (4cr.) theoretical issues as well as the cultural and social contexts of photography and its practices. • ARTH-A 639 Problems in Seventeenth-Century Art outside Italy (4cr.) • ARTH-A 558 American Art, 1865-1945 (3 cr.) History of Art in the United States from the end of the Modern Civil War to World War II. • ARTH-A 540 Topics in Modern Art (3 cr.) Special • ARTH-A 559 Women Artists (3 cr.) This course topics in the history and study of nineteenth- and examines Western women artists since the twentieth-century European and American Art. May Renaissance. We will look at some of the best- be repeated twice for credit when topic varies. known women artists, try to understand how their • ARTH-A 541 European Romantic Landscape achievements fit into the times and place that they Painting, 1750–1850 (3 cr.) worked, and examine related ethical, social, and political issues. • ARTH-A 542 American Painting from the Revolution to World War I (3cr.) • ARTH-A 640 Problems in Modern Art (4cr.) Special topics in the problems in modern art. May be • ARTH-A 543 History of Twentieth-Century repeated with a different topic for a total of 8 credit Photography (3cr.) hours. • ARTH-A 544 Russian Art, 1700 to Present (3 cr.) • ARTH-A 641 Problems in Romantic Art (4 cr.) Survey of Russian art concentrating on the period from 1700 to the present. In dealing with Russian • ARTH-A 642 Problems in British Painting (4 cr.) realism, turn-of-the-century art, and the Russian • ARTH-A 643 Problems in American Art (4 cr.) avant-garde, the course focuses on changing concepts of national identity and on the social role of • ARTH-A 644 Problems in French Art 4 cr.) art. • ARTH-A 645 Problems in Late Nineteenth- and • ARTH-A 545 Post-impressionism and Symbolism Early Twentieth-Century European Art (4cr.) (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. The major post- impressionist artists and the art of the 1890s: • ARTH-A 646 Problems in Twentieth-Century symbolism, the nabis, art nouveau, the secession European Art (4 cr.) movements. • ARTH-A 647 Problems in Contemporary • ARTH-A 546 Roots and Revolution: Early European and American Art (4cr.) Twentieth-Century Mexican Art (3 cr.) Critical Islamic analysis of painting, printmaking, and photography • ARTH-A 527 Formation of Islamic Art (3 cr.) from 1890 to 1950 in relation to political and cultural Surveys Islamic art and culture in its formative period phenomena. from the seventh through the fourteenth centuries. • ARTH-A 547 Dada and Surrealism (3 cr.) Stylistic Representative works will be examined from all peculiarities, literary affinities, psychological and media. A major goal of the class will be to distinguish philosophical concerns of dada and surrealist art will the unique characteristics of Islamic art despite its be discussed, with emphasis on the historic position diverse sources and tremendous regional variations. of this art vis-à-vis other modernist movements, • ARTH-A 589 Topics in Islamic Art (3cr.) Special especially cubism and abstract expressionism. topics in the history and study of Islamic art. May be Works of key figures will be examined, including repeated with a different topic for a total of 8 credit Duchamp, Picabia, Ernst, Arp, Miró, Tanguy, hours. Magritte, and Matta. • ARTH-A 667 Problems in Islamic Art (4cr.) September 6, 2017 57

Asian • ARTH-A 555 Art, Craft, and Technology in Sub- • ARTH-A 560 Special Studies in Chinese Art Saharan Africa (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Topics vary; each is focused on a specific • ARTH-A 556 Art of Central Africa (3 cr.) Analysis aspect or issue in Chinese art, studied in the of visual art traditions of central Africa, focusing context of social and intellectual history. Readings primarily on Zaire, but also including arts from and discussion will emphasize current debates in Cameroon, Gabon, Congo, the Central African the field and approaches to the material. May be Republic, and Angola.FINAARTH-A 650 Problems in repeated twice for credit. African Art (4 cr.) • ARTH-A 564 Art and Archaeology of Early China (3 cr.) Chinese art and material culture General from prehistoric times through the Han dynasty • ARTH-A 500 Historiography of Western Art (4 cr.) (to ca. 200 A.D.), with particular attention to major • ARTH-A 510 Critical Theories and Methods in archaeological discoveries. Topics include the Art History, Ca 1900-Present (4 cr.) This course is relationships between art, ritual, and politics; designed to afford graduate students in the History changing beliefs about society and the spirit world as of Art the opportunity to examine methodologies seen in the archaeological record; regional cultures in the discipline, as well as their development, and traditions; and problems in methodology and since its efflorescence as a modern discipline in the interpretation. late 19th century. Through readings, discussion, • ARTH-A 566 Early Chinese Painting (3cr.) and individual research, students will develop an Chinese painting and pictorial art from the Six understanding of how critical theory has shaped art Dynasties through the Song dynasty (ca. 200-1300 historical practice, both from within and without the A.D.). Topics include figure and narrative painting; discipline. They will also have the chance to gauge the culture of landscape, from mountains to gardens; the potential applicability of important theoretical the iconography of flowers, birds, and other small models for their own research interests. motifs drawn from nature; institutional and private • ARTH-A 580 Topics in Art History (3 cr.) Special patronage; and the relationships between painting, topics in the history and study of Art History in poetry, and calligraphy. various centuries. May be repeated four times with • ARTH-A 567 Later Chinese Painting (3cr.) A different topics. history of Chinese painting from the Yuan dynasty • ARTH-A 590 Museum Studies (3 cr.) Designed (1279-1368) to the twentieth century: art and political to utilize the resources of the Indiana University protest, the culture of amateur painting, court and Art Museum for academic research. Topics vary professional painters, the development of regional and include cataloging, technical examination, and styles, painting as social exchange and interaction, organizing exhibitions. May be repeated for credit patronage and collecting, and artists’ writing on the when topic varies. themes of nature, style, and self-expression. • ARTH-A 595 Master’s Essay Research (1-4 cr.) • ARTH-A 661 Problems in Japanese Print Readings and research for the M.A. essay in the (4cr.) The development of style, technique, history of art. The essay is required; enrollment in and iconography in the Japanese print from the the course is optional. seventeenth century to 1860. • ARTH-A 690 Burke Seminar in the History of Art • ARTH-A 662 Problems in Chinese Painting (4 cr.) (1-4 cr.) A seminar conducted by a visiting professor Art Theory in conjunction with a member of the art history faculty. The topic, format, and length of the seminar • ARTH-A 671 Problems in Art Theory I (4 cr.) will vary. May be repeated, with different topics, for a Problems in art theory from antiquity through the maximum of 8 credits. thirteenth century. • ARTH-A 775 Advanced Readings and Research • ARTH-A 672 Problems in Art Theory II (4 cr.) (1-8 cr.) Problems in art theory of the late Middle Ages and the Renaissance. • ARTH-A 779 Directed Field Work (arr. cr.) Specialized research in museums and libraries • ARTH-A 673 Problems in Art Theory III (4 cr.) or archaeological sites, in fields closely related to Problems in art theory of the seventeenth and student’s doctoral dissertation. May be repeated for eighteenth centuries. a total of 16 credit hours. • ARTH-A 674 Problems in Art Theory IV (4 cr.) • ARTH-A 879 Doctoral Dissertation (arr. cr.) Problems in art theory of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. • ARTH-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) Dissertation hours (6semesters, 6 credits each, for a Art of Africa, Oceania, and Pre-Columbian America total of 36 hours). • ARTH-A 551 Art of the South Pacific (3 cr.) • ARTH-G599 Thesis Research (0 cr.) Master’s • ARTH-A 552 Art of Eastern and Southern Africa students who have enrolled in 30 or more hours (3 cr.) of graduate course work applicable to the degree and who have completed all other requirements for the degree except the thesis offinal project of 58 September 6, 2017

performance may enroll in G599. Requires section in the Mediterranean from the Tetrarchy to Iconoclasm authorization. in terms of its relationship to topography, urban development, functions, liturgical planning, and related Art History types of monuments. Ancient FINA-A 410 Topics in Ancient Art (3-4 cr.) Three (3) FINA-A 621 Problems in Early Christian Art (4 cr.) credits for undergraduates. Selected topics in early Christian art. FINA-A 411 The Art and Archaeology of Anatolia (4 cr.) FINA-A 622 Problems in Early Medieval Art (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. Selected topics in early medieval art. FINA-A 412 The Art and Archaeology of the FINA-A 623 Problems in Romanesque Art (4 cr.) Prehistoric Aegean (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for Discussion of the major problems of eleventh- and twelfth- undergraduates. century sculpture; knowledge of French and one other foreign language necessary. FINA-A 413 The Art and Archaeology of Greece (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. FINA-A 624 Problems in Early Gothic Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 414 The Art and Archaeology of Rome (4 cr.) FINA-A 625 Problems in Late Gothic Art (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. FINA-A 626 Problems in Byzantine Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 416 Greek Architecture (4 cr.) FINA-A 521 Pagans & Christians: Christian Art in the FINA-A 418 Roman Architecture (4 cr.) Roman Empire (4 cr.) Christian Art as it developed in its first centuries within the Roman Empire (200-600). FINA-A 513 Greek Vase Painting (4 cr.) FINA-A 525 Heaven on Earth: Art and the Church in FINA-A 514 Greek Sculpture: Fifth Century (4 cr.) Byzantium (4 cr.) Art and architecture in the Byzantine FINA-A 516 Ancient Art from Alex-Augustus (4 cr.) Empire (600-1500). Introduction to the art and architecture of the ancient Renaissance and Baroque Mediterranean world during the Hellenistic and Roman FINA-A 430 Trecento Italian Painting (4 cr.) Republic periods. FINA-A 433 Seventeenth-Century Art in Rome (4 cr.) FINA-A 517 Early Italian and Etruscan Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 436 Italian Art of the Fifteenth Century (4 cr.) FINA-A 518 Roman Sculpture (4 cr.) Critical analysis of historical reliefs, portraiture, and sarcophagi. FINA-A 437 Playing with Pictures in the 15th Century Netherlands (4 cr.) FINA-A 519 Roman Painting (4 cr.) Critical analysis of Roman painting from second century B.C. through early FINA-A 476 History of the Print (4 cr.) fourth century A.D. FINA-A 531 Fifteenth- and Sixteenth-Century Italian FINA-A 611 Problems in Prehistoric Aegean Architecture (4 cr.) Validity of concepts of High Archaeology (4 cr.) Renaissance and Mannerism and their application to architecture. FINA-A 612 Problems in Greek Archaeology (4 cr.) Sources for the history of Greek art and civilization of FINA-A 532 Italian Art of the 16th Century (4 cr.) various periods. Investigates art in Italy during one of its most important centuries. Focus on the artists of central Italy, including FINA-A 613 Problems in Greek Architecture (4 cr.) such luminaries as Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, and FINA-A 614 Problems in Greek Sculpture (4 cr.) Michelangelo. Examines the puzzling phenomenon of Mannerism (Pontormo, Rosso, Bronzino, Parmgianino) FINA-A 615 Problems in Greek Painting (4 cr.) and the warm, painterly naturalism of Venice (Giorgione, Titian). FINA-A 616 Problems in Roman Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 537 Selected Topics in Northern Painting FINA-A 501 Topics in Ancient Art (4 cr.) Special topics (4 cr.) in the history and study of Ancient Art. May be repeated with different topics. FINA-A 632 Problems in Early Italian Painting (4 cr.) Selected topics in Italian painting of the thirteenth and Medieval fourteenth centuries. FINA-A 423 Romanesque Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 633 Problems in Italian Art of the Fifteenth FINA-A 424 Gothic Art (4 cr.) Century (4 cr.) FINA-A 520 Topics in Medieval Art (4 cr.) Various topics FINA-A 634 Problems in Italian Art of the Sixteenth offered in Medieval Art. Century (4 cr.) FINA-A 522 Early Medieval Painting (4 cr.) Survey of FINA-A 635 Problems in Italian Art of the Seventeenth the major schools of monumental and miniature painting Century (4 cr.) during the early medieval period. FINA-A 637 Problems in Early Netherlandish Painting FINA-A 523 Early Christian Architecture (4 cr.) (4 cr.) Intensive investigation of secular and church architecture September 6, 2017 59

FINA-A 638 Problems in Sixteenth-Century Art outside the early avant-garde; New York dada; the cult of the Italy (4 cr.) machine; regionalist painting and the American heartland; the expressionist landscape; and surrealism, American FINA-A 639 Problems in Seventeenth-Century Art style. outside Italy (4 cr.) FINA-A 550 History of Photography (4 cr.) Surveys FINA-A 557 Topics in Renaissance and Baroque Art the history of photography from its beginning to the mid- (4 cr.) twentieth century, with focus on theoretical issues as well Modern as the cultural and social contexts of photography and its FINA-A 440 Nineteenth-Century Painting I (4 cr.) practices. FINA-A 441 Nineteenth-Century Painting II (4 cr.) FINA-A 589 Topics in Islamic Art (4 cr.) Special topics in the history and study of Islamic art. May be repeated with FINA-A 442 Twentieth-Century Art, 1900-24 (4 cr.) a different topic for a total of 8 credit hours. FINA-A 445 American Art to 1860 (4 cr.) FINA-A 640 Problems in Modern Art (4 cr.) Special topics in the problems in modern art. May be repeated FINA-A 449 Twentieth-Century Art, 1925–70 (4 cr.) with a different topic for a total of 8 credit hours. FINA-A 480 Russian Art (3 cr.) FINA-A 641 Problems in Romantic Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 540 Topics in Modern Art (4 cr.) Special topics FINA-A 642 Problems in British Painting (4 cr.) in the history and study of nineteenth- and twentieth- century European and American Art. May be repeated FINA-A 643 Problems in American Art (4 cr.) twice for credit when topic varies. FINA-A 644 Problems in French Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 541 European Romantic Landscape Painting, 1750–1850 (4 cr.) FINA-A 645 Problems in Late Nineteenth- and Early Twentieth-Century European Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 542 American Painting from the Revolution to World War I (4 cr.) FINA-A 646 Problems in Twentieth-Century European Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 543 History of Twentieth-Century Photography (4 cr.) FINA-A 647 Problems in Contemporary European and American Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 544 Russian Art, 1700 to Present (3 cr.) Survey of Russian art concentrating on the period from 1700 to FINA-A 558 American Art, 1865-1945 (4 cr.) History of the present. In dealing with Russian realism, turn-of-the- Art in the United States from the end of the Civil War to century art, and the Russian avant-garde, the course World War II. focuses on changing concepts of national identity and on FINA-A 559 Women Artists (4 cr.) This course examines the social role of art. Western women artists since the Renaissance. We will FINA-A 545 Post-impressionism and Symbolism (4 cr.) look at some of the best-known women artists, try to P: Consent of instructor. The major post-impressionist understand how their achievements fit into the times and artists and the art of the 1890s: symbolism, the nabis, art place that they worked, and examine related ethical, nouveau, the secession movements. social, and political issues. FINA-A 546 Roots and Revolution: Early Twentieth- Islamic Century Mexican Art (4 cr.) Critical analysis of painting, FINA-A 527 Formation of Islamic Art (4 cr.) Surveys printmaking, and photography from 1890 to 1950 in Islamic art and culture in its formative period from the relation to political and cultural phenomena. seventh through the fourteenth centuries. Representative works will be examined from all media. A major goal of FINA-A 547 Dada and Surrealism (4 cr.) Stylistic the class will be to distinguish the unique characteristics peculiarities, literary affinities, psychological and of Islamic art despite its diverse sources and tremendous philosophical concerns of dada and surrealist art will be regional variations. discussed, with emphasis on the historic position of this art vis-à-vis other modernist movements, especially cubism FINA-A 589 Topics in Islamic Art (4 cr.) Special topics in and abstract expressionism. Works of key figures will be the history and study of Islamic art. May be repeated with examined, including Duchamp, Picabia, Ernst, Arp, Miró, a different topic for a total of 8 credit hours. Tanguy, Magritte, and Matta. FINA-A 667 Problems in Islamic Art (4 cr.) FINA-A 548 American Architecture (4 cr.) Surveys Asian American architecture from the colonial period to the FINA-A 560 Special Studies in Chinese Art (4 cr.) late twentieth century, including public, commercial, and Topics vary; each is focused on a specific aspect or domestic design, with emphasis on historical context and issue in Chinese art, studied in the context of social the role of architecture as signifier of social, cultural, and and intellectual history. Readings and discussion will political ideologies. emphasize current debates in the field and approaches to FINA-A 549 Modernism and Antimodernism in the material. May be repeated twice for credit. American Art, 1900–1945 (4 cr.) Surveys painting, FINA-A 564 Art and Archaeology of Early China sculpture, photography, design, and commercial art. (4 cr.) Chinese art and material culture from prehistoric Topics include the urban realism of the Ashcan School; times through the Han dynasty (to ca. 200 A.D.), with 60 September 6, 2017 particular attention to major archaeological discoveries. Art of Africa, Oceania, and Pre-Columbian America Topics include the relationships between art, ritual, and FINA-A 452 Art of Pre-Columbian America (4 cr.) politics; changing beliefs about society and the spirit world as seen in the archaeological record; regional FINA-A 453 Art of Sub-Saharan Africa I: Art of Africa’s cultures and traditions; and problems in methodology and Western Sudan (4 cr.) interpretation. FINA-A 454 Art of Sub-Saharan Africa II: Arts of the FINA-A 566 Early Chinese Painting (4 cr.) Chinese West African Coast (4 cr.) painting and pictorial art from the Six Dynasties through FINA-A 458 Topics in the Ethnographic Arts (4 cr.) the Song dynasty (ca. 200-1300 A.D.). Topics include figure and narrative painting; the culture of landscape, FINA-A 551 Art of the South Pacific (4 cr.) from mountains to gardens; the iconography of flowers, FINA-A 552 Art of Eastern and Southern Africa (4 cr.) birds, and other small motifs drawn from nature; institutional and private patronage; and the relationships FINA-A 555 Art, Craft, and Technology in Sub-Saharan between painting, poetry, and calligraphy. Africa (4 cr.) FINA-A 567 Later Chinese Painting (4 cr.) A history of FINA-A 556 Art of Central Africa (4 cr.) Analysis of Chinese painting from the Yuan dynasty (1279-1368) to visual art traditions of central Africa, focusing primarily the twentieth century: art and political protest, the culture on Zaire, but also including arts from Cameroon, Gabon, of amateur painting, court and professional painters, Congo, the Central African Republic, and Angola. the development of regional styles, painting as social exchange and interaction, patronage and collecting, and FINA-A 650 Problems in African Art (4 cr.) artists’ writing on the themes of nature, style, and self- General expression. FINA-A 495 Readings and Research in Art History FINA-A 661 Problems in Japanese Print (4 cr.) The (1-4 cr.) May be repeated for a total of 12 credit hours. development of style, technique, and iconography in the FINA-A 500 Historiography of Western Art (4 cr.) Japanese print from the seventeenth century to 1860. FINA-A 580 Topics in Art History (4 cr.) Special topics FINA-A 662 Problems in Chinese Painting (4 cr.) in the history and study of Art History in various centuries. Art Theory May be repeated four times with different topics. FINA-A 471 Theory and Methods of Interarts Studies FINA-A 590 Museum Studies (4 cr.) Designed to utilize (4 cr.) Art theory from antiquity through the thirteenth the resources of the Indiana University Art Museum for century. Topics include Classical Greek and Roman art academic research. Topics vary and include cataloging, theory/early Christian art theory or medieval art theory: technical examination, and organizing exhibitions. May be East and West. May be repeated with a different topic for repeated for credit when topic varies. a maximum of 8 credits. FINA-A 595 Master’s Essay Research (1-4 cr.) FINA-A 472 Art Theory II (4 cr.) Art theory of the late Readings and research for the M.A. essay in the history Middle Ages and the Renaissance. Topics include of art. The essay is required; enrollment in the course is fourteenth and early-fifteenth-century art theory in Italy optional. and fifteenth-century art theory in Florence. May be repeated with a different topic for a maximum of 8 credits. FINA-A 690 Burke Seminar in the History of Art (1-4 cr.) A seminar conducted by a visiting professor in FINA-A 473 Art Theory III (4 cr.) Art theory of the conjunction with a member of the art history faculty. The seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Topics include topic, format, and length of the seminar will vary. May be eighteenth-century background in romanticism: England repeated, with different topics, for a maximum of 8 credits. and Germany and classicism and romanticism: 1750-1850 England and France. May be repeated with a different FINA-A 775 Advanced Readings and Research topic for a maximum of 8 credits. (arr.-8 cr.) FINA-A 474 Art Theory IV (4 cr.) Art theory of the FINA-A 778 Tutorial Using Infrared Reflectography nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Topics include (2-6 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Individual instruction, romanticism/realism in France, Baudelaire and romantic readings, and problems of interpretation related to the use theory in France, nineteenth-century German art theory, of infrared reflectography in the technical examination of and late-nineteenth-century French art theory. May be works of art. repeated with a different topic for a maximum of 8 credits. FINA-A 779 Directed Field Work (arr. cr.) Specialized FINA-A 671 Problems in Art Theory I (4 cr.) Problems in research in museums and libraries or archaeological sites, art theory from antiquity through the thirteenth century. in fields closely related to student’s doctoral dissertation. May be repeated for a total of 16 credit hours. FINA-A 672 Problems in Art Theory II (4 cr.) Problems in art theory of the late Middle Ages and the Renaissance. FINA-A 780 Fieldwork Using Infrared Reflectography (2-6 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Individual instruction, FINA-A 673 Problems in Art Theory III (4 cr.) Problems readings, and problems of interpretation related to in art theory of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. fieldwork using infrared reflectography in the gathering of FINA-A 674 Problems in Art Theory IV (4 cr.) Problems data for specific research projects. in art theory of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. September 6, 2017 61

FINA-A 879 Doctoral Dissertation (arr. cr.) G901 considered, such as interaction, time-based media, Dissertation Hours (6 semesters, 6 credits each for a total location, and virtuality. of 36 hours) FINA-D 512 Graduate Digital Art Seminar (3 cr.) FINA-A 510 Critical Theories and Methods in Art Investigates the relationship between art, aesthetics, History, Ca 1900-Present (4 cr.) This course is designed and technology. Topics can include virtual environments, to afford graduate students in the History of Art the screen-media, sound art, time-based media, networked opportunity to examine methodologies in the discipline, art, and locative media, as well as related history, as well as their development, since its efflorescence as criticism, and theory. Coursework includes readings, a modern discipline in the late 19th century. Through discussions, and research-based projects, papers, or readings, discussion, and individual research, students presentations. will develop an understanding of how critical theory has shaped art historical practice, both from within and without FINA-D 730 Digital Media Advanced Studio Projects the discipline. They will also have the chance to gauge (1-10 cr.) Through advanced studio projects involving the potential applicability of important theoretical models digital media the student will produce refined artistic for their own research interests. statements involving experimentation with VR technology installations and multimedia presentations. FINA-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) Dissertation hours (six semesters, 6 credits each, for a total of 36 FINA-G 810 M.F.A. Thesis in Digital Art (1-12 cr.) hours). Final semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in digital art only. Studio Requires authorization of the instructor. Ceramics FINA-T 520 Video Art (3 cr.) Exploration of the medium FINA-S 461 Ceramics III (arr. cr.) May be repeated for a of video as an aesthetic expression. Time and sound are total of 20 credit hours. elements incorporated into visual composition’s traditional FINA-S 561 Graduate Ceramics (arr. cr.) Studio concern. Emphasis on technical command of one-half- techniques: advanced practice in the use of clay for inch VHS camera and editing procedures in conjunction expression or functional ceramics purposes. Theory: clay with development of a visual sensitivity. Readings and a and body compositions glaze; materials, oxides, glaze research project are also required. compositions and calculation, firing procedures. FINA-U 710 Digital Art Advanced Studio Projects FINA-S 564 Basic Glaze Composition (3 cr.) An (1-12 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Independent study investigation of the effect of high-oxide glaze materials in computer art. Faculty and student consultation will and their mixtures in terms of fusibility, transparency determine project and credit hours. temperatures on single and multiple opacity, surface, and Drawing other qualities. Will include much weighing, applying, and FINA-S 401 Drawing III (3 cr.) May be repeated for a total firing of glaze test batches. Also blending systems, glaze of 20 credit hours. calculations, and compositional charting. FINA-S 501 Graduate Drawing (arr. cr.) Concentrated FINA-S 569 M.F.A. Ceramics Seminar (1 cr.) and advanced work in drawing for graduate students in P: Admission to the M.F.A. program in ceramics. the School of Fine Arts. Advanced problems in drawing for Discussions, critiques, and research projects in ceramic graduate fine arts majors. Work is done under supervision art. Required each semester for M.F.A. candidates in in the classroom or independently at the discretion of the ceramics. May be repeated for a total of 8 credits. instructor. FINA-U 760 Ceramics Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) FINA-S 503 Anatomy for the Artist (3 cr.) Intensive Directed graduate-level independent study in ceramics. lecture/studio course describing all of the bones and Requires authorization of the instructor. muscles of the body. The emphasis is on joint movement FINA-G 860 M.F.A. Thesis in Ceramics (1-12 cr.) and proportion. The areas of the body are divided into 3- Final semester of MFA program and creation of Thesis D mass conception, bone and muscle description, and Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in graphic design only. joint description. Students draw from the skeleton, plaster Requires authorization of the instructor. cadaver casts, and the human figure. Digital Arts Graphic Design FINA-D 510 Digital Art: Advanced Practice (3 cr.) FINA-S 451 Graphic Design Problem Solving (arr. cr.) Opportunity for students to investigate the computer May be repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. as an interactive tool in the process of art making FINA-S 551 Graduate Design (arr. cr.) Graphic design while examining aesthetics and processes of major as an integral element of all visual communication media. artists working in this field. Provides the opportunity for Self-defined and assigned study to assure as wide as exploration of the computer’s potential use in the art work possible exposure to the problem-solving process. of each class member. FINA-S 555 Practice and History of Graphic Design FINA-D 511 Graduate Digital Art (1-12 cr.) Through (3 cr.) The history of graphic design will be considered advanced studio projects in digital art, the student with a focus on practice in Western Civilization and regular will create a body of work involving experimentation comparisons to other cultures. Design projects and reports with technology incorporating installation, multimedia, by students are structured to provide graphic design networks, virtual environments, and/or portable media. experience and reflection on the historical topics covered. Topics of relevance to contemporary digital art will be 62 September 6, 2017

FINA-S 559 Graphic Design Advanced Seminar: particular stylistic bias. Stylistic development as well as Topics in History, Theory, and Criticism (3-5 cr.) composition are stressed along with a concentration on Provides background on major graphic design craftsmanship. movements, the design of the alphabet and type styles, the use of tools (printing press, woodcut, engraving, FINA-U 730 Painting Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) camera, airbrush, computer). Social and political forces Directed graduate-level independent study in painting. such as industrial development and nationalism will be Requires authorization of the instructor. considered. Writings of theorists and historians will be FINA-U 830 M.F.A. Thesis in Painting (1-12 cr.) Final reviewed. semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis Hand Papermaking Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in painting only. Requires authorization of the instructor. FINA-S 417 Hand Papermaking I (3 cr.) FINA-S 418 Hand Papermaking II (1-3 cr.) Photography FINA-S 591 Graduate Photography (arr. cr.) Jewelry Design and Silversmithing FINA-S 491 Advanced Photography II (arr. cr.) FINA-S 481 Jewelry Design and Silversmithing III P: S392 and consent of instructor. Three (3) credits for (arr. cr.) May be repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. undergraduates. May be repeated for a total of 20 credit FINA-S 581 Graduate Jewelry Design and hours. Silversmithing (arr. cr.) P: S481. Creative designing FINA-S 595 Graduate Photography Seminar (4 cr.) and drawing of two- and three-dimensional forms for Primarily for graduate students in photography. Oral and jewelry, hollowware, flatware, enameling and casting (e.g., written study of significant topics in the history, criticism, bracelets, pins, necklaces, rings, chains); stone setting. and theory of photography. Topic varies. Experiments in texture and repoussé; filigree, gilding, and granulation. Stretching, krimping, coursing, and seaming FINA-U 790 Photography Adv Studio Projects techniques in silversmithing. Cloisonné, champlevé, (1-12 cr.) Directed graduate-level independent study in plique-à-jour, and sgraffito enameling. photography. Requires authorization of the instructor. FINA-S 582 Graduate Seminar in Jewelry Design and FINA-G 890 M.F.A. Thesis in Photography (1-12 cr.) Silversmithing (1 cr.) Weekly critique, assigned readings, Final semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis discussions, slide lectures, and special research projects Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in photography only. for graduate students enrolled in the M.F.A. program in Requires authorization of the instructor. jewelry design and silversmithing. Textiles FINA-U 780 Metalsmithing Adv Studio Projects FINA-S 511 Graduate Textile Design (Printed) (arr. cr.) (1-12 cr.) Directed graduate-level independent study in Variety of silkscreen procedures, blockprinting, batik, tie- metalsmithing and jewelry design. Requires authorization dye, and commercial dyeing as these apply to design for of the instructor. yardage and to compositional hangings. Emphasis on FINA-U 880 M.F.A. Thesis in Metalsmithing and drawing, two-dimensional design, and creative exploration Jewelry Design (1-12 cr.) Final semester of M.F.A. in mixed printing and dyeing media. Research in the program and creation of Thesis Exhibition. Open to history of textiles. M.F.A. students in metalsmithing and jewelry design only. FINA-S 421 Textile Design III—Woven and Constructed Requires authorization of the instructor. (arr. cr.) P: S321. A continued exploration of woven and Painting constructed textiles with an emphasis on independent investigation and production. May be repeated for a FINA-S 431 Painting III (arr. cr.) May be repeated for a maximum of 20 credit hours. total of 20 credit hours. FINA-S 425 Textile Design III—Printed and Dyed FINA-S 438 Water Media (arr. cr.) (arr. cr.) P: S325. A continued exploration of printed FINA-S 530 Graduate Nonsource Drawing Seminar and dyed textiles with an emphasis on independent (1-6 cr.) Drawing away from a specific source. Students investigation and production. May be repeated for a are encouraged to generate their own sources and maximum of 20 credit hours. technical choices under close faculty supervision. Content FINA-S 521 Graduate Textile Design (arr. cr.) Intensive and composition are stressed, as is craftsmanship. (Open directed study in textiles. For students admitted to the to M.F.A. painters only.) M.F.A. program in textiles. FINA-S 531 Graduate Painting (arr. cr.) Independent FINA-U 720 Textiles Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) work in painting for candidates for the M.F.A. degree Directed graduate-level independent study in textiles. majoring in painting. Requires authorization of the instructor. FINA-S 532 Graduate Painting Seminar (1 cr.) Weekly FINA-U 820 M.F.A. Thesis in Textiles (1-12 cr.) Final critical review of student work. (Open to M.F.A. painters semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis only.) Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in textiles only. FINA-S 535 Graduate Drawing Seminar (1-3 cr.) Requires authorization of the instructor. General seminar on source drawing. Sessions from the model will be made available. Examples of drawing from the history of art are used in reference to each student’s September 6, 2017 63

Printmaking of Classes for current information on content. May be FINA-S 441 Printmaking III Intaglio (arr. cr.) May be repeated for credit with different topics and instructors. repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. FINA-S 695 AI Training Seminar (1 cr.) Topics include FINA-S 443 Printmaking III Lithography (arr. cr.) May effective communication of ideas about the visual arts; be repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. health and safety regulations relevant to studio courses; grading; critiquing; and a number of course-specific FINA-S 444 Printmaking III Silkscreen (arr. cr.) May be teaching issues. Students also will make practice teaching repeated for a total of 20 credit hours. presentations, which will be videotaped and reviewed by FINA-S 541 Graduate Printmaking (arr. cr.) Open to the class. M.F.A. printmaking students only. FINA-U 501 Special Topics in Studio Art (1-3 cr.) FINA-S 545 Graduate Printmaking Seminar (3 cr.) Selected topics in studio art not ordinarily covered in Deals with both theoretical and practical issues in other departmental courses. May be repeated once with a contemporary art. Discussions will be based on selected different topic. readings, including relevant suggestions from the FINA-U 750 Graphic Design Advanced Studio Projects participants. Students will make slide presentations on (1-12 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. the influences and development of their work as well as a Directed graduate-level independent study in graphic collaborative project. design. Requires authorization of the instructor. FINA-S 546 Relief Printmaking Media (1-12 cr.) P: S240 FINA-G 750 Graduate Study Projects (1-12 cr.) or consent of instructor. Woodcut, linocut, monotype, and collograph. Students will create prints in each medium FINA-G 800 M.F.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is in both black and white and in color using a variety of eligible for a deferred grade. traditional and innovative techniques such as photography and the computer. Astronomy FINA-U 740 Printmaking Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences Directed graduate-level independent study in printmaking. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Requires authorization of the instructor. Departmental URL: www.astro.indiana.edu FINA-U 840 Thesis in Printmaking (1-12 cr.) Final (Please note that when conferring University Graduate semester of M.F.A. program and creation of Thesis School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Exhibition. Open to M.F.A. students in printmaking only. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Requires authorization of the instructor. contained only in The University Graduate School Sculpture Bulletin.) FINA-S 471 Sculpture III (3-6 cr.) May be repeated for a Curriculum total of 20 credit hours. Degrees Offered FINA-S 571 Graduate Sculpture (arr. cr.) Students Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. The department working on an advanced level develop a body of work also participates in the Ph.D. program in astrophysics. while working under the guidance of a faculty member. Research Facilities FINA-S 572 Graduate Sculpture Seminar (1 cr.) Members of the Department of Astronomy use the Addresses issues of relevance to artists working today, WIYN 3.5m and 0.9m telescopes at Kitt Peak National e.g., the current political and social climate affecting Obser¬vatory near Tucson, Arizona, to carry out research the art world, historical references from which we in optical astronomy. The advanced-technology 3.5m have developed. In addition, the seminar provides an telescope delivers superb image quality over a wide opportunity to critique and review students’ artwork. field and is also optimized for multiobject spectroscopy, FINA-U 770 Sculpture Adv Studio Projects (1-12 cr.) including a high-spectral-resolution mode and high-spatial- Directed graduate-level study in sculpture. Requires resolution imaging in the optical and infrared. Indiana authorization of the instructor. University currently holds a 25 percent share of the WIYN facility. The High-Energy Astrophysics Group carries FINA-U 870 MFA Thesis in Sculpture (1-12 cr.) Final out research with underground, spacecraft, and balloon- semester of MFA program and creation of Thesis borne detectors that are developed within the depart-ment. Exhibition. Open to MFA students in sculpture only. Several instrument development labs and machine shops Requires authorization of the instructor. support the optical and high-energy research programs. General Research in the Department of Astronomy is supported FINA-N 408 Advanced Drawing for the Nonmajor (3 cr.) by excellent computational facilities. Students, faculty, FINA-R 508 Contemporary Art Issues and Cultural and research staff have fast desktop machines with 1- Themes (3 cr.) Focuses on modern and recent art Gbps network connectivity within the department and to movements. the outside world. The department maintains several multi- Terabyte file servers and a number of high-performance FINA-R 590 Seminar in the Visual Arts (2 cr.) computer platforms for simulations and data analysis. Examination of issues posed by recent art and criticism. Indiana University operates BigRed II, one of the fastest Topics vary with the instructor and year. Consult Schedule university-owned supercomputers in the world. These computational research capabilities are supported by 64 September 6, 2017 massive data processing and storage systems and a The candidacy seminar is an oral presentation to the number of advanced visualization resources. research committee, usually consisting of a thesis proposal and/or a summary of past research activity. It Special Departmental Requirements must be completed within a year of passing the written (See also general University Graduate School qualifying examination (typically by the start of the fourth requirements.) year of residence). Admission Requirements Final Examination Good preparation for graduate work in astronomy or astro¬physics requires the same training in physics and Oral defense of the dissertation. mathematics needed for a bachelor’s degree in physics, Ph.D. Minor in Astronomy plus a familiarity with the subject matter of introductory Students from other departments who wish to minor astronomy or astrophysics courses, such as A221-A222 in astronomy must complete at least 9 credit hours of or A450-452. An undergraduate major in astronomy, graduate courses in astronomy at the 500 level with an astrophysics, physics, or mathematics that has provided average GPA of B (3.0) or higher. The student should such a background is usually required for admis¬sion. discuss proposed course work for the minor with an Any necessary undergraduate courses that are taken advisor from the Department of Astronomy, usually the to strengthen a student’s background will not receive Director of Graduate Studies. One astronomy course at graduate credit. the 400 level (listed below) may be substituted for one All graduate applicants must submit Graduate Record of the 500 level courses upon approval by the student’s Examination scores on both the General Test and the astronomy advisor. Subject Test in physics. Scores should be sent directly to the department, not to the University Graduate School. Other Minors Doctoral candidates in astronomy may also minor in Master of Arts Degree physics or scientific computing. Other minors may be Course Requirements permitted at the discretion of the department. A minimum of 30 credit hours, including any three Faculty astronomy graduate core courses (see below). Chairperson Thesis Professor Eileen D. Friel A thesis may be required, at the discretion of the department. Students for whom the thesis requirement Graduate Faculty is waived must still complete a significant project that (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University demonstrates research proficiency. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Final Examination Professors An oral examination must be passed that covers topics in general astrono¬my at the A450-452 level, the core Haldan N. Cohn*, Richard H. Durisen* (Emeritus), courses applied toward the degree, and the thesis Eileen D. Friel*, R. Kent Honeycutt* (Emeritus), Hollis research. R. Johnson* (Emeritus), Phyllis M. Lugger*, Stuart L. Mufson*, Catherine A. Pilachowski*, John J. Salzer* Doctor of Philosophy Degree Course Requirements Associate Professors A total of 90 credit hours. Students are required to take six Martin S. Burkhead* (Emeritus), Constantine P. of the following core courses: A505, A520, A 530, A540, Deliyannis*, Katherine L. Rhode*, Liese van Zee* A550, A570, A575, and A580. Normally, these courses Assistant Professor are offered at the rate of three courses per year, and they may be taken in any sequence. The remainder of the Enrico Vesperini* graduate program consists of elective courses, seminars on advanced topics, research, and dissertation. Senior Scientists Grades Thomas Y. Steiman-Cameron Grades below B (3.0) in core courses may be counted Research Scientists toward degree requirements only at the discretion of the Samir Salim, Jonathan Thornburg department. Graduate Advisor Qualifying Examination Associate Professor Katherine L. Rhode*, Swain Hall In order to advance to candidacy, a student must pass a West 315, (812) 855-6925 written examination covering the core course material plus general astronomy at the A450-452 level. The examination Courses may be taken no more than twice. The examination is usually offered once a year in late May/early June. AST-A 451 Stellar Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: Calculus, Physics P301 or equivalent, A222 or consent of instructor. Candidacy Seminar Application of basic physical principles to investigation of the solar system, stars, and the Milky Way galaxy. September 6, 2017 65

AST-A 452 Extragalactic Astrophysics (3 cr.) AST-A 899 Research (arr. cr.) Observational and P: Calculus, Physics P301 or equivalent, A222 or consent theoretical investigations of current problems. of instructor. Application of basic physical principles to investigation of galaxies and cosmology. Astrophysics Courses AST-A 453 Topics in Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: Calculus, AST-G 630 Nuclear Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: A451, P301 or equivalent, A222 or consent of instructor. Topics P453-P454, or consent of instructor. R: A550, in astrophysics not covered extensively by other courses. P511. Applications of nuclear physics to astronomy. The topic will vary depending on instructor. Possible topics Fundamental properties of nuclei and nuclear reactions. include celestial mechanics, astrobiology, stellar interiors, Element synthesis and energy generation in the big bang, stellar atmospheres, stellar populations, galaxy dynamics, stellar interiors, and supernovae. Discussion of current and cosmology. May be repeated once with a different topics: cosmological nucleosynthesis, solar neutrino topic for a maximum of 6 credit hours. flux, explosive nucleosynthesis, high-energy nuclear processes. AST-A 505 Principles and Techniques of Observational Astronomy (3 cr.) P: Consent of AST-G 650 High Energy Astrophysics (3 cr.) Covers instructor. Principles and techniques of astronomical data cosmic rays from the perspective of astrophysics and acquisition and reduction. Practical experience in CCD high-energy particle physics. Examples of topics that photometry, spectroscopy, and astronomical applications may be included are the production, propagation, and of electronic detectors. interactions of cosmic rays as well as the experimental detection of cosmic rays. Subtopics include atmospheric AST-A 520 The Interstellar Medium (3 cr.) P: Consent and solar neutrinos, magnetic monopoles, point sources of of instructor. Structure and dynamics of the interstellar cosmic rays, neutrino oscillations, air showers, and stellar medium; review of observations and theory of interstellar collapse detection. gas, dust, and radiation. AST-G 750 Topics in Astrophysical Sciences (1-3 cr.) AST-A 530 Galactic Astronomy (3 cr.) P: Consent of A seminar in astrophysics with special emphasis on instructor. Structure and stellar populations of the Milky subjects involving more than one department. Examples of Way and Local Group. such topics include planetology, nucleosynthesis, nuclear cosmochronology, isotopic anomalies in meteorites, AST-A 540 Stellar Atmospheres (3 cr.) P: Consent of particle physics of the early universe, and atomic instructor. Structure of atmospheres and formation of processes in astrophysical systems. spectra. AST-A 550 Stellar Interiors (3 cr.) P: Consent of Astrophysics instructor. Physical properties of stellar material; structure College of Arts and Sciences and evolution of stars. Departmental E-Mail: [email protected] AST-A 570 Galactic Dynamics (3 cr.) P: Consent of Departmental URL: www.astro.indiana.edu instructor. Principles of stellar dynamics. Analytic and computer methods. Applications to the galaxy and its star (Please note that when conferring University Graduate clusters. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements AST-A 575 Structure and Evolution of Galaxies (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School P: Consent of instructor. Structure and evolution of Bulletin.) galaxies, large-scale clustering of galaxies, active galactic nuclei, and quasars. Curriculum AST-A 580 Physical and Observational Cosmology Degree Offered (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Observational basis for Doctor of Philosophy current cosmological theory. Early universe evolution, cosmic microwave background radiation, formation of The astrophysics program is administered jointly by cosmic structure. the Department of Astronomy and the Department of Physics through the interdepartmental committee named. AST-A 590 Graduate Reading Course (arr. cr.) Interested students must first gain admission to one of Independent reading in astronomy and astrophysics. these departments and then petition the committee for entrance into the program after establishing departmental AST-A 770 Seminar in Astrophysics (1-4 cr.) Selected residency. Students may qualify for a master’s degree topics of current research interest in astrophysics; in astronomy or physics while in this program. Doctoral includes topics such as stellar astrophysics, interstellar dissertations in astrophysics may be directed by any matter, planetary physics, high-energy astrophysics, and qualified member of the Department of Astronomy or extragalactic astrophysics. Physics graduate faculty. AST-A 780 Seminar in Astronomy (arr. cr.) S/F grading. Special Program Requirements Selected topics of current research interest in astronomy, such as observational techniques, instrumentation, stellar, (See also general University Graduate School galactic and extragalactic astronomy, and cosmology. May requirements.) be repeated. Admission Requirements AST-A 890 Introduction to Research (arr. cr.) Literature and methods of astronomical research. A student should have the combined admission requirements of doctoral students in astronomy and 66 September 6, 2017 physics; i.e., a thorough undergraduate training in physics 1. Pass the full Physics qualifying exam. and mathematics plus familiarity with general astronomy. 2. Pass the full Astronomy qualifying exam. Deficiencies must be removed early, usually without 3. Pass designated parts of the qualifying examinations graduate credit. of both departments – specifically, half of the Course Requirements physics qualifying examination; for the physics qualifier, a student must choose 3 subject areas In addition to the dissertation, a total of 90 credit hours amongst classical mechanics, first semester of are required, including four courses or their equivalents electromagnetism, first semester of quantum from the following Physics courses: Physics P506, P507, mechanics, and statistical physics; for the astronomy P511, P512, P521, P556, P609, P630 (G630) and P637; qualifier, the student is required to answer one of two and four courses or their equivalents from the following general astronomy questions and 4 of the remaining Astronomy courses: Astronomy A505, A520, A530, 8 questions. A540, A550, A570, A575, and A580. One additional physics, astronomy core course or astrophysics course The examination requirements must be satisfied by the is also required. Astrophysics courses in the Bulletin end of the student’s sixth semester in residence. The listings for the Astrophysics program can be counted as department of residence may also specify its own deadline the additional course if offered. Physics or astronomy for passage of the examination it administers. To remain or astrophysics courses not in the above list may be in the Astrophysics program, a student must pass the approved by the Astrophysics Committee upon petition by qualifying examination within two attempts. the student. Final Examination Advising Oral defense of the dissertation. Astrophysics students are subject to the advising Faculty procedures of their resident departments prior to forming their Research Committee. Once the Research Committee Director is formed, the dissertation director and Research Professor Charles J. Horowitz* Committee will be responsible for advising the student. Research Committee Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Astrophysics Students should convene a Research Committee within (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University one year of passing all components of the Qualifying Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Examination. The Research Committee must consist of at doctoral dissertations.) least four graduate faculty members. At least one of these members must be from Astronomy and at least one must Professors be from Physics. Charles J. Horowitz* (Physics), Alan Kostelecky* Candidacy Seminar (Physics), Stuart L. Mufson* (Astronomy), James Musser* (Physics), Catherine Pilachowski* (Astronomy), Michael The candidacy seminar is an oral presentation to the Snow* (Physics) Research Committee, usually consisting of a dissertation proposal and/or a summary of past research activity. Associate Professor It must be completed within one year of passing the Constantine P. Deliyannis* (Astronomy) Qualifying Examination. Assistant Professor Minor By meeting the course requirements for this degree, Lisa Kaufman* (Physics), Enrico Vesperini* (Astronomy) a student from the Department of Astronomy will Academic Advisor automatically fulfill the requirements for a minor in Professor Charles J. Horowitz*, Swain Hall West 233, physics, and a student from the Department of Physics (812) 855-2959 will automatically fulfill the requirements for a minor in astronomy. Courses Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement AST-G 630 Nuclear Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: A451, P453-P454, or consent of instructor. R: A550, A student in the astrophysics program must meet the P511. Applications of nuclear physics to astronomy. foreign language/research-skill requirements (if any) of the Fundamental properties of nuclei and nuclear reactions. department of residence. Element synthesis and energy generation in the big bang, Grades stellar interiors, and supernovae. Discussion of current topics: cosmological nucleosynthesis, solar neutrino Grades below B (3.0) in astronomy and physics courses flux, explosive nucleosynthesis, high-energy nuclear may be counted toward degree requirements only with the processes. consent of the astrophysics committee. AST-G 650 High Energy Astrophysics (3 cr.) Covers Qualifying Examination cosmic rays from the perspective of astrophysics and There are three ways a student can pass the astrophysics high-energy particle physics. Examples of topics that qualifying examination: may be included are the production, propagation, and interactions of cosmic rays as well as the experimental September 6, 2017 67 detection of cosmic rays. Subtopics include atmospheric University who wish to do advanced interdisciplinary work and solar neutrinos, magnetic monopoles, point sources of in biblical and literary studies. cosmic rays, neutrino oscillations, air showers, and stellar collapse detection. Course Requirements AST-G 750 Topics in Astrophysical Sciences (1-3 cr.) Eight courses in biblical literature, the history of biblical A seminar in astrophysics with special emphasis on interpretation, and the theory and practice of literary subjects involving more than one department. Examples of criticism, including I600. The selection of courses should such topics include planetology, nucleosynthesis, nuclear be made in consultation with the director of the institute. cosmochronology, isotopic anomalies in meteorites, In certain cases, two of the eight courses may be in a particle physics of the early universe, and atomic biblical language. Courses that study biblical or exegetical processes in astrophysical systems. sources in a national literature may also be counted. Institute for Biblical and Literary Language Requirement Proficiency in biblical Hebrew or Greek, to be certified by Studies the completion of N472 or G308 or their equivalent, or by College of Arts and Sciences an examination administered by the relevant language Director: Herbert Marks, Ballantine Hall 922, department. 812-855-9844 Grades Departmental Email: [email protected] Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate will not count toward the certificate. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Faculty contained only in The University Graduate School Director Bulletin.) Professor Herbert Marks* Curriculum Graduate Faculty Program Information (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University The Institute for Biblical and Literary Studies is an Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct interdisciplinary consortium that aims to bring together doctoral dissertations.) the critical study of the Bible, the history of biblical interpretation, and the theory and practice of literary Distinguished Professors criticism. Depending on background and interest, students Willis Barnstone* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature, may concentrate on biblical texts and languages, literary Spanish and Portuguese), Linda Dégh* (Emerita, Folklore) criticism, or the history and theory of interpretation. Study of ancient languages is strongly encouraged. Students Professors with previous training in biblical studies will be advised to devote more time to courses in literary theory and Western James Ackerman* (Emeritus, Near Eastern Languages literature; those with a stronger background in classical and Cultures, Religious Studies), Ernest Bernhardt- or modern literature will be advised to concentrate on Kabisch* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature, English), the biblical text and its cultural setting. The institute Kenneth R. R. Gros Louis* (Emeritus, Comparative offers a Ph.D. minor and a certificate that may be earned Literature, English), Paul Gutjahr* (English, American concurrently. Students participate in a regular seminar Studies, Religious Studies), Shaul Magid* (Jewish (I600) which, like most institute courses, combines close Studies, Religious Studies), Herbert Marks* (Comparative reading of specific texts with larger issues of methodology. Literature, English, Religious Studies), Carroll Nelson* Prospective students interested in pursuing the M.A. or (Emeritus, Classical Studies), Eyal Peretz* (Comparative Ph.D. degree are urged to apply first to one of the affiliated Literature) departments, such as comparative literature (for literary Associate Professors theory) or religious studies (for biblical studies). Jeremy Schott (Religious Studies), Nicholas Williams* Ph.D. Minor in Biblical Literature (English) The Ph.D. minor in biblical literature is available to all doctoral students not specializing in biblical studies; four Assistant Professors courses in biblical literature and in the history of biblical Eva Mroczek (Religious Studies), Sonia Velazquez interpretation are required. Courses should be selected in (Religious Studies) consultation with the director of the institute. Academic Advisor Grades Professor Herbert Marks*, Ballantine Hall 914, (812) Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) 855-7070 will not count toward the minor. Courses Graduate Certificate in Biblical and Literary Criticism The certificate is available to doctoral students in all Biblical and Literary Studies departments and to special students from outside Indiana IBLS-I 600 Colloquium in Biblical and Literary Studies 68 September 6, 2017

Anthropology Semiotic Studies E451 Myth and Legend (3 cr.) S601 Introduction to Semiotic Studies (3 cr.) E455 Anthropology of Religion (3 cr.) Biochemistry, Interdisciplinary Classical Studies Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry, Biology, C405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.) Chemistry, Medical Sciences, Optometry, G301-G302 Classical Greek: Accelerated Courses (3-3 Psychological and Brain Sciences cr.) G308 Readings in Biblical Greek (3 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences G611 Greek Papyrology (4 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] L505 Medieval Latin (4 cr.) Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~mcbdept/ Comparative Literature (Please note that when conferring University Graduate C501 Introduction to Contemporary Literary Studies (4 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The C503 Topics in World Criticism and Theory I (4 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements C504 Topics in World Criticism and Theory II (4 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School C505 Western Literary and Intellectual Traditions to 1500 Bulletin.) (4 cr.) Curriculum C506 Western Literary and Intellectual Traditions after 1500 (4 cr.) Degrees Offered C545 The Bible and Western Tradition (4 cr.) Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in C580 History and Theory of Translation (4 cr.) Biochemistry C601 Studies in the History of Theory and Criticism (4 cr.) C602 Contemporary Theoretical Issues and Approaches Special Program Requirements (4 cr.) (See also general University Graduate School C641 Literature in Its Intellectual and Cultural Contexts (4 requirements.) cr.) C643 Literary Studies and the Social Sciences (4 cr.) Admission Requirements C644 Literary Studies and Psychoanalysis (4 cr.) Undergraduate coursework must include two semesters C645 Literary Studies and Religion (4 cr.) of organic chemistry and one semester of biochemistry. C801 Directed Research in Comparative Literature (cr. Though not required, one semester of molecular biology arr.) and two semesters of biology are recommended. One semester of (bio) physical chemistry is strongly English recommended. Deficiencies in required courses must be removed during the first year of graduate study. G660 Stylistics (4 cr.) Students seeking admission should apply directly to L605 Critical and Interpretive Theory (4 cr.) the Interdisciplinary Biochemistry Graduate Program. L608 History of Literary Criticism (4 cr.) Applications must include a complete entrance form, L705 Problems in Language, Literature, and Literacy (4 letters of recommendation, undergraduate transcripts, cr.) and scores on the Graduate Record Examination L707 Studies in Literary Theory and Criticism (4 cr.) General Test. (While it is not required that applicants also Folklore submit scores on the Subject Test in Biochemistry, it is recommended that they do so.) F527 Folk Poetry and Folksong (3 cr.) F545 Folk Narrative (3 cr.) Master of Science in Biochemistry F734 Folklore and Literature (3 cr.) Course Requirements French and Italian A minimum of 30 credit hours, of which 12 credit hours must be in biochemistry graduate coursework other than F564 Approaches to Literary Criticism (3 cr.) B880 and B600. Students are required to rotate (B580) in F584 Stylistics and Semantics (3 cr.) two laboratories in the fall semester and to participate in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures the biochemistry research club during their second year N416 Comparative Talmudic Literature (3 cr.) of the program. The graduate advisor must approve all N471-N472 Biblical Hebrew I-II (3-3 cr.) coursework. N586 Medieval Hebrew Literature (3 cr.) Thesis Religious Studies Required. R511 Religion of Ancient Israel (3 cr.) Final Examination R521 Studies in the New Testament (3 cr.) R531 Studies in Christian History (3 cr.) Oral, covering thesis and major. R532 Studies of Religion in American Culture (3 cr.) R541 Studies in the Jewish Tradition (3 cr.) Doctor of Philosophy Degree R590 Directed Readings in Religious Studies (cr. arr.) Course Requirements R610 Studies in Biblical Literature (4 cr.) A total of 90 credit hours, of which 22.5-23 are satisfied by R663 History of Biblical Interpretation (3 cr.) the core courses (B501, B502, B506, B530, B531, B540, B541, and two semesters of B580), Grant Writing (B680 September 6, 2017 69 or equivalent), Research Ethics (B680, G601, T521 or • B680 Special Topics: Structural Bioinformatics equivalent), and two semesters of B600 or equivalent. Six additional elective hours are required in either the major Biology: or minor field; typically the credits used to complete the • L586 Molecular Analysis of Cell Biology minor also satisfy this requirement. Students must also give two departmental seminars, generally in their 4th Chemistry: and 5th years of graduate study. In addition, students • C540 Organic Reactions Mechanisms must complete an internal minor, or meet the minor • C612 Mass Spectrometry requirements of a suitable outside program. The sequence of courses comprising the minor must be ap¬proved by Grades the student’s advisory committee. Every student must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.2 in At the end of the first semester, each student selects order to remain in good standing. Courses to be counted a research advisor and laboratory. Together with the toward the Ph.D. degree must be passed with a grade of advisor, the student also selects an advisory committee of B– (2.7) or better. three or four faculty members appropriate to the student’s intended degree including one from the prospective minor Qualifying Examinations field (see below). This advisory committee guides and In the fifth semester, students meet with their examination monitors the student’s subsequent independent work and committee to review past performance and to evaluate guides the student’s selection of advanced courses. The plans for completing the Ph.D. Includes written, oral, and biochemistry graduate program requires that each student research components. All full-time Ph.D. students must meet with the advisory committee at least once per year. take the qualifying examination by the end of the fifth Minor semester. The doctoral student in biochemistry may minor in any Satisfactory Progress toward a Degree appropriate discipline or in a specialized track within the Biochemistry Program. For an internal minor, the minor After passing the preliminary examination, for a student to shall consist of 6 credit hours of the courses listed in either remain in “good standing” requires that sufficient progress track below. be made toward completing a thesis. If the research advisory committee judges progress to be unsatisfactory, (1) Cellular and Medical Biochemistry probation may be recommended. At the end of the Biochemistry: probationary period (usually a semester), probation will be lifted if the advisory committee judges the student’s • B507 Biophysical Analysis of Macromolecules progress to be satisfactory. If the advisory committee • B511 Duplicating and Expressing the Genome judges the student’s progress to remain unsatisfactory, • B601 Advanced Nucleic Acid Biochemistry then the student will be required to leave the program. • B602 Advanced Protein Biosynthesis and Final Examination Processing • B605 Structure and Function of Membranes Oral, covering dissertation, major, and minor. The final • B680 Special Topics: Biological Light and Electron requirement is a Ph.D. thesis, which must be defended Microscopy in a public research seminar and in a meeting of the • B680 Special Topics: Structural Bioinformatics research advisory committee. • B680 Special Topics: Molecular Virology and Public Other Provisions Health All students enrolled in the Ph.D. program will be required Biology: to serve as associate instructors for at least one semester, regardless of their source of support; they must complete • L585 Molecular Genetics formal instruction in teaching methods in order to enhance • L586 Molecular Analysis of Cell Biology their teaching skills. It is the conviction of the program Medical Sciences: that teaching experience is a vital aspect of graduate education, whether or not the student intends to pursue a • B801 Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry teaching career after attainment of the desired degree. • B802 Metabolism and Signal Transduction Ph.D. Minor in Biochemistry (2) Chemical and Structural Biology Students from other programs who wish to minor in Biochemistry: biochemistry must complete at least 6 credit hours of graduate coursework in biochemistry, excluding B502, • B507 Biophysical Analysis of Macromolecules B580, and B600, with an average of B (3.0) or above. • B511 Duplicating and Expressing the Genome Such students must receive approval from the Director of • B603 Advanced Macromolecular Structure and Graduate Studies for Biochemistry for minor courses. Interactions Faculty • B604 Structural Methods • B605 Structure and Function of Membranes Director of Graduate Studies • B680 Special Topics: Drug Design Lingling Chen • B680 Special Topics: Electron Microscopy • B680 Special Topics: NMR 70 September 6, 2017

Graduate Faculty Biology and Dermatology), Anne Prieto* (Psychological (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University and Brain Sciences), Dean Rowe-Magnus* (Biology), Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Tuli Mukhopadhyay* (Biology), Michael VanNieuwenhze* doctoral dissertations.) (Chemistry) Carlos Miller Professor Assistant Professors Craig Pikaard* (MCB/Biology) Mathew Bochman* (MCB), Jared Cochran* (MCB), Pranav Danthi* (Biology), Peter Hollenhorst* (Medical Sciences, Clyde Culbertson Professor of Biology Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Heather Hundley* Yves Brun* (Biology) (Medical Sciences, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), James McKinlay* (Biology), Anirban Mitra* (Medical Joan and Marvin Carmack Chair Sciences, Medical & Molecular Genetics), Hengyao Niu* (MCB), Heather O'Hagan* (Medical Sciences, Medical and Nicola L. B. Pohl* Molecular Genetics), Yan Yu* (Chemistry) Linda and Jack Gill Chairs of Neuroscience Associate Scientist Richard DiMarchi* (Chemistry), Cary Hsing Chao Lai* Christina Dann* (Chemistry) (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Kenneth P. Mackie* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Andrea Hohmann* Assistant Research Scientist (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Julia van Kessel (MCB), Susanne Ressl (MCB) Robert and Marjorie Mann Chair Courses David Clemmer* (Chemistry) BIOC-B 501 Integrated Biochemistry (3-4.5 cr.) Standiford H. Cox Professor P: Undergraduate biochemistry (equivalent to C483 Richard DiMarchi* (Chemistry) or C484) or consent of instructor. Basic principles and methodologies of biochemistry; essentials of Provost Professor macromolecular biosynthesis; mechanism-based examination of biochemical aspects of cell biology; Bogdan Dragnea (Chemistry) material is presented with an integrative approach Earl Blough Chair designed to illustrate the interrelationship of biochemical processes. Trevor Douglas (Chemistry) BIOC-B 502 Analysis of Biochemical Literature Vice Provost for Science (1.5 cr.) P: Concurrent enrollment in B501 or consent of Jeffrey Zaleski instructor. Critical evaluation of the biochemical literature, using selected papers as examples; development of Distinguished Professors written and oral communication skills in the context of literature analysis. Carl Bauer* (MCB), David Clemmer* (Chemistry), Richard DiMarchi* (Chemistry) BIOC-B 506 Integrated Biochemistry II (1.5 cr.) P: B501 or permission of the instructor. Mechanism-based Professors examination of biochemical aspects of control of protein Stephen Bell* (MCB/Biology), Yves Brun* (Biology), David folding and function, signal transduction, and systems Clemmer* (Chemistry), Trevor Douglas* (Chemistry), biology. Bogdan Dragnea* (Chemistry), Patricia Foster* (Biology), BIOC-B 530 Macromolecular Structure and Function Clay Fuqua* (Biology), David Giedroc* (Chemistry), (1.5 cr.) P: B 501 or undergraduate biochemistry Richard Hardy* (Biology), Cheng Kao* (MCB), Scott (equivalent to C483 or C484), one semester of Michaels* (Biology), Kenneth Nephew* (Medical Sciences undergraduate organic chemistry (equivalent to C341), and Cellular Integrative Physiology and Adjunct Professor or consent of instructor. Undergraduate (bio)physical of Obstetrics and Gynecology), David Kehoe* (Biology), chemistry (equivalent to C481 or C361) is strongly Martha Oakley* (Chemistry), Craig Pikaard* (MCB/ recommended. Stabilizing forces in macromolecular Biology), Nicola L. B. Pohl* (Chemistry), James Reilly* structures; protein structure analysis; nucleic acid (Chemistry), Sidney Shaw* (Biology), Claire Walczak* structure and probing; structure determination by nmr and (Medical Sciences, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, X-ray crystallographic analysis. Adjunct Professor of Anatomy & Cell Biology, Executive Director, IU-LMIC), Theodore Widlanski* (Chemistry), BIOC-B 531 Biomolecular Analysis and Interaction Malcolm Winkler* (Biology), Jeffrey Zaleski* (Chemistry), (1.5 cr.) P: B501 or undergraduate biochemistry Adam Zlotnick* (MCB) (equivalent to C483 or C484), one semester of undergraduate organic chemistry (equivalent to C341), Associate Professors and B530 or consent of instructor. Undergraduate Brian Calvi* (Biology), Heather Bradshaw* (Psychological (bio)physical chemistry (equivalent to C481 or C361) and Brain Sciences), Lingling Chen* (MCB), David is strongly recommended. Principles of inter- and intra- Daleke* (Medical Sciences, Biochemistry and Molecular molecular interactions; thermodynamic and kinetic Biology, Vice Provost for Graduate Education and Health analysis of complex binding; experimental methods for Sciences), Charles Dann III* (Chemistry), Jim Drummond* analysis of macromolecular structure and binding. (MCB), John Foley* (Medical Sciences, Anatomy and Cell September 6, 2017 71

BIOC-B 540 Fundamentals of Biochemical Catalysis models; conformational properties and macromolecules. (1.5 cr.) P: Undergraduate organic chemistry (equivalent Can be retaken for credit. to C342), undergraduate biochemistry (equivalent to C483 or C484), or consent of instructor. Theory and BIOC-B 880 Research: Biochemistry (arr. cr.) This analysis of biochemical catalysis; enzyme kinetics and course is eligible for a deferred grade. inhibition; intermediate detection; protein modification and BIOC-B 507 Biophysical Analysis of Macromolecules bioorthogonal chemistry. (1.5 cr.) P: B501 and B531 or permission of the BIOC-B 541 Enzyme Mechanisms (1.5 cr.) instructor Theory, application and limitations of available P: Undergraduate organic, chemistry (equivalent to instrumentation commonly used to solve biochemical C342), undergraduate biochemistry (equivalent to C483 or problems; hands-on exposure to instruments available in C484), B540 or consent of instructor. Theory and analysis the Physical Biochemistry Instrumentation Facility. of biochemical catalysis; post-translational modifying BIOC-B 511 Duplicating and Expressing the Genome enzymes; redox cofactors; natural product biosynthesis; (3 cr.) P: Graduate student status. Attain an advanced P450 mechanisma; proteomics. level of understanding of the molecular basis of DNA BIOC-B 580 Introduction to Biochemical Research replication and its control; comprehend the molecular (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Objectives and techniques of basis of gene expression and its control; understand the biochemical research. interplay between chromatin and nuclear structure and replication and transcription; evaluate primary literature in BIOC-B 600 Seminar in Biochemistry (1 cr.) P: B502 this field. or consent of instructor. Advanced critical analysis of the current scientific literature and scientific presentations. Cross-Listed Courses Attendance and participation in the weekly biochemistry program seminar series is required. Biology BIOC-B 601 Advanced Nucleic Acid Biochemistry • L529 Bioinformatics in Molecular Biology and (1.5 cr.) P: B501 or consent of instructor. Mechanistic Genetics: Practical Applications (4 cr.) P: I501, analysis of nucleic acid metabolism; specificity and role of I502, L519, or consent of instructor. Practical DNA polymerases and repair pathways; DNA replication experience in a range of data analysis and software and recombination mechanisms; RNA structural motifs engineering methods applied to molecular biology and physical properties; RNA synthesis and processing in data. gene expression; catalytic RNA molecules; applications of • L585 Molecular Genetics (3 cr.) P: L364 and RNA molecules. C483 or equivalent. The molecular basis of genetic interactions, with emphasis on microbial BIOC-B 602 Advanced Protein Biosynthesis and systems. The course covers the molecular mecha- Processing (1.5 cr.) P: B501 or consent of instructor. nisms of mutation, suppression, recombination, Detailed analysis of protein synthesis, post-translational complementation, etc., as well as mechanisms modification, and macromolecular assembly, including the for gene transfer in bacteria and bacteriophage. role these modifications play in mature protein function, The application of genetic analysis to a variety of biosynthesis, structure, function, and analysis of complex molecular biological topics is emphasized. oligosaccharides. • L586 Molecular Analysis of Cell Biology (3 BIOC-B 603 Advanced Macromolecular Structure and cr.) Critical analysis of recent advances in our Interactions (1.5 cr.) P: B503 or consent of instructor. understanding of molecular organization of cellular Supplements and extends B503: emphasis on stability structures and of their mode of function. The primary and folding mechanisms of proteins and nucleic acids and interest of this course concerns the eukaryotic cell. detailed thermodynamic analysis of binding interactions. • M525 Topics in Microbial Biochemistry and Physiology (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and C483 BIOC-B 604 Structural Methods (3 cr.) P: B503 or or M350 or equivalent. The course will consider consent of instructor. In biology, structure and function are topics in physiology and biochemistry of eukaryotic intimately connected. The aim of this class is to demystify and prokaryotic microorganisms. Subjects include macromolecular structure determination. We will examine membrane physiology and regulatory networks in X-ray crystallography and EM image reconstruction in metabolism and gene expression. detail, solving structures and studying the theoretical underpinnings of each technique. Class will be computer Chemistry and mathematics intensive. • C632 Structure, Function, and Spectroscopy BIOC-B 605 Structure and Function of Biological of Metal Ions in Biological Systems (3 cr.) Membranes (1.5 cr.) P: B501, B503, or consent Introduction to the field of bioinorganic chemistry of instructor. Biochemistry and biophysics of lipids, and spectroscopic methods for determining membranes and membrane proteins; fundamentals of structure/function relationship of metal ions in membrane transport; interfacial catalysis; transmembrane biology. Emphasis on oxygen carriers, metal ion signal transduction. transport and storage, as well as oxidoreductases involved in oxygen, hydrogen, and nitrogen BIOC-B 680 Special Topics in Biochemistry (1.5-3 cr.) metabolism. A discussion of electron transfer P: Consent of instructor. Topics vary yearly and include proteins, photosystems, and the role of metals in the following: physico-chemical techniques in the study of medicine will also be included. macromolecules; experimental methods in enzymology; organic chemistry of enzymatic reactions and enzyme 72 September 6, 2017

Medical Sciences apply directly to the Department of Biology or online. Applications must include a complete entrance form, • B801 Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry letters of recommendation, undergraduate transcripts, (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and consent of and scores on the Graduate Record Examination General instructor. Biochemistry for medical students, Test. (While it is not required that applicants also submit emphasizing structure-function relationships of cel- scores on the Subject Test in Biology, it is recommended lular components, biosynthesis of nucleic acids and that they do so.) The TOEFL score is required if the native proteins, degradation of simple and complex cell language is other than English. constituents, and regulation of cell growth. • B802 Metabolism and Signal Transduction (3 Special Requirement for the M.S. Degree cr.) P: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. It is a requirement of the Department of Biology that Biochemistry for medical students, including the M.S. degrees be completed within five semesters; signaling pathways, membrane biochemistry, and however, the M.A.T. program allows additional time. the metabolism of macromolecules in health and disease with emphasis on clinical applications. Grades Physics For all graduate degrees, students must maintain a minimum GPA of B (3.0) in order to remain in good • • P575 Introduction to Biophysics (3 cr.) P: Two standing in the Graduate School. Courses to be counted out of three from the following: (1) P221/P222 and toward the degree must be passed with a grade of B- P301 or equivalent, (2) C105/C106 or equivalent, (2.7) or better. To be eligible for financial support, the and (3) L221 and L312 or equivalent; or consent of Department of Biology requires students to maintain a instructor. Physics P575 presents an introduction minimum GPA of 3.2. to Biophysics. Representative topics include: Order of magnitude analysis and scaling in biology; X-ray Ph.D. Qualifying Examination scattering and structure of biomolecules; properties of biomolecules and biomolecular complexes; Includes written, oral, and research components. See Brownian motion; life at low Reynolds number specifics for each program below. and cellular motility; enzymatic reactions and Satisfactory Progress Toward a Degree biochemical networks; reaction-diffusion processes and pattern formation; sensory and motor systems; After passing the preliminary examination, for a student psychophysics and animal behavior; statistical to remain in “good standing” in the Department of inference. Biology requires that sufficient progress is being made toward completing a thesis. If the research advisory Neural Sciences committee judges progress to be unsatisfactory, probation • N612 Ion Channels and Receptors (3 cr.) may be recommended. At the end of the probationary P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. period (usually a semester), probation will be lifted if the Molecular, biophysical, and biochemical analysis advisory committee judges the student’s progress to be of the major molecules responsible for neural satisfactory. If the advisory committee judges the student’s excitability and synaptic transmission: receptor- progress to remain unsatisfactory, then the student will be coupled ion channels, voltage-dependent ion required to leave the program. channels, G-protein coupled receptors, transporters, Thesis signal transduction pathways, synaptic vesicle- associated proteins, cytoskeletal proteins, classical The final requirement of each Ph.D. program is a Ph.D. and novel neurotransmitters and modulators. thesis, which must be defended in a public research seminar and in a meeting of the research advisory Biology committee. See specifics for each program below Degrees Offered for additional requirements and for Master degree requirements. Master of Arts, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in evolution, ecology and behavior; Master Other Provisions of Arts, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy All students enrolled in a Ph.D. program in the Department in microbiology; Master of Arts, Master of Science of Biology will be required to serve as associate instructors and Doctor of Philosophy in molecular, cellular, and for at least one semester, regardless of their source of developmental biology; and Master of Arts for Teachers. support; and they must complete formal instruction in Special Departmental Requirements teaching methods in order to enhance their teaching skills. Students whose native language is not English must (See also general University Graduate School become sufficiently fluent to pass the university's A.I. requirements.) exam during the first year to remain in the program. It is the conviction of the department that teaching experience Admission Requirements is a vital aspect of graduate education, whether or not Undergraduate major in one of the biological sciences and the student intends to pursue a teaching career after course work in the program in which a degree is sought. attainment of the desired degree(s). A degree in a related field (e.g., chemistry, physics, or Evolution, Ecology and Behavior mathematics) may suffice if appropriate biology courses were included in the student’s degree program. Students Master of Science Degree seeking admission to biology degree programs may Course Requirements September 6, 2017 73

A total of 30 credit hours, of which at least 20 credit hours • L579 Community Ecology must be taken in approved ecology and evolutionary • L591 Plant Population Biology—An Experimental biology courses. The courses must have a coherent focus Approach within the general field of ecology and evolutionary biol- • Z620 Ecological Niches ogy and must be approved by the student’s advisory • Z620 Ecological Stoichiometry committee. • Z620 Ecosystems and Global Change Thesis • Z620 Quantitative Biodiversity • Or other course approved by the EEB Graduate Required. Program Final Examination Evolutionary Biology Includes a public research seminar and an oral defense of • I590 (INFO) SNP Discovery and Population Genetics the thesis before the advisory committee. • L505 Molecular Biology of Evolution Master of Arts Degree • L533 Evolution of Genes and Genomes Course Requirements • L567 Evolution • L568 Evolutionary Genetics A total of 30 credit hours, of which at least 20 credit hours must be taken in ecology and evolutionary biology • L563 Evolution of Cells and Proteins courses. These courses must have a coherent focus • Z620 Evolution of Development within the general field of ecology and evolutionary biol- • Z540 Genetics of Structured Populations ogy and must be approved by the student’s advisory • Z620 Phylogenetics committee. • Z620 Systematics • G562 (Geo Sci) Geometric Morphometrics Thesis • Or other course approved by the EEB Graduate Required. The thesis will be written on a non- Program experimentally based project approved by the student’s advisory committee. Behavior/Physiology Final Examination • A501 Techniques in Reproductive Diversity • L560 Physiological Ecology Normally includes an oral defense of the thesis before the • L581 Behavioral Ecology advisory committee. • P548 Neuroethology Doctor of Philosophy Degree • Z460 Animal Behavior Course Requirements • Z466 Endocrinology • Z563 Comparative Neurobiology of Animal Behavior A total of 90 credit hours comprised of 29+ formal • Z566 Laboratory in Endocrinology course credits. Course credits include: (1) a 20 credit • Z620 Sensory Ecology ‘major’ (composed mostly of EEB courses, with exceptions approved by the EEB Graduate Program Director [GPD]), • Or other course approved by the EEB Graduate including two courses from one concentration area listed Program below and one course from a second area; (2) a six+ Minor credit ‘minor’ (taken within Biology or through another department: credits vary from 6 to 15; see below); and (3) Each EEB student must complete coursework for a minor. a three credit statistics ‘toolkit’ class (Z620 Biostatistics The minor may obtained from a separate department or equivalent). Up to six credits in the ‘major’ may come (e.g., Informatics, Statistics, Environmental Science, from three sources: (A) Z620 journal clubs, (B) L500 Geology, Geography, Education), a relevant interdepart- Independent Study/Readings (graded), and/or (C) L501 mental program (e.g., Animal Behavior, Genetics), in a Rotations (graded). L500/L501 credits require written different graduate program in the Department of Biology summaries approved by the students’ graduate advisor(s) (e.g., Genetics, Microbiology), or an ‘Individualized minor’. and the GPD. Not more than four credits may come EEB will waive the three credit ‘toolkit’ requirement in from any of sources (A) - (C). Additionally, two credits in statistics for students minoring in Statistics (15 credit). the major should come from L570 (Seminar in Ecology Requirements are set by the unit administering the minor and the Environment). Remaining credit hours come but will consist of a minimum of 6 credits up to a maximum from dissertation research. Any changes described here of 15 credits. to course requirements can (but do not have to) apply Ph.D. Qualifying Examination retroactively. A student may apply courses taken for a MS degree if they are approved by the student’s advisory Includes written oral and research components. All full- committee and the minor advisor. time Ph.D. students must pass part I of the examination (written and oral breadth of kowledge examination) by Concentration Area Requirements the end of the thirteenth week of their fourth semester Ecology/Population Biology and must pass part II of the qualifying examination (dissertation proposal defense) by the end of the sixth • E455 (SPEA) Limnology week of their sixth semester. In the event of failure • L575 Biodiversity and Ecosystem Functioning or postponement of part II, students may retake the • L577 Theoretical Ecology • L578 Advanced Population Biology 74 September 6, 2017 examination once, but no later than the end of their sixth • G562 (Geo Sci) Geometric Morphometrics (3 cr) semester. Behavior/Physiology Thesis • A501 Techniques in Reproductive Diversity (3 cr) Students write a thesis based on scientific research. • L560 Physiological Ecology (3 cr) Final Examination • L581 Behavioral Ecology (3 cr) • Z460 Animal Behavior (3 cr) Public research seminar and oral defense of the • Z563 Comparative Neurobiology of Animal Behavior dissertation before the student’s research committee. (3 cr) Molecular, Cellular, and Developmental Biology • Z620 Sensory Ecology (3 cr) The MCDB program consists of formal coursework, Master of Science in Zoology Degree laboratory research, and professional development. Course Requirements Students in the MCDB program learn how to plan, A total of 30 credit hours, of which at least 20 credit hours execute, and critically analyze scientific research. Other must be taken in the Department of Biology. The courses professional development includes learning how to give must be approved by the student’s advisory committee oral presentations and write high-quality research papers and the MCDB Graduate Program Director and grant proposals. The MCDB program provides students with the training and research experience Thesis defense necessary to pursue a diversity of careers, including academic research, biomedical research, biotech industry, The students are required to prepare a research based university-level teaching, among others. thesis that must be approved by the student’s advisory committee and must meet the guidelines of the graduate Graduate Minor in Evolution, Ecology, and Behavior school. The final exam includes a public research seminar Students in other departments or in other programs in and an oral defense of the thesis before the advisory the Department of Biology may concentrate in one of committee. the three areas of specialization (ecology/population biology, evolutionary biology, or behavior/physiology) by Master of Arts in Zoology Degree selecting two or more courses from the chosen area for a Course Requirements minimum of 6 credits. The minor advisor may also approve A total of 30 credit hours, of which at least 20 credit hours of one course from each of two (or three) of the areas must be taken in the Department of Biology.. The courses described. A course may not simultaneously satisfy both must be approved by the student’s advisory committee major and minor course requirements. Course offerings and the MCDB Graduate Program Director outside of the list below can be used to satisfy the EEB minor. However, such substitutions require approval of the Thesis defense minor advisor and the EEB Graduate Program Director. A The students are required to prepare a thesis that must be student may apply courses taken for a MS degree if they approved by the student’s advisory committee and must are approved by the student’s advisory committee and the meet the guidelines of the graduate school. The thesis minor advisor. will be written on a non-experimentally based project ap- Coursework proved by the student’s advisory committee. The final exam includes an oral defense of the thesis before the Ecology/Population Biology advisory committee. • E455 (SPEA) Limnology (3 cr) Doctor of Philosophy Degree • L575 Biodiversity and Ecosystem Functioning (1.5 Course Requirements cr) • L577 Theoretical Ecology (3 cr) Students must acquire a total of 90 credit hours, which • L578 Advanced Population Biology (3 cr) includes formal coursework totaling 22.5 credits for the major plus 6+ credits for the minor (credits vary by minor). • L579 Community Ecology (3 cr) MCDB students take a common core program of classes • Z620 Ecological Niches (1.5 cr) (see below). In addition, students typically do research • Z620 Ecological Stoichiometry (1.5 cr) rotations in three different labs during the first semester, • Z620 Ecosystems and Global Change (1.5 cr) after which they identify a lab in which to do their thesis • Z620 Quantitative Biodiversity (1.5 cr) research and form their advisory committee. Other courses can be substituted for the MCDB requirements Evolutionary Biology pending permission from the students Advisory Committee • L505 Evolution of Development (1.5 cr) and the MCDB Program Director. Any changes described • L533 Evolution of Genes and Genomes (3 cr) here to course requirements can (but do not have to) • L534 Evolution of Cells and Proteins (3 cr) apply retroactively. • L567 Evolution (3 cr) Courses for the MCDB Major • L568 Evolutionary Genetics (3 cr) • Z540 Genetics of Structured Populations (3 cr) • B511 Biochemistry (3.0 cr) • Z620 Systematics (1.5 cr) • L585 Genetics (3.0 cr) • I590 (INFO) SNP Discovery and Population Genetics • Z620 Bioinformatics 2 Go (1.5 cr) (3 cr) • L523 Critical Analysis Lit. (1.5 cr) September 6, 2017 75

• L501 Rotations (3.0 cr) • Z620 CyberInfrastructure-enabled Computational • L586 Cell Biology (3.0 cr) Genome Science (3cr) • L587 Dev. Biology (3.0 cr) • Z620 Phylogenetics (3cr) • *Z620 Journal Class (1.5 cr) • Z620 Evolution (3cr) • Z620 Grant Writing (1.5 cr) • Z620 Introduction to Genomics and BioInformatics • Z620 Research Ethics and Career Development (1.5 (1.5cr) cr) • Z620 Genetics of Behavior (1.5cr) • Z620 Microbial Genetics and Techniques (1.5cr) * Journal Class options: Z620 Chromosome and Genome • Z620 Chromosome and Genome Biology Journal Biology or Z620 Cell Biology or P550 Physiology of 3 Cancer Class • 3 Minor Z620 Cell Biology Journal Class • 3 Each student must select a minor field distinct from the P550 Physiology of Cancer Journal Class chosen degree. The student has the option to select any • Z620 Methods in Epigenomics minor in consultation with their advisor and the MCDB • Z620 The Legacy of Drosophila (3cr) Graduate Program Director. The minor may be from within • Z620 Digital Imaging and Light Microscopy biology or from other units on campus. The requirements • I590 SNP Discovery and Population Genetics (3cr) for the minor are decided by the minor-granting program. • P467 Diseases of the Nervous System (3cr) Ph.D. Qualifying Examination • P526 Neurobiology of Learning and Memory (3cr) • P566 Molecular and Cellular Neurobiology (3cr) Includes written, oral and research components. All full- • M580 Molecular Biology of Cancer (3cr) time Ph.D. students must take the qualifying examination • M511 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes (3cr) by the end of the fourth week of their fifth semester. In the • M541 Bacterial Pathogenesis and Virology (3cr) event of failure or postponement, students may retake the examination once, but no later than the end of the twelfth Or an equivalent course at IU or graduate work week of their fifth semester. transferred from another university with approval of the MCDB Graduate Program Director Thesis 2 Students write a thesis based on their scientific research MCDB students cannot use these courses for the and are expected to publish the findings of their scientific Genetics minor due to overlap with major degree research in peer-reviewed journals. requirements.

Final Examination 3 The same journal class cannot be taken twice to fulfill Public research seminar and oral defense of the the major and minor. However, different journal classes dissertation before the student’s research committee. can be taken for the major and minor. Graduate Minor in Genetics Microbiology The Genetics minor requires 6 credits of course work Degree programs are available for students with interests selected from among the list of courses below. Students in many areas of microbiology. Each student’s curriculum may substitute courses for those on this list only upon is designed by the student in consultation with the approval of their Advisory Committees and the MCDB graduate program director, the student’s mentor, and an Director. A MCDB student can choose to minor in other appointed advisory committee. fields that match their research and career aspirations Master of Science Degree with approval of their Advisory Committee and the MCDB Course Requirements Director. Any course requirements described here can (but do not have to) apply retroactively. A student may A total of 30 credit hours. At least 12 credit hours must be apply courses taken for a MS degree if the courses are courses from the core biology curriculum other than M500 approved by the student’s advisory committee and the rotation credits or research credits. The courses must be minor advisor. approved by the student’s advisory committee and the Microbiology Graduate Program Director. Course Listings for Genetics Minor Students are expected to rotate (M500) in at least three • L533 Evolution of Genes and Genomes (3cr) laboratories during the fall semester. • L567 Evolution (3cr) Thesis • L585 Molecular Genetics (3cr)2 The students are required to prepare a research-based • L586 Cell Biology (3cr) 2 thesis that must be approved by the student’s advisory • L587 Developmental Biology (3cr) 2 committee. • 2 Z620 BioInformatics-2-Go (1.5 cr) Final Examination • Z620 Evolution of Proteins and Cells (3cr) Normally includes a public research seminar and oral • Z620 Introduction to Computational Data Processing defense of the thesis. in Biology (1.5cr) • Z620 Introduction to Computational Workflow Design in Biology (1.5cr) 76 September 6, 2017

Master of Arts Degree Includes writtten, oral and research components. All full- Course Requirements time Ph.D. students must take the qualifying examination by the end of the fourth week of their fifth semester. In the A total of 30 credit hours. At least 12 credit hours must be event of failure or postponement, students may retake the courses from the core biology curriculum other than M500 examination once, but no later than the start of their third rotation credits or research credits. The courses must be year in graduate school. approved by the student’s advisory committee and the Microbiology Graduate Program Director Thesis Thesis Students write a thesis based on scientific research. The thesis will be written on a non-experimentally based Final Examination project approved by the student’s advisory committee. The Public research seminar and oral defense of the final exam includes an oral defense of the thesis before dissertation before the student’s research committee. the advisory committee. Graduate Minor in Microbiology Doctor of Philosophy Degree Students in other departments or in other programs in Course Requirements the Department of Biology may minor in Microbiology The Microbiology program requires a total of 90 credit by completing a minimum of 6 graduate credits from hours. Of these, 24 credit hours come from the Core the courses listed below. A minor advisor must join Program course work listed below. Most Advanced the student's Advisory Committee and participate in Courses are half-semester 1.5-credit hour courses in designating required course work. This minor advisor areas requested by students. Each student must also will approve courses that meet the minor requirement. take Grant Writing and Research Ethics and Career A course may not simultaneously satisfy both major and Development courses. Students also typically do research minor course requirements. Course offerings outside rotations in three different labs during the first semester, the list below can be used to satisfy the Microbiology after which they identify a lab in which to do their thesis minor, but such substitutions require approval of the minor research and form their advisory committee. advisor and the Microbiology Graduate Program Director. An overall average of B (3.0) or better is required in the The courses that make up the 24 credit hours for the Microbiology minor coursework. Microbiology major are indicated below. Other appropriate courses may be substituted in their place with permission Coursework from the Advisory Committee and the Microbiology • M430 Virology Lecture (3 cr.) Graduate Program Director. Any changes described here to course requirements can (but do not have to) apply • M440 Medical Microbiology: Lecture (3 cr.) retroactively. • M460 Microbial Evolution (3 cr.) • M480 Microbial and Molecular Genetics (3 cr.) Major Course Requirements • Z620 Medical Microbiology and Medical Immunology • L585 Genetics (3.0 cr) (3 cr.) • Z620 Bioinformatics to Go (1.5 cr) • M511 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes (3 cr.) • L523 Critical Analysis of Scientific Literature (1.5 cr) • M525 Microbial Physiology and Biochemistry (3 cr.) • *B501 Integrated Biochemistry (3.0 cr) • M541 Microbial Pathogenesis and Virology (3 cr.) • *B511 Duplicating and expressing the genome (3.0 • M550 Microbiology (3 cr.) cr) Plant Sciences • *T508 Theory and Application of Biotechnology (3.0 (Department is not currently admitting students to this cr) program) • M541 Microbial pathogenesis and Virology (3.0 cr) • M511 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes (3.0 cr) Master of Science Degree • Z620 Grant Writing (1.5 cr) (Department is not currently admitting students to this • Z620 Ethics and Career Development (1.5 cr) program) • M500 Research rotations (3.0 cr) Course Requirements • Elective Advanced Course work - typically Z620 credits (3.0 cr) A total of 30 credit hours, stressing suitable advanced courses in plant sciences and cognate areas. At least 20 • * Only one these three courses need to be of the credit hours must be in the major area. completed for the major Thesis Minor Normally required; an alternative project may, however, be Each student must select a minor field distinct from the approved by the student's advisory committee. chosen degree. The student has the option to select any minor in consultation with their advisor and the MCDB Final Examination Graduate Program Director. The minor may be from within biology or from other units on campus. The requirements A public research seminar and an oral defense of the for the minor are decided by the minor-granting program thesis or defense of an approved alternative project before the student's advisory committee. Ph.D. Qualifying Examination September 6, 2017 77

Doctor of Philosophy Degree Bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution (Department is not currently admitting students to this with sufficient hours in biology to enable the student to program) take courses carrying graduate credit. Ph.D. students choosing a molecular approach will follow Course Requirements the procedures of the genetics and molecular, cellular, A total of 36 credit hours, of which a minimum of 25 credit and developmental biology graduate programs. Likewise, hours must be in courses in the biological sciences that students choosing an organismal approach will follow carry graduate credit; the remaining 11 credit hours may the procedures of the evolution, ecology and behavior be in education. All programs of study must be approved program. by the Master of Arts for Teachers program advisor. Zoology Certification Requirements (Department is not currently admitting students to this program) For a complete list of courses in education and other areas that are required for provisional certification, consult Master of Science Degree the School of Education Undergraduate Program Bulletin. (Department is not currently admitting students to this program) Faculty Course Requirements Chairperson A total of 30 credit hours, of which at least 20 credit hours must be taken in the Department of Biology. Professor Clay Fuqua* Thesis Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Normally required; an alternative project may, however, be Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct approved by the student's advisory committee. doctoral dissertations.) Final Examination Clyde Culbertson Professor Normally includes a public research seminar and an Yves V. Brun* oral defense of the thesis; or defense of an approved alternative project before the student's advisory Carlos Miller Professor and HHMI Investigator committee. Craig Pikaard* Doctor of Philosophy Degree Class of 1968 Chancellor's Professor (Department is not currently admitting students to this program) Roger P. Hangarter* Ph.D. students choosing a molecular approach will follow Class of 1955 Professor the procedures of the genetics and molecular, cellular, Jeffrey Palmer* and developmental biology graduate programs. Likewise, students choosing an organismal approach will follow Distinguished Professors the procedures of the evolution, ecology and behavior program. Thomas C. Kaufman*, Ellen D. Ketterson*, Curtis M. Lively*, Michael Lynch*, Jeffrey D. Palmer*, Craig Course Requirements Pikaard*, Rudolf A. Raff*, Michael Wade* A total of 90 credit hours of advanced course work, Professors including dissertation. Steven Bell*, James José Bonner* (Emeritus), Volker Minor Brendel*, Yves V. Brun*, Sue Carter, Peter T. Cherbas* (Emeritus), Keith Clay*, Gregory E. Demas*, Lynda F. Selected in consultation with research advisor and zoology Delph*, Thomas F. Donahue* (Emeritus), Patricia L. program director. Foster*, Clay Fuqua*, Matthew Hahn*, Richard Hardy*, Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Roger P. Hangarter*, George Hegeman* (Emeritus), The Master of Arts for Teachers in biology is offered Roger Innes*, David M. Kehoe*, Arthur Koch* (Emeritus), by the University Graduate School (not the School of Justin P. Kumar*, Curtis M. Lively*, Paul Mahlberg* Education) to provide training beyond the bachelor’s (Emeritus), Emilia Martins*, Scott Michaels*, Armin degree for those who intend to teach in junior or senior P. Moczek*, Leonie Moyle*, Elizabeth C. Raff*, Milton high school and who wish additional training in biology. W. Taylor* (Emeritus), Robert Togasaki* (Emeritus), Each student in the program must possess a teacher’s Maxine A. Watson*, David White* (Emeritus), Malcolm E. certificate by the time the degree is conferred, with the Winkler*, Miriam E. Zolan* exception of international students who intend to return to Associate Professors their native country. Alan D. Bender*, Brian R. Calvi*, Spencer R. Hall *, Ke Admission Requirements Hu*, George Hudock* (Emeritus), Laura M. Hurley*, Daniel B. Kearns*, Tuli Mukhopadhyay*, Yean Chooi Odle*, Richard P. Phillips*, Heather L. Reynolds*, Dean Rowe- Magnus*, Sidney L. Shaw*, G. Troy Smith*, Nicholas 78 September 6, 2017

Sokol*, Stefan J. Surzycki*, Michael R. Tansey*, Andrew BIOL-B 371 Ecological Plant Physiology (3 cr.) Zelhof* BIOL-B 372 Ecological Plant Physiology Laboratory Assistant Professors (2 cr.) This course is not currently being offered. Carol Anderson*, Ankur Dalia*, Pranav Danthi*, BIOL-B 373 Mechanisms of Plant Development (4 cr.) Soni Lacefield*, Jake McKinlay*, Irene Newton*, Erik This course is not currently being offered. Ragsdale*, Kimberly Rosvall*, Jason Tennessen*, Gabriel Zentner* BIOL-B 415 Phytogeography (2 cr.) This course is not currently being offered. Senior Scientists BIOL-B 423 Introduction to Paleobotany (3 cr.) This Lucy Cherbas, Kevin R. Cook, Eric Knox, Kathy Matthews, course is not currently being offered. John Murray BIOL-B 445 Experimental Molecular and Cellular Associate Scientists Biology of Eukaryotes (4 cr.) Thomas Doak, Quenfeng Dong, Marcy A. Kingsbury, BIOL-B 530 Anatomy and Morphology Seminar Keithanne Mockaitis, David Morgan, Annettee Parks, Paul (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Seminars will Rothrock, Ken Spitze include current research studies in plant anatomy and morphology. This course is not currently being offered. Assistant Scientists BIOL-B 555 Special Topics in Plant Systematics (3 cr.) Jonathan Atwell, Farrah Bashey-Visser, Geetanjali Topics vary from year to year. Examples of subjects to Chawla, Anastasia Gridasova, Gail Hardy, Kristin Klueg, be treated: phylogeny and families of flowering plants, Jun Liu, Stephanie Mauthner, Ellen Popodi, James biology of ferns, biosystematics, molecular markers in Powers, Barry D. Stein populational biology, and systematics. Enrollment of Adjunct Professors advanced undergraduates encouraged. Carl Bauer* (Biochemistry), Karen Bush (Biotechnology), BIOL-B 560 Seminar in Systematics (arr. cr.) David Dilcher (Emeritus, EEB), Richard DiMarchi* P: Consent of instructor. Topics vary each semester. (Chemistry), David Giedroc* (Chemistry), James Glazier* BIOL-B 570 Seminar in Physiology and Molecular (Physics), Elizabeth Housworth (Statistics), Cheng Biology of Plants (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. This C. Kao* (Biochemistry), Elisabeth Lloyd* (History and course is not currently being offered. Philosophy of Science), Vicki Meretsky* (Publiic and Environmental Affairs), Anton Neff* (Emeritus, Medical BIOL-B 572 Photobiology (3 cr.) P: S305 or L367 or Sciences), P. David Polly* (Geological Sciences), CHEM C483 or equivalent. Biochemical and biophysical J.C. Randolph (Public and Environmental Affairs), relationship between light and biological systems. Dale Sengelaub* (Psychology), Roderick Suthers* Topics will include photosynthesis, visual processes, (Psychology), Haixu Tang* (Informatics and Computing), photorespiration, phototaxis, bioluminescence, and William Timberlake* (Psychology), Nicholas Toth* photomorphogenesis, with emphasis on photosynthesis. (Anthropology), Claire Walczak (Medical Sciences), Meredith West* (Psychology) Ted Widlanski* (Chemistry), BIOL-B 573 Special Topics in Plant Physiology Adam Zlotnick* (Biochemistry) (2-5 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Advanced topics in plant physiology. This course is not currently being offered. With Adjunct Associate Professors consent of instructor, may be taken more than once for credit. Lingling Chen* (Biochemistry), David Daleke* (Medical Sciences), James T. Drummond* (Biochemistry), BIOL-B 576 Developmental Plant Physiology Martha Oakley* (Chemistry), Flynn Picardal* (Public and (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Chemically oriented; Environmental Affairs), Henry Prange* (Emeritus, Medical examination of substances uniquely involved in growth Sciences), Todd Royer (SPEA) and development in higher plants. Application of information to lower plants only briefly discussed. This Adjunct Assistant Professor course is not currently being offered. Peter Hollenhorst* (Medical Sciences), Heather Hundley BIOL-B 577 Plant Biochemistry (2 cr.) A comparative (Medical Sciences), Michael Muehlenbein (Anthropology), treatment of selected biochemical topics, emphasizing Anne Prieto* (Psychology) unique or important processes in plant metabolism and Director of Graduate Studies development. This course is not currently being offered. Professor Roger P. Hangarter*, Myers Hall 352, (812) BIOL-L 465 Advanced Field Biology (3 cr.) 855-5456 BIOL-L 473 Ecology (3 cr.) Courses BIOL-L 474 Field and Laboratory Ecology (2 cr.) BIOL-B 351 Fungi (3 cr.) BIOL-L 479 Evolution and Ecology (4 cr.) This course is BIOL-B 352 Fungi: Laboratory (2 cr.) not currently being offered. BIOL-B 364 Summer Flowering Plants (4-5 cr.) BIOL-L 500 Independent Study (arr. cr.) P: Written consent of faculty member supervising research. BIOL-B 368 Ethnobotany (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 79

BIOL-L 501 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) P: Written molecular, cellular, and developmental biology and consent of faculty member supervising work. Supervised genetics, or ecological and evolutionary biology). work. S/F grading. BIOL-L 529 Bioinformatics in Molecular Biology and BIOL-L 504 Genome Biology for Physical Scientists Genetics: Practical Applications (4 cr.) P: I501, I502, (3 cr.) An accelerated but introductory treatment of L519, or consent of instructor. Practical experience in a contemporary issues in molecular biology and genetics range of data analysis and software engineering methods including genome structures, gene function and regulation, applied to molecular biology data. mapping, proteins, and molecular evolution. Intended to meet the needs of graduate students in mathematics, BIOL-L 533 Evolution of Genes and Genomes (3 cr.) physics, chemistry, computer sciences, and informatics Provides a broad conceptual overview of issues in who are considering working in biological areas or molecular and genomic evolution, with an emphasis on collaborating with biologists. population-genetic issues. BIOL-L 505 Evolution of Development (3 cr.) P: Senior BIOL-L 555 Alternative Approaches to Teaching or graduate standing and consent of instructor. An College Biology (2 cr.) Frameworks for teaching integrative approach to the link between development college biology. Addresses different teaching objectives and the evolution of morphology. Topics: evolution (knowledge, applications, scientific thinking, ethical of developmental mechanisms and of developmental and policy considerations); different teaching methods regulatory genes, production of evolutionary changes (lectures, readings, recitations, discussions, exercises, through changes in developmental processes, devel- experiments, projects); student heterogeneity opmental constraints, and origins of major body plans. (expectations, abilities, development, learning styles); evaluation and grading; course and curriculum design; and BIOL-L 509 Field Exercises for Biology Education evaluation and improvement of teaching. (1-5 cr.) L509 is a graduate course for students in biology and education with an intended career in biology BIOL-L 560 Physiological Ecology (3 cr.) Influence of education. Credits are variable (1-5) and will be arranged. the abiotic environment on energy and material transfers Students will design field exercises based at the Indiana in individual organisms, with emphasis on terrestrial University Research and Teaching Preserve on topics animals. in organismal biology and ecology appropriate for public BIOL-L 567 Evolution (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in school and other outside groups. psychology or biology or consent of the instructor. Topics BIOL-L 510 Introduction to the Research Laboratory include quantitative genetics, population genetics, and (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Objectives and techniques strategic models of natural selection. Special topics of biological research. Completion of a one-semester include: life history theory, sex and sexual selection, research problem with a faculty member. kin selection, shifting-balance theory, speciation, macroevolution, and comparative methods. BIOL-L 519 Bioinformatics: Theory and Application (3 cr.) Overview of theory and applications in BIOL-L 570 Seminar in Ecology and Environmental bioinformatics, based on fundamentals of molecular Biology (1 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Presentations biology and information sciences. Common problems, and discussions of current research in Evolution, Ecology, data, and tools in the field are outlined. These include and Behavior. May be taken more than once. biosequence analysis, alignment and assembly, BIOL-L 572 Microbial Ecology (3 cr.) Principles of genomics, proteomics and phylogenetics, biological microbial ecology with emphasis on the population, databases and data mining, and Internet bio-information community, and ecosystem ecology of bacteria and fungi. services. BIOL-L 573 Quantitative Genetics and Microevolution BIOL-L 520 Seminar in Genetics (arr. cr.) P: L364 or (1.5-3 cr.) Explores the fundamentals of the quantitative Z420 or equivalents. This course is not currently being genetic approach to understanding evolutionary process. offered. Topics include the conceptualization and measurement of BIOL-L 521 Problems in Genetics—Higher Organisms selection and the response to selection, the measurement (3 cr.) P: L364 or equivalent. Selected topics in the and consequences of genetic architecture, as well genetics of higher organisms emphasizing studies at the as application of these ideas to classical and modern molecular level. This course is not currently being offered. evolutionary theory. BIOL-L 522 Advanced Eukaryotic Molecular Genetics BIOL-L 575 Ecosystem Structure and Function (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor; beginning course in P: L473 and L474 (or equivalent) or instructor’s consent. genetics. Correlation of genetic data with changes Does biodiversity matter? Analysis of relationships in chromosome structure and number. Mechanics of between biodiversity and ecosystem functioning. chromosome behavior in crossing over and disjunction. Emphasis on current literature, including theoretical This course is not currently being offered. and empirical work. Lectures will alternate with class discussion and debate. BIOL-L 523 Critical Analysis of the Scientific Literature (1-6 cr.) Detailed analysis of current research papers BIOL-L 577 Theoretical Ecology (3 cr.) Empowers in biology. Emphasis on experimental design, research students to develop and analyze ecology-based models methods, interpretation of results, and suitability of and use them as statistical hypotheses. Topics include controls. Generally taken in the first semester of graduate nonlinear one- and multi-species dynamics; stability residence. Topics may vary to suit specific fields (e.g., analysis; bifurcations; maximum likelihood; model competition and information criteria. 80 September 6, 2017

BIOL-L 578 Advanced Population Biology (3 cr.) structure. Experimental studies of intra- and inter-specific P: Courses in ecology, genetics, and basic calculus, mechanisms of population regulation, reproduction, and permission of instructor. A detailed assessment of and vegetative growth. Emphasis on development and population-ecological and population-genetic theory, and physiological characteristics which determine mode of the factors determining the size and composition of animal interaction. Greenhouse projects designed and conducted populations in nature. by students. BIOL-L 579 Community Ecology (3 cr.) P: Ecology BIOL-L 600 Special Topics in Genetics (arr. cr.) and genetics. Survey of ecological and evolutionary P: L364 or equivalent. Topics not extensively treated in topics between population and ecosystem levels. Review other courses, e.g., population genetics, human genetics, of scientific levels of selection and speciation. Major immunogenetics, biochemical genetics of clones of emphasis on interactions among populations (consumer- mammalian cells. Topic presented will not be duplicated producer, competition, symbiosis, etc.) and commu- within three to five years. L600 carries credit in plant nity analysis (island biogeography, niche, diversity, and sciences, microbiology, and zoology programs. This community structure). course is not currently being offered. BIOL-L 580 Introduction to Research (1 cr.) Individual BIOL-L 800 Research (1-15 cr.) faculty from the various graduate programs in biology present seminars on their research programs. Discussion BIOL-M 300 Biomedical Sciences Documentation between students and faculty about possible thesis (1 cr.) research projects is encouraged. BIOL-M 310 Microbiology (3 cr.) This course is not BIOL-L 581 Behavioral Ecology (3 cr.) Integrated currently being offered. elements of ethology, physiology, ecology, and BIOL-M 315 Microbiology Laboratory (2 cr.) This course evolutionary biology providing a synthetic approach to is not currently being offered. animal behavior. Emphasis on integrated studies providing new insights into both evolutionary and mechanistic BIOL-M 430 Virology: Lecture (3 cr.) questions. Students are asked to analyze the literature BIOL-M 435 Viral-Tissue-Culture Laboratory (3 cr.) critically and debate controversial issues actively. P: or C: M430, or consent of instructor. BIOL-L 585 Genetics and Bioinformatics (3-4.5 cr.) BIOL-M 440 Medical Microbiology: Lecture (3 cr.) Focuses on genome organization and transmission P: BIOL L211. R: BIOL M250, M255. and molecular genetics in a number of prokaryotic and eukaryotic systems. Topics include molecular BIOL-M 460 Biology of the Prokaryotes (3 cr.) mechanisms of mutation, suppression, replication, meiosis, recombination, complementation, and BIOL-M 465 Biology of the Prokaryotes: Laboratory approaches to identifying and analyzing genes. (3 cr.) Introduces students to the use of databases, programs BIOL-M 480 Microbial and Molecular Genetics (3 cr.) for computational analysis of DNA and protein sequence data, and high-throughput methods in genomics and BIOL-M 485 Microbial and Molecular Genetics proteomics. Laboratory (3 cr.) BIOL-L 586 Cell Biology (3-4.5 cr.) Critical analysis BIOL-M 500 Introduction to Research (Microbiology) of recent advances in our understanding of molecular (1-6 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Objectives and techniques organization and function of cellular structures. The of microbiological research. Assignment to a research emphasis of this course will be on eukaryotic cells. Topics problem with a faculty member to be completed in two include membrane organization, cytoskeleton assembly semesters. and functions, signal transduction, cell-cycle regulation, BIOL-M 511 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes protein sorting, and vesicle trafficking. (3 cr.) P: CHEM C584. The course will first develop an BIOL-L 587 Developmental Biology (3-4.5 cr.) understanding of nucleic acid structure and function to a Evaluation of classical and current molecular and genetic professional level, then use these principles to explore approaches to studying development of eukaryotic molecular aspects of gene expression and evolution. organisms. A significant portion of the course is devoted to Emphasis will be on prokaryotes. discussing recent findings from molecular genetic studies BIOL-M 512 Molecular Biology of AIDS Virus (3 cr.) in Drosophila and C. elegans. P: CHEM C341 and BIOL L311. A detailed consideration BIOL-L 590 Seminar in Molecular, Cellular, and of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV, causative Developmental Biology (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. agent of AIDS). The functions of the HIV genes and Presentation and discussion of topics in molecular and how those functions affect pathology and normal cellular cellular biology as seminar by students. Topics from mechanisms. current literature. Concentration on a particular area BIOL-M 525 Topics in Microbial Biochemistry and each semester to be announced before registration. S/F Physiology (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and C483 or grading. This course is not currently being offered. M350 or equivalent. The course will consider topics in BIOL-L 591 Plant Population Biology—An physiology and biochemistry of eukaryotic and prokaryotic Experimental Approach (3 cr.) P: Ecology course and microorganisms. Subjects include membrane physiology evolution course. The mechanisms by which plants, and regulatory networks in metabolism and gene as individuals, contribute to development of population expression. September 6, 2017 81

BIOL-M 545 Medical Microbiology Laboratory (1 cr.) BIOL-Z 566 Laboratory in Endocrinology (2 cr.) P: M540. Laboratory experiments to illustrate material P: Z466. Development and structure of major endocrine discussed in M540. glands; their role in maintaining constancy of internal environment. Limited to 12 students. This course is not BIOL-M 550 Microbiology (3 cr.) P: Two semesters currently being offered. of college chemistry. Application of fundamental principles to the study of microorganisms. Significance of BIOL-Z 576 Invertebrate Zoology Laboratory microorganisms to humans and their environment. Critical (2 cr.) P: P or C: Z374. Laboratory and field studies of evaluation of current microbiological literature. invertebrates, with an emphasis on experiments with living specimens. BIOL-M 575 Human Parasitology (4 cr.) P: BIOL M310 and M315. Biology of human parasites focusing on their BIOL-Z 620 Special Topics in Zoology (arr. cr.) etiology, epidemiology, immunology, diagnosis, and P: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing. Topics treatment. Major groups of protozoa, helminths, and not extensively treated in other courses, e.g., theoretical medically important arthropods covered. Independent zoology, oceanography, reservoir limnology, human research assigned on a special topic. Lab presents both ecology, biochemistry, viruses and disease, critical live and fixed materials complementing lecture. analysis of the scientific literature, and other fields. Topics presented will be treated every three to five years. BIOL-M 610 Recent Advances in Microbiology (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in microbiology or related area. Faculty Course content changes each semester so that over a Curriculum cycle of several years, major research areas are covered. May be repeated for credit. Courses Faculty BIOL-M 612 Microbial Development (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. An analysis of Director recent publications concerned with the biochemistry of Cheng Kao development in viral, prokaryotic, and simple eukaryotic systems. The topics vary and emphasize the regulatory Director of Graduate Studies aspects of development. Cell differentiation and cell-cell Robert Vaughan interactions are discussed. This course is not currently being offered. Professors BIOL-M 800 Research (1-12 cr.) Carl Bauer, Steve Bell, Cheng Kao, Craig Pikaard, Adam Zlotnick BIOL-M 850 Seminar (1 cr.) P: Graduate standing in microbiology or consent of instructor. Reports on assigned Associate Professors topics of current interest. S/F grading. May be repeated for credit. Lingling Chen, Jim Drummond BIOL-Z 373 Entomology (3 cr.) Assistant Professors BIOL-Z 374 Invertebrate Zoology (3 cr.) Matthew Bochman, Jared Cochran, Hengyao Niu BIOL-Z 406 Vertebrate Zoology (5 cr.) Professor of Practice BIOL-Z 420 Cytology (3 cr.) This course is not currently Karen Bush being offered. Assistant Scientists BIOL-Z 460 Ethology (3 cr.) Julia van Kessel, Susanne Ressl BIOL-Z 466 Endocrinology (3 cr.) Senior Lecturer BIOL-Z 476 Biology of Fishes (3 cr.) Nancy Magill BIOL-Z 486 Standards and Techniques of Animal Lecturers Experimentation (2 cr.) This course is not currently being offered. Rasheda Sultana, Robert Vaughan BIOL-Z 508 Advanced Ornithology (4 cr.) P: Z406. Instructor Emphasis on avian ecology, distribution, and behavior; Daniel Watts discussion and evaluation of recent literature. Field work includes investigation of populations of a wintering species Courses and a breeding species. This course is not currently being Curriculum offered. Courses BIOL-Z 540 Genetics of Populations (4 cr.) P: Consent Faculty of instructor. R: Z465, MATH M216, or equivalent. Survey of the theoretical basis of population genetics and a review BIOT-T 500 Project Lab in Biotechnology (1-3 cr.) of current problems and experimental findings. Content Students explore different stages of scientific investigation varies from year to year. by performing research using the techniques of biochemistry, molecular biology, genetics, and cell biology on problems related to biotechnology. Students design 82 September 6, 2017 and execute research projects under supervision of the Biotechnology Instructor in a teaching laboratory setting on problems chosen in consultation with the Instructor. College of Arts and Sciences Department of Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry BIOT-T 501 Biochemical Instrumentation (2 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] This laboratory course is focused on the biotechnology instrumentation used to characterize proteins. Students Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~mcbdept/biotech/ will learn theory as well as gain hands-on training in mass graduate.shtml spectrometry, spectroscopic analysis of protein-ligand interactions, and capillary electrophoresis. Data generated Curriculum will be used to develop lab reports. Curriculum BIOT-T 502 Mammalian Tissue Culture (2 cr.) This Courses laboratory course is designed to guide students through Faculty culturing and manipulations of different mammalian Degrees Offered cell lines. Students will gain hands-on experience culturing cells, performing cell-based assays, and data Master of Science in Biotechnology; Master of Science in interpretation. Biotechnology Accelerated Program; and Ph.D. Minor in Biotechnology BIOT-T 508 Theory and Application of Biotechnology Lecture (3 cr.) This course teaches concepts of molecular Master of Science in Biotechnology and cellualar biology and biochemistry to help understand Special Departmental Requirements recent advances made in biotechnology. (See also general University Graduate School BIOT-T 515 Theory and Application of Biotechnology requirements.) Lab (3 cr.) Students will learn advanced laboratory Admission Requirements techniques currently used in biotechnology with a focus on the application of molecular genetics and recombinant Undergraduate major in one of the sciences and course DNA technology. work in the program in which a degree is sought. A degree in a related field (e.g. chemistry, mathematics, biology) BIOT-T 521 Research Design in Ethics (2 cr.) This may suffice if appropriate courses were included in the course focuses on proper design and validation of student’s degree program. Students seeking admission experimentation and means of ethical treatment of may apply to the Biotechnology Degree Program online. subjects, materials, and reporting of experimental data. Applications must include a complete entrance form, Case studies involving data mismanagement will be letters of recommendation, undergraduate transcripts, covered. and scores on the Graduate Record Examination General BIOT-T 525 Protein Expression, Purification, and Test. The TOEFL score is required if the native language Characterization Lab (3 cr.) This is a laboratory course is other than English. focused on the expression of proteins in a variety Grades of systems ranging from E. coli, yeast, and tissue culture. The students are involved in optimizing protein Students must maintain a minimum GPA of B (3.0) in expression, affinity protein isolation, and biophysical order to remain in good standing in the Graduate School. characterization of their isolated proteins. Courses to be counted toward the degree must be passed with a grade of B- (2.7) or better. BIOT-T 540 Structure and Function of Biomolecules (3 cr.) This applied biochemistry course provides Course Requirements mechanistic and applied analysis of proteins, enzymes and nucleic acids. Students also critique scientific papers A total of 30 credit hours are required including a common and write ideas, as well as research the mechanism of core program consisting of the following courses: T500 action of specific drugs and present their findings. (8 cr.), T501 (2 cr.), T502 (2. cr.), T508 (3 cr.), T515 (3 cr.), T540 (3 cr.), T521 (2 cr.), and T680 (1-3 cr.). BIOT-T 680 Specialized Topics in Biotechnology The remaining credit hours can be selected from an (1-3 cr.) This is a specialized topics course. The content of approved list of courses in Biotechnology, Biochemistry, which will vary from one semester to the next depending Bioinformatics, Biology, Business, Chemistry, Law, on the interest of the instructor. The course content Public and Environmental Affairs, Statistics, or Medical is meant to be specialized to offer a wide variety of Sciences. Students who have completed T415 or T440 topics of interest to Biotechnology graduate students (or equivalent) as undergraduates will not be required to and students minoring in Biotechnology. Instructors will take T515 or T540. Instead, they will replace the credits include faculty in the Biotechnology program, other faculty with elective courses from the approved list, subject whose research include Biotechnology, as well as visiting to the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies for researches from Biotechnology industries that will offer Biotechnology. unique insights to research topics in the Biotechnology field. Thesis No thesis is required. September 6, 2017 83

Master of Science in Biotechnology Accelerated and the Doctor of Business Administration. For details, Program see the Kelley School of Business Bulletin, Graduate The Accelerated Master's Program involves early Programs. admission of undergraduates at IU who plan to pursue Special School Requirements a 5 year combined BA or BS with an MS degree in Biotechnology. These students should declare their (See also general University Graduate School intentions for a combined degree, and apply for admission requirements.) to the MS program between their sophomore and junior years. Students will be given preferential admission Admission into research laboratories to undertake independent To apply for admission to the doctoral programs in research projects at the beginning of their third year of business, the applicant must do the following: undergraduate studies and are expected to continue their research program for three years, and at the end of that 1. For domestic and international applications: apply period, submit an M.S. thesis. online at https://sisjee.iu.edu/sisad-prd/p/Guest.do? methodToCall=start&inst=IUBLA&career=GRAD&parm1=DEGR. Grades 2. Arrange for at least three letters of recommendation For all graduate degrees, students must maintain a to be sent from persons qualified to judge the minimum GPA of B (3.0) in order to remain in good academic potential of the applicant. standing in the Graduate School. Courses to be counted 3. Arrange to take (or have already taken within four toward the degree must be passed with a grade of B- (2.7) years of the date of application) either the Graduate or better. Management Admission Test or the Graduate Record Examination General Test. These tests are Course Requirements prepared by the Educational Testing Service and A total of 30 credit hours are required including a common are administered at numerous locations throughout core program consisting of the following courses: T500 (8 the United States approximately four times each cr.), T501 (2 cr.), T502 (2 cr.), T508 (3 cr.), T515 (3 cr.), year and, at less frequent intervals, in many foreign B501 (3 cr.), T521 (2 cr.), Z620 Biotechnology Writing countries. (1 cr.). The remaining credit hours will encompass T590 4. For domestic applications: submit official transcripts Graduate Research. Students who have completed T415 of all college work taken and other support material as undergraduates will not be required to take T515. directly to the Chairperson of the Doctoral Programs, Instead, they will replace the credits with an elective Kelley School of Business, 1309 E. Tenth Street, course from the approved list, subject to the approval of Indiana University, Bloomington, IN 47405-1701. the Director of Graduate Studies for Biotechnology. 5. For international applications: submit official transcripts of all college work taken and other Thesis support material directly to the Office of International A thesis is required. Admissions, 400 E. Seventh Street, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN 47405. Ph.D. Minor Detailed information on admission and financial aid as Students from other graduate degree programs can well as additional program data may be obtained from receive a graduate minor in Biotechnology with at least 6 the doctoral programs office. The application deadline credit hours with an average grade of B or above in the for August admission is the preceding January 2ndst following courses: T501 (2 cr.), T502 (2 cr.), T508 (3 cr.), (December 15th for international students). T515 (3 cr.), T521 (2 cr.), T525 (3 cr.), T540 (3 cr.), T680 (1-3 cr.). Students may not count T521 toward the minor Early applications are urged since all spaces in particular if they use it to fulfill a degree requirement for another departments may be filled before the deadline. Late program. Courses not explicitly listed may be used with applications will be honored only if space is available. the approval of the DGS for Biotechnology. Admission to the doctoral program in business is based Business on an individual’s qualifications as evidenced by the application, official transcripts, scores on the Graduate Kelley School of Business Management Admission Test or the Graduate Record Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Examination, and, if possible, a personal interview. Departmental URL: http://www.kelley.iu.edu/doctoral/ Prospective students’ applications for admission and supporting credentials are reviewed by the doctoral (Please note that when conferring University Graduate program’s administrative committee and by the faculty in School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the proposed major department. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School While it is unusual, highly qualified students with career Bulletin.) objectives clearly in mind may enter the doctoral programs in business directly from a baccalaureate program with Curriculum the intention of working toward a doctoral degree. Most, however, will begin work toward the doctorate after Degrees Offered obtaining the master’s degree. Doctor of Philosophy In addition, the Kelley School of Business offers the Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Business Master of Business Administration, Master of Science in Program Requirements Information Systems, Master of Professional Accountancy, 84 September 6, 2017

The requirements for the Ph.D. program in business are All doctoral candidates must demonstrate competency fulfilled in three basic phases of study. Although these in the areas of research methodology and statistical phases may overlap, the program requires a logical analysis. The minimum standard for M&A requirements sequence of course work, qualifying examinations, and is 9 credit hours, with marketing students requirment 12 dissertation research. credit hours, with a 3.3 grade point average or higher with no grade less than B-. Students who have not attained Phase I this standard must have a fourth M&A course to meet The Phase I requirements entail no minimum number of the requirement in this area. This course work will help credit hours but focus instead on proficiency in business provide the foundation and special proficiency in research operations and the basic disciplines. The credit hours design and analysis necessary for candidates to conduct required for proficiency may be met either by exemption their research programs. (through the acceptance of previous course work) or Teaching Development Program by taking courses or independent study after entering the program. Individual departments determine the In the belief that all students in the Doctoral Program appropriate requirements for their majors. will need to effectively communicate the results of their research, the Kelley School of Business has a Teaching Development Program required teaching development component in the Doctoral All candidates for a doctoral degree in business must Program, X630, which is a 1.5 credit hour course. This complete the 1.5 semester hour teaching development course is required before the student may assume their seminar or its equivalent. This seminar provides a Associate Instructor duties. grounding in learning and teaching styles and methods. Double Concentration Option Phase II Rather than follow the major, minor, and M & A sequence, The Phase II program of study is the central part of the a doctoral student may elect to have two concentrations. student’s doctoral-level course work. It is therefore critical The double concentration candidate has the option of that the courses be selected to achieve the student’s (1) two concentrations, each with 18 credit hours, or (2) educational objectives while emphasizing high levels of a first concentration with 21 credit hours plus a second research and scholarship. concentration of at least 15 credit hours. There are two issues that a student electing a double concentration Major Field should consider. First, all double concentration The program of study for the major is planned in students must pass the qualifying examination in both consultation with the student’s major-field advisor concentrations. Second, a double concentration is unlikely and consists of a minimum of 18 credit hours of to be approved unless the student can demonstrate that advanced graduate work. Major fields include: Accounting, a portion of the overall course work provides competency Marketing Business Economics and Public Policy, in M and A. Doctoral students may not unilaterally elect Decision Sciences, Entrepreneurship, Finance, to have a double concentration; the student’s petition Management Information Systems, Operations and Supply for a double concentration must be approved by both Chain Management, Organizational Behavior and Human departments as well as by the chairperson of doctoral Resource Management, Strategic Management and programs. Organizational Theory. There is no intention that the entire Grades program of study relating to the major must be taken in the administrative department or area represented by Course grades below C+ (2.3) are not counted toward that major field. On the contrary, students are encouraged degree requirements but will be included in the to incorporate courses from other departments or areas computation of the student’s grade point average. At least into their major-field curriculum when such courses are a 3.4 grade point average with no grade below B– (2.7) is closely related to the individual’s interests and help form a required in those courses taken as part of the minor field. logical whole. Students must achieve an overall grade point average of at least 3.3 and earn no less than a B– (2.7) in those Minor Field courses taken as part of the methodology area. Each student selects one minor field, which requires a Examinations minimum of 9 credit hours. Minors are available in each of the major fields, as well as in the following fields (though Evidence of the student’s competence in a major field not limited to these): international business, econom- must be demonstrated by examination. Examinations may ics, political science, history, mathematics, psychology, also be required in some minor fields. The examinations sociology, and law. The doctoral business minor provides are designed as exercises in creative and critical thinking, the opportunity for the integration of other disciplines not merely in recollecting facts. into the major area(s) of students majoring in the Kelley Admission to Candidacy School of Business; it requires a minimum of 9 credit hours from a field outside the student’s major field. The Upon successful completion of all Phase II requirements minor requirements for fields outside the Kelley School (including all qualifying examinations), the student will be of Business are determined by the department in which nominated to candidacy. the minor is offered. An overall GPA of at least 3.4 in the courses is required. Awarding of the Masters in Business Degree Methodology and Analysis (M & A) Requirement Upon being admitted to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, students become eligible for the Masters in Business September 6, 2017 85 degree from the Kelley School of Business. The student’s Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Business declared major field will determine the major field for the Economics and Public Policy Masters in Business. For example, a declared Marketing For each doctoral student in this academic program, major will receive a Masters in Business with a major in a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a Marketing. minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student Dissertation Proposal must complete in the Business Economics and Public Policy major. For students with an emphasis in Business Examination on the dissertation proposal usually comes Economics and Public Policy, this prescribed coursework at the close of the work in Phase II of the program. An is focused on economic modeling, game theory, agency examination committee is appointed, in addition to the theory, information economics, and econometrics. dissertation committee, to supervise each candidate. A In addition, the faculty advisory committee helps the formal oral examination, to which other doctoral students student select appropriate coursework for a minor area and faculty members are invited, is held on the proposal. and a research methods area. The prescribed course Upon passing the examination, the candidate moves into plan is selected to prepare the student to design and the third phase of the program. conduct research and prepare a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of Business Economics and Phase III Public Policy. Dissertation Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Decision An important early part of the dissertation experience Sciences is integrated with the advanced course work through For each doctoral student in this academic program, the research seminars. A minimum of 24 credit hours a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a of dissertation credit is required, but 3 hours of credit in minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student research seminars within the major area may count toward must complete in the Decision Sciences major. For this requirement. Since the dissertation represents a major students with an emphasis in Decision Sciences, this research project, a year or more of full-time work in close prescribed coursework is focused on preparing students cooperation with the candidate’s committee is normally for research careers in management science and/ required to complete Phase III. For this reason, candidates or operations management. Emphasizing the use in the Indiana University doctoral programs in business of mathematical models and analytical reasoning, are strongly urged to remain in residence until all degree students analyze problems in such areas as operations requirements have been met. management, information technology, marketing, finance, management, and economics. The mathematical Defense of the Dissertation problem-solving techniques used include mathematical Phase III concludes with the defense of the dissertation. (linear, integer, nonlinear) programming, computer The objective of the defense is to provide students with simulation, decision analysis, statistics, applied probability, a forum for formal presentation of the results of their game theory and artificial intelligence. In addition, the dissertation research. The purpose of the presentation, faculty advisory committee helps the student select questioning, and discussion is to enable students to appropriate coursework for a minor area and a research demonstrate that they have successfully completed what methods area. The prescribed course plan is selected to they set out to do, as stated at the time of the proposal prepare the student to design and conduct research and defense. The dissertation defense gives the research prepare a dissertation yielding advancements in the field committee a final opportunity to bring the candidate’s of Decision Sciences. research methods, findings, and conclusions under critical Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in review. The candidate is expected to be able to defend all aspects of the inquiry satisfactorily. Entrepreneurship For each doctoral student in this academic program, Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Accounting a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a For each doctoral student in this academic program, minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student must a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a complete in the Entrepreneurship major. For students minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student must with an emphasis in Entrepreneurship, this prescribed complete in the Accounting major. For students with coursework is focused on the discovery and recognition an emphasis in Accounting, this prescribed coursework of opportunities to bring into existence future products covers research that addresses research questions in and services. In addition, the faculty advisory committee financial accounting, auditing, managerial accounting, helps the student select appropriate coursework for a and tax accounting. The accounting curriculum offers minor area and a research methods area. The prescribed tracks based primarily on archival or experimental course plan is selected to prepare the student to design research methods. Accounting doctoral students and conduct research and prepare a dissertation yielding pursuing the archival track normally establish a minor in advancements in the field of Entrepreneurship. finance, and students pursuing the experimental track normally establish a minor in psychology. The faculty Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Finance advisory committee helps the student select appropriate For each doctoral student in this academic program, coursework for a minor area and a research methods a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a area. The prescribed course plan is selected to prepare minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student the student to design and conduct research and prepare must complete in the Finance major. For students with a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of an emphasis in Finance, this prescribed coursework Accounting. is focused on fundamental research in major areas of finance and analytical methodologies. In addition, the 86 September 6, 2017 faculty advisory committee helps the student select area. The prescribed course plan is selected to prepare appropriate coursework for a minor area and a research the student to design and conduct research and prepare methods area. The prescribed course plan is selected to a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of prepare the student to design and conduct research and Operations and Supply Chain Management. prepare a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of Finance. Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Management For each doctoral student in this academic program, Information Systems a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a For each doctoral student in this academic program, minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student must a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes complete in the Organizational Behavior major. For a minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student students with an emphasis in Organizational Behavior, this must complete in the Management Information Systems prescribed coursework is focused on human behavior in major. For students with an emphasis in Information work settings, human capital acquisition, development, Systems, this prescribed coursework is focused on topics and deployment with an emphasis on explaining, that include: Foundations of IS, Team Collaboration, predicting and influencing behavior in organizations. IS Theory Building, and Systems Analysis and Design. In addition, the faculty advisory committee helps the These courses are augmented with tools courses such as student select appropriate coursework for a minor area Statistics and Structural Equation Modeling. In addition, and a research methods area. The prescribed course the faculty advisory committee helps the student select plan is selected to prepare the student to design and appropriate coursework for a minor area and a research conduct research and prepare a dissertation yielding methods area. The prescribed course plan is selected to advancements in the field of Organizational Behavior. prepare the student to design and conduct research and prepare a dissertation yielding advancements in the field Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Strategic of Management Information Systems. Management and Organization Theory For each doctoral student in this academic program, Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Marketing a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a For each doctoral student in this academic program, minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes must complete in the Strategic Management major. For a minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student students with an emphasis in Strategic Management, this must complete in the Marketing major. Additionally, prescribed coursework is focused on the management of students are required to take a minimum of 9 credit the total enterprise at the strategic level, alignment of its hours in an approved minor/supporting field. And finally, unique characteristcs and competencies with its external each student must have a minimum of 12 credit hours environment, and contextual variables that influense an of Methodology and Analysis courses. For students with organization's choice of structure. In addition, the faculty an emphasis in Marketing, this prescribed coursework advisory committee helps the student select appropriate is focused around the three central domains within coursework for a minor area and a research methods the marketing field: consumer behavior, marketing area. The prescribed course plan is selected to prepare strategy, and marketing models. In addition, the faculty the student to design and conduct research and prepare a advisory committee helps the student select appropriate dissertation yielding advancements in the field of Strategic coursework for a minor area and a research methods Management. area. The prescribed course plan is selected to prepare the student to design and conduct research and prepare Faculty a dissertation yielding advancements in the field of Interim Dean Marketing. Idalene F. Kesner, Frank P. Popoff Chair of Strategic Ph.D. in Business with an emphasis in Operations and Management Supply Chain Management For each doctoral student in this academic program, Graduate Faculty a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University minimum of 18 credits of courses which the student Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct must complete in the Operations and Supply Chain doctoral dissertations.) Management major. For students with an emphasis Professors in Operations and Supply Chain Management, this prescribed coursework is focused on ways to address Franklin Acito*, S. Christian Albright* (Emeritus), Herman the strategic and tactical problems faced by practicing Aguinis*, Timothy T. Baldwin*, Michael R. Baye*, Messod- managers overseeing the systems that transform Daniel Beneish*, John A. Boquist* (Emeritus), Kurt resources (labor, capital, energy, and materials) into Bretthauer*, Raymond R. Burke*, Philip L. Cochran* goods and services, from originating locations to their (Emeritus), Jeffrey G. Covin*, Anthony D. Cox*, Dan R. destination in the marketplace. Good operations and Dalton* (Emeritus), Lawrence S. Davidson* (Emeritus), supply chain management improves the use of resources Alan R. Dennis*, Marc J. Dollinger*, George F. Dreher* through the development and implementation of effective (Emeritus), Adam Duhachek*,Terry M. Dworkin* (Emerita), operating systems to aid in the design, planning, and Jeffrey D. Fisher* (Emeritus), Joseph G. Fisher*, Timothy control of productive activities for both goods and Fort, S. Michael Groomer* (Emeritus), John Hassell*, services (such as Healthcare). In addition, the faculty Stephen L. Hayford, W. Harvey Hegarty* (Emeritus), John advisory committee helps the student select appropriate W. Hill* (Emeritus), Peggy A. Hite*, Craig Holden*, Patrick coursework for a minor area and a research methods Hopkins*, Thomas P. Hustad* (Emeritus), Ryan Israelsen, September 6, 2017 87

F. Robert Jacobs* (Emeritus), Bruce L. Jaffee* (Emeritus), The department offers a comprehensive program on the Robert H. Jennings*, Heejoon Kang* (Emeritus), Idalene study of Central Eurasia, the vast heartland of Europe Kesner*, H. Shanker Krishnan*, Donald F. Kuratko*, and Asia. Students are introduced to the area as a Arlen W. Langvardt, Glen A. Larsen*, R. Thomas Lenz* whole and specialize in one of the major regions within (Emeritus), David B. MacKay* (Emeritus, Geography), Central Eurasia. The degree program consists of two Scott Bradley MacKenzie*, Laureen Ann Maines*, interconnected elements: a language of specialization, Jane P. Mallor* (Emerita), Anne P. Massey*, John W. which gives a student access to the culture of a given Maxwell*, Patricia P. McDougall*, Michael B. Metzger* region through the voices of its people; and a region of (Emeritus), Neil Morgan*, Janet Near*, Dennis W. Organ* specialization, which includes courses on various aspects (Emeritus), Robert W. Parry, Jr.* (Emeritus), Jeff Prince*, of the region’s culture. The language of specialization Philip M. Podsakoff* (Emeritus), James H. Pratt*, Eric may be any language offered regularly in the department, B. Rasmusen*, Eric L. Richards, Roger W. Schmenner* including Estonian, Finnish, Hungarian, Mongolian, (Emeritus), Dean A. Shepherd*, Daniel C. Smith*, J. Persian, Tibetan, Turkish, Uyghur, Uzbek, and other two- Reed Smith*, Ashok Kumar Soni*, Rosann Lee Spiro* year department languages permitted by the student’s (Emerita), Geoffrey B. Sprinkle*, Jerrold J. Stern*, Charles Graduate Advisory Committee. Trzcinka*, Gregory F. Udell*, Ramesh Venkataraman*, M. A. Venkataramanan*, James M. Wahlen*, Rockney Some regions and languages such as the Siberian Walters*, Bradley Charles Wheeler*, James C. Wimbush*, region (including the Buryat, Evenki, Yakut, and other Wayne L. Winston* (Emeritus), Teri Yohn* languages) and the Volga-Kama region (including the Associate Professors Mari, Mordvin, and other languages) are also available only as individualized specializations at the Ph.D. level. Goker Ayden*, Hillol Bala*, Christopher Berry*, Utpal Bhattacharya*, Matthew Billlett*, J. Douglas Blocher*, The Department of Central Eurasian Studies (CEUS) is Thomas Bowers, Kyle Cattani, Hai Che*, , Andrew Ellul, affiliated with the new School of Global and International Eitan Goldman*, Nandini Gupta, Leslie D. Hodder*, Eric Studies (SGIS) of the College of Arts and Sciences, N. Johnson*, Steven L. Jones*, Sreenivas Kamma*, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate Vijay Khatri*, William Kulsrud*, Ashok Lalwani*, Dan Li*, students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, Shibo Li,Richard Magjuka*, Martin Arthur McCrory, Jeff work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty- McMullen*, Robert Neal*, Veronika Pool, Jamie Darin first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS Prenkert, Michael Rauh*, Lopo Rego*, Sonja Rego*, emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, Richard Rogers, Todd Saxton, Merih Sevilir, Richard and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative L. Shockley Jr.*, Gilvan Souza*, Mohan Tatikonda*, methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled Siri Terjesen, Xuan Tian, Mikel G. Tiller*, Matthijs access to a stellar faculty and professional development Wildenbeest, Owen Wu*, Jun Yang, Xiaoyun Yu* opportunities. For further information regarding the mission, structure, and resources of the School of Global Assistant Professors and International Studies, see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. Salman Arif, Rene Bakker, Geroge Ball, Azi Ben-Rephael, Curriculum Ruth Beer, R. Andrew Butters, Jason Brown, Juan Camilo Serpa, Sandeep Chandukala*, M.K. Chin, Michael (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Crawley, Ruomeng Cui, Babur De Los Santos, Gregory School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Fisher, Ruoran Gao, Erik Gonzalez-Mule, Matthew University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Grimes, Isaac Hacamo, Rick Harbaugh*, Todd Haugh, , contained only in The University Graduate School Jonathan Helm, Kelly Herd, Max Hewitt*, , Niket Jindal, Bulletin.) Kristoph Kleiner, Alice Li, Shibo Li*, Haizhen Lin, Dmitry Degrees Offered Lubensky, David Major, Girish Mallapragada, Patrick Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. CEUS also offers Martin, Jeff McMullin, Brian Miller, Alex Mills, Joseph a dual M.A./M.P.A. degree with the School of Public and Pacelli, Alfonso Pedraza Martinez, Josh Perry, Marc Peter Environmental Affairs, a dual M.A./M.B.A. degree with the Picconi, Angie Raymond, Dan Sacks, Joe Schroeder, Kelley School of Business and dual M.A./M.I.S. and M.A./ Scott Shackelford*, Lori Shefchik, Marcy Shepardson, M.L.S. degrees with the Department of Information and Abbey Stemler, Noah Stoffman, Ayung Tseng, Brady Library Science. Twedt, Stephanie Wang, Wenyu Wang, Zhenyu Wang, Special Departmental Requirements Steven Whiting, Brian Williams, Karen Woody, Lucy Yan, , (See also general University Graduate School Wei Yang, Scott Yonker, Qiuping Yu, Jingjing Zhang, Eric requirements.) Zhao Chairperson of the Doctoral Program Master of Arts Degree The degree requirements are subdivided into fields Professor Rebecca Slotegraaf*, Kelley School of based on the region of specialization: the Baltic- Business, BU HH-7302, (812) 855-8189 Finnish region (with primarily Estonian or Finnish as language of specialization), the Central Asian region Central Eurasian Studies (including Xinjiang, with primarily Uyghur and Uzbek, School of Global and International Studies but also Kazakh, as language of specialization), the College of Arts and Sciences Hungarian region (with Hungarian as language of specialization), the Iranian region (with Persian or Pashto Departmental E-mail: [email protected] as language of specialization), the Mongolian region Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~ceus (with primarily Mongolian as language of specialization), Post-Communism and Nationalism (with a language of 88 September 6, 2017 specialization chosen in consultation with the student’s Under this program, the degrees must be awarded Graduate Advisory Committee; Russian may be an simultaneously. option), the Tibetan region (with Tibetan as language of specialization), and the Turkish region (with Turkish as Admission Requirements language of specialization). Same as for the Master of Arts degree except that Admission Requirements application must also be made to the School of Public and Environmental Affairs for study toward the Master All M.A. applicants must have achieved a minimum of a of Public Affairs degree. Students must be accepted by 3.0 (B) grade point average (GPA) for the B.A. course both units to be admitted to the dual degree program. work. The undergraduate record must show at least two Students may apply for admission to both programs years of any single foreign language at the college level simultaneously. Alternatively, students may apply first or the equivalent. Three letters of recommendation and for the M.A. in Central Eurasian Studies and apply for a statement of purpose are required. GRE scores of the School of Public and Environmental Affairs M.P.A. at least 148 quantitative or 160 verbal taken within the program during their first year of study; they can then last 5 years. In addition to the GRE exam, International enter the dual degree program in their second year of applicants must have a score of 550 or higher for the study. paper-based TOEFL exam, or 213 or higher for the computer-based exam, or 79 or higher for the internet- CEUS Requirements; Course Work, Thesis, and based exam TOEFL scores must be no more than 2 years Research Language old. A total of 24 credit hours: 6 credit hours of intermediate Course Requirements (second-year) level of a language of specialization taught in the department; 9 credit hours of courses in the region A total of 30 credit hours: 3 credit hours of a professional of specialization; 6 credit hours of electives, at least 3 of research methodology course; 6 credit hours of which must be taken in the department; 3 credit hours of intermediate (second-year) level of a language of R691, CEUS's M.A. thesis course; and demonstration of specialization taught in the department; 12 credit hours reading proficiency (no credit hours) in a modern research of courses in the region of specialization; 6 credit hours language such as French, German, or Russian. The 3 of electives, at least 3 of which must be taken in the credit hour professional research methodology course department unless approved by the Director of Graduate requirement of a CEUS M.A. shall be satisfied by the Studies; and 3 credit hours of CEUS-R691, the M.A. methodology course required for the School of Public and thesis course. Those with a previous MA with a thesis in Environmental Affairs' M.P.A. The exact program for each a related field may not be required to write a thesis for the student, based on departmental offerings, is established CEUS MA (see “Thesis” below). In such cases CEUS- by the student's Graduate Advisory Committee. An M.A. R691 is replaced with an additional CEUS elective. The thesis (no credit hours) of not fewer than 50 and not exact program for each student, based on departmental more than 70 double-spaced pages (text and notes) that offerings, is established by the student’s Graduate reflects the use of materials in the student’s language of Advisory Committee. specialization or in at least one research language other than English. Research Language Requirement Public and Environmental Affairs Course Reading proficiency in one of the following: French, Requirements German, or Russian. Substitutions, when justified by the student’s field of specialization, may be permitted by the Thirty-six credit hours of graduate course work to be student’s Graduate Advisory Committee. distributed as follows: (1) three professional development practicum courses (3 credit hours) V501, V503, and V505; Thesis (2) six courses (18 credit hours) V502, V506, V517, V540, Required. M.A. thesis should be no fewer than 50 and V560, V600; (3) five specialized concentration courses not more than 70 double-spaced pages (text and notes) (15 credit hours) that may include SPEA, CEUS, and and reflect the use of materials in the student’s language other courses to be selected in consultation with a SPEA of specialization or in at least one research language advisor. other than English. Thesis requirement can be waived Note on Tuition Costs if an M.A. thesis was written for an earlier M.A. degree. The student shall normally submit the M.A. thesis within Students in this dual-degree program may find variance 90 days after the end of the fifth semester of full-time in their tuition charges. There is no standardized method enrollment. Extensions may be granted only with the of coding students in dual-degree programs. The School written permission of the student’s Graduate Advisory of Public and Environmental Affairs and the College of Committee and the chairperson of the department. Arts and Sciences charge different graduate tuition rates per credit hour. The school in which you register each Dual Master of Arts in Central Eurasian Studies and semester may depend on your funding. It is the student's Master of Public Affairs (M.A./M.P.A.) Degree responsibility to consult with both units to determine in The Department of Central Eurasian Studies and the which school they should register each semester. School of Public and Environmental Affairs jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual master’s degree. The first semester of course work toward the dual degree may be completed in the School of Public and Environmental Affairs to complete prerequisite courses that are only offered in the fall semester. September 6, 2017 89

Dual Masters of Arts in Central Eurasian Studies School of Business and the College of Arts and Sciences and Master of Business Administration (M.A./M.B.A.) charge different graduate tuition rates per credit hour. The Degree school in which you register each semester may depend The Department of Central Eurasian Studies, in on your funding. It is the student's responsibility to consult cooperation with the Kelley School of Business, offers with both units to determine in which school they should a three-year program that qualifies students for two register each semester. Master’s degrees. Study in the dual degree program Dual Master of Arts in Central Eurasian Studies and allows students to complete the M.A. and M.B.A. with a Master of Information Science (M.A./M.I.S.) Degree total of 66 credit hours rather than the 84 hours that would The Department of Central Eurasian Studies offers a dual be required to take the two degrees separately. Under this degree program in cooperation with the Department of program, the degrees must be awarded simultaneously. Information and Library Science that prepares students Admission for a wide range of careers requiring a combination of technical skills in information science, foreign language Students must apply separately for admission to the M.A. proficiency, and area expertise. Study in the dual degree program in Central Eurasian Studies and the M.B.A. program allows students to complete the M.A. and M.I.S. program in the School of Business and must be accepted with a total of 60 credit hours rather than the 72 hours that by both units in order to be admitted to the dual degree would be required to take the two degrees separately. program. Students may apply for admission to both Students take at least 24 credit hours in CEUS and at programs simultaneously. Alternatively, students may least 36 graduate credit hours in Information and Library apply first for the M.A. in Central Eurasian Studies and Science. Under this program, the two degrees must be apply for the M.B.A. program during their first year of awarded simultaneously. study; they can then enter the dual degree program in their second year of study, provided that they have Admission completed no more than 24 hours of M.A. credit before Students must apply separately for admission to the starting work on the M.B.A. Either way, students will M.A. program in Central Eurasian Studies and the M.I.S. spend one year in the College of Arts and Sciences and program in the Department of Information and Library one year at the School of Business and the final year Science and must be accepted by both units in order to completing the final requirements (including the thesis) of be admitted to the dual degree program. Students may both programs. apply for admission to both programs simultaneously. CEUS Requirements: Course Work, Thesis, and Alternatively, students enrolled in one program may apply Research Language for admission to the other any time before the completion of their degree. A total of 24 credit hours: 6 credit hours of intermediate (second-year) level of a language of specialization taught CEUS Requirements: Course Work, Thesis, and in the department; 9 credit hours of courses in the region Research Language of specialization; 6 credit hours of electives, at least 3 of A total of 24 credit hours: 6 credit hours of intermediate which must be taken in the department; 3 credit hours of (second-year) level of a language of specialization R691, CEUS's M.A. thesis course; and demonstration of taught in the department; 9 credit hours of courses in reading proficiency (no credit hours) in a modern research the region of specialization; 6 credit hours of electives, language such as French, German, or Russian. The 3 at least 3 of which must be taken in the department; 3 credit hour professional research methodology course credit hours of R691, CEUS's M.A. thesis course; and requirement for a CEUS M.A. shall be satisfied by the demonstration of reading proficiency (no credit hours) in methodology course required for the Kelley School of a modern research language such as French, German, Business' M.B.A. The exact program for each student, or Russian. The 3 credit hour professional research based on departmental offerings, is established by the methodology course requirement for a CEUS M.A. shall student's Graduate Advisory Committee. An M.A. thesis be satisfied by the methodology course required for (no credit hours) of not fewer than 50 and not more than the Department of Information and Library Sciences' 70 double-spaced pages (text and notes) that reflects the M.I.S. The exact program for each student, based on use of materials in the student’s language of specialization departmental offerings, is established by the student's and/or in at least one research language other than Graduate Advisory Committee. An M.A. thesis (no credit English. hours) of not fewer than 50 and not more than 70 double- Business Course Requirements spaced pages (text and notes) that reflects the use of materials in the student’s language of specialization and/or Required and elective courses for a total of 42 credit in at least one research language other than English. hours. The possibilities of course combinations are many and will depend on your specific career goals. All students Department of Information and Library Science in the dual degree program are strongly urged to arrange Requirements a course of study that includes courses in international Students must take 21 credit hours of required M.I.S. business. For full details, contact the M.B.A. program courses (Z510, Z511, Z513, S515, Z516, Z556, a office at 812-855-8006. programming course in or outside of ILS) and at least 15 Note on Tuition Costs credit hours of ILS elective courses (36 credit hours). Students in this dual-degree program may find variance Note on Tuition Costs in their tuition charges. There is no standardized method Students in this dual-degree program may find variance in of coding students in dual-degree programs. The Kelley their tuition charges. There is no standardized method of 90 September 6, 2017 coding students in dual-degree programs. The Department coding students in dual-degree programs. The Department of Information and Library Science in the School of of Information and Library Science in the School of Informatics and Computing and the College of Arts and Informatics and Computing and the College of Arts and Sciences charge different graduate tuition rates per credit Sciences charge different graduate tuition rates per credit hour. The school in which you register each semester may hour. You will initially be coded in one unit or the other. As depend on your funding. It is the student's responsibility to you near the half-way point in your dual-degree program, consult with both units to determine in which school they you should contact either Information and Library Science should register each semester. or the College, so arrangements can be made to change your coding and the second half of your degree can be Dual Master of Arts in Central Eurasian Studies and charged at the other unit's tuition rate. Check with the Master of Library Science (M.A./M.L.S.) Degree Recorder of either school if you have questions. The Department of Central Eurasian Studies offers a dual degree program in cooperation with the Department of Doctor of Philosophy Degree Information and Library Science. Study in the dual degree Admission Requirements program allows students to complete the M.A. and M.L.S. M.A. degree or its equivalent in the Department of Central with a total of 54 credit hours rather than the 66 hours that Eurasian Studies with a minimum 3.5 grade point average would be required to take the two degrees separately. in departmental course work. If an M.A. degree was Students take at least 24 credit hours in CEUS and at obtained elsewhere and included an M.A. thesis, the least 30 graduate credit hours in Information and Library student must satisfy the Department of Central Eurasian Science. Under this program, the two degrees must be Studies course requirements for the M.A. in one of the awarded simultaneously. fields of specialization described previously, but need not Admission write an M.A. thesis. Students must apply separately for admission to the Course Requirements M.A. program in Central Eurasian Studies and the M.L.S. A minimum of 78 credit hours of graduate course work program in the Department of Information and Library (including those earned for the CEUS M.A.), Ph.D. course Science and must be accepted by both units in order to work shall be distributed as follows: four departmental be admitted to the dual degree program. Students may courses relevant to the student’s region of specialization apply for admission to both programs simultaneously. (12 credit hours); three courses in the language of Alternatively, students enrolled in one program may apply specialization and linguistics (9 credit hours); one 700- for admission to the other any time before the completion level seminar taught in the department (3 credit hours). of their degree. Director of Graduate Studies approval needed for any CEUS Requirements: Course Work, Thesis, and 700-level seminar course outside of CEUS if a relevant Research Language course in not offered in the department; outside minor (a minimum of 12 credit hours); elective courses (12 credit A total of 24 credit hours: 6 credit hours of intermediate hours). Students complete the remainder of the 90 credit (second-year) level of a language of specialization hours required by the College of Arts and Sciences by taught in the department; 9 credit hours of courses in enrolling in R890 or in courses selected in consultation the region of specialization; 6 credit hours of electives, with their department advisor. at least 3 of which must be taken in the department; 3 credit hours of R691, CEUS's M.A. thesis course; and Outside Minor demonstration of reading proficiency (no credit hours) in Students must fulfill the requirements for a minor in a modern research language such as French, German, an outside department or program. The minor should or Russian. The 3 credit hour professional research support the student’s disciplinary specialization within methodology course requirement for a CEUS M.A. shall the department and be chosen in consultation with the be satisfied by the methodology course required for student’s Graduate Advisory Committee. the Department of Information and Library Sciences' M.L.S. The exact program for each student, based on Minors by Students from Other Departments departmental offerings, is established by the student's Graduate Advisory Committee. An M.A. thesis (no credit Ph.D. students majoring in other departments may take a hours) of not fewer than 50 and not more than 70 double- minor in the Department of Central Eurasian Studies. This spaced pages (text and notes) that reflects the use of shall consist of 12 credit hours of courses taught in the materials in the student’s language of specialization and/or department of which no more than 6 credits are language in at least one research language other than English. credit hours. The specific courses used to complete the minor in Central Eurasian Studies shall be approved in Department of Information and Library Science writing by the department faculty member who is selected Requirements by the student to serve on the student’s Ph.D. qualifying committee as an outside minor representative. Students In addition to the ILS Z401 pre-requisite, students must pursuing a minor are encouraged to identify a faculty complete 18 credit hours of ILS M.L.S. Foundation advisor in the department as early as possible so that a courses and at least 12 credit hours of ILS elective well-integrated program of study can be established. courses appropriate to the student's background and interests. Research Language Requirement Note on Tuition Costs Requires one research language in addition to the research language required for the M.A. degree. Students in this dual-degree program may find variance in their tuition charges. There is no standardized method of September 6, 2017 91

Qualifying Examination Fierman*(Emeritus), Henry Glassie* (Emeritus, Folklore), György Kara*, Paul Losensky*, Paul Marer* (Emeritus, Written and oral. Business), Anne Pyburn* (Adjunct, Anthropology), Toivo The student will be examined in two fields with a separate Raun*, M. Nazif Shahrani*, Kemal Silay*, Mihály Szegedy- faculty examiner for each field. The written portion of the Maszák* (Emeritus) qualifying examination will be two hours long for each Associate Professors of the two fields in which the student is to be examined. Prior to the exam, the student, in consultation with the Christopher P. Atwood*, Laszlo Borhi*, Gardner faculty examiners, will prepare an examination reading Bovingdon*, Lynn Marie Hooker*, , Richard Nance list for each field. These reading lists must include works (Adjunct, Religious Studies), Kaya Sahin (Adjunct, in both the language of specialization and the research History), Ron Sela*, Elliot H. Sperling* languages. These reading lists will be kept on file with the examinations. Each of the faculty examiners will prepare Assistant Professors three or four questions, of which the student will answer Seema Golestaneh, Kathryn Graber*, Jason Mokhtarian two, allowing approximately one hour for each question. (Adjunct, Religious Studies), Öner Özcelik, Jonathan Marks of “outstanding,” “excellent,” “good,” “fair,” and Schlesinger (Adjunct, History), “failure” will be assigned to each field in the written and Senior Lecturers oral examinations. Unsatisfactory performance in one field of the written examination will require repetition of Shahyar Daneshgar, Tserenchunt Legden, Gulnisa the examination in that field before the orals may be Nazarova, Gedun Rabsal, Valeria Varga, Roman Zlotin taken. Failing marks received in two fields of the written (Adjunct, Geography) examination will constitute failure in the written part, Lecturers: Sibel Crum, Piibi-Kai Kivik, and the student will not be allowed to retake the written examination during the same semester. If the student fails John D. Soper Senior Lecturer: Malik Hodjaev the written examination twice, consent to continue work in the department will be withdrawn. Academic Specialist Unsatisfactory performance in one field of the oral Edward Lazzerini examination will require repetition of the examination in Director of Graduate Studies that field. Failing marks received in two fields of the oral examination will constitute failure in the oral part, and the Associate Professor Gardner Bovingdon*, GISB 3025, student will not be allowed to retake the oral examination (812) 856-0230. during the same semester. If the student fails the oral All official advising after the second semester of examination twice, permission to continue work in the enrollment is done by the student’s Graduate Advisory department will be withdrawn. Committee. Dissertation Courses Required. History, Civilization, or Other Culture Courses Final Examination Baltic-Finnish CEUS-R 501 The Baltic States Since 1918 (3 cr.) Defense of dissertation. This course introduces the Baltic states at the graduate Faculty level. We cover independence during the Russian Revolution and three eras: interwar, Soviet rule, and the Chairperson re-establishment of independence and aftermath. Socio- Professor Jamsheed K. Choksy* economic change and culture also receive attention. The approach is comparative. Weekly meetings are centered Graduate Faculty on discussion of common readings. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University CEUS-R 502 Finland in the 20th Century (3 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct This course studies modern Finnish history in depth. doctoral dissertations.) The course stresses the following: Russification; 1905 Distinguished Professor Revolution; independence; interwar period, the Winter War and the Continuation War; “Finlandization,” economic Jamsheed K. Choksy* miracle, and welfare state; changing role of women; Ottoman and Modern Turkish Studies Professor Finland as part of Scandinavia; literature, art, and music; and membership in the EU. Professor Kemal Silay* CEUS-R 504 Modern Finnish Literature (3 cr.) This Peter A Kadas Chair Professor lecture and discussion course examines the major works of modern Finnish literature in translation. Themes Laszlo Borhi include: urbanization, industrialization, independence, the Professors individual and society, alcoholism, the Sixties, position of women, and influence of fine arts, music, performing arts, Ilhan Basgöz* (Emeritus), Gustav Bayerle* (Emeritus), and film. Weekly written homework and class discussion. Christopher I. Beckwith*, Yuri Bregel* (Emeritus), Jamsheed Choksy*, Devin A. DeWeese*, William 92 September 6, 2017

CEUS-R 508 Estonian Culture and Civilization (3 cr.) Islam in Inner Asia. Introductory lectures treat religious This course explores Estonian cultural development, change and “conversion,” and geographic, ethnic, including folklore and oral tradition, religion, language and political contexts. Later lectures explore cases of and literature, literacy and education, high culture (music, Islamization, emphasizing indigenous accounts and their art, theatre, film), and the rise of an Estonian press significance in Islamic and Inner Asian patterns of religious and printing in general. Some comparison will be made meaning and ritual. to neighboring and other European traditions. Media presentations illustrate these developments. CEUS-R 515 Politics & Society in Central Asia (3 cr.) This course introduces Central Asia, esp. of the former CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) Soviet Union, focusing on the 1980s and beyond. Main Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies is used for new classes topics are politics, society, and economy; others include in Baltic-Finnish studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. demography, Islam, women, and foreign policy. The students and/or upper division undergraduates. Such format is primarily lecture, with three essay exams, classes are typically taught by a mix of lecture and graduate students complete a paper or project. discussion. CEUS-R 516 Peoples and Cultures of Central Asia CEUS-R 600 Advanced Readings in Baltic-Finnish (3 cr.) Anthropology of former Soviet Central Asia and Studies (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in adjacent areas of Iran and Afghanistan. Topics: ecology; advanced topics in Baltic-Finnish studies. Readings may ethnohistory; subsistence traditions; kinship, gender, include work on demanding classical texts or a survey of and identities; religion; transformations under Russia, the secondary literature on a topic or some combination Iran, Afghanistan, and the war on terrorism. No previous thereof. knowledge presumed; background in anthropology helpful. Course consists of lectures, readings, films, slides, and CEUS-R 700 Seminar in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) discussion. Seminar in Baltic-Finnish Studies introduces doctoral students to current areas of research in Baltic-Finnish CEUS-R 527 Post-Soviet Central Asia Politics, studies, using primary sources, full review of secondary Economy and Foreign Policy (3 cr.) P: Student should literature, sounds philological methodology, and/or have some familiarity with Central Asia and/or political, theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes will economic, and social issues in other post-Soviet countries. address particular areas and issues of interest to faculty This course will focus on political, economic, and foreign and advanced graduate students. issues since 1991 in the five former Soviet republics that emerged as independent countries in Central Asia. Our Central Asian main focus will be the similarities and differences among CEUS-R 510 Introduction to Central Asian History the newly independent states of Central Asia. (3 cr.) The breakup of the Soviet Union has dramatically increased global interest in Central Asia. This course CEUS-R 528 Post-Soviet Central Asia; Identity, offers students opportunity to explore Central Asia’s role Language, and Social Issues (3 cr.) P: Some familiarity in world history, in Islam, and as linking East Asia, South with Central Asia and/or political, economic, and social Asia, the Middle East, and Eastern Europe. Readings issues in other post-Soviet countries. This course focuses include Central Asian sources in English translation. on the development in a variety of policy areas since 1991 in the five former Soviet republics that emerged CEUS-R 511 Travelers and Explorers in Central as independent countries in Central Asia. Each class Asia (3 cr.) This course charts the exploration of will be a different topic although we will concentrate on Central Asia (from China to Iran) in the eighth through similiarities and differences among newly independent nineteenth centuries as a gateway to this fascinating but states of Central Asia. under-studied region. Using primary sources in English translation, we will evaluate these travelogues as sources, CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (3 cr.) comparing and contrasting medieval and modern, insider Topics in Central Asian Studies is used for new classes and outsider, perspectives. in Central Asian studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or upper division undergraduates. Such CEUS-R 512 Shrine and Pilgrimage in Central Asian classes are typically taught by a mix of lecture and Islam (3 cr.) This course surveys religious beliefs and discussion. activities involving shrines and pilgrimage to holy places in Muslim Central Asia, from beginnings to today. Our aim CEUS-R 610 Advanced Readings in Central Asian will be to understand both how shrines served the religious Studies (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in needs of Central Asian Muslims and the relationship advanced topics in Central Asian studies. Readings may between shrine-centered religious life and “normative” include work on demanding classical texts or a survey of religious practices. the secondary literature on a topic or some combination thereof. CEUS-R 513 Islam in the Former Soviet Union (3 cr.) This course surveys Islam and Muslim communities in CEUS-R 611 Ethnic History of Central Asia (3 cr.) This areas of the former USSR. After basic coverage of Islam, course surveys Central Asia’s ethnic history from ancient Russian expansion, and their interaction, we focus on the times to today. Part of the Islamic world, Central Asia pressures experienced and exerted by Islam, as religion has been a crossroads of cultures. Nomadic migrations, and socio-cultural system, with attention to religious life’s Russia and China’s imperial policies, and Central Asian adaptations to the Soviet and post-Soviet context. nationalism further affected interethnic relations. The course provides background to understand interethnic CEUS-R 514 Islamization in Inner Asia (3 cr.) This relations there today. course seeks to understand the distinctive character of September 6, 2017 93

CEUS-R 612 Central Asia Under Russian Rule (3 cr.) examples. After introductory lectures, the course is This course surveys Russia and Central Asia’s complex devoted to guided readings in Persian and/or Chaghatay relations, covering Russian expansion in the 16th century, Turkic hagiographies, mostly drawn from unpublished Russian conquest in the 19th century, socio-political manuscripts. developments, and emergence of modern nations in the 1920s. Themes addressed include: mechanisms of CEUS-R 710 Seminar in Central Asian Studies (3 cr.) Empire, dynamics between Conqueror and Conquered, Seminar in Central Asian Studies introduces doctoral and colonial administration of Islamic peoples. students to current areas of research in Central Asian studies, using primary sources, full review of secondary CEUS-R 613 Islamic Central Asia, Sixteenth- literature, sound philological methodology, and/or Nineteenth Centuries (3 cr.) This course surveys theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes will Islamic Central Asia from the 16th century to the Russian address particular areas and issues of interest to faculty conquest: especially Chinggisid Uzbek states and the and advanced graduate students. ‘tribal’ dynasties, but also East Turkestan to 1755, and nomadic Qazaqs, Qirghiz, and Turkmens. Themes include CEUS-R 711 Seminar on Comparative Study of Central political institutions, legitimation, nomads and sedentaries, Asia and Middle East (3 cr.) This seminar explores ethnic developments, religion and culture; sources and various issues in Central Asian and the Middle Eastern historiography. society from an anthropological perspective. Past topics include “Islam and Politics,” “Representations of Islam CEUS-R 614 Yasavi Sufis and Central Asian Islam and Muslims,” and “Family, Gender, and the Crisis of (3 cr.) This course surveys the Yasavi Sufi tradition, Masculinity.” a major religious current in Islamic Central Asia since the 13th century. We explore its historical and religious CEUS-R 713 Sources for the Study of Central Asian background, the life of its founder, Khoja Ahmad Yasavi, History (3 cr.) This seminar is fundamental training for transmission lineages, the coalescence of the Yasavi Sufi graduate students in the field of Central Asian history. “order,” and its legacy in contemporary Central Asia. Lectures cover thoroughly all types of sources used for the study of Central Asian history during the Islamic period CEUS-R 615 The Naqshbandi Sufi Tradition in Central (8th-19th c.), with special emphasis on written sources, Asia (3 cr.) Familiar in India and the Ottoman Middle both in indigenous and European languages. East, the Naqshbandi order is less well known in its Central Asian homeland. This course covers Sufism Central Asian-Xinjiang in Central Asia, challenges under Mongol rule, early CEUS-R 530 Politics in Modern Xinjiang (3 cr.) Xinjiang founding figures, doctrinal profile and practices, and the has been a colony of the Manchu empire, a warlord subsequent history of the Naqshbandi communities to the fiefdom, an independent republic, and an “autonomous 20th century. region” in China. This course covers Xinjiang’s politics from 1900 to the present, focusing on Islam, identity CEUS-R 616 Religion and Power in Islamic Central politics, immigration, language battles, cultural resistance, Asia (3 cr.) Course explores the role of religious figures the Production and Construction Corps, political economy, and institutions in sanctioning, exercising, and/or and oil. undermining political authority in Islamic Central Asia. The course focuses on the political influence wielded by the CEUS-R 531 Grave Robbers, Missionaries, and Spies: local representatives of Islam’s spiritual ideal, especially Foreign Adventurers in Chinese Turkistan (3 cr.) From Sufi shaykhs and how they used their extraordinary socio- the 19th century to the mid-20th, the mysteries of Xinjiang economical, and political power. (Chinese Turkestan) lured outsiders: missionaries, archeologists, treasure hunters, adventurers, scouts, CEUS-R 627 Islam and Modernity in Central Eurasia, officials, and outright spies. Fortunately, many left 1850-present (3 cr.) Understanding the background to readable accounts of their discoveries. Through them we headlines about Islam today demands serious reading of explore both the region’s attraction to outsiders and their sources, appreciation of Islam’s diversity, and awareness influence on the region. of internal controversies. In recent centuries, Muslims, like other religious believers, have been challenged CEUS-R 532 From Kingdom to Colony to Province: by modernity. How Muslims of Central Eurasia have History of Xinjiang to 1911 (3 cr.) This course introduces responded to modernity is this course’s primary theme. the tumultuous history of Xinjiang, geographically part of Central Asia, but now under China. We will cover cultural, CEUS-R 628 Russia’s Orient 1552-1924 (3 cr.) This ethnic, religious, and geopolitical changes up to 1911. graduate course examines the relationship between Topics include ecology and economy, Uyghur, Chinese, Russia and the Turkic peoples in the Black Sea, Mongol, and Manchu empires, Islamization, the Jadidist Caucasus, and Volga-Ural regions, as well as nomadic movement, and stirrings of nationalism. and sedentary Central and Inner Asia. Themes include: Russian expansion, efforts to situate the “oriental” Other CEUS-R 533 Cultures and Civilization of Xinjiang within the Empire, imperial management, and indigenous (3 cr.) This course surveys Xinjiang (Chinese Turkestan) resistance and accommodation. from prehistory to today: material life, languages, literature, arts, and religion. With texts and audiovisuals, CEUS-R 629 Islamic Hagiography of Central we will consider the “mummy controversy,” Xinjiang on Asia (3 cr.) P: Reading knowledge of Persian or the so-called Silk Road, Islamization, and cultural diversity Chaghatay or Turkic. This course familiarizes students today. Themes include cultural borrowing, “clash of with Central Asia’s Islamic hagiographical from the civilizations,” and the politics of multiculturalism. 12th-19th centuries, introduces them to problems in interpreting it, and provides experience in reading 94 September 6, 2017

Hungarian students to current areas of research in Hungarian CEUS-R 540 Introduction to Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) studies, using primary sources, full review of secondary What makes Hungary special? How have Hungarians literature, sound philological methodology, and/or drawn on surrounding cultures? This course introduces theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes will major issues in Hungarian Studies, from the migration to address particular areas and issues of interest to faculty the present. After a geographic survey, we explore issues and advanced graduate students. of Hungarian identity, with particular reference to issues of ethnicity, religion, and culture, both high and low. Iranian CEUS-R 551 Prophets, Poets, and Kings: Iranian CEUS-R 542 Roma Gypsy History & Culture (3 cr.) Civilization (3 cr.) This course traces the history of Europe’s largest minority, the so-called “Gypsies,” more Iranians from ancient times through the Arab conquest properly the Roma, have been killed, hunted, and reviled; to today. It focuses on institutions, religions, secular yet the exotic flavoring of “Gypsiness” has fascinated and ecclesiastic hierarchies, minorities, devotional and writers, artists, and composers. This course surveys communal change, and Iranian influences on Islam. No Roma history and representations. No background in East previous knowledge or course work required. European studies, music, or film is required; readings are in English. CEUS-R 552 Peoples & Cultures of the Middle East (3 cr.) This ethnographic survey examines the social CEUS-R 547 East Central European Cities in institutions and cultural forms in contemporary Middle Comparative Perspective (3 cr.) This course is currently Eastern societies-i.e., the Arab world, Israel, Turkey, Iran not offered. This course explores East-Central European and Afghanistan. Topics include: ecology; Islam; pastoral cities through history, sociology, literature, film and the nomadism, agriculture, and cities; colonialism and nation arts: under Austrian or Russian rule until WWI, newly states; tribalism, ethnicity, and gender; and modernization, independent between the wars, under Soviet hegemony oil wealth, labor migration, and social unrest. from WWII to 1989, and facing challenges of development and European integration since then. Main focus on CEUS-R 554 Persian Literature in Translation (3 cr.) Budapest, Warsaw, and Prague. Study and analysis of selected readings from Persian literature in English translation. May concentrate on a CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (1-4 cr.) particular theme, period, or author. Special attention Topics in Hungarian Studies is used for new classes paid to the historical and cultural contexts of the works, in Hungarian studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. as well as problems in translation, critical analysis, and students and/or upper division undergraduates. Such interpretation. Repeatable w/different topic for 6 credits. classes are typically taught by a mix of lecture and discussion. CEUS-R 559 Topics in Iranian Studies (3 cr.) Topics in Iranian Studies is used for new classes in Iranian studies, CEUS-R 640 Advanced Readings in Hungarian Studies aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or upper (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in advanced division undergraduates. Such classes are typically taught topics in Hungarian studies. Readings may include work by a mix of lecture and discussion. on demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary literature on a topic or some combination thereof. CEUS-R 650 Advanced Readings in Iranian Studies (1-6 cr.) CEUS-R 641 Art & Music of 19th & 20th Century This course number is for tutorials in advanced topics Hungary (3 cr.) The 19th and 20th centuries saw the in Iranian studies. Readings may include work on birth of Hungary’s greatest artists and musicians, the demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary development of national institutions in the arts, and literature on a topic or some combination thereof. debates over tradition vs. innovation, Hungarian folk elements vs. integration into Europe’s artistic mainstream. CEUS-R 750 Seminar in Iranian Studies (3 cr.) This course surveys these major developments in Seminar in Iranian Studies introduces doctoral students Hungarian visual art and music. to current areas of research in Iranian studies, using CEUS-R 642 Bela Bartok: Composer in Context (3 cr.) primary sources, full review of secondary literature, This course surveys Bela Bartok’s major compositions sound philological methodology, and/or theoretically and writings, exploring how his eclectic and contradictory sophisticated research designs. Classes will address works responded to changing artistic and political climates particular areas and issues of interest to faculty and of east-central Europe in the twentieth century’s first half. advanced graduate students. Finally we will explore Bartok’s legacy on both sides of the Iron Curtain, and since 1989. Mongolian CEUS-R 560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) In 1900 CEUS-R 649 The Roma Through History, Music, and Mongolia was run by descendants of Genghis Khan Film (3 cr.) Writers, artists, filmmakers, and composers and Buddhist lamas under China’s last dynasty. In 1950 have long exploited the exotic image of “Gypsies,” or it was Soviet Russia’s most loyal satellite, under the Roma. Roma musicians are also indispensable to folk dictator Choibalsang. By 2000, Mongolia had become a and popular music practices around Europe. This course democracy, with a struggling free-market economy. This will examine both how this “mysterious” group has been course explores Mongolia’s wrenching changes since represented and how its members have responded 1900. creatively to these representations. CEUS-R 561 Mongolia’s Middle Ages (3 cr.) This CEUS-R 740 Seminar in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) class covers the Mongolia’s “middle ages” between the Seminar in Hungarian Studies introduces doctoral Mongol world empire and the modern era: 1350 to 1850. September 6, 2017 95

Topics include the nobility, Oirats, Buddhist conversion, the n-stems; changes in verb systems; plurals; fusion, Manchu-Chinese rule, and Buriats and Kalmyks in contraction; syntax change; negation & interrogation; word Russia. Readings include modern histories and sources order; lexicon and loan words. in translation studied in a format combining lecture and discussion. CEUS-R 667 Mongolic Writing Systems (3 cr.) The course discusses the writing systems used by medieval CEUS-R 562 Mongolian Civilization and Folk Culture and modern Mongolic peoples, the origins, functions, (3 cr.) Introduction to Mongolian traditional civilization: and classifications of scripts, their relation to religion and material culture (dwelling, clothing, food, warfare, statehood. Introduction is given to the Kitan, Uyghur, hunting, animal husbandry, crafts, agriculture, etc.), ‘Phags-pa, Galik, Oirat, etc. scripts, and to Mongolic in social and spiritual life (kinship, wedding, birth, names, Manchu, Tibetan, Latin, Cyrillic and Arabic alphabets. childhood, races, medicine, death, folk religion, Buddhism, shamanism, values and taboos, omens), folk arts (music, CEUS-R 760 Seminar in Mongolian Studies (3 cr.) oral literature, dance, etc.). No knowledge of Mongolian is Seminar in Mongolian Studies introduces doctoral required. students to current areas of research in Mongolian studies, using primary sources, full review of secondary CEUS-R 563 Mongolian Historical Writings (3 cr.) literature, sound philological methodology, and/or P: Intermediate Mongolian or Classical Mongolian. theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes will Overview of traditional Mongolian historiography and address particular areas and issues of interest to faculty other Mongolian historical sources: secular and religious and advanced graduate students. chronicles, genealogies, biographies, works, inscriptions, edicts, letters, etc. from Chinggis Khan’s time to the early CEUS-R 761 Ordos Documents (3 cr.) This course twentieth century. A selection of sources of various genres introduces (in original Mongolian with English translation) are read, translated and analyzed, and their interpretation documents collected in the early twentieth century in discussed. southern Ordos (Inner Mongolia), which illustrate both Mongolian life and Mongolian studies methodology. The CEUS-R 564 Shamanism and Folk Religion of the course’s aim is to understand pre-revolutionary Mongolian Mongols (3 cr.) What is shamanism? What is its role in society through the use of native documentary material. Mongol communities? Is it a religion? What is its relation to folk beliefs and world religions? Who becomes a Tibetan shaman or shamaness? What skills, tools, and techniques CEUS-R 570 Introduction to the History of Tibet (3 cr.) are necessary? These questions will be discussed in this This course surveys Tibet’s history from beginning to class; knowledge of Mongolian not required. today. Students study facets of Tibet’s history that include: the Tibetan empire of the 7th-9th centuries, the impact of CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (3 cr.) Topics Buddhism, Tibet’s relations with neighboring peoples, the in Mongolian Studies is used for new classes in Mongolian rise of the Dalai Lama, and the current issue of Tibet. studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or upper division under-graduates. Such classes are typically CEUS-R 571 Tibet and the West (3 cr.) This course taught by a mix of lecture and discussion. examines Western perceptions of Tibet during the past 700 years, comparing Tibetan civilization with CEUS-R 660 Advanced Readings in Mongolian Studies popular conceptions that prevailed in the West during (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in advanced corresponding periods. Tibet as “Shangrila,” reflected in topics in Mongolian studies. Readings may include work such novels and films as Lost Horizon, will be examined on demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary along with Tibetan perceptions of Westerners and literature on a topic or some combination thereof. Western civilization. CEUS-R 661 Mongolian Literature and Folklore (3 cr.) CEUS-R 572 Sino-Tibetan Relations (3 cr.) This Interaction of orality and writing. History of Mongol literary course surveys interaction between Tibet and China studies. Internal and external sources. Broad and narrow from beginnings to today, touching on political, cultural, concepts of literature. Periods and areas. Connections economic, and religious links. Areas explored include the with other arts and the sacred. Authorship and anonymity. rise of Tibet as a dynamic empire competing with Tang Original and translated works. Indo-Tibetan, Chinese, China, religious links between Tibetan hierarchs and Turkic and Western influences. Prose and verse. Narrative Chinese rulers, and conflict over Tibet’s incorporation into and lyric genres. China. CEUS-R 662 Modern Inner Mongolia (3 cr.) This CEUS-R 573 The Religions of Tibet (3 cr.) This course course explores Inner Mongolia’s history from 1850 to surveys the history of Tibetan religions, and their impact today. Themes include Inner Mongolia as a bi-ethnic on Tibetan society and culture. It will consider interactions borderland, demography, the “New Schools Movement,” between religions and politics and how they shaped public pan-Mongolism, land reform, development and the lifestyles, inspire movements, and molded identity through environment. Students will think through issues of the centuries. Coverage will be both chronological and ethnicity, state-building, and globalization in both Inner thematic. Asian and Chinese contexts. CEUS-R 579 Topics in Tibetan Studies (3 cr.) Topics in CEUS-R 666 Mongolian Languages and Dialects Tibetan Studies is used for new classes in Tibetan studies, (3 cr.) The course investigates the following topics in aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or upper all attested Mongolic languages: language and dialects; division undergraduates. Such classes are typically taught periods, sources, and scripts; vowels & vowel harmony; by a mix of lecture and discussion. consonants; historical morphology; personal pronouns; 96 September 6, 2017

CEUS-R 670 Advanced Readings in Tibetan Studies primary sources, full review of secondary literature, (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in advanced sound philological methodology, and/or theoretically topics in Tibetan studies. Readings may include work on sophisticated research designs. Classes will address demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary particular areas and issues of interest to faculty and literature on a topic or some combination thereof. advanced graduate students. CEUS-R 770 Seminar in Tibetan Studies (3 cr.) General Seminar in Tibetan Studies introduces doctoral students CEUS-R 592 Uralic Peoples & Cultures (3 cr.) This to current areas of research in Tibetan studies, using course surveys the Uralic (Finno-Ugric and Samoyed) primary sources, full review of secondary literature, peoples of northern Europe and Siberia. Topics sound philological methodology, and/or theoretically include their origins and history, traditional and modern sophisticated research designs. Classes will address cultures, ethnic and national identity, development and particular areas and issues of interest to faculty and modernization, and political independence and Russian advanced graduate students. rule. We will also cover inter-relations among Uralic peoples in the modern era. CEUS-R 771 Introduction to Chinese Sources for Tibetan Studies (3 cr.) This course introduces the CEUS-R 593 The Mongol Century (3 cr.) This course voluminous corpus of Chinese-language sources on explores in depth Chinggis Khan’s Mongol empire Tibet: standard histories, unofficial histories, geographies, from its origins in the 13th century to the continent- literary compositions, collectanea, etc. They will learn wide break down of the 1330-1370s. Format alternates how to locate, handle, and navigate these materials. lectures and discussion of primary sources (Mongolian, Students will also learn the major modern works of Chinese, Middle Eastern, and European) in translation, Chinese Tibetology, including journals and Chinese- including many of the medieval era’s greatest histories language translations of Tibetan writings. and travelogues. Turkish CEUS-R 594 Environmental Problems and Social CEUS-R 580 Literature of the Ottoman Court in Constraints in Northern and Central Eurasia (3 cr.) Translation (3 cr.) The course involves reading and This course analyzes for undergraduate and graduate analyzing representative literary texts of the Ottoman students environmental and social conditions in the court, both poetry and prose. It introduces various literary immense region of Northern and Central Eurasia (former forms of Ottoman authors: gazel, kaside, mesnevi, tezkire, Soviet Union). The course covers; 1) general environment etc. We will use both the classical Ottoman canon, as well and political situation; 2) environmental transformation as modern and contemporary theoretical approaches for under Soviet rule; 3) environmental and public health interpretation. problems; 4) conclusions on current trends. CEUS-R 582 Cultural History of the Ottoman Empire CEUS-R 595 Politics of Identity in China and Inner & Modern Turkey (3 cr.) This course introduces the rich Asia (3 cr.) This course challenges the assumption that and varied cultures of Turkey, from Ottoman times to terms like “Chinese,” “Taiwanese,” or “Kazakh” represent today. It covers issues such as: literary and vernacular straightforward concepts. Via theories of identity, and languages, women, Kemal Ataturk, Turkish Islams; careful attention to the history of China and Inner Asia, education; Kurdish nationalism; and Turkey and Europe. we will explore - and explode - the association of identity Along with readings, Turkish films and other visual and descent, language and ethnicity, citizenship and materials will be used. nationality. CEUS-R 583 Ten Sultans, One Empire: Ottoman CEUS-R 596 The Rus, Khazars, and Bolgars (3 cr.) Classical Age 1300-1600 (3 cr.) (Currently this course Three kaganates—Rus’ (the precursor of Russia), Khazar, is not offered.) This course traces the Ottoman Empire and Bolgar—vied for power in the early medieval Eurasian from its beginnings to its height under Suleyman steppe. These states, one Slavic and two Turkic-speaking, the Magnificent. Themes include: Turks before the created the first cities in the region; Christian, Judaic, and empire; Asia Minor before the Turks; rival principalities; Islamic conversions followed. Course examines all three centralization; Ottomans as European and Middle Eastern; kaganates equally in their aspects and interrelations. economy, society, religion, law, learning; ethnic/cultural diversity; and the “classical age” as a concept. CEUS-R 599 Topics in Central Eurasian Studies (3 cr.) Topics in Central Eurasian Studies is used for new classes CEUS-R 589 Topics in Turkish Studies (3-4 cr.) Topics in Central Eurasian studies, aimed at M.A. and early in Turkish Studies is used for new classes in Turkish Ph.D. students and/or upper division undergraduates. studies, aimed at M.A. and early Ph.D. students and/or Such classes are typically taught by a mix of lecture and upper division undergraduates. Such classes are typically discussion. taught by a mix of lecture and discussion. CEUS-R 690 Advanced Readings in Central Eurasian CEUS-R 680 Advanced Readings in Turkish Studies Studies (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in (1-6 cr.) This course number is for tutorials in advanced advanced topics in Central Eurasian studies that cover topics in Turkish studies. Readings may include work on multiple CEUS areas or do not fit comfortably in any demanding classical texts or a survey of the secondary specific area. Readings may include work on demanding literature on a topic or some combination thereof. classical texts or a survey of the secondary literature on a topic or some combination thereof. CEUS-R 780 Seminar in Turkish Studies (3 cr.) Seminar in Turkish Studies introduces doctoral students CEUS-R 691 CEUS M.A. Thesis Research (3 cr.) This to current areas of research in Turkish studies, using course is required for all CEUS graduate students seeking September 6, 2017 97 a master’s degree who have not written a thesis for a Languages previous M.A. degree. It is normally taken during the fourth Azerbaijani or fifth semester of a student’s enrollment concurrently CEUS-T 583 Introductory Azerbaijani I (3 cr.) with writing a thesis. It is not repeatable. Introductory Azerbaijani I stresses a communicative/ CEUS-R 693 Theorizing Central Eurasia: The Problem interactive approach. We learn to handle basic everyday of Nationalism (3 cr.) This course introduces students to situations, such as greetings, asking information, buying nationalism’s key works and questions. How are nations things, travel, phone calls, writing letters and so on. Every and nationalism related? Are nations imagined and day at least a portion of class time will be devoted to the invented or ancient and enduring? Are nationalism, cultural aspects of the Azerbaijani society. communism, and religiosity necessarily opposed? Are CEUS-T 584 Introductory Azerbaijani II (3 cr.) P: Grade indigenous nationalisms more authentic than “official of “B” or higher in CEUS-T583 or equivalent. Introductory nationalisms”? Is Central Eurasian nationalism a Azerbaijani II continues Introductory Azerbaijani I. “derivative discourse,” imported from elsewhere? CEUS-T 683 Intermediate Azerbaijani I (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-R 696 Manchu Historical Sources (3 cr.) Reading of “B” or higher in CEUS-T 584 or equivalent. Intermediate and analyzing materials in Standard (Classical) and Azerbaijani (Azeri) will use free discourse, prompted in Pre-Classical Manchu script. Overview of Manchu discussions, interviews, team activities, oral presentations, historiography. Documents, decrees, annals, chronicles written exercises, video-based discussions, and grammar (the Veritable Records), biographies or genealogies (the drills to expand first-year skills. Classes will be in Clear Registers), itineraries (e.g., Tulishen’s Travels), Azerbaijani, with only some grammatical explanations imperial inscriptions, inscriptions on cannons, narratives or spot translations in English. Authentic Azerbaijani (e.g., Song Yun’s talks about Russo-Manchu trade language materials are used throughout the course. relations). CEUS-T 684 Intermediate Azerbaijani II (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-R 697 Soviet & Post-Soviet Nationality Policies of B or higher in CEUS T683 or equivalent. Introductory & Problems (3 cr.) Course devoted to nationality Azerbaijani II continues Intermediate Azerbaijani I. problems in the USSR, focusing on the Gorbachev period. Reviews theories of nationalism, history of Soviet Chaghatay nationality policy, and specifics of individual republics. CEUS-T 623 Chaghatay (3 cr.) P: Knowledge of one Concludes with consideration of issues during glasnost, modern Turkic language or consent of instructor required; and their significance in various republics across USSR: acquaintance with Persian is desirable. This course gives environmental, history/culture, language, economic a basic knowledge of Chaghatay, the classical version of development, and migration. Uzbek and the common literary language of all Central Asian Turks from the 15th to the early 20th century. The CEUS-R 698 Empire & Ethnicity in Modern Russia course surveys Chaghatay literature, grammar, and the (3 cr.) Comparative study of the concept of empire and the writing system together with the reading of Chaghatay rise of national movements among the major nationalities texts, chiefly historical. in tsarist Russia and the USSR from the mid-19th century to the post-Soviet era. Focuses on imperialism, nationality Estonian policy, and factors shaping the evolution of national CEUS-T 503 Introductory Estonian I (3 cr.) Assuming identity. no previous knowledge of Estonian, Introductory Estonian I emphasizes oral communications, with attention to CEUS-R 699 Central Eurasian Languages (3 cr.) This reading, writing, speaking and listening. With basic course examines the Central Eurasian languages and vocabulary and structures, students can talk about recent linguistic work on them. The Sprachbund (‘linguistic themselves and immediate surroundings, interact in area’) theory is examined, as are major relationship service encounters, read short texts and write notes. theories, both divergent (‘genetic’) and convergent. Students also learn about Estonian culture. Families covered include Finno-Ugric, Indo-European, Mongolic, Puyo-Koguryoic, Tibeto-Burman, Tungusic, and CEUS-T 504 Introductory Estonian II (3 cr.) P: Grade Turkic. No prior knowledge of Central Eurasian languages of B or higher in T503 or equivalent. Introductory assumed. Estonian II uses a communicative approach to introduce Estonian pronunciation and basic grammar (morphology CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies and syntax), and teach vocabulary and structures for (3 cr.) Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies introduces everyday conversation. Up-to-date textbooks, audio- doctoral students to current areas of research in Central and videotapes, and authentic materials (newspapers, Eurasian studies, using primary sources, full review of schedules, advertisements, the Internet etc.) will be secondary literature, sound philological methodology, and/ employed to enhance language learning and provide or theoretically sophisticated research designs. Classes cultural information. will address particular areas and issues of interest to faculty and advanced graduate students. CEUS-T 603 Intermediate Estonian I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T504 or equivalent. This course builds CEUS-R 890 Ph.D. Thesis (1-6 cr.) This course serves on skills acquired during Introductory Estonian. First- two purposes: 1) it may be used for credit for advanced year topics are reviewed in more detail and new topics, readings related to doctoral research; 2) it maintains such as seasons, holidays, traditions and customs added. one’s student status as Ph.D. candidate (“ABD”) while Longer reading texts are introduced. Video materials researching and writing the Ph.D. dissertation. In either train listening comprehension. Conversation skills are function, this class is repeatable. 98 September 6, 2017 developed beyond the structured exchanges learned at goal is to communicate effectively in demanding oral and the Intro level. written situations, and to handle both writing and speech on demanding topics. You will also widen your knowledge CEUS-T 604 Intermediate Estonian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of on Finnish culture and history. B or higher in T603 or equivalent. Intermediate Estonian II finishes covering Estonian grammatical structures CEUS-T 702 Advanced Finnish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of (morphology and syntax) and develops skills by reading, B or higher in T701 or equivalent. This course teaches conversation, discussion, oral presentations, a weekly advanced skills desirable for academic life and work. The journal, short essays, and listening. Materials introduce goal is to communicate effectively in demanding oral and Estonian culture, including current press sources (print written situations, and to understand both writing and and Internet), short fiction, poetry, documentaries, feature speech on demanding topics. You will also widen your films, and new news programs. knowledge on Finnish culture and history. CEUS-T 703 Advanced Estonian I (3 cr.) P: Grade of CEUS-T 801 ADLS-Finnish (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or B or higher in T604 or equivalent. This course builds higher in T702 or equivalent. (Currently this course is students’ confidence as language users via class not offered.) In this class, students who have finished discussion of newspaper articles, fiction and poetry, class Advanced Finnish II may continue language learning in presentations, journal entries, summaries of articles, films topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a and news clips, short essays, TV broadcasts, and audio proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and tape recordings. We focus on structures of formal written a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment Estonian and different registers of oral production. is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the IAUNRC. CEUS-T 704 Advanced Estonian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T703 or equivalent. Advanced Estonian II Hungarian consolidates students’ knowledge of Estonian structure, CEUS-T 541 Introductory Hungarian I (3 cr.) and adds to vocabulary, especially in students’ areas of Introductory Hungarian enables students to converse interest. While speaking, reading, listening and writing are about basic topics, meet basic communicative needs, and developed, this course has more emphasis on reading and read and write short texts with simple sentence patterns writing. Independent work and student contribution a must; and everyday topics. Students learn to use fundamental class is tailored to individual interests. Hungarian structures with comfort and confidence. Students also learn about Hungarian lifestyle, society and CEUS-T 803 ADLS-Estonian (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or culture. higher in T704 or equivalent. (Currently this course is not offered.) In this class, students who have finished CEUS-T 542 Introductory Hungarian II (3 cr.) P: Grade Advanced Estonian II may continue language learning in of B or higher in T541 or equivalent. In Introductory topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a Hungarian II, daily classes focus: listening to and proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and conducting conversations, intonation exercises, grammar a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment exercises and writing simple dialogues and essays. is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the Topics include: traveling, work, housing, shopping, post IAUNRC. office and bank, family. Important possessive structures and sentences as well as indefinite and definite verb Finnish conjugations are introduced. CEUS-T 501 Introductory Finnish I (3 cr.) This course introduces Finnish to students with no previous CEUS-T 641 Intermediate Hungarian I (3 cr.) P: Grade knowledge. We emphasize skills for everyday situations in of B or higher in T542 or equivalent. Intermediate Finland. You will also understand simple spoken Finnish Hungarian helps students converse more fluently about for familiar topics and grasp the main points of brief personal and simple academic topics, articulate their messages. You will also learn the basic facts of Finnish feelings and opinions, read short literary and scholarly culture and history. texts, and write for basic personal, business, and academic purposes. Authentic texts and video teach about CEUS-T 502 Introductory Finnish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of the life-style and social-historical facts of Hungary. B or higher in T501 or equivalent. Introductory Finnish II continues Introductory Finnish I. CEUS-T 642 Intermediate Hungarian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T641. Intermediate Hungarian helps CEUS-T 601 Intermediate Finnish I (3 cr.) P: Grade of students converse more fluently about personal and B or higher in T502 or equivalent. Intermediate Finnish simple academic topics, articulate their feelings and I helps students who know the basics of Finnish to opinions, read short literary and scholarly texts, and communicate in situations related to study, work and write for basic personal, business, and academic leisure, while learning specific issues of Finnish culture purposes. Authentic texts and video teach about Hungary. and history. Methods are learner centered, communicative Moderately complex grammatical forms are introduced. and often problem-based, involving both instructor and peer learners. CEUS-T 741 Advanced Hungarian I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T642 or equivalent. Assuming four semesters CEUS-T 602 Intermediate Finnish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of of Hungarian and substantial knowledge of grammar, B or higher in T601 or equivalent. Intermediate Finnish II syntax, and vocabulary, this course will enable students continues Intermediate Finnish I. to converse about moderately complex personal, social, CEUS-T 701 Advanced Finnish I (3 cr.) P: Grade of and academic topics, to read and understand a full range B or higher in T602 or equivalent. This course teaches advanced skills desirable for academic life and work. The September 6, 2017 99 of literary genres, and to write and translate to meet most CEUS-T 614 Intermediate Kazakh II (3 cr.) P: Grade of personal and academic needs. B or higher in T613 or equivalent. Intermediate Kazakh’s primary goal is to teach students to use Kazakh for CEUS-T 742 Advanced Hungarian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of everyday situations and purposes related to work and B or higher in T741 or equivalent. In this course, students social life. Lessons are in Kazakh only, except some continue to learn how to converse about moderately grammar analogues. Components include grammar complex personal, social, and academic topics, read and structures, small texts, vocabulary, listening activities, and understand a range of genres, and write and translate writing exercises. for personal and academic needs. Based on readings, students extend vocabulary and develop a more academic CEUS-T 713 Advanced Kazakh I (3 cr.) P: Grade of style for conversation and writing. B or higher in CEUS T 614 or equivalent. Advanced Kazakh I familiarizes students with key parts of life in CEUS-T 841 ADLS-Hungarian (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or contemporary Kazakhstan. While improving speaking, higher in T742 or equivalent. (Currently this course is listening, reading and writing, students will also do not offered.) In this class, students who have finished occasional translations. Building on previous levels with Advanced Hungarian II may continue language learning in stimulating and challenging activities, including listening topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a to narratives, radio interviews, etc., students will forge proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and accurate and fluent communication skills. a methodology for improving language skill. Enrollment is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the CEUS-T 714 Advanced Kazakh II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B IAUNRC. or higher in T713 or equivalent. In Advanced Kazakh II we will keep introducing contemporary Kazakhstan, so Iranian students will have vocabulary to communicate according CEUS-T 656 Middle Iranian Languages (3 cr.) This properly in different situations, purposes, and roles. variable title course introduces one or more of the Listening materials include narratives, radio interviews, following Iranian languages dating from the first to twelfth “Cenasianet” language programs, Kazakh fiction, and centuries: Middle Persian (Pahlavi); Middle Parthian and newspapers. Teaching materials will be distributed in hand Manichaean Middle Persian; Sogdian; Bactrian and Saka. outs and copies. Documents are drawn from manuscripts, manuscript fragments, and/or inscriptions. Repeatable up to four times CEUS-T 813 ADLS-Kazakh (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or with different topic. higher in T714 or equivalent. (Currently this course is not offered.) In this class, students who have finished CEUS-T 658 Old Iranian Languages (3 cr.) Course Advanced Kazakh II may continue language learning in covers alphabets, grammar, vocabulary, reading, topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a translation, and analysis of texts in two Old Iranian proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and languages: Avestan and Old Persian. Religious a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment and sociopolitical documents will be examined from is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the eighteenth to first centuries BCE through manuscripts and IAUNRC. inscriptions. Can be taken twice with different topics. Mongolian Kazakh CEUS-T 561 Introductory Mongolian I (3 cr.) CEUS-T 513 Introductory Kazakh I (3 cr.) This class Introductory Mongolian I introduces students to modern introduces basic communication skills in Kazakh. Mongolian in the Cyrillic script, introducing basic Students learn the sounds, alphabet, and basic grammar. Mongolian pronunciation and grammar, along with Upon finishing, students will be able to use Kazakh knowledge of Mongolian culture and traditions. By the in basic communicative contexts. Readings, class end of the semester, students can conduct everyday discussions, listening activities adapted from Kazakh conversations and use Mongolian’s main cases and verb language media programs. Films and extra-curricular tenses in conversation and writing. cultural activities develop awareness of Kazakh culture. CEUS-T 562 Introductory Mongolian II (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-T 514 Introductory Kazakh II (3 cr.) P: Grade of of B or higher in T561 or equivalent. In this course, B or higher in T513 or equivalent. This class offers basic we expand the competencies already mastered in communication skills and basic grammar of Kazakh. You Introductory Mongolian I. By the end of the semester will master simple to moderately complex sentences. students can use the main cases and finite verb tenses, Listening to Kazakh language media programs, film as well as some modals (converbs) and simple compound viewing, and cultural activities will also develop awareness sentences. Students also learn about Mongolian culture by of Kazakh culture. As textbooks are lacking, teaching reading simple folk tales. materials are distributed via handouts and copies. CEUS-T 661 Intermediate Mongolian I (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-T 613 Intermediate Kazakh I (3 cr.) P: Grade of of B or higher in T562 or equivalent. This course expands B or higher in T514 or equivalent. Intermediate Kazakh the basic Mongolian conversation, grammar, reading builds on and extends the foundations established in and writing skills mastered in first year. The most useful Introductory Kazakh to improve basic language skills: kinds of compound and complex sentences of Mongolian speaking, reading, writing, listening. Its primary goal is are introduced and skills developed to use them in to improve communicative competence and to enable conversation and writing. Students also learn more about learners to handle a variety of immediate everyday Mongolian culture and traditions. situations related to academic life. CEUS-T 662 Intermediate Mongolian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T661. This course expands the basic 100 September 6, 2017

Mongolian conversation, grammar, reading and writing CEUS-T 653 Intermediate Pashto I (3 cr.) P: Grade skills introduced in the first semester. Students master the of B or higher in CEUS T554 or equivalent. Improves most useful kinds of compound and complex sentences of communicative skills to meet ordinary social situations and Mongolian and voice infixes in conversation and writing. express interests and personal needs such as inquiring Students also learn more about Mongolian culture and about one’s surroundings, getting directions, buying food, traditions. going out to eat, etc. By the end, the student should be able to communicate and ask of questions about familiar CEUS-T 663 Classical Mongolian I (3 cr.) Introduction topics using learned grammatical structures. to Classical Mongolian and its relation to the living spoken languages and dialects. Topics include the Mongolian CEUS-T 654 Intermediate Pashto II (3 cr.) P: Grade vertical script, its origin, graphemes and allographs, vowel of B or higher in T653 or equivalent. This class extends and consonantal graphemes, orthography, punctuation, Pashto language skills, introducing materials on social numbers, a skeletal grammar, word formation, syntax. interactions, current daily life, and culture. We build Format is reading, analyzing, and translating texts in grammatical and lexical knowledge of learners with transcription and original script. stimulating and challenging activities. By the end of the semester, students will converse confidently in routine CEUS-T 664 Classical Mongolian II (3 cr.) P: Classical tasks and social situations. Mongolian I. Reading and interpreting various old and new Classical Mongolian texts in Uyghur script, grammatical CEUS-T 753 Advanced Pashto I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or analysis and translation into Modern Mongolian and higher in T654 or equivalent. Course materials relate to English. the Pashtunwali, customs, commerce, news channels in Afghanistan and more. Students will be able to participate CEUS-T 761 Advanced Mongolian I (3 cr.) P: Grade in exchanges about work and home, converse on many of B or higher in T662 or equivalent. Students first familiar topics, narrate and describe in all time frames review compound and complex sentences and then (present, future, and past), and read texts of medium develop a sense of Mongolian literary style through the complexity. reading of diverse materials. In-class oral presentations, discussions, and role-plays help students to increase their CEUS-T 754 Advanced Pashto II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or fluency. Students are introduced to translation, and their higher in T753 or equivalent Advanced Pashto II continues knowledge of Mongolian culture and history is enhanced. Advanced Pashto I. Students participate in exchanges about work and home, converse on many familiar topics, CEUS-T 762 Advanced Mongolian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of narrate and describe in all tenses (past, present, future), B or higher in T761 or equivalent. Class objectives are: and read texts of medium complexity. Course materials 1) develop a sense of Mongolian literary style through related to the Pashtunwali; customs, commerce, news reading diverse materials; 2) improve fluency by oral channels in Afghanistan and more. presentations, class discussions, and role-playing; 3) Practice formal translation using internet and newspaper Persian materials; 4) develop knowledge of Mongolian culture and CEUS-T 551 Introductory Persian I (3 cr.) This class literary history. introduces basic communication skills in Modern Standard Persian and familiarizes students with Persian’s sounds, CEUS-T 861 ADLS-Mongolian (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or alphabet, and basic grammar. Students will learn to read, higher in T762 or equivalent. (Currently this course is write, speak, and comprehend simple to moderately not offered.) In this class, students who have finished complex sentences. Readings, class conversations, media Advanced Mongolian II may continue language learning in programs, film viewing, and cultural activities will also topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a introduce Persian culture. proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment CEUS-T 552 Introductory Persian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the B or higher in T551 or equivalent. This course continues IAUNRC. Introductory Persian 1. While working further on basic sentence structure, we will develop greater fluency in Pashto pronunciation, reading, and writing. Our aim is a working CEUS-T 553 Introductory Pashto I (3 cr.) Introduces the vocabulary of 700 words; we will also begin studying Pashto language of Afghanistan. By practicing listening, compound verbs and other idiomatic expressions. Internet speaking, reading, and writing, students are familiarized resources will be used extensively. with the alphabet and sound system, basic structures and ordinary usage. By the end of the semester, the student CEUS-T 651 Intermediate Persian I (3 cr.) P: Grade will have mastered simple sentences and can ask and of B or higher in CEUS T552 or equivalent. Welcome answer simple questions on familiar topics. to Intermediate Persian! After starting with a grammar review, we will cover a wide range of topics, and CEUS-T 554 Introductory Pashto II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B intermediate to advanced grammar. or higher in T553 or equivalent. Strengthens and improves skills gained in the previous semester. Students move into CEUS-T 652 Intermediate Persian II (3 cr.) P: Grade new topics such as personal information, daily activities, of B or higher in CEUS T651 or equivalent. This and expanded grammar structures. By the end of the course continues Intermediate Persian I, concentrating course, the student will read simple prose texts, deal with on complex grammatical structures and vocabulary everyday situations, and respond to requests on familiar acquisition. Emphasizing reading and writing skills, we will topics. also work on fluency in modern colloquial pronunciation (Tehran dialect). We will study texts drawn from textbooks, September 6, 2017 101 modern Iranian publications and authentic materials, and grammar, build vocabulary, and develop idiomatic usage Internet resources. needed in everyday communication. The course will also introduce learners to Tibetan culture and daily life. CEUS-T 659 Research in Classical Persian Texts (3 cr.) P: T652, its equivalent, or special permission of CEUS-T 572 Introductory Tibetan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of the instructor. The classical Persian tradition holds a B or higher in T571 or equivalent. Introductory Tibetan II distinguished place in human thought and culture. This is a further introduction to the basics of Tibetan language. course introduces aspects of that rich legacy. Students will While expanding the competencies developed in the learn what distinguishes classical Persian from modern, previous semester, students receive daily written, reading and master research tools and reference works. Readings and audio home assignments. Conversation preparation taken from textbooks to reflect the range of classical is also required. We also have coffee hours to enable Persian texts. students to talk to Tibetan native speakers. CEUS-T 751 Advanced Persian I (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-T 573 Practical Tibetan (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or of B or higher in T652 or equivalent. In this course, higher in T572 or equivalent. This course offers continuing students will examine the classical Persian tradition’s study in Tibetan classical and modern languages. rich legacy of historical, literary, and religious writings. Materials include instructor’s handouts, audio-visual Students will learn the grammatical and lexical differences materials, books and online materials such as from the distinguishing classical from modern Persian, and will be Tibetan and Himalayan Digital Library (www.thdl.org) introduced to basic research tools and reference works. will be used for language teaching purposes. Open to Readings cover the range of classical Persian texts. students who have completed Introductory to Advanced Tibetan language. CEUS-T 752 Advanced Persian II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T751 or equivalent. Advanced Persian II CEUS-T 671 Intermediate Tibetan I (3 cr.) P: Grade of continues Advanced Persian I. B or higher in T572 or equivalent. Intermediate Tibetan further develops the students’ ability to use Tibetan CEUS-T 851 ADLS-Persian (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or language for meaningful communication. Speaking, higher in T752 or equivalent. (Currently this course is listening, reading and writing skills are developed not offered.) In this class, students who have finished throughout the course with due attention to grammar. Advanced Persian II may continue language learning in Special attention is devoted to classical Tibetan readings. topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and CEUS-T 672 Intermediate Tibetan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment B or higher in T671 or equivalent. Intermediate Tibetan is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the II is mainly aimed at the further development of the IAUNRC. students’ abilities with basic features of Tibetan language. In addition to the textbook, other materials such as short Tajik stories, articles etc., will be used for students’ daily writing CEUS-T 515 Introductory Tajik I (3 cr.) This course and reading assignments. introduces the language and culture of the Tajiks of Tajikistan and Uzbekistan. You will learn enough Tajik to CEUS-T 673 Imperial Old Tibetan:Introduction to the greet people, maintain simple conversations, handle basic Language of the Tibetan Empire (3 cr.) survival needs, read signs, and short narratives, and fill Introduction to the language, including its grammatical out a form or take a message. You will also learn about structure, phonology, and alphabetic writing system. Tajikistan. Students learn to read authentic material from the Tibetan Empire (C. 600-842 AD), including portions of the Old CEUS-T 516 Introductory Tajik II (3 cr.) P: Grade of Tibetan Annals and major inscriptions. B or higher in T515 or equivalent. Introductory Tajik II continues and expands what is learned in Introductory CEUS-T 674 Amdo Dialect Tibetan (3 cr.) This course Tajik I. introduces basic communication skills in the Tibetan CEUS-T 615 Intermediate Tajik I (3 cr.) P: Grade of Amdo Dialect, spoken in Tibet’s Amdo region and parts B or higher in T516 or equivalent. Intermediate Tajik of Kham. Course materials include instructor’s handouts, follows the communicative approach, enabling learners to audio-visual materials, books and online materials such interact successfully in everyday and workplace situations. as those from the Tibetan and Himalayan Digital Library Authentic Tajik language materials used include videos (www.thdl.org). and audio-taped materials, and printed texts. Focused CEUS-T 676 Readings in Modern Tibetan Texts (3 cr.) drills present grammatical structures; explanations and This course allows students interested in the modern paradigms are minimized. Materials also familiarize Tibetan language to improve their skills in handling literary students about life for Tajiks. Tibetan materials and documents produced in Tibetan CEUS-T 616 Intermediate Tajik II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B areas of the PRC and in exile. or higher in CEUS T615 or equivalent. Intermediate Tajik CEUS-T 771 Advanced Tibetan I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B II continues and expands what is learned in Intermediate or higher in T672 or equivalent. Advanced Tibetan I helps Tajik I. students acquire advanced skills in an academic and Tibetan professional manner. Students expand their knowledge CEUS-T 571 Introductory Tibetan I (3 cr.) Introductory of grammar with reading and composition exercises, Tibetan I introduces Tibetan language basics to students and translate general texts from Tibetan into English. with no previous background. We will begin speaking, listening, reading and writing. We cover the basic 102 September 6, 2017

The course will focus on reading in modern and classical not neglected. Relevant Arabic and Persian grammar Tibetan. incorporated into lectures and exercises. CEUS-T 772 Advanced Tibetan II (3 cr.) P: Grade CEUS-T 687 Advanced Ottoman Turkish I (3 cr.) The of B or higher in T771 or equivalent. This course will course is designed to train students in deciphering and further develop advanced skills desirable for academic understanding advanced level Ottoman literary sources. and professional work. The materials are selected from These include poetry collections, biographies of poets, writings and translations of classical and modern Tibetan. travel literature, and hagiographic manuscripts and Daily writing and translation assignments. Knowledge of other Ottoman sources of Islam. Students will also be Tibetan culture and history also taught. introduced to major scholarly figures, theories, secondary, and especially primary sources. CEUS-T 871 ADLS-Tibetan (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T772 or equivalent. (Currently this course is CEUS-T 688 Advanced Ottoman Turkish II (3 cr.) In not offered.) In this class, students who have finished addition to deciphering texts, the course will focus on Advanced Tibetan II may continue language learning in genealogies of the historical Turkish lexicon. Instructor will topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a guide the students throughout the semester in developing proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and these skills by providing them with hundreds of examples, a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment and the scholarly tools and methodologies that are is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the fundamental in historicizing Turkish words and suffixes. IAUNRC. CEUS-T 781 Advanced Turkish I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or Turkish higher in T682 or equivalent. Advanced Turkish is based CEUS-T 581 Introductory Turkish I (3 cr.) Introductory on authentic materials such as watching Turkish TV news Turkish I introduces English-speaking students to Turkish. via Oncourse, and writing a report on it. All language skills Students build basic proficiency in modern Turkish and (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) are improved in communicate at beginner’s level in everyday situations. class activities. At coffee hours students can interact with Listening, speaking, reading, and writing are covered in native speakers in a friendly environment. classroom activities and at-home practice and a sound CEUS-T 782 Advanced Turkish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of linguistic and cultural foundation is laid for future studies of B or higher in T781 or equivalent. Advanced Turkish II Turkish. is a fun way to learn Turkish, with new and improved CEUS-T 582 Introductory Turkish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of materials and an interactive method. Instruction is based B or higher in T581 or equivalent. Introductory Turkish II on authentic materials, such as Turkish TV via Oncourse. continues Introductory Turkish I, expanding at a higher At coffee hours students can interact with native speakers level basic competencies previously mastered. Students in a friendly environment. develop communicative skills as they assimilate the CEUS-T 785 Media Turkish I (3 cr.) P: Advanced basics of Turkish grammar. In addition to the textbook, we Turkish or permission of instructor. It addresses use other media such as short video clips from Turkish the needs of students of Turkish in coping with the television, songs, and newspaper articles. linguistic and cognitive difficulties associated with media CEUS-T 681 Intermediate Turkish I (3 cr.) P: Grade of language. It improves students’ linguistic skills for B or higher in T582 or equivalent. Intermediate Turkish better comprehension of the contemporary language as I expands the communicative skills, grammar and manifested in the Turkish media. Up-to-date socio-political vocabulary skills mastered in Introductory Turkish. Class issues associated with these texts will also be discussed. activities and homework involve listening, speaking, CEUS-T 786 Media Turkish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B reading and writing. Special attention paid to building or better in T785 or equivalent. As opposed to “Media richer vocabulary, developing competence in the Turkish I” whose focus was reading comprehension, vernacular, and improving reading. Recordings, films, “Media Turkish II” centers around oral comprehension. handicrafts, and cartoons used in context. Authentic materials from the Turkish media are CEUS-T 682 Intermediate Turkish II (3 cr.) P: Grade of incorporated into the teaching schedule in an effort to help B or higher in T681 or equivalent. Intermediate Turkish II students develop their listening comprehension skills. The continues Intermediate Turkish I. instructor provides the current TV recordings via satellite. CEUS-T 685 Introductory Ottoman Turkish I (3 cr.) CEUS-T 881 ADLS-Turkish (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or The first semester focuses on the Arabic script as used higher in T782 or equivalent. (Currently this course is in Ottoman. Relevant Arabic and Persian grammar will not offered.) In this class, students who have finished be incorporated into the lectures and exercises. We will Advanced Turkish II may continue language learning in read and analyze (morphology and syntax) twentieth- topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a century printed Ottoman texts. Course structure adjusted proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and according to students’ level as determined by ACTFL a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment assessment. is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the IAUNRC. CEUS-T 686 Introductory Ottoman Turkish II (3 cr.) Introductory Ottoman Turkish II continues Introductory Turkmen Ottoman Turkish I, and prepares students for a smooth CEUS-T 517 Introductory Turkmen I (3 cr.) Introductory transition toward reading authentic printed Ottoman Turkmen enables learners to interact successfully in materials. Semester concludes with an introduction to everyday and workplace situations in the target language manuscripts. The course emphasizes reading, but writing and culture at a proficiency level of 1 (ILR guidelines). September 6, 2017 103

Authentic Turkmen language materials - video- and audio- drive to contribute to the whole class as well as individual taped materials, printed texts - are used throughout. meetings. Grammatical structures are presented within focused drills. CEUS-T 732 Advanced Uyghur II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in CEUS T731. In Advanced Uyghur II students will CEUS-T 518 Introductory Turkmen II (3 cr.) P: Grade give oral, reading, and writing presentations, participate of B or higher in CEUS T517 or equivalent. Introductory in class discussions, and practice translation. Excerpts Turkmen II continues Introductory Turkmen I. from novels, movies, newspapers, etc., will develop knowledge of Uyghur culture. Students will need a strong CEUS-T 617 Intermediate Turkmen I (3 cr.) P: Grade drive to contribute to the whole class as well as individual of B or higher in CEUS T518 or equivalent. Intermediate meetings. Turkmen follows the communicative approach, enabling learners to interact successfully in everyday and CEUS-T 831 ADLS-Uyghur (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or workplace situations. Authentic Turkmen language higher in T732 or equivalent. (Currently this course is materials used include videos and audio-taped materials, not offered.) In this class, students who have finished and printed texts. Focused drills present grammatical Advanced Uyghur II may continue language learning in structures; explanations and paradigms are minimized. topic areas of interest. Students submit to the IAUNRC a Newspaper materials update project materials on proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and Turkmenistan’s changing life. a methodology for improving language skills. Enrollment is contingent upon receiving an ADLS grant from the CEUS-T 618 Intermediate Turkmen II (3 cr.) P: Grade IAUNRC. of B or higher in CEUS T617 or equivalent. Intermediate Turkmen II continues Intermediate Turkmen I. Uzbek CEUS-T 511 Introductory Uzbek I (3 cr.) Introductory Uyghur Uzbek I introduces Uzbekistan’s literary language, using CEUS-T 531 Introductory Uyghur I (3 cr.) Introductory Latin and Cyrillic alphabets. Conversation, reading Uyghur I introduces basic Uyghur language: the Uyghur practice, journal writing, newspapers illustrating modern script, phonetic rules, and basic grammar of the literary Uzbekistan, Uzbek videos, TV programs, and audio tapes Uyghur language. Students also learn about Uyghur will be used. Students will use Oncourse and email to print lifestyle, society and culture. Daily class activities involve: out teaching materials and to turn in their assignments. conversations; pronunciation, vocabulary, and grammar exercises; simple dialogues and texts. Considerable CEUS-T 512 Introductory Uzbek II (3 cr.) P: Grade of independent preparation outside of class required. B or higher in T511 or equivalent. Introductory Uzbek II continues Introductory Uzbek I. CEUS-T 532 Introductory Uyghur II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T531 or equivalent. Introductory Uyghur CEUS-T 611 Intermediate Uzbek I (3 cr.) P: Grade of II continues Introductory Uyghur I. Students will develop B or higher in T512 or equivalent. Intermediate Uzbek their skills in listening, reading, speaking and writing, to increases students’ fluency in speaking and develops begin mastering literary Uyghur language. Uyghur audio listening and reading skills. With extensive conversation and video cassettes and visuals illustrate contemporary and reading practice, students extend their vocabulary Uyghur cultural life. Opportunity for personal expression and grammar fundamentals in the literary language of comes in partner and group work. Uzbekistan. Journals, newspapers and authentic materials supplied via Internet, e-mail and Oncourse illustrate CEUS-T 631 Intermediate Uyghur I (3 cr.) P: Grade modern life and language in Uzbekistan. of B or higher in T532. Intermediate Uyghur will expand the learner’s grammatical, lexical, and functional skills. CEUS-T 612 Intermediate Uzbek II (3 cr.) P: Grade of Listening activities involve narratives, interviews from RFA B or higher in T611 or equivalent. Intermediate Uzbek II (Uyghur Erkin Asiya Radiosi), Uyghur TV, etc. Partner continues Intermediate Uzbek I. work and discussions are also used. Contemporary Eastern Turkestan’s society will be introduced, so CEUS-T 711 Advanced Uzbek I (3 cr.) P: Grade of students can communicate properly in different situations, B or higher in T612 or equivalent. Advanced Uzbek I purposes, and roles. increases oral fluency, and develops listening, reading and writing, based on literary Uzbek, to enable students to do CEUS-T 632 Intermediate Uyghur II (3 cr.) P: Grade of research in history, culture, politics, etc. We do extensive B or higher in T631 or equivalent. Intermediate Uyghur conversation and reading practice, using journals and II is much like Intermediate Uyghur I. While developing newspapers illustrating modern Uzbekistan, Internet skills, we will introduce contemporary Eastern Turkestan, websites, Oncourse, videos, TV programs and audio its culture and mentality, so students may communicate tapes. effectively. Also included: translation skills, partner work and discussions, authentic listening and video material. CEUS-T 712 Advanced Uzbek II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or Independent work out of class is an essential part. higher in T711 or equivalent. Advanced Uzbek II increases oral fluency, and develops listening, reading and writing, CEUS-T 731 Advanced Uyghur I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or to enable students to do research in history, literature, higher in CEUS T632. In Advanced Uyghur I students will and culture. We do extensive conversation and reading give oral, reading, and writing presentations, participate practice, using newspapers and journals illustrating Uzbek in class discussions, and practice translation. Excerpts history, literature, and modern life, plus Uzbek videos, TV from novels, movies, newspapers, etc., will develop programs, and audio tapes. knowledge of Uyghur culture. Students will need a strong CEUS-T 811 Advanced Directed Language Study- Uzbek (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or higher in T712 or 104 September 6, 2017 equivalent. (Currently this course is not offered.) In this This course provides a comprehensive, basic knowledge class, students who have finished Advanced Uzbek II necessary for the understanding of Yakut texts in the may continue language learning in topic areas of interest. modern Cyrillic script and in earlier transcriptions. Students submit to the IAUNRC a proposal specifying instructor, materials to be studied, and a methodology for CEUS-T 694 Uralic Linguistics (3 cr.) Covers improving language skills. Enrollment is contingent upon linguistics of the Uralic language family (Hungarian, receiving an ADLS grant from the IAUNRC. Finnish, Estonian, and other languages in Russia). We begin with the proto-Uralic and relationships among General Uralic languages. The main focus is on topics such CEUS-C 596 Intro Central Eurasian Language (0 cr.) as agglutination, vowel harmony, complex locative This is a variable topic course limited to enrollment by case systems. The final topic: sociolinguistics of Uralic off-campus participants in the ANU/IU less commonly languages in Russia. Currently not being offered. taught language course exchange using distance learning CEUS-T 698 Intermediate Central Eurasian Languages technology. Currently not offered. I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or above in two semesters of CEUS-R 597 Empires of the Silk Road: History of introductory-level of the same language or equivalent. Central Eurasia (3 cr.) This course introduces the history This variable titles class is used for fall semester of of the Central Eurasian heartland of the Old World, which intermediate-level modern language classes which do dominated Eurasia until modern times. It focuses on the not y et have their own number. Such languages will be unique socio-political-religious-economic structure of Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the the major nations and their achievements in intellectual Tibetan Plateau-Himalayas region. Students may not use and artistic fields, from the Proto-Indo-Europeans to the more than one such language for departmental degree present. requirements. CEUS-T 598 Introductory Central Eurasian Languages CEUS-T 699 Intermediate Central Eurasian Languages I (3 cr.) This variable titles class is used for fall semester II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or above in one semester of of introductory-level modern language classes which do intermediate-level of the same language or equivalent. not yet have their own number. Such languages will be This variable titles class is used for spring semester of Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the intermediate-level modern language classes which do not Tibetan Plateau-Himalaya region. Students may not use yet have their own number. Such languages will be Uralic; more than one such language for departmental degree Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the Tibetan requirements. Plateau-Himalaya region. Students may not use more than one such language for departmental degree requirements. CEUS-T 599 Introductory Central Eurasian Languages II (3 cr.) This variable titles class is used for spring CEUS-T 798 Advanced Central Eurasian Languages semester of introductory-level modern language classes I (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or above in two semesters of which do not yet have their own number. Such languages intermediate-level of the same language or equivalent. will be Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman language This variable titles class is used for fall semester of of the Tibetan Plateau-Himalayas region. Students may advanced-level modern language classes which do not use more than one such language for departmental not yet have their own number. Such languages will be degree requirements. Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the Tibetan Plateau-Himalayas region. Students may not use CEUS-T 690 Introduction to Manchu (3 cr.) The aim more than one such language for departmental degree of this course is to provide a comprehensive, basic requirements. knowledge necessary for the understanding of Manchu texts. The course will be divided into two main parts: (1) CEUS-T 799 Advanced Central Eurasian Languages study of Manchu phonology, morphology, and syntax; (2) II (3 cr.) P: Grade of B or above in one semester of translation of selected Manchu readings. advanced-level of the same language or equivalent. This variable titles class is used for spring semester CEUS-T 691 Old Turkic (3 cr.) This introduces Old Turkic of advanced-level modern language classes which do texts (8th to 14th century) in nine scripts: 1) runiform; 2) not yet have their own number. Such languages will be Sogdian; 3) Uyghur; 4) Brahmi; 5) Syriac; 6) Manichean; Uralic; Altaic; Iranian; or Tibeto-Burman languages of the 7) Chinese characters; 8) Square (‘Phags-pa) Script; Tibetan Plateau-Himalayas region. Students may not use and 9) Tibetan script. The course also covers the Turkic more than one such language for departmental degree language of the Karakhanid Empire (also called Middle requirements. Turkic). CEUS-T 891 ADLS-Central Eurasian Languages (3 cr.) CEUS-T 692 Introduction to Evenki (3 cr.) This course P: Grade of B or above in highest regularly offered level introduces Evenki, a historically important but now of language or equivalent. (Currently this course is not endangered language of the Tungusic family, spoken in offered.) For students who have finished the highest Siberia and northeastern inner Mongolia. The linguistic regularly offered level in a CEUS language (except when position of Evenki, the history of its study, phonetics, an ADLS class already exists) may continue language grammar, and writing systems are all introduced and learning in topic areas of interest. Students submit to students will learn how to translate brief texts. the IAUNRC a proposal. Enrollment is contingent upon CEUS-T 693 Introduction to Sakha (Yakut) (3 cr.) receiving an ADLS grant from the IAUNRC. Sakha (formerly called Yakut) is a northern Turkic language, with many ancient Mongolian loan words. It is one of Siberia’s most vigorous indigenous languages. September 6, 2017 105 Chemical Physics Under the direction of a graduate faculty member of the Department of Chemistry or the Department of Physics. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Final Examination Departmental URL: www.chemphys.indiana.edu Usually oral, covering dissertation, major, and minor(s). (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Faculty School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Co-Directors University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Professors David Baxter* (Physics), Romualdo de Souza* Bulletin.) (Chemistry) Curriculum Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Degree Offered Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Doctor of Philosophy. A student may also qualify for the doctoral dissertations.) Master of Science degree in chemistry or physics. Chancellor’s Professor Special Program Requirements (See also general University Graduate School George Ewing* (Emeritus, Chemistry) requirements.) Distinguished Professors Doctor of Philosophy Degree Gary Hieftje* (Chemistry), Peter Ortoleva* (Chemistry), Admission Requirements Charles Parmenter* (Chemistry), Victor Viola* (Emeritus, Undergraduate degree in chemistry, physics, or Chemistry) mathematics. Students who have interests in the physical Robert and Marjorie Mann Chairs sciences with undergraduate degrees in other fields, such as engineering, are also encouraged to apply; they will David Clemmer* (Chemistry), Gary Hieftje* (Chemistry), be considered on an individual basis. Admission to the Martin Jarrold* (Chemistry) program requires that the student first be admitted to the graduate program in chemistry or physics. Professors Grades Adam Allerhand* (Emeritus, Chemistry), David Baxter* (Physics), Russell Bonham* (Emeritus, Chemistry), B (3.0) average or higher must be maintained. Romualdo de Souza* (Chemistry), Herb Fertig* (Physics), Stanley Hagstrom* (Emeritus, Chemistry, Course Requirements Computer Science), Larry Kesmodel* (Physics), These requirements are flexible, and are planned and Lawrence Montgomery* (Emeritus, Chemistry), Gerardo approved by the Chemical Physics Committee and Ortiz* (Physics), Roger Pynn* (Physics), Krishnan the individual student. The guidelines in planning the Raghavachari* (Chemistry), James Reilly* (Chemistry), curriculum are that the student in the program should William Schaich* (Emeritus, Physics), Paul Sokol* acquire knowledge of condensed-matter physics, (Physics), Philip Stevens* (Public and Environmental electricity and magnetism, molecular structure, kinetics, Affairs), James Swihart* (Emeritus, Physics) atomic and molecular spectroscopy, quantum mechanics, Associate Professors and statistical mechanics. The formal requirements are either those of a major in physical chemistry with a Mu-Hyun Baik* (Chemistry), John Carini* (Physics), minor in physics or of a major in physics with a minor in Bogdan Dragnea* (Chemistry), Srinivasan Iyengar* chemistry. (Chemistry), Stephen Jacobson* (Chemistry), C. Chick Jarrold* (Chemistry), Dongwhan Lee* (Chemistry), Daniel Minor Mindiola* (Chemistry) For a minor in physics, 9 credit hours in physics courses Assistant Professors at the P501 level or higher are required. For a minor in chemistry, 6 credit hours are required, chosen from Lane Baker* (Chemistry), Dobrin Bossev* (Physics), the following: C561-C562, C566, C567-C568, C668. Amar Flood* (Chemistry), Liang-Shi Li* (Chemistry), Sara Occasionally, courses other than those listed here may be Skrabalak* (Chemistry), Steven Tait* (Chemistry) accepted, but such substitutions require approval of the Chemical Physics Committee. Graduate Advisors Major Professor David Baxter*, Swain West 128, (812) 855-8337; Professor Romualdo de Souza*, Chemistry See Ph.D. program descriptions listed under chemistry or C230A, (812) 855-3767 physics. Chemistry Qualifying Examination College of Arts and Sciences See requirements of the major department, found Departmental E-mail: [email protected] elsewhere in this bulletin. Departmental URL: www.chem.indiana.edu Dissertation 106 September 6, 2017

(Please note that when conferring University Graduate can be conferred upon the holder of a bachelor's degree School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The or master's degree in another discipline. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Course Requirements Bulletin.) A minimum of 51 total credit hours with a minimum of Curriculum 21 credits required in both chemistry and environmental science, to be distributed among the following six areas Degrees Offered of chemistry and environmental science: (1) chemistry Master of Science, Master of Arts in Teaching, and Doctor core (9 cr.); (2) environmental science core (9 cr.); (3) of Philosophy in Chemical Biology. The department economics, policy, and law competencies (6-9 cr.); (4) tool also participates in the biochemistry, chemical physics, skills (3-5 cr.); (5) environmental chemistry concentration information science, library science, SPEA, and molecular (15-18 cr.); and (6) an experiential requirement (3 cr.). and cellular biology programs. One of the 3-credit hour courses must involve team participation in an integrative project that addresses a Fields of Study multidisciplinary problem. This course may be in either of Analytical, inorganic, materials, organic, physical the concentrations or in the tool skill courses. chemistry, and chemical biology. Experiential Requirement Special Department Requirements (See also general University Graduate School A minimum of three credits associated with an approved requirements.) experiential assignment, such as an internship or prior employment, is required. Admission Requirements Thesis Undergraduate degree in chemistry, physics, mathematics, or the biological sciences. Students The thesis requirement is waived for the dual M.S. with undergraduate degrees in other areas of the Chemistry/M.S.E.S. degrees. physical sciences or engineering are also encouraged to apply. Students are admitted to the program only with Master of Arts for Teachers Degree the approval of the Chemistry Graduate Admissions The Master of Arts for Teachers (MAT) program is a Committee. two-year, non-thesis masters and certification program that prepares secondary education teachers. The Grades program consists of graduate coursework in chemistry At least a B (3.0) average in work for the advanced in combination with education coursework toward degree. Grades below C (2.0) are not counted toward the certification in the School of Education. Returning completion of degree requirements, but will be counted in teachers with certification usually take only one year determining a student’s grade point average. to complete graduate chemistry coursework. Students with B.A. or B.S. degrees in chemistry, but with no Master of Science Degree - Chemistry education background, may complete requirements for a This degree may be conferred upon the holder of a secondary Indiana teaching certificate and strengthen their bachelor’s degree or master’s degree in another discipline. background in chemistry. Course Requirements Admission Requirements These requirements are flexible and are planned and Eighteen (18) credit hours of chemistry, including one approved by the graduate committee. A minimum of 30 semester each of general, quantitative, and organic credit hours in chemistry are required. At least 9 credit chemistry. Deficiencies must be removed without hours of course work in the major field offered in fulfillment graduate credit. Continuance in the program will depend of the M.S. degree must be in courses numbered 500 or upon the performance in coursework taken during the first above (excluding thesis work). semester in the program, and continued good standing in Thesis the program; alternatively, a qualifying examination may be administered after either one semester or one summer Required. in the program. Master of Science in Chemistry/Master of Science in General Requirements Environmental Science (SPEA) This dual degree may be conferred upon the holder of a A total of 36 credit hours, of which a minimum of 20 credit bachelor's degree or master's degree in another discipline. hours must be in courses in chemistry that carry graduate credit. For students without prior education coursework, Admission Requirements the remaining 16 credits are to be fulfilled through School of Education courses. Consult School of Education, The department of Chemistry and the School of Public Graduate Studies Office (Wright Education Building 4210, and Environmental Affairs (SPEA) offer a two-year, 51 [812] 856-8504) for Education coursework requirements. credit hour program that qualifies students for two master's degrees. A student must apply to and be accepted by A maximum of 6 credit hours of undergraduate courses both the Chemistry Department and by the School of may be applied toward the M.A.T. degree. For a student Public and Environmental Affairs for study toward an having an unusually strong undergraduate background M.S. degree in Chemistry and an M.S. in Environmental in chemistry or biochemistry (e.g., a B.S. degree), Science. The student will receive graduate advising in some of the required 20 credit hours in advanced both the Chemistry Department and SPEA. Both degrees chemistry courses may be in other areas of science and September 6, 2017 107 mathematics, if approved in advance by the graduate chosen in consultation with advisors in Information and advisor. Library Science and Chemistry to bring the total graduate credit hours to 36. Lecture-Course Requirements Doctor of Philosophy Degree Students are advised to select an area of specialization The program leading to the Ph.D. degree emphasizes the within chemistry, while developing a broad base of attainment of a high level of competency in a specialized knowledge in several areas. To that end, students will area of chemistry, but also requires the development of take twelve (12) credit hours in lecture courses, distributed broad knowledge and experience. By the time the degree as follows: 6 credit hours in one of the following six areas: is earned, the student should show promise of becoming analytical, biological, inorganic, materials, organic, or a capable and independent investigator in chemistry. physical chemistry; and 3 credit hours in each of two of the The major emphasis for the Ph.D. is on research while in remaining six fields. residence on the Bloomington campus. Research should Lecture courses may be selected from those at the 500- be the student’s greatest challenge and the focus of the level or above, or with departmental approval from any major portion of his or her energy. The student’s attitude of the following undergraduate courses: analytical, A314, toward and progress in research is a most important factor C317, C318; biological, C481, C483, C484, C485, B486; in graduate committee decisions. inorganic, C430; organic, C342, S342, C443; physical, Course Requirements C360, C361, C362, C460. A total of 90 credit hours, of which at least 24 credit hours Laboratory-Course Requirements must be in course work. Students may major in analytical, Students are required to have had experience in upper chemical biology, inorganic, materials, organic, or level laboratories in three of the six areas of chemistry. physical chemistry. Doctoral students majoring in a field of If this requirement was not fulfilled prior to admission into chemistry are required to complete a minimum of 12 credit the MAT program, graduate level laboratory courses may hours of course work in that field, following a sequence of be taken to augment students’ laboratory experience. courses approved by their advisory committee. Additionally, the following, and comparable courses taken A doctoral student in chemistry can choose to minor within elsewhere, will qualify with departmental approval: A316, the Chemistry department or can elect to minor in some C315, C344, P364, C437, P464, C487. other department. In the latter case, the requirements are Electives specified by the minor department. Students electing to minor within the department must complete a minimum Additional courses in chemistry may count with of 6 credit hours in areas of chemistry other than the departmental approval at the 400-level or above to give major area by following the subplans/tracks., otherwise a total of at least 20 credit hours (including course work you must create an Individualized Minor which provides in the preceding two categories). Up to 16 credit hours additional breadth and depth to the individualized degree. in courses may count with departmental approval at the The course work comprising an inside minor must be 300 level or above in mathematics, biological sciences, approved by the advisory committee. physical sciences, or education carrying graduate credit. All doctoral students in chemistry are required to enroll Final Examination in C500 Introduction to Research during their first year of Either oral or written, or both. study. Master of Library Science/Master of Information Foreign-Language/Tool-Skill Requirement Science Degree Information Specialist (Chemistry) The department has no formal foreign language or tool- Offered by the Department of Information and Library skill requirement, but Ph.D. advisory committees may Science (ILS). Students in this joint program receive consider such courses essential for individual students. the Master of Library Science degree or the Master of Information Science degree, and a Chemical Information Qualifying Examinations Specialization. To remain in good standing, each student must Admission Requirements successfully complete the Chemistry seminar course in the chosen major (A800, B800, M800, N800, R800, or Bachelor’s degree in chemistry or the equivalent. P800) during the third and fourth semester, and present a literature seminar by the end of the second year. In Course Requirements: M.I.S. the fifth semester, students meet with their advisory Foundation course requirements (21 credit hours); and committees to review past performance in both the major Specialization courses (9 credit hours: Z523, Z533, and minor areas and to evaluate plans for completing the and INFO I571) and additional courses to be chosen Ph.D. This review includes a seminar, written document, in consultation with advisors in Information and Library and oral examination. A written exam is included for Science and Chemistry to bring the total graduate credit Chemical Biology majors. Current information concerning hours to 42. probation, termination, and reinstatement policies may be obtained from the departmental graduate office. Course Requirements: M.L.S. Final Examination Foundation courses (18 credit hours); and Specialization courses (9 credit hours: Z523, Z533, and INFO I571) and Usually oral, covering dissertation, major, and minors, and additional Information and Library Science courses to be also a seminar describing the dissertation. 108 September 6, 2017

Subplans/Tracks (2) a course on a specific energy type, and (3) one course on implications of energy use. Contact the departmental Analytical: CHEM C501 Chemical Instrumentation; Graduate Office for appropriate courses. CHEM C611 Electroanalytical Chemistry; CHEM C612 Spectrochemical Methods of Analysis; CHEM Ph.D. Minor in Quantitative Biology (Q.B.) C613 Mass Spectrometry and Stable Isotopes; CHEM Students wanting to minor in Q.B. are required to C614 Chromatography; CHEM C615 Bioanalytical complete 6 credit hours offered in Chemistry, Biology, Chemistry; CHEM C620 Measurement Science Biochemistry, Physics and Medical Sciences. Contact the Chemistry Department Graduate Office for Chemical Biology: CHEM C581 Macromolecular appropriate courses. See the chemistry website for further Structure and Function; CHEM C582 Biomolecular clarification and the link to the minor application. http:// Analysis and Interaction; CHEM C583 Analysis of www.chem.indiana.edu/graduate/. Biochemical Literature; CHEM C584 Integrated Biochemistry; CHEM C588 Fundamentals of Biochemical Faculty Catalysis; CHEM C589 Enzyme Mechanisms; CHEM C680 Introduction to Quantitative Biology and Chairperson Measurement; CHEM C681 Introduction to Chemical Professor Stephen C. Jacobson* Biology I; CHEM C682 Introduction to Chemical Biology II; CHEM C687 Seminar Advanced Topics in Biochemistry; Graduate Faculty CHEM C689 Quantitative and Chemical Biology Journal (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Club Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Inorganic: CHEM C502 Inorganic Spectroscopy; CHEM C630 Structure and Bonding; CHEM C631 Chemical Harry G. Day Chair Crystallogrrahy; CHEM C632 Structure, Function, and Spectroscopy of Metal Ions in Biological Stystems; CHEM David R. Williams* C633 Inorganic Chemistry of Main Group Elements; James F. Jackson Associate Professor CHEM C634 Transition Metal Chemistry; CHEM C635 Mechanisms of Inorganic Chemistry, CHEM C636 Lane Baker* Organometallic Chemistry and Catalysis CHEM; C639 Luther Dana Waterman & Professor James F. Jackson Characterization of Paramagnetic Molecules Amar Flood* Materials: CHEM M501 Fundamentals of Materials I: Making, Measuring, and Modeling; CHEM M502 Robert and Marjorie Mann Chairs Fundamentals of Materials II: Molecular and Nanoscale Materials; 6 hours from other courses approved by advisor David E. Clemmer*, Gary M. Hieftje*, Martin Jarrold* Organic: CHEM C503 Spectrometric Methods of Joan and Marvin Carmack Chair Structure; CHEM C540 Advanced Organic Chemistry; Nicola L. Pohl* CHEM C543 Organic Reactions; CHEM C643 Organic Natural Products; CHEM C648 Seminar Organic Earl Blough Professor Chemistry Trevor Douglas* Physical: CHEM C561 Atomic & Molecular Quantum Ed Bair Chair Theory; CHEM C562 Computational Quantum Chemistry; CHEM C566 Molecular Optical Spectroscopy; CHEM Stephen C. Jacobson* C567 Chemical Statistical Mechanics; CHEM C668 Seminar Physical Chemistry Lilly Alumni Chair Minors David P. Giedroc* A doctoral student in chemistry can choose to minor within Provost Professor the Chemistry department or can elect to minor in some other department. In the latter case, the requirements are Romualdo T. deSouza*, Bogdan Dragnea* specified by the minor department. Students electing to Vice Provost for Sciences minor within the department must complete a minimum of 6 credit hours in areas of chemistry other than the major Jeffrey M. Zaleski* area. The course work comprising an inside minor must be approved by the advisory committee. Rudy Professor/Dean's Fellow Ph.D. Minor in Chemistry Sara Skrabalak* Students from other departments who wish to minor Distinguished Professors in chemistry must complete at least 6 credit hours of graduate course work in one area of chemistry with an Kenneth G. Caulton*, Ernest Davidson* (Emeritus), Gary average of B (3.0) or above. M. Hieftje*, Ronald Hites* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Milos V. Novotny* (Emeritus), Peter J. Ortoleva*, Ph.D. Minor in Sustainable Energy Science Charles S. Parmenter* (Emeritus), Victor E. Viola* Students in Chemistry who wish to minor in Sustainable (Emeritus), David E. Clemmer*, Krishnan Raghavachari*, Energy Science must complete 12 credit hours of study, 9 Richard DiMarchi* of which are in coursework that includes (1) GEOG-G542, September 6, 2017 109

Herman T. Briscoe Professor • CHEM-C 509 Special Laboratory Problems (1-5 cr.) P: 8 credit hours of chemistry toward Dennis G. Peters* graduate degree, consent of instructor. P or C: 500- Standiford H. Cox Professor & Linda & Jack Gill Chair level lecture course in research field. Nonmajors only. Participation in scientific research to gain Richard D. Di Marchi* understanding of its philosophy and techniques. Professors • CHEM-C 511 Advanced Analytical Methods I (4 cr.) Theory and practice of analytical Adam Allerhand* (Emeritus), Russell Bonham* (Emeritus), separation techniques and analytical spectros- Ernest Campaigne (Emeritus), Jack Crandall* (Emeritus), copy; chromatographic methods of separation, Bogdan Dragnea*, Joseph Gajewski* (Emeritus), David fundamentals of gas and liquid chromatography, P. Giedroc*, Stanley Hagstrom* (Emeritus, Computer overview of spectroscopic instrumentation, atomic Science), Stephen Jacobson*, Caroline Chick Jarrold*, and molecular spectroscopy for analysis. Lawrence K. Montgomery* (Emeritus), Martha Gray • CHEM-C 512 Advanced Analytical Methods Oakley*, James P. Reilly* John Richardson* (Emeritus, II (4 cr.) Theory and practice of electrochemical Biochemistry), V. Jack Shiner Jr.* (Emeritus), Philip S. (potentiometric and voltammetric) methods of Stevens* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Theodore S. analysis; introduction to analytical chemistry of the Widlanski*, Jeffery M. Zaleski* elements and statistics for analytical chemistry. Associate Professors • CHEM-C 540 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3 cr.) P: C362 and C342. Valence and molecule Lane Baker*, Charles Dann III*, Srinivasan S. Iyengar*, structure, electronic interpretation of organic Liang-shi Li*, Jeremy Smith*, Steven L. Tait*, Michael reactions, stereochemistry. VanNieuwenhze* • CHEM-C 543 Organic Reactions (3 cr.) Synthesis Senior Scientists of organic compounds, degradation reactions, selected topics in organic reactions. Lyudmila Bronstein, John Huffman* (Emeritus), Maren • CHEM-C 561 Atomic and Molecular Quantum Pink Theory (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Elements of quantum theory, solution of Assistant Professors elementary problems with chemical applications, Michael Kevin Brown*, Silas Cook, Jonathan Raff* (Public approximate methods, atomic structure, molecular and Environmental Affairs), Thomas Snaddon*, Megan symmetry and normal vibrations, the molecular Thielges*, Yan Yu* orbital description of molecules. • CHEM-C 562 Computational Quantum Graduate Advisor Chemistry (3 cr.) P: C561 or consent of instructor. Amar Flood, Chemistry Building C131, (812) 855-2069 Electronic structure theory at the Hartree-Fock and semiempirical levels, computer calculations on Courses elementary systems, elements of group theory and linear vector spaces, electron correlation, structure • CHEM-C 500 Introduction to Research of potential surfaces. (2-6 cr.) Objectives and techniques of chemical research. Assignment to research problem to be • CHEM-C 565 Nuclear Chemistry (3 cr.) P: C360 completed during two semesters. or C361. Introduction to nuclear science covering the properties, structure, and reactions of nuclei. • CHEM-C 501 Chemical Instrumentation The energetics and kinetics of radioactivity are (4 cr.) Electronics as applied to chemical studied. Models presented include the liquid drop instrumentation; design and construction of instru- (macroscopic properties) and the shell (microscopic ments used in chemical research, analysis, properties) models. Topics covered include: origin recording, and control; maintenance and practice in of the elements, nuclear power, biological effects of modification to meet special needs. radiation, and radiocarbon dating. • CHEM-C 502 Spectroscopic Methods in Inorganic • CHEM-C 566 Molecular Optical Spectroscopy Chemistry (3 cr.) P: C361. Chemical applications (3 cr.) P: C561 or consent of instructor. Interaction of group theory and the elucidation of structure and of radiation with matter. Spectroscopic probes of bonding in inorganic molecules and complexes by the rotational, vibrational, and electronic structure of vibrational, nuclear magnetic resonance, Mossbauer molecules. Advanced laser methods. and electronic absorption spectroscopy. • CHEM-C 567 Chemical Statistical Mechanics • CHEM-C 503 Spectrometric Methods of Structure (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Determination (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Introduction to equilibrium and nonequilibrium many- Elucidation of molecular structure utilizing IR, UV, body systems using ensemble techniques. Emphasis and NMR spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, and on molecular systems and systems undergoing other methods. chemical transformation or transport. Both qualitative • CHEM-C 506 Biogeochemistry (3 cr.) The and rigorous approaches. formation and processing of organic material in • CHEM-C 568 Advanced Statistical Mechanics natural environments. Microbiology of sediments. (3 cr.) P: C567 or consent of instructor. Selected The global biogeochemical cycles of carbon, topics such as pair correlation functions in classical nitrogen, and sulfur. Geochemistry of organic liquids, laser and reaction-transport, nonequilibrium materials. Organic geochemical evidence of phenomena, critical phenomena, reaction rates, evolutionary events. 110 September 6, 2017

condensed media, NMR, precipitation and transport; interfacial catalysis; transmembrane polymer kinetics, Green’s function methods, and signal transduction. Credit given for only one of the computational methods. following: C585, B605. • CHEM-C 572 Computational Chemistry and • CHEM-C 587 Integrated Biochemistry II Molecular Modeling (3 cr.) P: C571 or consent of (1.5 cr.) P: C584 or consent of instructor. instructor. Molecular modeling: computer models Mechanism-based examination of biochemical of molecules and their behavior in gas and con- aspects of control protein folding and function, signal densed phases; implicit and explicit solvation transduction, and systems biology. Credit given for models; quantum and molecular mechanics; search only one of the following: C587, B506. strategies for conformational analysis, geometry • CHEM-C 588 Fundamentals of Biochemical optimization methods; information content from Catalysis (1.5 cr.) General properties of enzymes Monte Carlo and molecular dynamics simulations. and basic principles of enzymatic reactions are Statistics and chemometrics: multivariate statistics discussed. Enzyme kinetics; inhibitor types, their and experimental design, numerical methods, importance and there effects on enzymatic reaction calibration and chemical analysis, optimization rates; and specificity of enzymes will be covered. methods, artificial intelligence. Molecular design: Students will gain facility with thermodynamics, de novo design techniques; quantitative structure catalytic mechanisms, kinetics and binding equilibria activity relationships (QSAR); comparative molecular as they apply to proteins. Credit given for only one of field analysis (CoMFA); docking; molecular diversity the following: C588, B540. and combinatorial libraries. • CHEM-C 589 Enzyme Mechanisms • CHEM-C 581 Macromolecular Structure and (1.5 cr.) P: CHEM-C588 Enzyme mechanisms Function (1.5 cr.) P: BIOC-B501 or consent demonstrate how chemical principles are employed of instructor. Molecular Biology and Physical by living organisms. The course will cover several Chemisry Review; Recombinant DNA Techniques; classes of enzymes, for example, hydrolases, Heterologous Protein Expression Systems; phosphorylases, kinases, carboxylases, and Description and Measurement of Stabilizing Forces transferases. Focus will also be placed on the roles in Macromolecular Structure; Protein Secondary, of cofactors in catalysis. Credit given for only one of Tertiary and Quaternary Structures: Circular the following: C589, B541. Dichroism and Analytical Ultracentrifugation; Nucleic and Structure and Probing; Protein Structure • CHEM-C 611 Electroanalytical Chemistry Determination by Neclear Magnetic Resonance (1.5-3 cr.) Theory and practice of electrochemical (NMR); Protein Structure Determination by X-ray techniques (such as cyclic voltammetry, Crystallography; building and refinement of a Protein chronocoulometry, stripping analysis, thin-layer Structure from Crystallographic Data. Credit given electrochemistry, and spectroelectrochemistry) used for only one of the following: C581, B530. for analysis and for the characterization of inorganic • CHEM-C 582 Biomolecular Analysis and and organic systems. (May be offered in alternate Interaction (1.5 cr.) P: BIOC-B501 or consent years.) of instructor. Ligand Binding Models; Single Site • CHEM-C 612 Spectrochemical Methods of Binding and Multiple and Competitive Site Binding; Analysis (1.5-3 cr.) New instrumentation and and Determination and Measurement of Binding techniques employed in spectrochemistry; in-depth Interactions and Antibody-based Interaction treatment of commonly used spectrochemical meth- Methods. Credit given for only one of the following: ods. (May be offered in alternate years.) C582, B531. • CHEM-C 613 Mass Spectrometry and Stable • CHEM-C 583 Analysis of Biochemical Literature Isotopes (1.5-3 cr.) Topics in mass spectroscopic (1.5 cr.) P: Concurrent or previous enrollment instrumentation and applications and in the natural in B501/C584 or consent of instructor. Critical chemistry of the stable isotopes of C, H, N, O, S, and evaluation of the biochemical literature using rare gases. (May be offered in alternate years.) selected papers as examples, development of • CHEM-C 614 Chromatography written and oral communication skills in the context (1.5-3 cr.) Theoretical and practical aspects of of literature analysis. Credit given for only one of the chromatographic methods of separation; fundamen- following: C583, C502. tals of gas and liquid chromatography, related • CHEM-C 584 Integrated Biochemistry instrumentation, and selected applications. (May be (3-4.5 cr.) P: Undergraduate biochemistry offered in alternate years.) (equivalent to C483 or C484) or consent of in- • CHEM-C 615 Bioanalytical Chemistry structor. Basic principles and methodologies (1.5-3 cr.) Survey of modern analytical techniques, of biochemistry: essentials of macromolecular including spectrochemical, electrochemical, and biosynthesis; mechanism-based examination of separation methods used in biochemical analysis biochemical aspects of cell biology; material is and their applications. (May be offered in alternate presented with an integrative approach design years.) to illustrate the interrelationship of biochemical • CHEM-C 616 Surface Analysis and Surface processes. Credit given for only one of the following: Chemistry (1.5 cr.) An overview of the modern C584, B501. instrumental techniques of surface analysis will • CHEM-C 585 Structure and Function of be presented, together with a survey of their Biological Membranes (3 cr.) Biochemistry applications to solve surface chemical problems. and biophysics of lipids, membranes, and mem- Topics include electron and ion spectroscopies, brane proteins; fundamentals of membrane SIMS, LEED, thermal desorption spectroscopy, September 6, 2017 111

surface electron and ion microscopies, catalysis, main group and transition metal compounds, microelectronics fabrication, and corrosion. including application to organic synthesis. Predictive • CHEM-C 619 Seminar: Analytical Chemistry principles and generic C-C and C-H bond-forming (1 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Individual student reactions, including hydrogenation, coupling, seminars covering new methods or applications of addition to olefins or alkynes, and metatheses. chemical analysis or characterization. Required of all These reactions are also extended to reactions on analytical chemistry majors. surfaces and solid-state processes. • CHEM-C 630 Structure and Bonding • CHEM-C 637 Physical Methods in Structural (3 cr.) P: C502 and C561. Applications of quantum Chemistry (3 cr.) Application of X-ray diffraction, mechanics to the electronic and geometric structure dynamic NMR, and mass spectroscopy to structural of inorganic molecules. Advanced ligand field and and mechanistic problems throughout the periodic molecular orbital theories. The Jahn-Teller effects table, with emphasis on which techniques are and orbital symmetry studies of stereochemistry. optimal for particular questions, as well as the Inorganic photochemistry. (May be offered in potential weaknesses of each. alternate years.) • CHEM-C 638 Seminar: Inorganic Chemistry • CHEM-C 631 Chemical Crystallography (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Topics not (3 cr.) General understanding and hands-on ordinarily covered by regularly scheduled courses, laboratory experience in crystallography as analytical such as boron hydrides, X-ray diffraction, metal- method. Topics will consist of theory on physics metal bonds, bioinorganic chemistry, platinum and mathematical concepts used in crystallography, metals chemistry, inorganic photochemistry, etc. the relation of physical and chemical properties to (May be offered in alternate years.) structure data, common databases, utilization of • CHEM-C 639 Characterization of Paramagnetic appropriate software for data work-up, solution, Molecules (3 cr.) Definitions of diamagnetism, refinement, and visualization structures. paramagnetism, magnetization and magnetic • CHEM-C 632 Structure, Function, and susceptibility; the Curie Law; orbital angular mo- Spectroscopy of Metal Ions in Biological mentum; the Van Vleck equation; zero-field splitting; Systems (3 cr.) Introduction to the field of bio- exchange interactions in dinuclear and polynuclear inorganic chemistry and spectroscopic methods metal clusters. Basic concepts of paramagnetic for determining structure/function relationship NMR; spin delocalization mechanisms and isotropic of metal ions in biology. Emphasis on oxygen shifts; contact and dipolar contributions. EPR of carriers, metal ion transport and storage, as well transition complexes; g-value anisotropy as a as oxidoreductases involved in oxygen, hydrogen, function of coordination geometry. and nitrogen metabolism. A discussion of electron • CHEM-C 643 Organic Natural Products transfer proteins, photosystems, and the role of (3 cr.) P: C540 and C543; or consent of instructor. metals in medicine will also be included. Synthesis and chemical-physical analysis of • CHEM-C 633 Inorganic Chemistry of Main Group the structure of alkaloids, antibiotics, bacterial Elements (3 cr.) The syntheses, structure, and metabolites, plant pigments, steroids, and terpenes. industrial application of compounds and materials (May be offered in alternate years.) in which main group elements play a major role. All • CHEM-C 644 Physical Organic Chemistry elements except the d-block transition metals are (1-3 cr.) P: C342 and C362. Application of physical- included as main group elements. This includes the chemical techniques to the study of structure and f-block lanthanides and actinides as well. mechanism of reaction of organic compounds. • CHEM-C 634 Transition Metal Chemistry • CHEM-C 648 Seminar: Organic Chemistry (3 cr.) Survey of the properties of the transition (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Recent metals with emphasis on common oxidation levels, developments in such areas as sulfur compounds, coordination geometries, and compounds with heterocycles, stereochemistry, polymers, and “classical” ligands; “hard” and “soft” acids and bases; synthesis. May be repeated. d-orbitals and their energies in different geometries; • CHEM-C 668 Seminar: Physical Chemistry formation constants and the Chelate Effect; the (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Topics such Jahn-Teller theorem; low-, intermediate-, and high- as chemical applications of matrix algebra and spin systems; mixed valency; metal-ligand multiple group theory, digital computing techniques, solid bonding, metal-metal bonds; coordination clusters state chemistry, high temperature processes, and their biological relevance. electrochemistry, theory of solutions, spectroscopy, • CHEM-C 635 Mechanisms of Inorganic Reactions and surface chemistry. May be repeated with (3 cr.) Analysis of the experimental and theoretical different topics. basis for our understanding of the reactions • CHEM-C 681 Introduction to Chemical Biology associated with main group and transition metal I (1.5 cr.) Basic elements of chemical biology ions and inorganic reagents in solution. Classes with a chemistry-centered focus. This course will of reactions include ligand substitutions, redox cover peptide synthesis and ligation methods, reactions, electron transfer reactions, reactions oligonucleotide synthesis, diversity-oriented within the coordination sphere of metal ions including synthesis and combinatorial libraries, bioorthogonal catalysis by photochemical and electrochemical reactions, high-throughput screening methods activation. and their use in drug discovery, and secondary • CHEM-C 636 Organometallic Chemistry and metabolism. Credit given for only one of the Catalysis (3 cr.) Synthesis and reactivity of organo- following: C681, B680. 112 September 6, 2017

• CHEM-C 683 Advanced Nucleic Acid nanoscale and molecular materials. The first part Biochemistry (1.5 cr.) Mechanistic analysis of provides an overview of methods for bottom-up nucleic acid metabolism; specificity and role of DNA synthesis and assembly of nanostructures. The polymerases and repair pathways; DNA replication second part provides case studies from the recent and recombination mechanisms; RNA structural literature; including: nanoparticles; biological motifs and physical properties; RNA synthesis applications; molecular electronics and machines; and processing in gene expression; catalytic RNA self-assembly in artificial and biological systems. molecules; applications of RNA molecules. Credit • CHEM-M 503 Supramolecular Chemistry given for only one of the following: C683, B601. (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A one-semester • CHEM-C 685 Advanced Macromolecular overview of bottom-up fabrication of functional Structure and Interaction (1.5 cr.) Supplements materials. Emphasis on the chemistry of molecu- and extends B503; emphasis on stability and larly defined assemblies and physical properties; folding mechanisms of proteins and nucleic acids recognition, catalysis, sensing, switching, transport, and detailed thermodynamic analysis of binding and actuation; electron transfer and energy interactions. Credit given for only one of the transfer and energy transfer; interfacial assemblies; following: C685, B603. mesoporous materials; polymers, dendrimers and • CHEM-C 686 Structural Methods (3 cr.) In biology, liquid crystals. structure and function are intimately connected. The • CHEM-M 608 Seminar: Materials Chemistry aim of this class is to demystify macromolecular (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Topics such as structure determination. We will examine X-ray electrochemistry, biomaterials, polymers, solid crystallography and EM image reconstruction in state chemistry, computational chemistry, micro/ detail, solving structures and studying the theoretical nanofabrication, and environmental chemistry underpinnings of each technique. Class will be considered from the perspective of materials computer and mathematics intensive. Credit given chemistry. for only one of the following: C686, B604. • CHEM-A 800 Seminar: Analytical Chemistry • CHEM-C 687 Seminar: Advanced Topics in (1 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Biochemistry (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. • CHEM-B 800 Seminar: Chemical Biology Topics vary yearly and include the following: physio- (1 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. chemical techniques in the study of macromol- • CHEM-M 800 Seminar: Materials Chemistry ecules; experimental methods in enzymology; (1 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. organic chemistry of enzymatic reactions and • CHEM-N 800 Seminar: Inorganic Chemistry enzyme models; conformational properties and (1 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. macromolecules. Credit given for only one of the • CHEM-P 800 Seminar: Physical Chemistry following: C687, B680. (1 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. • CHEM-C 688 Seminar in Biochemistry • CHEM-R 800 Seminar: Organic Chemistry (1.5-6 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Topic: (1 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Introduction to Quantitative Biology and • CHEM-C 810 Research: Analytical Chemistry Measurement. General properties of enzymes (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. and basic principles of enzymatic reactions are discussed. Enzyme kinetics; inhibitor types, their • CHEM-C 820 Research: Materials Chemistry importance and there effects on enzymatic reaction (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. rates; and specificity of enzymes will be covered. • CHEM-C 830 Research: Inorganic Chemistry Students will gain facility with thermodynamics, (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. catalytic mechanisms, kinetics and binding equilibria • CHEM-C 840 Research: Organic Chemistry as they apply to proteins. (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. • CHEM-C 689 Quantitative and Chemical Biology • CHEM-C 860 Research: Physical Chemistry Journal Club (1 cr.) P: Permission from Instructor. (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Current literature in chemical biology, biological • CHEM-C 880 Research: Chemical Biology imaging, mass spectrometry and structural biology (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. of biomolecules and biomolecular assemblies will be • CHEM-G 901 Research (6 cr.) This course is discussed. May be repeated for a maximum of 10 eligible for a deferred grade. credits. • CHEM-C 620 Measurement Science (1-3 cr.) • CHEM-M 501 Fundamentals of Materials Topics related to measurement in the chemical I: Making, Measuring, and Modeling sciences and interdisciplinary fields of science and (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Introduces engineering. Special attention to perspectives on techniques for fabrication, characterization, advanced instrumentation and application of new and modeling of materials with an emphasis on hybrid techniques to areas such as biomedical, nanostructures. Methods (top down) for the creation environmental, energy, or other areas of interest. and characterization of nanostructures; Band structure, conductivity, optical properties, and • CHEM-C 680 Introduction to Quantitative quantum confinement; Assembly, liquids, and phase Biology and Measurement (1.5 cr.) Core topics in transitions. solution scattering methods, electron microscopy, • CHEM-M 502 Fundamentals of Materials light microscopy/ imaging, and biological mass II: Nanoscale and Molecular Materials spectrometry. Coursefocuses on the capabilities of (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Introduces each type of measurement: data analysis, sensitivity, September 6, 2017 113

resolution, quantitation, and limitations. Introduction G650. (The latter courses may not be taken for credit by to cutting-edge instrumentation available for use in doctoral students majoring in the Department of Classical thesis reseach, research findings or new approaches Studies.) A grade of B or better in G650 fulfills the reading- used in (C689). knowledge requirement in classical Greek. • CHEM-C 682 Introduction to Chemical Biology Master of Arts for Teachers Degree II (1.5 cr.) Basic elements of chemical biology Admission Requirements applications and uses of technology. This course will cover microarray technology, protein labeling, Undergraduate major in Latin or Greek or the equivalent. chemical genetics, small molecule interactions Graduate Record Examination General Test required. with proteins/DNA, modulation of protein-protein Course Requirements interactions, RNA aptamers and molecular evolution. Credit given for only one of the following: C682, The total for the M.A.T. degree is 60 credit hours, of which B680. 24 are in classes designated by the School of Education and 10 in Supervised Student Teaching. Of the remaining Classical Studies 26 hours, 20 are in courses involving Greek and/or Latin College of Arts and Sciences language and literature, and 6 in classical civilization and culture. Departmental E-Mail: [email protected] Final Examination Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~classics Sight translation examination (two hours) in Latin. Written (Please note that when conferring University Graduate examination (two hours) on the history of Latin literature. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Doctor of Philosophy Degree contained only in The University Graduate School Admission Requirements Bulletin.) As a prerequisite for admission, a student must (1) have Curriculum completed at least 24 credit hours of graduate work in classical studies; (2) show proficiency in one modern Degrees Offered foreign language; (3) show evidence of scholarly potential Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of as indicated by the submission of a term paper or revised Philosophy version of a term paper to the Ph.D. admission committee Special Departmental Requirements of the department; (4) supply two letters of reference; and (See also general University Graduate School (5) take the Graduate Record Examination General Test. requirements.) Course Requirements Placement Examination A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation (maximum All newly admitted students will be required to take a of 28 credit hours). Fifty-three (53) credit hours must translation examination in Latin and/or Greek for the consist of the 20 credit hours of core requirements (C501, purpose of placement. This examination will be given in C502, G536, G537, L536, and L537) and 33 additional the week preceding initial registration. It is the student’s credit hours of Latin and Greek reading and seminar responsibility to arrive on campus in time to take this courses. The remaining credit hours are distributed among examination. No student will be permitted to enroll for the courses in the minor program. courses until the results of this placement examination are delivered to the director of graduate studies. Minor Master of Arts Degree A total of 12 to 15 credit hours of course work, to be Admission Requirements planned in consultation with the director of graduate studies. Minor programs aim to broaden the student’s Undergraduate major in Latin or Greek or the equivalent. knowledge in some aspect of classical studies outside Graduate Record Examination General Test required. the core curriculum. A minor may be taken in a single department (e.g., fine arts, comparative literature, history); Course Requirements in that case, the student should also consult with the A minimum of 30 credit hours of Latin, Greek, or classics director of graduate studies in that department. An in- courses, of which at least 22 credit hours must be in Latin terdepartmental minor (examples include “ancient studies” or Greek. One course involving the writing of a term paper. and “mythology studies”) combines course work in other departments with appropriate courses in classical studies. Final Examination Sight translation examination (two hours) in Latin or Another possibility is an interdepartmental minor in Greek. Written examination (two hours) on the history of “related fields,” with courses selected from comparative Greek or Latin literature. literature, fine arts, folklore, history, history and philosophy of science, linguistics, medieval studies, philosophy, Language Requirement religious studies, Renaissance studies, or any other appropriate department or school (e.g., law or music); Reading proficiency in one language: French, German, the aim of this “related fields” minor is to introduce the or another approved modern language, or (for students student to methodologies and approaches other than majoring in Latin) classical Greek. The requirement in classical Greek may be satisfied by completing G500- 114 September 6, 2017 the philological, which may be applied to the study of the Professor Eleanor Winsor Leach*, Ballantine Hall 547, cultures of ancient Greece and Rome. (812) 855-6651 Language Requirements Courses Reading proficiency in French and German; substitution Greek for French of one other modern language will be CLAS-G 302 Classical Greek: Accelerated considered on petition. This requirement must be Course II (3-3 cr.) Five (5) credits each semester for completed before the qualifying examinations may be undergraduates. taken. CLAS-G 305 Greek Tragedy (3 cr.) Qualifying Examinations CLAS-G 306 Greek Oratory (3 cr.) Translation examinations (three hours each) based on reading lists in Greek and in Latin. Students should have CLAS-G 307 Selected Works of Plato (3 cr.) passed the reading list translation examinations in both CLAS-G 308 Readings in Biblical Greek (3 cr.) Latin and Greek by the end of the third year (if they were admitted to the M.A. program) or by the end of the second CLAS-G 406 Homer (3 cr.) year (if they were admitted to the Ph.D. program with an M.A. degree). Qualifying examinations are also required CLAS-G 407 Greek Historians (3 cr.) on the history of Greek and Latin literature (three hours CLAS-G 410 Greek Prose Authors (3 cr.) each) and on a major author (three hours) chosen by the student. Students should have passed all three of the CLAS-G 411 Greek Comedy (3 cr.) qualifying examinations by the end of the fourth year (if CLAS-G 500 Elementary Greek I (2 cr.) they were admitted to the M.A. program) or by the end of the second year (if they were admitted to the Ph.D. CLAS-G 510 Readings in Greek Historians (4 cr.) program with an M.A. degree). An examination on the Extensive readings in Greek from the major historians outside minor may be required by the department of the —Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, and Polybius outside minor. —with special attention to the development of Greek historiography. Final Examination CLAS-G 511 Readings in Greek Oratory and Rhetoric Oral, primarily a defense of the dissertation. (4 cr.) Selections in Greek from the canon of the 10 Attic Ph.D. Minor in Greek or Latin orators, within the rubrics of epideictic, forensic, and Prospective minors should obtain a copy of “Graduate symbouleutic oratory. Special emphasis on situating these Minors in Latin and Greek” from the administrative rhetorical works in their social milieu. secretary in Ballantine Hall 547 and plan their course CLAS-G 512 Readings in Greek Philosophers (4 cr.) work in advance with the director of graduate studies (Department of Classical Studies). CLAS-G 513 Readings in the Greek Novel (3 cr.) An introduction to the Greek novel based upon readings in Faculty Greek in romantic novels such as Longus’ Daphnis and Chairperson Chloe, comic novels such as Pseudo-Lucian’s The Ass, Professor Matthew R. Christ* and/or historical novels such as Pseudo-Kallisthenes’ Alexander Romance. Some attention is also given to Graduate Faculty current research on the Greek novel. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University CLAS-G 516 Readings in Greek Comedy (4 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Examines the genres of old and new comedy, as revealed doctoral dissertations.) in selected comedies of Aristophanes and Menander. Emeriti Added to extensive reading in Greek, students will study the literary forms of the genres and how comedy acts James Lee Franklin* (Emeritus), William F. Hansen* as an expression of the poets’ engagement with their (Emeritus), Thomas Jacobsen* (Emeritus), Timothy Long* contemporary social and intellectual climate. (Emeritus), Betty Rose Nagle* (Emeritus), Carroll Nelson* (Emeritus), Ian Thomson* (Emeritus) CLAS-G 517 Readings in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) Careful reading of selected Greek tragedies of Aeschylus, Professors Sophocles, and Euripides, with the goal of appreciating Matthew R. Christ*, Eleanor Winsor Leach* tragedy as a complex art form and as an important social phenomenon created in fifth-century Athens. Associate Professors CLAS-G 518 Readings in Greek Epic (4 cr.) Introduction Bridget Kennedy Balint*, Cynthia Bannon*, Jonathan to Greek epic poetry, including the epic dialect, epic Ready* prosody, and oral poetry as a traditional art form. Readings in Greek include at least three books of Homer’s Assistant Professors Iliad or Odyssey. Some attention is also given to current Margaret Foster, Adam Gitner research on the early Greek epic. Director of Graduate Studies CLAS-G 536-537 Survey of Greek Literature I-II (4-4 cr.) A two-semester introduction to Greek literature from Homer (mid-eighth century B.C.) to Lucian (second September 6, 2017 115 century A.D.) through extensive readings in translation CLAS-L 400 Intensive Study of Literary Latin (3 cr.) supplemented by select Greek passages and modern scholarship. Attention to the emergence and development CLAS-L 407 Roman Lyric and Elegy (3 cr.) P: One of diverse genres within their cultural contexts. of L304, L305, L307, L308, L309, or L310. Introductory study of Roman lyric and elegiac poetry, with selections CLAS-G 540 Readings in Byzantine Greek (4 cr.) from Catullus, Horace, Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid. Emphasis on interpretation of individual poems and on CLAS-G 550 Elementary Greek II (2 cr.) their place in the ancient traditions of lyric and elegy. CLAS-G 600 Intermediate Greek I (3 cr.) Readings from CLAS-L 408 Roman Comedy (3 cr.) the New Testament and such authors as Aesop and Plato. Review of syntax and grammar. CLAS-L 409 Readings in Medieval Latin (3 cr.) CLAS-G 601 Seminar in Greek Poetry (4 cr.) Advanced CLAS-L 423 Roman Satire (3 cr.) study of selections from Greek poetry. The seminar will focus on issues relevant to the genre(s) to be studied. CLAS-L 424 Silver Age Historians (3 cr.) CLAS-G 603 Seminar on Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) A survey CLAS-L 426 Rhetoric and Oratory (3 cr.) of modes of recent scholarship on Greek tragedy. CLAS-L 427 Virgil’s Eclogues and Georgics (3 cr.) CLAS-G 610 Seminar in the Greek Novel (4 cr.) CLAS-L 428 Advanced Study of Virgil’s Aeneid Consideration in depth of select issues in the current (3 cr.) P: One of L304, L305, L307, L308, L309, or L310. scholarship on the Greek novel. Selected readings of texts Extensive reading in the Aeneid, with special attention to in the original Greek are included. The seminar may focus the poetic art of Virgil. Detailed study of Latin epic poetry. upon problems of ancient Greek fiction more generally or upon study of a single novel. CLAS-L 429 Roman Letters (3 cr.) CLAS-G 611 Seminar in Greek Epigraphy, Papyrology, CLAS-L 430 Lucretius (3 cr.) and Palaeography (4 cr.) Detailed study of the CLAS-L 432 Livy (3 cr.) principles of practices of Greek epigraphy, papyrology, or palaeography, with examination of selected papyrus CLAS-L 505 Latin Grammar, Composition, and documents, inscriptions, or other Greek texts. Reading (4 cr.) Exercises in Latin composition requiring control of principle features of Latin syntax and sight CLAS-G 613 Seminar in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.) reading of previously unseen passages leading to rapid CLAS-G 620 Seminar in Historical Texts and mastery of texts. Historiography (4 cr.) Close study of Greek historical CLAS-L 509 Cicero, His Life and Works (4 cr.) This writing as represented both by the surviving works of the rapid readings course will promote the development of major Greek historians and fragments of other writers. reading and comprehension skills, which will be actively Modern scholarship on historiography will encourage utilized as a basis for class discussions and papers. discussion of the relationship between historical and other Selections will cluster around a particular moment in kinds of writing in a Greek setting. Cicero’s career so that the interrelationship between CLAS-G 501 Archaic Greek Poetry (4 cr.) Selections correspondence, orations, and philosophical/oratorical from archaic Greek poetry, such as the works of Sappho, writings can be discussed. Bacchylides, and Pindar. Attention will be given to dialect, CLAS-L 510 Readings in Latin Historians (4 cr.) style, and cultural context. Intensive reading of one of the major Roman historians CLAS-G 622 Seminar on Topics in Greek Literature (Caesar, Livy, Tacitus) or a survey of the same (4 cr.) Consideration in depth of select topics in ancient with consideration of their places, antecedents, and Greek literature. Readings are assigned both in original successors in Roman literature. Emphasis on reading and Greek texts and in the secondary literature. comprehension of the texts. CLAS-G 650 Introduction to Attic Greek Prose and CLAS-L 511 Readings in Latin Oratory and Rhetoric Poetry (3 cr.) P: G600 or permission of instructor. (4 cr.) Through intensive readings in Ciceronian speeches Readings in Plato, Lysias, and Euripides. Credit not given or a selection of readings drawn from Roman rhetorical for both G650 and G302. II Sem. writers (Cicero, Seneca, Tacitus), this course will examine the theory and practice of rhetoric at Rome in the context Latin of philosophical, literary, and historical issues. CLAS-L 300 Intensive Introduction to Classical and CLAS-L 513 Readings in the Roman Novel (4 cr.) Medieval Latin (3 cr.) Through intensive readings in Roman prose fiction, including but not limited to the works of Petronius and CLAS-L 304 Catullus (3 cr.) Apuleius, this course will examine the genre of prose CLAS-L 305 Ovid (3 cr.) fiction in its literary and historical contexts. CLAS-L 307 Cicero (3 cr.) CLAS-L 515 Readings in Latin Elegy (4 cr.) Readings will highlight the development of elegiac verse as a genre CLAS-L 308 Caesar (3 cr.) with attention to issues of current interest: the politics of CLAS-L 309 Introduction to Virgil’s Aeneid (3 cr.) poetic language; the construction of gender roles; the 116 September 6, 2017 first-person speaker as an extra-societal observer and CLAS-C 413 The Art and Archaeology of Greece (4 cr.) commentator. Three (3) credits for undergraduates. CLAS-L 536-537 Survey of Latin Literature I-II (4-4 cr.) CLAS-C 414 The Art and Archaeology of Rome (4 cr.) Readings in Latin and in translated texts will present Three (3) credits for undergraduates. Latin literature from Livius Andronicus through Juvenal. Traditional scholarly questions will be introduced, but CLAS-C 416 Ovidian Mythology and its Tradition discussion will emphasize the construction of continuities (3 cr.) in Roman literature by considering literary history as an CLAS-C 419 The Art and Archaeology of Pompeii aspect of cultural history. (4 cr.) P: For graduate students: reading knowledge of CLAS-L 540 Medieval Latin (4 cr.) P: L409 or an Italian. Three (3) credits for undergraduates. equivalent course in medieval Latin. Students not offering CLAS-C 501 Introduction to Graduate Study: Literary one of these prerequisites will be required to pass an and Cultural Theory for Classicists (3 cr.) Provides examination on medieval texts before consent to enroll will familiarity with influential theories and methodologies of be granted. contemporary interpretive scholarship and evaluates their CLAS-L 545 Rapid Reading and Principles of Grammar relevance to the interpretive practices of classical studies. (4 cr.) Readings in the major authors of the Republic A brief survey of formative developments in the history of and Golden Age, and organized study of grammar to classical scholarship will be followed by a chronologically enable the student to read rapidly for comprehension, not ordered study of prominent twentieth-century writings. translation. CLAS-C 502 Bibliography and Research Resources CLAS-L 600 Seminar in Latin Epic (4 cr.) Emphasis for Classical Studies (1 cr.) Provides practice in using upon problems involving the interface of poetics and some of the major electronic and printed sources of politics. Either a special topic (e.g., epic divinities) or an bibliography and historical information available for the individual text may serve as the focus for study involving study of Greek and Roman antiquity. An introduction to contemporary approaches to poetry and to culture. May be ancillary disciplines such as epigraphy and numismatics repeated for credit. will be included. CLAS-L 602 Seminar in Latin Comedy (4 cr.) CLAS-C 503 The Ancient City (4 cr.) Survey of the topography and monuments of one of the major cities CLAS-L 603 Seminar in Latin Tragedy (4 cr.) Study of —Athens, Corinth, Rome, Ostia, for example—of the the fragments of Republican tragedy and the evidence classical world. Introduces students to the individual city for lost plays will be followed by research into historical, and its monuments. Provides through the monuments a philosophical, and literary questions posed by Seneca’s better understanding of urbanism through the history of Tragedies. the specific city, its statesmen, and authors. CLAS-L 610 Seminar in the Roman Novel (4 cr.) A CLAS-C 506 Teaching of Classics in College (1 cr.) study of Roman prose fiction through selected readings Required of all graduate students teaching a departmental in the works of Petronius and Apuleius, and in the current course for the first time. May be taken twice for credit. scholarship on the Roman novel and modern theoretical approaches to fiction. The seminar may focus on problems CLAS-C 507 Foreign Language Institute (1-6 cr.) in the study of Roman fiction or on a single novel. Formal study of Latin and Roman culture for secondary teachers and those preparing for secondary teaching. CLAS-L 611 Seminar in Latin Epigraphy or Normally taught in two-week sessions in the summer. May Palaeography (4 cr.) Advanced study of the be repeated for up to 6 hours of credit. methodologies and concentration on select Latin inscriptions or manuscripts. CLAS-C 610 Seminar in the Greek and Roman Novels (4 cr.) Consideration in depth of select issues in the CLAS-L 620 Seminar in Latin Historical Texts and current scholarship on the ancient novels. The emphasis Historiography (4 cr.) A study of Roman historical of the seminar is upon the secondary literature and upon writing from Republican, Imperial, or late Antique periods. the novels in English translation; a knowledge of Greek or The seminar may focus on literary, legal, documentary, Latin is not required. or religious texts, or on problems in Roman history or historiography. Discussion will address the methodologies CLAS-C 623 Seminar in Classical Archaeology (4 cr.) of current historical and historiographical scholarship. May P: C412 or A412 or consent of instructor. In-depth be repeated for credit. analysis and discussion of selected topics in Aegean, Greek, Etruscan, or Roman archaeology, including CLAS-L 803 Supervised Reading Program (1-4 cr.) May interconnections with other Mediterranean, Anatolian, or be repeated for credit. Near Eastern cultures. Classics CLAS-C 875 Research in Greek or Latin (arr. cr.) CLAS-C 405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.) Three (3) CLAS-C 880 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) credits for undergraduates. CLAS-C 411 The Art and Archaeology of Anatolia Cognitive Science (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. College of Arts and Sciences CLAS-C 412 The Art and Archaeology of the Aegean Departmental E-mail: [email protected] (4 cr.) Three (3) credits for undergraduates. September 6, 2017 117

Departmental URL: www.cogs.indiana.edu Ph.D. degree students are required to complete a Research Project. The project should constitute significant (Please note that when conferring University Graduate original research done while the student is enrolled in School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the Ph.D. program. Ph.D. students must decide on a University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements supervisor and topic for their projects by the end of their contained only in The University Graduate School first year and submit the Research Project Progress Bulletin.) Report to the Cognitive Science Program. The project Curriculum must be completed by the end of their second year; at this time they should submit the ‘Completion of the Research Degrees Offered Project form’. Doctor of Philosophy and Joint Doctor of Philosophy in Cognitive Science and another Discipline Research Presentation Requirement Program Information Students must present a research talk in a public forum (e.g., a talk series such as Cognitive Lunch or a lab The Cognitive Science Program comprises an meeting series) to an audience that includes at least two interdisciplinary research program and a doctoral degree Cognitive Science faculty members, before candidacy. program. Students carry out intensive research projects in The topic (which can be on the research project above state-of-the-art com¬puter-based laboratories. There are or other research) and the venue must be approved by two Ph.D. degree options: a standalone Ph.D. in Cognitive the student’s Advisory Committee and the Director of Science and a joint Ph.D. in Cognitive Science and Graduate Studies. COGS Q733 for 1 credit can be used another originating degree-granting program, for example, fulfill this requirement. Psychol¬ogical and Brain Sciences, Informatics, Computer Science, Philosophy, Neuroscience, Linguistics, or Content Specialization Speech and Hearing sciences. A Ph.D. Minor in Cognitive Science is also offered. The program is designed to Each student selects a Content Specialization, an area train students in theory development and model building of study that can be approached from the perspectives (mathematical, for¬mal, and computer simulation models), of the different disciplines within Cognitive Science. in empirical research, and in the development of the With the approval of the student’s advisory/research conceptual framework and technical skills needed for committee, any relevant area of cognitive science may successful careers in research, teaching, business, and fulfill the Content Specialization requirement. Some government. possibilities are Language and Speech, Dynamical Systems, Logic, Neuroscience and Human-Computer Doctor of Philosophy Degree Interaction. Students must complete at least five courses Admission Requirements in their specializa¬tion, and these courses must be taken in at least two differ¬ent departments. Courses Admission is by approval of the program’s graduate from the student’s minor may count toward the Content admission committee. Applicants should have an Specialization, but not core COGS courses. The Content undergraduate major in a field such as Cognitive Science, Specialization should be selected by the end of the Psychology, Computer Science, Philosophy, Linguistics, student’s second year in the program, and the courses Biology, or Anthropology; basic computer program¬ming selected must be approved by the student’s advisory/ skills; and basic knowledge of mathematics for science, research committee. The Content Specialization must be including calculus and statistics. In exceptional cases, the completed prior to Candidacy. programming or mathematics admission requirements may be waived and satisfied while pursuing graduate Minor Requirement study. Students must complete a minor in another department Course Requirements or program unless the student completes a dual major with another department. Courses counting toward the A minimum of 90 credit hours, including the core courses minor may also count toward the student’s Content COGS Q520 (3 cr.), COGS Q530 (3 cr.) (SoIC students Specialization. The minor should be completed prior to may be waived from this course), COGS Q540 (3 cr.), candidacy. COGS Q550 (3 cr.), COGS Q551 (3 cr.), and COGS Q560 (3 cr.) and selections totaling at least 16 credit hours from Qualifying Examination offerings listed in the Cognitive Science Program or cross- listed with other departments, divisions, or programs. A Each student must pass a Qualifying Examination, which maximum of 6 of these 16 credit hours may come from should be taken by the end of September of the student’s pure research courses (COGS Q799, COGS Q899, or third year in the program. If the student fails the exam, the equivalent in another department). Students must it may be retaken once, by the end of the student’s third also take at least four semesters of the Colloquium Series year; failure the second time is grounds for dismissal from course COGS Q733 before candidacy. On the basis the program. of their undergraduate background, students may be Prior to the qualifying examination, each student will be waived from one or more of the core courses other than ex¬pected to turn in a Qualifying Examination Petition COGS Q540, which all students must take. Waivers and Form with the signatures of the Director of Graduate substitutions, from any core courses require approval by Studies and the student’s Advisory Committee. This form the Director of Graduate Studies of the program and the must be completed by the end of the student’s second University Graduate School (prior to candidacy). year. Research Project Requirement 118 September 6, 2017

Students pursuing joint degrees in Cognitive Science and Qualifying Examination another discipline may request to postpone the Qualifying Examination by one year, by writing to the Director of There are two options for the qualifying examination: Graduate Studies. (a) an ex¬amination in the originating discipline and a separate compre¬hensive examination in Cognitive The examination is expected to have a written and an oral Science (these may be taken at separate times); or component and to demonstrate (1) in-depth knowledge (b) a joint examination covering relevant areas of of the student’s Content Specialization, (2) knowledge both the originating discipline and Cognitive Science, of some other area of Cognitive Science, (3) academic as determined by the advisory committee and with writing competence, and (4) the ability to defend a position permission of both the originating discipline and the in an oral setting. Cognitive Science Program. The Cognitive Science examination is normally taken after completion of the In consultation with his or her Advisory Committee, the Cognitive Science course requirements, typically by student will agree on the format of the examination. Within the end of the student’s third year. If the student fails these con¬straints, two broad categories of Qualifying the exam, it may be retaken once, by the end of the Examinations are possible: (1) Conventional Written student’s fourth year; failure the second time is grounds Examination or (2) Papers. Details regarding these for dismissal from the program. categories are available from the Direc¬tor of Graduate Studies, the Graduate Secretary, or the student’s Advisory Research Presentation Requirement Committee. Students must present a research talk in a public forum Joint Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Cognitive (e.g., a talk series such as Cognitive Lunch or a lab Science and another originating discipline. meeting series) to an audience that includes at least two Admission Requirements Cognitive Science faculty members, before candidacy. The topic (which can be on the research project above Acceptance into the Joint Cognitive Science Ph.D. or other research) and the venue must be approved by program is contingent upon admission into another the student’s Advisory Committee and the Director of degree-granting program at Indiana University Graduate Studies. Q733 for 1 credit can be used to fulfill Bloomington, hereafter referred to as the “originating this requirement. discipline” or “originating department.” Students must apply to the originating department, informing it that they Final Examination also intend to join the Joint Cognitive Science Ph.D. The public and oral defense of the dissertation will be Program. Students must then request to join the Cognitive conducted jointly with the student’s originating discipline. Science Program. Students are required to make such a request prior to their qualification exams. Ph.D. Minor in Cognitive Science Graduate students obtaining a Ph.D. in another discipline Course Requirements may have the option of taking a minor in Cognitive A minimum of 90 credit hours, of which 32 credit hours Science. To obtain such a minor, students must satisfy must be in courses listed or cross-listed in Cognitive the following requirements: (a) obtain approval from the Science, includ¬ing COGS Q520 (3 cr.), COGS Q530 Cognitive Science Program; and (b) complete COGS (3 cr.) (SoIC students may be waived from this course), Q540; one of the following: COGS Q520, COGS Q530, COGS Q540 (3 cr.), COGS Q550 (3 cr.), COGS Q551 (3 COGS Q551, COGS Q560, or COGS Q550; at least two cr.), and at least 6 credit hours of breadth coursework not semesters of COGS Q733; and at least 6 other credit in the originating discipline and not among the Q-courses hours in Cognitive Science and/or cross-listed courses not or pure research courses such as Q799 and Q899. A in the originating discipline. Q-course that is not cross-listed in any other unit may satisfy the breadth requirement with the approval of the Graduate Area Certificates in Cognitive Science student’s advisory committee. Student must also take The Cognitive Science Program is extremely broad, at least four semesters in the Colloquium Series course ranging from psychology to business to anthropology to COGS Q733 before candidacy. The 32 credit hours may computer science and other disciplines. Students in other include a maximum of 6 credit hours in pure research originating disciplines may elect to focus on an area or courses (COGS Q799, COGS Q899, or the equivalent in areas within the broad range of cognitive science and originating departments). Strong encouragement is given pursue a Graduate Area Certificate in Cognitive Science. to interdisciplin¬ary diversification. Note that courses may Certificates are open to students upon request; several count toward the requirements of both Cognitive Science different Cognitive Science certificate programs are and the originating department. On the basis of their described in the following pages. Note that certificates undergraduate background, students may be waived from are not required for a joint Ph.D. degree. The student one or more of the core courses other than COGS Q540, will inform the Cognitive Science office, the student’s which all students must take. Waivers and substitutions Cognitive Science advisor, and the certificate director of from any core courses require approval by the director intent to pursue a certificate. of graduate studies of the program and the University General Requirements for Graduate Area Certificates Graduate School (prior to candidacy). 1. As soon as the student decides to pursue a Tool-Skills Requirement certificate, a written proposal must be submitted to Completing a course covering statistical analysis e.g. PSY the Certificate Director and Director of Graduate K300 or PSY K310 or the equivalent. COGS Q560 may Studies giving a detailed course of study. The also be used to fulfill this requirement. proposal may be a revised draft of an earlier proposal not approved or an alteration of a previ- September 6, 2017 119

ously approved proposal, and may contain a request computer interaction (HCI).The program will emphasize for a revision of any of the stated requirements. the theoretical and methodological issues associated 2. The proposal must be approved by the student’s with designing and evaluating cognitively compatible user Advisory Committee. The student must file a copy interfaces to interactive technologies. of the approved proposal with the Cognitive Science Specific Requirements Program office. 1. The student must submit a written proposal to the 3. The student’s advisory/research committee must Advisory Committee giving a detailed course of attest that the approved course of study has been study. The proposal may be a revised draft of an completed successfully. At this time, the University earlier proposal, or an alteration of a previously Graduate School will be notified of the certificate approved proposal, and may contain a request completion. Ideally, requirements and course work for a revision of any of the stated requirements. for certificates should be completed at the time of The proposal must be approved by the Advisory nomination to candidacy. Committee. 4. The certificate is awarded upon completion of 2. Students for the Cognitive Science Certificate must requirements 1 through 3 and completion of the joint com¬plete an additional four courses selected Ph.D. Achievement of the certificate will be noted on from among the following to ensure courses are official transcripts. taken from at least two departments other than the student’s home department: CSCI A546 Graduate Area Certificate in Dynamical Systems in User Interface Programming; CSCI B665/B666 Cognitive Science Software Engineering Management/Implementation; Students will develop an understanding of problems CSCI B669 Topics in Database and Information introduced by a dynamical perspective on cognitive Systems; CSCI B689 Topics in Graphics and Human phenomena and of the theoretical and methodological Computer Interaction; INFO I502 Human-centered means of addressing those problems as found in Research Methods in Informatics; INFO I590 Topics dynamical systems. Each student will apply this in Informatics (when appropriate); ILS Z561 User understanding and analysis to a content area of their Interface Design for Information Systems; ILS choice including study of perception, cognition, motor Z637 Information Visualization; ILS Z661 Concepts behavior, neural networks, language, and development. and Contemporary Issues in Human-Computer Interaction; ILS Z635 Ontologies; EDUC P544 Specific Requirements Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies; CSCI 1. Prerequisites. Students should have taken courses P565 Data Mining; 566 Software Engineering I-II; in calculus (two to three semesters) at the very least. EDUC R685 Human-Computer Interface Design; In addition, courses in differential equations, linear EDUC P600 Topical Seminar in Learning Cognition algebra, and (point set) typology would be helpful. and Instruction (when appropriate); EDUC P544 2. Required course. Students must take COGS Q580 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies; SPHS Introduction to Dynamical Systems in Cognitive S522 Digital Signal Processing; TEL T571 Applied Science. Cognitive and Emotional Psychology; TEL T602 3. Additional advanced electives. Students must Topical Seminar in Telecommunications Processes complete an additional four courses selected and Effects (when appropriate). from among the following: COGS Q550 Models in 3. The student’s dissertation must address issues Cognitive Science; PSY P651 Perception/Action; related to human-computer interaction. The HPSC X755 Special Topics in the Philosophy of Cognitive Science Certificate in HCI is awarded Science (when appropriate); LING L541 Introductory upon completion of the above requirements and Phonetics; LING L641 Advanced Phonetics; PHIL completion of the requirements for the Ph.D. (either P561 Philosophy of Mind; CSCI B551 Element of as a joint major in Cognitive Science and a home Artificial Intelligence; CSCI B552 Knowledge Based department, or as a Cognitive Science minor and a Artificial Intelligence; CSCI B553 Neural and Genetic major in a home department). Approaches to Artificial Intelligence; CSCI B651 Graduate Area Certificate in Language and Speech Natural Language Processing; CSCI B652 Computer Students will demonstrate proficiency in a broad range Models of Symbolic Learning; CSCI B657 Computer of topics that focus on issues related to language Vision; CSCI B659 Topics in Artificial Intelligence and speech. The program of study will emphasize (when appropriate); PSY P717 Evolutionary Basis mastery of language structure, language processing, of Learning; PSY P615 Developmental Psychology; and computational approaches to linguistic analysis. An HPSC-X755 Special Topics in the Philosophy of independent research project exploring some facet of Science (when appropriate). language and speech will be required. 4. Qualifying exams. At least one question on dynamical systems must be included on the Specific Requirements student’s qualifying exams. 1. Students must complete at least five approved 5. Dissertation. The student’s dissertation must include graduate courses in the area of language and application of dynamical systems to the specific speech. problem under study. 2. Courses in language and speech must be taken in at Graduate Area Certificate in Human-Computer least two different departments. Interaction 3. Courses must include at least one dealing with Students will demonstrate proficiency in a broad range of language structure and at least one dealing with courses involving the applied cognitive analysis of human- language processing or acquisition. Courses in 120 September 6, 2017

language structure include most linguistics courses, P750 Seminar Logical Theory (when appropriate), PHIL-P 520 Philosophy of Language, and PHIL- PHIL P751 Seminar Logic (when appropriate), or P 720 Seminar: Philosophy of Language. Courses MATH M781-782 Selected Topics in Mathematical in processing and acquisition include PSY P623 Logic (when appropriate), or another seminar Psychology of Language, CSCI B651 Natural approved by the Logic Certificate Director. Language Processing and periodic seminars on 5. Students will be expected to take active part in the language-related topics in these departments, and weekly Logic Seminar. periodic seminars on language-related topics in 6. The student’s dissertation must address issues these departments. in the general area of logic, language, and 4. Students must demonstrate familiarity with computation. computer modeling of cognitive processes. This requirement can be met through course work Graduate Area Certificate in Modeling in Cognitive (COGS Q580 Introduction to Dynamic Systems in Science Cognitive Science or vari¬ous courses in Computer Students will demonstrate their mastery with a broad Science including CSCI B551 Elements of Artificial selection of courses involving mathematical and computer Intelligence, CSCI B552 Knowledge Based Artificial simulation approaches to modeling, with a specialization in Intelligence, CSCI B553 Neural and Genetic at least one area of modeling, and with a research project Approaches to Artificial Intelligence, CSCI B651 involving modeling. Natural Language Processing, and CSCI B652 The program will emphasize both basic techniques and Computer Models of Symbolic Learning, or through applications in particular content areas. a written report of research that includes a computer pro¬gram written by the student. This report could be Specific Requirements a master’s or Ph.D. thesis. 5. The student’s Cognitive Science qualifying 1. Students must fulfill 18 credit hours of courses in examination must include at least one section on a the modeling area. Required course: COGS Q550 topic in language and speech. Models in Cognitive Science, and at least five additional courses in modeling (15 credits minimum). 6. The student’s dissertation must address issues related to language and speech. 2. These courses must demonstrate both breadth and special¬ization, and a grasp of both methods Graduate Area Certificate in Logic, Language, and and applications. The course options given below Computation provide examples of courses currently appropriate The area covered by this certificate is applied logic; to accomplish these goals. The courses should i.e., logic as applied to information processing. It is an include at least one course in basic techniques and area of research that is of increasing importance in methods (PSY P605 Introduction to Math¬ematical artificial intelligence and computer science. Students will Psychology; COGS Q580 Introduction to Dynamic demonstrate their mastery of courses having to do with Systems in Cognitive Science; MATH M447 symbolic information processing. Mathematical Models and Applications I-MATH M448 Mathematical Models and Applications II; PHIL Specific Requirements P550 Systems of Modal Logic); and at least one The requirements include at least 18 credit hours of course in applications (CSCI B651 Natural Language course work (including research and seminars). At least Processing; CSCI B652 Computer Models of two courses must be taken outside the student’s home Symbolic Learning; LING L611 Models of Linguis¬tic department. Each proposal for certification would need to Structure; PSY P648 Choice Behavior).The demonstrate both breadth and depth in the general area of selected courses must be taken from at least two logic, language, and computation. departments, excluding courses listed only in the Cognitive Science Program. These courses may 1. Prerequisites. Students should demonstrate not include a course whose content consists almost mathematical maturity by having taken one or entirely of a research project (such courses and more courses in the following: set theory, discrete projects are separately covered below). mathematics, abstract algebra, linear algebra, 3. Students must demonstrate a grasp of modeling in topology, and mathematical logic. re¬search, either through course work ( PSY P556 2. Students must take PHIL P505 and PHIL P506 Independent Computer Project), or through a written Logical Theory I-II or demonstrate equivalent report of research involving modeling (includes knowledge of completeness for first-order logic, master’s or Ph.D. projects). together with the Gödel incompleteness and 4. The Ph.D. qualifying examination in the Cognitive undecidability results. If students demonstrate knowl- Science Program must contain at least one section edge of this material, they may take other courses on a modeling-related topic. from the lists of advanced courses given below. 3. Students must select at least two or more advanced Faculty courses from a list that includes CSCI B501 Theory Director of Computing; PHIL P550 Systems of Modal Logic; Peter M. Todd*, (Provost Professor, Cognitive Science, PHIL P551 Philosophy and the Foundations of Psychological and Brain Sciences; and Informatics). Mathematics; PHIL P552 Philosophy of Logic; MATH M682 Model Theory; and MATH M583 Set Theory. 4. Students must take a research seminar, either one generally designated as such. Some examples: PHIL September 6, 2017 121

Graduate Faculty Bennett Bertenthal* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Stanley Wasserman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Sociology, Statistics) doctoral dissertations.) Victor H. Yngve Professor Chancellor’s Professors Katy Borner* (Information and Library Science, School of Robert L. Goldstone* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), informatics and Computing; Adjunct Professor, Statistics). David B. Pisoni* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Elliot Professors R. Smith*(Psychological and Brain Sciences) Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig* (Second Language Stud- Chancellor’s Professor and Distinguished Professor ies), Geoffrey Bingham* (Psychological and Brain of Psychological and Brain Sciences Sciences), Thomas A. Busey* (Psychological and Brain Robert Nosofsky*, Linda Smith * Sciences), Phil Connell* (Department of Speech and Hearing Sciences), Jonathon Crystal* (Psychological and College of Arts and Sciences Distinguished Brain Sciences, Director of Neuroscience), Kenneth de Professor of Cognitive Science; Adjunct Professor of Jong* (Linguistics, Cognitive Science),Steven Franks* Comparative Literature; Director, Center for Research (Linguistics, Slavic and East European Languages on Concepts and Cognition and Cultures), Judith Gierut* (Emerita, Speech and Douglas R. Hofstadter* Hearing Sciences), Andrew Hanson* (Emeritus, School of Informatics and Computing), John Kruschke* Distinguished Professor of Biology and Gender (Psychological and Brain Sciences), David Leake* (School Studies of Informatics and Computing), Richard Lesh* (Emeritus, School of Education), Lawrence Moss* (Mathematics), Ellen D. Ketterson* Timothy O’Connor* (Philosophy), Robert Port* (Emeritus, Distinguished Professor and Luther Dana Waterman Linguistics, School of Informatics and Computing), Professor of Psychological and Brain Sciences Luis Rocha* (School of Informatics and Computing), Kathy Schick* (Anthropology), Martin Siegel* (School of Richard M. Shiffrin* Informatics and Computing), Erik Stolterman* (School Distinguished Professor and Rudy Professor of of Informatics and Computing), William Timberlake* Psychological and Brain Sciences (Emeritus, Psychological and Brain Sciences), Nicholas Toth* (Anthropology), Michael W. Trosset* (Statistics), James T. Townsend* Chen Yu* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Distinguished Professor, The Media School Associate Professors Annie Lang* John Beggs* (Physics), Johan Bollen* (School of Informatics and Computing), Joshua W. Brown* Distinguished Professor, Provost Professor, Robert H. (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Rowan Candy* Shaffer Chair (Optometry), Isabelle Darcy (Second Language Olaf Sporns* (Psychological and Brain Science, Studies), Markus Dickinson* (Linguistics), Hamid Neuroscience) Ekbia*(School of Informatics and Computing,), Julia Fox* (Telecommunications), Lisa Gershkoff-Stowe* (Speech W. K. Estes Professor and Hearing Sciences), Jason Gold* (Psychological and Michael N. Jones* (Cognitive Science, Psychological and Brain Sciences), Amit Hagar* (History and Philosophy Brain Sciences) of Science), Eric Isaacson* (Music Theory), Karin Harman James* (Psychological & Brain Sciences), Oscar R. Ewing Professor of Philosophy Thomas W. James* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Sandra Kuebler* (Linguistics), Jennifer Lentz* (Speech J. Michael Dunn (Emeritus, School of Informatics and and Hearing Sciences), Jonathan W. Mills* (School Computing) of Informatics and Computing), Sharlene Newman* Barbara B. Jacobs Chair in Education and Technology (Psychological and Brain Sciences), John Paolillo* (Information and Library Science, School of Informatics Thomas M. Duffy* (School of Education) and Computing), Robert Potter* (Telecommunications), Provost's Professor Robert Joseph Rydell* (Psychological & Brain Sciences), Thomas Schoenemann (Anthropology) Colin Allen* (History and Philosophy of Science), Randall Beer* (Cognitive Science; School of Informatics and Assistant Professors Computing), Jerome R. Busemeyer* (Psychological and Nathaniel Brown (School of Education), Rosa Cao Brain Sciences) (Cognitive Science, Philosophy), Amy Cook* (Theatre Eleanor Cox Riggs Professor History, Theory and Literature), David Crandall* (School of Informatics and Computing),Simon DeDeo (School of Aina Puce* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, Director of Informatics and Computing), Melissa Gresalfi (Learning Imaging Research Facility) Sciences, School of Education), Eduardo Izquierdo (Cognitive Science, School of Informatics and Computing), Rudy Professors Dan Kennedy * (Psychological and Brain Sciences), David Landy (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Chien- 122 September 6, 2017

Jer Charles Lin* (East Asian Languages and Cultures), Christopher Raphael* (School of Informatics and Franco Pestilli (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Computing), Charles Reigeluth* ( School of Education), Nicholas Port* (Optometry), Selma Sabanovic* (School of Robert Sherwood* (Emeritus, School of Education), Bruce Informatics and Computing) Solomon* (Mathematics), Maynard Thompson* (Emeritus, Mathematics), Larry Thibos* (Emeritus, Optometry), Associate Faculty Frances Trix ( Emeritus, Anthropology, Linguistics), Barbara Jacobs Chair in Education Frederick Unverzagt (Clinical Psychiatry, Clinical Medical Donald J. Cunningham* (Emeritus) and Molecular Genetics), Dirk Van Gucht (School of Chancellor’s Professors Informatics and Computing), Michael J. Wade* (Biology), James Walker* (Economics), Charles Watson* (Emeritus, James C. Craig* (Emeritus, Psychological and Brain Speech and Hearing Sciences, Psychological and Brain Sciences), Steven Sherman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Arlington Williams II* (Emeritus, Economics), Sciences), Daniel Dinnsen* (Emeritus, Linguistics), Wayne Winston* (Emeritus, Business) John F. Mee Chair of Management Associate Professors Phillip Podsakoff* (Kelley School of Business) Julie Anderson* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Raquel Anderson* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Eli Blevis* Distinguished Professor (School of Informatics and Computing), Jordi Cat* Larry Humes* (Speech and Hearing Sciences) (History and Philosophy of Science), Michel Chaouli* (Germanic Studies), Ying Ding* (Information and Library Martha Lea and Bill Armstrong Chair in Teacher Science),Theodore Frick* (School of Education ), Dennis Education Groth* (School of Informatics and Computing), Amy Frank K. Lester* (Emeritus) Hackenberg* (Mathematics Education), Daniel Hickey* (School of Education), Kevin Hunt* (Anthropology), Robert A. Lucas Chair of Law Laura Hurley* (Biology), Adam Maltese* (Science Education), Gregory Rawlins* (School of Informatics and Jeffrey Evans Stake* (Maurer School of Law) Computing), Dennis Senchuk* ( Emeritus, Philosophy), Rudy Professor David Stringer* (Second Language Studies), Andrew Weaver* (Telecommunications). George von Furstenberg* (Emeritus, Economics) Assistant Professors Professors Yong-Yeol Ahn* (School of Informatics and Computing), Curtis Bonk* (School of Education), Arthur Bradley* Shahzeen Z. Attari (School of Public and Environmental (Optometry), Fritz Breithaupt* (Germanic Studies), Affairs), Tessa Bent* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Edward Castronova* (The Media School), J. Clancy Joshua Danish* (School of Education, Learning Clements* (Linguistics, Spanish and Portuguese), Ivor K. Sciences), Sean Duncan (School of Education), Davies* (Emeritus, Instructional Systems Technology), Justin Garcia (Gender Studies and Kinsey Institute), Stuart Davis* (Linguistics), Laurent Dekydtspotter* Thomas Grano* (Linguistics), Rachael Holt (Speech (Second Language Studies, French and Italian), Greg and Hearing Sciences), Erick Jacobson (Mathematics Demas* (Biology), Tom Evans* (Geography), Joseph Education ), Karen Iler Kirk (Otolaryngology), Anne Farley* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Daniel Krendl* (Psychological and Brain sciences), Chien-Jer Friedman* (School of Informatics and Computing), Preston Charles Lin* (East Asian Languages and Cultures), Garraghty* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Jeffrey Steven Lulich (Speech and Hearing Sciences, Stasa Hart* (Emeritus, Political Science), Beverly Hartford* Milojevic (School of Informatics and Computing), Mary (Emeritus, Linguistics), Julia Heiman* (Psychological and Murphy* (Psychological and Brian Sciences), Rita Brain Sciences), William Hetrick* (Psychological and Brain Patel (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Chung-chieh Sciences), Ed Hirt* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Shan (School of Informatics and Computing), Yi Shen Cindy Hmelo-Silver (Learning Sciences), Susan Jones* (Audiology), Daphne Tan* (Music Theory), Yucel Yilmaz ( Emerita, Psychological and Brain Sciences), Mark (Second Language Studies). Kaplan* (Philosophy), Marianne Kielian-Gilbert (Music Theory), Eugene Kintgen* (Emeritus, English), Yoshihisa Associate Scientists Kitagawa* (Linguistics), Elisabeth Lloyd* (History and Gary Kidd* (Speech and Hearing Sciences) Philosophy of Science and Medicine), Kirk Ludwig* (Philosophy), David MacKay* (Emeritus, Business, Senior Lecturer Geography), Daniel Maki* (Emeritus, Mathematics), Emilia Martins* (Biology), David McCarty* (Philosophy), Eugene Leah Savion (Philosophy) McGregor Jr.* (School of Public and Environmental Lecturer Affairs, Political Science), Michael McRobbie* (School of Informatics and Computing Informatics, Philosophy), Ann Bunger (Linguistics) Filippo Menczer* (School of Informatics and Computing), Senior Research Analyst/Programmer Armin P. Moczek* (Biology, Indiana Molecular Biology Institute, Center for the Integrative Study of Animal Hui Zhang (Advanced Visualization Lab) Behavior), Laura Murray* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Brian O'Donnell* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Director of Graduate Studies Christopher Peebles* (Emeritus, Anthropology), Paul Larry Moss* (Mathematics) Purdom* (School of Informatics and Computing), September 6, 2017 123

Courses to cognition. It provides a solid background in human biopsychology.

COGS-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) COGS-Q 560 Experimental Methods in Cognitive Science (3 cr.) Specific goals of this course include: a) an COGS-Q 510 Seminar on Professional Development understanding of experimental design and the resources for Cognitive Scientists (2 cr.) P: Pursuing stand- for future studies; b) an understanding of converging alone or joint major or minor degree in cognitive science. measures and programmatic research; c) discussion Discussions in this course cover a wide range of issues of current controversies in experimental design; and facing academic cognitive scientists, including: the ethical d) hands-on experience in designing, conducting, and conduct of research, grant proposal writing and review, critiquing experiments. critical reading of the scientific literature, scientific writing, presentation skills, applying for jobs, teaching, challenges COGS-Q 570 Behavior-Based Robotics (3 cr.) This facing underrepresented groups in science, and issues in course will present an overview of behavior-based cross-disciplinary collaboration. robotics and its implications for embodied cognitive science, incorporating results from artificial intelligence, COGS-Q 511 Introduction to Embodied Cognitive robotics, ethology, and psychology. It will give students Science (3 cr.) This course provides a broad introduction an appreciation of the difficulties associated with to the growing importance of the concepts of situatedness, implementing models on robots and allow them to tack embodiment and dynamics in cognitive science. It research questions in groups. covers both the key conceptual content and the historical development of these ideas. In addition, it surveys classic COGS-Q 580 Introduction to Dynamic Systems in work in this area. Examples will be drawn from philosophy, Cognitive Science (3 cr.) Introduction to linear and psychology, neuroscience, robotics, and the social nonlinear dynamic systems including catastrophe and sciences. Class meetings will consist of a combination chaos theory. Main aspects include: a) understanding of lectures by the instructor, guest lectures, and student the basic quantitative theory and techniques of dynamic presentation and discussion of readings. systems, b) illustration of major concepts and systems behavior with the aid of computer graphics and numerical COGS-Q 520 Mathematics and Logic for Cognitive software, and c) examples from cognitive science. Science (3 cr.) Covers the mathematical backgrounds of contemporary work in cognitive science. Includes COGS-Q 610 Networks of the Brain (3 cr.) This basic material on both the symbolic and connectionist course explores the complexity of the brain and its approaches: machines, logics, networks, games, and network architecture on several different levels, including probability. neuroanatomy, spontaneous dynamics, neurocognitive networks, development and disease states, and COGS-Q 530 Programming Methods in Cognitive embodiment. Building on a basic foundation of network Science (3 cr.) P: Some programming experience. theory, information theory, and nonlinear dynamics, the An introduction to computer programming methods for course covers both empirical and computational studies. artificial intelligence and computer simulation of cognitive models. Emphasis on the necessary data structures and COGS-Q 689 Computer Simulation Project (3 cr.) The their applications to cognitive science. Programming student will develop and test a computer simulation of projects may be related to state-space search for problem some aspect of cognition. The student will produce a solving and game playing, production systems, and working, documented computer program, and a paper cognitive modeling tasks including memory models and describing both the workings of the program and tests of neural simulations. the program (either theoretical tests, tests of the program against data, or both). COGS-Q 540 Philosophical Foundations of the Cognitive and Information Sciences (3 cr.) Causal COGS-Q 700 Seminar in Cognitive Science (1-3 cr.) issues: cognitive architecture, physical embodiment, Intensive study of specific topics in cognitive science. neuroscience, networks, dynamic systems. Semantic Topics and instructors will change regularly. May be issues: meaning, interpretation, representation, repeated. information flow. The role of both in language, logic, COGS-Q 733 Colloquium Series (0-1 cr.) Three reasoning, action, perception, learning, categorization, semesters at zero credits and one semester at one credit and consciousness. Emphasis on writing, analysis, and when the required colloquium is given by the student. The exposition. class will meet every week. At some meetings, invited COGS-Q 550 Models in Cognitive Science (3 cr.) speakers will present colloquia; at others, students will P: Q530 and Q560. An introduction to modeling in various present their own work. Each student will be required to areas of cognitive science, including computer simulation make a presentation at least once during the year the models of complex cognition, models within artificial course is taken for credit. intelligence, models based on neural mechanisms and COGS-Q 750 Neural Networks as Models of Cognition networks, and formal and mathematical models in areas (3 cr.) Topical seminar featuring analysis of models such as psychology, linguistics, and philosophy. based on neural networks. Will usually feature extensive COGS-Q 551 The Brain and Cognition (3 cr.) An exploration of one or more examples of models of this introduction to neural mechanisms underlying complex type. cognition, and a survey of topics in neuroscience related 124 September 6, 2017

COGS-Q 799 Readings and Research in Cognitive Communication and Culture. In years when C501 is not Science (1-6 cr.) Tutorial research and study in offered students may substitute C511, C512, or C513. specialized topics in Cognitive Science. Examination COGS-Q 899 Dissertation Research (1-12 cr.) Dissertation research in specialized topics in cognitive Written M.A. examination based on departmental reading science. list is taken during the second year of course work. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Communication and Culture Department is not currently admitting students to this College of Arts and Sciences program Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Admission Requirements Departmental URL: http://mediaschool.indiana.edu/ M.A. degree in a communication-related discipline (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (e.g., rhetoric, communication and culture, film, media School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The studies, etc.) or its equivalent in a related field such as University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements anthropology, education, English, folklore, history, political contained only in The University Graduate School science, psychology, or sociology. Admission decisions Bulletin.) are based upon evidence such as scores on the Graduate Record Examination General Test, undergraduate and Curriculum graduate courses taken and grades received, a scholarly Degrees Offered writing sample, and letters of recommendation. This legacy program is no longer accepting new Course Requirements applicants. Please see the 2016-2017 Media School entry for new program requirements related to this area of A minimum of 90 credit hours, of which eight (3 or 4 credit study. hour) courses past the M.A. degree must be taken in the Department of Communication and Culture. Dissertation Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Students not to exceed 15 credit hours in C810. A minimum of 30 develop individualized programs of study in consultation credit hours must be in courses numbered 500 and above. with a plan of study committee consistent with the department’s interpretive focus on the relationship Minor between communication and culture as manifested in and Outside minor (typically 12–15 credit hours) required, through the topics of rhetoric, media, performance, and which must be approved by the advisory committee. With ethnographic studies. Graduate students may also earn approval of the advisory committee, a second minor may a Ph.D. minor that draws upon the department’s focus on be taken. communication and culture. Foreign Language Requirement Special Departmental Requirements (See also general University Graduate School Reading proficiency in a foreign language. Demonstrated requirements and the departmental Graduate Handbook by course work or examination. for additional information and detailed list of special Qualifying Examination requirements for specific degree programs.) Written and oral; may be taken twice only. Master of Arts Degree Department is not currently admitting students to this Ph.D. Minor in Communication and Culture program Department is not currently admitting students to this program Admission Requirements Requirements Undergraduate major in a communication-related discipline (e.g., communication and culture, rhetoric, A minimum of 12 credit hours of course work in film, media studies, etc.) or other liberal arts (e.g., communication and culture, including one course from English, history, anthropology), with evidence of adequate C501, C502, and C503. Course work must be completed academic background for graduate study. Admission with a grade average no lower than B (3.0). In years decisions are also based upon scores on the Graduate when C501 is not offered, students may substitute C511, Record Examination General Test, undergraduate courses C512, or C513. Students may transfer a maximum of 3 taken and grades received, a scholarly writing sample, a hours from another university toward this degree with personal statement, and letters of recommendation. the approval of the director of graduate studies in the Department of Communication and Culture. Course Requirements To arrange for the minor in communication and culture, A total of 30 credit hours including: 6 credit hours from students should consult with the director of graduate among C501, C502, and C503; 3 credit hours from among studies, who will recommend a member of the faculty to C505, C506, and C507; and 3 credit hours of C700 serve as an advisor. In consultation with the advisor, a dedicated to the independent study of the departmental program of study will be outlined, and a copy of the plan M.A. reading list. A minimum of 15 credit hours must be filed with the director of graduate studies. taken in courses numbered 500 and above; a maximum of 8 hours can be taken outside of the Department of Faculty September 6, 2017 125

Graduate Faculty in public culture. Critically examines constructions of (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University the threatening Other as they foster alienation and Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct victimization within and between polities. Draws on Ken- doctoral dissertations.) neth Burke’s dramatism as a framework for rhetorical critique. Distinguished Professor CMCL-C 506 Methods of Media Research (3 cr.) Richard Bauman* (Emeritus, Folklore and Introduction to research methods used in critical studies of Ethnomusicology) media and culture. Chancellor’s Professor CMCL-C 507 Methods of Ethnographic Research James Naremore* (Emeritus) in Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Exploration of ethnographic research methods in the study of Professors communication and culture, including the ethnography of performance, media, and public discourse. The emphasis James Andrews* (Emeritus), Patricia Hayes Andrews* is on qualitative methods; course work includes exercises (Emeri¬tus), Carolyn Calloway-Thomas*, Robert L. Ivie* in participant observation and interviewing. (Emeritus), Barbara Klinger* (Emeritus), John Louis Lucaites*, Robert E. Terrill*, Gregory A. Waller*. CMCL-C 511 Premodern Rhetorical Theory (3 cr.) Survey of key texts, emphasizing rhetorical theory and Associate Professors practice, in the Greek and Latin traditions. Focus on Chris Anderson*, John Arthos*, Stephanie De Boer*, Terri contextualizing these materials within a continually Francis*, Ilana Gershon*, Jane E. Goodman*, Mary Louise developing intellectual history of rhetorical studies. Of Gray*, Joan C. Hawkins*, Susan Lepselter*, Joshua particular interest is the potential for premodern theory Malitsky*, Michael Martin*, Susan Seizer*, Jon Simons*, to frame, interpret, and critique contemporary rhetorical practice. Assistant Professors CMCL-C 512 Rhetorical Theories of Cultural Elizabeth Ellcessor, Ryan Powell Production (3 cr.) Examines theories of rhetoric as Adjunct Professors a primary source of cultural production. Features Giambattista Vico on eloquence, tropes, and the poetic Peter Bondanella* (Emeritus, French and Italian), Sumie wisdom of culture; Friedrich Nietzsche on rhetoric, Jones* (Emerita, East Asian Languages and Cultures, metaphor, and the will to power; Chaim Perelman on the Comparative Literature), Darlene Sadlier* (Spanish and realm of rhetoric and the problem of justice; and Kenneth Portuguese), Beverly Stoeltje* (Anthropology) Burke on rhetoric, identification, and the drama of human relations. Director of Graduate Studies CMCL-C 513 Rhetoric and Sociopolitical Judgment Associate Professor Jon Simons*, 800 East Third Street, (3 cr.) Exploration of the role that rhetoric plays in the Room 213, (812) 856-0896 production and performance of collective or socio-political Courses judgment. The focus will be on the tension between modern and late or postmodern conceptions of judgment CMCL-C 501 Introduction to Rhetoric and Public as they implicate the problems and possibilities of Culture (3 cr.) A first course for students interested in rhetorical praxis (i.e., negotiating the relationship between exploring the relationship between rhetoric and public knowledge, understanding, and action) in contemporary culture as manifest in modes of practical reasoning, democratic policy. the constitution and performance of self/society, and socio-political critique/judgment. Engages the connection CMCL-C 545 Introduction to Pedagogy in between these modalities by focusing on the premodern Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Fundamentals and late or postmodern rhetorical theory as they implicate of teaching as applied to communication. Focuses on the problematics of contemporary social and political teaching methods and culture, criticism, communication theory, including power, agency, ideology, hegemony, apprehension, textbook selection, test construction, mediation, subjectivity, etc. gender in the classroom, and the place of communication and culture in the liberal arts and sciences. CMCL-C 502 Introduction to Performance in Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Introduction to CMCL-C 552 Media Institutions and the Production of various theories and methods of research in human Culture (3 cr.) Study of media institutions, work practices, communication studies. Includes theories of discourse products, and their relationships with their sociopolitical and culture, message production and reception, symbol environment. systems, social constructionism, relational communication, CMCL-C 560 Motion Picture Production (3-4 cr.) conversation analysis, social influence, communication Introduction to 16mm film production including competence, and other topics. cinematography, editing, and sound. CMCL-C 503 Introduction to Media Theory and CMCL-C 561 Intermediate Motion Picture Production Aesthetics (3 cr.) Study of classical and contemporary (4 cr.) P: CMCL C560. Introduces students to the making theoretical texts. of 16 mm sound films, including the recording and editing CMCL-C 505 Productive Criticism of Political Rhetoric of synch sound. The various stages of production are (3 cr.) Conceptualizes rhetoric as a mode of social explored in lectures, lab exercises, and discussions. critique while focusing on the problem of the scapegoat Each student designs, directs, and edits a short synch 126 September 6, 2017 sound film and participates as a crew member in the other culture and their relationship to exaggerated perceptions students’ productions. of national vulnerability. Explores the rhetorical potential of myth and metaphor for reconstituting the image of democ- CMCL-C 562 The Screenplay (3 cr.) Terminology of racy from a diseased to a healthy political practice. screenwriting and form of the screenplay. Development of the screenplay from story outline and treatment to the CMCL-C 614 Rhetoric, Ideology, and Hegemony shooting script. The original screenplay. Techniques of (3 cr.) Examination of the relationship between rhetoric, adaptation. Contributions of the screenwriter to the mise- ideology, and hegemony in contemporary social and en-scène. Exercises in screenwriting; culmination in the political thought. The emphasis will be on conceptions of writing of a full-length original screenplay or adaptation. hegemony as a site of praxis for negotiating the tensions Department is not currently offering this course. between rhetoric and ideology in the production of social and political change (or permanence) in late or post- CMCL-C 592 Media Genres (3 cr.) Topic varies: modernity. Primary readings will draw from twentieth- the evaluation of typical genres; problems of generic century rhetorical theory, Marxism, critical theory, and description of definition; themes, conventions, and psychoanalysis. iconography peculiar to given genres, etc. May be repeated for credit. CMCL-C 615 Rhetoric of Protest in America (3 cr.) Presents key instances of protest discourse both in their CMCL-C 593 History of European and American Films historical contexts and through the lenses of rhetorical I (3 cr.) Survey of the development of cinema 1895-1926 theories of dissent. The focus is on illuminating the (silent film era). Particular attention on representative work problematic and constitutive role of protest in the public of leading filmmakers, emergence of film movements and culture of the United States, as manifested across a range development of national trends, growth of film industry, of electronic and print media. The American Revolution, and impact of television. May be repeated once for credit southern secession, feminisms, black liberation, and gay/ with a different topic. lesbian rights will receive particular attention. CMCL-C 594 Media History (3 cr.) Media historiography, CMCL-C 616 Rhetorical Critiques of War (3 cr.) topics in national history, national and international Rhetoric as an heuristic for critically engaging discourses movements and trends. Topic varies. May be repeated of war and transforming the legitimization of war into a once for credit with different topic. cultural problematic. Focuses on the problem of war in CMCL-C 596 National Cinemas (3 cr.) Topic varies: U.S. political culture. historical survey of major national cinemas. Topics may CMCL-C 617 Rhetoric and Visual Culture (3 cr.) include Brazilian cinema, French national cinema, German Examination of the relationship between rhetoric and film culture, Italian cinema, Indian cinema, and others. visual culture. Key topics to be considered include: May be repeated for credit when topic varies. the relationship between visual rhetoric and collective CMCL-C 604 Topical Seminar in Mass Communication memory, social and political controversy and dissent, and Culture (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Department political style and representation, postmodern media is not currently offering this course. communities, race, gender, identity politics, etc. CMCL-C 606 Media Criticism (3 cr.) Study of the main CMCL-C 619 Feminism and Rhetorical Theory (3 cr.) schools and methods of media criticism. Course may be This seminar explores the relationship between feminism repeated once for credit with a different topic. and rhetoric by examining advocacy by/for women, patriarchal patterns of oppression, and the development CMCL-C 608 Images and Critique in Public Culture of critical perspectives that have arisen out of desires (3 cr.) This course examines and assesses some to politically reevaluate contemporary gendered norms. contemporary critical thought about visual and non-visual It may be structured as a survey of a wide range of images, especially the role of images in politics. As well intersections between feminisms and rhetorical theory; or as pursuing various strategies for the ideology critique as an in-depth critical engagement with a specific tension, of images, the course explores the possibility of thinking theme, or trajectory, such as “the body.” critically through images. It studies different types of images through a variety of theoretical approaches and CMCL-C 620 Media, Politics, and Power (3 cr.) thematic questions. Examination of media institutions (including new media) through various schools of thought. May be repeated once CMCL-C 610 Identity and Difference (3 cr.) Political, for credit with a different topic. social, and cultural dimensions of identity and difference. Interrogates the production of marginal and dominant CMCL-C 622 Advanced Pedagogy (3 cr.) P: C545 identities (e.g., racial, sexual, colonial) and the emergence or equivalent. This advanced pedagogy seminar will of new forms of identification. investigate theories of learning and academic practice. Topics will vary by semester. CMCL-C 611 Topics in Rhetoric and Public Culture (3 cr.) Systematic review of research related to a specific CMCL-C 626 Studies in Contemporary Communication issue or area in rhetoric and public culture. May be (3 cr.) Systematic review of research related to repeated for credit when topic varies. contemporary problems in the study of communication; may be theoretical, methodological, or critical. Topic CMCL-C 612 Constituting Democracy in Rhetorical varies. May be repeated for credit. Discourse (3 cr.) Compares the role of rhetoric in liberal, deliberative democracy to its function in radical, CMCL-C 627 Performance in Communication and participatory, and agonistic democracy. Considers Culture (3 cr.) Critical examination of performance as a problematic constructions of democracy in U.S. political vantage point on communication and culture in specific September 6, 2017 127 societies, world areas, or social formations. Topic varies. nature and the environment more broadly understood May be repeated for credit. is articulated, represented, and engaged within public culture. Assuming symbolic and natural systems are CMCL-C 634 Networks, Systems, and Flows (3 cr.) This mutually constituted, this course aims to foster a closer course looks at contemporary theoretical approaches to examination of communication practices that impact how knowledge and objects travel. Readings in current the environment and cultural perceptions of it such as theories of circulation address the categories used tourism, social movement advocacy campaigns, corporate to conceptualize circulation and distribution, such as and government discourses, popular media, and public networks, systems, and flows. participation in decision-making processes. CMCL-C 635 Humor in Use (3 cr.) Beginning from the CMCL-C 662 Media Audiences (3 cr.) This course premise that humor is a good site for the study of culture, studies audiences in the context of film, television, this course looks at a range of cultural contexts for humor, new media, and other media forms. Topic varies, but from staged public performance to private joking, and is may include a focus on theories of spectatorship, primarily concerned with the many and varied social uses methodological approaches to audiences, historical to which humor is put. reception studies, ethnographic and/or empirical audience CMCL-C 636 Reading the Text (3 cr.) This seminar studies, global or transnational audiences, performance hones students’ skills of close reading, explication and theory, fan cultures, and subcultures. commentary, textual analysis and interpretation, in relation CMCL-C 670 Rhetoric in Contemporary Theory (3 cr.) to one or two books central to the academic study of Examines the role of rhetoric in emerging social, political, communication and culture. The books studied will be aesthetic, and cultural theories and on the implications of determined in each iteration of the seminar. such theories for rhetorical inquiry. CMCL-C 637 Publics (3 cr.) How can we understand the CMCL-C 688 Rhetorics of Transgression and/or different ways that publics are composed? This course Resistance (3 cr.) This seminar compares and contrasts looks at how one analyzes texts, events and social groups choices to identify, name, and imagine certain rhetorical when focusing on publics. acts as transgression or resistance. Engaging a range CMCL-C 645 Topics in the Comparative Study of contemporary theories, methods, and vocabularies, it of Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Analysis of explores which approaches are productive depending on communicative forms and practices in comparative the particular situation, practices, and actors involved, as perspective. Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. well as the questions one is studying. CMCL-C 646 Pedagogy Practicum (1 cr.) Taken by CMCL-C 690 Theories of Symbolic Meaning (3 cr.) associate instructors in communication and culture who P: Linguistics L503 or consent of instructor. Intensive are pursuing a three-course sequence leading to the study of referential, behavioral, rule-governed, and Certificate of Pedagogy. Students in C646 will be assigned cognitive theories of symbolic meaning, with attention a faculty mentor who will work with them as they prepare to comprehension of words, utterances/sentences, and to teach a departmental course that is not under the extended discourse. Department is not currently offering supervision of a course director. May be repeated for this course. May be repeated for credit. credit. CMCL-C 691 Authorship in Media (4 cr.) In-depth CMCL-C 650 Ethnography & Social Theory (3 cr.) analysis of individuals in the media who become known as Scholars build social theory through the analysis of social “authors.” May be repeated for credit when topic varies. life and communicative practices. Ethnography is a key CMCL-C 700 Research (1-4 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. vehicle through which theory can be developed. By pairing This course is eligible for a deferred grade Students theoretical and ethnographic works, the course offers a must have ample preparation in some theoretical area grounding in contemporary social theory and explores how and in one or more research methods. Designed to ethnography can develop, hone, or complicate theory. allow students to conduct a research study, including May be repeated once for credit with a different topic. the collection and examination of data (broadly defined), CMCL-C 652 Globalization of Media (3 cr.) Explores to answer a question, to prove a thesis, or to test a media institutions, practices, and texts across national hypothesis relating to communication/rhetorical theory. borders. Topic varies. May examine particular issues such May be repeated for credit. as globalization of media, transnational implications of CMCL-C 701 Practicum in Communication Research media texts, transnational data flows, media and foreign (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. policy. May be repeated once for credit with a different Students must have ample preparation in some theoretical topic. area and in one or more research methods. Designed CMCL-C 660 Advanced Film Production (4 cr.) to allow students to conduct a research study, including Designed for students who have taken basic production the collection and examination of data (broadly defined), classes and who want to embark on a more ambitious film to answer a question, to prove a thesis, or to test a or video project. Each student will produce one product hypothesis relating to communication/rhetorical theory. from script to screen, and assist other students on their May be repeated for credit. projects. Course will address creative, technical, and CMCL-C 705 Research Seminar in Rhetoric and Public production management questions. Culture (3 cr.) Problems and issues in rhetoric and public CMCL-C 661 Environmental Communication and culture. May be repeated for credit. Public Culture (3 cr.) This seminar focuses on how 128 September 6, 2017

CMCL-C 706 Theories of Performance in For details about departmental rules and procedures, Communication and Culture (3 cr.) Critical examination consult the current Comparative Literature Graduate of theoretical problems in the study of performance in Handbook, available upon request from the Graduate communication and culture. Topic varies. May be repeated Studies Office, Ballantine Hall 913A. for credit. Admission Requirements CMCL-C 710 Research Seminar (1-3 cr.) May be Graduate Record Examination General Test required. repeated for credit. For the Ph.D., fluent reading knowledge of at least two foreign languages. For the M.A., fluent knowledge of at CMCL-C 727 Seminar in Cross-Cultural least one foreign language. Deficiencies in undergraduate Communications (3 cr.) May be repeated for credit. work and foreign languages must be removed within one CMCL-C 790 Seminar: Pragmatic Functions of year after admission. Only students holding the M.A. or its Language (3 cr.) P: C501 and C502, or consent of equivalent will be considered for direct admission to the instructor. Study of research dealing with the correlates Ph.D. program. (Note: Students admitted on a provisional of language variation, including topics such as language basis must present proof of completion of the B.A. or M.A. clarity, intensity, obscenity, style, dialects, interactions of upon their arrival at Indiana University.) language with perception/cognition and mental health, and the constituents of pragmatic language competence. Master of Arts Degree Department is not currently offering this course. May be Course Requirements repeated for credit. A minimum of 30 credit hours, 20 credit hours of which CMCL-C 792 Advanced Seminar in Media Theory must be in Comparative Literature courses, including (3 cr.) Topic varies: advanced study in media history and C501, C502, one course on European literature in the theory; major movements and historical periods and their premodern period (C505, C521, C523, or C525), one relationship to the intellectual and cultural climate of the course on European literature in the modern period time; studies of technology and modes of production; (C506, C529, C533, C535, C537, or C538), and one advanced work in genre or auteur studies; close reading of proseminar. With the consent of the instructor, any full major works of media theory; new developments in theory course in Comparative Literature other than C501, C502, and criticism. May be repeated for credit. and C507 may be designated a proseminar. Consult the Comparative Literature Graduate Handbook for details. CMCL-C 793 Seminar in Media (3 cr.) Topics in media studies. May be repeated once for credit when topic Language Requirements changes. Reading proficiency in two foreign languages. Proficiency CMCL-C 800 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) may be certified by: (1) receiving a grade of B or higher in a graduate-level literature course in which the assigned CMCL-C 810 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is readings are in the foreign language, or (2) passing an eligible for a deferred grade. examination in translation and explication of literary texts in the foreign language administered by the Department CMCL-C 638 Experiments with the Film Camera (4 cr.) of Comparative Literature in consultation with faculty P: C560. This course is designed to explore techniques in other departments. Successful completion of the and concepts of experimental filmmaking. It builds on 491/492 course sequence in a foreign language will not be the foundations of other CMCL production classes, accepted as certification of reading proficiency. Students and assumes that you have a solid grounding in basic whose native language is not English and who have cinematography and visual storytelling, as well as in the passed the proficiency test administered by the Center fundamentals of digital editing. for English Language Training may request certification of Comparative Literature English as one of their foreign languages. College of Arts and Sciences Master’s Project Departmental E-mail: [email protected] There are three ways to meet the master’s project require- Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~complit/ ment: (1) by revising or expanding a suitable research or seminar paper as a master’s essay; (2) by writing an (Please note that when conferring University Graduate original master’s essay; or (3) by writing a formal master’s School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The thesis. Consult the Comparative Literature Handbook for University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements details. The requirement should normally be fulfilled no contained only in The University Graduate School later than the end of the fourth semester after beginning Bulletin.) graduate studies in Comparative Literature at Indiana University. Consult the Comparative Literature Handbook Curriculum for details. Degrees Offered Dual Master of Arts Degree Master of Arts, Dual Master of Arts/Master of Library Students admitted to the dual Master of Arts program Science, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of may obtain M.A. degrees in Comparative Literature and Philosophy a related field with fewer credits than would be required Special Program Requirements if the two degrees were taken separately. Consult the Comparative Literature Graduate Handbook for details. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) September 6, 2017 129

Dual Master’s Degree in Comparative Literature and credit hours) in a nonliterary discipline for the third foreign the Department of Information and Library Science language. (M.A./M.L.S.) Minor The joint program consists of a total of at least 56 credit hours: a minimum of 36 credit hours in Information and A minimum of 12 to 15 credit hours in an outside field Library Science, and a minimum of 20 credit hours in selected in consultation with the Director of Graduate Comparative Literature. Consult the Graduate Handbook Studies. Requirements are set by the department or for details. program administering the minor. Students have the option of taking a second minor or of completing an Master of Arts for Teachers Degree intensive minor with a minimum of 24 credit hours. MAT Admission Requirement Qualifying Examination B.A. degree in Comparative Literature or an individual literature. One written exam on three topics (areas). The examination may take into account work done in the minor MAT Course Requirements field(s). At the student’s request and with the approval of A total of 36 credit hours, 20 of which must be in the exam committee, one part may be written in a foreign Comparative Literature, including C501, C502, one course language. Oral examination follows one week after the on European literature in the premodern period (C505, written exam, with both exams taken into account in the C521, C523, or C525), and one course on European final assessment. literature in the modern period (C506, C529, C533, C535, Final Examination C537 or C538). Oral defense of dissertation. MAT Language Requirement Ph.D. Minor in Comparative Literature Certification of reading proficiency in one foreign Four courses in Comparative Literature, including C501. language. To fulfill the requirements for the Ph.D. minor, students are MAT Examination expected to complete courses with a grade of B- or better. Students may arrange for an independent reading course A 90-minute written examination analyzing two texts (C604) in place of a one Comparative Literature course drawn from an approved reading list. One text may be with the written approval of the Director of Graduate a work of art in a nonliterary medium. If both texts are Studies; such a course must carry a minimum of three written, one must be in a foreign language. credits. Students must also demonstrate a fluent reading knowledge of at least one foreign (non-native) language. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Course Requirements Ph.D. Minor in Literary Theory Jointly administered by the Department of Comparative A total of 90 credit hours, including 65 credit hours Literature and the Department of English, the minor of course work, of which 35 credit hours must be in requires a minimum of three courses, including at least Comparative Literature, including C501, C502, one course one selected from Comparative Literature C503, C504, on European literature in the premodern period (C505, C601, or C602; and one from English G660, L605, L607, C521, C523, or C525), one course on European literature L608, or L707. Other courses approved for the minor in the modern period (C506, C529, C533, C535, C537, include French and Italian F564 and F584; Germanic or C538), and one proseminar. With the consent of the Studies G505; Slavic and East European Languages instructor, any full course in Comparative Literature and Cultures R598; Spanish and Portuguese S473 and other than C501, C502, and C507 may be designated a S512; and Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance proseminar. Consult the Graduate Handbook for details. T555 and T556. Other courses may also be acceptable Ph.D. students must complete a proseminar chosen toward completion of the requirement; written consent to from graduate courses in Comparative Literature. The count such courses must be obtained in advance from dissertation must not exceed 25 research credit hours. the Director of Graduate Studies in the Department of Language Requirements Comparative Literature or the Department of English. Reading proficiency in three foreign languages. Graduate Certificate in Literary Translation Proficiency may be certified by: (1) receiving a grade Course Requirements of B or higher in a graduate-level literature course in which the readings are in the foreign language, or (2) Twenty-one (21) to 24 credit hours, including C580 History passing an examination in translation and explication of and Theory of Translation; C581 Workshop in Literary literary texts in the foreign language administered by the Translation; one other workshop in translation; and department. Successful completion of the 491-492 course three further courses in Comparative Literature or one of sequence in a foreign language will not be accepted the foreign language departments, consisting either of as certification of reading proficiency. Students whose graduate-level literature courses using original-language native language is not English and who have passed the texts or advanced courses (300 level or above) in the proficiency test administered by the Center for English language itself. In exceptional cases, the student may Language Training may request certification of English petition the Translation Studies Committee to accept, in as one of their foreign languages. With the permission of lieu of one or more of these courses, other evidence of the Director of Graduate Studies, doctoral students may advanced knowledge of the language, such as extensive be allowed to substitute intensive preparation (at least 27 130 September 6, 2017 undergraduate or overseas training or educated native Turk* (Germanic Studies), Estela Vieira* (Spanish and proficiency. Portuguese) Language Requirements Professors Emeriti In-depth knowledge of English and one other language. Salih Altoma* (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Willis Barnstone* (Distinguished Professor, Spanish and Translation Project Portuguese), Luis Beltrán* (Spanish and Portuguese), Translation of a literary or scholarly work or works Ernest Bernhardt-Kabisch* (English), Peter Boerner* into English, accompanied by an introductory essay. If the (Germanic Studies), Peter Bondanella* (Distinguished translation project is completed in partial fulfillment of the Professor, French and Italian), Gilbert Chaitin* (French M.A. degree, the guidelines for the M.A. degree pertain. and Italian), Claus Clüver*, Bruce Cole* (Distinguished Professor, Fine Arts/History), Eugene Eoyang* (East For further details consult the current Comparative Asian Languages and Cultures), Harry M. Geduld* (Film Literature Graduate Handbook. Studies, Comparative Literature and West European Faculty Studies), Kenneth R. R. Gros Louis* (English), Karen Hanson* (Philosophy), Ingeborg Hoesterey* (Germanic Chairperson Studies), Yoshio Iwamoto* (East Asian Languages and Cultures), Sumie A. Jones* (East Asian Languages and Professor David M. Hertz* Cultures), Oscar S. Kenshur* (English, Philosophy), Graduate Faculty Gerald Larson* (Religious Studies and India Studies), (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Merritt Lawlis* (English), Giancarlo Maiorino* (Rudy Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Professor), Fedwa Malti Douglas (Martha C. Craft doctoral dissertations.) Professor of Humanities, Gender Studies), Mihály Szegedy-Maszák* (Central Eurasian Studies), B. Breon Chancellor’s Professor Mitchell* (Germanic Studies), Angela C. Pao*, Jack Rollins (Honors), Suzanne Stetkevych* (Near Eastern Languages Anya Peterson Royce* (Anthropology) and Cultures), Bronislava Volkova (Slavics and East Professors European Languages and Cultures), Ulrich Weisstein* (Germanic Studies), Carl Ziegler (Associate Professor, David M. Hertz*, Eileen Julien* (French and Italian), Germanic Studies) Herbert J. Marks*, Rosemarie McGerr*, Anya Peterson- Royce* (Anthropology) Director of Graduate Studies Associate Professors Rosemarie McGerr*, Ballantine Hall 902, (812) 855-7070 Akinwumi Adesokan*, Bill Johnston*, Paul Losensky* Courses (Central Eurasian Studies), Eyal Peretz*, Sarah Van der Laan* Courses Required for M.A. and Ph.D. Programs Assistant Professors CMLT-C 501 Introduction to Contemporary Literary Studies (3 cr.) Introduces major questions and ideas Jacob Emery* (Slavics and East European Languages about the nature of literature and the principles and and Cultures), Sonia Velazquez (Spanish and Portuguese) methods of its study. Adjunct Professors CMLT-C 502 Fields and Methods of Comparative Literature (1 cr.) Explores the various disciplines and Maryellen Bieder* (Spanish and Portuguese), Fritz approaches that constitute the practice of comparative Breithaupt* (Germanic Studies), J. Peter Burkhold- literature at Indiana University and introduces their er* (Distinguished Professor of Musicology), Douglas methods and bibliographical resources. Faculty members Hofstadter* (Distinguished Professor of Cognitive Science, will lecture on their specialties. Computer Science), Dov-Ber Kerler* (Germanic Studies), Barbara Klinger* (Communication and Culture), Eleanor Theoretical and Interdisciplinary Courses W. Leach* (Classical Studies), Eric MacPhail* (French and CMLT-C 503 Topics in World Criticism and Theory I Italian), William Rasch* (Germanic Studies), H. Wayne (4 cr.) Selections from critics, theorists, and critical and Storey* (French and Italian, Medieval Studies), Russell theoretical movements before 1750 from an intercultural Scott Valentino* (Slavics and East European Languages perspective. As topics vary, may be repeated for credit. and Cultures),Marc Weiner* (Germanic Studies) CMLT-C 504 Topics in World Criticism and Theory II Adjunct Associate Professors (4 cr.) Selections from critics, theorists, and critical and theoretical movements after 1750 from an intercultural Purnima Bose* (English, Cultural Studies), Michel perspective. As topics vary, may be repeated for credit. Chaouli* (Germanic Studies), Deborah Cohn* (Spanish and Portuguese), Patrick Dove* (Spanish and CMLT-C 545 The Bible and Western Literature (4 cr.) Portuguese), Joan Hawkins* (Communication and Questions of authority, unity, canonicity, and interpretive Culture), Vivian Halloran* (American Studies, English), license studied with reference to selected texts from Rebecca Manring* (India Studies, Religious Studies), the Western tradition and their biblical source. May be Edith Sarra* (East Asian Languages and Cultures), repeated for credit when topic differs. Rakesh H. Solomon (Theatre and Drama), Johannes CMLT-C 546 Sexuality and the Arts (4 cr.) Beginning with a general introduction to methodology, examines September 6, 2017 131 human sexuality as manifested in various cultures, CMLT-C 523 Medieval Literature (4 cr.) literatures, and areas of the arts. CMLT-C 525 The Renaissance and Seventeenth CMLT-C 555 Theory and Methods of Interarts Studies Century (4 cr.) (4 cr.) The interrelations of literature, music, dance, and the visual arts, with an emphasis on questions CMLT-C 529 The Eighteenth Century (4 cr.) of representation, symbolic structure, intersemiotic CMLT-C 533 Romanticism (4 cr.) transposition, illustration, period, style, hybrid and multi- media forms, and general method. Topics may vary. CMLT-C 535 The Later Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries (4 cr.) CMLT-C 601 Studies in the History of Theory and Criticism (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 537 The Twentieth Century I (4 cr.) Early and middle twentieth century. CMLT-C 602 Contemporary Theoretical Issues and Approaches (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for CMLT-C 538 The Twentieth Century II (4 cr.) Late credit. twentieth century to the present. CMLT-C 641 Literature in Its Intellectual and Cultural CMLT-C 630 Studies in Literary History (4 cr.) May be Contexts (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. repeated for credit. CMLT-C 643 Literary Studies and the Social Sciences Genre Courses (4 cr.) Topic varies: e.g., politics and the novel, new CMLT-C 511 Drama (4 cr.) historicism, the theory of ideology. May be repeated for CMLT-C 513 Narrative (4 cr.) credit. CMLT-C 515 Lyric (4 cr.) CMLT-C 644 Literary Studies and Psychoanalysis (4 cr.) Topic varies: e.g., Freud and literature, Lacan and CMLT-C 516 Non-Narrative Prose (4 cr.) literary theory. May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 610 Studies in the Theory of Genres (4 cr.) CMLT-C 645 Literary Studies and Religion (4 cr.) Topic May be repeated for credit. varies. May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 611 Topics in Literary Genres, Modes, and CMLT-C 647 Literary Studies and Philosophy (4 cr.) Forms (4 cr.) May be repeated for credit. Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. Cross-Cultural Studies CMLT-C 649 Literary Studies and the Natural Sciences CMLT-C 571 Africa in the History of Ideas (4 cr.) (4 cr.) Topic varies: e.g., science and the theory of interpretation; the aesthetics of evolution. May be CMLT-C 572 Modern African Letters (4 cr.) repeated for credit. CMLT-C 573 Comparative Topics in Middle Eastern CMLT-C 655 Topics in Interarts Studies (4 cr.) Topic and Western Literatures (4 cr.) varies. May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 575 Topics in East-West Comparative Studies CMLT-C 692 Comedy in Film and Literature (4 cr.) (4 cr.) Topic varies. May be repeated for credit. Styles and techniques of film comedy from the beginnings CMLT-C 576 Comparative Approaches to Chinese of cinema to the present. Theories of comedy and humor; Literature (4 cr.) May be repeated for credit. relationship to comedy in fiction, drama, pantomime, circus, and vaudeville. CMLT-C 670 Topics in Cross-Cultural Studies (4 cr.) May be repeated for credit. CMLT-C 693 Film Adaptations of Literature (4 cr.) Analysis of the processes and problems involved in Translation Studies turning a literary work (novel, play, or poem) into a CMLT-C 580 History and Theory of Translation (4 cr.) screenplay and then into a film. Close study of literary and film techniques and short exercises in adaptation. CMLT-C 581 Workshop in Literary Translation (4 cr.) CMLT-C 790 Studies in Film and Literature (4 cr.) Topic CMLT-C 680 Topics in Translation Studies (4 cr.) May varies: e.g., cinema and the theory of narrative; literary be repeated for credit. adaptation in cinema; relation of cinematic and literary Research, Teaching, and General Topics movements (e.g., surrealism, expressionism). May be CMLT-C 507 Teaching Methods in Comparative repeated for credit. Literature (3 cr.) The presuppositions, methods, Period Courses and goals of teaching literature. Topics include CMLT-C 505 Western Literary and Intellectual literature and composition, cross-cultural approaches, Traditions to 1500 (4 cr.) Classical, biblical, and medieval translation studies, comparative arts, literary theory, and texts. technological resources. Practice in developing courses, assignments, and classroom strategies. CMLT-C 506 Western Literary and Intellectual Traditions After 1500 (4 cr.) An historical overview, CMLT-C 508 Teaching Literature and Composition discussing a wide range of texts. (1 cr.) CMLT-C 521 Ancient Greek and Roman Literature CMLT-C 509 Teaching Internship in Comparative (4 cr.) Literature (1 cr.) 132 September 6, 2017

CMLT-C 603 Topics in Comparative Literature (4 cr.) Admission Requirements May be repeated for credit. Admission to all graduate programs is by approval of the CMLT-C 604 Individual Readings in Literature (1-4 cr.) school’s graduate admission committees. Requirements Arranged with an individual member of the department. for admission: baccalaureate degree (not necessarily Faculty authorization is required. with a concentration in computer science) and Graduate Record Examination (subject test also desirable). CMLT-C 801 Research (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for Undergraduate course prerequisites may be satisfied by a deferred grade. equivalent or more advanced courses, and in some cases CMLT-C 805 Master’s Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is by professional experience. Prerequisites common to eligible for a deferred grade. all graduate requirements are course work in computer structures and organization, discrete structures and CMLT-C 810 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible computing theory, and data structures. for a deferred grade. Course Requirements Cross-Listed Courses A total of 90 credit hours of graduate-level course work is Curriculum required. These courses are defined as any course listed in this bulletin that carries graduate credit. Courses Faculty Computer Science Course Requirements Center for Theoretical Inquiry in the Humanities Ph.D. candidates must take at least 24 credit hours of courses in computer science at or above the 500 T600 Special Topics in Critical Theory (3 cr.) levelexcept for the A500-A599 courses. Six courses, from English the list below, must be completed each with a minimum grade of B. At least one course must be taken from L607 History of Literary Criticism to the Enlightenment (4 each of the areas of Foundations of Computing and of cr.) Computer systems, and one from either Programming L608 History of Literary Criticism from 1750 to 1960 (4 cr.) Languages or Intelligent Systems: French and Italian 1. Foundations of computing: Theory of Computing F564 Issues in Literary Theory (3 cr.) (B501), Computational Complexity (B502), or F647 Contemporary French Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) Algorithms Design and Analysis (B503). 2. Computer systems: Distributed Systems (B534), Slavics and East European Languages and Cultures Advanced Operating Systems (P536), or Computer R505-R506 Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature I-II (3-3 Networks (P538). cr.) 3. Programming languages: Programming Language Principles (B521), Programming Language Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance Foundations (B522), or Programming Language Implementional (P523). T555-T556 Drama Theory I-II (3-3 cr.) 4. 4. Intelligent systems: Elements of Artificial T567 European Drama from Molière to Ibsen (3 cr.) Intelligence (B551), Machine Learning (B555), T571 Studies in Renaissance and Baroque Theatre (3 cr.) Advanced Database Concepts (B561), or Data T662 Comparative Theatre and Drama: Melodrama (3 cr.) Mining (B565). Computer Science A grade average of B (3.0) is required for the 24 credit hours of required computer science courses. This is in School of Informatics and Computing addition to the University Graduate School's requirement Computer Science of a B (3.0) average for all courses taken. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Minor Area Requirement Departmental URL: http://www.cs.indiana.edu/ Three options are available: (Please note that when conferring University Graduate 1. An external minor awarded by another Indiana School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University department or graduate program that is University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements approved by the Computer Science Program. contained only in The University Graduate School 2. An internal minor: at least 9 computer science Bulletin.) credits, in courses other than reading and Curriculum research, and in an area other than the student’s specialization. The area and the courses must be Degree Offered approved by the student’s advisory committee. (For Master of Science degrees, see the School of 3. An individualized interdisciplinary minor: at least Informatics and Computing Bulletin.) 12 credits spanning at least two Indiana University Doctor of Philosophy departments/degree programs, to be recommended by the student’s advisory committee and approved Special Program Requirements by the Computer Science Program in advance of any (See also general University Graduate School course work. requirements.) September 6, 2017 133

Qualifying Examination Patricia Reyes-Cooksey The qualifying examination is given by the first semester of Graduate Faculty the student’s third year in the program. This examination is (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University admin¬istered by the advisory committee and is expected Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct to have a written and an oral component. A student doctoral dissertations.) must have completed the 24 credit hours of courses in computer science as specified in the Computer Science Distinguished Professor Course Requirements before taking the qualifying exam. Geoffrey C. Fox*, Douglas Hofstadter* Thesis Proposal Professors The thesis proposal is submitted and defended after the Randall Beer*, Randall Bramley*, Volker Brendel*, completion of the qualifying examination. It consists of an Geoffrey Brown*, L. Jean Camp*, J. Michael Dunn* oral presentation covering a submitted written research (Emeritus), R. Kent Dybvig* (Emeritus), Funda Ergun, plan for the dissertation. This examination is given by the Daniel P. Friedman*, Dennis Gannon* (Emeritus), research committee. Stanley Hagstrom* (Emeritus), Matthew Hahn*, Andrew Dissertation J. Hanson* (Emeritus), Steven D. Johnson* (Emeritus), David B. Leake*, Daniel M. Leivant*, Andrew Lumsdaine*, A written elaboration of significant original research, which Michael McRobbie* Beth A. Plale*, Franklin Prosser* must be successfully presented to the research committee (Emeritus), Paul W. Purdom*, Predrag Radivojac*, in a defense of dissertation as described in this bulletin. Christopher Raphael*, Edward L. Robertson* (Emeritus), Amr A. Sabry*, Cenk Sahinalp, Robert Schnabel* Ph.D. Minor in Computer Science (Emeritus), George Springer* (Emeritus), Thomas Doctoral students in other departments may complete Sterling*, Martin Swany*, Haixu Tang*, Dirk Van Gucht*, a minor in computer science by satisfying one of the Xiaofeng Wang*, Gary Wiggins* (Emeritus), David E. following options: Winkel* (Emeritus), David S. Wise* (Emeritus) 1. Three computer science courses totaling not fewer Associate Professors than 9 credit hours at the 500 level or above. A500- level courses and 400-level courses are excluded Kay Connelly*, Mehmet Dalkilic*, Michael Gasser* with these exceptions: A595 (B401), B403, P423, (Emeritus),, Minaxi Gupta*, Christopher T. Haynes* P436, P438, B441, P442, and B443 are approved for (Emeritus), Raquel Hill*, Apu Kapadia*, Jonathan Mills*, graduate credit toward the Ph.D. minor. Steven Myers*, Gregory J. E. Rawlins*, Jeremy Siek, 2. A593, A594, and any two courses totaling 6 credit Yuzhen Ye* hours or more from the list: A595, A596, plus the Assistant Professors computer science courses meeting the requirements of the first option. David Crandall*, Kris Hauser*, Ryan Henry, Yan Huang, Sriraam Natarajan*,Ryan Newton*, Feng Qian, Judy Faculty Qiu*,Chung-chieh Shan, Sam Tobin-Hochstadt, Martha Interim Dean White, Yuan Zhou, Qin Zhang Bradley Wheeler* Visiting Professors Associate Dean of Graduate Studies Veljko Malbasa Howard Rosenbaum* Senior Lecturers Executive Associate Dean Dan-Adrian German, Matt Hottell, Suzanne Menzel, Charles Pope, Jeffrey Whitmer David Leake* Lecturers Associate Dean for Research Dimitrij Hmeljak, Erik Wennstrom Andrew Lumsdaine* Visiting Lecturers Chair of Computer Science Program Balaprasath Rajan Amr A. Sabry* Adjunct Professors Director of Graduate Admissions, Computer Science Katy Borner*, Fred Cate* (Law), Peter T. Cherbas* Xiaofeng Wang* (Biology), David E. Clemmer* (Chemistry), Marc Director of Ph.D. Studies, Computer Science Gyssens, Michael Lynch* (Biology), Lawrence S. Moss* (Mathematics), Gerardo Ortiz* (Physics), Matthias Funda Ergun Scheutz, Olaf Sporns*(Psychology),, Michael Trosset* (Statistics), Jan Van den Bussche, Director of Master's Studies, Computer Science Adjunct Associate Professors Jeremy Siek Markus Dickinson* (Linguistics), Chunfeng Huang* Director of Graduate Administration (Statistics), Eric Isaacson* (Music), Markus Jacobsson, 134 September 6, 2017

Sandra Claudia Kuebler* (Linguistics), Craig Alan Stewart, Lecture and lab. May be repeated for a maximum of six Chen Yu* (Psychology) credits. Adjunct Assistant Professors CSCI-A 591 Introduction to Computer Science (3 cr.) A first course in computer science for those intending to Arun Chauhan, Daniel McDonald* (Statistics), Eric A. take advanced computer science courses. Introduction to Wernert programming and to algorithm design and analysis. Using Courses the Scheme programming language, the course covers several programming paradigms. Lecture and laboratory. CSCI-A 504 Introductory C++ Programming (2 cr.) Credit not given for both A591 and C211. P: Programming experience. Topics include aspects of C++ that are not object-oriented, basic data structures, CSCI-A 592 Introduction to Software Systems (3 cr.) standard libraries, and Unix tools for project management. P: Programming experience. Design of computer software Credit not given for both A504 and either A304, A597, systems and introduction to programming. Topics include A592, C212, H212, or BUS K201. Program is not currently the C++ programming language and its data structure offering this course. facilities; building and maintaining large projects; shell tools, and system calls. Introduction to object-oriented CSCI-A 506 Object-Oriented Programming in C+ programming. Lecture and laboratory. Credit not given for + (2 cr.) P: Either A201, A304, A504, or A597. Topics both A592 and C212. include objects, classes, encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, templates, and exceptions. Credit not given CSCI-A 593 Computer Structures (3 cr.) P: A592. for both A506 and either A306, A202, A592, A598, C212, Structure and internal operation of computers. The or H212. Program is not currently offering this course. architecture and assembly language programming of a specific computer are stressed, in addition to general CSCI-A 521 Computing Tools for Scientific Research principles of hardware organization and low-level software (3 cr.) C: Math 118 or higher required; Math M211 systems. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. Credit not given recommended. Introduction to computer-based tools for both A593 and C335. May be applied toward the Ph.D. useful for analysis and understanding of scientific minor. data. Basic methods of computation, data processing, and display in systems such as Matlab combined with CSCI-A 594 Data Structures (3 cr.) P: A592. P or C: elementary practical C/C++ programming. Techniques C241 and A593. Systematic study of data structures to support customized scientific research tasks, with encountered in computing problems; structure and use of particular emphasis on biological, neural, and behavioral storage media; methods of representing structured data; sciences. Lecture and laboratory. and techniques for operating on data structures. Lecture and laboratory. Credit not given for both A594 and C343. CSCI-A 538 Network Technologies and Administration May be applied toward the Ph.D. minor. (3 cr.) P: A110, EDUC W200, or equivalent computer literacy. Introduction to network principles and current CSCI-A 595 Fundamentals of Computing Theory (3 cr.) network technology, both hardware and software. Network P: C241. P or C: C212. Fundamentals of formal language administration tools and techniques. Laboratory provides theory, computation models and computability, the limits practical experience. Credit not given for both A538 and of computability and feasibility, and program verification. A338. Credit not given for both A595 and B401. May be applied toward the Ph.D. minor, graduate credit available for CS CSCI-A 546 User-Interface Programming (3 cr.) M.S. candidates with special permission. P: Either A201, A202, A306, C212, A506, A597, A598, or equivalent experience. Learn to prototype and build CSCI-A 596 Programming Languages (3 cr.) P: A594. graphical user interfaces for computer applications. Systematic approach to programming languages. Contemporary software design methodology. Students Relationships among languages, properties and features design and implement prototype interfaces to applications of languages, and the computer environment necessary provided by the instructor. Extensive use will be made of to use languages. Lecture and laboratory. Credit not given both commercial and experimental software tools. Lab fee. for both A596 and C311. May be applied toward the Ph.D. Credit not given for both A546 and A346. Program is not minor. currently offering this course. CSCI-A 597 Introduction to Programming I (3 cr.) CSCI-A 548 Mastering the World Wide Web (3 cr.) Fundamental programming constructs, including loops, P: Two semesters of programming experience or arrays, classes, and files. General problem-solving equivalent, and some knowledge of operating systems. techniques. Emphasis on modular programming, user- Project-oriented course leading to ability to maintain a interface design, and developing good programming style. Web site with full functionality. Topics include background Credit not given for both A597 and A201. on Internet network protocols and programming, Web CSCI-A 598 Introduction to Programming II (1.5-3 cr.) server administration, advanced Web design and P: A597, A201, A504, or A304. Advanced programming authoring, Web protocols, interfacing services into the techniques: user-defined functions and types, recursion vs Web. Lab fee. Credit not given for both A548 and A348. iteration, parameter-passing mechanisms. Classic abstract CSCI-A 590 Topics in Programming (1-2 cr.) Eight-week data types and algorithms. Programming style. Object- courses designed to provide foundations for using modern oriented programming. Web programming. May be taught programming tools for applications and web development. full term or 8 week. Credit not given for both A598 and CSCI-A 202. May be repeated for credit up to 3 hrs. September 6, 2017 135

CSCI-B 403 Introduction to Algorithm Design and parallel algorithms; major paradigms for parallel software Analysis (3 cr.) Credit not given for both B403 and B503. construction; (data parallelism, task/thread parallelism and CSP); compiling programs for parallel computers. CSCI-B 441 Digital Design (4 cr.) Credit not given for both B441 and B541. Not applicable toward a major in CSCI-B 534 Distributed Systems (3 cr.) A balanced computer science. treatment of fundamentals and practice of distributed systems. The foundational models, algorithms, and CSCI-B 443 Introduction to Computer Architecture principles upon which distributed systems are based are (3 cr.) Credit not given for both B443 and B543. studied in detail. These fundamentals are placed in the CSCI-B 501 Theory of Computing (3 cr.) P: C241. context of practical implementations by means of reading Deterministic and nondeterministic automata, regular and critical analysis of research papers. expressions, pumping lemmas; context-free languages, CSCI-B 541 Hardware System Design I (3 cr.) P: C335 parsing, pushdown automata, context-sensitive or honors version. Structured approach to hardware languages, LBA, LR(k) languages, closure and decidability design,, emphasizing hardwired and microprogrammed of language classes. Turing machines, random access control. Boolean algebra, hardware building blocks, machines, grammars, general recursive functions, equiva- architecture and control, implementation issues. In the lence of computation models, universal machines, relative laboratory, students build a working computer using computing. Unsolvability, semi-recursive sets, Rice’s hardware prototyping technologies. Basic training in Theorem. Space and time complexity, NP completeness. the use of design and simulation software. Lecture and CSCI-B 502 Computational Complexity (3 cr.) Study laboratory. of computational complexity classes, their intrinsic CSCI-B 543 Computer Architecture (3 cr.) P: C335 properties, and relations between them. Topics include and C343 or honors versions. Fundamentals of computer time and space computational complexity, reducibility design, instruction processing and performance analysis. and completeness of problems within complexity Architecture of single-processor systems, focusing classes, complexity of optimization problems, complexity on pipelining, memory and memory hierarchies, and hierarchies, relativization of the P=?NP conjecture, and interconnect technology. Exploration of architecture parallel computation models and the class NC. classes such as high-performance multiprocessors, CSCI-B 503 Algorithms Design and Analysis massively parallel computers, embedded systems. (3 cr.) P: MATH M216, and C343. Models, algorithms, CSCI-B 551 Elements of Artificial Intelligence (3 cr.) recurrences, summations, growth rates. Probabilistic tools, P: C343 or H343, good knowledge of LISP or Scheme. upper and lower bounds; worst-case and average-case Introduction to major issues and approaches in artificial analysis, amortized analysis, dynamization. Comparison- intelligence. Principles of reactive, goal-based, and based algorithms: search, selection, sorting, hashing. utility-based agents. Problem-solving and search. Information extraction algorithms (graphs, databases). Knowledge representation and design of representa- Graphs algorithms: spanning trees, shortest paths, tional vocabularies. Inference and theorem proving, connectivity, depth—first search, breadth—first search. reasoning under uncertainty, planning. Overview of CSCI-B 510 Introduction to Applied Logic (3 cr.) machine learning. Structures: relations between structures, term structures. CSCI-B 552 Knowledge Based Artificial Intelligence Description: notation and meaning, substitution (3 cr.) P: B551. Knowledge-based methods for artificial operations, first order formulas, database languages, intelligence systems: knowledge representation, program verification conditions, semantic valuation, organization, and application. Typical content includes normal forms, quantifier reduction, axiomatic theo- principles of memory organization, indexing and retrieval. ries. Proof: resolution, sequential calculi, natural Memory-based, analogical, and case-based reasoning. deduction, automated theorem proving, semantic Applications to understanding, explanation, planning, and completeness. Limits of formalization: compactness, advisory systems. undecidability of truth, undecidability of canonical theories, nonformalizability of database theory. CSCI-B 553 Neural and Genetic Approaches to Artificial Intelligence (3 cr.) P: CSCI-B 551. Approaches CSCI-B 521 Programming Language Principles to the design of intelligent systems inspired by nervous (3 cr.) Systematic approach to programming languages. systems, evolution, and animal behavior. Distributed Relationships among languages, properties and features and perceptually-grounded representations. Temporal of languages, the computer environment necessary to processing. Perception and action. Genetic search. support language execution. Unsupervised and reinforcement learning. Comparison CSCI-B 522 Programming Language Foundations of symbolic, subsymbolic, and hybrid approaches to (3 cr.) P: C311 or B521, and B510. Introduction to intelligence. denotational, operational, and axiomatic approaches to CSCI-B 555 Machine Learning (3 cr.) Theory and programming language semantics. Semantic analysis practice of constructing algorithms that learn functions of major programming language features. Logics of and choose optimal decisions from data and knowledge. programs. Topics include: mathematical/probabilistic foundations, CSCI-B 524 Parallelism in Programming Languages MAP classification/regression, linear and logistic and Systems (3 cr.) P: P436 or P536, and either C311, regression, neural networks, support vector machines, H311 or B521, C343 or H343. Fundamentals of parallel Bayesian networks, tree models, committee machines, computation, with an emphasis on parallel programming methodology and programming languages. Topics include: 136 September 6, 2017 kernel functions, EM, density estimation, accuracy CSCI-B 619 Topics in Applied Logic (1-6 cr.) estimation, normalization, model selection. P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics in applied logic. May be repeated for credit with permission. CSCI-B 561 Advanced Database Concepts (3 cr.) P: C241, C335, and C343 or honors versions. Database CSCI-B 621 Advanced Concepts in Programming models and systems, especially relational and object- Languages (3 cr.) P: Either C311, H311, or B521. P or C: oriented; relational database design theory; structures for P423 or P523. Discussion of current issues in the design efficient data access; query languages and processing; of programming languages. Modularity, abstraction, and database applications development; views. Transaction static analysis. Applicative and nonapplicative models. management: concurrency and recovery. Single and multiple processing. CSCI-B 565 Data Mining (3 cr.) Algorithmic and practical CSCI-B 622 Programming Language Type Systems aspects of discovering patterns and relationships in large (3 cr.) P: C311 or B521. Theoretical foundations and databases. The course also provides hands-on experience engineering techniques for modern type systems, in data analysis, clustering and prediction. Topics include: focusing on polymorphism and subtyping in typed lambda- data preprocessing and exploration, data warehousing, calculi; applications, including type systems for objects, association rule mining, classification and regression, abstract data types, and modules; issues in type checker clustering, anomaly detection, human factors and social implementation and polymorphic type inference. Program issues in data mining. is not currently offering this course. CSCI-B 581 Advanced Computer Graphics (3 cr.) CSCI-B 629 Topics in Programming Languages P: C343, MATH M301 or M303, or equivalent experience. (1-6 cr.) P: C311 or B521 and instructor’s permission. Introduction to graphics hardware and software. Two- Special topics in programming languages. May be dimensional graphics methods, transformations, and repeated for credit with permission. interactive methods. Three-dimensional graphics, transformations, viewing geometry, object modeling and CSCI-B 639 Topics in Software Systems (1-6 cr.) interactive manipulation methods. Basic lighting and P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics in software shading. Video and animation methods. systems. May be repeated for credit with permission. CSCI-B 582 Image Synthesis (3 cr.) P: B581, MATH CSCI-B 644 Very Large Scale Integration (3 cr.) M215. Raster image display: color theory, gamma P: B441 or B541. Basic theory and practice required correction, and filtering. Advanced shading methods: to convert hardware algorithms and architecture to local illumination models, global illumination models. silicon structures. Use of state-of-the-art design tools for Surface display, including ray tracing and Z-buffering. integrated circuits. Lab fee. Solid modeling: spline surfaces, CSG, superquadrics, CSCI-B 649 Topics in Systems (1-6 cr.) P: Instructor’s and deformations. Scientific visualization: isosurfaces and permission. Special topics in systems. May be repeated volume rendering. Program is not currently offering this for credit with permission. course. CSCI-B 651 Natural Language Processing (3 cr.) CSCI-B 599 Teaching in Computer Science (1 cr.) P: B551. R: B552 or B553. Theory and methods for General principles of teaching and practical experiences natural language processing. Algorithms for sentence that relate to teaching computer science. An important parsing and generation. Context-free and unification feature of the course is the microteaching, in which each grammars. Question-and-answer systems. Analysis of participant prepares and delivers short lectures to the narratives. Finite-state approaches to computational seminar participants. Each presentation is followed by phonology and morphology. Machine translation. Machine critical analysis and discussion. Program is not currently learning of natural language. Speech recognition. offering this course. Neural-network and statistical alternatives to symbolic CSCI-B 603 Advanced Algorithms Analysis (3 cr.) approaches. P: B503. Advanced topics in analysis of algorithms, CSCI-B 652 Computer Models of Symbolic Learning including fast algorithms for classical problems, lower (3 cr.) P: B552. Symbolic artificial intelligence methods for bounds results, and statistical behavior. learning. Inductive and explanation-based generalization. CSCI-B 607 Philosophy of Computation (3 cr.) Failure-driven learning. Case-based learning. Typical P: Consent of the instructor. Critical examination of the content includes operationality of explanations and utility conceptual foundations of computing. Several different of learning. Goal-driven learning. Criteria for when, what, views assessed with respect to conceptual, explanatory, and how to learn. Learning in integrated architectures. and empirical criteria. Primary focus on formal symbol CSCI-B 656 Web Mining (3 cr.) Machine learning manipulation, recursive function theory, effective techniques to mine the Web and other unstructured/ computability, computational complexity, digitality, and semistructured, hypertextual, distributed information information processing. Some nonstandard approaches repositories. Crawling, indexing, ranking and filtering also considered: connectionism, dynamics, and artificial algorithms using text and link analysis. Applications to life. Program is not currently offering this course. search, classification, tracking, monitoring, and Web CSCI-B 609 Topics in Algorithms and Computing intelligence. Group project on one of the topics covered in Theory (1-6 cr.) P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics class. in algorithms and computing theory. May be repeated for CSCI-B 659 Topics in Artificial Intelligence (1-6 cr.) credit with permission. P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics in artificial intelligence. May be repeated for credit with permission. September 6, 2017 137

CSCI-B 661 Database Theory and Systems Design CSCI-P 438 Fundamentals of Computer Networks (3 cr.) P: B461 or B561. Database models: relational, (3 cr.) Credit not given for both P438 and P538. Not deductive, complex-object, object-oriented. Query applicable toward a major in computer science. languages: relational algebra and calculus, datalog, fixpoint logics, object-oriented query languages. CSCI-P 442 Digital Systems (4 cr.) Credit not given for Transaction management theory: concurrency control, both P442 and P542. Not applicable toward a major in recovery, distribution. Post-relational and object-oriented computer science. Program is not currently offering this database systems. course. CSCI-B 662 Database Systems and Internal Design CSCI-P 515 Specification and Verification (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: CSCI-B 561. This course deals with database P: C311. Tools and techniques for rigorous reasoning management systems and their modern applications. about software and digital hardware. Safety, reliability, We will discuss various issues to be considered and security, and other design-critical applications. Decision design decisions to be made in these systems. Topics algorithms. Projects involving the use of automated include storage management, access methods, query reasoning, such as model checkers, theorem provers, and processing and optimization strategies, concurrently program transformation. Credit not given for both P415 control techniques, data warehousing, data mining, semi- and P515. structured data management, etc. CSCI-P 523 Programming Language Implementation CSCI-B 657 Computer Vision (3 cr.) P: C463 or B551. (3 cr.) P: B521 or C311. Implementation of traditional Concepts and methods of machine vision as a branch of and nontraditional computer programming languages. artificial intelligence. Basics of digital image processing. Compilation, including lexical analysis, parsing, Local and global tools for deriving information from optimization, code generation, and testing. Run-time image data. Model-based object recognition and scene support, including run-time libraries, storage management, understanding. input-output. Comparison of implementation techniques. Extensive laboratory exercises. CSCI-B 665 Software Engineering Management I (3 cr.) P: B561 or BUS S560. Topics include the high CSCI-P 532 Object-Oriented Software Development cost of software, the software life cycle, understanding (3 cr.) P: Proficiency in Java. This course will help turn programming teams, and methodologies for controlling motivated students into superior contributors to any small- development. Presentation of readings and supervision of to mid-sized commercial or open-source software project. programming teams producing software products required. It takes a hands-on, learning-by-doing approach. Students Program is not currently offering this course. are introduced to design patterns, tools, and teamwork strategies from the first assignment to the last project. CSCI-B 666 Software Management Implementation II (1-3 cr.) P: B665. Continuation of projects from B665. CSCI-P 535 Pervasive Computing (3 cr.) P: Object Periodic reports and a final paper required. If taken for two oriented programming. Topics in pervasive computing, or more credits, an additional project or paper is required. such as sensors, mobility, tangibles, ambient displays, Program is not currently offering this course. middleware, location and context-awareness; user- centered design methods, such as requirements CSCI-B 669 Topics in Database and Information gathering, design, prototyping, and evaluation. Labs cover Systems (1-6 cr.) P: Instructor’s permission. Special current technologies, such as sensors and mobile devices. topics in database and information systems. May be Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. repeated for credit with permission. CSCI-P 536 Advanced Operating Systems (3 cr.) CSCI-B 673 Advanced Scientific Computing (3 cr.) P: C335 and C343, or honors versions. Advanced topics in P: P573 and MATH M471. Multiprocessor organization: operating systems, such as: multitasking, synchronization vectorization, memory organization, processor topologies mechanisms, distributed system architecture, client-server and architectures. Models of parallelism. Programming models, distributed mutual exclusion and concurrency language and systems for scientific and high-performance control, agreement protocols, load balancing, failure computing. Environments for interactive scientific recovery, fault tolerance, cryptography, multiprocessor experiments and databases. Distributed programming operating systems. tools. Parallelism in scientific problems: parallel algorithmic techniques, parallel algorithms and models, CSCI-P 538 Computer Networks (3 cr.) P: Operating parallel performance analysis and debugging. systems or networking course. Layered TCP/IP architecture. LAN technologies (Ethernet, wireless, token CSCI-B 679 Topics in Scientific Computing (1-6 cr.) rings). Switching. Internet addressing (IPv4, IPv6). Routing P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics in scientific protocols. Congestion control (TCP, UDP). Applications computing. May be repeated for credit with permission. (DNS, HTTP, peer-to-peer networks). Selection of topics including DHCP, ICMP, VPNs, multicast, security. Credit CSCI-B 689 Topics in Graphics and Human Computer given for only one of P438 and P538. Interaction (1-6 cr.) P: Instructor’s permission. Special topics in graphics and human computer interaction. May CSCI-P 542 Hardware System Design II (3 cr.) P: B541 be repeated for credit with permission. or B441. Depending on instructor, a selection of topics in system-level design, such as simulation, logic synthesis, CSCI-P 423 Compilers (4 cr.) Credit not given for both high-level synthesis, codesign, embedded software, P423 and P523. verification, test, requirements specification, and others. CSCI-P 436 Introduction to Operating Systems (4 cr.) Projects in system-level design. Computer-aided design Credit not given for both P436 and P536. 138 September 6, 2017 tools. Lecture and laboratory. Program is not currently (Please note that when conferring University Graduate offering this course. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements CSCI-P 545 Embedded and Real-Time Systems (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School P: Any 400-level “systems” course (middle digit 3 or 4). Bulletin.) Design and implementation of purpose-specific, locally distributed software systems. Models and methods for Curriculum time-critical applications. Real-time operating systems. Testing, validation, and verification. Safety-critical design. Degrees Offered Related topics, such as resiliency, synchronization, sensor Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy fusion, etc. Lecture and laboratory. Program Information The department offers the opportunity for multidisciplinary CSCI-P 565-566 Software Engineering I-II (3-3 cr.) graduate degrees in criminal justice that are designed for P: C343, B461 previously or B561 concurrently. Analysis, students coming from a variety of academic backgrounds. design, and implementation of software systems. Courses and programs in the department prepare Requirements specification: data and process modeling. students for academic teaching and research positions Software design methodologies. Software quality or for administrative, research, and management assurance: testing and verification. Software development careers in the criminal justice system or the private processes. Program is not currently offering this course. sector. The faculty represents a diversity of approaches CSCI-P 573 Scientific Computing (3 cr.) P: MATH M303 to criminal justice studies: anthropology, criminal or M301, M343, and C212 or H212. For students from justice, geography, law, neuroscience, psychology, and all scientific, engineering, and mathematical disciplines, sociology. Students may also study with faculty from other this course provides an overview of computer hardware, departments and schools who make up the university-wide software, and numerical methods that are useful on criminal justice consortium. scientific workstations and supercomputers. Topics Special Departmental Requirements include high-performance computer architectures, (See also general University Graduate School software tools and packages, characteristics of numerical requirements.) methods in common use, graphical presentation of results, and performance analysis and improvement. Master of Arts Degree CSCI-P 632 Object-Oriented Software Management Admission Requirements (3 cr.) P: Instructor's permission. This course will help turn Applicants must submit the following: (1) all official post- motivated students into superior managers of any small- to secondary transcripts; (2) a 300- to 500-word statement mid-sized commercial or open-source software project. It of academic and professional goals; (3) scores from the takes a hands-on, learning-by-doing approach. Students verbal, quantitative, and writing sections of the GRE; (4) are introduced to the main management concerns of evidence of potential for success in graduate work, as managing smallish design and development teams. attested by letters of recommendation from those familiar CSCI-Y 790 Graduate Independent Study (1-6 cr.) with the applicant’s academic performance (two of the Independent study under the direction of a faculty applicant’s three letters must be from faculty members); member, culminating in a written report. R grade not (5) international TOEFL is required of all foreign students. allowed. The different options for independent study are: Course Requirements Research and Reading, Software System Development, Master’s Research Project, Master’s Software Project, and A total of 36 credit hours, 27 of which must be taken in the a University Master’s Thesis. May be repeated for credit. Department of Criminal Justice and either an M.A. thesis or two substantial papers. Required are P594 (Research CSCI-Y 798 Professional Practicum/Internship (non- Methods) and S501 (Statistics). credit) (0 cr.) P: Current enrollment in graduate degree program in computer science. Provides for participation Thesis in graduate-level professional training and internship Optional. Students may earn up to 6 credit hours for an experience. M.A. thesis. CSCI-Y 799 Computer Science Colloquium (1 cr.) A Doctor of Philosophy Degree series of talks by researchers in computer science and Admission Requirements closely related areas presenting their recent research. A minimum of 75% attendance and course work in the form Applicants must submit the following: (1) all official post- of a written report based on the talk by any colloquium secondary transcripts; (2) a 300- to 500-word statement speaker are required for credit. 3 of academic and professional goals; (3) scores from the verbal, quantitative, and writing sections of the GRE; (4) CSCI-Y 890 Thesis Readings and Research (1-12 cr.) evidence of potential for success in graduate work, as Research under the direction of a member of the graduate attested by letters of recommendation from those familiar faculty leading to a Ph.D. dissertation. with the applicant’s academic performance (two of the Criminal Justice applicant’s three letters must be from faculty members); (5) international TOEFL is required of all foreign students. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Course Requirements Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~crimjust/ The Doctor of Philosophy degree will require a total of 90 credit hours beyond the bachelor’s degree, of which September 6, 2017 139

6 hours are in core proseminars (P501 and P502), and Graduate Faculty another 12 hours are required courses. Students are (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University required to complete 3 hours in research methods (P594), Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct 3 hours in statistics (currently taught in the Statistics doctoral dissertations.) Department: S501), and 3 hours of advanced statistics or 3 hours of qualitative methods. In addition, students must Professors satisfy a 3-hour research tool requirement that must be Ellen Dwyer* (Emerita, History), Roger J. R. Levesque*, approved by the student's advisory committee and the Richard Lippke*, Harold E. Pepinsky* (Emeritus), Leon E. Director of Graduate Studies, or by demonstrating reading Pettiway* (Emeritus), Bruce D. Sales*, Kip Schlegel* proficiency in one of the languages from those approved by the Department of Criminal Justice or a language Associate Professors demonstrably useful in the student’s research program. Mary Lee Luskin* (Emerita), William Oliver*, Steve An additional 30 hours will come from courses within Russell* (Emeritus), Marla Rita Sandys*, Arvind Verma* the Department of Criminal Justice. Although it is not encouraged, if a student has a strong interest in a course Assistant Professors (or courses) from another department (or departments), with the approval of their Graduate Advisory Committee, Miriam Northcutt Bohmert, Natalie Kroovand Hipple, the student may substitute a course (or courses) for Akwasi Owusu-Bempah Criminal Justice Department classes. A student must have Director of Graduate Studies at least one minor area from outside the Department of Criminal Justice. A dissertation for up to 30 credit hours is Kip Schlegel*, Sycamore Hall 302, [email protected], required. (812) 855-0889 Foreign Language/Research Tool Requirement Please check with the Director of Graduate Studies for the current list of faculty endorsed to direct dissertations. One of the following: (1) reading proficiency in one of the languages from those approved by the Department of Courses Criminal Justice or a language demonstrably useful in the student’s research program; or (2) the 3-hour research CJUS-P 501 Proseminar: Criminal Justice I (3 cr.) A tool requirement that may be satisfied with an advanced proseminar to provide an intensive introduction to the (qualitative or quantitative) methods course or advanced basic areas of criminal justice. statistics course approved by the Director of Graduate CJUS-P 502 Proseminar: Criminal Justice II (3 cr.) Studies. Theories of crime and delinquency. Qualifying Examination CJUS-P 512 Corrections (3 cr.) Reviews historical and All doctoral students are expected to demonstrate basic philosophical bases of correctional system and examines proficiency by passing a qualifying examination following components of system (community corrections, jails, and completion of required courses. This written examination prisons). Focuses on the structure and functions of the may take a variety of forms and must demonstrate the corrections system with particular attention to the role of student's ability to successfully engage in dissertation broader social forces on the development and operation of research. An oral defense is required. The written exam the system. and the oral defense are evaluated as a combined effort. CJUS-P 515 Police in Society (3 cr.) Covers the bases Dissertation Proposal and impacts of recent changes in U.S. policing, particularly with respect to community-oriented policing. Changes Dissertation proposals must be submitted only after are analyzed in terms of the organizational and political successfully completing the required qualifying Ph.D. contexts in which they occur as well as from historical and examination. An oral defense of the dissertation proposal cross-cultural perspectives. is required. CJUS-P 517 Juvenile Justice (3 cr.) Examines the Final Examination historical development of the juvenile justice system, the tradition of reform, underlying ideologies, and current Oral defense of the dissertation is required. debates. Ph.D. Minor in Criminal Justice CJUS-P 519 Probation and Parole (3 cr.) Primary Students from other departments or schools who want emphasis on the development and evaluation of probation, to minor in criminal justice should consult with the parole, and other systems of community corrections. Director of Graduate Affairs on the selection of faculty Examines the theoretical underpinnings of community advisors. At least 12 credit hours in criminal justice programs for offenders, and analysis of recent research courses are required. All 12 hours are elective credit in will be undertaken. The policy implications for this area will the Department. A Declaration of Minor form must be also be studied. submitted to the Director of Graduate Studies. CJUS-P 520 Public Control of Deviant Behavior (3 cr.) Faculty Critical review of theoretical and empirical literature on Chairperson selected topics in deviant behavior, including prostitution, child abuse, psychopathy, homosexuality, drug abuse, Richard Lippke*, Professor alcohol abuse, and alcoholism. 140 September 6, 2017

CJUS-P 594 Introduction to Research Methods (3 cr.) family and sexual violence; institutional violence; drugs Research methodology in criminal justice. Research and violence; and prevention of violent behavior. design, scientific methods, quantitative/qualitative applications, ethical questions, and the role of the criminal CJUS-P 625 Correlates of Crime (3 cr.) Examines the justice researcher. incidence and correlates (individual, community, and cultural) of crime and the varying methods of measuring CJUS-P 595 Data Analysis in Criminal Justice I (3 cr.) crime. Implications for criminological theory and research Data analysis applied to criminal justice data, including are addressed. measurement, tables, graphs, probability, nonparametric statics, matrix algebra, correlation and regression, and CJUS-P 627 White-Collar Crime (3 cr.) Examines tests of significance. the data and research related to white-collar crime in an effort to understand issues of causation and social CJUS-P 596 Data Analysis in Criminal Justice II (3 cr.) control of this particular form of crime. Places white-collar P: CJUS P595. Focus on the general linear model and crime within the context of general theories of crime, and multivariate statistical techniques such as logit, probit, and compares and contrasts the various legal mechanisms structural equation modeling. (civil, administrative, and criminal) available to control it. CJUS-P 599 Research Practicum (1-6 cr.) Required CJUS-P 629 Victimization (3 cr.) Covers current course for Ph.D. students. Designed to provide guided theory, research, and measurement issues pertaining experience in conducting research independently. The to the nature, extent, causes, and effects of criminal topic and scope of the student’s effort must be approved in victimization; evaluations of programs for crime victims; advance by the professor. and political and ideological differences among varying views of victim rights. CJUS-P 600 Theories of Crime Causation (3 cr.) Examination of theories of crime and criminal behavior CJUS-P 633 Dispute Settlement (3 cr.) Examines from three major perspectives: biology, psychology, relationships between social and cultural contexts in the and sociology. The goal of the seminar is twofold: (1) to fields of crime and law. Focuses on factors that influence understand the strengths and weaknesses of existing the development and use of dispute settlement processes, theories from these diverse perspectives, and (2) to such as mediation and negotiation; and the evolution, suggest that theoretical explanations of crime must development, and disintegration of legal and criminal of necessity be multidimensional to encompass the justice systems. complexity of the problem. CJUS-P 634 Sentencing Theory and Practice (3 cr.) CJUS-P 602 Courts and Criminal Justice (3 cr.) Examines the theoretical and practical issues relating to Addresses the nature and operation of courts with respect the sentencing of criminals. In particular, focuses on the to criminal cases: structure and administration of courts; aims of punishment and the construction of sentencing recruitment and selection of major participants; and models and alternatives designed to achieve these aims. specific decisions in the processing of criminal cases, including the decision to charge, pretrial release, trials and CJUS-P 637 Community, Crime, and Criminal Justice plea bargains, and criminal appeals. (3 cr.) Examines the role of community structure and function in the distribution of crime and the formal and CJUS-P 610 Law and Society (3 cr.) Study of the informal response to crime. interaction between social forces and legal processes, focusing on the question of what shapes the law. CJUS-P 639 History of Criminal Justice in the U.S. Subareas to be examined include the courts, sentencing, (3 cr.) Examination of the development of the American police, crime, deviance, and community-based justice. criminal justice system, with particular attention to courts, Emphasis on the links between crime-related behavior as prisons, and the police. Examines how definitions of defined by the law, its social and cultural environments, deviance and criminality have changed over time and and the individual. the ways class, gender, and race have shaped law and justice. CJUS-P 619 Crime and Public Policy (3 cr.) Examines processes by which societies define crime and develop CJUS-P 670 Cross-Cultural Studies (3 cr.) Examines responses to crime. Particular attention is given to case significance of cross-cultural research to criminology/ studies of how particular policies were developed and criminal justice, research practices and problems, with implemented, and what effects these policies produced. emphasis on analysis of field experiences and findings. CJUS-P 622 Criminal Careers (3 cr.) A small number CJUS-P 671 Comparative Justice Systems (3 cr.) of career criminals commit the majority of serious crimes. Engages students in comparative issues and research to Seminar explores the major personal and typological reveal political, historical, and cultural factors that have dimensions of such criminals by exposing the student to influenced criminal justice and law in the United States. the commonalities among diverse forms of criminal activity Develops student abilities to conceptualize crime and law and the implications for crime theory development and without using official legal concepts, but for purposes of crime control policies. comparative social scientific research. CJUS-P 623 Violent Behavior (3 cr.) Critical analysis of CJUS-P 672 Ideas About Justice (3 cr.) Explores current theory and research on violent behavior utilizing a a school or related schools of thought and practice multidisciplinary framework. Topics include concepts and about what “justice” means and requires. Special topics methods in the study of violence; prediction of violence; for the course may vary; focusing, for instance, on feminist justice, “just desserts” theory, restorative justice, retributive justice, or utilitarian justice. September 6, 2017 141

CJUS-P 674 Law, Crime, and Justice in Post-Soviet credit hours in graduate courses. At least six credit hours Russia (3 cr.) This interdisciplinary course begins by must be earned by enrolling in Center courses (CTIHT500 examining how the executive, legislative, and judicial or CTIH-T600); credit from independent study ordinarily branches of government are being influenced by the does not satisfy this requirement. The remaining credit forces of transition. We then look at Russian crime, hours may be earned by enrolling in Center courses including corruption, patterns of interpersonal violence, (with a maximum of three credit hours of CTIHT700) or in human trafficking, and drug use. The last section focuses departmental courses, which must be approved ad hoc by on the Russian criminal justice system, including juvenile the director. justice, policing, and prisons. Grades CJUS-P 675 Women and Crime (3 cr.) Provides a flexible forum for the discussion of a previously neglected Courses in which a student receives less than a B will not topic in criminology/criminal justice: women and crime. count toward the minor. Includes discussion and debate on the nature and extent Faculty of women’s criminality, processing of women through each step of the criminal justice system, and women working in Professors criminal justice. Jonathan Elmer (English), Mary Favret (English), Joshua CJUS-P 680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal Justice Kates (English), Herbert Marks (Comparative Literature), (3 cr.) Selected topics in criminal justice that will vary from Andrew Miller (English), Richard Miller (Religious Studies), semester to semester. May be repeated for credit. William Rasch (Germanic Studies). CJUS-P 682 Seminar on Law Enforcement and Minorities (3 cr.) Selected topics dealing with problems Associate Professors involving minorities and criminal justice system operations. Akinwumi Adesokan (Comparative Literature), Hall CJUS-P 694 Research in Criminal Justice (arr. cr.) Bjømstad (French & Italian), Michel Chaouli (Germanic P: P594. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Studies), Patrick Dove (Spanish & Portuguese), Jennifer Fleissner (English), Constance Furey (Religious Studies), CJUS-P 751 Topical Research Seminar (3-12 cr.) Ilana Gershon (Communication & Culture), Edgar Students are expected to demonstrate their skills in Illas (Spanish & Portuguese), Patricia Clare Ingham research design and data analysis on a topic agreed-upon (English), Oana Pana1te (French & Italian), Eyal Peretz with the instructor. The instructor may encourage team (Comparative Literature), Benjamin Robinson (Germanic research for appropriate designs and topics. Students Studies), Sandra Shapshay (Philosophy), Jon Simons are encouraged to develop topics related to dissertation (Communication & Culture), Johannes Tiirk (Germanic research. Studies). CJUS-P 794 M.A. Thesis (6 cr.) P: P594. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Assistant Professors CJUS-P 851 Reading in Criminal Justice (1-6 cr.) This Jacob Emery (Comparative Literature), Jeffrey Saletnik course is eligible for a deferred grade. Individualized (Fine Arts), Rebekah Sheldon (English), Sonia Velazquez readings on topics not covered in regular course offerings. (Theater Studies). CJUS-P 855 Research in Criminal Justice (1-6 cr.) Courses P: Graduate standing in criminal justice or consent of instructor. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. The Departmental courses that may count towards the minor student is expected to make substantial progress toward (the list is not exhaustive; students should consult the identification of an eventual dissertation project. website of the Center for Theoretical Inquiry in the CJUS-P 859 Ph.D. Thesis (arr.-30 cr.) This course is Humanities and/or its director for other relevant courses): eligible for a deferred grade. Communication and Culture CJUS-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) This course C503 Introduction to Media Theory and Aesthetics is eligible for a deferred grade. Students who have completed 90 credit hours and all requirements for Comparative Literature the Ph.D. are eligible to enroll in G901 for a flat fee. 6 CMLT-C 501 Introduction to Contemporary Literary semesters max. Studies CMLT-C 503 Topics in World Criticism and Theory I Bulletins CMLT-C 504 Topics in World Criticism and Theory II Center for Theoretical Inquiry in the Humanities CMLT-C 602 Contemporary Theoretical Issues and College of Arts & Sciences Approaches CMLT-C 644 Literary Studies and Psychoanalysis Director: Michel Chaouli, Ballantine Hall 660, CMLT-C 647 Literary Studies and Philosophy 812-855-8847, [email protected] Curriculum Cultural Studies CULS-C 601 Introduction to Cultural Studies Ph.D. Minor in Critical Theory CULS-C 701 Special Topics in Cultural Studies The minor in Critical Theory is open to all students. To receive a minor, students must earn a minimum of 12 English 142 September 6, 2017

ENG-L 605 Critical and Interpretive Theory University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements ENG-L 657 Readings in Literature and Critical Theory contained only in The University Graduate School ENG-L 663 Readings in Feminist, Gender, and Sexuality Bulletin.) Studies ENG-L 680 Special Topics in Literary Study and Theory Curriculum ENG-L 700 Topics in Feminist Critical Studies Ph.D. Minor in Cultural Studies ENG-L 707 Studies in Literary Theory and Criticism Cultural Studies is a multidisciplinary program primarily ENG-L 764 Research in Literature and Critical Theory applicable to the humanities and social sciences. Drawing upon recent developments in cultural, social, and literary Fine Arts theory, this program emphasizes the investigation of FINA-A 471 Theory and Methods of Interarts Studies cultural production and the social construction of values, FINA-A 472 Art Theory II ideas, and belief systems. Focusing on both contemporary FINA-A 473 Art Theory III and historical phenomena, courses in this area pay FINA-A 474 Art Theory IV particular attention to the relationship between cultural FINA-A 671 Problems in Art Theory I forms and power relations in society. Issues of class, race, FINA-A 672 Problems in Art Theory II and gender receive prominent critical attention, as do FINA-A 673 Problems in Art Theory III conventional divisions between “high culture” and more FINA-A 674 Problems in Art Theory IV “popular” forms of expression. Students in this program are encouraged to fashion a course of study that meets French and Italian their particular interests and needs. Cultural Studies FRIT-F 647 Contemporary French Theory and Criticism is especially useful for those seeking to complement studies in an area of disciplinary specialization with a more Gender Studies interdisciplinary minor. GNDR-G 603 Feminist Theories Course Requirements GNDR-G 598 Feminist Theory: Classic Texts and Founding Debates Four courses for a minimum of 13 hours of credit in GNDR-G 602 Gender Dimensions of Cultural Production courses approved for the Cultural Studies Program, and Criticism including C601 and either C701 or C790. The remaining hours are mostly satisfied by taking classes that are Germanic Studies cross-listed with the home department of the designated GER-G 505 New Literary Theory and the German Text instructor. Students must officially declare the minor during GER-G 563 New Literary Theory and the German Text the early phase of their Ph.D. studies by consulting with the director of the Cultural Studies Program. Political Science Examinations POLS-Y 381 Classical Political Thought POLS-Y 382 Modern Political Thought Satisfactory performance on the qualifying examinations in POLS-Y 689 Readings in Political Theory and the student’s major department required. Methodology Faculty POLS-Y 775 Political Philosophy Director Slavic Languages and Literatures Shane Vogel* SLAV-R 598 Literary Theory in its Russian and East European Context Graduate Faculty SLA V-L 599 Prague School Linguistics and Poetics (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Spanish and Portuguese doctoral dissertations.) HISP-S 512 Theory and Criticism Distinguished Professors Critical Theory Courses Richard Bauman* (Emeritus, Folklore, Communication and CTIH-T 500 Introduction to the Theoretical Culture), Patrick Brantlinger* (Emeritus, English), David P. Foundations of the Humanities (3 cr.) Thelen* (Emeritus, History) CTIH-T 600 Special Topic in Critical Theory (3 cr.) (May Chancellor’s Professor be repeated for credit with different content) John Bodnar* (History), James Naremore* (Emeritus, CTIH-T 700 Independent Study in Critical Theory (3 cr.) English, Communication and Culture) (May be repeated for credit with different content) Professors Cultural Studies Maria Bucur-Deckard* (History), Joëlle Bahloul* College of Arts and Sciences (Anthropology, Jewish Studies), Linda Charnes* Departmental E-mail: [email protected] (English), Nicholas Cullather* (History), Donna Eder* (Sociology), Jonathan Elmer* (English), Mary Favret* Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~cstudies/ (English), Thomas F. Gieryn* (Sociology), Jeffrey Gould* (History), Robert Ivie* (Communication and (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Culture), Marianne Kielian-Gilbert* (Music), Barbara G. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The September 6, 2017 143

Klinger* (Communication and Culture), John Lucaites* example, “avant-garde” movements in politics and the arts (Communication and Culture), Andrew Miller* (English), in relation to social and cultural modernity). Richard Nash* (English), David Pace* (Emeritus, History), William Rasch* (Germanic Studies), Michael Robinson* CULS-C 790 Independent Readings in Cultural Studies (East Asian Languages and Cultures), Darlene Sadlier* (1-6 cr.) P: Consent of the instructor. Open only to (Spanish and Portuguese), Beverly Stoeltje* (Folklore, students completing minors in cultural studies. Anthropology), Dror Wahrman* (History), Stephen Watt* (English), Marc A. Weiner* (Germanic Studies), Richard East Asian Languages and Wilk* (Anthropology), David R. Zaret* (Sociology) Cultures Associate Professors School of Global and International Studies College of Arts and Sciences Akin Adesokan* (Comparative Literature), Christopher Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Anderson* (Communication and Culture), Purnima Bose* (English), Claudia Breger* (Germanic Studies), Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~ealc/ Michael Dodson* (History), Patrick Dove* (Spanish The Department of East Asian Languages and Cultures is and Portuguese), Michael Foster* (Folklore and affiliated with the new School of Global and International Ethnomusicology, East Asian Languages and Cultures), Studies (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, Lessie Jo Frazier* (American Studies, Gender Studies), dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate Sara L. Friedman* (Anthropology, Gender Studies), Jane students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, E. Goodman* (Communication and Culture), Margaret work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty- Gray* (French and Italian), Vivian Halloran* (American first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS Studies, English), Joan Hawkins* (Communication and emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, Culture), Scott Herring* (English), LaMonda Horton- and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative Stallings* (American Studies, Gender Studies), Jason methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled Jackson* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Stephanie access to a stellar faculty and professional development Kane* (Criminal Justice), DeWitt D. Kilgore* (English), opportunities. For further information regarding the Alejandro Mejias-Lopez* (Spanish and Portuguese), mission, structure and resources of the School of Global Marissa Moorman* (History), Scott O’Bryan (History, and International Studies see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. East Asian Languages and Cultures), Angela Pao* (Comparative Literature), Radhika Parameswaran* (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (Journalism), Philip Parnell* (Criminal Justice), Phaedra School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The C. Pezzullo* (Communication and Culture), Ranu University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Samantrai* (English), Eric Sandweiss* (History), contained only in The University Graduate School Micol Seigel* (American Studies, History), Jonathan Bulletin.) Simons* (Communication and Culture), Rakesh H. Solomon* (Emeritus, Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Curriculum Dance), Marvin Sterling* (Anthropology), Ted Striphas* Degrees Offered (Communication and Culture), Michiko Suzuki* (East Master of Arts in Chinese or Japanese, Master of Arts in Asian Languages and Cultures), Shane Vogel* (English), Chinese or Japanese with Language Pedagogy Track, Brenda Weber* (Gender Studies) Master of Arts in East Asian Studies, Dual Degree: Master Assistant Professors of Arts in East Asian Studies and Master of Business Administration, Joint Master of Arts Program in East Asian Karen Bowdre (Communication and Culture), Marlon Studies and Master of Public Affairs, Doctor of Philosophy Bailey* (American Studies, Gender Studies), Denise in Chinese or Japanese Cruz (American Studies, English), Stephanie DeBoer (Communication and Culture), Phill Ford* (Music), Special Departmental Requirements Karen Inouye (American Studies), Michael Kaplan (See also general University Graduate School (Communication and Culture), Rebecca Lave* (Geology), requirements.) Susan Lepselter (American Studies, communication and Culture), David A. McDonald (Folklore and Admission Requirements Ethnomusicology), Jason McGraw (American Studies, Graduate Record Examination General Test is required. History), Steven Selka (American Studies, Religious International students admitted into departmental Studies) programs must demonstrate a high level of proficiency in English or take additional courses to remove deficiencies. Courses Grade CULS-C 601 Introduction to Cultural Studies (4 cr.) Students must maintain at least a 3.0 (B) grade point Survey of main issues, theories, and methods in cultural average. studies. Topics may include communications and mass culture; gender, race, and the social construction of Master of Arts Degree in Chinese or Japanese identity; historiographic and ethnographic approaches to Admission Requirement modern cultures and societies. An undergraduate major in Chinese, Japanese, or CULS-C 701 Special Topics in Cultural Studies East Asian studies or a strong major in any field in (3-4 cr.) P: C601 or consent of instructor. Advanced the humanities or in the social sciences with general exploration of a specific issue in cultural studies (for knowledge of the culture of China or Japan. Proficiency 144 September 6, 2017 in Chinese or Japanese through at least second year is A total of 30 credit hours, including M.A. project hours, expected. in approved courses. At least 20 of these credit hours must be from among the courses listed under “Chinese” or Course Requirements “Japanese” (depending on the student’s major). Of these, A total of 30 credit hours, including M.A. project hours, in students in Chinese language pedagogy must take C520, approved courses. Ordinarily, at least 20 of these credit C535, C525, and C527; students in Japanese language hours, not counting thesis hours, must be from among the pedagogy must take J520, J525, and J527. Also required courses listed under “Chinese” or “Japanese” (depending is one semester of Literary Chinese or Literary Japanese. on the student’s major) on the list that follows, including at The remaining 10 credit hours beyond the 20 required least three at the 500 level or above, of which one must be Chinese or Japanese courses may be taken from courses C511 or J511. Third-year language courses do not count in Linguistics (e.g., L503, L542, L543), Second Language toward the requirement that one take at least 3 courses at Studies (e.g., S532, S536, S600, T550), and East Asian the 500 level or above, but do count toward the 20 credit culture courses, in consultation with the advisor. Except hours required for the major. The remaining credit hours for overseas study credits, normally a maximum of 3 credit may be taken from other departments at the discretion hours of E595 may be counted toward the degree. of the Director of Graduate Studies. Except for overseas Language Requirements study credits, normally a maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be counted toward the degree. Completion of the fourth year level or equivalent in the student’s major language. Language courses at the first Language Requirements and second year level will not count toward the degree. Completion of the fourth-year level or equivalent in the M.A. Project student’s major language. For some areas of research, proficiency in a classical East Asian language, involving An M.A. project demonstrating the student’s pedagogical up to one year of coursework, may be necessary. skills is required. The project may take a variety of Specific program requirements will be determined in forms, ranging from an essay involving empirical study consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies and the of methodological/language acquisition issues to student’s Advisory Committee, according to departmental development of concrete teaching tools with pedagogical guidelines. Language courses at the third year level analyses. Up to 4 credit hours may be counted toward the or above in the major language and at the third year degree. level or above in other East Asian languages may be counted toward the degree. Language courses at the first Master of Arts Degree in East Asian Studies and second year level will not count toward the degree. Admission Requirements Students planning to apply to Ph.D. programs in fields An undergraduate major in East Asian studies or a that typically require a second East Asian language are strong major in any field in the humanities or in the strongly encouraged to begin such language study during social sciences with general knowledge of the culture of M.A. coursework. East Asia. Entering students who have not had the first Project two years of an East Asian language must remove this deficiency within the first two years of graduate study. The student may choose either a thesis or an essay. Course Requirements Thesis A total of 30 credit hours, including M.A. project hours, • Normally 50–80 pages in approved courses. Ordinarily, at least 20 of these • Demonstrates the student’s skills in the use of credit hours must be from among the courses listed primary sources and scholarly research under “Culture and Area Courses” on the list that follows. • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours Students focusing on Japan must complete J511. At least • The thesis option is strongly recommended to three courses must be at the 500 level or above. Third students who wish to be admitted to the Ph.D. and fourth year language courses do not count towards program. the requirement, but do count toward the 20 credit hours required for the major. Except for overseas study credits, Essay normally a maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be • Normally 40–50 pages counted toward the degree • Demonstrating the ability to master, use, and Language Requirement critically evaluate a body of scholarly literature in the student’s field Satisfactory completion of three years of Chinese, • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours Japanese, or Korean, or the equivalent, as determined by examination. Language courses at the third-year level Master of Arts in Chinese or Japanese: Language and above may be counted toward the degree. Language Pedagogy Track courses at the first- and second-year levels will not count Admission Requirements toward the degree. Students planning to apply to a Ph.D. program in fields that typically require a second East Asian An undergraduate degree with at least two years of the language are strongly encouraged to begin language work student’s proposed language of specialization or the during the M.A. program. equivalent. Project Course Requirements September 6, 2017 145

The student may choose either a thesis or an essay. Project Thesis Jointly supervised by EALC and Business faculty, the student may choose either a thesis or an essay, • Normally 50–80 pages combining expertise in East Asian studies and business. • Demonstrates the student’s skills in the use of primary sources and scholarly research Thesis • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours • Normally 50–80 pages • The thesis option is strongly recommended to • Demonstrates the student’s skills in the use of students who wish to be admitted to the Ph.D. primary sources and scholarly research program. • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours Essay • The thesis option is strongly recommended to students who wish to be admitted to the Ph.D. • Normally 40–50 pages program. • Demonstrating the ability to master, use, and critically evaluate a body of scholarly literature in the Essay student’s field • Normally 40–50 pages • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours • Demonstrates the ability to master, use, and Dual Degree: Master of Arts in East Asian Studies critically evaluate a body of scholarly literature in the and Master of Business Administration student’s field Admission Requirements • May be taken for up to 4 credit hours • Up to 3 credit hours may be counted toward the Students must separately apply to and be accepted into degree both the M.B.A. program in business and the M.A. degree program in East Asian studies. The normal criteria for Joint Master of Arts in East Asian Studies and Master admission to each program apply. Students may apply for of Public Affairs admission to both programs simultaneously. Alternatively, Admission Requirements students may begin their studies in either school and then apply to the second program after admission into the Students must separately apply to and be accepted into first program. Either way, students will likely spend one both the M.P.A program in SPEA and the M.A. degree year in the College of Arts and Sciences, one year at the program in East Asian Studies. The normal criteria for School of Business and the final year completing the final admission to each program apply. Students may apply for requirements (including the thesis) of both programs. admission to both programs simultaneously. Alternatively, students may begin their studies in either school and then EALC Course Requirements apply to the second program after admission into the first program. 30 credit hours, including three social science courses, two history courses, and one humanities course. EALC Course Requirements Ordinarily, at least 18 of these credit hours must be from among the courses listed under “Culture and Area 24 credit hours, including three social science courses, Courses” on the list that follows. Students focusing on two history courses, and one humanities course. Japan must complete J511. At least three courses must Ordinarily, at least 18 of these credit hours must be be at the 500 level or above. Third and Fourth year from among the courses listed under “Culture and Area language courses do not count toward the requirement Courses” on the list that follows. Students focusing that one take at least 3 courses at the 500 level or above, on Japan must complete J511. At least three courses but do count toward the 18 credit hours required for must be at the 500 level or above. Third and fourth year the major. Except for overseas study credits, normally language courses do not count towards the requirement a maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be counted that one take at least 3 courses at the 500 level or above, toward the degree. With the approval of the Director of but do count toward the 20 credit hours required for the Graduate Studies, up to 6 of the required 30 credits may major. Except for overseas study credits, normally a be Business classes. maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be counted toward the degree. Business Course Requirements SPEA Course Requirements Required and elective courses to total 42 credit hours of graduate course work. The possibilities of course 36 credit hours of graduate course work to be distributed combinations are many and will depend on your specific as follows: (1) professional development practicum career path. For details, contact the M.B.A program office, courses; (2) courses in the SPEA core; (3) specialized 812-855-8006. concentration course, which may include SPEA, EALC, and other courses, to be selected in consultation with a Language Requirement SPEA advisor. For details, contact the SPEA graduate student services office, SPEA 260, 812-855-9485. Satisfactory completion of three years of Chinese, Japanese, or Korean, or the equivalent, as determined Language Requirement by examination. Language courses at the third- year level and above may be counted toward the degree. Language Satisfactory completion of three years of Chinese, courses at the first- and second- year level will not count Japanese, or Korean, or the equivalent, as determined toward the degree. by examination. Language courses at the third year level and above may be counted toward the degree. Language 146 September 6, 2017 courses at the first and second year level will not count one in a historical period of the major cultural area) and toward the degree. one oral exam. Project Colloquium The student may choose either a thesis or an essay. Following approval by the research committee, the candidate will orally present a dissertation proposal to Thesis the department in the form of a colloquium detailing and • Normally 50–80 pages discussing the dissertation plan. • Demonstrates the student’s skills in the use of Dissertation primary sources and scholarly research. • The thesis option is strongly recommended to On an approved subject in the major language or culture. students who wish to be admitted to the Ph.D. Up to 15 credit hours may be taken for the dissertation. program. Final Examination Essay Upon completion of the dissertation, a final oral • Normally 40–50 pages examination on the dissertation and major area. • Demonstrates the ability to master, use, and Ph.D. Minor in Chinese or Japanese critically evaluate a body of scholarly literature in the Course Requirements student’s field • Up to 3 credit hours may be counted toward the Doctoral students from other departments may complete a degree minor in Chinese or Japanese by completing the following: Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Chinese or Japanese 1. Proficiency in Chinese or Japanese (completion of Admission Requirement the third-year level or equivalent). 2. 12 to 15 credit hours, or at least four courses, in An M.A. in Chinese or Japanese or its equivalent is courses with a majority of content taught in Chinese required. or Japanese. These courses will be listed under Course Requirements “Chinese” or “Japanese” in this bulletin. 3. Courses counted toward fulfillment of the language A minimum of 30 credit hours, beyond those taken for the proficiency requirement may not also be counted M.A., in departmental courses, as follows: five courses toward the 12 to 15 hours of Chinese or Japanese (15 credit hours) at the 400 and 500 levels, of which a content courses. A maximum of 3 credit hours of minimum of two courses must be at the 500 level; one E595 may be counted toward the minor. course (3 credit hours) in research methods/bibliography (C511 or J511); and four seminar courses (16 credit Ph.D. Minor in East Asian Studies hours), including the seminar in East Asian studies Course Requirements scholarship (EALC-E604). Please note that third- and Doctoral students from other departments may complete a fourth- year language courses do not count toward the five minor in East Asian Studies by completing the following: required 400–500-level courses. A dissertation is required. 1. A minimum of four culture courses in East Asian Minor Languages and Cultures, two of which must be in A minor is required in an outside department, such fields outside the student’s major discipline. as comparative literature, fine arts, folklore and 2. Proficiency in Chinese, Japanese, or Korean ethnomusicology, history, political science, religious (completion of the third-year level or equivalent). studies, or other approved departments. Examination 3. Courses counted toward the fulfillment of the in the minor if prescribed by the department or program language proficiency requirement may not also be concerned. counted toward the culture class requirement. A maximum of 3 credit hours of E595 may be counted Language Requirements toward the minor. Before the qualifying examination, students must demonstrate proficiency, both oral and reading, in the Faculty student’s major language, as well as reading proficiency Chairperson in French, German, or another European language Scott O’Bryan relevant to their research area. For some areas of research, proficiency in a second modern East Asian Graduate Faculty language or a classical East Asian language is necessary. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Specific program requirements will be determined in Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies and the doctoral dissertations.) student’s Advisory Committee, according to departmental guidelines. Language courses at the first and second year Professors level will not count toward the degree. Yea-Fen Chen*, Y. J. Chih* (Emeritus), Jurgis Elisonas* Qualifying Examinations (Emeritus), Eugene Eoyang* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Yoshio Iwamoto* (Emeritus, Comparative Upon completion of course work, two written examinations Literature), Sumie Jones* (Emerita, Comparative in subject fields (one in the major field of specialization, Literature), Gregory J. Kasza* (Emeritus), Paul Kuznets* September 6, 2017 147

(Emeritus, Economics), Susan Nelson* (Emerita, Fine EALC-C 508-509 Chinese Language Practice I-II Arts), Jean Robinson* (Political Science), Michael E. (1-1 cr.) Robinson* (Emeritus), Richard Rubinger* (Emeritus), Lynn Struve* (Emerita, History), Natsuko Tsujimura*, Margaret EALC-C 520 Introduction to Chinese Linguistics Yan* (Emerita) (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or higher in C544 or consent of the instructor. Survey of issues in Chinese linguistics. Associate Professors Topics include phonetics/phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, pragmatics and selected psychological aspects Heather Blair (Religious Studies), Gardner Bovingdon*, of Chinese. Laurel Cornell* (Sociology, Gender Studies) (Emerita), Stephanie DeBoer (Communication and Culture), Michael Language Pedagogy Foster (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Sara Friedman* EALC-C 525 Teaching Chinese as a Foreign/Second (Anthropology, Gender Studies), Scott Kennedy*, Hyo- Language (3 cr.) Designed for graduate and advanced Sang Lee, Charles Lin*, Manling Luo*, Ethan Michelson*, undergraduate students who have an interest in acquiring Scott O'Bryan*, Edith Sarra*, Aaron Stalnaker* (Religious knowledge, skills, and experience in teaching Chinese Studies), Marvin Sterling (Anthropology), Michiko Suzuki*, as a foreign language. Taught in a seminar-practicum Yasuko Ito Watt (Emerita) format, the course examines the contemporary paradigms of foreign language instruction, identifies critical issues Assistant Professors in language pedagogy, and explores various techniques John Finch, Liya Hao, Michael Ing* (Religious Studies), of teaching the four language skills (speaking, listening, Heon-Joo Jung*, Seung-Kyeung Kim, Xiaoying Liles, reading, and writing). Active participation in the class is Jonathan Schlesinger, Henghua Su, Tie Xiao* mandatory. Senior Lecturer EALC-C 527 Practicum in Chinese Language Pedagogy (2-3 cr.) This course is eligible for deferred Misako Matsubara, Sue Tuohy (Folklore and credit. Supervised application of language pedagogy. Ethnomusicology) In an actual classroom students will apply the theories, Lecturer paradigms, and approaches to language learning they have studied. Practicum experience developed in Yasuko Akiyama, Yingling Bao, Yunseong Cheon consultation with the advisor, with approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. Adjunct Professor EALC-C 535 Chinese Curriculum and Material Design Heidi Ross* (School of Education) (3 cr.) For students interested in exploring the theories, Adjunct Associate Professor issues, and principles of language curriculum design and acquiring practical experience of applying various Rick Harbaugh* (School of Business) syllabus frameworks to design sample Chinese materials. Director of Graduate Studies Emphasis on developing students’ ability to analyze and synthesize factors contributing to an effective language Charles Lin, GA 2073, (812) 855-5180 learning program. Courses EALC-C 598 Pedagogy Project (1-4 cr.) This course is eligible for deferred credit. Demonstration of pedagogical Chinese understanding and skills. The project may take either Language and Linguistics Courses of two forms: empirical study of pedagogical issues or EALC-C 101-102 Elementary Chinese I-II (2-2 cr.) significant materials development (e.g., set of course materials, course Web site, multimedia learning modules, EALC-C 201-202 Second-Year Chinese I-II (2-2 cr.) testing instruments). Developed in consultation with the advisor, with approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. EALC-C 533-534 Third-Year Chinese I-II (3-3 cr.) Literature Courses EALC-C 543-544 Fourth-Year Chinese I-II (3-3 cr.) P: A EALC-C 505 Topics in Chinese Studies (1-4 cr.) grade of C or higher in C534 or equivalent proficiency. Graduate colloquium on aspects of Chinese literature, Emphasis on advanced reading skills. thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion EALC-C 451-452 Advanced Classical Chinese I-II of course work and readings will be in Chinese. Graduate (3-3 cr.) Flagship Program sections offered through Nanjing University. With consent of the Director of Graduate EALC-C 506-507 Literary Chinese I-II (3-3 cr.) Studies, may be repeated when topic varies. With consent EALC-C 550 Chinese Writing and Rhetoric (3 cr.) of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for P: Grade of C or higher in C544 or consent of the no more than 12 hours of credit when topic varies. instructor. Practice in reading, writing, and speaking EALC-C 521-522 Readings in Chinese Literature III through analysis of modern prose and literary texts. (3-3 cr.) Readings and discussions of works in Chinese Examination of how the Chinese frame discourse, so literature of different genres: poetry, prose, and drama. students may develop their ability to present ideas with With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be precise diction, in appropriate registers, in extended repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic discourse. varies. EALC-C 506-507 Literary Chinese I-II (3 cr.) 148 September 6, 2017

EALC-C 557 Chinese in Humanities (3 cr.) P: grade Japanese of B or better in C544 (C402) or equivalent proficiency. Language and Linguistics Courses Advanced language practice associated with authentic EALC-J 101-102 Elementary Japanese I-II (2-2 cr.) academic tests in humanities disciplines. Emphasis on interpreting, analyzing, and presenting Chinese cultural EALC-J 201-202 Second-Year Japanese I-II (2-2 cr.) concepts, artifacts, and events from a global perspective EALC-J 533-534 Third-Year Japanese I-II (3-3 cr.) for an authentic purpose and within a performance assessment framework. EALC-J 543-544 Fourth-Year Japanese I-II (3-3 cr.) P: A grade of C or better in J534 or equivalent proficiency. EALC-C 558-559 Readings in Chinese Literary Emphasis on advanced reading skills. Criticism III (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 EALC-J 506-507 Literary Japanese I-II (3-3 cr.) P: Grade hours of credit when topic varies. of C or better in J534 or equivalent proficiency. A basic outline of the varieties of written Japanese known EALC-C 561-562 Readings in Chinese Social and collectively as bungotai or “literary Japanese.” Initial Political Texts I-II (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of emphasis on reading and close rhetorical and grammatical Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 analysis of genres from the 10th through 15th centuries, hours of credit when topic varies. with later attention to other periods and texts. EALC-C 567 Chinese in Social Sciences (3 cr.) P: grade EALC-J 520 Introduction to Japanese Linguistics of B or better in C544 (C402) or equivalent proficiency. (3 cr.) Linguistic phenomena in Japanese from the Advanced language practice associated with authentic descriptive and comparative points of view. Development academic texts in social science disciplines. Emphasis on of linguistic problem-solving skills, including consideration interpreting, analyzing, and presenting Chinese cultural of sociological issues. concepts, practices, and events, from a global perspective for an authentic purpose and within a performance EALC-J 580 Japanese for Sinologists (3 cr.) P: A assessment framework. grade of B or better in J202 or equivalent proficiency. Introduction to Japanese scholarship on China. Emphasis EALC-C 571-572 Readings in Chinese Philosophical on grammatical structures and stylistic conventions. Can Texts III (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate be repeated with different content up to two times for up to Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of nine credits. credit when topic varies. EALC-J 581-582 Modern Academic and Professional EALC-C 581-582 Readings in Chinese Historical Texts Japanese I-II (3-3 cr.) III (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of Language Pedagogy Courses credit when topic varies. EALC-J 525 Teaching Japanese as a Foreign/Second Language (3 cr.) Designed for graduate and advanced Seminars and Research Methods Courses undergraduate students who have an interest in acquiring EALC-C 511 Basic Reference Works in Chinese knowledge, skills, and experience in teaching Japanese Studies (3 cr.) P: C507 or consent of instructor. as a foreign language. Taught in a seminar-practicum Instruction in reading and using basic general reference format, the course examines the contemporary paradigms tools for all aspects of Chinese studies. of foreign language instruction, identifies critical issues EALC-C 600 Seminar in Chinese Studies (3-4 cr.) in language pedagogy, and explores various techniques Graduate seminar on aspects of Chinese literature, of teaching the four language skills (speaking, listening, thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion reading, and writing). Active participation in the class is of course work and readings will be in Chinese. With mandatory. consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be EALC-J 527 Practicum in Japanese Language repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic Pedagogy (2-3 cr.) This course is eligible for deferred varies. credit. Supervised application of language pedagogy. EALC-C 651 Seminar in Traditional Chinese Literature In an actual classroom, students will apply the theories, (4 cr.) paradigms, and approaches to language learning they have studied. Practicum experience developed in EALC-C 671 Seminar in Modern Chinese Literature consultation with the advisor, with approval of the Director (4 cr.) of Graduate Studies. EALC-C 681 Seminar in Chinese Thought (4 cr.) EALC-J 598 Pedagogy Project (1-4 cr.) This course is Special Research eligible for deferred credit. Demonstration of pedagogical understanding and skills. The project may take either EALC-E 595 Individual Readings (1-6 cr.) Intended for of two forms: empirical study of pedagogical issues or advanced students. May be repeated with consent of the significant materials development (e.g., set of course Director of Graduate Studies. materials, course Web site, multimedia learning modules, EALC-C 701 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible testing instruments). Developed in consultation with the for a deferred credit. advisor, with approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. EALC-C 801 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) Literature Courses EALC-J 505 Topics in Japanese Studies (1-4 cr.) EALC-G 901 Advanced Research (arr. cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, September 6, 2017 149 may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit EALC-J 641 Seminar in Premodern Japanese History when topic varies. Graduate colloquium on aspects of (4 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, Japanese literature, thought, or society. Topics will vary. A may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when substantial portion of course work and readings will be in topic varies. Japanese. EALC-J 642 Seminar in Modern Japanese History EALC-J 521 Readings in Traditional Japanese (4 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, Literature (3 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of topic varies. credit when topic varies. Examination of major authors, works, genres, and criticism. EALC-J 651 Seminar in Modern Japanese Literature (4 cr.) Seminar in modern Japanese literature and EALC-J 522 Readings in Modern Japanese Literature criticism. The topic will vary depending on the year the (3 cr.) Examination of major authors, works, genres, and course is offered. With consent of the Director of Graduate criticism. With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when credit when topic varies. topic varies. EALC-J 653 Seminar in Traditional Japanese EALC-J 531-532 Readings in Japanese Social and Literature (4 cr.) Seminar in pre-modern Japanese Political Texts I-II (3-3 cr.) literature and criticism. The topic will vary depending on the year the course is offered. With consent of the Director EALC-J 541-542 Readings in Japanese Historical of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 Texts I-II (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of hours of credit when topic varies. Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic varies. EALC-J 681 Seminar in Japanese Thought (4 cr.) EALC-J 551-552 Readings in Japanese Literary Korean Criticism I-II (3-3 cr.) With consent of the Director of EALC-K 101-102 Elementary Korean I-II (2-2 cr.) Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic varies. EALC-K 201-202 Second-Year Korean I-II (2-2 cr.) With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be EALC-J 593 Translating Japanese Literature (3 cr.) repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic This course is a workshop that provides practice in varies. producing polished, literary translations from Japanese to English. Secondary goals include developing skills in EALC-K 431-432 Readings in Modern Korean literary analysis through close-readings of primary texts, Literature I-II (3-3 cr.) and reading of secondary materials on translation theory, EALC-K 501-502 Fourth-Year Korean I-II (3-3 cr.) narrative voice, poetic meter and technique. For students P: A grade of C or better in EALC K302 or equivalent beyond third-year proficiency. proficiency. Emphasis on advanced reading skills, Special Research featuring authentic writings such as newspaper editorials, EALC-E 496 Foreign Study (East Asian Exchange essays, movie scenarios, and television news. Programs) (arr. cr.) EALC-K 505 Topics in Korean Studies (1-4 cr.) EALC-E 595 Individual Readings (1-6 cr.) This course Graduate colloquium on aspects of Korean literature, is eligible for deferred credit. Intended for advanced thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion students. May be repeated with consent of the Director for of course work and readings will be in Korean. With Graduate Studies. consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic EALC-J 701 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible varies. for deferred credit. EALC-K 520 Introduction to Korean Linguistics (3 cr.) EALC-J 801 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible This course will survey the linguistic structure of Korean, for deferred credit. from a typological and function-oriented perspective. The topics dealt with include: word order, basic sentence EALC-G 901 Advanced Research (arr. cr.) This course structure, semantics and pragmatics of noun-particles, is eligible for deferred credit. caluse connectors and sentence-final modal suffixes, the Seminars and Research Methods Courses temporal system, causatives and passives, conversational EALC-J 511 Research Methods in Japanese Studies styles, speech styles and honorifics. First-year Korean (3 cr.) Basic reference works in Japanese and Western (or its equivalent) is recommended; otherwise, consult the languages, methods, and tools of research. instructor. EALC-J 600 Seminar in Japanese Studies (3-4 cr.) EALC-K 527 Practicum in Korean Language Pedagogy Graduate seminar on aspects of Japanese literature, (2-3 cr.) Supervised application of language pedagogy. thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion In an actual classroom, students will apply the theories, of course work and readings will be in Japanese. With paradigms, and approaches to language learning they consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be have studied. Practicum experience developed in repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic consultation with the advisor, with approval of the Director varies. of Graduate Studies. 150 September 6, 2017

EALC-E 530 Studies in Japanese Film (3 cr.) Study EALC-E 553 Hiroshima: History, City, Event (3 cr.) of Japanese film in the context of its history and culture. Uses the history of the city of Hiroshima as a lens on Topics will vary depending on the year the course is urban history in Japan and globally, with examination offered. Some examples include: one introduction to of origin of cities; early modern political and economic Japanese film; gender and sexuality in Japanese film. arrangements leading to Hiroshima's success; modern May be repeated with a different topic for a maximum of 6 change and continued importance; its place in modern credit hours. war; the atomic bombing and aftermath; memory of the bomb and wider atomic cultures in Japan and the United EALC-K 534 Third-Year Korean II (3 cr.) P: A grade of States. C or better in K301 or equivalent proficiency. Primarily designed to develop and enhance students’ reading EALC-E 554 Society and Education in Japan (3 cr.) ability through a variety of written materials; considerable Survey of social change in Japan with a focus on emphasis on writing and conversational skills. Some 200 educational institutions, patterns of learning, educational Chinese characters that are frequently used in Korean thought, and the spread of literacy. newspapers may be taught. EALC-E 555 Visual Culture of Modern Japan (3 cr.) EALC-K 598 Pedagogy Project (1-4 cr.) Demonstration History of visual culture in modern Japan in the context of of pedagogical understanding and skills. The project may social and cultural change. Emphasis on print cultures and take either of two forms: empirical study of pedagogical painting and on the rise of photography and lithography issues or significant materials development (e.g., set of during the emergence of modern mass consumerism. course materials, course Web site, multimedia learning Considerable focus on the post-WWII era and the modules, testing instruments). Developed in consultation globalization of Japanese visual culture. with the advisor, with approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. EALC-E 574 Early Chinese Philosophy (3 cr.) Origins of Chinese philosophical tradition in the classical schools of EALC-K 600 Seminar in Korean Studies (3-4 cr.) Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism, and Legalism. Explores Graduate seminar on aspects of Korean literature, contrasting agendas of early Chinese and Western thought, or society. Topics will vary. A substantial portion traditions. of course work and readings will be in Korean. With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be EALC-E 590 Contemporary Chinese Politics (3 cr.) repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic In-depth introduction to the scholarly study of Chinese varies. politics. Important topics include elites, institutions, political culture, ideology, policy making, protest, and center-local Culture and Area Courses relations. Attention paid to issues of research methodology EALC-E 394 Business and Public Policy in Japan and primary resources. (3 cr.) EALC-E 592 Political Economy of East Asia (3 cr.) EALC-E 496 Foreign Study (East Asian Exchange Examines the relationship between political circumstances Programs) (arr. cr.) and economic development through the experience of East Asia since World War II. Particular attention is EALC-E 505 Topics in East Asian Studies (1.5-4 cr.) given to the question of the state’s role in promoting With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be growth. Comparisons of countries throughout East repeated for no more than 12 hours of credit when topic Asia are combined with transnational and international varies. perspectives. EALC-E 526 Computer-Enhanced East Asian EALC-E 593 China’s Political Economy (3 cr.) Language Learning (3 cr.) P: Basic computer literacy. An Examination of China’s development trajectory, the policy examination of research and findings on the effectiveness process, the political activism of marginalized groups of technology in language-skill development, and an and the emerging middle class, and signs that economic exploration of the use of computer technology in foreign change is alternatively promoting democratization, political language learning, to equip students with concepts and decay, or the entrenchment of the Communist Party. tools to improve language studies. Historic and comparative perspectives ranging from case EALC-E 530 Studies in Japanese Film (3 cr.) studies to macro analyses will be used. Study of Japanese film in the context of its history and EALC-E 595 Individual Readings (1-6 cr.) This course culture. Topics will vary depending on the year the course is eligible for deferred credit. Repeatable with consent of is offered. Some examples include: an introduction to graduate advisor. Japanese film; gender and sexuality in Japanese film. May be repeated with a different topic for a maximum of 6 EALC-E 596 Readings in Pedagogy (1-3 cr.) credit hours. Individualized readings in contemporary paradigms, critical issues, and techniques of teaching Asian languages. EALC-E 533 Studies in Chinese Cinema (3 cr.) Critical With consent of the Director of Graduate Studies, may be and historical perspectives on Chinese cinema from the repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. 1930s to the 1990s, including Taiwan and Hong Kong. EALC-E 597 M.A. Essay (1-4 cr.) This course is eligible Lectures and readings on the silent era, melodrama, for deferred credit. A capstone project recommended musical, minority film, adaptation, the fifth generation, only for students pursuing a terminal M.A.; the essay is ideology, sexuality, urban cinema, and women’s cinema. intended to strengthen and demonstrate control over the variety of scholarly skills learned through graduate course work, rather than to demonstrate potential to undertake September 6, 2017 151 doctoral work. Developed in consultation with the student’s R657 Religion in Japan (3 cr.) advisor with the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance EALC-E 600 Seminar in East Asian Studies (4 cr.) T468 Non-Western Drama and Theatre (3 cr.)1 Studies in history, social sciences, and culture. Topics vary by semester depending on student needs and 1 This course will count toward fulfilling departmental interests. With consent of the Director of Graduate requirements when it deals substantially with East Asian Studies, may be repeated for no more than 12 hours of materials. credit when topic varies. Economics EALC-E 604 Seminar in East Asian Studies Scholarship (4 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] EALC-E 700 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for deferred credit. Departmental URL: https://economics.indiana.edu/ Cross-Listed Courses (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Anthropology contained only in The University Graduate School P600 Seminar in Prehistoric Archaeology (3 cr.) Bulletin.) Central Eurasian Studies Curriculum R595 Politics of Identity in China and Inner Asia (3 cr.) Degrees Offered Comparative Literature Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, Doctor of Philosophy in Economics, and Doctor of Philosophy in C546 Sexuality and the Arts (4 cr.) Economics and Business (in cooperation with the Kelley C574 Japanese-Western Studies (4 cr.) School of Business) C575 Chinese-Western Studies I (4 cr.) C576 Comparative Approaches to Chinese Literature(4 Special Departmental Requirements cr.) (See also general University Graduate School Fine Arts requirements.) A560 Special Studies in Chinese Art (4 cr.) Admission Requirements A564 Art and Archaeology of Early China (4 cr.) A566 Early Chinese Painting (4 cr.) Twenty-five (25) credit hours of social science and A567 Later Chinese Painting (4 cr.) business, including intermediate economic analysis. First- A662 Problems in Chinese Painting (4 cr.) year differential and integral calculus and one semester of linear algebra are required for the Ph.D. and the M.A. Folklore and Ethnomusicology Deficiencies in economics must be removed without graduate credit. Graduate Record Examination General F600 Asian Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Test required. History Grades G567 Premodern Japan (3 cr.) At least a B (3.0) average in work taken for an advanced G568 Early Modern Japan (3 cr.) degree. G569 Modern Japan (3 cr.) G580 Early China (3 cr.) Master of Arts Degree G582 Imperial China I (3 cr.) (The department currently is not accepting students in this G583 Imperial China II (3 cr.) program.) G585 Modern China (3 cr.) G587 Contemporary China (3 cr.) Course Requirements H675 Colloquium in East Asian History (4 cr.) A minimum of 30 credit hours, 24 of which must be taken H775 Seminar in East Asian History (4 cr.)1 in the Department of Economics, including 9 credits of theory and 6 credits of statistics. A minimum of 18 credit Political Science hours of course work in economics must be numbered Y333 Chinese Politics (3 cr.) E500 or above. Consult the Director of Graduate Studies Y334 Japanese Politics (3 cr.) for specific courses. Up to 6 credit hours are allowable 1 for a thesis. In lieu of writing a thesis, a student may Y557 Comparative Politics Approaches and Issues (3 cr.) complete 6 credit hours of course work (beyond the Y657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.)1 required 30 credit hours) in one of the following research skills: operations and decision technologies, computer Religious Studies science, mathematics, or econometrics beyond E572. R554 Religions of East Asia (3 cr.) Courses used to fulfill a research skill requirement do not R654 The Taoist Tradition (3 cr.) carry graduate credit. R655 East Asian Buddhism (3 cr.) 152 September 6, 2017

Master of Arts for Teachers Degree conference at the end of April or the beginning of May (The department currently is not accepting students in this of the third year. The goal should be that this paper is of program.) sufficient quality to be the first essay of the dissertation. An individual study program of 36 credit hours will be Dissertation Proposal devel¬oped for each student, normally including only The proposed research for the dissertation must be courses that may be taken for graduate credit. approved by the research committee and presented at a Doctor of Philosophy Degree department workshop. Fields of Study Final Examination Choices of fields offered for qualifying examinations Oral defense of the dissertation. must be approved by the Graduate Studies Committee. Fields of study currently available within the department Ph.D. Minor in Economics are advanced eco¬nomic theory, development A candidate for a graduate degree in another department economics, development and tran¬sition economics, who elects to take Economics as an outside minor econometrics, games and experimental methods, growth must take at least 12 hours of Economics from Indiana theory, industrial organization, international trade, University Bloomington. Within these 12 hours, the macroeconomics, monetary economics, and public candidate must take at least one semester each of Ph.D.- economics. In addition, a field in finance is avail¬able in level microeconomic theory and macroeconomic theory. partnership with the Kelley School of Business. Fields of In most cases, ECON-E 521 and ECON-E 522 must study in the Kelley School of Business that are available be taken to meet these respective requirements. In for the joint Ph.D. degree are accounting, finance, exceptional cases approved by the Director of Graduate operations manage¬ment, marketing, and operations and Studies, based on a student’s prior record, the ECON- decision technologies. Information about other fields may E 521/ECON-E 522 requirement may be waived and the be obtained from the Direc¬tor of Graduate Studies. higher level ECON-E 621/ECON-E 622 will satisfy the micro/macro theory requirement. Course Requirements Within the 12 hours, the candidate must also take six A total of 90 credit hours, including the theory sequence additional hours of courses which carry credit for graduate E520, E521, E522, E621, E622, and the econometrics- degrees in Economics as listed in the Graduate School statistics sequence E571, E572, E671. All Ph.D. students Bulletin. These courses must be selected in consultation join a workshop after passing their core theory exams. with the Director of Graduate Studies. All courses taken to In addition, starting in their third year, students have to satisfy the requirements for an outside minor in Economics formally enroll in a workshop course for three semesters. must be passed with a grade of B (3.0) or better. A There is a minimum requirement of 60 credit hours of separate written or oral examination will not be required. course work. A minimum of 57 credit hours must be taken in economics. Microeconomic and macroeconomic theory courses which may be used toward the minor: Research-Skill Requirement ECON-E 521 Theory of Prices and Markets I Proficiency in mathematics, operations and decision (Microeconomic Theory I) technolo¬gies, computer science, or econometrics/ applied statistics. Courses used to fulfill a research skill ECON-E 621 Theory of Prices and Markets II requirement do not carry graduate credit. (Microeconomic Theory II) Core Theory Examination ECON-E 522 Macroeconomic Theory I Core theory examinations in macroeconomics and ECON-E 622 Macroeconomic Theory II microeco¬nomics are taken at the end of the first year in residence. A maximum of two attempts will be permitted Courses on each section. The exams are given in May, and retakes ECON-E 471 Econometric Theory and Practice I (3 cr.) are administered later in the summer. P: E370 or either MATH M119 or M211 or consent of Qualifying Field Examinations instructor. Emphasis is on the probability and statistical theory underpinning the classical linear regression model. The Ph.D. candidate must successfully complete at Special topics include finite and asymptotic properties of least three fields: one primary field and two supporting point and interval estimation, hypothesis testing and model (secondary) fields. With approval of the Director of building. Several software packages are used in computer Graduate Studies, one of the two supporting fields may be lab applications. taken outside the Department of Economics. A qualifying examination must be taken in the primary field; courses ECON-E 472 Econometric Theory and Practice II (3 cr.) in all fields must be passed with grades of B or better. P: E471. Consult the economics department’s Graduate Study Emphasis is on the matrix formulation and computer Guide for further information. estimation methods for single and multiple equation models using economic and business data. Attention Third-Year Paper Requirement is given to the assumptions required for testing sets of Ph.D. students are required to write a substantial research coefficients and model structures. Special topics include paper before the end of the spring semester of their third heteroscedasticity, multicollinearity, errors in variables, year. The paper will be presented at a departmental simultaneity, time-series analysis, limited dependent September 6, 2017 153 variables, sample selection, and alternatives to least- control; channels through which money exerts an squares estimation. influence on the economy. ECON-E 551 Monetary Economics II (3 cr.) Introduces ECON-E 501 Seminar in Economics (3 cr.) P: Consent alternative models of monetary economies; covers topics of instructor. Advanced topics in economics ranging in monetary economics such as money and growth across all fields. and optimal money growth. The course takes a unified ECON-E 502 Teaching Undergraduate Economics approach to macroeconomic policy, treating monetary (3 cr.) Planning, presenting, and evaluating undergraduate and fiscal policy as jointly determining macroeconomic economics teaching. Content includes learning theory, equilibria. May include discussion of empirical work on instructional objectives, course planning, textbook money. selection, lecturing and discussion techniques, visual ECON-E 571 Econometrics 1—Statistical Foundations aids and simulation, constructing test and homework (3 cr.) P: Undergraduate courses in statistics and calculus. problems, grading, student evaluation of instruction, The probability bases for statistical estimation and testing practical classroom teaching problems, and survey of are introduced in the context of issues, theories, and data evaluation literature. found in economics. The classical linear regression model ECON-E 520 Optimization Theory in Economic is presented as the starting point for multivariate analyses Analysis (3 cr.) P: Calculus and linear algebra. in econometrics. Students work with various computer Introduction to concepts and techniques of optimization programs in and out of the scheduled class periods. theory applied in modern micro- and macroeconomics. ECON-E 572 Econometrics 2—Regression and Time Theory and application of Lagrange multipliers, Series (3 cr.) P: E571 or equivalent. Regression and time comparative statics analysis, value functions and envelope series. Departures from classical regression. Generalized theorems. Elements of dynamic programming and other least squares; heteroskedastic models; dynamic methods of economic dynamics. regression. Basic asymptotics. Measurement errors and ECON-E 521 Theory of Prices and Markets I (3 cr.) instrumental variables. Some standard nonlinear models. Develops the methodology of economic analysis Course covers theory and data analysis. and teaches the tools and language of price theory. ECON-E 585 Industrial Organization and Control (3 cr.) Fundamental elements of consumer theory, producer P: Consent of instructor (Indianapolis only). Analysis theory, and economics of uncertainty. Emphasis on of interrelated structure, behavior, and performance comparative statics and the duality theory. Topics include in industrial markets and multimarket corporations; welfare analysis, the theory of price indices, quality multidimensional nature of competitive processes. Public of goods, revealed preferences, the theory of derived controls. Topics include patterns of oligopoly, vertical demand, expected utility theory, attitudes toward risk, and integration, entry barriers; “cartelized” coalescence, limit various measures of riskiness. pricing, price discrimination, long-term contracts; capacity ECON-E 522 Macroeconomic Theory I (3 cr.) expansion and utilization, resource reallocation, and Introductory course on macroeconomic dynamics; covers innovation. growth models and asset pricing theories, endogenous ECON-E 591 Macro Topics in Economic Development growth theories, optimal growth problems, and competitive (3 cr.) P: E521, E522, or consent of instructor. Analysis dynamic equilibrium models. Dynamic programming tools of new theories of economic growth and various issues introduced as needed. All models are cast in a discrete related to macroeconomic policy in less-developed time setup; presents deterministic and stochastic theories. countries. Topics include fiscal reform, exchange rate ECON-E 529 Economic History (3 cr.) P: E521 or policy, financial liberalization, and money vs. exchange consent of instructor. Use of economic analysis and rate–based stabilization programs. econometric techniques to examine topics in the ECON-E 592 Trade Policy and Economic Development development and institutions of the U.S. and European (3 cr.) Examines the major issues surrounding the conduct economies. of trade policy in less-developed countries. Covers ECON-E 530 International Trade (3 cr.) P: E521, arguments for and against import-substituting vs. export- E621, or consent of instructor. Introduction to theories promoting policies, the nature of optimal commercial of international trade (including such topics as pattern policy, alternative strategies for liberalization of the of trade, gains from trade, testing trade theories) and trade regime, and the pros and cons of direct foreign analysis of trade policies (including such topics as tariffs, investment. quotas, and strategic trade policy). ECON-E 621 Theory of Prices and Markets II (3 cr.) ECON-E 541 Labor Market Analysis (3 cr.) P: E520 or P: E521, calculus, and linear algebra. Analysis of E521, or consent of instructor (Bloomington); P: Consent equilibrium, first- and second-order conditions; statistical of instructor (Indianapolis). An analytical approach derivation of demand and cost curves; activity analysis; to the labor market. Theoretical underpinning and general equilibrium; welfare economics; microeconomics statistical testing of issues in demand and supply of labor, of capital theory; pure oligopoly and game theory. household decision making, human capital, contract ECON-E 622 Macroeconomic Theory II (3 cr.) P: E522, theories, unionism, minimum wages, and discrimination. calculus, and linear algebra. Extends general equilibrium ECON-E 550 Monetary Theory and Organization (3 cr.) models from E522 by introducing nominal variables, Theory and practice of monetary control; supply and monetary and fiscal policies; some exposure to alternative demand functions for money; instruments of monetary dynamic models, nominal and real rigidities, market 154 September 6, 2017 imperfections, dynamically consistent policies. Numerical ECON-E 641 Quantitative Studies in Labor Economics methods introduced to simulate dynamic stochastic (3 cr.) P: E541, E571, and at least concurrent registration general equilibrium models. Time series methods in E572 or consent of instructor. Emphasis on the presented to discuss empirical implications of aggregate application of statistical and econometric theory and models. methods in the analysis of current issues in labor economics. The application of models involving ECON-E 624 Mathematical Economics I (3 cr.) P: One discrete choice, search, screening, signaling, contracts, year of calculus, one semester of linear algebra, or tournaments, and Markov processes to explain various consent of instructor. Introduction to stochastic control labor market phenomena will be reviewed. theory with applications to economics. Covers Wiener process, stochastic integration, Ito’s lemma and the ECON-E 660 Public Economics I (3 cr.) P: E621 or stochastic Bellman equation. Applications to economics concurrent registration. Analysis of public expenditures include optimal growth theory, the inverse optimal and taxation from a microeconomic viewpoint. Topics problem, adjustment cost theory of supply, exhaustible include externalities, pure and impure public goods, resources, optimal consumption and portfolio rules, and efficiency and distributional effects of taxation, optimal transactions demand for money. taxation theory, benefit-cost analysis. ECON-E 625 Mathematical Economics II (3 cr.) P: One ECON-E 661 Public Economics II (3 cr.) P: E660. In- year of calculus, one semester of linear algebra, or depth analysis of selected aspects of public expenditures consent of instructor. Mathematical analysis of problems and taxation. Illustrative topics: intertemporal and of motion via Central Principle of Motion; dynamic aggregative effects of tax and expenditure policies, efficiency of centralized and decentralized economic emphasizing saving and investment incentives; taxation of systems; differential games. risky assets; taxation of imperfectly competitive industries; benefit-cost analysis under uncertainty; public choice. ECON-E 626 Game Theory (3 cr.) P: E521, E621. Mathematical analysis of strategic interaction. ECON-E 671 Econometrics 3—Nonlinear and Noncooperative games played once or repeatedly, with Simultaneous Models (3 cr.) P: E572 or equivalent. perfection or imperfect information. Necessary condition Introduction to econometric theory. Parameter estimation for a solution (equilibrium), as well as sufficient conditions for single and multiple equation systems. Inference and (refinements). Cooperative games, such as bargaining hypothesis testing. Monte Carlo studies. and market games. Numerous applications, including experimental games. ECON-E 672 Macroeconometrics (3 cr.) P: E671 or equivalent. Advanced topics in econometrics. Estimation ECON-E 627 Experimental Economics (3 cr.) of dynamic equation systems. Spectrum analysis. P: Intermediate microeconomics and statistics. Focuses Problems of design for large macroeconometric models. on the use of laboratory experimental methods in applied microeconomics. Specific application areas will include ECON-E 673 Microeconometrics (3 cr.) P: E572 or the analysis of resource allocation mechanisms for both equivalent. Microeconometrics with applications to labor, private and public goods and individual choice under health, and public economics. Extensive coverage of uncertainty using both human and nonhuman subjects. limited dependent variable and panel data models. Empirical implementation is an essential component of the ECON-E 628 Advanced Macroeconomic Theory (3 cr.) course. P: E622 or equivalent. The course provides an in-depth treatment of major areas in macroeconomics, advancing ECON-E 685 Advanced Industrial Organization (3 cr.) to the several frontiers at which its theory is currently P: E585. Extends the coverage in E585. Provides greater most tested. These include convergence to rational in-depth coverage of contemporary industrial organization expectations equilibrium, near-rational solutions, non- problems from a theoretical perspective and provides Walrasian equilibrium, and the management of incentives coverage of important industrial organization topics not and macroeconomic disturbances through contractual discussed in E585. Topics include mechanism design, arrangements. signaling and screening, merger theory, incomplete contracting and the firm, and antitrust and regulation. ECON-E 629 Open Economy Macroeconomics (3 cr.) P: E622. Combines international finance and open- ECON-E 698 Comparative Economics and Economics economy macroeconomics with history and current of Transition (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Modern functioning of the international financial system and approaches to analysis of nonmarket economic systems the policy and exchange regime choices of countries and mechanisms. Emphasis on the incentives generated within it. Explorations include determinants of current- by these mechanisms and information flows in the account balances and exchange-rate dynamics as well as system. Since the field of comparative economics is both implications of the international mobility of goods, financial theoretical and institutional, students are required to services, and capital, international portfolio and direct read both analytical pieces containing formal models and investment behavior, and financial derivatives. descriptive papers. ECON-E 630 International Trade II (3 cr.) P: E530. ECON-E 713 Seminar in Economic History (3 cr.) Second part of the graduate sequence in international P: E529 or consent of instructor. Advanced topics in trade. Focuses on analyzing strategic situations in an economic history (U.S. and European) with particular international context. Topics include imperfect competition emphasis on recent debates in the literature of the new in international trade, strategic trade policy, trade policy economic history. Application of economic theory and under incomplete information, and tariff and quota games. econometric techniques to historical problems. September 6, 2017 155

ECON-E 724 Seminar in Economic Theory (3-6 cr.) ECON-E 860 Readings in Public Economics (1-6 cr.) Advanced topics in business cycles, general equilibrium, This course is eligible for a deferred grade. growth, mathematical economics, and welfare economics. Offered periodically. ECON-E 870 Readings in Advanced Econometrics (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. ECON-E 730 Seminar in International Trade (3 cr.) Third part of the graduate sequence in international trade; ECON-E 880 Readings in Industrial Organization intended for those writing theses in the field. Focuses on (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. a deeper understanding of topics such as the political ECON-E 890 Readings in Development and economy of protection, cooperation in repeated tariff Economics of Transition (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible games, trade negotiations, and multinational enterprises. for a deferred grade. ECON-E 748 Seminar in the Economics of Labor Faculty and Human Resource Development (3 cr.) P: E541 or consent of instructor. Selection from current issues Chairperson in labor: labor markets, comparative labor economics, Professor Gerhard Glomm* human capital, workforce planning, and labor relations. ECON-E 752 Seminar in Money (3 cr.) Current topics in Graduate Faculty advanced monetary and banking theory. Preparation of a (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University research paper and oral presentation to a seminar. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral disser¬tations.) ECON-E 762 Seminar in Public Economics (3 cr.) Advanced topics in public economics. Preparation of a Distinguished Professors research paper and oral presentation to the seminar. Robert Campbell* (Emeritus), H. Scott Gordon* (Emeritus, ECON-E 770 Seminar in Econometrics (3 cr.) Advanced His¬tory and Philosophy of Science), Pravin Trivedi* topics in econometrics in time series and/or cross- (Emeritus) sectional data analysis. Rudy Professor ECON-E 785 Seminar in Industrial Organization (3 cr.) Eric Leeper*, Pravin Trivedi* (Emeritus), George von Third course in the graduate industrial organization Furstenberg* (Emeritus) sequence; intended for those writing in the field. Topics include bargaining, reputation, oligopoly, research Wisnewsky Professor of Human Studies and development, vertical restraints, entry deterrence, Joon Park* transaction costs, and international industrial organization. Professors ECON-E 792 Workshops in Problems of Development (3 cr.) In-depth study of specific underdeveloped area or Michael Alexeev*, Lee Alston, Robert Becker*, William specific topic in problems of underdevelopment. Becker* (Emeritus), Edward Buffie*, Fwu-Ranq Chang* (Emeritus), Yoosoon Chang*, Gerhard Glomm*, Michael ECON-E 793 Seminar in Planning Strategies and Kaganovich*, Paul Kuznets* (Emeritus), Lloyd Orr* Techniques (3 cr.) P: E591. Analysis of strategic choices (Emeritus), Frank Page Jr.*, Daniela Puzzello*, Phillip and planning methods in Western economies and socialist Saunders* (Emeri¬tus), James Walker*, Elmus Wicker* economies in transition. Theory and practice of planning in (Emeritus), Arlington Williams*(Emeritus) underdeveloped countries. Associate Professors ECON-E 800 Research in Economics (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Juan Carlos Escanciano*, Elyce Rotella* (Emeritus), Todd Walker*, Willard Witte* (Emeritus) ECON-E 808 Thesis (M.A.) (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Assistant Professors ECON-E 809 Thesis (Ph.D.) (1-12 cr.) This course is Mostafa Beshkar*, Filomena Garcia*, Grey Gordon*, eligible for a deferred grade. Bulent Guler*, Juan Carlos Hatchondo*, Ahmad Lashkaripour, Volodymyr Lugovskyy*, Emerson ECON-E 810 Readings in Economic History (1-6 cr.) Melo, Amanda Michaud*, Gustavo Torrens*, Stefan This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Weiergräber, Ruli Xiao ECON-E 824 Readings in Economic Theory (1-6 cr.) Director of Graduate Studies This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Professor Todd Walker*, Wylie Hall 229, (812) 855-8453 ECON-E 830 Readings in International Trade (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Education ECON-E 840 Readings in Economics of Labor and School of Education Human Resource Development (1-6 cr.) This course is Departmental E-mail: [email protected] eligible for a deferred grade. Departmental URL: www.education.indiana.edu ECON-E 850 Readings in Monetary Economics (1-6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements 156 September 6, 2017 contained only in The University Graduate School and research design; (2) biological, cognitive, affective, Bulletin.) social, and individual bases of behavior; (3) course work leading to competence in an area of specialization; and (4) Departmental Phone Number: (812) 856-8504 intervention strategies and service delivery systems. The Curriculum application deadline is December 1 for matriculation in the fall semester. Degree Offered The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree is offered The intent of the sequence of courses in the major area through the University Graduate School. In addition, the is to help ground students in counseling psychology School of Education offers the Master of Science (M.S.) and prepare them as effective scientist-practitioners. in Education, the Specialist in Education (Ed.S.), and the Courses from related areas of study may be added if Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) degrees. For details, see the their relevance to the major can be demonstrated, and if School of Education Graduate Bulletin. approval is secured. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Degree Requirements Fields of Study Major Requirements Counseling Psychology; Curriculum and Instruction; • G522 Counseling Theories (3 cr.) Educational Psychology; Higher Education; History, • Must be taken concurrently with G523. Philosophy and Policy Studies in Education; Inquiry Methodology; Instructional Systems Technology; Learning • G523 Laboratory in Counseling and Guidance (3 cr.) and Developmental Science; Language Education; • Must be taken concurrently with G522. Literacy, Culture, and Language Education; School • G524 Practicum in Counseling (3 cr.) Psychology; and Special Education. • Pre-requisite: G522 and G523, or equivalents. Program of Studies • G532 Introduction to Group Counseling (3 cr.) The Ph.D. degree with a major in education is pursued • G552 Career Counseling: Theory/Practice (3 cr.) under the direction of a committee appointed by the • G567 Marriage and Family Counseling (3 cr.) University Graduate School and the School of Education. • G575 Multicultural Counseling (3 cr.) As with other Graduate School doctoral programs, a • G600 Pro-Seminar in Counseling Psychology (3 cr.) minimum of 90 credit hours of course work is required. • This course may be credited toward the This includes a major (selected from the fields of substantive core requirement but cannot study listed previously), a minor, a series of research double count in computing total credit hours. courses, and a dissertation. Written and oral qualifying examinations are taken following course work; a final • G615 Psychopathology and Advanced Diagnosis (3 oral defense of the dissertation completes the program. cr.) Up to 30 credit hours of graduate course work may be • G622 Advanced Theories of Counseling (3 cr.) transferred from other universities, with the approval of the • G624 Advanced Practicum in Counseling advisory committee and the Graduate Studies Office. Psychology (2 cr.) Admission • G625 Advanced Practicum: Individual Supervision (1 cr.) Admission recommendations are made by program area • G650 Topical Seminar in Counseling Psychology: and School of Education admission committees and are Advanced Multicultural Counseling, Career based on graduate and undergraduate grades (especially Development and Consultation (3 cr.) in academic courses), scores on the General Test of • G685 Seminar in Counseling Research Methods the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), and letters of (Inquiry Linkage) (3 cr.) recommendation. The TOEFL examination is required • G699 Internship in Counseling Psychology (1 cr. for all international applicants. Online applications may each fall, spring and summer) (3 cr.) be accessed through the School of Education Office of Graduate Studies Web site at the above URL. • G763 Advanced Practicum in Counseling Supervision (3 cr.) Students earning a Ph.D. degree in education must fulfill • P655 Cognitive Assessment and Intervention (4 cr.) all requirements of the University Graduate School (as • P691 Personality Assessment and Intervention (3 found in this bulletin) and of the School of Education (as cr.) found in the School of Education Graduate Bulletin). Psychological Foundations Courses Ph.D. in Counseling Psychology The Ph.D. program in counseling psychology is accredited These courses meet APA requirements for foundations in by the American Psychological Association. Graduates the respective areas. of this program are prepared to work as (a) psychologists History and Systems and administrators in mental health centers, college counseling centers, and in business and industry; (b) • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of college faculty members; (c) private practitioners; (d) Psychology (3 cr.) psychologists and in other positions where counseling Biological Aspects of Behavior psychology competencies are needed. The doctoral program in counseling psychology includes courses in the • Select one course from the following: following areas: (1) psychological measurement, statistics, September 6, 2017 157

• P624 The Biology of Behavior: Implications for 27 hours in the student's program must come from outside Educational & Clinical Practice (3 cr.) the major. • PSY-P667 Neuropsychopharmacology (3 cr.) Early Inquiry Experience Cognitive Aspects of Behavior To satisfy the program requirements the student must carry out an independent research project as an early • Select one course from the following: inquiry experience. The resulting research report must be • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 read and approved by the major members of the program cr.) of studies committee. This project must be completed • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning before advancing to candidacy and is expected to be Strategies (3 cr.) completed in the first three years. A master’s thesis can be considered, but must meet the same approval process. Social Aspects of Behavior Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) • G656 Social Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) • G795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Human Development • G799 Doctoral Thesis in Counseling Psychology (12 cr.) • P514 Lifespan Development: Birth - Death (3 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (15 cr.) Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with Specialization in Art Education • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 Degree Requirements cr.) • Must be taken concurrently with Y500 Major Requirements (36 cr.) • Y527 Educational Assessment and Psychological Specialization (30 cr.) Measurement (3 cr.) • Z525 Philosophic and Historical Foundations of Art • Y604 Multivariate Analysis in Educational Research Education (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • Z750 Topical Doctoral Seminar in Art Education (3 • Must be taken concurrently with Y500 cr., taken twice for a total of 6 cr.) • Select two courses from the following: • Z760 Art Education Research Seminar (1-3 cr., • Y521 Methodological Approaches to taken twice for a total of 6 cr.) Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • Remaining requirements are selected in consultation • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) with advisory committee and may include courses outside the program specialization area. • Or courses from the approved Inquiry Course list. (3 cr.) Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage • A list of approved inquiry courses may Requirements (6 cr.) be found at http://education.indiana.edu/ students/graduates/_docs/ • J605 Independent Research Experience in ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) • J705 Seminar: Inquiry in Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (9-15 cr.) The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate • Selected in consultation with advisory committee wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's from the list of approved inquiry courses which can overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated be found at http://education.indiana.edu/students/ within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary graduates/_docs/ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Minor Requirements (12 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for The minor must have integrity in its own right and must each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate Justification form. This form should be submitted and wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary used in the minor. or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary or individualized minors require a written description of Elective Requirements (6 cr. minimum) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for The School of Education requires a minimum of 6 elective each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor credit hours intended to ensure that students have Justification form. This form should be submitted and flexibility in their programs from stipulating all of the approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling minimum 90 credit hours of the doctoral program. It is in the minor courses. expected that most students will have more than six Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) elective credit hours. It should also be noted that at least A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside the major and the minor. An additional elective may be 158 September 6, 2017 selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling broad field of study. in the minor courses. Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) the major and the minor. An additional elective may be selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with broad field of study. Specialization in Curriculum Studies This program examines relationships between curriculum Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) and society, particularly around topics of diversity, social • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) equality, and civic participation. Graduates are prepared • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) to make original contributions to academic knowledge and enhance the world of practice, through experiences Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with in critically analyzing curriculum and society, conducting Specialization in Elementary Education original research, and preparing future teachers, both in This program examines the nature of teaching, learning, the United States and internationally. and curriculum at the elementary level, including the Degree Requirements history, philosophy, and research base for teaching school subjects, both in the United States and internationally. Major Requirements (36 cr.) Students gain experience working with pre-service teachers as preparation for a career in teacher education. The credits in the major are chosen in consultation with the student’s advisor and program advisory committee and Degree Requirements divided into three areas. Major Requirements (36 cr.) Specialization (24 cr.) Specialization (24 cr.) • The area of specialization must have a clearly identifiable focus and consist of graduate level • The area of specialization must have a clearly courses (or the equivalent) and may include courses identifiable focus and consist of graduate level outside the program specialization area. All courses courses (or the equivalent) and may include courses are subject to approval by the student’s doctoral outside the program specialization area. All courses advisory committee. are subject to approval by the student’s doctoral advisory committee. Department Seminar (6 cr.) Department Seminar (6 cr.) • Advanced Curriculum and Instruction seminars (600-700 level) offered. • Advanced Curriculum and Instruction seminars (600-700 level) offered. Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage Requirements (6 cr.) Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage Requirements (6 cr.) • J605 Independent Research Experience in Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) • J605 Independent Research Experience in Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) • J705 Seminar: Inquiry in Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) • J705 Seminar: Inquiry in Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • An additional minimum of six credits must be selected from those approved as Core Inquiry • An additional minimum of six credits must be courses. A list of approved inquiry courses may selected from those approved as Core Inquiry be found at http://education.indiana.edu/students/ courses. A list of approved inquiry courses may graduates/_docs/ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. be found at http://education.indiana.edu/students/ graduates/_docs/ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate The minor must have integrity in its own right and must wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minors require a written description of or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for or individualized minors require a written description of each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for Justification form. This form should be submitted and each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Justification form. This form should be submitted and September 6, 2017 159 approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling be found at http://education.indiana.edu/students/ in the minor courses. graduates/_docs/ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside The minor must have integrity in its own right and must the major and the minor. An additional elective may be complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's broad field of study. overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with Justification form. This form should be submitted and Specialization in Mathematics Education approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling Conduct original research on mathematics-related in the minor courses. topics, such as how to assess student performance in Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) mathematics, experiential studies of how professionals use math compared to the techniques they were taught in A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside middle and high school, or how technology can be used to the major and the minor. An additional elective may be enhance mathematics learning. selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any broad field of study. Program focuses on K-12 mathematics teaching and learning. Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) Degree Requirements • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) The credits in the major are chosen in consultation with Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with the student’s advisor and program advisory committee and Specialization in Science Education divided into three areas. The science education Ph.D. program provides breadth and depth of knowledge regarding the current status of Specialization (18 cr.) science education in the U.S. and globally. Students select • The area of specialization must have a clearly their own areas of foci and the advisor that best matches identifiable focus and consist of graduate level their emphasis to support their work. Students receive courses (or the equivalent) and may include courses a minor in a science discipline, further strengthening outside the program specialization area. All courses their degree both from a science education and science are subject to approval by the student’s doctoral perspective. The qualifying exam is comprised of a advisory committee. written portfolio that enables the student to demonstrate breadth of knowledge of the field and depth of knowledge Department Seminar (12 cr.) in the chosen area of emphasis. The dissertation topic is selected with the advisor who will support the student • N716 Topical Seminar in Mathematics Education (3 in writing the dissertation proposal and final dissertation. cr., taken for a total of 12 cr.) Students in the Ph.D. science education program are Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage encouraged to obtain a variety of teaching and research Requirements (6 cr.) experience while in the program. • J605 Independent Research Experience in Degree Requirements Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) • J705 Seminar: Inquiry in Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) Specialization (27 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) • Science Education (12 cr.) • Q612 Topical Seminar in Science Education • Select one course from the following (3 cr.): (2-4 cr., taken for a total of 12 cr.) • Y520 Strategies for Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • Science Methods (Select two courses from the • Y521 Methodological Approaches to following) Educational Inquiry (3 cr.)* • E548 Advanced Study in the Teaching of • Although either Y520 or Y521 can Science in the Elementary Schools (3 cr.) meet this requirement, Y521 is highly • J762 Topical Seminar in Curriculum and recommended because it is intended for Instruction: Teaching Introduction to doctoral students. Scientific Inquiry (3 cr.) • J762 Topical Seminar in Curriculum and • An additional minimum of six credits must be Instruction: Developing as Math/Science selected from those approved as Core Inquiry Teacher Educator (3 cr.) courses. A list of approved inquiry courses may • Q528 Demonstration and Field Strategies in Science (1-6 cr.) 160 September 6, 2017

• Q540 Teaching Environmental Education Ph.D. in Curriculum and Instruction with (3 cr.) Specialization in Social Studies Education • Q620 University Science Teaching (3 cr.) This program focuses on the teaching and learning of history, civic education, and other social studies subjects, • Science Education Support Area (9 cr.) both in the United States and internationally, including the • A cohesive set of courses to support the social and political contexts of social studies education. students research interests and professional Students gain experience working with pre-service agenda. These courses may be chosen from teachers, conducting empirical research, and analyzing science content departments, philosophy curriculum. of science, educational psychology, IST, or Degree Requirements another area determined by the student’s committee. Major Requirements (36 cr.) The credits in the major are chosen in consultation with Proseminars (3 cr.) the student’s advisor and program advisory committee and • Q601 Professional Seminar in Science Education (1 divided into three areas. cr., taken three times) Specialization (24 cr.) Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage • The area of specialization must have a clearly Requirements (6 cr.) identifiable focus and consist of graduate level • J705 Seminar: Inquiry in Curriculum and Instruction courses (or the equivalent) and may include courses (3 cr.) outside the program specialization area. All courses • Q690 Advanced Research in Science Education (1-6 are subject to approval by the student’s doctoral cr., taken for 3 cr.) advisory committee. Inquiry Requirements (15 cr.) Department Seminar (6 cr.) Introductory Course (3 cr.) • Advanced Curriculum and Instruction seminars (600-700 level) offered. • (e.g.)Y520: Strategies for Educational Inquiry Early Inquiry Experience and Inquiry Linkage Statistical Techniques (3-9 cr., minimum 3 credits) Requirements (6 cr.) Qualitative Inquiry Approaches (3-9 cr., minimum 3 • J605 Independent Research Experience in credits) Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) Measurement, Evaluation, and Design (0-3 cr.) • J705 Seminar: Inquiry in Curriculum and Instruction (3 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's Inquiry (3 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated • within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary • An additional minimum of six credits must be or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary selected from those approved as Core Inquiry or individualized minors require a written description of courses. A list of approved inquiry courses may the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for be found at http://education.indiana.edu/students/ each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor graduates/_docs/ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. Justification form. This form should be submitted and approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling Minor Requirements (12 cr.) in the minor courses. The minor must have integrity in its own right and must The minor for science education needs to be outside complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate the School of Education and taken in a science wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's content area. overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary Elective Requirements (12 cr.) or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Selected in consultation with advisory committee. Elective or individualized minors require a written description of courses are chosen to fill out the major and to contribute the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for to the integrity of the student’s program. These courses each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor are taken in the student’s area of interest, within or Justification form. This form should be submitted and outside the department, in order to fulfill the total program approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling requirement of 90 credit hours. in the minor courses. Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) A minimum of 6 elective credits must be taken outside • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) the major and the minor. An additional elective may be September 6, 2017 161 selected from within the major, the minor, inquiry, or any 2. The product should be suitable for presentation and/or broad field of study. publication. This can include professional conferences or institutional presentations/publications. Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) 3. The syllabus of a Special Topics course will clearly • J795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) state the requirements that must be completed to fulfill the • J799 Dissertation-Curriculum/Instruction (12 cr.) early inquiry experience. Ph.D. in Higher Education In most cases, the student should (a) take a course with The Ph.D. degree is a 90 credit hour program designed for an assignment the instructor designates as fulfilling the doctoral students who are planning careers as college and early inquiry experience (including some Topical Seminars university administrators, institutional researchers, policy [C750] or the Capstone in Institutional Research [C678]) analysts, and faculty members. or (b) fulfill the requirement through Independent Study The Ph.D. program has relatively few required courses, (C690). allowing students more freedom to specialize in Other Courses (15 cr.) areas of interest. There is also a strong set of inquiry (methodology) courses required. A strong background • C655 Higher Education and Public Policy (3 cr.) in inquiry is essential for careers in institutional research, • C656 American Community Colleges (3 cr.) policy analysis, or as faculty. • C661 Foundations of Institutional Research (3 cr.) • C670 Problems in Financing Higher Education (3 cr.) Students can transfer up to 30 hours into the program from relevant graduate level course work, especially • C678 Capstone in Institutional Research (3 cr.) courses that were taken toward a master’s degree in • C680 Philanthropy and Higher Education (3 cr.) higher education or a related field. Although a master’s • C695 Academic Problems in Higher Education (3 cr.) degree is not required for entry into the Ph.D. program, it • C705 Legal Aspects of Higher Education (3 cr.) is highly preferred. • C750 Topical Seminar: variable titles (3 cr.) • U544 Introduction to Student Affairs Work in Higher Prerequisite Course Education (3 cr.) Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education may be • U546 Diverse Students on the College Campus (3 counted among electives if the course has not been taken cr.) prior to admittance to the Ph.D. program. • U548 Student Development Theory and Research (3 cr.) Degree Requirements • U549 Environmental Theory and Assessment in Major Requirements (36 cr.) Higher Education (3 cr.) • C675 Supervised College Teaching (1-3 cr.) Required Courses (15 cr.) • C690 Independent Study (1-3 cr.) • C620 Pro Seminar in Higher Education (3 cr.) • C760 Internship in Administration (1-6 cr.) • C654 Higher Education in the United States (3 cr.) Inquiry Core Requirements (12 cr.) • C664 Higher Education Organization and Administration (3 cr.) Required Course (3 cr.) • C750 Topical Seminar: variable titles (3 cr.) • Y520 Strategies for Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • C750 Topical Seminar: variable titles (3 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational In addition to the inquiry core requirements listed below, Inquiry (3 cr.)* 6 credit hours of inquiry course work are required • Although either Y520 or Y521 can meet this within the major: an early inquiry experience and an requirement, Y521 is highly recommended inquiry linkage course. because it is intended for doctoral students. • C788 Seminar in Research in Higher Education* (Inquiry Linkage) (3 cr.) Other Courses (9 cr.) • C788 should be taken near the end of program Three additional inquiry courses approved by the Advisory of study. This is a course in which research Committee are required. Core Inquiry Courses for relevant to the major field of specialization is the School of Education shall include all Y-prefixed studied. courses offered in the School of Education EXCEPT Y500, Y502, Y590, Y660, Y690, Y795, and Y799. A Early Inquiry Experience list of approved inquiry courses may be found at http:// education.indiana.edu/students/graduates/_docs/ In the early inquiry course, a student carries out an actual ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. research project, including the collection and analysis of data to answer a research question, and the writing of a Three of the four required inquiry courses above research manuscript. should be taken prior to the qualifying exam. A course that the instructor designates as providing an Minor Requirements (12 cr.) early inquiry experience must meet the following criteria: Course work should focus on the research and 1. There must be a written product as a result of the early scholarship of an academic discipline that provides a inquiry experience. useful perspective on the study of higher education. This perspective often influences the topic or methodology 162 September 6, 2017 used in the dissertation. The minor may be any doctoral students in the School of Education must pass University Graduate School approved minor outside a qualifying examination in their major area of study. of the HESA program. Following review by the faculty, the student must defend the written examination in a meeting with the Advisory Alternatively, any twelve credits that form a single Committee. In effect, this examination process is intended interdisciplinary minor may be approved by the University to determine if a student is qualified to begin work on a Graduate School. For this alternative a faculty member doctoral dissertation. from outside the higher education program (e.g., Sociology, Law, Educational Inquiry, Educational Policy, • Students must have an appointed Advisory and Organizational Studies) must be a member of the Committee, including: student’s Advisory Committee. A Minor Justification form • Two (2) faculty members from the student’s must be submitted and approved by the Graduate Studies major, one being the student’s faculty advisor Office. • One (1) faculty member representing the student’s minor Elective Requirements Fifteen hours can be used to further study an appropriate • Student’s program of study must be approved by the field, complete a second minor (minimum of 12 credit Graduate Studies Office. hours), or gain other professionally relevant knowledge. • Students must have Advisory Committee approval to Excess hours in other sections may reduce the amount of proceed with the qualifying exam. hours here. • Students must be in good standing and have no Students are encouraged to enroll in six credit hours that more than 6 credit hours of incompletes (in their provide a breadth of understanding of higher education as current semester) to take the qualifying exam. Any a field of study. incompletes must be removed prior to nomination to candidacy. With Advisory Committee approval a student may use courses from other academic areas appropriate to 4. The Ph.D. residency requirement can be satisfied research interests and professional objectives. by taking two consecutive semesters of nine credits at the Bloomington-Indianapolis core campus. Dissertation Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 cr.) or credit hours (C799) or credit hours in Advanced Research its equivalent is required as a pre-requisite for the Ph.D. If (G901) may not be used to fulfill residency requirements. the course has not been taken prior to admittance to the program, it may be taken post-admission and be counted 5. Refer to the Graduate Bulletin checklist of doctoral among electives. program milestones and other program resources for further details. Dissertation Requirements (15 credits) Ph.D. in History, Philosophy, and Policy in Education • C795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation* (3 cr.) with Specialization in Education Policy Studies • C795 should be taken near the end of program Help shape the future of education. What policies support of study, after passing the qualifying exam. educational access and attainment among underserved • C799 Doctoral Thesis in Higher Education (12 cr.) students?How can we increase secondary school attendance and completion? How do local, federal and Students are required to design, conduct, and orally international institutions shape policies and practices in defend an original piece of research. Refer to the educational systems? How do teachers take up policy Graduate Bulletin checklist of doctoral program milestones changes and reforms? How do we evaluate student and other program resources for further details. and teacher performance? These are just a few of the challenges that education policymakers face in the 21st Additional Program Requirements: century. This 90-hour program will help you respond to 1. At the end of the first year (or after 18 credit hours these and other issues. of course work for those not enrolled full time), doctoral Creating and implementing effective education policies students must participate in the First-Year Review requires a close examination of the social and historical process. Instructions for this review can be found on the foundations of education in the United States and around HESA web site. The advisor will assess performance the world. It also requires a deep understanding of to date and future program plans. The focus of the sociology and economics, history and anthropology, and review is assessing a student’s ability to: 1) clearly morality and culture. articulate thoughts and ideas in an organized manner (written and orally), 2) analyze and synthesize research Degree Requirements in order to formulate an opinion or argument, and 3) successfully complete program requirements, including Major Requirements (36 cr.) the dissertation. Policy Core (18 cr.) 2. Students should finalize a program of study no • A631 Microeconomic Applications to Education later than the end of their second year if they are full- (Note: Y502 is a prerequisite) (3 cr.) time students, or after completing 36 credit hours of • H620 Seminar in Education Policy Studies (3 cr.) coursework (excluding courses transferred from other • H622 Seminar: Issues in Education Policy (3 cr.) institutions). • H623 Education Policy Research Seminar (3 3. Prior to beginning a doctoral dissertation and at semesters at 1 cr. per semester) or near the time of completion of all course work, all • Select two courses from the following (6 cr.): September 6, 2017 163

• A560 Political Perspectives of Education (3 cr.) • A600 Problems in Educational Leadership • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) (Legal Research) • H510 Methodology of Educational Inquiry (3 • A608 Legal Perspectives cr.) • A615 Advanced School Law • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) • A675 Leadership in Special Education • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 As part of their policy context concentrations, students cr.) may include one of the following courses even though • H631 Social and Political Philosophy and its originating program is different from their chosen Education (3 cr.) concentration: • H637 Topical Seminar: Appropriate Topic (3 • A653 Organizational Context of Education (3 cr.) cr.) • C655 Higher Education Policy (3 cr.) • H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) Policy Context (12 cr.) Inquiry in the Major (6 cr.) Students will select one of the following three concentrations (the specific courses are recommended; Directed Research others may be substituted with the consent of the student's Advisory Committee). Select one course from the following: Higher Education Concentration • A590 Independent Study in Educational Leadership (for pre-dissertation research) (3 cr.) • C655 Higher Education and Public Policy (3 cr.) • A695 Practicum in School Administration (3 cr.) • Select three courses from the following: • C590 Research in Higher Education (for pre- • C654 Higher Education in the U.S. (3 cr.) dissertation research) (3 cr.) • C665 Higher Education Administration (3 cr.) • C760 Internship in Administration (3 cr.) • C670 Problems in Financing Higher Education • H590 Independent Study in History, Philosophy, (3 cr.) and Comparative Education (for pre-dissertation • C695 Academic Problems in Higher Education research) (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Linkage course • C705 Legal Aspects of Higher Education (3 cr.) • C750 Topical Seminar (appropriate topic) (1-6 The course taken to fulfill the linkage course requirement cr.) may not duplicate any course taken to fulfill other • C760 Internship in Administration (1-6 cr.) requirements of the major. Select one course from the following: Educational Leadership Concentration • A608 Legal Perspectives on Education (3 cr.) • A653 Organizational Context of Education (3 cr.) • C788 Seminar in Research in Higher Education (3 • A672 Moral Dimensions of Leadership (3 cr.) cr.) • A720 Foundations of Research (1-3 cr.) • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) • Select one course from the following: • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) • A560 Political Perspectives (3 cr.) • H530 Philosophy of Education (3 cr.) • A608 Legal Perspectives (3 cr.) • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) • A615 Advanced School Law (1-3 cr.) • H552 International/Comparative Education II (3 cr.) • A670 Topical Seminar (with advisor approval) • H601 Historical Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) (1-3 cr.) • A671 Planning and Change (3 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (12 cr.) • A754 Seminar in Research International & Select one course from the following: Comparative Concentration (3 cr.) • H510 Methodology of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) International and Comparative Education Concentration • Y520 Strategies of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational • H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) Inquiry (3 cr.) • H552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) • Select two courses from the following (6 cr.): Select one course from the following: • H590 Independent Study in History, • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 Philosophy, and Comparative Education (1-3 cr.) cr.) • Other approved beginning/intermediate course in • H637 Topical Seminar (appropriate topic) (3 quantitative analysis (e.g., PSY P553, SPEA V507) cr.) May be taken more than once. (3 cr.) Law Concentration Select one course from the following: • Select four courses from the following: • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) 164 September 6, 2017

• Y612 Critical Qualitative Inquiry I (for students who • H750 Inquiry Seminars in History of Education (3 cr.) plan to take Y613 as their additional inquiry course) (3 cr.) At least six (6) credit hours must be in inquiry linkage courses, including an early inquiry experience. Your • Other approved beginning/intermediate course in advisory committee must review and approve at least qualitative analysis (e.g., SOC S659) (3 cr.) one of your papers produced in the Inquiry Seminar to One approved intermediate/advanced research methods assist in the faculty's assessment of your progress in the course appropriate to the planned dissertation (e.g., Y604, research program. The major program allows for tutorial Y613, Y635, Y750, H601, PSY P654, BUS K605), with or independent study, which enables you to deepen advisor approval (3 cr.) your knowledge in areas of special interest or explore a complementary topic. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) The remaining credits in the major are chosen in The minor must have integrity in its own right and must consultation with the student’s advisor. complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated The inquiry core includes a survey course in research within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary methodologies and beginning courses in statistics, or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary measurement, program evaluation, or in ethnographic, or individualized minors require a written description of qualitative, quantitative, and historical research methods. the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for This requirement is designed to ensure that you acquire each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor the general skills of historical inquiry and the specific Justification form. This form should be submitted and skills necessary for inquiry in the history of education. approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling At least three courses must be selected outside the in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be major and approved by your advisory committee. A used in the minor. list of approved inquiry courses may be found at http:// Elective Requirements (minimum of 6 cr.) education.indiana.edu/students/graduates/_docs/ ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. Courses in policy-relevant fields inside or outside the School of Education selected in consultation with the Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Advisory Committee. May be used for a second minor. The minor must have integrity in its own right and must Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • A/C/H795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated • A/C/H799 Doctoral Thesis in Educational Leadership within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary (A)/Higher Education (C)/History of Philosophy of or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Education (H) (12 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of Ph.D. in History, Philosophy, and Policy in Education the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor with Specialization in History of Education Justification form. This form should be submitted and Explore the history of U.S. education and the external approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling forces that have shaped education policy since the in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be nation’s founding, including race, gender, social class, used in the minor. and international relations. This 90-credit hour degree program is designed to be both comprehensive and Elective Requirements (6-18 cr.) individualized. You’ll conduct original research into education experiences at the elementary, secondary, A minimum of six (6) credits hours of electives must be and higher educational levels. You’ll also have the taken, although you may exceed that total up to 18 credits opportunity to complete supplementary course work in with the approval of the advisory committee. You may disciplines outside the School of Education, including choose a second minor field, which requires a minimum African American and African Diaspora Studies, American of 12 hours. All electives and courses for a second minor Indian Studies, American Studies, East Asian Studies, must be approved by the advisory committee. Latino Studies, Philanthropic Studies, and Women’s Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) History and Gender Studies. • H795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Graduates will be prepared for careers in university • H799 Doctoral Thesis in History of Philosophy of teaching and research, as well as in development and Education (12 cr.) consulting for education-centered organizations, and government agencies. Ph.D. in History, Philosophy, and Policy in Education with Specialization in Philosophy of Education Degree Requirements What we teach, how we teach, and why—these questions Major Requirements (36 cr.) have their roots in the philosophical underpinnings of education and have important implications for future Required major courses include: practice and policy. In this program, students explore • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) those issues from various perspectives that may focus • H601 Historical Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) upon ethics, epistemology, aesthetics, social and political philosophy, and the works of historically important • H637 Topical Seminar in History of Education (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 165 educational thinkers. In addition to education course education.indiana.edu/students/graduates/ work, students are required to take relevant classes from _docs/ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. outside disciplines, including philosophy, religious studies, history, and philosophy of science. The program requires Minor Requirements (12 cr.) 90 semester hours of coursework. The minor must have integrity in its own right and must Graduates typically attain professional roles in university complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate teaching and research, but you may also pursue a career wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's in development and consulting for governmental and overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated private-sector organizations. within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary Degree Requirements or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary or individualized minors require a written description of Major Requirements (36 cr.) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Core Requirements (6 cr.) Justification form. This form should be submitted and • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling • H530 Philosophy of Education (3 cr.) in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be used in the minor. Philosophy of Education and Other Foundations (12-15 cr.) Elective Requirements • 12-15 credit hours of education courses with an H- Courses in fields relevant to philosophy of education prefix, selected in consultation with the advisory selected in consultation with the advisory committee to committee bring overall hours to 75. Philosophy (9-12 cr.) Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) • 9-12 credit hours of courses in philosophy, history • H795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) and philosophy of science, political science, religious • H799 Doctoral Thesis in History of Philosophy of studies, or other relevant departments, selected in Education (12 cr.) consultation with the advisory committee Ph.D. in Inquiry Methodology • NOTE: The course work for the philosophy of The Ph.D. Inquiry Methodology Program is dedicated education/foundations and philosophy requirements to the advancement of social and behavioral research must total 24 credit hours in order that the completed by critically evaluating, improving, and developing course work in the major totals the required 36 credit methodological theory and methodologies so that hours. phenomena of interest can be more soundly investigated Inquiry in the Major (6 cr.) and better understood. Students can choose to focus on a quantitative, qualitative, or an integrated program of study. Directed research The program is designed to be flexible enough to handle a • H590 Independent study (for pre-dissertation wide variety of student interests (e.g., statistical modeling, research) (3 cr.) measurement, advanced psychometrics, methodological theory, evaluation, ethnography, philosophy of social Linkage course; one course selected with permission of science, hermeneutic-reconstructive analysis, discourse the advisory committee from: and narrative analysis, critical ethnography and feminist research), but rigorous so as to ensure that its graduates • H590 Independent study (3 credits for final can meaningfully contribute to the study of social and dissertation proposal preparation) (3 cr.) behavioral research. • H750 Topical Inquiry Seminar in History of Education (3 cr.) Degree Requirements Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) Major Requirements (39 cr. minimum) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Inquiry Requirements Inquiry All Inquiry students must take the following 3 courses for • Select two courses from the following (in their inquiry core: consultation with the advisory committee): • H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational • H601 Historical Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) Inquiry (3 cr.) • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to • Y515 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) Education (3 cr.) • Y600 Methodological Implications of Social & • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) Psychological Theories (3 cr.) • Y750 Topical Seminar in Educational Inquiry Inquiry methodology students can opt for a qualitative, Methodology (3 cr.) a quantitative or an integrated track combining both • Or in specific cases other courses from qualitative and quantitative courses. For the qualitative the School of Education's approved list and quantitative tracks the students must select a of inquiry courses with permission of the reasonable sequence of courses (30 hours minimum) advisory committee. A list of approved from among the list below or their equivalent in other inquiry courses may be found at http:// 166 September 6, 2017

Indiana University–Bloomington schools or departments. • Y535 Evaluation Models & Techniques (3 cr.) At least 18 hours have to be selected from the track of • Y635 Methodology of Educational Evaluation (3 cr.) emphasis, and at least two courses must be taken in the opposite track course listing (not to include courses Minor Requirements (12-18 cr.) listed as focusing on integrated methodologies. For an The minor must have integrity in its own right and must integrated track, students must select at least 12 credit complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate hours in the qualitative track and 12 credit hours in the wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's quantitative track. overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated Qualitative Courses (30 cr. minimum) within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary • Y510 Action Research I (3 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for cr.) each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor • Y612 Critical Qualitative Inquiry I (3 cr.) Justification form. This form should be submitted and • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling in the minor courses. • Y613 Critical Qualitative Inquiry II (3 cr.) • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. Students will select a minor field of study to complement their study of inquiry methodology. Because inquiry • Y624 Discursive Psychology Approaches to methodology interfaces with substantive areas of study Discourse Analysis (3 cr.) it is important for students in inquiry methodology to • Y630 Narrative Theory and Inquiry (3 develop understandings in at least one such area so that cr.) they grasp the complexity of methodology in use. The • Y631 Discourse Theory and Analysis (3 cr.) minor serves to develop students’ substantive area of • Y633 Feminist Theory and Methodology (3 cr.) interest. Major area courses (those within the Inquiry • Y671 Knowledge, Reflection & Critique in Methodology program) may not be used in the minor. Methodological Theory (3 cr.) Elective Requirements (6 cr. minimum) • Y672 Communicative Action Theory (3 cr.) • Y673 Discursive Psychology as Theory (3 cr.) Educational research is multidisciplinary in nature, and students have a broad range of research interests and Quantitative Courses (30 cr. minimum) career plans which requires flexibility for their programs of studies. The program, therefore, enables students to • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 tailor their electives in consultation with their Advisory cr.) Committees. • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. Electives may be taken in fields inside or outside the • Y527 Educational Assessment and Psychological School of Education. Students may take electives in any. Measurement (3 cr.) • Y603 Statistical Design of Educational Research (3 Early Inquiry Experience cr.) To satisfy the program requirements the student must • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. carry out an independent research project as an early • Y604 Multivariate Analysis in Educational Research inquiry experience. The resulting research report must be (3 cr.) read and approved by the major members of the program • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. of studies committee. This project must be completed before advancing to candidacy and is expected to be • Y617 Psychometric Theory (3 cr.) completed in the first three years. A master’s thesis can be • Y627 Seminar in Educational and Psychological considered, but must meet the same approval process. Measurement I (3 cr.) Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) • Y637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) • Y639 Multilevel Modeling (3 cr.) • Y795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) • Y645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) • Y799 Doctoral Thesis in Inquiry Methodology (12 • Y655 Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) cr.) Courses Common to Both Tracks Ph.D. in Instructional Systems Technology The Instructional Systems Technology Doctor of • Y500 Computer Lab for Educational Inquiry (1 cr.) Philosophy in Education degree program is designed • Y650 Topics in Inquiry Methodology (3 cr.) for individuals seeking to be researchers in the field of • Y660 Affinity Research Group (3 cr.) instructional technology. The IST program prepares • Y590 Independent Study or Research in Inquiry Ph.D. students to discover new knowledge through Methodology (1-3 cr.) basic research and answer specific questions about • Y690 Advanced Independent Study in Inquiry practical problems through applied research. Ph.D. Methodology (1-3 cr.) program graduates typically conduct research and teach • Y750 Seminar in Inquiry Methodology (3 cr.) in university settings or work as researchers within private or public research and development centers involved in Courses Focusing on Integrated Methodologies instructional technology. • Y525 Survey Research Methodology (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 167

Degree Requirements intellectual and affective betterment of humankind. Graduates of this program secure positions as university Major Requirements (42 cr.) faculty members, as psychological and educational Instructional Systems Technology Core (18 cr.) researchers, and as program evaluators in research and consulting firms, foundations, public schools, industry, • R690 Application of Research Methods to state and federal departments of education, and the Instructional Systems Technology (3 cr.) military. • R695 Topical Inquiry Seminar in Instructional Systems Technology (3 cr., take four times for a total Degree Requirements of 12 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) • R711 Readings in Instructional Technology (3 cr.) All doctoral students are required to take the following Instructional Systems Technology Electives (24 cr.) course: • Options here include all Instructional Systems • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of Technology graduate courses, as approved by the Psychology (3 cr.) student’s doctoral advisory committee. Students are expected to acquire basic knowledge in the Inquiry Requirements (9 cr.) Core Areas of Learning and Developmental Sciences • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 listed below by taking at least one 3 credit course from cr.) each area below. Basic knowledge in these spheres is tested in qualifying examinations. • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) Human Development (3 cr. minimum) • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) Select at least one course from the following: • Students are allowed to make course substitutions in accordance with the inquiry policy, as approved • P513 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspectives (3 by the student’s doctoral advisory committee. A list cr.) of approved inquiry courses may be found at http:// • P514 Life Span Development: Birth to Death (3 cr.) education.indiana.edu/students/graduates/_docs/ • P515 Child Development (3 cr.) ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. • P516 Adolescent Development (3 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) • P518 Social Aspects of Aging (3 cr.) The minor must have integrity in its own right and must • P622 Social Development (3 cr.) complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • P623 Child Development (3 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated • P624 The Biology of Behavior: Implications for within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary Educational & Clinical Practice (3 cr.) or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary • P625 Family Processes (3 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of Learning (3 cr. minimum) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Select at least one course from the following: Justification form. This form should be submitted and approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 used in the minor. cr.) • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) Foundations Requirements (6 cr.) • P566 Social Psychology in Education (3 cr.) Options here include any School of Education courses • P590 Independent Study or Research in Educational outside of IST. These courses typically are in the areas of Psychology (3 cr.) educational psychology and educational foundations. • P600 Topical Seminar in Learning, Cognition & Instruction (3 cr.) Elective Requirements (6 cr.) • P640 Thinking and Learning in Social Contexts (3 Options here include any graduate-level courses approved cr.) by the student’s doctoral advisory committee. • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology (3 cr.) Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) Foundations in Education (9 cr. minimum) • R795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) • R799 Doctoral Dissertation in Instructional Systems Doctoral students are required to take courses outside Technology (12 cr.) their major and minor areas to obtain alternative theoretical perspectives to their studies. These courses Ph.D. in Learning and Developmental Science with may be taken in areas such as the history, philosophy or Specialization in Educational Psychology sociology of education, curriculum theory and other social Educational Psychology students learn to approach sciences. Students are allowed to take no more than 6 decision making and problem solving from a data-based credits in the same area. orientation, to apply critical and reflective analysis to all knowledge production, and to work toward the overall Inquiry Core (15 cr. minimum) 168 September 6, 2017

The Inquiry component emphasizes methodological skills completed in the first three years. A master’s thesis which provide a basis for conducting original research. can be considered, but must meet the same approval The following three courses are required: process.Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational • P795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Inquiry (3 cr.) • P799 Doctoral Thesis in Educational Psychology (12 • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 cr.) cr.) • Must be taken concurrently with Y500 Ph.D. in Learning and Developmental Science with Specialization in Human Development • Y527 Educational Assessment and Psychological The study of human development has practical Assessment (3 cr.) implications for everything from preschool curriculum • Select two courses from the following: development to geriatric care. Students study human • H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) development to understand how individuals develop • H601 Historical Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) biologically, cognitively, socially, and emotionally and the • Y535 Evaluation Models and Techniques (3 impact this has throughout their entire life span. They cr.) also conduct independent research, develop teaching • Y603 Statistical Design of Educational skills, and prepare for a career as a faculty member, Research (3 cr.) institutional researcher, or education consultant. This • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. program includes a strong grounding in all of the concepts and theories of human development, plus the opportunity • Y604 Multivariate Analysis in Educational to become an expert in one or more aspects of human Research (3 cr.) development of specific interest. • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. Degree Requirements • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) • Y617 Psychometric Theory (3 cr.) • Y627 Seminar in Educational and Students must take 3 courses in development so that each Psychological Measurement I (3 cr.) major period of the lifespan is studied (9 cr. total) • Y635 Methodology of Educational Evaluation Childhood (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • Y750 Seminar in Inquiry Methodology (3 cr.) Select one course from the following; P623 is recommended: Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • P515 Child Development (3 cr.) The minor must have integrity in its own right and must • P623 Child Development (3 cr.) complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate Adolescence (3 cr.): wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated • P516 Adolescent Development (3 cr.) within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Adulthood (3 cr.): or individualized minors require a written description of Select one course from the following: the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor • P513 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspective (3 Justification form. This form should be submitted and cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) in the minor courses. • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: Emerging Adulthood (3 cr.) Students will select a minor field of study to complement their major in educational psychology. The minor serves to Students also must take: develop students’ substantive area of interest. Major area courses may not be used in the minor. • P590 Independent Study in Educational Psychology (3 cr.) Elective Requirements • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of Psychology (3 cr.) Elective courses are chosen to fill out the major and to contribute to the integrity of the student’s program. • P624 The Biology of Behavior: Implications for These courses are taken in the student’s area of interest, Educational & Clinical Practice (3 cr.) within or outside the department, in order to fulfill the total • P685 Proseminar in Human Development (1 cr. per program requirement of 90 credit hours. semester) (6 cr.) Early Inquiry Experience The remaining credits from the 36 total may be chosen from: To satisfy the program requirements the student must carry out an independent research project as an early • P513 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspective (3 inquiry experience. The resulting research report must be cr.) read and approved by the major members of the program • If not taken for the Adulthood requirement. of studies committee. This project must be completed • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) before advancing to candidacy and is expected to be September 6, 2017 169

• If not taken for the Adulthood requirement. completed in the first three years. A master’s thesis can be considered, but must meet the same approval process. • P518 Social Aspects of Aging (3 cr.) • P622 Social Development (3 cr.) Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) • P625 Family Processes (3 cr.) • P795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: • P799 Doctoral Thesis in Educational Psychology (12 Emerging Adulthood (3 cr.) cr.) • If not taken for Adulthood requirement. Ph.D. in Learning and Developmental Science with • P652 Family Transitions (3 cr.) Specialization in Learning Sciences • P683 Developmental Epidemiology (3 cr.) Students in our Learning Sciences Ph.D. program come • PSY-P657 Topical Seminar: Development and from a variety of academic and professional backgrounds, Psychopathology (3 cr.) from math and science to psychology and computer Inquiry Requirements (15 cr.) science. What unites them is a desire to understand the connection between how people learn and the • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 environments in which they learn, and to make those cr.) environments more effective. • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. We believe that Learning Sciences problems are solved • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational through interdisciplinary collaboration. You’ll collaborate Inquiry (3 cr.) with researchers in related fields, such as cognitive • Y527 Educational Assessment and Psychological science. As a candidate, you will establish and defend Assessment (3 cr.) your personal research agenda. Learn to apply relevant • Y604 Multivariate Analysis in Educational Research social scientific theory, psychological theory, and (3 cr.) educational design theory to your research. In addition, • Must be taken concurrently with Y500. you will be involved in preparing research grant proposals tailored to the needs and interests of major foundations • Y645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) and government agencies that support advances in • We also highly recommend: Learning Sciences. • Y637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) Degree Requirements • Y639 Multilevel Modeling (3 cr.) • Y655 Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) All doctoral students are required to take the following Minor Requirements (12 cr. minimum) courses: The minor must have integrity in its own right and must • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate cr.) wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • P572 Introduction to the Learning Sciences (or overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated equivalent) (3 cr.) within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Other Learning Sciences courses (12–15 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for Courses should include a minimum of 6 credit hours of each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor course work on theory and 3 credit hours of course work Justification form. This form should be submitted and on design. These courses and the inquiry linkage course approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling taken together must include a minimum of 6 credit hours in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be at the 600-level. used in the minor. • P507Assessment in Schools (3 cr.) Elective or Second Minor Requirements • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) • P571 Proseminar in Learning Science (1 cr.) If you receive a job appointment to be an Associate • P574 Topical Seminar in Learning Science (3 cr.) Instructor, then you must take (counts as an elective on • P631 Theorizing Learning in Context (3 cr.) the program of studies): • P632 Designing for Learning Context (3 cr.) • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: • P633 Capturing Learning in Context (3 cr.) College Teaching (each year of teaching) (2 cr.) • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology (3 Early Inquiry Experience cr.) • P674 Advanced Topical Seminar in Learning To satisfy the program requirements the student must Sciences (1-3 cr.) carry out an independent research project as an early • P690 Independent Study in Educational Psychology inquiry experience. The resulting research report must be (1-3 cr.) read and approved by the major members of the program of studies committee. This project must be completed Early Inquiry Experience before advancing to candidacy and is expected to be Apprenticeship may be taken for 1-3 credit hours each semester. In this context, the student must carry out 170 September 6, 2017 an independent research project as the early inquiry languages. The LCLE program prepares Ph.D. students to experience. The resulting research report must be read bridge the gap between research and practice in the field. and approved by the advisory committee. Degree Requirements • P573 Learning Sciences Apprenticeship (12–15 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) Inquiry Linkage Required Courses (15 cr.) • P633 Capturing Learning in Context (3 cr.) • L600 Issues in Literacy, Culture, and Language Inquiry Requirements (15 cr.) Education (3 cr.) • L601 Theoretical Issues in the Study of Language & • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational Literacies (3 cr.) Inquiry (3 cr.) • L650 Internship in Literacy, Culture, and Language • Select courses from the approved Inquiry Course list Education (3 cr.) (6 cr.) • A list of approved inquiry courses may • L750 Research Seminar in Literacy, Culture, and be found athttp://education.indiana.edu/ Language Education (3cr., taken twice) students/graduates/_docs/ Required Inquiry Courses (6 cr.) ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. • L599 Master’s Thesis in Literacy, Culture, and • Inquiry methodology electives (6 cr.) Language Education (3 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • L700 Seminar on Literacy, Culture, and Language Education Research (3 cr.) The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate Additional courses in Literacy, Culture, and Language wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's Education major (15 cr.) overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated Inquiry Requirements (12 cr.) within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Select one course from the following: or individualized minors require a written description of • Y520 Strategies for Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor Inquiry (3 cr.) Justification form. This form should be submitted and approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling Select three inquiry courses (either qualitative, in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be quantitative, or any combination of the two) from the used in the minor. approved list of inquiry courses, with advisor approval Elective Requirements (12 cr.) • A list of approved inquiry courses may be found at http://education.indiana.edu/students/graduates/ Electives may be taken in fields inside or outside the _docs/ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. School of Education. Students may take electives in any area of interest to complement their program of study. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Early Inquiry Experience The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate To satisfy the program requirements the student must wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's carry out an independent research project as an early overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated inquiry experience. The resulting research report must be within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary read and approved by the major members of the program or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary of studies committee. This project must be completed or individualized minors require a written description of before advancing to candidacy and is expected to be the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for completed in the first three years. A master’s thesis can be each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor considered, but must meet the same approval process. Justification form. This form should be submitted and Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be • P795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) used in the minor. • P799 Doctoral Thesis in Educational Psychology (12 cr.) Elective or Second Minor Requirements (6-18 cr.) Ph.D. in Literacy, Culture, and Language Education Elective courses must be relevant to the student’s The Literacy, Culture, and Language Education (LCLE) program of study. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree program is designed Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) for individuals seeking to be faculty researchers , teacher educators, and leaders in in the areas of academic • L795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) literacy, critical literacy, trans-literacy, local literacies, • L799 Doctoral Thesis in Literacy, Culture and children’s and young adult literature, second language Language Education (12 cr.) learning, ESL/EFL education, world Englishes, and world September 6, 2017 171

Ph.D. in School Psychology Biological Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) Students take coursework in several areas: (a) cognitive, • P624 The Biology of Behavior: Implications for academic, and social/emotional/behavioral assessment, Educational & Clinical Practice (3 cr.) (b) academic and emotional/ behavioral interventions and consultation, (c) ethical, legal, and professional issues, Social Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) (d) inquiry/research methods, (e) cultural diversity, and (f) foundations of psychology. Practicum is required every Select one course from the following: semester. In the second year, students are required • P622 Social Development (3 cr.) to enroll in the academic intervention practicum for one • P566 Social Psychology in Education (3 cr.) semester and the behavioral intervention practicum for • G656 Social Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) a semester. Doctoral students also enroll in a doctoral supervision class/practicum in the third year. All students History and Systems of Psychology (3 cr.) take elective practica in the third and fourth years in their areas. A one-year, full-time internship is required, • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of which typically is completed in the fifth year. Internships Psychology (3 cr.) may be 10 months in a school setting or 12 months in Cognitive/Learning Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) a clinical or other non-school setting. The majority of students seek APA, APPIC accredited internships that Select one course from the following: facilitate obtaining a postdoctoral position and earning • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) licensure for the independent practice of psychology. A minor is required, with counseling being the most frequent • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 selection. Graduates take positions in public or private cr.) schools, clinical settings, or academic or research. The *Courses in School Psychology, Educational Psychology, deadline for applications is December 1. Matriculation is and Learning and Developmental Sciences are included in the fall semester only and students are considered full- to bring the total to the minimum of 55 semester hours time. for the major area. Although not specifically required, we Degree Requirements recommend that students have advanced coursework and practicum in counseling and therapeutic interventions. Major Requirements (40 cr.)* Many internships sites, psychology licensing boards, and state departments of education require courses • P645 Single Case Research Methodology in and clinical experience in counseling on an applicant’s Education and the Behavioral Sciences (3 cr.) transcript. The University Graduate School requires at • P655 Cognitive Assessment and Intervention (4 cr.) least 90 hours for the Ph.D. degree, but a program is • P656 Practicum in School Psychology (2 cr., taken likely to total 100-110 hours, due to student interest in two times) specific courses or areas of study. If you are planning to • P657 Academic Assessment and Intervention (4 cr.) complete an internship in a clinical setting (e.g., hospital, • P670 Behavioral Analysis and Consultation for private practice or mental health center), it is suggested School Psychologists (3 cr.) that a course in psychopharmacology be considered as an • P680 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in elective. School Psychology (3 cr.) Inquiry Requirements (12 cr.) • P681 Psychology of Cultural Diversity (3 cr.) • P682 Developmental Psychopathology of Childhood • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education and Adolescence (3 cr.) (required) (3 cr.) • P691 Personality Assessment and Intervention (3 • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational cr.) Inquiry (required) (3 cr.) • P692 Seminar in Therapeutic Interventions with • Select one course from the following: Children (3 cr.) • Y603 Statistical Design in Educational • P695 Practicum in Personality and Behavioral Research (3 cr.) Assessment (2 cr.) • Y604 Multivariate Analysis in Educational • P696 Practicum in Therapeutic Interventions with Research (3 cr.) Children (2 cr.) • Select one course from the approved Inquiry Course • P697 Advanced Practicum in School Psychology (1 list cr.) • A list of approved inquiry courses may • P699 Internship in School Psychology II (2 cr.) be found at http://education.indiana.edu/ • Taken post-candidacy. students/graduates/_docs/ ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. Psychological Foundations Requirements (15 cr.)* These courses meet APA requirements for foundations in Minor Requirements (12 cr.) the respective areas. The minor must have integrity in its own right and must Human Development (3 cr.) complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • P514 Lifespan Development: Birth to Death (3 overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated cr.) within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minor is possible. Interdisciplinary or 172 September 6, 2017 individualized minors require a written description of the • K590 Independent Study or Research in Special minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for each Education (3 cr.) course's contribution to that theme through the Minor • K601 Introduction to Special Education Scholarship Justification form. This form should be submitted and (1 cr., taken three times for a total of 3 cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling • K650 Paradigms and Policies of Special Education in the minor courses. in the U.S. (3 cr.) Most students select counseling for their minor, which • K681 Evidence-Based Practice in Special Education provides a foundation for advanced practica and (3 cr.) internships in clinical or school settings. Some students • K780 Seminar in Special Education (1-4 cr., taken at complete a second minor, most often in inquiry or special least three times for a total of 9 cr.) education. The minor should be carefully selected in an • K785 Internship in Special Education (1-6 cr., taken effort to prepare for internship and professional positions for 3 cr.) upon graduation. • Fundamental Theoretical Constructs (12 cr.) • Selected in consultation with advisory Elective Requirements (0-6 cr.) committee. These courses address Electives may be taken in fields inside or outside the fundamental theoretical constructs related to School of Education. Students may take electives in any special education. These courses are typically area of interest to complement their program of study. offered by other departments related to child development. Early Inquiry Experience To satisfy the program requirements, the student must Inquiry Core Requirements (15 cr., minimum) carry out an independent research project as an early The Inquiry component emphasizes methodological skills inquiry experience. The resulting research manuscript, which provide a basis for conducting original research. written in APA style, must be approved by the student’s advisor and be submitted to a journal for publication • Y502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3 consideration. Documentation that the manuscript was cr.) successfully submitted and forwarded for peer review • Y521 Methodological Approaches to Educational by the journal’s editorial review board is required. The Inquiry (3 cr.) early inquiry study must be completed before advancing • Select three courses from the following (9 cr.) to candidacy and is expected to be completed by the third • A list of approved inquiry courses may year of study. be found at http://education.indiana.edu/ National School Psychology Examination students/graduates/_docs/ Requirement ApprovedInquiryCoreCourses.pdf. All graduates of the School Psychology doctoral program Minor Requirements (12 cr.) are required to take and pass the National School Psychology Examination (Praxis II) as a condition for The minor must have integrity in its own right and must graduation. It is recommended that the examination complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate be taken at the end of the second year of study. The wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's examination must be taken and passed as a partial overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated requirement for nomination to candidacy. within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) or individualized minors require a written description of • P795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor • P799 Doctoral Thesis in Educational Psychology (12 Justification form. This form should be submitted and cr.) approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling Ph.D. in Special Education in the minor courses. Major area courses may not be The Special Education Program (SpEd) at Indiana used in the minor. University is based upon an inquiry-driven approach to Elective Requirements (9-12 cr.) education. Students are encouraged to explore diverse theoretical positions regarding approaches to special Selected in consultation with advisory committee. Elective education practices, research, and theory development. courses are chosen to fill out the major and to contribute In this sense, getting a doctorate in this program should be to the integrity of the student’s program. These courses thought of as an ongoing process of discovery, a process are taken in the student’s area of interest, within or that is mentored by a faculty advisor who shares in the outside the department, in order to fulfill the total program development of each student's intellectual growth through requirement of 90 credit hours. ongoing discussions. Graduates of this program secure positions as university faculty members and leaders in the Dissertation Requirements (15 cr.) field of special education. • K795 Dissertation Proposal Preparation (3 cr.) Degree Requirements • K799 Doctoral Thesis in Special Education (12 cr.) Major Requirements (36 cr.) Minors The minor must have integrity in its own right and must complement the major. The minor field must demonstrate September 6, 2017 173 wholeness within itself and contribute to the student's • One relevant course(s) from other departments overall doctoral program. Minors are normally formulated or programs may be counted as adult education within a single program area. However, an interdisciplinary courses at the discretion of the minor advisor, or individualized minor is also possible. Interdisciplinary though no more than one such course may be or individualized minors require a written description of counted toward the 12 credit minimum. the minor's underlying theme along with a rationale for each course's contribution to that theme through the Minor The doctoral minor in Adult Education does not require a Justification form. This form should be submitted and minor qualifying exam. approved by the Graduate Studies Office prior to enrolling Ph.D. Minor in College Pedagogy in the minor courses. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) The School of Education offers the following minors: Required Courses (9 cr.) Adult Education, College Pedagogy, Counseling Psychology, Curriculum and Instruction, Education Law, • C675 Supervised College Teaching* (1-3 cr.) Education Policy Studies, Educational Psychology, • C750 Topical Seminar: Curriculum in Higher Gerontology, Higher Education, Inquiry Methodology, Education (1-6 cr.) Instructional Systems Technology, International and • C750 Topical Seminar: Learning and Teaching on Comparative Education, Language Education, Learning the College Campus (1-6 cr.) and Development Science, Philosophy of Education, School Psychology, Social Foundations of Education, and *A course on teaching or teaching practicum within the Special Education. student’s department may be substituted to fulfill this requirement, but if so, an additional elective must be taken Ph.D. Minor in Art Education so that all 12 credits for the minor are out of department. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Students using this option would be taking 15 credits for the minor, 3 in department and 12 in Higher Education and Required Courses (12 cr.) Student Affairs. Each student works with their minor advisor from the program to select from the following courses that best Additional Required Course (3 cr.) contributes to the educational goals of the student. Some of the following courses are repeatable for credit in more Choose one suggested course from the following**: than one instance. • D500 Introduction to Adult Education Theory (3 cr.) • Z525 Philosophic and Historical Foundations of Art • D525 Introduction to Distance Education Systems (3 Education (3 cr.) cr.) • Z700 Practicum in Art Education (1-6 cr.) • D600 The Teaching-Learning Transaction in Adult • Z750 Topical Doctoral Seminar in Art Education: Education (3 cr.) Variable Title (3 cr.) • L506 Reading and Learning in Postsecondary • Z760 Art Education Research Seminar: Variable Education (3 cr.) Title (1-3 cr.) • P530 Instructional Psychology (3 cr.) • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) The doctoral minor in Art Education does not require a • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 minor qualifying exam. cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Adult • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) Education • U548 Student Development Theory and Research (3 The minor in Adult Education is a 12-credit hour minor cr.) designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all areas of **Students in the departments offering these courses may the IU School of Education and other degrees on campus. not elect to apply them to the minor. The minor elective Minor Requirements (12 cr. minimum) must be a course in a different department from the major. Required Courses (9 cr.) The doctoral minor in College Pedagogy does not require a minor qualifying exam. Select three courses from the following: Ph.D. Minor in Counseling Psychology • D500 Introduction to Adult Education Theory (3 cr.) The minor in Counseling Psychology is a 12-credit hour • D505 Adult Learning through the Lifespan (3 cr.) minor designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all • D506 Adult Education Planning and Development (3 areas of the IU School of Education and other degrees on cr.) campus. • D512 Seminar in Forms and Forces in Adult Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Education (3 cr.) Students must take 4 courses in counseling psychology Additional Required Courses (3 cr. minimum) (at least one MUST be at the 600 level). Courses that may Select at least one course from the following: be chosen from: • D600 Seminar in Teaching-Learning Transaction in • G505 Individual Appraisal: Principles and Adult Education (3 cr.) Procedures (3 cr.) • D625 Topical Seminar in Adult Education (3 cr.) • G522 Counseling Theories (must be taken concurrently with G523) (3 cr.) 174 September 6, 2017

• G523 Laboratory in Counseling and Guidance (taken concurrently with G522) (3 cr.) Required Courses (9 cr.) • G532 Introduction to Group Counseling (3 cr.) • E506 Curriculum in Early Childhood Education (2-6 • G552 Career Counseling: Theory/Practice (3 cr.) cr.) • G567 Introduction to Marriage and Family • E508 Seminar in Early Childhood (1-3 cr.) Counseling (3 cr.) • E525 Advanced Curriculum in Early Childhood • G575 Multicultural Counseling (3 cr.) Education (3 cr.) • G615 Psychopathology and Advanced Diagnosis (3 Additional Required Courses (3 cr.) cr.) • G622 Advanced Theories of Counseling (3 cr.) • The remaining course selected in consultation with • G650 Topical Seminar in Counseling Psychology: your minor advisor. Advanced Multicultural Counseling, Career The doctoral minor in Early Childhood Education does not Development and Consultation (3 cr.) require a minor qualifying exam. • G656 Social Bases of Behavior (3 cr.) • G685 Seminar in Counseling Research Methods (3 Ph.D. Minor in Education Law cr.) The minor in Education Law is a 12-credit hour minor • P514 Lifespan Development (3 cr.) designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all areas of • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of the IU School of Education and other degrees on campus. Psychology (3 cr.) The 12 credit hours of course work required for this minor • P624 The Biology of Behavior: Implications for cannot duplicate those taken in the major field. Educational & Clinical Practice (3 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • P655 Cognitive Assessment and Intervention (3 cr.) • P691 Personality Assessment and Intervention (3 Required Courses (9 cr.) cr.) • A608 Legal Perspectives on Education (3 cr.) • Relevant courses from other departments or • A615 Advanced School Law (3 cr.) programs may be counted as counseling psychology • A675 Leadership in Special Education (3 cr.) courses at the discretion of the minor advisor, although no more than one such course may be Additional Required Courses (3 cr.) counted toward the 12 credit minimum. • One relevant course (e.g., H520, H504, U553, C705, The doctoral minor in Counseling Psychology does not A720) from other departments or programs may be require a minor qualifying exam. counted as education law courses at the discretion of the minor advisor, though no more than one Ph.D. Minor in Curriculum and Instruction such course may be counted toward the 12 credit Ph.D. students may minor in Curriculum and Instruction minimum. by completing at least 12 credit hours of coursework in the program. Each minor student works with a faculty The doctoral minor in Education Law does not require a advisor from the program to help in the selection of a set minor qualifying exam. of courses that best contributes to the educational goals of the student. Ph.D. Minor in Educational Leadership Ph.D. students may minor in Educational Leadership by The doctoral minor in Curriculum and Instruction does not completing at least 12 credit hours of coursework in the require a minor qualifying exam. program. Each minor student works with a faculty advisor from the program to help in the selection of four A-prefix Ph.D. Minor in Curriculum Studies courses that best contributes to the educational goals of This minor requires 12 credits in Curriculum Studies, at the student. It is recommended that students try to include least 9 of which must be taken at Indiana University courses at the 600-level. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) The doctoral minor in Educational Leadership does not Required Courses (6-9 cr.) require a minor qualifying exam. • J500 Instruction in the Context of Curriculum (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Education Policy Studies • Select at least one course of the following: The Minor in Education Policy Studies permits doctoral • J630 Curriculum Theory and Practice (3 cr.) students majoring in other education fields or academic • J664 Contemporary Curriculum Discourses (3 fields outside the School of Education to learn basic cr.) concepts, analytic techniques, and issues in the study of contemporary education policy at the state, national, and international levels. Additional Required Courses (3-6 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • The remaining course(s) selected in consultation with your minor advisor. Required Courses (6 cr.) The doctoral minor in Curriculum Studies does not require • H620 Seminar in Educational Policy Studies (3 cr.) a minor qualifying exam. • H622 Seminar: Issues in Education Policy (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Early Childhood Education Additional Required Course (6 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) September 6, 2017 175

Students pursuing this minor select two additional courses • P640 Thinking and Learning in Social Contexts (3 that help to acquaint them with fundamental areas relevant cr.) to policy studies: the context of policy, the politics of the • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology (3 policy process, the legal and financial aspects of policy, cr.) and topical issues courses. The doctoral minor in Educational Psychology does not Select two courses from the following: require a minor qualifying exam. • A560 Political Perspectives on Education (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Gerontology • A608 Legal Perspectives on Education (3 cr.) The Minor in Gerontology is designed for individuals • A631 Microeconomic Applications of Education (3 seeking to expand their knowledge of the field of cr.) gerontology during their doctoral coursework. This minor • C670 Problems in Financing Higher Education (3 cr.) consists of 4 courses in gerontology and a paper/proposal. • C705 Legal Aspects of Higher Education (3 cr.) This interdisciplinary minor in gerontology is offered in • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) partnership with the Human Development Area within the • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) Department of Counseling and Educational in the School of Education and the School of Public Health. Please • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) direct any questions about the minor to Dr. Lesa Huber, • H560 Education and Social Change (3 cr.) the minor faculty advisor at [email protected]. • H631 Social and Political Philosophy and Education (3 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • H637 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) Select four courses from the following: Courses selected for the minor may not be used to meet • P513 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspectives (3 substantive core requirements, and may not be from the cr.) student’s primary field of specialization. • Students in the Educational Psychology or The doctoral minor in Education Policy Studies does not Learning Sciences Ph.D. programs should sign require a minor qualifying exam. up for SPH H524 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspectives. Ph.D. Minor in Educational Psychology The Minor in Educational Psychology is a 12 credit hour • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) minor designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all • Students in the Educational Psychology or areas of the IU School of Education and other degrees Learning Sciences Ph.D. programs may not on campus. The courses below represent the suggested use this course for the gerontology minor. framework for Educational Psychology Minors and • P518 Social Aspects of Aging (3 cr.) Educational Psychology faculty to develop a minor that • Students in the Educational Psychology or meets the goals of the student. Learning Sciences Ph.D. programs may not Minor Requirements (12 cr.) use this course for the gerontology minor. Possible courses are (but not limited to): • SPH B535 Contemporary Issues in Aging and Health (3 cr.) • P513Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspectives (3 • SPH B615 Health, Longevity and Integrative cr.) Therapies for the Later Years (3 cr.) • P514Life Span Development: Birth to Death (3 cr.) • Relevant courses from other departments or • P515 Child Development (3 cr.) programs may be counted as gerontology courses at • P516 Adolescent Development (3 cr.) the discretion of the minor advisor, though no more • P517 Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) than one such course may be counted toward the 12 • P518 Social Aspects of Aging (3 cr.) credit minimum. • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 cr.) Procedures for Ph.D. Minor in Gerontology Qualifying • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 Exam cr.) • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) In lieu of a written qualifying exam, the student will • P566 Social Psychology in Education (3 cr.) complete an alternate assignment. The alternate • P590 Independent Study or Research in Educational assignment may be a paper or a funding proposal either Psychology (3 cr.) real or simulated. Dr. Lesa Huber, the minor advisor, must • P600 Topical Seminar in Learning, Cognition & approve the alternate assignment. Instruction (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Higher Education • P601 Educational and Historical Foundations of Ph.D. students may minor in Higher Education and Psychology (3 cr.) Student Affairs by completing at least 12 credit hours of • P622 Social Development (3 cr.) coursework in the program. Each minor student works with • P623 Child Development (3 cr.) a faculty advisor from the program to help in the selection • P624 The Biology of Behavior: Implications for of a set of courses that best contributes to the educational Educational & Clinical Practice (3 cr.) goals of the student. No more than 6 credit hours will • P625 Family Processes (3 cr.) be accepted by transfer of graduate credit from another university. 176 September 6, 2017

The doctoral minor in Higher Education does not require a • Options here include all Instructional Systems minor qualifying exam. Technology courses, as approved by the student’s doctoral advisory committee. Ph.D. Minor in History of Education The minor in History of Education requires at least 12 The doctoral minor in Instructional Systems Technology semester hours of courses approved by a faculty advisor does not require a minor qualifying exam. in the program area. The course work required for this minor cannot duplicate those taken in the major field. Ph.D. Minor in International and Comparative Courses may not be counted toward core and elective Education credit requirements. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Required Courses (6 cr.) History of Education Core (6 cr.) • H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) • Select one course from the following: • C654 Higher Education in the United States (3 cr.) • H552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) • H637 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) In special circumstances, the advisor for the minor may approve a substitute for the second foundations core Additional Required Course (6 cr.) course, such as an additional 600-level H-course in the history of education taught in the School of Education Select two courses from the following: beyond what is required for the history of education specialization. • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) Specialization (6 cr.) • H552 Comparative Education II (if not taken in the Consists of two 600-level H-courses in the History of core) (3 cr.) Education taught in the School of Education: • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 cr.) • H601 Historical Methods • H620 Seminar in Educational Policy Studies (3 cr.) • H637 Topical Seminar on a history of education topic • H631 Social and Political Philosophy and Education (3 cr.) In special circumstances, the advisor for the minor may • H637 Topical Seminar (if not taken in the core) (3 approve the substitution for one of the two specialization cr.) courses a relevant graduate course in history taught in the History Department, another relevant department, or At least one of the four total courses must be at the 600 as H590 – Independent Study. No more than 3 transfer level. credits may be applied to fulfilling the requirements for the The doctoral minor in International and Comparative minor. In all cases, the student must complete at least one Education does not require a minor qualifying exam. 600-level H-course in the History of Education taught in the School of Education. Ph.D. Minor in Learning & Developmental Sciences Ph.D. Minor in Inquiry Methodology The Minor in Learning & Developmental Sciences is a 12 credit hour minor designed to meet the needs of PhD The Minor in Inquiry Methodology is a 12 credit hour minor students in all areas of the IU School of Education and designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all areas of other degrees on campus. the IU School of Education and other degrees on campus. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) A minor in Inquiry Methodology engages in students’ thinking through methodological advancements and Required Courses (6 cr.) challenges relevant to their major fields of study. The minor complements one’s core inquiry hours without • Choose one of the following two required courses (3 duplicating those. In other words, a course cannot count cr.) as both a core course and a minor course. The minor is • P540 Learning and Cognition in Education (3 constituted of 12 credit hours. The specific coursework for cr.) the minor is decided and approved by the minor advisor. • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 cr.) The doctoral minor in Inquiry Methodology does not • P572 Introduction to the Learning Sciences (or require a minor qualifying exam. Equivalent) (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Instructional Systems Technology The Instructional Systems Technology Doctoral minor Foundations of Learning Sciences (6 is designed for individuals seeking to expand their cr.) knowledge of the field of instructional technology during • P507 Assessment in Schools (3 cr.) their doctoral coursework. • P545 Educational Motivation (3 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • P573 Learning Sciences Apprenticeship (1-3 cr.) • P574 Topical Seminar in the Learning Sciences (3 • R711 Readings in Instructional Technology (3 cr.) cr.) • Three additional courses in Instructional Systems • P631 Theorizing Learning in Context (3 cr.) Technology (9 cr.) • P632 Designing for Learning Context (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 177

• P633 Capturing Learning in Context (3 cr.) • N716 Topical Seminar in Mathematics • P674 Advanced Topical Seminar in Learning Education (2-4 cr.) Sciences (3 cr.) • Other course approved by the minor advisor. • Or other electives approved by the Learning Science Faculty Committee Member The doctoral minor in Mathematics Education does not require a minor qualifying exam. The doctoral minor in Learning & Developmental Sciences does not require a minor qualifying exam. Ph.D. Minor in Philosophy of Education Ph.D. Minor in Literacy, Culture, and Language Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Education Educational Foundations Core (6 cr.) The doctoral minor in Literacy, Culture, and Language Education (for those students whose major is outside • H530 Philosophy of Education (3 cr.) of the Literacy, Culture, and Language Education • One other 500-level H-course in the School of Department) requires a minimum of 15 hours to include Education approved by the advisor for the minor (3 L600 Issues in Literacy, Culture, and Language Education cr.) (3cr), and one section of L750 Research Seminar in For most students, the second foundations core course Literacy, Culture, and Language Education (3cr). should be: Minor Requirements (15 cr.) • H504 History of American Education (3 cr.) Required Courses (6 cr.) For students whose Ph.D. major already includes H504, • L600 Issues in Literacy, Culture, and Language the second foundations core course may be: Education (3 cr.) • H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • L750 Research Seminar in Literacy, Culture, and • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) Language Education (3 cr.) • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) Additional Courses (9 cr.) • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 cr.) • Three additional courses in Literacy, Culture, and In special circumstances, the advisor for the minor may Language Education approve a substitution for the second foundations core course, such as an additional 600-level H-course in the The doctoral minor in Literacy, Culture, and Language philosophy of education taught in the School of Education Education does not require a minor qualifying exam. beyond what is required for the philosophy of education Ph.D. Minor in Mathematics Education specialization. The Mathematics Education Minor is designed to help Philosophy of Education Specialization (6 cr.) doctoral students learn about research on the learning and teaching of mathematics, and research on the preparation In most instances, the specialization will consist of two of mathematics teachers. The minor will be personalized, 600-level H-courses in the philosophy of education taught designed by the student and their minor advisor. in the School of Education. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) In special circumstances, the advisor for the minor may approve the substitution for one of the two specialization Required Courses (9 cr.) courses a relevant graduate course in philosophy taught in • N716 Topical Seminar in Mathematics Education the Philosophy Department or a 500-level H-course in the (2-4 cr.) philosophy of education taught in the School of Education. • Students are typically required to take this In all cases, the student must complete at least one 600- course a minimum of two times. level H-course in the philosophy of education taught in the School of Education. • Select three-credits of the following: • N590 Independent Study or Research in The doctoral minor in Philosophy of Education does not Mathematics Education (1-3 cr.) require a minor qualifying exam. • N610 Internship in Mathematics Education (1- 3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in School Psychology The Minor in Educational Psychology is a 12 credit hour minor designed to meet the needs of PhD students in all Additional Required Courses (3 cr.) areas of the IU School of Education and other degrees on • Select the remaining hours, in consultation with your campus. minor advisor, from the following: Minor Requirements (12 cr.) • N517 Advanced Study in the Teaching of Secondary School Mathematics (3 cr.) Select four courses from the following: • N543 Advanced Study in the Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary Schools (3 cr.) • P650 Topical Seminar in Educational Psychology: Single Subject Research Methodology in Behavioral • N590 Independent Study or Research in Sciences (3 cr.) Mathematics Education (1-3 cr.) • P670 Behavioral Analysis and Consultation for • N610 Internship in Mathematics Education (1- School Psychologists (3 cr.) 3 cr.) 178 September 6, 2017

• P680 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in students’ understanding and expertise in Social Studies School Psychology (3 cr.) curriculum and instruction. • P681 Psychology of Cultural Diversity (3 cr.) The doctoral minor in Social Studies does not require a • P682 Developmental Psychopathology of Childhood minor qualifying exam. and Adolescence (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Special Education The doctoral minor in School Psychology does not require The Ph.D. Minor in Special Education requires the a minor qualifying exam. completion of a minimum of 12 credit hours in Special Ph.D. Minor in Science Education Education at the doctoral level. Students seek an advisory Minor Requirements (12 cr.) committee minor advisor from the Special Education faculty and work with him or her to devise a selection Required Courses (12 cr.) of courses based on interest and need. In addition to • Q612 Topical Seminar in Science Education (3 cr., approval by the minor advisor, the selection must be taken four times for a total of 12 cr.) approved by the School of Education Associate Dean of • Courses selected in consultation with your Graduate Studies. minor advisor. The doctoral minor in Special Education does not require a minor qualifying exam. The doctoral minor in Science Education does not require a minor qualifying exam. Ph.D. Minor in Teacher Education The Teacher Education Minor (minimum 12 credit hours) Ph.D. Minor in Social Foundations of Education is designed to help students explore four broad areas of This minor introduces students to the use of sociological scholarship:1) the theories, ideologies, and philosophies and anthropological research in the study of education. It of teacher education; 2) the different approaches that encompasses the intellectual foundations of these social have been used to develop teacher education programs sciences, the educational theories and findings of scholars and components of programs; 3) the experience (from in these disciplines, and the research methodologies of students' and/or teacher educators' perspectives) of being these disciplines that are relevant to educational research. involved in teacher education; 4) the societal factors (e.g., issues of race, class, gender) that have an impact on The twelve (12) credit hours of course work required for teacher education. Each area is examined both historically this minor cannot duplicate those taken in the major field. and in the present. Courses may not be counted toward core and elective credit requirements. Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Minor Requirements (12 cr.) Required Courses (9 cr.) Required Course (6 cr.) • J700 Teaching in Teacher Education • J710 Paradigms and Programs in Teacher Select two courses from the following: Education • H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • J720 Teacher Education as Occupational • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) Socialization • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) Additional Required Courses (3 cr.) Additional Required Course (6 cr.) • One relevant course involving teacher education Select two courses from the following: from other departments or programs may be counted at the discretion of the minor advisor, although no • A631 Microeconomic Applications of Education (3 more than one such course may be counted toward cr.) the 12 credit minimum. • H510 Foundations of Educational Inquiry (3 cr.) • H525 Anthropology of Education (3 cr.) The doctoral minor in Teacher Education does not require a minor qualifying exam. • H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.) • H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) Faculty • H552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) Interim Dean • H560 Education and Change in Societies (3 cr.) • H620 Seminar in Educational Policy Studies (3 cr.) Professor Terrance Mason* • H637 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) Associate Dean for Graduate Studies • Y611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) Professor Elizabeth Boling* The doctoral minor in Social Foundations of Education does not require a minor qualifying exam. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Ph.D. Minor in Social Studies Education Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Minor Requirements (12 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) This minor requires 12 credits, which will be chosen in Chancellor’s Professors consultation with the minor advisor. These courses may include courses in Social Studies Education (EDUC-M), Curriculum Studies (EDUC-J), or other areas that develop September 6, 2017 179

Robert Arnove* (Emeritus), Roger Farr* (Emeritus), Graff (I), Teresa Sosa (I), Dubravka Svetina, Craig Willey George D. Kuh* (Emeritus), Frank Lester* (Emeritus), (I) Martha McCarthy* (Emerita), Rex A. Stockton* Full Clinical Faculty Armstrong Chairs Laura Stachowski Jerome Harste* (Emeritus, 1999–2005), Frank Lester* (Emeritus, 2000–2005), Diana Lambdin* (Emeritus, 2005– Associate Clinical Faculty 2010), Peter Kloosterman* (2010-2015), Robert Kunzman* Keith Chapin, Danielle DeSawal (Graduate Faculty (2015-2020) member), Barbara Erwin, Natasha Flowers (I), Carol Jacobs Chair Hossler, Deb Keller (Graduate Faculty member)(I), Paula Magee (I), Monica Medina (I), W. Raymond Smith Thomas Duffy* (Emeritus, 1998–2000), Donald (Graduate Faculty member), Gina B. Yoder (I) Cunningham* (Emeritus, 2000–2005), Thomas Brush* (2010-2015), Cindy Hmelo-Silver* (2015-2020) Assistant Clinical Faculty Otting Chair Kate Baird (C), Sharon Daley, Lonni Gill (I), Lynn Gilman (Graduate Faculty member), Melissa Keller, Wendy Erna Alant*(2009-2017) Marencik, Anne Ociepka (I), Aija Pocock (C), Concetta Raimondi, Marjorie Treff, Debra Winikates (C), Joy Professors Seybold (Graduate Faculty member)(I), Ben Edmonds, Valarie Akerson*, Erna Alant*, Jeffrey Anderson*, Trudy Hardy Murphy (Graduate Faculty member)(I) Banta* (I), Keith Barton*, Barbara Bichelmeyer*, Elizabeth Emeriti Boling*, Curtis Bonk*, Victor Borden*, Catherine Brown* (C), Thomas Brush*, Gayle Buck*, Gretchen Butera*, Cary Billy Abel (I), Jean Anderson*, Robert Appleman, Robert Buzzelli*, Phil Carspecken*, Y. Barry Chung*, Gary Crow*, Arnove*, Charles Barman* (I), Ronald Barnes*, John Jack Cummings*, Ginette Delandshere*, Suzanne Eckes*, Bean*, James Becker, Christine Bennett*, William David Flinders*, Gerardo Gonzalez*, Dan Hickey*, Cindy Best (I), Harbans Bhola*, Jacqueline Blackwell* (I), Hmelo-Silver*, Thomas Huberty*, Peter Kloosterman*, Marilynne Boyle-Baise*, Arthur Brill (I), Ronald Britton (I), Patricia Kubow*, Robert Kunzman*, Christine Leland* (I), Laurence Brown*, Edward Buffie*, Barry Bull*, Leonard Bradley Levinson*, Mitzi Lewison*, David Mank*, Terrance Burrello*, Daniel Callison (I), Larry Campbell, Judith Mason*, Anastasia Morrone* (I), Mary McMullen*, Gary Chafel*, Michael Chiappetta*, Nancy Chism* (I), Gilbert Pike* (I), Patricia Rogan* (I), Heidi Ross*, Jim Scheurich* Clark*, Michael Cohen* (I), Donald Cunningham*, Ivor (I), Martin Siegel*, Russell Skiba*, Susan Whiston*, Davies*, Betty Davis (I), Ronald Dehnke (I), Richard Dever*, Merle Draper (I), Thomas Duffy*, Earl Dvorak*, Associate Professors J. Marvin Ebbert (I), Lee Ehman*, Susan Eklund*, Meryl Donna Adomat*, Scott Bellini*, Beth Berghoff* (I), Ana Englander, Roger Farr*, Albert Fink*, Malcolm Fleming*, Brannan, Yonjoo Cho*, Serafin Coronel-Molina*, Dionne Theodore Frick*, Thomas Froehle*, Dorothy Gabel*, Cross Francis*, James Damico*, Joshua Danish*, Dionne Jesse Goodman*, Nelson Goud (I), Richard Gousha*, Danns*, Barbara Dennis*, Frank DiSilvestro*, Enrique Thomas Gregory*, Samuel Guskin*, Dale Hall, Robert Galindo*, Krista Glazewski*, Amy Hackenberg*, John Harris*, Jerome Harste*, Stuart Hart (I), Robert Heinich*, Hitchcock*, Robin Hughes* (I), Tamara Jackson (I), Ernest Horn*, Donald Hossler*, Gary Ingersoll*, Lucy Lara Lackey*, Anne Leftwich*, Adam Maltese*, Marjorie Jacobs, Edward Jenkinson*, David Kinman, Susan Klein*, Manifold*, Rebecca Martinez*, Sylvia Martinez*, Brendan Dennis Knapczyk*, George Kuh*, DeWayne Kurpius*, Maxcy* (I), Luise McCarty*, Alexander McCormick*, Diana Lambdin*, Richard Lesh*, Frank Lester*, George Carmen Medina*, Crystal Morton (I), Khaula Murtadha* Maccia*, James Mahan*, Golam Mannan (I), Gerald (I), Samuel Museus*, Jomo Mutegi* (I), Thomas Nelson Marker*, Wendell McBurney (I), Martha McCarthy*, B. Laird*, Martha Nyikos*, Theresa Ochoa*, Meredith Park Edward McClellan*, Jerry McIntosh*, Howard Mehlinger*, Rogers*, Lori Patton Davis* (I), Faridah Pawan*, Kylie Henry Merrill (I), Larry Mikulecky*, Marianne Mitchell*, Peppler*, Stephanie Power Carter*, Floyd Robison* (I), Michael Molenda*, Keith Morran* (I), Daniel Mueller*, Beth Samuelson*, Hannah Schertz*, Samantha Scribner* Charlie Nelms, Anabel Newman*, Norman Overly*, John (I), Stephanie Serriere* (C), Jesse Steinfeldt*, Anne Patrick*, Chao-Ying Peng*, James Pershing*, Betty Stright*, Margaret Sutton*, Annela Teemant* (I), Chalmer Poindexter, Lewis Polsgrove*, Joan Prentice*, Doug Thompson* (I), Erik Tillema* (I), Michael Tracy*, Ellen Priest*, Sharon Pugh*, Charles Reigeluth*, Edward Vaughan*, Crystal Walcott* (C), Mary Waldron*, Andrea Robbins* (I), Jose Rosario* (I), Dale Scannell, Thomas Walton*, Karen Wohlwend*, Y. Joel Wong*, Elizabeth Schwen*, Myrtle Scott*, Thomas Sexton*, Robert Shaffer, Wood* (I), David Estell*, Mary Beth Hines*, Robert Sherwood*, David Silk (I), Carmen Simich- Dudgeon, Ada Simmons, Don Small, Carl Smith*, Assistant Professors Frederick Smith*, Gerald Smith, Vernon Smith*, Elizabeth Sha’kema Blackmon (I), Jennifer Conner-Zachocki (C), Steiner*, Eugene Tempel (I), Elizabeth Vallance*, James Janet Decker, Sean Duncan, Kathryn Engebretson, Walden*, Donald Warren*, Barbara Wilcox* (I), Barbara D. Ted Hall, Sarah Hurwitz, Erik Jacobson, Kathleen Wolf*, Hugh Wolf (I), Leslie Wood (I), Virginia Woodward*, King Thorius (I), Kyungbin Kwon, Lucy LePeau, Jessica Enid Zimmerman* Lester*, Chad Lochmiller, Thu Suong Thi Nguyen (I), (I) after a faculty member’s name indicates that the Gamze Ozogul, Brian Plankis (I), Cristina Santamaria person teaches at Indiana University-Purdue University 180 September 6, 2017

Indianapolis; (C) at Indiana University-Purdue University requirements for the B.A. in English. Upon completion Columbus. of the 116 credits, including fulfillment of requirements for the English major, students with a minimum GPA of English 3.5 overall and 3.7 in English may apply for conditional College of Arts and Sciences admission to the graduate program their senior year, Departmental E-mail: [email protected] which may be counted toward the completion of the M.A. degree in a fifth year of study. (At the discretion of the Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~engweb/ director of graduate studies, an otherwise qualified student who is still completing an honors thesis may apply for (Please note that when conferring University Graduate conditional admission.) No courses used to satisfy the School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The B.A. requirements may be applied toward the M.A. The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Graduate Record Examination, both General Test and contained only in The University Graduate School Subject Test in English Literature, is required and must Bulletin.) be taken before admission is completed following the final Curriculum semester of undergraduate study. Degrees Offered Grades Master of Arts, Master of Fine Arts, and Doctor of M.A. students must maintain a 3.0 (B) grade point Philosophy average; M.F.A. and Ph.D. students, a 3.5 grade point average. Admission to the Ph.D. normally requires a Special Departmental Requirements 3.7 grade point average and the recommendations of graduate faculty. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Master’s Degrees Admission Requirements Master of Arts Degree with Concentration in Literature Course Requirements The application deadline for the M.F.A in Creative Writing and the M.A./Ph.D. and M.A. programs in A minimum of 30 credit hours, including: English is January 1 of each year for the following 1. One 700-level seminar fall. Undergraduate major or its equivalent is required. 2. At least two courses in fields of literature and culture Graduate Record Examination: the General Test is before 1800 required for all applicants. The Subject Test in English 3. At least two courses in fields of literature and culture Literature is also required for the M.A./Ph.D. in Literature. after 1800 A potentially superior student who has not majored in English may be admitted conditionally, but must remove Up to 8 credit hours in graduate courses outside the deficiencies without graduate credit. Students who wish to department may, with the prior approval of the director of be admitted for the M.A./Ph.D., M.A., or M.F.A. in Creative graduate studies, be counted toward the degree. Writing must submit samples of their work. Foreign Language: One, reading proficiency. Language Foreign Language Requirements competency will be verified by the relevant foreign language department or program. For specific M.A. concentrations (see descriptions) and the Ph.D. with Concentration in Rhetoric, students will Thesis: Optional; if elected, 4 hours of credit. demonstrate reading proficiency in one foreign language. For the Ph.D. with a Concentration in Literature, students Final Examination: None. will demonstrate either (a) proficiency in depth in one Master of Arts Degree with Special Field foreign language, or (b) reading proficiency in two foreign Concentration languages. Students will select their foreign language(s) Course Requirements in consultation with the director of graduate studies. With the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies, students A minimum of 30 credit hours, including may substitute an approved research skill in lieu of a second foreign language proficiency. 1. One 700 level seminar 2. At least three courses in a single area of Students may, subject to the approval of the Director of concentration to be chosen in consultation with the Graduate Studies, fulfill the research-skill requirement by director of graduate studies (for example, a genre completing two graduate-level courses (or their equivalent) such as the novel, a period such as the Middle in the areas of Ancient Languages, Specialized Ages, a specialty such as postcolonial studies, Archival Research, or Technology Assisted Research American literature and culture, feminist theory, or Methodologies. Such courses may be counted for composition, literacy, and culture). graduate credit in a student’s program of study provided such courses are listed in this bulletin as carrying graduate Up to 8 credit hours in graduate courses in a related field credit. Each course must be passed with a grade of B outside the department may, with the prior approval of (3.0) or higher to satisfy the proficiency requirement. the director of graduate studies, be counted toward the degree. Combined B.A. and M.A. Candidates for a combined degree must fulfill all Foreign Language: One, reading proficiency. Language requirements for the M.A. (including where necessary competency will be verified by the relevant foreign the language requirement), as well as general and major language department or program. September 6, 2017 181

majored in English may be admitted conditionally, Thesis: Optional; if elected, (4 hours of credit). but must remove deficiencies without graduate credit. Admission to each of the two master’s programs is Final Examination: None. approved separately on the same basis as for other Note: Students wishing to enter the doctoral applicants not in the dual program. program on completion of this M.A. must apply for admission. For admission to the Ph.D. program with Course Requirements concentration in literature, candidates must satisfy the distribution requirements for the M.A. in literature. Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of 54 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required Master of Arts Degree with Concentration in Writing for the two degrees taken separately. Students take 24 Course Requirements credit hours in English. All students must fulfill the core requirements as outlined in the English department’s W611–W612 or W613–W614; five departmental courses Master of Arts with Concentration in Literature or Special in literature, literary criticism, or English language. Poets Field Master of Arts degree requirements. No thesis or may substitute Comparative Literature C570 Theory examination is required for the M.A. degree in English. and Practice of Translation for one of the five required Students take 30 credit hours in library science, including departmental courses; writers of fiction may substitute 18 credit hours of M.L.S. Foundation coursework, 3 Theatre and Drama T453 or T454 Playwriting or T458 credit hours of Z521, and the remaining 9 credit hours of Playwriting. Information and Library Science (ILS) electives selected in Thesis: Required; the candidate must submit, for 4 hours consultation with the ILS advisor. of credit, a body of creative writing of high literary merit Foreign Language Requirements: For the M.A., and genuine promise. students will demonstrate reading proficiency in one Final Examination: None. foreign language. Students will select their foreign language(s) in consultation with the director of graduate Master of Arts Degree with Concentration in Language studies Course Requirements Prerequisites: None. A minimum of 30 credit hours, including Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing 1. G500, G780. Course Requirements 2. At least 12 further credit hours in English language courses, of which at least one course must be A total of 60 credit hours, including 16 credit hours selected from G601, G602, G651, and G655. of writing workshops (W611–W612 or W613–W614); four courses in literature, culture and language (12– Thesis: Optional; if elected, 4 hours of credit. 16 hours), at least two of which are on the 600 level or above, from offerings from English, African American Final Examination: A four-hour written examination. See and African Diaspora Studies, Comparative Literature, director of graduate studies for details. and/or Communication and Culture (courses from other Master of Arts for Teachers Degree departments to be approved on an individual case basis Prerequisite by the director of creative writing in consultation with the director of graduate studies); and W554; and W664, or Public school certification in English. Applicants lacking no W680. Those teaching in W103 Introductory Creative more than 6 credit hours for certification may be permitted Writing are required to take W554 in their first semester of to complete the certification requirements as part of the teaching. Students can take up to 12 credit hours in W699 degree program. M.F.A. Thesis. The remaining credit hours are elective. At least 48 credit hours of the degree requirements must be Course Requirements completed in residence. A total of 30 credit hours, in graduate English courses Thesis (at least 24 of these 30 credit hours must be taken Required; the student must submit, for 4–12 hours of on the Bloomington campus); if a minor is to be credit, a book-length manuscript. professionalized, at least 12 credit hours in the subject area. No undergraduate courses will be counted toward Dual Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing and the degree. Master of Arts in African American and African Students interested in this program should contact the Diaspora Studies Director of Graduate Studies prior to submitting an M.F.A. Requirements application. (At least 60 credit hours--48 in residence) Thesis and Final Examination: None. • 16 hours of workshops (poetry or fiction) Dual Master of Arts in English and Master of Library • Four courses (12-16 hours) in AAADS literature, Science Degree culture, and history, at least two of which must be at Admission Requirements the 600 level or above • W554 Teaching Creative Writing Undergraduate major or its equivalent. Graduate Record • W664 Topics in Current Literature or W680 Theory Examination, both General Test and Subject Test in and Craft of Writing English Literature. A superior student who has not 182 September 6, 2017

• 10 elective graduate hours • Up to 12 hours of graduate W- credit may count • Maximum of 12 hours for thesis credit towards both the PhD CW minor requirement and • Thesis toward the total MFA credit hour requirement; four of these credits must be in a craft coursw (W664 M.A. in African American and African Diaspora Topics in Current Literature or W680 Theory and Studies Craft of Writing). Requirements (26 credit hours minimum) • In conjunction, the two preceding guidelines allow for a MAXIMUM of 28 graduate credit hours in English • Required courses in AAADS (10-12) that may be counted toward BOTH the MFA and • Electives (12 credits minimum): Students PhD degrees should take courses organized around a topical • For the MFA: Thesis concentration, whether specifically regional or comparative. These courses are to be selected from • For the PhD: Dissertation the range of AAADS and those cross-listed AAADS Doctor of Philosophy Degrees in the College and several professional schools with Admission the approval of the student’s major advisors in CW and AAADS. Requirements: Students are eligible for admission to the • A698 Field Study Seminar (4-8): research and Ph.D. programs upon successful completion of the M.A. preparation of thesis essay. Students can take two requirements. semesters of A698 at four hours per semester. (one Doctor of Philosophy Degree with Concentration in semester in thesis research and one semester for thesis writing). Literature Course Requirements • Language requirement (two semesters – 6 hours) A total of 90 credit hours; students will be required to take Foreign Language Requirements (two semesters) 16 credit hours in English beyond the 30 credit hours • MfA/MA students may satisfy the foreign language required for the M.A. At least four 700-level seminars in requirement by showing satisfactory completion English are required for the Ph.D. At the discretion of the of course work or passing a language proficiency Director of Graduate Studies, one seminar substitution exam. Language requirements should be met as may be allowed. Such substitutions may include but soon as possible, beginning immediately after are not limited to the use of one transferred seminar, graduate studies have begun. A student is expected one seminar-level equivalent course from a relevant to be working on fulfilling the requirement every Indiana University Department, OR a 600-level English semester until it is completed. department course with verified seminar-level work. Students must also satisfy course requirements for a Please see director of creative writing for course approval graduate minor (see below). Students transferring into or AAADS director of graduate studies for courses outside the department with M.A. degrees from other universities the College of Arts and Sciences. may be required to take several more courses than the Dual Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing and minimum. Doctor of Philosophy with Concentration in Literature Foreign Language: Two languages, reading proficiency, or Concentration in Rhetoric or one language at the level of in-depth proficiency. Requirements Language competency will be verified by the relevant foreign language department or program. A total of 124 hours required; of these up to 12 hours may be MFA thesis credit, 44 hours must be doctoral research Doctor of Philosophy Degree with Concentration in credit. Rhetoric • MFA core (18): 4 primary genre workshops (W611- Course Requirements W612 or W613-W614; 16 credits) + the Creative A total of 90 credit hours, including at least 16 credit hours Writing Pedagogy course (W554; 2 credits). beyond the 30 credit hours required for the M.A. degree, • Doctoral core (20): 5 courses (20 credits) in doctoral to include at least four 700-level departmental seminars. field beyond the requirements for the MFA. At The total must include R546 (Rhetoric and Public Culture); least four of these must be at the 700-level. At R607 (History of Rhetorical Theory I); and R608 (History o the discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies, fRhetorical Theory II). Information about relevant courses, one seminar substitution may be allowed. Such including those offered by other departments, is available substitutions may include but are not limited to the from the chair of the Composition Committee and the use of one transferred seminar, one seminar-level student’s advisory committee. equivalent course from a relevant Indiana University Department, OR a 600-level English department Periodic Review course with verified seminar-level work. • Up to 16 hours of graduate coursework in the Each year the graduate faculty will examine the grades Literature program or the Rhetoric program may and instructors’ reports on all students and will discourage count toward both the MFA lit-culture-and language from further work those whose achievements and potential requirement AND the 30 hours graduate literature are below standard. Students who fail to maintain a MA/PhD requirements (see respective degree 3.7 GPA or who accumulate three or more grades of descriptions). Incomplete will be placed on departmental probation. September 6, 2017 183

Minors the defense repeated once within 6 months of the first attempt. Ph.D. students in English may take minors in the following departments and programs: American studies, African Research Proposal American and African Diaspora studies, art history, comparative literature, cultural studies, English and After the dissertation proposal has been approved, the German philology, film studies, folklore, French, gender student will nominate a research committee consisting of studies, German, Greek, history, Italian, journalism, no fewer than three members of the English department Latin, linguistics, medieval studies, performance studies, faculty and a representative of the minor. philosophy, religion, Renaissance studies, Slavics, Final Examination: Oral dissertation defense, at the Spanish, theatre, drama and contemporary dance, completion of the dissertation project. Victorian studies, and European studies. Minors in additional departments may also be accepted at the Ph. D. Minor in English discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies. Internal Minimum of twelve hours (at least three courses) in minors in a field outside the student’s major field English Department coursework in a chosen field within concentration may also be considered. Requirements for English Literature (examples may include, but are outside minors are set by the minor department. not limited to, English Language, 20t Century Fiction, Among the specific minors the English Department offers Transatlantic literature, Digital English, the Novel, are the following: American Literature, British Literature, Literature and the Environment, etc.). Consultation with Creative Writing, English and Germanic Philology, the Director of Graduate Studies is required to declare the Feminist Critical Studies, History of the Book, Literary minor and determine field of study. Theory, and Pedagogy. Minors within the department Ph.D. Minor in American Literature must be approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. Minimum of twelve hours (at least three courses) in For candidates earning double degrees (e.g. MFA & PhD; English Department coursework concentrated in American MA & MLIS), coursework toward the second degree (the Literature and related topics. Consultation with the degree that is not the English PhD) replaces the minor. Director of Graduate Studies is required to declare the Qualifying Examination minor. Upon completion of doctoral course work, students will Ph.D. Minor in British Literature prepare and take a doctoral qualifying examination. The Minimum of twelve hours (at least three courses) in examination consists of two parts: an oral examination English Department coursework concentrated in British based upon a reading list and the defense of a written Literature and related topics. Consultation with the dissertation prospectus. Assuming the student enters Director of Graduate Studies is required to declare the the program without an M.A., the exams are taken in his minor. or her fourth year in the program. The oral examination Ph.D. Minor in Creative Writing tests a student’s qualifications as a specialist in his or her chosen field; the prospectus and defense test a Three courses, to be chosen from W511 (Writing Fiction), student’s qualifications and readiness for undertaking the W513 (Writing Poetry), W550 (Teaching Creative Writing dissertation. Part one of the exam is taken in September; in the Community), W615 (Writing Creative Nonfiction), the prospectus should be completed the following spring W664 (Topics in Current Literature), and W680 (Theory and defended by the second week of May. Students and Craft of Writing). Students who want to pursue this pursuing a dual-degree PhD are allowed some flexibility minor must submit to the Creative Writing Director a brief in the timing of the qualifying exam. Further details of personal statement outlining your wish to pursue this the procedure are available from the director of graduate minor and a writing sample (10 poems for poets and 25 studies (director of graduate studies). pages for fiction writers). Dissertation Prospectus/Research Proposal Ph.D. Minor in English Language Three courses in English Language, to be chosen from Following the successful completion of the first part of the G601 [Medieval Languages] (may be taken more than qualifying examination, the student names his dissertation once for credit), G602 [Readings in Language, History, committee and registers for W795, the dissertation and Culture], G655 [History of the English Language], prospectus writing workshop taught each spring by L701 [Descriptive Bibliography and Textual Problems}, the director of graduate studies. The prospectus and and L742 [Research in Structure, History and Use of bibliography are written in consultation with supervisory English and Related Languages]. Relevant offerings of faculty and with the instructor of W795. When the L680 [Special Topics in Literary Study and Theory], L695 prospectus is ready to be approved, the student submits [Individual Readings in English], and L790 [Independent it to his committee and arranges a time for the defense Study] may also count. of the prospectus (which constitutes the final part of the Qualifying Exam). In this two-hour oral exam, members Ph.D. Minor in English and Germanic Philology of the dissertation committee examine the claims of the Four courses, to include G601 Old English and at prospectus as well as the dissertation research proposed, least one of the other older Germanic languages; i.e., and assess the student’s preparedness to undertake a German G632 Gothic, G635 Old Icelandic, G638 Old long-term independent research project. The committee High German, G639 Old Saxon, and G640 Middle High may ask for further revisions of the prospectus. The German. The remaining courses may be chosen from student must revise the prospectus as needed and submit English G602 Middle English, G655 History of the English it to the director of graduate studies no later than the Language, L710 Beowulf, L711 Old English Literature; end of May. The prospectus may be re-submitted and German G532 History of the German Language, and 184 September 6, 2017

G625 Colloquium in Germanic Linguistics (when the topic from at least two departments, chosen in consultation with is appropriate), G640 Reading Middle High German, the CRPS supervisor. To complete the minor, the student G636 Old Icelandic Literature, G835 Seminar in Germanic must present her/his research in a forum organized by the Linguistics (when the topic is appropriate), and any of the CRPS Advisory Committee. remaining older Germanic languages listed above. Performance Studies Ph.D. Minor in Feminist Critical Studies Four courses to include Introduction to Performance The Minor in Feminist Critical Studies emphasizes feminist Studies (Folklore F750 or its cognate in another criticism and theory. It requires four courses (at least department) and three others from such departments 15 hours of credit), including English L663 Introduction and programs as English, Anthropology, Film Studies, to Feminist Critical Studies and at least one course Fine Arts, Comparative Literature, Ethnomusicology, and outside the Department of English; each course must Folklore. be passed with a grade of B+ (3.3) or higher. Relevant courses include English L605, L700, L707, and L773; Pedagogy Fine Arts A474 and A674; Cultural Studies C601 and C602; Communication and Culture C551 and C604; and Twelve hours (three courses) in pedagogy, which Telecommunications T651. Students should consult with may include W500 [Teaching Composition: Issues & the minor advisor in the English department about specific Approaches], W602 [Contemporary Theories of Rhetoric courses of study. and Composition], L503 Teaching of Literature in College, L508 [Practicum on Teaching Literature in College] and/ Ph.D. Minor in Literacy Studies or a seminar in Composition, Rhetoric, or Literacy [L707, Jointly administered by the Department of English and the L762, L790], though substitutions are possible depending School of Education, the minor requires a minimum of four on the background and interests of the student. courses, including English L502, Education L630, and two courses selected from an approved list, at least one of History of the Book / Critical Bibliography which must be outside the English department. For School Three courses on subjects such as (but not limited to) the of Education students, three of the four courses must be history of print, manuscript studies, digital textuality, and outside the student’s major area. Students should confer critical bibliography, to be taken from any of the following with one of the advisors of the Literacy Studies minor; departments: English, History, Informatics and Library their names can be obtained from the director of graduate Science, Comparative Literature, the foreign languages. studies. Consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies is Ph.D. Minor in Literary Theory required. Jointly administered by the Departments of English and Eighteenth-Century Studies Comparative Literature, the minor requires a minimum of three courses, including at least one selected from (From the Center for Eighteenth-Century Studies website) Comparative Literature C503, C504, C601, or C602; and Eighteenth-Century Studies offers a Ph.D. minor open one from English G660, L605, L607, L608, or L707. Other to graduate students from any field. To enter the minor, courses approved for the minor are French and Italian students must first have been accepted for admission to F584 and G560; Germanic Studies G800; Slavics and a departmental graduate program. The minor requires: East European Languages and Cultures R521; Spanish successful completion of the interdisciplinary gateway and Portuguese S473 and S512; and Theatre and course, “Introduction to Eighteenth Century Studies”; Drama T555 and T556. Courses other than those listed 12 additional credit hours in at least two departments, previously may also be acceptable toward completion of including at least one approved seminar (usually, 700 the requirement; written consent to count such courses level). must be obtained in advance from the graduate advisor in Graduate Area Certificate in English and Germanic the Department of English or Comparative Literature. Philology Ph.D. Minor in Literature and Science Also offered is a certificate in English and Germanic The literature and science minor consists of four courses. philology, requiring four courses in addition to the four Two of the four will be Department of English courses required for the minor. These may include any of the from the area of literature and science. One of those courses listed previously, as well as courses in other English courses will be L769 Research in Literature departments (e.g., linguistics, folklore, classical studies, and Science, the “core” course for the minor. The non- and anthropology) that are relevant to the history and English department courses will come from a relevant prehistory of the Germanic languages, and to early science, from the Department of History and Philosophy Germanic literature and culture. For information about of Science, or from some other relevant (nonliterary) relevant courses, see the graduate advisor in the discipline. The minor will be administered by the director Department of English. of graduate studies in English, in consultation with the Faculty literature and science faculty as necessary. Chairperson Ph.D. Minor in Critical Race and Postcolonial Studies (CRPS) Patricia Ingham Jointly administered by the departments of English and Associate Chairperson American Studies, this minor requires four courses, (12-16 credits): the Introduction to Critical Race and Postcolonial Kathy O. Smith Studies (ENGL L 648 Readings in Critical Race & Postcolonial Studies) and three additional courses drawn September 6, 2017 185

Graduate Faculty Oscar Kenshur* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Barbara Klinger* (Communication and Culture), John (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University McCluskey Jr.* (Emeritus, African American and African Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Diaspora Studies), doctoral dissertations.) Adjunct Associate Professors Distinguished Professors Herbert Marks* (Comparative Literature), Melvin Plotinsky* Philip Appleman* (Emeritus), Susan D. Gubar* (Emerita), (Emeritus) James Justus* (Emeritus), Terence Martin* (Emeritus), Scott R. Sanders* (Emeritus) Director of Graduate Studies Chancellor’s Professors Associate Professor Richard Nash*, Ballantine Hall 442D, (812) 855-1543 Judith H. Anderson(Emerita)*, Anthony Ardizzone*, Robert Fulk*, James Naremore* (Emeritus) Courses Rudy Professor/COAS Distinguished Professor 500 Level Patrick Brantlinger* (Emeritus) ENG-G 500 Introduction to the English Language (4 cr.) An introduction to the English language: its nature, Susan Gubar Chair of American Literature structure, and development. Stephanie Li* ENG-L 500 Introduction to Graduate Study for International Students (4 cr.) The methods and Culbertson Chair of Writing assumptions of graduate study in English and American John Schilb* literature, with special emphasis on classroom participation, the preparation and delivery of reports, and Ruth N. Halls Professors the writing of critical essays based on individual research. Paul John Eakin* (Emeritus), Karma Lochrie* Admission must be approved by the departmental advisor for international students. Professors ENG-L 501 Professional Scholarship in Literature Michael P. Adams*, Judith H. Anderson(Emerita)*, (4 cr.) Materials, tools, and methods of research. Anthony V. Ardizzone* (Emeritus), , Frederick Beaty* (Emeritus), Ernest Bernhardt-Kabisch* (Emeritus), ENG-L 502 Contexts for the Study of Writing (2-4 cr.) Catherine Bowman*, Patrick Brantlinger* (Emeritus), , Historical and cognitive effects of writing, reading, and Linda Anne Charnes*, , Edward Paul Comentale*, language use, and the implication of these effects for the Don Cook* (Emeritus), , Jonathan E. Elmer*, Christine teaching and study of literature and writing. Rhoda Farris*, , , Robert Dennis Fulk*, Mary Gaither* ENG-L 503 Teaching of Literature in College (2-4 cr.) (Emerita), Donald Gray* (Emeritus), Kenneth R. R. Gros Classroom teaching of literature in the light of current Louis* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Paul Charles approaches. Gutjahr*, Raymond W. Hedin*, , T. Scott Herring*, Patricia Clare Ingham*, Kenneth Johnston* (Emeritus), Joshua ENG-L 504 Practicum on Research Techniques Kates* Eugene R. Kintgen* (Emeritus), , , Stephanie Li*, (2-4 cr.) Introduction to a range of general and specialized Karma D. Lochrie*, , Alyce L. Miller*, , , Roger Mitchell* methods for advanced research in literary and cultural (Emeritus), Richard Nash*, David J. Nordloh* (Emeritus), studies. Topics include methods for research in the History Alvin H. Rosenfeld* (Jewish Studies), John Lincoln of the Book, codicology, research in popular cultural Schilb*, Murray Sperber* (Emeritus), Maura Frances archives, digital research environments, etc. Stanton*, Samrat Upadhyay, Shane Vogel*, Stephen ENG-L 505 Teaching Children’s Literature at the Post- Myers Watt*, Malvin Zirker* (Emeritus) Secondary Level (2 cr.) Classroom teaching of children’s Associate Professors literature in the light of current approaches. Dana Larson Anderson*, Penelope Anderson*, Purnima ENG-L 506 Introduction to Methods of Criticism and Bose*, Judith Christine Brown*, William Burgan* Research (4 cr.) The conditions and assumptions of (Emeritus), Jennifer Fleissner*, Ross Gay, Shannon studying English, with emphasis on criticism and research Gayk*, D. Rae Greiner*, , , Jeffrey F. Huntsman* on a culturally and historically diverse range of texts. (Emeritus), DeWitt Douglas Kilgore*, Ivan Kreilkamp*, ENG-L 507 English Outside the Academy (4 cr.) Sheila Lindenbaum (Emerita), Joan Pong Linton*, , Primarily for Special Field M.A. candidates. Explores Joss Marsh*, Ellen Mackay*, Monique Morgan*, Walton discourses and domains of thought and language use Muyumba*, Michael Rosenblum* (Emeritus), Ranu that link the academy with areas of expertise outside it, Samantrai*, Lee W. Sterrenburg (Emeritus), Nicholas including law, publishing, the media, advertising, health, Mark Williams*, John Woodcock* (Emeritus) and counseling. Assistant Professors ENG-L 508 Practicum on Teaching Literature in Scot Barnett, Justin Hodgson, Adrian Matejka, Jesse College (2-4 cr.) Topics include syllabus construction, Molesworth*, Nikki Skillman, Jacinda Townsend, Alberto lecture and discussion techniques, use and evaluation of Varon* written work. Adjunct Professors 186 September 6, 2017

ENG-L 509 Practicum on Critical Writing (2-4 cr.) of the British Isles. Course may cover Old English, Middle A practice-based course on the historical and current English, Old Irish, or Middle Welsh. grounds and techniques of critical writing in the academy. Topics include issues of rhetoric and idiom, the problem of ENG-G 602 Readings in Language, History, and voice in scholarly writing, the genres of academic prose, Culture (4 cr.) Consideration of the structure, use, and the publication of academic work. and attitudes toward English in relationship to relevant historical or cultural contexts. Course topics may include ENG-L 512 Practicum on Theoretical Bases for the structural development of English, social or regional Advanced Research in Literary and Cultural Studies varieties of English, stylistics, usage controversies, (2-4 cr.) A practice-based class in the identification language in history, lexicography. and manipulation of the theoretical assumptions and motivations of contemporary criticism. ENG-G 603 Celtic Languages and Literature (4 cr.) P: G500 or its equivalent. Introduction to such languages ENG-L 553 Studies in Literature (1-3 cr.) Primarily for as Old Irish and Welsh, or literatures in these languages. secondary-school and junior-college teachers of English. Topic varies. Emphasis on thematic, analytic, and generic study. With consent of instructor, may be repeated once for credit. ENG-G 651 American English (4 cr.) Growth and development of the English language in America from ENG-L 599 Internship in English (1-4 cr.) Primarily the first settlements to the present; dialectal diversity of for Special Field M.A. candidates. Students will define a American English. project and secure both a faculty and an external sponsor. Likely external sponsors will include the IU Foundation, ENG-G 655 History of the English Language (4 cr.) A the IU Press, advertising agencies, charities, legal or survey of the evolution of the English language from its political offices, health agencies, and writing centers. earliest stages to the present, with reference to its external Number of credit hours depends on length of commitment. history and to its phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary. ENG-W 500 Teaching Composition: Issues and Approaches (4 cr.) Consideration of fundamental issues ENG-G 660 Stylistics (3-4 cr.) Survey of traditional and in the teaching of writing and the major approaches to linguistic approaches to the study of prose and poetic composition instruction. Specific topics include teaching style. Attention will center on the description of the verbal invention and revision, diagnosing errors, teaching style characteristics of texts, what those characteristics reflect and organization, making assignments, and evaluating about the author, and how they affect the reader. student writing. ENG-L 605 Critical and Interpretive Theory (4 cr.) ENG-W 501 Practicum on the Teaching of Introduction to one or more major modes of contemporary Composition in College (1-3 cr.) Practical teaching of criticism or critical theory. composition; current theories and policies. May be offered ENG-L 607 Hist of Lit Crit to Enlightenment (4 cr.) A as a practicum for new instructors of regular and basic survey of the history of literary criticism and theory from sections of W131 or as a practicum for those teaching the Plato and Aristotle to the Enlightenment, including works non-native sections. by Greco-Roman, medieval, and Renaissance figures. ENG-W 511 Writing Fiction (4 cr.) Either W511 or W513 ENG-L 608 History of Literary Criticism from 1750 to may count once for the M.A. or M.F.A., but not toward 1960 (4 cr.) A survey of the history of literary criticism specified course requirements for the Ph.D. and theory from the late Enlightenment or early Romantic ENG-W 513 Writing Poetry (4 cr.) Either W511 or W513 periods to 1960, including a variety of modern literary may count once for the M.A. or M.F.A., but not toward critics and theorists. specified course requirements for the Ph.D. ENG-L 609 Readings in Early Medieval Literature ENG-W 550 Practicum in Teaching Creative Writing and Culture (4 cr.) Variable topics in the cultures and in the Community (3 cr.) P: Permission of Instructor literatures of post-conquest Britain (11th through the 13th required. Practicum in community-based pedagogies, centuries) including Anglo-Norman, Latin, early Middle community literacy and arts collaboration. English, and related writings. ENG-W 553 Theory and Practice of Exposition (1-3 cr.) ENG-L 610 Readings in Late Medieval Literature Primarily for secondary-school and junior-college teachers and Culture (4 cr.) Variable topics in the cultures and of English. literatures of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. May include poetry, drama, prose, performance and non- ENG-W 554 Practicum on the Teaching Creative literary texts. Writing (2 cr.) Theory and practice of teaching the writing of poetry and fiction at the college level, with attention ENG-L 611 Readings in Early Modern English to matters of curricular design and classroom technique. Literature and Culture, 1500–1660 (4 cr.) Variable Required of those teaching W103 for the first time. Open topics in the cultures and literatures of the sixteenth and also to graduate students not in the creative writing seventeenth centuries. May include poetry, drama, prose, program. performance, and non-literary texts. 600 Level ENG-L 612 Chaucer (4 cr.) Critical analysis of The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and selected ENG-G 601 Medieval Languages (4 cr.) Introductory shorter poems. language instruction in the vernacular medieval languages September 6, 2017 187

ENG-L 613 Middle English Literature (4 cr.) P: L612 or literature and its historical, cultural, and theoretical G602 or equivalent. contexts. ENG-L 615 Readings in Poetry and Poetics, to 1800 ENG-L 639 English Fiction to 1800 (4 cr.) (4 cr.) Extensive reading in the theories and practices of early English poetry. May survey the development of ENG-L 640 Readings in Transatlantic Literature (4 cr.) poetics or study a singular mode, genre, or school. Study of Literature on both sides of the Atlantic. ENG-L 616 English Drama to the 1590s, Exclusive of ENG-L 641 English Literature 1790–1900 (4 cr.) Shakespeare (4 cr.) Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. ENG-L 617 Readings in Poetry and Poetics, from 1790 ENG-L 643 Readings in Colonial and Postcolonial to the Present (4 cr.) A study of styles, techniques, forms, Literatures (4 cr.) Study of literatures within the historical, and conceptions of poetry. cultural, and political context of European colonialism and anti- or post-colonial resistance. ENG-L 621 English Literature 1500–1660 (4 cr.) Extensive reading in non-dramatic literature. ENG-L 644 Readings in Performance Studies (4 cr.) Introduction to major works, methods, issues, and ENG-L 622 Spenser and Milton (4 cr.) Critical analysis of developments in performance theory and criticism. the major texts. ENG-L 645 English Fiction 1800–1900 (4 cr.) ENG-L 623 Eng Drama 1590-1800 Exc Shakespr (4 cr.) P: Familiarity with half a dozen plays of Shakespeare. ENG-L 646 Readings in Media, Literature, and Culture (4 cr.) Introductory study of issues in literary editing, ENG-L 625 Readings in Shakespeare (4 cr.) Critical textual cultures, or digital humanities. analysis of selected texts. ENG-L 648 Readings in Comparative Ethnic and ENG-L 626 British Lit & Cltr, 1660-1790 (4 cr.) Selected Postcolonial Studies (4 cr.) Introduction to the major readings of text written in English from the Restoration to works, methods, issues, and developments in comparative the U.S. Constitution. May include all genres and relevant ethnic and postcolonial cultural studies. secondary works. ENG-L 649 British Literature since 1900 (4 cr.) ENG-L 627 Readings in Nineteenth-century British Extensive reading in all genres. Literature and Culture, 1790-1900 (4 cr.) Selected readings of nineteenth-century British texts both literary ENG-L 651 American Literature 1609–1800 (4 cr.) and non-literary. Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from John Smith through Charles Brockden Brown. ENG-L 628 Readings in Narrative Literature to 1800 (4 cr.) Selected readings of narrative texts composed ENG-L 652 Readings in 20th and 21st century British before 1800, with an emphasis on prose fiction. Literature and Culture (4 cr.) Study of British Literature from 1900 to the Present. ENG-L 629 Readings in Narrative Literature, from 1800 (4 cr.) Selected readings of narrative texts composed ENG-L 653 American Literature 1800–1900 (4 cr.) since 1800, with an emphasis on prose fiction. Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from Washington Irving through Frank Norris. ENG-L 631 English Literature 1660–1790 (4 cr.) Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. ENG-L 655 American Literature and Culture 1900–1945 (4 cr.) Study of American literature and culture from the ENG-L 632 Readings in 19th century American turn of the century to 1945. Literature and Culture (4 cr.) Study of American Literature and culture from 1800–1900. ENG-L 656 American Literature and Culture 1945 to the Present (4 cr.) Studies in American literature and ENG-L 634 Readings in 20th- and 21st-century culture from 1945 to the present. American Literature and Culture (4 cr.) Study of American Literature and Culture from 1900 to the present. ENG-L 657 Readings in Literature and Critical Theory (4 cr.) Study of major movements, figures, or topics in ENG-L 635 Readings in American Ethnic Literature literary and/or critical theory. and Culture (4 cr.) In-depth comparative study of African- American, Asian American, Latino/a, Chicano/a, Native ENG-L 663 Readings in Feminist, Gender, and American, and/or other American ethnic literature and Sexuality Studies (4 cr.) An introduction to and culture. examination of major works, methods, issues, and developments. ENG-L 636 Readings in Drama and Performance, to 1800 (4 cr.) Historical and critical study of dramatic ENG-L 666 Survey of Children’s Literature (4 cr.) literature and performance through 1800. Survey of literature written for children and adolescents from the medieval period to the present. ENG-L 637 Readings in Drama and Performance, 1800 to the present (4 cr.) Historical and critical study of ENG-L 671 Modern British and Irish Drama (4 cr.) modern dramatic literature and performance (British, Irish, ENG-L 672 Modern American Drama (4 cr.) American, and/or other English language drama). ENG-L 673 Studies in Women and Literature (4 cr.) ENG-L 638 Readings in Contemporary Literature Women’s literary accomplishments and representations (4 cr.) Readings in late-20th and early 21st-century 188 September 6, 2017 of women in English from the sixteenth century to the sexuality, the institution, or other areas of feminist critical present. endeavor. ENG-L 674 Studies in International English Literature ENG-L 701 Descriptive Bibliography and Textual (4 cr.) Literatures from Africa, the Caribbean, Australia, Problems (4 cr.) New Zealand, the Pacific islands, the Indian subcontinent, or Canada. ENG-L 705 Problems in Composition, Literacy, and Culture (4 cr.) ENG-L 680 Special Topics in Literary Study and Theory (4 cr.) Readings in sociological, political, ENG-L 707 Studies in Literary Theory and Criticism psychological, and other approaches to literature. (4 cr.) ENG-L 695 Individual Readings in English (1-4 cr.) ENG-L 710 Beowulf (4 cr.) P: G601. Critical reading of the text of the poem, with consideration of its relationship ENG-L 699 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) to other writings in Old English and the heroic tradition in literature. ENG-W 601 Development of Rhetoric and Composition (4 cr.) Traces the development of rhetorical theory from ENG-L 711 Old English Literature (4 cr.) P: G601 or Plato through the Renaissance and up to the present; equivalent. puts special emphasis on exploring how present-day composition programs and practices reflect the past. ENG-L 712 Chaucer (4 cr.) P: L612 or L613 or equivalent. ENG-W 602 Contemporary Theories in Rhetoric and Composition (4 cr.) An introduction to current research in ENG-L 713 Middle English Literature (4 cr.) P: L612 or rhetoric and composition. Draws on insights from linguistic L613 or equivalent. theory, cognitive theory, and rhetorical theory to develop ENG-L 715 English and Scottish Popular Ballads greater understanding of the writing process and build (4 cr.) Student investigation of principal problems pedagogical applications. met in ballad scholarship. Special attention to textual ENG-W 610 Indiana Writing Workshop (2 cr.) relationships, dissemination, and unique qualities of genre. P: Acceptance to the Indiana Writers’ Conference held in ENG-L 721 Spenser (4 cr.) June of each year. Intensive training in various forms of writing at the conference; submission of significant body of ENG-L 723 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (4 cr.) writing before the end of the last summer session. ENG-L 725 Shakespeare (4 cr.) ENG-W 611-612 Writing Fiction I-II (4-4 cr.) May be ENG-L 730 Renaissance Poetry and Prose (4 cr.) repeated once for credit. ENG-L 731 Milton (4 cr.) ENG-W 613-614 Writing Poetry I-II (4-4 cr.) May be repeated once for credit. ENG-L 733 Restoration and Augustan Literature (4 cr.) ENG-W 615 Writing Creative Nonfiction (4 cr.) ENG-L 736 Age of Johnson (4 cr.) Writing workshop in such modes as personal essay, autobiography, and documentary. Open also to graduate ENG-L 738 Research in Literary Histories and students not in the creative writing program. Theories of History (4 cr.) Issues and methods in literary histories and historiography. Direct research can include a ENG-W 664 Topics in Current Literature (4 cr.) The range of specific topics and historical periods. study of recent poetry and prose, emphasizing special formal, technical, and intellectual concerns of author and ENG-L 739 English Fiction to 1800 (4 cr.) work. Open also to graduate students not in the creative ENG-L 740 Research in Aesthetics, Genre, and Form writing program. (4 cr.) Analysis of literary and cultural aesthetics, literary ENG-W 680 Theory and Craft of Writing (4 cr.) form, and /or genre. Includes directed research on Elements of poetic prosody or the major fictive techniques relevant issues across a range of historical periods. or both: nature of stress, concepts of meter, nature of ENG-L 741 Romantic Literature (4 cr.) rhythm, prosodic use of syntax, theories of fictive realism, nature of fictive romance, point of view, etc. Students will ENG-L 742 Research in Structure, History and Use do some writing. Open also to graduate students not in the of English and Related Languages (4 cr.) Research creative writing program. in all aspects of English Language Studies, including comparative philology of early Germanic languages, ENG-W 697 Independent Study in Writing (1-4 cr.) literary stylistics, lexicography, social and regional P: two semesters of W611, W612, W613 or W614. variation, usage and language attributes. ENG-W 699 M.F.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) ENG-L 743 Victorian Literature (4 cr.) 700 Level ENG-L 744 Research in Drama and Performance (4 cr.) ENG-G 780 Special Studies in English Language (4 cr.) Selected topics in the study of dramatic literature, theater P: G500 or equivalent. studies, and performance studies. ENG-L 700 Topics in Feminist Critical Studies (4 cr.) ENG-L 745 English Fiction 1800-1900 (4 cr.) Readings in feminist theories of representation, gender, ENG-L 746 Research in Textual and Media Studies (4 cr.) Training and research in descriptive and analytical September 6, 2017 189 bibliography, textual theory and criticism, textual editing, or ENG-L 774 Topics in International English Literature text technology and media theory/media studies. (4 cr.) Topics in English literature from Africa, the Caribbean, Australia, New Zealand, the Pacific Islands, ENG-L 748 Research in Colonial and Postcolonial the Indian subcontinent, or Canada. Studies (4 cr.) Issues and methods in colonial and postcolonial literary and cultural studies, including directed ENG-L 775 Studies in Modern Drama (4 cr.) research on relevant topics from a range of historical periods. ENG-L 776 Comparative Drama (4 cr.) Selected topics in comedy or tragedy. ENG-L 749 Twentieth-Century British Literature (4 cr.) ENG-L 779 Literature and Society (4 cr.) Analysis of ENG-L 750 Research in Race and Ethnicities (4 cr.) representative works of different periods to illustrate the Issues and methods in research on race and ethnicities study of literature in relation to its age, or as a social and literary and critical studies, including directed research product. Consideration of economic, political, class, and on relevant topics from a range of historical periods. other cultural influences. ENG-L 751 Major American Writers 1700–1855 ENG-L 780 Special Studies in English and American (4 cr.) Two or three writers. Techniques and thematic Literature (4 cr.) comparisons. ENG-L 790 Independent Study (arr. cr.) Consent of the ENG-L 752 Research in Gender and Sexuality (4 cr.) instructor required. Open to Ph.D. candidates in English Issues and methods in gender and sexuality and literary only. and cultural studies, including directed research on relevant topics from a range of historical periods. ENG-L 799 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) ENG-L 753 Major American Writers 1855 to the ENG-W 780 Special Studies in Composition (4 cr.) Present (4 cr.) Two or three writers. Techniques and ENG-W 795 Dissertation Prospectus Workshop (2 cr.) thematic comparisons. Provides models of successful prospectuses and guidance ENG-L 754 Research in Literary Geographies (4 cr.) in the actual writing of prospectuses. Intensive study of literature in relation to space and geography. Topics might include relations between Environmental Change political and aesthetic conceptions of space, literary Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and forms across space and time, or notions of national, Environmental Change transnational, transatlantic, hemispheric, and global space Departmental E-mail: [email protected] as they impact cultural expression. Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~cipec/hdgc/ ENG-L 756 Research in Rhetorical Studies (4 cr.) index.php Advanced research in rhetoric. Draws on insights from linguistic, cognitive, and rhetorical theories. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, ENG-L 758 Research in Interdisciplinary Studies (4 cr.) The University Graduate School’s staff uses those Social, political, and psychological studies in literature requirements contained only in The University Graduate written in English. School Bulletin.) ENG-L 760 Research in Specific Author(s) or Work(s) Curriculum (4 cr.) Critical reading and research into a single text or author, or a closely related group of texts or authors. Ph.D. Minor in the Human Dimensions of Global Environmental Change ENG-L 761 American Poetry (4 cr.) The graduate minor will instruct students in theories ENG-L 762 Research in Composition, Literacy, and and methods that combine the physical and social Culture (4 cr.) Advanced study of selected topics in the sciences on human dimensions of global environmental history of writing practices, with attention to how culture change (HDGEC). The curriculum, as described below, influences theories of rhetoric and literacy. will familiarize students with (1) understand the history and concerns of human dimensions of global change ENG-L 764 Research in Literature and Critical Theory research; (2) core theoretical dimensions of the study of (4 cr.) coupled natural-human systems; and (3) fundamental ENG-L 766 Children’s Literature (4 cr.) Issues in the methodological tools for human-environment research. critical and historical study of literature for children or Students will be expected to become familiar with GIS young adults. and/or remote sensing as tools in the analysis of global environmental change through both formal courses ENG-L 769 Research in Literature and Science (4 cr.) and hands-on apprenticeship as part of team research Major developments in modern science, the philosophical projects. issues they raise, and their influence on modern thought and literature. Course Requirements ENG-L 773 Topics in Feminist Literary History (4 cr.) The Minor in Human Dimensions of Global Environmental Feminist critical research on literary texts in cultural Change requires 12 credit hours of approved courses. contexts; or focusing on a particular historical period, The core course GEOG-G561 is required. Three credit theme, genre, or author. hours of methods courses are required. To complete the HDGEC Ph.D. minor, students must (1) complete the 190 September 6, 2017 required credit hours in good standing and (2) have at of land systems. Emphasis on socioeconomic, political, least one member of the HDGEC Ph.D. minor core faculty institutional and environmental dimensions of land serve on the student's Ph.D. advisory committee. The change; tropical forests, grasslands and urbanizing director of the HDGEC Ph.D. minor can approve course areas; international environmental regimes; spatial substitutions for the core skiils or elective reqirements. methodologies in GEC research, and integrated approaches. Faculty Methods Elective Courses Director ANTH-E 606 Research Methods in Cultural Professor Tom Evans* Anthropology (3 cr.) Core Graduate Faculty ANTH-E 622 Empirical Theory & Methodology: (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University International Forest Resources & Initiatives (3 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct This course trains participants in the International doctoral dissertations.) Forestry Resources and Institutions Research Program (IFRI), which explores how communities influence forest Professors conditions. Theories of institutional analysis and human dimensions of environmental change underlie the course. Eduardo Brondízio* (Anthropology), Dan Cole (Public Methods include participatory techniques, interviews, and Environmental Affairs, Maurer School of Law), Tom forest mensuration. Participants conduct fieldwork in an Evans* (Geography), Scott Robeson* (Geography) Indiana community. Associate Professors GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing Vicky Meretsky* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Todd (3 cr.) Principles of remote sensing of the earth and its Royer (Public and Environmental Affairs), Catherine atmosphere, emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, Tucker* (Anthropology) and microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. Emphasis on practical applications and digital image Assistant Professor analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. Rinku Roy Chowdhury* (Geography), Rebecca Lave* GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital (Geography), Majed Akhter* (Geography), Shahzeen Image Processing (3 cr.) Advanced remote sensing Attari (Public and Environmental Affairs) theory and digital image processing techniques with an Associated Graduate Faculty emphasis on environmental science applications. Hands- Professors on computer exercises provide significant experience in digital image processing techniques for extraction of Jerome Busemeyer* (Psychology), Chris Craft* (Public qualitative and quantitative information about Earth's and Environmental Affairs), Michael Hendryx* (School of terrestrial and aquatic environments. Public Health), Dan Knudsen* (Geography), J. Scott Long* (Sociology), Michael McGinnis* (Political Science), David GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) Parkhurst* (Emeritus,, Public and Environmental Affairs), Overview of the principles and practices of Geographic Barry Rubin* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Jeanne Information Systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database Sept* (Anthropology), James Walker* (Economics), design, introductory and intermediate GIS operations, and Richard Wilk* (Anthropology) case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. Associate Professor Lecture and laboratory. Heather Reynolds* (Biology), Michael Muehlenbein* GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information (Anthropology) Systems (3 cr.) Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic information science and spatial analysis Assistant Professors techniques using GIS software. This advanced course is James Farmer (School of Public Health), Darren Ficklin* for graduates who seek a greater understanding of this (Geography), Justin Maxwell* (Geography), Rich Phillips* rapidly developing field and to learn how to construct, (Biology) manage and analyze their own GIS data and models. Clinical Professor GRAD-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis & Applications (3 cr.) Techniques of measuring and Burnell C. Fischer* (Public and Environmental Affairs) analyzing population size and trends, fertility and mortality Academic Advisors patterns, migration flows. Population estimates and projections. Major models of formal demography. Professor Tom Evans* (812) 856-4587, Email [email protected] POLS-Y 673 Empirical Theory & Methodology (3 cr.) Courses POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory & Methodology (3 cr.) SPEA-E 518 Vector-based Geographic Information Core Course Systems (3 cr.) Geographic information systems using GEOG-G 561 Human Dimensions of Global vector data structure. Vector GIS capabilities and uses. Environmental Change (3 cr.) Introduction of global Data structure and file management of spatial data. environmental change (GEC), focusing on the human causes and consequences of biophysical transformations September 6, 2017 191

Laboratory exercises using vector-based GIS software contemporary debates and approaches and on research such as ARC/INFO. design in environmental research. SPEA-E 527 Applied Ecology (3 cr.) Ecosystem ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: Land-Use and Land- concepts in natural resource management. Techniques of Cover Change (3 cr.) This course focuses on the ecosystem analysis. Principles and practices of ecological relationship between land-use systems, human settlement natural resource management. patterns, and their impact on land cover and landscape structure. It aims to link the theoretical and methodological SPEA-E 528 Forest Ecology & Management (3 cr.) approaches that human ecology and landscape ecology Field and laboratory exercises in quantitative analysis bring to land use and production system analysis. The of forest ecosystems. Sampling and data collection links between production system, land use, land cover, methodologies, data analysis and interpretation. Concepts and landscape structure will be discussed in the context in forest ecology and forest management. of contemporary problems, such as deforestation, Minor Elective Courses agriculture intensification, and human dimensions of global University Graduate School environmental change. GRAD-G 513 Topics Seminar in Human Dimensions ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: Remote Sensing for of Environmental Change (3 cr.) Topical courses Social Scientists (3 cr.) This course combines a related to the study of institutions, population, and historical review on the use of remote sensing in the environmental change will be arranged in light of recent social sciences, conceptual discussions on applications scientific developments and student and faculty interests. of remote sensing to social science problems, and a Analysis of human roles in environmental change is formal introduction to remote sensing techniques based on contextualized by attention to biophysical and ecosys- hands-on laboratory sessions. The course will consist of a tematic relationships. conceptual and a laboratory session each week. GRAD-G 514 Fieldwork Practicum in Human ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: People and Forest: Dimensions of Environmental Change (12 cr.) Contemporary Issues on Deforestation, Forest P: Approval from director of the Center for the Study Management, and Agroforestry (3 cr.) The main of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change. goal of this seminar is to provide a semester-long Topical courses related to the study of institutions, “environment” in which the student’s individual research population, and environmental change will be arranged interest (research paper, proposal, etc. related to “people in light of recent scientific developments and student and and forest”) can be “nurtured” and discussed with an faculty interests. Analysis of human roles in environmental interdisciplinary group of graduate colleagues. The goal change is contextualized by attention to biophysical and is to work on a single research paper or dissertation ecosystematic relationships. proposal or dissertation chapter during the whole GRAD-G 517 Seminar in Cultural Ecology: The semester while interacting with colleagues in class. Amazon in Crisis: Ecology and Development (3 cr.) ANTH-E 621 Foo and Culture (3 cr.) Discusses Provides an introduction to the ecology of the Amazon the political economy of food production, trade and Basin of South America, focusing on its habitats, the consumption on a global basis. Gives a cross cultural and use and conservation of the environment by its native historical perspective on the development of cooking and inhabitants, and examining the forces of development that cuisine in relationship to individual, national, and ethnic threaten its very existence. identity. Relates cuisine to modernity, migration and forms GRAD-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis and of cultural mixing and Creolizaiton. Applications (3 cr.) P: An undergraduate course in ANTH-E 644 People and Protected Areas: Theories statistics. This is a course about methods of measuring & Realities of Conservation (3 cr.) Explores major and projecting population dynamics. We focus on theories and approaches to conservation, from “fortress describing the three basic demographic processes conservation” to community-based and participatory (mortality, fertility, and migration) and showing how each strategies. It considers the implications of protected one affects population size and age structure. An under- areas for local human populations and cultural diversity. standing of these basic processes is fundamental for It evaluates outcomes and unintended consequences of studying behavioral aspects of population change. protected areas, and controversies over the “best” way to GRAD-G 593 International Perspectives on Population protect natural resources. Problems (3 cr.) International trends in population Geography growth, characteristics, and structure with attention to GEOG-G 511 Sustainable Development Systems (3 cr.) major social, environmental, economic, and political P: G208 or consent of instructor. An examination of the implications. Comparisons between industrially advanced notion of sustainable development and its meaning and economies and less developed countries in Latin America, implementation in the areas of resources, agriculture, Africa, and Asia. Special emphasis will be placed on local water, transport, cities, and tourism. Also considers and national circumstances affecting fertility, mortality, how such systems can be implemented in developed migration, and emerging roles of population policies in countries. development planning. GEOG-G 517 Geography and Development: Critical Anthropology Perspectives (3 cr.) Critical analysis of development ANTH-E 527 Environmental Anthropology (3 cr.) theory, development practice, and the discourse of Graduate course on theory and method in the study development, particularly within the context of the Third of human-environment interactions. Emphasis on World. Geographic approach to the study of neoliberalism 192 September 6, 2017 and globalization, commodity chains, transnational GRAD-G 578 Global Change, Food and Farming corporations, multi-lateral organizations, labor relations, Systems (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. NGOs, consumption practices, sustainability, gender, and Introduction to systems of food production and culture. consumption, emphasizing linkages to globalization and environmental change. Reviews the origins of GEOG-G 520 Migration and Population Redistribution agriculture, contemporary farming systems, and (3 cr.) P: G314 and G320, or consent of instructor. agricultural adaptation and sustainability, with attention Examines the history of geography. Particular reference is to the impacts of changing climate, land use, and made to the use of philosophical traditions of positivism, social systems (including industrialization, urbanization, structuralism, humanism and postmodernism within population growth, and economic liberalization). Additional geography and to the major debates about philosophy and topics include agricultural decision making; farming methodology in the last two centuries within the discipline. livelihoods; gender and poverty; prospects and challenges GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing (3 cr.) of biotechnology; agroecology; and food security and P: G314 and G320, or consent of instructor. Principles global health. of remote sensing of the earth and its atmosphere, GEOG-G 639 Topical Seminar in Geographic emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, and Information Science (3 cr.) Applications of geographic microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. information science principles in the collection and Emphasis on practical applications and digital image analysis of spatial data. Integration of GIS, remote analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. sensing, and GPS technologies. Review of current GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital literature on technique, theory, technology, and Image Processing (3 cr.) P: G535 or consent of applications with an emphasis on environmental topics. instructor Advanced remote sensing theory and digital Discussion, laboratory, and research project. image processing techniques with an emphasis on Political Science environmental science applications. Hands-on computer POLS-Y 669 International Relations: International exercises provide significant experience in digital image Political Economy (3 cr.) Illustrative topics: approaches processing techniques for extraction of qualitative and and issues; international conflict; international quantitative information about Earth¿s terrestrial and organization; quantitative international relations; analysis aquatic environments. and evaluation of policy making; U.S. foreign policy; Soviet GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) foreign policy; international and comparative communism. Overview of the principles and practices of geographic POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory and Methodology: information systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database Revisiting Collaborative Forest Communities in design, introductory and intermediate GIS, operations and Indiana (3 cr.) case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. School of Public and Environmental Affairs Lecture and laboratory. SPEA-E 465 Environmental Management in the GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information Tropics (3 cr.) Historical examination of land use in Systems (3 cr.) P: G538 or consent of instructor. tropical, non-Western cultures. Resource use in physical Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic and cultural settings is explored through an interface information science and spatial analysis techniques using with ecology, economics, and policy analysis. Common GIS software. This advanced course is for students who principles of analysis are used to help the students seek a greater understanding of this rapidly developing understand the cultural and historical dimensions of how field and to learn how to construct, manage, and analyze people relate to their environment. their own GIS data and models. SPEA-E 518 Vector-Based Geographic Information GEOG-G 549 Political Ecology (3 cr.) P: G315, G320, Systems (3 cr.) Geographic information systems using G341, G343 or consent of instructor. This seminar vector data structure. Vector GIS capabilities and uses. introduces political ecology, an approach which focuses Data structure and file management of spatial data. on the political-economic context of natural resource Laboratory exercises use ARC/INFO software. conflicts with particular attention to issues of equity, justice SPEA-E 522 Urban Forest Management (2-3 cr.) and power. This course covers the theoretical lineage Originally an outgrowth of aboriculture, urban forestry of political ecology, its development over the last twenty now encompasses the broader concepts of managing years, and current hot topics in the field. the trees, forests, and other natural recourses of cities GEOG-G 551 Water Resources (3 cr.) P: One for ecological, economic, and social benefits. Lectures, introductory physical science course and at least one discussion, and field projects will be supplemented by 300-level physical/biological science course or consent of outside speakers. (IUB and Bloomington will be the field instructor. Introduction to hydrological processes occurring laboratory.) at multiple spatial and temporal scales. Principles of SPEA-E 527 Applied Ecology (3 cr.) P: One water resources such as infiltration, runoff, surface- introductory-level ecology course. Ecosystem concepts in and groundwater flow will be explored. Topics covered natural resource management. Techniques of ecosystem also include the environmental, economic, and social analysis. Principles and practices of ecological natural implications of floods, droughts, dams, and water usage resource management. as well as current and future issues in water quality, water pollution, and water-resource regulation. SPEA-E 528 Forest Ecology and Management (3 cr.) P: E538 or V506. Field and laboratory exercises in September 6, 2017 193 quantitative analysis of forest ecosystems. Sampling Science (M.S.E.S.), the Master of Public Affairs and data collection methodologies. Data analysis and (M.P.A.) with a concentration in environmental policy interpretation. Concepts in forest ecology and forest and natural resources management, a combined management. M.S.E.S./M.P.A. degree, a combined M.S.E.S. and Doctor of Jurisprudence, and a combined M.P.A. and SPEA-E 534 Restoration Ecology (3 cr.) P: E538 or Doctor of Jurisprudence. The latter two combined V506. The course will cover basic concepts of ecosystem degrees are offered jointly with the School of Law. restoration, including development of energy flow and For information regarding ecology and evolutionary nutrient cycles, soil formation, mechanisms of species biology, geography, and geological sciences, consult the dispersal, and colonization and mutualistic relationships. respective department listings elsewhere in this bulletin; Restoration of specific terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, for information regarding the degrees offered exclusively including grasslands, forests, lakes, rivers and streams, or jointly by the School of Public and Environmental Affairs and wetlands, will be covered. and the School of Law, see their respective bulletins or SPEA-E 555 Topics in Environmental Science: call (812) 855-2840. Sustainable Forestry (2-3 cr.) This class will review and Dual Master Degrees discuss the science base for sustainable forestry, the The student must apply to and be accepted by both the human-dimensions interactions, and the political realities. School of Public and Environmental Affairs and either The course format will be discussion-based with students the program in ecology and evolutionary biology of the leading the discussion on various assigned articles and Department of Biology, the Department of Geography, the publications. Each student will write and present several Department of Geological Sciences, or the Department of papers based on literature reviews and analyses. Physics. SPEA-E 557 Conservation Biology (3 cr.) P: One 300- Requirements level ecology course. Ecological principles associated with rare species and with biodiversity, laws and statutes For the dual master’s degrees in environmental science used to conserve biodiversity, and land and species (M.S.E.S.) and ecology/evolutionary biology (M.A.), dual management practices. Our aim is to understand scientific master’s degrees in environmental science (M.S.E.S.) and and political complexities of conservation biology and to geological sciences (M.S.), and dual master’s degrees in study different methods used to conserve living resources environmental science (M.S.E.S.) and geography (M.A., and resolve conflicts associated with conservation. a total of 60 credit hours that qualify the student for two master’s degrees. are required. For specific program Environmental Programs requirements, see the departmental listings in this bulletin School of Public and Environmental Affairs and the School of Public and Environmental Affairs Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Graduate Programs Bulletin. Note: Be sure to specify which program you are interested The combined Master of Science in Environmental in when sending mail. Science (M.S.E.S.) and Physics (M.S.) is a two-year, 51-credit hour sequence of courses and research that Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~spea/ provides depth and breadth in both environmental science and physics. The student must complete a minimum of (Please note that when conferring University Graduate 21-credit hours in each program. Students design their School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The dual curriculum in consultation with the graduate advisor University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements of both programs from six components (physics core; contained only in The University Graduate School environmental science core; economics, policy, and Bulletin.) law competencies; tool skills; environmental chemistry Curriculum concentration; and professional experience). Program Information Each student must take a 3-credit hour course in which The environmental programs described below are they participate in a team to carry out an integrative cooperative undertakings of the School of Public and project that addresses a multidisciplinary problem. Environmental Affairs (SPEA), the College of Arts and Capstone course credit may be double-counted in either Sciences, and the University Graduate School. They are concentration or tool skill requirements. The capstone administered by SPEA or the University Graduate School requirement may be met by (1) SPEA-V 600, Capstone or both and provide courses and degree programs for in Public and Environmental Affairs, sections with an students not only in SPEA, but across the university. environmental focus, or (2) an alternative course with a similar structure, such as SPEA-E 560, Environmental Degrees Offered Risk Analysis or another approved course. Both degrees Dual master’s degrees in environmental science are awarded when the student meets the degree (M.S.E.S.) and ecology/evolutionary biology (M.A.), dual requirements of the Department of Physics and the School master’s degrees in environmental science (M.S.E.S.) of Public and Environmental Affairs. and geological sciences (M.S.), dual master’s degrees in environmental science (M.S.E.S.) and geography Doctor of Philosophy Degree (M.A., )dual master’s degrees in environmental science The doctoral program is administered by the School of (M.S.E.S.) and physics (M.S.), (all four dual degrees Public and Environmental Affairs in cooperation with the are offered jointly with SPEA), and the Doctor of biology, chemistry, geography, and geological sciences Philosophy in environmental science. In addition, departments. The Ph.D. in environmental science is SPEA offers the Master of Science in Environmental awarded by the University Graduate School. 194 September 6, 2017

The program provides a rigorous, comprehensive computer science, geographic information systems, education in environmental science. The specific remote sensing, statistics, and mathematical modeling, objectives of the program are: (1) to conduct advanced although other technical skill areas such as electronics research and scientific analysis of environmental events, and analytical chemical techniques may be appropriate for issues, and problems; (2) to further understanding of some students. the nature and management of natural and human environments; and (3) to provide an opportunity for Narrative Statement students and faculty members in several departments Each student must prepare a narrative statement that to engage in collaborative environmental research in an includes a discussion of the student’s previous education interdisciplinary mode. experiences, a statement of career objectives, a statement Admission of research interests, and a proposed program of course work. A student must apply to the School of Public and Environ- mental Affairs for doctoral studies; those accepted will Each student must submit the narrative statement to the be recommended to the University Graduate School for advisory committee for approval, usually during the first formal admission into the Ph.D. program. Applicants to semester in the program. this program must have completed at least a bachelor’s Course Requirements degree in science, mathematics, engineering, or a related field. Prospective students are required to submit (1) a The exact nature and amount of course work in each statement of purpose, which should be as specific as of three areas—principal field of study, breadth in possible and, preferably, should refer to potential research environmental science and policy, and research methods mentors by name; (2) official results of the Graduate —is determined by the advisory committee after review Record Examinations (GRE); (3) official transcripts of all and approval of the student’s proposed plan of study undergraduate and graduate course work completed; and in each of these areas. Selection of specific courses is (4) three letters of recommendation. Applicants whose based on obtaining (1) adequate knowledge for qualifying native language is not English must also submit results of examinations, (2) appropriate preparation for a research the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). project, and (3) a mixture of courses that meet the individual professional goals of the student. Degree Requirements The Ph.D. requires the completion of at least 90 credit The degree requires: (1) substantial knowledge in a hours in advanced study and research beyond the primary environmental science concentration; (2) breadth bachelor’s degree. A student must complete a minimum of in related environmental science and policy; (3) an 30 credit hours of advanced course work in environmental understanding of research methods; (4) an in-depth science and policy. Students must also complete a knowledge of the dissertation topic; and (5) a dissertation minimum of 30 credit hours of research, normally taken that demonstrates the student’s ability to analyze, explain, as SPEA-E 625 or SPEA-E 890. The student, with and interpret research clearly and effectively. approval of the advisory committee, should complete Advisory Committee some combination of additional course work and research sufficient to meet the 90 credit hour requirement. During the first semester of enrollment, each student must organize an advisory committee. Normally this committee Students are required to enroll in SPEA-E 680 Seminar consists of at least four faculty members: at least two in Environmental Science and Policy (1 credit hour/ should be from the School of Public and Environmental semester) for four semesters during the course of their Affairs; the others may be from other departments or degree program. Students must give at least one seminar from outside the university. Membership of the advisory presentation in SPEA-E 680 as part of their Ph.D. in committee is approved by the director of the Doctoral environmental science requirement. Students enrolled in Program in Environmental Science and the dean of the SPEA-E 680 may either make a formal presentation or University Graduate School. At least three members of write a brief synopsis and critique of four presentations the advisory committee must be members of the graduate attended each semester. Students are encouraged to faculty. enroll in SPEA-E 710 Advanced Topics in Environmental Science, which may be taken multiple times, as the topics Fields of Study vary. Advanced topics courses and reading courses may be used to meet requirements, depending upon the topic Each student should define a principal field of study which and the student’s area of interest. may be interdisciplinary. The student should prepare a proposal outlining a program of course work that the Students should note that all 30 credit hours of advanced student believes lies within that field. course work, if properly selected, and 6 credit hours of research, may be applied toward the Master of Science Each student should prepare a program of course work in Environmental Science (M.S.E.S.) degree. With an that fulfills the requirement of breadth in environmental additional 12 credit hours of approved course work, a science and policy. The breadth requirement may be student may be awarded the M.S.E.S. degree while fulfilled by using a wide spectrum of environmentally completing the requirements for the Ph.D. degree in related courses, including areas such as economics, law, environmental science. Completion of the M.S.E.S. degree and management, in addition to other science courses. as part of this doctoral program is not a requirement; Each student is also required to prepare a statement of however, this option may be appropriate for some courses or activities for meeting the research methods students. requirement. Normally these include subjects such as September 6, 2017 195

Qualifying Examinations submission to a journal. These documents may have multiple authors, although the doctoral candidate must Before a student is admitted to candidacy, all demonstrate that he or she made significant contributions requirements determined by the advisory committee must to at least two of the publications or manuscripts submitted be met and the qualifying examinations passed. A student for review. The research portfolio must have introductory who fails qualifying examinations may retake them only and concluding chapters to integrate across the topics. once. The research portfolio also must be prepared to meet The decision to admit a student to doctoral candidacy is the University Graduate School’s requirements for made by the advisory committee, which evaluates the dissertations. A public presentation of the dissertation student’s performance in the written examination, research research is required. The dissertation must be approved proposal, and oral examination. by the research committee. Written Examination Ph.D. Minor in Environmental Studies This examination should be taken by the end of the (12 credit hours) student’s fifth semester in the Ph.D. program. The exam Students in Ph.D. programs at Indiana University may, focuses on topics covered by the student’s course with the consent of their advisory committee, choose work and related to the student’s research interests. environmental studies as an outside minor. The minor is The examination is written and graded by the student’s flexible and is usually designed by students in accordance advisory committee. The written examination is graded as with their needs. pass, conditional pass, or fail. Requirements Research Proposal 1. The doctoral candidate must secure a faculty advisor No later than the end of the fifth semester, the student in consultation with the director of the Doctoral should submit a written research proposal for review Program in Environmental Science. The advisor may by the advisory committee. The proposal should be not be from the candidate’s major department. The documented, clearly stating a research objective, the candidate’s advisor serves as the representative approach to be taken, and the significance of the work. in all examinations or other requirements of the Oral Examination candidate’s Ph.D. program that relate to the minor. The advisor decides on the character of the Each candidate is examined orally by the advisory examination, if any, in the minor field and certifies committee. The oral examination expands upon the written that the candidate has met the requirements of the examination and covers the student’s research proposal. minor. Research Committee 2. The candidate must take at least 12 credit hours of graduate-level courses related to environmental Upon the student’s successful completion of the qualifying studies. These courses must be from at least two examinations, a research committee is formed. Normally different disciplines outside the candidate’s major this committee consists of at least four faculty members: department. The choice of courses should be made at least two should be from the School of Public and in consultation with the candidate’s advisor and Environmental Affairs; the others may be from other must be approved by the director of the Doctoral departments. The director of the Doctoral Program Program in Environmental Science. Acceptance in Environmental Science recommends the student’s of the proposed minor is based on two criteria: research committee to the dean of the University Graduate (1) the courses must have a direct relationship School. At least three members of the research committee to environmental studies, and (2) the courses must be full members of the graduate faculty. must not normally be required as part of major Students are required to submit an annual report (1-2 or tool skill options in the student’s major depart- pages) of their progress to be approved by their advisory ment. Courses in the minor program should be or research committee during an annual review meeting selected according to the student’s interest. Students arranged by the student and their primary advisor by April majoring in areas other than the natural sciences, 15 each year. This report should contain the following: for example, may wish to consider course offerings provisional thesis title, nomination of advisory or research in the natural sciences; similarly, natural science committee (date completed), course work completed students might consider course offerings in the (projected date; date completed), qualifying exam social and behavioral sciences. (projected date; date completed), brief outline of research 3. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 objectives, detailed summary of progress and relevant (B) must be attained in all courses used for the activities, summary of research plans for the next year, minor. and proposed long-term research plans and timetable. Faculty Dissertation Graduate Faculty A dissertation is required and must be of sufficient value Unless otherwise noted in parentheses, the faculty to warrant publication. The dissertation must represent a member’s primary affiliation is with the School of Public substantial research effort, both in quality and quantity. and Environmental Affairs. The dissertation requirement may be met by preparing (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University a traditional dissertation or by preparing a portfolio of Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct research documents including publications, manuscripts doctoral dissertations.) in press, and a completed manuscript suitable for 196 September 6, 2017

Distinguished Professors (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Gary Hieftje* (Chemistry), Ronald Hites* (Public and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Environmental Affairs) contained only in The University Graduate School Professors Bulletin.) Randall Baker* (Emeritus), Simon Brassell* (Geological Curriculum Sciences), Sharon Brehm* (Emeritus, Psychology), Academic Advising Edward S. Brondizio* (Anthropology), Keith Clay* (Biology), Chris Craft*, Jeremy Dunning* (Geological Ballantine Hall 542, (812) 855-3280 Sciences), George Ewing* (Emeritus, Chemistry), Burnell C. Fischer* (Clinical Emeritus), Robert L. Program Information Fischman* (Law), Hendrik Haitjema* (Emeritus), Daniel The Institute for European Studies (EURO) offers a C. Knudsen* (Geography), Emilio Moran* (Emeritus, Master of Arts degree in European Studies, and two Anthropology), Lisa Pratt* (Geological Sciences), Sara dual degree programs: a Master of Arts and a Master of Pryor* (Geography), J. C. Randolph* (Emeritus), Edwardo Business Administration (M.A./M.B.A.) with the Kelley Rhodes (Emeritus)*, Scott Robeson* (Geography), Philip School of Business, and a Master of Arts and a Master of Stevens*, Jeffrey White*, Donald Whitehead* (Emeritus, Public Affairs (M.A./M.P.A.) with the School of Public and Biology) Environmental Affairs. The European Studies Master’s Associate Professors program offers a flexible yet rigorous approach to the study of modern Europe that combines courses in the Sanya Carley*, David H. Good*, Diane Henshel*, Kerry social sciences, humanities, and languages to give Krutilla*, Vicki Meretsky*, Flynn Picardal*, Ingrid Ritchie* students broad understanding of the politics, economics, (I), Joe Shaw, Todd Royer, Catherine Tucker*, Chen Zhu* history, and cultures of the countries of Europe and the (Geological Sciences) European Union, while allowing the student to tailor the program to their interests. Students may focus on a Assistant Professors particular country or region in Europe or on the European Michael Muehlenbein (Anthropology), Kimberly Novick, Union. The dual degrees add a level of professional Jonathon Raff, Adam Ward training. M.A. graduates have in-depth knowledge about Europe and are prepared to work in a wide variety of An (I) after a faculty member’s name indicates that the positions in the public and private sector. Students may person teaches at Indiana University–Purdue University also choose to follow the Master’s degree with advanced Indianapolis. graduate studies. Academic Advisor The Institute for European Studies is affiliated with the Professor Christopher Craft*, SPEA 418, (812) 855-4953 new School of Global and International Studies in the College of Arts and Science, dedicated to providing Doctoral Student Advisor Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in the Professor Christopher Craft*, SPEA 418, (812) 855-4953 globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree Courses programs associated with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training For descriptions of courses offered by the School of Public in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS and Environmental Affairs, see the School of Public and students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty Environmental Affairs Graduate Programs Bulletin. and professional development opportunities. For further information regarding the mission, structure and resources Institute for European Studies of the School of Global and International Studies see: College of Arts and Sciences http://sgis.indiana.edu/ Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Degrees Offered Departmental URL: http://www.iub.edu/~euroinst/ Master of Arts, Master of Arts/Master of Business Administration (jointly with the Kelley School of Business), The Institute of European Studies is affiliated with Master of Arts/Master of Public Affairs (jointly with the the new School of Global and International Studies School of Public and Environmental Affairs) (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate students with the European Studies also offers a Graduate Certificate and a intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in Ph.D. minor for doctoral students. the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree Special Program Requirements programs associated with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training (See also general University Graduate School in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS requirements.) students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty and professional development opportunities. For further Master of Arts Degree information regarding the mission, structure and resources Admission of the School of Global and International Studies see Bachelor’s degree and completion of the Graduate Record http://sgis.indiana.edu/. Examination. No language proficiency is required for September 6, 2017 197 admission, although intermediate or advanced knowledge Arts degree. See “Master of Arts Degree” for admission of one European language is recommended. requirements. Course Requirements European Studies Course Requirements A total of 30 credit hours of graduate course work, Students take 24 graduate credits in European Studies distributed over three categories. Category I consists of under the course requirements for the M.A., including: all four required courses including Research Seminar (3 cr.); four Category I courses (12 cr.); two out of three courses one approved graduate course in European studies from from the following (6 cr.): literature or culture from the History (3 to 4 cr.); one approved graduate course on the European region or area where the student's language of politics of Europe or the European Union (3 cr.); and one specialization is spoken, one approved graduate elective approved course pertaining to Europe in the World (3 cr.). course in the humanities, or one approved graduate elective course in the social sciences; plus one general Category II consists of five courses (min. 15 cr.) in elective (3 cr.) and 3 thesis hours. electives from the following four areas: literature or culture from the European region or area where the student’s Business Course Requirements language of specialization is spoken (3 cr.); one approved graduate elective course in the humanities; one approved Forty-two graduate credit hours for the M.B.A. degree graduate elective course in the social sciences; and 5-6 under the course requirements for the M.B.A. Full credit hours in approved graduate elective coursework. information about the M.B.A. program should be obtained from the Kelley School of Business M.B.A Program Office. Category III pertains to thesis hours. A minimum of 3 credit hours in EURO-800 are required. Language Requirements Language Requirement Proficiency at the intermediate-mid to intermediate-high level of one approved European language appropriate to Proficiency at the intermediate-mid to intermediate-high the student's program is required. level of one approved European language appropriate to the student’s program is required. Language requirements Thesis are explained in detail in the “Academic Regulations” Required. The student must select a thesis advisory section of this bulletin. committee of at least three faculty members representing Thesis both European Studies and the Kelley School of Business. European Studies adheres to thesis format and printing Required. The student must select a thesis advisory requirements set by the University Graduate School. committee of at least three faculty members. A European Master’s theses are not to exceed 100 pages. It is Studies-affiliated faculty member should be selected as strongly advised that the student spend the first year of the chair. The Institute for European Studies adheres to thesis three-year program completing requirements for the M.A. format and printing requirements set by the University part of the program, and that the second year be spent in Graduate School. A European Studies Master’s thesis the first year of the M.B.A. program, thus allowing the third may not exceed 100 pages total and should draw on year to focus on electives and the thesis. resources from the language of specialization. (3 cr.). Dual Degree: Master of Arts in European Studies and Dual Degree: Master of Arts in European Studies and Master of Public Affairs Master of Business Administration European Studies and the School of Public and The Institute for European Studies and the Kelley School Environmental Affairs (SPEA) jointly offer a three-year of Business jointly offer a three-year program that quali- program that qualifies students for two Master’s degrees. fies students for two Master’s degrees. Study for these Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of two degrees can be combined for a total of 66 credit 60 credit hours rather than the 78 credit hours required for hours rather than the 84 credit hours required for the the two degrees taken separately. two degrees taken separately. The area studies require 30 hours of credit, 6 of which, taken through the Kelley Admission School of Business, will count towards the M.A. degree. To be eligible for the joint M.A./M.P.A. program, students The other 24 hours of credit must be in accordance with must apply to the two

(Germanic Studies), Hannah Buxbaum* (Law), Linda Italian), Estella Vieira* (Spanish and Portuguese), Brigitta Charnes* (English), Joseph Clements* (Linguistics), Wagner* (Germanic Studies), William Winecoff (Political Aurelian Craiutu* (Political Science), Michelle Facos* Science) (Fine Arts), Kari Gade* (Germanic Studies), Adelheid Gealt* (History of Art), Sander Gliboff* (History and Lecturers/Adjunct Philosophy of Science), Gerhard Glomm* (Economics), Andrew Asher, Troy Byler, Cigdem Balim-Harding*, Gene Kirsten Gronbjerg* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Coyle, Esther Ham, Franklin L. Hess, Nikole Langjahr, David Hakken* (Informatics), Tracy Alan Hall* (Germanic Olga Kalentzidou, Stepanka Korytova, Gergana May, Per Studies), David Hertz* (Comparative Literature), Nordahl, Alicia Vitti Carl Ipsen* (History), Bill Johnston* (Comparative Literature), Eileen Julien* (French and Italian), Dan Academic Advising Knudsen* (Geography), Catherine Larson* (Spanish and Ballantine Hall 542, (812) 855-3280 Portuguese), Karma Lochrie* (English), Eric MacPhail* (French and Italian), Rosemarie McGerr* (Comparative Courses Literature), Daniel Melamed* (Music), Domenico Bertoloni Meli* (History and Philosophy of Science), Richard Nash* General (English), Massimo Ossi* (Music), David Pace* (Emeritus, EURO-G 599 Thesis Research (0 cr.) History), Sarah Phillips* (Anthropology), William Rasch* EURO-W 301 Modern European Politics and Society (Germanic Studies), Toivo Raun* (Central Eurasian (3 cr.) The politics, economics, and social structures of Studies and History), Jean Robinson* (Political Science), Western European countries. Examination of selected Alvin Rosenfeld* (English and Jewish Studies), William domestic and international issues, including the welfare Scheuerman* (Political Science and West European states, the European community, and West-East Studies), Jutta Schickore* (History and Philosophy of European relations. Science), Robert Schneider* (History), Rex Sprouse* (Germanic Studies), Wayne Storey* (French and Italian), EURO-W 401 Topics in European Intellectual History Frances Trix* (Anthropology), Timothy Waters* (Law), (3 cr.) A survey of modern European intellectual history Stephen Watt* (English), Marc Weiner* (Germanic from the French Revolution to the present. Open to Studies) advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Associate Professors EURO-W 501 The Economics of European Integration (3 cr.) Study of the integration of the economies of the Penelope Anderson* (English), Guillaume Ansart* (French member states of the European Union (EU) since the and Italian), Marco Arnaudo* (French and Italian), Julie Treaty of Rome; economic policy making institutions and Auger* (French and Italian and Linguistics), Bret Bowles the EU budget; economic theory of a customs union and a (French and Italian), Michel Chaouli* (Germanic Studies), single market; imperfections in the single market, including Joseph Chen* (Physical Education and Recreation), unemployment; monetary integration, and monetary union; Claude Cookman* (Journalism), Deborah Deliyannis* common policies and reforms; widening of the EU to the (History), Melissa Dinverno* (Spanish and Portuguese), east and south; and emphasis on relevant current events. Lynn Duggan (Labor Studies), Susanne Even* (Germanic Studies), J. Cesar Felix-Brasdefer* (Spanish and EURO-W 504 Model European Union (1-3 cr.) Analysis Portuguese), Arthur Field* (History), Shannon Gayk* of the decision-making powers of the European Union (English), Kimberly Geeslin* (Spanish and Portuguese), (EU). Formal simulation of the EU. Course may be Brian Joseph Gilley* (Anthropology), Margaret Gray* repeated for credit. (French and Italian), D. Rae Greiner* (English), Andreas Hauskrecht (Kelley School of Business), Timothy EURO-W 602 International Briefing (1-5 cr.) Covers Hellwig* (Political Science), Lynn Hooker* (Central three large regions: East Asia, Russia and Eastern Eurasian Studies), Owen V. Johnson* (Journalism), Europe, and Western Europe. Team-taught by three Giles Knox* (History of Art), Joan Linton* (English), specialists in politics, culture, and societies. Herbert Marks* (Comparative Literature), Luise McCarty* EURO-W 605 Selected Topics in West European (Education), Patricia McManus* (Sociology), Angela Studies (1.5-4-12 cr.) Pao* (Comparative Literature), Benjamin Robinson* (Germanic Studies), Julia Roos* (History), Bret Rothstein* EURO-W 800 M.A. Thesis (arr** cr.) (History of Art), Massimo Scalabrini* (French and Italian), EURO-W 805 Individual Readings in West European Abdulkader Sinno* (Political Science), Rebecca Spang* Studies (1-8 cr.) (History), Johannes Turk* (Germanic Studies), Barbara Vance* (French and Italian), Reyes Vila-Belda* (Spanish EURO-W 875 Research in West European Studies and Portuguese), Steven Wagschal* (Spanish and (arr. cr.) Portuguese) Modern Greek Assistant Professors EURO-W 200 Second-Year Modern Greek (3 cr.) P: Students enrolling must have either taken E491 or Hall Bjornstad* (French and Italian), Edgar Illas* (Spanish placement examination. Course will build on language and Portuguese), Elham Mafi-Kreft (Kelley School of skills acquired during first semester. This will involve Business), Roberta Pergher (History), Miguel Rodriguez- covering more advanced grammar, vocabulary, and Mondonedo (Spanish and Portuguese), David Joseph developing writing skills. Emphasis placed on verbal Rutkowski (Education), Jeffrey Saletnik (History of Art), expression. For graduate reading knowledge. Credit will Scott Shackelford* (Kelley School of Business), Sandra not count toward degree. Shapshay* (Philosophy), Nicolas Valazza* (French and 200 September 6, 2017

EURO-W 491 Elementary Modern Greek for Graduate Students (3 cr.) For graduate reading knowledge. Credit Professors will not count toward degree. Barbara Klinger*, Gregory Waller* (Chair, Communication EURO-W 492 Readings in Modern Greek for Graduate and Culture) Students (3 cr.) P: E491 Continuation of first semester. Credit will not count toward degree. Associate Professors EURO-W 580 Advanced Modern Greek I: Cultural Christopher Anderson*, Joan Hawkins* Literacy and Current Events (3 cr.) This course, designed for students who have completed the equivalent Assistant Professors of two years of Modern Greek study, assists advanced Mary Gray*, Joshua Malitsky, Ted Striphas* students in developing both their communicative competency in modern Greek and their awareness of Adjunct Professors Greek culture and society. Peter Bondanella* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature, EURO-W 581 Advanced Modern Greek II: Literature, French and Italian), Sumie Jones* (Emerita, Comparative History, and Cinema (3 cr.) This course assists Literature, East Asian Languages and Cultures), Darlene advanced students in developing both their communicative Sadlier* (Spanish and Portuguese) competency and their awareness of Greek culture and history. In particular, the course will focus on improving Graduate Advisor language skills by engaging Greek history through Associate Professor Jane Goodman*, Classroom Office literature and cinema. Building, 800 E. 3rd Street, Bloomington, (812) 855-3232 EURO-W 605 Topics in Modern Greek Society and Courses Culture (3 cr.) Selected ideas, trends, and problems in modern Greek culture. Specific topics will be announced Communication and Culture each semester. C503 Introduction to Media Theory and Aesthetics (3 cr.) Film Studies C506 Methods of Media Research (3 cr.) C552 Media Institutions and the Production of Culture (3 College of Arts and Sciences cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] C560 Motion Picture Production (3-4 cr.) Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~cmcl/film/ C561 Intermediate Motion Picture Production (4 cr.) index.shtml C562 The Screenplay (4 cr.) C592 Media Genres (3 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate C594 History of European and American Films II (4 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The C596 National Cinemas (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements C606 Media Criticism (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School C610 Identity and Difference (3 cr.) Bulletin.) C620 Media, Culture, and Politics (3 cr.) C652 Globalization of Media (3 cr.) Curriculum C691 Authorship in the Cinema (4 cr.) Degrees Offered C792 Film History and Theory (4 cr.) Students wishing to concentrate on film studies can C793 Seminar in Media Studies (3 cr.) pursue a Master of Arts and/or a Doctor of Philosophy Comparative Literature degree in the Department of Communication and Culture. Specific topics in film studies are offered under media C692 Comedy in Film and Literature (4 cr.) course titles each semester. Graduate students from C693 Film Adaptations of Literature (4 cr.) other departments can also earn a Ph.D. minor in C790 Studies in Film and Literature (4-12 cr.) Communication and Culture with a focus on film. For more information, see degree requirements and the overview of East Asian Languages and Cultures media curriculum for graduate study under the listing for E533 Studies in Chinese Cinema (3 cr.) Communication and Culture.

Faculty English Director L780 Special Studies in English and American Literature Assistant Professor Ted Striphas* (4 cr.) Topics on film. Graduate Faculty Italian (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University M455 Readings in the Italian Cinema (3 cr.) May be Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct repeated once for credit. doctoral dissertations.) M500 Seminar in Italian Cinema (3 cr.) Telecommunications Chancellor’s Professor R540 Special Projects in Telecommunications (cr. arr.) James Naremore* (Emeritus, Communication and Culture, Comparative Literature, English) September 6, 2017 201 Folklore and Ethnomusicology M.A. exam is taken or before the M.A. project/thesis is submitted. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Exam/Project/Thesis Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~folklore A comprehensive written exam or project/thesis is required for the degree. Students may earn up to 6 thesis credit (Please note that when conferring University Graduate hours for an M.A. project/thesis. A comprehensive oral School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, the examination is given when the project/thesis is submitted. University Graduate School uses those requirements Students choosing to take the exam will fulfill their credit contained only in The University Graduate School hours with coursework. Bulletin.) Master of Arts Track in Folklore Curriculum Course Requirements Degrees Offered A minimum of 30 credit hours, including F512, F516, Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in Folklore and F523, and F525 or F517; four additional approved courses Ethnomusicology in the depart¬ment. Students must also select one Ethnomusicology course from the following list: E522, , Fields of Study E529, or E714. The Department of Folklore and Ethnomusicology offers training in a number of subfields of folklore, including oral Master of Arts Track in Ethnomusicology narrative, song, material culture, ritual, festival, worldview, Course Requirements as well as ethnomusicology, the study of music as culture, A minimum of 30 credit hours including E522, F523, with emphasis on area studies, theory, and presentation E529 or ethnomusicology area course, E714, and three and preservation of music. The department is dedicated other approved courses two of which must be in the to the study of expressive forms traditional, contemporary, Depart¬ment of Folklore and Ethnomusicology. Students vernacular, and popular within an integrative academic must also select one Folklore course from the following program. Students and faculty conduct research in a list: F512, F516, , F517, or F525. range of world areas, using diverse research methods: ethnographic, historical, archival, and laboratory. Students Dual Master’s Degrees prepare for careers in a variety of academic and public All Folklore & Ethnomusicology dual degrees require settings. The department offers a graduate concentration the following: in public practice that emphasizes research, critical Admission Requirements orientations, and practical skills in the areas of public education, preservation, and presentation. Students must be admitted by both programs to pursue the dual degree. Both degrees must be awarded Special Requirements simultaneously. (See also general University Graduate School Foreign Language Requirement requirements.) Reading proficiency in one modern foreign language. Admission Requirements Must be completed before the end of the semester in A good undergraduate record in any of the humanities which the comprehensive exam is taken or before the or social sciences will be acceptable for admission project/thesis is submitted. to graduate study in folklore and ethnomusicology. Exam/Project/Thesis Graduate Record Examination General Test scores are required (recommended but not required for international A comprehensive written exam or a project/thesis students whose first language is not English). Students is required for the degree. Students may earn up to 6 may be admitted to graduate study in folklore and credit hours for the project/thesis. Students who choose to ethnomusicology, concentrating in either folklore or do the project/thesis, may develop their project/thesis to ethnomusicology, in one of three categories: (1) M.A., (2) integrate their Folklore and Ethnomusicology interests and Ph.D., or (3) M.A./Ph.D. their other dual degree interests, with a committee of two Folklore/ Ethnomusicology faculty and one or more faculty Grades members of the other degree department. An oral defense The department will accept no course for credit toward is held when the project/thesis is complete. a degree in which the grade is lower than a B– (2.7). All students must earn a B (3.0) or better in the required Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science department courses and maintain a grade point average of Degrees at least 3.2. Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of 51 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required for Master of Arts Degree in Folklore and the two degrees taken separately. Students take at least Ethnomusicology 30 graduate credit hours in library science and at least 21 Foreign Language Requirement credit hours in folklore and ethnomusicology. Reading proficiency in one modern foreign language. Folklore and Ethnomusicology Course Requirements Must be completed before or during the semester the 202 September 6, 2017

One of the following: F512, F516, F517, E522, or E529; Ph.D. Track in Folklore and either F523 or F525; and five additional approved Course Requirements courses in the department. A total of 90 credit hours, 60 of which must be coursework Dual Master of Arts and Master of Information Science including F512, F516, F517, F523, F525, and seven Degrees approved courses. Students must also select one Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of Ethnomusicology course from the following list: E522, 57 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required for E529, or E714. the two degrees taken separately. Students take at least 30 graduate credit hours in information science, and at Ph.D. Track in Ethnomusicology least 21 credit hours in folklore and ethnomusicology. Course Requirements Folklore and Ethnomusicology Course Requirements A total of 90 credit hours, 60 of which must be coursework including E522, F523, E714, F740 or F722, E529 or an One of the following: F512, F516, F517, E522, or E529; ethnomusicology area course, and six approved courses, and either F523 or F525; and five additional approved five of which must be in the department. Students must courses in the department. also select one Folklore course from the following list: F512, F516, F517, or F525. Dual Master of Arts Degree: Arts Administration and Folklore and Ethnomusicology Ph.D Minor in Ethnomusicology Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of Doctoral students in other departments may obtain 60 credit hours rather than the 75 credit hours required for a minor in ethnomusicology by completing 12 credit the two degrees taken separately. Students take at least hours (four graduate ethnomusicology courses). Six (6) 36 graduate credit hours in arts administration, and at credit hours must be from the required courses: E522, least 24 credit hours in folklore and ethnomusicology. F523, E529, E714, and F740. Contact the Director of the Ethnomusicology Institute for approval of courses. Folklore and Ethnomusicology Course Requirements Graduate students may pursue a concentration in Two of the following: ethnomusicology at the M.A. and Ph.D. levels; consult the requirements for that department. • F512, F516, F517, E522, E714 • Either F523 or F525 Ph.D. Minor in Folklore • F532 Doctoral students in other departments may obtain a minor in folklore by completing 12 credit hours (four • Either F802 or F803 graduate folklore courses). Three (3) credit hours must be • Three additional approved courses in the in one of the required courses: F512, F516, F517, F523, Department. or F525. Contact the Director of Graduate Studies for Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Folklore and approval of courses. Ethnomusicology Grades Admission Requirement A minimum of a B (3.0) is required in each course that is M.A. degree (may comprise 30 of the 90 required credits). to count toward the minors. Minors Ph.D. Internal Minor in Folklore for Students in the At least one minor is required; Students opting for the Ethnomusicology Track Ph.D. program with a double major do not need a minor. Students pursuing the Ethnomusicology track may earn an internal minor in Folklore by completing four Foreign Language Requirement courses (for a total of 12 hours) that are outside of their Reading proficiency in two foreign languages. Must major requirements. Students must complete one of the be completed before qualifying examination is taken. following courses: F512, F516, F517, or F525. All other In special cases, and in consultation with a student’s courses must be approved in advance for the minor by the advisory committee, a student may submit a written Director of Graduate Studies. Students should contact the petition to the Director of Graduate Studies to substitute Director of Graduate Studies for further information on this in-depth language proficiency in one language for minor. proficiency in two languages. Ph.D. Internal Minor in Ethnomusicology for Students Qualifying Examinations in the Folklore Track Students pursuing the Folklore track may earn an Written examination in three parts (theory, genre, and area internal minor in Ethnomusicology by completing four specialties), followed by oral examination. courses (for a total of 12 hours) that are outside of their Research Proposal major requirements. Students must complete one of the following courses: E522, E529, or E714. All other Must be approved by the research committee, a majority courses must be approved in advance for the minor by of whose members must be faculty of folklore and the Ethnomusicology Institute Director. Students should ethnomusicology. contact the Ethnomusicology Institute Director for further information on this minor. Final Examination Faculty Defense of the dissertation. September 6, 2017 203

(An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University John W. Johnson* Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Associate Scholar Chairperson Inta Gale Carpenter Professor John McDowell* Courses Director, Folklore Institute FOLK-E 522 The Study of Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Introduction to the discipline: history, scope, definitions Professor John McDowell* of ethnomusicology; key issues, points of debate; ethnomusicologists and their work; resources for research, Director, Ethnomusicology Institute teaching, and other activities in which ethnomusicologists Professor Ruth Stone* engage. Background for more specialized courses in fieldwork, theory, intellectual history, and world areas. Director of Graduate Studies Credit given for only one of FOLK E522 or F522. Associate Professor Pravina Shukla* FOLK-E 529 Musical Cultures as Systems of Meaning Graduate Faculty (3 cr.) This course explores a range of ideologies, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University processes, and patterns that define musical cultures Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct across the globe. Focus on the concept of music as doctoral dissertations.) culture by examining historical and contemporary issues in cross-cultural perspective. Professors FOLK-E 536 Applied Ethnomusicology and Folklore: Mellonee Victoria Burnim*, Ray Cashman*, Media Productions (3 cr.) Examines the application Diane Goldstein*, John H. McDowell*, Gregory A. of ethnomusicology and folklore training in media Schrempp*, Ruth Stone* productions for cultural institutions and commercial industries. A focus on the role of humanists as Associate Professors researchers, consultants, music supervisors, and Michael Dylan Foster*, Jason Baird Jackson*, David filmmakers for public media institutions (i.e. PBS, BBC, Anthony McDonald*, Daniel Boyce Reed*, Pravina NPR, PRI), multimedia production companies, and Shukla* commercial film industries. Assistant Professors FOLK-E 601 Chinese Film and Music (3 cr.) Introduces students to Chinese film, music, and film and music Rebecca Dirksen, Alisha Jones industries. Focus on ethnomusicological approaches Senior Lecturers to the study of film, methods for reading film music, and learning to read Chinese films and listen to their Fernando Orejuela, Sue Tuohy soundtracks in relation to their representations of Chinese culture. Adjunct Professors FOLK-E 607 Music in African Life (3 cr.) Study of how John Bodnar* (History), Raymond DeMallie* Africans create, perform, think about, and use music in (Anthropology), Anya Peterson Royce* (Anthropology), their lives. Topics include traditional and popular musical Eric Sandweiss* (History) styles in relationship to social and historical contexts, as Adjunct Associate Professors well as translocal, transnational, and global cultural and musical exchanges in which Africans participate. Credit Jane E. Goodman* (Anthropology), Lynn Hooker* given for only FOLK E607 or F607. (Central Eurasian Studies), Stephanie C. Kane* (Criminal Justice), Susan Lepselter* (Anthropology), Susan Seizer* FOLK-E 608 Music in African Film (3 cr.) Music is an (Anthropology) integral part of African films, whether they are made by Hollywood or by African directors. The course will explore Faculty Emeritus how various film musics are conceived and how these College Professor musics may be interpreted by audiences, composers, and filmmakers. Credit given for only FOLK E608 or F608. Henry H. Glassie* FOLK-E 639 Music & Nationalism in Latin America Distinguished Professors (3 cr.) Explores relationships between changing concepts Richard Bauman* of nation and national identity, local, social, and political processes, and artists whose performances and creations Professors have been seen as national symbols. Theories of Mary Ellen Brown*, Sandra Kay Dolby*, Hasan M. El- nationalism, explored through case studies from various Shamy*, William Hansen*, Roger L. Janelli*, Portia K. periods and nations of Latin America. Maultsby*, Beverly J. Stoeltje* (Anthropology), William FOLK-E 688 Motown (3 cr.) This course surveys the Wiggins Jr.* (African American and African Diaspora development of Motown Record Corporation, Detroit Era Studies) (1959-1972). Through lecture, discussion, guided listening Associate Professors and visual experiences the course studies the musical works, creative processes, business practices, historical 204 September 6, 2017 events, media, technology, and sociocultural factors that FOLK-F 523 Field Work in Folklore/Ethnomusicology contributed to Motown’s identity as a unique artistic and (3 cr.) Theories and methods of conducting field research, cultural phenomenon. including research design, methods of data gathering, research ethics, and presentation of research results. FOLK-E 694 Issues in African American Music (3 cr.) A chronological overview of the primary genres of African FOLK-F 525 Readings in Ethnography (3 cr.) Historical American music, from slavery to present. Emphasis survey of main styles of ethnographic research, with placed on understanding the separate identities of emphasis on three types of theoretical considerations: individual genres, and examining those processes by 1) relationship between ethnographic research and the which they are interrelated and are cultural objects for ap- changing academic, political, cultural, and artistic contexts propriation. Credit given for only one of FOLK E694, FOLK in which it is situated; 2) ethnographers as individuals F694, or AAAD A594. whose specific backgrounds and aspirations influence their work; and 3) close attention to the methods employed FOLK-E 697 African American Popular Music (3 cr.) by specific ethnographers. An examination of African American popular music from 1945-2000. Organized topically, this course will examine FOLK-F 527 Folk Poetry and Folksong (3 cr.) the production of this tradition as a black cultural product Examination of written and performed folk poetry, ritual, and its transformation into a mass marketed commodity political, domestic, or occupational verse, blues, or popular for mainstream and global consumption. Credit given for song; scholarly perspectives associated with these forms. only one of FOLK E697 or AAAD A687. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. FOLK-E 698 African American Religious Music (3 cr.) FOLK-F 528 Advanced Fieldwork (3 cr.) P: F523. While Using both a sociocultural and a historical perspective, F523 offers a comprehensive survey of the complex and this course explores the major forms of African American multi-faceted enterprise, this course (F528) chooses religious music indigenous to the United States (Negro one element of the fieldwork and focuses on it as a spirituals and gospel music), as well as those Euro- theme for an entire semester. This course also offers American musical expressions that have emerged as advanced graduate students additional guided experience integral parts of the African American worship experience. conducting fieldwork in a workshop-like setting. FOLK-E 699 Theoretical Perspectives in African FOLK-F 532 Public Practice in Folklore and American Music (3 cr.) A critique of the theoretical Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Explores the breadth of perspectives of African American music rendered in professional practice in Folklore and Ethnomusicology seminal publications by scholars of various disciplines outside of college and university settings. Emphasis is employed from the 19th century to the present that have placed on the development of conceptual knowledge shaped underlying assumptions in narratives on this central to publicly engaged scholarship irrespective of the tradition. Credit given for only one of FOLK E699 or FOLK particular contexts in which scholars might be employed. F725. FOLK-F 535 Ritual and Festival (3 cr.) Traditional rituals FOLK-E 714 Paradigms of Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) and festivals include symbolic forms of communication Examines the current paradigms for conducting and a range of performance units: drama, religious ethnomusicological research. Emphasis on theoretical expression, music, sports, the clown. Interpretive models frameworks and specific examples of application within the permit cross-cultural examination of these phenomena disciplines. Credit given for only FOLK F714 or E714. in the United States, Africa, Latin America, Europe, Asia, etc., though study focuses only on a few events in context. FOLK-F 501 Colloquy in Folklore/Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Introduces students to the content, methodologies, FOLK-F 540 Material Culture and Folklife (3 cr.) and theoretical perspectives, and intellectual histories of Material culture presented within the context of folklife, folklore and ethnomusicology. including folk architecture, folk crafts, folk art, traditional foodways, folk museums, folklife research methods, and FOLK-F 510 Multimedia in Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) the history of folklife research. May be repeated for credit Explores the use of multimedia technology in five basic when topics vary. areas of ethnographic activity: field research, laboratory research (transcription and analysis), preservation, FOLK-F 545 Folk Narrative (3 cr.) Examination of myths, presentation, and publication. Knowledge of technological folktales, legends, jokes, fables, anecdotes, personal concepts and skill development in the use of various narratives, or other forms of folk narrative. Attention given technologies are pursued through a project-based to the content, form, and functions of the narratives as well approach, which emphasizes learning by doing. as the variety of theories and methodologies employed in their study. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. FOLK-F 516 Folklore Theory in Practice (3 cr.) An introduction to scholarly practice, developing an integrated FOLK-F 600 Asian Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Folk idea of folklore as a topic of study and as a way to conduct religion, material culture, social customs, oral literature, research. and folk music of Asian societies. Relationship between political movements and the use of folklore scholarship. FOLK-F 517 History of Folklore Study (3 cr.) Graduate Transformations of traditions in modern contexts. May be introduction to conceptual foundations in folklore, repeated for credit when topics vary. such as social base of folklore, tradition, folklore and culture history, folklore as projection, genre, function, FOLK-F 609 African and Afro-American Folklore/Folk structure, text, and context, through a historical survey of Music (3 cr.) Folklore, oral prose and poetry, and music approaches to folklore topics. of African societies from the precolonial to the modern national period. The perpetuation of African traditions and September 6, 2017 205 the creation of new folklore forms among Afro-Americans and consumption—applying a material culture model to in the United States. May be repeated for credit when the study of food. While food is an expression of cultural topics vary. identities, it is also a powerful vehicle for the expression of individual identities, preferences, and aesthetics. FOLK-F 617 Middle East Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Intensive comparative studies of selected genres, FOLK-F 715 (ENG L715) English and Scottish Popular including epics, oral narratives, folk drama, ritual and Ballads (4 cr.) Students’ investigation of principal festival, riddles, proverbs, and folk music. Emphasis on problems met in ballad scholarship. Special attention to analyses of genres in their social and cultural contexts. textual relationships, dissemination, and unique qualities May be repeated for credit when topics vary. of genre. FOLK-F 625 North American Folklore/Folk Music FOLK-F 722 Colloquium in Theoretical Folklore/ (3 cr.) Folk and popular traditions of the United States Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Intensive examination of social and Canada. Topics include the social base of American scientific theories and an assessment of their relevance to folklore, analytical frameworks for the study of American folklore/ethnomusicology scholarship. May be repeated for folklore, prominent genres of American folklore and folk credit when topics vary. music, national or regional character, and American folk style. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. FOLK-F 730 Museums and Material Culture (3 cr.) This class analyzes the complex relationship between FOLK-F 634 Jewish Folklore and Ethnology human beings and the material world they inhabit and (3 cr.) Introduces the history, methods, and issues of create to better comprehend the institution of the museum. ethnographic study among Jewish populations, focusing An understanding of material culture helps us view how on the United States and Israel. Through close readings makers, users, and viewers relate to objects in homes, of major works, this class will explore how research in this commercial establishments and eventually, in museums. complex topic has used ethnography to investigate—and negotiate—memory, religious life, politics, ethnicity, and FOLK-F 731 Curatorship (3 cr.) The course presents identity. basic skills for research and professional practice in social science and humanities museums. In addition to curatorial FOLK-F 635 European Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) skills, the course explores how theoretical, ethical, and Forms of folklore and folk music in Europe; historical methodological problems are addressed in day-to-day and contemporary European scholarship in folklore and museum work. Taught in campus museums, the course ethnomusicology. May be repeated for credit when topics includes hands-on activities, seminar discussion, and vary. collections research. FOLK-F 638 Latin American Folklore/Folk Music FOLK-F 734 Folklore and Literature (3 cr.) The study of (3 cr.) In-depth treatment of traditional expressive forms folklore forms and themes as they articulate with literary (musical, verbal, kinetic, festive, etc.) in the various forms. Emphasis on understanding folklore concepts and populations of Latin America, with emphasis on the theories for literary interpretation, and on the problems historical evolution of these forms and their contribution to posed by literature that contribute to the interpretation of the articulation of contemporary Latin American identities. folklore. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. FOLK-F 736 Folklore and Language (3 cr.) Linguistic FOLK-F 640 Native American Folklore/Folk Music or linguistically informed approaches to speech play and (3 cr.) Comparative examination of various verbal, verbal art that are especially relevant to the concerns of musical, and dance forms of Native American societies in folklorists. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. North and South America. Examination of contributions of folklore and ethnomusicological scholarship to Native FOLK-F 738 Psychological Issues in Folklore (3 cr.) American studies. May be repeated for credit when topics P: Consent of instructor. Major areas addressed: vary. psychological principles in early folklore scholarship; principles of learning applied to traditions; social learning; FOLK-F 651 Pacific Folklore/Folk Music (3 cr.) Folklore, attitudes: performance and retention; systemic qualities; folklife, music, and dance of Australia, New Zealand, cybernetics: “material” and “kinetic” culture; folkloric and native Oceanic societies. Topics include the cultures behavior in mental health and morbidity; unrecognized ties of aboriginal and settler populations, retention and to psychological theories; uses of folklore to educators and adaptation of European traditions, perpetuation and psychologists. adaptation of aboriginal materials, and the emergence of “native” traditions among the settler and immigrant groups. FOLK-F 740 History of Ideas in Folklore/ May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) Examination of the intellectual history of folklore and ethnomusicology, emphasizing the FOLK-F 712 Body Art: Dress and Adornment (3 cr.) social, political, and ideological forces that have influenced This seminar analyzes the different ways in which human the development of the field. Required for M.A. and Ph.D. beings throughout the world shape, dress, ornament, students. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. and decorate their bodies, focusing on the meaningful communication of these artistic forms. Class topics will FOLK-F 750 Performance Studies (3 cr.) Examination include tattoo, scarification, face painting, makeup, henna, of performance-centered theory and analysis in folklore, hair, jewelry, and dress—daily attire, costume, folk dress, ethnomusicology, and adjacent fields. May be repeated for uniforms. credit when topics vary. FOLK-F 713 Food: Art and Identity (3 cr.) This seminar FOLK-F 755 Folklore, Culture, and Society (3 cr.) centers on the topic of food—the production, preparation, Relationship of folklore, culture, and social organization. 206 September 6, 2017

Beliefs, values, and social relations in the folklore of FOLK-F 840 Research Seminar (3 cr.) Prepares various societies. Special topics include gender, children, students for their dissertation research by examining and ethnicity. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. the research process and requiring from them a short draft and an expanded draft of a research proposal. This FOLK-F 792 Traditional Musical Instruments (3 cr.) course is strongly recommended for students in the Ph.D. Classification, distribution, and diffusion of folk and program. May be repeated once for credit. traditional musical instruments. Construction and performance practices. Relation to cultural and physical FOLK-F 850 Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a environment. Demonstration with instruments in the deferred grade. collection of the university museum. FOLK-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) This course is FOLK-F 794 Transcription and Analysis in Folklore/ eligible for a deferred grade. Ethnomusicology (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Problems in transcription, analysis, and classification Music Courses of music sound and texts. Required of M.A. and Ph.D. FOLK-M 596 Art Music of Black Composers (3 cr.) students in ethnomusicology. May be repeated for credit. FOLK-T 561 Music Theory (3 cr.) (Topic: Art Musics of FOLK-E 609 Zimbabwean Mbira Performance Asia; Art Music of India) Ensemble (3 cr.) This course introduces students to Zimbabwean music through a combination of applied French and Italian music making and lecture/discussions. Students learn College of Arts and Sciences to play the Zimbabwean Mbira and various percussion Departmental E-mail: [email protected] instruments. Departmental URL: http://frit.indiana.edu/ FOLK-F 677 Popular Culture and Politics in the Middle East (3 cr.) Through ethnographic case studies this (Please note that when conferring University Graduate course examines the dynamics of popular culture and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The mass media in the Middle East, including the Arabic University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements speaking nations, Israel, Turkey, Iran, and North Africa. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Special Function Courses FOLK-OS 500 Undistributed Overseas Study (arr. cr.) Curriculum FOLK-G 599 Thesis Research (arr. cr.) This course is Degrees Offered eligible for a deferred grade. Master of Arts (French/Francophone Studies, French Linguistics, French Instruction, Italian), and Doctor FOLK-F 800 Research in Folklore (arr.-9 cr.) This of Philosophy (French/Francophone Studies, French course is eligible for a deferred grade. Linguistics, Italian) FOLK-F 801 Teaching Folklore (0-3 cr.) Prepares Special Departmental Requirements graduate students to teach in Folklore and (See also general University Graduate School Ethnomusicology; includes practical instruction in teaching requirements.) methods, lesson preparation, teaching observations, course design, teaching portfolio preparation, and All associate instructors in French are required to take discussion of folklore and ethnomusicology in college F572 and F573; all associate instructors in Italian are curriculum. Required of all first time Instructors and required to take M572 and M573. Associate Instructors. Admission Requirements for All Programs FOLK-F 802 Traditional Arts Indiana (1-3 cr.) Designed 1. Undergraduate major in French or Italian, depending as a practicum for students to work collaboratively in on intended focus, or its equivalent applying the methods and approaches of folklore studies to public needs and public programs. Students will engage 2. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test: in a variety of outreach projects linking the university to the Domestic student requirement, recommended for larger community in the areas of public arts and culture international students; and cultural documentation. May be repeated once for 3. Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL): credit. International students only; 4. Three letters of recommendation FOLK-F 803 Practicum in Folklore/Ethnomusicology 5. Statement of purpose in English and target language (1-6 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Individualized, 6. Official transcripts and certified English translations supervised work in publicly oriented programs in folklore 7. C.V. or ethnomusicology, such as public arts agencies, museums, historical commissions, and archives. Relevant 8. Writing sample readings and written report required. May be repeated. For further details and program-specific requirements, FOLK-F 804 Special Topics in Folklore/ please check the Web site (http://frit.indiana.edu/graduate/ Ethnomusicology (3-6 cr.) Topics will be selected in admissions.shtml) or contact the graduate secretary in the areas of folklore or ethnomusicology not covered in depth department. in existing courses. May be repeated for credit (6 cr. max.) when topics vary. September 6, 2017 207

Degrees in French Doctor of Philosophy Degree—French/Francophone Master of Arts Degree—French Instruction Studies Course Requirements Admission Requirements A total of 30 credit hours, at least 20 credit hours of Successful completion of the curriculum and final which must be in the French program (FRIT-F courses), evaluation constituting the department’s M.A. program including F572, F573, F574 or F578, and F580. Additional in French/Francophone Studies. Students with an M.A. work must include at least one course from each of the from another institution will first be admitted to the M.A. following four areas: French language, Francophone program, but their work will be submitted for a faculty civilization, Francophone literature, and foreign language review at the end of the second semester to be considered methodology/applied linguistics/second-language for admission to the Ph.D. program. acquisition. Course Requirements Language Proficiency Requirement A total of 90 credit hours: 65 credit hours of course work At the end of the first year of graduate study, students plus 25 thesis hours (F875). F564 and F603 or their will be interviewed in French using a system based on equivalents are required. the oral interview procedures developed by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages and Language Requirement the Educational Testing Service. A score equivalent to Reading proficiency in one outside language chosen “Advanced High” on the ACTFL/ETS scale is required. from German, Latin, Catalan, Classical Greek, Italian, Final Examination Russian, Portuguese, or Spanish. Another language may be substituted with permission of the DGS and the Ph.D. Written examinations in the following two areas (one dissertation advisor. essay written in French): applied French linguistics and foreign language methodology/second language Minor(s) acquisition. Oral examination in one of the following two One Ph.D. minor is required for a total of 9 to 12 credit areas of the student’s choice: Francophone civilization or hours, as required by the minor department(s) or Francophone literature. program(s). Examination on the minor subject is at the Master of Arts Degree—French/Francophone Studies discretion of the minor department. Course Requirements Qualifying Examination A total of 30 credit hours, at least 23 credit hours of which Oral and written exams covering six literary periods must be in the French program (FRIT-F courses). (Middle Ages, sixteenth, seventeenth, eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth/twenty-first centuries) or 5 Final Project centuries and literary criticism. Students may choose to Evaluation of accumulated dossier of graduate-level be exempted from written exams on two of the six literary term papers by the French/Francophone Studies faculty. periods, provided they have achieved a grade of B or Dossier must be prefaced by 4-5 page rationale written (in higher in two courses from each of these areas. Students French) by the student. must develop a customized reading list in their intended area (literary period) of specialization. Master of Arts Degree—French Linguistics Course Requirements Doctor of Philosophy Degree—French Linguistics Admission Requirements A total of 30 credit hours, of which 20 must be in the French program (FRIT-F courses), including F574 or Successful completion of the curriculum and final F578, F576, F577, F579, F580, F582 and F603. examination constituting the department’s M.A. program in French linguistics, plus submission of a research Language Requirement statement and successful completion of the Ph.D. Reading proficiency in a language selected from the admission interview. Students with an M.A. from another following list: a modern Romance language other than institution must pass the department’s M.A. examination, French (Haitian Creole may count), a regional/minority submit the research statement, and sit for the Ph.D. language of France, German, Russian, Latin, or Classical admission interview. This can take place at the beginning Greek. of the second year; courses taken during the first year count toward the Ph.D.. Any student who does not hold Final Examination an MA in French linguistics from another institution must obtain the MA in French linguistics from IU before moving Two written exams: one chosen from Group A and one on to the Ph.D. program. from Group B. Group A: applied French linguistics, history of the French language, and pedagogy/language Course Requirements acquisition. Group B: phonology, syntax. To be admitted to the Ph.D. program, students must select from the first A total of 90 credit hours: 65 credit hours of course work two areas in Group A. Students desiring admission to the plus 25 thesis hours (F875). Students must complete at Ph.D. program must submit a research statement on the least five 600-level courses in French Linguistics excluding day of the written exams and participate in an oral Ph.D. F603. If an insufficient number of 600-level courses are admission interview. offered for the student to move ahead in the program, 208 September 6, 2017 courses in Linguistics or in Second Language Studies may examination for students completing a terminal M.A. be substituted with permission of the DGS. degree.Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Italian Language Requirement Admission Requirement Reading proficiency in two languages as follows: (1) Successful completion of the department’s M.A. program German or Latin, and (2) a Romance language other than in Italian or the equivalent. For further details, contact the French, a regional/minority language of France, or Haitian graduate secretary in the department. Creole. (Note that Picard and Occitan ARE regional/ minority languages of France.) The language selected for Course Requirements the M.A. may count toward the Ph.D. requirement. For A total of 90 credit hours. 65 credit hours of course work specialists in the history of French, we highly recommend plus 25 thesis hours (M875). the study of both German and Latin (in addition to the Romance language). Language Requirement Minor(s) Reading proficiency in one of the following: French, German, Classical Greek, Latin, Spanish or Portuguese. Twelve (12) credit hours of course work required in (1) general linguistics, excluding Linguistics L503, or (2) Minor(s) second language studies. Other minors are possible with One Ph.D. minor is required for a total of 9 to 12 credit the permission of the Director of Graduate Studies. hours, as required by the minor department(s) or Qualifying Examination program(s). Examination on the minor subject is at the discretion of the minor department. Students will take two cloistered General Exams, three hours each in length, and one Research Exam, to Qualifying Examination be completed over a period of one week with access The qualifying exam consists of (1) an in-depth written to research materials. For the General Exams the exam covering all periods of Italian literature and culture, students can select one area from Group A and one including film; and (2) the submission of a dissertation area from Group B; Group A: Lexicology/Lexicography, project. Language Contact, History of French, Sociolinguistics and Dialectology. Group B: Phonology, Morphology, Students must take the written exam no later than their Syntax, Second Language Acquisition. Selection of the fourth semester in the Ph.D. program. This is a two- examination areas will be made in consultation with the day exam given on the first Friday and Saturday of each student’s advisory committee. semester, 5 hours each day. Day one will cover the Middle Ages, the Renaissance, and the Baroque. Day two The Research Exam is designed to demonstrate that will cover the eighteenth century to the present including students have developed sufficient depth in a particular cinema. constellation of research questions and that they are ready to begin work on their dissertations. The area of this The second part of the Ph.D. exam consists of the exam corresponds to the area of the student’s projected submission of a preliminary description of a dissertation dissertation topic and will be distinct from those of the two project of approximately 20 to 25 pages of length general exams. The particular question to be addressed, (including a select bibliography). Students must submit which will reflect the student’s research interests, will be their dissertation project as soon as possible after having assigned at the beginning of the one-week period during passed the first part of their Ph.D. exam, and no later than which students write the exam. The Research Exam must the following exam session. be written in English. Ph.D. Minors The exams will normally be taken during the second Ph.D. Minor in French/Francophone Studies semester of the fourth year of study. The General Exams Doctoral students from other departments may (cloistered) may be taken in January or September; the complete a minor in French/Francophone Studies by Research Exam requirement must be satisfied during successfully completing no fewer than four French/ the same semester as the General Exams. Examination Francophone literature or culture courses (12 credit on the minor subject is at the discretion of the minor hours) listed in the University Graduate School Bulletin department. as carrying credit toward the Ph.D., of which no more Degrees in Italian than two may be at the 400 level. In all cases, selection of the particular courses to be counted must be made Master of Arts Degree in Italian in consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies in Course Requirements French/Francophone Studies. A total of 30 credit hours, of which 20 must be in Italian. Minor in French Linguistics Final Examination Doctoral students from other departments may complete a minor in French linguistics by successfully completing Written exam based on reading list covering all periods no fewer than four French linguistics courses (12 credit of Italian literature. Exam must be taken no later than the hours) at the 500 level or above. Doctoral students in fourth semester if the student intends to seek admission French/Francophone Studies may complete a minor in to the Ph.D. program. With advanced arrangement, a French linguistics by successfully completing no fewer pedagogical project may be accepted in lieu of the written than three French linguistics courses (9 credit hours, 500- level courses or above) in addition to F603, for a total of 4 September 6, 2017 209 courses. In all cases, selection of the particular courses to Graduate be counted must be made in consultation with the Director GRAD-G 611 Romance Linguistics I (3 cr.) of Graduate Studies in French Linguistics. GRAD-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Italian Doctoral students from other departments may complete French a minor in Italian by successfully completing no fewer than FRIT-F 401 Structure & Devel of French (3 cr.) P: F313 four Italian courses (12 credit hours) listed in this bulletin or F314 or consent of instructor. as carrying graduate credit. Selection of the particular FRIT-F 410 French Literature of the Middle Ages (3 cr.) courses to be counted must be made in consultation with Not open to M.A. or Ph.D. candidates in French. the Director of Graduate Studies in Italian. FRIT-F 413 French Renaissance (3 cr.) Faculty FRIT-F 423 Seventeenth-Century French Literature Chairperson (3 cr.) Associate Professor Massimo Scalabrini* FRIT-F 424 Ideas and Culture in Seventeenth-Century Graduate Faculty France (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University FRIT-F 435 Enlightenment Narrative (3 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) FRIT-F 436 Voltaire, Diderot, and Rousseau (3 cr.) Rudy Professors of French and Italian FRIT-F 443 Great Novels of the Nineteenth Century (3 cr.) Rosemary Lloyd* (Emerita), Albert Valdman* (Emeritus, Linguistics) FRIT-F 445 Nineteenth-Century Drama (3 cr.) FRIT-F 446 Great Poetry of the Nineteenth Century Professors (3 cr.) Marco Arnaudo*, Richard Carr* (Emeritus), Gilbert FRIT-F 450 Culture and Society in French Studies Chaitin* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Andrea (3 cr.) Ciccarelli*, Laurent Pierre Dekydtspotter* (Second Language Studies), Eileen Julien* (Comparative FRIT-F 461 La France contemporaine: Cinema et Literature), Edoardo Lèbano* (Emeritus), Eric M. Culture (3 cr.) MacPhail*, Jacques Emile Merceron* (Emeritus), Emanuel FRIT-F 463 Civilisation française I (3 cr.) J. Mickel* (Emeritus), Samuel Rosenberg* (Emeritus), Colleen Ryan*, H. Wayne Storey*, Antonio Vitti* FRIT-F 464 Civilisation française II (3 cr.)

Associate Professors FRIT-F 474 Thème et version (2 cr.) Guillaume Ansart*, Julie Auger* (Linguistics), Hall FRIT-F 475 Le Français Oral: Cours Avancé (2 cr.) Bjørnstad*, Brett Bowles, Margaret E. Gray*, Oana FRIT-F 501 Medieval French Literature I (3 cr.) Panaïté*, Russell Pfohl* (Emeritus), Kevin Rottet*, Introductory survey; all texts read in original language; no Massimo Scalabrini*, Nicolas Valazza*, Barbara S. Vance* previous knowledge of Old French required. (Linguistics) FRIT-F 502 Medieval French Literature II (3 cr.) P: F501 Assistant Professors or equivalent. Second part of introductory survey; all texts read in original language. Vincent Bouchard*, Alison Calhoun* FRIT-F 503 Reading Old French (1 cr.) P: F501 or Senior Lecturer equivalent. Oral translation of Old French texts and Kelly Sax elucidation of textual and grammatical difficulties. May be repeated twice for credit. Lecturers FRIT-F 505 Middle French Literature (3 cr.) Karolina Serafin, Alicia Vitti Representative works of fourteenth and fifteenth centuries; each semester focuses on a particular writer or genre. Directors of Graduate Studies FRIT-F 507 Foreign Language Institute (1-6 cr.) Associate Professor Julie Auger* (French Linguistics), Global & International Studies 3162, (812) 855-7958 FRIT-F 510 Foreign Study in French (2-8 cr.) Formal study in a French university; language, literature, and Associate Professor Oana Panaïté* (French/Francophone culture of France. Credit to apply only to the M.A. in Studies), Global & International Studies 3164, (812) French Instruction degree. Program must be approved by 855-1134 department. Professor Marco Arnaudo* (Italian), Global & International FRIT-F 513 French Renaissance Prose (3 cr.) Prose Studies 3166, (812) 855-7812 works from sixteenth-century France including letters, Courses essays, novels, short stories, Bible translations, travel accounts, political treatises, and philosophical dialogues by authors famous and obscure, humorous and solemn, 210 September 6, 2017 terse and prolix. Also includes review of lexical and others. Important essayists such as Bergson, Sartre, grammatical peculiarities of sixteenth-century French and Fanon, Bataille, Derrida, Cixous, etc. typographic conventions of Renaissance printed books. FRIT-F 561 Studies in French Civilization (3 cr.) FRIT-F 514 French Renaissance Poetry (3 cr.) French Content varies. May include historical survey of the lyric poetry of the sixteenth century from the Rhétoriqueurs development of French civilization since the revolution, to Agrippa d’Aubigné. Late medieval fixed forms and taking into consideration sociopolitical history, history of the chanson, sonnet, ode, and metrical experiment of ideas, fine arts, literature. Field of study may be extended vers mesurés. Formal analysis and situation of texts in to the French-speaking world. May be repeated twice for their intellectual and historical contexts. Study of poetic credit with a different topic. manifestos of the Pléiade and their rivals. FRIT-F 563 Introduction to Graduate Study and FRIT-F 520 Advanced French Phonetics (3 cr.) General Research (1 cr.) S/F grading introduction to French phonetics and phonemics; training in the evaluation of pronunciation accuracy and the FRIT-F 564 Issues in Literary Theory (3 cr.) Important teaching of French pronunciation at the secondary school issues and methods of literary study, such as catharsis, and university levels; remedial practice. genre, meaning, periodization, representation, rhetoric, and vraisemblance, studied in an historical perspective. FRIT-F 523 French Seventeenth-Century Literature and Culture (3 cr.) Questions concerning seventeenth- FRIT-F 565 Introduction to French Linguistics (3 cr.) century France as treated in literature, philosophy, Introduction to the structure of the French language: moralist teachings, science, and les beaux arts. phonology, morphology, and syntax. FRIT-F 535 Le XVIIIe siècle: l’Essai (3 cr.) Introduction FRIT-F 572 Practicum in College French Teaching to one of the two major genres of the Enlightenment, (1 cr.) Focused classroom observations followed by broadly defined and exemplified by writers like discussions; identification and evaluation of teaching Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, and Rousseau. techniques. Required of new associate instructors; offered only in fall semester. FRIT-F 536 Le Roman au XVIIIe siècle (3 cr.) Introduction to the study of the French novel in the FRIT-F 573 Methods of College French Teaching eighteenth century with special emphasis on three major (3 cr.) Theoretical notions underlying current approaches; genres of the period: the memoir-novel, the epistolary testing; evaluation of teacher performance and novel, and the philosophical novel. instructional materials. Required of all associate instructors; offered only in spring semester. FRIT-F 540 Poésie et poétique au 19e siècle (3 cr.) Study of French poetry which may include Romantic, FRIT-F 574 Thème et version: cours avancé (3 cr.) Parnassian, Decadent and Symbolist poets, as well as Translation of contemporary texts from English into 19th-century poetic manifestos. French, occasionally from French into English. Emphasis on problems of literary styles. FRIT-F 545 Romans et autres recits du 19e siècle (3 cr.) Study of various forms of narrative (realist, FRIT-F 576 Introduction to French Phonology (3 cr.) fantastical, psychological, historical, decadent, etc.) in Study of French phonology and the phonology/morphology 19th century French literature. interface within the framework of recent linguistic models, including solutions to major descriptive problems proposed FRIT-F 548 L' Histoire, le drame et l'esthétique au 19e from the early twentieth century to the present. siècle (3 cr.) Study of the interrelations between history, theater and aesthetics in France in the 19th century. FRIT-F 577 Introduction to French Syntax (3 cr.) Study of French syntax and the syntax/semantics interface within FRIT-F 552 La Poésie au XXe siècle I (3 cr.) Panorama: the framework of recent linguistic models. poets such as Cendrars, Apollinaire, Valéry, Claudel, les surréalistes, Saint-John Perse, Ponge, Michaux. FRIT-F 578 Contrastive Study of French and English (3 cr.) Advanced contrastive study of written French FRIT-F 553 La Poésie au XXe siècle II (3 cr.) and English, with emphasis on problems of interference. Concentration on one or several authors; a school, e.g., Readings, exercises. surrealism; certain formal aspects. FRIT-F 579 Introduction to French Morphology (3 cr.) FRIT-F 556 Le Roman aux XXe et XXe siècles (3 cr.) Introduction to word formation in French, including Representative French-language novelists such as Proust, inflection, derivation, and compounding. Gide, Colette, Celine, Bernanos, Sartre, Sarraute, Simon, Le Clézio, Labou Tansi, Djebar, Chamoiseau, Échenoz, FRIT-F 580 Applied French Linguistics (3 cr.) etc., and aesthetic movements which influenced fiction- Introduction to the lexical, phonological, morphological, writing such as Existentialism, Négritude, le Nouveau and syntactic structure of French from a pedagogical Roman, Créolité, etc. perspective. Presentation of the several types of variation in the French language worldwide and linguistic diversity in France. FRIT-F 559 Théâtre/Essai au XXe et XXle siècles (3 cr.) Course focuses on one or both of the two genres. FRIT-F 581 Structure of a Regional Language of Individual playwrights such as Jarry, Cocteau, Apollinaire, France (3 cr.) Study of the structure of a regional Claudel, Novarina, and groups such as surrealism, the language of France, including its phonology, morphology, theatre of the absurd, postcolonial and contemporary syntax, and lexicon. Students will learn to read the theater: Beckett, Artaud, Césaire, Labou Tansi, and language fairly fluently and have a chance to research one September 6, 2017 211 aspect of its structure. May be repeated for up to 6 credit in verse; symbolism and its roots; painting and literature; hours with a different topic. decadence and aesthetics; women writers and critics. FRIT-F 582 Introduction to French Semantics (3 cr.) FRIT-F 647 Contemporary French Theory and Introduction to issues in the interpretation of French. Criticism (3 cr.) P: F564. Recent movements and Focusing on the interpretation of various constructions of concepts in French theory influential in determining current French, the course investigates semantic representations practice in literary study. Structuralism, psychoanalysis, in the verbal and nominal domains. The goal is to neo-Marxism, intertextuality, deconstruction. comprehend how speakers of French develop these precise semantic intuitions. FRIT-F 650 Etudes de littérature contemporaine (3 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, or theme, such FRIT-F 584 Stylistics and Semantics (3 cr.) Relations as Céline, literary manifestos, Proust, colonialism, or between types of interpretation and stylistic factors. Ludic- existentialism. May be repeated twice for credit with a esthetic (including literary) uses of words versus cognitive- different topic. moral uses. Emphasis on the former; genre divisions; analysis of texts focused on basic problems of interpretive FRIT-F 651 Studies in French Cinema (3 cr.) Case decision. studies in French and/or Francophone film, organized according to theme, genre, style, chronological period, FRIT-F 603 History of the French Language I (3 cr.) or director. May be taken twice for credit with a different Overview of the subject including consideration of topic. all aspects; concentration on internal development (phonology, morphology, syntax) from Latin to modern FRIT-F 652 Séminaire sur l'intermédialité (3 cr.) Study French. Knowledge of Latin useful. of different theories of "intermediality," the necessary mediation between human beings and their world, through FRIT-F 604 History of the French Language II (3 cr.) a large variety of examples (belonging to a large time P: F603 or equivalent. Intensive study of selected aspects frame of the Francophone World). May be repeated fo a of the internal evolution of French. Knowledge of Latin maximum of 6 credit hours with a different topic. useful. FRIT-F 667 Studies in Francophone Literature (3 cr.) FRIT-F 605 History of French Prose Style (3 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, genre, or theme in Philological and literary study of major figures and trends French language literature produced outside of France in prose style from the late Middle Ages to the present. or by immigrant writers in France. Examples of topics Ciceronianism, style coupé, oratorical styles, écriture are Aimé Césaire, Senegalese film, post-colonial theory, artiste, etc. créolité. May be repeated twice for credit with different topics. FRIT-F 615 Studies in Medieval French Literature (3 cr.) P: Knowledge of Old French. Intensive study of one FRIT-F 670 Advanced French Phonology (3 cr.) writer, work, theme, or genre, such as Chrétien de Troyes, Advanced phonological analysis of issues in French the Roman de la rose, lyric poetry. May be repeated twice phonology, emphasizing recently proposed linguistic for credit with a different topic. models. FRIT-F 620 Studies in Sixteenth-Century French FRIT-F 671 Advanced French Syntax (3 cr.) Advanced Literature (3 cr.) Intensive study of a writer, genre, or syntactic and semantic description of French, emphasizing aspect of the century, such as Rabelais, Montaigne, recently proposed linguistic models. poetry, humanism. May be repeated twice for credit with a different topic. FRIT-F 672 French Dialectology (3 cr.) Geographical and social variation in French; traditional and modern FRIT-F 630 Studies in Seventeenth Century French dialectology, oil dialects and North American varieties of Literature (3 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, or French, languages in contact, norm(s), variationist studies. theme, such as Racine, Corneille, Madame de Lafayette, Baroque poetry. May be repeated twice for credit with a FRIT-F 673 Topics in the Learning and Teaching different topic. of French (3 cr.) P: F580 or equivalent. Survey of major issues in the learning and teaching of French and FRIT-F 632 Seventeenth-Century Drama & discussion of how these issues and research results bear Performance (3 cr.) Intensive study of one dramatist, on approaches to second-language teaching. Designed for genre or theme such as Molière, tragedy, or theater and prospective teachers of French and students interested in the other arts. May be taken twice for credit with different second-language acquisition and classroom research. topics. FRIT-F 675 Studies in French Linguistics (3 cr.) FRIT-F 635 Studies in Eighteenth-Century French Content varies. May include general or intensive study in Literature (3 cr.) Intensive study of one theme, genre, syntax, semantics, lexicography, or other linguistic topics or author, such as cultural otherness, theater, Diderot, May be repeated twice for credit with a different topic. Rousseau. May be repeated twice for credit with a different topic. FRIT-F 676 Structure and Sociolinguistic Aspects of Haitian Creole and Haitian French (3 cr.) Description of FRIT-F 640 Studies in Nineteenth-Century French the phonological, morphosyntactic, and lexical structure Literature (3 cr.) Topics vary. May include fantasy and of Haitian Creole and comparison with Haitian French. ideology in nineteenth-century narrative; Hugo, Zola and Review of the linguistic situation of Haiti, including the the roman politique; jealousy and narrative; experiments respective functions of Creole and French and attitudes and values associated with each language. 212 September 6, 2017

FRIT-F 677 French Lexicology and Lexicography FRIT-M 513 Italian Renaissance Epic (3-4 cr.) Survey (3 cr.) P: F580 or equivalent. Study of the structure of the or specific course on the Italian epic tradition from Pulci to French lexicon. Examination of the process of dictionary Tasso. compilation and evaluation. Hands-on experience in the use of computer technology for lexicographic and FRIT-M 550 Seminar in Italian Poetry (3-4 cr.) Class lexicological tasks such as the compilation of databases, may focus on any aspect of Italian lyric tradition from the use of the optic scanner, and automatic text analysis. origins to present. FRIT-F 678 Advanced French Morphology (3 cr.) FRIT-M 553 The Italian Novel (3-4 cr.) Survey course on P: F579 or permission of instructor. Advanced study of the major Italian novelists from the 1600s to the present the word structure in French from a variety of theoretical time. Class may also function as a seminar focusing on perspectives. specific issues of the novelistic genre in Italy. FRIT-F 679 French-Based Pidgins and Creoles (3 cr.) FRIT-M 554 Modern Italian Theater (3-4 cr.) Class Study of the contact languages known as pidgins and may be taught as a survey course on Italian theater from creoles, focusing on those which are French-based. Goldoni to present time, or may focus on specific authors Topics include an overview of the history of the field; how or periods of modernity. the terms pidgin and creole are defined and used; theories FRIT-M 564 Twentieth Century Poetry (3 cr.) Major of origin; the sociohistorical setting of creolization; stages developments in contemporary Italian poetry. of development; key linguistic structures. FRIT-M 565 Readings in the Italian Cinema (3 cr.) FRIT-F 680 Bilingualism and Language Contact in Analysis of specific movements, topics, or directions in Francophonie (3 cr.) Examines the various linguistic Italian cinema. Attendance of film showings required. and social phenomena arising when two or more Subject may vary with each listing and is identified in the languages are in (prolonged or intense) contact, including Schedule of Classes. May be repeated once for credit. borrowing and grammatical replication; codeswitching; language maintenance, shift and death; pidginization and FRIT-M 572 Italian Teaching Practicum (1 cr.) creolization; language intertwining and mixed languages, Instructors of Italian develop, practice, and evaluate the sprachbunds and convergence; and koineization. effectiveness of pedagogical approaches and materials. They create and discuss a variety of assessments for FRIT-F 810 Individual Readings in French and evaluating language skills and cultural knowledge. May be Francophone Civilization (1-6 cr.) repeated once for credit. FRIT-F 815 Individual Readings in French Literature FRIT-M 573 Methods of Italian Language Teaching and Linguistics (1-6 cr.) (3 cr.) Examines current trends, issues, and practices in FRIT-F 825 Seminar in French Literature (3 cr.) foreign language teaching with a focus on Italian. Students Intensive study of a topic involving more than one period engage with scholarly articles to explore and evaluate of French literature. May be repeated twice for credit. classroom methods. Includes the study of critical thinking, multiple intelligences, teaching literature, an introduction FRIT-F 875 Research in French Literature and to applied linguistics, teaching as performance, and Language (1-12 cr.) professional development for Italian teachers. Italian FRIT-M 600 Studies in Italian Film (3 cr.) Intensive study FRIT-M 500 Seminar in Italian Cinema (3 cr.) Intensive of one director, genre, theme, or period in Italian film. May study of one director, genre, or period in Italian cinema. also include study of film theory. May be repeated for May be repeated twice for credit when topics vary. credit with consent of graduate advisor. May be repeated for credit with consent of graduate advisor, for a maximum FRIT-M 501 Dante I (3-4 cr.) Seminar on Dante's Divine total of 6 credit hours. Comedy. FRIT-M 603 Seminar in Medieval Italian Literature FRIT-M 502 Dante II (3-4 cr.) Seminar on Dante’s works (3-4 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, theme, or and times. genre in the medieval period. May be repeated for credit FRIT-M 503 Medieval Italian Literature & Culture with consent of the graduate advisor. (3-4 cr.) Class may be taught as a survey course or may FRIT-M 604 Seminar in Renaissance Italian Literature focus on any author, period, genre, or cultural theme from (3-4 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, theme, or the “Scoula Siciliana” to Petrarch. genre of the Renaissance. May be repeated for credit with FRIT-M 504 Renaissance Italian Literature & Culture consent of the graduate advisor. (3-4 cr.) Class may be taught as a survey course or may FRIT-M 605 Seminar in Modern Italian Literature focus on any author, period, genre, or cultural theme from (3-4 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, work, theme, or Petrarch to the late 1600s. genre in the modern era. May be repeated for credit with FRIT-M 505 Modern Italian Literature & Culture (3-4 cr.) consent of the graduate advisor. Class may be taught as a survey course or may focus FRIT-M 625 The Concept of Justice in Italian Literature on any author, period, genre, or cultural theme from the (3 cr.) Focuses on major authors in Italian literature, Enlightenment to Modernism. their concept of justice, and its relation to aesthetic FRIT-M 511 History of the Italian Language (3 cr.) development. September 6, 2017 213

FRIT-M 815 Individual Readings in Italian Literature Note that these concentrations are flexible and (1-6 cr.) overlapping to some extent. Students may change their area of concentration as they move through the program. FRIT-M 825 Seminar in Italian Literature & Culture (3-4 cr.) Course content varies; may include literary Special Requirements theme, major author, literary movement, cinema, or (See also general University Graduate School cultural topic. May be repeated for credit with permission requirements.) of the graduate advisor. Doctor of Philosophy Degree FRIT-M 875 Research in Italian Literature (1-12 cr.) Admission Requirements Courses for Graduate Reading Knowledge • Applicants for graduate admission must hold FRIT-F 491 Elementary French for Graduate Students baccalaureate degrees from accredited four-year (3-no grad. cr.) collegiate institutions. FRIT-F 492 Readings in French for Graduate Students • For graduate admission the College requires a (3-no grad. cr.) cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher. • We require the Graduate Record Examinations FRIT-M 491 Elementary Italian for Graduate Students (GRE) be taken in the past five years. We prefer a (3-no grad. cr.) score of 600 (old exam) or 160 (current exam) or higher on either the verbal or quantitative sections of FRIT-M 492 Readings in Italian for Graduate Students the examination and a 5.0 on the Analytical Writing (3-no grad. cr.) assessment. Furthermore, we expect a minimum Gender Studies total score (Quantitative and Verbal scores added together) of 1150 (old exam) or 308 (current exam). College of Arts and Sciences The institution code for Indiana University is 1324. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] All applicants must ask ETS to forward GRE scores to IU using this code. Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~gender/ • For applicants whose native language is not English, (Please note that when conferring University Graduate the College and the University Graduate School School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The require proof of proficiency in reading, writing, University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements speaking, and understanding English. In almost contained only in The University Graduate School all cases proficiency should be demonstrated by Bulletin.) achieving a score of 213 (computer-based) or 79 (internet-based) or higher on the Test of English as a Curriculum Foreign Language (TOEFL). Gender Studies examines the social processes, Course Requirements cultural representation , relations of power, and forms of knowledge that generate an array of gendered The requirements for this doctoral degree are 90 credit perspectives and experiences worldwide. A focus on hours beyond the bachelor's degree - configured as gender as an analytic category facilitates an array of at least 48 credit hours of graded course work and an scholarly collaborations, reflecting new theoretical and additional 42 dissertation credit or coursework credit methodological developments in diverse fields such as hours (typically as 899 or 901). Each doctoral candidate the social sciences, the arts and humanities, the natural will complete three required core courses involving sciences, and policy studies. Categories of difference theory, methodology, research skills, and professional that articulate with gender—such as race, ethnicity, class, development: G600 Concepts of Gender, G603 Feminist and religion—are vertical grids of attention throughout the Theories, G702 Researching Gender Issues. Candidates doctoral degree program. will also complete a 12-credit-hour minor, which should The Department emphasizes integrative and be taken externally (e.g. in another department) or in an transdisciplinary modes of analysis for the study of approved program listed in the Graduate Bulletin. Elective sexualities and sexual identities, bodies and their courses complete the required 27 hours of gender-related technologization and medicalization, representation and course work. A maximum of 30 credits may be transferred social/cultural production, and feminist epistemologies. from graduate work completed at another university, provided the Director of Graduate Studies approves the Three unique core courses form the heart of the program: course content. G600 Concepts of Gender, G603 Contemporary Debates in Feminist Theory, G702 Researching Gender Issues. Only those students intending to pursue the Ph.D. will be admitted to the program. However, a Master’s degree Areas of Concentration may be obtained with the approval of the Director of In addition, students select one of three areas of Graduate Studies and if the following criteria are satisfied: concentration: (1) good standing in the department (as determined by annual reviews, GPA, and any history of probationary • Medicine, Science, and Technologies of the Body status); (2) at least 30 credits of course work successfully • Sexualities, Desires, Identities earned, including 12 credits of outside GNDR courses • Cultural Representations and Media Practices and 9 credits of core GNDR courses; (3) a grade of B or higher in the 3 required core courses for the PhD (600, 603, 702). And either a comprehensive MA exam (the equivalent of Part A of the doctoral comprehensive 214 September 6, 2017 exam), or a substantive research paper (MA thesis) of Issues. Students may petition for a maximum of one roughly 50 pages, and subject to an oral defense by an non-GNDR graduate-level 3-4 credit course taken in MA committee. another IU department or transferred from graduate work at another university to be counted towards the minor. Foreign Language Requirement The director of graduate studies must deem such a Gender Studies does not require a foreign language course to have significant Gender Studies content. Plans for all students. However, if a candidate is engaged in for the minor must be made in consultation with the transnational gender scholarship, a foreign language may Director of Graduate Studies or Graduate Secretary in the be formally required. The DGS will determine the means Department of Gender Studies. by which proficiency will be demonstrated. Grades Research Skills Only grades of B (3.0) and above will count for credit. Beyond the required core course G702 Researching Examination Gender Issues, there is no specific research-related skill requirement. However, a student’s advisor may require None required. A Gender Studies faculty member may be additional competency in (a) research skill(s) appropriate invited to attend the student’s oral qualifying examination. to that student’s dissertation topic. Such requirements may include competency in a second language, statistical Faculty methods, questionnaire development, ethnographic Chairperson methods, interviewing techniques, textual or media analysis, computing/internet/webmaster operations, Claudia Breger* specific laboratory skills, other research and technical skills, or appropriate combinations of any of these. These Graduate Faculty studies are to be undertaken early in the candidate’s (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University graduate career. The assessment and completion of any Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct required research competencies normally must be certified doctoral dissertations.) by the DGS prior to admission to candidacy. Martha C. Kraft Professor of Humanities Additional Requirements after Admission with Fedwa Malti Douglas* (Emeritus) Master’s Degree Director of Graduate Studies Candidates admitted with a master’s degree from another institution may be required to take additional preparatory Brenda R. Weber* work, depending on their background and training. The Founding Professor program will be decided in consultation with the student’s faculty advisor and the DGS. M. Jeanne Peterson* (Emerita, History) Qualifying Examination and the Dissertation Defense Professors Qualifying examinations (both written and oral) are to be Judith A. Allen* (History), Fedwa Malti-Douglas* taken approximately 8 months after the completion of (Emeritus, Comparative Literature; Adjunct, Law), course work. Upon successful completion of the qualifying Stephanie A. Sanders* (The Kinsey Institute), Suzanna D. examination and presentation of a satisfactory dissertation Walters* proposal, the student will be nominated to candidacy for the Ph.D. The Dissertation Committee, which must be Associate Professors approved by the Dean of the Graduate School, will be Marlon M. Bailey* (Adjunct, American Studies, Theatre responsible for directing and evaluating the thesis. The and Drama), Lessie Jo Frazier* (Adjunct, History, dissertation defense serves as the final oral examination Anthropology, Cultural Studies), Sara Friedman* and will cover topics related to the dissertation and area of (Anthropology), LaMonda Horton-Stallings (Adjunct, specialization. American Studies), Colin R. Johnson* (Adjunct, American Ph.D. Minor in Gender Studies Studies, History, Human Biology), Amrita Meyers* (History), Brenda R. Weber* (Adjunct, American Studies, Course Requirements Communication and Culture, Cultural Studies, English) Note: The Department has recently changed its Assistant Professors requirements for the Ph.D. Minor. Requirements listed here are effective Fall 2012. Ph.D. Minor students who Laura Foster, Justin R. Garcia (The Kinsey Institute for began the minor prior to this date have the option of Research), Catherine J. Taylor (Sociology) completing the requirements that were effective prior to Fall 2012. Senior Lecturer A Ph.D. Minor in Gender Studies requires at least four Jennifer E. Maher 3-4 credit courses offered by the Department of Gender Affiliated Graduate Faculty Studies. At least 1 of these courses must be chosen Affiliated Professors from the following: G598 Feminist Theory: Classic Texts and Founding Debates; G600 Concepts of Gender; Claudia L. Breger* (Germanic Studies), Maria Bucur- G603 Feminist Theories; G700 Sexualized Genders/ Deckard* (History), Mary Favret* (English), Wendy Gendered Sexualities; or G702 Researching Gender Gamber* (History), Susan Gubar* (Emeritus, English), September 6, 2017 215

Stephanie C. Kane* (Criminal Justice), Ellen D. Ketterson* contributions pertinent to gender-related historical (Biology), Karma Lochrie* (English), Alyce Miller* research. (English), Radhika Parameswaran* (Journalism), Brian Powell* (Sociology), Jean C. Robinson* (Political Description of Additional Gender Studies Courses Science), Susan Hoffman Williams* (School of Law), GNDR-G 598 Feminist Theory: Classic Texts and William L. Yarber* (Applied Health Science, Rural Center Founding Debates (3 cr.) Explores founding texts of for AIDS/STD Prevention) contemporary feminist theory, asking questions about identity, knowledge, sexuality, and ethics. Such works Affiliated Associate Professors have emerged in relation to a variety of theoretical discourses, such as Marxism, structuralism, cultural Penelope Anderson* (English), Purnima Bose* (English), studies, and others. Examines the intellectual history of Lynn Duggan (Social Work), Jennifer Fleissner* (English), feminist theory and its resonance with more recent trends. Mary L. Gary*(Communication and Culture), Terrell Scott Herring*(English), Patricia C. Ingham* (English), GNDR-G 601 Scientific Practices and Feminist Sarah Knott* (History, Elleb Mackay* (English), Marissa Knowledge (3 cr.) Examines intersections of gender J. Moorman*(History), Sarah Phillips* (Anthropology), and knowledge focusing on feminist analyses of scientific Julia Roos* (History), Colleen Ryan* (French and Italian), epistemology and practice, and the implications of Steve Sanders (Law), Micol Seigel* (African-American and feminist theories about the social meaning and gendered African Diaspora Studies), Susan Seizer* (Communication construction of scientific research. Particular focus is and Culture), Margaret "Peg" Sutton* (Education), Michiko placed upon race, class, sexuality and cultural difference Suzuki* (East Asian Languages and Culture), Shane in medical, psychological, and evolutionary accounts of Vogel*(English), Deborah Widiss (Law) “human nature.” Affiliated Assistant Professors GNDR-G 602 Gender Dimensions of Cultural Production and Criticism (3 cr.) Interrogates the Youngjoo Cha (Sociology), Elizabeth Ellcessor gendered nature of cultural production and criticism. (Communication and Culture), Jennifer Goodlander* Controversies related to gender dimensions of aesthetics, (Theatre and Drama), Sarah Imhoff (Religious Studies cultural meanings, or genres receive examination, as well and Borns Jewish Studies Program), Nicole Martins as claims about the constitution of genius or creativity, (Telecommunications), Beth Meyerson* (Health Policy and and the role of identity and race in cultural production. The Management), Mary C. Murphy* (Psychological and Brain critical issue of theorizing audience/reader/viewer warrant Sciences), Ryan Powell (Film Studies), Kirsten Sword particular scrutiny. (History), Siri Terjesen (Management & Entrepreneurship), Alberto Varon* (English) GNDR-G 604 Knowledge, Gender, and Truth (3 cr.) Examines feminist contributions to epistemological Academic Advisor questioning of knowledge formations through comparison Brenda R. Weber*, Memorial Hall East M130, (812) of case study disciplines and through cross-cultural study. 855-0101 Arguments about knowledge values of “truth,” “objectivity,” “validity,” “reason,” and “representativeness” as gendered Courses categories. Receive scrutiny in relation to fields such Description of Core Required Courses as historiography, ethnography, ethics, science, or psychology. GNDR-G 600 Concepts of Gender (3 cr.) Introduces historical, theoretical, behavioral, philosophical, scientific, GNDR-G 695 Graduate Readings and Research multi- and cross-cultural perspectives on gender and its in Gender Studies (1-6 cr.) This course provides for meanings. Attention is given to the emergence of the graduate students’ intensive independent study of specific category “gender” itself, and its variable applications topics. Study is supervised by an appropriate core or to different fields of knowledge, experience, cultural affiliated faculty member whose research expertise expression, and institutional regulation, including queer, matches the student’s area of interest. trans, and other theories of sex, sexuality, and desire. GNDR-G 696 Research Colloquium in Gender GNDR-G 603 Feminist Theories (3 cr.) Explores classic Studies (1-3 cr.) Active participation in Gender Studies and current feminist theories, asking questions about research colloquia. Introduces students to the problems, knowledge, subjectivity, sexuality, and ethics. Debates interpretations, theories and research trends in all areas are situated within and against various intellectual related to gender and sexuality studies. Topics vary movements, such as Marxism, post-structuralism, theories throughout the semester. Facilitates exposure to a variety of race and ethnicity. Sexuality studies and queer theory’s of approaches to interrogating research questions about relation to feminist praxis will form a key component of the gender. May be repeated more than once for credit. course. GNDR-G 700 Sexualized Genders/Gendered GNDR-G 702 Researching Gender Issues (3 cr.) This Sexualities (3 cr.) Expands our understanding of the course explores research methodologies and methods in relationship between biological sex, gendered identities, history that are relevant to gender studies. The impact of and sexual “preferences,” practices and lifeways that push gender studies on epistemological and methodological beyond binary models reliant on a simple “nature/culture” issues in history is examined. The course provides distinction. Focus is placed on the dynamic and variable students with an overview of research tools, methods, aspects of sex, sexuality, and gender within and across techniques, approaches, paradigms, and theoretical cultures and historical periods. 216 September 6, 2017

GNDR-G 701 Graduate Topics in Gender Studies Ph.D. Minor in Network Science (1-4 cr.) Advanced investigation of selected research Description topics in women’s studies. Topics to be announced. The Ph.D. minor degree Program in Network Science GNDR-G 704 Cultural Politics of Sexuality in the offers doctoral students in any Indiana University Doctoral Twentieth Century (3 cr.) Examines the cultural and Program, given Department and/or School approval, political implications of sexuality’s emergence as a public training in the theoretical, methodological, analytic and discourse during the twentieth century. Specifically, it practical approaches to increase our understanding examines certain limit cases in which the ostensibly of the nature, origins and influences of natural, social private matters of sexual behavior and sexual identity and technological networks. This program draws on have given rise to very public controversies about the the expertise of the wide range and number of faculty cultural and political values of society at large. across Indiana University who focus on networks and interdependent ties in systems from society, technology, GNDR-G 707 Gender Studies Pedagogy & Theory and animal/human systems. These faculty are drawn (4 cr.) A high level graduate course, designed to offer from the School of Informatics and Computing, and theory and practical applications for teaching feminist and the Departments of Psychological and Brain Sciences, gender studies. Sociology, History and Philosophy of Science, Statistics, GNDR-G 708 Contested Masculinities (3 cr.) This Physics, Political Science, and Economics in the course examines masculinity at sites of contestation– College of Arts and Sciences. This minor represents an between disciplines, historical moments, nationalities, opportunity for Ph.D. students to be introduced to the regions, and bodily ontologies. By tracing the resonances complexity of a cutting-edge transdisciplinary perspective of transnational, transdisciplinary, and transhistorical that spans substantive issues from genes to global masculinities, our aim is to critically examine masculinities, cultures. particularly in the context of feminist challenges to gender Course Requirements ideologies. The curriculum aims to serve the needs of a wide GNDR-G 710 Gender, Medicine, and the Body (3 cr.) range of doctoral students across Indiana University Examines topical themes related to medicine and the body while working to interface with existing departmental as they interact with gender. curricular course offerings. Network Science courses GNDR-G 718 Transnational Feminisms and the are linked to Departments and Schools and do not Politics of Globalization (3 cr.) Interrogates debates represent a foundational area at this point in time. As concerning globalization and gender. Focuses on how such, the requirements combine two types of courses: gender shapes and is shaped by the flow of money, 1) Foundational courses on networks in disciplines that people, and culture that characterize “globalization.” How focus on how this perspective translates into theories, is gender influenced by geographic dislocations and re- tools and discovery in the area, and 2) Phenomenon or routings? How are women and men situated as agents Topic-based courses that include a substantial component and subjects of global change? that addresses how Network Science is or can be used in this case. Given that these courses are generally GNDR-G 780 Gender Studies Professionalism and required for Ph.D. degrees in departments and schools, Practicum (4 cr.) but are considered electives, any particular course cannot This course is designed to offer advanced graduate be expected to be offered in every semester or every students an intensive exposure to the theories, year. Give this limitation, a total of twelve (12) credits is practices, and processes of academic publishing and required. Since most graduate courses are 3 credit hours, professionalism, with a specific focus on gender studies the minor requirements are expected to be completed with as a discipline. In general, the course offers students four courses. The four courses will be split between the a practical structure for such professional activities as two types of courses listed above. Specifically, with the writing abstracts for conferences and grants, turning a advice of Network Science faculty in the home discipline seminar paper into a publishable article, approaching and in concert with the transdisciplinary expertise in editors of journals and presses, writing job letters, the IU Network Science Institute (IUNI), students may compiling CV's and teaching portfolios, giving conference select two courses from Category 1 below, including the papers and job talks, and applying for grants, post-docs, basic Network Science course in their or a closely related and faculty positions. The course is organized thematically discipline. The remaining two courses can be selected and for spring 2013, the focus of the seminar will be on from Category 2 under the same conditions of advice. gender and media. The course listing is expected to change with selections Practicum credit is available for students who elect to augmented over the next decade with new faculty arriving participate in extra-curricular research, conference, or at IU and the IUNI research program maturing. A complete writing activities pre-determined by the department. listing will be held at the IUNI office of the Assistant Director for Research Administration. GNDR-G 899 Ph.D. Dissertation (1-12 cr.) Research and Courses writing of doctoral dissertation. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. All courses included in the minor program are currently offered within the context of existing programs. Network Science Crosslisted Courses Curriculum September 6, 2017 217

CATEGORY 1 - Foundational Courses: Department POLS-Y 669 Network Analysis and World Politics or school-based courses with primary focus on network science Psychological and Brain Sciences PSY-P 533 Introduction to Bayesian Data Analysis I Cognitive Science PSY-P 657 Statistical Methods for Networks COGS-Q 610 Networks of the Brain Statistics STAT-S 675 Statistical Learning and High Dimensional Computer Science Data Analysis CSCI-B 656 Web Mining Faculty Economics ECON-E 724 Network Formation Games Director Distinguished Professor and IUNI Co-Director Bernice A. Information and Library Science Pescosolido (Sociology) ILS-Z 644 Information Networks ILS-Z 637 Information Visualization Core Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Informatics doctoral dissertations.) INFO-I 601 Introduction to Complex Networks and Systems Distinguished Professor INFO-I 585 Biologically-Inspired Computing Bernice Pescosolido* (Sociology) INFO-I 590 Complex Networks and Their Applications Olaf Sporns* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB) INFO-I 590 Mining the Social Web INFO-I 609 Complex Systems Seminar I Professors Colin Allen* (History of Philosophy and Science, IUB) Katy Börner* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) Sociology Arjan Durresi (Department of Computer and Information SOC-S 651 Social Network Analysis Science, IUPUI) SOC-S 660 Social Networks John K. Kruschke* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB) Statistics Filippo Menczer* (School of Informatics and Computing, STAT-S 681 Introduction to Network Analysis IUB) STAT-S 681 Statistical Network Analysis Frank Page Jr.* (Economics, IUB) STAT-S 681 Statistical Methods for Networks Luis Rocha* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) CATEGORY 2 - Phenomenon or Topic-based Courses: Michael Trosset* (Statistics, IUB) Department or school-based courses with major network Stanley Wasserman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, components Statistics, IUB) Cognitive Science Associate Professors COGS-Q 700 Digital Methods in History and Philosophy Aniruddha "Rudy" Banerjee (Geography, IUB) John M. Beggs* (Physics, IUB) Computer Science (IUPUI) Johan Bollen* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) CSCI 57300 Data Mining Jake Chen* (BioHealth Informatics, IUPUI) CSCI 59000 Data Communication and Computer Ying Ding* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) Networks Alessandro Flammini* (School of Informatics and Computing, IUB) Economics ECON-E 585 Industrial Organization and Staša Milojevi#* (School of Informatics and Computing, Control IUB) Geography Assistant Professors GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information Science Yong Yeol Ahn* (School of Informatics and Computing, Information and Library Science ILS-Z 636 Data IUB) Semantics Mohammad Al Hasan (Computer and Information Science, ILS-Z 639 Social Media Mining IUPUI) Weihua An* (Sociology, Statistics, IUB) Informatics (IUPUI) Filomena Garcia* (Economics, IUB) INFO-B 646 Computational Systems Biology Informatics INFO-I 590 Collective Intelligence General Science INFO-I 690 Mathematical Modeling of Complex Systems Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on General INFO-I 701 Advanced Complex Systems Seminar II Science INFO-I 709 Complex Systems (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Physics University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements PHSY-P 582 Biological and Artificial Neural Networks contained only in The University Graduate School Political Science Bulletin.) POLS-Y 557 Contextual Analysis 218 September 6, 2017

Graduate Faculty 3. Mathematics and Computer Science: Mathematics: (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University M212; Computer Science: A201 Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Other 300– and 400–level science courses must be doctoral dissertations.) approved by your advisor. Professor Robert Sherwood* (Education), Director; Grades Associate Professor John Carini * (Physics); Clinical Associate Professor Cathrine Reck (Chemistry); Professor B (3.0) average or higher; at least B in science courses. Albert Ruesink* (Biology) Certification Requirements Graduate Advisor All students seeking the M.A.T. degree must be eligible for Professor Robert Sherwood*, Wright Education Building certification to teach at the middle school or high school 3054, (812) 856-8154 level in Indiana or another state. Degree Offered Geography Master of Arts for Teachers College of Arts and Sciences (Currently this program is not accepting applications.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Special Program Requirements Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~geog (See also general University Graduate School (Please note that when conferring University Graduate requirements.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Admission Requirements University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Bachelor’s degree with 35 credit hours in science or in Bulletin.) science and mathematics. It should be understood that the program of study for this degree is not designed to allow Apply electronically for admission: http:// one to continue for the Ph.D. degree. graduate.indiana.edu/admissions/apply.shtml/ Course Requirements Curriculum Sixty-five (65) credit hours in science and mathematics Degrees Offered (counting courses taken as an undergraduate) to include: Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy. The department currently is not accepting 1. 35 credit hours in the physical sciences, distributed applications for the Master of Arts for Teachers or for as follows: astronomy (3 credit hours), chemistry (10 the dual programs, Master of Arts in Geography and credit hours), geology (6 credit hours), physics (10 Master of Science in Environmental Science (SPEA) or credit hours), and electives (6 credit hours); Master of Science in Geography and Master of Science in 2. 25 credit hours in the biological sciences, distributed Environmental Science (SPEA). as follows: plant sciences (10 credit hours), microbiology (5 credit hours), and zoology (10 credit Special Departmental Requirements hours). Certain general biology courses may count (See also general University Graduate School toward this requirement (see below); and requirements.) 3. 5 credit hours in mathematics or computer science. Grades At least 36 credit hours are required beyond the bachelor’s degree, including 26 credit hours in the above-named B (3.0) average or higher; B in core courses. sciences, mathematics, or computer science, the Master of Arts Degree remaining 10 credit hours in science, mathematics, or Admission Requirements education. Undergraduate major in geography or its equivalent. These minimum requirements are to be met by selecting Applicants not meeting this requirement may be expected from the following courses; an advisor in the program to take additional work. should be consulted regarding the acceptability of other courses. Fields of Study 1. Physical Sciences Astronomy: A100, A105, A221, Climate, Land and Environmental Change; Food and A222, A451, A452, Chemistry: C101 and C121, Agriculture; Geographic Information Systems and Remote C117, C118, C243, R340, C341, C342, C343, C344, Sensing; Globalization, Development and Justice; Water C360 Geological Sciences: G111, G112, G221, Resources. G222, G334, G404 Physics: P201-P202 (or P221- P222), P301, P309, P310, P314, P317, P321, P331, Course Requirements P340, P350, P460 A minimum of 30 credit hours, including a core curriculum 2. Biological Sciences General Biology: L111, L112, consisting of G500, G501, and G588. In addition, each L113, L211, L311, L312, L313, L318, L319, L323 student should select one topical field of concentration and Microbiology: M250, M255 Plant Sciences: B300, complete a sequence of courses involving a minimum of 9 B351, B352, B364, B371, B373 Zoology: Z373, graduate credits in that field. Z374, Z375, Z406, Z466 September 6, 2017 219

Thesis or Research Papers Master of Science in Geography with Specialization in Students have the option of writing a thesis (G850) or two Geographic Information Systems and Remote Sensing research papers (G845). Up to 6 credit hours are allowed Requirements for a thesis and up to 3 credit hours are given for each Requirements are the same as for the M.S. in Geography, research paper. with the additional requirement of a minimum of 9 graduate credits in the field of geographic information Final Examination systems and remote sensing. Suitable courses include but are not limited to: Oral examination covering the topic of specialization, the thesis or research papers, and other aspects of • GEOG-G 504 Advanced Quantitative Methods in geography. Geography Master of Science Degree • GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing Admissions Requirement • GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital Image Processing Undergraduate major in geography, environmental • GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems science, mathematics, physics, chemistry, biology, or • GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information equivalent. Applicants not meeting this requirement may Systems be expected to take additional work. • GEOL-G 584 GIS Applications in Geology Fields of Study • GEOG-G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics • GEOG-G 589 Advanced Geospatial Data Analysis Climate, Land and Evironmental Change; Food and • GEOG-G 639 Topics Seminar in Geographic Agriculture; Systems and Remote Sensing; Globalization, Information Science Development and Justice; Water Resources. Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Course Requirements Admission Requirements (Currently this program is A minimum of 30 credit hours, including a core curriculum not accepting applications.) consisting of G500, G501, and G588. In addition, each A full undergraduate major in geography is not required, student should select a topical field of concentration but applicants should have had introductory courses in in climate, land and environmental change; food and physical, environmental, or human geography. agriculture; geographic information systems and remote sensing; globalization, development and justice or water Program resources and complete a minimum of 9 graduate credits in that field. An individual program of study will be arranged for each student. A general description of the M.A.T. requirements Thesis or Research Papers is found elsewhere in this bulletin. Students have the option of writing a thesis (G850) or two Master of Arts/Master of Science in Geography and research papers (G845). Up to 6 credit hours are allowed Master of Science in Environmental Science (Public for a thesis and up to 3 credit hours are given for each and Environmental Affairs) research paper. Admission Requirements (Currently this program is Master of Science in Geography with not accepting applications.) Specialization in Climate, Land and Evironmental The Department of Geography and the School of Public Change Requirements and Environmental Affairs (SPEA) offer a program that Requirements are the same as for the M.S. in Geography, qualifies students for two master’s degrees. A student with the additional requirement of a minimum of 9 must apply to and be accepted by the School of Public graduate credits in the field of climate, land, and and Environmental Affairs for study toward the Master of evironmental change. Suitable courses include but are not Science in Environmental Science (M.S.E.S.) and by the limited to: Department of Geography and the Graduate School for study toward the M.A. or M.S. degree. • GEOG-G 505 Ecological Climatology • GEOG-G 532 Physical Climatology Program • GEOG-G 540 Topics in Environmental Geography An individual program of study will be arranged for each • GEOG-G 544 Climate Change Impacts student. • GEOG-G 550 Field Methods in Physical Geography • GEOG-G 551 Water Resources Doctor of Philosophy Degree • GEOG-G 552 Tree-Ring Science Admission Requirements • GEOL-G 577 Topics in Climatology M.A. or M.S. degree in geography or related discipline. • GEOG-G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics • GEOG-G 589 Advanced Geospatial Data Analysis Fields of Study • GEOG-G 602 Topical Seminar in Climate, Land, & Climate, Land and Evironmental Change; Food and Environmental Change Agriculture; Geographic Information Sensing and Remote Sensing; Globalization, Development and Justice; Water Resources Course Requirements 220 September 6, 2017

A minimum of 90 credit hours, including a core curriculum specialization in Geographic Information Systems and consisting of G500, G501, and G588 as well as a Remote Sensing (above). dissertation (up to 20 credit hours). Each student must select a major within the field of geography chosen from Faculty the fields of study listed above. Students must complete Chairperson a minimum of 12 credit hours beyond the M.A./M.S. in the major, including at least one graduate seminar. The Professor Daniel C. Knudsen* dissertation must be written in the major field of study within geography. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Minors Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct At least one outside minor required. It should be closely doctoral dissertations.) related to the internal major and must be chosen from Professors approved programs of study outlined in this bulletin (unless exceptions are approved by the University Dennis Conway* (Emeritus), Tom Evans*, Daniel C. Graduate School). Knudsen*, Scott M. Robeson* Qualifying Examination Associate Professors Written and oral, covering the areas of concentration, Elizabeth Cullen Dunn*, Charles Greer* (Emeritus), other aspects of geography, and the tentative dissertation Rebecca Lave*, Ernest Wohlenberg* (Emeritus) problem. Assistant Professors Research Proposal Majed Akhter*, Ishan Ashutosh*, Darren Ficklin*, Taehee The proposed research for the dissertation must be Hwang*, Justin Maxwell* approved by the research committee and presented at a departmental colloquium. Adjunct Professors Final Examination Eduardo Brondizio* (Anthropology), Carl Ipsen* (History), Emilio Moran* (Emeritus, Anthropology, CIPEC), Philip Oral defense of the dissertation. Stevens* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Dallen Timothy (Arizona State University) Ph.D. Minor in Geography The requirements for the Ph.D. minor in geography Adjunct Associate Professors are flexible. A student’s specific program should be developed in consultation with the minor-field advisor Timothy Brothers (Indianapolis), Kelly Caylor (Princeton in geography. Typical fields include Climate, Land and University), Stephanie DeBoer (Film and Media Studies), Environmental Change; Food and Agriculture; Geographic Owen Dwyer (Indianapolis), Chunfeng Huang* (Statistics), Information Systems and Remote Sensing; Globalization, Rinku Roy Chowdhury (Clark University), Jeffrey Wilson Development and Justice; Water Resources. A minimum (Indianapolis) of 9 credit hours of course work. Adjunct Assistant Professor Ph.D. in Geography with Specialization in Climate, Danilo Dragoni (State of Nevada), James Farmer Land and Environmental Change (School of Public Health), Kimberly Novick* (Public and Requirements Environment Affairs). Requirements are the same as the Ph.D. in Geography, Director of Graduate Studies with the additional requirement of a minimum of 12 credit hours in Climate, Land and Environmental Change beyond Professor Scott Robeson*, Student Building 120, (812) the M.S. in Geography with a Specialization in Climate, 855-6303 Land and Environmental Change. Suitable courses Courses include but are not limited to the list that appears under the course requirements for the M.S. in Geography with GEOG-G 425 Africa: Contemporary Geographic a Specialization in Climate, Land and Environmental Problems (3 cr.) Note: This course in not being offered at Change (above). this time. Ph.D. in Geography with Specialization in Geographic GEOG-G 427 Russia and Its Neighbors (3 cr.) Information Systems and Remote Sensing GEOG-G 428 Geography of Europe (3 cr.) Requirements GEOG-G 500 Research Problems in Geography (3 cr.) Requirements are the same as the Ph.D. in Geography, Examination of current research areas and research with the additional requirement of a minimum of 12 problems in geography. Introduction to research design credit hours in Geographic Information Systems and and research methods. Remote Sensing beyond the M.S. in Geography with a specialization in Geographic Information Systems GEOG-G 501 Research Problems in Geography and Remote Sensing. Suitable courses include but are II (3 cr.) P: G500. Further development of research not limited to the list that appears under the course formulation and design skills. Approaches to geographic requirements for the M.S. in Geography with a research and the preparation of research problem statements and proposals that may lead to thesis or September 6, 2017 221 dissertation research. May be repeated for a maximum of GEOG-G 515 Sustainable Urbanism (3 cr.) P: G314 6 credits in second graduate degree. or consent of instructor. In-depth examination of “green urbanism” and sustainable urban development. GEOG-G 502 Introduction to Transportation Analysis Sustainable urbanism is viewed as an integral part of, (3 cr.) An examination of classical and contemporary and not distinct from, global environmental sustainability. approaches to the analysis of transport systems, Lessons from European cities inform the assessments of spatial interaction, sustainable transport, and related North America’s urban future. environmental and economic aspects of transport at regional and national scales. Note: This course is not GEOG-G 517 Development Geography: Critical being offered at this time. Perspectives of the Historical and Spatial Rhythms of Capitalism (3 cr.) Why are some places richer than GEOG-G 504 Advanced Quantitative Methods in others? Is inequality a necessary part of our economic Geography (3 cr.) P: G488 or G588 or equivalent. Further system? What is the economic and political role of development of quantitative techniques to geographic organizations like the World Bank? How are neo-liberalism problems. Methods of multivariate analysis, multiple and globalization related? These and related questions response models, and mapping of three-dimensional or are explored through history, diffusion, and structure of greater space. Note: This course is not being offered at global capitalism. this time. GEOG-G 520 Mobility (3 cr.) Geographers are turning GEOG-G 505 Ecological Climatology (3 cr.) Surveys the attention to the processes that drive, regulate and relationship between climate and vegetation and explores accompany various scales of movement, the politics of the consequences of human impacts. Examines the role mobility, and the experience and effect of mobility. A of climate on vegetation patterns, agricultural crops, and better understanding of mobility helps them investigate select ecosystems and in turn, the influence of vegetation processes like globalization, migration, tourism, on climate. homelessness, security and transport, international flows GEOG-G 506 Sustainable Transportation (3 cr.) as well as micro-scale bodily movements in more nuanced P: G502. An examination of non-sustainability in the ways. transport sector. Problems of petroleum depletion, air GEOG-G 532 Physical Climatology (3 cr.) Introduction quality and its impact on human health, carbon dioxide to the physical basis of the climate system from the emissions and their impact on global warming, transport global to the local scale, emphasizing the surface energy accidents and congestion are examined along with and water balances. Examples are drawn from forested, planning, policy, and technological solutions to these agricultural, urban, and aquatic environments, as well as problems. Note: This course is not being offered at this issues related to climate change. Skills used to study and time. quantify climate processes are developed. GEOG-G 509 Seminar in the History and Philosophy of GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing Geography (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. This course (3 cr.) Principles of remote sensing of the earth and its examines the history of geography. Particular reference is atmosphere, emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, made to the use of philosophical traditions of positivism, and microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. structuralism, humanism, and postmodernism within Emphasis on practical applications and digital image geography and to the major debates about philosophy and analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. methodology in the last two centuries within the discipline. Note: This course is not being offered at this time. GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital Image Processing (3 cr.) P: G535 or consent of GEOG-G 511 Sustainable Development Systems (3 cr.) instructor. Advanced remote sensing theory and digital P: G208 or consent of instructor. An examination of the image processing techniques with an emphasis on notion of sustainable development and its meaning and environmental science applications. Hands-on computer implementation in the areas of resources, agriculture, exercises provide significant experience in digital image water, transport, cities, and tourism. Also considers how processing techniques for extraction of qualitative and such systems can be implemented in developed countries. quantitative information about Earth’s terrestrial and GEOG-G 512 Urban Transportation Analysis (3 cr.) aquatic environments. P: G312 or G502 or consent of instructor. Aspects of GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) urban transportation planning process. Existing travel Overview of the principles and practices of Geographic patterns, variations in trip generation, spatial interaction Information Systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database and distribution models, assignment of trips to existing design, introductory and intermediate GIS, operations and networks, and the evaluation of future networks. Note: case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory This course is not being offered at this time. exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. GEOG-G 513 Advanced Economic Geography Lecture and laboratory. (3 cr.) P: G313 or consent of instructor. Advanced GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information economic geographic theory and location decision Systems (3 cr.) P: G538 or consent of instructor. making. Applications include agricultural, industrial, Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic and commercial location decision making as well information science and spatial analysis techniques using as geographic understanding of the wider regional GIS software. This advanced course is for students who development process. Students will be expected to seek a greater understanding of this rapidly developing demonstrate understanding of theories and location decision making graphically and mathematically. 222 September 6, 2017 field and want to learn how to construct, manage, and GEOG-G 560 Geography Internship (1-4 cr.) analyze their own GIS data and models. P: Graduate level courses in geography and consent of instructor. Faculty-directed study of geographical problems GEOG-G 540 Topics in Environmental Geography based on an internship experience. Student’s area of (1-3 cr.) P: G305 or G315 or consent of instructor. placement must be related to major field of study. Offered Selected topics focus on the human dimensions of fall, spring, and each summer session. Student may environmental change/conservation. Example focus complete more than one internship, but total credit earned topics: population-environment interactions, transport- cannot exceed 4 credit hours. environment interactions, and urban-environment interactions. May be repeated four times with a different GEOG-G 561 Human Dimensions of Global topic for a maximum of 12 credit hours. Environmental Change (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. Introduction of global environmental change GEOG-G 544 Climate Change Impacts (3 cr.) Increasing (GEC), focusing on the human causes and consequences concentrations of greenhouse gases are causing climate of biophysical transformations of land systems. to change at an unprecedented rate. This course will Emphasis on socioeconomic, political, institutional, explain how and why anthropogenic activity is causing and environmental dimensions of land change; tropical climate to change, how this impacts society and options forests, grasslands, and urbanizing areas; international for adaptation and mitigation, plus the potential to reduce environmental regimes; spatial methodologies in GEC climate change through geoengineering. research; and integrated approaches. GEOG-G 548 Capitalism and Nature (3 cr.) How has GEOG-G 576 Qualitative Methods in Geography (3 cr.) nature been appropriated, reworked, and produced under Focuses on and provides practice in the various qualitative capitalism; conversely, how does the materiality of nature methods employed by geographers to solve problems shape the conditions of capitalism? Is this seminar, we within the geographic landscape. Each methodology is will investigate how relations between capitalism and practiced in the field or within th laboratory so the students nature have evolved from the end of feudalism through the develop competency using these methods and can then current neoliberal era. apply them to a research project. GEOG-G 549 Political Ecology (3 cr.) P: G315, G320, GEOG-G 577 Topics in Climatology (3 cr.) Selected G341, G343, or consent of instructor. This seminar topics in applied climatology, climate change, climate introduces political ecology, an approach which focuses impacts, climate modeling, field methods, quantitative on the political-economic context of natural resource analysis, or related subjects. May be repeated once for conflicts with particular attention to issues of equity, credit with different topic. justice, and power. This course covers the theoretical lineage of political ecology, its development over the last GEOG-G 578 Global Change, Food and Farming 20 years, and current hot topics in the field. Systems (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. Introduction to food production and consumption systems, GEOG-G 550 Field Methods in Physical Geography emphasizing linkages to land use and social change (3 cr.) Use of instrumentation for the measurement, on food/farming system sustainability. Topics include: analysis, and interpretation of field data concerning urbanization, population growth, and economic liber- features and processes of the natural environment. alization; farming livelihoods, gender and poverty; Field and laboratory equipment will be used for research biotechnology; agro-ecology; global health. projects and environmental monitoring. Practical application of biogeographic, climatological, and GEOG-G 582 Cultural Geography (3 cr.) Familiarizes hydrological principles. students with the basic concepts and ideas that underpin the study of cultural geography, including the history GEOG-G 551 Water Resources (3 cr.) Introduction to of cultural geography, the constitution of the cultural hydrological processes occurring at multiple spatial and landscape, and how landscape fractures across the lines temporal scales. Principles of water resources such as of ethnicity, gender, and age. infiltration, runoff, surface- and groundwater flow will be explored. Topics covered also include the environmental, GEOG-G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics (3 cr.) economic, and social implications of floods, droughts, P: Consent of instructor. Extension of traditional statistical dams, and water usage as well as current and future analysis to spatial data. Spatial means and spatial issues in water quality, water pollution, and water-resource variances, the examination of differences in samples over regulation. space, spatial autocorrelation, nearest neighbor analysis, map comparison techniques. Emphasis on practical GEOG-G 552 Tree-Riding Science (3 cr.) Examines applications. the science of dendrochronology. The primary focus will be the applications of the science, as ultimately the GEOG-G 589 Advanced Geospatial Data Analysis information recorded by the trees must be used in our (3 cr.) Advanced methods of data analysis for evaluating quest to better understand natural and human processes. spatial heterogeneity and spatial dependence. Topics include global and local spatial autocorrelation, point GEOG-G 553 Water and Society (3 cr.) Do we control pattern analysis, spatial cluster analysis, spatial regression water, or does it control us? Introduce geographic analysis, and other multivariate approaches. Lecture and perspectives on the interaction of water and society. lab format with regular use of software. Emphasis on Takes the holistic view and asks the big questions about geographic applications. how water shapes, and is shaped by, social, political, and cultural dynamics. September 6, 2017 223

GEOG-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis and Doctor of Philosophy in Geological Sciences, and in Their Applications (3 cr.) Note: This course is not being Geological Sciences-Atmospheric Sciences. offered at this time. Special Departmental Requirements GEOG-G 602 Topical Seminar in Climate, Land and Environmental Change (1-3 cr.) Topics will vary to (See also general University Graduate School consider aspects of climate, land and environmental requirements.) change. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Admission Requirements May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An undergraduate degree in the physical or natural GEOG-G 603 Topical Seminar in Globalization, sciences. It is expected that students will have an Development and Justice (3 cr.) Topics will vary to undergraduate background that includes course work in consider aspects of globalization, development and allied sciences/mathematics, equivalent to one year of justice. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. chemistry and physics or biology, mathematics through GEOG-G 604 Topical Seminar in Food and Agriculture differential and integral calculus, plus at least 6 credit (3 cr.) Topics will vary to consider aspects of food and hours of higher-level courses. Where appropriate, agriculture. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. a substantive foundation course in field geology or comparable independent field experience is also GEOG-G 605 Topical Seminar in Water Resources expected. Students with degrees in engineering or other (3 cr.) Topics will vary to consider aspects of water related fields are also encouraged to apply. The general resources. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Graduate Record Examination is required. GEOG-G 639 Topical System in Geographic Master of Science Degree Information Systems and Remote Sensing (3 cr.) Course Requirements Applications of Geographic Information Science principles in the collection, analysis and visualization of spatial Geological Sciences: A minimum of 30 credit hours. At data. Integration of GIS, remote sensing, and GPS least 22 of the 30 hours must be graduate-level courses technologies with web-based GIS applications. Review of or one of the 400-level courses listed below from the current literature on techniques, theory, technology, and Department of Geological Sciences that are approved applications. Discussion, laboratory, and research project. for graduate credit. Twelve of the 22 hours must be from the Department of Geological Sciences and must include GEOG-G 830 Readings in Geography (arr.-12 cr.) at least 9 hours at the 500 level or above. A subset of P: Advanced courses in geography or closely related 300 and above undergraduate courses in allied sciences fields. Supervised readings on selected topics. Note: This is acceptable. Electives include but are not limited to: course is eligible for a deferred grade. Mathematics, M301, M312, M343, M344, M365, M415; Physics, P331, P332, P340, P400. Additional courses GEOG-G 831 Advanced Research in Geography from other science departments can be substituted with (1-6 cr.) P: Consent of faculty member. Individual written permission from the Director of Graduate Studies. research. S/F grading. A minimum of 3 credits of G810 (Research) is required. GEOG-G 840 Research in Geography (arr. cr.) Geological Sciences-Atmospheric Sciences: P: Consent of faculty member. This course is eligible for a Requirements are identical with one exception. At least 9 deferred grade. Individual research. of the 12 required credits from Geological Sciences must GEOG-G 845 Master’s Papers (1-6 cr.) P: Consent of be from the list of courses below defined as related to the instructor. Research papers under supervision of faculty. Atmospheric Sciences track. Note: This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Dual Master's in Geological Sciences (M.S.) and in GEOG-G 850 Master’s Thesis (arr.-6 cr.) This course is Environmental Sciences (M.S.E.S.) eligible for a deferred grade. Thesis. Students must apply to and be accepted by both the School of Public and Environmental Affairs and by the GEOG-G 860 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is Department of Geological Sciences. A total of 51 credit eligible for a deferred grade. hours is required with a minimum of 21 credit hours Geological Sciences in each of the degree programs. For specific program requirements, see the Director of Graduate Studies College of Arts and Sciences of Geological Sciences and the School of Public and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Environmental Affairs Graduate Programs Bulletin Departmental URL: geology.indiana.edu Doctor of Philosophy Degree (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Course Requirements School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Geological Sciences: A total of 90 credit hours, including University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements dissertation and 35 credit hours of course work approved contained only in The University Graduate School for graduate credit. A minimum of 12 credit hours must Bulletin.) be graduate courses taken from the Department of Curriculum Geological Sciences. The subset of allied science courses listed in the M.S. degree requirement applies to the Degrees Offered Ph.D. Up to 30 credit hours of graduate classes may be Master of Science in Geological Sciences, Master of transferred from other institutions. Science in Geological Sciences-Atmospheric Sciences; 224 September 6, 2017

Geological Sciences-Atmospheric Sciences: Julie C. Fosdick Requirements are identical with one exception. At least 9 of the 12 required credits from Geological Sciences must Provost's Professor be from the list of courses below defined as related to the Lisa M. Pratt* Atmospheric Sciences track. Professors Courses Approved for Geological Sciences- Atmospheric Sciences Track Abhijit Basu*, David L. Bish*, James G. Brophy*, Simon C. Brassell*, Michael W. Hamburger*, Gary Lee Pavlis*, P. G534 Dynamic Meteorology, G540 Physical Meteorology, David Polly*, Lisa M. Pratt*, Edward M. Ripley*, Juergen Climate and Paleoclimate, G537 Synoptic Meteorology Schieber*, Jeffrey White* (Public and Environmental and Climatology, G538 Air Pollution Meteorology, G564 Affairs), Robert P. Wintsch*, Chen Zhu* Dynamic Meteorology: Boundary-Layer Meteorology, G570 Micrometeorology, G576 Climate Change Science, Associate Professors G582 Computational Methods in Geology. These courses Claudia C. Johnson*, Kaj Johnson, are currently listed under the Department of Geography but are in the process of being transferred to Geological Assistant Professors Sciences. Douglas Edmonds*, Julie C. Fosdick, Chanh Kieu, Minor Jackson Njau, Paul W. Staten, Laura Wasylenki An outside minor within a related field (including Professors Emeriti chemistry, physics, biology, mathematics, statistics, computational science, environmental sciences) or David Dilcher*, J. Robert Dodd*, Jeremy D. Dunning*, an internal minor within the Department of Geological Donald Hattin*, Hendrik Haitjema* (Public and Sciences comprising a minimum of 6 credit hours of Environmental Affairs), Erle Kauffman*, Enrique Merino*, course work approved by their advisory committee Gregory A. Olyphant*, Lee J. Suttner* in an area of geological sciences (e.g. geochemistry, Senior Scientists geophysics, paleontology, atmospheric sciences) distinct from their major area. Courses taken for the minor Chusi Li*, Arndt Schimmelmann*, John Steinmetz* may count toward the requirement of 35 credit hours of Assistant Scientist graduate course work. Peter E. Sauer, Edward Herrmann Ph.D. Minor in Geological Sciences Senior Lecturers Students from other programs who wish to obtain a minor in geological sciences must complete at least 6 credit Bruce Douglas*, Erika Elswick*, hours of graduate coursework in geological sciences, with an average of B (3.0) or above, determined in consultation Associated Research Faculty with their minor advisor. Chris Craft*(SPEA), Brian Keith* (Geological Survey), Early Review Sally Letsinger (Geological Survey), Adam Maltese (Geoscience Education), Maria Mastalerz* (Geological Written study plan that is reviewed and followed by an oral Survey), Todd Thompson* (Geological Survey) exam. Director of Graduate Studies Qualifying Examination Professor Simon Brassell*, Room MSB-II 404, MSB II, Written and oral examination of research proposal. (812) 855-3786 ([email protected]) Final Examination Courses Oral defense of the dissertation. GEOL-G 404 BIOL L105 and G334 (3 cr.) Application of biological principles and use of fossils in the study of earth Faculty history. Origin of life and the early fossil record; evolution; Simon Brassell* approaches of taxonomy; chemistry of fossils; ecology of ancient life; use of fossils to measure geologic time. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University GEOL-G 406 Introduction to Geochemistry (3 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct P: G222, MATH M212 or M216, and CHEM C106. doctoral dissertations.) Chemistry in the study of the earth, employing elementary chemical thermodynamics, the phase rule, chemical Haydn H. Murray Chair equilibria, redox, reactions, the radioactive decay law, and organic chemistry. David L. Bish* GEOL-G 411 Invertebrate Paleontology (3 cr.) P: BIOL Judson Mead Professor L105 or S105; and one 300-400-level course in biology Kaj Johnson or geology. Structure, classification, habitats, and geological history and significance of the invertebrate Robert R. Schrock Professorship in Sedimentary phyla. Laboratory study of fossils. Geology September 6, 2017 225

GEOL-G 413 Introduction to Geophysics (3 cr.) consent of instructor. Physical and chemical properties P: Physics P202 and P222 and Mathematics M212 or of water; chemical equilibria and stable isotopes in M216. Application of physics in the study of geologic groundwaters; acid drainage, landfills, and agricultural and environmental problems. Theory and application pollution; Darcy's Law, fluid potential, unsaturated of seismic, gravity, magnetic and electric methods in flow; fluid and aquifer properties affecting groundwater exploration of the earth's subsurface, with emphasis on flow; fluid mass-balance equation and its application; near-surface processes. (Not currently offered.) contaminant transport. GEOL-G 415 Geomorphology (3 cr.) P: G222, college GEOL-G 501 Sedimentary Processes and chemistry and mathematics or consent of instructor. Environments (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Origin and Application of physics in the study of geologic and controls of facies distribution in sedimentary systems. environmental problems. Theory and application of Field study of selected ancient facies systems. seismic, gravity, magnetic and electric methods in exploration of the earth's subsurface, with emphasis on GEOL-G 503 Phase Equilibria (3 cr.) P: C360, G406, near-surface processes. or consent of instructor. Thermodynamic functions and conditions of equilibria in unary, binary, ternary, and GEOL-G 416 Economic Geology (3 cr.) P: G334; CHEM multicomponent systems. Mixing properties of crystalline C106-C126 or consent of instructor. Geologic occurrence solutions. Chemical potential and activity diagrams. and genesis of economic mineral deposits, including petroleum and coal. Introduction to mining, processing, GEOL-G 504 Metamorphic Petrology (3 cr.) P: G418, and exploration methods. Two lectures and one 2-hour G503. The evolution of mineral assemblages and laboratory meeting per week. compositions during prograde metamorphism. Reaction mechanisms. Effect of fluid composition on mineral GEOL-G 417 Optical Mineralogy (3 cr.) P: G222. Theory assemblages. Theoretical basis and description of various and use of optics in the identification and classification of projection schemes. Appraisal of selected experimental rock-forming minerals in fragments and thin sections. One studies. lecture and two 2-hour laboratory meetings per week. GEOL-G 506 Principles of Igneous Petrology ( (3 cr.) GEOL-G 418 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology P: G418. Origin, composition, classification, phase (3 cr.) P: G222 or equivalent. The petrogenesis of igneous relationships, and distribution of igneous rocks; economic and metamorphic rocks. Both the lecture and laboratory considerations. Emphasis on province, associations, and portions of the course will stress the application of modern facies type. petrographic, mineralogic, geochemical and phase equilibria techniques to the solution of relevant petrologic GEOL-G 509 Theoretical Geochemistry (4 cr.) P: C360, problems. Two lectures and one 2-hour laboratory meeting C361, P340, or G406 or the equivalent; consent of per week. instructor. Thermodynamics and solution chemistry as tools in geochemistry; designed for students planning GEOL-G 420 Regional Geology Field Trip (1-2 cr.) advanced work or research in geochemistry. P: Consent of instructor. Field investigation of selected regions of North America for study of mineralogical, GEOL-G 513 Seismology I (3 cr.) P: MATH M343 or lithological, stratigraphic, structural, paleontological, M313; PHYS P222. Earthquakes, propagation of elastic geomorphological, or other geological relationships. Six to waves, interpretation of seismological data, theory of ten days in the field. May be repeated. seismological instruments. Core: solid-earth dynamics. GEOL-G 423 Methods in Applied Geophysics (4 cr.) GEOL-G 514 Geophysical Signal Analysis (3 cr.) P: G413 or equivalent. Application of geophysical P: PHYS P222; MATH M343 or M313. Construction, principles to field and laboratory experiments, with analysis, and interpretation of geophysical signals. Filter emphasis on data acquisition, analysis, and geologic theory, spectral analysis, signal-to-noise enhancement, interpretation. Experiments include earthquake transform theory, seismic wave propagation, computer seismology, electrical resistivity, magnetic and gravity applications. surveys, and reflection and refraction seismology. GEOL-G 515 Analysis of Earthquake Seismograms GEOL-G 427 Introduction to X-Ray Mineralogy (2-3 cr.) (1 cr.) P: G413. Analysis of local, regional, and teleseismic P: G221. Theory and practice of X-ray powder diffraction. phases recorded on the Indiana University long- and Measurement and analysis of digital diffractometer data, short-period seismographs. Use of seismic records to including profile fitting and Rietveld refinement, with determine earthquake source parameters, deep earth applications to geological, environmental, and structural- structure, and near-station structure. Surface wave chemical problems. dispersion and structure of the lithosphere. GEOL-G 429 Field Geology in the Rocky Mountains GEOL-G 520 Mechanics for the Earth Sciences (1 cr.) (5-8 cr.) P: G222, G323. Five to eight weeks, including P: M211, M212. Fundamentals of continuum mechanics four to six weeks at the Geologic Field Station in Montana. with emphasis on the derivation and solution of governing Geologic reconnaissance, measurement of stratigraphic equations in elasticity, viscous flow, heat transfer, and sections, mapping on aerial photographs, construction of groundwater flow. Problems in faulting, postseismic and structure sections. Regional geomorphology, stratigraphy, postglacial relaxation, flexure of strata and lithosphere, and structure through South Dakota, the Black Hills, emplacement of dikes/sills, flow of debris and ice, and Wyoming, Montana, Yellowstone Park, and Glacier Park. groundwater flow. GEOL-G 451 Principles of Hydrogeology (5-8 cr.) GEOL-G 521 Micropaleontology (3 cr.) P: G404 or G411 P: Chemistry C106, Mathematics M212 or M216, and or advanced standing in biological sciences. Morphology, 226 September 6, 2017 biology, ecology, biostratigraphy, and phylogenetic assignment for Graduate Credit. Graduate students relationships of microfossils. Course will survey the taking the class for G544 will have an additional written common fossil groups, including cyanobacteria, diatoms, assignment due the last third of the class (TBA) involving dinoflagellates, acritarchs, foraminifera, and radiolaria. compilation, analysis and interpretation of a data set of their choosing, that will be factored into the written GEOL-G 524 Carbonate Facies and Environments assignment portion of the grade. This work is in addition to (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Carbonate environments the assignments of the G444 component. from modern and ancient examples (including subsurface). Various ramp and platform margin GEOL-G 550 Surface Water Hydrology (3 cr.) P: G451 depositional models. Emphasis on types and origin of and M216, or consent of instructor. Mechanics of surface facies. Current and classical literature on carbonates. runoff and open channel flow. Rainfall-runoff equations, probability analysis of stream flow, and watershed GEOL-G 534 Dynamic Meteorology: Synoptic to simulation models. Chemistry of surface waters and Global Scale (3 cr.) P: MATH-M211-M212, PHYS-P201 stream pollution. Core: environmental geoscience. or P221 (P221 recommended), GEOG-G304 or G532 or consent of instructor. GEOL-G 551 Advanced Hydrogeology (3 cr.) P: G451. Introduction to dynamical processes and analysis in Basic principles and quantitative aspects of physical flow the atmosphere. Principles of fluid dynamics and their systems and chemistry of ground water and surface water. application to the atmosphere. Basic conservation The relationships between water and geologic materials. laws and equations of motion. Circulation and vorticity. Core: environmental geoscience. Dynamics of synoptic systems: quasigeostrophic analysis; oscillations and waves; baroclinic instability; and GEOL-G 553 Gravitational and Magnetic Field Analysis cyclogenesis. General circulation. Numerical modeling. (2 cr.) P: G413; MATH M343 or M313; PHYS P222. Potential field theory and its application in interpretation of gravity and magnetic fields. Core: solid-earth dynamics. GEOL-G 535 Quaternary Geology (3 cr.) P: G415 or consent of instructor. Characteristics, distribution, GEOL-G 554 Fundamentals of Plate Tectonics (2 cr.) and origin of Pleistocene and recent deposits; P: Graduate standing in geology or consent of instructor. stratigraphy and chronology; formation of associated Synthesis of observations from diverse disciplines of landforms, landscapes, paleosols, and soils; quaternary geology leading to the development of modern plate environments. Core: Environmental Geoscience. tectonic theory. Applications of plate tectonic principles to fundamental problems of continental and marine geology. GEOL-G 537 Synoptic Meteorology and Climatology Core: solid-earth dynamics. (3 cr.) P: G304 or G532 or consent of instructor. Analysis and prediction of synoptic scale weather GEOL-G 556 Wind Power Meteorology (3 cr.) P: G304, systems, emphasizing the mid-latitudes. Other topics G362, or consent of instructor. covered include severe weather and atmospheric/ oceanic The science of wind power meteorology will be explained teleconnections. with a focus on practical elements of how to measure wind resources, estimate wind turbine loads and wind turbine GEOL-G 538 Air Pollution Meteorology (3 cr.) P: G304 siting. The class is divided into a lecture and laboratory or G532 or consent of instructor. type format with project work. Analysis of the physical laws that govern the transport, transformation, and removal of atmospheric pollutants. GEOL-G 561 Paleoecology (3 cr.) P: G334 and G404 Primary emphasis will be on physical and chemical or G411. Relationships between modern and fossil processes, although biological impacts will also be organisms and their physical, chemical, and biological considered as the use of models and remote sensing, are environments; emphasis on techniques for interpreting also developed. past environmental conditions. GEOL-G 562 Geometric Morphometrics (3 cr.) GEOL-G 540 Physical Meteorology, Climate, and Practical, applied introduction to geometric morphometric Paleoclimate (3 cr.) analysis of shape. Students learn to collect, analyze, Topics span all the scales of atmospheric processes; and interpret geometric morphometric data. Shape from climate change to weather forecasting and surface theory and methods are covered, including Procrustes energy budgets. Students are introduced to the physical superimposition and its statistical implications, analysis of processes and properties of the atmosphere. Skills used curves and outlines, and Monte Carlo modeling of shape. to study and quantify atmospheric processes, such as the use of models and remote sensing, are also developed. GEOL-G 563 Quantitative Paleontology (3 cr.) Practical applications of quantitative analysis as they GEOL-G 544 Methods in Analytical Geochemistry relate to paleontology, including the analysis of diversity (2 cr.) G544-Methods in Analytical Geochemistry through time, analysis of diversity in space, analysis is designed as an overview of basic collection and of morphological disparity, and reconstruction of preparation of water, soil and rock samples for elemental phylogenetic relationships. Skills include Monte Carlo analysis by analytical geochemical techniques used statistical tests, analysis of large data sets, use of in environmental and exploration geology, as well as, relational SQL databases, and the application of GIS to geochemical studies. The course is designed to give paleontological problems. background and context to published data sets for critical GEOL-G 570 Micrometeorology (3 cr.) P: GEOG-G304, evaluation. Finally, it is an opportunity to develop scientific G340, G532, G540, MATH-M211-M212, or consent of writing skills. G544 is taught simultaneously with the instructor. undergraduate course G444, with additional written September 6, 2017 227

Atmospheric processes at the micro and local scale. in determining origins of fossil fuels and in defining Topics include energy and mass exchange over simple biological and environmental histories of rocks. non-vegetated surfaces, vegetated surfaces, non-uniform terrain, and inadvertent climate modification. GEOL-G 588 Paleobiogeography (3 cr.) P: L318; G404 or L374; G561 or L473. Introduction to the theory and practice of analyzing the spatial and temporal distribution GEOL-G 571 Principles of Petroleum Geology of past life, with consideration of the biostratigraphic (3 cr.) P: G323. Origin, geochemistry, migration, and evolution of major life forms. Models of dispersion patterns accumulation of petroleum; reservoir rocks; types of are analyzed within a plate tectonic and paleoclimate entrapment; exploration procedures and their rationale; context. methods and devices for data gathering and detection. GEOL-G 589 Geomicrobiology (3 cr.) P: Two GEOL-G 572 Basin Analysis and Hydrocarbons semesters each of undergraduate biology and chemistry. (3 cr.) P: G323 and G334. Modern concepts of tectonics Geomicrobiology provides an introduction to the diversity and sedimentary basin analysis. Geologic application and physiology of microbes in soil, sediment, lake, of geophysical logs and seismic stratigraphy to basin ocean, and ground-water environments. The first half of analysis, facies distribution, and structural style in a variety the course focuses on microbial classification, growth, of basin types with specific examples from around the metabolism, and genetic phylogeny in order to build world. Techniques of hydrocarbon assessment in basinal a conceptual framework and technical vocabulary. settings. The second half of the course integrates lecture with GEOL-G 576 Climate Change Science (3 cr.) P: At least discussion of recently published journal articles. two undergraduate courses in the physical sciences or GEOL-G 591 Physical Sedimentology (3 cr.) P: G415, consent of instructor. Evidence for and theories of climate G501 or equivalent. Dynamics of fluid flow, hydraulics of change over a range of time scales. Sources of natural sediment transport, interaction of physical processes in climate forcing are presented, historical evolution of depositional environments. Field study of selected modern climate change is quantified, and model tools and climate depositional environments. projections are presented along with analyses of climate change impacts. GEOL-G 592 Chemical Sedimentology (3 cr.) P: G509, G418, or consent of instructor. Study of low-temperature GEOL-G 581 Surficial Geology (3 cr.) Study of earth (< 300 degrees C) mineral assemblages in order to infer surface process, landforms, and unconsolidated deposits their chemical conditions of formation. is fundamental to several subdisciplines of geology, especially hydrogeology and environmental geology. GEOL-G 600 Advanced Techniques (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. **These courses are eligible for a GEOL-G 582 Computational Methods for Earth deferred grade. Training in special geologic methods such Scientists (3 cr.) P: M211-M212 or equivalent. Students as exploration seismology, experimental petrology, X-ray will develop numerical solutions to ordinary and partial spectroscopy, electron probe microanalysis, isotopic and differential equations which describe a wide variety of organic mass spectrometry. geologic processes which could include fluid flow, heat transfer, sediment transport, seismic wave propagation GEOL-G 601 Clay Mineralogy (3 cr.) P: Consent of through elastic solids, isotopic fluid-rock interactions. instructor. Composition, structure, properties, methods of identification, and origin and distribution of clay minerals. GEOL-G 583 Isotope Geochemistry (3 cr.) Introduction Core: sedimentary systems. to the theory and application of radiogenic and stable isotopes to a variety of subdisciplines in the earth GEOL-G 612 Inverse Methods in Geophysics (3 cr.) sciences. Topics include geochronology, tracers, mass P: MATH M301, M303, or equivalent. Mathematical balance and mixing, hydrology and environmental techniques to infer the properties of the deep interior of the applications, water-rock interaction, and biogeochemical earth from geophysical data and to appraise the reliability cycles. of the results. Theory of generalized inverses in finite dimensional vector spaces and Hilbert space. Resolving GEOL-G 584 GIS Applications in Geology (3 cr.) power of data. Nonlinear inverse methods. P: Experience in GIS or map reading. Application of Geographic Information System (GIS) and Global GEOL-G 613 Seismology II (3 cr.) P: G513. Theory Positioning System (GPS) technologies address problems of wave propagation in layered elastic media: Lamb’s in the geosciences. Field mapping using GPS and other problem, Cagnaird’s method, and propagator matrices. methods is undertaken to develop GIS layers and at- Body force equivalents and the moment tensor tributed features that are analyzed to support or refute representation of seismic sources. Additional selected specific research hypotheses. topics. (Not currently offered) GEOL-G 586 Geochemical Modeling (3 cr.) P: C360, GEOL-G 616 Metalliferous Mineral Deposits (3 cr.) C361, P340, or G406 or the equivalent; consent of P: G416 and G406, or equivalent. Geological processes instructor. Introduces students to the theories and controlling ore deposition. Application of stable and applications of geochemical modeling. Students will have radioactive isotopes, fluid inclusions, and thermodynamics the opportunity to acquire hands-on experience with to the study of ore deposits. Laboratory study of opaque popular geochemical codes. minerals using reflected light microscopy. GEOL-G 587 Organic Geochemistry (3 cr.) P: Consent GEOL-G 617 Geochemical Exploration (3 cr.) P: G416. of instructor. Application of organic geochemical methods Application of geochemical methods in the search for mineral deposits, including analytical techniques, 228 September 6, 2017 migration of elements, data interpretation, and field Ph.D. Minor in German Studies problems. Lecture and laboratory. The Ph.D. minor in German studies is available to doctoral students in all departments except Germanic Studies; GEOL-G 626 Industrial Minerals (3 cr.) P: G416. Origin, 15 credit hours of course work are required. Consult the mode of occurrence, distribution, and uses of mineral director of the Institute for information regarding courses commodities other than ores and fuels. Geology of the acceptable for the minor. rocks and minerals used for building materials, chemical raw materials, refractories, fillers, abrasives, fertilizers, Faculty fluxes, insulation, filtering agents, and pigments. Director GEOL-G 633 Advanced Geophysics Seminar (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. S/F grading. Selected topics in Associate Professor Johannes Türk* earth physics. Graduate Faculty GEOL-G 637 Seminar in Tectonics (1 cr.) P: Consent of (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University instructor. Multidisciplinary seminar focusing on regional- Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct scale deformation of the earth’s lithosphere. doctoral dissertations.) GEOL-G 685 Evolution of Ecosystems (3 cr.) P: G561 Professors or L575; Isotope Systemics; statistical methods. Advanced Claudia Breger* (Germanic Studies), Fritz Alwin analysis of large-scale, cohesive environmental influences Breithaupt* (Germanic Studies, European Studies), , on ecosystem development and persistence through Hildegard Keller* (Germanic Studies), Breon Mitchell* the rock record. Emphasis on paleoecologic grouping at (Emeritus, Germanic Studies, Comparative Literature), , community and higher levels. Analytical methods include William W. Rasch* (Germanic Studies), Alvin Rosenfeld* advanced statistics and synthesis of published numerical, (English), , Marc A. Weiner* (Germanic Studies, geochemical, and sedimentologic models. Comparative Literature) GEOL-G 690 Advanced Geology Seminar (arr. cr.) Associate Professors P: Consent of instructor. S/F grading. Seminars on critical research issues and topical themes. Michel Chaouli* (Germanic Studies), Michelle Facos* (Fine Arts), Benjamin Robinson* (Germanic Studies), GEOL-G 700 Geologic Problems (1-5 cr.) P: Consent Johannes Türk* (Germanic Studies) of instructor. **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Consideration of special geological problems. Academic Advisor GEOL-G 810 Research (arr. cr.) **These courses are Associate Professor Johannes Türk*, Global and eligible for a deferred grade. International Studies building, Rm 3127,(812) 855-1642 Institute of German Studies Courses College of Arts and Sciences The following, nonexclusive list contains examples of Departmental E-mail: [email protected] the kinds of courses that may be taken outside of the Department of Germanic Studies for credit in the Institute. Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~germanic/institute/ V605 Selected Topics in German Studies (2-4 cr.; 12 cr. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate max.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The V815 Individual Readings in German Studies (1-8 cr.) May University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements be repeated for credit. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Anthropology E607 Selected Topics in German Studies (2-4 cr.; 12 cr. Curriculum max.) Program Information V815 Individual Readings in German Studies (1-8 cr.) May The Institute of German Studies provides graduate be repeated for credit. students with a flexible curriculum to pursue study and Comparative Literature research in the society and cultural production of German- C504 Topics in World Criticism and Theory II (4 cr.) speaking Europe from 1740 to the present. Most work C546 Sexuality and the Arts (4 cr.) on this subject unfolds through consideration of diverse C555 Theory and Methods of Interarts Studies (4 cr.) critical paradigms. Study in the Institute is linked closely, C602 Contemporary Theoretical Issues and Approaches but not exclusively, to the master’s degree in modern (4 cr.) German culture in the Department of Germanic Studies C655 Topics in Interarts Studies ( 4 cr.) and is also open to students from related disciplines (e.g., European Studies, History, Political Science, Philosophy, European Studies W301 Modern European Politics and the Program in Cultural Studies, the Jewish Studies Society (3 cr.) Program, and the School of Music). The Institute also W302 Modern European Culture and National Identities (3 offers a Ph.D. minor. Courses are taught by the faculty of cr.) the Department of Germanic Studies specializing in 1740 Film Studies to the present and by instructors in related disciplines. C590 Film and Society (4 cr.) C693 Film Adaptations of Literature (4 cr.) C790 Studies in Film and Literature ( 4 cr.) September 6, 2017 229

C792 Film History and Theory ( 4 cr.) Special Departmental Requirements Fine Arts (See also general University Graduate School A442 Twentieth-Century Art 1900-1924 (4 cr.) requirements.) A495 Readings and Research in Art History (1-4 cr.; 8 cr. max.) Topic: Twentieth-Century German Art. Master’s Degrees Master of Arts Degree Germanic Studies Students may follow one of two different curricula in G503 Introduction to Theories and Methodologies in the pursuit of the M.A. degree: Master of Arts in Germanic Study of German Literature and Culture (3 cr.) Studies and Master of Arts in Modern German Culture. G563 German Culture Studies I (3 cr.) Admission requirements are the same for both programs, G564 German Culture Studies II (3 cr.) and the official degree title for both options is the M.A. in G575 Historical Study of German Literature III (3 cr.) Germanic Studies. G577 Historical Study of German Literature IV (3 cr.) G625 Literature and Culture: Special Topics (3 cr.) Admission Requirements G825 Seminar in German Literature (3-4 cr.) Near-native command of German and undergraduate History major in the field or other evidence of adequate B366 Paris and Berlin in the 1920s: A Cultural History (3 background. Deficiencies may be removed by course work cr.) or special examination. B378 History of Germany since 1648 II (3-3 cr.) Master’s Project B393 German History: From Bismarck to Hitler (3 cr.) H523 The Holocaust (3 cr.) Both the Master of Arts in Germanic Studies and the H620 Colloquium: Modern Western European History (4 Master of Arts in Modern German Culture require cr.) Topic: Problems in Modern German History. successful completion of a master’s project, which is intended to give students experience in carrying out a History and Philosophy of Science limited scholarly investigation to their fullest potential. X567 Science in Germany: Nineteenth and Twentieth The project is normally submitted after three or four Centuries (3 cr.) semesters of study but may be submitted as early as the School of Music, Department of Musicology first year. It entails appropriate revision and oral defense M502 Composers (3 cr.) Topic: Wagner/Beethoven/ of a research paper of 20 to 30 pages originally written Strauss. for a graduate course in Germanic Studies. The paper Philosophy should demonstrate command of expository English or P522 Topics in the History of Modern Philosophy (3 cr.) German, competence in the use of bibliographic and P544 Selected Topics in History of Social and Political research tools, ability to conceive and develop a scholarly Philosophy (3 cr.) project, and effective critical and analytical thinking. It is recommended that students consult with appro- Political Science priate faculty members regarding selection and revision Y657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) of the project paper. A three-person faculty committee Religious Studies evaluates each project and conducts an oral defense R680 Religion and the Problems of Modernity (3 cr.) that examines the candidate’s ability to present concisely Sociology the main argument(s) of the project, place the project in S660 Advanced Topics (3 cr.) Topic: The Sociological larger scholarly contexts, discuss sources and scholarly Structures of the United States and Germany. literature used, and respond effectively to committee members’ questions and comments. Students have the Additional courses are often drawn from the nonexclusive option of enrolling in German G850 Master’s Project for list of departments and programs given above. Consent one credit so that the project’s completion is reflected on of the director of the Institute and from the individual their permanent academic record and transcripts. instructor of each course must be obtained to enroll. Master of Arts in Germanic Studies Germanic Studies Course Requirements College of Arts and Sciences A total of 30 credit hours, including one of G532, , G548, Departmental E-mail: [email protected] G551, G558, G632, G635, G638, G639 or G640; one seminar or colloquium at Indiana University. At least Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~germanic/ 9 additional credit hours in Germanic studies and one (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Germanic Literature course numbered 500 or above. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Language Requirement University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Reading proficiency in an additional foreign language, Bulletin.) preferably French. Curriculum Thesis Degrees Offered Not required. Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of Master of Arts in Modern German Culture Philosophy Course Requirements 230 September 6, 2017

A total of 30 credit hours of which at least 21 one must be G532, G548, G551, G558, G632, G635, G638, G639, and all 30 may be in German. Up to 9 credit hours may G640, G601 Introduction to Old English, G655 History of be taken in other relevant programs and departments the English Language (history, comparative literature, etc.). Seminars (6-8 cr.) Language Requirement (two required at IU) Reading proficiency in an additional foreign language, preferably French. • G825 (3-4 cr.) or G835 (3-4 cr.) • G825 (3-4 cr.) or G835 (3-4 cr.) Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Admission Requirements Literature courses (6 cr.) 20 credit hours of course work (or the equivalent) beyond Two from any modern German literature or culture first-year German. courses numbered 500 or above (including G825 with a modern topic). Course Requirements Dissertation (up to 20 cr.) A total of 36 credit hours; at least 20 of these must be in Germanic Studies, including G500, two courses from Outside Minor (minimum 12 cr.) G532, G548, G551, and G558; two literature or culture Ph.D. in Medieval and Early Modern German Literature courses in German, one of which may be at the 400 and Culture level. Students must demonstrate proficiency in depth This major is intended as one in medieval literature and in German; contact the language coordinator in the culture, and the languages involved are regarded as tools department for information. rather than as ends in themselves. The interdepartmental Doctor of Philosophy Degree outside minor must be taken in medieval culture. The General Information 30-32 hours of required course work in German literature Admission Requirement should include sufficient study of modern literature to prepare the candidate to teach college courses in this area M.A. in German or equivalent. Students with a master’s on the second- and third-year level. degree in a related discipline who have completed extensive graduate-level work in German may also apply. Total credit hours: 90 Credit Transfer Literature Courses (30-32 credits): Entering doctoral students may present up to 30 credit • G571 German Lit. I (3 cr.) hours of previous graduate-level work towards the 90- • G573 German Lit. I (3 cr.) hour minimum required for the Ph.D. degree, subject to • G636 Old Icelandic Literature; prerequisite G635 (3 the regulations and approval of the University Graduate cr.) School. • G625 (with medieval topic) (3 cr.) • G825 (with medieval topic) (3-4 cr.) Language Required courses in Medieval Studies: M500 Reading proficiency in French. A substitution may be Introduction to Medieval Studies or M600 Medieval permitted; such a substitution should serve the candidate’s Manuscripts major research interests. Required courses in Renaissance Studies: R501 Other Requirements The Culture of the Renaissance or R502 Topics in Specific departmental course and credit-hour Renaissance Civilization (4 cr.) requirements for each of the three Ph.D. majors are Other literature courses: (7-9 cr.) outlined below. Examinations Total: 30-32 cr. A two-part written examination followed by an oral Linguistic Courses (6-9 credits): examination. The form, content, and scheduling of the separate examinations vary from major to major. • G638 Old High German (3 cr.) • G640 Middle High German (3 cr.) Teaching One of the following is recommended: All doctoral students are required to complete at least one year of service as an associate instructor in Germanic G532 History of Germ. Language; G635 Old Icelandic; Studies. G639 Old Saxon (3 cr.); G601 Old English (3 cr.) or G602 Middle English (3 cr.) Ph.D. in Germanic Linguistics and Philology Total credit hours: 90 Total: 6-9 cr. Professional course (3 cr.) - G500 Required courses: Linguistics courses (12-14 cr.) F501 Medieval French Literature I (3 cr.) or L505 Medieval Latin (4 cr.) Four from the following: September 6, 2017 231

Additional hours in medieval culture (15-19 cr.) courses in addition to the four required for the minor. These may include any of the courses listed Total: 18-22 cr. above, as well as courses in other departments Ph.D. in Modern German Literature and Culture that are relevant to the history and prehistory of Total Credit hours: 90 the Germanic languages, and to early Germanic literature and culture. Professional course: G500 (3 cr.) 5. Linguistics: 12 credits in linguistics or related Seminars (two required at IU) (8 cr.): courses, with a grade point average of 3.0 (B) or higher. The specific program for satisfying this • G825 or G835 (3-4 cr.) requirement should be developed in consultation • G825 or G835 (3-4 cr.) with the linguistics outside minor advisor. 6. Yiddish: Requirements include 12 credits, consisting Literature Courses (9 cr.): of GER Y502, GER Y503, GER Y504, 3 remaining • Any three from: G571, G573, G575, G577 (may be credits to be chosen from GER Y505, GER Y506, repeated for credit, if different topic). GER Y815, and other courses focusing on non- language Yiddish Topics. Linguistic courses (6. cr.): Ph.D. Minor in Germanic Studies • One from G532, G632, G635, G638, G639, or G640 Doctoral students from other departments desiring to (3 cr.) minor in Germanic studies will choose one of the following: • One from G540, G548, G551 or G558 (3 cr.) 1. German: 12 credit hours, including at least two Dissertation (up to 20 cr.) courses numbered 500 or higher. Outside minor (at least 12 cr.) 2. Netherlandic: GER-N402, GER-N403, GER- N404, Outside Minors for the Ph.D. and GER-N508 or GER-N509. All three Ph.D. program options in Germanic studies 3. Yiddish: Requirements include 12 credits, consisting require the completion of an outside minor. The outside of GER Y502, GER Y503, GER Y504, 3 remaining minor is selected in consultation with the graduate director credits to be chosen from GER Y505, GER Y506, or faculty advisor. Requirements for the outside minor are GER Y815, and other courses focusing on non- set by the outside minor department or program (i.e., not language Yiddish Topics. Germanic Studies). Please note that Dutch or Yiddish may Faculty be selected by Ph.D. students in Germanic Studies as an outside minor. Chairperson Some Ph.D. candidates in Germanic Studies complete Professor Fritz Alwin Breithaupt* the minor entirely outside the department, for example in cognitive science, French, European studies, or gender Graduate Faculty studies. Detailed information about minors offered by other (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University departments and programs can be found elsewhere in this Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct bulletin. Detailed below are sample minor programs. doctoral dissertations.) 1. Dutch: GER-N402, GER-N403, GER-N404, and Professors GER-N508 or GER-N509. Theodore M. Andersson* (Emeritus), , Claudia Breger*, 2. Comparative Literature: four courses in Comparative Fritz Alwin Breithaupt*, Catherine Clarke Fraser* Literature, including C501; fluent reading knowledge (Emerita), Kari Ellen Gade*, Tracy Alan Hall*, Ingeborg of at least one foreign language. Hoesterey* (Emerita, Comparative Literature), Albrecht 3. Cultural Studies: 4 courses for a minimum of Holschuh* (Emeritus), Hildegard Elisabeth Keller*, Dov- 13 credits in courses approved for the Cultural Ber Boris Kerler*, Breon Mitchell* (Emeritus, Comparative Studies program, including C601 and either C701 Literature), Ferdinand Piedmont* (Emeritus), William W. or C790. Students must officially declare the minor Rasch*, William Shetter* (Emeritus), Terence Thayer* during the early phase of their Ph.D. studies by (Emeritus), Stephen Wailes* (Emeritus), Marc A. Weiner* consulting with the director of the Cultural Studies program. Satisfactory performance on the qualifying Associate Professors examinations in the student’s major department is Michel Chaouli*, Benjamin Butt Robinson*, Johannes also required. Türk* 4. English and Germanic philology: four courses, to include English G601 Introduction to Old English and Clinical Associate Professor at least one of the other older Germanic languages, Susanne Even* i.e., German G632, G635, G638, G639, and G640. The remaining courses may be chosen from ENG Adjunct Professors G602 Introduction to Middle English, G655 History of the English Language, L710 Beowulf, L711 (Topic: Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig* (Second Language Studies), Old English Literature), GER G532, G625 with Laurent Pierre Dekydtspotter* (French & Italian, Second appropriate topic, G636, G835 with appropriate Language Studies), Robert Dennis Fulk* (English), topic, and any of the remaining older Germanic Christoph Irmscher* (English), Mark Roseman* (History), languages listed. Also offered is an Area Certificate William Scheuerman* (Political Science, European in English and Germanic Philology, requiring four Studies), Rex A. Sprouse* (Second Language Studies) 232 September 6, 2017

Adjunct Associate Professors contexts of literature or its relationships to other art forms. May be repeated with different topic. Sander Gliboff* (History and Philosophy of Science), Joshua Kates* (English), Eyal Peretz* (Comparative GER-G 575 Historical Study of German Literature III Literature), Julia Roos* (History) (3 cr.) Historical treatment of a literary topic involving substantial developments within the time period between Adjunct Assistant Professors 1800 and 1900. Topics range from individual genres, Michelle Moyd (History), Sandra Shapshay (Philosophy) types, or movements; to themes or ideas; to sociopolitical contexts of literature or its relationships to other art forms. Director of Graduate Studies May be repeated with different topic. Professor Karl Ellen Gade*, Global and International GER-G 577 Historical Study of German Literature IV Studies Building, Rm 3109, (812) 855-8138 (3 cr.) Historical treatment of a literary topic involving Courses substantial developments within the time period from 1900 to the present. Topics range from individual genres, General Courses types, or movements; to themes or ideas; to sociopolitical GER-G 400 Deutsch: Oberstufe (3 cr.) contexts of literature or its relationships to other art forms. May be repeated with different topic. GER-G 403 Deutsche Literatur: Mittelalter bis Romantik (3 cr.) GER-G 605 Special Topics in Teaching German (3 cr.) P: Two years of college-level teaching experience. GER-G 404 Deutsche Literatur seit der Romantik Advanced course in the theory and practice of teaching (3 cr.) college-level German. Topics include task design for GER-G 500 College German Teaching (3 cr.) Required teaching different text types, language assessment and of associate instructors in their first year of teaching. An effective test development, and the role of technology in overview of teaching methodologies, their underlying foreign language education. theories, and their practical application in college-level GER-G 620 Representations of Gender and Sexuality German courses. in Modern European Culture (3 cr.) Introduction to the GER-G 503 Introduction to Theories and ways in which modern European identities have been Methodologies in the Study of German Literature and shaped by notions of gender and sexuality, attention to Culture (3 cr.) Survey of critical approaches to the study the interplay between gender and race, religion, and class. of German literature and culture, with an emphasis on Covers different media and different historical moments. current theories and methodologies. Practical exploration Taught in English. Repeatable for a max. of 8 credits with of a selection of approaches through the discussion of a different topic. selected literary or cultural materials. GER-G 623 Intellectual History and Philosophical Courses in Germanic Literature and Culture Traditions (3 cr.) Special topics on any aspect of the German-language philosophical tradition and/or GER-G 505 New Literary Theory and the German intellectual history. My be repeated with a different topic. Text (3 cr.) P: G503. Survey of literary theory currently used in Germanic studies; differences between theory GER-G 625 Literature and Culture: Special Topics in German and in American Germanistik. Areas such (3 cr.) Special topics on any aspect of the German as reception theory, Frankfurt School, structuralism, language, literature, and/or cultural history. May be poststructuralism, psychoanalytic criticism, feminist repeated with a different topic. criticism, New Historicism. GER-G 627 Film and Media: Special Topics (3 cr.) GER-G 563 German Culture Studies I (3 cr.) G363, Special topics on any aspect of German-language film, G464, or HIST B377-B378. The formation of cultural media, interarts, and/or visual culture. May be repeated traditions in the German-speaking countries prior to the with a different topic. twentieth century. GER-G 636 Old Icelandic Literature (3 cr.) P: G635 or GER-G 564 German Culture Studies II (3 cr.) G363, equivalent. Medieval Icelandic poetic and prose literary G464, or HIST B378. Culture of the German-speaking texts; history of the literature. Some consideration of countries in the twentieth century. medieval Norwegian, Swedish, and Danish literature. GER-G 571 Historical Study of German Literature I GER-G 815 Individual Readings (1-3 cr.) Guided (3 cr.) Historical treatment of a literary topic involving readings in Germanic literature, linguistics, and culture. substantial developments within the time period before May be repeated. 1600. Topics range from individual genres, types, or movements; to themes or ideas; to sociopolitical contexts GER-G 820 Research Tutorial (1-3 cr.) Work under of literature or its relationships to other art forms. May be faculty supervision that results in a scholarly paper, repeated with different topic. lecture, translation, bibliography, syllabus, or comparable product. May be repeated for credit once with a different GER-G 573 Historical Study of German Literature II topic. (3 cr.) Historical treatment of a literary topic involving substantial developments within the time period between GER-G 825 Seminar in German Literature (3-4 cr.) May 1600 and 1800. Topics range from individual genres, be repeated. types, or movements; to themes or ideas; to sociopolitical GER-G 850 Master’s Project (1 cr.) Revision and oral defense of a substantial research paper originally written September 6, 2017 233 for a graduate course in Germanic Studies. May be GER-G 885 Research in Germanic Linguistics (arr. cr.) repeated. **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. GER-G 875 Research in German Literature (arr. cr.) Courses in Norwegian **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. May be GER-K 501 Beginning Norwegian I (3 cr.) Development repeated. of listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing skills in a cultural context. Introduction to grammar. GER-V 605 Selected Topics in German Studies (2-4-12 cr.) Note: Course not currently offered. GER-K 502 Beginning Norwegian II (3 cr.) P: K501 with the grade of C– or higher or equivalent. Further GER-V 815 Individual Readings in German Studies development of listening comprehension, speaking, (1-8 cr.) May be repeated. reading and writing skills. Introduction to Norwegian Courses in Germanic Linguistics literature and culture. Review of grammar and study of GER-G 532 History of the German Language (3 cr.) new grammatical topics. Development from Primitive Germanic to New High GER-K 503 Intermediate Norwegian I (3 cr.) P: K502 German; German dialect geography. German as a with the grade of C– or higher or equivalent. Further member of the Germanic family and of the European development of oral and written command and language linguistic area. structures. Reading and discussion of literary and non- GER-G 540 Acquisition of German as a First and literary texts in a cultural context. Review of grammar and Second-Language (3 cr.) P: Knowledge of German; study of non-grammatical topics. graduate standing or permission of instructor. Introduction GER-K 504 Intermediate Norwegian II (3 cr.) P: K503 to recent generativist scholarship on acquisition of with the grade of C– or higher or equivalent. Advanced German as a first and second-language. Consideration reading proficiency, systematic vocabulary building, of broader theoretical issues. No prior knowledge of composition, and discussion of literary and non-literary linguistics assumed. texts in cultural and historical contexts. Review of GER-G 548 German Phonetics and Phonology grammar. (3 cr.) Introduction to phonetics and phonology of Courses in Netherlandic modern German with emphasis on description, analysis, GER-N 401 Intensive Dutch I (3 cr.) Development of and theory. Relevance of German data to issues in speaking ability, with stress on pronunciation, leading phonological theory. to fluency on restricted topics. Introduction to grammar. GER-G 551 Structure of Modern German (3 cr.) Reading of annotated stories. Structural problems in the grammar of Modern Standard GER-N 402 Intensive Dutch II (3 cr.) P: N401 or consent German, investigated by means of various current of instructor. Completion of grammatical study begun in methodological approaches. N401; continued stress on speaking Dutch on selected GER-G 558 Principles of German Morphology (3 cr.) topics; rapid expansion of reading ability using literary and In-depth study of the principles underlying word formation cultural materials. (morphology) in German. Comparative study of inflection, GER-N 403 Dutch Reading, Composition, and derivation, and compounding in German and English. Conversation I (3 cr.) P: N402 or consent of instructor. Relevance of German data to morphological theory. Development of oral fluency; attention to idiom. Further GER-G 632 Gothic (3 cr.) Transition from Indo-European grammatical study; attention to formal writing style. to Germanic. History and development of Germanic Readings in Dutch literature and culture. dialects, with emphasis on prehistory of English and GER-N 404 Dutch Reading, Composition, and German. Comparative and descriptive analysis of Gothic Conversation II (3 cr.) P: N403 or consent of instructor. phonology, morphology, and syntax. Further development of style and idiom in speaking and GER-G 635 Old Icelandic (3 cr.) Descriptive grammar. writing. Reading of novels. Oral and written practice on Survey of literature and extensive reading of prose and topics of contemporary Dutch life. poetry. History of Scandinavian in comparison with other GER-N 450 The Golden Age of Dutch Culture (3 cr.) Germanic languages. II Semester. Rise of the Dutch Republic; impact on GER-G 638 Old High German (3 cr.) Descriptive and technology, shipping, global commerce, and finance. comparative analysis of Old High German texts, with their Politics, social developments, religion, ideas, and culture dialect features. of the Dutch Golden Age. Vermeer, Spinoza, Grotius, and other artists and writers. Special attention to Rembrandt, GER-G 639 Old Saxon (3 cr.) Study of the Old Saxon and to what can be learned about his times through his (Old Low German) language. Readings from the Heliand work. Note: Course not currently offered. and brief examination of other OS documents GER-N 505 Advanced Dutch I (3 cr.) P: N404. Prepares GER-G 640 Middle High German (3 cr.) Introduction students for reading of a variety of texts, from literature, to Middle High German language, literature, and culture. magazine articles, and other culture based texts. In oral Translation, linguistic analysis, and close reading of and written responses to the readings, it is expected that selections from major texts of the period 1170-1220. students will demonstrate an awareness of, and sensibility GER-G 835 Seminar in Germanic Linguistics (3-4 cr.) to Dutch language and culture, and express their ideas May be repeated. 234 September 6, 2017 in a manner consistent with advanced language work. comprehension, simple speaking proficiency, controlled Conducted in Dutch. reading and writing skills. GER-N 506 Advanced Dutch II (3 cr.) P: N505. GER-Y 503 Intermediate Yiddish I (3 cr.) P: Y502 or Introduces students to different levels of style and consent of instructor. Development of speaking, reading, expression and to written argumentation in Dutch. Texts writing, and listening skills. Review of basic grammar also include various literary genres and form the basis of and study of new grammatical topics. Reading of short in-class discussion and for exercises designed to develop fictional texts and other writings on Jewish culture. Taught oral and written fluency. Conducted in Dutch. in alternate years. GER-N 508 The Golden Age of Dutch Culture (3 cr.) GER-Y 504 Intermediate Yiddish II (3 cr.) P: Y503 or Rise of the Dutch Republic; impact on technology, consent of instructor. Continuing development of active shipping, global commerce, and finance. Politics, social and passive skills. Additional new grammar concepts. developments, religion, ideas, and culture of the Dutch Emphasis on development of reading skills and cultural Golden Age. Vermeer, Spinoza, Grotius, and other artists knowledge through literary and journalistic texts, including and writers. Conducted in English. Credit given for only texts in nonstandardized orthographies. Taught in one of N508 or N450. alternate years. GER-N 509 Topics in Dutch Literature (3 cr.) Topics GER-Y 505 Topics in Yiddish Literature (3 cr.) dealing with literature in Dutch. Readings in English translation of novels, plays, and poetry that reflect a GER-Y 506 Topics in Yiddish Literature (3 cr.) specific topic chosen by the instructor. May be repeated GER-Y 815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Studies: for a maximum of 6 credit hours. Language, Literature, and Culture (1-4 cr.) Guided Courses in Scandinavian readings. May be repeated. GER-K 506 Topics in Scandinavian Culture (3 cr.) Courses for Graduate Reading Knowledge Topics dealing with language, literature, and culture in GER-G 491 Elementary German for Graduate Students Norway and other Scandinavian countries in the more ( (3 cr.) no grad. cr recent historical periods. Discussions located within a comparative overview of political, economic, and social GER-G 492 Readings in German for Graduate realms of the Nordic nations. Lectures in English. May be Students (3 cr.) no grad. cr repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. Cross-listed Courses GER-K 507 Topics in Scandinavian Literature (3 cr.) Classical Studies Topics dealing with literature in Norway and other Greek Scandinavian countries. Discussions incorporate literary criticism, biography, and adaptations on film and stage in CLAS-G305 Greek Tragedy (3 Cr.)* Nordic nations. Lectures in English. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. CLAS-G306 Greek Oratory (3 Cr.)* GER-K 591 Scandinavian Languages for Researchers CLAS-G307 Selected Works of Plato (3 cr.)* (3 cr.) Introduction to the structure of Swedish, Norwegian, CLAS-G308 Readings in Biblical Greek (3 cr.)* and Danish necessary for reading, followed by critical reading in texts in the area of Scandinavian studies. CLAS-G406 Homer (3 cr.)* Courses in Swedish CLAS-G407 Greek Historians (3 cr.)* GER-S 501 Beginning Swedish I (3 cr.) Development of CLAS-G410 Greek Prose Authors (3 cr.)* communicative skills: listening comprehension, speaking, reading and writing in a cultural context. Introduction to CLAS-G411 Greek Comedy (3 cr.)* grammar and vocabulary. CLAS-G510 Readings in Greek Historians (4 cr.)* GER-S 502 Beginning Swedish II (3 cr.) P: S501 or equivalent. Further development of listening CLAS-G511 Readings in Greek Oratory and Rhetoric (4 comprehension, speaking, reading and writing skills in cr.)* Swedish. Introduction to Swedish literature and culture. CLAS-G512 Readings in Greek Philosophers (4 cr.)* Review of grammar and introduction to new grammatical topics. CLAS-G513 Readings in the Greek Novel (3 cr.)* Courses in Yiddish CLAS-G516 Readings in Greek Comedy (4 cr.)* GER-Y 501 Beginning Yiddish I (3 cr.) Introduction CLAS-G517 Readings in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.)* to the Yiddish language and selected aspects of Yiddish-language culture. Development of listening CLAS-G518 Readings in Greek Epic (4 cr.)* comprehension, simple speaking proficiency, controlled CLAS-G536-G537 Survey of Greek Literature I-II (4-4 cr.)* reading and writing skills. CLAS-G540 Readings in Byzantine Greek (4 cr.)* GER-Y 502 Beginning Yiddish II (3 cr.) P: Y501 with grade of C– or higher or equivalent. Introduction CLAS-G600 Intermediate Greek I (3 cr.)* to the Yiddish language and selected aspects of Yiddish-language culture. Development of listening CLAS-G601 Seminar in Greek Poetry (4 cr.)* September 6, 2017 235

CLAS-G603 Seminar on Greek Tragedy (4 cr.)* CLAS-C405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.)* CLAS-G610 Seminar in the Greek Novel (4 cr.)* CLAS-C409 Roman Literature and Art (3 cr.)* CLAS-G611 Seminar in Greek Epigraphy, Papyrology, CLAS-C411 (FINA A411) The Art and Archaeology of and Paleography (4 cr.)* Anatolia (4 cr.)* CLAS-G613 Seminar in Greek Tragedy (4 cr.)* CLAS-C412 (FINA A412) The Art and Archaeology of the Aegean (4 cr.)* CLAS-G620 Seminar in Historical Texts and Historiography (4 cr.)* CLAS-C413 (FINA A413) The Art and Archaeology of Greece (4 cr.)* CLAS-G622 Seminar on Topics in Greek Literature (4 cr.)* CLAS-C414 (FINA A414) The Art and Archaeology of CLAS-G650 Introduction to Attic Greek Prose and Poetry Rome (4 cr.)* (3 cr.)* CLAS-C419 The Art and Archaeology of Pompeii (4 cr.)* Latin CLAS-C502 Bibliography and Research Resources for CLAS-L305 Ovid (3 cr.)* Classical Studies (1 cr.)* CLAS-L307 Cicero (3 cr.)* CLAS-C503 The Ancient City (4 cr.)* CLAS-L308 Caesar (3 cr.)* CLAS-C610 Seminar in the Greek and Roman Novels (4 CLAS-L309 Introduction to Virgil's Aeneid (3 cr.)* cr.)* CLAS-L407 Roman Lyric and Elegy (3 cr.)* CLAS-C623 Seminar in Classical Archaeology (4 cr.)* CLAS-L408 Roman Comedy (3 cr.)* Religious Studies CLAS-L409 Readings in Medieval Latin (3 cr.)* REL-R521 Advanced Readings in Early Christian Religious Texts (1-4 cr.)*+ CLAS-L423 Roman Satire (3 cr.)* REL-R736 Advanced Readings in Early Christian CLAS-L424 Silver Age Historians (3 cr.)* Religious Texts (1-4 cr.)*+ CLAS-L426 Rhetoric and Oratory (3 cr.)* +When these numbers are applied to Syriac or Coptic CLAS-L427 Virgil's Ecloques and Georgics (3 cr.)* language instruction beyond the first semester introduction level. CLAS-L428 Advanced Study of Virgil's Aeneid (3 cr.)* *These cross-listed courses are awarded History CLAS-L429 Roman Letters (3 cr.)* Department graduate credit for students in the Ancient field only. CLAS-L430 Lucretius (3 cr.)* CLAS-L432 Livy (3 cr.)* History CLAS-L509 Cicero, His Life and Works (4 cr.)* College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] CLAS-L510 Readings in Latin Historians (4 cr.)* Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~histweb CLAS-L511 Readings in Latin Oratory and Rhetoric (4 cr.)* (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The CLAS-L513 Readings in the Roman Novel (4 cr.)* University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School CLAS-L515 Readings in Latin Elegy (4 cr.)* Bulletin.) CLAS-L536-L537 Survey of Latin Literature I-II (4-4 cr.)* Curriculum CLAS-L540 Medieval Latin (4 cr.)* Degrees Offered CLAS-L600 Seminar in Latin Epic (4 cr.)* Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science (jointly with the CLAS-L602 Seminar in Latin Comedy (4 cr.)* Department of Information and Library Science), and CLAS-L603 Seminar in Latin Tragedy (4 cr.)* Doctor of Philosophy CLAS-L610 Seminar in Roman Novel (4 cr.)* Program Information The graduate program in history at Indiana University CLAS-L611 Seminar in Latin Epigraphy or Palaeography includes formal course work and opportunities for (4 cr.)* independent study in nearly all recognized fields, both CLAS-L620 Seminar in Latin Historical Texts and chronological and geographical. Moreover, the department Historiography (4 cr.)* is strongly committed to interdisciplinary programs, and it works closely with area studies programs, journals, Classics - (non language study courses) and historical organizations. The graduate program is designed to help students in the development of their 236 September 6, 2017 knowledge and of their critical and analytical skills. credit for undergraduate courses only in special cases Courses and programs in the Department of History (such as in the study of fields not commonly available at prepare students for work as professional historians in a the undergraduate level, or in small fields). variety of settings: in public history, editing, librarianship, and government service, as well as in historical research For the Masters in Ancient History and Language and teaching at all levels. Acquisition track: 4 of the required 20 credit hours in the Department of History may come from ancient language Special Departmental Requirements courses that are approved by their advisor in History. (See also general University Graduate School Foreign Language Requirement requirements.) Reading proficiency in one of the following languages: Master of Arts Degree Arabic, Chinese, French, German, ancient Greek, Italian, The department offers several options: Japanese, Latin, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, or Master of Arts with another language appropriate to the student’s program of study, if approved by the University Graduate School. • the intent of pursuing the Ph.D. in the following fields of history: African, Ancient, British, Early Students may demonstrate proficiency by any of the Modern European, Asian, East European, Latin three methods normally sanctioned by the University American, Medieval European, Middle Eastern, Graduate School or by passing a reading examination Modern European, Russian, United States, and prepared by members of the history department faculty. World, as well as thematic major fields: African The examination includes two texts of approximately 400 Diaspora, Jewish History, and History of Gender and words each, one drawn from primary historical sources Sexuality. and the other typically drawn from historiographical sources. A student will be expected to translate the first Terminal M.A. tracks in text and answer critical questions about the second. • Ancient History and Language Acquisition, Russian For the Masters in Ancient History and Language or East European History, United States History, and Acquisition track: By the end of their second year, a dual M.A. in Jewish History and Jewish Studies. students must demonstrate proficiency in an ancient Admission Requirements language of the student's choice. Students may demonstrate proficiency by any of the three methods (1) Bachelor’s degree from a recognized institution, normally sanctioned by the University Graduate School, including 24 undergraduate credit hours in history, an or by passing a translation examination prepared by overall undergraduate B (3.0) average, and a superior mem¬bers of the History Department faculty. record in history; (2) at least one score above 600 on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test; (3) Field Review three letters of recommendation; (4) a personal statement M.A. candidates wishing to enter the Ph.D. program concerning intellectual interests and professional and those terminating their program with the master’s aspirations; and (5) a sample of written work, such as degree must be recommended for the M.A. degree by the a term paper, thesis, or any other piece of writing that appropriate field committee. Graduate students who enter indicates ability to communicate well in nonfiction prose. with an M.A. from another institution will be reviewed a Ideally, a writing sample should also demonstrate the year after pursuing graduate work at IU. applicant’s ability to conduct historical research. The History department discourages applicants who wish Master of Arts for Teachers Degree to pursue terminal M.A. degrees except in the case of Earn a Master of Arts in one of the following fields of the M.A./M.L.S, M.A.T. programs, and students wishing history: African, Ancient, British, Early Modern European, to pursue one of the department's terminal M.A. tracks: Asian, East European, Latin American, Medieval Ancient History and Language Acquisition, dual M.A. European, Middle Eastern, Modern European, Russian, in Jewish History and Jewish Studies, Russian or East United States, and World, as well as thematic major fields: European History, United States History. African Diaspora, Jewish History, and History of Gender and Sexuality. Grades Admission Requirements No grade below B (3.0) in history courses will be counted toward this degree. Same as for the Master of Arts degree except that reading ability in a foreign language is not required. Course Requirements Students pursuing the History M.A.T. degree must also be The content of individual History courses frequently admitted to one of two graduate programs in the School encompasses more than one major field. Students work of Education, Transition to Teaching or Community of closely with their faculty advisors to choose courses that Teachers. Admission to each of the two areas of study is fulfill degree requirements. approved separately. A total of 30 credit hours; at least 20 of these credit Grades hours must be in the Department of History. Students are No grade below B (3.0) in history courses will be counted required to complete H601 and at least one seminar and toward this degree. two colloquia; the remaining credit hours in history must be completed in graduate colloquia, seminars, or readings Course Requirements courses. Graduate students will be allowed to receive September 6, 2017 237

The content of individual History courses frequently history, (3) certification in at least one foreign language, encompasses more than one major field. Students work and (4) review and approval by a field committee closely with their faculty advisors to choose courses that consisting of faculty in the student’s major field. For fulfill degree requirements. students with an M.A. degree from Indiana University, this review must take place by the end of a student’s third Requirements are a total of 20 or more credit hours in semester of full-time graduate study; for other students, history in addition to the courses required by the Transition this review is done by a subcommittee prior to admission. to Teaching or Community of Teachers program. For For those with M.A. degrees from another institution, a specific requirements, see the entry for the School of writing sample, a personal statement and three letters of Education in the Indiana University Graduate Bulletin. recommendation are required. Students are required to complete H601 and at least one seminar and two colloquia; the remaining credit Grades hours in history must be completed in graduate colloquia, seminars, or readings courses. Graduate students will No grade below B (3.0) in history courses will be counted be allowed to receive credit for undergraduate courses toward this degree. only in special cases (such as in the study of fields not Course Requirements commonly available at the undergraduate level, or in small fields). M.A.T. students are strongly encouraged The content of individual History courses frequently to complete one of the pedagogy courses offered by the encompasses more than one major or minor field. History Department: H580, H591, or H593. Students work closely with their faculty advisors to choose courses that fulfill degree requirements and prepare them Foreign Language Requirement for qualifying examinations. None. The minimum course requirements for the Ph.D. degree Final Examination are six colloquia (courses H600-H699) distributed in two or more fields, two seminars (courses H700-H799) None. taught by different instructors, one of which must be in the major field; H601 Introduction to the Professional Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science Study of History during the first semester at IU; and Degrees courses to complete the outside minor. For those students Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total transferring M.A. credits, a minimum of four colloquia and of 56 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required one seminar must be completed on the IU Bloomington for the two degrees taken separately. Students take campus. Students may take dissertation credits (H899) 26 credit hours in history and 30 credit hours of library to fulfill the 90 credit hours required by the University sci¬ence. For the history credit hours, at least 20 must Graduate School to complete the Ph.D. Students enrolled be in the Department of History; the remaining 6 are in the dual concentration program in cultural history must electives that may be fulfilled with further history courses complete H680 and H780 in addition to the requirements or with library science courses, including those counting listed above. for requirements in that program. Students are required to complete H601 and at least one seminar and two Foreign Language Requirement colloquia. For specific library science requirements, see The number and type of languages required will be the entry for the Department of Information and Library determined by the student’s major field of study. All Science in the Indiana University Graduate Bulletin. students, regardless of field, must demonstrate proficiency Admission to each of the two areas of study is approved in at least one foreign language. Several fields require separately on the same basis as for other applicants not in students to demonstrate proficiency in additional the dual program. languages; students should consult their advisors or Foreign Language Requirement the appropriate field chair for guidance. Students may demonstrate proficiency in the following languages: Reading proficiency in one of the following languages: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, ancient Greek, Italian, Arabic, Chinese, French, German, ancient Greek, Italian, Japanese, Latin, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, or others Japanese, Latin, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, or appropriate to the student’s program of study, if approved another language appropriate to the student's program by the University Graduate School. Proficiency may be of study, if approved by the University Graduate School. demonstrated by the means indicated under the heading Students may demonstrate proficiency by any of the “Foreign Language Requirement” in the section on the three methods normally sanctioned by the University M.A. degree. Graduate School or by passing a reading examination prepared by members of the history department faculty. Field Review: Graduate students who enter with an M.A. The examination includes two texts of approximately 400 from another institution will be reviewed after completion words each, one drawn from primary historical sources of the first year of graduate work at IU. The student will and the other typically drawn from historiographical at the end of her/his first year at IU present two papers, sources. A student will be expected to translate the first one from a seminar, and at least one of them written at text and answer critical questions about the second. IU, to the field committee or advisory committee. The field or advisory committee will review the student's papers Doctor of Philosophy Degree and overall record, meet with the student to discuss past Admission Requirements performance and future plans, and recommend whether the student should be invited to continue in the Ph.D. (1) Completion of the M.A. degree at Indiana University or another recognized institution, (2) a superior record in 238 September 6, 2017 program. (The department anticipates that the answer will teaching and learning and prepare students to teach at be "yes" in almost all cases). the college or university level. While pedagogy courses are not required for the Ph. D. degree, students are Fields: A student selects two historical fields--a major and advised to complete at least one. Applicants for the Future minor--from the following list. Alternatively, students may Faculty Teaching Fellowship offered by the University elect to pursue the dual concentrations in Cultural History Graduate School must have completed a pedagogy and one of the major fields listed below; students enrolled course; the History department gives preference to in this program do not complete an inside minor. As stated applicants who have completed a pedagogy course when above, students may substitute a thematic field tailored to it hires advanced graduate students to teach summer her or his individual interests for the inside minor field. courses. Last but not least, students who have completed Geographic Major Fields: at least one pedagogy course will be better prepared for the academic job market. • Africa • Asia Graduate students are strongly encouraged to take • Middle East colloquia, seminars, and pedagogy courses whenever possible. When colloquia and seminars are unavailable, • Early Modern Europe (1350-1800) a student may substitute the readings course, H575. In • Russia order to set up such an independent class, a student • United States should enter into an explicit agreement with a faculty • Eastern Europe member about reading, written assignments and total • Ancient credits for course work. That agreement must be filed • Britain with the Graduate Secretary at the start of the semester. • Latin America Graduate students may receive History credit for • Medieval Europe (200-1450) undergraduate courses, or graduate courses from other • Modern Europe (1750 to the present) departments/programs, only in special cases (such as in the study of fields not commonly available at the Thematic Major Fields: undergraduate level, or in small fields). • African Diaspora History Advisory Committee: At least six months prior to the • History of Gender & Sexuality qualifying exam, a student, in consultation with her/his • Jewish History advisor, should form an Advisory Committee whose • Cultural History- (available for double major) purpose is to help her or him prepare for qualifying examinations in both the major and minor fields and to Thematic Minors: administer the qualifying examination. Each field has • Family History its own requirements regarding the composition of the advisory committee (see http://www.indiana.edu/~histweb/ • World History grad/defense.shtml). Before registering for the qualifying • Cultural History examination, a "Nomination of Advisory Committee" form • History of Medicine must be signed electronically by the members, approved • History of Philanthropy by the Director of Graduate Studies, and approved by the • African Diaspora History Graduate Division of the College of Arts and Sciences. • History of Gender & Sexuality The Graduate Secretary initiates this electronic approval • Jewish History process. • Historical Teaching & Practice Thematic Minor: Students may substitute an individually The major field is central to a student's Ph.D. work. His tailored thematic field with the approval of the advisory or her advisor is drawn from that field. The student must committee and the Director of Graduate Studies for the meet the field's language requirements and, ultimately, inside minor field. An individually designed thematic pass qualifying examinations constructed by the field. field cannot duplicate other fields, and it must involve substantial work outside the major field. At least two Colloquia, Seminars, Pedagogy Courses, and Reading faculty members must represent the thematic minor at the Courses: The emphasis in graduate work, particularly as student's qualifying examinations. the student embarks on the Ph.D. program, is placed on colloquia, seminars, and other graduate level courses. A Qualifying Examination colloquium covers a broad sweep of the historiography (1) A rigorous oral examination of no longer than three of one of the seventeen Ph.D. fields. It establishes a hours will be required. The purpose of the examination dialogue between the student and the instructor on is to demonstrate general command of the major and the range and types of historical problems in this field. minor fields of study. The examination should assess Assignments may include short papers or reports on students’ scholarly preparation to teach courses in their specific aspects of the bibliography in the field, but fields through the demonstration of the ability to discuss normally a colloquium does not entail examinations key issues and problems in these areas. At least two or research papers. A seminar brings the student into representatives of the student’s major field and at least direct contact with the tools of research and the writing of one representative of his/her inside minor field must be monographic history. Depth is stressed, and normally the present at the examination. The faculty representative for student will prepare a research paper based on primary as the student’s outside minor has the option of participating well as secondary sources. Pedagogy courses (Teaching or waiving participation. Students enrolled in the dual College History, Teaching World History, and Teaching concentration in a time/place field and cultural history U.S History) introduce students to the scholarship of September 6, 2017 239 should have at least two representatives from the time/ Professor Eric Sandweiss* place field and two from the cultural history field on their examination committees. (2) There will be a public Graduate Faculty defense (open to all faculty and graduate students) of (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University the student’s dissertation prospectus, which the student’s Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct exam committee will preside over. The defense can take doctoral dissertations.) place as early as one week, but no later than six months, Distinguished Professors after the student passes the oral examination. Because the prospectus defense is meant to be an open forum, John Edward Bodnar*, Robert Ferrell* (Emeritus), Edward providing feedback from colleagues as well as the exam Grant* (Emeritus, History and Philosophy of Science), committee, then these defenses should normally be held James C. Riley* (Emeritus, College of Arts and Sciences, during the academic year (fall and spring semesters) Graduate School), David P. Thelen* (Emeritus) when the majority of faculty and students are available Robert F. Byrnes Professor to participate. The prospectus will be distributed at least one week in advance of the defense. It should be Wendy Gamber* substantial and should take the form of a grant proposal. It should explain the potential significance of the proposed Ruth Halls Professors dissertation project and place it in historiographical Phyllis Martin* (Emerita) context. Students must receive passing grades on both parts of the examination in order to advance to Ph.D. Donald F. Carmony Chair candidacy. The student’s examination committee grades Eric T. Sandweiss* both parts of the examination. Pat M. Glazer Chair Termination of Enrollment in the Doctoral Program Mark Roseman* If a doctoral student fails the oral qualifying examination two times, falls below a 3.0 (B) grade point average, Mendel Chair in Latin American History fails to meet the language requirement by the time 30 credit hours of post-M.A. credit have been earned, or Danny James* fails to complete the oral qualifying examinations by Thomas and Kathryn Miller Professor the end of the approved length of time, the director of graduate studies, in consultation with the advisory Christina Snyder committee, can initiate steps to terminate the student’s John W. Hill Professor enrollment in the program. The student, however, may make a formal appeal to be given a third chance to pass Maria Bucur-Deckard* the qualifying examinations or to be given additional time to raise the grade point average or to complete the Rudy Professor qualifying examination. If the appeal is denied, the director Jeffrey Gould* of graduate studies will recommend to the dean of the University Graduate School that the student’s enrollment Sally Reahard Professor in the doctoral program be terminated. Michael C. Grossberg* Final Examination Paul V. McNutt Professor Oral defense of dissertation. Michael Edward McGerr* Ph.D. Minor in History Alvin H. Rosenfeld Chair Students in other departments may minor in history by completing, with a grade point average no lower than B Mirjam Zadoff (3.0), at least 12 credit hours of course work in history, including one colloquium. No more than 6 credit hours Professors of work transferred from another university may be Judith Allen*, John Edward Bodnar*, George E. Brooks* applied toward this requirement, and such credit must (Emeritus), Maria Bucur-Deckard*, Jamsheed K. Choksy* be approved by the director of graduate studies in the (Central Eurasian Studies), Nick Barry Cullather*, Nancy Department of History. Demand* (Emerita), James Diehl* (Emeritus), Ellen Upon completion of the course work, the student should Dwyer* (Emerita, Criminal Justice), Ben Eklof*, Jurgis ask the director of graduate studies to attest to the Elisonas* (Emeritus, East Asian Languages and Cultures), successful completion of the outside minor. Lawrence J. Friedman* (Emeritus), Wendy Gamber*, Jeffrey L. Gould*, Michael C. Grossberg*, Peter Francis Further information regarding departmental regulations Guardino*, Carl David Ipsen*, Danny James*, Herbert governing advanced degree programs may be found in Kaplan* (Emeritus), Padraic Kenney*, Hiroaki Kuromiya*, A Guide to Graduate Studies in History, available on the Edward Linenthal*, James H. Madison*(Emeritus), Phyllis department’s graduate Web page: www.indiana.edu/ Martin* (Emerita), Michael Edward McGerr*, Howard ~histweb. Mehlinger* (Emeritus, Education), David Pace*(Emeritus), M. Jeanne Peterson* (Emerita), Alexander Rabinowitch* Faculty (Emeritus), David L. Ransel* (Emeritus), Eric Robinson*, Chairperson Mark Roseman*, Eric Sandweiss*, Robert Schneider*, 240 September 6, 2017

Rebecca Spang*, Steven M. Stowe*(Emeritus), Lynn A. HIST-A 347 American Urban History (3 cr.) Struve* (Emerita) HIST-A 348 Civil War and Reconstruction (3 cr.) Associate Professors HIST-A 352 History of Latinos in the United States Ann G. Carmichael* (Emerita), Deborah Deliyannis*, (3 cr.) Arlene Diaz*, Konstantin Dierks*, Michael Sinclair Dodson*, Arthur Field* (Emeritus), John Henry Hanson*, HIST-A 353 American Economic History I (3 cr.) Sarah Knott*, Laura Kriegel, Alex Lichtenstein*, Pedro HIST-A 354 American Economic History 2 (3 cr.) Machado, Jason McGraw, Marissa J. Moorman*, Michelle Moyd, Amrita Myers*, Muriel Nazzari* (Emerita), John HIST-A 355 Afro-American History I (3 cr.) M. Nieto-Phillips*, Scott O’Bryan (East Asian Languages HIST-A 356 Afro-American History II (3 cr.) and Culture), Julia Roos*, Kaya Sahin, Leah Shopkow*, Micol Seigel* (American Studies), Christina Snyder, Jakobi HIST-B 351 Western Europe in the Early Middle Ages Williams, Ellen Wu, Mirjam Zadoff (3 cr.) Assistant Professors HIST-B 352 Western Europe in the High and Later Middle Ages (3 cr.) Cara Caddoo, Colin Elliott, Krista Maglen, Roberta Pergher, Jonathan Schlesinger, Fei-Hsien Wang, Noam HIST-B 353 The Renaissance (3 cr.) Zadoff HIST-B 354 The Reformation (3 cr.) Adjunct Professors HIST-B 355 Europe: Louis XIV to French Revolution Keith Barton*(Education), Matt Christ* (Classical Studies), (3 cr.) Edward Lazzerini (Central Eurasian Studies), Ajay Mehrotra (School of Law), Domenico Bertoloni Meli* HIST-B 356 French Revolution and Napoleon, 1763– (History and Philosophy of Science), Kathleen Myers* 1815 (3 cr.) (Spanish and Portuguese), William Newman* (History and HIST-B 357 Modern France (3 cr.) Philosophy of Science), Toivo Raun* (Central Eurasian Studies), Richard Rubinger* (East Asian Languages and HIST-B 359 Europe from Napoleon to the First World Cultures), David Zaret* (Sociology) War I (3 cr.) Adjunct Associate Professors HIST-B 360 Europe from Napoleon to the First World War II (3 cr.) Christopher Atwood (CEUS), Cynthia Bannon* (Classical Studies), Purnima Bose* (English), Gardner Bovingdon* HIST-B 361 Europe in the Twentieth Century I (3 cr.) (Central Eurasian Studies), Brett Bowles* (French and HIST-B 362 Europe in the Twentieth Century II (3 cr.) Italian), James Capshew* (History and Philosophy of Science), Lessie Jo Frazier*(Gender Studies), Constance HIST-B 366 Paris and Berlin in the 1920s: A Cultural Furey* (Religious Studies), Colin Johnson* (Gender History (3 cr.) Studies), Eden Medina* (Informatics), Ron Sela* (Central Eurasian Studies) HIST-B 377 History of Germany since 1648 I (3 cr.) Adjunct Assistant Professors HIST-B 378 History of Germany since 1648 II (3 cr.) Sarah Imhoff (Religious Studies), Timothy Lovelace HIST-B 391 Themes in World History (3 cr.) (Law), Kevin Martin* (NELC), Patrick Michelson (Religious HIST-C 386 Greek History (3 cr.) Studies), Jason Mokhtarian (Religious Studies) HIST-C 388 Roman History (3 cr.) Director of Graduate Studies HIST-C 393 Ottoman History (3 cr.) John Hanson*, Ballantine Hall 742, (812) 855-5212 HIST-E 531 African History from Ancient Times to Courses Empires and City States (3 cr.) Origins and groupings of African peoples; political, social, and economic evolution History Courses to ca. 1750; Africa’s contacts with the ancient world, trans- HIST-A 301 Colonial America (3 cr.) Sahara and Indian ocean trades; growth of states and HIST-A 302 Revolutionary America (3 cr.) empires; spread of Islam. HIST-A 313 Origins of Modern America (3 cr.) HIST-E 532 African History from Colonial Rule to Independence (3 cr.) The slave trade and its abolition; HIST-A 315 United States since World War II (3 cr.) European imperialism and colonial rule; impact of HIST-A 317 American Social and Intellectual History Islam and Christianity; nationalism and the struggle for (3 cr.) independence; reassertion of African culture and identity; development issues. HIST-A 325 American Constitutional History I (3 cr.) HIST-E 533 Conflict in Southern Africa (3 cr.) Early HIST-A 330 Social History of American Enterprise II populations and environment; spread of European (3 cr.) settlement, interaction with African societies and early race relations; Zulu power and white power; discovery HIST-A 346 American Diplomatic History II (3 cr.) of minerals and industrialization; urbanization and September 6, 2017 241 segregation; African and Afrikaner nationalism; south history. Topics include current curricula in world Africa and its neighbors; Mandela and the new South history; textbooks and other readings in world history; Africa. and multimedia resources. Students will prepare an undergraduate course syllabus of their own design. HIST-E 534 History of Western Africa (3 cr.) HIST-H 592 Teaching World History Practicum (3 cr.) HIST-E 536 History of East Africa (3 cr.) Developments A first practical experience in teaching an undergraduate over the past two millennia in East Africa (Ethiopia, advanced topics course in world history. Topics are at the Somalia, Kenya, Uganda, Tanzania, Malawi, and northern discretion of the student, but require authorization by the Mozambique). Topics include the environment and instructor and the Department of History. Students will peoples of the region, the emergence of hierarchical have complete responsibility for the course taught. societies, the economic and political changes of the nineteenth century, the era of European imperialism, the HIST-H 593 Teaching United States History (3 cr.) transformations associated with the colonial period, and Introduction to teaching undergraduate courses in United African independence. States History. Topics include: curricula in U.S. history, pedagogy in U.S. history, textbooks, and multimedia HIST-E 538 History of Muslim West Africa (3 cr.) resources. Students will design two undergraduate course Introduction to the history and historiography of Muslim syllabi. West Africa; develops the origins of Islam in West Africa and the ways West Africans have incorporated, HIST-H 601 Introduction to the Professional Study transformed, and amplified Muslim beliefs and practices of History (4 cr.) Introduces graduate students into the throughout history. demands of the historical profession, introduces theory and methods of history, historiography, and fundamental HIST-F 546 Modern Mexico (3 cr.) Places contemporary research skills. Mexico in historical perspective, focusing on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Topics include OS 500 Undistributed Overseas Study (0-30 cr.) nineteenth-century social and political movements, the causes and consequences of the 1910 revolution, Colloquia the formation of Mexico’s political system, problems of HIST-H 605 Colloquium in Ancient History (4 cr.) economic growth, and the changing patterns of gender, HIST-H 610 Colloquium in Medieval European History class, and ethnicity in Mexican society. (4 cr.) HIST-H 425 Topics in History (1-3 cr.) HIST-H 615 Colloquium in Early Modern Western HIST-T 500 Topics in History (3 cr.) Intensive study and European History (4 cr.) analysis of selected historical issues and problems of HIST-H 620 Colloquium in Modern Western European limited scope from the perspective of social and historical History (4 cr.) studies. Topics will vary but will ordinarily cut across fields, regions, and periods. May be repeated for credit. HIST-H 630 Colloquium in British and British Imperial History (4 cr.) General and Professional Skills Courses HIST-H 541 Advanced Quantitative Methods (4 cr.) HIST-H 640 Colloquium in Russian History (4 cr.) HIST-H 542 Public History (4 cr.) The application of HIST-H 645 Colloquium in East European History history to public needs and public programs. Historic (4 cr.) preservation, archival management, oral history, editing, HIST-H 650 Colloquium in United States History (4 cr.) public humanities programming, historical societies, etc. HIST-H 661 Colloquium in History of Gender and HIST-H 543 Practicum in Public History (1-4 cr.) Sexuality (4 cr.) Introduces students to the problems, P: H542. Internships in public history programs, field work, bibliographies, interpretations, and research trends in or research in the historical antecedents of contemporary the history of gender and sexuality. Topic varies. May be problems. taken more than once, upon approval of the student’s HIST-H 547 Special Topics in Public History (3 cr.) advisory committee. Intensive study and analysis of selected topics in public HIST-H 665 Colloquium in Latin American History history. Topics will vary from semester to semester, e.g., (4 cr.) to include historic preservation, material history, archival practice, and historical editing. HIST-H 675 Colloquium in East Asian History (4 cr.) HIST-H 575 Graduate Readings in History (arr. cr.) HIST-H 680 Colloquium in Cultural History (4 cr.) HIST-H 580 The Teaching of College Hist (4 cr.) HIST-H 685 Colloquium in Near Eastern History (4 cr.) Approaches to college-level instruction in history, focusing on history learning theory, history course design, and HIST-H 695 Colloquium in African History (4 cr.) educational research in history. Students will design a HIST-H 699 Colloquium in Comparative History (4 cr.) history course with appropriate assessments and will Selected topics that cut across conventional geographic participatein a substantial research project related to and chronological periods. May be used by thematic course content. minors as one of the three colloquia required of Ph.D. HIST-H 591 Teaching World History (3 cr.) Introduction candidates. to the teaching of the undergraduate courses in world 242 September 6, 2017

Seminars Admission Guidelines HIST-H 705 Seminar in Ancient History (4 cr.) Either (1) an undergraduate major in a science or a related group of sciences with a minor in either history HIST-H 710 Seminar in Medieval European History or philosophy or (2) an undergraduate major in either (4 cr.) history or philosophy with a strong minor in science; or a HIST-H 715 Seminar in Early Modern European History similar background is preferred. Applicants with divergent (4 cr.) backgrounds who can demonstrate serious interest and research potential in HPS are encouraged to apply. HIST-H 720 Seminar in Modern Western European History (4 cr.) Master of Arts Degree Course Requirements HIST-H 730 Seminar in British and British Imperial History (4 cr.) A total of 36 credit hours of course work or 30 credit hours of course work together with a satisfactory M.A. thesis HIST-H 740 Seminar in Russian History (4 cr.) (X700 credits do not count toward the 30 required for the HIST-H 745 Seminar in East European History (4 cr.) thesis option). Our professional development seminar is also required. Students who do not write a thesis must HIST-H 750 Seminar in United States History (4 cr.) choose at least one course which requires the writing of a major research paper. Both options require 24 hours HIST-H 760 Seminar in History of Gender and of course work in the department; at least four courses Sexuality (4 cr.) Course involves research at a mature must be selected from the core courses listed below level with primary sources in specialized topics and (X506, X507, X551, X552, X556, X706). Our professional problems in the history of gender and sexuality. It will train development seminar (X501) and colloquium credit the student in historical scholarship in that area. May be (X733) are is also required. Students intending to take taken more than once, upon approval of the student’s Ph.D. qualifying exams are advised to take more than the advisory committee. minimum number of core courses required for the M.A. HIST-H 765 Seminar in Latin American History (4 cr.) Grades HIST-H 775 Seminar in East Asian History (4 cr.) A 3.3 (B+) grade point average in departmental courses is HIST-H 780 Seminar in Cultural History (4 cr.) required. HIST-H 785 Seminar in Near Eastern History (4 cr.) Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement HIST-H 795 Seminar in African History (4 cr.) Proficiency in one language or one research skill. Students are typically expected to complete this HIST-H 799 Seminar in World History (4 cr.) requirement before registering for their third semester in Thesis and Dissertation the department. HIST-H 898 M.A. Thesis (1-6 cr.) Research Skills (primarily Logic, but also HIST-H 899 Ph.D. Dissertation (arr. cr.) Computation, or Probability and Statistics) HIST-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) Ph.D. students in History and Philosophy of Science and Medicine who wish to satisfy their research skills History and Philosophy of Science requirement in logic, computation, or probability & statistics must consult with their advisor and the director College of Arts and Sciences of graduate students in History and Philosophy of Science Departmental E-mail: [email protected] and Medicine to determine the appropriate method. Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~hpscdept The tool skill that the student chooses to satisfy must be demonstrably crucial to his or her dissertation research. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate In general, students are expected to possess a level School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The of proficiency in the practical ability to apply formal University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements methods and an understanding of the theory underlying contained only in The University Graduate School the formal methods. The level of proficiency demanded Bulletin.) is at least equivalent to "B" level performance in upper- division undergraduate or graduate courses in the Curriculum relevant disciplines, i.e. philosophy, mathematics, Degrees Offered statistics, and computer science Master of Arts, dual Master of Arts and Master of Library There are two methods for satisfying the requirement: a. Science (jointly with the Department of Information and Certification by a committee of two HPS faculty with Library Science), and Doctor of Philosophy. Students expertise in the chosen tool skill. This committee may at IU may also pursue double Ph.D.s with related use any combination of special examination (written or departments, such as History or Philosophy, writing a oral), inspection of the student's transcripts, or requiring single dissertation. the student to obtain passing grades of at least "B" in Special Departmental Requirements pre-selected courses taken outside the department. More specifically, in logic this entails performance at (See also general University Graduate School least to the level of a "B" grade in the second semester requirements.) of a formal logic course that covers predicate logic, as well as practical familiarity with the logic of identity September 6, 2017 243 and modal operators, and the equivalent of one upper- Qualifying Examination level or graduate course in logical theory, at least covering the completeness of first-order predicate logic. b. Written and oral. Examination in minor area is left to the Certification by an external department. Where another discretion of the minor department. Examinations may not department offers certification in a tool skill, students may be taken more than twice, except in extraordinary cases. choose to meet that requirement. Primarily this refers to Research Proposal logic certification by the Philosophy Department, although other graduate certification programs in other departments In order to advance to Ph.D candidacy, the student may be considered. Students should consult the must submit and gain departmental approval of a director of graduate studies in the other department to dissertation research proposal. A grant proposal, suitable determine which courses they may take to meet that for submission to an external funding agency or institution, department's certification requirements. must also be prepared and approved at this stage (or earlier). Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science Degrees Ph.D. Minor in History and Philosophy of Science Study for these two degrees can be combined for a Graduate students from other departments desiring a total of approximately 51 credit hours rather than the minor in history and philosophy of science and medicine 66 credit hours required for the two degrees taken must complete 12 graduate credit hours of course work separately. Students must take 21 credit hours in History in the department with a B+ or higher. The set of courses and Philosophy of Science and Medicine, including three should represent a coordinated objective and must be core courses (X506, X507, X551, X552, X556, or X706) approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. and our professional development seminar (X501) and Faculty colloquium credit (X733). The course of studies must be planned in consulta¬tion with a history and philosophy Chairperson of science advisor. Students must also complete 30 credit hours of the Department of Information and Library Professor Amit Hagar* Science (ILS) courses, including completion of ILS M.L.S. Graduate Faculty Foundation courses (18 credit hours); other required (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University and elective ILS courses (12 credit hours). Admission to Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct each of the two areas of study is approved separately doctoral dissertations.) on the same basis as for other applicants not in the dual program. Director of Graduate Studies Doctor of Philosophy Degree Jutta Schickore* Fields of Study Distinguished Professors A student may concentrate in either the history H. Scott Gordon* (Emeritus, Economics), Edward Grant* or the philosophy of science or pursue both fields (Emeritus, History), William Royall Newman* simultaneously. This affects the Foreign Language/ Research Skill Requirement below. Professors Course Requirements Colin Allen*, Domenico Bertoloni Meli*, Frederick Churchill* (Emeritus), Noretta Koertge* (Emerita), A total of 90 credit hours, including courses that meet Elisabeth A. Lloyd* all requirements for the M.A., plus at least two additional courses approved by the department from its offerings. Associate Professors Among these, there must be a total of 5 core courses. A maximum of 30 credit hours for dissertation work (X700 James H. Capshew*, Ann Carmichael* (Emerita, History), and X800) may be counted toward the 90 credit hours. Jordi Cat*, Sander Gliboff*, Jutta Schickore*, Amit Hagar* Minor Courses One minor outside the department is required. The Core Courses requirements for this minor are set by the department HPSC-X 506 Survey of History of Science up to involved. Outside minor fields that students in the history 1750 (3 cr.) Ancient, Medieval, Renaissance, and and philosophy of science program have commonly taken Enlightenment science. include history, mathematics, philosophy, or one of the HPSC-X 507 Survey of History of Science since 1750 sciences. (3 cr.) Growth of physical, biological, and social sciences Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Attention will be paid not only to the scientific contents but to the Proficiency either (1) in two languages, or (2) in one institutional and social context. language and one research skill, or (3) in one language in depth, depending on the recommendation of the student’s HPSC-X 551 Survey of the Philosophy of Science advisory committee. Students are normally expected to (3 cr.) Science claims to tell us what the world is like, complete one of these requirements before their third even the part of the world we cannot see, and to explain semester in residence and the second-language or tool- why things happen the way they do. But these claims skill requirement before their fifth semester. are controversial. Examination of competing models of scientific explanation and the ongoing debate over 244 September 6, 2017 whether scientific theories should or even can be Programming experience for beginners (in Mathematica). interpreted realistically. Turing machines and computation; computational theories of intelligence, consciousness, and vision; cellular HPSC-X 552 Modern Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) automata and the behavior of complex systems; chaos Origin and character of twentieth-century philosophy theory and fractals; problem solving, search, and two- of science. Examination of the historical development person games; knowledge representation and computer of the philosophy of science-in interaction with parallel reasoning. developments within the sciences themselves-from 1800 to the early twentieth century. Seminar in History and Philosophy of Science HPSC-X 521 Research Topics in the History and HPSC-X 556 History and Philosophy of Premodern Philosophy of Science (1-3 cr.) Historical investigation Science (3 cr.) Historical survey of philosophical of science to deepen understanding of issues arising in discussions of the nature of science, in the premodern the philosophy of science, and application of philosophy period. of science to illuminate topics in the history of science. HPSC-X 706 Special Topics in the History and Focus may be on substantive historical and philosophical Philosophy of Science (2-4 cr.) Content and instructors issues arising in a specific science (or cluster of related will vary; students may thus receive credit more than once. sciences), or on general methodological issues concerning Admission by consent of instructor or chairperson. the relationship between history of science and philosophy of science. Seminars in History of Science HPSC-X 601 Special Topics in Ancient Science (3 cr.) History of Philosopy and Modern Physical Science P: X506 or consent of instructor. The course deals with HPSC-X 687 Seminar: Philosophical Problems of specific areas in science, philosophy, and technology Chaos Theory (3 cr.) Philosophical examination of within the chronological period stretching from 500 BCE nonlinear dynamics and chaotic phenomena. Topics to 500 CE. The focus will be texts, and in some instances, include: modeling, unpredictability and determinism, free Latin or Greek may be required. will and chaos in psychology, implications for historical and social sciences, information and complexity. HPSC-X 602 Special Topics in Medieval and Renaissance Science (3 cr.) P: X506 or consent of HPSC-X 691 Seminar: Philosophical Problems of instructor. The chronological scope of this course is Space, Time, and Spacetime (4 cr.) P: X491 or consent roughly 500 to 1600 CE. Topics range over a broad of instructor. The direction of time; causal theory of time; spectrum, from the history of medieval and early modern intrinsic and extrinsic metrics; congruence in geometry technology to the emergence and development of the and chronometry; spacetime in special and general concept of natural magic. relativity. HPSC-X 603 Special Topics in Early Modern Science HPSC-X 790 Space, Time and Relativity of Theory (3 cr.) P: X506 or consent of instructor. Course will deal (3 cr.) Topics in the philosophy of space, time, and with topics in the history of science and culture primarily space-time. Theory of motion and Zeno’s paradoxes; St. during the 16th and 17th centuries. Augustine on time; time and becoming; relational versus absolute theories of space and time; Mach’s principle; HPSC-X 609 Special Topics in Modern Science (3 cr.) introduction to Einstein’s theory of relativity and space- P: X507 or consent of instructor. Selected topics. time. HPSC-X 705 Special Topics in the History of Science HPSC-X 791 Philosophical Issues in Quantum (2-5 cr.) Content and instructors will vary; students may Theory (3 cr.) Examination of philosophical problems thus receive credit more than once. Admission by consent and challenges raised by quantum theory, with topics of instructor or chairperson. including Heisenberg uncertainty relations, nonlocality History and Philosophy of the Social and Behavioral and EPR paradox, hidden variables, interpretations of Sciences quantum theory. No previous knowledge of quantum theory assumed. HPSC-X 682 Inductive Logic and Probability (3 cr.) Topics in inductive logic such as Hume’s problem of History and Philosophy of the Life Sciences induction, Hempel’s paradox of confirmation (The Raven HPSC-X 508 History of Biology (3 cr.) P: Junior standing paradox), Goodman’s new riddle of induction, and or consent of instructor. Survey of the most important Bayesian confirmation theory. Analyses of concepts of developments in biology from antiquity to the twenty- probability, such as classical, propensity, frequency, and first century. Examination of such topics as changes subjective (e.g., Bayesian) interpretations. in evolution theory, concepts of development and HPSC-X 755 Special Topics in the Philosophy of inheritance, instruments and the rise of the laboratory, and Science (2-5 cr.) Content and instructors will vary; physiology. students may thus receive credit more than once. HPSC-X 632 Seminar: Historical Problems in Admission by consent of instructor or chairperson. Evolutionary Biology (3 cr.) P: X325 or X408/X508 HPSC-X 756 Special Topics in the Philosophy of or consent of instructor. Historical examination of such Science (2-5 cr.) Content and instructors will vary; topics as pre-Darwinism, Naturphilosophie, Darwin and students may thus receive credit more than once. The Origin of Species, rise of modern systematics, and Admission by consent of instructor or chairperson. concepts of race. Content will vary; students may receive credit more than once. HPSC-X 795 Minds, Brains, and Computers (3 cr.) Philosophical issues in computer and cognitive science. September 6, 2017 245

HPSC-X 693 Philosophy of Biology (3 cr.) Survey of the meet that department’s formal logic requirement. important concepts in biology from antiquity to the present. Minimally, students must demonstrate a thorough Emphasis on changes in evolution theory and concepts of understanding of first-order logic and take two development and inheritance. A familiarity with biology is graduate courses in logic broadly construed to helpful but not necessary. include philosophy of mathematics and philosophy of language, of which at least one is in logic narrowly Issues in Philosophy of Science construed, i.e., involving formal methods and HPSC-X 642 History of Psychology (3 cr.) Explores metatheory. the scientific, professional, and cultural dimensions of modern psychology, including its emergence as an Human-Computer Interaction academic discipline in the late nineteenth century. Focus on interpretive issues raised by recent scholarship. School of Informatics and Computing Departmental Email: [email protected] HPSC-X 654 Seminar: Philosophy of the Social Sciences (4 cr.) P: X552 or consent of instructor. Departmental URL: http://www.soic.indiana.edu/ Examination of such topics as objectivity, generality, informatics/ social laws, role of values in social inquiry, methodological (Please note that when conferring University Graduate individualism, and relation of the social sciences to School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The psychology, operationism, behaviorism, and other University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements reductivist proposals. contained only in The University Graduate School Science in Cultural Contexts Bulletin.) HPSC-X 301 Growth of Scientific Establishment (3 cr.) Curriculum Please note: This course is not currently being offered. Ph.D. Minor in Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) HPSC-X 645 History of American Science (3 cr.) An Course Requirements for the Ph.D. Minor in HCI (12 historical exploration of the intellectual and institutional credit hours) development of science in the United States from colonial times to the present. Examines recent scholarship in the The human-computer interaction minor requires 12 credit history of American science and related historiographical hours. Students must take a 3 credit hour introductory trends and issues. graduate course in HCI from INFO I541 Human-Computer Interaction Design I or S either from Informatics or ILS HPSC-X 670 Science and Gender (3 cr.) The role of Z515 Introduction to HCI. In addition, students must science and technology in constructions of masculinity take 9 credit hours from at least one department other and femininity from 1600 to present. Historical and than the student’s home department. All topical seminar philosophical analysis of the interaction between science classes must be approved by the student’s HCI advisor for and technology and ideologies of gender. Evaluation of application to the minor. proposals for transforming science. HPSC-X 671 Topics in the Science of Sex and Gender Grades (3 cr.) P: May vary with topic. Possible topics include A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is to history of theories of sexuality, critique of current scientific count toward the minor. concepts of sex and gender, philosophical perspectives on sexology, and the history of theories of sex evolution Dissertation and determination. May be repeated twice for credit with different topic. The student’s dissertation must address issues related to human-computer interaction. Cross-Listed Courses Individualized Study Human Computer Interaction Design Track This field of study must be approved by the Graduate • X600 Advanced Readings Course (cr. arr.)** Studies Committee. Twelve hours in the informatics • X700 M.A. Thesis (cr. arr.)** core are required. For information on this track, email: • X800 Ph.D. Thesis (cr. arr.)** [email protected] **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Faculty Logic Courses Director Eli Blevis* (Informatics) • A variety of logic courses is regularly offered through the Philosophy and Mathematics Steering Committee departments. Students should consult the Philosophy Department’s graduate bulletin for the Elizabeth Boling* (Education), C. Thomas Mitchell most current list of logic courses offered for graduate (Apparel Merchandising and Interior Design), Martin credit. Siegel* (Informatics), Erik Stolterman* (Informatics) • Ph.D. students in History and Philosophy of Core Faculty Science who wish to satisfy their research skills (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University requirement in logic must consult with the director Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct of graduate students in the Philosophy Department doctoral dissertations.) to determine which courses they may take to 246 September 6, 2017

Professors • I561 Form and Meaning in HCI (3 cr.) • I590 Topics in Informatics: Visual Analytics (3 cr.) Elizabeth Boling* (Education), Curt Bonk* (Education), Katy Borner* (Information and Library Science), Jim • I590 Topics in Informatic: Interaction Culture (3 cr.) Craig* (Psychology), Tom Duffy* (Emeritus, Education), • I590 Topics in Informatics: Computer Supported Andrew Hanson* (Computer Science), Annie Lang* Cooperative Work (3 cr.) (Telecommunications), David Leake* (Computer • I601 Introduction to Complex Systems (3 cr.) Science), Anne Massey* (Business), Bob Port* (Emeritus, • I604 Human-Computer Interaction Design Theory (3 Linguistics), Martin Siegel* (Informatics), Erik Stolterman* cr.) (Informatics), Dirk Van Gucht* (Informatics), Charles • I690 Interaction Design Theory (3 cr.) Watson* (Emeritus, Speech and Hearing Sciences) Information and Library Science Associate Professors • Z516 Introduction to HCI (or equivalent) (3 cr.) Jeffrey Bardzell* (Informatics), Shaowen Bardzell* • Z561 User Interface Design for Information Systems (Informatics), Eli Blevis* (Informatics), Hamid R. (3 cr.) Ekbia (Information and Library Science), Julia Fox* • Z637 Information Visualization (3 cr.) (Telecommunications), C. Thomas Mitchell (Apparel • Z652 Digital Libraries (3 cr.) Merchandising and Interior Design), John Paolillo* • Z661 Concepts and Contemporary Issues in Human- (Informatics), Gregory Rawlins* (Computer Science), Computer Interaction David Wild* (Informatics) • Z662 Interface Design for Collaborative Information Spaces (3 cr.) Courses • Z697 Advanced Topics in Information Systems (1-4 The range of courses offered is designed to enable cr.) students to construct a program for the Ph.D. Minor in Psychological and Brain Sciences HCI that is relevant to their primary research interests. Students taking topics classes must establish, to the • P450 Human Factors (graduate credit awarded with satisfaction of the Steering Committee, the relevance of extra assignments) (3 cr.) the subject matter to HCI when proposing the inclusion of such courses. Further courses will be added to or Public Health removed from the list on an ongoing basis at the discretion • K588 Ergonomics (3 cr.) of the Steering Committee. • K578 Cognitive Ergonomics (3 cr.) Business Speech and Hearing Sciences • S601: MIS Research Topics in Applications Systems • S522 Digital Signal Processing (3 cr.) Design (3 cr.) • S602: MIS Research Topics in Administration and Telecommunications Technology (3 cr.) • T503 Telecommunications Theory (3 cr.) Computer Science • T552 Cognitive Approaches to Media (3 cr.) • T571 Applied Cognitive Emotional and Psychology • A546 User Interface Programming (3 cr.) Theory (3 cr.) • B581 Advanced Computer Graphics (3 cr.) • T602 Seminar in Processes and Effects: The • B582 Image Synthesis (3 cr.) Information Processing of Media. (1-3 cr.) • B665-B666 Software Engineering Management/ Implementation I-II (3 cr.) Human Dimensions of Global • B669 Topics in Database and Information Systems (1-6 cr.) Environmental Change • B689 Topics in Graphics and Human Computer Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Interaction (1-6 cr.) Environmental Change • P565-566 Software Engineering I-II (3 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Education Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~cipec/hdgc/ index.php • P544 Applied Cognition and Learning Strategies (3 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • P600 Topical Seminar in Learning Cognition and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Instruction (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • R685 Seminar in Instructional Systems Technology contained only in The University Graduate School • R678 Emerging Learning Technologies Bulletin.) • P574 Topical Seminar in Learning Sciences Curriculum Informatics Ph.D. Minor in the Human Dimensions of Global • I545 Experience Design (3 cr.) Environmental Change • I541 Interaction Design Practice (3 cr.) The graduate minor will instruct students in theories and • I543 Interaction Design Methods (3 cr.) methods that combine the physical and social sciences on human dimensions of global environmental change September 6, 2017 247

(HDGEC). The curriculum, as described below, will Darren Ficklin* (Geography), Justin Maxwell* familiarize students with (1) understanding the history (Geography), James Farmer (School of Public Health), and concerns of human dimensions of global change Rich Phillips* (Biology) research; (2) core theoretical dimensions of the study of coupled natural-human systems; and (3) fundamental Clinical Professor methodological tools for human-environment research. Burnell C. Fischer* (Public and Environmental Affairs) Students will be expected to become familiar with GIS and/or remote sensing as tools in the analysis of global Academic Advisors environmental change through both formal courses Professor Tom Evans* (812) 856-4587, and hands-on apprenticeship as part of team research [email protected] projects. Courses Course Requirements The minor in Human Dimensions of Global Environmental Core Course Change requires 12 credit hours of approved courses. GEOG-G 561 Human Dimensions of Global The core course, GEOG-G561, is required. Three credit Environmental Change (3 cr.) Introduction of global hours of methods courses are required. To complete environmental change (GEC), focusing on the human the HDGEC Ph.D. minor, students must (1) complete the causes and consequences of biophysical transformations required credit hours in good standing and (2) have at of land systems. Emphasis on socioeconomic, political, least one member of the HDGEC Ph.D. minor core faculty institutional and environmental dimensions of land serve on the student's Ph.D. advisory committee. The change; tropical forests, grasslands and urbanizing director of the HDGEC Ph.D. minor can approve course areas; international environmental regimes; spatial substitutions for the core, skills or elective requirements. methodologies in GEC research, and integrated approaches. Faculty Methods Elective Courses Director ANTH-E 606 Research Methods in Cultural Anthropology (3 cr.) Professor Tom Evans* ANTH-E 622 Empirical Theory & Methodology: Core Graduate Faculty International Forest Resources & Initiatives (3 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University This course trains participants in the International Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Forestry Resources and Institutions Research Program doctoral dissertations.) (IFRI), which explores how communities influence forest Professors conditions. Theories of institutional analysis and human dimensions of environmental change underlie the course. Eduardo Brondízio* (Anthropology), Dan Cole (Public Methods include participatory techniques, interviews, and Environmental Affairs, Maurer School of Law), Tom forest mensuration. Participants conduct fieldwork in an Evans* (Geography). Scott Robeson* (Geography) Indiana community. Associate Professors GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing (3 cr.) Principles of remote sensing of the earth and its Vicky Meretsky* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Todd atmosphere, emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, Royer (Public and Environmental Affairs), Catherine and microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. Tucker* (Anthropology) Emphasis on practical applications and digital image Assistant Professor analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. Rinku Roy Chowdhury* (Geography), Rebecca Lave* GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital (Geography), Majed Akhter* (Geography), Shahzeen Image Processing (3 cr.) Advanced remote sensing Attari (Public and Environmental Affairs) theory and digital image processing techniques with an emphasis on environmental science applications. Hands- Associated Graduate Faculty on computer exercises provide significant experience Professors in digital image processing techniques for extraction of Jerome Busemeyer* (Psychology), Chris Craft* (Public qualitative and quantitative information about Earth's and Environmental Affairs), Michael Hendryx* (School of terrestrial and aquatic environments. Public Health), Dan Knudsen* (Geography), J. Scott Long* GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) (Sociology), Michael McGinnis (Political Science), David Overview of the principles and practices of Geographic Parkhurst* (Emeritus, Public and Environmental Affairs), Information Systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database Barry Rubin* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Jeanne design, introductory and intermediate GIS operations, and Sept* (Anthropology), James Walker* (Economics), case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory Richard Wilk* (Anthropology) exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. Associate Professor Lecture and laboratory. Heather Reynolds* (Biology), Michael Muehlenbein* GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information (Anthropology) Systems (3 cr.) Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic information science and spatial analysis Assistant Professors techniques using GIS software. This advanced course is for graduates who seek a greater understanding of this 248 September 6, 2017 rapidly developing field and to learn how to construct, standing of these basic processes is fundamental for manage and analyze their own GIS data and models. studying behavioral aspects of population change. GRAD-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis & GRAD-G 593 International Perspectives on Population Applications (3 cr.) Techniques of measuring and Problems (3 cr.) International trends in population analyzing population size and trends, fertility and mortality growth, characteristics, and structure with attention to patterns, migration flows. Population estimates and major social, environmental, economic, and political projections. Major models of formal demography. implications. Comparisons between industrially advanced economies and less developed countries in Latin America, POLS-Y 673 Empirical Theory & Methodology (3 cr.) Africa, and Asia. Special emphasis will be placed on local POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory & Methodology (3 cr.) and national circumstances affecting fertility, mortality, migration, and emerging roles of population policies in SPEA-E 518 Vector-based Geographic Information development planning. Systems (3 cr.) Geographic information systems using vector data structure. Vector GIS capabilities and uses. Anthropology Data structure and file management of spatial data. ANTH-E 527 Environmental Anthropology (3 cr.) Laboratory exercises using vector-based GIS software Graduate course on theory and method in the study such as ARC/INFO. of human-environment interactions. Emphasis on contemporary debates and approaches and on research SPEA-E 527 Applied Ecology (3 cr.) Ecosystem design in environmental research. concepts in natural resource management. Techniques of ecosystem analysis. Principles and practices of ecological ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: Land-Use and Land- natural resource management. Cover Change (3 cr.) This course focuses on the relationship between land-use systems, human settlement SPEA-E 528 Forest Ecology & Management (3 cr.) patterns, and their impact on land cover and landscape Field and laboratory exercises in quantitative analysis structure. It aims to link the theoretical and methodological of forest ecosystems. Sampling and data collection approaches that human ecology and landscape ecology methodologies, data analysis and interpretation. Concepts bring to land use and production system analysis. The in forest ecology and forest management. links between production system, land use, land cover, Minor Elective Courses and landscape structure will be discussed in the context University Graduate School of contemporary problems, such as deforestation, agriculture intensification, and human dimensions of global GRAD-G 513 Topics Seminar in Human Dimensions environmental change. of Environmental Change (3 cr.) Topical courses related to the study of institutions, population, and ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: Remote Sensing for environmental change will be arranged in light of recent Social Scientists (3 cr.) This course combines a scientific developments and student and faculty interests. historical review on the use of remote sensing in the Analysis of human roles in environmental change is social sciences, conceptual discussions on applications contextualized by attention to biophysical and ecosys- of remote sensing to social science problems, and a tematic relationships. formal introduction to remote sensing techniques based on hands-on laboratory sessions. The course will consist of a GRAD-G 514 Fieldwork Practicum in Human conceptual and a laboratory session each week. Dimensions of Environmental Change (12 cr.) P: Approval from director of the Center for the Study ANTH-E 600 Topic Seminar: People and Forest: of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change. Contemporary Issues on Deforestation, Forest Topical courses related to the study of institutions, Management, and Agroforestry (3 cr.) The main population, and environmental change will be arranged goal of this seminar is to provide a semester-long in light of recent scientific developments and student and “environment” in which the student’s individual research faculty interests. Analysis of human roles in environmental interest (research paper, proposal, etc. related to “people change is contextualized by attention to biophysical and and forest”) can be “nurtured” and discussed with an ecosystematic relationships. interdisciplinary group of graduate colleagues. The goal is to work on a single research paper or dissertation GRAD-G 517 Seminar in Cultural Ecology: The proposal or dissertation chapter during the whole Amazon in Crisis: Ecology and Development (3 cr.) semester while interacting with colleagues in class. Provides an introduction to the ecology of the Amazon Basin of South America, focusing on its habitats, the ANTH-E 621 Foo and Culture (3 cr.) Discusses use and conservation of the environment by its native the political economy of food production, trade and inhabitants, and examining the forces of development that consumption on a global basis. Gives a cross cultural and threaten its very existence. historical perspective on the development of cooking and cuisine in relationship to individual, national, and ethnic GRAD-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis and identity. Relates cuisine to modernity, migration and forms Applications (3 cr.) P: An undergraduate course in of cultural mixing and Creolizaiton. statistics. This is a course about methods of measuring and projecting population dynamics. We focus on ANTH-E 644 People and Protected Areas: Theories describing the three basic demographic processes & Realities of Conservation (3 cr.) Explores major (mortality, fertility, and migration) and showing how each theories and approaches to conservation, from “fortress one affects population size and age structure. An under- conservation” to community-based and participatory strategies. It considers the implications of protected areas for local human populations and cultural diversity. September 6, 2017 249

It evaluates outcomes and unintended consequences of on the political-economic context of natural resource protected areas, and controversies over the “best” way to conflicts with particular attention to issues of equity, justice protect natural resources. and power. This course covers the theoretical lineage of political ecology, its development over the last twenty Geography years, and current hot topics in the field. GEOG-G 511 Sustainable Development Systems (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. An examination of the GEOG-G 551 Water Resources (3 cr.) P: One notion of sustainable development and its meaning and introductory physical science course and at least one implementation in the areas of resources, agriculture, 300-level physical/biological science course or consent of water, transport, cities, and tourism. Also considers instructor. Introduction to hydrological processes occurring how such systems can be implemented in developed at multiple spatial and temporal scales. Principles of countries. water resources such as infiltration, runoff, surface- and groundwater flow will be explored. Topics covered GEOG-G 517 Geography and Development: Critical also include the environmental, economic, and social Perspectives (3 cr.) Critical analysis of development implications of floods, droughts, dams, and water usage theory, development practice, and the discourse of as well as current and future issues in water quality, water development, particularly within the context of the Third pollution, and water-resource regulation. World. Geographic approach to the study of neoliberalism and globalization, commodity chains, transnational GRAD-G 578 Global Change, Food and Farming corporations, multi-lateral organizations, labor relations, Systems (3 cr.) P: G208 or consent of instructor. NGOs, consumption practices, sustainability, gender, and Introduction to systems of food production and culture. consumption, emphasizing linkages to globalization and environmental change. Reviews the origins of GEOG-G 520 Migration and Population Redistribution agriculture, contemporary farming systems, and (3 cr.) P: G314 and G320, or consent of instructor. agricultural adaptation and sustainability, with attention Examines the history of geography. Particular reference is to the impacts of changing climate, land use, and made to the use of philosophical traditions of positivism, social systems (including industrialization, urbanization, structuralism, humanism and postmodernism within population growth, and economic liberalization). Additional geography and to the major debates about philosophy and topics include agricultural decision making; farming methodology in the last two centuries within the discipline. livelihoods; gender and poverty; prospects and challenges GEOG-G 535 Environmental Remote Sensing (3 cr.) of biotechnology; agroecology; and food security and P: G314 and G320, or consent of instructor. Principles global health. of remote sensing of the earth and its atmosphere, GEOG-G 639 Topical Seminar in Geographic emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, and Information Science (3 cr.) Applications of geographic microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. information science principles in the collection and Emphasis on practical applications and digital image analysis of spatial data. Integration of GIS, remote analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. sensing, and GPS technologies. Review of current GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital literature on technique, theory, technology, and Image Processing (3 cr.) P: G535 or consent of applications with an emphasis on environmental topics. instructor Advanced remote sensing theory and digital Discussion, laboratory, and research project. image processing techniques with an emphasis on Political Science environmental science applications. Hands-on computer POLS-Y 669 International Relations: International exercises provide significant experience in digital image Political Economy (3 cr.) Illustrative topics: approaches processing techniques for extraction of qualitative and and issues; international conflict; international quantitative information about Earth¿s terrestrial and organization; quantitative international relations; analysis aquatic environments. and evaluation of policy making; U.S. foreign policy; Soviet GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) foreign policy; international and comparative communism. Overview of the principles and practices of geographic POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory and Methodology: information systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database Revisiting Collaborative Forest Communities in design, introductory and intermediate GIS, operations and Indiana (3 cr.) case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. School of Public and Environmental Affairs Lecture and laboratory. SPEA-E 465 Environmental Management in the Tropics (3 cr.) Historical examination of land use in GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information tropical, non-Western cultures. Resource use in physical Systems (3 cr.) P: G538 or consent of instructor. and cultural settings is explored through an interface Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic with ecology, economics, and policy analysis. Common information science and spatial analysis techniques using principles of analysis are used to help the students GIS software. This advanced course is for students who understand the cultural and historical dimensions of how seek a greater understanding of this rapidly developing people relate to their environment. field and to learn how to construct, manage, and analyze their own GIS data and models. SPEA-E 518 Vector-Based Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) Geographic information systems using GEOG-G 549 Political Ecology (3 cr.) P: G315, G320, vector data structure. Vector GIS capabilities and uses. G341, G343 or consent of instructor. This seminar introduces political ecology, an approach which focuses 250 September 6, 2017

Data structure and file management of spatial data. department or program. They must also apply to the Laboratory exercises use ARC/INFO software. Program in Human Evolutionary Studies. SPEA-E 522 Urban Forest Management (2-3 cr.) Originally an outgrowth of aboriculture, urban forestry Program Information now encompasses the broader concepts of managing the trees, forests, and other natural recourses of cities Students should select an advisory committee made up for ecological, economic, and social benefits. Lectures, of the two core faculty and at least one of the associate discussion, and field projects will be supplemented by faculty members. For students whose home department outside speakers. (IUB and Bloomington will be the field is anthropology, at least one member of the advisory laboratory.) committee is expected to be from a department outside anthropology. SPEA-E 527 Applied Ecology (3 cr.) P: One introductory-level ecology course. Ecosystem concepts in Ph.D. Minor in Human Evolutionary Studies natural resource management. Techniques of ecosystem Course Requirements analysis. Principles and practices of ecological natural The minor in human evolutionary studies requires four resource management. courses. Three of the four required courses are S510 The SPEA-E 528 Forest Ecology and Management (3 cr.) Archaeology of Human Evolution (3 cr.); S511 Seminar P: E538 or V506. Field and laboratory exercises in on Current Issues in Paleoanthropology (3 cr.) (Topics quantitative analysis of forest ecosystems. Sampling will vary; may be repeated for graduate credit); and ANTH and data collection methodologies. Data analysis and B464 Human Paleontology (3 cr.). interpretation. Concepts in forest ecology and forest The fourth required course will be chosen from the management. following: S512 Human Evolution and the Prehistory of Intelligence (3 cr.); S513 Modeling Human Evolution (3 SPEA-E 534 Restoration Ecology (3 cr.) P: E538 or cr.); or BIOL L505 Molecular Biology of Evolution (3 cr.). V506. The course will cover basic concepts of ecosystem restoration, including development of energy flow and Grades nutrient cycles, soil formation, mechanisms of species A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is to dispersal, and colonization and mutualistic relationships. count toward the minor. Restoration of specific terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, including grasslands, forests, lakes, rivers and streams, Faculty and wetlands, will be covered. Core Faculty SPEA-E 555 Topics in Environmental Science: Professors Sustainable Forestry (2-3 cr.) This class will review and discuss the science base for sustainable forestry, the Kathy Schick* (Anthropology), Nicholas Toth* human-dimensions interactions, and the political realities. (Anthropology) The course format will be discussion-based with students Associated Graduate Faculty leading the discussion on various assigned articles and (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University publications. Each student will write and present several Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct papers based on literature reviews and analyses. doctoral dissertations.) SPEA-E 557 Conservation Biology (3 cr.) P: One 300- Professors level ecology course. Ecological principles associated with rare species and with biodiversity, laws and statutes Abhijit Basu* (Geological Sciences), Geoffrey Conrad* used to conserve biodiversity, and land and species (Anthropology), Della Collins Cook* (Anthropology), management practices. Our aim is to understand scientific Jesus Dapena* (School of Public Health), Paul Jamison* and political complexities of conservation biology and to (Emeritus, Anthropology), Robert Meier* (Emeritus, study different methods used to conserve living resources Anthropology), Emilio Moran* (Anthropology), Christopher and resolve conflicts associated with conservation. Peebles* (Anthropology), Lisa Pratt* (Geological Sciences), Anne Pyburn* (Anthropology), Elizabeth Human Evolutionary Studies Raff* (Biology), Rudolf Raff* (Biology), Jeanne Sept* College of Arts and Sciences (Anthropology), Julie Stout* (Psychology), Richard Wilk* Departmental E-mail: [email protected] (Anthropology) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Courses School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Cross-Listed Courses University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Anthropology contained only in The University Graduate School B464 Human Paleontology (3 cr.) Bulletin.) Curriculum Biology L505 Molecular Biology of Evolution (3 cr.) Admission Requirements L567 Evolution (3 cr.) Students must be admitted to a Ph.D. program in the Department of Anthropology, the Department of Biology, HVST-S 510 The Archaeology of Human Evolution the Department of Geological Sciences, the Department (3 cr.) Overview of the Paleolithic (Old Stone Age) from of Psychological and Brain Sciences, or other related 2.6 million years to 10,000 years ago. Focuses on the September 6, 2017 251 theory and method of reconstructing hominid behavior science and medicine, counseling and therapy, nursing, in the Stone Age. Course will take an evolutionary social work, humanities, criminal justice, and public policy. perspective, considering both biological and technological evolution. Students interested in the Ph.D. Minor in Human Sexuality should check the Web site for up-to-date information about HVST-S 511 Seminar on Current Issues in the minor, course offerings, and a list of affiliated faculty Paleoanthropology (3 cr.) Provides a forum for (www.kinseyinstitute.org/graduate/phminor.html). All professional-level discussion of current reports on human students intending to complete the minor should contact evolution. Will often focus on one aspect or theme in Professor William L. Yarber, School of Public Health- human evolutionary studies. Bloomington 142, (812) 855-7974, [email protected] and/or Professor Justin R. Garcia, The Kinsey Institute, HVST-S 512 Human Evolution and the Prehistory of Morrison Hall 313, (812) 855-7686, [email protected]. Intelligence (3 cr.) Explores the different avenues of inquiry pertaining to the evolution of human intelligence Core Courses from an archaeological and human paleontological perspective. Topics include technology, subsistence Kinsey Institute: KINS-K 690 Sexual Science Research strategies, symbolic behavior, human paleontology, and Seminar (1-3 cr.) paleoneurology (especially study of endocasts and fossil Public Health: SPH-H 562 Issues in Human Sexuality skulls). and Health (3 cr.) HVST-S 513 Modeling Human Evolution (3 cr.) Sociology: SOC-S 522 Constructing Sexuality (3 cr.) Explores the breadth of animal (mostly primate) models for human evolution. Areas for discussion include (See Courses for additional course examples.) digestive physiology, bone density, language acquisition, Faculty locomotion, tool use, foraging, and social behavior. After a brief overview of theory and method in animal analogy, we (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University will review animal models for the evolution of humans. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Human Sexuality doctoral dissertations.) Co-Chairpersons The Kinsey Institute and the Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Human Sexuality Professor William Yarber* (Applied Health Science) and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Professor Justin R. Garcia* (Gender Studies, Kinsey Institute) Departmental URL: http://www.kinseyinstitute.org/ Professors (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Judith Allen* (History), Claudia Breger (Germanic University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Studies), C. Sue Carter* (Biology, Kinsey Institute), contained only in The University Graduate School Kathryn Coe (Fairbanks School of Public Health), Wendy Bulletin.) Gamber (History), Julia R. Heiman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, Psychiatry), Scott Herring (English), Amy Curriculum Holtzworth-Munroe (Psychological and Brain Sciences), J. Dennis Fortenberry (School of Medicine), Stephanie Ph.D. Minor in Human Sexuality Li (English), Elizabeth Lloyd (History and Philosophy This minor is co-directed by the Kinsey Institute for of Science), Sumie Jones* (Emerita, Comparative Research in Sex, Gender, and Reproduction and the Literature, East Asian Languages and Cultures), Ellen Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Human Ketterson (Biology), Noretta Koertge* (Emerita, History Sexuality. The Human Sexuality Program offers a doctoral and Philosophy of Science), J. Scott Long (Sociology), minor of 12 credits from related interdisciplinary subject Filippo Menczer (Informatics), Brea Perry (Sociology), areas. It is intended for students currently enrolled in a Brian Powell (Sociology), Michael Reece* (Applied Health doctoral program, such as counseling, education, health Science), Jean Robinson* (Political Science), Stephanie behavior, psychology, gender studies, or sociology. A. Sanders* (Gender Studies, Kinsey Institute), Dale Students should select an advisor for this minor from Sengelaub (Psychological and Brain Sciences), David H. members of the Interdepartmental Graduate Committee, Smith* (Emeritus, Religious Studies), Beverly Stoeltje* listed in the Bulletin, or from Kinsey Institute affiliated (Anthropology), Peter M. Todd (Cognitive Science, faculty (see webpage). One core course (K690, H555, Psychological and Brain Sciences Informatics), Virginia J. or S522) is required, although all may be taken for credit Vitzthum* (Anthropology), Martin Weinberg* (Sociology), toward the minor, with the remaining hours being selected, Brenda Weber* (Gender Studies), Colin Williams* upon consent of the student’s minor area faculty advisor, (Sociology, Indiana University–Purdue University from other courses that have a major emphasis on Indianapolis) sexuality (example courses are listed below). The program provides a basic yet broad overview of human sexuality. Associate Professors The behavioral, biological, cultural, and social components of sexuality are examined, including the study of the role Jeffrey Bardzell (Informatics), Shaowen Bardzell of sexuality in the arts and public policy. The program will (Informatics), Heather Bradshaw (Psychological and be particularly useful for persons entering fields involving Brain Sciences), Silvia M. Bigatti (Fairbanks School the social and behavioral sciences, education, health of Public Health), Gracia Clark* (Anthropology), Brian Dodge (Applied Health Science), Debby Herbenick (Applied Health Science), Thomas James (Psychological 252 September 6, 2017 and Brain Sciences), Colin Johnson (Gender Studies), India Studies Stephanie Kane* (Criminal Justice), Jennifer Maher (Gender Studies), Bryant Paul (Media School), Steve School of Global and International Studies Sanders (School of Law), Shane Vogul (English, Cultural College of Arts and Sciences Studies) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Assistant Professors Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~isp Justin R. Garcia* (Gender Studies, Kinsey Institute). Beth India Studies is affiliated with the new School of Global Meyerson* (Applied Health Science), Paul Wright* (Media and International Studies (SGIS) in the College of Arts School) and Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual tools they will Academic Advisor need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of Professor William L. Yarber*, School of Public Health the twenty-first century. Degree programs associated Building 142; (812) 855-7974; [email protected] with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural Courses competency, and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy Anthropology unparalleled access to a stellar faculty and professional ANTH-A 501 Animal Behavior (3 cr.) development opportunities. For further information regarding the mission, structure and resources of the ANTH-B 600 Human Variation and Anthropology (3 cr.) School of Global and International Studies see http:// ANTH-B 600 Behavioral Genetics (3 cr.) sgis.indiana.edu/. Biology (Please note that when conferring University Graduate BIOL-A 501 Techniques in Reproductive Diversity School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (arr. cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School BIOL-Z 620 Special Topics in Zoology (3 cr.) Bulletin.) Communication and Culture Curriculum CMCL-C 622 Advanced Pedagogy (3 cr.) Program Information CMCL-C 688 Rhetorics of Transgression and/or The Dhar India Studies Program promotes original Resistance (3 cr.) research and innovative teaching on all aspects of the Indian subcontinent (also referred to as South Asia). East Asian Languages and Cultures Students undertaking a PhD Minor in India Studies may EALC-E 505 Japanese Fiction and Culture: Modern specialize in nearly any topic related to this region, from Japanese Women Writers (3 cr.) contemporary politics, health, and cultural practices EALC-H 637 Gender, Education, and Development to historical studies of society, religion, and the state. (3 cr.) Simultaneously, the PhD Minor may be used to provide students a broad background in area studies and Gender Studies language training. The program offers beginning to GNDR-G 600 Concepts of Gender (3 cr.) advanced training in a number of South Asian languages, including Hindi, Urdu, Sanskrit and Bengali. The program's GNDR-G 701 Representations of Gender and Sexuality 35+ affiliated faculty members conduct original research in Modern European Culture (3 cr.) May count toward in most regions of the subcontinent, including Bengal, minor when topic applies to human sexuality. southern India, the Hindi belt of north India, Pakistan, gndr-G 701 Gender, Education, and Development Nepal, and Bangladesh. The program also organizes (3 cr.) regular academic seminars and cultural activities which form an important part of a graduate student's training, GNDR-G 704 Cultural Politics and Twentieth Century and routinely offers competitive funding for travel to the Sexuality (3 cr.) subcontinent. Health, Physical Education, and Recreation India Studies is affiliated with the new School of Global SPH-C 501 Assessment and Planning in Public Health and International Studies in the College of Arts and (3 cr.) Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University SPH-H 540 Practicum in College Human Sexuality graduate students with the intellectual tools they will (3 cr.) need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree programs associated Psychological and Brain Sciences with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural PSY-P 631 Intervention and Evaluation (3 cr.) competency, and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy fine_arts unparalleled access to a stellar faculty and professional FINA-A 543 History of Twentieth Century Photography development opportunities. For further information (3 cr.) regarding the mission, structure and resources of the School of Global and International Studies see: http:// sgis.indiana.edu/ September 6, 2017 253

Ph.D. Minor in India Studies Assistant Professors Requirements: Majed Akhter* (Geography), Keera Allendorf (Sociology), 4 graduate (i.e., 500-level or higher) courses, each of at Ishan Ashutosh* (Geography), Kelly Berkson* least 3 credit hours. Credit will be awarded for courses (Linguistics), Pedro Machado (History) listed as Dhar India Studies Program offerings, and may, Lecturer at the discretion of the DISP Director, be awarded for additional, unlisted courses that have extensive content Kashika Singh pertaining to India/South Asia. No more than 2 language courses may be counted toward the four course total; Director of Language Instruction each course so counted must be taken at the second year Rebecca J. Manring (i.e., Intermediate) level or higher. Specific courses, as well as language requirements (if any) should be chosen Librarian for South Asian and Southeast Asian in consultation with the Program Director. Ordinarily, Studies only 1 course from the student's major program may be Karen S. Farrell counted towards the Ph.D. minor; this course may not simultaneously be counted toward other major or minor Academic Advising requirements. (Students who matriculated prior to Fall 2013 may use the earlier requirements for the Ph.D. William E. Smith, III, Sycamore Hall 123, (812) 855-2736 minor. Please consult with the Director on this point.) Courses Faculty INST-I 500 Non-Western Theatre and Drama (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty Not currently being offered. Provides an overview of (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University the great diversity of drama, dance, and theatre genres of Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct India, looks at the influence of Indian theatre on Western doctoral dissertations.) theatre artists, and serves as an introduction to Indian culture and society through its performing arts (Joint Director offering with Theatre and Drama T583). Michael S. Dodson*, Associate Professor of South Asian INST-H 510 Advanced Hindi I (3 cr.) Students will History, Director, Dhar India Studies Program, and work at systematically developing higher level linguistic Academic Director of the Indiana University Gateway in functions and cultural literacy. Class is conducted entirely Gurgaon, India. in Hindi. Students will develop and support arguments, working with authentic materials in print, broadcast, and Professor of Practice film formats. Students will produce a research paper on a Rajendra Abhyankar (School of Public and Environmental subject of their choosing (with instructor's approval). Affairs) INST-H 511 Advanced Hindi II (3 cr.) Students will Professors continue to work at systematically developing higher level linguistic functions and cultural literacy. Class is Christopher Beckwith* (Central Eurasian Studies), conducted entirely in Hindi. Students will develop and Kevin D. Brown* (Maurer School of Law), Jamsheed support arguments, working with authentic materials in Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies), J. Clancy Cle- print, broadcast, and film formats. Students will produce ments* (Spanish & Portuguese, Linguistics), David a research paper on a subject of their choosing (with Fidler* (Maurer School of Law), Sumit Ganguly* (Political instructor's approval). Science), David L. Haberman* (Religious Studies), Jayanth Krishnan* (Maurer School of Law), Terrence INST-I 501 Elementary Sanskrit I (4 cr.) Introduction Mason* (School of Education), Radhika Parameswaran* to Sanskrit, a classical language of ancient India. Basic (School of Journalism), Steven Raymer (School of grammatical structure and vocabulary in preparation for Journalism), Samrat Upadhyay* (English), Munirpallam the reading of both secular and religious texts. Venkataramanan* (Kelley School of Business), John INST-I 502 Elementary Sanskrit II (4 cr.) Continuing Walbridge* (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), introduction to Sanskrit. Basic grammatical structure and Andrea Wiley* (Anthropology) vocabulary in preparation for the reading of both secular Associate Professors and religious texts. Students will read a short epic Sanskrit piece. Purnima Bose* (English), Judith Brown* (English), Michael S. Dodson* (History), Nandini Gupta (Kelley School of INST-I 506 Beginning Hindi I (4 cr.) Introduction to Business), R. Kevin Jaques* (Religious Studies, Islamic the Hindi language through its writing system and basic Studies), Sreenivas Kamma* (Kelley School of Business), grammar. Graded exercises and readings leading Paul Losensky* (Central Eurasian Studies, Comparative to mastery of grammatical structures and essential Literature), Rebecca Manring* (India Studies, Religious vocabulary. Development of reading and writing Studies), Richard Nance (Religious Studies), Susan competence and simple conversations in contemporary Seizer* (Communication and Culture), Ron Sela* (Central Hindi. Classroom use of story books, tapes, and films in Eurasian Studies), Pravina Shukla* (Folklore and Eth- Hindi. nomusicology), Elliot Sperling* (Central Eurasian Studies), INST-I 507 Beginning Hindi II (4 cr.) Continuation of the Ranu Samantrai* (English), Arvind Verma* (Criminal first semester. Graded exercises and reading for mastery Justice) of grammatical structures and essential vocabulary. 254 September 6, 2017

Composing short dialogues from the students’ own be offered when available. These courses may be retaken environment. Reading, writing, and conversational skills for credit, but only in a language different from that of the are sharpened. first enrollment. INST-I 508 Second-Year Hindi I (3 cr.) Focuses on INST-L 550 Elementary Indian Languages II (3 cr.) reading such literature as mythology, folklore, and modern Language instruction in the specific Indian language short stories and poetry, including several examples from named in the schedule of classes. Various languages will Urdu literature. Students compose and perform their own be offered when available. These courses may be retaken dialogues based on the material read. for credit, but only in a language different from that of the first enrollment. INST-I 509 Second-Year Hindi II (3 cr.) Promotes rapid reading skills and building vocabulary. Study of grammar INST-L 560 Intermediate Indian Languages I (3 cr.) is based on Hindi reading materials and includes regular Language instruction in the specific Indian language grammar drills. Students sharpen composition skills by named in the schedule of classes. Various languages will retelling stories from the reading material orally and in be offered when available. These courses may be retaken writing. for credit, but only in a language different from that of the first enrollment. INST-I 546 Philosophies of India (3 cr.) Not currently being offered. Historical and critical-analytic survey INST-L 570 Intermediate Indian Language II (3 cr.) of the major intellectual traditions of the cultures and civilizations of India. Attention to early philosophizing and INST-U 506 Beginning Urdu I (4 cr.) Introduction to the the emergence of the classical schools in Hindu, Buddhist, Urdu language and basic grammar. Graded exercises and Jain traditions. Attention also to contemporary thought and readings leading to mastery of grammatical structures in India, including critical theory and subaltern theorizing. and essential vocabulary. Simple conversations based on personal information, courtesy expressions, and greetings INST-I 561 Intermediate Sanskrit I (3 cr.) in contemporary Urdu. Classroom use of stories, tapes, films, and songs. INST-I 562 Intermediate Sanskrit II (3 cr.) INST-U 507 Beginning Urdu II (4 cr.) Continuation INST-I 570 Literature of India in Translation: Ancient of the first semester. The writing system of Urdu and and Classical (3 cr.) Not currently being offered. development of reading for mastery of grammatical Survey of the ancient and classical Sanskrit literatures of structures and essential vocabulary. Composing short India in translation, presented in cultural context. dialogues on everyday survival topics. INST-I 571 Medieval Devotional Literatures of India (in INST-U 508 Second Year Urdu I (3 cr.) P: U550 or translation) (3 cr.) Survey of medieval Indian devotional equivalent proficiency. Urdu short stories, essays, literature with reference to the various cultural milieus in poetry (gazals), dramas, newspapers, and magazine which it was produced and its impact on and importance to articles, etc., will be utilized for reading. Initiate basic Indian cultures today. communicative tasks related to daily activities and various INST-I 580 Women in South Asian Religious Traditions situations. (3 cr.) A historical view of the officially sanctioned roles for INST-U 509 Second Year Urdu II (3 cr.) P: U510 or women in several religious traditions in South Asia, and equivalent proficiency. Promotes rapid reading skills and women’s efforts to become agents and participants in the vocabulary building. Study of grammar is based on Urdu religious expressions of their own lives. reading material and includes regular grammar drills. INST-I 597 Sanskrit Religious Literature (3 cr.) Not Students sharpen composition skills by retelling stories currently being offered. Arranged tutorial readings from from the reading material orally and in writing. Increase selected Indian religious texts in the original Sanskrit speaking skills to initiate, sustain, and close a general representing a variety of styles, periods, and religious conversation on a range of topics. traditions; includes selections from Hindu scriptures, INST-U 510 Advanced Urdu I (3 cr.) Students will work at religious epics, commentaries, religious law, hymns, systematically developing higher level linguistic functions philosophical texts, and Buddhist literature. Not currently and cultural literacy. Class is conducted entirely in Urdu. being offered. May be repeated once for credit when Students will develop and support arguments, working topics vary. with authentic materials in print, broadcast, and film INST-I 605 Seminar on India Studies (3 cr.) Advanced formats. Students will produce a research paper on a research seminar on selected topics in India studies. subject of their choosing (with instructor's approval). Seminar may focus on specific texts, specific historical INST-U 511 Advanced Urdu II (3 cr.) Students will figures, basic themes, or issues in India studies. continue to work at systematically developing higher INST-I 656 Graduate Readings in India Studies (1-6 cr.) level linguistic functions and cultural literacy. Class is Reading knowledge of Sanskrit and Hindi. Selected and conducted entirely in Urdu. Students will develop and substantive topics investigated from ancient, medieval, support arguments, working with authentic materials in and modern texts about the civilization of India. May be print, broadcast, and film formats. Students will produce repeated when topic varies for a maximum of six credit a research paper on a subject of their choosing (with hours. instructor's approval). INST-L 500 Elementary Indian Languages I (3 cr.) Cross-Listed Courses Language instruction in the specific Indian language The Dhar India Studies Program routinely cross-lists named in the schedule of classes. Various languages will courses that can be used for credit towards its degrees in September 6, 2017 255 departments such as Central Eurasian Studies, English, in health informatics are expected to have a background Folklore, Geography, History, Political Science, Religious in one of the health care professions. Students planning Studies, and others. Please check the program's website to specialize in social informatics or human-computer (www.indiana.edu/~isp/) for a current list of cross-listed interaction should have familiarity with design principles courses. and have some grounding in the social sciences. Informatics For those who enter the Ph.D. program directly from their bachelor’s program, there will be an application process. School of Informatics and Computing There will be a formal assessment after two years of Departmental E-mail: [email protected] coursework, an “up or out” evaluation. Assessment will Departmental URL: soic.indiana.edu look at successful progression in the Ph.D. program with regards to progress toward completion of course (Please note that when conferring University Graduate requirements, maintenance of course grades and overall School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The G.P.A. according to Graduate School guidelines, and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements research, as measured by presentations at disciplinary contained only in The University Graduate School meetings and publications. For those who wish to enter Bulletin.) the Ph.D. program from their master’s program, there will be an application process. In this case, there is a natural Curriculum evaluation of the student’s record. Upon matriculation, an Degrees Offered advisor, which may be temporary, will be assigned to the The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Informatics, applicant. This advisor will help guide the student to his or and Computer Science, the Ph.D. minor in Data Science, her intended focus until a full-time advisor is found. the Ph.D. Minor in Informatics, the Ph.D. Minor in Annual Review Bioinformatics are offered through the University Graduate School. Each year, Ph.D. students will be required to file an annual review with their advisor and program or dissertation In addition, the School of Informatics and Computing committee. The review covers the period of the previous offers the Master of Science in Bioinformatics, the Master academic year and is due October 1. Four areas will be of Science in Computer Science, the Master of Science in covered: coursework, research, teaching, and service. Human-Computer Interaction, and the Master of Science Written feedback will be provided by the student’s advisor. in Security Informatics (see the School of Informatics and Computing graduate bulletin). Course Requirements Ph.D. in Informatics A total of 90 credit hours are required. There are 18 The Ph.D. in informatics provides a balance between required credits, which include I501 and I502, 6 credits of technological, scientific, and social dimensions involved seminar work, and 6 credits of research rotation (I790). in the development and application of information Students must take an additional 12 credits of theory technology. and methodology courses applicable to the student’s specialty area. These courses can be taken inside or Tracks of Study outside the school. Students must also take an additional 30 credits in elective coursework. The required Ph.D. Choices of fields offered for qualifying examinations minor and transfer credits are included in this category. must be approved by the Graduate Studies Committee. The remaining 30 credits will be taken in dissertation Tracks of study approved within the department are credits. bioinformatics, chemical informatics, complex networks and systems, health informatics, human-computer No more than 30 hours may be counted from a master’s interaction, logical and mathematical foundations degree taken at Indiana University or a graduate program of informatics, music informatics, robotics, security at another university. (An additional 6 hours of master’s informatics, social and organizational informatics. thesis or capstone project may be counted toward the Ph.D. at the discretion of the student’s program Six hours in the informatics core are required. INFO- committee, assuming the thesis or capstone project is of I 501, Introduction to Informatics, covers probablility, sufficient research quality.) statistics, statistcal distributions, measures of information and uncertainty, and linear algebra. The topics for Minor INFO-I 502, Human-Centered Research Methods in Informatics, include research inquiry, research design, All students are required to have an appropriate minor ap- data collection methods, analysis and interpretation, and proved by the University Graduate School. Minors will be translational research. selected with the advisor’s recommendation. Admission Requirements Grades Admission requirements in the areas of undergraduate An overall B (3.0) average for all Ph.D. courses in grade point average and GRE score levels are those of Informatics is required. A student whose cumulative the University Graduate School. The applicant must have grade point average falls below 3.0 for two consecutive some direct familiarity with computation. semesters is subject to dismissal from the program. For students planning to focus on bioinformatics Qualifying Examinations or chemical informatics, a high level of computer All students will take a qualifying examination that consists programming competence is required. Students focusing of an oral exam and a written exam with the Ph.D. track 256 September 6, 2017 faculty determining the content of the exam. Examinations Ph.D. Minor in Data Science should be completed by the beginning of the student’s The outside minor in Data Science consists of four fourth year in the program but can be completed before courses (12 credit hours) of graduate coursework in data that time or earlier upon completion of 60 credit hours of science or related topics. The required 12 credit hours coursework. Students who do not successfully complete refer to any 4 courses suitable for the student’s research, the examination can retake the exam a second time. The to be decided by the student’s advisor (in his or her student must pass this examination before passing on to department), and the Director of Data Science Academic candidacy. Programs. Dissertation Proposal Ph.D. Minor in Human-Computer Interaction The proposed research for the dissertation must be (See separate entry in this Bulletin.) presented and approved by the research committee. Ph.D. Minor in Music Informatics Final Examination A minor in Music Informatics requires 9 credit hours, selected from among the following courses: Oral defense of the dissertation must be approved by the students research committee and presented at a public • I545 Music Information, Search, and Retrieval (3 cr.) colloquium in the school. • I546 Music Information Processing: Symbolic (3 cr.) • I547 Music Information Processing: Audio (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Informatics • I548 Music Information Processing: Audio (3 cr.) A minor in informatics requires 9 credit hours. The required 9 credit hours refer to any 3 graduate courses Ph.D. Minor in Security suitable for the student’s research, to be decided by A minor in Security requires 9 credit hours, selected from the student’s advisor (in his or her department) and among the following courses: the Informatics Director of Graduate Studies. Typically, these 3 graduate courses will include I501 and two other • I533 Protocol Analysis and Design (3 cr.) approved Informatics courses available in the Informatics • I537 Social Information Security(3 cr.) Ph.D. program. • I599 Malware (3 cr.) • I536 Cryptography (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Bioinformatics • I525 Economics of Security (3 cr.) A minor in Bioinformatics requires 12 credit hours. Bioinformatics draws on knowledge and information In consultation with both the Area Director and advisor, from various fields such as biology, computer science, CS649 (Networking Security) and CS649 (Trusted medicine, chemistry and physics. Students in relevant Computing) may be substituted for any two of the courses. Ph.D. programs such as biochemistry and molecular biology, medical and molecular genetics, medicine, Faculty chemistry, or biology are the target audience for the Ph.D. Executive Associate Dean minor in bioinformatics. David Leake* The core curriculum consists of graduate level courses in informatics. Electives may be chosen based on personal Associate Dean for Graduate Studies interests from a broad list of courses in biology, chemistry, Howard Rosenbaum* computer science, information science, and medical and molecular genetics. The graduate bioinformatics courses Director of Graduate Studies in the School of Informatics and Computing assume a minimal knowledge of cell and molecular biology. That Martin A. Siegel* level of understanding could be gained with at least 6 Graduate Faculty undergraduate credit hours in molecular biology, genetics, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University or evolution. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Ph.D. Minor in Complex Systems doctoral dissertations.) A minor in Complex Systems requires 9 credit hours. Both Professors I609 and I709 are required. The student may choose among the following courses to obtain the degree: A. Keith Dunker*, Sara Anne Hook, Steven Mannheimer, Anna McDaniel*(Emeritus), Mathew J. Palakal*, Yaoqi • I609 Advanced Ph.D. Seminar in Complex Systems Zhou* I (3 cr.) • I709 Advanced Ph.D. Seminar in Complex Systems Associate Professors II (3 cr.) M. Pauline Baker, Jake Chen*, Joseph Defazio*, Garland • I585 Biologically-inspired Computing (3 cr.) C. Elmore (Emeritus), Anothony Faiola, J.T. Finnell, Edgar • I586 Arti#cial Life as an Approach to Arti#cial Shaohua Huang*, Josette Jones*, Karl MacDorman*, Intelligence (3 cr.) Huanmei Wu* • I601 Introduction to Complex Systems (3 cr.) Assistant Professors • I690 Mathematical Methods for Complex Systems (3 cr.) Davide Bolchini*, Brian Dixon*, Sarath Chandra Janga*, Xiaowen Liu*, Mark Pfaff* In consultation with both the Area Director and advisor, additional classes can be counted toward the degree. Academic Advisors September 6, 2017 257

Yaoqi Zhou* (Bioinformatics), J.T. Finnell (Health security. Course materials cover the threats to information Informatics), Davide Bolchini* (Human-Computer confidentiality, integrity and availability and the defense Interaction), Joseph Defazio* (Media Arts and Science) mechanisms that control such threats. The course provides the foundation for more advanced security Courses courses and hands-on experiences through course INFO-I 500 Fundamental Computer Concepts for projects. Informatics (3 cr.) An Introduction to fundamental INFO-I 521 Malware Epidemic: Threat and Defense principles of computer concepts for Informatics study, (3 cr.) This course is designed to be research and hands- including an overview of computer architecture, computer on oriented. Students are required to read and present algorithms, fundamentals of operating systems, data research papers that reflect the state of the art in malware- structure, file organization and database concepts. related research and participate in course projects that INFO I500 is expected to impart the required level of expose them to the cutting-edge technologies on malware competency in computer science. This course may be defense. Not currently being offered. waived in lieu of 6 undergraduate credit hours of computer science or informatics coursework, covering areas of INFO-I 525 Organizational Informatics and Economic programming, discrete structures, and data structures. Not Security (3 cr.) Security technologies make explicit currently offered. organizational choices that allocate power. Security implementations allocate risk, determine authority, reify INFO-I 501 Introduction to Informatics (3 cr.) or alter relationships, and determine trust extended to P: Graduate standing. This course serves as an intensive organizational participants. The course begins with an introduction to the most central technical tools of introduction to relevant definitions (security, privacy, trust) Informatics, most importantly, probability and statistics, and then moves to a series of timely case studies of linear algebra, and numerical optimization. The course security technologies. Not currently being offered. weaves in computation, using R, as a uniting theme, while including numerous examples and applications of the INFO-B 529 Machine Learning in Bioinformatics (3 cr.) techniques presented. P: INFO I519, or equivalent knowledge. The course covers advanced topics in Bioinformatics with a focus INFO-I 502 Human-centered Research Methods in on machine learning. The course will review existing Informatics (3 cr.) This course surveys a broad range techniques such as hidden Markov models, artificial of research methods employed in Informatics, exploring neural networks, decision trees, stochastic grammars, and their meta-theoretical underpinnings and exemplifying their kernel methods. Examine application of these techniques application to specific research questions. This course is to current bioinformatics problems including: genome intended only for Ph.D. students in Informatics and is a annotation and comparison, gene finding, RNA secondary required course. Previously listed as Topics Course INFO structure prediction, protein structure prediction, gene I590, with titled topic, credit given for only one (either expression analysis, proteonmics, and integrative INFO I590 with this titled topic, or INFO I502). functional genomics. INFO-I 504 Social Dimensions of Science Informatics INFO-B 530 Seminar in Health Informatics (3 cr.) Examines ethical, legal, and social issues Applications (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. This course surrounding contemporary research and practice in examines the basic concepts of the design, evaluation, science informatics. Topics include the nature of science and use of interactive applications in health informatics. and technology, the ramifications of recent advances in science informatics, and relevant science policy and INFO-I 531 Seminar in Health Informatics (1-3 cr.) research ethics. General knowledge of science informatics P: Graduate standing. Variable topic. Emphasis is on is assumed. Not currently being offered. advanced topics and research in health informatics. Can be repeated once with a different topic, subject to approval INFO-I 506 Globalization and Information (3 cr.) of the program director. Explores the processes that promote and impede movement of human action and informational activities to INFO-I 532 Seminar in Bioinformatics (1-3 cr.) the most general levels, e.g., the level of the world as a P: Graduate standing. Variable topic. Emphasis is on whole. Surveys diverse theories of globalization to identify advanced topics and research in bioinformatics. Can be the best approaches for professional informatics career repeated with different topics, subject to approval of the planning and making information globally accessible. Not Dean. currently being offered. INFO-I 533 Systems & Protocol Security & Information INFO-B 519 Introduction to Bioinformatics (3 cr.) Assurance (3 cr.) This course looks at systems and P: One semester programming course or equivalent. protocols, how to design threat models for them and how Sequence alignment and assembly; RNA structure, to use a large number of current security technologies protein and molecular modeling; genomics and and concepts to block specific vulnerabilities. Students will protenomics; gene prediction; phylogenic analysis; use a large number of systems and programming security information and machine learning; visual and graphical tools in the laboratories. analysis bioinformatics; worldwide biologic databases; INFO-H 534 Seminar in Human-Computer Interaction experimental design and data collection techniques; (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Variable topic. Emphasis scientific and statistical data analysis; database and data is on advanced topics and research in human-computer mining methods; and network and Internet methods. interaction. Can be repeated once with a different topic, INFO-I 520 Security for Networked Systems (3 cr.) subject to approval of the program director. This course is an extensive survey of system and network 258 September 6, 2017

INFO-I 536 Foundational Mathematics of INFO-I 545 Music Information Representation, Search, Cybersecurity (3 cr.) P: Knowledge of undergraduate and Retrieval (3 cr.) P: Major, minor, or outside area level probability, lined algebra or calculus. Students standing in music informatics or music information will learn mathematical tools necessary to understand technology. A comprehensive, comparative study of modern cyber security. The course will cover introductory computer-based representation schemes for music, mathematical material from a number of disparate including those oriented toward music notation, music fields, including probability theory, computational theory, performance, and music analysis. Overview of musical complexity theory, group theory, and information theory. metadata. Techniques and tools for search and retrieval of Not currently offered. music information. Credit not given for both INFO I545 and MUS N564. Not currently offered. INFO-I 537 Legal and Social Informatics of Security (3 cr.) This is a case-based course on privacy and security INFO-I 546 Music Information Processing: Symbolic in social contexts. Cases will particularly address the (3 cr.) This course deals with both methodology and specific designs of technologies (e.g., P3P, PICS) and specific applications that attempt to algorithmically discuss how different technically feasible design choices annotate, understand, recognize, and categorize music would result in distinct regulatory regimes, business in symbolic (score like) form. Particular applications will strategies, or support different forms of social interaction. include key finding, harmonic analysis, note spelling, This course will focus on specific security and privacy rhythm recognition, meter induction, piano fingering, technologies as socio-technical systems. and various classification problems such as genre or composer identification. The methodology we will employ INFO-H 538 Introduction to Cryptography (3 cr.) will be probabilistic and will include ideas from Machine Introduction to the foundational primitives of cryptography Learning such as optimal classifiers, hidden Markov and implementations. A primary goal of this course will be models, and Bayesian Networks. Students will have to understand the security definitions for each primitive, computing assignments, present papers, and be expected and how they are used in cryptographic protocols. The to implement solutions to problems using a high-level ethics of insecure or on-the-fly protocol design will be language such as R or Matlab. Not currently offered. discussed. INFO-I 547 Music Information Processing: Audio INFO-H 539 Cryptographic Protocols (3 cr.) Provides (3 cr.) This course deals with various music analysis a basic understanding of computer security by looking and processing problems that use sampled audio as at how things go wrong and how people abuse the the primary data representation. Discusses digital signal system. Once it is understood how computer systems processing, including filtering and its relationship to are attacked, it is possible to propose ways to make the Fourier techniques. Topics include synthesis, effects system secure. processing, score following, blind music recognition, and INFO-H 541 Interaction Design Practice (6 cr.) accompaniment systems. Not currently offered. Human-Computer Interaction Design (HCID) describes INFO-I 548 Introduction to Music Informatics (3 cr.) the way a person or group accomplishes tasks with a P: Solid understanding of music fundamentals; music computer - what the individual or group does and how the theory background recommended. History, issues, and computer responds; what the computer does and how applications in music information technology. Survey of the individual or group responds. Sometimes known as various types of musical information. Introduction to digital “interface design,” HCID becomes increasingly important musical media, including data standards and processing; as computing intelligence and connectivity spread database structure and organization standards and ubiquitously to home, work, and play environments. This processing; database structure and organization of audio-, course will be organized around a collection of readings score-, and text file objects; and discussion of copyright and three design projects concerned with applying human- issues. Not currently offered. computer interaction principles to the design, selection, and evaluation of interactive systems. INFO-B 561 Meaning and Form in HCI (3 cr.) As a continuation of HCI 1 (I541), students will learn INFO-I 542 Foundations of Human Computer methodologies and principles for two types of core Interaction (3 cr.) Offers a survey overview of the field activities in human-computer interaction design: a) of Human-Computer Interaction Design. It introduces the requirements analysis, contextual inquiry and ethnography main themes of HCI set generally in a historical context. as applied to the design of interactive systems in the Themes include interaction design, cognitive modeling, social context b) conceptual design for the modeling of the distributed cognition, computer-supported cooperative interactive structure of the web, hypermedia and software work, data, visualization, ubiquitous computing, affective applications. computing, and domestic computing, among others. INFO-I 571 Chemical Information Technology (3 cr.) INFO-H 543 Interaction Design Methods (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Overview of chemical informatics Students will learn basic concepts and methods for techniques, including chemical structure coding, chemical usability studies and evaluation of interactive systems data representation, chemical database and search as well as apply those methods to actual system design systems, molecular visualization and modeling techniques, evaluations. This course is not only for understanding and the development of chemical informatics software. the basics and traditional approaches in this area, but also for exploring new ways of evaluating the usability INFO-I 572 Computational Chemistry and Molecular of state-of-the-art technology-based systems such as Modeling (3 cr.) P: INFO I571. Computer models of systems in ubiquitous computing, CSCW, tangible and molecules and their behavior in gas and condensed social computing areas. phases; implicit and explicit solvation models; quantum and molecular mechanics; search strategies for September 6, 2017 259 conformational analysis, geometry optimization methods; students aware of how theories can influence practice and information content from Monte Carlo and molecular to develop critical thinking around the role, purpose, and dynamics simulations; QSAR; CoMFA; docking. function for theories. INFO-B 573 Programming for Science Informatics INFO-B 605 Social Foundations of Informatics (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Students will receive a thorough understanding Topics include the economics of information businesses of software development for chem- and bioinformatics, and information societies, legal and regulatory factors that and broaden experience of working in a scientific shape information and information technology use, the computing group. Topics include programming for the relationship between organization cultures and their use of web, depiction of chemical and biological structures information and information technology, and ownership of in 2D and 3D, science informatics tool kits, software intellectual property. Not currently being offered. APIS, AI and machine-learning algorithm development, high performance computing, database management, INFO-I 609 Advanced Seminar I in Informatics managing a small software development group, and (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing or consent of design and usability of science informatics software. instructor. Ph.D. student introduction to major historical and emerging theories, methods, technologies, and INFO-I 585 Bioinspired Computing (3 cr.) Biologically- applications in Informatics. Provides students with inspired computing is an interdisciplinary field devoted opportunities to explore relevant research literature, to computational methods modeled after natural design results, and applications. Students will develop a profound principles. The goal is to produce informatics tools understanding of leading research approaches and with enhanced robustness, scalability, flexibility and paradigms in their research area. natural human-machine interaction. Topics include: Self- organization, Evolutionary Systems, Cellular Automata, INFO-I 611 Mathematical and Logical Foundations Boolean Networks, L-Systems, Collective and Swarm of Informatics (3 cr.) P: Basic Discrete Mathematics Behavior, Artificial Immune Systems, Complex Networks. equivalent to MATH M 118, or consent of instructor. An Not currently being offered. introduction to mathematical methods for information modeling, analysis and manipulation. Topics include INFO-I 586 Artificial Life (3 cr.) Artificial life is a broad proof methods in mathematics, models of computation, discipline encompassing the origins, modeling, and counting techniques and discrete probability, optimization, synthesis of natural and artificial living entities and statistical inference and more advanced topics that include systems. Artificial intelligence, as a discipline, tries to but are not limited to Markov chains and random walks, model and understand intelligent systems and behavior, random graphs, and Fourier analysis. Not currently typically at the human level. Not currently being offered. being offered. INFO-I 590 Topics in Informatics (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate INFO-B 617 Informatics In Life Sciences and standing. Variable topic. Emphasis is on new Chemistry (3 cr.) Introduces the fundamental notions developments and research in informatics. Can be in genome and proteome informatics and chemical repeated with different topics, subject to approval of the informatics, focusing on the design and organizing issues student’s academic advisor. in information systems used in those areas. The course is designed for students with no biology or chemistry INFO-I 591 Graduate Internship (0-6 cr.) P: Approval background, but some knowledge in informatics, who required. Students gain professional work experience in want to learn basic topics in bioinformatics and chemical an industry or research organization setting, using skills informatics. and knowledge acquired in Informatics course work. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. INFO-B 619 Structural Bioinformatics (3 cr.) Informatics approaches addressing the sequence and 3D structure INFO-I 601 Introduction to Complex System (3 cr.) of biological macromolecules (DNA, RNA, Protein), P: MATH M118, INFO I201, or equivalent course. The with the objective of improving understanding of the course will cover fractals, emergent behavior, chaos function of these molecules. Topics will include molecular theory, cooperative phenomena, and complex networks. visualization; structure determination, alignment, Students will learn how to think differently about complex and databases; and prediction of protein structure, realities, finding ways to understand their complexity and interactions, and function. Not currently being offered. addressing the problems they pose. INFO-B 621 Computational Techniques in INFO-I 602 Music Information Processing: Audio Comparative Genomics (3 cr.) Summarizes (3 cr.) This course deals with various music analysis computational techniques for comparing genomes on the and processing problems that use sampled audio DNA and protein sequence levels. Topics include state of as the primary data representation. Digital signal the art computational techniques and their applications: processing including filtering and its relationship to understanding of hereditary diseases and cancer, genetic Fourier techniques. Focus on applications including score mobile elements, genome rearrangements, genome following, automatic music transcription and annotation evolution, and the identification of potential drug targets in from audio, musical accompaniment systems, as well as microbial genomes. Not currently being offered. some useful audio effects. Not currently being offered. INFO-H 651 The Ethnography of Information (3 cr.) INFO-H 604 Human Computer Interaction Design Not currently being offered. Theory (3 cr.) The course will explore, analyze and criticize underlying assumptions and the rationale behind INFO-B 667 Seminar in Interprofessional Collaboration some of the most influential theoretical attempts in HCI (1 cr.) This seminar will provide graduate students with and related fields. The purpose of the course is to make in-depth experiences in interprofessional thinking and 260 September 6, 2017 collaboration. Several Indiana University Schools at the Note: The School of Library and Information and the Indianapolis campus have developed an interprofessional School of Informatics and Computing merged on July learning laboratory rooted in real-life innovation, discovery 1, 2013. Historical information for the Department of and collaboration related to health and wellbeing. (May be Information and Library Science can be found under repeated for a maximum of 3 credit). earlier School of Library and Information Science Bulletins. INFO-I 690 Topics in Informatics (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate Curriculum standing. Variable topic. Emphasis is on new developments and research in informatics. (May be Degrees Offered repeated with different topics, subject to approval of the • Master of Library Science Dean.) • Accelerated Master of Library Science • Master of Information Science INFO-B/ INFO-H 698 Research in Informatics (1-12 cr.) • Accelerated Master of Information Science Research not dissertation related under the direction of a member of the graduate faculty. May be repeated for a • Specialist in Library and Information Science maximum of 30 credits. • Graduate Certificate in Information Architecture • Ph.D. in Information Science INFO-I 699 Independent Study in Informatics (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Independent readings and Dual Master’s Degree Programs with the University research for Ph.D. students under the direction of a faculty Graduate School member, culminating in a written report. More than 12 • African American and African Diaspora Studies credit hours requires approval of Academic Advisor, and (M.A.) and Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) Director of Graduate Studies. May be repeated for a • African Studies (M.A.) and M.L.S. maximum of 12 credits. • Art History (M.A.) and M.L.S. INFO-I 709 Advanced Seminar II in Informatics • Central Eurasian Studies (M.A.) and M.I.S. (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing or consent of • Central Eurasian Studies (M.A.) and M.L.S. instructor. Ph.D. student introduction to major historical • Comparative Literature (M.A.) and M.L.S. and emerging theories, methods, technologies, and • English (M.A.) and M.L.S. applications in Informatics and its sub-areas.Provides • Folklore and Ethnomusicology (M.A.) and M.I.S. students with opportunities to explore relevant research • Folklore and Ethnomusicology (M.A.) and M.L.S. literature, results, and applications. Seminar II, unlike • History (M.A.) and M.L.S. Seminar I, focuses on recent advances in sub-areas of • History and Philosophy of Science (M.A.) and M.L.S. Informatics. • Latin American and Caribbean Studies (M.A.) and INFO-I 790 Informatics Research Rotation (3 cr.) M.L.S. Working with faculty to investigate research opportunities. • Musicology (M.A.) or Music Theory (M.M.) and May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. M.L.S. • Russian and East European Studies (M.A.) and INFO-I 798 Professional Practicum/Internship (0 cr.) M.I.S. P: Current enrollment in graduate degree program in Informatics. Participation in graduate level professional • Russian and East European Studies (M.A.) and training and internship experience. M.L.S. INFO-I 890 Thesis Readings and Research (1-12 cr.) For additional information about admission and degree Research under the direction of a member of the graduate requirements for degrees granted by the School of faculty leading to a Ph.D. dissertation. May be repeated Informatics and Computing, see the School of Informatics for a maximum of 30 credits. and Computing Bulletin. INFO-G 901 Advanced Research (3 cr.) Available Doctor of Philosophy in Information Science to graduate students who have completed all course Admission Requirements requirements for their doctorates, have passed doctoral A bachelor’s degree with a minimum grade point average qualifying examinations, and have the requisite number of of 3.2 on a 4.0 scale for undergraduate work and a degree credit hours. This course provides the advanced cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or better on a research students with a forum for sharing ideas and 4.0 scale for any previous graduate level work. The problems under the supervision of a senior researcher. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is required and must have been taken within three years of application. Information and Library Science An approximate minimum GRE score of Verbal = 153, School of Informatics and Computing Quantitative = 144 and Analytical Writing = 4.0 is required; Departmental E-mail: [email protected] however, admission is competitive and higher GRE scores are expected. The Test of English as a Foreign Departmental URL: www.ils.indiana.edu Language (TOEFL) is required for all applicants for whom (Please note that when conferring University Graduate English is not a native language; a minimum score of 600 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The on the TOEFL Paper-based Test (PBT) or 100 on the University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements TOEFL Internet-based Test (IBT) is expected. Additional contained only in The University Graduate School requirements include a personal statement of 800-1000 Bulletin.) words; three letters of recommendation from academic or professional sources; a current curriculum vita or résumé; and a writing sample. The writing sample may September 6, 2017 261 be a single-authored publication, a technical white paper, Graduate Faculty a grant proposal, or a paper submitted to fulfill a course (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University requirement. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Course Requirements Distinguished Professors A total of 90 credit hours are required for the Ph.D. in Information Science. At least 60 of the 90 credit hours David Kaser* (Emeritus), Herbert White* (Emeritus) must be taken at the Bloomington (IUB) or Indianapolis (IUPUI) campuses of Indiana University. ILS courses Professors required for the doctoral degree are: Z701 Introduction to Katy Börner*, Blaise Cronin (Emeritus)*, Daniel Callison* Doctoral Research in Information Science (3 cr.); Z702 (Emeritus) Stephen Harter* (Emeritus), Susan C. Herring*, Doctoral Research Practicum I (2 cr.); Z703 Doctoral Thomas Nisonger* (Emeritus), Howard S. Rosenbaum*, Research Practicum II (2 cr.); Z710 Doctoral Research Debora Shaw* (Emerita) Practicum III (3 cr.); and three sections of Z764 Seminar in Information Science (total of 9 cr.). Up to 15 credit hours of Associate Professors Z799 Ph.D. Thesis may be counted toward the required 90 Josefa Abrera* (Emerita), Ronald E. Day*, Ying Ding*, credit hours. Pnina Fichman*, Shirley Fitzgibbons* (Emerita), Noriko Major Hara*, Elin K. Jacob*, Staša Milojevi#*, Alice Robbin*, John A. Walsh* A minimum of 21 credit hours of graduate coursework, approved by the student's advisory committee, must be Assistant Professors completed in the major area. The requirement for three Marian L. Armstrong* (Emerita), Devin Donaldson*, sections of Z764 may be counted toward the total 21 credit Xiaozhong Liu*, Patrick Shih* hours for the major. Lecturers Minor Carol Choksy The outside minor generally consists of 9-15 credit hours. The number of credit hours, specific courses, and other Adjunct Faculty and Visiting Scholars requirements for the outside minor are determined by the *see www.ils.indiana.edu for complete list, including: minor department. Michael McRobbie* Research Skills Senior Fellow The research skills requirement consists of a minimum of 9 credit hours of basic and advanced research courses: Charles H. Davis one graduate level statistics course (3 credits) and two Graduate AdvisorsGraduate Program Director advanced courses (3 credits each) in graduate-level statistics, research methods, or research design. Noriko Hara,* LI 005A, (812) 855-1490 Qualifying Examination MIS Program Director The qualifying examination in ILS consists of an extended Howard Rosenbaum*, LI 005C, (812) 855-3250 written review and analysis of a problem area that addresses critical theoretical and methodological issues MLS Program Director relevant to the problem area. The examination includes an Pnina Fichman*, LI 007, (812) 856-1587 oral presentation and defense of the qualifying paper. Doctoral Program Director Final Examination Ying Ding*, LI 025, (812), 855-5388 Final examination for the Doctor of Philosophy in Information Science consists of a public oral defense of Courses the doctoral dissertation. ILS-Z 501 Reference (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Information Science ILS-Z 502 Collection Development and Management The outside minor in Information Science consists of (3 cr.) four courses (12 credit hours) of graduate coursework in the Department of Information and Library Science. ILS-Z 503 Representation and Organization (3 cr.) Coursework for the minor is identified in consultation with the ILS faculty member who serves as the outside ILS-Z 504 Cataloging (3 cr.) member on the student's advisory committee. A qualifying ILS-Z 505 Evaluation of Resources and Services (3 cr.) examination is generally not required for the minor in Information Science. ILS-Z 506 Evaluation of Resources and Services (3 cr.) Faculty ILS-Z 510 Introduction to Information Science (3 cr.) Department Chair ILS-Z 511 Database Design (3 cr.) Pnina Fichman* ILS-Z 512 Information Systems Design (3 cr.) 262 September 6, 2017

ILS-Z 513 Organizational Informatics (3 cr.) ILS-Z 582 Preservation (3 cr.) ILS-Z 514 Social Aspects of Information Technology ILS-Z 583 Rare Book Librarianship (3 cr.) (3 cr.) The objective of this course is to help students think critically and constructively about information & ILS-Z 584 Manuscripts (3 cr.) communication technology and its relationship to work, ILS-Z 585 Records Management (3 cr.) leisure, and society at large. ILS-Z 601 Directed Readings (1-6 cr.) ILS-Z 515 Information Architecture (3 cr.) ILS-Z 602 Directed Research (1-6 cr.) ILS-Z 516 Human-Computer Interaction (3 cr.) ILS-Z 603 Workshop in Library and Information ILS-Z 517 Web Programming (3 cr.) Science (arr. cr.) ILS-Z 518 Communication in Electronic Environments ILS-Z 604 Topics in Library and Information Science (3 cr.) (1-4 cr.) ILS-Z 519 Evaluation of Information Systems (3 cr.) ILS-Z 605 Internship (2-6 cr.) ILS-Z 520 Information Seeking and Use (3 cr.) ILS-Z 621 Audio and Video Sources (3 cr.) ILS-Z 521 Humanities Information (3 cr.) ILS-Z 622 Resources and Services for People with ILS-Z 522 Social Sciences Information (3 cr.) Disabilities (3 cr.) ILS-Z 523 Science and Technology Information (3 cr.) ILS-Z 623 Genealogy and Local History (3 cr.) ILS-Z 524 Adult Readers Advisory (3 cr.) ILS-Z 629 Topics in Information Sources and Services (3 cr.) ILS-Z 525 Government Information (3 cr.) ILS-Z 631 Advanced Cataloging (3 cr.) ILS-Z 526 Business Information (3 cr.) ILS-Z 632 Technical Services (3 cr.) ILS-Z 531 Business Information (3 cr.) ILS-Z 633 Indexing (3 cr.) ILS-Z 532 Information Architecture for the Web (3 cr.) ILS-Z 634 Metadata (3 cr.) ILS-Z 533 Business Information (3 cr.) ILS-Z 635 Ontologies (3 cr.) ILS-Z 534 Information Retrieval: Theory and Practice (3 cr.) ILS-Z 636 Semantic Web (3 cr.) ILS-Z 541 Information Policy (3 cr.) ILS-Z 637 Information Visualization (3 cr.) ILS-Z 542 International Information Issues (3 cr.) ILS-Z 640 Seminar in Intellectual Freedom (3 cr.) ILS-Z 543 Computer-Mediated Communication (3 cr.) ILS-Z 641 Computer-Mediated Discourse Analysis (3 cr.) ILS-Z 544 Gender and Computerization (3 cr.) ILS-Z 642 Content Analysis for the Web (3 cr.) ILS-Z 550 Perspectives on Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 643 The Information Industry (1-3 cr.) ILS-Z 551 Library Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 650 Library Philanthropy (3 cr.) ILS-Z 552 Academic Library Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 651 Art Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 553 Public Library Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 652 Digital Libraries (3 cr.) ILS-Z 554 Library Systems (3 cr.) ILS-Z 653 Health Sciences Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 555 Strategic Intelligence (3 cr.) ILS-Z 654 Law Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 556 Systems Analysis and Design (3 cr.) ILS-Z 655 Music Librarianship (3 cr.) ILS-Z 561 User Interface Design for Information Systems (3 cr.) ILS-Z 656 Information Technology Standardization (3 cr.) ILS-Z 571 Materials for Youth (3 cr.) ILS-Z 661 Concepts and Contemporary Issues in ILS-Z 572 Youth Services (3 cr.) Human-Computer Interaction (3 cr.) ILS-Z 573 Education of Information Users (3 cr.) ILS-Z 662 Interface Design for Collaborative Information Spaces (3 cr.) ILS-Z 574 Information Inquiry for School Teachers (3 cr.) ILS-Z 671 School Media (3 cr.) ILS-Z 580 History of Libraries (3 cr.) ILS-Z 672 Seminar on Literature for Youth (3 cr.) ILS-Z 581 Archives and Records Management (3 cr.) ILS-Z 680 The Book to 1450 (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 263

ILS-Z 681 The Book 1450 to the Present (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) ILS-Z 683 Reference Sources for Rare Books (3 cr.) Curriculum ILS-Z 684 Descriptive Bibliography (3 cr.) ILS-Z 685 Electronic Records Management (3 cr.) Area Certificate in Inner Asian and Uralic Studies The Inner Asian and Uralic Studies Program offers a ILS-Z 690 Capstone in Information Architecture (3 cr.) strong interdisciplinary training program for students interested in the languages and societies of Central ILS-Z 701 Introduction to Doctoral Research in Eurasia, stretching from the Baltic, Hungary, and Turkey Information Science (3 cr.) to Central Asia, Tibet, and Mongolia. IU’s greatest ILS-Z 702 Doctoral Research Practicum I (2 cr.) concentration of expertise and instruction in the area is brought together by the Inner Asian and Uralic National ILS-Z 703 Doctoral Research Practicum II (2 cr.) Resource Center. Center faculty pursue both historical ILS-Z 706 Introduction to Research (3 cr.) and contemporary analysis in a wide range of disciplines, including anthropology, business, comparative literature, ILS-Z 710 Doctoral Research Practicum III (3 cr.) economics, folklore, history, journalism, linguistics, music and drama, political science, public administration, and ILS-Z 763 Research Problems and Methods in religious studies. Center faculty also offer three levels Information Science (3 cr.) of instruction in all of the following living languages ILS-Z 764 Seminar in Information (3 cr.) indigenous to the Center’s area: Estonian, Finnish, Hungarian, Mongolian, Persian/Tajik, Tibetan, Turkish, ILS-Z 765 Doctoral Research in Information Science and Uzbek. Other living and classical languages of Central (1-6 cr.) Eurasia are offered less frequently, including Chagatai, ILS-Z 790 Dissertation Proposal in Information Evenki, Kazakh, Kyrgyz, Mordvin, Turkmen, and Uygur. Science (3 cr.) Course Requirements ILS-Z 799 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) Eighteen (18) credit hours of graduate course work, ILS-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) including 9 credit hours from the Department of Central Eurasian Studies; or in the case of Turkish Studies, the Networks and Complex Sys Minor Departments of Near Eastern Languages and Cultures Elective Courses and/or Central Eurasian Studies. All courses are to be CSCI-A 538 Network Technologies and Administration selected in consultation with the Inner Asian and Uralic (3 cr.) National Resource Center director. FINA-A 575 Research Sources in Art History (2 cr.) Language Requirements GRAD-G 732 Bibliography of Sub-Saharan Africa Students will be required to demonstrate intermediate (3 cr.) competence in a relevant language. No credit toward the certificate will be awarded for first-year language MUS-M 539 Introduction to Music Bibliography (3 cr.) courses. No more than 6 hours of language courses may Inner Asian and Uralic National be counted toward the certificate. Resource Center Grades School of Global and International Studies Minimum of a B (3.0) in all courses that count toward the College of Arts and Sciences certificate. Center E-mail: [email protected] Examination Center URL: www.indiana.edu/~iaunrc None. Inner Asian and Uralic Studies is affiliated with the new Faculty School of Global and International Studies (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to providing Director Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual Edward Lazzerini (Central Eurasian Studies) tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree Graduate Faculty programs associated with SGIS emphasize language (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS doctoral dissertations.) students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty and professional development opportunities. For further Distinguished Professors information regarding the mission, structure and resources Robert Campbell* (Emeritus, Economics) of the School of Global and International Studies see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. Professors (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Michael Alexeev* (Economics), Matthew Auer* (Public and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Environmental Affairs), Randall Baker* (Emeritus, Public University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements and Environmental Affairs), Ilhan Basgöz* (Emeritus, 264 September 6, 2017

Central Eurasian Studies), Gustav Bayerle* (Emeritus, D595 Management of Transnational Corporations Central Eurasian Studies), Christopher I. Beckwith* (Central Eurasian Studies), Jack Bielasiak* (Political Science), Jamsheed Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies), Central Eurasian Studies Devin DeWeese* (Central Eurasian Studies), Ben R501The Baltic States since 1918 Eklof* (History), David Fidler (Law), William Fierman* R502 Finland in the 20th Century (Central Eurasian Studies), Henry Glassie* (Emeritus, R504 Modern Finnish Literature Folklore), Mary Goetze* (Emeritus, Music), Michael R508 Estonian Culture and Civilization Hamburger* (Geological Sciences), Michael Kaganovich* R513 Islam in the Former Soviet Union (Economics), György Kara* (Central Eurasian Studies), R516 Peoples and Cultures of Central Asia Marjorie A. Lyles* (Business), John L. Mikesell* (Public R528 Post-Soviet Transition in Central Asia and Environmental Affairs), Christine L. Ogan* (Emerita, R562 Mongolian Civilization and Folk Culture Journalism), K. Anne Pyburn* (Anthropology), Toivo R563 Mongolian Historical Writings Raun* (Central Eurasian Studies), Nazif Shahrani* R570 Introduction to the History of Tibet (Anthropology, Central Eurasian Studies), Kemal Silay* R571 Tibet and the West (Central Eurasian Studies), Martin Spechler* (Economics), R572 Sino-Tibetan Relations Mihály Szegedy-Maszák* (Emeritus), Central Eurasian R573 The Religions of Tibet Studies), Frances Trix* (Anthropology), Timothy Waters* R592 Uralic Peoples & Cultures (Law), David Williams* (Law) R599 Topics in Central Eurasian Studies R611 Ethnic History of Central Asia Associate Professors R629 Islamic Hagiography of Central Asia R661 Mongolian Literature and Folklore Christopher Atwood* (Central Eurasian Studies), Gardner R690 Advanced Readings in Central Eurasian Studies Bovingdon* (Central Eurasian Studies), Maria Bucur- R710 Seminar in Central Asian Studies (3 cr.) Deckard* (History), Lynn Hooker* (Central Eurasian T690 Introduction to Manchu (3 cr.) Studies), Hans Ibold (School of Journalism), Owen V. T693 Introduction to Sakha (Yakut) Johnson* (Journalism), Bill Johnston (Linguistics), Dodona Kiziria (Emeritus, Slavics and East European Languages All language courses in the following languages: and Cultures), Matthias Lehmann* (History), Paul Azeri Losensky* (Central Eurasian Studies), Vicky Meretsky* Chaghatay (Public and Environmental Affairs), Martha Nyikos* Estonian (Education), Elliot Sperling* (Central Eurasian Studies), Finnish Ron Sela* (Central Eurasian Studies), Abdulkader Sinno* Hungarian (Political Science), Margaret Sutton* (Education), Herbert Kazakh Terry* (Telecommunications) Mongolian Assistant Professors Classical Mongolian Pashto Jason Mokhtarian (Religious Studies), Richard Nance Tibetan (Religious Studies), Öner Özçelik (Central Eurasian Classical Tibetan Studies), Kaya Sahin (History), Jonathan Schlesinger Classical Old Tibetan (History), Turkish Ottoman Turkish Academic Specialists/Senior Lecturers Uyghur Cigdem Balim-Harding* (Near Eastern Languages and Uzbek Cultures), Edward Lazzerini (Central Eurasian Studies), Roman Zlotin (Geography) East Asian Languages and Cultures E384 East Asian Nationalism and Cultural Identity Postdoctoral Teaching Fellow E505 Studies in East Asian Society (Topics course) Kathryn Graber (Central Eurasian Studies and Anthropology) Economics Academic Advisor E698 Comparative Economics and Economics of Transition Edward Lazzerini (Central Eurasian Studies), Goodbody Hall 348, (812) 856-0671, [email protected] Education Courses H551 Comparative Education I H552 Comparative Education II Anthropology H560 Education and Change in Societies E455 Anthropology of Religion

E600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Anthropology Fine Arts A421 Early Christian Art Business

D503 International Business Environment D504 Operations of International Business Folklore D545 East Europe and Russia Transition F440/540 Turkish Art D594 Competitive Strategic Global Industries F600 Asian Folklore and Folk Music September 6, 2017 265

F617 Middle East Folklore and Folk Music Slavics and East European Languages and Cultures R553 East European Cinema

Geography In addition to the above, students are encouraged to take G427 Geography of Former Soviet Lands the initiative to find other courses that the professor would be willing and able to adapt for IAUNRC certificate credit. History (This might be, for example, by agreeing that the student’s C393 Ottoman History papers and/or other projects would focus on the IAUNRC D521 Hungarian History and Civilization to 1711 region or that the student may do additional reading and G582 Imperial China I writing relevant to the region.) G583 Imperial China II Faculty H645 Eastern Europe 1945-1989: Survival and Resistance Curriculum Faculty H675 Colloquium in East Asian History Chair India Studies Geoffrey Fox I501/502 Elementary Sanskrit I561/562 Intermediate Sanskrit Associate Chair Information and Library Science Martin Swany Z610 International Information Issues Graduate Faculty Z620 Slavic Bibliography (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Journalism Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct J660 Topics Colloquium doctoral dissertations.) Professors Music Raj Acharya, Katy Borner*, Geoffrey Fox*, Judy E571 Kodaly Concept I Qiu*, Thomas Sterling*, Martin Swany*, James Glazier* E573 Kodaly Concept II Associate Professors Near Eastern Languages and Cultures Maria Bondesson-Bolin, Paul Macklin N545 Introduction to Ancient Near East N565 Introduction to Islamic Civilization Assistant Professors N695 Graduate Topics in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures Eleftherios Garyfallidis, Alexander Gumennik, Vikram P500/550 Elementary Persian Jadhao, Lei Jiang, Minje Kim P600/650 Intermediate Persian Bulletins Political Science School of Informatics and Computing Y340 East European Politics Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Y385 Russian Political Ideas Departmental URL: https://www.engineering.indiana.edu/ Y657 Comparative Politics (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Religious Studies University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements R552 Studies in Buddhism contained only in The University Graduate School R554 East Asian Religions Bulletin.) R635 Buddhism in North America R655 Materials and Methods in Buddhist Studies Curriculum R658 Methodologies and Methods in Buddhist Studies Curriculum Faculty R670/770 Buddhist Ethics R750 Seminar on Indian Buddhist Texts Ph.D. in Intelligent Systems Engineering Requirements Russian and East European Institute A total of at least 90 credit hours of graduate-level (500+) R575 Graduate Readings in Russian and East European coursework including: Study at least 24 credits to fulfill the requirements of the ISE R600 Proseminar Soviet/East European Area Studies major; at least 9 credits to fulfill the requirements of the University Ph.D. minor; and School of Public and Environmental Affairs the remaining credits can be received from regular E535 International Environmental Policy courses, independent studies, and research. V550 Governmental Finance in Transitional Economies V551 Trade and Global Competition Major V557 International Economic Strategies and Trade The major is to be chosen in one of the six defined ISE Policies tracks in Bioengineering, Computer Engineering, Cyber- Physical Systems, Environmental Engineering, Molecular 266 September 6, 2017 and Nanoscale Engineering, and Neuroengineering or (see also general University Graduate School in general intelligent systems engineering. The major Requirements) requires 24 credits approved by ISE and includes: Ph.D. Minor in Global Studies • E500 (3 credits) or equivalent Students in other departments may minor in Global • One of E501-507 (3 credits) or equivalent Studies. The minor provides a theoretical and • 9 credits of relevance to major methodological framework for the interdisciplinary study • 9 other engineering credits and critical analysis of global phenomena. Each minor student develops an individualized program in consultation Remaining elective credits can be satisfied by IU courses with the Director of the Ph.D. minor in Global Studies, in other units related to the student's area of study in Hilary Kahn ([email protected]) and their graduate engineering with permission of ISE. advisor, that best complements and furthers the student’s Qualifying Exam disciplinary and professional academic programs and specific regional interests. Qualifying exams include a written portion, tailored by faculty for students in each concentration, followed by Course Requirements an oral exam administered by the advisory committee. A minimum of 15 credit hours including: The exam should ensure a student is prepared to start Ph.D. research and should be at a level comparable • INTL-I701, Interdisciplinary Seminar in Issues and to a professional paper covering technologies in areas Approaches to Global Studies related to the student’s expected research. The qualifying Note: INTL-I702: Readings in Global Studies is examinations will normally be administered at the end of strongly recommended major and minor coursework. • Four electives (12 credit hours) from an approved Dissertation Proposal minor list of courses or as approved by the Director Prior to a student engaging in dissertation research, a of the Ph.D. Minor. research proposal must be approved by the student’s Examinations research committee. The proposal is to be defended at a public colloquium. Students complete the Minor through a capstone project that includes one of five options: (1) a specifically International Studies designated course; (2) an international internship; (3) School of Global and International Studies international field work; (4) a substantial paper; or, (5) a question on the student’s qualifying examination in the College of Arts and Sciences major department. Departmental Contact: [email protected]; (812) Ph.D. Minor in Human Rights 856-1816 Students in other departments may minor in Human Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~intlweb/ Rights. The curriculum explores the intersection of global and local contexts at the heart of human rights discourse. The Department of International Studies is affiliated It takes a holistic and multidisciplinary approach, asking with the new School of Global and International Studies students to be aware of how law, cultural values and (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to practice, social and political institutions, national and providing Indiana University graduate students with the supranational bodies, and policy interact, integrate, intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in and conflict with one another to create an international the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree human rights regime and the discourse and practice programs associated with SGIS emphasize language surrounding it. The program is applied as well as oriented proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training to research and theory. Students should contact the in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS Director of Graduate Studies in International Studies students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty ([email protected]) for additional information. and professional development opportunities. For further information regarding the mission, structure and resources Course Requirements of the School of Global and International Studies, see A minimum of 15 credit hours, including: http://sgis.indiana.edu/. • Three core courses (9 credit hours) Curriculum • INTL-I705, Human Rights Multidisciplinary Graduate Seminar (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The • ANTH-E600, Anthropology of Human Rights University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • LAW-B793, Human Rights or LAW-L793, contained only in The University Graduate School Seminar in Human Rights Bulletin.) • Two electives courses (6 credit hours) from an Degrees Offered approved minor list or as approved by the Director of the Ph.D. minor. Ph.D. Minor in Global Studies, Ph.D. Minor in Human Rights Examinations Special Departmental Requirements September 6, 2017 267

Completion of the minor is based on successfully finishing Students must complete a project that addresses an issue coursework in three academic areas beyond student’s appropriate to international studies. own discipline(s). INTL-I 701 Interdisciplinary Seminar in Issues and Courses Approaches in Global Studies (3 cr.) This graduate seminar is designed to stimulate students to think critically INTL-I 500 Topics in Global Studies (3 cr.) Explores about a broad range of theoretical and methodological a variety of world issues such as politics, religion, and issues involved in global research, including ethics, globalization; urbanization, space, and development; and qualitative and quantitative approaches, the intersection of international security in the 21st century. May be repeated the global and local, and research designs from different with a different topic for a maximum of 6 credit hours. disciplinary perspectives. INTL-I 502 Seminar in Global Health and Environment INTL-I 702 Independent Study in Global Studies (3 cr.) Advanced seminar examining pressing health (1-4 cr.) Independent research, investigation, and and environmental challenges around the world, such synthesis of scholarship that crosses disciplines. as deforestation, climate change, and the spread of Supervised by a faculty member upon the approval of the infectious diseases. Focuses on the interaction of health department. May be repeated for a maximum of 8 credits. and environmental problems that cross national borders and require a multinational or global effort to solve. INTL-I 705 Human Rights Multidisciplinary Graduate Seminar (3 cr.) This multidisciplinary seminar is the INTL-I 503 Seminar in Global Development (3 cr.) gateway course for the Ph.D. Minor in Human Rights, Advanced seminar that focuses on the interaction though students from all graduate programs and schools between social, political, and economic forces and with interests in human rights are welcome to attend. human development at global, national, and subnational scales; introduces theoretical perspectives on economic Faculty development and the function of markets. Chair INTL-I 504 Seminar in Human Rights and International William Rasch* Law (3 cr.) Advanced seminar that focuses on human rights discourse and the role international law, treaties Graduate Faculty and conventions play in addressing these rights globally. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Course is interdisciplinary in theory and method. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) INTL-I 505 Seminar in International Communication and the Arts (3 cr.) Advanced seminar focusing on the Professors circulation of ideas, images, and artistic expressions Nick Cullather*, Shane Greene*, Stephanie Kane*, across national borders as means of interpersonal Padraic Kenney*, William Rasch* and cultural forms of communication. Examines communication as a process governed by culture-specific Associate Professors and institution-specific rules. Purnima Bose*, Gardner Bovingdon*, Hamid Ekbia*, INTL-I 506 Seminar in Identity and Conflict (3 cr.) Michael Muehlenbein*, Philip Parnell*, Ron Sela* Advanced seminar in examining concepts of nationalism Assistant Professors and state ideology that shape the world's collective identities and contribute to conflicts nationally and Keera Allendorf, Phillip Bloom, Stephanie DeBoer, internationally. Margaret Graves*, Nur Amali Ibrahim INTL-I 510 Seminar in Diplomacy, Security, Senior Lecturer Governance (3 cr.) Advanced seminar examining the role of international organizations in maintaining global Hilary Kahn security and promoting global governance. Addresses Director of Graduate Studies issues of political and cultural diplomacy and their effect in international disputes. William Rasch*, Woodburn Hall 300, (812) 856-1816, [email protected] INTL-I 515 Research Methods in International Studies (3 cr.) Advanced seminar on research methodology Jewish Studies used in international studies. Completion before the student's international experience/internship is strongly College of Arts and Sciences recommended. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] INTL-I 550 Global Governance (3 cr.) Discussion of Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~jsp debates over global governance. Focus on specific Departmental Phone: (812) 855-0453 governance topics, including international organizations, law, and NGOs in creating order in global relations. Departmental Fax: (812) 855-4314 INTL-I 680 International Studies Master's Capstone (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (3 cr.) P:I515 This seminar is designed to consolidate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the studies of master's students who have completed University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements all International Studies graduate degree requirements. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) 268 September 6, 2017

Curriculum Dual M.A. in Jewish Studies and History The combined program will have a total of 52 credit hours, M.A. in Jewish Studies instead of the 62 hours required to attain the two degrees The M.A. in Jewish Studies provides students with separately. Students will take 5 courses counting towards the advanced interdisciplinary study and the language Jewish Studies and 5 courses counting towards History, background necessary to prepare them for doctoral as well as 12 credits of electives. programs in a disciplinary department or for nonacademic careers in the professional world and nonprofit sector. The Admission Requirements program will normally take two years to complete. The Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability program provides students with a working knowledge in and completion of the Graduate Record Examination. one or more languages relevant to the study of Jewish Second-year proficiency of Hebrew or another relevant culture (typically Modern Hebrew, Biblical Hebrew, and/ language is desirable but not a requirement for admission. or Yiddish), a broad exposure to the academic field of Students will have to meet admission requirements in the Jewish Studies across its different disciplines in the Department of History (refer to the University Graduate humanities and social sciences, and the analytical skills School Bulletin). crucial for doctoral education related to Jewish Studies or employment in the professional world. Course Requirements Admission Requirements 20 credit hours in Jewish Studies, including JSTU-H 520 (4 cr.) and 16 credits (at least four courses) taught Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability and by Jewish Studies faculty; 20 credit hours in History, completion of the Graduate Record Examination. Second- including HIST-H 601 and 16 credits of course work in the year proficiency of Hebrew or another relevant language is Department of History, with a minimum of one seminar desirable but not a requirement for admission. and two colloquia; 12 credits (at least three courses) Course Requirements of electives. Courses taken to fulfill requirements in the Department of History can include courses on Jewish A total of 32 credit hours. Students are required to history but cannot be identical with the courses counted complete JSTU-H 520 (4 cr.); 16 credits (at least four towards fulfillment of the Jewish Studies requirements. courses) to be distributed among courses taught by Jewish Studies faculty; and 12 credits (at least three Grades courses) of electives. Of the electives, 3 credits can be in Only courses that receive a grade of B- or higher will count JSTU-J 699 for research towards an M.A. thesis. towards fulfillment of the course requirements. Students Grades must retain an overall average in courses fulfilling the course requirements of B (3.0) or higher. Only courses that receive a grade of B- or higher will count towards fulfillment of the course requirements. Students Language Requirement must retain an overall average in courses fulfilling the Second-year reading proficiency in one language course requirements of B (3.0) or higher. relevant to the student’s research interest, normally Language Requirement Modern Hebrew, Yiddish, or Biblical Hebrew, is required for completion of the degree. Language courses in a Completion of the Jewish Studies M.A. requires second- language relevant for the student’s research interest, year reading proficiency in a language relevant to the normally Modern Hebrew, Yiddish, or Biblical Hebrew, can student’s research interest, normally Modern Hebrew, be counted to fulfill the elective credit requirement. Biblical Hebrew, or Yiddish. First and second year (elementary and intermediate level) language courses in M.A. Thesis, Comprehensive Exam, and History Field the first foreign language do not count towards the degree Review requirements but may be necessary to demonstrate To complete the Jewish Studies component of the dual proficiency. Up to 6 credits in a second relevant language M.A., students will have a choice of writing an M.A. thesis may be counted towards the required 16 credits of (not to exceed 40 pages or 12,000 words) or completing courses taught by Jewish Studies faculty. a comprehensive exam. Students who choose the thesis M.A. Thesis or Comprehensive Exam option will register for 3 credits under JSTU-J 699 and To complete the M.A. in Jewish Studies, students will have will be examined on the thesis by a committee of three a choice of writing an M.A. thesis (not to exceed 40 pages faculty members, at least two of whom must be Jewish or 12,000 words) or completing a comprehensive exam. Studies faculty. Students who select the comprehensive Students who choose the thesis option will register for 3 exam option will be examined on a reading list to be credits under JSTU-J 699 and will be examined on the selected in consultation with the exam committee, which thesis by a committee of three faculty members, at least will consist of three faculty members, at least two of whom two of whom must be Jewish Studies faculty. Students must be Jewish Studies faculty. In order to complete the who select the comprehensive exam option will be History component of the M.A., students will undergo a examined on a reading list to be selected in consultation field review in the Department of History, for which they with the exam committee, which will consist of three will submit two papers written for a History course, at least faculty members, at least two of whom must be Jewish one of which was written in a seminar. Studies faculty. Ph.D. Minor in Jewish Studies The Robert A. and Sandra S. Borns Jewish Studies Program supports the study of Jews and Judaism in September 6, 2017 269 all its forms from antiquity to the present. The program Lou and Sybil Mervis Chair in the Study of Jewish draws on disciplines including Anthropology, Comparative Culture Literature, English, Fine Arts, Germanic Studies, History, Musicology, Near Eastern Languages and Cultures, Judah Cohen* (Jewish Studies and Musicology) Political Science, Religious Studies, and Slavic and East Pat M. Glazer Chair in Jewish Studies European Languages and Cultures. Because of the interdis¬ciplinary nature of the Jewish Studies Program, Mark Roseman* (Jewish Studies and History) students can structure course work individually, according Rudy Professor of Political Science to their specific areas of interest. Jeffrey Isaac* (Political Science) Course Requirements Professors 15 hours of graduate credit in courses on Jewish Stud¬ies James S. Ackerman* (Emeritus, Religious Studies), Paul with a grade of B or higher. All students are required to Eisenberg* (Emeritus, Philosophy), Stephen Katz* (Jewish take a core course, JSTU-H 520 Colloquium in Jewish Studies and Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Studies. No more than two courses may be taken in the Dov-Ber Kerler* (Jewish Studies and Germanic Studies), student’s home department. No more than 6 credit hours Shaul Magid* (Jewish Studies and Religious Studies), of individualized readings can be applied to the minor. Herbert J. Marks* (Comparative Literature), Michael No more than 8 hours of transfer credit from another Morgan* (Emeritus, Jewish Studies and Philosophy), Mark institution may be applied to the minor. Relevant graduate Roseman* (Jewish Studies and History), Alvin Rosenfeld* courses from any discipline may be counted toward the (Jewish Studies and English) minor. With permission from a student’s home department, students may pursue an intensive minor in Jewish studies. Associate Professors The selection of courses must be approved by the Jew¬ish Studies Director of Graduate Studies. Judah Cohen* (Jewish Studies and Musicology), Aziza Khazzoom* (Jewish Studies and Near Eastern Languages Note: Some departments offer concentrations in Jewish and Cultures), Dina Spechler* (Political Science), Mirjam content within the department. For instance, doctoral Zadoff* (Jewish Studies and History) students in History can major in "Modern Jewish History." Doctoral students in Religious Studies can focus on Assistant Professors "Jewish Thought and Culture," "Ancient Mediterranean Guadalupe González Diéguez (Jewish Studies and Near and Near Eastern Religions," or "Religion in the Eastern Languages and Cultures), Sarah Imhoff (Jewish Americas." Studies and Religious Studies), Jason Mokhtarian (Jewish Ph.D. Minor in Yiddish Studies and Religious Studies), Noam Zadoff* (Jewish Studies and History) Students may complete a Ph.D. minor in Yiddish through the Department of Germanic Studies. Requirements Adjunct Professors include 12 credits, consisting of GER Y502, GER Y503, GER Y504, 3 remaining credits to be chosen from GER Joëlle Bahloul* (Emerita, Anthropology), Jack Bielasiak* Y505, GER Y506, GER Y815, and other courses focusing (Political Science), Michelle Facos* (History of Art), on non-language Yiddish topics. Susan Gubar* (Emerita, English), Jeffrey Isaac* (Political Science), Jeremy Schott (Religious Studies), Bronislava Faculty Volková* (Emerita, Slavics and East European Languages and Cultures) Director Sarah Imhoff (Jewish Studies and Religious Studies) Adjunct Associate Professors Director of Graduate Studies Halina Goldberg* (Music-Musicology), Jeremy Schott (Religious Studies), Jonathan Simons* (Communication Sarah Imhoff* (Jewish Studies and Religious Studies) and Culture) Graduate Faculty Senior Lecturer and Director of Modern Hebrew (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Language Program Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Ayelet Weiss, GISB 4009 , (812) 855-2338 Dr. Alice Field Cohn Chair in Yiddish Studies Senior Lecturer in Hebrew Dov-Ber Kerler* (Jewish Studies and Germanic Studies) Michal Maoz-Levy Alvin H. Rosenfeld Chair in Jewish Studies Lecturer in Hebrew Mirjam Zadoff* (Jewish Studies and History) Dmitry Romashov Irving M. Glazer Chair in Jewish Studies Alvin H. Rosenfeld * (Jewish Studies and English) Courses Jay and Jeanie Schottenstein Chair in Jewish Studies Jewish Studies JSTU-H 500 Topics in Jewish Studies (3 cr.) Topics: Shaul Magid* (Jewish Studies and Religious Studies) Jewish Thought; Zionism and Contemporary Israel Intensive study of selected topics and issues in Jewish Studies. May be repeated with different topics for credit. 270 September 6, 2017

JSTU-H 520 Colloquium in Jewish Studies (4 cr.) World; Ghetto, Shtetl, and Beyond: Millennium of the This course is an interdisciplinary survey of various History and Sociology of Yiddish; History and Society of methodologies and approaches to the field of Jewish Yiddish; A Language Without an Army: Functions and studies. Conceptions of Yiddish Through the Ages; Readings in Yiddish Ethnography: Folklore and Dialectology; Yiddish in JSTU-H 595 Directed Readings in Jewish Studies America; Yiddish Life: On Page, On Stage, On Screen. (1-3 cr.) Directed readings in various topics in Jewish Studies; topics, credit hours, and readings to be GER-Y 815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Studies: determined in consultation with faculty member with whom Language, Literature and Culture (1-4 cr.) the student wishes to work. May be repeated twice for up to 6 credit hours. History HIST-H 620 Colloquium in Modern Western European JSTU-J 699 M.A. Thesis in Jewish Studies (3 cr.) The History (4 cr.) Topics: Approaches to Jewish Studies; A thesis should not exceed 40 pages or 12,000 words. Century of Genocide; Globalization and Jewish History; Thesis defense before a committee of three faculty Historiography of the Holocaust; Jews in Modern Europe; members, at least two of whom must be Jewish Studies Life after Death: Rebuilding Germany after World War II. faculty. HIST-H 640 Colloquium in Russian History (4 cr.) JSTU-P 598 Internship in Jewish Studies (1-6 cr.) S/ Topics: Jews in Eastern Europe; The Holocaust in the F grading. Through internships, students make particular Soviet Union use of their skills, learn new skills, and start to build professional contacts in their field of interest HIST-H 645 Colloquium in East European History (4 cr.) Topic: Jews of Eastern Europe; Jews of Modern Comparative Literature Europe. CMLT-C 505 Western Literary and Intellectual Traditions to 1500 (4 cr.) Topic: Ancient Mediterranean HIST-H 680 Colloquium in Cultural History (4 cr.) Literature and the Rise of Interpretation HIST-H 720 Seminar in Modern Western European CMLT-C 545 The Bible and Western Literature (4 cr.) History (4 cr.) (when topic focuses on Hebrew Bible) Topics: The Poetics HIST-H 745 Seminar in East European History (4 cr.) of Biblical Narrative; Prophecy and Poetry. HIST-H 780 Seminar in Cultural History (4 cr.) English ENG-W 602 Contemporary Theories in Rhetoric and Institute for Biblical and Literary Studies Composition (4 cr.) Topic: Rhetoric, Representation, and IBLS-I 600 Colloquium in Biblical and Literary Studies the Holocaust. (4 cr.) (when topic focuses on Hebrew Bible) ENG-L 761 American Poetry (4 cr.) Topic: Near Eastern Languages and Culture Conceptualizing Culture after Auschwitz NELC-B 501 Elementary Biblical Hebrew I (3 cr.) ENG-L 762 Research in Composition, Literacy, and NELC-B 502 Elementary Biblical Hebrew II (3 cr.) Culture (4 cr.) Topic: Rhetoric, Representation, and the NELC-B 503 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew I (3 cr.) Holocaust NELC-B 504 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew II (3 cr.) ENG-L 780 Special Studies in English and American Literature (4 cr.) Topic: Literature of the Holocaust NELC-H 501 Elementary Hebrew I (3 cr.) Folklore NELC-H 502 Elementary Hebrew II (3 cr.) FOLK-F 545 Folk Narrative (3 cr.) Topic: Narrative in Musical Theatre NELC-H 503 Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (3 cr.) FOLK-F 634 Jewish Folklore and Ethnology (3 cr.) NELC-H 504 Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (3 cr.) Topic: Aesthetics of Jewish Life NELC-H 505 Advanced Modern Hebrew I (3 cr.) Germanic Studies NELC-H 506 Advanced Modern Hebrew II (3 cr.) GER-Y 501 Beginning Yiddish I (3 cr.) NELC-H 575 Introductory Readings in Hebrew GER-Y 502 Beginning Yiddish II (3 cr.) Literature (3 cr.) GER-Y 503 Intermediate Yiddish I (3 cr.) NELC-H 590 Intensive Elementary Hebrew (4 cr.) GER-Y 504 Intermediate Yiddish II (3 cr.) NELC-N 511 Foreign Study in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures (2-8 cr.) GER-Y 505 Topics in Yiddish Literature (3 cr.) Topics: Fantasy, Realism, and Fiction: The First Century of NELC-N 587 Modern Hebrew Literature in English Modern Yiddish Literature, 1810-1913; Love, Soul, and (3 cr.) Destiny in Modern Yiddish Literature; Readings in Modern Yiddish Poetry; Selected Readings in 20th-Century NELC-N 588 Recent Hebrew Literature in English Yiddish Fiction. (3 cr.) GER-Y 506 Topics in Yiddish Culture (3 cr.) Topics: NELC-N 591 Directed Readings in Hebrew (1-6 cr.) Aspects of Modern Yiddish Culture, 1880-1980; Culture, NELC-N 675 The Kibbutz in Fact and Fiction (3 cr.) Memory, and Identity: Yiddish in the Post-Holocaust September 6, 2017 271

NELC-N 687 Modern Hebrew Literature in Hebrew Folklore and Ethnomusicology (jointly with the Department (3 cr.) of Folklore and Ethnomusicology), dual Master of Arts and J.D. in Law (jointly with the Maurer School of Law), and NELC-N 691 Research in Medieval Hebrew Texts (3 cr.) Doctor of Philosophy. NELC-N 695 Graduate Topics in Near Eastern Special School Requirements Languages and Cultures (1-4 cr.) Topics: Biblical Themes in Modern Hebrew Literature in English; Gender, (See also general University Graduate School Difference, and Israel; Introductory Readings in Hebrew requirements.) Literature; Israeli Film and Fiction; Modern Hebrew Literature in English; Recent Hebrew Literature in English; Master’s Degrees Recent Hebrew Literature in Hebrew; S. Y. Agnon and the Master of Arts Degree Jewish Experience. Four programs (sequences) are available: digital journalism; global jounalism; health and science NELC-N 708 Seminar in Judaic Literature (3 cr.) journalism; political journalism. Religious Studies Admission Requirements REL-R 511 Religion of Ancient Israel (3 cr.) (1) A superior record in the undergraduate major from REL-R 521 Studies in Early Christianity (3 cr.) Topics: a recognized institution, (2) an appropriate level of Ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern Religions; Paul achievement on the Graduate Record Examination and His Influence in Early Christianity. General Test, (3) three letters of recommendation, and (4) a 500-word statement of purpose. REL-R 541 Studies in the Jewish Tradition (3 cr.) Superior students who have not majored in journalism REL-R 610 Studies in Biblical Literature and Religion or mass communications are encouraged to apply. The (4 cr.) school accepts applications for admission to our M.A. program at any time. REL-R 615 The Bible in Literature Courses (4 cr.) Grades REL-R 660 Religion and Culture (4 cr.) Topics: American Jewish Thought and Culture; Studies in B (3.0) average or above required. American Judaism: Theological and Cultural Perspectives. Master of Arts Degree REL-R 663 History of Biblical Interpretation (4 cr.) Course Requirements REL-R 672 Religious Thought and Ethics (4 cr.) Topic: A total of 30 credit hours, each sequence with specific The Jewish Jesus: From Antiquity to the Present requirements. A special arrangement with the Department of Information and Library Science allows a 12 credit REL-R 714 Studies in Jewish Thought and Culture minor in that school. (4 cr.) Political Journalism Sequence (30 cr.) REL-R 763 History of Biblical Interpretation (4 cr.) • J500 Introduction to Mass Media Research (3 cr.) REL-R 793 Advanced Biblical Study (1-4 cr.) • J501 Public Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) Journalism • J502 Quantitative Research Methods (3 cr.) • J510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) School of Journalism • J571 Media Theory (3 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] • J572 The Press and the Constitution (3 cr.) Departmental URL: http://mediaschool.indiana.edu/ • J660 Public Opinion (3 cr.) • J673 Government and Media (3 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • J700 Thesis or Specialized Reporting Project (3 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • plus a journalism elective (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School Global Journalism Sequence (30 cr.) Bulletin.) • J500 Introduction to Mass Media Research (3 cr.) Curriculum • J502 Quantitative Research Methods (3 cr.) Degrees Offered • J510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) This legacy program is no longer accepting new • J518 International Media Experiences (4 cr.) applicants. Please see the 2016-2017 Media School • J530 Issues in New Communication Technology (3 entry for new program requirements related to this area of cr.) study. • J560 Topics Colloquium: Media and International Affairs (3 cr.) Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, dual • J560 Topics Colloquium: Foreign News Coverage (3 Master of Arts and Master of Library Science (jointly cr.) with the Department of Information and Library • J614 Communication and National Development (3 Science), dual Master of Arts and Master of Public cr.) Affairs, dual Master of Arts and Master of Science in Environmental Science (jointly with the School of Public • J700 Thesis or Specialized Reporting Project (3 cr.) and Environmental Affairs), dual Master of Arts with • plus a journalism elective (3 cr.) 272 September 6, 2017

Health and Science Journalism Sequence (30 cr.) Dual Master of Arts and Master of Public Affairs • J501 Public Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) (M.P.A.) The School of Journalism and the School of Public and • J502 Quantitative Research Methods (3 cr.) Environmental Affairs collaborate in a combined master’s • J510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) degree program that addresses the demand for specialists • J520 Seminar in Visual Communication (3 cr.) who combine public management and public policy with • or J563 Computerized Publication Design I (3 public affairs reporting and writing or the study of media cr.) in society. The program prepares students for positions • or J565 Computerized Publication Design II (3 in the media, government, business, and nonprofit cr.) organizations. Candidates for the combined degree complete core requirements and elective courses from • or J560 Topics Colloquium: Informational the School of Journalism. Candidates must be admitted to Graphics (3 cr.) both schools. • J554 Science Writing (3 cr.) Candidates also complete the core requirements for the • J560 Topics Colloquium: Health Reporting (3 cr.) M.P.A. and 15 additional credit hours selected from an • J572 The Press and the Constitution (3 cr.) approved list of courses offered by the School of Public • J592 Media Internship with Media Outlets Suggested and Environmental Affairs. (3 cr.) • J700 Thesis or Specialized Reporting Project (3 cr.) Program Requirements (57 credit hours) • plus a journalism elective (3 cr.) Master of Arts in Journalism Requirements (21 credit hours) Digital News Journalism Sequence (30 cr.) Twenty-one (21) credit hours are required for the Master • J505 Intensive Reporting, Writing, and Editing of Arts in Journalism. For specific requirements, see the Workshop (3 cr.) School of Journalism Bulletin. • J510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) • J516 Digital Journalism Practicum I (6 cr.) Master of Public Affairs Requirements (36 credit • J565 Computerized Publication Design II (6 cr.) hours) • J700 Specialized Reporting Project (Capstone) (3 Required Courses (21 credit hours) cr.) • plus 9 additional journalism credits (9 cr.) • SPEA V502 Public Management (3 cr.) • SPEA V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective (The course requirements listed for the Digital News Decision Making (3 cr.) Journalism Track are tentative. New graduate students in • SPEA V517 Public Management Economics (3 cr.) the Digital New Journalism sequence must enroll in J505 • SPEA V540 Law and Public Affairs (3 cr.) and J510 during late summer, befoe the fall semester. Both of these courses count toward the 30 credit hours • SPEA V560 Public Finance and Budgeting (3 cr.) required for the Digital News Journalism Sequence.) • SPEA V600 Capstone in Public and Environmental Affairs (3 cr.) Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Major Field Course Requirements Specialization Courses (18 credit hours) A minimum of 20 credit hours in journalism, advertising Each student is required to develop a specialized (marketing), and telecommunications. Consult the concentration comprised of courses approved by a SPEA associate dean for graduate studies for specific degree faculty advisor. Concentration must be in SPEA. requirements. Dual Master of Arts and Master of Science in Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science Environmental Science (M.S.E.S.) Degrees General Requirements Admission Requirements A total of 58 credit hours is required for the dual Master Students must be admitted by both the School of of Arts and Master of Science in Environmental Science Journalism and the Department of Information and Library (M.S.E.S.). Science. Requirements for admission to the School of Admission Requirements Journalism are the same as those for the M.A. degree. Students must be admitted by both the School of Course Requirements Journalism and the School of Public and Environmental A total of 21 credit hours in journalism, including J500, Affairs. Requirements for admission to the School of J510, J651, a graduate-level reporting course, either Journalism are the same as those for the M.A. degree. a professional skills course or J800, and 6 additional Journalism Course Requirements credit hours of graduate journalism electives. Thirty (30) credit hours are required in the Department of Requirements: A total of 21 credit hours in journalism, Information and Library Science (ILS), including the M.L.S. including J510, J502 (Quantitative Research Methods Foundation courses (18 credit hours), and other required for Journalists), J572, three graduate level professional- and elective ILS courses (12 credit hours) to bring the total skills classes and 3 additional credit hours of graduate of Information and Library Science credit hours to 30. journalism electives. September 6, 2017 273

Note: A student without an undergraduate journalism Credit Hours degree may be required to take J505 Reporting/Editing Workshop. The joint program would require a minimum of 79 hours in law and 30 hours in Journalism. SPEA Course Requirements Curriculum Thirty-seven (36) credit hours are required for the M.S.E.S. (Master of Science in Environmental Science). See above curriculum for Master of Arts degree, Research and Teaching Track or the Master of Arts degree, The M.S.E.S. requirements include E526, E527, E536, Professional Track. E538, E552, V517 plus an additional 18 credits in a concentration area to be decided in consultation with a Doctor of Philosophy Degree SPEA MSES advisor (faculty member). The School of Journalism offers the Doctor of Philosophy degree in mass communications, journalism track. Dual Master of Arts with Folklore and Ethnomusicology Admission Requirements Admission Requirements (1) Master’s degree from a recognized institution, (2) superior record in the major subject, (3) appropriate level Students must be admitted by both the School of of achievement on the Graduate Record Examination Journalism and the Department of Folklore and General Test, (4) three letters of recommendation, and (5) Ethnomusicology, which is part of the College of Arts and a 500-word statement of purpose. Students who have not Sciences. Requirements for admission to the School of majored in mass communications at either the bachelor’s Journalism are the same as those for the M.A. degree. or master’s level are encouraged to apply. Consult the Journalism Course Requirements associate dean for graduate studies on whether graduate credit can be granted for course work done at the M.A. A total of 24 credit hours in journalism, including level. J505, J510, J502 (Quantitative Research Methods for Journalists), J572, one graduate level visual professional- The school accepts applications for admission to our skills class, two professional-skills classes, and 3 Ph.D. program for fall semester only. The deadline for additional credit hours of graduate journalism electives. applications is December 1 for international students and January 15 for U.S. students. Folklore and Ethnomusicology Course Requirements Course Requirements A minimum of 24 credit hours in folklore and ethnomusicology, including: F501; and any one of the (1) Foundation core of J500, J600, J651, J570 or J571, following: F516, F517, E522, E529; plus either of the J555 and one statistics course. (2) Either proficiency following: F523 or F525; plus five additional Folklore in depth in an appropriate language, usually French, courses (15 credits), must be approved by Folklore German, Russian, or Spanish; or completion of an adviser prior to enrollment; plus reading proficiency in approved set of three tool-skill courses. With the one modern foreign language; plus a final thesis/project. permission of the director of graduate studies, these Students in this dual program are required to complete courses may be counted in the concentration areas. (3) At the thesis/project that is required for the Folklore and least two other approved courses at the 600 level in the Ethnomusicology M.A. They may develop their thesis/ School of Journalism. These courses may be counted in project to integrate their Folklore and Ethnomusicology the concentration areas. (4) Twenty-one (21) to 27 credit interests and their Journalism interests, with a committee hours in each of two concentration areas; and up to 27 of two Folklore/Ethnomusicology faculty and one or more credit hours in electives and dissertation for a minimum of Journalism faculty. 90 credit hours. In addition to the 24 credits required by the School of Much of the concentration area course work will be Journalism and the 24 credits required by Folklore and taken in departments outside the School of Journalism. Ethnomusicology, students must complete at least two Students, in consultation with their faculty advisors, additional credit hours to fulfill the university’s 50-credit should construct concentration areas according to minimum for any dual M.A. their own research interests. The concentration areas may be selected from the following: (1) international Dual Master of Arts and J.D. in Law communication, (2) history and philosophy of Admission communication, (3) communication law, (4) the media and Students may apply to the School of Journalism on the public policy, (5) economics and media management, (6) Bloomington campus at the same time they apply to media and social systems, (7) political communication, the Maurer School of Law on the Bloomington campus. (8) communication and culture, (9) visual communication, Students already enrolled in the Maurer School of and (10) communication ethics. With the approval of the Law may apply to the School of Journalism up to the advisory committee, students may choose other areas completion of their second year of law study. Students of concentration more closely related to their interests. enrolled in School of Journalism may apply to the Maurer Students should consult their faculty advisors in selecting School of Law up to the end of their first year of the courses in concentration areas. master’s program. Students would customarily spend the Grades first year in the Maurer School of Law and thereafter divide the second, third, and fourth years between the two units. B (3.0) average or above required overall and in School of Journalism course work. 274 September 6, 2017

Periodic Review Michael R. Evans* At the beginning of the second year, members of the Graduate Faculty graduate faculty together with the student’s advisor will (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University meet with the student’s first-year instructors to examine Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct the grade and research records of each graduate student doctoral dissertations.) to assess the student’s strengths and areas in need of attention. Any student whose achievements and potential Professors fall far below standard will be discouraged from further Trevor Brown* (Emeritus), Claude H. Cookman*, Dan work. Drew* (Emeritus), Jack E. Dvorak* (Emeritus), Peter Advisory Committee Selection Jacobi* (Emeritus), Shannon E. Martin*, David P. Nord* (Emeritus), Christine L. Ogan* (Emerita),Radhika During the first semester of the second year of course Parameswaran*, Carol C. Polsgrove* (Emerita), Steven work, students will select four faculty members to serve on Laurence Raymer, David H. Weaver* (Emeritus), G. the advisory committee. Most students select one member Cleveland Wilhoit* (Emeritus), Lars Willnat for the core, one for each of the two concentration areas, and one for methodology. The chair of the advisory Associate Professors committee must be a member of the journalism faculty. David Boeyink* (Emeritus), Bonnie Jeanne One other member of the committee must come from Brownlee, Michael Thomas Conway*, Jon Paul journalism. A least two of the members must be on the Dilts*(Emeritus), Michael Evans*, Anthony L. Fargo*, graduate faculty, and one must be from outside the Owen V. Johnson*, James Kelly, Lesa Hatley Major*, S. journalism and telecommunications faculty. The outside Holly Stocking* (Emerita) member usually represents one of the concentration areas. Assistant Professors Qualifying Examination Hans Ibold, Jae Kook Lee, Emily Metzgar Each student is evaluated for Ph.D. candidacy in the Senior Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and following ways: at the completion of course work, the Research student will take (1) a four-hour written examination on Professor Lesa Hatley Major*, Ernie Pyle Hall 200H, (812) the foundation core, (2) a problem-solving, take-home 855-8111 examination on methodology, (3) a four-hour written examination on the first concentration area, (4) a four-hour Courses written examination on the second concentration area; and following the written examinations, (5) a comprehensive JOUR-J 500 Introduction to Mass Media Research oral examination administered by the student’s advisory (3 cr.) Seminar on content analysis, experiments, survey committee. (The written and oral examinations must be methods, qualitative research, historical and legal completed within a period of no more than four weeks.) methodology. Development of media research proposals. Research Committee Selection JOUR-J 501 Public Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) Lectures and roundtable discussion of problems in covering public The research committee will consist of four faculty affairs issues at the national, state, and local levels. members, one from outside the School of Journalism and Emphasis on reporting on government, social welfare the Department of Telecommunications. The chairperson agencies, elections, political parties, special interest and at least one other member of the committee must groups, and other areas of general public interest. be journalism faculty. The members may be, but need not be, the same as those who served on the advisory JOUR-J 502 Quantitative Research Methods for committee, and the chairperson may be the same or Journalists (3 cr.) Introduction to social science principles different. The chairperson should be a full member of the of measurement, sampling, statistical inferences and logic graduate faculty. All members must be members of the of research design in collection, analysis and interpretation graduate faculty, and at least half the committee must be of information used in journalism and mass media. full members. JOUR-J 505 Intensive Reporting, Writing, and Editing Final Examination Workshop (3-6 cr.) This course introduces graduate students to the fundamental practices and principles of Oral, primarily a defense of the dissertation. writing, reporting, editing and design for the print media. Ph.D. Minor in Journalism Students will develop skills in news judgment, document- based information gathering, interviewing, observation and Students outside the School of Journalism must take description, news and feature writing, ethics, page layout, 12 credit hours of graduate course work in the School headline writing, copy editing, content editing, and photo of Journalism to earn a minor. Upon consultation with editing. the associate dean for graduate studies, students may organize a minor tailored to their interests, but they must JOUR-J 510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) submit the proposed program of study to the Graduate Examination of structure, functions, ethics, and Committee of the School of Journalism for approval. performance of communication and mass media, stressing a review of pertinent research literature. Analysis of media Faculty policies and performance in light of communication theory Dean and current economic, political, and social thought. September 6, 2017 275

JOUR-J 514 International Communication (3 cr.) JOUR-J 544 Science, Society, and Media (3 cr.) An Comparative analysis of international media systems. examination of science in society, with a particular look at Course topics and geographical regions studied vary from research and commentary on media coverage of science semester to semester. and technology. Reading, reflection, and discussion of both theoretical and practical issues, and independent JOUR-J 516 Digital News Practicum I (6 cr.) News reading and research on a topic of the student’s own production in the WFIU and WTIU studios supervised by choosing. School of Journalism faculty. JOUR-J 551 Seminar: Reporting the Law (3 cr.) JOUR-J 517 Digital News Practicum II (6 cr.) News Study of public affairs aspects of the law. Research and production in the WFIU and WTIU studios supervised by reporting on timely topics pertaining to the courts, the legal School of Journalism faculty. profession, and law enforcement agencies particularly as JOUR-J 518 International Media Experience (4 cr.) they relate to the social-political-economic order. Travel to or study of media systems beyond domestic JOUR-J 552 Seminar: Reporting the Arts (3 cr.) environment. Principles of literary, theater, art, dance, and music JOUR-J 520 Seminar in Visual Communication (3 cr.) reporting and criticism. Emphasis on the preparation of Integration of advanced visual communication skills, articles for publication. including photography, writing, and editing. Individual JOUR-J 553 Education and the Media (3 cr.) Study of projects in packaging news and public affairs information. problems and issues in such areas as school finance, Emphasis on experimentation with message forms outside curriculum development, teaching methodology, and the constraints of the traditional news media. politics of education. Research and reporting on current JOUR-J 525 Colloquium in Scholastic Journalism trends in the field. (1-3 cr.) Examination of problems in teaching journalism JOUR-J 554 Science Writing (3 cr.) Exploration of the and supervising school publications. Topics may include challenges and opportunities associated with writing impact on scholastic journalism of changes in educational about science for nonscientists. Reading and discussion philosophy, law, financial support, and technology. May be of articles and texts about communicating science to repeated for state certification to teach secondary school nonscientists, and practical exercises in reporting and journalism, but no more than 6 credits may be counted writing. toward graduate degree. JOUR-J 555 Teaching Mass Communications in JOUR-J 528 Public Relations Management (3 cr.) College (3 cr.) Exploration of the theory and practice of Designed to enable students to manage a public relations college pedagogy. Specific attention to skills required for department. Theories and principles relevant to public teaching mass communications. Includes development of relations practiced in agency, corporate, and not-for-profit a new course syllabus and teaching portfolio. organizations will be covered. This will include developing goals and objectives, working with clients, developing JOUR-J 556 Seminar: Urban Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) budgets, and research methods. Study of current urban problems, such as air pollution, transportation, inner-city redevelopment, ghetto life, and JOUR-J 529 Public Relations Campaigns (3 cr.) metropolitan government. Research and reporting on Designed to provide students with the opportunity to timely topics. develop and execute a Public relations campaign for a local not-for-profit organization. Students will be exposed JOUR-J 560 Topics Colloquium (1-4 cr.) Topical to relevant Public relations theory and in-depth case study seminar dealing with changing subjects and material from analysis. semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit with a different topic. JOUR-J 530 Issues in New Communication Technology (3 cr.) Study of the political, economic, JOUR-J 563 Computerized Publication Design I (3 cr.) social, legal, and historical issues involved in the This publishing design course incorporates typesetting, introduction and diffusion of communication technologies. electronic photo editing, graphics, and page design. Research on the uses and potential effects of new Students are instructed in design theory, computer technologies on the structure and practice of journalism publishing skills, and creative problem solving. and mass media. JOUR-J 565 Computerized Publication Design II (3 cr.) JOUR-J 531 Public Relations for Nonprofits (3 cr.) This advanced publishing design course builds on J563 This graduate seminar focuses on how a nonprofit Computerized Design I and incorporates advanced work in organization creates images and how it shapes its color, type design, computer illustration, creative problem programs and goals to gain public support. Assignments solving, and an introduction to print production. and readings are designed to foster a theoretical and practical understanding of promotional techniques and JOUR-J 570 Theory and Research: Individual Level campaigns using journalistic and other media. (3 cr.) Introduction to the theory and research relevant to mass media studies at the individual level of analysis. JOUR-J 542 Arts, Media, and Society (3 cr.) Study Corresponds to R541 in the telecommunications of issues in arts journalism and the role of the arts in department. mass media and society. Lectures by guest experts and independent research on current trends and problems in JOUR-J 571 Theory and Research: Macro-Social Level the field, emphasizing the public affairs aspects of the arts. (3 cr.) Introduction to theoretical orientations and research findings at the macro-social level of analysis. 276 September 6, 2017

JOUR-J 572 The Press and the Constitution (3 cr.) relationship between the media and political, economic, Seminar on specialized topics concerning the rights social, and cultural trends in the United States. and obligations of mass media under the Bill of Rights. Research and discussion on law of privacy, access, and JOUR-J 651 Qualitative Methods in Mass other constitutional problems. Communication Research (3 cr.) Seminar on qualitative, historical, and legal research methods for mass JOUR-J 573 Ethnographic Reporting and Writing communication research. (3 cr.) This skills course explores the ethnographic, community-based approach to magazine journalism. JOUR-J 653 The Media in the Twentieth Century Students will gain an understanding of how communities (3 cr.) Seminar on topics in the history and philosophy invest themselves, and how to report from this of the communication media in the twentieth century, perspective. stressing both continuity and change in an age of rapid technological growth for print and electronic media in the JOUR-J 574 Gender and Media (3 cr.) This course United States and in selected areas of the world. exposes students to work in the broad interdisciplinary arena of gender and media. It will address the complex JOUR-J 655 Ethics and Journalism (3 cr.) Exploration ways gender conceptions structure the cultural and of the role of ethics in journalism. Using literature that economic landscape of media, including newspaper, examines ethics in the context of journalism practice, television, magazines, advertising, and photography. the course will analyze ways journalists attempt to deny or limit the role of ethical values. Special attention to JOUR-J 575 Student Press Law and Ethics (1-3 cr.) objectivity, freedom, and casuistry. This course explores legal and ethical dilemmas surrounding high school student media. This course traces JOUR-J 660 Topics Colloquium (3 cr.) Topical seminar the history of the student rights movement, especially dealing with changing subjects and material from concentrating on student press rights and responsibilities. semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit. JOUR-J 576 Management of School Publications JOUR-J 672 Topics in Communication Law (3 cr.) (1-3 cr.) This course will focus on high school press Independent research and roundtable analysis of selected advertising and management. It examines faculty, problems in communication law. administration, and staff relations; management JOUR-J 673 Government and Mass Media (3 cr.) techniques; staff and editorial policies; legal and ethical Independent research and roundtable analysis of political responsibilities; and trends in the high school press. communication and government-media relations. JOUR-J 577 Yearbook Advising (1-3 cr.) This class JOUR-J 700 Specialized Reporting Project (3 cr.) This focuses on high school yearbook advising. The course course is eligible for a deferred grade. will cover yearbook financial management, business contracts, common components of marketing/sales, JOUR-J 800 M.A. Thesis or Creative Project (3 cr.) This faculty/administration/staff management, supervising course is eligible for a deferred grade. techniques, and legal and ethical responsibilities. JOUR-J 804 Readings and Research in Journalism JOUR-J 592 Media Internship (1-3 cr.) Professional (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. experience in media. Students hold work assignments with Graduate media organizations. Grading is on an S/F basis. Arranged GRAD-G 741 Ph.D. Research in Mass Communications through the associate dean for graduate studies office. (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. GRAD-G 790 Readings and Research in Mass JOUR-J 600 Quantitative Methods in Mass Communications (1-3 cr.) This course is eligible for a Communication Research (3 cr.) P: J500 or R500, and deferred grade. one statistics course. Advanced behavioral methods in the analysis of mass communication data. Practice in Landscape Studies analyzing data with computerized statistical programs. College of Arts and Sciences JOUR-J 614 Communication and National Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Development (3 cr.) Study of the structure and roles of the mass media in national development and the Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~landskib application of communication theory and technology to the (Please note that when conferring University Graduate problems of development and social change. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The JOUR-J 624 Russian and East European Area Media University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Systems (3 cr.) Investigation of theory and practice contained only in The University Graduate School of communications systems in the region, including Bulletin.) history, news content, institutions, journalists, technology, economic and political pressures, as well as audience and Curriculum international influences. Ph.D. Minor in Landscape Studies JOUR-J 650 History and Philosophy of the Media The Landscape Studies Program encourages (3 cr.) Lectures and discussion on the origins, the interdisciplinary study and critical analysis of historical growth, and the philosophical roots of the landscape. The program offers training in this important communication media, with particular emphasis on the multidisciplinary field that has grown in importance in the last decade. The program is one of a very few programs in September 6, 2017 277 the U.S. that focus explicitly on Landscape Studies at the Eric Sandweiss* (Carmony Chair, History), Reyes Vila- graduate level. Belda* (Spanish and Portuguese) Admission and Program of Study Associate Professor Emeritus In collaboration with the Landscape Studies director and Charles Greer* (Geography) the student’s major program advisor, students are required to submit a Program of Study to the Landscape Studies Courses Advisory Committee for final approval. The Program Courses which meet the criteria of the Ph.D. Minor in of Study will provide the rationale for the student’s Landscape Studies come from several disciplines and proposed curriculum and will list the courses, with professional schools. All students are expected to take alternative selections in the event such courses are not L800. offered on a timely basis, that will serve as the student’s minor program. With the Landscape Studies Advisory GRAD-L 800 Seminar in Landscape Studies (3 cr.) Committee’s approval of the Program of Study, the An interdisciplinary graduate seminar in landscape studies student will become officially enrolled in the Landscape that provides students with an understanding of the history Studies Program. of landscape studies, basic theoretical tools, and an overview of principal landscape studies themes. Students Ph.D. Minor Requirements are required to engage in fieldwork as part of the class. Requirements for the Landscape Studies Ph.D. minor encourage graduate students to develop a program GRAD-L 830 Readings in Landscape Studies (3 cr.) of academic inquiry that complements their doctoral P: Consent of the director. program and takes advantage of the wide range of Supervised readings on selected topics in landscape College of Arts and Sciences faculty with training in the studies. fields of landscape geography, environmental history, landscape literature and art, and landscape architecture. Crosslisted Courses Each program is developed in consultation between the student and the Landscape Studies director. Students Crosslisted Courses must complete L800: Seminar in Landscape Studies, a suitable theory course, an approved elective course, Cross-Listed Courses that Count toward the Minor and a directed readings course focused on landscape and the Certificate studies with a member of the Landscape Studies faculty The following is a list of courses that were offered in and approved by the Landscape Studies director for a total the recent past and are expected to be offered again. of 12 credit hours. Of hours counted toward the minor, This list is subject to change. A current list of courses at least 9 must be from outside the student’s major field. for each semester may be obtained via the Center for Additionally, the Landscape Studies Program will submit Latin American and Caribbean website. Students should one question for the student’s qualifying examination. consult with the Director of Graduate Studies prior to Faculty registering for courses to ensure they will count towards their graduate degree in Latin American and Caribbean Graduate Minor Director Studies. Daniel C. Knudsen* (Geography) AFRICAN AM & AFRI DIASPORA STD (AAAD) AAAD-A 500 INTR AFRC AM&AFRC DIASP PART I (3 Departmental E-mail [email protected] CR) Departmental URL http://www.iub.edu/~landskib AAAD-A 557 RACE & POLITICS-AFRICAN DIASPORA (4 CR) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate AAAD-A 605 RACE AND THE GLOBAL CITY, PART 1 (3 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The CR) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School AMERICAN STUDIES (AMST) Bulletin. Requirements may or may not be reflected AMST-G 697 RESEARCH IN TRANSNATIONAL AMST (4 identically in departmental URL’s.) CR) Graduate Faculty VT: RACE, RELIGION, AND EMPIRE IN THE (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University AMERICAS Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) ANTHROPOLOGY (ANTH) ANTH-E 600 SEMINAR CULTURAL & SOCIAL ANTH (3 Professors CR) Michelle Facos* (History of Art), Daniel Knudsen* VT: BLOOD, MONEY, AND VALUE (Geography), Edward Linenthal* (History) ANTH-E 644 PEOPLE AND PROTECTED AREAS ANTH-E 656 THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF RACE (3 CR) Associate Professors ANTH-E 660 ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY SEMINAR (3 CR) Laurel Cornell* (Sociology), Owen Dwyer III (Geogreaphy, VT: ARTS: CREATIVITY & COLLABORATION IUPUI), Stephanie Kane* (Criminal Justice), Vicky Meretsky* (Applied Ecology, Public and Environmental Affairs), Phaedra Pezzullo* (Communication and Culture); FOLKLORE AND ETHNOMUSICOLOGY (FOLK) 278 September 6, 2017

FOLK-F 638 LATIN AMER FOLKLORE/FOLK MUSIC (3 The teaching mission aims toward interdisciplinary training CR) in the Latin American and Caribbean area in a three- to four semester (30 credit hours) M.A. program, specifically SPANISH & PORTUGUESE (HISP) tailored to those preparing for business, government, HISP-P 505 LIT & FILM IN PORTUGUESE (3 CR) foreign service, or secondary school and junior college HISP-P 515 WOMEN WRITING IN PORTUGUESE (3 CR) teaching opportunities. Advanced work in at least two HISP-P 525 STRUCTURE OF PORTUGUESE fields and one interdisciplinary seminar give depth and LANGUAGE (3 CR) breadth to such an education. HISP-P 695 LUSO-BRAZILIAN COLLOQUIUM (3 CR) Students working on the Ph.D. in other departments may VT: AGING, GENDER & SOCIETY IN LUSOPHONE also qualify for an area certificate or outside minor in Latin LITERATURE American and Caribbean Studies. HISP-S 558 COLONIAL SPANISH AMERICAN LIT(3 CR) HISP-S 568 19TH & 20TH-CENT SPAN AMER LIT (3 CR) Special Program Requirements HISP-S 578 20TH & 21ST CENT SPAN AMER LIT (3 CR) HISP-S 659 TOPICS IN COLONIAL SPANISH (See also general University Graduate School AMERICAN LITERATURE (3 CR) requirements.) Master of Arts Degree HISTORY (HIST) Admission Requirement HIST-H 665 COLLOQ LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY Graduate Record Examination general test scores are required before candidates can be considered for MUSIC (MUS) admission. A Bachelor's degree from a recognized MUS-M 513 LAT AMER/LATINO POP MUSC CULTR (3 institution with an overall undergraduate B (3.0) average CR) is also required. Applicants whose native language is not Latin American and Caribbean English must submit results from the TOEFL exam. Studies Course Requirements School of Global and International Studies A total of 30 credit hours from graduate courses (500 level or above) related to Latin America and the Caribbean: College of Arts and Sciences a major concentration of at least 12 credit hours , and a Departmental E-mail: [email protected] minor concentration of 9 credit hours; 3 credit hours of the interdisciplinary seminar L501 (which should be taken Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~clacs the first semester of graduate study); the remaining 6 The Department of Latin American and Caribbean Studies credit electives can be selected from the approved list of is affiliated with the new School of Global and International courses. Studies (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, Students may focus their major or minor concentratations dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate in discrete disciplinary fields, like Anthropology, students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, Cultural Studies, Education Policy Studies, Folklore work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty- and Ethnomusicology, History, or Gender Studies as first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS well as interdisciplinary/thematic fields like critical race emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, studies, environmental studies, indigenous studies, and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative social movements, or political ecology and development. methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled Students can also focus on geographical or regional fields access to a stellar faculty and professional development including Andes, Brazil, Caribbean, Central America, opportunities. For further information regarding the Mexico, and the Southern Cone. Students are not limited mission, structure and resources of the School of Global to the above mentioned fields and are encouraged to and International Studies see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. craft fields based on interests, course availability and (Please note that when conferring University Graduate discussions with the Director. No more than a total of 6 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The credits of graduate-level (500 or above) language study University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements may be used toward the major or minor concentrations. contained only in The University Graduate School Up to 6 credits of independent study or thesis preparation Bulletin.) may be used to research and write the thesis, but normally no more than 3 of these 6 can be used for the major or minor concentration. Students pursuing a dual degree Crosslisted Courses cannot use more than 3 credits of thesis preparation toward the CLACS degree. Program Information Grades The Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies fulfills a direct teaching function through its M.A. program For students who matriculated before the 2015-2016 and its doctoral-level certificate and minor, as well as a year, a 3.0 overall grade point average or above must be highly important liaison and coordinating function among maintained. For students who matriculate during or after departments and schools with teaching, research, and the 2015-2016 year, a 3.4 overall grade point average or contract responsibilities related to Latin America and the above must be maintained. Additionally, a minimum of a B Caribbean. September 6, 2017 279

(3.0) is required for any courses desired to count towards the Maurer School of Law. The program is designed to the Master’s degree. provide students with a thorough grounding in the Latin American region together with professional legal training. Foreign Language Requirement The joint degree program allows students to complete Certification of reading knowledge in one foreign language the M.A. and J.D. with a total of 103 credit hours rather is required for the MA degree. The kind of language than the 118 hours that would be required to complete the required will be determined by the student’s major field of two degrees separately. Students take at least 24 credit study; students should consult the Director for guidance hours in CLACS and 79 credit hours in Law, including all if needed. Students may demonstrate proficiency in the required courses for the J.D. Under this program, the two following languages: Portuguese, Spanish, Quechua, degrees must be awarded concurrently. Haitian Creole, Maya, or others appropriate to the Students must apply separately for admission to the M.A. student’s program of study, if approved by the Director. program in Latin American and Caribbean Studies and Reading proficiency may be demonstrated in one of the J.D. program in the Maurer School of Law, and must three ways: students can pass a proficiency examination be accepted by both units in order to be admitted to the administered by one of IU’s foreign language departments; joint degree program. Students may apply for admission students can demonstrate proficiency by earning a to both programs simultaneously. Alternatively, students grade of B (3.0) or better in a graduate reading course enrolled in one program may apply for admission to the offered by a foreign language department; or students other any time before the completion of their degree. can demonstrate proficiency in Maya, Haitian Creole, or Students must complete 24 credit hours of advanced Quechua by passing a reading examination prepared by courses relating to Latin American and Caribbean studies CLACS with a minimum GPA of 3.0. The interdisciplinary seminar Final Degree Requirement LTAM-L501 (3 credits) must be taken, together with 21 credit hours in other LTAM courses or those Latin The student shall choose one of the following as a final American and Caribbean studies courses that are cross- project for the degree: listed with other departments. No courses satisfying the 1. A written examination consisting of two essays, 79 credits for the J.D. may be used simultaneously toward administered in the last semester of course work. the CLACS M.A., and students will be expected to take The Director shall appoint an Examination Committee the majority of coursework toward the CLACS degree consisting of at least three faculty members to supervise in graduate-level courses offered within the College of the preparation of reading lists and to evaluate the written Arts and Sciences. Prior approval from the Director of essays. At the discretion of the Director or Examination Graduate Studies must be obtained for enrollment in Committee Chair, an oral examination may be required any courses outside the College. All other requirements following the written examination. for completion of the Latin American Studies M.A., including language proficiency and thesis or final paper/ 2. A polished and publication-quality research paper of examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. approximately 10,000 words, oriented to a peer-reviewed journal and presented in the last semester of course Students must complete 79 semester hours of credit in work. The paper may or may not incorporate originally the School of Law, including all its required coursework, gathered data or source material, but it should in every and maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2.3 to case demonstrate the ability to synthesize, analyze, and be eligible for graduation. Required coursework includes: critique a body of literature or evidence in the service of the first-year courses in Civil Procedure, Constitutional an original argument. The Director shall appoint a Paper Law I, Contracts, Criminal Law, Legal Profession, Legal Committee of a least three faculty members to evaluate Research and Writing I and II, Property, and Torts; a the research paper. At the discretion of the Committee, an Research Seminar; an upper-level writing experience oral exam may be required following the submission of the (seminar or writing course); and the Clinical/Practical Skills paper. Reqirement. 3. A formal thesis of approximately 50-100 pages, based Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and on a significant amount of primary source material such Caribbean Studies and Master of Business Adminis- as ethnographic field data, historical archives, electronic tration media and texts, artistic products, policy documents, The Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies and and the like. Subject to the approval of the Director, the Kelley School of Business jointly offer a three-year the student shall prepare a written thesis proposal and program that qualifies students for two master’s degrees. nominate a Thesis Committee consisting of at least Study for these two degrees in the dual degree (M.A./ three graduate faculty members, who will supervise the M.B.A.) can be completed in a total of 66 credit hours research, evaluate preliminary and final versions of the rather than the 84 credit hours that would otherwise be text, and conduct an oral examination on the thesis at required to take the two degrees separately (since certain least two weeks before the end of the term in which the courses contribute to both degrees). The two degrees degree is to be granted. The final, approved version of must be awarded simultaneously. the thesis must be submitted according to the guidelines The Latin American and Caribbean Studies (LTAM) M.A. published by the University Graduate School. degree requires a total of 30 credit hours, 24 credits of Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and which must be taken in Latin American and Caribbean Caribbean Studies and Doctor of Jurisprudence Studies under the requirements established for the The Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies M.A. Of these, the interdisciplinary seminar L501 must (CLACS) offers a joint degree program in cooperation with be taken, together with 21 credit hours in other LTAM 280 September 6, 2017 courses or those Latin American and Caribbean Studies Students must apply separately for admission to the M.A. courses that are cross-listed with other departments or program in Latin American and Caribbean Studies and schools, except the Kelley School of Business. All other the M.I.S. program in the Department of Information and requirements for completion of the Latin American Studies Library Science, and must be accepted by both units in M.A., including language proficiency and thesis or oral order to be admitted to the dual degree program. Students examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. may apply for admission to both programs simultaneously. Alternatively, students enrolled in one program may apply Students must also take 42 credit hours in the Kelley for admission to the other any time before the completion School of Business under the requirements of the M.A./ of their degree. M.B.A. degree, including the Foundations and Functional Cores through the M.B.A. program, L506, L509, and the Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and Strategy Component. Up to 6 credit hours taken in the Caribbean Studies and Master of Library Science Kelley School of Business may be counted as part of the The Department of Information and Library Science (ILS) 30 credit hours normally required for the M.A. degree in and the Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies LTAM. jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students Application for admission to the dual M.A./M.B.A. degree for two master’s degrees. Study for these two degrees program must be made to the Center for Latin American in the dual degree (M.A./M.L.S.) can be completed in a and Caribbean Studies and the University Graduate total of 51 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours that School for study toward the M.A. and to the Kelley School would otherwise be required to complete the two degrees of Business for study toward the M.B.A. Students must be separately. During the dual degree, specific courses accepted by all three units in order to be admitted to the contribute to both degrees. The two degrees must be program. awarded simultaneously. Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and Students must take 21 credit hours of advanced courses relating to Latin American and Caribbean Studies. The Caribbean Studies and Master of Information Science interdisciplinary seminar L501 (3 credits) must be taken, The Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies together with 18 credit hours in other LTAM courses or (CLACS) offers this dual degree program in cooperation those Latin American and Caribbean Studies courses with the Department of Information and Library Science that are cross-listed with other departments. All other (ILS). The program prepares students for a wide range requirements for completion of the Latin American Studies of careers requiring a combination of technical skills in M.A., including language proficiency and thesis or oral information science, foreign language proficiency, and examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. A further area expertise. Study in the dual degree program allows 6 credit hours may be taken in Information and Library students to complete the M.A. and M.I.S. with a total of Science and will count toward both degrees: Z620 Topics 54 credit hours rather than the 72 hours that would be in Information, Literature, and Bibliography (Topic: Latin required to take the two degrees separately. Students American Bibliography) and Z596 Internship in Information take at least 24 credit hours in CLACS and at least 30 and Library Science (under the supervision of the Latin graduate credit hours in Information and Library Science. American Bibliography). Under this program, the two degrees must be awarded simultaneously. For the M.L.S. degree, admission requirements remain as listed in the Department of Information and Library Students must take 24 credit hours of advanced courses Science (ILS) Bulletin, and the proposed dual program relating to Latin American and Caribbean studies. The requires 30 credit hours of Information and Library interdisciplinary seminar LTAM-L501 (3 credits) must be Science graduate courses. These must include three taken, together with 21 credit hours in other LTAM courses M.L.S. Foundation courses (18 credit hours) and other or those Latin American and Caribbean studies courses required ILS courses and electives (12 credit hours). that are cross-listed with other departments. Students will be expected to take the majority of coursework toward the Application for admission to the dual M.A./M.L.S. degree CLACS degree in graduate-level courses offered within program must be made to the Center for Latin American the College of Arts and Sciences. Prior approval from and Caribbean Studies for study toward the M.A. and the Director of Graduate Studies must be obtained for to Information and Library Science for study toward the enrollment in any courses outside the College. All other M.L.S. Students must be accepted by both units in order requirements for completion of the Latin American Studies to be admitted to the program. M.A., including language proficiency and thesis or final paper/examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and Caribbean Studies and Master of Public Affairs Students must take 18 credit hours of required M.I.S. The School of Public and Environmental Affairs (SPEA) courses (Z510, Z511, Z515, Z516, and either Z556 and the Center for Latin American and Caribbean Studies or Z513 and a 3cr. programming course), 9 additional jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students required courses (Z533, Z605 and Z629) and a 3 credit for two master’s degrees. Study for these two degrees elective in M.I.S. in the dual degree (M.A./M.P.A.) can be completed in a Students must take 21 credit hours of required M.I.S. total of 60 credit hours rather than the 78 credit hours courses (Z510, Z511, Z513, Z515, Z516, Z556, a that would otherwise be required to complete the two programming course in or outside of ILS) and at least 15 degrees separately. The two degrees must be awarded credit hours of ILS elective courses appropriate to the simultaneously. student's background and interests (36 credit hours total). Students must take 24 credit hours of advanced courses relating to Latin American and Caribbean studies. The September 6, 2017 281 interdisciplinary seminar L501 (3 credits) must be taken, degrees to the Director, Center for Latin American and together with 21 credit hours in other LTAM courses or Caribbean Studies and the Coordinator, Master of Public those Latin American and Caribbean studies courses Health program. Students will submit full applications that are cross-listed with other departments. All other for admission to both graduate programs using existing requirements for completion of the Latin American Studies systems. A prospective dual degree student must be M.A., including language proficiency and thesis or oral admitted to both degree programs by the faculty of that examination, remain as listed in this bulletin. program using existing admissions systems. For the M.P.A. degree, admission requirements remain Graduate Area Certificate in Latin American and as listed in the School of Public and Environmental Caribbean Studies Affairs Bulletin, and the proposed dual program requires Admission Requirement 36 credit hours of SPEA graduate courses. These must include the M.P.A. core requirements (18 credit Acceptance into a Ph.D. program. Area certificate hours): V502 Public Management (3 cr.), V506 Statistical awarded only upon completion of the Ph.D. degree. Analysis for Policy and Management (3 cr.), V517 Public Course Requirements Management Economics (3 cr.), V540 Law and Public A total of 18 credit hours with Latin American and/or Affairs (3 cr.), V560 Public Finance and Budgeting (3 cr.), Caribbean emphases, including the L501 graduate V600 Capstone in Public and Environmental Affairs (3 seminar (3 cr.) and a dissertation on a Latin American cr.), and students are required to develop a Specialized or Caribbean topic. The remaining 15 credits can be Concentration comprised of 18 credit hours of coursework selected from the approved list of courses found on the approved by SPEA faculty advisors. department website. Six credits can be within the student’s Application for admission to the dual M.A./M.P.A. degree home department, as long as they contain Latin American program must be made to the Center for Latin American or Caribbean content and have been approved by the and Caribbean Studies for study toward the M.A. and to Director to count towards the certificate. the School of Public and Environmental Affairs for study Grades toward the M.P.A. Students must be accepted by both units in order to be admitted to the program. A minimum grade of B (3.0) is required in each course that is to count toward certificate requirements. Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and Caribbean Studies and Master of Public Health Foreign Language Requirements This dual degree program takes advantage of the ability of Reading proficiency in a Latin American or Caribbean students to specialize in Latin American and Caribbean- Language (such as Spanish, Portuguese, Haitian related public health issues in a way that enables specific Creole, Maya, or Quechua). Reading proficiency may be coursework to be counted toward elective and research demonstrated in one of three ways: students can pass requirements for both degrees. The dual degree pairs a proficiency examination administered by one of IU’s a Master of Arts (MA) degree in Latin American and foreign language departments; students can demonstrate Caribbean Studies with a Master of Public Health (MPH) proficiency by earning a grade of B (3.0) or better in a that includes a Behavioral, Social and Community Health graduate reading course offered by a foreign language Concentration (BSCH). department; or students can demonstrate proficiency in This 64 credit dual degree program provides for each Maya, Haitian Creole, or Quechua by passing a reading student to complete the minimum requirements for each examination prepared by CLACS. degree independently, with 43 credits counting toward Ph.D. Minor in Latin American and Caribbean Studies the MPH degree and 21 credits counting toward the MA The requirements for the Ph.D. minor are flexible. Each degree. Follow the link for more on MPH coursework. program is developed in consultations between the Students pursuing the dual degrees will be required to student, the academic advisor of the student’s major select readings and independent research projects that department, and the director of Latin American and are focused on issues related to public health in the Latin Caribbean studies, though certain basic requirements are American and Caribbean region. The instructor of such common to all programs. credit generating mechanisms within each academic unit Course Requirements will help students to select appropriate courses. The public Twelve (12) credit hours of graduate level course work health internship must be focused on issues related to (500 and above) directly related to Latin American or public health in the Latin American and Caribbean region Caribbean subject matter, in¬cluding the L501 graduate and must be jointly approved by the respective academic seminar (3 credit hours) and 9 additional credit hours advisor in each degree program. from the approved course list on the Latin American and MPH students are required to complete a comprehensive Caribbean Studies website. No courses from the student’s exam and other requirements as described under Ph.D. degree can double count for the minor. HPER C-650. As the MPH students are not required Examination to complete a thesis, the thesis process, if chosen, will be administered by the Latin American and Caribbean If a grade point average of at least 3.7 is maintained, no program in accordance with their established policies and examination will be required. Otherwise, the director of procedures. The student’s thesis committee must include Latin American and Caribbean Studies may stipulate that a representative from each academic unit. the student take a written examination. Students interested in pursuing the dual degree will Program Certification submit written notice of their intent to pursue the dual 282 September 6, 2017

Certification that all requirements for the program have Geography); Della Collins Cook* (Anthropology); Manuel been met must come from the director of Latin American Díaz-Campos* (Spanish and Por¬tuguese); Tom and Caribbean Studies. Evans* (Geography); Kimberly L. Geeslin* (Spanish and Portu¬guese); Gerardo Gonzalez (School of Faculty Education); Peter Guardino* (History); Eileen Julien* (Comparative Literature, French and Italian); Stephanie Crosslisted Courses Kane* (International Studies); Catherine Larson* (Spanish and Portuguese); Bradley Levinson* (School Director of Educa¬tion); Michael Martin* (American Studies, Associate Professor Anke Birkenmaier* (Spanish and Communication and Culture); Heitor Martins* (Emeritus, Portuguese) Spanish and Portuguese); John McDowell* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology); Kathleen Myers* (Spanish and Associate Director Portuguese); Christiana Ochoa (Law); Iris Rosa (Af¬rican Alfio Saitta American and African Diaspora Studies); Darlene Sadlier* (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese); John Stanfield Lecturer II (Emeritus, African American and African Diaspora Studies); Virginia Vitzthum* (Anthropology) Quetzil Castañeda Associate Professors Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Claudia Avellaneda (School of Public and Environmental Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Affairs); Anke Birkenmaier* (Spanish and Portuguese); doctoral dissertations.) Bonnie Brownlee* (School of Journalism); Judah Cohen* (Jewish Studies, Folklore and Ethnomusicology); Serafin Distinguished Professors Coronel-Molina* (School of Education); Arlene Diaz* Richard Bauman* (Emeritus, Folklore and (History); Patrick Dove* (Spanish and Portuguese); Ethnomusicology, Anthropology, Communication and John Dyson* (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese); Culture) Juan Carlos Escanciano* (Economics); J. César Félix- Keith Clay* (Biology) Brasdefer* (Spanish and Portuguese); Lessie Jo Frazier* Richard Wilk (Anthropology) (Gender Studies); Michael Gasser* (Emeritus, School of Informatics and Computing, Cognitive Science); L. Rudy Professors Shane Greene* (Anthropology); Vivian Nun Halloran Jeffrey L. Gould* (History) (Comparative Literature, English, American Studies); Emilio F. Moran* (Emeritus, Anthropology) Stacie Marie King* (Anthropology); Joshua Malitsky Albert Valdman* (Emeritus, French and Italian, Linguistics) (Communication and Culture); Rebecca Martínez* (School of Education); Sylvia Martínez* (School of Education); Bernardo Mendel Professor Jason McGraw (History, American Studies); Carmen Medina* (School of Education); Eden Medina* (School of Daniel James* (History) Informatics and Computing); Alejandro J. Mejías-López* Chancellor’s Professors (Spanish and Portuguese); Luciana Namorato* (Spanish and Portuguese); John Nieto-Phillips* (Latino Studies, Robert Arnove* (Emeritus, School of Education) History); Oana Panaïté* (French and Italian); Phillip Patrick McNaughton* (History of Art) Parnell* (International Studies); Armando Razo* (Political Anya Peterson Royce* (Anthropology, Comparative Science); Laura Scheiber* (Anthropology); Micol Seigel* Literature) (American Studies. History); Stephen Selka (Religious Provost Professors Studies, American Studies); Pravina Shukla* (Folklore and Ethnomusicol¬ogy); Michael Spiro (Jacobs School of Anne Pyburn* (Anthropology)Richard Wilk* (Anthropology) Music); Marvin Sterling* (Anthropology); Daniel Suslak* Kevin D. Brown* (Maurer School of Law) (Anthropology); Catherine Tucker* (Anthropology); Estela Vieira (Spanish and Portuguese); Reyes Vila-Belda* Richard S. Melvin Professor (Spanish and Portuguese); Erik Willis* (Spanish and Kevin D. Brown* (Maurer School of Law) Portuguese John F. Mee Chair of Management Assistant Professors Herman Aguinis* (Kelley School of Business) Cara Caddoo (Assistant Professor); Rebecca Dirksen (Folklore and Ethnomusicology);Laura Gurzynski-Weiss* Professors (Spanish and Portuguese); Lucia Guerra-Reyes (School Akwasi Assensoh* (Emeritus, African American of Public Health); Ricardo Andrés Guzmán (Spanish and and African Diaspora Studies); Maryellen Bieder* Portuguese); Alfonso Pedraza-Martinez (Kelley School of (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese); Eduardo Brondizio* Business); Jonathan Risner (Spanish and Portuguese); (Anthropology); Mary Clayton* (Emeritus, Spanish Alberto Varon (English) and Portuguese); Joseph Clements* (Spanish and Clinical Professors Portuguese, Linguistics); Claus Clüver* (Emeritus, Comparative Literature); Deborah Cohn* (Spanish and P. Roberto García (Kelley School of Business) Portuguese, American Studies); Geoffrey Con¬rad* Katie Grove (School of Public Health) (Emeritus, Anthropology); Dennis Conway* (Emeritus, September 6, 2017 283

Clinical Associate Professor LTAM-L 503 Contemporary Central America (3 cr.) Analyzes the contemporary conflicts in Central America Charles Beeker (School of Public Health) by placing them in historical perspective. Includes such Adjunct Professors topic as the relation between socioeconomic structures and politics, the impact of World War II and agro-export Andréa Siqueira (Anthropology); Stepanka Korytova development, agrarian reform, revolution, democratization, (International Studies) and relations with the United States. ArcelorMittal Distinguished Lecturer LTAM-L 520 New Latin American Cinema (3 cr.) Survey Greg Kitzmiller (Kelley School of Business) of Latin American film from the 1950s to the present. Taught in English, the course is interdisciplinary and Senior Lecturers cross-cultural, emphasizing the socioeconomic and political issues that gave rise to a specific movement. Vania Castro (Spanish and Portuguese); James K. Self (Economics)April Sievert* (Anthropology) LTAM-L 524 Contemporary Peru and Chile (3 cr.) Lecturer Preconquest and colonial history of Peru. Multidisciplinary examination of twentieth-century culture. Colonial and Charles Beeker (School of Public Health) nineteenth-century history of Chile. Contemporary culture Academic Specialists with emphasis on development since World War II. Javier León (Latin American Music Center); John Galuska LTAM-L 525 Seminar in Latino and Latin American (Foster International Living-Learning Center); Hilary Kahn Research Issues (3 cr.) P: Graduate status or permission (Center for the Study of Global Change) of instructor. A dialogue between Latin American and Latino studies specialists that will identify topics, areas, Librarian and techniques improved by explicit consideration of the Luis González other. Migration is one example of a topic that can be fully understood only by examining circumstances from both Academic Advisor perspectives. Associate Professor L. Anke Birkenmaier, 355 N. Jordan LTAM-L 526 Special Topics in Latin American and Ave., (812) 855-9097 Caribbean Studies (1-4 cr.) Intensive study and analysis of selected Latin American and Caribbean studies Courses problems of limited scope within an interdisciplinary format. Topics will vary and will ordinarily cut across fields, Crosslisted Courses regions, or periods. May be repeated for credit. LTAM-C 501 Elementary Haitian Creole I (3 cr.) LTAM-L 527 Latin American and Caribbean Languages Introduction to Haitian Creole, the vernacular language (1-4 cr.) Languages of Latin America and the Caribbean, of Haiti spoken by over 9 million people; conversational other than Spanish and Portuguese. May be repeated with drills; grammatical explanations and exercises; listening a different language or higher level for a maximum of six comprehension training; aspects of Haitian culture. credit hours in any one language. LTAM-C 502 Elementary Haitian Creole II (3 cr.) LTAM-L 727 Latin American and Caribbean Languages P: Grade of C or better in C101/501 or equivalent (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Advanced study in one of proficiency. Elementary Haitian Creole II focuses on the less commonly taught languages of Latin America or reading non-specialized texts and learning about the rich, the Caribbean. African-based folk culture and religion of the world’s first black republic. LTAM-L 803 Individual Readings in Latin American Studies (1-6 cr.) Draws upon materials from LTAM-L 500 Contemporary Mexico (3 cr.) Places anthropology, business, economics, education, folklore contemporary Mexico in historical perspective, focusing and ethnomusicology, geography, history, political on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Topics include science, sociology, and Spanish and Portuguese the causes and consequences of the 1910 revolution, the literature. May be repeated for a maximum of 8 credits (or position of the Indian, the political system, problems of 10 credits if 6 are used for the thesis option). dependent economic growth, cultural values and social change, and relations with the U.S. from a Mexican LTAM-M 501 Yucatec Maya I (3 cr.) Introduction to viewpoint. Yucatec Maya language and culture. Yucatec Maya is an indigenous language of Mexico spoken by close to LTAM-L 501 Seminar: Contemporary Latin America one million people; basic grammatical structures and (3-4 cr.) At least two regions will be studied: one topic vocabulary; conversational drills; and lessons on historical for each region, or one topic for the two regions. Regions and cultural context. to be cycled: Mexico, Caribbean and Central America, Andean countries, Southern Cone, Brazil. LTAM-M 502 Yucatec Maya II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or higher in M501 or equivalent proficiency. The second LTAM-L 502 Contemporary Brazil (3 cr.) A survey of the semester of Yucatec Maya emphasizes vocabulary- culture of Brazil today: people, politics, religion, education, building, simple conversation, beginning writing, and agriculture, industrial development, literature, music, and common grammatical patterns. art. Lectures by members of various departments and visiting scholars. All reading in English. LTAM-Q 501 Quechua I (3 cr.) Introduction to Quechua, spoken by over 13 million people across the Andean 284 September 6, 2017 nations of South America; basic grammar and vocabulary; directly related to Latino Studies subject matter with a an introduction to the culture and history of the Andean grade point average no lower than B (3.0). At least one region. graduate seminar (L599 or L601) or readings course (L701) is required, and the remaining credits can come LTAM-Q 502 Quechua II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or higher from these or any other Latino Studies course offered in Q501 or equivalent proficiency. Part II of first-year by faculty outside of the student’s home department. Quechua, this course builds on the basic vocabulary and Courses below the 500 level may not be applied to the grammar lessons of Quechua I and introduces further Ph.D. minor. aspects of Andean culture and history. Faculty LTAM-Q 601 Quechua III: Intermediate Quechua (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or higher in Q502 or equivalent Graduate Minor Director proficiency. Intermediate Quechua focuses on more advanced grammatical constructions; vocabulary building; Sylvia Martinez (Educational Leadership and Policy conversational drills; reading/writing Quechua texts. Studies) LTAM-Q 602 Quechua IV: Advanced Quechua Graduate Faculty (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or higher in Q601 or equivalent (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University proficiency. Advanced Quechua offers serious students Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct the opportunity to refine their conversational skills, practice doctoral dissertations.) more extensive reading/writing of Quechua texts, and Professors deepen their knowledge of the Andean region. For courses in other departments acceptable for degree and Herman Aguinis* (Business), Raquel T. Anderson* certificate requirements, consult the director of Latin (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Richard Bauman* American and Caribbean Studies. (Emeritus, Anthropology, Folklore), Deborah N. Cohn* (Spanish and Portuguese), Luis Dávila* (Emeritus, Latino Studies Spanish and Portuguese), Luis Fuentes-Rohwer College of Arts and Sciences (Law), Jeffrey L. Gould* (History), Peter Guardino* Departmental E-Mail: [email protected] (History), Bradley Levinson* (Educational Leadership Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~latino/ and Policy Studies), John McDowell* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Christiana Ochoa ( Law), Iris Rosa (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (African American and African Diaspora Studies), Alberto School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Torchinsky* (Mathematics) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Associate Professors Bulletin.) Anke Birkenmaier* (Spanish and Portuguese), Serafin Curriculum Coronel-Molina* (Literacy, Culture, and Language Education), Arlene J. Díaz* (History), Manuel Díaz- Ph.D. Minor in Latino Studies Campos* (Spanish and Portuguese), J. César Félix- The Latino Studies Program allows graduate students Brasdefer* (Spanish and Portuguese), Lessie Jo Frazier* in the Social Sciences, Humanities, Sciences, Business, (American Studies, Gender Studies), L. Shane Greene* Law, and Education to develop expertise on the historical (Anthropology), Vivian Nun Halloran* (American Studies and contemporary experiences of Latinos in social, and English), , Rebecca Martínez* (Counseling and cultural, political, and economic contexts. The program Educational Psychology), Sylvia Martínez* (Educational emphasizes interdisciplinary, comparative, and applied Leadership and Policy Studies), Eden Medina* (School approaches to knowledge. It addresses the experiences of of Informatics and Computing), Alejandro Mejías-López* Mexican Americans, Puerto Ricans, Cubans, Dominicans, (Spanish and Portuguese), Carmen L. Medina* (Literacy, Central Americans and other Latin Americans who have Culture, and Language Education), Luciana Namorato* immigrated to the United States or who have resided in (Spanish and Portuguese), John Nieto-Phillips* (History), the U.S. for multiple generations. Our courses examine Fabio Rojas* (Sociology), Daniel Suslak* (Anthropology) Latino communities and experiences within local, national, transnational, and diasporic contexts. Assistant Professors Admission and Program of Study Bernard L. Fraga (Political Science), R. Andrés Guzmán (Spanish and Portuguese), , Alberto Varon* (English) Students interested in pursuing a Ph.D. Minor in Latino Studies should consult with the Director of Latino Studies, Visiting Assistant Professor who will recommend a member of the faculty to serve as Myrna Garcia (American Studies and Latino Studies), an advisor. In consultation with the advisor, the student Mintzi Martínez-Rivera (Latino Studies) will complete the “Program of Study Form” and file it with the Director of Latino Studies for final approval. Upon Lecturers and Academic Specialists completion of the course work, the Director of Latino Studies or the student’s Latino Studies advisor will attest Quetzil Castañeda (Latin American and Caribbean to the successful completion of the outside minor. Studies), Javier León (Jacobs School of Music), Fernando Orejuela (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) Course Requirements Librarian Students in other departments can minor in Latino Studies by completing twelve (12) credit hours of course work September 6, 2017 285

Luis Gonzalez (Latino Studies, Latin American and combined Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) and J.D. in Caribbean Studies, Spanish and Portuguese) Law, and the combined Master of Public Health (M.P.H.) and J.D. in Law. For information regarding these degrees, Courses see the website or bulletin of the Maurer School of Law. LATS-L 501 Seminar in Latino Studies (3-4 cr.) Special School Requirements P: Graduate students only. Introduce students to interdisciplinary, comparative and applied approaches to (See also general University Graduate School the historical and contemporary experiences of Latino in requirements.) their social, cultural, political and economic contexts. Topic varies and may be repeated for credit. Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Law and Social Science LATS-L 599 Individualized Readings in Latino Studies The Doctor of Philosophy in Law and Social Science (1-4 cr.) P: Class is open only to students pursuing a (PhD) involves interdisciplinary research and coursework Ph.D. minor in Latino Studies. Class requires Latino in law and the social sciences. PhD candidates must Studies faculty approval. Students must complete an complete a course of study as specified by the candidate’s agreement including goals of the course, number of faculty advisors. Candidates take comprehensive exams readings, titles of readings (if possible) and the date of and must complete a dissertation defense. Applicants work it is to be completed. whose native language is not English must submit TOEFL results. Each PhD candidate will be assigned an advisory LATS-L 601 Colloquium in Latino Studies (3-4 cr.) committee consisting of at least two faculty members from P: Open to students pursuing a Ph.D. minor in Latino the law school and at least two faculty members from Studies. Representative readings in interdisciplinary, the collaborating academic department. The chairperson comparative and applied approaches to the historical of the advisory committee will serve as the candidate’s and contemporary experiences of Latinos in their social, primary academic advisor. cultural and economic contexts. Topic varies and may be repeated for credit. Topic varies and may be repeated for When applying to the PhD program, applicants must credit. indicate with which IU social science department they hope to collaborate. The law school will be responsible for LATS-L 701 Seminar in Latino Studies (3-4 cr.) These consulting with that department to make an admissions courses involve research at a mature level in specialized decision. Applicants should carefully research their topics and problems in Latino Studies. options for academic collaboration and be sure to mention Law relevant social science faculty members and/or programs on their application. Maurer School of Law Departmental E-mail: [email protected] The PhD requires a minimum of three years in residence and the following: Departmental URL: www.law.indiana.edu • 60 credit hours divided between law courses and (Please note that when conferring University Graduate the collaborating department (as specified by the School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, the candidate’s academic advisory committee), no fewer University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements than 12 of which shall satisfy the requirements of contained only in The University Graduate School the candidate’s academic advisory committee for Bulletin.) designation as a Minor Curriculum • Completion of comprehensive exams • 30 credit hours for dissertation research Degrees Offered • A dissertation defense Graduate degrees in Law include the PhD in Law and Social Science, the PhD in Law & Democracy, the Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Law and Democracy combined PhD in Law and Democracy and J.D. in Law, The specialized Law and Democracy PhD degree program the combined M.A. in Russian and East European Studies focuses on the way that law structures democracy. The and J.D. in Law, the combined M.A. in Latin American and track involves interdisciplinary research and coursework Caribbean Studies and J.D. in Law, the combined M.A. in law, anthropology, political science, and area studies in European Studies and J.D. in Law, and a PhD minor in for the part of the world in which the candidate wishes to Law. work. PhD candidates must complete the course of study specified in the program description. Candidates take Additionally, although professional rather than graduate comprehensive exams and must complete a dissertation degrees, the Maurer School of Law offers Doctor of defense. Each PhD candidate will be assigned an advisory Jurisprudence (J.D.), Master of Laws (L.L.M.), the Master committee, including a primary advisor who is a faculty of Comparative Law (M.C.L.) and the Doctor of Juridical member associated with the Center for Constitutional Science (S.J.D.) degrees. Joint professional degree Democracy. programs include the combined Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) and J.D. in Law, the combined Before applying to the Law and Democracy PhD program, Master of Business Administration in Accounting (M.B.A.) applicants should contact Prof. Susan H. Williams to and J.D. in Law, the combined Master of Science (M.S.) determine whether they are appropriate candidates for the in Accounting and the J.D. in Law, the combined Master program. The application materials can be found here. of Public Administration (M.P.A.) or Master of Science in The PhD in Law and Democracy requires a minimum of Environmental Science (M.S.E.S.) and J.D. in Law, the two years in residence and the following: 286 September 6, 2017

• 69 credit hours divided between courses in law, and all requirements in both schools must be completed in anthropology, political science and area studies order to receive each degree. • 15 hours of coursework in Anthropology, Political Science, or Area Studies shall satisfy the Whether in a formal or individually structured joint-degree requirements of the candidate’s academic advisory program, students typically spend their first year at the committee for designation as a Minor. Law School. Thereafter, course time is divided between • 21 credit hours for dissertation research the Law School and the other school or department in • Demonstrated proficiency in the language of the whatever way best meets the educational objectives of the country or countries studied student and the program requirements. • Fieldwork related to the country or countries studied As a general rule, joint-degree programs do not require • An internship with the Center for Constitutional academic work during the summer recess, permitting joint- Democracy degree candidates to take advantage of opportunities for • Completion of qualifying examinations internships, clerkships, and summer associate programs. • The production of a dissertation • A dissertation defense Joint degree: Master of Arts in Latin American and Caribbean Studies and Doctor of Jurisprudence in the A PhD student in Law and Democracy who has Maurer School of Law successfully completed most of the coursework for the The Maurer School of Law and the Department of Latin PhD degree but does not wish to complete the dissertation American and Caribbean Studies offer joint Doctor of requirement may terminate the program and elect to Jurisprudence and Master of Arts degrees. Under the receive a Master of Arts in Law and Democracy. program , a student must complete 79 semester hours Combined J.D. in Law and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) of credit in the School of Law, including all of its required in Law and Democracy course work; complete 24 semester hours of credit in To be eligible to receive the degrees of Doctor of Latin American and Caribbean Studies, including all of its Jurisprudence and Doctor of Philosophy in Law and required course work; meet the language proficiency and Democracy, which must be received simultaneously, a thesis requirements for the M.A.; and earn a cumulative student must: grade point average of at least 2.3 on all work taken in the School of Law and at least 3.0 on all work taken in Latin • complete 82 credit hours in the School of Law, American and Caribbean Studies. including all of its required course work; and • complete 36 graduate credit hours in anthropology, Joint degree: Master of Arts in Russian and East political science and area studies in accordance European Studies and Doctor of Jurisprudence in the with all of the requirements for the PhD in Law and Maurer School of Law Democracy (see above), including the requirements The Maurer School of Law and the Department of for 21 credit hours for dissertation research, a Russian and East European Studies offer joint Doctor comprehensive exam, and a minor (see directly of Jurisprudence and Master of Arts degrees. Under the above); up to 33 credits taken in the School of Law program, a student must complete 79 semester hours of may be counted toward fulfillment of both degree credit in the School of Law, including all of its required programs. course work; complete 27 semester hours of credit in Russian and East European Area Studies, including all Joint Degree Programs of its required course work; complete a language oral The Maurer School of Law offers several formal joint- proficiency examination (Russian at intermediate level or degree programs that allow students to combine a law other area language at the 2nd year level); complete the program with programs from other Indiana University M.A. Essay and Examination; complete 20 semester hours schools and departments. These joint-degree programs of credit in the College of Arts and Sciences; and earn a allow students to earn a J.D. and either a master’s degree cumulative grade point average of at least 2.3 on all work or a PhD in another discipline. Joint degrees decrease taken in the School of Law and at least 3.0 on all work the time, typically by a year, that students would spend taken in the Russian and East European Institute. earning both degrees separately. Joint-degree programs with other disciplines may be individually designed and Joint Degree: Master of Arts in European Studies and structured to meet students’ learning and career goals. Doctor of Jurisprudence in the Maurer School of Law Proposals for such individually designed programs should The Maurer School of Law and the Department of initially be submitted to the Maurer School of Law. The European Studies offer joint Doctor of Jurisprudence Law School will coordinate with the other school or and Master of Arts degrees. Under the program, a department to establish the joint or concurrent program. student must complete 79 semester hours of credit in the School of Law, including all of its required course Candidates for joint-degree programs are encouraged work: complete 24 semester hours of credit in European to apply for admission to each school at the same time. Studies, including all of its required course work; meet the However, law students can apply for admission to the language proficiency and thesis requirements for the M.A., other school or department before the end of the second and earn a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.3 year of law study. Students enrolled in master’s programs on all work taken in the School of Law and at least 3.0 on at other schools and departments should apply for all work taken in European Studies. admission to the Law School before the end of the first year of the master’s program. Each degree has required Joint degree: Master of Arts in European Studies and course work. Joint degrees are awarded at the same time, Doctor of Jurisprudence in the Maurer School of Law The Maurer School of Law and the Department of European September 6, 2017 287

Studies offer joint Doctor of Jurisprudence and Master David C. Williams* of Arts degrees. Under the program, a student must complete 79 semester hours of credit in the School of Harry T. Ice Professor Law, including all of its required course work; complete 24 Yvonne Cripps* semester hours of credit in European Studies, including all of its required course work; meet the language John F. Kimberling Professor proficiency and thesis requirements for the M.A ,and earn Charles Gardner Geyh* a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.3 on all work taken in the School of Law and at least 3.0 on all William W. Oliver Professor of Tax Law work taken in European Studies. Leandra Lederman* Ph.D. Minor in Law Robert A. Lucas Professors The Maurer School of Law offers a minor in Law for PhD students from other fields, which requires completion Roger B. Dworkin* (Emeritus), Mark Janis*, Jeffrey E. of 13-16 credit hours of course work. Students must Stake* complete 2 credit hours in either a research seminar or independent research and must complete one Robert H. McKinney Professors of the following courses: contracts, torts, property, Douglass Boshkoff* (Emeritus), Daniel O. Conkle* constitutional law, criminal law, civil procedure; or a basic methodological course that has been approved Richard S. Melvin Professor by the law minor advisor. Other courses to be taken Gene R. Shreve* (Emeritus), Kevin Brown* will depend on the student’s interests and needs and shall be recommended by the assigned faculty advisor Roscoe C. O’Byrne Professor from the Maurer School of Law and approved by the student’s Ph.D. advisory committee as well as the Alfred C. Aman Jr.* appropriate chairperson or the dean of the student’s Harry Pratter Professor school. Examinations are required for individual courses, but none is required for the minor itself. Joseph L. Hoffman* The minor chairperson in the Maurer School of Law is John S. Schiller Professor Assistant Dean Catherine Matthews, Room 024, (812) Hannah L. Buxbaum* 856-9677. Professors Faculty A. James Barnes* (Public and Environmental Affairs), The minor chairperson in the Maurer School of Law is Jeannine Bell*, Terry A. Bethel* (Emeritus), Daniel Assistant Dean Catherine Matthews, Room 024, (812) Cole, Stephen A. Conrad*, Robert L. Fischman*, Luis 856-9677 E. Fuentes-Rohwer*, Ann J. Gellis (Emerita), Donald H. Graduate Faculty Gjerdingen*, Edwin Greenebaum* (Emeritus), Michael (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Grossberg* (History), Robert H. Heidt* (Emeritus), Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct William Henderson*, Jayanth Krishnan*, Julia C. Lam- doctoral dissertations.) ber* (Emeritus), Jody Madeira*, Ajay Mehrotra*, Christiana Ochoa*, Aviva Anne Orenstein*, John Allen Scanlan* Dean and James H. Rudy Professor of Law (Emeritus), F. Thomas Schornhorst* (Emeritus), J. Alexander Tanford* (Emeritus), Timothy Waters* Austen L. Parrish Associate Professors Val Nolan Professor Brian Broughman*, Jessica Eaglin, Gina-Gail Fletcher, Lauren Kay Robel* Pamela Foohey, H. Timothy Lovelace, Michael Mattioli, James Louis Calamaras Professor Victor Quintanilla, Steve Sanders, Ryan Scott*, Deborah Widiss* David Paul Fidler* Courses Willard and Margaret Carr Professor of Labor and Employment Law For a list of courses and their descriptions, see the course list of the Maurer School of Law. Kenneth Glenn Dau-Schmidt* C. Ben Dutton Professors Linguistics Fred H. Cate*, J. William Hicks* (Emeritus), Donna M. College of Arts and Sciences Nagy* Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Walter W. Foskett Professors Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~lingdept John S. Applegate*, Dawn Elizabeth Johnsen*, William (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Popkin* (Emeritus), Susan H. Williams* School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements John S. Hastings Professor 288 September 6, 2017 contained only in The University Graduate School The master’s track in computational linguistics consists of Bulletin.) a minimum of 30 credit hours to include L541, L542, L543, L545, and L645. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must Curriculum be achieved in these five core courses. Students must Degrees Offered also fulfill a specialization course requirement by taking Master of Arts in Linguistics, Master of Science in two of the following courses: Q520 (Cognitive Science), Computational Linguistics, Doctor of Philosophy in L614 (Linguistics), L615 (Linguistics) or seminar courses Linguistics such as P657 (Psychology), L715 (Linguistics), or L7XX (Linguistics) approved by the student’s academic advisor. Special Departmental Requirements Three additional electives must be taken. A minimum of 20 credit hours must be from linguistics department offerings. (See also general University Graduate School Outside electives must be approved by the student’s requirements.) academic advisor. Master of Arts in Linguistics Programming Language Requirement Admission Requirements L555 or a computer programming course (or the Admission to the M.A. program will be based on equivalent) approved by the student’s academic advisor. evaluations of (1) undergraduate grade record, (2) level of achievement in the Graduate Record Examination Foreign Language Requirement General Test, (3) three letters of recommendation, and Knowledge of the structure of a language or languages (4) undergraduate exposure to linguistics and related (other than English) outside the student’s general course work. Students not satisfying requirement (4) language family. may be admitted but may be required to do course work prerequisite to introductory graduate courses. Master of Science in Computational Linguistics Thesis Computational linguistics is an interdisciplinary field addressing the computational analysis and Optional; maximum of 4 credit hours. production of human language. The field is situated between linguistics, computer science, and cognitive Final Examination science, borrowing insights from linguistics and None. methodology from computer science. Computational linguistics is largely an applied discipline concerned Course Requirements with practical problems. Typical applications include: A total of 30 credit hours, including L520, L530, L541, machine translation (translating from one language to L542, and L543. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must another), information retrieval (finding relevant documents be achieved in these five core courses. Additional or parts of documents in large collections of texts), electives as approved by the department. Specific course cognitive modeling, sentiment analysis (for example in requirements may be met by taking a higher level course product reviews), automatic summarization, and computer in the same area. A minimum of 20 credit hours must be assisted language learning. from linguistics department offerings. Course Requirements Foreign Language Requirements The M.S. in Computational Linguistics consists of a Reading knowledge of one foreign language approved minimum of 33 credit hours, 39 if the student needs to by the department and knowledge of the structure of a fulfill the Math and Logic Foundation, which consists of language or languages other than English and outside S520 (Department of Statistics) and Q520 (Cognitive the student’s general language family. (The L653-L654 Science Program). Required courses include L545, L645, sequence may satisfy the second part of this requirement.) L665, L715, L614 and A594 (offered by the Department of Computer Science in the School of Informatics). In Master of Arts in Linguistics with a Concentration in addition, students must select a specialization in morpho- Computational Linguistics syntax—L543 plus one of L544, L546, or L643—or in Computational linguistics is an interdisciplinary field which morpho-phonology—L542, plus either L544 or L642. A addresses the use of computers to process or produce grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be achieved in these human language. Linguistics contributes to this field an ten core courses. Two additional electives must be taken understanding of the special properties of language data, from the following lists: and also provides theories and descriptions of language Linguistics: L520, L541, L542, L543, L544, L546, L615, structure and use. Computational linguistics is largely L642, L643, L7xx (relevant seminars) an applied discipline concerned with practical problems. Typical applications include: natural language processing, Computer Science: A590, B401, B403, B555, B651, B659 machine translation (translating from one language to another), speech synthesis, speech production, Informatics: I529, I532, I534 information retrieval (finding relevant documents or parts Cognitive Science: Q550 of documents in large collections of texts), cognitive modeling, and, in general, almost anything dealing with Programming Language Requirement natural language interfaces. L555 or equivalent course or knowledge approved by the Course Requirements department. September 6, 2017 289

Bachelor of Science/Master of Science (3+2) in (12 credit hours in one department) The following Computational Linguistics disciplines are appropriate for an outside concentration: Computational linguistics is an interdisciplinary cognitive science, computer science, informatics, field incorporating insights and methodology from mathematics, psychology, or a foreign language (the linguistics, computer science, and cognitive science. It is latter must be different from the language used to fulfill essentially an applied discipline concerned with practical the WLC requirement). Alternatively, students can fulfill problems in the computational analysis and production this requirement through a minor offered by any of these of human language. Typical applications include: departments. machine translation (translating from one language to Internship another), information retrieval (finding relevant documents or parts of documents in large collections of texts), (Optional 2-3 credit hours) Students have the option of cognitive modeling, sentiment analysis (for example in participating in a summer internship between the 4th and product reviews), automatic summarization of texts, and 5th years. computer-assisted language learning. This accelerated program permits students to obtain both B.S. and M.S. Doctor of Philosophy Degree degrees in five years, providing them with the requisite Admission Requirements skills for industry jobs in information technology. Admission to the Ph.D. program will be based upon Course Requirements evaluation of (1) previous academic record, (2) level of achievement on the Graduate Record Examination The B.S./M.S. in Computational Linguistics consists of General Test, (3) three letters of recommendation, (4) a minimum of 133 credit hours in six areas. Required previous exposure to linguistics and related course work, courses include the following: and (5) compatibility of interests with those of the faculty. General Education and College CASE Requirements Fields of Study English Composition, Mathematical Modeling; World The doctorate is normally pursued in areas such as Languages and Cultures/CASE Foreign Language phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, requirement (4 semesters of FL or equivalent); CAPP historical linguistics, African linguistics, computational course; Public Communication; Arts and Humanities (2 linguistics, and sociolinguistics. Other concentrations, courses); Social and Historical Studies (2 courses) including a combined degree with cognitive science, are also possible with the approval of the department. Math and Logic Foundation Course Requirements Mathematics M212, Statistics S320, Philosophy P250 or Cognitive Science Q250 A minimum of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. Specific requirements include one graduate course each Core UG Computational Requirements in phonetics, phonology, syntax, historical linguistics, Linguistics L203, L245, L306, L307, L310, L415, L435, sociolinguistics, and language acquisition, plus at least L445; Computer Science C211, C212, C241 four courses in linguistics at the 600-700 levels, one of which must be L642 or L643 for students in general Graduate Specialization Requirements linguistics. Only one of these four courses may be taken Linguistics: L614, L645, L665, L715; outside the Department of Linguistics. Additional course requirements may be set by the student's advisory Computer Science: A594 and either B401 or B403; committee. Library & Information Science: S534. Minor In addition, students must select a specialization in The choice of a minor field should be agreed to by the stu- morpho-syntax—L543 plus one of L544, L546, or L643— dent’s advisory committee. The specific requirements for or in morpho-phonology—L542 plus either L544 or L642. the minor are established by the department that grants A grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be achieved in the minor. The student is responsible for ascertaining what these nine core courses. those requirements are and for meeting them. Three additional electives must be taken from the Advisory Committee following lists (at least two at the 500-level or above): All students in the Ph.D. program will select an advisory Linguistics: L308, L315, L325, L520, L541, L542, L543, committee consisting of at least three faculty members, L544, L546, L615, L642, L643, L7xx (relevant seminars); one of whom should normally represent the student’s minor field. The committee must be selected no later than Computer Science: A290, A590, B503, B555, B651, B659; the end of the semester following the completion of the Informatics: I529, I532, I534; master’s degree at Indiana University, or, in the case of students entering the program with master’s degrees Library and Information Science: S543, S604, S636, S637, from other institutions, no later than two semesters after S661; matriculation. Cognitive Science: Q351, Q520, Q550. Students will plan their programs with the advisory Outside Concentration committee, which will be responsible for counseling students with regard to the qualifying examination, setting the examination, and administering it. 290 September 6, 2017

Foreign Language Structure Ph.D. in Linguistics with a Concentration in Knowledge of the structure of a language other than Computational Linguistics English and outside the student's general language Course Requirements family (choice to be determined in consultation with the A minimum of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. student's advisory committee). The structure requirement Specific requirements include L545, L555, L615, L645, can be fulfilled in three ways: (1) by completing a one- one graduate-level course each in phonetics, phonology, semester course on the structure of some language; (2) by syntax, and at least two additional courses in linguistics at completing a two-semester elementary level sequence of the 600-700 levels. Where appropriate, additional courses a language; (3) by completing the field methods sequence may be assigned by the student’s advisory committee. L653-654. Research Tool Requirements Research Tools Requirements The student must demonstrate proficiency (1), in the (1) Reading or speaking knowledge of a foreign language basics of discrete mathematics or mathematical linguistics, relevant and applicable to doctoral study in the student’s which can be met by courses such as L611 or Q520; and research area, and (2) proficiency in a research skill (2) in programming techniques, with working knowledge of appropriate to the student’s research area, including, but at least two programming languages. not limited to, reading knowledge in an additional foreign language, statistics, logic, programming, methods in Qualifying Examination social science research, or field methods. Proficiency is The qualifying exam is comprehensive; the examination normally demonstrated by two semesters of appropriate is on two distinct areas of computational linguistics and/ instruction. Students may not count field methods classes or linguistics. At least one of the qualifying examinations for both the foreign language structure and research tools must entail a practical software artifact. The artifact may requirement. The choice of appropriate research tools is to be a program, a computational grammar, an implemented be determined in consultation with the student’s advisory scheme for corpus annotation, or some other approved committee. artifact. The other examination may take the form of a Qualifying Examination written paper (of publishable quality) or a written exam. Specific focus and scheduling of the examination is Comprehensive; the examination is on two distinct areas determined by the student’s advisory committee. of linguistics - one primary, one secondary - and requires the student to develop five research proposals and one (All other requirements are the same as the above for the research paper. Specific focus and scheduling of the Ph.D. in Linguistics.) examination is determined by the student’s advisory Ph.D. Minor in Linguistics committee. Doctoral students in other departments may choose Research Proposal linguistics as an outside minor. Twelve (12) credit hours of approved courses are required; at least three of the After nomination to candidacy, the student will select a courses must be from the Department of linguistics. A research committee composed of no fewer than three grade point average of 3.0 (B) or higher must be achieved members of the Department of Linguistics faculty and an in these courses. The specific program for satisfying outside representative. This committee must approve the this requirement should be developed in consultation proposed dissertation topic. with a linguistics faculty member serving as a minor Final Examination representative on the student's advisory committee. Oral defense of dissertation. This defense is open. Ph.D. Minor in African Languages and Linguistics The minor consists of a minimum of four courses (12 Ph.D. in Linguistics with a Concentration in African credits) including the following: (1) one course in an Languages and Linguistics African language at the 600 level or higher, (2) A501, Course Requirements and (3) two additional courses in African languages or linguistics approved by a linguistics faculty member A minimum of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. serving as a minor representative on the student's Specific requirements include A501, L653-L654, one advisory committee. A grade point average of 3.0 (B) or graduate-level course each in phonetics, phonology, better must be achieved in these courses. syntax, and historical linguistics, plus at least two additional courses in linguistics at the 600-700 levels. Ph.D. Minor in Computational Linguistics Where appropriate, additional courses may be assigned The minor consists of a minimum of 15 credit hours by the student’s advisory committee. of course work, including the following: (1) L545 and L645, (2) one of L503, L541, L542, or L543, and (3) two Foreign Language Requirements specialization courses taken from the following: B651 Three languages: (1) proficiency in two foreign languages, (Computer Science), Q520 (Cognitive Science), S522 one of which must be an African language and the other (Speech and Hearing Sciences) and seminar courses normally French or German; and (2) knowledge of the such as P657 (Psychology), L700 or L715 (Linguistics) structure of a foreign language or language group other or other courses (such as L614) approved by a linguistics than Romance or Germanic. faculty member serving as a minor representative on the student's advisory committee. A grade point average of (All other requirements are the same as the above for the 3.0 (B) or higher must be achieved in these courses. Ph.D. in Linguistics.) September 6, 2017 291

Faculty Chien-Jer "Charles" Lin* (East Asian Languages and Cultures) Chairperson Academic Advising Robert Botne* For Master of Arts in Linguistics and Doctor of Philosophy Graduate Faculty in Linguistics: Professor Ken de Jong*, Memorial Hall 322, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University (812) 855-6456, kdejong [at] indiana [dot] edu Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Courses Chancellor’s Professor Emeritus General LING-L 503 Introduction to Linguistics for Graduate Daniel A. Dinnsen* students (3 cr.) Introduction to the basic tools of Rudy Professor Emeritus grammatical analysis (of sounds, words, sentences and meanings) for graduate students having little background Albert Valdman* (French and Italian) in formal linguistics. Suitable for students interested Distinguished Professor Emeritus in linguistics, computer science/informatics, foreign languages, speech and hearing sciences, second Paul Newman*, Professors Emeriti, Robert F. Port, language studies, elementary or secondary English Frances Trix education, psychology, or cognitive science. Professors LING-L 515 The Computer and Natural Language (3 cr.) Present-day computer systems work with human Robert Botne*, J. Clancy Clements* (Spanish and language in many different forms, whether as stored Portuguese), Stuart Davis*, Kenneth J. de Jong*, Steven data in the form of text, typed queries to a database or Laurence Franks* (Slavics and East European Languages search engine, or speech commands in a voice-driven and Cultures), Yoshihisa Kitagawa*, Samuel G. Obeng* computer system. We also increasingly expect computers Associate Professors to produce human language, such as user-friendly error messages and synthesized speech. This course surveys a Julie Auger* (French and Italian), Markus Dickinson*, range of linguistics issues and problems in computational Sandra Kuebler*, Barbara Vance* (French and Italian) linguistics. Clinical Professor LING-L 520 Sociolinguistics (3 cr.) Examination Alwiya Omar (African Studies) of theoretical perspectives on language as a social phenomenon. Questions of linguistic variation, including Assistant Professors social and contextual factors contributing to variation. Kelly Harper Berkson*, Malgorzata Cavar, Thomas Grano* LING-L 530 Introduction to Historical Linguistics (3 cr.) P: L542 or equivalent. Principles of language Lecturer classification and subclassification. Processes of Ann C. Bunger diachronic change. Methods of linguistic reconstruction, especially the comparative method and internal Reasearch Scientists reconstruction. Damir Cavar LING-L 541 Introductory Phonetics (3 cr.) Survey Adjunct Professors of speech sound types in languages of the world with practice in discrimination, transcription, and production. Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig* (Second Language Studies), Introduction to acoustic phonetics, physiology of speech Phil Connell* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Laurent production, and speech perception; with concurrent Dekydtspotter* (French and Italian, Second Language laboratory section. Studies), Tracy Alan Hall* (Germanic Studies), Susan Herring* (Information and Library Science), Lawrence LING-L 542 Phonological Analysis (3 cr.) An Moss* (Mathematics), David Pisoni* (Psychology), Rex introduction to the principles of contemporary phonological Sprouse* (Germanic Studies, Second Language Studies), theory and tools of phonological analysis and description. Natsuko Tsujimura* (East Asian Languages and Cultures) The format of the course is oriented toward data-based problems from a wide variety of languages. Adjunct Associate Professors LING-L 543 Syntactic Analysis (3 cr.) An examination of Tessa Bent* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), J. César the methods and argumentation used in syntactic analysis Félix-Brasdefer* (Spanish and Portuguese), Isabelle conducted within the framework of generative grammar. Darcy* (Second Language Studies), George Fowler* Emphasis on constructing and evaluating grammatical (Slavics and East European Languages and Cultures), analyses and promoting critical understanding of the Phil LeSourd* (Anthropology, Second Language Studies), generative framework. John Paolillo* (Informatics, Information and Library Science), Kevin Rottef* (French and Italian), David LING-L 544 Morphological Analysis (3 cr.) Introduction Stringer* (Second Language Studies) to the basic concepts and approaches to morphological analysis and description, to different theories of Adjunct Assistant Professors word structure, and to issues in the relation between morphology and phonology and between morphology and 292 September 6, 2017 syntax. Data-based problem solving from a wide variety of Examination of selected cases illustrating the relationship languages. between language contact and linguistic change. LING-L 545 Computation & Linguistic Analysis LING-L 630 Lexicology (3 cr.) Analysis of the lexical (3 cr.) P: L555 (or equivalent, approved by course structure of languages. The word and its morphological instructor) This course explores how linguistic analysis and semantic properties. Application of lexicology to can be stated as computer programs, emphasizing the practical problems in dictionary making (lexicography). design of data structures used in linguistic analysis, the computational issues underlying them, and their use in LING-L 636 Pidgins and Creoles (3 cr.) Survey of the natural processing. field of pidgin and creole linguistics: presentation of the structure of selected prototypical pidgins and creoles; LING-L 546 Semantics (3 cr.) P: L543 or equivalent. review of the theories for the genesis of creoles and their Introduction to current semantic theory, its tools, concepts, relationship to current issues in language acquisition and and principles. Emphasis on constructing detailed historical linguistics; discussion of language planning fragments of natural language with syntactic and semantic issues specific to pidgins and creoles, as well as components. discussion of current issues. LING-L 555 Programming for Computational LING-L 641 Advanced Phonetics (3 cr.) P: L541 or Linguistics (3 cr.) Introduction to the fundamentals of equivalent. Experimental analysis of the speech signal; programming and computer science, aiming at attaining speech articulation and the structure of phonetic space. practical skills for text processing. Through lectures, A survey of current theories of speech production and lab sessions, and weekly or bi-weekly assignments, perception with experience designing and conducting students will learn the essentials of a given programming experiments, and some consideration of phonetic factors language (e.g., Perl) and how to apply these skills to that determine the choice of particular sound contrasts in natural language data. languages. LING-L 590 Linguistic Structure (3 cr.) Analysis of LING-L 642 Advanced Phonological Description particular aspects of the structure of a language or of a (3 cr.) P: L542 or equivalent. Problems of phonological group of closely related languages. Methods used may description and their theoretical implications. Practice in include text analysis, informant work, study of secondary formulating and evaluating explanatory statements about sources, lectures, reports. various phonetic, phonotactic, and morphophonemic properties of languages. LING-L 611 Models of Linguistic Structure (3 cr.) Formulations of linguistic structures—finite-set, phrase- LING-L 643 Advanced Syntax (3 cr.) P: L543 or structure, transformational dependency, predictive—with equivalent. Syntactic analysis and recent developments emphasis on their mathematical properties. Mathematical of principles and parameters/minimalist theory. Taking concepts underlying these formulations, such as sets, up from L543, reviews core modules of grammar from relations, Markov processes, and automata. L543 and examines topics such as logical form, empty categories, barriers, functional categories, and relativized LING-L 614 Alternative Syntactic Theories (3 cr.) minimality. Introduces concepts of minimalist theory. P: L543 or equivalent. An examination of a current Training in abstract and squib writing, paper presentation. syntactic framework other than the standard framework in terms of specific issues of syntactic analysis and general LING-L 645 Adv Natural Language Processing (3 cr.) claims about the nature and organization of the syntax P: L555 (or equivalent) and L545. An introduction to of natural languages. Emphasis on developing analyses statistical models and machine learning paradigms in NLP. within that framework. May be repeated for credit when Covers basic notions in probability and information theory, topic varies. focusing on the concepts needed for NLP, including Markov Models. Additional topics may include word LING-L 615 Corpus Linguistics (3 cr.) P: L543. sense disambiguation, text categorization, and statistical Advances in computer technology have revolutionized alignment methods and their use in machine translation. the ways linguists can approach their data. By using computers, we can access large bodies of text (corpora) LING-L 653 Field Methods in Linguistics I (3 cr.) and search for phenomena. The course will give an Techniques of data collection and analysis based on introduction to the methodology and applications in the work with a native speaker of a language unknown to the field. students. LING-L 620 Advanced Sociolinguistics (3 cr.) LING-L 654 Field Methods in Linguistics II (3 cr.) Sociolinguistic methodology and data analysis, language Techniques of data collection and analysis based on ideology, and language in social institutions. Course work with a native speaker of a language unknown to the topics include: quantitative and qualitative methods students. (variationist, ethnographic, and discourse analytic methods); Anglo-American, Continental pragmatics; LING-L 665 Applying Machine Learning Techniques in language and sociocultural identity (culture, politeness, Computational Linguistics (3 cr.) P: L545 or equivalent power, solidarity, and gender); and institutional discourse Introduction to major algorithms in Machine Learning (juridical, therapeutic, political, religious, etc.). (ML) as well as applications of these techniques to a wide range of CL topics. Course includes an introduction to CL LING-L 625 Bilingualism and Language Contact and to W focused on supervised algorithms: decision trees (3 cr.) Problems of multilingualism, including diglossia. and rule learning. Also considered are applications of ML algorithms to CL problems. September 6, 2017 293

LING-L 670 Language Typology (3 cr.) Introduction to African Linguistics linguistic typology, the study of how languages differ and LING-A 501 Introduction to African Linguistics (3 cr.) how they are alike in terms of formal features. Focuses Introduction to African Linguistics (3 cr.) Introduction on a variety of syntactic and morphological features of to the linguistic study of African languages; questions languages including: lexical classes, word order, case of language distribution, typological and genetic and agreement systems, animacy, definiteness, and classification, comparative reconstruction, and structural gender; valence-changing devices; verbal categories and aspects of individual languages. subordination. LING-A 502 Language in Africa (3 cr.) Language in LING-L 685 Linguistics Teaching Practicum (1-3 cr.) the lives and behavior of African people. Dynamics P: Completion of 24 hours of graduate coursework, plus of language spread and multilingualism. Literacy, 600-level coursework in the area of the practicum. Under language and education. Linguistic ritual: greetings, faculty supervision, students provide instruction in an condolences, apologies, leave-taking. Joking and undergraduate course in their area of specialization, for insulting relationships. Stories and storytellers. Proverbs example, phonetics, phonology, syntax, sociolinguistics. and their use. Power of language in society. This practicum also provides experience in developing course materials (e.g., problem sets, homework exercises, LING-A 503 Bantu Linguistics (3 cr.) Structural reading selections), and testing. comparisons of Bantu languages at levels of phonology, morphology, and syntax, noting differences and similarities LING-L 690 Advanced Readings in Linguistics (1-4 cr.) of various East African languages. S/F grading. LING-A 504 Chadic Linguistics (3 cr.) P: Reading LING-L 695 M.A. Thesis Research (1-4 cr.) This course knowledge of French or German. An introduction to the is eligible for a deferred grade. Chadic language family. The relationship of Chadic to Afro-Asiatic and the membership and internal classification LING-L 700 Seminar on Current Issues (1-4 cr.) This of the Chadic family. Common structural features of seminar will deal with major books and articles that present-day Chadic langugages and the reconstruction of have defined important areas of debate in the current Proto-Chadic. development of linguistic theory. The specific title will be announced well in advance of each semester. Course may LING-A 747 Seminar in African Linguistics (4 cr.) be retaken for up to 12 credit hours. Research on specific problems of African linguistics. Course may be repeated for credit. LING-L 710 Seminar in Phonetics (3 cr.) Selected problems in the acoustic, motor, and auditory structure of The Study of African and Other Languages the sounds of human language. May be repeated for credit African and Other Languages when topic changes. LING-F 101 Elementary African Languages I: [variable LING-L 712 Seminar in Phonology (3 cr.) Research and language] (3 cr.) Three (3) credit hours for graduate reports on selected problems of generative phonology. students; 4 credit hours for undergraduates. May be repeated for credit when topic changes. LING-F 102 Elementary African Languages II: [variable LING-L 714 Seminar in Syntax (3 cr.) Advanced language] (3 cr.) Three (3) credit hours for graduate treatment of a topic, construction, or theoretical concept in students; 4 credit hours for undergraduates. syntax using a current theoretical model. May be repeated LING-F 201 Intermediate African Languages I: for credit when topic changes. [variable language] (3 cr.) LING-L 715 Seminar in Computational Linguistics LING-F 202 Intermediate African Languages II: (3 cr.) The seminar will introduce students to current [variable language] (3 cr.) research in the field of Computational Linguistics. May be repeated for up to 15 credits. LING-F 301 Advanced African Languages I: [variable language] (3 cr.) LING-L 720 Seminar in Sociolinguistics (3 cr.) Selected problems concerning the relationship between language LING-F 302 Advanced African Languages II: [variable and society. May be repeated for credit when topic language] (3 cr.) changes. LING-A 400 Advanced Individual Study of an African LING-L 760 Seminar in Historical Linguistics (3 cr.) Language (1-4; max. 12 cr.) May be repeated for credit. Selected problems concerning linguistic reconstruction, LING-L 506 Tutorial Instruction in Foreign Languages processes of diachronic change, and language (arr. cr.) May be repeated for credit. classification. May be repeated for credit when topic changes. Akan LING-L 780 Seminar in Semantics (3 cr.) Selected LING-K 501 Elementary Akan I (3 cr.) Introduction to problems in the area of meaning and the relationship Akan, a major language in Ghana. Basic grammatical between language and semantic interpretation. May be structures, vocabulary, emphasis on the spoken language, repeated for credit when topic changes. oral, listening comprehension, language use in specific social settings. Graduate students will have individual LING-L 800 Research (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for projects to submit. Important cultural points like food, a deferred grade. clothing, marriage, etc. Videos and Internet resources will be used. 294 September 6, 2017

LING-K 502 Elementary Akan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or reading texts, oral/written compositions, reading, listening better in LING K501, or equivalent proficiency. Introduction comprehension, and translation of texts. Cultural events to Akan, major language in Ghana. Basic grammatical through use of videos, CD-ROMs, internet. structures, vocabulary, emphasis on the spoken language, oral, listening comprehension, language use in specific LING-B 602 Intermediate Bamana II (3 cr.) P: Grade of social settings. Graduate students will have individual C or better in LING B601 or equivalent proficiency Study projects to submit. Important cultural points like food, of more complex grammatical structures, with emphasis clothing, marriage, etc. Videos and Internet resources will on active skills: speaking, writing, reading texts. Attention be used. will be on oral/written compositions, reading and listening comprehension, and translation of texts. Graduate LING-K 601 Intermediate Akan I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C students will have an individual project. Description of or better in LING K502, or equivalent proficiency. First cultural events through the use of videos, CD-ROMs and part in a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex the Internet. grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: speaking and writing. Attention will be on oral and written LING-B 701 Advanced Bamana I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C compositions, reading and listening comprehension, and First part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more translation of texts. Description of cultural events through complex grammatical structures, complex contextual the use of videos and the Internet. discourse patterns. Advanced readings of traditional, modern literature. Advanced oral, written compositions, LING-K 602 Intermediate Akan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C listening comprehension, translations. Special projects. or better in LING K601, or equivalent proficiency. Second part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex LING-B 702 Advanced Bamana II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: or better in LING B701 or equivalent proficiency. Second speaking, writing and reading texts. Attention will be part of two-semester sequence. Requires permission on oral and written composition, reading and listening of instructor. Study of complex grammatical structures, comprehension, translation from English to Twi and from contextual discourse patterns. Advanced readings, oral Twi to English. Description of cultural events shown on and written compositions, listening comprehension, video or CD-ROM. translation of complex texts. Additional project(s). LING-K 701 Advanced Akan I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or Swahili better in LING K602, or equivalent proficiency. Study LING-S 501 Elementary Swahili I (3 cr.) First part of a of more complex grammatical structures and complex two-semester sequence. Introduction to Swahili, a major contextual discourse patterns. Advanced readings of African language spoken in East Africa, e.g., Kenya, traditional and modern literature. Advanced oral and Tanzania, and Uganda. Basic grammatical structures and written compositions, advanced listening comprehension vocabulary. Emphasis on spoken language and listening and translation of complex texts. Use of Internet comprehension, language use in specific social settings, resources. The course will be completely oriented to the and appropriate cultural features (e.g., foods, clothing, needs of the students enrolled. marraige). Student projects. LING-K 702 Advanced Akan II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or LING-S 502 Elementary Swahili II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C better in LING K701, or equivalent proficiency. Study of or better in LING S501, or equivalent proficiency. Second complex grammatical structures and of more complex part of a two-semester sequence. Continuation of work contextual discourse patterns. Advanced readings of begun on basic skills in S501, with continued emphasis on traditional and modern literature. Advanced oral and oral/aural skills, reading comprehension. Student projects. written compositions, advanced reading and listening LING-S 601 Intermediate Swahili I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C comprehension and translation of complex texts from or better in LING S502, or equivalent proficiency. English to Twi. The course will be completely oriented to First part of a two-semester sequence. Introduction of the needs of the students enrolled. more grammatical structures, expanded vocabulary. Bambara/Bamana Continued work on comprehension, both listening and LING-B 501 Elementary Bamana I (3 cr.) Introduction reading, and oral production. More emphasis on speaking to Bamana, major language spoken in Mali and Burkina and writing. Student projects. Faso. Basic grammatical structures and vocabulary. Emphasis is on spoken language, language use in specific LING-S 602 Intermediate Swahili II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C social settings. Graduate students will have an individual or better in LING S601, or equivalent proficiency. project to complete. Important cultural points like food, Second part of a two-semester sequence. Continuation clothing, etc. Videos and Internet resources will be used. of work in S601, with additional and more complex grammatical structures, expanded vocabulary. Increased LING-B 502 Elementary Bamana II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C conversational interaction and written compositions. or better in B501 or equivalent proficiency. Second part of Student projects. a two-semester course. Bamana is spoken in West Africa especially Mali. Basic grammatical structures/vocabulary, LING-S 701 Advanced Swahili I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C spoken language used in social settings. Videos and or better in LING S602, or equivalent proficiency. First Internet resources will be used. part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex LING-B 601 Intermediate Bamana I (3 cr.) P: Grade of grammatical structures and of more complex contextual C or better in LING B502 or equivalent proficiency. First discourse patterns. Advanced readings of oral and written part of two-semester course. Studying more complex grammatical structures, emphasis speaking/writing/ September 6, 2017 295 compositions, advanced listening comprehension, and begun on basic skills in Y501, with continued emphasis on translation of complex texts. Use of Internet resources. oral/aural skills, reading comprehension. Student projects. LING-S 702 Advanced Swahili II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C LING-Y 601 Intermediate Yoruba I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or better in LING-S 701 or equivalent proficiency and or better in LING-Y 502 or equivalent proficiency requires permission of instructor. Second part of a two- First part of a two-semester sequence. Introduction semester sequence. Study of complex grammatical of more complex grammatical structures, expanded structures, advanced readings of traditional, modern vocabulary. Continued work on comprehension-both literature. Advanced oral and written compositions, listening and reading-and oral production. More emphasis advanced reading and listening comprehension and on speaking and writing. Student projects. translation of complex texts from English to Swahili. Wolof LING-Y 602 Intermediate Yoruba II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or better in LING-Y 602 or equivalent proficiency LING-X 501 Elementary Wolof (3 cr.) Introduction to the Second part of a two-semester sequence. Continuation Wolof language. Focus on basic sounds, basic sentence of work in Y601 with additional and more complex structure of the language, combining written, oral practice grammatical structures, expanded vocabulary. Increased based on cultural aspects of Wolof society. Exercises conversational interaction and written compositions. include oral, listening, and reading comprehension, writing Student projects. with emphasis on the foreign language national standards. LING-X 502 Elementary Wolof (3 cr.) P: X501 Course Zulu provides a deeper knowledge of the Wolof language, LING-Z 501 Elementary Zulu I (3 cr.) First part of a two- culture. Second part of a two-semester sequence. semester sequence. Introduction to Zulu language and Focused on communication, cultures, connections, culture. Zulu is spoken in South Africa and the neighboring comparisons, and communities of the foreign language. countries of Zimbabwe, Malawi, Namibia, Mozambique This will enable each student to acquire greater Swaziland, and Lesotho Basic grammatical structures understanding and use the Wolof language to convey and vocabulary, emphasis on the spoken language and feelings, express ideas in language. cultural awareness. LING-X 601 Intermediate Wolof I (3 cr.) This is an LING-Z 502 Elementary Zulu II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or intermediate Wolof class, a continuation of X501 and better in LING Z501, or equivalent proficiency. The second X502. Students will deepen basic skills acquired in part of a two-semester sequence. Basic grammatical previous Wolof courses such as pronunciation, reading, structures and vocabulary. Emphasis is on the spoken speaking, listening and writing. language—oral and listening comprehension, language use in specific social settings. Videos and internet LING-X 602 Intermediate Wolof II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C resources will be used. or better in LING-X601. This is the second semester of an Intermediate Wolof class X601. Students will deepen LING-Z 601 Intermediate Zulu I (3 cr.) P: Grade of C basic skills acquired in previous Wolof courses such as or better in LING Z502, or equivalent proficiency. First pronunciation, reading, speaking, listeneing and writing. part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex This semester will focus on listening and speaking skills. grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: speaking, writing, and reading texts. Attention will be LING-X 701 Advanced Wolof (3 cr.) Instruction will on oral and written compositions, reading and listening mostly be in Wolof. Learners will be required to contribute comprehension, and translation of texts. Description of effectively in Wolof in all class discussions and activities. cultural events through the use of videos and the Internet. Wolof grammar will be reviewed and exercises assigned to check learners’ grasp of grammatical patterns and LING-Z 602 Intermediate Zulu II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C ability to express themselves appropriately in given or better in LING Z601, or equivalent proficiency. Second communicative situations. part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: LING-X 702 Advanced Wolof (3 cr.) P: X701 Provide speaking, writing, and reading texts. Attention will be the students a deeper knowledge of Wolof language, on oral and written compositions, reading and listening cultures, connections, comparisons, and communities. comprehension, and translation of texts. Descriptions of Each student will acquire a greater capacity to understand cultural events through the use of videos and the Internet. and use the language. Each student will develop the ability Second part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more to convey feelings and ideas in the language. complex grammatical structures, with emphasis on active skills: speaking, writing, and reading texts. Attention will Yoruba be on oral and written compositions, reading and listening LING-Y 501 Elementary Yoruba I (3 cr.) First part of a comprehension, and translation of texts. Descriptions of two-semester sequence. Introduction to Yoruba language cultural events through the use of videos and the Internet. and culture, a major African language spoken in Nigeria. Basic grammatical structures and vocabulary. Emphasis LING-Z 701 Advanced Zulu I (3 cr.) P: Grade of on spoken language and listening comprehension, C or better in LING Z602, or equivalent proficiency. language use in specific social settings (e.g., market, First part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more hospital, school), and appropriate cultural features (e.g., complex grammatical structures and of more complex foods, clothing, marriage, etc...). Student projects. contextual discourse patterns. Advanced readings of traditional and modern literature. Advanced oral and LING-Y 502 Elementary Yoruba II (3 cr.) P: Grade C or written compositions, advanced listening comprehension better in LING-Y 501, or equivalent proficiency Second and translation of complex texts. Use of internet part of a two-semester sequence. Continuation of work 296 September 6, 2017 resources.course will be completely oriented to the needs James Brown* (Journalism), Trevor Brown* of the students enrolled. (Emeritus, Journalism), Richard Burke* (Emeritus, Telecommunications), Edward J. Castronova* LING-Z 702 Advanced Zulu II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C or (Telecommunications), Barbara Cherry* better in LING Z701, or equivalent proficiency. Second (Telecommunications), Dan Drew* (Emeritus, part of a two-semester sequence. Study of more complex Journalism), Jack Dvorak* (Journalism), Susan grammatical structures and of more complex contextual Eastman* (Emerita, Telecommunications), Walter discourse patterns. Advanced readings of traditional and Gantz* (Telecommunications), Maria Elizabeth Grabe* modern literature. Advanced oral written compositions, (Telecommunications), Peter Jacobi* (Emeritus, advanced listening comprehension and translation of Journalism), Shannon Martin* (Journalism), Michael complex texts. Use of internet resources. The course McGregor* (Telecommunications), David P. Nord* will be completely oriented to the needs of the students (Journalism), Christine L. Ogan* (Emerita, Journalism), enrolled. Carol Polsgrove* (Emerita, Journalism), Harmeet Sawhney* (Telecommunications), David H. Waterman* Mass Communications (Telecommunications), David H. Weaver* (Journalism), College of Arts and Sciences G. Cleveland Wilhoit* (Emeritus, Journalism), Lars Willnat Departmental E-mail: (Journalism) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Associate Professors Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~telecom/ David Boeyink* (Journalism), Bonnie Jeanne Brownlee (Journalism), Claude H. Cookman (Journalism), Jon (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Paul Dilts* (Journalism), Michael Evans* (Journalism), School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Anthony L. Fargo* (Journalism), Julia R. Fox* University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements (Telecommunications), Owen V. Johnson* (Journalism), contained only in The University Graduate School James Kelly (Journalism), Radhika Parameswaran* Bulletin.) (Journalism), Bryant M. Paul* (Telecommunications), Curriculum Robert F. Potter* (Telecommunications), Steven Laurence Raymer (Journalism), Amy L. Reynolds* (Journalism), S. Degree Offered Holly Stocking* (Emerita, Journalism), Herbert A. Terry* Program Information (Emeritus, Telecommunications) The School of Journalism and the Department of Assistant Professors Telecommunications jointly offers a Ph.D. in Mass Communications. This doctoral program prepares Michael Thomas Conway (Journalism), Amy Gonzales students (1) for teaching and research in mass (Telecommunications), Hans Ibold (Journalism), communications, (2) for careers that demand advanced Julien Mailland (Telecommunications), Lesa Hatley scholarship within professional media organizations, and Major (Journalism), Nicole Martins (Telecommunica- (3) for careers in government that relate to mass media. tions), Emily Metzgar (Journalism), Andrew Weaver (Telecommunications), W. Joann Wong (Journalism), Paul Special Program Requirements J. Wright (Telecommunications) (See also general University Graduate School Graduate Advisors requirements.) Associate Professor Amy L. Reynolds*, Ernie Pyle Hall Doctor of Philosophy Degree 200H, (812) 855-8111 (Journalism); Professor Harmeet S. See “Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Mass Sawhney*, Radio-TV Center Room 325, (812) 855-0954 Communications” in the School of Journalism and the (Telecommunications) Department of Telecommunications entries for admission and degree requirements, course descriptions, and Courses recommended courses in other departments. GRAD-G 741 Ph.D. Research in Mass Communications Faculty (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. GRAD-G 790 Readings and Research in Mass Co-Directors Communications (1-3 cr.) **These courses are eligible Professor Walter Gantz* (Telecommunications) and for a deferred grade. Professor Emeritus Trevor Brown* (Journalism) Mathematical Physics Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University College of Arts and Sciences Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~iubphys/ doctoral dissertations.) research/mathmatical.shtml Distinguished Professor (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Annie Lang* (Telecommunications) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Professors Bulletin.) September 6, 2017 297

Curriculum Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Mathematical Physics Degree Offered (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Doctor of Philosophy Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct This program offers advanced graduate training for doctoral dissertations.) superior students in the overlapping areas of mathematics, theoretical physics, and their applications from a unified Chairperson point of view and promotes research in this field. Professor Mike Berger* (Physics)

General supervision of the program is controlled by the College Professor Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Mathematical Physics. While no master’s degree is offered, a student Roger Meyer Temam* (Mathematics) may qualify for a master’s degree in mathematics or Distinguished Professors physics during the course of study. A student usually enters the program at the beginning of the second year of V. Alan Kostelecky* (Physics), Roger Newton* (Emeritus, graduate study in mathematics or physics. Physics), Roger Temam* (Mathematics)

William H. Boucher Professor Special Program Requirements Vladimir Touraev* (Mathematics) (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Professors

Doctor of Philosophy Degree John Challifour* (Emeritus; Mathematics, Physics), Herbert Fertig* (Physics), Robert Glassey* (Emeritus, Admission Requirements Mathematics), David Hoff* (Emeritus, Mathematics), Students in the Mathematical Physics Program must Michael Jolly* (Mathematics), Paul Kirk* (Mathematics), be enrolled in either the Department of Mathematics or Andrew Lenard* (Emeritus; Mathematics, Physics), the Department of Physics. Basic preparation should Gerardo Ortiz* (Physics), Peter Sternberg* (Mathematics), include courses in advanced calculus, linear algebra, Shouhong Wang* (Mathematics), Kevin Zumbrun* modern algebra, complex variables, classical mechanics, (Mathematics) electromagnetism, quantum mechanics, modern physics, thermodynamics, and statistical mechanics. Knowledge of Academic Advisor the following fields is desirable: real analysis, differential Professor Mike Berger*, Swain Hall West 117, (812) equations, probability, topology, differential geometry, and 855-2609 functional analysis. Course Requirements Courses A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. Required See listings of the Departments of Mathematics and courses are determined by the advisory committee on the Physics. basis of the student’s previous training and main fields of interest. (For a starting point, see requirements for Mathematics Mathematical Physics minor.) College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Advisory Committee Departmental URL: http://www.math.indiana.edu/ Composed of members of both the Department of Mathematics and the Department of Physics. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Minors University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Mathematics and physics. Bulletin.) Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement Curriculum Same as in the department of residence. Qualifying Examination Degrees Offered Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of Consists of parts of the Departments of Mathematics and Philosophy Physics qualifying examinations, as determined by the student’s advisory committee. Special Departmental Requirements (See also general University Graduate School Final Examination requirements.) Oral and public defense of dissertation. Admission Requirements Faculty Undergraduate mathematics major or its equivalent. Definitions The Department of Mathematics offers core courses to give our students a broad education in mathematics and to 298 September 6, 2017 prepare them for more advanced studies in the respective most 6 credit hours of other undergraduate mathematics subjects. These core courses are divided into topics as courses may count towards the 36 credit hours, but they follows: require consent of the director of graduate studies. • Algebra In addition to these 6 300-level credit hours M391 can also count towards the 36 credit hours. o M501/502 Algebra Doctor of Philosophy Degree o M507/508 Lie Algebras and Lie Groups Course Requirements • Analysis The following course requirements are designed to o M511/512 Real Analysis provide the broad background needed for the successful pursuit of research leading to the dissertation. Students o M513/514 Complex Analysis must complete 36 credit hours in mathematics at the 500, • Topology and Geometry 600, or 700 level, excluding M553, M555, M556, M595- M596, and M599, and, in addition, must complete 2 credit o M521/522/M529 Topology hours in M599. Their program of study will depend upon their background and interests. Students should formulate o M531/M533/534 Differential Geometry a program in consultation with their faculty advisor. • Differential Equations Reading courses may not be used to satisfy the o M540/541/542 Partial Differential Equations requirements of these options unless they are specifically approved by the director of graduate studies. A o M544/545 Ordinary Differential Equations dissertation is required. • Dynamical Systems / Probability Field of Research (Major Area) o M557/558 Dynamical Systems The field of research or topic of the major will be one o M560/M563/564 Probability of the topics listed above, or will be listed as Pure Mathematics or Applied Mathematics and Computation, • Numerical Methods with approval of the advisor and the director of graduate studies. o M571/572 Analysis of Numerical Methods Breadth Requirements • Logic and Set Theory Students must complete 24 credit hours from the core o M583/584 Set Theory/Recursion Theory courses, with 6 hours in each of at least four different • Outside and miscellaneous courses (cryptography, topics. With the permission of the director of graduate quantum computing, financial mathematics, computer studies, core courses can be substituted by more science, economics, and physics are commonly used, but advanced courses within the same topic. others may also be appropriate). Course choices in this One of the topics covered must be in the major area. category must be approved by the student’s advisor and the director of graduate studies. Minor These topics serve both to satisfy our breadth A Ph.D. student must complete a minor in mathematics, requirements as well as to define the possible research or in some other department. If the student chooses to areas for a major and minor. Courses other than the core minor in another department, she or he must satisfy that courses may be assigned to these topics with approval department’s requirements as described in the University of the instructor and the director of graduate studies. Graduate School Bulletin and have that department notify Students with a strong interest in Physics are encouraged the Department of Mathematics Graduate Office that she to consider the Ph.D. program in Mathematical Physics. or he has done so. Master of Arts Degree To complete a minor in mathematics itself, the student General Course Requirements must complete 9 credit hours of courses in one of the topics above, except the Outside topic. This topic must Students must complete a total of 30 credit hours, of which also be different from that of the Major (Field of Research), 18 credit hours must be from the core courses, taken and the courses used to cover the Minor must be different from at least three different topics. With the permission from those used to cover the breadth requirements. of the director of graduate studies, core courses can be The chosen topic will then be the topic of the minor. substituted by more advanced courses from the same Alternatively, it can be listed as Pure Mathematics or topic. Applied Mathematics and Computation, with approval of Master of Arts for Teachers Degree the advisor and the director of graduate studies. Course Requirements Foreign Language Requirement Students must complete a total of 36 graduate credit The student must demonstrate reading proficiency in hours, with at least one 3-credit hour course in each of five one foreign language in which major research articles of the topics. At least 21 of the 36 credit hours must be in mathematics are published. Acceptable languages mathematics graduate courses. This includes 400-level are German, French, and Russian or another language courses that carry graduate credit. Those courses are deemed to be more relevant by the dissertation advisor. assigned to topics by the director of graduate studies. At The Graduate Policy Committee of the Department of September 6, 2017 299

Mathematics will consider petitions for substituting other (based on that work) about the student’s ability to be languages. admitted to candidacy. Qualifying Examinations • Lower grades will indicate unsatisfactory work. The Department of Mathematics qualifying exam All students must maintain at least a B average in their comprises a three-tier system designed to help determine coursework, in accordance with currently published as quickly and efficiently as possible whether students departmental and university guidelines. have mastered basic mathematics, exhibit the necessary abilities and self-discipline, and have prepared themselves As indicated above, students can accelerate their progress to pursue the independent research necessary to earn the in the program by passing the Tier 1 exams on entrance Ph.D. degree. into the program and electing to take the Tier 2 review at the end of their first year. The review committee will treat Tier 1 (Comprehensive 400-Level Written Exams) this as favorable for a student’s case. Students who do not receive a recommendation to continue will be encouraged Ph.D. students will take written exams on both 400- level to complete the M.A. degree. If they have financial support algebra and analysis. The exams will be given during the at the time of review, they will be entitled to at least one week before classes begin in the fall and in the spring. additional semester of support in order to do so. Each part of the exam lasts four hours. Tier 3 (Oral Exam) New students may take either or both of the Tier 1 exams in August when they first arrive. A student is allowed to try After passing the Tier 2 review, a student must arrange each exam each time it is offered, but s/he must pass both and pass an oral examination before October of his or exams prior to the end of the second year of study. her fourth year. The student will seek the direction of a faculty member as a scientific advisor for this exam. The Syllabi, references, and sample problems for these exams faculty member will assign a reading list consisting of texts are available on the Department of Mathematics web site. and research-level papers; this material will comprise Tier 2 (Committee Review) the major topic of the exam. If and when the scientific advisor feels the student is ready for the exam, the advisor Each spring/summer, a departmental committee will will arrange for a three-member faculty committee to review the record of every student who has either: administer the exam. • Completed two years in the program without previous The student will submit for approval a proposal for the Tier review, or 3 exam to the director of graduate studies, consisting of • Passed the Tier 1 exams on entrance to the program and topics for the major and minor area of the examination, a elects the review at the end of the first year. syllabus and a reading list for the major and minor topic, and the list of three faculty members serving as the Tier 3 The student will: committee. • Provide to the graduate office a personal statement These exams are projected to last approximately two that describes the student’s plan for further study and hours, and one of the committee members must be research, including a proposal for the area of research and qualified to examine the student in the minor area, where a topic for a minor. the student must demonstrate 500-level mastery. In order to pass the exam, the student must: • Request an “endorsement” from his or her (interim) advisor or another faculty member. By endorsing a • Demonstrate a level of mathematical ability and maturity student, the faculty member agrees to guide the student to sufficient for successfully undertaking a Ph.D. dissertation prepare for the Tier 3 exam. (normally in the major area of the exam), and The review committee will decide which students may • Identify a faculty member willing to serve as Ph.D. continue toward Ph.D. candidacy. The committee’s advisor. This will typically, but not necessarily, be the considerations will include: faculty member who organized the exam. • Performance on the Tier 1 exams. Ph.D. Minor in Mathematics • Performance in 500-level coursework. Doctoral students in other departments may complete a minor in mathematics by satisfying one of the following • A faculty endorsement. options: (1) 9 credit hours of mathematics courses at • Written personal statement by student. the 400 level or above, or (2) M343-M344 and 6 credit hours of mathematics courses at the 400 level or above. • Student’s performance of assistantship duties. Reading courses (e.g., M800) and courses taken at other In support of the Tier 2 review, grades in 500-level universities will not satisfy the course requirements for the courses will be given and evaluated according to the Ph.D. minor. following guidelines: Faculty • A grade of A means that, based on the student’s work Chairperson in that course, the instructor believes the student will Professor Elizabeth Housworth* succeed in being admitted to Ph.D. candidacy. • A grade of B means that the student’s work in that course is satisfactory, but the instructor has reservations 300 September 6, 2017

Graduate Faculty analysis; x2y, topology; x3y, geometry; x4y, applied (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University mathematics; x5y, mechanics; x6y, probability and Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct statistics; x7y, numerical analysis; x8y, history and doctoral dissertations.) foundations. College Professor MATH-M 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra I (3 cr.) Roger Meyer Temam* MATH-M 404 Introduction to Modern Algebra II (3 cr.) Distinguished Professors MATH-S 403 Honors Course in Modern Algebra I (3 cr.) Ciprian Foias* (Emeritus), Michael J. Larsen*, Roger MATH-S 404 Honors Course in Modern Algebra II Temam*, Kevin Zumbrun* (3 cr.) William H. Boucher Professor MATH-T 403 Modern Algebra for Secondary Teachers (3 cr.) This course does not ordinarily carry credit toward Vladimir Touraev* the M.A. or Ph.D. in mathematics. It may, however, be taken by M.A.T. students and graduate students in other Professors departments for graduate credit. S. Thomas Bagby* (Emeritus), Eric D. Bedford* MATH-M 405 Number Theory (3 cr.) P: M212 (Emeritus), Grahame Bennett* (Emeritus), Hari Bercovici*, (Bloomington campus only) This course does not Rabi Bhattacharya* (Emeritus), Richard C. Bradley* ordinarily carry credit toward the M.A. or Ph.D. in (Emeritus), Arlen Brown* (Emeritus), John Challifour* mathematics. It may, however, be taken by M.A.T. (Emeritus, Physics), Mihai Ciucu*, Jiri Dadok* (Emeritus), students and graduate students in other departments for James F. Davis*, Allan L. Edmonds* (Emeritus), David graduate credit. Fisher*, Marlies Gerber*, Robert T. Glassey* (Emeritus), Victor W. Goodman* (Emeritus), Darrell Eugene MATH-M 409 Linear Transformations (3 cr.) Does not Haile* (Emeritus), David C. Hoff* (Emeritus), Elizabeth count toward the area requirements for the M.A. and Ph.D. Housworth*, Michael S. Jolly*, Christopher Martin Judge*, in mathematics. Paul A. Kirk*, Jee Heub Koh*, Andrew Lenard* (Emeritus, MATH-M 413 Introduction to Analysis I (3 cr.) Physics), Ayelet E. Lindenstrauss*, Charles Livingston*, Morton Lowengrub* (Emeritus), Valery Lunts*, Russell MATH-M 414 Introduction to Analysis I (3 cr.) Lyons*, Daniel P. Maki* (Emeritus), Michael Mandell*, MATH-M 415 Elementary Complex Variables with Lawrence S. Moss*, Kent E. Orr*, Kevin Michael Pilgrim*, Applications (3 cr.) Sergey Ivanovich Pinchuk*, Madan Puri* (Emeritus), Billy Rhoades* (Emeritus), Bruce Michael Solomon*, George MATH-M 420 Metric Space Topology (3 cr.) This Springer* (Emeritus, Computer Science), Joseph Stampfli* courses does not ordinarily carry credit toward the M.A. (Emeritus), Peter J. Sternberg*, Maynard Thompson* or Ph.D. in mathematics. It may, however, be taken (Emeritus), Alberto Torchinsky* (Emeritus), Shouhong by M.A.T. students and graduate students in other Wang*, Matthias Weber*, William Ziemer* (Emeritus) departments for graduate credit. Associate Professors MATH-M 425 Graph Network Theory and Combinatorial Analysis (3 cr.) Scott W. Brown* (Emeritus), Christopher G. Connell*, Ciprian Demeter*, Norm Levenberg*, Ji-Ping MATH-M 435 Introduction to Differential Geometry Sha*, Matthias Strauch*, Dylan Thurston*, William H. (3 cr.) Wheeler* MATH-M 436 Introduction to Geometries (3 cr.) Assistant Professors MATH-M 441 Introduction to Partial Differential Matthew Bainbridge*, Michael Damron, Nam Le, Matvei Equations with Applications I (3 cr.) Libine*, Ajay Ramadoss, Noah Snyder MATH-M 442 Introduction to Partial Differential Director of Graduate Studies Equations with Applications II (3 cr.) Professor Michael Mandell*, Rawles Hall 130, (812) MATH-M 447 Mathematical Models and Applications I 855-3700 (3 cr.) This course does not ordinarily carry credit toward the M.A. or Ph.D. in mathematics. It may, however, be Courses taken by M.A.T. students and graduate students in other Students are advised to begin their study of a field with departments for graduate credit. 400-level courses, unless their preparation in that field MATH-M 448 Mathematical Models and Applications II has been very good. M.A.T. students in mathematics, (3 cr.) This course does not ordinarily carry credit toward or M.A., M.S., or Ph.D. students in other departments, the M.A. or Ph.D. in mathematics. It may, however, be may receive graduate credit for any 400-level course that taken by M.A.T. students and graduate students in other appears in this bulletin. Candidates for the M.A. or Ph.D. departments for graduate credit. in mathematics should note that some 400-level courses do not satisfy certain degree requirements (see footnotes). MATH-M 463 Introduction to Probability Theory I (3 cr.) In the following list, the middle digit of the course number MATH-M 464 Introduction to Probability Theory II indicates the field of mathematics: x0y, algebra; x1y, (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 301

MATH-M 466 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics Schur's lemma, maximal weight modules; correspondence (3 cr.) between real Lie algebras and Lie groups, compact Lie groups, complex and real semisimple Lie groups, MATH-M 471 Numerical Analysis I (3 cr.) P: M301 symmetric spaces. or M303, M311, M343, and knowledge of a computer language such as Fortran, C, or C++. (Students with other MATH-M 508 Introduction to Lie Algebras and Lie programming backgrounds should consult the instructor.) Groups (3 cr.) P: M403-M404, and M409 or M501. Nilpotent, solvable, and semisimple Lie algebras, MATH-M 472 Numerical Analysis II (3 cr.) P: M301 exponential map, PBW theorem, Killing form, Cartan or M303, M311, M343, and knowledge of a computer subalgebras, root systems, Weyl group, classification language such as Fortran, C, or C++. (Students with other and representations of complex semisimple Lie algebras, programming backgrounds should consult the instructor.) Schur's lemma, maximal weight modules; correspondence MATH-M 482 Mathematical Logic (3 cr.) between real Lie algebras and Lie groups, compact Lie groups, complex and real semisimple Lie groups, MATH-M 490 Problem Seminar (3 cr.) symmetric spaces. MATH-T 490 Topics for Elementary Teachers (3 cr.) MATH-M 509 Representations of Finite Groups P: T103 or equivalent. Development and study of a body (3 cr.) P: M409 or equivalent. Groups, subgroups. of mathematics specifically designed for experienced Homomorphisms, isomorphisms. Transformation elementary teachers. Examples include probability, groups. The orthogonal and Euclidean groups O(3) statistics, geometry, and algebra. Open only to graduate and E(3). Symmetry and discrete subgroups of E(3). elementary teachers with consent of the instructor. (Does Crystallographic groups. Group representations. not count toward the area requirements for the M.A. and Reducible and irreducible representations. Group Ph.D. degrees in mathematics.) characters and character tables. Representations of the MATH-M 501 Survey of Algebra (3 cr.) P: M403-M404. symmetric groups. Young tableaux. Symmetry classes of Groups with operators: Jordan-Holder theorem. Sylow tensors. theorems. Rings: localization of rings; Chinese remainder MATH-M 511 Real Variables I (3 cr.) Sets and functions, theorem. Modules over principal ideal domains: invariants. cardinal and ordinal numbers, set functions, kinds of Fields: algebraic closure; separable and inseparable measures, integration, absolute continuity, convergence algebraic extensions; Galois theory; finite fields. theorems, differentiation and integration. Normed linear MATH-M 502 Commutative Algebra (3 cr.) P: M501. spaces, function spaces, linear functionals, Banach Field theory: transcendental extensions; separable spaces, Hilbert spaces, Fourier transforms, Schwartz extensions; derivations. Modules: Noetherian and Artinian class. modules. Primary modules; primary decomposition; Krull MATH-M 512 Real Variables II (3 cr.) Sets and functions, intersection theorem. Commutative rings: height and depth cardinal and ordinal numbers, set functions, kinds of of prime ideals. Integral extensions. Notions of algebraic measures, integration, absolute continuity, convergence geometry: algebraic sets; Hilbert Nullstellensatz; local theorems, differentiation and integration. Normed linear rings. spaces, function spaces, linear functionals, Banach MATH-M 503 Noncommutative Algebra (3 cr.) spaces, Hilbert spaces, Fourier transforms, Schwartz P: M501. Simple and semisimple modules; density class. theorem; Wedderburn-Artin theorem. Simple algebras: MATH-M 513 Complex Variables I (3 cr.) Algebra, automorphisms; splitting fields; Brauer groups. topology, and geometry of the complex plane; analytic Representations of finite groups: characters; induced functions; conformal mapping; Riemann surfaces; characters; applications. Cauchy’s theorem and formula; convergence theorems; MATH-M 505 Basic Number Theory I (3 cr.) P: M403- infinite series and products; Riemann mapping theorem. M404. Congruence, units modulo n, lattices and abelian MATH-M 514 Complex Variables II (3 cr.) Algebra, groups, quadratic residues, arithmetic functions, topology, and geometry of the complex plane; analytic diophantine equations, Farey fractions, continued functions; conformal mapping; Riemann surfaces; fractions, partition function, the Sieve method, density Cauchy’s theorem and formula; convergence theorems; of subsets of integers, zeta function, the prime number infinite series and products; Riemann mapping theorem. theorem. MATH-M 518 Fourier Analysis (3 cr.) The course will MATH-M 506 Basic Number Theory II (3 cr.) P: M403- cover basic facts of Fourier series and orthogonal sets of M404. Congruence, units modulo n, lattices and abelian functions, Fourier transforms, and applications. Different groups, quadratic residues, arithmetic functions, convergence properties of the Fourier, Haar, and Sturm- diophantine equations, Farey fractions, continued Liouville expansions will be considered. As time permits, fractions, partition function, the Sieve method, density applications to discrete and fast Fourier transforms, and of subsets of integers, zeta function, the prime number wavelets, will be discussed. theorem. MATH-M 521 Topology I (3 cr.) Point-set topology, MATH-M 507 Introduction to Lie Algebras and Lie including connectedness, compactness, separation Groups (3 cr.) P: M403-M404, and M409 or M501. properties, products, quotients, metrization, function Nilpotent, solvable, and semisimple Lie algebras, spaces. Elementary homotopy theory including exponential map, PBW theorem, Killing form, Cartan fundamental group and covering spaces. Introduction to subalgebras, root systems, Weyl group, classification and representations of complex semisimple Lie algebras, 302 September 6, 2017 homology theory with applications such as the Brouwer equations; Poincaré-Bendixson theory, direct stability Fixed Point Theorem. methods; almost periodic motions; spectral theory of nonsingular and singular self-adjoint boundary-value MATH-M 522 Topology II (3 cr.) Point-set topology, problems; two-dimensional autonomous systems; the including connectedness, compactness, separation saddle-point property; linear systems with isolated properties, products, quotients, metrization, function singularities. spaces. Elementary homotopy theory including fundamental group and covering spaces. Introduction to MATH-M 546 Control Theory (3 cr.) Examples of control homology theory with applications such as the Brouwer problems; optimal control of deterministic systems: linear Fixed Point Theorem. and nonlinear. The maximal principle: stochastic control problems. MATH-M 529 Introduction to Differential Topology (3 cr.) P: M303, M413, or equivalent. Derivatives and MATH-M 548 Mathematical Methods for Biology tangents; Inverse Function Theorem; immersions and (3 cr.) P: M414, M463. Deterministic growth models. submersions; Sard’s Theorem. Manifolds; imbedding Birth-death processes and stochastic models for growth. manifolds. Applications: intersections and degrees Mathematical theories for the spread of epidemics. (mod 2); Brouwer Fixed Point Theorem. Orientation of Quantitative population genetics. manifolds; Euler characteristic; Hopf Degree Theorem. MATH-M 551 Markets and Multi-Period Asset Pricing MATH-M 533 Differential Geometry I (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: M463, M345, or equivalent. The concepts of Differentiable manifolds, multilinear algebra, and arbitrage and risk-neutral pricing are introduced within tensor bundles. Vector fields, connections, and general the context of dynamic models of stock prices, bond integrability theorems. Riemannian manifolds, curvatures, prices, and currency exchange rates. Specific models and topics from the calculus of variations. include multi-period binomial models, Markov processes, Brownian motion, and martingales. MATH-M 534 Differential Geometry II (3 cr.) Differentiable manifolds, multilinear algebra, and MATH-M 553 Cryptography (3 cr.) P: M301 or M303. tensor bundles. Vector fields, connections, and general ***Does not count toward the 500-level requirements. integrability theorems. Riemannian manifolds, curvatures, Covers encryption and decryption in secure codes. and topics from the calculus of variations. Topics include: cryptosystems and their cryptanalysis, Data Encryption Standard, differential cryptanalysis, MATH-M 540 Partial Differential Equations I (3 cr.) Euclidean algorithm, Chinese remainder theorem, RSA P: M441-M442 or equivalent. Introduction to distributions, cryptosystem, primality testing, factoring algorithms, Sobolev spaces, and Fourier transforms; elliptic equations, ElGamal cryptosystem, discrete log problem, other public Hilbert space theory, potential theory, maximum principle; key cryptosystems, signature schemes, hash functions, parabolic equations and systems, characteristics, key distribution, and key agreement. Credit not given for representations of solutions, energy methods; applications both M553 and M453. and examples. MATH-M 555 Quantum Computing I (3 cr.) ***Does MATH-M 541 Partial Differential Equations II (3 cr.) not count toward the 500-level requirements. Covers P: M441-M442 or equivalent. Introduction to distributions, the interdisciplinary field of quantum information science Sobolev spaces, and Fourier transforms; elliptic equations, for graduate students in computer science, physics, Hilbert space theory, potential theory, maximum principle; mathematics, philosophy, and chemistry. Quantum parabolic equations and systems, characteristics, information science is the study of storing, processing, and representations of solutions, energy methods; applications communicating information using quantum systems. and examples. MATH-M 556 Quantum Computing II (3 cr.) ***Does MATH-M 542 Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations not count toward the 500-level requirements. Covers (3 cr.) P: M441-M442 or equivalent. Introduction to an the interdisciplinary field of quantum information science array of topics in linear and nonlinear PDE including for graduate students in computer science, physics, elements of calculus of variations and applications to mathematics, philosophy, and chemistry. Quantum nonlinear elliptic PDE, systems of conservation laws, information science is the study of storing, processing, and semi-group theory, reaction-diffusion equations, Schauder communicating information using quantum systems. theory, Navier-Stokes equations, bifurcation theory. MATH-M 557 Introduction to Dynamical Systems and MATH-M 544 Ordinary Differential Equations I (3 cr.) Ergodic Theory (3 cr.) Iteration of mappings, flows. P: M413-M414 or consent of instructor. Existence, unique- Topological, smooth, measure-theoretic, and symbolic ness, continuous dependence; linear systems, stability dynamics. Recurrence and chaos. Ergodic theory, spectral theory, Floquet theory; periodic solutions of nonlinear theory, notions of entropy. Low-dimensional phenomena; equations; Poincaré-Bendixson theory, direct stability hyperbolicity; structural stability and rigidity. Application to methods; almost periodic motions; spectral theory of number theory, data storage, Internet search and Ramsey nonsingular and singular self-adjoint boundary-value theory. problems; two-dimensional autonomous systems; the saddle-point property; linear systems with isolated MATH-M 558 Introduction to Dynamical Systems and singularities. Ergodic Theory (3 cr.) Iteration of mappings, flows. Topological, smooth, measure-theoretic, and symbolic MATH-M 545 Ordinary Differential Equations II (3 cr.) dynamics. Recurrence and chaos. Ergodic theory, spectral P: M413-M414 or consent of instructor. Existence, unique- theory, notions of entropy. Low-dimensional phenomena; ness, continuous dependence; linear systems, stability hyperbolicity; structural stability and rigidity. Application to theory, Floquet theory; periodic solutions of nonlinear September 6, 2017 303 number theory, data storage, Internet search and Ramsey linear equations, elimination and iterative methods, error theory. analyses, eigenvalue problems; numerical methods for integral equations and ordinary differential equations; finite MATH-M 560 Applied Stochastic Processes (3 cr.) difference, finite element, and Galerkin methods for partial P: M343, M463, or consent of instructor. Simple random differential equations; stability of methods. walk as approximation of Brownian motion. Discrete- time Markov chains. Continuous-time Markov chains; MATH-M 583 Set Theory (3 cr.) P: M482 or M511 Poisson, compound Poisson, and birth-and-death chains; or M521. Zermelo-Fraenkel axioms for set theory, Kolmogorov’s backward and forward equations; steady well-foundedness and well-orderings, induction and state. Diffusions as limits of birth-and-death processes. recursion, ordinals and cardinals, axiom of choice, cardinal Examples drawn from diverse fields of application. exponentiation, generalized continuum hypothesis, infinite combinatorics and large cardinals. Martin’s axiom, MATH-M 563 Theory of Probability I (3 cr.) P: M463, applications to analysis and topology. M512; or consent of instructor. Basic concepts of measure theory and integration, axiomatic foundations of probability MATH-M 584 Recursion Theory (3 cr.) P: One of M482, theory, distribution functions and characteristic functions, M511, M521 or CSCI C452; or consent of instructor. infinitely divisible laws and the central limit problem, Classes of recursive functions, models of computation, modes of convergence of sequences of random variables, Church’s thesis, normal forms, recursion theorem, ergodic theorems, Markov chains, and stochastic recursively enumerable sets, reducibilities, lattice of processes. r.e. sets, jump operator, priority arguments, degrees of unsolvability, and hierarchies. MATH-M 564 Theory of Probability II (3 cr.) P: M463, M512; or consent of instructor. Basic concepts of measure MATH-M 590 Seminar (3 cr.) theory and integration, axiomatic foundations of probability theory, distribution functions and characteristic functions, MATH-M 595 Seminar in the Teaching of College infinitely divisible laws and the central limit problem, Mathematics I (1 cr.) Methods of teaching undergraduate modes of convergence of sequences of random variables, college mathematics. Does not count toward meeting any ergodic theorems, Markov chains, and stochastic of the 500-level requirements toward an M.A. or Ph.D. processes. MATH-M 596 Seminar in the Teaching of College MATH-M 566 Mathematical Statistics I (3 cr.) P: M466, Mathematics II (1 cr.) Methods of teaching undergraduate M512; or consent of instructor. Modern statistical college mathematics. Does not count toward meeting any inference, including such topics as sufficient statistics of the 500-level requirements toward an M.A. or Ph.D. with applications to similar tests and point estimates, MATH-M 599 Colloquium (1 cr.) Attendance at unbiased and invariant tests, lower bounds for mean Department of Mathematics colloquia required. May not square errors of point estimates, interval estimation, linear be used in fulfillment of the 36 credit hours of 500-, 600-, hypothesis, analysis of variance, sequential analysis, or 700-level coursework required for the Ph.D. Also not decision functions, and nonparametric inference. applicable to 30 credit hours for master’s degree. May be MATH-M 567 Mathematical Statistics II (3 cr.) P: M466, repeated. M512; or consent of instructor. Modern statistical MATH-M 601 Algebraic Number Theory I (3 cr.) inference, including such topics as sufficient statistics P: M501-M502. Valuations, fields of algebraic functions, with applications to similar tests and point estimates, cohomology of groups, local and global class field theory. unbiased and invariant tests, lower bounds for mean square errors of point estimates, interval estimation, linear MATH-M 602 Algebraic Number Theory II (3 cr.) hypothesis, analysis of variance, sequential analysis, P: M501-M502. Valuations, fields of algebraic functions, decision functions, and nonparametric inference. cohomology of groups, local and global class field theory. MATH-M 568 Time Series Analysis (3 cr.) P: M466 or MATH-M 607 Group Representations I (3 cr.) consent of instructor. Trends, linear filters, smoothing. P: Consent of instructor. Review of abstract group theory. Stationary processes, autocorrelations, partial Representation theory of finite and infinite compact autocorrelations. Autoregressive, moving average, and groups. Detailed study of selected classical groups. Lie ARMA processes. Fitting of ARMA and related models. groups, covering groups, Lie algebras, invariant measure Forecasting. Seasonal time series. Spectral density of and induced representations. May be taught in alternate stationary processes. Periodograms and estimation of years by members of the Departments of Mathematics spectral density. Bivariate time series, cross-correlations, and Physics; see PHYS P607. cross-spectrum. Other topics as time permits. Equivalent MATH-M 608 Group Representations II (3 cr.) to STAT S650. P: Consent of instructor. Review of abstract group theory. MATH-M 571 Analysis of Numerical Methods I (3 cr.) Representation theory of finite and infinite compact P: M441-M442 and M413-M414. Solution of systems of groups. Detailed study of selected classical groups. Lie linear equations, elimination and iterative methods, error groups, covering groups, Lie algebras, invariant measure analyses, eigenvalue problems; numerical methods for and induced representations. May be taught in alternate integral equations and ordinary differential equations; finite years by members of the Departments of Mathematics difference, finite element, and Galerkin methods for partial and Physics; see PHYS P607. differential equations; stability of methods. MATH-M 611 Functional Analysis I (3 cr.) Fundamentals MATH-M 572 Analysis of Numerical Methods II (3 cr.) of the theory of vector spaces; Banach spaces; Hilbert P: M441-M442 and M413-M414. Solution of systems of space. Linear functionals and operators in such spaces, spectral resolution of operators. Functional equations: 304 September 6, 2017 applications to fields of analysis, such as integration algebraic identities, Bianchi’s identity, gravitation and and measure, integral equations, ordinary and partial geodesics. Schwarzschild solution, relativistic orbits, differential equations, ergodic theory. Nonlinear problems. deflection of light. Schauder-Leray fixed-point theorem and its applications to fundamental existence theorems of analysis. MATH-M 636 Relativity II (3 cr.) Mathematical foundations of the theory of relativity. Lorentz groups, MATH-M 612 Functional Analysis II (3 cr.) Michelson-Morley experiment, aberration of stars, Fizeau Fundamentals of the theory of vector spaces; Banach experiment, kinematic effects, relativistic second law of spaces; Hilbert space. Linear functionals and operators in Newton, relativistic kinetic energy, Maxwell equations, such spaces, spectral resolution of operators. Functional ponderomotive equations. Curvature tensor and its equations: applications to fields of analysis, such as algebraic identities, Bianchi’s identity, gravitation and integration and measure, integral equations, ordinary and geodesics. Schwarzschild solution, relativistic orbits, partial differential equations, ergodic theory. Nonlinear deflection of light. problems. Schauder-Leray fixed-point theorem and its applications to fundamental existence theorems of MATH-M 637 Theory of Gravitation I (3 cr.) Introduction analysis. to the general theory of relativity, stress-energy tensor, parallel transport, geodesics, Einstein’s equation, MATH-M 621 Algebraic Topology I (3 cr.) Basic differential geometry, manifolds, general covariance, concepts of homological algebra, universal coefficient bending of light, perihelion advance. Modern cosmology: theorems for homology and cohomology, Künneth Robertson-Walker metric, equations of state, Friedmann formula, duality in manifolds. Homotopy theory including equations, Hubble’s law, redshift, cosmological constant, Hurewicz and Whitehead theorems, classifying spaces, inflation, quintessence, cosmic microwave background, Postnikov systems, spectral sequences, homotopy groups Big Bang nucleosynthesis, structure formation. May be of spheres. Offered every other year, alternating with taught in alternate years by members of the Department of M623-M624. Physics; see PHYS P637. MATH-M 622 Algebraic Topology II (3 cr.) Basic MATH-M 638 Theory of Gravitation II (3 cr.) Gravitation concepts of homological algebra, universal coefficient waves, Schwarzschild geometry and black holes, Kerr theorems for homology and cohomology, Künneth metric, Reissner-Nordstrom metric, extremal black holes, formula, duality in manifolds. Homotopy theory including Penrose diagrams, Hawking radiation, Lie derivatives, Hurewicz and Whitehead theorems, classifying spaces, isometries and Killing vectors, variational principle and the Postnikov systems, spectral sequences, homotopy groups Palatini formalism, spinors in general relativity, vierbeins, of spheres. Offered every other year, alternating with gravitation as a gauge theory, quantum gravity. May be M623-M624. taught in alternate years by members of the Department of Physics; see PHYS P638. MATH-M 623 Geometric Topology I (3 cr.) P: M522. Topics in geometric topology chosen from K-theory, MATH-M 663 Weak Convergence of Probability simple homotopy theory, topology of manifolds, fiber Measures and Applications (3 cr.) P: M512, M564. bundles, knot theory, and related areas. May be taken Weak convergence of probability measures on metric more than once. Offered every other year, alternating with spaces. Prohorov’s theorem and tightness. Brownian M621-M622. motion. Donsker’s invariance principle. Weak convergence on D [0,1]. Convergence of empirical distributions. MATH-M 624 Geometric Topology II (3 cr.) P: M522. Functional central limit theorems under dependence. Topics in geometric topology chosen from K-theory, simple homotopy theory, topology of manifolds, fiber MATH-M 664 Large Sample Theory of Statistics bundles, knot theory, and related areas. May be taken (3 cr.) P: M563, M566. Asymptotic distributions of more than once. Offered every other year, alternating with sample moments, sample quantiles, and U-statistics; M621-M622. methods of estimation: maximum likelihood estimates, method of moments, L-estimators, Bayes estimators; MATH-M 630 Algebraic Geometry (3 cr.) P: M522. A asymptotic efficiency; likelihood ratio tests, chi-square study in the plane, based on homogeneous point and line tests, asymptotic relative efficiencies of tests; weak coordinates; a study of algebraic curves and envelopes, convergence of the empirical distribution function to a including such topics as invariants, singularities, Brownian bridge and application; selection of topics from reducibility, genus, polar properties, Pascal and Brainchon the following: large deviations, second-order asymptotic theorems, and Jacobian, Hessian, and Plücker formulas. efficiency, bootstrap rank tests. MATH-M 633 Algebraic Varieties I (3 cr.) Geometric MATH-A 641 Elliptic Differential Equations (3 cr.) and cohomological properties of algebraic varieties and P: M511, M513, M540, or consent of instructor. Green’s schemes. identity, fundamental solutions, function theoretic MATH-M 634 Algebraic Varieties II (3 cr.) Geometric methods, partition of unity, weak and strong derivatives, and cohomological properties of algebraic varieties and Sobolev inequalities, embedding theorems, Garding’s schemes. inequality, Dirichlet problem, existence theory, regularity in the interior, regularity on the boundary, and selected MATH-M 635 Relativity I (3 cr.) Mathematical topics. foundations of the theory of relativity. Lorentz groups, Michelson-Morley experiment, aberration of stars, Fizeau MATH-A 642 Evolution Equations (3 cr.) P: M511, experiment, kinematic effects, relativistic second law of M513, M540, or consent of instructor. Hyperbolic Newton, relativistic kinetic energy, Maxwell equations, equations and systems, parabolic equations, Cauchy ponderomotive equations. Curvature tensor and its problems in higher dimension, method of descent, September 6, 2017 305 fundamental solutions and their construction, strongly of decidability and some decidable theories, theory of continuous semigroups, analytic semigroups, uniqueness undecidability and implicit definability, Gödel’s theorems theorems in Hilbert space, fractional powers of operators, on incompleteness and the unprovability of consistency. analyticity of solutions, and selected topics. MATH-M 682 Model Theory (3 cr.) P: M583, M680, and MATH-A 643 Integral Equations (3 cr.) P: M511, M513, M502; or consent of instructor. Elementary equivalence, M540, or consent of instructor. Covers the Volterra- completeness and model-completeness, interpolation, Fredholm theory of integral equations and the abstract preservation and characterization theorems, elementary Riesz theory of compact operators. Other topics include classes, types, saturated structures, introduction to ideals of compact operators, Fredholm operators, categoricity and stability. convolution equations and their relationship to Toeplitz operators, Wiener-Hopf factorization. MATH-M 701 Selected Topics in Algebra I (3 cr.) MATH-A 647 Mathematical Physics (3 cr.) P: M541 MATH-M 702 Selected Topics in Algebra II (3 cr.) or consent of instructor. Applications of the theory of MATH-M 711 Selected Topics in Analysis I (3 cr.) normed linear spaces, distributions, unbounded operators in Hilbert space, and related topics to problems in MATH-M 712 Selected Topics in Analysis II (3 cr.) mathematical physics. May be taught in alternate years by MATH-M 721 Selected Topics in Topology I (3 cr.) members of the Department of Physics; see PHYS P647. MATH-M 722 Selected Topics in Topology II (3 cr.) MATH-A 655 Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Philosophical MATH-M 731 Selected Topics in Differential Geometry and mathematical analysis of the concepts: quantum I (3 cr.) observable, compatibility, quantum state, superposition principle, symmetry. Axiomatic construction of MATH-M 732 Selected Topics in Differential Geometry conventional quantum mechanics. May be taught in II (3 cr.) alternate years by members of the Department of Physics; MATH-M 733 Selected Topics in Algebraic Geometry I see PHYS P655. (3 cr.) MATH-A 656 Kinetic Theory and Statistical Mechanics MATH-M 734 Selected Topics in Algebraic Geometry II I (3 cr.) Introduction to the classical theory and modern (3 cr.) developments. Historical development of kinetic-statistical theories; rigorous equilibrium statistics; kinetic gas MATH-M 741 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics dynamics according to Boltzmann equation; kinetic I (3 cr.) theories of transport processes in liquids. May be taught MATH-M 742 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics in alternate years by members of the Departments of II (3 cr.) Mathematics and Physics; see PHYS P656-P657. MATH-M 743 Selected Topics in Mathematical Physics MATH-A 657 Kinetic Theory and Statistical Mechanics I (3 cr.) Content varies from year to year. May be taught in I (3 cr.) Introduction to the classical theory and modern alternate years by members of the Department of Physics; developments. Historical development of kinetic-statistical see PHYS P743. theories; rigorous equilibrium statistics; kinetic gas dynamics according to Boltzmann equation; kinetic MATH-M 744 Selected Topics in Mathematical Physics theories of transport processes in liquids. May be taught II (3 cr.) Content varies from year to year. May be taught in alternate years by members of the Departments of in alternate years by members of the Department of Mathematics and Physics; see PHYS P656-P657. Physics; see PHYS P743. MATH-A 659 Continuum Mechanics II (3 cr.) P: Consent MATH-M 751 Selected Topics in Mechanics I (3 cr.) of instructor. Two-semester course dealing with mathematical foundations of continuum mechanics; MATH-M 752 Selected Topics in Mechanics II (3 cr.) content varies yearly; topics selected from elasticity, MATH-M 761 Selected Topics in Probability I (3 cr.) plasticity, or fluid mechanics and related areas. MATH-M 762 Selected Topics in Probability II (3 cr.) MATH-M 671 Numerical Treatment of Differential and Integral Equations I (3 cr.) P: M540 or consent MATH-M 771 Selected Topics in Numerical Analysis I of instructor. Finite difference methods of ordinary and (3 cr.) partial differential equations; relaxation methods; discrete MATH-M 772 Selected Topics in Numerical Analysis II kernel functions; methods of Ritz, Galerkin, and Trefftz (3 cr.) approximate methods for integral equations. MATH-M 781 Selected Topics in Mathematical Logic MATH-M 672 Numerical Treatment of Differential (3 cr.) and Integral Equations II (3 cr.) P: M540 or consent of instructor. Finite difference methods of ordinary and MATH-M 782 Selected Topics in Mathematical Logic partial differential equations; relaxation methods; discrete (3 cr.) kernel functions; methods of Ritz, Galerkin, and Trefftz approximate methods for integral equations. MATH-M 800 Mathematical Reading and Research (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. MATH-M 680 Logic and Decidability (3 cr.) P: M584 and M404; or consent of instructor. Effective syntax and MATH-M 531 Metric Geometry (3 cr.) P: 413-414 semantics of propositional and first-order logics, theory Introduction to the geometric study of metric spaces. 306 September 6, 2017

Topics include: length spaces, model geometries, notions academic probation. The school evaluates each student’s of curvature, Hadamard-Cartan theorem, convexity, progress toward the degree every year. metric-measure spaces. Advisory Committee MATH-A 658 Continuum Mechanics I (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Two-semester course dealing with Each student will receive initial guidance from a faculty mathematical foundations of continuum mechanics; member assigned by the Director of Graduate Studies. content varies yearly; topics selected from elasticity, By April 15t of her or his first year, each student will plasticity, or fluid mechanics and related areas. select an Advisor and nominate a three-member Advisory Committee. At least two members of the Advisory Media Arts and Sciences Committee must be from the Media School. Students Media School who fail to select an Advisory Committee or construct a Program of Study before the start of Fall semester in the College of Arts and Sciences second year of their studies will be considered out of good School E-mail: [email protected] academic standing. School URL: http://mediaschool.indiana.edu/ Degree Requirements (Please note that when conferring University Graduate 1. M503 Media Theories and M502 Media Research, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The with a grade of B (3.0) or above; University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School 2. Thesis (up to cr. 6 of M699 taken after an approved Bulletin.) thesis proposal) including an oral defense administered by the student’s Advisory Committee Curriculum OR comprehensive examination (written and oral, Curriculum administered by the student’s Advisory Committee) ; Faculty Courses 3. Program of Study listing all courses toward the degree, approved by the student’s Advisory Degrees Offered Committee; Master of Arts (M.A. in Media Arts & Sciences), Master 4. No more than 3 credits of independent study (J804). of Science (M.S. in Telecommunication), Doctor of 5. A total of 30 credit hours, with at least 21 credit Philosophy (Ph.D. in Media Arts and Sciences). hours must be taken within the Media School. Special Departmental Requirements Master of Science Degree (See also general University Graduate School The M.S. in Media Arts and Sciences is designed to requirements.) prepare students for professional careers in media design, production, and management. Master of Arts Degree The M.A. in Media Arts & Sciences is designed to train Admission Requirements students for academic careers in media, communications, 1. At least a B(3.0) average in the major over the film studies and related fields. Graduates will be prepared last two years of an undergraduate program, or to enter a Ph.D. program, teach at small colleges, or professional equivalency; accept analytical and research positions in media and creative industries. 2. Appropriate level of performance on the Graduate Record Examination General Test (all scores above Admission Requirements 500 or verbal and quantitative scores above 500 and analytical score at or above 4.0 or equivalents 1. Bachelor’s degree or international equivalent for verbal, quantitative and analytical scores as per 2. GRE scores from within the past 5 years conversion tables provided by Educational Testing 3. Statement of purpose; Service for the new GRE scoring system) for all 4. Three letters of recommendation; MS applicants except those focusing on new media 5. An academic writing sample; and design and production. Students focusing on new 6. Paper TOEFL score greater than 600, computer- media design and production could provide either based TOEFL score greater than 250, or Internet- GRE scores or a portfolio of creative work; based TOEFL score greater that 100 for international 3. Statement of purpose; students. 4. Three letters of recommendation; 7. A curriculum vita 5. An academic writing sample or creative portfolio; and 8. At least a B (3.0) GPA average in the major over 6. Paper TOEFL score greater than 600, computer the last two years of an undergraduate program, or based TOEFL score greater than 250, or professional equivalency. internet based TOEFL score greater than 100 for international students. Applications from students who have not majored in communication at the bachelor’s level are welcomed. 7. GRE scores from within the past 5 years. If admitted, these students may be required to take Applications from students who have not majored in supplementary courses. communication at the bachelor’s level are welcomed. Grades If admitted, these students may be required to take supplementary courses. B (3.0) average or above. Any semester’s work averaging less than B will result in the student’s being placed on Grades September 6, 2017 307

B (3.0) average or above. Any semester’s work averaging T577 Special Projects in Telecommunications less than B will result in the student’s being placed on (independent study may be taken for up to 12 credits. academic probation. The school evaluates each student’s progress toward the degree every year. Doctor of Philosophy in Media Arts and Sciences Admissions requirements Advisory Committee • Master’s or comparable degree from a recognized Each student will receive initial guidance from a faculty institution, with a minimum 3.5 GPA (or equivalent) member assigned by the Director of Graduate Studies. • GRE scores from within the past 5 years During the second semester, each student will select • Statement of purpose a three-member Advisory Committee that will be • Three letters of recommendation responsible for approving the student’s Program of Study, • Paper TOEFL score greater than 600, computer- administering the final exam, and other requirements based TOEFL score greater than 250, or Internet- toward the degree. At least two members of the Advisory based TOEFL score greater than 100 for Committee must be from the Media School. Students international students who fail to select an Advisory Committee or construct a Program of Study by the end of the second semester in • A writing sample the program will be considered as making inadequate • A curriculum vitae progress toward the degree. Grades Degree Requirements B (3.0) average or above. Any semester’s work averaging A minimum of 30 credit hours, including less than B will result in the student’s being placed on academic probation. The school evaluates each student’s 1. T505 Media Organizations, with a grade of B (3.0) or progress toward the degree every year. above; 2. Other core course(s) corresponding to a chosen Advisory committee concentration area, with a grade of B (3.0) or above: Each student will receive initial guidance from a faculty • Design and Production Concentration: T580 member assigned by the director of graduate studies. By Interactive Storytelling and Computer Games April 15 of her or his first year, each student will select an adviser and nominate an advisory committee, the latter • Management Concentration: Two of the following: consisting of two additional members from The Media T502 Introduction to Research Methods in School and one member from outside The Media School. Telecommunications, T504 Introduction to Students who fail to file an approved Program of Study by Telecommunications Policy Studies, T522 Oct. 15 of their second year will be considered out of good Managing the Creative Process, T532 Economics academic standing. of Media Industries, T571 Cognitive and Emotional Psychology, T610 The Networked Society; Course requirements • Journalism Concentration: J502 Data Analysis for Journalists, J505 Intensive Reporting, A minimum of 90 credits hours, including: Writing and Editing Workshop, J520 Seminar in • The core consisting of M503 Media Theories, M502 Visual Communication, J572 The Press and the Media Research and M555 Media Pedagogy with a Constitution. grade of at least a B in each course; • Public Relations Concentration: J505 Intensive • M600 Media Arts and Sciences Colloquium for three Reporting, Writing and Editing Workshop, J520 semesters; Seminar in Visual Communication, J529 Public • Six to 12 credits of methods courses, as approved Relations Campaign, M506 Academic Research for by the student’s advisory committee; Professionals. • Completion of a minor as required by the minor 1. Program of Study listing all courses toward the department; degree, approved by the student’s Advisory • No more than six credit hours in independent study Committee; (J804); 2. Completion of approved creative media project • No more than 15 credit hours in the dissertation; (design and production concentration only) • A program of study listing all courses toward the 3. At least 18 credit hours must be taken within the degree, approved by the student’s committee. Media School, with no more than 3 credits of Minor independent study (J804). Consistent with University Graduate School policy, each 6. Thesis (up to cr. 6 of M699 taken after an approved student must have at least one minor subject. Course thesis proposal) including an oral defense work in the minor must be approved by the student’s administered by the student’s Advisory Committee advisory committee and must meet the requirements of OR comprehensive examination (written and oral, the minor department. administered by the student’s Advisory Committee) OR capstone project (up to cr. 6 of T540 taken after Research skill requirement an approved project proposal) including an oral defense administered by the student’s Advisory Six to 12 credits of research skills, methods, or foreign Committee; language courses, as approved by the student’s advisory committee. 308 September 6, 2017

Qualifying examination covering public affairs issues at the national, state, and local levels. Emphasis on reporting government, Written and oral; may be taken twice only. social welfare agencies, elections, political parties, Final Examination special interest groups, and other areas of general public interest. Oral, primarily a defense of the dissertation • MSCH-T 501 PHIL OF INQUIRY IN Faculty TELECOMM (3 cr.) Entry-level comparative study of Curriculum the origin and development of dominant paradigms Faculty Courses applied to media by researchers and policy makers Graduate Faculty • MSCH-J 502 DATA ANALYSIS FOR (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University JOURNALISTS (3 cr.) Introduction to social science Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct principles of measurement, sampling, statistical doctoral dissertations.) inferences and logic of research design in collection, analysis and interpretation of information used in Dean journalism and mass media. James Shanahan* • MSCH-M502 MEDIA RESEARCH (3 cr.) Associate Dean Introduction to quantitative and qualitative research methodologies used in media. Maria Elizabeth Grabe* • MSCH-C503 INTRO MEDIA THRY & Distinguished Professor AESTHETICS (3 cr.) Study of classical and Annie Lang*, Radhika Parameswaran* contemporary theoretical texts. Professors • MSCH-M503 MEDIA THEORIES (3 cr.) Introduces students to the wide range of social Edward Castronova*, Barbara Cherry*, Walter Gantz*, scientific and humanistic theories which guide Maria Elizabeth Grabe*, Michael Martin*, Shannon research in media. Martin*, Robert Potter*,Harmeet Sawhney*, James Shanahan*, Gregory Waller*, • MSCH-T504 INTRO TO TELECOMM POLICY STDS (3 cr.) Introduction to the graduate Associate Professors level study of telecommunications law and policy and its intersection with economics and Akinwumi Adesokan*, Clavio Galen*, Michael Conway*, technology. Fundamental principles and theories of Stephanie De Boer*, Anthony Fargo*, Juila Fox*, Terri telecommunications law, policy, and policy-making. Francis, Mary Gray*, Joan Hawkins*, James Kelly*, Jae Methodological approaches. Kook Lee*, Lesa Hatley Major*, Joshua Malitsky*, Nicole Martins*, Emily Metzgar*, Marissa Moorman*, Bryant • MSCH-J505 INTNSVE REPRT WRT & EDT Paul*, Jonathan Simons*, Andrew Weaver*, Paul Wright*, WRKSHP (3-6 cr.) This course teaches graduate Sung Un Yang* students reporting and writing in a fast-paced environment. Students will develop skills in news Assistant Professors gathering, news writing, news judgement, ethics, Nicholas Browning, Cara Caddoo, Elizabeth Ellcessor, headlines, verification and self-editing. Amy Gonzales, Minjeong Kang, Danielle Kilgo, Gerry • MSCH-T505 MEDIA ORGANIZATIONS (3 cr.) Lanosga*, Julien Mailland, Jennifer Midberry, Jessica Gall Introduces students to the production, financing, Myrick, Jason Peifer, Ryan Powell, Esi Thompson marketing and management of media from an Professors of Practice organizational perspective. The goal is to prepare students to work in a changing media environment. Kelley French, Thomas French, Elaine Monaghan, Mike Sellers • MSCH-C506 METHODS OF MEDIA RESEARCH (3 cr.) Introduction to research methods Senior Lecturers used in critical studies of media and culture. Norbert Herber*, Bob Affe, Nancy Comiskey, Susan Kelly, • MSCH-J510 MEDIA AND SOCIETY SEMINAR Steve Krahnke, James Kraus, Bonnie Layton, Steve (3 cr.) Probing examination of structure and Layton, Matt Pierce, Teresa White functions of mass media, stressing interaction Director of Graduate Studies among communication agencies and other social institutions. Critical analysis of media performance Andrew Weaver*, Franklin Hall 230F and policies in light of current economic, political, social, and intellectual thought. Comparative case (812) 856-2552 studies of U.S. media with other national press Courses systems. Curriculum • MSCH-T510 RES MTHD IN MESSAGE Faculty Courses ANALYSIS (3 cr.) Methods of analyzing the content • MSCH-J 501 PUBLIC AFFAIRS REPORTING of mediated messages. Applications of content (3 cr.) Lectures and discussion of problems in September 6, 2017 309

analysis techniques to research projects involving • MSCH-J525 COLLOQ IN SCHOLASTIC new or traditional media. JOURNALSM (1-3 cr.) Examination of problems in teaching journalism and supervising school • MSCH-T511 RES MTHD IN AUDIENCE publications. Topics may include impact on ANALYSIS (3 cr.) Analysis of audience scholastic journalism of changes in educational characteristics and behaviors. Emphasizes methods philosophy, law, financial support, and technology. associated with the assessment of and audiences for, the electronic media. • MSCH-J528 PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT (3 cr.) Designed to enable students • MSCH-T512 COMMUNICATION AND to manage a public relations department. Theories POLITICS (3 cr.) Social scientific theories of political and principles relevant to public relations practiced message effects and normative models of media in agency, corporate and not-for-profit organizations and democracy. Analysis of political advertising, will be covered. This will include developing goals campaign communication, civic participation, and the and objectives, working with clients, developing role of new media in politics. budgets, and research methods. • MSCH-J514 INTERNATIONAL • MSCH-J529 PUBLIC RELATIONS COMMUNICATION (3 cr.) Comparative analysis of CAMPAIGNS (3 cr.) Designed to provide students international media systems. with the opportunity to develop and execute a PR • MSCH-J516 DIGITAL JOURNALISM campaign for a local not-for-profit organization. PRACTICUM (6 cr.) The Digital Journalism Students will be exposed to relevant PR theory and Practicum is the cornerstone experience of the in-depth case study analysis. Digital Journalism track of our Masters of Arts in • MSCH-T529 COMP STDS IN TELECOMM Journalism. This intensive six credit hour course POLICY (3 cr.) Comparison of telecommunications is designed to provide you with a professional policy and policymaking in the U.S. with the newsroom immersion experience as well as the policies and policy systems of other nations and of contextual and theoretical foundation of journalism international and transnational organizations. and the most important issues facing the profession now and in the future. • MSCH-J530 ISS IN NEW COMMUNICATION TECH (3 cr.) Seminar on the role of emerging media • MSCH-J517 ADV DIG JOURNALISM technologies in national and international contexts. PRACTICUM (4 cr.) Building upon the professional experience and theoretical explorations of J516, the • MSCH-T530 LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF Advanced Digital Journalism Practicum is designed TELECOMM (3 cr.) Analysis of laws and policies to provide students with an advanced professional affecting the telecommunications industry and its newsroom immersion experience. consumers. Regulation of broadcasting, cable television, telephony, and the Internet. Introduction • MSCH-J518 INTERNATIONL MEDIA to First Amendment aspects of telecommunications EXPERIENCES (4 cr.) Topic course focused on and to antitrust and intellectual property law. communication systems in various countries. Includes international study tour during Spring • MSCH-T532 ECONOMICS OF MEDIA Break, after the end of Spring term, or during INDUSTRIES (3 cr.) Application of economic Summer term. Countries visited will change based principles to policy and strategy issues in the print, on topic. online, broadcasting, multi-channel, home video, and motion picture industries. • MSCH-J520 SEM IN VISUAL COMMUNICATION (3 cr.) Integration of advanced • MSCH-T535 ECONOMICS OF INFORMATION visual communication skills, including photography, (3 cr.) The production, distribution, and pricing writing and editing. Individual projects in packaging of information products and services; intellectual news and public affairs information. Emphasis property and new technologies; information networks on experimentation with message forms outside and compatibility. Policy and strategy applications. constraints of the traditional news media. • MSCH-T540 SPEC PROJ IN • MSCH-T521 TELECOMMUNICATIONS TELECOMMUNICATNS (3 cr.) Individual readings or MANAGEMENT (3 cr.) Theories of personnel and production projects in telecommunications. systems management applied to the technology- based consumer media of broadcasting, cable, • MSCH-J551 SEMINAR (3 cr.) In-depth study of voice and network access providers. Considers public affairs aspects of the law. Lectures by guest broad issues of programming, infrastructure, finance, experts and independent study on timely topics competition, corporate and industry structure, budget pertaining to the courts, the legal profession, and law and regulations. enforcement agencies - particularly as they relate to the social-political-economic order. • MSCH-T522 MANAGING THE CREATIVE PROCESS (3 cr.) Examination of the business side • MSCH-T551 COMMUNICATION, TECH & of video production with emphasis on the role of SOCIETY (3 cr.) Research seminar to consider the the producer and/or production manager, including impact of new technologies on society and how production team organization, schedules, budgets, the development and structure of information and contracts, markets and intellectual property. communication technologies have been influenced 310 September 6, 2017

by society. Theories of technology at the social level • MSCH-J565 COMPUTERIZED PUBLICATN of analysis. DES II (3 cr.) This advanced publishing design course builds on • MSCH-C552 MEDIA INST & THE PROD OF Computerized Publication Design I and incorporates CULTR (3 cr.) This class will introduce students advanced work in color, type design, computer to critical cultural studies of the media industries. illustration, creative problem solving, and an Combining cultural studies, political economy, and introduction to print and web design. studies of creative industries, we will examine the structures of media industries and the interplay of • MSCH-J570 THEORY & RSRCH: INDIV production cultures, individual agency, and structural LEVEL (3 cr.) Introduction to the theory and research limitations in the development of cultural products. relevant to mass media studies at the individual level of analysis. • MSCH-J552 SEMINAR (3 cr.) Principles of literary, theater, art, dance, and music reporting and • MSCH-J571 MEDIA THEORY (3 cr.) criticism. Emphasis on the preparation of articles for Introduction to theoretical orientations and research publication findings at the macro-social level of analysis. • MSCH-T552 COGNITIVE APPROACHES TO • MSCH-T571 APPL COGNITIVE & MEDIA (3 cr.) Examines the information processing EMOTIONAL PSY (3 cr.) Introduces students to of mediated messages and theories underlying basic theories in cognitive and emotional psychology memory, attention, and cognition. Advanced analysis and focuses on how these theories could be applied of cognitive psychology and emotion theory as they to the design of immersive mediated environments. apply to the study of media. • MSCH-J572 THE PRESS AND THE • MSCH-J554 SCIENCE WRITING (3 cr.) CONSTITUTION (3 cr.) Seminar on specialized Exploration of the challenges and opportunities topics concerning the rights and obligations of associated with writing about science for non- mass media under the Bill of Rights. Research and scientists. Reading and discussion of articles and discussion on developing law of privacy, access, and texts about communicating science to non-scientists, other constitutional problems. and practical exercises in reporting and writing. • MSCH-J573 ETHNOGRAPHIC • MSCH-M555 MEDIA PEDAGOGY (3 cr.) REPORT&WRIT JOUR (3 cr.) This skills course Exploration of the theory and practice of college explores the ethnographic, community-based pedagogy. Specific attention to skills required approach to magazine journalism. Student will for teaching mass communications. Includes gain an understanding of how communities invest development of a new course syllabus and teaching themselves, and how to report from this perspective. portfolio. • MSCH-J574 GENDER AND MEDIA (3 cr.) • MSCH-C560 MOTION PICTURE This course exposes students to work in the broad PRODUCTION (3-4 cr.) This class is a hands-on interdisciplinary arena of gender and media. It will introduction to the technical and aesthetic basics address the complex ways gender conceptions of making 16mm silent films. Students learn how to structure the cultural and economic landscape of design, direct, light, shoot, and edit several short media, including newspaper, television, magazines, films working individually as well as in groups. advertising and photography. • MSCH-J560 TOPICS COLLOQUIUM (3 cr.) • MSCH-J576 MGMT OF SCHOOL Topical seminar dealing with changing subjects and PUBLICATIONS (1-3 cr.) This course will focus on material from semester to semester. high school press advising and management. It examines faculty, administration, and staff relations; • MSCH-T560 BUS STRAT OF management techniques; staff and editorial policies; COMMUNICATNS FRMS (3 cr.) Case studies in legal and ethical responsibilities; and trends in the marketing and competitive strategies of media and high school press. telecommunications firms. Effects of technological change on industry structure and strategy. • MSCH-T580 INTERACT STRYTLLNG/CMPTR GAMES (3 cr.) Students work in teams to develop • MSCH-C561 INTERMED MOTION PICTURE interactive stories and games using graphics, PROD (4 cr.) This class introduces students to the animation, sound, and text. making of 16mm sound films, including the recording and editing of sync sound. • MSCH-T583 TEACHING ELECTRONIC MEDIA PROD (3 cr.) Graduate students review • MSCH-C562 THE SCREENPLAY (3 cr.) This and refine basic production skills in preparation course examines the structure of film screenplays for teaching positions. Basic media production and analyzes cinematic narrative strategies. concepts, techniques, and hands-on training. • MSCH-J563 COMPUTERIZED PUBLICATN Prior understanding of the production process is DES I (3 cr.) This publishing design course expected. incorporates typesetting, electronic photo editing, • MSCH-T585 INTERACTIVITY AND NEW graphics, and page design. Students are instructed MEDIA (3 cr.) Theoretical and applied perspectives in design theory, computer publishing skills, and on interactive communication. Surveys the creative problem solving. literature of interactivity and new media, examining September 6, 2017 311

relevant concepts such as Para social interaction, • MSCH-T610 THE NETWORKED SOCIETY entertainment education, and remediation. Social (3 cr.) Analysis of the social, economic, and and psychological consequences of interactivity. cultural forces that have set in motion the rise of the networked society. The conceptualization and • MSCH-C592 MEDIA GENRES (3 cr.) Analysis creation of large-scale networks; new modes of and critique of cinema and film according to form, organization. content, or technique. Topic varies: analysis of typical genres, such as westerns, situation • MSCH-J614 GLOBALIZTN, MEDIA, &SOCL comedies, documentaries, etc. Problems of generic CHANGE (3 cr.) Study of the structure and roles of description or definition: themes, conventions, the mass media in national development and the iconography peculiar to given genres. application of communication theory and technology to the problems of development and social change, • MSCH-C593 HIST OF EURO & AMERICAN through the lense of globalization of economy. FILM • MSCH-C620 MEDIA, POLITICS & POWER (3 • MSCH-C594 MEDIA HISTORY (3 cr.) Media cr.) Examination of media institutions (including new historiography, topics in national media history, media) through various schools of critical thought. national and international movements and trends. • MSCH-T635 COMPARATIVE TELECOMM • MSCH-C596 NATIONAL CINEMAS (3 cr.) POLICY (3 cr.) Comparison of telecommunications Topics varies: historical survey of major national policy and policymaking in the U.S. with the cinemas. Topics may include Brazilian cinema, policies and policy systems of other nations and of French national cinema, German film culture, Italian international and transnational organizations. cinema, Indian cinema, and others. • MSCH-C636 READING THE TEXT (3 cr.) This • MSCH-J600 QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH seminar hones students' skills of close reading, METHODS (3 cr.) Advanced behavioral methods in explication and commentary, textual analysis and the analysis of mass communication data. Practice interpretation, in relation to one or two books central in analyzing data with computerized statistical to the academic study of communication and culture. programs. The books studied will be determined in each • MSCH-M600 MEDIA ARTS AND SCIENCES iteration of the seminar. COLLOQUIM (1 cr.) Introduction to current media • MSCH-C638 EXPERIMENTS WITH FILM research through the work of school members and CAMERA (4 cr.) This course is designed to visiting scholars. explore techniques and concepts of experimental • MSCH-T601 TOP SEM IN TELECOM TECH filmmaking. It builds on the foundations of other & POL (1-3 cr.) Topics vary with the instructor and production classes, and assumes that you have a year. Consult Schedule of Classes for current solid grounding in basic cinematography and visual information on content. May be repeated for credit storytelling, as well as in the fundamentals of digital with different topics and instructors. editing. • MSCH-T602 TOP SEM TEL PROCESSES/ • MSCH-T641 CHILDREN AND MEDIA (3 cr.) EFFECTS (3 cr.) Topics vary with the instructor Detailed examination of theoretical orientations and and year. Consult Schedule of Classes for current research specifically focused on children and media. information on content. • MSCH-J650 HIST & PHILOSOPHY OF THE • MSCH-T603 TOPICAL SEM IN TELECOMM MEDIA (3 cr.) Lectures and discussion on the MGMT (1-3 cr.) Topics vary with the instructor origins, the historical growth, and the philosophical and year. Consult Schedule of Classes for current roots of the communication media, with particular information on content. emphasis on the relationship between the media and political, economic, social, and cultural trends in the • MSCH-T604 TOPICAL SEM IN MEDIA & United States. SOCIETY (1-3 cr.) Topics vary with the instructor and year. Consult Schedule of Classes for current • MSCH-T650 TELECOMM & THE information on content. CONSTITUTION (3 cr.) Impact of the constitution of the U.S. on telecommunications law and policy, • MSCH-C606 MEDIA CRITICISM (3 cr.) Study of the telecommunications industries, and the public. the main schools and methods of media criticism. Emphasis is on the First Amendment. Analysis of • MSCH-C608 IMAGES&CRITIQE IN PUBL the Supreme Court as a telecommunications policy- CULTURE (3 cr.) This course examines and making institution. assesses contemporary critical thought about visual • MSCH-J651 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH and non-visual images, especially their role in METHODS (3 cr.) Seminar on qualitative, historical, politics. Pursuing various strategies for the ideology and legal research methods for mass communication critique of images, the course explores thinking research. critically through images. It studies different types of images through a variety of theoretical approaches • MSCH-C652 GLOBALIZATION OF MEDIA (3 and thematic questions. cr.) Explores media institutions, practices, and texts across national borders. May examine particular issues such as globalization of media, transnational 312 September 6, 2017 implications of media texts, transnational data flows, Medical Sciences and media and foreign policy. School of Medicine • MSCH-J563 THE MEDIA IN THE 20TH Cell, Molecular, and Cancer Biology Departmental CENTURY (3 cr.) This publishing design course Email: [email protected] incorporates typesetting, electronic photo editing, graphics, and page design. Students are instructed (Please note that when conferring University Graduate in design theory, computer publishing skills, and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The creative problem solving. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School • MSCH-J655 ETHICS AND JOURNALISM (3 Bulletin.) cr.) Exploration of the role of ethics in journalism. Using literature which examines ethics in the context Curriculum of journalism practice, the course will analyze ways journalists attempt to deny or limit the role of ethical Program Information values. Special attention to objectivity, freedom, and Each of the five medical sciences disciplines— casuistry. anatomy; cell, molecular, and cancer biology; pathology; pharmacology; and physiology—administered by the • MSCH-C660 ADVANCED FILM PRODUCTION Medical Sciences program of the School of Medicine on (4 cr.) Designed for students who have taken basic the Bloomington campus offers work leading to the M.S. production classes and who want to embark on a and Ph.D. degrees. more ambitious film or video project. Each student will produce one project from script to screen, and The program also accepts medical students who wish assist other students on their projects. Course to take advantage of small classes. The first two years will address creative, technical, and production of basic medical instruction include gross anatomy, management questions. microscopic anatomy, neuroanatomy, biochemistry, microbiology, physiology, emergency medicine, • MSCH-J660 TOPICS COLLOQUIUM (3 cr.) immunology, pharmacology, pathology, physical di- Topical seminar dealing with changing subjects and agnosis, and introduction to medicine (the latter two taught material from semester to semester. at Bloomington Hospital). The curriculum is drawn from the many courses offered jointly through the School of • MSCH-C662 MEDIA AUDIENCES (3 cr.) This Medicine and the University Graduate School. At a time course studies audiences in the context of film, when many medical schools are reducing their basic television, new media, and other media forms. science offerings to medical students, the program at Topic varies, but may include a focus on theories Bloomington should be of significant interest to those who of spectatorship, methodological approaches to seek a more rigorous training in the physical and biological audiences, historical reception studies, ethnographic sciences. and/or empirical audience studies, global of transnational audiences, performance theory, fan Complete information for the Doctor of Medicine program cultures, and subcultures. is provided in the School of Medicine Bulletin. • MSCH-J672 TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION Anatomy LAW (3 cr.) Independent research and analysis of (See also the Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, selected problems in communication law. Indianapolis.) • MSCH-J673 GOVERNMENT & MASS Degrees Offered MEDIA (3 cr.) Seminar on the relationship between politicians and journalists, the nature of news Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Anatomy media coverage of politics, and the effects of news Special Program Requirements coverage on the public and policy. (See also general University Graduate School • MSCH-C691 AUTHORSHIP IN MEDIA (3 cr.) requirements.) Topic varies: in-depth analysis of individuals in the media who become known as "authors." Admission Requirements • MSCH-C792 ADV SEMINAR IN MEDIA Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree in the THEORY (3 cr.) Topic varies: advanced study sciences or a substantial knowledge base in these in media history and theory; major movements disciplines. The Graduate Record Examination General and historical periods and their relationship to the Test is required. The Test of English as a Foreign intellectual and cultural climate of the time; studies Language (TOEFL) is required of international applicants. of technology and modes of production; advanced work in genre/auteur studies; close reading of media Ph.D. Minor in Anatomy theories; new developments in theory and criticism. Students outside the department wishing to obtain a minor in anatomy must take 12 credits hours, including Anatomy • MSCH-C793 SEMINAR IN MEDIA (3 cr.) Topics A550 and A551. in media studies Master of Science Degree in Anatomy Course Requirements September 6, 2017 313

A total of 30 credit hours, of which 20 credit hours must be Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Cell, Molecular, and in anatomy and cell biology or related courses other than Cancer Biology research. A850 seminar must be taken each semester. Course Requirements Thesis or other approved creative work A total of 90 credit hours, generally including one Required. semester of Biochemistry (B501), Genetics and Bioinformatics (L585), Research Methods (M510), Critical Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Anatomy Analysis of Scientific Literature (L523), Molecular Biology Course Requirements of Cancer (M580), and Basics of Scientific Communication (M509) in the first year and Precision Medicine of Cancer A total of 90 credit hours, including courses in anatomy (M508), Grant Writing (Z620), and Research Ethics (Z620) and cell biology, a basic course in both physiology and in the second year. This coursework will also include 6 biochemistry, and dissertation. A minimum of 40 credit semesters of Seminar in Cancer Biology (M550) taken hours must be in courses other than research. A850 must during the first three years. be taken each semester. Minor Minor All students must complete a minor in any area related Minors may be in a variety of disciplines subject to to cell, molecular and cancer biology. Acceptable approval of the student’s advisory committee. topics include genetics, biochemistry, bioinformatics, or Qualifying Examination microbiology. Minor courses are subject to approval by the student’s advisory/dissertation committee members. Written and oral, designed to test student’s knowledge in Students are also strongly encouraged to complete either anatomical sciences. Examination in the minor area may Cell Biology (L586) or Developmental Biology (L587). be required. Qualifying Examination Final Examination Written and oral, designed to test student’s knowledge in Oral defense of dissertation. cell, molecular, and cancer biology. Examination in the minor area may be required. Other Provision Dissertation One year of supervised teaching experience is encouraged. The remaining hours to reach a total of 90 credits will consist of research towards the dissertation. Cell, Molecular, and Cancer Biology Degrees Offered Ph.D. Minor in Cell, Molecular, and Cancer Biology Students outside the department wishing to obtain a minor Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Cell, Molecular, and Cancer Biology are must complete Special Program Requirements a minimum of 6 credit hours selected from the following courses: (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) • MSCI-M 510 Research Methods (2 cr.) • MSCI-M 580 Molecular Biology of Cancer (3 cr.) Admission Requirements • MSCI-M 509 Basics of Scientific Communication (1 cr.) Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree in the • MSCI-M 508 Precision Medicine of Cancer (1.5 cr.) sciences or a substantial knowledge base in these • MSCI-M 550 Seminar in Cancer Biology (1 cr.) disciplines. The Graduate Record Examination General Pathology Test is required. The Test of English as a Foreign See also the Department of Pathology, Indianapolis. Language (TOEFL) is required of international applicants. Degrees Offered Master of Science Degree in Cell, Molecular, and Cancer Biology Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Course Requirements Courses are offered on the Bloomington campus as part A total of 36 credits generally including one semester of the combined degree program in medicine and on of Biochemistry (B501), Genetics and Bioinformatics the Indianapolis campus as part of the medical graduate (L585), Research Methods (M510), Critical Analysis of curriculum. A student admitted to one program is also Scientific Literature (L523), Molecular Biology of Cancer eligible for instruction in the other. (M580), and Basics of Scientific Communication (M509) Special Program Requirements in the first year and Precision Medicine of Cancer (M508) in the second year. This coursework will also include 4 (See also general University Graduate School semesters of Seminar in Cancer Biology (M550). requirements.) Thesis Admission Requirements Required. The remaining hours to reach a total of 36 The degree Doctor of Medicine or good standing as a credits will consist of research towards the thesis. This medical student. Non-majors in pathology admitted by research may be either laboratory research or non- special arrangement with the faculty. laboratoryresearch in a related field. 314 September 6, 2017

Master of Science Degree in Pathology Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Pharmacology Course Requirements Course Requirements A total of 30 credit hours, including 20 credit hours in A total of 90 credit hours, including 40 credit hours in the pathology. program and dissertation. Thesis Minor Required. Required. Foreign Language Advisory Committee Reading knowledge of one foreign language desirable. To be composed of research advisor, the pharmacology faculty, and an individual from the minor discipline. Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Pathology Course Requirements Grades A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation and 30 B (3.0) average required. credit hours in pathology or research in pathology. Qualifying Examination Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement Consists of two parts: (1) comprehensive written One of three requirements: (1) reading proficiency examination, and (2) written research proposal with oral in two languages, normally selected from French, presentation to the advisory committee. German, and Russian; (2) proficiency in depth in one Final Examination language, normally selected from the above languages; or (3) reading proficiency in one of the languages Oral defense of dissertation. cited in (1), plus proficiency in biostatistics, biomedical instrumentation, or computer science. Ph.D. Minor in Pharmacology Students outside the department desiring to obtain a minor Qualifying Examination in pharmacology must take F605 and F606. Written and oral. Other Provision Final Examination One year of supervised teaching experience is Oral defense of dissertation. encouraged. Pharmacology Physiology See also the Department of Pharmacology and See also the Department of Physiology and Biophysics, Toxicology, Indianapolis. Indianapolis. Degrees Offered Degrees Offered Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Special Program Requirements Special Program Requirements (See also general University Graduate School (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) requirements.) Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree in the Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree in the sciences or a substantial knowledge base in these sciences or a substantial knowledge base in these disciplines. The Graduate Record Examination General disciplines. The Graduate Record Examination General Test is required. The Test of English as a Foreign Test is required. The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required of international applicants. Language (TOEFL) is required of international applicants. Master of Science Degree in Pharmacology Master of Science Degree in Physiology Course Requirements Course Requirements A total of 30 credit hours, all of which must be taken in the A total of 30 credit hours, including 12 credit hours in program. At least 20 credit hours must be in courses other physiology. At least 20 credit hours must be in courses than research. other than research. Thesis Thesis Required. Required. Other Provision Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Physiology Course Requirements One year of supervised teaching experience is encouraged. A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation, and the following courses: P513, P531, P532, M555, C580, and C583. P550 is to be taken each semester prior to September 6, 2017 315 admission to candidacy. Other course requirements will Anatomy be determined by the student’s advisory or research ANAT-A 464 Human Tissue Biology (4 cr.) committee. ANAT-A 505 Human Development (2 cr.) P: Z315 Foreign Language/Research Skill Requirement or equivalent and consent of instructor Normal and abnormal human development. General considerations Students must demonstrate proficiency in one of the of development from embryonic through early following areas, as determined by the student’s advisory neonatal period. Emphasis on understanding basis for committee: a foreign language, statistics, or computer morphological condition found in the adult. skills. ANAT-A 512 Introduction to Research in Anatomy Qualifying Examination (1 cr.) Lectures and demonstrations in current research Written and oral. interests of faculty. Required of all new graduate students. Final Examination ANAT-A 513 Introduction to Research Techniques (1 cr.) P: A512 Individual work on a research problem. Oral defense of dissertation. Required of all new greaduate students. Other Provision ANAT-A 530 Special Topics (arr. cr.) P: Consent of One year of supervised teaching required. instructor. **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Work in advanced areas in anatomy. May be Ph.D. Minor in Physiology repeated for credit. Students outside the department desiring to obtain a minor in physiology are required to complete a minimum of 6 ANAT-A 550 Gross Human Anatomy (4 cr.) Consent credit hours in physiology courses other than research. of Instructor Detailed study of the gross anatomy of the human, including a complete dissection. Systemic Faculty anatomy, anatomy of the thorax, abdomen, pelvis, and perineum (Sem.1). Anatomy of the head and neck, Assistant Dean/Director extremities (Sem. II). John B. Watkins III*, Ph.D. ANAT-A 551 Gross Human Anatomy II (4 cr.) Graduate Faculty P: Consent of instructor Detailed study of the gross (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University anatomy of the human, including a complete dissection. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Systemic anatomy, anatomy of the thorax, abdomen, doctoral dissertations.) pelvis, and perineum (Sem.I). Anatomy of the head and neck, extremities (Sem. II). Professors ANAT-A 560 Cell Biology and Histology (4 cr.) Mark Braun (Pathology), Bruce J. Martin* (Physiology), P: Consent of instructor. Detailed study of the microscopic Anthony L. Mescher* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Kenneth anatomy of the human. Emphasis on structure-function Nephew* (Physiology), Roderick Suthers* (Physiology), relationships and laboratory identification of tissues Claire E. Walczak* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), and organs. Material presented at optical and electron John B. Watkins III* (Pharmacology) microscopic level. Sem. I. Associate Professors ANAT-A 566 Human Neuroanatomy (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. C: Not currently being offered. Basic human David L. Daleke* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), central nervous system will be covered. Interrelationships John G. Foley* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Valerie between structure and function in the nervous system. O’Loughlin* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Wayne Forrester* Thorough foundation for further study in neurophysiology, (Medical and Molecular Genetics) neuroanatomy, or neurology (Sem II). Adjunct Associate Professor ANAT-A 580 Human Anatomy for Medical Imaging Ann Carmichael* (History, History and Philosophy of Evaluation (3 cr.) This course provides a systematic Science) study of human anatomy and how this anatomy may be examined with medical imaging. Lecture explores the Assistant Professors anatomy and medical imaging of the following systems: Stephanie Ems-McClung (Biochemistry and Molecular skeletal, cardiovascular, nervous, respiratory, digestive, Biology), Peter C. Hollenhorst* (Biochemistry and urinary and reproductive. Lab uses models, skeletal Molecular Biology), Heather A. Hundley* (Biochemistry materials, and computerized/digital medical imaging and Molecular Biology), Anirban Mitra (Medical and examples. Molecular Genetics), Heather O'Hagen (Medical and ANAT-A 601 Advanced Gross Anatomy I (4 cr.) Molecular Genetics), Martin C. Ronan (Physiology) P: A550-A551, consent of instructor. Not currently being Lecturers offered. Structure of the upper and lower extremity. II. Thorax, abdomen, and pelvis. III. Head, neck, and Douglas Carr (Medicine), Richard G. Mynark (physiology), gross brain. All include detailed dissection, lectures, and Andrew Notebaert (Anatomy), Sarah Tieman (Medicine discussion on current literature to determine relation of and Pediatrics) structure to function. Courses 316 September 6, 2017

ANAT-A 602 Advanced Gross Anatomy II (4 cr.) MSCI-M 570 Mechanisms of Human Disease (1-6 cr.) P: A550-A551, consent of instructor. C: Not currently Intensive study of selected topics of human disease and being offered. Structure of the upper and lower extremity. pathological processes. II. Thorax, abdomen, and pelvis. III. Head, neck, and gross brain. All include detailed dissection, lectures, and MSCI-M 575 Human Diseases (5 cr.) This course discussion on current literature to determine relation of explores and details the basic elements of human disease. structure to function. The fundamental pathology of all organ systems of the human body are covered as are the basic elements of ANAT-A 603 Advanced Gross Anatomy III (4 cr.) bodily response to a variety of forms of injury. P: A550-A551, consent of instructor. C: Not currently being offered. Structure of the upper and lower extremity. MSCI-M 580 Title (3 cr.) Cancers are genetic diseases II. Thorax, abdomen, and pelvis. III. Head, neck, and produced by mutations in the genes that control cell gross brain. All include detailed dissection, lectures, and signaling and cell fate. This class will provide an in depth discussion on current literature to determine relation of study of cell signaling and mechanisms by which cell fate structure to function. is regulated. These concepts will be used to develop a comprehensive understanding of how tumor cells ANAT-A 610 Comparative Neuroanatomy (2 cr.) develop, recruit the support from normal cells, modulate P: Consent of instructor; graduate standing; one the immune system, metastasize and are treated. neuroscience course or equivalent. C: Not currently being offered. A comparison of the central nervous system of MSCI-M 620 Pedagogical Methods in the Health mammalian and nonmammalian vertebrates, including a Sciences (3 cr.) This course is for biomedical sciences laboratory study of representative specimens. graduate students who want to be excellent instructors and classroom researchers. Students will learn about ANAT-A 664 Selected Topics in Advanced pedagogical methods, student learning styles and Microscopic Anatomy ( 3 cr.) P: A560 or consent of methods of instructional delivery. Students also will instructor; graduate standing. Advanced instruction in the learn about the scholarhsip of teaching and develop a microscopic structure of selected animal cell systems, foundation for implementing classroom research and involving discussion and review of current literature and assessment. research dealing with these systems. Topics will change with each offering. Pathology PATH-C 601 General Pathology (6 cr.) Principles of ANAT-A 800 Research in Anatomy (arr. cr.) P: Must pathology, including a comprehensive introduction to have consent of faculty member supervising research mechanisms of reaction to injury and pathogenesis of disease processes. ANAT- A 850 Topical Seminar in Anatomy (1 cr.) Topics of current interest discussed in seminar format. PATH-C 602 Systemic Pathology (6 cr.) Principles of pathology, including a comprehensive introduction to ANAT-A 878 Anatomy Teaching Practicum (2 cr.) mechanisms of reaction to injury and pathogenesis of This course is designed to provide the student with disease processes. supervised teaching experiences in Gross Anatomy, Histology and Neuroscience, as well as critical Reviews of PATH-C 800 Advanced Pathology (6 cr.) P: C603. all teaching duties. Subject material and hours arranged to conform to needs of student. ANAT-A 800 Research in Anatomy (arr. cr.) **These PATH-C 858 Experimental Pathology (5 cr.) C: Not courses are eligible for a deffered grade currently being offered. Review and performance of Biochemistry selected experiments in pathology illustrating the types of MCHE-C 580 Medical Biochemistry (3 cr.) Biochemistry pathologic processes. for medical students, emphasizing structure-function PATH-C 859 Research in Pathology (arr. cr.) **These relationships of cellular components and biosynthesis courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Supervised and degradation of simple and complex cell constituents initiation of a research project in pathology, and as well as regulation of metabolic pathways. Includes counseling in the completion of a thesis. biochemical basis for genetic continuity and expression of hereditary characteristics. Sem. I PATH-C 862 Basic Pathologic Techniques (5 cr.) C: Not currently being offered. Methods of the histologic MCHE-C 583 Physiolocial Biochemistry (3 cr.) P: C483 and chemical laboratories of pathology; principles of To develop a sound and rigorous biochemical background examination used in the usual procedures of surgical and for students in medicine and allied health sciences. autopsy pathology. Biochemistry of physiological and pathological processes; role of heredity and environmental factors; effect on PATH-C 875 Biochemical Pathology (5 cr.) P: C603 macromolecules, macromolecular aggregates, and cells. or B800. C: Not currently being offered. A survey of Sem. II. biochemical pathology as demonstrated by recent advances in research in pathology. Selected topics for Medical Sciences lecture and discussion will include aspects of tissue, MSCI-M 555 Medical Neuroscience (5 cr.) An cellular, subcellular, and molecular pathology. interdisciplinary study of the morphological, functional, and clinical aspects of the human nervous system. Pharmacology PHAR-F 605 Principles of Pharmacology I (4 cr.) P: Chemistry C483, Medical Sciences P531-P532, September 6, 2017 317 or consent of instructor. Basic principles and clinical PHAR-F 620 Special Topics in Pharmacology (3 cr.) aspects of modern pharmacology presented in lectures. P: F605-F606 or consent of instructor. Special topics of Physicochemical properties of drugs. Drugs that affect current interest in pharmacology. May be repeated. the autonomic nervous system. Drugs that act on cardiovascular and renal systems. Chemotherapy of PHAR-F 621 Readings in Pharmacology (1-3 cr.) cancer, infections, and parasites. Supplementary readings and tutorial discussions in aspects of pharmacology to fit the needs of individual PHAR-F 606 Principles of Pharmacology II (4 cr.) students or for specialized areas. May be repeated. P: F605. Drugs that influence the central nervous system. Drugs that influence gastrointestinal and endocrine PHAR-F 625 Research in Pharmacology (arr. cr.) systems. Immunopharmacology and the pharmacology of Original research as approved. allergy and inflammation. Toxicology. PHAR-F 630 Seminar in Pharmacology (1 cr.) Research PHAR-F 611 Methods of Pharmacology I (3 cr.) reports by students, faculty, and invited guests. P: Consent of instructor. Chemical and biological Physiology procedures used in pharmacological research. PHSL-P 416 Comparative Animal Physiology (3 cr.) Lectures and demonstrations of techniques used for P: Introductory physiology or permission of instructor. the determination of specific substances in biological material. PHSL-P 512 Introduction to Research in Physiology (1 cr.) Introduction to areas and methods of current faculty PHAR-F 612 Methods of Pharmacology II (3 cr.) research. Required of all new graduate students. P: F611. Laboratory application of principles and techniques presented in F611 to practical problems in PHSL-P 513 Introduction to Research Techniques pharmacological research. Introduction to data handling. (1 cr.) P: P512. Individual work on a research problem. PHAR-F 613 Graduate Pharmacology I (3 cr.) P: F605- PHSL-P 530 Special Topics (arr. cr.) P: Consent of F606 or consent of instructor. Molecular mechanisms of instructor. Work in advanced areas in physiology. drug action, drug-receptor interactions, drug metabolism, PHSL-P 531 Human Physiology I (3 cr.) Basic principles and pharmacokinetics. of homeostasis; muscle, cardiovascular, and renal PHAR-F 614 Graduate Pharmacology II (3 cr.) P: F613 physiology and metabolism relevant to humans. Sem I or consent of instructor. Continuation of F613. Molecular PHSL-P 532 Human Physiology II (5 cr.) Basic mechanisms of drug action, drug-receptor interactions, physiological principles of temperature regulation, drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics. respiration, digestion, and endocrinology relevant to PHAR-F 615 Chemotherapeutic Pharmacology (3 cr.) humans. Sem II P: F605-F606 or consent of instructor. C: Not currently PHSL-P 550 Seminar in Physiology (1 cr.) P: Graduate being offered. Basic principles of use of drugs as selec- standing in physiology. Biomedical colloquium/seminar tively toxic agents and of chemotherapy of bacterial, series on current topics of interest in medical sciences. parasitic, or viral diseases and malignancies. ANAT-A 551 Gross Human Anatomy II (4 cr.) PHAR-F 616 Molecular Pharmacology (3 cr.) P: F605- P: Consent of instructor. Detailed study of the gross F606 or consent of instructor. C: Not currently being anatomy of the human, including a complete dissection. offered. Molecular mechanisms as they relate to drug Systemic anatomy, anatomy of the thorax, abdomen, action. Biological transducers, receptor mechanisms, pelvis, and perineum (Sem. I). Anatomy of the head and subcellular phenomena in the actions of drugs on neck, extremities (Sem. II). mammalian systems. PHSL-P 800 Research in Physiology (arr. cr.) **These PHAR-F 617 Pharmacology of Drug Metabolism (3 cr.) courses are eligible for a deferred grade. P: F605-F606 or consent of instructor. C: Not currently being offered. Physicochemical principles involved in the Institute for Medieval Studies absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion of drugs and other foreign compounds in the mammalian College of Arts and Sciences organism. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] PHAR-F 618 Pharmacokinetics (3 cr.) P: F617. C: Not Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~medieval/ currently being offered. Kinetic aspects of the absorption, (Please note that when conferring University Graduate distribution, and excretion of drugs in the mammalian School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The organism. Compartmentalization, multiphasic decay University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements curves, and computerized treatments. contained only in The University Graduate School PHAR-F 619 Endocrine Pharmacology (3 cr.) P: F605- Bulletin.) F606 or consent of instructor. C: Not currently being Curriculum offered. The pharmacology of hormones. Biosyntheses, structures, actions, and degradations of hormones Ph.D. Minor in Medieval Studies endogenous to mammalian species. Structure and Course Requirements pharmacological activity of synthetic analogs and antagonists of naturally occurring hormones. Four courses in Medieval Studies outside the student’s major department. These courses must be from at least 318 September 6, 2017 two different departments and must include one of the Core Graduate Faculty Medieval Studies courses listed below. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Grades doctoral dissertations.) Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) Professors will not count toward the minor. Christopher I. Beckwith* (Central Eurasian Studies), Examination Jamsheed Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies, History), Robert Fulk* (Chancellor’s Professor, English), Kari None. Gade* (Germanic Studies), Wendy Gillespie (Early Music Institute), Hildegard Keller* (Germanic Studies), Graduate Area Certificate in Medieval Studies Karma Lochrie* (English, Gender Studies), Michael The Area Certificate in Medieval Studies is designed to Long* (Musicology), Rosemarie McGerr* (Comparative allow doctoral students to investigate medieval civilization Literature), Jacques Merceron* (French and Italian), more extensively than in the Ph.D. minor program. Emanuel Mickel * (French and Italian), Suzanne Stetkevych* (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Course Requirements H. Wayne Storey* (French and Italian), John Walbridge* Nine courses in the medieval period: four in the student’s (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures), Rega Wood major department and five in other departments, two (Philosophy) of which should be drawn from the group of courses listed below, with at least one course from Medieval Associate Professors Studies. Please note that the selection of courses not Christopher Atwood* (Central Eurasian Studies), Bridget in the student’s major department should be made K. Balint* (Classical Studies), Sarah Bassett* (Art History), in consultation with the Institute before courses are Deborah Deliyannis* (History), Shannon Gayk* (English), presented for certification. Students in departments that do Ryan Giles* (Spanish and Portuguese), Patricia Ingham* not provide the requisite four courses in medieval topics (English), Paul Losensky* (Central Eurasian Studies, in their disciplines may, in consultation with the Institute, Comparative Literature), Diane Reilly* (Art History), Leah design an alternative program. Shopkow* (History) In addition to courses offered by the Medieval Studies Lecturers Institute, graduate courses in the medieval period are offered by twenty departments across the College of Ariann Stern-Gottschalk (Slavic and East European Arts and Sciences, the Jacobs School of Music, and the Languages and Cultures) Department of Information and Library Science. Students should consult the Medieval Studies Web site (http:// Librarians www.indiana.edu/~medieval/index.shtml) for a complete Joel Silver (Director, Lilly Library), Cherry Williams list of approved courses offered during each semester. (Curator of Manuscripts, Lilly Library) Language Requirements Affiliated Faculty Students must demonstrate advanced proficiency in one Professors of the following languages: Classical Greek, Hebrew, Asma Afsaruddin* (Near Eastern Languages and Italian, Latin, Medieval Arabic, Medieval Japanese, Old Cultures), Judith Anderson* (Chancellor’s Professor, English, Old French, Old Norse, Old Occitan, or Persian. English), Henry Cooper* (Emeritus, Slavics and East Advanced proficiency can be established by presenting for European Languages and Cultures), Giuliano Di Bacco credit two advanced courses in philology or literary studies (Musicology), Paul Elliott (Early Music Institute), Arthur of the language in question, or by appropriate advanced Field* (Emeritus, History), Olga Impey* (Emeritus, Spanish examination. and Portuguese), Mark Kaplan* (Philosophy), Eugene Kleinbauer* (Emeritus, Art History), Eleanor Leach* (Ruth Grades Halls Professor, Classical Studies), Consuelo Lopez- Courses in which a student receives less than a B (3.0) Morillas* (Emeritus, Spanish and Portuguese), Fedwa will not count toward the certificate. Malti-Douglas* (Martha C. Kraft Professor of Humanities), Thomas J. Mathiesen* (Emeritus, Music), William New- Examination man* (Ruth Halls Professor, History and Philosophy of Science), Timothy W. O’Connor* (Philosophy), Samuel None. N. Rosenberg* (Emeritus, French and Italian), Kemal Silay* (Central Eurasian Studies), Paul Spade* (Emeritus, Faculty Philosophy) Director Associate Professors Professor Rosemarie McGerr* Ann Carmichael* (Emeritus, History, History and Associate Director Philosophy of Science), Constance Furey* (Religious Professor Bridget K. Balint* Studies), Jeffrey Huntsman* (Emeritus, English), Kevin Jaques* (Religious Studies), Sheila Lindenbaum (Emerita, September 6, 2017 319

English), Massimo Scalabrini* (French and Italian), Elliot requirements contained only in The University Graduate Sperling* (Central Eurasian Studies) School Bulletin.) Assistant Professor Curriculum Manling Luo (East Asian Languages and Culture), Degrees Offered Jonathan Schlesinger (History), Guadalupe González Master of Arts, dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Diéguez (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures, Jewish Science (jointly with the Department of Information and Studies) Library Science), and Doctor of Philosophy. Graduate Advisor In addition, the Jacobs School of Music offers the Master Professor Bridget Balint*, Ballantine Hall 553, of Music, the Master of Music Education, the Master of [email protected], (812) 855-6651 Science in Music Education, the combined Master of Music and Master of Library Science (jointly with the Courses Department of Information and Library Science), Specialist in Music Education, the Doctor of Music, and the Doctor of Music Education degrees. For information regarding MEST-M 500 Introduction to Medieval Studies (4 cr.) degrees offered exclusively or jointly by the Jacobs School An introduction to issues and practices in the field with of Music and the Department of Information and Library some attention to bibliographical tools. Science, see their respective bulletins. MEST-M 502 Colloquium in Medieval Studies (4 cr.) Special School Requirements Investigation of an interdisciplinary problem in medieval civilization, topic and disciplines to vary, or readings of (See also general University Graduate School foundational texts from the period. May be repeated for requirements.) credit. Admission MEST-M 525 Medieval Provencal (2-4 cr.) A variable Applicants must apply to both the Graduate Division of topics course focusing on the language, literature, and the Jacobs School of Music and the University Graduate documents regarding the use of the dialects of Old School. The Graduate Record Examination General Occitan in France, Italy, and Spain during the Middle Test is required for admission. Entrance proficiency Ages. Taught in English with materials in the original examinations are also required; for details see the language. May be repeated once for credit. “Graduate Division” section of the Jacobs School of Music MEST-M 600 Medieval Manuscripts (4 cr.) Paleography, Bulletin. Students must meet the general requirements codicology, diplomatics; the study of manuscript of the University Graduate School and the specific production, history, and use. May be repeated for credit. requirements of the Jacobs School of Music outlined in its bulletin. MEST-M 650 Manuscript Cultures (3-4 cr.) Study of medieval and early modern manuscripts and primary Grades historical documents and the evaluation of the cultural Current and cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 contexts of their production, reproduction and use. (B). MEST-M 700 Seminar in Medieval Studies (4 cr.) Master of Arts Degree Advanced research in specialized topics and problems in Master of Arts in Musicology the field. May be repeated for credit. Admission MEST-M 815 Readings in Medieval Civilization (1-4 cr.) Bachelor’s degree (B.M. or B.A.) with a major in music, Cross-listed Courses or demonstrated equivalent. Applications must include a formal research paper on a historical or theoretical subject Classical Studies in music. The applicant’s scores on the GRE General Test • L300 Intensive Introduction to Classical and must be received from Educational Testing Service in Medieval Latin (3 cr.) Princeton, New Jersey, by the application deadline. • L400 Intensive Study of Literary Latin (3 cr.) • L409 Readings in Medieval Latin (3 cr.) Proficiency Examinations • L540 Medieval Latin (4 cr.) Examinations in music theory, music history, keyboard • L611 Seminar in Latin Epigraphy or Palaeography (4 skills, and music performance. cr.) Major Music 18 credit hours: Jacobs School of Music M601 Masters Seminar in Musicology (3 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] M600 Musicology Reading Group (0 cr.) Departmental URL: http://www.music.indiana.edu/ degrees/graduate-diploma/index.shtml 9 hours selected from: (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • M502 Composers: Variable Topics (3 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, • M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.) the University Graduate School’s staff uses those • M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.) 320 September 6, 2017

• M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) degree in musicology or a Master of Music in music • M650 Music in the United States (3 cr.) theory. • M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.) Admission Requirement • M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.) • M653 Baroque Music (3 cr.) In addition to the general requirements, the student • M654 Classic Music (3 cr.) must apply for admission to the Jacobs School of Music • M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.) and simultaneously to the Department of Information and Library Science and must meet admission criteria • M656 Modern Music (3 cr.) established by each. • M657 Music Since 1960 (3 cr.) Requirements 6 hours selected from: The student must satisfy all the requirements for a Master • T551 Analytical Techniques for Tonal Music (3 cr.) of Arts degree in musicology or a Master of Music degree • T545 Introductory Analysis of Music Literature (3 cr.) in music theory, and for a Master of Library Science • T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.) degree. • T556 Analysis of Music since 1900 (3 cr.) The Other Required Credits requirement for the Master of Music History and Literature Requirement Arts or Master of Music degree is fulfilled by 6 credit hours in Library Science, which count towards both degrees. 6 credit hours selected from: • M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.) Doctor of Philosophy Degree Majors are available in: • M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) • M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.) Prerequisite • M650 Music in the United States (3 cr.) Candidates must have a scholarly or teaching background • M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.) that indicates potential for outstanding scholarship in the • M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.) field of music education. • M653 Baroque Music (3 cr.) • M654 Classic Music (3 cr.) Admission • M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.) • GRE General Test scores • M656 Modern Music (3 cr.) • short video recording which demonstrates • M657 Music Since 1960 (3 cr.) proficiency in teaching and performance or • M502 Composers: Variable Topics (3 cr.), ensemble direction • M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.). • interview with music education faculty • three- to five-page essay on applicant's background Course topics cannot be repeated. and goals in music education Other Required Credits Major 6 credit hours inside or outside music in which the student 48 credit hours has the background to do graduate-level course work, as approved by the director of graduate studies. Foundation Courses 9 credit hours Tool-Subject Requirement • E518 Foundations of Music Education (3 cr.) M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography (2 cr.) with a • E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.) grade of B or higher. • E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and Guidance in Music (3 cr.) Foreign Language Requirement These courses may be waived through methods Reading knowledge of French, German, Italian, Latin, determined by the department such as completion of an Russian, or Spanish as demonstrated by musicology equivalent course or examination, with the approval of department examination. the department chairperson and the director of graduate studies. Credit hours for waived courses may be replaced Major Ensemble with electives or dissertation. 2 credit hours each semester until four fall-spring Core Courses 11 credit hours enrollments are reached or the student graduates. • E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.) Master of Arts Examination • E618 History and Philosophy of Music Education (3 Ordinarily to be taken in the semester in which a student cr.) completes the course work for the degree. Students will • E619 Psychology of Music (3 cr.) also submit a portfolio of papers written for graduate • E645 Music Teacher Education (2 cr.) courses in the department. • E663 Public Research Lecture in Music Education (0 Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library Science cr.) Degrees Research Courses 18 credit hours This program permits the student to coordinate a Master of Library Science degree with either a Master of Arts September 6, 2017 321

• E631 Quantitative Research in Music Education departments may require a written and/or oral examination (3 cr.), concurrent with E658 Seminar in Music in the minor field. Education (2 cr.) • E640 Qualitative Research in Music Education (3 cr.) Music Theory Admission • E632 Advanced Quantitative Research in Music Education (3 cr.) Master’s degree in music theory or musicology or the • E660 Philosophical Research in Music Education (2 demonstrated equivalent. Students with outstanding cr.) credentials may apply directly from a bachelor’s degree. • E661 Historical Research in Music Education (2 cr.) Students are required to demonstrate competency in all • One of: areas required of the M.M. music theory major at Indiana • E665 Advanced Philosophical Research in University, and may be exempted from certain courses Music Education (3 cr.) on the recommendation of the department. In addition to • An advanced qualitative, historical, or three letters of recommendation, applicants must submit quantitative research course outside music two extensive, formal research papers or a master’s thesis education, approved by the music education in music theory or musicology. An individual interview is department (3 cr.) also required; applicants are expected to be proficient in sight singing, aural skills, and keyboard harmony. The • E650 Music Education Research Colloquium (0 cr.) applicant’s scores on the GRE General Test must be Required each semester of full-time enrollment. received from Educational Testing Service in Princeton, New Jersey, by the application deadline. Dissertation 4 credit hours Proficiency Examinations Specialization Area 6 credit hours of graduate music courses in one of Examinations in music theory, music history, keyboard the following areas with the approval of the chair or skills, music performance, and musical styles. coordinator of graduate studies in music education. An audition is required for wind conducting, choral Major-Field Requirements conducting, and individual studio (performance/ Students with a completed master’s degree must complete composition) specialization areas. a minimum of 36 credit hours in the major field, including 1. Wind Conducting and Literature. G566-G567 dissertation. Students admitted directly from the bachelor’s Interpretation and Conducting of Band Literature I-II degree must complete at least 66 credit hours in the major (3-3 cr.) field. 2. Choral Conducting and Methodology. Two of E528 Foundation courses Advanced Choral Methods and Materials (3 cr.), E582 Methods and Materials for Teaching Vocal Demonstrated proficiency in the content of the following Jazz (3 cr.), or G560 Graduate Choral Conducting (3 courses: cr.) • T551 Analytical Techniques for Tonal Music 3. College Music Teaching. E517 Sociology of Music (3 • T555 Schenkerian Analysis cr.), E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.) • T556 Analysis of Music Since 1900 4. Instrumental Methodology. E527 Advanced • T565 Stylistic Counterpoint: Variable Topics Instrumental Methods (3 cr.), E568 Administration of • T591 Teaching of Music Theory Instrumental Groups (3 cr.) 5. Jazz Methodology. One of E581 Methods and Students may demonstrate proficiency through methods Materials for Teaching Instrumental Jazz (3 cr.) or determined by the department such as examination or E582 Methods and Materials for Teaching Vocal submission of a portfolio based on previous coursework, Jazz (3 cr.); O511 Fundamentals of Jazz Theory (1 or by completion of the above courses. Proficiency cr.)/O521 Jazz Improvisation 1 (2 cr.) demonstrated through means other than taking the 6. General Music Methodology. One of E524 courses listed requires approval of the department Exploratory Teaching in General Music K-12 (3 cr.) chairperson and the director of graduate studies. or E540 Topics in General Music (3 cr.); one of E521 Advanced courses The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.), E522 Music in Early Childhood (3 cr.), or E571 Kodály Concept I (3 cr.) • T623-T624 History of Music Theory I-II (3-3 cr.) 7. String Methodology. E646 Graduate Seminar • T658 Seminar in Music Theory: Variable Topics in String Research (3 cr.); one of G590 String (3-3-3-3 cr.) Orchestra Literature (3 cr.) or E580 Methods and • T550 Readings in Music Theory* (3 cr.) Materials for Teaching String Music (3 cr.) • 3 credits chosen from T658 Seminar in Music 8. Individual studio study (performance/composition). 6 Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T561 Music credits of 800-level individual study in a performance Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.), or T619 Projects area or composition and Problems in Music Theory (3 cr.), or another Minor graduate course approved by the department 12 credit hours within or outside the field of music in chairperson and director of graduate studies. any subject for which the candidate has the necessary • T700 Dissertation in Music Theory (3-27 cr.). background for advanced course work. The minor *Students who have already fulfilled the requirement field must differ from the specialization area. Some for T550 must take 3 credits of T658, T561, or T619, or 322 September 6, 2017 another graduate course approved by the department • Courses in musicology, music history and literature, chairperson and director of graduate studies. music theory, ethnomusicology, or other musical subjects with approval of the department and Minor and Other Required Credits director of graduate studies (3-3-3 cr.). If these 24 credit hours. Student must elect a 12-credit hour minor credits are waived, students must enroll in an field in either music history and literature or musicology. additional 9 credits of M700. The other 12 credit hours may be taken inside or outside • M604 Qualifying Exam Tutorial (3 cr.) the Jacobs School of Music, subject to the approval by • M605 Qualifying Exam and Dissertation Area the director of graduate studies. If all credits are taken in Tutorial (3 cr.) a single field outside the student's department, a formal • M700 Dissertation in Musicology (6-36 cr.) minor must be declared. A maximum of 9 credits may be taken in a single department unless a minor is declared. Minor Public Lecture One minor, which may be inside or outside of music, with sufficient credit hours to satisfy the course requirements T659 Public Lecture (0 cr.). The public lecture must be for a Ph.D. minor, as determined by the department completed before taking the oral qualifying examination. in which the minor is taken. All such minors must be recognized or accepted by the University Graduate Dissertation School. A Ph.D. minor typically requires 12 credit hours of Tool-Subject Requirement course work, and departments may also require a written and/or oral examination in the minor field. M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or higher. Dissertation Foreign Language Requirement M700 Dissertation in Musicology (3-33 cr.). Reading knowledge of two non-English languages as Foreign Language Requirement demonstrated by examination, by grades of B or higher Reading knowledge of two non-English languages as in two semesters of reading courses at the graduate level demonstrated by musicology department examination. in each; or by receiving, in the cases of Catalan, French, The first must be German, French, Italian, Latin, Spanish, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, or Spanish, a grade or Russian; the second should be relevant to the student’s of B (3.0) or better in a literature or civilization course at research area. Indiana University numbered 300 or higher (exclusive of individual readings and correspondence courses) in Qualifying Examination which the reading is done in the foreign language; or reading knowledge of one language and demonstration Written and oral examination focusing on areas chosen of proficiency in one research skill, approved by the by the candidate in consultation with his or her advisory department and the director of graduate studies of the committee. Jacobs School of Music. Progress toward Degree Qualifying Examination Written and oral examination. Proficiencies in music history and music theory should be met by the end of the first year. One language Musicology examination should be passed by the end of the first Admission year, and a second must be passed before the qualifying Applicants for the Ph.D. in musicology must demonstrate examination along with keyboard and performance strong preparation in music history. Students with proficiencies. Students should ordinarily complete course outstanding credentials may apply directly from a work by the middle of the third year (end of the third year bachelor’s degree; students holding an M.A. or M.M. for students admitted from a bachelor's degree), complete in musicology may be exempted from certain courses qualifying examinations in the following semester, and on the recommendation of the department. A formal submit a dissertation topic proposal a semester after that. research paper must be submitted with the application. Deviations from this schedule should be the subject of The applicant’s scores on the GRE General Test must consultation with the department chair. be received from the Educational Testing Service in Doctoral Minors in Music Princeton, New Jersey, by the application deadline. Minor in Brass Instruments (Horn, Trumpet, Proficiency Examinations Trombone, Euphonium, or Tuba) The minor in a brass instrument provides advanced Examinations in music theory, music history, keyboard training in performance on the chosen instrument (horn, skills, music performance, and musical styles. trumpet, trombone, euphonium, or tuba), with the option of coursework in small ensembles, brass literature, and Major-Field Requirements brass pedagogy. 48 to 78 credit hours 12 credit hours • M551 Introduction to Historical Musicology (3 cr.) • 9-12 credit hours in one of the following: • M602 Seminar in Musicology (3-3-3-3-3 cr.) • M603 Methods of Musical Scholarship (3 cr.) B810 Horn Graduate Minor • Six credits drawn from M602 or M603 (3-3 cr.) B820 Trumpet Graduate Minor September 6, 2017 323

B830 Trombone Graduate Minor F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music (2 cr.) B840 Euphonium Graduate Minor F502 Topics in Basso Continuo (2 cr.) B850 Tuba Graduate Minor F503 Advanced Topics in Basso Continuo (2 cr.) M558 Topics in Early Music (1 cr.) • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following • 6 credit hours of electives (performance study, F545 Brass Chamber Ensemble (1 cr.) chamber music, or other courses) offered by the F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) Early Music Department and approved by the M641–M642 Brass Literature I–II (3–3 cr.) department chairperson. E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.) E510 Trumpet Pedagogy (1 cr.) E511 Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.) Minor in Electronic Music E512 Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.) The minor in electronic music provides graduate-level instruction in electronic and computer music composition. Minor in Choral Conducting 12 credit hours selected from the following: The minor in choral conducting provides advanced foundational skills in score analysis, choral literature, and • K503 Electronic Studio Resources I (3 cr.) conducting technique. Prior conducting experience and a • K504 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.) conducting audition are required for acceptance into the • K506 Projects in Computer Music (3 cr.). Course minor in choral conducting. may be repeated. • K509 Seminar in Computer Music (3 cr.) 12 credit hours • M555 Foundations in Choral Score Analysis and Minor in Guitar Preparation (3 cr.) The minor in guitar provides advanced training in • G555 Foundations in Choral Conducting for performance, with the option of coursework in small Graduate Students (3 cr.) ensembles and guitar literature. • 3 credit hours selected from the following: 12 credit hours G561 Master’s Choral Conducting I (3 cr.) • 9-12 credit hours of L800 Guitar Graduate Minor G562 Master’s Choral Conducting II (3 cr.) • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following: • 3 credit hours selected from the following: F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) G561 Master’s Choral Conducting I (3 cr.) F551 Practicum in Transcription for the Guitar (2 cr.) G562 Master’s Choral Conducting II (3 cr.) M627 Independent Study of the Literature of the Guitar I (3 M565 Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature (3 cr.) cr.)

Minor in Composition Minor in Harp The minor in music composition provides graduate-level The minor in harp provides advanced training in instruction in composition performance, with the option of coursework in small ensembles and harp literature. 12 credit hours 12 credit hours • 12 credit hours of K810 private composition lessons (2 credit hours of K551 Advanced Orchestration • 9-12 credit hours of H800 Harp Graduate Minor may be substituted for 2 credit hours of K810 at the • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following: recommendation of the composition faculty); F549 Harp Ensemble (1 cr.) • the public performance on student composition M643 Seminar in Harp Literature I (3 cr.) recitals of at least three compositions written while M644 Seminar in Harp Literature II (3 cr.) enrolled in K810, to be graded as Pass/Fail by a committee of at least three composition faculty in attendance; and Minor in Jazz Studies The minor in jazz studies provides training in the history • the composition of a vocal work to an assigned text and practice of jazz. within a 24-hour period, and the composition of a short movement for chamber ensemble within a 12 credit hours seven-day period. Both compositions will be graded Pass/Fail. • 3-12 credit hours selected from the following: M591 Jazz History 1: Origins through 1949 (3 cr.) Minor in Early Music M592 Jazz History 2: 1950–1969 (3 cr.) The minor in early music provides advanced training in M593 Jazz History 3: 1970–present (3 cr.) historical music performance and performance practices. M594 Big Band Jazz (3 cr.) 12 credit hours • 0-9 credit hours selected from the following: • 6 credit hours selected from the following: O511 Fundamentals of Jazz Theory (1 cr.) O512 Jazz Composition (3 cr.) M635 Performance Practice Before 1750 (2 cr.) O516 Jazz Arranging 1 (2 cr.) M517–M518–M519–M520 Literature and O517 Jazz Arranging 2 (2 cr.) Performance Practice I–II–III–IV (2–2–2–2 cr.) 324 September 6, 2017

O521 Jazz Improvisation 1 (2 cr.) • M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.). May be O522 Jazz Improvisation 2 (3 cr.) repeated for different topics. O523 Jazz Improvisation 3 (3 cr.) • M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.) O524 Jazz Improvisation 4 (3 cr.) • M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) O525 Rhythm Section Literature and Performance • M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.) Practice (2 cr.) • M650 Music in the United States (3 cr.) O530 American Popular Song Performance (3 cr.) • M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.) • M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.) Minor in Music Education • M653 Baroque Music (3 cr.) The minor in music education provides graduate-level instruction in learning theories and practical approaches to • M654 Classic Music (3 cr.) music teaching and learning. • M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.) • M656 Modern Music (3 cr.) 12 credit hours • M657 Music Since 1960 (3 cr.) • 6 credit hours selected from the following: Minor in Music Theory E517 Sociology of Music (3 cr.) The minor in music theory provides graduate-level E518 Foundations of Music Education (3 cr.) instruction in the theory and analysis of tonal and/or post- E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.) tonal music, with the option of coursework in the pedagogy E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and Guidance in Music (3 of music theory. cr.) E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.) 12 credit hours E619 Psychology of Music (3 cr.) • T551 Analytical Techniques for Tonal Music (3 cr.) or E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.) T556 Analysis of Music Since 1900 (3 cr.) • 6 credit hours selected from the above courses or • 9 credit hours selected from the following: the following: T545 Introductory Analysis of Music Literature (3 cr.) E502 The Practice of Music Teaching (3 cr.) T550 Readings in Music Theory (3 cr.) E520 Seminar in Music Education for Master’s Degree T551 Analytical Techniques for Tonal Music (3 cr.) Students (2 cr.) T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.) E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.) T556 Analysis of Music Since 1900 (3 cr.) E522 Music in Early Childhood (3 cr.) T561 Music Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.) May be E524 Exploratory Teaching in General Music K-12 (3 cr.) repeated for different topics. E527 Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.) T565 Stylistic Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.) May be E528 Advanced Choral Methods and Materials (3 cr.) repeated for different topics. E540 Topics in General Music (3 cr.) T591 Teaching of Music Theory (3 cr.) E571 Kodály Concept I (3 cr.) T619 Projects and Problems in Music Theory (arr. cr.) E572 Kodály Concept II (3 cr.) T623 History of Music Theory I (3 cr.) E573 Kodály Concept III (3 cr.) T624 History of Music Theory II (3 cr.) E580 Methods and Materials for Teaching String Music (3 T658 Seminar in Music Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.) cr.) May be repeated for different topics. E581 Methods and Materials for Teaching Instrumental Jazz (3 cr.) A minimum grade of B is required in each course to be E582 Methods and Materials for Teaching Vocal Jazz (3 counted toward the music theory minor. cr.) E618 History and Philosophy of Music Education (3 cr.) Minor in Musicology E631 Quantitative Research in Music Education (3 cr.) The minor in musicology offers an introduction to the E632 Advanced Quantitative Research in Music Education scholarly study of music in its historical context. (3 cr.) 12 credit hours E640 Qualitative Research in Music Education (3 cr.) E645 Music Teacher Education (3 cr.) • M551 Introduction to Historical Musicology (3 E646 Seminar in String Research (3 cr.) cr.) (prerequisite: M539 Introduction to Music E660 Philosophical Research in Music Education (2 cr.) Bibliography) E661 Historical Research in Music Education (2 cr.) • M602 Seminar in Musicology: Variable Topics (3–3 E665 Historical and Philosophical Readings in Music cr.) Education (3 cr.) • 3 credit hours selected from the following:

Minor in Music History and Literature M602 Seminar in Musicology: Variable Topics (3 cr.) The minor in music history and literature offers a M603 Methods of Musical Scholarship: Variable Topics (3 foundation in the study of musical style, repertory, cr.) analysis, and historical context. graduate courses in music history and literature (3 cr.) 12 credit hours selected from the following: Minor in Organ • M502 Composers: Variable Topics (3 cr.). May be The minor in organ provides advanced training in repeated for different topics. performance, with the option of coursework in organ literature and pedagogy. September 6, 2017 325

Prerequisite: at least two semesters of formal organ G561–G562 Master’s Choral Conducting I–II (3-3 cr.) study (with a minimum facility on both manual and pedal keyboards as judged by audition) and submission of a • 6-12 credit hours selected from the following: repertoire list (which may include technical studies, service C504 Keyboard Skills Review (1 cr.) music, hymns, etc.). C510 Service Playing Review (1 cr.) 12 credit hours C505 Organ Construction and Design (2 cr.) C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.) • 9-12 credit hours of Q800 Organ Graduate Minor C540 The History of Christian Worship and Sacred Music • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following: (2 cr.) C541 Sacred Music: Philosophy and Practice I (2 cr.) C504 Keyboard Skills Review (1 cr.) C542 Sacred Music: Philosophy and Practice II (2 cr.) C510 Service Playing Review (1 cr.) F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music (2 cr.) C505 Organ Construction and Design (2 cr.) F502 Topics in Basso Continuo (2 cr.) C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.) F503 Advanced Topics in Basso Continuo (2 cr.) E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.) M555 Foundations in Choral Score Analysis and M675 Seminar in Organ Literature: Renaissance and Preparation (3 cr.) Baroque (3 cr.) G555 Foundations in Choral Conducting for Graduate M676 Seminar in Organ Literature: Classic and Romantic Students (3 cr.) (3 cr.) M565 Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature (3 cr.) M677 Seminar in Organ Literature: Music since 1900 (3 E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.) cr.) M678 Seminar in Organ Literature: Organ Works of J.S. Minor in String Instruments (Violin, Viola, Violoncello, Bach (3 cr.) or Double Bass) The minor in a string instrument provides advanced Minor in Percussion training in performance on the chosen instrument (violin, The minor in percussion provides advanced training in viola, violoncello, or double bass), with the option of percussion performance, with the option of coursework in coursework in small ensembles, string literature, and small ensembles and percussion literature. string pedagogy. 12 credit hours 12 credit hours • 9-12 credit hours of D800 Percussion Graduate • 9-12 credit hours in one of the following: Minor • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following S810 Violin Graduate Minor S820 Viola Graduate Minor F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) S830 Violoncello Graduate Minor F547 Percussion Chamber Ensemble (1 cr.) S840 Double Bass Graduate Minor

Minor in Piano • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following The minor in piano provides advanced training in piano F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) performance, with the option of coursework in chamber E503 Violin/Viola Pedagogy I (2 cr.) music and piano literature. E504 Violin/Viola Pedagogy II (2 cr.) 12 credit hours E505 Violin/Viola Pedagogy III (2 cr.) E506 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.) • 9-12 credit hours of P800 Piano Graduate Minor • 0-3 credit hours selected from the following Minor in Voice The minor in voice provides advanced training in vocal M543 Keyboard Literature from 1700 to 1850 (3 cr.) performance, with the option of coursework in voice M544 Piano Literature from 1850 to the Present (3 cr.) pedagogy and vocal literature. F520 Topics in Performance Study (1-2 cr.). Courses used must focus on collaborative or chamber music involving 12 credit hours the piano. • 6 credit hours of V800 Voice Graduate Minor Minor in Sacred Music • 6 credit hours selected from the following: The minor in sacred music provides a foundation in the E594 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.) study of a broad range of applied skills and/or academic M531–M532 Song Literature III–IV (3–3 cr.) subjects that relate to the practice of sacred music. M686 Solo Vocal Literature Before 1850 (3 cr.) Those interested in incorporating applied study must meet M687 Late Romantic Solo Vocal Literature (3 cr.) the requirements for a doctoral minor in that area. M688 Solo Vocal Literature after 1900 (3 cr.) 12 credit hours For audition information, see the department chairperson. • 0-6 credit hours of applied study selected from the following: Minor in Wind Conducting The minor in conducting provides advanced training in Q800 Organ Graduate Minor conducting techniques for wind groups, along with related V800 Voice Graduate Minor literature and practices. Y810 Early Music Graduate Minor (harpsichord) 326 September 6, 2017

12 credit hours Eugene O’Brien • M570 Historical Development of Wind Groups and Associate Dean for Instruction Literature (3 cr.) Lissa Fleming May* • G566 Interpretation and Conducting of Band Literature I (3 cr.) Distinguished Professors • G567 Interpretation and Conducting of Band Literature II (3 cr.) David Baker Jr., J. Peter Burkholder*, Susann McDonald, Timothy R. Noble, Menahem Pressler, Violette Verdy • 3 credit hours selected from the following: Professors F590 Techniques in Marching Band for Graduate Students (3 cr.) Atar Arad, Edward Auer, Claude Baker Jr., Edmund E557 Band Arranging for Graduate Students (3 cr.) Battersby, Ernesto Bitetti, Myron Bloom, Kevin Bobo, Evelyne Brancart, Bruce Bransby, James Campbell, Minor in Woodwind Instruments (Flute, Oboe, Clarinet, Jacques Cesbron, Arnaldo Cohen, Edmund Cord, Bassoon, or Saxophone) Costanza Cuccaro, David Dzubay, Eli Eban, Luba The minor in a woodwind instrument provides advanced Edlina-Dubinsky, David Effron, Peter E. Ellefson, Arthur training in performance on the chosen instrument (flute, Fagen, Janette Fishell, Jorja Fleezanis, Don Freund, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, or saxophone), with the option of Mauricio Fuks, Glenn Gass, Edward Gazouleas, Luke coursework in small ensembles or woodwind literature. Gillespie, Wendy Gillespie, Jean-Louis Haguenauer, Patrick Harbison, Mary Ann Hart, Jeffrey Hass, Stephen 12 credit hours Houghton, Gretchen G. Horlacher*, Grigory Kalinovsky, • 6-12 credit hours in one of the following: Mark Kaplan, Alexander Kerr, Marianne Kielian-Gilbert*, Eric Kim, Howard Klug, Teresa Kubiak, Carl Lenthe, W810 Flute Graduate Minor Michael Long*, William Ludwig, Kathryn Lukas, Patrice W820 Oboe Graduate Minor Madura*, Kevork Mardirossian, Lissa Fleming May*, W830 Clarinet Graduate Minor Andrew Mead*, Daniel R. Melamed*, Carlos Montané, W840 Bassoon Graduate Minor Kurt Muroki, Otis Murphy, Kristina Muxfeldt*, Jeffrey W850 Saxophone Graduate Minor Nelsen, Nigel North, Eugene O’Brien, Massimo M. Ossi*, Daniel Perantoni, P. Q. Phan, Andreas Poulimenos, • 0-6 credit hours selected from the following: Stephen Pratt, Gwyn Richards, Stanley Ritchie, John E559 Instrumental Pedagogy (1-2 cr.) D. Rommel, Richard M. Seraphinoff, Karen Shaw, F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) Marietta Simpson, M. Dee Stewart, Patricia Stiles, Konrad M547 Woodwind Literature I (3 cr.) A. Strauss, Linda Strommen, Peter Stumpf, Joseph M548 Woodwind Literature II (3 cr.) Swensen, John Tafoya, Carol Vaness, Michael Vernon, Thomas P. Walsh, André Watts, David Woodley, Elisabeth Ph.D. Minors for Students Outside the Jacobs School B. Wright, Stephen Wyrczynski, Christopher Young, Mimi of Music H. Zweig Minors in music for doctoral students outside the Jacobs School of Music may be taken within one of Associate Professors the established departments of the Jacobs School of Kyle Adams*, Jeremy Allen, Gary Arvin, Brenda Brenner*, Music or as an individual¬ized minor taken in more Betsy Burleigh, David Cartledge, Judah M. Cohen*, Emilio than one area. No general entrance examinations W. Colon, Jane Dutton, Phil Ford*, Brent Gault*, John are required, but the director of graduate studies Gibson, Brian Gill, Halina Goldberg*, Mark Hood, Julian may require entering proficiency examinations. All L. Hook*, Brian L. Horne, Walter Huff, Eric Isaacson*, minors except the individualized minor require the prior Roman Ivanovitch*, Peter Miksza*, Kathleen McLean, approval of the department chair. Minors, including the Emile Naoumoff, Thomas Robertello, Frank Samarotto*, individualized minor, require approval by the director of Ayana Smith*, Michael Spiro, Katherine Strand*, Elzbieta graduate studies, who also determines prerequisites, Szmyt, Joey Tartell, Brent Wallarab, Giovanni Zanovello* minimum requirements, and the nature of any qualifying examinations. A minor in a performance area requires Assistant Professors acceptance into a faculty studio and may require a formal Giuliano Di Bacco*, Dominick DiOrio, Blair Johnston*, departmental audition. No transfer credits will be accepted Lauren Kapalka Richerme*, Eric Smedley, D. James toward a music minor. Tagg, Daphne Tan*, Aaron Travers, Faculty Director of Graduate Studies Dean Associate Professor Eric Isaacson*, East Studio Building Gwyn Richards JS 120, (812) 855-1738 Graduate Faculty Courses (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University For a list of courses and their descriptions, see the Jacobs Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct School of Music Bulletin. doctoral dissertations.) Executive Associate Dean September 6, 2017 327 Mythology Studies Associate Professors College of Arts and Sciences Jeffrey Huntsman* (Emeritus, English), Gregory Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Schrempp* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology)

Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~myth Associate Faculty (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Associate Professors Cynthia Bannon* (Classical School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Studies), Stephanie Kane* (Criminal Justice) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Courses Bulletin.) CLAS-C 405 Comparative Mythology (4 cr.) P: C205, Curriculum graduate standing, or consent of instructor. Advanced theoretical study of the forms and functions of classical Ph.D. Minor in Mythology Studies Greek and Roman myths, including reading and evaluation of comparable myths in ancient Near Eastern Course Requirements cultures (Egypt, Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Canaan). Students must complete 12 or more graduate credit hours Comparative reading and evaluation of selected myths of appropriate courses. All courses must be approved in from outside the Mediterranean cultural area. advance by the mythology studies advisor. Folklore At least one of the courses must be a core course, either FOLK-F 545 Folk Narrative (3 cr.) (Topic: Analysis of Folklore F545 Folk Narrative (Topic: Analysis of Myth) Myth) Examination of myths, folktales, legends, jokes, or Folklore F545 Folk Narrative (Topic: Cosmology and fables, anecdotes, personal narratives, or other forms Worldview) or Classical Studies C405 Comparative of folk narrative. Attention given to the content, form, Mythology. Other courses taught by participating faculty and functions of the narratives as well as the variety of may be designated by the mythology studies advisor theories and methodologies employed in their study. May as fulfilling the core requirement when they provide a be repeated for credit when topic changes. theoretical and methodological overview of the study of mythology. Near Eastern Languages and Cultures No more than two courses may be taken in a single department. No more than 3 credit hours of directed School of Global and International Studies readings can be applied to the minor. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Grades Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~nelc/ A minimum of B (3.0) in all courses that count toward the minor. The Department of Near Eastern Languages and Cultures is affiliated with the new School of Global and International Examination Studies (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to providing Indiana University graduate None. students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in the globalized world of the twenty- Faculty first century. Degree programs associated with SGIS Graduate Faculty emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University and in-depth training in qualitative and quantitative Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled doctoral dissertations.) access to a stellar faculty and professional development opportunities. For further information regarding the Director mission, structure and resources of the School of Global and International Studies see http://sgis.indiana.edu/. Associate Professor Gregory Schrempp* (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Mythology University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Studies contained only in The University Graduate School Professors Bulletin.) Raymond DeMallie* (Anthropology), Hasan El- Curriculum Shamy*(Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Robert Fulk* (English), Kari Gade* (Germanic Studies), David Special Departmental Requirements Haberman* (Religious Studies, India Studies), William (See also general University Graduate School Hansen* (Emeritus, Classical Studies, Folklore and requirements.) Ethnomusicology), Robert Ivie* (Communication and Admission Requirements Culture), Eleanor Winsor Leach* (Classical Studies), John International applicants (non-U.S. citizens, non green– McDowell* (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) card holders) whose native language is not English are required to submit TOEFL scores only. U.S. applicants 328 September 6, 2017

(U.S. citizens or green–card holders) or students whose student reads primary sources in the chosen language. In native language is English are required to submit GRE the case of Hebrew, language credits can be fulfilled with scores only. Applicants from any country of which the a combination of Modern and Biblical Hebrew courses. principal language is not English must take the TOEFL, The combination of courses and required levels must even if they consider themselves to have native or near- be approved by the Director of the Hebrew Language native fluency in English. Consult with the Director of Program, housed in NELC. Graduate Studies for more information. b. "Two languages" track: In this option, in addition to a Exceptions: major ME language as described above, the student also chooses a second ME language and is required to fulfill 6 1. 1. International applicants who have their bachelor’s credits at the Intermediate (second-year) Level or above. degree from an institution of which English is the language of instruction may submit a GRE score Examinations in lieu of a TOEFL. However, it may be to their advantage to submit a TOEFL if their GRE Verbal At the conclusion of their coursework, the following Reasoning score is below the fiftieth percentile. additional requirements must be met: Consult the Director of Graduate Studies or Chair. 1. 1. Students who are not native speakers of their 2. U.S. citizens who have been educated abroad (e.g., major language will take a two-hour comprehensive dual nationals from the Arab world) and have their exam in their major language, which will (a) test bachelor’s degree from non-U.S., non–English all four language skills (reading, writing, listening language institutions, should normally submit TOEFL comprehension, and speaking) and (b) include scores only. Consult the Director of Graduate a translation exercise. Students who are native Studies or Chair. speakers of their major language will normally take a comprehensive language exam in their minor Master of Arts in Near Eastern Languages and language at the highest level attained, but at least Cultures (NELC) Intermediate II. Students who are native speakers of Course Requirements (See special requirements their major language and who are following the "one below for the NELC Egyptology track and for the dual major language" (terminal M.A.) track, and who have SPEA M.P.A./NELC M.A.) not studied a minor language, will take a two-hour Students must take a minimum of 36 credit hours of written examination in a subject area to be agreed graduate courses in Near Eastern studies. These can be upon with the Director of Graduate Studies. courses offered by the NELC department itself or, with 2. Take a two-hour comprehensive exam in history the approval of the NELC Director of Graduate Studies covering two of the following three areas: ancient, and Chair, courses offered by other departments or pre-modern/medieval, and/or modern Middle East. schools appropriate to the course of study of the student. 3. Submit a suitable term or seminar paper Each student's curriculum must be approved by his/her substantially revised and expanded, which must academic advisor (the Director of Graduate Studies). demonstrate the following: 1. 6 credits of the required course work must be fulfilled a. a clear understanding of the chosen topic; by the courses in two of the following fields: the b. the ability to conceive and carry out an original ancient (pre-Islamic), pre-modern (medieval), or project of a scholarly nature, including the use of primary modern (1500 CE to present) history of the Middle and secondary texts in the original language, where East, chosen with the approval of the Director of appropriate; Graduate Studies. 2. At least 3 credit hours of the course work must c. an advanced level of critical or theoretical insight; be fulfilled by a methodology / theory course from a discipline in the student's personal academic d. command of academic English; interest, selected with the approval of the Director of e. competence in the proper use of research and Graduate Studies. bibliographic tools. 3. At least 12 credit hours of coursework in Arabic, Hebrew, Persian, Turkish language(s). For this The paper must be modeled, both in format and requirement, students choose one of the two options in intellectual substance, on articles that would be below: acceptable for publication in a scholarly journal of an appropriate sub-discipline of Near Eastern Studies. a. ”One major language" track: In this option, students are required to complete 12 credits in their chosen Middle Students must notify the Director of Graduate Studies of Eastern (ME) Language. Out of these 12 credits, at least their intention to take the M.A. examinations before the 6 credits must be obtained through language study at the end of the preceding semester. The examining committee fourth-year Advanced Level. In the case of Arabic, this is will be composed of three faculty members, including Advanced Arabic III (3 credits) and Advanced Arabic IV (3 the faculty members responsible for the language exam, credits). In the case of other major NELC languages, the the history exam, and the individual research paper. If equivalent must be completed. Students who begin their additional faculty readers are required to fill the committee, M.A. program at the fourth-year level or above may, with they will be appointed by the Director of Graduate Studies. the prior approval of the course instructor and Director of All examiners and readers must be members of the NELC Graduate Studies, count non-language courses in which Graduate Faculty; any exceptions must be approved in they make substantial use of their major NELC language writing by the Department Chair. The exams should be toward the 12 credits. These are courses in which the taken and the paper submitted in the final semester of the September 6, 2017 329 student's coursework or shortly thereafter, in accordance Special Requirements for the Dual M.P.A./M.A. in Near with the University Graduate School rules. Eastern Languages and Cultures and the School of Students who fail an exam may be offered one opportunity Public and Environmental Affairs to retake it. Those who do not successfully pass the Students pursuing a dual Master of Public Affairs/Master exams by the end of their sixth semester may be of Arts in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures will placed on probation and subsequently dismissed from complete a total of 66 credit hours: 36 credit hours in the the program for lack of progress as described in the Master of Public Affairs program plus 30 credit hours in "Academic Regulations" section of the Bulletin. Near Eastern Languages and Cultures. Special Requirements for the M.A. Track in M.P.A. Core (18 Cr.) Egyptology • SPEA V502 Public Management 1) The M.A. requires a minimum of 36 graduate-level • SPEA V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective credits in ancient Egyptian language, civilization, and Decision Making appropriate electives, including six credits of M.A. thesis • SPEA V517 Public Management Economics research. • SPEA V540 Law and Public Affairs 2) An M.A. thesis is required. • SPEA V560 Public Finance and Budgeting • SPEA V600 Capstone in Public and Environmental 3) Students will demonstrate reading proficiency in Affairs scholarly French or German by the end of the first year, either by completing a 492-level course, or by passing the M.P.A. Concentration (18 credits) proficiency examination administered by the Bloomington Evaluation Services and Testing office. Note that 400- Students will complete 18 credit hours pertaining to one level language courses taken to acquire and demonstrate of the specialized concentration areas of the MPA, with modern-language proficiency do not count towards the 36 courses to be chosen in consultation with a SPEA faculty graduate credits required for the M.A. advisor. 4) At the conclusion of their course work, students will M.A. in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures (30 take written examinations in Egyptian history, (two credits) hours) and in Egyptian religion (two hours), and take a Students will complete 12-18 credits in graduate-level translation examination in Middle Egyptian (two hours). courses on the culture, history, politics, and religious A student may request a waiver on one, two, or all three traditions of the Middle East. of the required final examinations if he or she earned Students will complete 12-18 credit hours of graduate an A in the relevant courses, and if she or he has a level courses in an appropriate Middle Eastern language. cumulative GPA of 3.5 or better in the program as of the Students should complete their language to at least the end of the semester before graduation is expected. This third year level (i.e., in the case of Arabic, to the level of request will be considered at the end of the fourth week A670, Advanced Arabic II), and must take no fewer than of the student's final semester, and may be approved if 12 credits of language courses. For students who begin the student's M.A. thesis is well in hand and if she or he is their program with a high level of proficiency in their major performing at a high level in all current classes. language (whether attained through previous instruction or Model two-year curriculum (substitutions based on because they are native speakers), the 12-hour minimum previous coursework or student interest must be approved in language can include seminars or research courses by the track advisor.) with substantial content in the major language, to be approved by the NELC Director of Graduate Studies. Year 1 - Fall: NELC-E500; Elementary Hieroglyphic Egyptian I (3 credits). NELC-E505: Seminar in History of Students will submit a term or seminar paper (i.e., a paper Ancient Egypt (3 credits). Elective chosen in consultation originally written in one of their courses) substantially with program advisor. Recommended subjects include revised and expanded, and meeting the following criteria: Coptic; Classical Greek; Biblical Hebrew; Arabic; 1. A clear understanding of a chosen topic anthropology/archaeology; historical linguistics; ancient history; art history (3 credits). Spring: NELC-E550; 2. Demonstrated ability to conceive and carry out an Elementary Hieroglyphic Egyptian II (3 credits). NELC- original project of a scholarly nature, including the E510; Seminar in Religions of Ancient Egypt (3 credits). use of primary and secondary texts in the original Elective chosen in consultation with program advisor. language, where appropriate Recommended subjects include Coptic; Classical Greek; Biblical Hebrew; Arabic; anthropology/archaeology; 3. An advanced level of critical or theoretical insight historical linguistics; ancient history; art history, (3 credits). 4. Command of expository English Year 2 - Fall: NELC-E600; Intermediate Middle Egyptian (3 credits). NELC-E660; Demotic I; Grammar and Script 5. Competence in the proper use of research and (3 credits). NELC-N710; Thesis research (3 credits). bibliographic tools Spring: NELC-E650; Late Egyptian: Grammar and Texts (3 credits). NELC-E670; Demotic II; Persian and Ptolemaic The paper should be suitable in form and content for Texts (3 credits). NELC-N710; Thesis research (3 credits). publication in a professional journal in a recognized sub- field of Middle Eastern Studies. Students will undergo two, two-hour comprehensive examinations in Middle Eastern language, history 330 September 6, 2017 and culture. Students who are not native-speakers of third-year level requirement with the approval of the their major language will undergo a four-skill language Director of Graduate Studies. examination, along with a two-hour written examination in 3. A European research language (normally, French, Middle Eastern history. Students who are native speakers German or Spanish), tested according to the rules of of their major language will undergo a two-hour history the Graduate College. examination and a second two-hour examination in a field to be determined in consultation with Near Eastern The choice of languages must be pertinent to the student’s Languages and Cultures Director of Graduate Studies. graduate curriculum and approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. Other languages may be substituted Select List of Representative NELC Courses that may where deemed appropriate by the Director of Graduate Count towards the Dual Degree: Studies. • Arabic 600 Intermediate Arabic I Outside Minor • Arabic 660 Advanced Arabic I Students are required to minor in an outside department • The Cultural History of the Middle East or program. Students must fulfill the relevant department’s • Researching Politics of Muslim Countries rules for outside minors. The choice of minor should be • States and Societies in Muslim Central Asia and the made in consultation with the student's graduate advisor Middle East and the Director of Graduate Studies. • Islam and Politics in Muslim Central Asia & Middle East Qualifying Examination • Representations of Islam and Muslims in Students will be examined on one major and two minor Ethnographic Literature of Central Asia and the NELC fields. The three fields should be approved by the Middle East Director of Graduate Studies. Written examinations will be • Islam and Modernity given by at least two professors, the major field lasting for • African and Middle Eastern Narratives three hours, and the minor field exams for two hours each. Upon successful completion of the written examinations, Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Near Eastern a student will take the oral examination within four weeks Languages and Cultures (NELC) of the written examination. These examinations may be Admission Requirements retaken once in whole or in part at the discretion of the The Graduate Record Examination General Test (GRE) is examination committee. required for domestic applicants or international applicants Final Examination from countries of which the principal language is English (e.g., the U.K., Canada, Australia). International applicants The final examination will consist of an oral defense of the from any country of which the principal language is not dissertation conducted by the members of the student's English are required to submit TOEFL scores. Students research committee. should hold an M.A. for admission to the Ph.D. program. Students holding an M.A. from another institution should Ph.D. Minor in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures include a writing sample as part of their application Students from other departments are welcome to minor for admission. Students with an M.A. from the Indiana in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures as part of their University Department of Near Eastern Languages and doctoral program. To do so, they are required to take at Cultures (NELC) will be asked to submit a statement of least 12 credit hours of graduate-level course work, to their Ph.D. plans as part of their admission dossier to be approved by the Director of Graduate Studies so as the Ph.D. program. Successful completion of the NELC to form a coherent program. Students must maintain a M.A. does not guarantee admission to the NELC Ph.D. 3.0 grade point average for the minor as a whole. Up to program. 12 credit hours may be transferred from other institutions toward the NELC outside Ph.D. minor, but at least 6 credit Course Requirements hours must be completed in the IU NELC department. A minimum of 90 credit hours of graduate work (including Termination of Enrollment in the Doctoral Program credits earned for the M.A.), plus dissertation. The students’ courses must be approved by the Ph.D. advisor If a doctoral student fails the written qualifying and the Director of Graduate Studies. examinations twice, fails the oral qualifying exam twice, falls below a 3.5 average, or fails to complete the written Language Requirements and oral examinations by the end of the approved length of time, the director of graduate studies, in consultation Three languages are required for the NELC Ph.D.: with the research committee, can initiate steps to 1. The major NELC language (normally Arabic, terminate the student’s enrollment in the program. Hebrew, Persian, or Turkish): a minimum of 12 Faculty credit hours beyond fourth-year proficiency as demonstrated by prior coursework or by a placement Chairperson examination to be administered upon matriculation. Professor Stephen Katz* 2. The minor NELC language (normally, Arabic, Hebrew, Persian, or Turkish): minimum of 6 credit Graduate Faculty hours at the third-year level or above in courses (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Biblical and Modern Hebrew at the elementary and doctoral dissertations.) intermediate levels can be combined to satisfy the September 6, 2017 331

Core Faculty NELC-A 650 Intermediate Arabic II (3 cr.) P: A500-A550. Professors NELC-A 655 Summer Intensive Arabic I (6 cr.) Asma Afsaruddin*, Salman H. Al-Ani*, Salih Altoma* NELC-A 660 Advanced Arabic I (3 cr.) P: A500-A550. (Emeritus), Stephen Katz*, M. Nazif Shahrani*, Suzanne Stetkevych* (Emerita), John Walbridge* NELC-A 670 Advanced Arabic II (3 cr.) P: A500-A550. Associate Professors NELC-A 680 Advanced Arabic III (3 cr.) P: Open to students with B or higher from A670. Aziza Khazzoom*, Abdulkader Sinno*, Stephen Vinson* NELC-A 690 Advanced Arabic IV (3 cr.) Assistant Professors NELC-A 698 Teaching Arabic as a Foreign Language I Asaad Al-Saleh, Guadalupe Gonzalez Dieguez, Kevin W. (1 cr.) Martin*, Nader Morkus* NELC-A 699 Teaching Arabic as a Foreign Language II Senior Lecturers (1 cr.) Zaineb Istrabadi NELC-N 502 Qur’anic Arabic I (3 cr.) Lecturers NELC-N 510 Arabic Composition I (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Iman Alramadan NELC-N 512 Arabic Grammar (3 cr.) Adjunct Professors NELC-N 523 Conversational Arabic I (3 cr.) Henry Glassie* (Emeritus, Folklore and Ethnomusicology), Feisal A. R. Istrabadi, Herbert Marks* (Comparative NELC-N 524 Introduction to Arabic Linguistics (3 cr.) Literature), Thomas Mathiesen* (Jacobs School of Music), Samuel Obeng* (Linguistics). Karen Rasler* (Political NELC-N 529 Arabic Phonetics and Phonology (3 cr.) Science), NELC-N 542 Modern Arabic Fiction (3 cr.) Adjunct Associate Professors NELC-N 550 Research in Classical Arabic Texts (3 cr.) Heather Akou (Apparel Merchandise-Inter Design), Jane NELC-N 552 Qur’anic Arabic II (3 cr.) C: Not currently Goodman* (Communication and Culture), John Hanson being offered. * (History), R. Kevin Jaques* (Religious Studies) Paul Losensky* (Central Eurasian Studies, Comparative NELC-N 555 Multimedia Arabic (3 cr.) Literature), Kaya Sahin (History), NELC-N 590 Directed Readings in Arabic (1-6 cr.) Adjunct Assistant Professors NELC-N 593 Individual Readings in Classical Arabic Margaret Graves* (History of Art), David McDonald* Literature (1-6 cr.) (Folklore and Ethnomusicology), NELC-N 594 Individual Readings in Modern Arabic Affiliated Professors (1-6 cr.) Devin DeWeese* (Central Eurasian Studies), Ruth Stone* NELC-N 598 Readings in Arabic Language and (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) Linguistics (1-6 cr.) C: Not currently being offered. Director of Graduate Studies NELC-N 607 Seminar in Classical Arabic Literature (3 cr.) Not currently being offered; currently taught as John Walbridge*, Global and International Studies Building NELC-N 707. 3042, (812) 855-8689 NELC-N 609 Seminar in Modern Arabic Literature Courses (3 cr.) Not currently being offered; currently taught as NELC-N 709. Arabic Language and Literature NELC-A 500 Elementary Arabic I (2 cr.) NELC-N 690 Research in Classical Arabic Texts (3 cr.) NELC-A 501 Accelerated Arabic I (4 cr.) NELC-N 701 Topics in Arabic Literature (2-3 cr.) May be repeated for credit when topic varies. NELC-A 550 Elementary Arabic II (2 cr.) NELC-N 707 Seminar in Classical Arabic Literature NELC-A 551 Accelerated Arabic II (4 cr.) (3-4 cr.) P: Ability to read classical Arabic Texts. NELC-A 555 Summer Intensive Arabic I (6 cr.) NELC-N 709 Seminar in Modern Arabic Literature NELC-A 560 First Year Arabic (3 cr.) (3-4 cr.) P: Ability to read classical Arabic. NELC-A 600 Intermediate Arabic I (3 cr.) P: A500-A550. Hebrew Language and Literature NELC-B 501 Elementary Biblical Hebrew I (3 cr.) NELC-A 610 Arabic Dialects I (3 cr.) P: A150/A550 or N182. NELC-B 502 Elementary Biblical Hebrew II (3 cr.) NELC-A 620 Arabic Dialects II (3 cr.) P: NELC A610. NELC-B 503 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew I (3 cr.) 332 September 6, 2017

NELC-B 504 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew II (3 cr.) NELC-K 600 Intermediate Kurdish I (3 cr.) NELC-H 501 Elementary Hebrew I (3 cr.) NELC-K 650 Intermediate Kurdish II (3 cr.) NELC-H 502 Elementary Hebrew II (3 cr.) P: Grade of C NELC-T 500 Elementary Turkish (2 cr.) or higher in H501 or equivalent proficiency. NELC-T 550 Elementary Turkish II (2 cr.) NELC-H 503 Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (3 cr.) NELC-T 600 Intermediate Turkish I (3 cr.) NELC-H 504 Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (3 cr.) NELC-T 650 Intermediate Turkish II (3 cr.) NELC-H 505 Advanced Modern Hebrew I (3 cr.) NELC-T 660 Advanced Turkish I (3 cr.) NELC-H 506 Advanced Modern Hebrew II (3 cr.) NELC-T 670 Advanced Turkish II (3 cr.) NELC-H 575 Introductory Readings in Hebrew Literature (3 cr.) NELC-N 500 Turkish Literature in Translation (3 cr.) NELC-H 590 Intensive Elementary Hebrew (4 cr.) NELC-N 599 Directed Readings in Turkish (1-6 cr.) NELC-N 501 Seminar in Judaic Literature I (3 cr.) NELC-N 600 Topics in Turkish Literature (3 cr.) NELC-N 586 Medieval Hebrew Literature (3 cr.) NELC-N 800 Seminar in Turk Lit: Ottoman Verse/Prose (3 cr.) NELC-N 587 Modern Hebrew Literature in English (3 cr.) C: Not currently being offered. NELC-U 500 Elementary Urdu I (2 cr.) NELC-N 588 Recent Hebrew Literature in English NELC-U 550 Elementary Urdu II (2 cr.) P: U500 or (3 cr.) consent of instructor. NELC-N 591 Directed Readings in Hebrew (1-6 cr.) General NELC-N 511 Foreign Study in Near Eastern Languages NELC-N 675 The Kibbutz in Fact and Fiction (3 cr.) and Cultures (2-8 cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. NELC-N 687 Modern Hebrew Literature in Hebrew (3 cr.) P: grade of C or better in any Hebrew course above NELC-N 503 Muhammad: Life of the Prophet (3 cr.) H506 or equivalent. NELC-N 545 Introduction to the Ancient Near East NELC-N 691 Research in Medieval Hebrew Texts (3 cr.) (3 cr.) NELC-N 708 Seminar in Judaic Literature (3 cr.) NELC-N 565 Introduction to Islamic Civilization (3 cr.) Persian Language and Literature NELC-N 570 Koranic Studies (3 cr.) NELC-P 500 Elementary Persian I (2 cr.) NELC-N 595 War and Peace in the Islamic Tradition NELC-P 501 Advanced Persian I (3 cr.) (3 cr.) NELC-P 502 Advanced Persian II (3 cr.) NELC-N 596 Islam and Modernity (3 cr.) NELC-P 550 Elementary Persian II (2 cr.) NELC-N 597 Peoples and Cultures of the Middle East (3 cr.) Credit given for only one of ANTH E600, CEUS NELC-P 565 Introduction to Persian Literature in U250, or NELC N597. English (3 cr.) NELC-N 625 Ottoman Empire & Modern Turkey (3 cr.) NELC-P 600 Intermediate Persian I (3 cr.) NELC-N 640 Prophets, Poets, and Kings: Iranian NELC-P 650 Intermediate Persian II (3 cr.) Civilization (3 cr.) NELC-N 540 Directed Readings in Persian Language NELC-N 650 Modern Iran (3 cr.) (1-4 cr.) NELC-N 680 Islamic Philosophy (3 cr.) NELC-N 592 Directed Readings in Persian (1-6 cr.) NELC-N 695 Graduate Topics in Near Eastern NELC-N 685 Persian Mystical Literature in Translation Languages and Cultures (1-4 cr.) Variable topics; may (3 cr.) be repeated under different topics for credit. NELC-N 692 Research in Classical Persian Texts NELC-N 696 Teaching Less Commonly Taught (3 cr.) P: P550 or reading knowledge of Persian. Variable Languages (3 cr.) topic; may be repeated for credit. NELC-N 710 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are Other Iranian Languages eligible for a deferred grade. NELC-P 660 Middle Iranian Languages (3 cr.) NELC-N 713 Adv Readings in Bible and Near Eastern Other Languages Studies (4 cr.) NELC-K 500 Introduction to Kurdish I (2 cr.) NELC-N 720 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are NELC-K 550 Introduction to Kurdish II (2 cr.) P: K100 or eligible for a deferred grade. equivalent proficiency. September 6, 2017 333

NELC-N 790 War and Peace in the Islamic Tradition Admission Requirements (3 cr.) Undergraduate education that includes an adequate NELC-N 810 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are background in chemistry, mathematics, and the biological eligible for a deferred grade. and behavioral sciences are urged to apply. Students with undergraduate concentrations in other areas of Egyptology the natural sciences, computer science, or engineering NELC-E 500 Elementary Middle Egyptian I (3 cr.) also are encouraged to apply. Preference will be NELC-E 502 Elementary Middle Egyptian II (3 cr.) given to applicants with a background in laboratory research and with strong letters of recommendation. NELC-E 505 Ancient Egyptian History and Civilization Applications must include a complete entrance form, (3 cr.) three letters of recommendation, scores on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), and the undergraduate NELC-E 510 Religions of Ancient Egyptian (3 cr.) transcript. Transcripts should be mailed to the Program NELC-E 590 Directed Readings in Egyptology (1-6 cr.) in Neuroscience, Graduate Admissions, 1101 E. 10th St., Bloomington, IN 47405-7007. At least one score on NELC-E 600 Intermediate Middle Egyptian (3 cr.) the GRE test should correspond to 600 or above (on the NELC-E 650 Late Egyptian - Grammar and Texts (3 cr.) old scale). This would equate to at least 160 verbal or 148 quantitative on the new computer-based tests. Reference: NELC-E 660 Demotic Egyptian I (3 cr.) School Code 1324; Department Code 0213. If your native language is not English, you are required to demonstrate NELC-E 670 Demotic Egyptian II - Persian and your level of English proficiency by taking the TOEFL and Ptolemaic Texts (3 cr.) submitting your scores. A minimum TOEFL of 80 (TOEFL NELC-E 695 Graduate Topics in Egyptology (1-3 cr.) internet based test, or equivalent score from another testing format) is needed for admission. The deadline for Neuroscience domestic and international applicants is December 1. The College of Arts and Sciences Program in Neuroscience accepts students for the fall semester only. Departmental E-mail: neurosci @indiana.edu Course Requirements Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~neurosci A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation, is required (Please note that when conferring University Graduate for the Ph.D. An individual program of study is planned for School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The each student in consultation with the student’s advisory University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements committee. The aim is to provide each student with a contained only in The University Graduate School solid background in neuroscience as well as the training Bulletin.) necessary to supplement the student’s particular research Curriculum area. Program in Neuroscience requires 21 credit hours of coursework. Required courses from the 21 credit Degree Offered hours include the following: N500 (3 credits), N501 (3 Doctor of Philosophy credits), N650 (6 semesters at 1 credit per semester), plus other courses chosen by the student's committee Special Program Requirements and the student. In addition, completion of the major (See also general University Graduate School requires completion of a course (at least 1 credit) that requirements.) includes professional ethics; this course would be selected in consultation with the graduate student's committee Doctor of Philosophy Degree (examples of suitable courses include, but are not limited The program leading to the Ph.D. degree is designed to, PSY P-595, COGS Q-510, BIOL Z-620, and VSCI to give students the opportunity to develop the V-792). N500 and N501 must be completed by the technical skills and conceptual frame work necessary fifth semester of residence. Courses may be selected for a successful research career in neuroscience. from those listed by the Program in Neuroscience or Research should be viewed as the student’s greatest cross-listed with other departments, divisions, or special challenge and the major focus of the student’s energy. programs. Course work must be completed with an Training emphasis focuses on: Molecular and Cellular average of B+ (3.3) or above. No grades below B– (2.7) Neuroscience; Behavioral Neuroscience; Cognitive may be counted toward degree requirements. and Computational Neuroscience; and Clinical and Translational Neuroscience. Faculty come from the Advisory Committee Departments of Biology, Computer Science (School of Chosen in consultation with the student, the student’s Informatics and Computing), Kinesiology (School of Public research advisor, and the program director. The Health), Medical Sciences (School of Medicine), Physics, committee consists of at least three members of the Psychological and Brain Sciences, Speech and Hearing Graduate Faculty who review the student’s performance Sciences, and Visual Sciences (School of Optometry). on a regular basis and provide feedback and guidance. Students can also draw upon course offerings through the Center for the Integrative Study of Animal Behavior, the Qualifying Examination Cognitive Science Program, as well as the Department of Chemistry. To remain in good standing and be admitted to doctoral candidacy, students must pass a written and oral examination before the end of their fifth semester in 334 September 6, 2017 residence. Students with a double major may request Aina Puce* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) one additional year before they take the qualifying examination. Students failing the qualifying examination W. K. Estes Professor twice will be dismissed from the program. Michael Jones* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Final Examination Professors In addition to the oral defense of the dissertation before Jeffrey Alberts* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), the research committee, a public research seminar is Randall D. Beer (Cognitive Science Program), Stephen A. required. Burns* (Vision Sciences, School of Optometry), Thomas Ph.D. Minor in Neural Science A. Busey* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Jonathon Crystal* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Robert de Students in other departments and programs who elect Ruyter* (Physics), Gregory E. Demas* (Biology), Brian M. to minor in the Program in Neuroscience must complete D'Onofrio* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Joseph the N500-N501 core sequence and at least 6 credit hours Farley* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Peter R. of graduate course work selected from the offerings listed Finn* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Preston E. by the Program in Neuroscience or cross-listed with other Garraghty* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Julia departments. A grade of B (3.0) or higher in each course R. Heiman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences and the is required. Kinsey Institute), William P. Hetrick* (Psychological and Faculty Brain Sciences), David M. Koceja* (Kinesiology), Justin Kumar* (Biology), Emilia P. Martins* (Biology), Armin P. Director Moczek* (Biology), Laura L. Murray* (Speech and Hearing Professor Jonathon D. Crystal* Sciences), Brian F. O’Donnell* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Dale R. Sengelaub* (Psychological and Brain Graduate Faculty Sciences), Roderick A. Suthers* (Physiology), Cara L. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Wellman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Meredith Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct J. West* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) doctoral dissertations.) Associate Professors Linda and Jack Gill Chair of Neuroscience John M. Beggs* (Physics), Heather B. Bradshaw* Andrea G. Hohmann* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Joshua W. Brown* Cary Lai* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Hui-Chen (Psychological and Brain Sciences), T. Rowan Candy* Lu (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Kenneth Mackie* (Vision Sciences, School of Optometry), Laura M. Hurley* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), W. Dan Tracey* (Biology), Karin Harman James* (Psychological and (Department of Biology) Brain Sciences), Thomas W. James* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Jennifer J. Lentz* (Speech and Hearing Distinguished Professors Sciences), Jonathan W. Mills* (Informatics), Sharlene D. Larry E. Humes* (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Ellen Newman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Robert D. Ketterson* (Biology), Ken Mackie* (Psychological and Potter* (Communication Sciences), Anne L. Prieto* Brain Sciences), David B. Pisoni* (Psychological and (Psychological and Brain Sciences), William P. Shofner* Brain Sciences), Richard M. Shiffrin* (Psychological and (Speech and Hearing Sciences), G. Troy Smith* (Biology), Brain Sciences), Olaf Sporns* (Psychological and Brain Nicholas Sokol* (Biology), Robert H. Withnell* (Speech Sciences) and Hearing Sciences), Andrew Zelhof* (Biology) Robert H. Shaffer Chair Assistant Professors Olaf Sporns* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Hannah J. Block* (Kinesiology, Public Health), Rosa Cao* (Philosophy), Eduardo Izquierdo* (Cognitive Science), Luther Dana Waterman Professor Daniel P. Kennedy* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Anne C. Krendl* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Richard M. Shiffrin* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) David H. Landy* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Provost Professor Cara C. Lewis* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Ehren Newman* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Franco Colin Allen* (History and Philosophy of Science), Peter M. Pestilli* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Nicholas L. Todd* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Olaf Sporns* Port* (Vision Sciences, School of Optometry), Kimberly A. (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Rosvall* (Biology), Jason Tennessen* (Biology) James H. Rudy Professor Emeriti Bennett I. Bertenthal* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), James C. Craig* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), C. Sue Carter* (Biology and the Kinsey Institute), Jorge V. George V. Rebec* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), José* (Physics) Dolores M. Schroeder* (Anatomy), Alfred Strickholm* Chancellor’s Professor (Physiology), William D. Timberlake* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) David B. Pisoni* (Psychological and Brain Sciences) Senior Scientists Eleanor Cox Riggs Professor Hu Chen (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Andrew King (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Yvonne September 6, 2017 335

Lai (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Benjamin M. vesicle-associated proteins, cytoskeletal proteins, classical Ramsden (Psychological and Brain Sciences) and novel neurotransmitters and modulators. Associate Scientists NEUS-N 613 Neural Mechanisms of Hearing (3 cr.) P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. Review of Marcy Kingsbury (Biology), Sachiko Koyama anatomy and physiology of inner ear and central auditory (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Alex J. Straiker pathways. Special attention to current research on the (Psychological and Brain Sciences) neural basis of auditory discrimination. Assistant Scientists NEUS-N 650 Neuroscience Colloquium Series (1 cr.) Yousuf Ali (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Stephanie P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. Colloquia in Mauthner (Biology), Susanne Ressl (Biochemistry), this series cover a broad range of topics in neuroscience research. Academic Advisor NEUS-N 700 Readings-Nervous System (arr. cr.) (812) 855-7756 Reading in special topics with guidance from a member of Courses the faculty. NEUS-N 800 Research (arr. cr.) NEUS-N 500 Neural Science I (3 cr.) Basic introduction and current trends in cellular neurophysiology, Cross-Listed Courses neurocytology, synaptic processes, and neuroanatomy. Animal Behavior NEUS-N 501 Neural Science II (3 cr.) Continuation • A501 Seminar in the Integrative Study of Animal of Neural Science I emphasizing higher integrative Behavior (3 cr.) (Depending on topic) processes such as perception, cognition, and memory. • A502 Research and Professional Ethics in Bio- Special emphasis will be placed on timely topics and Behavioral Sciences (1 cr.) topics of particular relevance to members of the class. Biology NEUS-N 510 Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience (3 cr.) Examines the properties and behavior of neurons • Z620 Special Topics in Zoology (depending on topic) and glia, the principal cells of the nervous system. The Cognitive Science function of neural cells, the molecules involved in these functions, and the organization of molecular components • Q551 Brain and Cognition (3 cr.) required to generate cellular activity will be considered. • Q610 Networks of the Brain (3 cr.) NEUS-N 550 Seminar on Sensorimotor Neuroplasticity Computer Science (2-3 cr.) P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. This course is intended to introduce students to the • B644 Very Large Scale Integration (3 cr.) research methodologies and experimental findings of Medical Sciences studies addressing sensorimotor brain plasticity. While the specific content of the course may vary across semesters, • A530 Special Topics (depending on topic) the overarching goal is to provide students with a firm • A610 Comparative Neuroanatomy (2 cr.) grounding in the primary literature representing this • P510 Control Systems Theory in Biology (4 cr.) area of research so that they become familiar with the • P531 Human Physiology I (3 cr.) mechanisms of neural plasticity from systemwide to • P532 Human Physiology II (5 cr.) molecular levels. • P541 Advanced Physiology I: Neurophysiology (3 NEUS-N 566 Developmental and Cellular cr.) Neuroscience (3 cr.) P: Knowledge in basic neuroscience • P543 Neurophysiology Seminar (2 cr.) and biology. This course examines the vertebrate nervous • P547 Topical Seminar in Physiology (1-5 cr.) system from a cellular and molecular perspective. It (Biophysics of Membrane Transport) covers the unique structural and functional properties of • P548 Neuroethology (2 cr.) both neurons and glia, explores in depth the development of the nervous system, and covers at a molecular level the Physics biological basis for learning and memory. • P533 Signal Processing and Informational Theory in NEUS-N 611 Neural Bases of Visual Sensation, Biology (3 cr.) Perception, and Cognition (3 cr.) Basic neuroanatomy • P582 Biological and Artificial Neural Networks (3 cr.) and neurophysiology of the visual system. Correlations will Psychological and Brain Sciences be made with current, biologically-based cognitive models of vision. The goal of this course is to integrate neural and • P417 Animal Behavior (3 cr.) cognitive approaches to the problems of vision. • P423 Human Neuropsychology (3 cr.) NEUS-N 612 Ion Channels and Receptors (3 cr.) • P436 Laboratory in Animal Learning and Motivation P: Graduate status and consent of instructor. Molecular, (3 cr.) biophysical, and biochemical analysis of the major • P504 Learning and Motivation (3 cr.) molecules responsible for neural excitability and synaptic • P514 Methods in Biopsychology (2 cr.) transmission: receptor-coupled ion channels, voltage- • P526 Neurobiology of Learning and Memory (3 cr.) dependent ion channels, G-protein coupled receptors, • P527 Developmental Psychobiology (3 cr.) transporters, signal transduction pathways, synaptic 336 September 6, 2017

• P537 Neurobiology of Addictions Applicants must take the Graduate Record Examination • P546 Neurophysiological Techniques: Theory and General Test. Those who have an inadequate background Methods (3 cr.) in philosophy may, with the approval of their faculty • P566 Psychophysiology of Vision (3 cr.) advisor, enroll in P590 for supplemental work, provided • P569 Stress Effects on Brain and Behavior (3 cr.) that the number of graduate credits so acquired does not • P628 Psychophysiology of Somatic Functions (3 cr.) exceed 9 credit hours. Upon admission, a graduate major in philosophy will be assigned a departmental faculty • P650 Neuroimaging: Theory and Methods (3 cr.) advisor who, in conjunction with the director of graduate • P657 Topical Seminar (1-4 cr.) (depends on subject) studies, will help plan the student’s program of study. • P667 Neuropsychopharmacology (3 cr.) • P669 Neurobiology of Behavioral Disorders (3 cr.) Master of Arts Degree • P717 Evolutionary Bases of Learning (3 cr.) The M.A. degree is available to philosophy doctoral students who do not already have an M.A., and who have School of Public Health otherwise satisfied the requirements for the M.A., as • C518 The Nature of Addictive Disorders (3 cr.) well as to graduate students who are already enrolled in another program at Indiana University who wish to pursue • K542 Neuromuscular Control of Movement (3 cr.) an M.A. in philosophy as a complement to their research • K543 Cortical Control of Human Movement (3 cr.) in their major department. • K641 Topics in Motor Integration (3 cr.) (P: SPH-K 541) Course Requirements • K690 Seminar in Human Performance (1-3 cr.) A total of 30 credit hours, at least 20 credit hours of which Speech and Hearing Sciences must be in courses given in the philosophy department. These must include at least one course in each of four • S501 Neural Bases of Speech and Language (3 cr.) subject areas: history of philosophy, metaphysics and • S513 Speech Anatomy and Physiology epistemology, logic, and value theory. P590 may not be • S515 Topical Seminar (2 cr.) (Conditional) used to satisfy the distribution requirement. No more than • S531 Traumatic Brain Injury (2 cr.) six hours in P590 may count toward the 20 hours required • S537 Diagnosis and Management of Adult Aphasia in philosophy. P804 and P805 do not count toward the (3 cr.) credit hours required in philosophy. • S540 Voice Disorders (3 cr.) Grades • S545 Adult Cognitive-Communication Disorders (2 cr.) A minimum grade of B (3.0) is required in each course that • S571 Auditory Anatomy & Physiology (3 cr.) counts toward the degree. • S574 Central Auditory Nervous System Doctor of Philosophy Degree • S686 Physiological Research in Speech, Language Course Requirements and Hearing Sciences (3 cr.) A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation hours Visual Sciences (P804 and P805), of which a minimum of 9 credit hours is • V514 Neuroanatomy (1.5 cr.) required. • V648 Neurophysiology of Vision (1 cr.) Grades • V767 Electrophysiology of Vision (3 cr.) A student must receive a grade of B or better in any • V768 Special Topics in Vision Science (1-4 cr.) (graded) course that receives credit toward the 90 credit (Depending on topic) hours required for the Ph.D. Philosophy Foreign Language Requirement College of Arts and Sciences There is no general foreign language requirement for Departmental URL: www.philosophy.indiana.edu the Ph.D. However, a student’s Qualifying Committee (Please note that when conferring University Graduate or Dissertation Committee may require the student to School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The achieve proficiency in a foreign language relevant to the University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements student’s research and may set the level of proficiency contained only in The University Graduate School to be attained and the means of establishing that the Bulletin.) required level has been attained. A student should consult with the director of graduate studies about whether he Curriculum or she will need competence in a foreign language, and this consultation should begin in the student’s first Degrees Offered year, to allow adequate time for the student to develop Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy competence. Special Departmental Requirements Proseminar (See also general University Graduate School The proseminar is taken in the first fall semester of requirements.) enrollment in the program. The proseminar is a variable Admission topics course which requires writing a paper each week for the first 10 to 12 weeks of the term and presenting to the seminar. September 6, 2017 337

Distribution Requirements approval for P710 from the History Area Committee, and the Area Committee will decide whether the course counts Nine units of distribution requirements are required. based on course content and the student's competence in For the purposes of stating these requirements, the philosophy of the relevant period. Other courses may philosophy is considered as falling into four areas. Each be counted depending on Committee approval. of these areas has an Area Committee to administer the Value Theory: (Two units) Two graduate level courses, at requirements in that area. least one in ethics. At least one course should be either 1. Metaphysics and Epistemology has four subareas: P540, P541, or P740. The second course should come (i) metaphysics, (ii) epistemology, (iii) philosophy from the list of automatically approved courses below. of language, philosophy of logic, or philosophy of Students may petition to substitute for one or possibly both mathematics, (iv) philosophy of mind and action. of the courses a course not on the list of automatically 2. Logic approved courses, but there is no presumption that any 3. History of Philosophy: Ancient, medieval, modern, other courses will count. The decision whether to count recent. any other courses will be made on the basis of what other courses the student has taken, the opportunities 4. Value Theory: Ethics, social and political the student has had for taking automatically approved philosophy, legal philosophy, aesthetics. courses, and the student's Area of Concentration. Two Each graduate student is required to concentrate in courses with the same number can count toward the at least one area and satisfy distribution requirements Distribution Requirement provided their course content is in all four, though some exceptions are possible for sufficiently different; students must petition for the second students pursuing an interdisciplinary track (see below). course to count. Unless stated otherwise, courses used to satisfy the Distribution requirements should normally be satisfied distribution requirements in an area will count towards the by the end of the student's second year, but in all cases concentration requirements for that area. should be satisfied by the end of the student's third year of Metaphysics and Epistemology, Logic: Students are to graduate study. satisfy a disjunctive requirement regarding Metaphysics Interdisciplinary Track Distribution Requirements and Epistemology and Logic: An interdisciplinary track is considered to be 18 credit 1. Metaphysics and Epistemology: Three graduate hours in a department or program outside of philosophy of courses. The three should be in different subareas importance to the student’s area of specialty. It is usually of Metaphysics and Epistemology, as defined in the area of the student’s minor. Graduate students above. At least one of the three courses must pursuing an interdisciplinary track may request an ad be on the list of automatically approved courses. hoc exemption of one or two of the above nine units of P590s will not count toward the Metaphysics and the department’s standard distribution requirements. Epistemology Distribution Requirement. AND Logic: The written request should be made to the Director of One graduate logic course. The student must Graduate Studies before the end of the student’s second demonstrate a thorough understanding of first-order year. A good case must be made for the usefulness of logic. Successful completion of P505 will be taken the outside work being proposed, either for the student’s as demonstrating such understanding. OR dissertation or for other career objectives. The specific 2. Metaphysics and Epistemology: Two graduate courses being taken, as well as the distribution units courses. The two should be in different subareas to be dropped, must be described in the application. If of Metaphysics and Epistemology. At least one of the request is to drop two units from one area or to drop the two courses must be on the list of automatically one unit from Logic under option (1) of the disjunctive approves courses. P590s will not count toward requirement, the Director of Graduate Studies will seek the Metaphysics and Epistemology Distribution the approval of the Area Committee before granting the Requirement. AND Logic: Two graduate logic request. If the student on an interdisciplinary track is given courses. The student must demonstrate a thorough a one unit exemption in any Area, then the expectation understanding of first-order logic. Successful is that the remaining unit (or units) that count toward the completion of P505 will be taken as demonstrating distribution requirements in that Area will be courses such understanding. on the list of automatically approved courses. (If more History of Philosophy: (Three units) A unit in history than three credits of the 18 interdisciplinary track credits can consist of any of the following: a graduate course, are from cross-listed philosophy courses, the above a written paper on a topic in one of the four historical exemption will not be granted; if one to three credits are periods (ancient, medieval, modern, and recent), a written from such courses, then the exemption cannot be granted examination on a topic in one of the four periods, or a for more than one unit of the distribution requirements.) written examination covering a broad range within the Concentration Requirements history of philosophy. At least one unit must be in ancient or medieval history and one in post-medieval history. Concentration requirements in each of the four areas are The third “wild card” unit in history may be in any of the defined below. Unless stated otherwise, courses used to four historical periods. It may also be such a course as satisfy the distribution requirements in an area will count history of ethics, history of aesthetics, history of logic, etc. toward the concentration requirements for that area. A —provided that such course is approved by the History student must achieve an average of A- in the courses that Area Committee. In addition to the automatically approved count towards the Concentration Requirement. courses listed below, P710 can count for any of the periods, depending on its content. Students must seek 338 September 6, 2017

Metaphysics and Epistemology: (Four units) Four courses P520, P551, P552, P720; Philosophy of Mind: P561, from at least three different sub-areas. At least two of the P570; P730 and P760 would count toward metaphysics, four courses must be on the list of automatically approved epistemology, or either, depending on content. P750 courses below. At most one P590 will count toward the M counts as either logic or philosophy of mathematics, & E Concentration Requirement, with high standards (for depending on content. M & E area centrality, rigor and breadth of reading, and written work). At most one course outside the philosophy Logic – Logic: P505 (counts toward the Distribution department (including courses taken at an institution other Requirement in Logic, but not the Concentration than Indiana University) will count, with high standards Requirement), P506, P550, P751; P750 counts as either (for clear philosophical content, M & E area centrality, logic or philosophy of logic and mathematics, depending rigor and breadth of reading, and written work). (The on content. caliber of the department at another institution at which History of Philosophy – P710; Ancient: P511, P512; a course is taken will be an important consideration in Medieval: P515; Modern: P522; Recent: P526, P530, granting petitions for approval of courses taken in other P531, P535. institutions.) Value Theory – Ethics: P540, P541, P740; Social and Logic: (Four units) Students concentrating in this area Political Philosophy: P543, P544, P743; Legal Philosophy: are required to do the following: (i) Take at least four P545; Aesthetics: P546. courses in logic/formal areas of philosophy. (Note: P505 will not count for the requirement.) These courses must Approval for satisfying the Distribution or Concentration be well distributed; students are advised to consult the Requirements for any course not on this list—including Logic Committee to ensure this. (ii) Show mastery of the P590 and courses given in other departments—must be material of P505/506. This requirement will be deemed sought from the relevant Area Committee, either prior as satisfied if a student has taken courses equivalent to to taking the course or afterward. Approval after the fact P505/P506 with a grade of A- or better. will only be granted in exceptional circumstances. No course may be counted as satisfying more than one unit History of Philosophy: (Four units) The history units are of one Distribution or Concentration Requirement. Area as defined above, except that the "wild card" is not an Committees decide whether to approve outside courses option here. Students specializing in history must pass in part on the basis of whether the student has acquired four regular history units, at least one in each of the a grounding in the Area by taking the sum total of the four historical periods. In addition to the automatically courses proposed to satisfy the Requirement. Because of approved courses listed below, P710 can count for any of this, it could happen that one student receives approval the periods, depending on its content. Students must seek for a course and another student is denied approval for approval for P710 from the History Area Committee, and the same course. It is expected that a graduate student the Area Committee will decide whether the course counts will use no more than two P590 courses that are taken based on course content and the student's competence in concurrently with an undergraduate course, to satisfy the the philosophy of the relevant period. Other courses may Distribution and Concentration requirements as a whole, be counted depending on Committee approval. and no more than one such P590 course in any given Value Theory: (Four units) Four courses. At least one area. No course (understood as a particular course, not a course should be P540, P541, or P740. At least one course number) may be counted as more than one unit of course should be in aesthetics, political philosophy, one distribution or concentration requirement. or philosophy of law. Students must take two or more Qualifying Exam courses in a single sub-area known as "the field of emphasis," and no more than one course in the field The qualifying exam consists in an essay, together with of emphasis may be taken outside the philosophy an oral exam, on a topic that the student plans to pursue department. Students may petition to substitute a course further in the dissertation. The qualifying exam will test not on the list of automatically approved courses below, whether the student is ready to write a dissertation on the but there is no presumption that any other courses will chosen topic. Students who have passed the qualifying count. exam and have satisfied the course and language requirements are ready to be nominated for candidacy. To Automatically Approved Courses schedule the qualifying exam in a term, the student must All of the following courses automatically count towards be enrolled concurrently in the dissertation prospectus the Distribution and Concentration Requirements for the course, P804. Successfully passing the qualifying exam, Area and Subarea under which they are listed, subject both the oral and written components, is necessary and to the general description above of the requirements sufficient for passing the dissertation prospectus course. in each Area. Courses on the list may also satisfy the The dissertation prospectus course and qualifying exam Distribution and Concentration Requirements for Areas or should be taken no later than the second semester of Subareas other than the ones under which they are listed. the third year of fulltime study (or in the sixth semester Approval for satisfying the Distribution or Concentration of fulltime study). This may be postponed only with the Requirements in an Area or Subarea other than the one approval of the qualifying exam committee chair and the for which the course is listed must be sought from the Director of Graduate Studies. If a student fails to pass the relevant Area Committee, either prior to taking the course qualifying exam during the term in which he or she is first or afterward: enrolled in P804, he or she will be placed on academic probation. He or she may retake the exam in conjunction Metaphysics and Epistemology – Metaphysics: P560, with the prospectus course in the immediately following P571; Epistemology: P562; Philosophy of Language, semester (excluding summer terms). If the student does Philosophy of Logic, and Philosophy of Mathematics: not pass the qualifying exam on the second try, the September 6, 2017 339 student will be dismissed from the doctoral program. If a Faculty student fails to enroll in the dissertation prospectus course (and hence fails to take the qualifying exam) by the end of Chairperson the third year of fulltime study, and a delay has not been Gary Ebbs* approved by the chair of the qualifying exam committee Graduate Faculty and the Director of Graduate Studies, the student will (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University be placed on academic probation. The student will then Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct be required to take the dissertation prospectus course doctoral dissertations.) the immediately following semester (excluding summer terms). If the student does not pass the qualifying exam Oscar R. Ewing Professor in that semester, the student will be dismissed from the doctoral program, without an opportunity to retake the J. Michael Dunn* (Emeritus), Raymond Smullyan* examination. (Emeritus) Dissertation Prospectus Rudy Professors A one- or two-page plan of the proposed dissertation Marcia Baron*, Karen Hanson* (Emerita) that is submitted to the graduate school after it has been Chancellor’s Professor approved by the dissertation committee. Michael Morgan* (Emeritus) Dissertation Colloquium Requirement Hall's Professor Students who have advanced to candidacy and are in residence are members of and required to participate in a Allen Wood dissertation work-in-progress colloquium. The dissertation Professors colloquium overseen by a committee consisting of the Director of Graduate Studies as chair and the chairs of Marcia Baron*, Nino Cocchiarella* (Emeritus), J. Michael dissertation committees in any year. Members will be Dunn* (Emeritus), Gary Ebbs*, Paul D. Eisenberg* required to give at least one presentation in the colloquium (Emeritus), Milton Fisk* (Emeritus), Karen Hanson* each year on their dissertation research. Attendance by (Emerita), Mark Kaplan*, Kirk Ludwig*, David Charles other members of the colloquium group is required. The McCarty*, Michael McRobbie*, Michael L. Morgan* schedule of meetings in a given year will be of a frequency (Emeritus), Timothy O’Connor*, Frederick F. Schmitt*, consonant with its purpose, and otherwise as agreed upon Paul Vincent Spade* (Emeritus), Joan Weiner*, Allen by the directing committee. A student who fails to fulfill Wood*, Rega Wood the requirement may be placed on academic probation at the discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies and the Associate Professors chair of the student’s dissertation committee. Kate Abramson*, Adam Leite*, Dennis Senchuk* Dissertation Defense (Emeritus), Sandra Shapshay* The dissertation defense is a final oral examination based Assistant Professors on the completed dissertation. Peter Hasper, Rosa Cao Ph.D. Minor in Philosophy Adjunct Professors Doctoral students outside the department may minor in philosophy by completing 12 credit hours of graduate- Colin Allen* (History and Philosophy of Science), level philosophy courses with a B (3.0) average or higher. Barry Bull* (Education), James Hart* (Emeritus, No more than 9 credit hours may be taken as P590, and Religious Studies), Douglas Hofstadter* (Informatics), no more than 6 credit hours may be transfer credit hours Jeffrey Isaac* (Political Science), Oscar Kenshur* originally earned at other universities. The program must (Emeritus, Comparative Literature), Noretta Koertge* be approved by the director of graduate studies of the (Emerita, History and Philosophy of Science), Gerald Department of Philosophy. Students planning to take P590 Larson* (Emeritus, Religious Studies), Daniel Leivant* as part of their program must, in addition, obtain consent (Informatics), Elisabeth Lloyd* (History and Philosophy to do so from the instructor of that course. of Science), Larry Moss* (Mathematics), William Rasch* (Germanic Studies), Jutta Schickore* (History and Ph.D. Minor and Graduate Area Certificate in Pure and Philosophy of Science), John Walbridge* (Near Eastern Applied Logic Languages and Cultures) The Department of Philosophy participates in the Program Adjunct Associate Professors in Pure and Applied Logic, along with the Departments of Computer Science, Linguistics, and Mathematics. For Jordi Cat* (History and Philosophy of Science), Judy details of the requirements for the Logic Minor and the Failer* (Political Science), Robert Eno* (Emeritus, East Logic Certificate, see http://www.indiana.edu/~iulg/. Asian Languages and Cultures), Amit Hagar* (History and Philosophy of Science), Luise Prior McCarty* (Education), Philosophy Ph.D. students may minor in logic, provided Aaron Stalnaker* (Religious Studies) that (1) no courses are double-counted for major and minor, (2) at least three of the minor courses are taken Director of Graduate Studies outside the Department of Philosophy, and (3) the courses constituting the minor are approved by the Philosophy Kirk Ludwig*, Sycamore Hall 125, (812) 855-2404 Logic Area Committee. 340 September 6, 2017

Courses • PHIL-P 740 Seminar: Ethical Theory (3 cr.) Selected topics in ethical theory. History Ancient Social and Political Philosophy • PHIL-P 511 Plato (3 cr.) • PHIL-P 543 Contemporary Social and Political • PHIL-P 512 Aristotle (3 cr.) Philosophy (3 cr.) • PHIL-P 595 Intensive Reading: Ancient • PHIL-P 544 Selected Topics in History of Social Philosophy from the Greek or Latin Texts (arr. and Political Philosophy (3 cr.) Selected topics in cr.) Substantive philosophical topics investi¬gated the history of social and political philosophy, ancient, directly from Greek or Latin texts. Reading medieval, or modern. knowledge of ancient Latin or Greek required. May • PHIL-P 545 Legal Philosophy (3 cr.) Selected be repeated for credit. topics in philosophy of law. • PHIL-P 743 Seminar: Social and Political Theory Medieval (3 cr.) Selected topics in social and political theory. • PHIL-P 515 Medieval Philosophy (3 cr.) Aesthetics • PHIL-P 596 Intensive Reading: Medieval Philosophy from the Sources (arr. cr.) Substantive • PHIL-P 546 Philosophy of Art (3 cr.) Selected philosophical topics investigated directly from Latin topics in classical and/or contemporary aesthetics. or Hebrew texts. Reading knowledge of medieval Logic and M&E Latin or Hebrew required. May be repeated for Logic & Philosophy of Mathematics credit. • PHIL-P 350 Logic of Sets (3 cr.) Modern • PHIL-P 505 Logical Theory I (3 cr.) P: P250 • PHIL-P 522 Topics in the History Modern or equivalent. A close study of mathematical Philosophy (3 cr.) May be repeated twice with logic at the beginning graduate level, including consent of instructor(s). syntactic and semantic (proof-theoretic and model- • PHIL-P 597 Intensive Reading: Modern theoretic) treatments of the first-order propositional Philosophy from the Sources (arr. cr.) Substantive and predicate calculi, together with full proofs of philosophical topics investigated directly from soundness, completeness, and compactness for modern foreign language texts. Reading knowledge those calculi. of language or languages involved is required. May • PHIL-P 506 Logical Theory II (3 cr.) P: P505 or be repeated for credit. equivalent. A detailed metamathematical study of incompleteness, undefinability, and undecidability Recent results first proved by Gödel, Tarski, and Church, • PHIL-P 526 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy (3 cr.) together with introductions to recursive function Selected topics in nineteenth-century philosophy. theory and to nonstandard models of arithmetic. • PHIL-P 530 Twentieth-Century Analytic • PHIL-P 550 Systems of Modal Logic (3 cr.) P: Philosophy I (3 cr.) Foundations of analytic P506 or some proof-oriented mathematics course, philosophy in Frege, Russell, and Moore. or consent of instructor. Formal semantical and • PHIL-P 531 Twentieth-Century Analytic syntactical analysis of modal concepts, including Philosophy II (3 cr.) Logical atomism and logical epistemic and temporal modalities, and also dynamic positivism. logic. • PHIL-P 532 Twentieth-Century Analytic • PHIL-P 551 Philosophy and Foundations of Philosophy III (3 cr.) Topics in post-positivist 20th Mathematics (3 cr.) P: P505. Philosophical and century analytic philosophy. mathematical investigations into the foundations • PHIL-P 535 Phenomenology and Existentialism of mathematics. Topics may include logicism, (3 cr.) Selected topics in phenomenology and intuitionism, formalism, the nature of mathematics, existentialism. mathemati¬cal entities, and mathematical truth. • PHIL-P 748 Seminar in American Philosophy (3 • PHIL-P 552 Philosophy of Logic (3 cr.) P: P251 cr.) Selected topics in American Philosophy or consent of instruc¬tor. Philosophical issues on the nature of logic, alternative log¬ics, the History Seminar ontological commitments of logic, the analytic- synthetic dichotomy, the analysis of logical truth, etc. • PHIL-P 710 Seminar: Topics in History of History of logic. Philosophy (3 cr.) Selected topics from ancient, • PHIL-P 750 Seminar: Logical Theory (3 cr.) medieval, or modern philosophy. May be repeated. Selected problems in the interpretation and Value Theory application of logical systems. Topics such as model Ethics theory, nonstandard logics, and theory of meaning will be discussed. • PHIL-P 540 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) • PHIL-P 751 Seminar: Logic (3 cr.) Selected topics Fundamental prob¬lems of ethics in contemporary in advanced logic; e.g., set theory, recursive function analytic philosophy. theory, foundations of math¬ematics. • PHIL-P 541 Selected Topics in the History of Ethics (3 cr.) Selected topics in the history of ethics, Metaphysics ancient, medieval, or modern. September 6, 2017 341

• PHIL-P 560 Metaphysics (3 cr.) In-depth discussion • PHIL-X 756 Special Topics in the Philosophy of of representative contemporary theories in Science II (2-5 cr.) metaphysics. • PHIL-P 571 Philosophy of Nature (3 cr.) In-depth Special Research study of represen¬tative contemporary theories • PHIL-P 590 Intensive Reading (1-3 cr.) A tutorial of space, time, causality, action, dispositions, and course involving in-depth consideration of a specific particulars. philosophical area of problem or author. May be repeated for credit. Theory of Knowledge • PHIL-P 804 Dissertation Prospectus Research (3 • PHIL-P 562 Theory of Knowledge (3 cr.) cr.) Contemporary issues in the theory of knowledge. • PHIL-P 805 Doctor’s Thesis in Philosophy (arr. • PHIL-P 730 Seminar: Contemporary Philosophy cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred (3 cr.) Issues in contemporary philosophy. grade. • PHIL-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) Philosophy of Language • PHIL-P 520 Philosophy of Language (3 cr.) Physics Selected topics in the philosophy of language. College of Arts and Sciences • PHIL-P 720 Seminar: Philosophy of Language Departmental E-mail: [email protected] (3 cr.) Advanced top¬ics in the philosophy of language; e.g., reference, truth and meaning, nature Departmental URL: http://www.iub.edu/~iubphys/ of language. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Philosophy of Mind School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • PHIL-P 561 Philosophy of Mind (3 cr.) Selected contained only in The University Graduate School topics in the philosophy of mind. Bulletin.) • PHIL-P 570 Philosophical Psychology (3 cr.) Selected topics in philosophical psychology. Curriculum General M&E Seminar Degrees Offered Master of Science, Master of Arts for Teachers, and • PHIL-P 760 Seminar: Metaphysics and Doctor of Philosophy. The department also participates Epistemology (3 cr.) Advanced topics in in the Ph.D. programs in astrophysics, chemical physics, metaphysics, epistemology, philosophy of mind and and mathematical physics (described elsewhere in this action. bulletin). Philosophy of Science Special Departmental Requirements • PHIL-X 456 Historical Development of Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) (See also general University Graduate School • PHIL-X 551 Survey of the Philosophy of Science I requirements.) (3 cr.) Grades • PHIL-X 552 Survey of the Philosophy of Science II (3 cr.) B average (3.0) required. See special requirement under • PHIL-P 553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) The aim “Master of Science Degree” for courses numbered below of this course is to gain a thorough understanding 501 that are to be counted toward that degree. of the basic issues in the philosophy of science. Master of Science Degree in Physics Attention will be given to issues such as the Admission Requirements cognitive significance of theories, the scientific method (hypothesis formation, theory construction, Physics P201, P202, P301, P309, P331, P332, and and testing), research paradigms, reductionism, and P340 (or equivalents); Mathematics M211-M212, M311 social epistemology. (or equivalents). Deficiencies must be removed without • PHIL-X 571 Research Topics in the Philosophy of graduate credit. Science (1-3 cr.) Course Requirements • PHIL-X 600 Advanced Readings Course (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. A total of 30 credit hours, 20 in physics, of which at least • PHIL-X 654 Seminar: Philosophy of the Social 14 credit hours must be in physics courses numbered 501 Sciences (4 cr.) or above. Seminars, research, and reading courses may • PHIL-X 683 Philosophical Problems of Quantum not be counted toward this 14 credit hour requirement. Mechanics (4 cr.) Physics courses numbered below 501 that are listed • PHIL-X 691 Seminar: Philosophical Problems of in this bulletin may count toward the 30 credit hour Space and Time I (4 cr.) requirement only if passed with a grade of B (3.0) or • PHIL-X 692 Seminar: Philosophical Problems of above. Space and Time II (4 cr.) Thesis • PHIL-X 755 Special Topics in the Philosophy of Science I (2-5 cr.) Not required. Final Examination 342 September 6, 2017

Written. May be taken only twice. Option 2. Written. May substitute Thesis (see above). May be taken only twice. Master of Science Degree in Beam Physics and Technology M.S. in Medical Physics - Accelerated Track through Admission Requirements Applied Physics By selecting undergraduate prerequisites and graduate Same as for Master of Science degree. level required courses to fulfill the required electives Course Requirements within the B.S. in Physics, it is possible to complete the requirements for the M.S. degree in medical physics in A total of 30 credit hours, including the following: proof less than two years. of proficiency in undergraduate senior-level classical mechanics and electromagnetism, or passing the Admission Requirements Classical Mechanics and Electromagnetism in Beams Students will apply to the University Graduate School examination offered by the U.S. Particle Accelerator after having completed at least 90 credit hours of School (USPAS) with grade B or higher, P570, one course undergraduate coursework, generally during their fourth at the 500 level or above in laboratory techniques or year of undergraduate education. Standard requirements computational methods, and a master’s thesis course apply (i.e., G.P.A. minimum of 3.0 and satisfactory (P802). Four advanced courses in beam physics should completion of P221, P222, P301, P309: Mathematics be chosen from among the special topics courses P571, M211-M212, M311). P671, and P672, with topics to be listed in a syllabus prepared jointly by the Department of Physics and Course Requirements USPAS. A grade point average of 3.0 or better must be maintained in the courses satisfying the 30 credit hour Students must satisfy the standard requirements for the requirement. In particular, both senior-level classical receipt of the degree with the following exceptions. The mechanics and electromagnetism (or equivalents) must be requirement to complete 40 credit hours of graduate passed with a grade of B (3.0) or above. coursework is waived. A total of 27 credit hours must be completed in didactic and laboratory instruction Thesis including practicums and research numbered 500 or above. Seminars and Reading courses are excluded. Required. Graduate courses taken as an undergraduate numbered Final Examination 500 or greater may be counted toward this 27 credit hours. Four core courses are required: P526 Principles of Health Either a defense of the thesis or a written final examination Physics and Dosimetry, P472 or P572 Radiation Oncology is required, and should take place at Indiana University. Physics, P576 Introduction to Diagnostic Radiology, and The written examination may be substituted for the P478 or P578 Radiation Biophysics. Also required: a defense only with the permission of the thesis committee. thesis based on independent research or a passing grade The defense of the thesis will follow the same guidelines (greater than 70%) on a comprehensive examination as the Master of Science thesis of the Indiana University covering medical physics; GPA minimum of 3.0 with no Graduate School. grades below 2.7 within the required medical physics Master of Science Degree in Medical Physics courses. Admissions Requirements Thesis Physics P221, P222, P301, P309 (or equivalents); Option 1. Written. May substitute comprehensive Mathematics M211-M212, M311 (or equivalents). competency examination (see below). Deficiencies must be removed without graduate credit. Final Examination Course Requirements Option 2. Written. May substitute Thesis (see above). May A total of 40 credit hours of which at least 27 credit hours be taken only twice. must be in didactic and laboratory instruction including practicums and research numbered 500 or above. Master of Arts Degree for Teachers Seminars and Reading courses are excluded. Four core Admission Requirements courses are required: P526 Principles of Health Physics 8 credit hours of undergraduate physics courses. and Dosimetry, P572 Radiation Oncology Physics, P576 Introduction to Diagnostic Radiology, and P578 Course Requirements Radiation Biophysics. Also Required: A thesis based on independent research or a passing grade (greater than 20 credit hours in physics courses numbered P300 70%) on a comprehensive examination covering medical or higher, selected from the course listings that follow physics; G.P.A. minimum of 3.0 with no grades below 2.7 (recommended: P301, P309, P331, P332, P360, P451, within the required medical physics courses. P453, P454), the remaining 16 credit hours in graduate education and in mathematics, astronomy, chemistry, Thesis or computer science. Candidates for the M.A.T. must obtain a teacher’s certificate (or license) by the time they Option 1. Written, May substitute comprehensive complete the M.A.T. competency examination (see below). Final Examination September 6, 2017 343

Dual Master of Science Degree in Physics and Master physics (P570, P671, or P672), chemical or condensed- of Science Degree in Environmental Science matter physics (P557, P615, P616, P657, P627), high- This program is a two-year, 51 credit hours sequence of energy physics: P535, P622, P635, P636, P640, P641, courses and research that provides depth and breadth P707, P708), mathematical physics (P522, P607, P609, in both environmental science and physics. The student P610, P622, P625, P637, P638, P647, P665, P743), must complete a minimum of 21 credit hours in each of the nuclear physics (P535, P537, P626, P630, P633, P634, degree programs. Both degrees are awarded when the P640, P641), biological phys¬ics (P548, P575, P581, student meets the degree requirements of the Department P582, P583, P676), electronics (P540, P541) or medical of Physics and the School of Public and Environmental physics (P526, P572, P576, P578). For biological physics Affairs (SPEA). the minor requirements will consist of two courses to be determined by the student's advisory committee. Admission Programs of study for outside minors are deter¬mined by Students interested in this dual program must apply and the individual departments and typically require 9 to 12 be accepted by both the Department of Physics and the credit hours of course work. Recommended outside fields: School of Public and Environmental Affairs. The degree astronomy, chemistry, mathematics, biology, biochemistry, is designed to be completed in two years, but must be medical science, and scientific computing. All outside completed within six years. minors must be approved by the graduate advisor of the Department of Physics. Note that P535 Introduction to Requirements Nuclear and Particle Physics cannot be counted toward the inside minor for students specializing in either nuclear The dual M.S. in Physics and M.S.E.S. in SPEA program physics or high-energy physics. For students specializing requires a minimum of 51 credit hours distributed among in other fields, P535 can be counted once toward the six components: physics core; environmental science inside minor and can be considered as a course in either core; economics, policy, and law competencies; tool skills; nuclear physics or high-energy physics for that purpose. environmental chemistry concentration; and professional experience. Each candidate should take a 3 credit hour Outside Minor in Physics course during which they participate in a team to carry out an integrative project that addresses a multidisciplinary For students in other departments who wish an outside problem. Capstone course credit may be double-counted minor in physics, the requirement is a minimum of 6 credit to either concentration or tool skill requirement. hours at the 501 level or above. The grade point average for the 6 credit hours must be at least 3.0. Students who The capstone requirement may be met in one of the wish to complete the physics minor should bring the following ways: (1) SPEA-V 600, Capstone in Public and Nomination to Candidacy form to the Physics Academic Environmental Affairs, sections with an environmental Services Office for a signature upon completion of this focus. (2) An alternative course with a similar structure, requirement. such as SPEA-E560, Environmental Risk Analysis or other approved course. Qualifying Examination Doctor of Philosophy Degree Written. May be taken only twice. Must be taken at the end of the first year and must be passed by the end of the Admission Requirements second year. The written examination covers the subjects Same as those for Master of Science degree. of mechanics, electricity and magnetism, quantum mechanics, and thermodynamics/statistical physics at the Course Requirements level of first-year graduate work. Relevant courses are A total of 90 credit hours, including two courses in one of P506, P507, P511, P512, P521, and P556. Not attempting the following six areas: accelerator physics (P671 plus the qualifying examination at the required time constitutes one of P633, P634, P640, P641, P672), biological physics an automatic failure. (P575 plus one of P581, P582, P583, P676), chemical Candidacy Seminar physics (P615 or P557 plus one of P614, P616, P625, or P627), condensed-matter physics (P557, P615, P616, Must be presented after the first attempt at the qualifying P627, P657), high-energy physics (P622, P635, P636, examination but before the end of the fifth semester. P640, P641, P707, P708), mathematical physics (P607, Usually pertains to a proposed dissertation topic. P609, P610, P622, P625, P637, P638, P647, P665, Teaching Requirement P743), nuclear physics (P626, G630, P633, P634, P640, P641). Courses offered for the (optional) inside minor Students must meet the departmental teaching cannot be used to satisfy this requirement. A minimum of requirement. 9 credit hours per semester at the P501 level or above with a minimum 3.0 (B) grade point average is required. Dissertation Mathematics courses suited to the student’s fields will be Result of a significant piece of original research. specified by advisors in the Department of Physics. Final Examination Minor Oral defense of dissertation. The minor may be taken either inside or outside of the depart¬ment. The inside minor for all majors except (Note: The Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Mathematical biological physics consists of either P621 or P625, and Physics is described elsewhere in the Bulletin.) at least two courses, falling within at least two nonmajor areas of concentration, among seven areas: accelerator Faculty 344 September 6, 2017

Chairperson radiation generally; wave guides; holography; masers and lasers; introduction to optical spectroscopy. Professor Robert de Ruyter* PHYS-P 500 Seminar (1 cr.) Reports on current literature. Graduate Faculty Graduate students and staff participate. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct PHYS-P 504 Practicum in Physics Laboratory doctoral dissertations.) Instruction (1 cr.) Practical aspects of teaching physics labs. Meets the week before classes and one hour per Distinguished Professors week during the semester to discuss goals, effective Steven A. Gottlieb*, V. Alan Kostelecky*, Roger Newton* teaching techniques, grading standards, AI-student (Emeritus), Robert Pollock* (Emeritus) relations, and administrative procedures as applied to P201. Students enrolling in this course teach a section of Professors P201 laboratory. Andrew D. Bacher* (Emeritus), David V. Baxter*, Micheal PHYS-P 506 Electricity and Magnetism I (4 cr.) Three S. Berger*, Bennet Brabson (Emeritus), John L. Challifour* hours of lectures and one hour of recitation. Development (Emeritus, Mathematics), Ray Crittenden* (Emeritus), of Maxwell’s equations. Conservation laws. Problems Robert R. de Ruyter*, Alex R. Dzierba* (Emeritus), Harold in electrostatics and magnetostatics. Introduction to Evans*, Herbert Abraham Fertig*, James A. Glazier*, the special functions of mathematical physics. Time- Charles Goodman* (Emeritus), Richard Hake* (Emeritus), dependent solutions of Maxwell’s equations. Motion of Richard Heinz* (Emeritus), Archibald Hendry* (Emeritus), particles in given electromagnetic fields. Elementary Charles J. Horowitz*, Jorge Jose*, Larry Lee Kesmodel* theory of radiation. Plane waves in dielectric and (Emeritus), S. Y. Lee*, Don Lichtenberg* (Emeritus), J. conducting media. Dipole and quadruple radiation from Timothy Londergan* (Emeritus),Mark D. Messier*, Hans- nonrelativistic systems. Otto Meyer* (Emeritus), James A. Musser*, Hermann Nann* (Emeritus), Harold Olof Ogren* (Emeritus), PHYS-P 507 Electricity and Magnetism II (4 cr.) Three Catherine Olmer* (Emeritus), Gerardo Ortiz*, Roger hours of lectures and one hour of recitation. Further Pynn*, William L. Schaich* (Emeritus), Peter Schwandt* development of radiation theory. Fourier analysis of (Emeritus), William Michael Snow*, Paul E. Sokol*, James radiation field and photons. Scattering and diffraction Swihart* (Emeritus), Adam P. Szczepaniak*, Rex Tayloe*, of electromagnetic waves. Special relativity. Covariant Richard James Van Kooten*, Jon Urheim*, George formulation of electromagnetic field theory. Walker* (Emeritus), John Wills* (Emeritus), Scott W. PHYS-P 508 Current Research in Physics (1 cr.) Wissink* Presentations by faculty members designed to give Scientists incoming graduate students an overview of research opportunities in the department. Jason Gardner, William Jacobs* (Emeritus), Susan Klein*, Fred Luehring, Enrico Lunghi, Ryan Mitchell, Michihiro PHYS-P 511 Quantum Mechanics I (4 cr.) Three hours Nagao, James Sluka, Edward Stephenson*, Anselm of lectures and one hour of recitation. Basic principles, Vossen, Garfield Warren, Daria Zieminska* the Schrödinger equation, wave functions, and physical interpretation. Bound and continuum states in one- Associate Professors dimensional systems. Bound states in central potential; hydrogen atom. Variational method. Time-independent John M. Beggs*, John P. Carini*, Radovan Dermisek*, perturbation theory. Sabine Lammers*, Chen-Yu Liu*, Josh Long*, Fred Lurie* (Emeritus), Sima Setayeshgar*, Matthew Shepherd* PHYS-P 512 Quantum Mechanics II (4 cr.) P: P511. Three hours of lectures and one hour of recitation. Time- Assistant Professors dependent perturbation theory. Schrödinger, Heisenberg Lisa Kaufman*, Jinfeng Liao*, Emilie Passemar*, Philip and interaction pictures. Elementary theory of scattering. Richerme, Babak Seradjeh*, Shixiong Zhang* Rotations and angular momentum. Other symmetries. Nonrelativistic, many-particle quantum mechanics, Graduate Advisor symmetry and antisymmetry of wave functions, and Professor Charles Horowitz*, Swain Hall West 233, (812) Hartree-Fock theory of atoms and nuclei. 855-2959 PHYS-P 518 Scattering Methods in Materials Science Courses (3 cr.) P: Graduate status. Introduction to Neutron and X-ray Scattering techniques used in Materials Physics. PHYS-P 441 Analytical Mechanics I (3 cr.) Basic Scattering Theory; Structural Measurements of Ordered, Disordered and Nano Materials; stress and PHYS-P 453 Introduction to Quantum Physics (3 cr.) Strain Measurements; Imaging; Inelastic Neutron and X- PHYS-P 454 Modern Physics (4 cr.) ray Scattering; EXAFS and NEXAFS: Polarized Neutrons and X-rays; Proposal Writing. PHYS-P 460 Modern Optics (4 cr.) P: P331 or consent of instructor. Physical optics and electromagnetic waves PHYS-P 521 Classical Mechanics (3 cr.) P: Graduate based on electromagnetic theory, wave equations; phase status. Vector and tensor analysis. Lagrangian and and group velocity; dispersion; coherence; interference; Hamiltonian dynamics. Conservation laws and variational diffraction; polarization of light and of electromagnetic principles. Two-body motion, many-particle systems, and rigid-body motion. Canonical transformations and September 6, 2017 345

Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Continuum mechanics with PHYS-P 557 Solid State Physics (3 cr.) P: P453 or introduction to complex variables. equivalent. Atomic theory of solids. Crystal and band theory. Thermal and electromagnetic properties of periodic PHYS-P 522 Advanced Classical Mechanics (3 cr.) structures. Mathematical methods of classical mechanics; exterior differential forms, with applications to Hamiltonian PHYS-P 570 Introduction to Accelerator Physics dynamics. Dynamical systems and nonlinear phenomena; (3 cr.) P: Approval of instructor. Overview of accelerator chaotic motion, period doubling, and approach to chaos. development and accelerator technologies. Transverse phase space motion and longitudinal synchrotron motion PHYS-P 526 Principles of Health Physics and of a particle in an accelerator. Practical accelerator Dosimetry (3 cr.) This course provides theoretical lattice design. Design issues relevant to synchrotron light and practical aspects of radiation protection, including sources. Basics of free electron lasers. Spin dynamics in interaction of radiation with matter; radiation protection cyclic accelerators and storage rings standards; radiation quantities and units; risk evaluation and dose limits; internal dose calculations; external PHYS-P 571 Special Topics in Physics of Beams (3 cr.) dosimetry and personnel monitoring; and health physics. P: Approval of instructor. PHYS-P 535 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle PHYS-P 572 Radiation Oncology Physics (3 cr.) Physics (3 cr.) P: P453 or equivalent. Survey of the This course covers the physical principles, equipment, properties and interactions of nuclei and elementary processes, imaging guidance and clinical techniques particles. Experimental probes of subatomic structure. involved in the treatment of cancer patients with external Basic features and symmetries of electromagnetic, strong radiation beams and radioactive sources. Energy and weak forces. Models of hadron and nuclear structure. deposition characteristics are described. Treatment The role of nuclear and particle interactions in stars and planning dose calculation algorithms and point dose the evolution of the universe. calculations and international dosimetry protocols are covered in detail. PHYS-P 537 Neutron Physics and Scattering (3 cr.) An interdisciplinary survey of the physics of neutrons, PHYS-P 575 Introduction to Biophysics (3 cr.) Physics ideas and techniques of neutron scattering. Examples P575 presents an introduction to Biophysics. Topics taken from applications of neutron scattering in biology, include: properties of biomolecules and biomolecular chemistry, geology, materials science, and physics. complexes; biological membranes, channels, neurons; Diffusion, Brownian motion; reaction-diffusion processes, PHYS-P 540 Digital Electronics (3 cr.) Digital logic, pattern formation; sensory and motor systems; storage elements, timing elements, arithmetic devices, psychophysics and animal behavior, statistical inference. digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital conversion. Course has lectures and labs emphasizing design, PHYS-P 576 Introduction to Medical Diagnostic construction, and analysis of circuits using discrete gates Imaging (3 cr.) This course teaches the fundamentals and programmable devices. of medical imaging, including the basic physics and engineering associated with each imaging modality (CT, PHYS-P 541 Analog Electronics (3 cr.) Amplifier and MRI, PET, and Ultrasound) as well as mathematics and oscillator characteristics feedback systems, bipolar computational tools associated with image reconstruction transistors, field-effect transistors, optoelectronic devices, and image processing. The course is intended for students amplifier design, power supplies, and the analysis of in biomedical engineering, physics, and medical sciences. circuits using computer-aided techniques. PHYS-P 578 Radiation Biophysics (3 cr.) This course PHYS-P 548 Mathematical Methods for Biology emphasizes the effects of ionizing radiation at the (3 cr.) Physical principles applied to modeling biological cellular/molecular, tissue, and organismal level. Topics systems to obtain analytical models that can be studied include effects in tissue, DNA repair, chemical modifiers, mathematically and tested experimentally. radiotherapy, consequences of whole-body irradiation, and PHYS-P 551 Modern Physics Laboratory (3 cr.) carcinogenesis. Especially relevant for students training Graduate-level laboratory; experiments on selected in cancer biology, radiation oncology, radiology, public aspects of atomic, condensed-matter, and nuclear health, and medical physics. physics. PHYS-P 581 Modeling and Computation in Biophysics PHYS-P 555 Quantum Computation and Information (3 cr.) Introduction to modeling and computational (3 cr.) The course covers basic concepts in quantum methods applied to phenomena in Biophysics. Topics: computation and information including: standard qubit population dynamics; reaction kinetics; biological model of computation, quantum algorithms such as Shor's oscillators; coupled reaction networks; network theory; factoring and Grover's search algorithms, physics of molecular motors; limit cycles; reaction diffusion information processing, quantum error correction, and models; the heart; turning instability; bacterial patterns; physical implementations of quantum computers. angiogenesis. PHYS-P 556 Statistical Physics (3 cr.) The laws of PHYS-P 582 Biological and Artificial Neural thermodynamics; thermal equilibrium, entropy, and Networks (3 cr.) Biological details of neurons relevant to thermodynamic potentials. Principles of classical and computation. Artificial neural network theories and models, quantum statistical mechanics. Partition functions and and relation to statistical physics. Living neural networks statistical ensembles. Statistical basis of the laws of and critical evaluation of neural network theories. Student thermodynamics. Elementary kinetic theory. final projects will consist of programming networks and applying them to current research topics. 346 September 6, 2017

PHYS-P 583 Signal Processing and Information PHYS-P 627 Quantum Many-Body Theory II- Theory in Biology (3 cr.) Probability and statistics. Condensed Matter (3 cr.) P: P625. Continued Filtering. Correlation functions and power spectra. Time development of nonrelativistic many-body techniques with invariant and time-varying systems. Shannon Information. an emphasis on condensed-matter physics: properties Coding and decoding. Processing of sensory signals and of real metals, superconductors, superfluids, Ginzburg- other applications to neurobiology and psychophysics. Landau theory, critical phenomena, order parameters and broken symmetry, ordered systems, and systems with PHYS-P 607 Group Representations (3 cr.) P: Consent reduced dimensionality. of instructor. Elements of group theory. Representation theory of finite and infinite compact groups. Study of PHYS-P 630 Nuclear Astrophysics (3 cr.) P: A451- the point crystal, symmetric, rotation, Lorentz, and other A452, P453-P454, or consent of instructor. A550, P611. classical groups as time permits. Normally offered in Fundamental properties of nuclei and nuclear reactions, alternate years; see also MATH M607-M608. and the applications of nuclear physics to astronomy. The static and dynamic properties of nuclei; nuclear reaction PHYS-P 609 Computational Physics (3 cr.) Designed rates at low and high energies. Energy generation and to introduce students (1) to numerical methods for element synthesis in stars; the origin and evolution of the quadrature, solution of integral and differential equations, element abundances in cosmic rays. and linear algebra; and (2) to the use of computation and computer graphics to simulate the behavior of complex PHYS-P 633 Theory of the Nucleus I (3 cr.) P: P512. physical systems. Topics will vary. Nuclear forces, the two-nucleon problem, systematics and electromagnetic properties of nuclei, nuclear models, PHYS-P 610 Computational Physics II (3 cr.) Second nuclear scattering and reactions, theory of beta-decay, semester of computational physics focusing on more and theory of nuclear matter. advanced topics; e.g.: fractals, kinetic growth models, models in statistical mechanics, quantum systems and fast PHYS-P 634 Theory of the Nucleus II (3 cr.) P: P512. Fourier transforms, parallel computing. Nuclear forces, the two-nucleon problem, systematics and electromagnetic properties of nuclei, nuclear models, PHYS-P 615 Condensed Matter Physics I (3 cr.) nuclear scattering and reactions, theory of beta-decay, P: P512. Mechanical, thermal, electric, and magnetic and theory of nuclear matter. properties of solids; crystal structure; band theory; semiconductors; phonons; transport phenomena; PHYS-P 635 Frontier Particle Physics I (3 cr.) This superconductivity; superfluidity; and imperfections. Usually course focuses on the frontier of particle physics. Topics given in alternate years. include Standard-Model physics, neutrino masses, tests of fundamental symmetries, anomalies, grand unified PHYS-P 616 Condensed Matter Physics II (3 cr.) theories, higher-dimensional theories, supersymmetry, P: P512. Mechanical, thermal, electric, and magnetic composite models, supergravities, string and superstring properties of solids; crystal structure; band theory; theory. semiconductors; phonons; transport phenomena; superconductivity; superfluidity; and imperfections. Usually PHYS-P 636 Frontier Particle Physics II (3 cr.) This given in alternate years. course focuses on the frontier of particle physics. Topics include Standard-Model physics, neutrino masses, tests PHYS-P 621 Relativistic Quantum Field Theory of fundamental symmetries, anomalies, grand unified I (4 cr.) P: P512. Introduction to quantum field theories, higher-dimensional theories, supersymmetry, theory, symmetries, Feynman diagrams, quantum composite models, supergravities, string and superstring electrodynamics, and renormalization. theory. PHYS-P 622 Relativistic Quantum Field Theory II PHYS-P 637 Theory of Gravitation I (3 cr.) Introduction (4 cr.) P: P621. Non-Abelian gauge field theory, classical to the general theory of relativity, stress-energy tensor, properties, quantization and renormalization, symmetries parallel transport, geodesics, Einstein’s equation, and their roles, and nonperturbative methods. differential geometry, manifolds, general covariance, PHYS-P 625 Quantum Many-Body Theory I (3 cr.) bending of light, perihelion advance. Modern cosmology: P: P512. Elements of nonrelativistic quantum field Robertson-Walker metric, equations of state, Friedmann theory: second quantization, fields, Green’s functions, equations, Hubble’s law, redshift, cosmological constant, the linked-cluster expansion, and Dyson’s equations. inflation, quintessence, cosmic microwave background, Development of diagrammatic techniques and application Big Bang nucleosynthesis, structure formation. See MATH to the degenerate electron gas and imperfect Fermi M637. gas. Canonical transformations and BCS theory. Finite- PHYS-P 638 Theory of Gravitation II (3 cr.) Gravitation temperature (Matsubara), Green’s functions, and waves, Schwarzschild geometry and black holes, Kerr applications. metric, Reissner-Nordstrom metric, extremal black holes, PHYS-P 626 Quantum Many-Body Theory II-Nuclear Penrose diagrams, Hawking radiation, Lie derivatives, (3 cr.) P: P625. Continued development of nonrelativistic, isometries and Killing vectors, variational principle and the many-body techniques, with an emphasis on nuclear Palatini formalism, spinors in general relativity, vierbeins, physics: real-time, finite-temperature Green’s functions, gravitation as a gauge theory, quantum gravity. See path-integral methods, Grassmann algebra, generating MATH M638. functionals, and relativistic many-body theory. Applications PHYS-P 640 Subatomic Physics I (3 cr.) P: P512, C: to nuclear matter and nuclei. P621. Experimental methods and theoretic description of particle and nuclear physics: applied relativistic quantum September 6, 2017 347 mechanics, symmetries of fundamental interactions, PHYS-P 705 Seminar in High-Energy Physics and experimental techniques, structure of the nucleon, Elementary Particles (arr. cr.) electromagnetic and weak interactions, elementary particles, and the Standard Model. PHYS P640 may be PHYS-P 706 Seminar in Solid State Physics (arr. cr.) substituted for P633 in degree requirements. PHYS-P 707 Topics in Quantum Field Theory and PHYS-P 641 Subatomic Physics II (3 cr.) P: P640. Elementary Particle Theory (3 cr.) Quarks and gluons in QCD, the parton model, strong PHYS-P 708 Topics in Quantum Field Theory and interactions at low energies, nuclear environment and Elementary Particle Theory (3 cr.) models, nuclear thermodynamics and subatomic physics in cosmology and astrophysics. PHYS P641 may be PHYS-P 709 Topics in Biomedical Physics (2 cr.) substituted for P634 in degree requirements. Topics of current interest in biomedical and medical physics are examined each semester. Discussions PHYS-P 647 Mathematical Physics (3 cr.) P: P501 and lecturers are based on key classical papers and or P502, P521, or MATH M442. Topics vary from year recent publications related to the topic selected. Student to year. Integral equations, including Green’s function participation in discussions is essential. techniques, linear vector spaces, and elements of quantum mechanical angular momentum theory. For PHYS-P 710 Seminars in Multidisciplinary Physics students of experimental and theoretical physics. May Applications (1 cr.) Students will attend seminars and be taught in alternate years by members of Departments report on various topics of interest. Schedule to be of Physics or Mathematics, with corresponding shift in agreed upon by the student and instructor. Permission of emphasis; see MATH M647. instructor required. PHYS-P 657 Statistical Physics II (3 cr.) Continuation PHYS-P 743 Topics in Mathematical Physics (3 cr.) of P556. Topics include advanced kinetic and transport For advanced students. Several topics in mathematical theory, phase transitions, and nonequilibrium statistical physics studied in depth; lectures and student reports on mechanics. assigned literature. Content varies from year to year. May be taught in alternate years by members of Departments PHYS-P 665 Scattering Theory (3 cr.) P: P506, P511. of Physics or Mathematics, with corresponding shift in Theoretical tools for analysis of scattering experiments. emphasis; see MATH M743. Electromagnetic theory, classical and quantum particle dynamics. PHYS-P 750 Topics in Astrophysical Sciences (1-3 cr.) A seminar in astrophysics with special emphasis on PHYS-P 671 Special Topics in Accelerator Physics subjects involving more than one department. Examples of (3 cr.) P: P570, P521. Nonlinear dynamics: betatron such topics include planetology, nucleosynthesis, nuclear phase space distortion due to the nonlinear forces. cosmochronology, isotopic anomalies in meteorites, Methods of dealing with nonlinear perturbations. particle physics of the early universe, and atomic Multiparticle dynamics: microwave and coupled bunch processes in astrophysical systems. instabilities. Physics of electron cooling and stochastic cooling. Advanced acceleration techniques: inverse free PHYS-P 782 Topics in Experimental Physics (1-4 cr.) electron laser acceleration, wakefield and two-beam PHYS-P 790 Seminar in Mathematical Physics (arr. cr.) acceleration. PHYS-P 800 Research (arr. cr.) S/F grading. PHYS-P 672 Special Topics in Accelerator Technology Experimental and theoretical investigations of current and Instrumentation (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. problems; individual staff guidance. PHYS-P 676 Selected Topics in Biophysics (3 cr.) This PHYS-P 801 Readings (arr. cr.) S/F grading. course presents papers on current topics in Biophysics, Independent study in physics; individual staff guidance. together with key classical papers related to those topics. Student participation in discussions is essential. Each PHYS-P 802 Research (arr. cr.) Experimental and student is expected to write two essays on two of the theoretical investigations of current problems; individual topics presented. staff guidance. Graded by letter grade. PHYS-P 683 Practicum in Medical Physics (3 cr.) PHYS-P 803 Readings (arr. cr.) Independent study in For advanced students. This course provides practical, physics; individual staff guidance. Graded by letter grade. hands-on experience for students obtaining an advanced degree in medical physics. Several topics are offered PHYS-P 804 Readings (1 cr.) Readings in one or more each semester including but not limited to diagnostic professional areas that present ethical delimmas. Topics imaging instrumentation, computational treatment are individualized to the student's needs and interests. planning, radiation protection, clinical radiation physics, Permission of instructor required. and radiation therapy instrumentation. PHYS-G 750 Topics in Astrophysical Sciences (1-3 cr.) PHYS-P 700 Topics in Theoretical Physics (arr. cr.) Political Science PHYS-P 702 Seminar in Nuclear Spectroscopy (arr. cr.) College of Arts and Sciences PHYS-P 703 Seminar in Theoretical Physics (arr. cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] PHYS-P 704 Seminar in Nuclear Reactions (arr. cr.) Departmental URL: http://polisci.indiana.edu/home/ (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The 348 September 6, 2017

University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements research skill, not a foreign language, to meet this contained only in The University Graduate School requirement. Bulletin.) Master of Arts for Teachers Degree Curriculum Information regarding this degree program may be obtained from the School of Education. Degrees Offered Master of Arts, Master of Arts for Teachers, and Doctor of Doctor of Philosophy Degree Philosophy Course Requirements Special Departmental Requirements A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. Y570 (See also general University Graduate School Introduction to the Study of Politics is to be taken in the requirements.) first year of residence. Students who select a field with an approaches-and-issues seminar should take the seminar Admission Requirements during the first two years of residence. Each graduate Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination student must complete 10 graduate seminars numbered (verbal and quantitative sections); satisfactory previous 500 and above in political science (excluding directed academic record; three letters of recommendation; writing reading and directed research courses), averaging at least sample. International students must complete the TOFEL a B (3.0) in all seminars, prior to nomination to candidacy with a satisfactory score. Applicants holding no academic for the Ph.D. degree. (For students entering with previous degree higher than the bachelor’s degree may be admitted graduate work, the director of graduate studies, with the as Ph.D. students. recommendation of the student’s advisory committee, can reduce the number of required seminars based on Master of Arts Degree the prior graduate training.) A substantial research paper (The department is not currently accepting students in is required at the end of a student’s second year. This this program. Students enrolled in our Ph.D. program paper should represent original research performed by may, if they choose, apply for an M.A. degree before the student. The advisory committee will evaluate whether they complete the Ph.D. This M.A. may serve either the student’s paper is adequate for purposes of this as a terminal degree or as a stepping stone towards requirement. later completion of a Ph.D. Courses taken to satisfy requirements for the M.A. could also count towards Fields of Study completion of requirements for the Ph.D. program, The student will select two fields in political science from provided that program is completed under existing time the following: American politics; international relations; limits and the student meets the following requirements.) comparative politics; public policy; political philosophy; M.A. Advisory Committee theory and methodology. Students must form a committee of three or more faculty In exceptional cases, with the written approval of the members who will be responsible for approving a master’s director of graduate studies, the student may offer as one paper. One of these faculty members must be designated of the fields a course of study that cuts across two of the as the M.A. advisor. established fields. Course Requirements Minors A total of 30 credit hours, including Y570. At least 15 The outside minor requirement is typically satisfied of the 30 credit hours must be graduate courses (500 by completing four courses in one or more related level or higher). In order to qualify for the M.A. degree, departments or in an interdepartmental program, each graduate student must complete five graduate embracing either substantive material or methodology. seminars in political science, averaging at least a grade Some departments or other programs have specific of B (3.0) in all seminars. For students entering with requirements for a Ph.D. minor; students should check previous graduate work, the Director of Graduate Studies, with the relevant unit for details. Students selecting an in consultation with the student’s M.A. advisory committee, “eclectic” minor must have the proposed set of courses may allow transfer up to 8 hours graduate credit from approved by the advisory committee, the director of other institutions. graduate studies, and the graduate school. Master’s Paper Advisory Committee This written requirement can be based on a research Each student will be assigned an advisory committee, paper prepared in a departmental seminar. If a new paper which will include two faculty members from each is written to satisfy this requirement, it may receive no of the student’s two fields in political science and a more than 4 hours of credit. The master’s paper must be representative of the outside minor. (Students choosing approved by all members of the M.A. Advisory Committee. an eclectic minor need not have a representative of that minor.) The chairperson of the committee serves as the Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement student’s principal advisor. The committee will supervise the student’s course of study. Early in the student’s The student must demonstrate reading proficiency in residence, but in no case later than the third semester of one language or proficiency in an approved research study, the advisory committee will provide the student with skill. Students specializing in American politics or public a formal review of progress toward the degree. policy (if admitted before fall 2016) must use an approved Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement September 6, 2017 349

The student must demonstrate proficiency in any two of Bianco*, Jack Bielasiak*, Aurelian Craiutu*, William the following: a foreign language, mathematics, logic, Fierman* (Central Eurasian Studies), Luis Fuentes- statistics, or computer science. With the approval of the Rohwer (Law), Norman S. Furniss* (Emeritus), Sumit advisory committee, the student may qualify in a single Ganguly*, Russell Lee Hanson*, Jeffrey A. Hart* language or research skill at an advanced level, rather (Emeritus), Marjorie R. Hershey*, Francis Hoole* than in two. To qualify in a language at the advanced (Emeritus), Gregory Kasza* (East Asian Languages level, the student must satisfy the in-depth proficiency and Cultures), Padraic Kenney (History), Michael Dean requirement. For rules regarding qualification in a research McGinnis*, Eugene McGregor* (Public and Environmental skill at the advanced level, consult the director of graduate Affairs), Patrick O’Meara* (Emeritus), James Perry* studies. The student is expected to make satisfactory (Public and Environmental Affairs), Karen A. Rasler*, progress in meeting the requirements for the degree; in Leroy Rieselbach* (Emeritus), Evan Ringquist (Public particular, the student must satisfy the first language or and Environmental Affairs), Jean C. Robinson*, William research-skill requirement during the first year of study Scheuerman*, William R. Thompson*, Timothy A. Tilton* and the second requirement no later than the second year. (Emeritus), Lois Wise* (Public and Environmental Affairs), Gerald C. Wright Jr.* Qualifying Examination Associate Professors Students must take qualifying examinations in each of their two fields of study in political science. The qualifying Gardner Bovingdon (Central Eurasian Studies), Eileen field examination is intended to evaluate the student’s Braman*, Judith L. Failer*, Beth Gazley (Public and substantive knowledge and analytical ability in both Environmental Affairs), Robert Hattery (Emeritus), Timothy of the student’s fields of study. The written qualifying Hellwig*, Scott Kennedy* (East Asian Languages and examination is administered two times a year: in the fall Cultures), Lauren Maclean*, Armando Razo*, Regina and spring. Smyth*, Abdulkader Sinno*, Dina R. Spechler* Research Committee Assistant Professors Upon completion of the qualifying examination and Jennifer Brass (Public and Environmental Affairs), Heon presentation of a satisfactory dissertation proposal, the Joo Jung (East Asian Languages and Cultures) student will be nominated to candidacy for the Ph.D. The University Graduate School, on the recommendation Director of Graduate Studies of the department, will appoint a research committee to Professor William Scheuerman*, Woodburn Hall 210, supervise the dissertation. (812) 855-1208 Final Examination Courses Covers the field of study related to the dissertation and 600 Level defense of the dissertation. With the exception of individual readings courses, 600- Faculty level courses are seminars or colloquia. In some instances a seminar will introduce students broadly to the principal Chairperson scholarly literature in a field; in others, the objective will be Professor Russell L. Hanson* to provide an in-depth analysis of a more specialized area of research. The kinds of seminar topics that are offered Graduate Faculty regularly are illustrated following. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Seminar topics often have relevance for each of several of doctoral dissertations.) the departmental examination fields. Furthermore, a given Rudy Professors topic may be approached from a variety of perspectives. Therefore, although cross-listing is avoided here for the Edward G. Carmines*, Jeffrey C. Isaac* sake of brevity, it should be noted that essentially the same topic may appear under each of two or more generic Donald A. Rogers Professor titles at various times. William R. Thompson* Interested students should consult detailed course I.U. Distinguished Professors descriptions, which are available on request from the departmental graduate office in advance of each William R. Thompson* semester. Any course at the 600 level may be taken more Rabindranath Tagore Professor of Indian Cultures and than once, provided the topic is not repeated. Civilization 700 Level Sumit Ganguly All 700-level courses are research seminars. Students are expected to demonstrate their own research enterprise Warner O. Chapman Professor on a topic agreed upon with the instructor. In some instances, team research may be carried out. Students Edward G. Carmines* are also expected to make significant progress toward Professors identification of an eventual dissertation project in the research seminars in the major field. Each course may be Yvette M. Alex-Assensoh*, Matthew Auer (Public and taken more than once. Environmental Affairs), Jeanine Bell (Law), William 350 September 6, 2017

POLS-Y 304 Constitutional Law (3 cr.) administration, law, and policy. Required of students taking public administration, law, and policy as a field of POLS-Y 311 Democracy and National Security (3 cr.) study for the Ph.D. It is recommended that this course POLS-Y 313 Environmental Policy (3 cr.) be taken during the first two years of graduate work at Indiana University. POLS-Y 333 Chinese Politics (3 cr.) POLS-Y 569 International Relations: Approaches and POLS-Y 334 Japanese Politics (3 cr.) Issues (3 cr.) Overview and analysis of the approaches POLS-Y 337 Latin American Politics (3 cr.) and issues in the literature of international relations. Required of students taking international relations as a POLS-Y 338 African Politics (3 cr.) field of study for the Ph.D. It is recommended that this course be taken during the first two years of graduate POLS-Y 339 Middle Eastern Politics (3 cr.) work at Indiana University. POLS-Y 340 East European Politics (3 cr.) POLS-Y 570 Introduction to the Study of Politics (3 cr.) POLS-Y 342 Topics on the Regional Politics of Africa Problems of graduate study and professional scholarship; (3 cr.) May be repeated once for credit with consent of central organizing concepts and the use of theory in instructor and department graduate advisor. political science and related disciplines; specialized areas of research and scholarship in political science; conditions POLS-Y 343 The Politics of International Development of scientific inquiry and methodological problems in the (3 cr.) study of political phenomena; central importance of theory POLS-Y 346 Politics in the Developing World (3 cr.) in explanation. POLS-Y 350 European Integration (3 cr.) POLS-Y 572 Mathematical Tools for Political Scientists (1 cr.) Review of topics in mathematics that POLS-Y 353 The Politics of Gender and Sexuality are particularly useful in the application of formal political (3 cr.) theory and political methodology. Typical topics include Euclidean spaces and functions; sets, neighborhoods, POLS-Y 368 Russian and Soviet Foreign Policy (3 cr.) sequences, and limits; derivatives; integrals; vectors and POLS-Y 381 Classical Political Thought (3 cr.) matrices; optimization. To be taken prior to or concurrent with Y573 and Y577. POLS-Y 382 Modern Political Thought (3 cr.) POLS-Y 573 Introduction to Formal Political Theory POLS-Y 383 Foundations of American Political (3 cr.) Introduction to the use of formal models in political Thought (3 cr.) science. Provides the training required to develop basic POLS-Y 384 Developments in American Political models of political process and exposes students to Thought (3 cr.) classic works and problems in formal political theory. POLS-Y 394 Public Policy Analysis (3 cr.) POLS-Y 575 Political Data Analysis I (3 cr.) Basic quantitative analysis techniques applied to political POLS-Y 550 Political Science and Professional science data: principles of measurement, tables, graphs, Development (1-3 cr.) Philosophies and techniques of probability distributions, nonparametric statistics, teaching various types of political science courses in matrix algebra, Markov chains, correlations and simple different learning environments; factors related to the regression, tests of significance. Computer processing of motivation and performance of students; development of data and applications of bivariate statistics to problems in course materials for undergraduate courses; preparing political science emphasized. to present papers at conventions and to apply for grants; improving self-presentation skills for job interviews. May POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) P: Y575 be repeated for up to three credits. or equivalent. Focuses on general linear model and multivariate statistical techniques such as analysis of POLS-Y 557 Comparative Politics: Approaches and variance and covariance, partial and multiple regression Issues (3 cr.) Overview and analysis of the approaches and correlation, time series analysis, logit and probit and issues in the literature of comparative politics. analysis, canonical correlation, and discriminant analysis. Required of students taking comparative politics as a field Applications to problems in political science research of study for the Ph.D. It is recommended that this course emphasized. be taken during the first two years of graduate work at Indiana University. POLS-Y 577 Advanced Topics in Political Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Y576 or equivalent. Content varies. POLS-Y 561 American Politics: Approaches and Topics include analysis of covariance structures, dynamic Issues (3 cr.) Overview and analysis of the approaches modeling, estimation of multiple equation systems, and issues in the literature of American politics. Required mathematical models, time series analysis. Applications to of students taking American politics as a field of study for problems in political science research emphasized. May the Ph.D. It is recommended that this course be taken be repeated for credit if topic differs. during the first two years of graduate work at Indiana University. POLS-Y 579 Qualitative Methods in Political Research (3 cr.) P: Y576 or equivalent. This course surveys the use POLS-Y 565 Public Administration, Law, and Policy: of qualitative methods such as case studies, comparative Approaches and Issues (3 cr.) Overview and analysis historical analysis, interviews, focus groups, participant of the approaches and issues in the literature of public observation, interpretivism, and culture studies. Readings September 6, 2017 351 include works about each method as well as concrete science, technology, and public policy; politics of research that utilizes each method, and students will also environmental policy. conduct practical exercises such as interviews. POLS-Y 669 International Relations (3 cr.) Illustrative POLS-Y 580 Research Methods in Political Science topics: international conflict, international organization, (1-3 cr.) Foundations of political research; alternative quantitative international relations, analysis and evaluation research strategies; problems of measuring political of policy making, U.S. foreign policy, Russian and Soviet variables; design of research to test hypotheses. S/F foreign policy, international and comparative communism, grading. international political economy. POLS-Y 591 Computer Applications in Political POLS-Y 671 Public Administration (3 cr.) Illustrative Science (1 cr.) This course introduces students to topics: organization theory, urban administration, public computing applications for political scientists. Topics administration. include computing packages such as STATA, S-Plus, and Excel; creating datasets; and transferring datasets among POLS-Y 673 Empirical Theory and Methodology (3 cr.) programs. A prerequisite for this course is enrollment in Illustrative topics: survey of empirical theory, theory Y575. building and causal inference, positive political theory, institutional analysis and design, empirical democratic POLS-Y 592 Bibliography of Political Science (1 cr.) theory, research design. Introduction to library research tools in political science, problems of bibliographical research, special resources of POLS-Y 675 Political Philosophy (3 cr.) Illustrative Indiana University, problems of utilizing library resources. topics: analysis of political concepts; political theory of the Enlightenment; nineteenth-century political thought; POLS-Y 600 State Politics (1 cr.) An examination of the welfare state: theory and practice; Marxist theory; institutions and processes by which state governments American political thought. carry out their responsibilities. Includes the study of executives, legislatures, parties, and elections at the state POLS-Y 681 Readings in Comparative Politics (1-4 cr.) level. POLS-Y 683 Readings in American Politics (1-4 cr.) POLS-Y 622 Urban Politics (3 cr.) An examination POLS-Y 685 Readings in Public Administration, Law, of—and the problems faced and challenges faced by and Policy ( (1-4 cr.) —the governments of cities and metropolitan areas. Includes study of leadership, citizen participation, POLS-Y 687 Readings in International Relations intergovernmental relations, and urban policy. (1-4 cr.) POLS-Y 630 State Executive Politics (3 cr.) A course POLS-Y 689 Readings in Political Theory and that examines the role of governors in state politics. Methodology (1-4 cr.) Includes the study of leadership and the relationship POLS-Y 757 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) between the executive and other elements of government at the subnational level. This course is not currently being POLS-Y 761 American Politics (3 cr.) offered. POLS-Y 763 Political and Administrative Development POLS-Y 640 State Parties and Interest Groups (3 cr.) (3 cr.) An examination of political parties and interest groups, their roles in government, and their structure and POLS-Y 765 Public Law and Policy (3 cr.) organization.This course is not currently being offered. POLS-Y 769 International Relations (3 cr.) POLS-Y 657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) The focus POLS-Y 771 Public Administration (3 cr.) may be on one or more political systems within regions indicated. Illustrative topics: political elites and social POLS-Y 773 Empirical Theory and Methodology (3 cr.) stratification, comparative administration and public policy, POLS-Y 775 Political Philosophy (3 cr.) cross-national analysis, West Europe, East Europe, comparative Communist systems, Russia, Africa, Middle POLS-Y 780 Directed Research in Political Science East, Latin America, East Asia, comparative development (1-4 cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. strategies. POLS-Y 880 M.A. Thesis (1-4 cr.) **These courses are POLS-Y 661 American Politics (3 cr.) Illustrative topics: eligible for a deferred grade. the presidency, legislative process, political behavior, political parties and representation, political socialization, POLS-Y 890 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses are comparative state politics, urban politics, bureaucratic eligible for a deferred grade. politics. Psychological and Brain Sciences POLS-Y 663 Political and Administrative Development College of Arts and Sciences (3 cr.) Illustrative topics: politics of social change, Departmental URL: www.psych.indiana.edu comparative urbanization, political and administrative development. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The POLS-Y 665 Public Law and Policy (3 cr.) Illustrative University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements topics: urban policy analysis; politics of higher education; contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) 352 September 6, 2017

Curriculum statistics. This requirement usually will be fulfilled Special Departmental Requirements by successful completion of P553. However, with (See also general University Graduate School approval from the P553 instructor, the student’s requirements.) advisory committee, and the Director of Graduate Studies, proficiency could be demonstrated in Admission Requirements other ways, such as (but not limited to) equivalent Recommended Undergraduate Background: To prepare coursework from another institution, proficiency for graduate work in psychological and brain sciences through prior research or work experience, and at Indiana University, students should have a general completion of relevant workshop and training background in psychology consisting of approximately experiences. Courses for this proficiency can be 20 credit hours in psychology, including laboratory work counted towards the required 30 credit hours. in psychology and statistics. Undergraduate course work • Professional Development Skills Requirement: in mathematics and in the biological and/or physical Demonstrated proficiency in professional sciences is desirable. While it is expected that students development issues. This requirement usually will will have a substantial background in psychology, students be fulfilled by taking P595or Q510. However, with with backgrounds in other areas, for example, biology approval from the P595/COGS-Q510 instructor, the or mathematics, will be considered for admission on an student’s advisory committee, and the Director of equal basis with those students who have majored in Graduate Studies, proficiency can be demonstrated psychology. in other ways, primarily through equivalent coursework from another institution. Courses for this Grades proficiency can be counted towards the required 30 credit hours. An average of at least a B+ (3.3) must be maintained in all course work. No grades below B– (2.7) may be counted Master’s Thesis toward degree requirements. Students with a GPA below 3.3 or receiving more than one grade below B– (2.7) may Required. The student’s advisory committee will be subject to academic probation and dismissal. participate in the approval of the thesis. The student is required to hold an oral defense of the thesis with the Master of Arts Degree advisory committee. The outcome of the defense (pass Normally the department accepts only Ph.D. students, but or fail) must be communicated to the Director of Graduate under unusual circumstances, applicants are considered Studies by the student’s advisor. The preferred method for a M.A. degree only. Students accepted for a M.A. is to submit the thesis to the University Graduate School normally are not provided with financial support by the electronically. Instructions and deadlines are available department. Students completing the M.A. program are on the University Graduate School website. Students not ensured acceptance into the Ph.D. program and will also must email a copy of the thesis to the department’s be evaluated in comparison with all other applicants to the Academic Services Coordinator; the department will Ph.D. program. No training program in clinical psychology pay for one printed and bound copy for the department is offered at the master’s level. archives. Course Requirements In instances where shortcomings are apparent (in coursework or the thesis), the student may be required A total of 30 credit hours including a core consisting of four to complete additional coursework or assignments, as graduate courses relevant to the student’s course of study, determined by the advisory committee in consultation with as approved by the student’s advisory committee and the the Director of Graduate Studies. For example, additional Director of Graduate Studies. A minimum of another three work on the research project or an additional course credit hours should be research credits, to reflect work to provide deeper training may be required. Students on thesis research. Usually at least 20 credit hours are must be consistently involved in productive research in the major field, Psychology, but this is not required if throughout their course of graduate study. Students who the advisory committee and Director of Graduate Studies are determined, by their faculty advisory committee, not to agree that the credits taken are relevant to the student’s be making adequate research progress may be subject to major area of study. Beyond the six core courses and academic probation and dismissal. minimum of three research credits, additional credits (to count toward the required total of 30 credit hours) can At the time when a student decides to leave the doctoral be additional courses or additional research credits. A program and seek a Masters degree instead, the timeline minimum of nine credit hours of coursework (excluding for completing the requirements for the Masters degree thesis research credits) must be numbered 500 or above. will be discussed. In most instances, the student will have Any course requirements discussed above can be waived; one to two semesters to complete the Masters degree. such waivers must be approved by the department’s If there are special circumstances in which a student is Director of Graduate Studies and the University Graduate accepted directly for a Masters degree, the timeline will School. be discussed with the student’s advisory committee and the Director of Graduate Studies, both at admissions and Skills Requirements throughout the student’s course of study. Students must also demonstrate competency in two areas Doctor of Philosophy Degree of skills requirements: Research • Statistical Skills Requirement: Demonstrated To remain in good standing, students must be consistently proficiency in statistical skills, at a level comparable involved in productive research throughout their course of to successful completion of a graduate course in September 6, 2017 353 graduate study. Students are judged on research potential proficiency cannot be double counted towards a and productivity, as well as on course work. All students Psychological and Brain Science major or the minor. are expected to develop research skills appropriate to • Professional Development Skills Requirement: their programs through a combination of course work, Demonstrated proficiency in professional individual study, and experience. One substantial research development issues. This requirement usually will project must be completed and formally approved by the be fulfilled by taking P595or Q510. However, with student’s advisory committee before the end of the third approval from the P595/COGS-Q510 instructor, the semester. Students will present this project as a poster at student’s advisory committee, and the Director of a department research symposium. A second substantial Graduate Studies, proficiency can be demonstrated research project must be completed and approved by in other ways, primarily through equivalent the end of the fifth semester. Student research progress coursework from another institution. Courses for will be evaluated annually by the student’s advisory and this proficiency cannot be double counted towards research committees, which will examine progress on first a Psychological and Brain Sciences major or the and second research projects, the dissertation research minor. project, and involvement in other research projects. • Teaching or Instructional Skills Requirement: Students who fail to make adequate research progress Demonstrated training and proficiency in teaching. at any point may be subject to academic probation and This requirement usually will be fulfilled by: 1) dismissal. successfully completing P660, and 2) then teaching Course Requirements sections of P211. However, as approved by the student’s advisory committee and the Director of A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. Students Graduate Studies, proficiency can be demonstrated must complete course selections from the student’s area through other relevant teaching experiences, as long of specialization, usually consisting of approximately 12-15 as those experiences include: 1) the student has credit hours from a selection of core courses in a student’s an active faculty mentor and training to teach; 2) ma¬jor area of study. Unless pursuing a double major, the the student’s teaching must be actively supervised student is also required to complete an individualized or by a faculty member while the student is teaching; external minor as approved by the advisory committee. 3) the student must have full responsibility for a Occasionally, additional courses may be specified by course; and 4) the student must gather evaluations the student’s advisory committee at any time before the (undergraduate student ratings and perhaps other Qualifying Exam has been successfully passed. Any evaluations) of their teaching. For example, perhaps course requirement discussed above can be waived; such a student taught a course as part of their prior waivers must be approved by the department's Director of graduate experiences at another university. Courses Graduate Studies. for this proficiency cannot be double counted towards a Psychological and Brain Sciences major Students must also demonstrate competency in four or the minor. If the competency of the gradu¬ate areas of skills requirements before being nominated to student’s teaching, as evaluated by a faculty candidacy: member supervisor, is judged as inadequate, the • Statistical Skills Requirement: Demonstrated student will be asked to take remedial action, which proficiency in statistical skills, at a level comparable may include additional training in teaching and to successful completion of a graduate course in an additional teaching assignment. International statistics. This requirement usually will be fulfilled students must meet the department's English by successful completion of P553. However, with proficiency requirements before teaching. Please approval from the P553 instructor, the student’s see the Director of Graduate Studies or Academic advisory committee, and the Director of Graduate Services Coordinator for more information. Studies, proficiency could be demonstrated in Students completing the APA approved Program other ways, such as (but not limited to) equivalent in Clinical Psychology must complete one clinical coursework from another institution, proficiency elective cours¬es, at least 6 hours of P690 (practicum through prior research or work experience, and training), a one-year internship approved by the clinical completion of relevant workshop and training science program, and must demonstrate competence experiences. Courses for this proficiency cannot be in APA specified areas of broad and general training in double counted towards a Psychological and Brain psychology. Sciences major or the minor. • Research Methods Skills Requirement: Failure to complete required courses within a timeframe Demonstrated proficiency in additional research speci¬fied by the student’s advisory committee may make methods, at a level comparable to successful a student subject to academic probation and dismissal. completion of a graduate course in these topics. This Minor requirement usually will be fulfilled by successful completion of one other statistics or methods class Doctoral students pursuing a single major may choose approved by the student’s advisory committee. to minor outside of the department or to take an in- However, with approval from the advisory committee depth individualized minor within the Department of and the Director of Graduate Studies, proficiency Psychological and Brain Sciences. If a minor outside the could be demonstrated in other ways, such as department is elected, the requirements are speci¬fied by (but not limited to) equivalent coursework from that unit. An individualized minor within the department another institution, proficiency through prior research consists of at least 9 credit hours of graduate course work or work experience, and completion of relevant in areas, inside or outside the department, other than that workshop and training experiences. Courses for this of the major. The specific courses making up such a minor 354 September 6, 2017 must be approved by the student’s advisory committee. Accreditation Status The individualized minor must also be approved by the University Graduate School. Students pursuing a double The Clinical Science Program in the Department of major are not required to complete a minor (see General Psychological and Brain Sciences at Indiana University Requirements section of the Graduate Bulletin). has been accredited continuously since 1948 by the American Psychological Association Committee on Qualifying Examination Accreditation. For further information on the program’s status you may contact: Committee on Accreditation Written and oral portions of the qualifying exam must c/o Office of Program Consultation and Accreditation be suc¬cessfully passed by the beginning of the fifth Education Directorate American Psychological Association regular semester. Students with a double major may 750 First Street NE Washington, DC 20002-4242, (202) request one additional year before they take the qualifying 336-5979 examination and must successfully pass the exam by the beginning of the sev¬enth regular semester (see Faculty General Requirements section of the Graduate Bulletin). Specifically, the written portion of the exam must be Graduate Faculty completed during the last week of the summer break, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University with the exact deadline determined by the committee Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct in consultation with the student. The oral portion of the doctoral dissertations.) exam must be completed by the end of the second week Chair of classes in the fall term. If a student does not pass the qualifying exam, then by 5 pm on Thursday of the William Hetrick* third week of classes, the student must meet with the Director of Graduate Studies to discuss plans and notify Associate Chair the Director of any requested course changes for the fall Thomas Busey* semester. Students who do not pass the qualifying exam will be given an opportunity to retake the exam within Director of Graduate Studies one semester (i.e., by the end of the fifth semes¬ter or Amy Holtzworth-Munroe* for double majors by the end of the seventh semester). Students who do not successfully pass their second Distinguished Professors attempt at the qualifying examination will be dismissed. Eliot Hearst* (Emeritus), Robert Nosofsky*, David B. Advisory and Research Committees Pisoni*, Richard M. Shiffrin*, Linda B. Smith*, Olaf Sporns*, James T. Townsend* Students must identify a major advisor and have an advisor throughout the course of their graduate studies. Eleanor Cox Riggs Professor Student must form an advisory committee by the end of their first year; later in their course of study, students must Aina Puce* form a research (dissertation) committee. The student’s Jack and Linda Gill Chair committee (advisory or research) shall consult with the student, at least once per year, to help determine the Andrea Hohmann*, Cary Lai*, Hui-Chen Lu*, Kenneth student’s course of graduate study, develop a research Mackie* program, approve the student’s course selections, and Luther Dana Waterman Professor review the student’s progress in all areas (for example, but not limited to: completion of required courses, course Richard M. Shiffrin* grades, adequacy of teaching, and research progress). Following each yearly meeting a written report of the Rudy Professor meeting must be filed with the Director of Graduate Bennett Bertenthal*, James T. Townsend*, Stanley Studies. The student’s committee will determine whether Wasserman* or not the student is making adequate progress in all areas. Should the advisory (or research) committee Chancellors’ Professors determine that a student is not making adequate progress Robert L. Goldstone*, Robert Nosofsky*, David B. Pisoni*, in any area, this may be grounds for eliminating a Steven J. Sherman*, Eliot R. Smith*, Linda B. Smith*, student’s department funding, probation, or dismissal from Meredith West* the program. Provost Professor Ph.D. Minor in Psychological and Brain Sciences Doctoral students in other departments may elect Jerome R. Busemeyer*, Olaf Sporns*, Peter Todd* psychological and brain sciences as an outside minor. A Professors Emeritus/Emerita minimum of four courses (12 credit hours) at the graduate level is required. The student must achieve a grade of James Allison*, Richard Berry*, Alexander Buchwald*, at least B– in each course and an overall grade point Sharon Brehm*, Jerome Chertkoff*, James C. Craig*, S. average of at least 3.0. The specific courses must be Lee Guth*, Susan S. Jones*, Kenneth Heller*, Margaret approved by a faculty advisor who is a faculty member Intons-Peterson*, Richard McFall*, George V. Rebec*, within the Psychological and Brain Sciences department Richard Rose*, William Timberlake* and may include no more than one research course (P895). Associate Professor Emeritus September 6, 2017 355

Harold Lindman* consent of instructor. An advanced introduc- tion to the theory and experimental analysis of Professors ontogenetic processes. Special emphasis on human Jeffrey R. Alberts*, John E. Bates*, Geoffrey Bingham*, development. Thomas A. Busey*, Jonathon Crystal*, Brian D'Onofrio*, • PSY-P 503 Complex Cognitive Processes Joseph Farley*, Peter Finn*, Preston Evans Garraghty*, (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in psychology or Jason Gold*, Julia R. Heiman*, William Hetrick*, Edward consent of instructor. A survey of topics in human R. Hirt*, Amy Holtzworth-Munroe*, John K. Kruschke*, information processing, including attention, short- Brian F. O’Donnell*, Dale R. Sengelaub*, Richard Viken*, term storage, long-term retention, retrieval from Cara L. Wellman* memory, concept attainment, problem solving, speech perception, and psycholinguistics. Associate Professors • PSY-P 504 Learning and Motivation Heather Bradshaw*, Joshua Brown*, Karin Harman (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in psychology or James*, Thomas W. James*, Michael Jones*, Sharlene D. consent of instructor. Introduction to theory and Newman*, Anne Prieto*, Robert Rydell*, Chen Yu* experimental literature in learning and motivation. Focus on nonhuman behavior. Assistant Professors • PSY-P 506 Sensory Psychology Daniel Kennedy*, Anne Krendl*, David Landy, Cara Lewis, (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in psychology or Mary Murphy*, Ehren Newman*, Franco Pestilli* consent of instructor. Introduction to methods and research in sensory psychology. Clinical Assistant Professor • PSY-P 507 Theories of Learning (3 cr.) Survey, Brittany Brothers comparison, and critical analysis of modern theories of learning, from Thorndike to present. Professor of Practice • PSY-P 510 Principles of Research in Psychology (3 cr.) Principles of construction and testing Jeffrey Huber of psychological theories; experimental and Senior Lecturers nonexperimental designs; requirements of valid inference; measurement of psychological constructs; Linda Hoke-Sinex, Benjamin Motz, Cynthia Patton, research methods including laboratory studies, Alan Roberts, Lisa Thomassen, Scott Thompson, Irene surveys, observation methods. Vlachos-Weber • PSY-P 514 Methods in Biopsychology Lecturer (2 cr.) P: K300 or equivalent, course in laboratory psychology. Training in research techniques in Richard Hullinger sensory and physiological psychology. Director of Clinical Training • PSY-P 517 Methods in the Direct Observation of Behavior (3 cr.)P: P553 or its equivalent. Reviews Brian D’Onofrio* current use of observational techniques in the study of animal and human behavior, and critically Courses considers the development of coding schemes and Courses in the department numbered below P400 are strategies of data recording and analysis. not acceptable as credit toward a graduate degree • PSY-P 519 Current Theories of Personality in psychological and brain sciences. Students in the (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing, consent of instructor. psychology Ph.D. program may not take a 400-level Original writings of major contemporary theorists of course for graduate credit if an equivalent higher-level personality. graduate course is available. • PSY-P 525 Classical Conditioning (3 cr.) Critical evaluation of experimental literature. Emphasis on Undergraduates may, by consent of the instructor, register methodological and theoretical issues. in and receive credit for graduate courses (number P500 • PSY-P 526 Neurobiology of Learning and and above). Ordinarily such consent is not granted unless Memory (3 cr.) Comprehensive survey of the the student has completed 20 credit hours of psychology. cellular and molecular bases of associative and • PSY-P 500 Psychology for Graduate Students nonassociative forms of learning and memory. (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Vertebrate and invertebrate model systems and Basic psychological principles. For students with little preparations as well as data obtained from the or no previous training in psychology. human neuropsychology literature will be studied. • PSY-P 501 Research Issues in Clinical • PSY-P 527 Developmental Psychobiology Psychology (3 cr.)P: Graduate standing in (3 cr.) Ontogeny of sensory-motor behavior psychology or consent of instructor. A research- and its underlying anatomical and physiological oriented survey of psychopathy, assessment, and development. psychotherapy. Models of psychological disorder; • PSY-P 528 Experimental Analysis of Economic strategies of etiological research; test construction Behavior (3 cr.)P: Graduate standing or permission and clinical prediction; research on process and of instructor. Relations between experimental outcomes of psychotherapy. Credit not given for both psychology and microeconomics: basic concepts, P501 and P530. theory, and research. • PSY-P 502 Developmental Psychology • PSY-P 530 Clinical Psychology (3 cr.) P: Graduate (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in psychology or standing and consent of instructor. Introduction 356 September 6, 2017

to clinical psychology as an experimental- Experimental design and data interpretation. behavioral science, with an emphasis on theoretical, Elementary probability theory, statistical distribution, methodological, and ethical issues basic to clinical classical and nonparametric tests of hypotheses, research and professional practice. point and interval estimation. Relations between • PSY-P 533 Introduction to Bayesian Data statistical models and experimental controls. Analysis I (3 cr.) P: Basic calculus (e.g., MATH • PSY-P 554 Advanced Statistics in Psychology II M212 or equiv.) and computer programming (e.g., (3 cr.) P: K300 or equivalent. Statistical inference CSCI A201 or equivalent). Introduction to Bayesian applied to problems in psychological research. analysis of data from simple experiment designs Experimental design and data interpretation. using hierarchical models and Monte Carlo methods. Elementary probability theory, statistical distribution, • PSY-P 534 Introduction to Bayesian Data classical and nonparametric tests of hypotheses, Analysis II (3 cr.) P: Basic calculus (e.g., MATH point and interval estimation. Relations between M212 or equiv.) and computer programming (e.g., statistical models and experimental controls. CSCI A201 or equivalent). Introduction to Bayesian • PSY-P 557 Representation of Structure in analysis of data from simple experiment designs Psychological Data (3 cr.)P: P553 or consent using hierarchical models and Monte Carlo methods. of instructor. Survey of multidimensional scaling, • PSY-P 536 Theory of Tests and Measurements clustering, choice theory, and signal detection ap- (3 cr.) P: P553. Survey of test and measurement proaches to modeling similarity and classification. procedures; classical test theories, statistical Theory and application. theories; models of tests. • PSY-P 564 Psychophysics (3 cr.) P: P553 • PSY-P 540 Principles of Psychological or consent of instructor. Classical and modern Assessment and Prediction (3 cr.) P: P553- methods for investigation of sensory-perceptual P554 or equivalent. Concepts of validity and processes. Application of signal detectability theory reliability. Concepts of validity and reliability. to psychophysics; emphasis on current research Diagnostic devices viewed as bases for decisions. on detection and recognition of auditory signals in Classification. Comparison of methods of making noise. predictions about individuals. • PSY-P 565 Psychophysics of Vision • PSY-P 544 Introduction to fMRI Measurement (3 cr.) P: P553 or consent of instructor. Critical and Analysis (3 cr.)P: Graduate student standing. evaluation of research literature on visual functions Students will learn the theory and methods of of brightness, color, and spatial discrimination. neuroimaging with a particular emphasis on • PSY-P 569 Stress Effects on Brain and Behavior functional MRI. Specific topics include experimental (3 cr.) P: NEUS-N 500 and NEUS-N 501 or design, data acquisition, data analysis, data equivalent, or permission of instructor. Examination interpretation and data presentation. Also covered of the neural and behavioral effects of stress, from are introductory MR physics and the physiology of cellular to systems level. Topics include physiology blood oxygen-level dependent (BOLD) changes. of the stress response, effects of stress across the • PSY-P 546 Neurophysiological Techniques: lifespan, stress effects on learning and memory Theory and Methods (3 cr.) P: Consent of and its neural substrates, sex differences in stress instructor. Covers theory and methods underlying effects, and stress and psychopathology. neurophysiological techniques with a particular • PSY-P 590 Readings in Psychological and Brain emphasis on electroencephalography/event-related Sciences (1-6 cr.)Readings and study in special potentials and transcranial magnetic stimulation. topics of Psychological and Brain Sciences with Specific topics include neurophysiological recording guidance from a member, or members, of the principles, stimulus delivery/experimental design, faculty. technical issues, basic data acquisition and analysis • PSY-P 595 First-Year Research Seminar techniques and interpretation. Some basic principles (2-3 cr.) Presentation and discussion of first-year of neural source modeling will also be covered. graduate student research projects. This is a 3 cr. methods graduate course designed • PSY-P 605 Introduction to Mathematical for graduate students who are pursuing research Psychology (3 cr.) P: P553 or consent of instructor. projects in neuroimaging. Course content is unique. Current applications of mathematics to psychology. An alternative 3 cr. methods course for graduate stu- • PSY-P 615 Developmental Psychology I dents who are pursuing neuroimaging projects is (3 cr.) P: P553 or consent of instructor. An analysis P650 Neuroimaging: Theory and Methods. of developmental processes in humans and • PSY-P 552 Special Topics in Social Neuroscience nonhumans. Emphasis on the study of mechanisms (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A graduate level that control the ontogeny of sensory, motor, seminar-based course offering devoted to current cognitive, and language systems. topical issues in social neuroscience, with a • PSY-P 620 Attitudes and Attitude Change particular focus on the functional neuroanatomy (3-3 cr.) P: P320, P511, or consent of instructor. and neural mechanisms underlying human social Conceptions of the attitude construct and theories of cognition. Individual student assessment is based attitude formation and change. on presented seminars and class participation. • PSY-P 623 Psychology of Language Instructor permission is required for enrollment. (3 cr.) Psycholinguistic events, including • PSY-P 553 Advanced Statistics in Psychology I communicative speech, gestures, and symbolic (3 cr.) P: K300 or equivalent. Statistical inference behavior. Interrelations between linguistic and other applied to problems in psychological research. September 6, 2017 357

psychological processes in individual and social • PSY-P 648 Choice Behavior (3 cr.) P: P553 or situations. consent of instructor. Preferential choice under • PSY-P 624 Principles of Psychopathology conditions of certainty. Critical review of the (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and consent of properties and limitations of current theories of instructor. Description of the phenomena of choice and scaling. psychopathology and the principles associated with • PSY-P 650 Neuroimaging: Theory and Methods their classification. (3 cr.) Covers theory and methods of neuroimaging • PSY-P 625 Operant Conditioning (3 cr.) A survey with a particular emphasis on functional MRI. and interpretation of research findings on problems Specific topics include experimental design, data of systematic interest for a general science of acquisition, data analysis, data interpretation, and behavior, with emphasis on recent work. data presentation. Also covers introductory MR • PSY-P 631 Intervention and Evaluation physics and the physiology of blood oxygen-level (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A systematic dependent (BOLD) changes. comparison of theories of psychotherapy and • PSY-P 651 Perception/Action (3 cr.) P: Consent behavior change. Introduction to evaluation of instructor. Coverage includes event perception, techniques appropriate to applied settings. optical flow analysis (aperture problem, • PSY-P 634 Advanced Survey of Community correspondence problem, structure from motion, Psychology (3 cr.) P: 15 credit hours of psychology sensory psychophysics, contact with machine or consent of instructor. A survey of issues vision), problems in motor coordination and control and research in community psychology. Topics (motor equivalence, degrees of freedom problem, covered include the role of conceptual models contact with physiology of movement and robotics). in guiding intervention practices; research in Focus on the relation between perception and social epidemiology, prevention, consultation, and action. organizational and community change. • PSY-P 654 Multivariate Analysis (3 cr.) P: P553- • PSY-P 637 Neurobiology of Addictions P554. Survey of multivariate statistical methods; (3 cr.) P: N500 and N501 and N612 (or permission partial, multiple, and canonical correlation, factor of instructor). P637 provides students an intensive analysis, discriminant analysis, classification overview of the fundamentals, state-of-the-art procedures, profile analysis, and multivariate advances, new frontiers, and major gaps in our analysis of variance. understanding of the neurobiology of addiction. • PSY-P 657 Topical Seminar (arr. cr.) Topics of Applicable to understanding the study of drug/ current interest, with intensive critical examination substance and addiction, cellular processes of appropriate literature. Different staff member in of learning and memory, neuroadaptation, charge each semester. motivation and reward, etc. within neuroscience and • PSY-P 658 Mathematical Models in Psychology psychology. I (4 cr.) P: P605 or consent of instructor. Intensive • PSY-P 638 Experimental Psychology of Reading study of mathematical models employed in (3 cr.) Examination of the component stages of the experimental psychology: learning, perception, reading process. Focuses on how visual information reaction time, social processes. Emphasis on prob- is processed within the framework of information ability methods. processing and psycholinguistics. Topics to be • PSY-P 659 Mathematical Models in Psychology considered include alphabets, phonetics and II (4 cr.) P: P605 or consent of instructor. Intensive phonology, letter recognition, word and sentence study of mathematical models employed in processing, cognitive bases of reading, and methods experimental psychology: learning, perception, currently employed in teaching reading. reaction time, social processes. Emphasis on prob- • PSY-P 641 Assessment (3 cr.) P: Consent of ability methods. instructor. Review of research and theory on • PSY-P 660 The Teaching of Psychology methods of gathering information about individuals. (1 cr.) Open to advanced graduate students. • PSY-P 644 Attention and Short-Term Memory Problems of selection, organization, and (3 cr.) Analysis of the experimental literature and presentation of psychological knowledge to theories of human attention and short-term memory, undergraduates. Emphasis on introductory lecture including visual and verbal systems and forgetting. and laboratory courses. • PSY-P 645 Learning and Long-Term Memory • PSY-P 667 Neuropsychopharmacology (3 cr.) Analysis of the experimental literature and (3 cr.) Analysis of neural mechanisms of drug effects theories of human learning and long-term memory, on animal and human behavior, based on behavioral including forgetting, organization, sentence memory, and biological experiments. and nonverbal memory. • PSY-P 669 Neurobiology of Behavioral • PSY-P 647 Decision Making under Uncertainty Disorders (3 cr.) P: N500 and N501, and at least (3 cr.) P: P553 or consent of instructor. Detailed one other graduate course in neuroscience or survey of decision making under uncertainty. behavioral neuroscience. Neural mechanisms Theories, data, and application of decision mak- underlying selected neurological and psychological ing in situations involving imperfect (probabilistic) dysfunctions. information; preference and inference in judgment. • PSY-P 686 Current Psychological Literature I Applications covered include learning, risky choice, (1 cr.) Review of current psychological journals. diagnostic decisions, group decisions. • PSY-P 687 Current Psychological Literature II (1 cr.) Review of current psychological journals. 358 September 6, 2017

• PSY-P 690 Practicum in Clinical Psychology G901 is not offered in the summer and is limited (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Review of current to a maximum of six semesters. For verification of psychological journals. eligibility and to receive a class permission, please • PSY-P 695 Second-Year Research Seminar contact the Academic Services Coordinator. (1-2 cr.) Presentation and discussion of second-year • PSY-P 560 An Embodied Approach to the graduate student research projects. Development of Brain and Behavior (3 cr.) • PSY-P 700 Research and Theory in Social Learning is dependent on our sensori-motor Psychology (0-2 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. experiences in the world that are determined by Four semesters required for graduate students in brain and body development. In this course, we will Social Psychology, one for credit. Meets weekly. critically review primary research articles and book Invited speakers will sometimes present colloquia. chapters that pertain to how bodily encounters with Students taking the course for 1 credit will be the environment shape brain development, and thus, required to participate in discussions and readings. human behavior. For 2 credits, students will be required to make a • PSY-P 561 Human Memory (3 cr.) Research presentation. Mostly, students will present their own theory and data on human memory and information research. processing models of memory. • PSY-P 701 Research and Theory in • PSY-P 664 Embodied Cognition and Ecological Developmental Science (0-2 cr.)Four semesters Psychology (3 cr.) Proponents of "embodied required for PhD students in Developmental cognition" argue that embodiment should be part of Psychology. Meets weekly. All students must the solution to problems of cognition, perception, and present at least once a semester. Most will present action. J.J. Gibson argued similarly in his Ecological their own research. Approach, but Embodied Cognition is not Ecological • PSY-P 717 Evolutionary Bases of Learning Psychology. The course addresses Ecological (3 cr.) P: Written consent of instructor. Examines and Embodied approaches to Psychology, their learning as an evolved ability which equips differences and similarities. organisms to deal with predictable variability in the • PSY-P 734 Community Intervention (3 cr.) environment. Compares ethological, comparative, Theories and concepts of change in community and general process approaches to the study of systems. Ecological conceptions of human learning. adaptation. Research methods for defining • PSY-P 720 Dyadic Interaction (3 cr.) P: P320, problems, monitoring processes and assessing P511, or consent of instructor. General models outcomes of changes in social systems. Models of dyadic interaction; theories and research on of intervention with emphasis on community affiliation, interpersonal attraction, and the devel- participation, collaboration and accountability. opment, maintenance, and dissolution of social relationships. Public Affairs • PSY-P 721 Group Processes (3 cr.) P: P320, School of Public and Environmental Affairs P511, or consent of instructor. Theories and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] research on intergroup processes. Topics will vary but may include social identification, stigmatization, (Note: Be sure to specify the program in which you are power differentials, group decision making, interested when sending mail.) conformity, minority influence, norms, social Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~spea/ dilemmas, intergroup conflict. • PSY-P 736 Child Psychopathology (3 cr.) Seminar (Please note that when conferring University Graduate on serious behavior disturbances of children. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Comparisons with development of normal child University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements interacting with family. contained only in The University Graduate School • PSY-P 747 Seminar in Cognitive Psychology Bulletin.) (1-3 cr.) Selected topics. Curriculum • PSY-P 820 Social Perception (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing in psychology or consent of instructor. Degrees Offered Critical review of theoretical and experimental Doctor of Philosophy in Public Affairs; Doctoral Minors in literature concerning knowledge of others as Nonprofit Management, Public Management, Regional intervening variable in social behavior. Economic Development, and Urban Affairs. • PSY-P 895 Research (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Doctor of Philosophy in Public Affairs • PSY-P 898 Master’s Degree Research The Doctoral Program in Public Affairs was created (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred to take advantage of the unique strengths of SPEA’s grade. interdisciplinary faculty and research programs, both of which have earned wide recognition from peer • PSY-P 899 Ph.D. Degree Research institutions, national and international agencies, and (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred professional groups. The curriculum equips students with grade. the necessary skills for independent research and analysis • PSY-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) This course of problems, issues, and solutions in government and the is eligible for a deferred grade. Students who have nonprofit sector in the following four major fields: completed 90 credit hours and all requirements for the Ph.D. are eligible to enroll in G901 for a flat fee. September 6, 2017 359

1. Public Finance: the theory and practice of fiscal approved by their Progress Review Committee, though a administration, including public budgeting, revenue prior Master’s degree is not required for admission. administration, and financial management; Core Requirements 2. Public Management: the design and operation of governmental institutions, including strategic/ The following three courses are required for all Public operations management and interrelationships Affairs students: between public and private organizations; 3. Public Policy Analysis: research methods and • SPEA-V 680 Research Design and Methods in quantitative techniques for policy analysis, including Public Affairs (3 cr.) the content, design, and evaluation of public • SPEA-M 621 Seminar in Teaching Public and programs; and Environmental Affairs (2 cr.) This course prepares 4. Environmental Policy: the study of and contribution students for college teaching and their professional to public policies that affect the environment, responsibilities toward current and future students. It both domestic and international, including legal, is taken in a student’s first year in the program. economic, and other policy tools and approaches. • SPEA-P 691 Workshop in Public Policy (0 -1 cr.) Instead of being grounded in a traditional academic Each student is required to take this zero to one-credit- discipline, each of the fields has developed from several hour course for credit for three semesters. The workshop theoretical literatures applied to real-world public affairs provides an experiential base that prepares students to problems. Although research is grounded in the social critique research in the field, prepare manuscripts for sciences, the context of inquiry reverses the normal publication, and to defend new ideas and theories. The research process. Instead of beginning with questions course meets once a week for 90 minutes. originating with discipline-based scholarship, the research Research Tool Skills process begins with public problems and issues. The research challenge, then, is to match available tools Required research skills include a two semester of inquiry to the research opportunities presented by quantitative analysis sequence and two additional elective problems. courses or proficiency in a foreign language. Admission The two-semester quantitative analysis sequence can be fulfilled a number of different ways, including one of the Students apply to the School of Public and Environmental sequences listed as follows: Affairs; those accepted are recommended to the University Graduate School for formal admission into • SPEA-V 606 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs the Ph.D. program. Application materials can be found I (3 cr.) and at http://graduate.indiana.edu/admissions/apply.shtml. SPEA-V 607 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs II Applicants to this program must have completed at least a bachelor’s degree. Prospective students are required • BUS-G 651 Economic Methods in Business I (3 cr.) to submit (1) a statement of purpose, which should be and as specific as possible and preferably should refer to potential research mentors by name; (2) official results BUS-G 652 Economic Methods in Business II (3 cr.) of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE); (3) official • ECON-E 572 Statistical Techniques in Economics II transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work (3 cr.) and completed; and (4) three letters of recommendation. Applicants whose native language is not English must ECON-E 671 Econometrics I (3 cr.) also submit results of the Test of English as a Foreign • POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) and Language (TOEFL). POLS-Y 577 Advanced Topics in Political Science (3 cr.) Progress Review Committee • SOC-S 554 Statistical Techniques in Sociology I (3 Early in the student’s program, but in no case later than cr.) and the third semester in the program, the student must form a progress review committee. The committee consists SOC-S 650 Statistical Techniques in Sociology II (3 cr.) of four to five members and includes at least one faculty member from each of the student’s two chosen major In addition, students must demonstrate either (1) fields of study and also a representative of his or her advanced proficiency in quantitative analysis or minor field. The committee members act as mentors specialized research skills by completing two additional and help monitor the selection and fulfillment of program courses approved by the student’s Progress Review requirements. The chairperson of the committee serves as Committee, or (2) proficiency in a language appropriate the student’s principal advisor. to his/her field of study and approved by the Progressive Review Committee. To qualify as language-proficient, a Degree Requirements student must take a language proficiency exam from the appropriate language department at Indiana University. The Ph.D. in Public Affairs degree requires the completion of at least 90 credit hours in advanced study and research Major Fields beyond the baccalaureate. Typically, two-thirds of the 90 credit hours are taken in formal course work and one- Students select two of the four SPEA Public Affairs major third in thesis credit. Students completing a Master’s in fields (identified below) to prepare for their qualifying Public Affairs or similar degree may be allowed to transfer some of their graduate course work (30 hours maximum) if 360 September 6, 2017 examinations. For each field, the student must complete • Internal minor field. For an internal minor field, required courses and approved electives. students may choose any one of the four major fields (public management, public finance, public The fields and the required courses are: policy analysis, and environmental policy) or one of Public Management—The design and operation of four minor fields (environmental studies, nonprofit government and not-for-profit institutions, including management, regional economic development, strategic/operations management and interrelationships urban and affairs) offered by SPEA. A four-course between public, private, and civil society organizations. sequence (12 credit hours) is negotiated between the student and the Progress Review Committee. Required courses: Students choosing a third major field for their PhD • SPEA-M 671 Public Organization and Management minor must take the required courses in that field. I (3 cr.) • Self-designed minor field. Students have the option • SPEA-M 672 Public Organization and Management of a self-designed minor to provide opportunities for II (3 cr.) specialized training without requiring the creation and approval of a defined minor field. A four-course Public Finance—The theory and practice of fiscal sequence (12 credit hours) is negotiated between administration, including public budgeting, revenue the student and the Progress Review Committee. administration, and financial management. Students may combine courses from SPEA and other academic units for their self-designed minor. Required courses: The University Graduate School must approve a • SPEA-F 666 Public Revenue (3 cr.) student’s proposal for a self-designed minor field • SPEA-F 668 Seminar in Public Budgeting (3 cr.) (see the University Graduate School Bulletin). Public Policy Analysis—Research methods and Courses taken as part of any minor field cannot count quantitative techniques for policy analysis, including the toward a major field. content, design, and evaluation of public programs. Major Junctures Required courses: Progress Review Committee • SPEA-P 664 Seminar in Policy Analysis (3 cr.) Each student is assigned an advisor on arrival in • SPEA-P 673 Public Policy Analysis and Bloomington. If the advisor sufficiently reflects a student’s Management Science/Operations Research (3 cr.) research interests, the student can request that the advisor serve as chairperson of the student’s Progress Environmental Policy—Economic, law, politics, and Review Committee. The student may also select another implementation of environmental policies in the U.S. and professor who is more suited to the student’s research abroad. interests. Required courses: At the end of the first year, the student develops a Progress Review Committee. The committee, in Economics: cooperation with the student, defines program objectives, • SPEA-R 625 Environmental Economics (3 cr.) supervises the selection and completion of the minor field, monitors overall progress toward completion of course Law: work requirements, and administers the qualifying exams. • SPEA-R 645 Environmental Law (3 cr.) or Members of the Progress Review Committee should • LAW-B 783 International Environmental Law (3 cr.) be scholars who know the student’s academic record and who are recognized experts in the fields in which Policy: the student will stand examination. The committee will consist of four to five members chosen by the student in • SPEA-P 710 Topics in Public Policy: Domestic consultation with the director of the Ph.D. program. At Environmental Policy (3 cr.) or least one member of the Progress Review Committee will • SPEA-P 710 Topics in Public Policy: International be chosen from each of the student’s two major fields. Environmental Policy (3 cr.) It is required that one member of the Progress Review Minor Field Committee be a non-School professor and represent the outside minor. Students select a minor field according to their research interests. Students have the option of taking either: an Third-Semester Review external minor field, and internal minor field, or a self- During the third semester, each student holds a third designed minor field. semester review meeting with the Progress Review • External minor field. For an external minor field, a Committee. The purpose of the meeting is to reach an three to five-course sequence is negotiated between agreement between the student and the committee the student and the Progress Review Committee, about the character and status of the student’s program. following the requirements of the department This meeting also serves as a formal evaluation of the or school offering a minor. Among the external student’s performance and prospects and includes a minor fields chosen by students in the program are presentation of a research paper prepared by the student. Economics, Finance, Political Science, Sociology, Before the meeting of the Progressive Review Committee, Organizational Behavior and Human Resource the student develops a Progress Review Statement. The Management, Statistics, and Geography. statement needs to include background professional September 6, 2017 361 and educational information, course work completed and responsible for determining whether the dissertation is planned in each concentration and for basic and advanced acceptable. tool skills, and tentative dates for taking qualifying exams and a discussion of a proposed dissertation topic. Once Placement approved by the committee, the statement serves as a The Ph.D. Office, the director of the program, and contract for the completion of degree requirements. individual faculty work hard to ensure that graduates In the progress review meeting, the committee members of the program are placed in academic or research review the student’s record of past and planned courses, organizations. Although the Public Affairs program has the likely dissertation topic, and the quality of the research only been operational since 1993, graduates have been paper and its presentation. The committee determines very successful recently in obtaining such positions. whether the proposed program of courses will prepare the Recent placements include Syracuse University, Brigham student for the examinations to be taken at the end of the Young University, University of Colorado, Ohio State course work as well as for the dissertation. University, Florida International University, Georgia State University, Iowa State University, the U.S. Department of The principal objective of the research paper is to allow Labor, National Taipei University, and Yonsei University in the faculty to judge whether the student has the ability South Korea. to complete all requirements for this research-oriented degree in a timely fashion. Thus, of most importance will Ph.D. Minor in Nonprofit Management (12 credit be that the paper demonstrates the student’s ability to hours) carry out reasonably independent research and write Students in a Ph.D. program at Indiana University may the results in a well-reasoned and coherent fashion. The select nonprofit management as an outside minor. paper should also demonstrate that the student has a The nonprofit management minor enables students good command of the literature in the area and has the to broaden their field of study by enhancing their ability to use appropriate research methods in carrying knowledge of management and governance issues in the out the analysis. It is anticipated that the progress review nonprofit sector. Students pursuing the minor in nonprofit paper will be a revision of a substantial research paper management are able to develop and address research prepared to fulfill a requirement for a regular course. (The agendas incorporating questions related to nonprofit student can, however, submit an entirely new paper to organization and their management. fulfill this requirement.) The paper should be of a quality warranting presentation at a professional society meeting. Course Requirements Qualifying Examinations The doctoral student must secure an advisor from the faculty of the School of Public and Environmental Students are required to sit for qualifying exams in Affairs (SPEA). The faculty advisor will serve as the their two major fields. SPEA field exams employ a representative of SPEA in all examinations and other standard format for all students in a field and are requirements of the student’s Ph.D. program that pertain offered at predetermined times each year. Each exam is to the minor. administered by a team of faculty and organized by an exam coordinator for each field. Students will receive a The minor in nonprofit management requires 12 credit high pass, pass, qualified pass, or a fail for each of the hours of courses approved by the advisor. Three of the two exams. Students receiving a qualified pass will be four courses must be SPEA courses. The additional asked to re-take portions of the exam, or complete an oral course may come from SPEA or from any of a variety examination. Upon completion of the exam, signatures of disciplines relevant to nonprofit management. Some of the Committee members and Program Director are examples of courses appropriate for the SPEA minor in required on the Report of Preliminary Examination nonprofit management are listed below. Committee form. If there is an exam requirement in the minor department, then you must also complete a third Special Requirement for 500-level Courses exam. Students taking a 500-level course (and M602) are Dissertation required to show that they have completed doctoral-level After filing for candidacy status, the doctoral candidate work in conjunction with the course in order to count the forms a Research Committee consisting of at least four course for the minor. Students must alert the instructor faculty members, including one representative of the to their doctoral status and request additional/alternative candidate’s minor field. This committee may be but is not assignments. If the instructor is unwilling to do this, the necessarily identical to the Progress Review Committee. student should select a different course in conjunction with The selection of Research Committee members should the candidate’s advisor. reflect the dissertation topic and the expertise of the A minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 (B) faculty chosen. must be attained in all courses used for the minor. The candidate prepares a dissertation proposal to present Courses and defend in a meeting of the Research Committee. The Research Committee reviews the research proposal and • SPEA-N 521 The Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector (3 requires changes as needed. cr.) • SPEA-N 522 Human Resource Management in Once the dissertation research is completed, the Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) candidate defends the thesis in an open oral examination • SPEA-N 523 Civil Society and Public Policy (3 cr.) meeting. The Research Committee is ultimately 362 September 6, 2017

• SPEA-N 524 Civil Society in Comparative student’s minor advisor. One of the two electives Perspective (3 cr.) may be outside of SPEA. • SPEA-N 525 Management in the Nonprofit Sector (3 3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 (B) cr.) must be maintained. • SPEA-F 526 Financial Management for Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Urban Affairs (12 credit hours) Students in doctoral programs at Indiana University may, • SPEA-N 558 Fund Development for Nonprofits (3 with the consent of their advisory committee, choose cr.) urban affairs as an outside minor. The minor is flexible and • SPEA-P 562 Public Program Evaluation (1-3) is designed by students and their advisors in accordance • SPEA-M 602 Strategic Management of Public and with students’ needs. Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) • SPEA-M 672 Public Organization and Management Requirements II (3 cr.) 1. The doctoral candidate must secure an advisor from • SPEA-V 685 Research Seminar in Management (3 the faculty of the School of Public and Environmental cr.) Affairs. This faculty advisor serves as the school’s Ph.D. Minor in Public Management (12 credit hours) representative in all examinations or other minor Students in doctoral programs at Indiana University may, program requirements of the candidate’s Ph.D. with the consent of their advisory committee, select public program. The advisor determines the character of management as an outside minor. the minor examination (if any), participates in the candidate’s oral examinations, and certifies that the Requirements candidate has met the requirements of the minor. 2. The candidate must take at least 12 credit hours 1. The doctoral candidate must secure an advisor of graduate-level courses related to urban affairs. from the faculty of the School of Public and The selection of courses must be approved by the Environmental Affairs. The faculty advisor serves as candidate’s SPEA advisor. the representative of SPEA in all examinations and other requirements of the student’s Ph.D. program 3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 (B) that pertain to the minor. must be maintained. 2. The student must take at least 12 credit hours of Faculty SPEA graduate-level courses in public management. The choice of courses must be approved by the Dean advisor. John D. Graham 3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 (B) Director must be maintained. Professor Sergio Fernandez* Ph.D. Minor in Regional Economic Development (12 credit hours) Graduate Faculty The minor field in regional economic development involves (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University study in the topics facing regional planners, developmental Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct specialists, and researchers; and an introduction to the doctoral dissertations.) body of knowledge in regional development and urban University President Emeritus policy. The study of regional economic development and urban policy broadens students’ perspectives, and Adam Herbert, John W. Ryan* students may apply this knowledge to a research agenda that incorporates regional developmental and urban policy Arthur F. Bentley Professor questions. The student is expected to have studied both Elinor S. Ostrom* micro- and macroeconomics before beginning the minor program. Chancellor’s Professors Requirements John L. Mikesell*, James L. Perry* (Emeritus), William M. 1. The director of the Institute for Development Plater* (Indianapolis) Strategies serves as minor advisor. The advisor Distinguished Professors ensures that prerequisites have been met and certifies that the candidate has met the requirements David B. Audretsch*, Ronald A. Hites* of the minor. An examination may be required at the discretion of the advisor. Professors 2. The candidate must take at least 12 credit hours Robert Agranoff* (Emeritus), A. James Barnes*, Wolfgang of approved courses, which must include 2 core Bielefeld* (Emeritus) (Indianapolis), Lisa Blomgren courses and 6 credit hours of electives. The Amsler*, William R. Black* (Emeritus), Charles Bonser* core curriculum consists of SPEA-V 622 Urban (Emeritus), Christopher B. Craft*, Sergio Fernandez*, Beth Economic Development and SPEA-V 669 Economic Gazley*, Kirsten A. Grønbjerg*, Hendrick M. Haitjema* Development, Globalization, and Entrepreneurship. (Emeritus), Shiela Suess Kennedy* (Indianapolis), This course is cross-listed as GEOG-G 817 Seminar Robert Kravchuk*, Leslie Lenkowsky*, Eugene B. in Regional Geography. The elective courses may McGregor* (Emeritus), Michael McGuire*, Debra J. come from a variety of disciplines, and must be Mesch* (Indianapolis), Theodore K. Miller* (Emeritus), selected in consultation with and approved by the Samuel Nunn* (Indianapolis), Patrick O. O’Meara*, Clinton September 6, 2017 363

V. Oster* (Emeritus), John R. Ottensman* (Indianapolis), human performance: biomechanics, exercise physiology, Roger B. Parks* (Emeritus), James Perry* (Emeritus), motor learning/control, and sport management. Maureen Pirog*, J. C. Randolph* (Emeritus),Rafael Reuveny*, Edwardo L. Rhodes* (Emeritus), Barry M. In addition, the School of Public Health offers the following Rubin*, Richard S. Rubin* (Emeritus), Adrian Sargeant* graduate degrees: Master of Public Health, Master of (Indianapolis), Roy Shin* (Emeritus), Philip S. Stevens*, Science in Applied Health Science, Master of Science in Tim A. Tilton* (Emeritus), Jeffrey R. White*, Lois Re- Kinesiology, and Master of Science in Recreation. Dual cascino Wise* (Emerita), Charles Kurt Zorn* degrees include, (1) Master of Public Health and Juris Doctorate, (2) Master of Public Health and Master of Associate Professors Arts in Russian and East European Studies (3) Master of Public Health and Master of Arts in African Studies, Claudia Avellaneda*,Terry L. Baumer* (Emeritus) and (4) Master of Public Health and Master of Arts (Indianapolis), Lehn Benjamin* (Indianapolis), Sanya in Caribbean, and Latin American Studies. For dual Carley*, Beth Cate*, Crystal A. Garcia* (Indianapo- degrees, students must be admitted by both units. For full lis), Beth A. Gazley, Michael Gleeson* (Emeritus) information on degrees, see this Bulletin and the School of (Indianapolis), Brad Heim*, David Henning Good*, Diane Public Health-Bloomington Bulletin. S. Henshel*, G. Roger Jarjoura* (Indianapolis), Craig L. Johnson*, David Konisky*, Kerry Krutilla*, Deanna Special School Requirements Malatesta*, Yan Yun Zhang (Joyce) Man*, Vicky J. Meretsky*, Ashlyn Nelson*, Jill Nicholson-Crotty*, Sean (See also general Graduate School requirements.) Nicholson-Crotty*, Douglas Noonan (Indianapolis), D. Doctor of Philosophy Jeanne Patterson* (Emerita), Flynn W. Picardal*, Kenna Admission Requirements F. Quinet* (Indianapolis), Ken R. Richards*, Justin Ross*, Todd Royer*, Dan Simon*, Thomas Stucky* (Indianapolis), Applicants for the Ph.D. in environmental health, Anh Tran epidemiology, health behavior, human performance, or leisure behavior must possess an appropriate academic Assistant Professors background in the physical, biological, social, and Shahzeen Attari, Matthew Baggetta, Jennifer Brass, behavioral sciences. Prescribed deficiency work ordinarily Julia Carboni (Indianapolis), Deanna Carson cannot be counted among credits required for the degree. (Indianapolis), Jeremy Carter (Indianapolis),Cali Curley Other admission criteria are grade point averages earned (Indianapolis),Jamie Daniel (Indianapolis), Sameeksha in all undergraduate and graduate work, scores on the Desai, Jerome Dumorter (Indianapolis), Denvil Graduate Record Examination General Test, and letters Duncan, Seth Freedman, Brad Fulton, Jeff Gruenewald of recommendation from professors or others who are (Indianapolis), Catherine Herrold (Indianapolis), able to evaluate the applicant’s potential for success in Alex Hollingsworth, Antung A. Liu, Cullen C. Merritt advanced graduate study. Admission applications can (Indianapolis), Kimberly Novick, Seth B. Payton be completed online. For application instructions, please (Indianapolis), Victoria Perez, Jonathon Raff, Bradley R. visit: http://bulletins.iu.edu/iub/phb/2016-2017/graduate/ Ray (Indianapolis), Amanda Rutherford, Abdul-Akeem admission/application.shtml . Sadiq (Indianapolis), Allison Schnable, Joesph Shaw, Course Requirements Marlene Walk (Indianapolis), Wen Wang (Indianapolis), Adam Ward, Coady Wing A minimum of 90 graduate-level semester credits are required beyond the baccalaureate degree, including: Academic Advisor • a major area of emphasis (minimum 30 credits). Professor Sergio Fernandez*, SPEA 441, (812) 855-2457 • research skills courses in statistics and research School of Public Health methodology (minimum 9 credits). • at least one minor (minimum 9 credits). School of Public Health-Bloomington • supportive electives. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] • dissertation (20-30 credits). Departmental URL: www.publichealth.indiana.edu Deficiencies in course work must be removed during the (Please note that when conferring University Graduate first year of study. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, A minimum of 9 credits, excluding courses taken to The University Graduate School’s staff uses only those complete the research and languages requirement, must requirements contained in The University Graduate School be taken outside of the student’s major department. Bulletin.) A maximum of 30 credits from another institution may Curriculum be transferred for application to a doctoral degree. Each Curriculum Courses Faculty student’s faculty advisory committee must approve Degrees Offered courses before they may be transferred from another institution for use in the doctoral degree. The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) is a research degree especially designed to prepare graduates for careers Frequent involvement in research projects (with or without devoted to the following fields of study: environmental academic credit) is essential to the program. health, epidemiology, health behavior, leisure behavior, Grades and human performance. There are four emphases under 364 September 6, 2017

All doctoral students must maintain a grade point average 2. reading proficiency in one foreign language plus of at least 3.0 (B). Grades of C- (1.7) and below will completion of a minimum of 5 credits of approved be calculated in the student’s grade point average, but research skill course work. courses in which such grades are earned cannot be counted toward degree requirements. A minimum grade Ph.D. degree students in Epidemiology may complete this of 3.0 (B) is required in each course used to satisfy the requirement in one of the following two ways: research skill requirement. A minimum of grade of 3.0 1. completion of a minimum total of thirteen credits (13 (B) is required in each course which is transferred from cr.), including: another institution for use in the doctoral degree. Courses 1. SPH-E 794 Doctoral Seminar in Epidemiology from another institution, with grades of S (satisfactory) (a minimum of 3 cr., 1 cr. per semester) or P (passing) may not be transferred for use in the 90 2. SPH-E 894 Doctoral Competency Evaluation credits required for the degree. (1 cr.) Common Prerequisite 3. Nine credits of courses, such as advanced biostatistics, providing required skills to All Ph.D. degree students in the School of Public Health- conduct research. (9 cr.). Bloomington are required to complete a basic, graduate- level statistics course, such as SPH-Q 501, Introduction 2. reading proficiency in one foreign language, plus a to Statistics in Public Health (3 cr.). This course, or its minimum total of nine (9 cr.), including completion of: equivalent from another Indiana University department 1. SPH-E 794 Doctoral Seminar in Epidemiology or from another university, must be completed as a (a minimum of 3 cr., 1 cr. per semester) prerequisite to major course work. Credit for SPH-Q 501 2. SPH-E 894 Doctoral Competency Evaluation or any statistics course at the same basic level, may (1 cr.) not count toward a Ph.D. degree student’s 90 required 3. At least five credits of course work, such as credits. However, a student's faculty advisory committee advanced biostatistics, providing required skills may waive this prerequisite requirement upon successful to conduct research. (5 cr.). completion of a more advanced, graduate-level, statistics course at Indiana University, or at another institution. At The option pursued must clearly enhance the student’s the discretion of the student's faculty advisory committee, ability to pursue research in the specific field of study credit for statistics courses, which are more advanced and must have the approval of the student’s advisory than SPH-Q 501, may count in the 90 required credits for committee and the associate dean of research and the degree. graduate studies. Research skills may be selected from, Common Requirements but are not limited to, areas such as computer science, mathematics, electronics, engineering, chemistry, and All Ph.D. degree students in the School of Public Health- statistics. Bloomington are required to complete the following three requirements: Ph.D. Majors • SPH-X 590, Introduction to Research in Health, Ph.D. track in Environmental Health Kinesiology, and Recreation (3 cr.), or its equivalent. (Note: This course must be completed as a For each doctoral student in this academic program, prerequisite to major course work.) a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a • SPH-X 505, Principles and Foundations of Public minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student Health (3 cr.), or its equivalent. (Note: Students must complete in the environmental health major. The who have previously completed an MPH degree prescribed course work focuses on influences and from an accredited school of public health, or effects of environmental factors on human health and accredited public health program, are exempt from disease. The prescribed research skill courses, along this requirement. Students who are completing with those courses prescribed in the major, minor, and requirements concurrently for an M.P.H. degree elective portions of each student’s course prescription, and a Ph.D. degree are also exempt from this are selected to provide students with the scientific, requirement.) technological, policy, and management skills needed to • SPH-E 651, Epidemiology (3 cr.), or its equivalent. address environmental, toxicological, and occupational health concerns. This program exists to prepare health A Ph.D. degree student's advisory committee will scientists to conduct lab-based research and share determine whether or not the credit earned to satisfy the results in an effort to advance the discipline of the three requirements above will count toward in the environmental health. student's 90 required credits. Ph.D. track in Epidemiology Ph.D. degree course work components Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement For each doctoral student in this academic program, School of Public Health-Bloomington Ph.D. degree 24 of the 30 required major credits are prescribed in students in all majors except for Epidemiology may this bulletin. The student’s faculty advisory committee complete this requirement in one of the following two individually prescribes the remaining 6 major credits. ways: When appropriate, the student’s faculty advisory committee may approve the substitution of other course 1. completion of an approved combination of research work for required major courses listed below. The skill course work (9-credit minimum). prescribed major course work focuses on distribution September 6, 2017 365 and patterns of health-events and provides statistical For each doctoral student in this academic program, methodology on topics in human health. The prescribed a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a research skill courses, along with those courses minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student must prescribed in the major, minor and elective portions of complete in the human performance major. For students each student's course prescription, are selected to prepare with an emphasis in biomechanics, the major coursework the student to design and conduct research yielding involves an application of the laws of mechanics to advancements in the field of epidemiology. human structure and function in an effort to maximize athletic performance. The prescribed research skill The requirements for the epidemiology major are as as courses, along with those courses prescribed in the major, follows: minor, and elective portions of each student’s course • SPH-E 658 Intermediate Epidemiology (3 cr.) prescription, are selected to prepare the student to design • SPH-E 659 Intermediate Epidemiological Methods (3 and conduct research yielding achievements in the field of cr.) biomechanics. • SPH-Q 612 Survival Analysis (3 cr.) Ph.D. track in Human Performance with and emphasis • SPH-Q 603 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) in exercise physiology • SPH-Q 605 Statistical Analysis of Multi-level and Longitudinal Data (3 cr.) For each doctoral student in this academic program, • SPH-E 758 Advanced Epidemiology (3 cr.) a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a • SPH-E 759 Advanced Epidemiological Methods (3 minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student must cr.) complete in the human performance major. For students • SPH-E 790 The Logic and Rationale of with an emphasis in exercise physiology, the major Epidemiologic Research: Advanced Research coursework serves to build the student's understanding of Methodology (3 cr.) how the various cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems • Epidemiology major coursework to be prescribed by respond to challenges posed by exercise and physical the doctoral advisory committee (6 cr.) training, with the primary goal of achievement of optimal performance. The prescribed research skill courses, along Ph.D. track in Health Behavior with those courses prescribed in the major, minor, and elective portions of each student’s course prescription, For each doctoral student in this academic program, are selected to prepare the student to design and conduct a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a research yielding achievements in the field of exercise minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student must physiology. complete in the health behavior major. Research and creative activities include both basic and applied work in Ph.D. track in Human Performance with and emphasis program planning, development, evaluation of the program in motor learning/control effectiveness; health policy and management; and examination of lifestyle and health behavior in relation to For each doctoral student in this academic program, nutrition, exercise, stress, alcohol, tobacco and other drug a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a abuse, individual development and family health, health minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student and aging, communicable disease, human sexuality, and must complete in the human performance major. For related areas. The recommended research skill courses, students with an emphasis in motor learning/control, this along with those courses included in the major, minor, coursework focuses on the neuromuscular aspects related and elective portions of each student’s customized course to the control of human movement and learning. A variety prescription, prepare the student to conduct scholarly of neuroscience courses related to the control of human inquiry in a topic that is selected from a broad spectrum of movement are prescribed. The prescribed research skill issues and problems related to disease prevention, health courses, along with those courses prescribed in the promotion and quality of life. major, minor, and elective portions of each student’s course prescription, are selected to prepare the student Ph.D. track in Leisure Behavior to design and conduct research yielding advancements in the field of motor learning and motor control. General For each doctoral student in this academic program, research topics include strength acquisition, goal-directed a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a movement control, and the effects of human aging on minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student must movement execution with emphasis given to postural complete in the leisure behavior major. For students with control and balance. an emphasis in leisure behavior, this prescribed course work is focused on the study of recreation, leisure, and Ph.D. track in Human Performance with and emphasis tourism with the goal of improving health and quality of life. in sport management The prescribed research skill courses, along with courses For each doctoral student in this academic program, in the major, minor, and elective portions of each student’s a faculty advisory committee individually prescribes a course prescription, are selected to prepare the student minimum of 30 credits of courses which the student to design and conduct research yielding advancements in must complete in the human performance major. For the field of leisure behavior. students with an emphasis in sport management, the Ph.D. track in Human Performance with and emphasis prescribed course work provides the student with a in biomechanics thorough foundation in sport, with a focus on a student’s primary interest, such as business, or communication, or history. The prescribed research skill courses, along with 366 September 6, 2017 courses in the major, minor, and elective portions of each a minimum number of credits of graduate-level course student’s course prescription, are selected to prepare work which has been approved by the minor field the student to design and conduct research yielding representative on the doctoral advisory committee. A advancements in the field of sport management. qualifying examination is required. Minor(s) Options for an Outside Doctoral Minor in the At least one minor in a supporting area outside the major Department of Applied Health Science area of study is required. The minor must be in a discipline Addictive Behaviors Complete 9 credits as follows: related to, but distinct from, the major field(s) of study. Complete each of the following courses: Minor course work must support the development of research competency in the major field. The number of • SPH-B 518 The Nature of Addictive Disorders (3 cr.) required credits is determined by the unit in which the • SPH-H 518 Alcohol and Drug Education (3 cr.) minor is taken (minimum 9 credits). The requirements Complete 3 credits from the following elective courses in for all officially recognized doctoral minors are disclosed consultation with the minor advisor to include a selective in this bulletin. Any desired deviation from official minor topic directly related to addictive behaviors: requirements, which are disclosed in this bulletin, requires University Graduate School approval of a proposal for an • SPH-B 701 Advanced Health Behavior Theory for individualized minor. Research (3 cr.) Electives • SPH-B 702 Advanced Evaluation and Research in Public Health (3 cr.) Students with a single minor will take supportive electives • SPH-B 703 Acquiring External Funds for Research which support development of research competentency in (3 cr.) the field. • SPH-H 791 Readings in Health Behavior (1-10 cr.) Dissertation • SPH-H 792 Research in Health Behavior (1-10 cr.)

20-30 credits. Gerontology Complete 9 credits including 3 courses from Milestones the following list of options to be selected in consultation with the minor advisor: Course Prescription • EDUC-P 517* Adult Development and Aging (3 cr.) The courses required for a doctoral degree are individually (*offered online) prescribed for each student following approval of the members of the student's advisory committee. The student • EDUC-P 518* Social Aspect of Aging (3 cr.) and the advisory committee work together to prescribe • SPH-B 535* Contemporary Issues in Aging and the required research skill courses, major courses, minor Health (3 cr.) courses, elective courses, and the appropriate number of • SPH-B 615* Health, Longevity, and Integrative dissertation credits. Therapies for the Later Years (3 cr.) • SPH-H 524/EDUC-P 513* Gerontology: Qualifying Examination Multidisciplinary Perspective (3 cr.) The qualifying examination may not be taken until the student has completed the foreign language/research-skill Health Behavior Complete 12 health behavior graduate- requirement, and is within one course of completing all level credits in consultation with the minor advisor. prescribed course work. Health Promotion Complete 15 credits as follows: The exam consists of two portions, a written portion and an oral portion. The oral portion of the qualifying Complete the following course: examination must be held within 60 days of the student's submission of the written component to the faculty • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinants of advisory committee. Health (3 cr.) Research Proposal Complete one of the following courses: The proposal meeting will be open to faculty and students • SPH-H 500 Philosophy and Principles of Health in the university community. During the first portion the Education (3 cr.) student will formally present her/his dissertation proposal • SPH-H 635 Health Promotion in the 21st Century (3 in an open forum. Committee members and visitors will cr.) have the opportunity to ask questions. Visitors will leave Complete 9 additional graduate-level credits, selected in after the formal presentation. The remaining time will be consultation with the minor advisor. determined by the student’s research committee. Final Examination Human Development and Family Studies Complete 9 credits as follows: Oral defense of the dissertation. Complete the following courses: Ph.D. Minors Offered by the School of Public Health- Bloomington • SPH-F 654 Conceptual Frameworks in Human Doctoral students in other departments can complete a Development and Family Studies (3 cr.) minor in a specific emphasis by satisfactorily completing • SPH-F 656 Families and Health (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 367

Complete 3 additional graduate-level SPH-F credits to be • SPH-H 510 Organization of School Health Programs selected in consultation with the minor advisor. (3 cr.) • SPH-H 623 School Health Program Management (3 Human Sexuality Education Complete 15 credits as cr.) follows: • SPH-H 635 Health Promotion in the 21st Century (3 Complete the following courses: cr.) • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinates of Complete one course from: Health (3 cr.) • SPH-H 500 Philosophy and Principles of Health • SPH-H 515 Human Sexuality Education in Schools Education (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • SPH-H 502 Instructional Strategies for School and • SPH-H 540 Practicum in College Sex Education (3 College Health (3 cr.) cr.) • SPH-H 555 Issues in Sexuality and Health (3 cr.) Option for an Outside Minor in the Department of Environmental Health Complete 3 additional graduate-level credits to be selected in consultation with the minor advisor. Environmental Health Complete 9 credits as follows: Complete the following course: Nutrition Science Complete 12 credits as follows: • SPH-V 541 Environmental Health (3 cr.) Complete the following courses: Complete 6 credits from the following courses: • SPH-N 530 Advanced Human Nutrition (3 cr.) • SPH-N 532 Advanced Human Nutrition II (3 cr.) • SPH-V 510 Human Health and the Natural Environment (3 cr.) Complete 1 of the following biochemistry courses. • SPH-V 542 Principles of Toxicology (3 cr.) • CHEM-C 483 Biological Chemistry (3 cr.) • SPH-V 545 Exposure, Assessment, and Control (3 • CHEM-C 484 Biomolecules and Catabolism (3 cr.) cr.) • MCHE-C 580 Medical Biochemistry (3 cr.) • SPH-V 546 Risk Assessment Policy and Toxic Regulations (3 cr.) Complete one course selected, in consultation with the • SPH-V 548 Environmental and Occupational minor advisor, from the following: Epidemiology (3 cr.) • SPH-N 520 Food Chemistry (3 cr.) • SPH-V 741 Molecular Toxicology (3 cr.) • SPH-N 531 Medical Nutrition Therapy (3 cr.) • SPH-V 743 Environmental Health Sampling (3 cr.) • SPH-N 536 Community Nutrition (3 cr.) • SPH-V 745 Advanced Toxicology (3 cr.) • SPH-N 600 Nutrigenomics (3 cr.) • SPH-V 747 Carcinogenesis (3 cr.) • SPH-N 601 Phytonutrients (3 cr.) Options for an Outside Minor in the Department of • SPH-N 620 Nutrition in Sports (3 cr.) Epidemiology and Biostatistics • SPH-N 691 Readings in Nutrition Science (1-5 cr.) Biostatistics Complete 9 credits as follows: • SPH-N 692 Research in Nutrition Science (1-5 cr.) Complete the following courses: Public Health Complete 12 credits with a minimum cumulative doctoral minor GPA of 3.0 in the following • SPH-Q 602 Multivariate Statistical Analysis (3 cr.) courses: • SPH-Q 603 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) • SPH-B 589 Social Determinates of Health (3 cr.) Complete 3 credits from the following courses, selected in • SPH-E 651 Epidemiology (3 cr.) consultation with the minor advisor: • SPH-P 510 Organization and Administration of • SPH-Q 601 Experimental Analysis and Design (3 cr.) Public Health Programs (3 cr.) • SPH-Q 604 Applied Linear Regression (3 cr.) • SPH-V 541 Environmental Health (3 cr.) • SPH-Q 605 Analysis of Multilevel and Longitudinal Data (3 cr.) Safety Management Complete 15 credits as follows: • SPH-Q 611 Statistical Packages in Research (3 cr.) Complete the following course: • SPH-Q 612 Survival Analysis (3 cr.) • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinants of Epidemiology Complete 9 credits as follows: Health (3 cr.) Complete the following courses: Complete 12 credits of graduate-level courses selected in consultation with the minor advisor. • SPH-E 651 Epidemiology (3 cr.) • SPH-Q 502 Intermediate Statistics in Public Health School and College Health Education Complete 15 (3 cr.) credits as follows: Complete 3 credits from the following courses, selected in Complete each of the following courses: consultation with the minor advisor: • SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinants of • SPH-E 653 Chronic Disease Epidemiology (3 cr.) Health (3 cr.) • SPH-E 655 Infectious Disease Epidemiology (3 cr.) 368 September 6, 2017

• SPH-E 657 Social Epidemiology (3 cr.) Michael Hendryx*, Bruce B. Hronek (Emeritus), Lynn • SPH-E 658 Advanced Epidemiology (3 cr.) Marie Jamieson*, James E. Klaunig*, David Koceja*, Lloyd • SPH-E 659 Advanced Epidemiological Methods (3 J. Kolbe*(Emeritus), Nianjun Liu, David K. Lohrmann*, cr.) Janet MacLean* (Emerita), Laura McCloskey*, Bryan P. • SPH-Q 602 Multivariate Statistical Analysis (3 cr.) McCormick*, Joel Francis Meier* (Emeritus), Timothy Mickleborough*, Susan Middlestadt*, Tony Mobley* Option for an Outside Minor in the Department of (Emeritus), Paul Pedersen*, James Peterson (Emeritus), Kinesiology John S. Raglin*, Michael Reece*, James Ridenour Human Performance Complete 12 credits of graduate- (Emeritus), Thomas Rillo* (Emeritus), Craig M. Ross*, level human peformance courses to be selected in Ruth Virginia Russell* (Emerita), Dong Chul Seo*, John consultation with the minor advisor. B. Shea*, James Skinner (Emeritus), Joel McCormick Stager*, Clinton Strong* (Emeritus), Paul Surburg* Option for an Outside Minor in the Department of (Emeritus), Mohammad R. Torabi*, Janet Patricia Recreation, Park, and Tourism Studies Wallace* (Emerita), Margaret Weigel, Jerry Diana Leisure Behavior Complete 9 credits as follows: Wilkerson (Emeritus), William Lee Yarber* Complete 3 credits from the following courses: Associate Professors • SPH-R 710 Social Science of Leisure (3 cr.) Rodrigo Armijos, James Belisle (Emeritus), Aurelian • SPH-R 711 Higher Education in Recreation, Parks, Bidulescu*, Robert Billingham* (Emeritus), Hobert and Tourism Studies (3 cr.) Billingsley (Emeritus), James R. Brown (Emeritus), Ben Bruce Jr. (Emeritus), Donald Burns (Emeritus), Kunwung • SPH-R 712 Inquiry Methodology in Leisure Behavior Byon, Robert F. Chapman, Zhongxue Chen*, Shu Cole*, (3 cr.) Carrie Docherty*, Brian Dodge*, Nancy Theresa Ellis*, • SPH-R 794 Doctoral Seminar: Leisure Behavior (3 Alyce D. Fly*, Georgia C. Frey*, Jaroslaw Harezlak, Debra cr.) Herbenick*, Barbara Hocevar*, Lisa Kamendulis*, Jaclynn Complete 6 additional graduate-level credits to be J. Kingma, Doug H. Knapp*, Alice K. Lindeman*, Juhua selected either from remaining courses listed above, or Luo*, Jonathan T. Macy*, W. Donald Martin* (Emeritus), from other Department of Recreation, Park, and Tourism Beth E. Meyerson*, Rasul Mowatt*, Cecilia Obeng*, Gary Studies courses which are selected in consultation with A. Sailes*, Nathan W. Shier* (Emeritus), Sarah J. Young* the minor advisor. Assistant Professors

Faculty Priscilla A. Barnes, Jonathon J. Beckmeyer*, Hannah J. Block*, LaDonna J. BlueEye, Andrea K. Chomistek*, Faculty Yin Chow, Alison Ewert, James Robert Farmer, Allison Curriculum Courses Faculty H. Gruber, Lucia Guerra-Reyes, Keisuke Kawata, Khalid Dean Khan, Ming Li, Hsien-Chang Lin*, Christina Ludema, Arthur Mindheim (Emeritus), Erik J. Nelson, Oghenekaro Professor Mohammad R. Torabi*, School of Public Health Omodior, Jennifer A. Piatt*, William D. Ramos, Molly Building 111; (812) 855-1561 Rosenberg, Kan Shao, Hilda Sherwin (Emerita), Todd D. Executive Associate Dean, Academic Affairs Smith, Antonio Williams*, Jerad Yeagley (Emeritus) Professor Shawn Gibbs, School of Public Health Building Clinical Professors 111; (812) 855-1561 Catherine Grove, Noy Kay, John Schrader, Catherine Assistant Dean, Student Affairs Sherwood-Laughlin Professor John Schrader, School of Public Health Building Clinical Associate Professors 121; (812) 855-1561 G. Keith Chapin, Betty Haven (Emerita), Lesa Huber, Assistant Dean, Administration Jeanne Deborah Johnston*, Maresa Murray* David Skirvin, School of Public Health Building 115; (812) Clinical Assistant Professors 855-1561 Cassandra J. Coble, Julia S. Knapp, Michael Aaron Graduate Faculty Sayegh, Jo Anna M. Shimek (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Lecturers Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Trent E. Applegate, Carol Kennedy Armbruster, David M. Skirvin, Charles E. Pearce, Krisha Thiagarajah Professors Associate Scientist David Austin* (Emeritus), Herbert Brantley* (Emeritus), S. Kay Burrus (Emerita), Joseph Chen*, David Ruth Gassman* Compton*(Emeritus), Donetta J. Cothran*, Jesus Dapena* Assistant Scientists (Emeritus), Theodore Deppe* (Emeritus), Ruth Engs* (Emerita), Alan Ewert*, Lawrence Fielding* (Emeritus), Jonathan D. Agley, Zemin Wang, Pengcheng Xun David L. Gallahue* (Emeritus), Leroy Getchell* (Emeritus), Shawn Gibbs, Kathleen R. Gilbert* (Emerita), Robert M. Goodman*, Barbara Ames Hawkins* (Emerita), Ka He*, September 6, 2017 369

Courses to pursue independent study, language and research-skill Curriculum Courses Faculty training, and maturity and experience. Complete course listings for the Ph.D. in environmental Progress Review Committee health, epidemiology, health behavior, human The progress review committee must include at least two performance, and leisure behavior can be found in the faculty members from SPEA and two from the Department School of Public Health-Bloomington Bulletin. of Political Science. Members of the committee who hold Public Policy joint appointments are considered representatives of their primary unit. The chairperson of the committee serves College of Arts and Sciences and School of Public as the student’s principal advisor. Early in the student’s and Environmental Affairs program term—generally during the third semester—the Combined Degree Program committee provides the student with a formal review of the progress made toward the degree. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Degree Requirements Note: Be sure to specify the program in which you are The University Graduate School requires doctoral students interested in when sending mail. to complete 90 hours of graduate credit. Typically, two- Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~spea/ thirds of the 90 credit hours are taken in formal course work and one-third in thesis credit. Students holding a (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Master’s in Public Affairs or similar degree may be allowed School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The to transfer some of their graduate course work (30 credit University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements hours maximum) if approved by their Progress Review contained only in The University Graduate School Committee. Bulletin.) Core Requirements Curriculum Public Policy students are required to complete the Degree Offered following courses: Doctor of Philosophy • SPEA-V 680 Research Design and Methods in Special Departmental and School Requirements Public Affairs (3 cr.) or (See also general University Graduate School • POLS-Y 570 Introduction to the Study of Politics (3 requirements.) cr.) Doctor of Philosophy Degree • SPEA-V 690 Seminar in Public Policy Process (3 cr.) or The joint Ph.D. Program in Public Policy is a collaborative endeavor of the Department of Political Science and the • POLS-Y 565 Public Administration, Law, and Policy: School of Public and Environmental Affairs (SPEA). Approaches and Issues (3 cr.) This course is offered alternately each fall semester by SPEA (V690) and Its emphasis is on the broad field of public policy, concern- the Department of Political Science (Y565). ing the environment of public policy; the processes of • SPEA-V 691 Workshop in Public Policy (1 cr.) policy formation, management, and implementation; Each student is required to take this 1-credit-hour and the analysis and evaluation of policy outputs and course for three semesters. The workshop features results. The institutional setting and design of the program research presentations by faculty, visiting scholars, offer a unique educational opportunity. Students in the and advanced students. It prepares students to program receive rigorous social science training and gain critique research in the field, to prepare manuscripts knowledge of government decision making processes, for presentation and publication, and to defend new problem-solving capabilities, and an understanding of the ideas and theories. There are two sections offered: substantive aspects of public problems and their effects on one by SPEA and the other by the Workshop in public institutions. Political Theory and Policy Analysis. Admission • SPEA-V 621 Seminar in Teaching Public and Environmental Affairs (2 cr.) or All applicants to the public policy program are subject • POLS-Y 550 Political Science and Professional to approval by a SPEA-Department of Political Science Development (1-3 cr.) joint admissions committee. Application materials can be found at www.gradapp.indiana.edu/. Applicants for These courses prepare students for college teaching and admission and for financial assistance are required to their professional responsibilities toward current and future submit a statement of career goals, official results of the students. They are taken in a student’s first year in the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), official transcripts program. of all undergraduate and graduate work, and a minimum Research Tool Skills of three letters of recommendation. Students whose native language is not English must also submit results of the Required course work for research skills includes a basic Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The two-semester statistics sequence and two additional Joint Program Committee in Admissions and Financial Aid elective courses or proficiency in a foreign language. examines each application closely to determine suitability Basic Tool Skills for the program. The committee looks beyond the formal academic record at the applicant’s demonstrated ability 370 September 6, 2017

The two-semester quantitative analysis sequence student’s mentor and guides the student through the requirement is generally fulfilled through one of the course Progress Review and qualifying examination process. sequences listed below. Before the meeting of the Progressive Review Committee, • SPEA-V 606 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs the student develops a Progress Review Statement. The I (3 cr.) and statement needs to include background professional • SPEA-V 607 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs and educational information, course work completed and II (3 cr.) planned in each concentration and for basic and advanced • POLS-Y 575 Political Data Analysis I (3 cr.) and tool skills, and tentative dates for taking qualifying exams • POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) and a discussion of a proposed dissertation topic. Once • SOC-S 554 Statistical Techniques in Sociology I (3 approved by the committee, the statement serves as a cr.) and contract for the completion of degree requirements. • SOC-S 650 Statistical Techniques in Sociology II (3 Qualifying Examinations cr.) The Political Science Department gives field exams on Advanced Tool Skills a regular basis. SPEA also offers qualifying exams on a regular basis. Typically, exams are offered twice per In addition, students must demonstrate either (1) year. For the public policy exam, each student’s exam advanced proficiency in quantitative analysis or schedule is negotiated with their exam committee. At their specialized research skills by completing two additional discretion, examiners for all fields may also require an oral courses approved by the student’s Progress Review examination. Committee, or (2) proficiency in a language appropriate to his/her field of study approved by the Progress Review Dissertation Committee. To qualify as language-proficient, a student must take a language proficiency exam from the ap- After filing for candidacy status, the doctoral candidate propriate language department at Indiana University. forms a Research Committee consisting of at least four faculty members. Two of the members must be School Fields of Concentration of Public and Environmental Affairs faculty and two must be from Political Science. This committee may, The School of Public and Environmental Affairs and but will not necessarily, be identical to the Progress the Department of Political Science share equally in Review Committee. The selection of Research Committee delivering public policy as the major field of preparation members should reflect the dissertation topic and and specialization. Students in the Public Policy Program expertise of the faculty chosen. select two concentration areas—one from SPEA and one from Political Science—in addition to the required The candidate prepares a dissertation proposal to present concentration in public policy. and defend in a meeting of the Research Committee. The Research Committee reviews the research proposal and The fields of concentration include the following: requires changes as needed. SPEA Political Science Once the dissertation research is completed, the Environmental Policy American Politics candidate defends the thesis in an open oral examination Policy Analysis Comparative Politics meeting. The Research Committee is ultimately Public Management International Relations responsible for determining whether the dissertation is Public Finance Political Philosophy acceptable. Political Theory and Placement Methodology The Ph.D. Office, the director of the program, and individual faculty work hard to ensure that graduates Course offerings in SPEA and Political Science help of the program are placed in academic or research the student prepare for examinations in these fields, organizations. Graduates of the Joint Program in Public and students supplement their coursework with directed Policy have been very successful in obtaining such readings and research. There is no predetermined set positions. Recent placements include George Washington of courses required of all students. Course selection is University, Emory University, Ohio State University, the the responsibility of the student working with his or her University of Arizona, Ulsan University (South Korea), Progress Review Committee. the University of Massachusetts, the U.S. Agency for International Development, and the University of Major Junctures Washington. Progress Review Committee The Progress Review Committee consists of from four to Qualifying Exams six faculty members. Two SPEA faculty must be selected After completing the course work for a field, the student for the SPEA concentration and two Political Science is eligible to take the qualifying exam for that field. Joint faculty for the Political Science concentration. For the Ph.D. Program students are required to take the field shared public policy concentration there must be one exam for their Political Science field at the time scheduled SPEA and one Political Science faculty member. One by the Department. Field exams in Political Science are faculty member is chosen by the student to act as the usually offered twice a year, and are announced well chair of the committee. The chairperson serves as the in advance. SPEA field exams are also standardized and offered at set times, usually twice per year, and are September 6, 2017 371 coordinated by an exam coordinator for each field. The A total of 30 credit hours, including R665, at least 2 other joint public policy exam is not standardized, but is instead 600- or 700-level seminars. No credit hours older than five a personalized exam requiring one examiner from SPEA years can count. and one from Political Science. Each student selects his/her examiners, and negotiates with them the set of M.A. students must also complete an approved revision readings, possible exam questions, and exam dates and of a research paper, between 20-30 pages in length format. (not counting endnotes). The original paper will normally develop out of one of your 600-level (or 700-level) Students will receive a high pass, pass, qualified pass, seminars but may grow out of another research project. or a fail for each of the three exams. Students receiving a qualified pass will either be asked to re-take portions Language Work of the exam, or complete an oral examination. Upon All M.A. students must demonstrate reading proficiency in completion of the exam, signatures of the Committee one of the two modern languages of scholarship required members and the Program Director are required on the for the Ph.D. (French or German). Another language Report of Preliminary Examination Committee form. may be substituted with the approval of the Director of Faculty Graduate Studies and the student's advisors. Students may demonstrate proficiency in French, German, or Director Spanish by any of the three methods normally sanctioned by the University Graduate School. They may demonstrate Professor Sergio Fernandez* proficiency in other languages by successful completion Graduate Faculty of course work through the intermediate level or by (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University departmental examination. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Doctor of Philosophy Degree doctoral dissertations.) Admission Requirements Department of Political Science (1) Completion of an M.A. degree in the study of religion at See listing under Political Science. Indiana University or another recognized institution, (2) a superior record in religious studies, (3) proficiency in one School of Public and Environmental Affairs of the required languages, and (4) review and approval by a field committee consisting of faculty in the student’s See listing under Public Affairs. major area of interest. Academic Advisor Grades Professor Evan J. Ringquist*, SPEA 223, (812) 855-0732 No grades below B (3.0) will be counted toward this Religious Studies degree. College of Arts and Sciences Fields of Specialization Departmental E-mail: [email protected] A doctoral student specializes in one of the fields of study Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~relstud/ that have recognized faculty advisory committees (e.g., region, tradition, or methodological approach). Each field (Please note that when conferring University Graduate has its own specific requirements, including required School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The courses, language skills, and qualifying examination University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements structures and bibliographies, which are determined by contained only in The University Graduate School the faculty in that field. For the currently available fields Bulletin.) of study, their faculty members, and their requirements, see the department’s Web site and the Guide for Graduate Curriculum Students in Religious Studies, which is available from the Degrees Offered department office. With the approval of the department’s Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy graduate studies committee, a student may combine two fields or declare a special field of study and form an ad- Special Departmental Requirements hoc advisory committee for it. (See also general University Graduate School Course and Research Requirements requirements.) Doctoral students must earn 90 hours of graduate credit, Graduate Record Examination General Test. In addition, no more than 30 of which may be transferred from other Ph.D. applicants must submit a writing sample. Specific institutions. The department allows up to 30 hours of M.A. deadlines and expectations are spelled out in the Student credit toward the doctorate, which means that doctoral Guide, available from the department office and on the students must earn 60 hours of credit beyond the M.A. Up department’s Web site. to 30 of the total 90 credit hours may be designated as thesis hours (R799). Master of Arts Degree Grades All doctoral students, regardless of field of specialization, are required to take R665 if they did not do so during B (3.0) average; B or higher for each course. an M.A. at Indiana University. All students must take Course Requirements a second thematic, methodological, or cross-cultural seminar in the department; the director of graduate 372 September 6, 2017 studies will identify in advance courses that satisfy this Faculty requirement. Additional course requirements beyond the M.A. degree include 12 credit hours at the 700 level; R790 Chairperson (a two-credit hour course devoted to the development of Professor Winnifred Sullivan* teaching skills); and an outside minor (normally 12 credit hours). Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Doctoral students are required to produce two revised Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct research papers prior to taking the qualifying examination. doctoral dissertations.) These papers will normally develop out of 700-level seminars, although they may grow out of other research Chancellor’s Professor projects as well. Papers should be modeled on a submission to a refereed journal in the student’s field Stephen J. Stein* (Emeritus) of study and should follow that journal’s requirements Professors for length and documentation (e.g., Chicago Manual of Style, Turabian, MLA, SBL Handbook of Style). A James Ackerman* (Emeritus), Candy Gunther Brown*, faculty member must approve each research paper David L. Haberman*, James Hart* (Emeritus), Gerald for the student’s file, but a student may not secure J. Larson* (Emeritus), Shaul Magid*, David Smith* approval for both papers from the same faculty member. (Emeritus), Mary Jo Weaver* (Emerita) Length is normally 20–30 pages, exclusive of endnotes. Associate Professors An approved research paper may not be a language translation, a bibliographical essay, a text edition, or a set Constance Furey*, R. Kevin Jaques*, Rebecca Manring*, of field notes. Annotated translations may be accepted Richard Nance, Jeremy Schott, Stephen Selka*, Lisa with the approval of the graduate studies committee. Sideris*, Aaron Stalnaker* Language Work Assistant Professors All candidates will be required to show proficiency in two Heather Blair, M. Cooper Harriss, Nur Amali Ibrahim, modern languages of scholarship (French and German) Sarah Imhoff, Michael Ing, Patrick Michelson, Jason and any necessary primary source languages required by Mokhtarian, Eva Mroczek, Sonia Velázquez their field. Other modern languages may be substituted for French or German with the approval of the director of Adjunct Professors graduate studies and the student’s advisors. Proficiency Asma Afsaruddin* (Near Eastern Languages and in primary source languages is demonstrated through Cultures), Jamsheed Choksy* (Central Eurasian Studies), methods determined by the faculty in the student’s field. Daniel Conkle* (School of Law), Devin DeWeese* Qualifying Examinations (Central Eurasian Studies), Paul Gutjahr* (English), Edward Linenthal* (History), Herbert Marks* (Comparative The faculty advisory committee in the student’s field Literature) sets and supervises the qualifying examination after the student has completed all residency requirements. The Adjunct Associate Professors exam consists of a total of 12 hours of written exams, Patricia Ingham* (English) which are divided into 3 or more parts, followed by an oral exam, all taken within a 3-week period. The exam Director of Graduate Studies is initially taken in its entirety, but it may be retaken Associate Professor Aaron Stalnaker*, Sycamore Hall 219 once as a whole or in part at the discretion of the faculty committee. Courses Termination of Enrollment in the Doctoral Program Methodological Seminars If a doctoral student falls below a 3.0 (B) grade point REL-R 661 Religion and Social Criticism (4 cr.) Religion average, fails either the written or oral parts of the and social practices, with emphasis on normativity, qualifying examination two times, or otherwise fails to culture, and the self. make satisfactory progress toward the degree, the director REL-R 662 Cross-Cultural Study of Religion (4 cr.) The of graduate studies, in consultation with the student’s comparative study of religion. advisory committee, can initiate steps to terminate the student’s enrollment in the program. REL-R 663 Textual Interpretation (4 cr.) Reading religion. Final Examination REL-R 664 Religion and History (4 cr.) Thinking Oral defense of dissertation. historically about religion. Ph.D. Minor in Religious Studies REL-R 665 Interpretations of Religion (4 cr.) Students electing the study of religion as an outside minor Major theories and current problems. Required of all in a doctoral program will be required to complete 12 departmental graduate students. credit hours of course work. A maximum of 6 credit hours may be transferred from other institutions or taken from REL-R 761 Religion and Social Criticism (3 cr.) Meets cross-listed courses. At least 6 credit hours are to be concurrently with R661, with additional reading and taken in the department. research assignments. September 6, 2017 373

REL-R 762 Cross-Cultural Study of Religion (4 cr.) from its origins through the early medieval period. May be Meets concurrently with R662, with additional reading and repeated for credit when topic varies. research assignments. REL-R 630 Historical Studies (4 cr.) Development REL-R 763 Textual Interpretation (4 cr.) Meets concur- of Western religions in their cultural settings. May be rently with R663, with additional reading and research repeated once for credit when topics vary. assignments. REL-R 633 Colloquium in Ancient Religions (4 cr.) REL-R 764 Religion and History (4 cr.) Meets Themes and issues in the study of the religions of the concurrently with R664, with additional reading and ancient Mediterranean and Near East. May be repeated research assignments. for credit when topic varies. Religious Traditions West REL-R 635 Colloquium on North American Religious REL-R 511 Religion of Ancient Israel (3 cr.) Survey of History (4 cr.) Examination and discussion of selected scholarship related to specific subfield of ancient Israelite historiography in the field of North American religious religion. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. history. May be repeated for credit once when topics vary. REL-R 521 Studies in Early Christianity (3 cr.) Study of REL-R 636 Evangelical and Charismatic Christianity the New Testament, early Christian history and thought, or in the Americas (4 cr.) Critical readings in the historical the religious milieu of late antiquity, with special attention emergence and dramatic recent growth of evangelical to issues of methodology and critical scholarship. May be and charismatic Christianity in the United States, with repeated for credit when topics vary. comparative attention to Canada and Latin America. REL-R 531 Studies in Christian History (3 cr.) Study of REL-R 644 History and Culture in Islam (4 cr.) primary and secondary sources in select eras of Western Selected topics focusing on critical approaches to Christian history, such as the medieval, Renaissance, Islamic historiography, canon formation, modes of Reformation, and early modern periods. May be repeated religious authority, scriptural and other forms of textual for credit when topics vary. interpretation, epistemology, and theological discourse. May be repeated once for credit when topics vary. REL-R 532 Studies of Religion in American Culture (3 cr.) Study of selected topics in the history of religious REL-R 652 Colloquium on Religion in the West life and thought in America. May be repeated for credit (4 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Readings and research when topics vary. on patterns of religious life and thought in the West: continuities, changes, and contemporary issues. May be REL-R 533 Selected Topics in Modern Christian repeated once for credit when topics vary. Thought (3 cr.) Topics on figures and movements: Barth, Berdyaev, Newman, Teilhard de Chardin, Niebuhr, and REL-R 714 Studies in Jewish Thought and Culture Tillich; Catholic modernism; Protestant liberalism and (4 cr.) An examination of various dimensions of Jewish neo-orthodoxy; Vatican Council II and its aftermath; thought and culture from the Middle Ages to the present. developments in Eastern Orthodoxy. May be repeated for The course will focus on the development of philosophical credit when topics vary. and theological response to the medieval and/or modern period, paying attention to comparative and cross-cultural REL-R 535 Studies in Greco-Roman Religion (3 cr.) questions. Study of Greek and Roman religious history and thought, with special attention to issues of methodology and source REL-R 733 Advanced Study in Ancient Religions material. Topics may vary. (4 cr.) Meets concurrently with R633, with additional readings in primary languages. REL-R 541 Studies in the Jewish Tradition (3 cr.) Study of various aspects of medieval and modern Jewish REL-R 736 Advanced Readings in Early Christian literature, religion, and thought. May be repeated for Religious Texts (1-4 cr.) Readings in primary language- credit when topics vary. Greek, Syriac, or other texts from early Christianity. May take the form of a seminar or of individually directed REL-R 553 Studies in Islam (3 cr.) Selected topics in readings. May be repeated for credit when different texts the history of Muslim society and institutions, sectarian are read and with consent of instructor. developments, law, theology, mysticism, popular piety, and reform movements in medieval and modern contexts. Religious Traditions East May be repeated when topics vary. REL-R 547 Meditation Traditions of India (3 cr.) Survey and analysis of the practice of meditation in Hindu, REL-R 610 Studies in Biblical Literature and Religion Buddhist, and Jain traditions of India. Focus on the (4 cr.) Issues in the literature, history, and religion of philosophical and structural basis of meditation and the ancient Israel from its origins to the rise of rabbinic relation of meditation to the monastic traditions of India. Judaism and Christianity. May be repeated when topics The role of the holy person and importance of the guru- vary. student relationship. REL-R 615 The Bible in Literature Courses (4 cr.) The REL-R 551 Religions of South Asia (3 cr.) Study of the historical-cultural background of the biblical period, literary major religious traditions of India: Hinduism, Buddhism, analysis of the Bible, and analysis of modern literature Jainism. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. dependent on the Bible. Designed for teachers of English. REL-R 552 Studies in Buddhism (3 cr.) Topics include REL-R 620 Ancient and Medieval Christianity (4 cr.) the history of Buddhist thought, practice, literature, Issues in the history and literature of early Christianity, and institutions. Areas covered regularly include the 374 September 6, 2017

Prajnaparamita and Ratnakuta literature, lay and monastic Critical Issues in Religious Studies roles in Mahayana Buddhism, images of women in REL-R 561 Social-Scientific Approaches to Religion Buddhist literature, and aspects of early Buddhist thought. (3 cr.) Study of various social-scientific disciplines May be repeated for credit when topics vary. (psychology, sociology, anthropology) as their methods and theories inform our understanding of religious REL-R 554 Religions of East Asia (3 cr.) Study of phenomena. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. historical, interpretive, or philosophical issues in one period, genre, or aspect of an East Asian religion. May be REL-R 563 Religion in Literature (3 cr.) Study of repeated for credit when topics vary. religious issues raised in literary works. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 649 Issues in the Study of Chinese Religions (3 cr.) Introduction to bibliographic materials, research REL-R 571 Studies in Religious Ethics (3 cr.) Selected problems, history of the field, and current issues. Includes readings in religious thought and morality. May be a condensed overview of Chinese religious history from repeated for credit when topics vary. the earliest records to the present. REL-R 574 From Christian Ethics to Social Criticism REL-R 650 The Hindu Tradition (4 cr.) Selected topics in I (3 cr.) Christian ethics from the early modern period Hindu religious history: sects, institutions, texts, doctrines, through the twentieth century, followed by the emergence periods. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. of comparative religious ethics. Readings include biblical sources and early Christian teachings, the patristic period, REL-R 651 South Asian Buddhism (4 cr.) topics in Augustine, Bernard of Clairvaux, Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, South and Southeast Asian Buddhism from the earliest to radical reformers, and Enlightenment Christianity. the modern period. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 755 From Christian Ethics to Social Criticism II (3 cr.) Christian ethics from the early modern period REL-R 653 The Confucian Tradition (4 cr.) Selected through the twentieth century, followed by the emergence topics in Confucianism: history, philosophy, literature, of comparative religious ethics. Readings include authors. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Edwards, Schleiermacher, Kierkegaard, Barth, modern REL-R 654 The Daoist Tradition (4 cr.) Selected topics Catholics and Protestants, and various contributors to the in the Daoist tradition. May be repeated for credit when rise of religious ethics and social criticism. topics vary. REL-R 581 Philosophical Approaches to Religion REL-R 655 East Asian Buddhism (4 cr.) Selected topics (3 cr.) Study of selected philosophers, philosophical in the Buddhist traditions of East Asian countries. May be movements, or philosophical themes as they relate to repeated for credit when topics vary. religious studies or theology. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 656 Buddhism in Central Asia (4 cr.) P: Graduate-level background in Buddhism or Central REL-R 604 Seminar in Cross-Cultural Philosophy Asian studies or consent of instructor. Issues in the history of Religion (3 cr.) Critical analysis of issues in the of Buddhism in Central Asia (Afghanistan, Uzbekistan, philosophy of religion in comparative perspective. The Xinjiang) from King Ashoka (third century B.C.E.) to the manner in which philosophical issues are framed in coming of the Mongols (thirteenth century C.E.). May be Indian, European, Chinese-Japanese, and Middle Eastern repeated for credit when topics vary. thought. Attention to the critique of Orientalism and critical theory in recent comparative philosophy. May be repeated REL-R 657 Religion in Japan (4 cr.) Selected topics in for credit when topics vary. Japanese religious history. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 670 History of Religious Ethics (3 cr.) Readings of major ethical texts in key periods. Topics vary according REL-R 658 Materials and Methods in Buddhist Studies to major religious traditions. May be repeated for credit (4 cr.) Introduction to bibliographic materials, research when topics vary. methods, and current issues in the field of Buddhist studies. Includes a condensed overview of the history of REL-R 672 Religious Thought and Ethics (3 cr.) Key Buddhism from its origins to the present. figures, issues, and movements. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 659 Religion and Society in Asia (4 cr.) Selected topics in the interaction between religion and society in REL-R 673 Religion and Violence (4 cr.) Topics course Asian countries. May be repeated for credit when topics on the relation between religious belief and practice and vary. violence. Readings draw from ethics, history, and social theory. Topics include peace traditions; just-war tradition; REL-R 749 Issues in the Study of Chinese Religions religious sacrifice; and cultural order. May be repeated (4 cr.) Meets concurrently with R649. In addition, students with consent of instructor. will carry out research on appropriate Chinese materials in consultation with instructor. REL-R 674 Ethics and Ethos (4 cr.) Exploration of the relation between ethics and ethos; that is, between human REL-R 750 Advanced Readings in Asian Religious agency and the social, political, and religious conditions in Texts (1-4 cr.) Readings in primary-language Chinese, which that agency is exercised. Introduction to currents in Japanese, Mongolian, Pali, Sanskrit, Tibetan, or other moral theory presupposed in subsequent ethics courses. texts. May take the form of a seminar or of individually directed readings. May be repeated for credit when REL-R 675 Feminist Perspectives on Religious different texts are read and with consent of instructor. Traditions (4 cr.) Topics course that includes a focus on September 6, 2017 375 one or more of the following: goddess traditions; Western REL-R 738 Modern Religious History (4 cr.) An or Eastern feminist theology; comparative feminist investigation of developments in religion in the modern theology; feminist encounters with American religions; period (mid-seventeenth century to the present) in recovering women’s contributions to Eastern or Western a variety of religious and cultural settings. Topics religions. May be repeated for credit with permission of include Catholicism and modernity; modern Protestant instructor. Christianity; religious development in China, India, or Japan in the postcolonial period. May be repeated for REL-R 680 Religion and the Problems of Modernity credit when topics vary. (4 cr.) Topics course on problems posed to religion by recent developments; e.g., disbelief, pluralism, REL-R 744 Women and Religion (4 cr.) Research secularization, technology, rapid socioeconomic and seminar on selected topics from ancient, medieval, or political change, class conflict, historical consciousness. modern period in any religious traditions, or in comparative May be repeated for credit when topics vary. religious traditions. May be repeated once for credit when topic changes. Other REL-R 590 Directed Readings in Religious Studies REL-R 770 Social Ethics (4 cr.) Research seminar (1-6 cr.) on selected topics, including subtraditions in religion, historical developments in a religious tradition, REL-R 600 Methods in Religious Studies (4 cr.) comparative religious ethics, medical ethics. May be Seminar in methodology; e.g., historiography, repeated with consent of instructor. interpretation theory, ethnography in the study of religion. May be repeated when topics vary. REL-R 780 Topics in Religious Philosophy (4 cr.) A focus on selected authors (e.g., Plotinus, Augustine, REL-R 601 Historical Interactions of Religion (4 cr.) Husserl, Patanjali, Shankara, Chu Hsi) and/or Study of secondary and primary literature (in translation) philosophical movements (e.g., German idealism, on interaction between two or more religious cultures. existentialism, phenomenology, yoga, Madhyamika May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Buddhism, Vedanta) that are formative for religious or REL-R 602 Cross-Cultural Topics (4 cr.) Study of theological thought. May be repeated for credit when selected myths, rituals, institutions, or doctrines, in topics vary. different cultural settings. May be repeated for credit REL-R 790 Departmental Teaching Practicum (1 cr.) when topics vary. Preparation of syllabus, bibliography, assignments, and REL-R 603 Seminar in Comparative Mysticism (4 cr.) exams for undergraduate religion courses. Critical and comparative analysis of selected mystical REL-R 791 Advanced Critical and Ethical Study traditions from India, Europe, China-Japan, and the Middle (1-4 cr.) Individually directed reading and research East. Typologies of mysticism will be studied together with for doctoral students in critical and ethical problems in an attempt to formulate a critical definition of “mysticism.” religion. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 792 Advanced Cross-Cultural Study (1-4 cr.) REL-R 638 Religious Dissent (4 cr.) Selected topics Individually directed reading and research for doctoral in the study of dissenting religious traditions. May be students in cross-cultural study of religions. May be repeated once for credit when topics vary. repeated for credit when topics vary. REL-R 660 Religion and Culture (4 cr.) Religious REL-R 793 Advanced Biblical Study (1-4 cr.) dimensions of cultural phenomena. May be repeated for Individually directed reading and research for doctoral credit when topics vary. students in biblical interpretation. May be repeated for REL-R 698 Master’s Research Project (3-6 cr.) **These credit when topics vary. courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Study of religious REL-R 794 Advanced Historical Study (1-4 cr.) texts. Individually directed reading and research for doctoral REL-R 699 Thesis (M.A.) (1-6 cr.) **These courses are students in historical study of religious traditions. May be eligible for a deferred grade. repeated for credit when topics vary. Doctoral REL-R 799 Ph.D. Thesis (1-30 cr.) REL-R 711 Religion and Scripture (3 cr.) Selected Cross Listed topics on the nature, function, and interpretation of INST-I 580 Women in South Asian Religious Traditions scripture, both oral and written, within specific religious (3 cr.) An historical view of the officially sanctioned roles traditions or in cross-cultural perspective. May be for women in several religious traditions in South Asia, and repeated for credit when topics vary. women’s efforts to become agents and participants in the REL-R 713 Historical Studies in Western Religions religious expressions of their own lives. (4 cr.) Selected topics in the histories of Judaism, Christianity, or Islam in the ancient and medieval periods, Renaissance Studies with study of primary sources in the original language(s). College of Arts and Sciences May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] REL-R 735 North American Religions (4 cr.) Research Departmental URL: http://renaissance.indiana.edu/ on selected topics. May be repeated once for credit when topic changes. 376 September 6, 2017

(Please note that when conferring University Graduate and Italian); Robert Schneider* (History); Ayana Smith* School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (Musicology); Rebecca Spang* (History); H. Wayne University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Storey* (French and Italian); Sarah Van der Laan* contained only in The University Graduate School (Comparative Literature); Sonia Velázquez (Religious Bulletin.) Studies / Comparative Literature); Steven Wagschal* (Spanish and Portuguese); Giovanni Zanovello* Curriculum (Musicology); David Zaret* (Sociology) Graduate Area Certificate in Renaissance Studies Courses Renaissance Studies offers an area certificate, which enables doctoral students to investigate Renaissance • REN-R 501 The Culture of the Renaissance civilization more extensively than in the Ph.D minor (4 cr.) A cross-cultural course that examines the program. European Renaissance as a whole. • REN-R 502 Topics in Renaissance Civilization Course Requirements (4 cr.) A cross-cultural course in which specific Nine courses in the Renaissance period: R501, R502, topics, problems, and themes are analyzed in the two courses outside the home department, and five context of the European Renaissance as a whole. courses in any department. The selection of courses May be repeated. not in the student’s major department should be made in • REN-R 503 Independent Projects in Renaissance consultation with the Director of Renaissance Studies. A (3-4 cr.) Independent projects on Renaissance minimum of a B (3.0) in all courses that count toward the topics for advanced research to be chosen in certificate. consultation with the Director of Renaissance Studies. Examination None Russian and East European Institute Ph.D. Minor in Renaissance Studies School of Global and International Studies Course Requirements College of Arts and Sciences Four courses in the Renaissance period: R501, R502, and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] two additional courses in any department. The selection of Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~reeiweb/ courses should be made in consultation with the Director of Renaissance Studies. Students should also seek The Russian and East European Institute is affiliated approval for the minor from their respective departments. with the new School of Global and International Studies A minimum of a B (3.0) in all courses that count toward the (SGIS) in the College of Arts and Sciences, dedicated to minor. providing Indiana University graduate students with the intellectual tools they will need to live, work, and thrive in Examination the globalized world of the twenty-first century. Degree None programs associated with SGIS emphasize language proficiency, cultural competency, and in-depth training Faculty in qualitative and quantitative methodologies. SGIS students will enjoy unparalleled access to a stellar faculty Graduate Faculty and professional development opportunities. For further (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University information regarding the mission, structure and resources Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct of the School of Global and International Studies see doctoral dissertations.) http://sgis.indiana.edu/.

Penelope Anderson* (English); Marco Arnaudo* (French (Please note that when conferring University Graduate and Italian); Domenico Bertoloni Meli* (History and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Philosophy of Science); Hall Bjornstad* (French and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Italian); J. Peter Burkholder* (Musicology); Alison contained only in The University Graduate School Calhoun* (French and Italian); Linda Charnes* (English); Bulletin.) Andrea Ciccarelli* (French and Italian); Stephen Conrad* (Law); Robert Fulk* (English); Constance Furey* Curriculum (Religious Studies); Shannon Gayk* (English); Adelheid Degree Programs Gealt* (History of Art); Ryan Giles* (Spanish and The Russian and East European Institute (REEI) offers Portuguese); Patricia Ingham* (English); Hildegard two Master of Arts programs in Russian and East Keller* (Germanic Studies); Giles Knox* (History of European studies tracks, five dual degree programs, and Art); Joan Pong Linton* (English); Karma Lochrie* one joint degree program. (English); Ellen MacKay* (English); Eric MacPhail* (French and Italian); Kathleen Myers* (Spanish and • Master of Arts and Master of Business Portuguese); William Newman* (History and Philosophy of Administration with the Kelley School of Business Science); Timothy W. O’Connor* (Philosophy); Massimo • Master of Arts and Master of Library Science with Ossi* (Musicology); Olimpia Rosenthal (Spanish and the Department of Information and Library Science in Portuguese); Bret Rothstein* (History of Art); Kathleen the School of Informatics and Computing Rowold* (Apparel Merchandising and Interior Design); Kaya Sahin (History); Massimo Scalabrini* (French September 6, 2017 377

• Master of Arts and Master of Information Science group, sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) four with the Department of Information and Library courses [3 credits each] in the area of concentration. Science in the School of Informatics and Computing The concentration can be disciplinary (e.g., comparative • Master of Arts and Master of Public Affairs with the politics, or business and economics); or it can be School of Public and Environmental Affairs geographic (e.g., East Central Europe or Russia); and (4) • Master of Arts and Master of Public Health with the REEI R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian and School of Public Health East European Studies [3 credits]. All course requirements • Master of Arts and Master of Arts with the School of must be completed with an average grade of B or above. Journalism M.A. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Examination • Master of Arts and Master of Science in Security Informatics with the School of Informatics and The paper by a student in the Interdisciplinary Colloquium Computing in Russian and East European Studies (R601) • Master of Arts and Juris Doctorate with Maurer usually becomes the M.A. essay. The essay must be School of Law interdisciplinary in focus and use research in the language of concentration as a defining element. In other words, the The Russian and East European Institute master’s foreign language sources must form part of the foundation program gives students a broad understanding of the on which the argument of the essay rests. Three REEI geographical area and its peoples while providing the faculty members evaluate the essay and administer opportunity to examine in depth the aspect of Russian an oral examination that explores the interdisciplinary and East European studies that most interests them. implications of the essay within the context of the student’s The dual degrees add high-level professional training. graduate course work. The essay should not exceed Students may focus on the study of Russia, another 13,000 words in length (not counting footnotes/endnotes, country or region of the former Soviet Union, or East bibliography, or tabular material). Central or Southeastern Europe. Within their chosen geographic area, students may concentrate on the study Language Requirement of a particular discipline (business, history, library science, Students are expected to demonstrate at least information science, political science, literature, public intermediate oral competency in an approved area affairs, or some other) while also taking courses outside language through oral examination. Proficiency is of that discipline. REEI also offers a Graduate Certificate measured through a conversational exam on a variety of Program and a Ph.D. Minor Program. For information on topics, including but not limited to home, school, history, the History M.A. in Russian and East European History, current events, and a student's research. Assessment of see the History Department. proficiency demonstrate the ability to handle successfully Master of Arts Degree uncomplicated tasks and social situations requiring an The REEI master’s degree program is intended to prepare exchange of basic information related to their work, area specialists for nonacademic careers in government school, recreation, particular interests, and areas of and private-sector fields such as research and foreign aid, competence. Reading proficiency is demonstrated by or in exchange organizations, journalism, and business. the required use of area language source materials for Students may also choose to follow the REEI degree students' MA Essay. To achieve this, students ordinarily with advanced graduate studies. The program normally continue their language training while at IU. For more takes two years to complete. Its aim is to provide a broad information on the exam, please contact the REEI Advisor. interdisciplinary introduction to the Russian and East An approved area language is any language that is used European area, with language competency appropriate with regularity in the geographic region covered by REEI. for professional research. REEI also offers a Mid-Career These include, but are not limited to: Bosnian, Croatian, Professional Track M.A. degree in Russian and East Czech, Estonian, Finnish, Greek (Modern), Hungarian, European area studies, which aims to add to and refine Polish, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Ukrainian, and the area expertise professional and commissioned officers Yiddish. For more information, please contact an REEI have acquired through their career. Advisor. Admission Requirements Language hours do not count towards the necessary Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability and credit hours for an REEI MA degree unless otherwise completion of the Graduate Record Examination. Students stated in the degree plan information. Up to 6 hours of who intend to specialize in East Central, European, languages coursework is approved for use towards the Southeast European, or Central Asian studies do not need Mid-Career Professional Track degree plan. previous study in languages of those areas for admission. Mid-Career Professional M.A. track (M.A.) For work in Russian area studies, proficiency in Russian Thirty (30) credit hours of graduate course work to be language equivalent to two years of college study is distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian required. and East European Area Studies [3 credits]; (2) from Course Requirements area studies offerings, one each from the social science group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural group, Thirty (30) credit hours of graduate course work to be and literature group; (3) three courses [3 credits each] distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian in the area of concentration (these courses should be and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken selected in consultation with the REEI graduate advisor). the first fall semester of enrollment; (2) four courses One of these courses will be R601 Colloquium in Russian [3 credits each] from area studies offerings, one each and East European Area Studies; and (4) two language from the social science group, historical/geographical 378 September 6, 2017 courses, relevant to the student's concentration, taken at Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except the M.A. the graduate level [up to 6 credits]. essay committee should consist of REEI and Kelley School of Business professors. All course requirements must be completed with an average grade of B or above. Language Requirements M.A. Culminating Presentation Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency Examination in one area language (same as for the For the Mid-Career Professional Track, a Master's Essay Master of Arts degree—please see previous description). is not required, but students will submit two pieces of work, totaling 25-30 pages in length, to a committee of Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European REEI affiliated professors to review. They will also make Studies and Master of Information Science (M.A./ a presentation on their research to an appropriate venue, M.I.S.) including but not limited to REEI-R600, REEI-R601, etc. The Russian and East European Institute and the Language Requirements Department of Information and Library Science jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency master’s degree. Study for the dual degree (M.A./M.I.S.) Examination in one area language (same as for the can be combined for a total of 60 credit hours rather than Master of Arts degree--please see previous description). the 72 credit hours required for the two degrees taken separately. All dual-degree students should expect to pay Dual Degree Programs University Graduate School tuition rates for approximately Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European half of their enrolled semesters at IU and professional Studies and Master of Business Administration (M.A./ school tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must M.B.A.) be awarded simultaneously. The Russian and East European Institute and the Kelley School of Business jointly offer a three-year program Admissions Requirements that qualifies students for a dual master’s degree. Study Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that for the dual degree (M.A./M.B.A.) can be combined application must also be made to the Department of for a total of 66 credit hours rather than the 84 credit Information and Library Science for study toward the hours required for the two degrees taken separately. All Master of Information Science degree. Students must be dual-degree students should expect to pay University accepted by both units to be admitted to the program. Graduate School tuition rates for approximately half of their enrolled semesters at IU and professional school REEI Course Requirements tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must be Twenty-four credit hours of graduate course work to be awarded simultaneously. distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian Admission Requirements and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken the first fall of enrollment; (2) four courses [3 credits Same as for the Master of Arts degree except that each] from area studies offerings, one each from the application must also be made to the Kelley School social science group, historical/geographical group, of Business for study toward the Master of Business sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) Z629 Topics Administration degree. Students must be accepted by both in Information Sources and Services: Slavic Bibliography units in order to be admitted to the program. or Z542 International Information Issues [either Z629 or REEI Course Requirements Z542 or R610 should include a web-based bibliography project.]; (4) Z605 Internship in Information and Library Twenty-four (24) credit hours of graduate course work to Science, [research must be conducted in an area pertinent be distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian to REEI]; and (5) R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. the first fall semester of enrollment; (2) four courses [3 credits each] from area studies offerings, one each from Information and Library Science Course Requirements the social science group, historical/geographical group, Thirty-six (36) credit hours of graduate course work. Full sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) two courses information on the M.I.S. curriculum is contained in the [3 credits each] in the concentration area of international Department of Information and Library Science Bulletin. business management. These courses should be selected in consultation with the REEI graduate advisor; (4) M.A./M.I.S. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian and East Examination European Studies [3 credits]. Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. essay Business Course Requirements committee should consist of REEI and Department of Information and Library Science professors. Forty-two (42) credit hours of graduate courses. Full information on the M.B.A. curriculum is contained in the Language Requirement Kelley School of Business Bulletin. Successful completion of the REEI Oral Proficiency M.A./M.B.A. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Examination in one area language (same as for the Examination Master of Arts degree—please see previous description). September 6, 2017 379

Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European that are offered only in the fall. All dual-degree students Studies and Master of Library Science Degree (M.A./ should expect to pay University Graduate School tuition M.L.S.) rates for approximately half of their enrolled semesters at The Russian and East European Institute and the IU and professional school tuition rates for the other half. Department of Information and Library Science jointly offer Both degrees must be awarded simultaneously. a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual Admissions Requirements master’s degree. Study for the dual degree (M.A./M.L.S.) can be combined for a total of 54 credit hours rather than Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that the 66 credit hours required for the two degrees taken application must also be made to the School of Public separately. All dual degree students should expect to pay and Environmental Affairs for study toward the Master of University Graduate School tuition rates for approximately Public Affairs degree. Students must be accepted by both half of their enrolled semesters at IU and professional units to be admitted to the program. school tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must REEI Course Requirements be awarded simultaneously. Twenty-four (24) credit hours of graduate course work to Admissions Requirements be distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that and East European Area Studies [3 credits]; (2) four application must also be made to the Department of courses [3 credits each] from area studies offerings, one Information and Library Science for study toward the each from the social science group, historical/geographical Master of Library Science degree. Students must be group, sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) two accepted by both units in order to be admitted to the courses [3 credits each] in the concentration area of program. public and environmental affairs (these courses should be selected in consultation with the REEI graduate advisor REEI Course Requirements and they may not count toward the credit hours required Twenty-four (24) credit hours of graduate course work to for the Master of Public Affairs); and (4) R601 Interdis- be distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian ciplinary Colloquium in Russian and East European and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken Studies [3 credits]. the first fall semester of enrollment; (2) four courses Public and Environmental Affairs Course [3 credits each] from area studies offerings, one each Requirements from the social science group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) Z605 Thirty-six (36) credit hours of graduate course work. Full Internship in Information and Library Science; research information on the M.P.A. curriculum is contained in the must be conducted in an area pertinent to REEI; (4) School of Public and Environmental Affairs Bulletin. Z629 Topics in Information Sources and Services: Slavic M.A./M.P.A. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Bibliography; and (5) R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Examination Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. essay Information and Library Science Course Requirements committee should consist of REEI and School of Public Thirty (30) credit hours of graduate course work. Full and Environmental Affairs professors. information on the M.L.S. curriculum is contained in the Language Requirements Department of Information and Library Science Bulletin. Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency M.A./M.L.S. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Examination in one area language (same as for the Examination Master of Arts degree—please see previous description). Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. essay committee should consist of REEI and Department of Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European Information and Library Science professors. Studies and Master of Public Health (M.A./M.P.H.) The Russian and East European Institute and the School Language Requirement of Public Health (SPH) jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual Master’s degree. Study Successful completion of the Russian and East European for the dual degree (M.A./M.P.H.) can be combined for Institute Oral Proficiency Examination in one area a total of 56 credit hours instead of the 70 credit hours language (same as for the Master of Arts degree—please required for the two degrees taken separately. All dual- see previous description). degree students should expect to pay graduate tuition Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European rates for approximately half of their enrolled semester at Studies and Master of Public Affairs (M.A./M.P.A.) IU and professional school tuition rates for for the other The Russian and East European Institute and the School half. Both degrees must be awarded simultaneously. of Public and Environmental Affairs jointly offer a three- Admissions Requirements year program that qualifies students for a dual master’s degree. Study for the dual degree (M.A./M.P.A.) can be Requirements are the same as for the Master of Arts combined for a total of 60 credit hours rather than the 78 degree except that students must also apply to the credit hours required for the two degrees taken separately. Master’s program of the School of Public Health (SPH) The first semester of course work toward the dual and meet its established M.P.H. admissions criteria. degree should be completed in the School of Public and Students must be accepted for admissions to both units in Environmental Affairs to complete prerequisite courses order to be admitted to the program. 380 September 6, 2017

REEI Course Requirements Students must be accepted by both units to be admitted to the program. Required are twenty-seven (27) credit hours of graduate course work to be distributed as follows: (1) R600 REEI Course Requirements Proseminar in Russian and East European Area Studies [3 credits]; (2) four courses [3 credits each] from area Twenty-four credit hours of graduate course work to be studies offerings, one each from the social science distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken group, and literature group; (3) at least 10 credits in the first fall of enrollment; (2) four courses [3 credits each] the area of concentration, as described below; and (4) from area studies offerings, one each from the social R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian and East science group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural European Studies [3 credits]. group, and literature group; (3) two courses [3 credits each] in the concentration area of International Reporting All course requirements must be completed with an (these courses should be selected in consultation with average grade of B or above. the REEI Graduate Advisor and they may not count towards the credit hours required for the Master of Arts SPH/REEI Concentration in Journalism; (4) R602 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in The Concentration consists of ten (10) credit hours, at Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. least 2 credits of which must be taken in the College. Journalism Course Requirements Suggested courses include: (1) SPH-B 589 Social and Behavioral Determinants of Health; (2) SPH-B 602 Twenty-seven (27) to twenty-eight (28) credit hours Intervention Design in Public Health; (3) SPH-B 698 of graduate course work. Full information on the M.A. M.P.H. Culminating Experience in Behavioral, Social, curriculum is contained in the School of Journalism and Community Health; or (4) SPH-B 696 M.P.H. Field Bulletin. Experience in Behavioral, Social, and Community Health. The student is expected to have a Russian and East M.A./M.A. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral European focus in these courses. These courses will Examination count towards both the REEI and the SPH portion of the Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. degree. essay committee should consist of REEI and School of Public Health Course Requirements Journalism professors. Thirty-eight (38) credit hours of graduate course work are Language Requirement required, including 9 of the credits in the SPH/REE area Successful completion of the REEI Oral Proficiency of concentration, referenced above. Full information on Examination in one area language (same as for the the M.P.H. curriculum is contained in the School of Public Master of Arts degree-please see previous description). Health Bulletin. Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European M.A./M.P.H. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Exam Studies and Master of Science in Security Informatics Requirements are the same as for the Master of Arts (M.A./M.S.) degree, except the M.A. essay committee should consist The Russian and East European Institute and the School of REEI and School of Public Health professors. of Informatics and Computing jointly offer a three-year program that qualifies students for a dual Master's degree. Language Requirements Study for the dual degree (M.A./M.S.) can be combined Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency for a total of 54 credit hours rather than the 66 credit Examination in one area language (same as for the hours required for the two degrees taken separately. All Master of Arts degree—please see previous description). dual-degree students should expect to pay University Graduate School tuition rates for approximately half of Dual Master of Arts in Russian and East European their enrolled semesters at IU and professional school Studies and Master of Arts in Journalism (M.A./M.A.) tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must be The Russian and East European Institute and the School awarded simultaneously. of Journalism jointly offer a three-year program that Admissions Requirements qualifies students for a dual Master's degree. Study for the dual degree (M.A./M.A.) can be combined for Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that a total of 51-52 credit hours rather than the 60 credit application must also be made to the School of Informatics hours required for the two degrees taken separately. All and Computing for study toward the Master of Science in dual-degree students should expect to pay University Security Informatics degree. Students must be accepted Graduate School tuition rates for approximately half of by both units to be admitted to the program. their enrolled semesters at IU and professional school tuition rates for the other half. Both degrees must be REEI Course Requirements awarded simultaneously. Twenty-four credit hours of graduate course work to be Admissions Requirements distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian and East European Area Studies [3 credits] to be taken Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that the first fall of enrollment; (2) four courses [3 credits each] application must also be made to the School of Journalism from area studies offerings, one each from the social for study toward the Master of Arts in Journalism degree. science group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) two courses [3 credits September 6, 2017 381 each] in the concentration area of Security Studies (these Seventy-nine (79) credit hours of graduate course work. courses should be selected in consultation with the REEI Full information on the J.D. curriculum is contained in the Graduate Advisor and they may not count towards the Maurer Law School Bulletin. credit hours required for the Master of Science in Security Informatics; (4) R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in M.A./J.D. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Examination Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except the M.A. Security Informatics Course Requirements essay committee should consist of REEI and Maurer Law School professors. Thirty (30) credit hours of graduate course work. Full information on the M.S. curriculum is contained in the Language Requirements School of Informatics and Computing Bulletin. Successful completion of REEI Oral Proficiency M.A./M.S. Essay and Interdisciplinary Oral Examination in one area Language (same as for the Examination Master of Arts degree--please see previous description). Same as for the Master of Arts degree, except M.A. Graduate Certificate in Russian and East European essay committee should consist of REEI and School Area Studies of Informatics and Computing professors. Language Admissions Requirements Requirement Successful completion of the REEI Oral Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability and Proficiency Examination in one area language (same a graduate degree (Masters level or higher). Applicants as for the Master of Arts degree-please see previous will also provide a personal statement that outlines description). their academic and career path. Applicants will provide Joint Master of Arts in Russian and East European evidence of at least 2 years of study of an appropriate Area Studies and Juris Doctorate (M.A./J.D.) area language at the college level, or equivalent. The Russian and East European Institute and Maurer Course Requirements Law School jointly offer a four-year program that qualifies students for a joint degree plan, awarding the student an (1) Fifteen [15] credit hours with at least one course [3 M.A. and J.D. Study for the joint degree (M.A./J.D.) can credit hours] from all of the four following groups: social be combined for a total of 106 credit hours rather than science group, historical/geographical group, sociocultural the 118 credit hours required for the two degrees taken group, and literature group. All four distribution groups separately. must be met, unless scheduling conflicts do not permit it as determined by the Advisor. In this case, at least three The first year of course work toward the joint degree distribution groups must be met. Courses must be passed should be completed in Maurer Law to complete with a grade of at least a B. The courses must be planned prerequisite courses. All joint-degree students shoud in consultation with the graduate advisor or director of expect to pay University Graduate School tuition rates for REEI. approximately half of their enrolled semesters at I.U. and professional school tuition rates for the other half. Both Portfolio Presentation degrees must be awarded simultaneously. (1) Portfolio of work produced for class while at REEI, Admissions Requirements totaling 25-30 pages. See advisor for more information on portfolio approval and composition. Requirements are the same as for the Master of Arts degree, except that application must also be made to (2) Presentation of work. This presentation will reflective Maurer Law School for study toward the Juris Doctorate of academic work while at REEI, bring the two portfolio degree. Students must be accepted by both units to be papers together, and show how the student anticipates admitted to the program. his/her work at REEI will impact his/her future career. REEI Course Requirements Ph.D. Minor Program Admissions Requirement Twenty-seven (27) credit hours of graduate course work to be distributed as follows: (1) R600 Proseminar in Russian Bachelor’s degree with evidence of superior ability. and East European Area Studies [3 credits] (2) four Students admitted to the institute must be admitted first courses [3 credits each] from area studies offerings, one by a department in which they will work simultaneously each from the social science group, historical/geographical for a Ph.D.; the minor is awarded only upon completion group, sociocultural group, and literature group; (3) three of this degree, except in the case of students who have courses [3 credits each] in the concentration area of already earned an advanced degree at Indiana University international law [these courses should be selected in and who wish to add area specialization to competence in consultation with the REEI graduate advisor and they may their discipline. not count toward the credit hours required for the Juris Course Requirements Doctorate]; and (4) R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian and East European Studies [3 credits]. At least Three to five courses (3 credits each) from area studies 20 credit hours must be taken in the College of Arts and courses, with at least one course from three of the Sciences. All course requirements must be completed with four following groups: social science group, historical/ an average grade of B or above. geographical group, sociocultural group, and literature group. The courses must be planned in consultation with Maurer Law School Course Requirements the graduate advisor or director of REEI. 382 September 6, 2017

Courses R528 Post-Soviet Central Asia (3 cr.) R529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (3 cr.) Institute Colloquiums R549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) R500 Russian and East European Issues (1-4 R569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (3 cr.) cr.) Selected issues in Russian and East European R589 Topics in Turkish Studies: Social Science Topics (3 history, politics, culture, economics, and society. cr.) R594 Environmental Problems & Social Constraints in N R575 Graduate Readings in Russian and East and Central Eurasia (3 cr.) European Studies (1-3 cr.) Consent of instructor and R595 Politics of Identity (3 cr.) the director of the Russian and East European Institute R599 Central Eurasian Studies (3 cr.) required. R693 The Problems of Nationalism (3 cr.) R600 Proseminar in Russian and East European R697 Soviet and Post-Soviet Nationality Policies and Area Studies (3 cr.) Introduction to the disciplines and Problems (3 cr.) methodologies of Russian and East European area R790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Social Science studies. Topics (3 cr.) R601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium in Russian and East Economics E501 Seminar in Economics: Soviet-Type European Studies (1.5-3 cr.) Capstone course for the Economies in Transition (3 cr.) Russian and East European Institute master’s degree, E698 Comparative Economics and Economics of emphasizing readings in current problems and completion Transition (3 cr.) of a major research paper. Education H551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) R610 Seminar in International Librarianship: H552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) International Information Issues (3 cr.) Comparison of European Studies W501 The Economics of European information policies, information standards, and library Integration (3 cr.) systems as they affect commercial, scholarly, scientific, W504 Model European Union (REE area topics) (3 cr.) and political information contexts. W605 Topics in West European Studies (REE area topic) R620 Topics in Information, Literature, and (3 cr.) Graduate I701 Multidisciplinary Seminar on Issues Bibliography: Slavic Library Materials (3 cr.) P: and Approaches in Global Studies (3 cr.) Knowledge of at least one Slavic language or consent of I702 Independent Study in Global Studies (1-4 cr.) instructor. Selection and acquisition of Slavic materials; I705 Multidisciplinary Graduate Seminar in Human Rights special problems in organization and handling; Slavic (3 cr.) bibliographies and other reference materials; online Law B523 War Crimes (previously approved topics bibliographic databases. include: The Milosevic Trial and Trying Slobodan Courses Satisfying Distribution Requirements for the Milosevic) (3 cr.) REEI M.A., M.A./M.B.A., M.A./M.I.S., M.A./M.L.S., M.A./ B565 International Criminal Law (REE area topics) (3 cr.) M.P.A., M.A./M.P.H., M.A./M.A., M.A./M.S., J.D./M.A. B575 Constitutional Design in Multiethnic Countries (REE Graduate Certificate, and Ph.D. Minor area topics) (3 cr.) B755 European Union Law (REE area topics) (3 cr.) To receive graduate credit for 300- and 400-level L675 Lessons of the Yugoslav Crisis (3 cr.) courses, the course must be taught by a professor (not an L793 Seminar in Human Rights (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Associate Instructor), may require additional assignments, and must receive prior departmental approval. Courses Political Science Y368 Russian and Soviet Foreign listed in more than one section have varying topics. Policy (3 cr.) Y382 Modern Political Thought (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Group I (Social Science) Y385 Russian Political Ideas (3 cr.) Y557 Comparative Politics: Approaches and Issues (REE Business D503 International Business Environment(1.5 area topics) (3 cr.) cr.) Y657 Comparative Politics (REE area topics) (3 cr.) D504 Operations of International Business (1.5 cr.) Y669 International Relations (REE area topics) (3 cr.) D594 International Competitive Strategy (1.5 cr.) Y673 Empirical Theory & Method. (REE area topics) (3 D595 International Management (1.5 cr.) cr.) F570 International Financial Markets (1.5 cr.) Y675 Political Philosophy (REE area topics) (3 cr.) L579 Cybersecurity Law and Policy (1.5 cr.) Y681 Readings in Comparative Politics (REE area topics) F571 International Corporate Finance (1.5 cr.) (1-4 cr.) M594 Global Marketing Management (3 cr.) X575 Kelley International Finance Perspectives Field Public and Environmental Affairs V524 Civil Society in Study a Comparative Perspective (REE area topics) (3 cr.) X576 Emerging Market Experience (EME) Field Study V550 Topics in Public Affairs (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Course (REE topics) (1.5 cr.) V573 Comparative Public Management (3 cr.) X699 International Business and Culture (3 cr.) V575 Comparative Public Management and Administration (3 cr.) Central Eurasian Studies R502 Finland in the Twentieth V576 Approaches to Development (REE area topics) (3 Century (3 cr.) cr.) R509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) V577 Intro Comparative and Int'l Affairs (REE area topics) R515 Politics and Society in Central Asian (3 cr.) (3 cr.) R527 Post-Soviet Central Asia (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 383

V578 Int'l Economics, Strategy, and Trade Policy (REE R500 History of the Cold War area topics) (3 cr.) R500 Empire of the Tsars (3 cr.) V589 Topics in Public Policy: Democratization and R500 Russian Revolution and the Soviet Regime (3 cr.) Transformation in Eastern Europe and the Newly R500 The People vs. the Emperor (3 cr.) Independent States (3 cr.) H620 Colloquium in Modern West European History (REE V710 International Public Policy (REE area topics) (3 cr.) area topics ) (4 cr.) R640 Colloquium in Russian History (4 cr.) Russian and East European Institute H645 Colloquium in East European History (4 cr.) R500 Russian and East European Issues (3 cr.) H720 Seminar in European History (REE area topics) (4 Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures cr.) R572 Business Russian (3 cr.) H740 Seminar in Russian History (4 cr.) R592 Methodology of Russian Language Instruction (3 cr.) H745 Seminar in East European History (4 cr.) S540 Graduate Readings on Slavic Studies: Social Group III (Sociocultural) Science Topics (Approved topics include: Russian for Social Sciences) (3 cr.) Anthropology E600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Anthropology (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Group II (Historical/Geographical) E612 Anthropology of Russia and Eastern Europe (3 cr.) Central Eurasian Studies R501 The Baltic States since E614 Post Socialist Gender Formations (REE area topics) 1918 (3 cr.) (3 cr.) R502 Finland in the Twentieth Century (3 cr.) E677 Performing Nationalism (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) E682 Memory and Culture (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R510 Intro to Central Asian History (REE area topic) (3 E687 Ethnography of Europe (3 cr.) cr.) L500 Proseminar in Language and Culture (REE area R513 Islam in the Former Soviet Union (REE area topics) (3 cr.) topics) )3 cr.) L600 Seminar in Ethnography of Comm. (REE area R515 Politics and Society in Central Asia (REE area topic) topics) (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Central Eurasian Studies R508 Estonian Culture and R529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE area topic) (3 Civilization (3 cr.) cr.) R509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (REE area topic) (3 R547 East Central European Cities in Comparative cr.) Perspectives (3 cr.) R513 Islam in the Soviet Union and Successor States (3 R549 Topics (REE area topics) (3 cr.) cr.) R549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R515 Politics and Society in Central Asia (3 cr.) R560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) R516 Peoples and Cultures of Central Asia (3 cr.) R569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R528 Post-Soviet Transition Central Asia (3 cr.) R583 Ottoman Classical Age 1300-1600: Ten Sultans, R529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE area topic) (3 One Empire (REE area topic) (3 cr.) cr.) R593 The Mongol Conquest (3 cr.) R542 Roma History and Culture (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R596 Rus, Khazar, and Bulgars (3 cr.) R549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) R599 Selected Topics in Central Eurasian Studies: Recent topics: Politics, Society, and Culture in Present- Historical Topics (3 cr.) Day Hungary (3 cr.) R611 Ethnic History of Central Asia (3 cr.) R560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) R612 Central Asia under Russian Rule (3 cr.) R613 Central Asia in the 16th-19th Centuries (3 cr.) R569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R616 Religion and Power in Islamic Central Asia (3 cr.) R584 Topics in Turkish Studies: Sociocultural Topics (3 R618 Islamic Central Asia in the Sixteenth-Nineteenth cr.) Centuries (3 cr.) R592 Uralic Peoples and Cultures (3 cr.) R627 Islam and Modernity in Central Asia (REE area R599 Central Eurasian Studies (REE area topics) (3 cr.) topic) (3 cr.) R616 Religion and Power in Islamic Central Asia R628 Russia's Orient (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R627 Islam and Modernity in Central Asia (REE area R629 Islamic Hagiography of Central Asia (3 cr.) topic) (3 cr.) R698 Empire and Ethnicity in Modern Russian History (3 R641 Art and Music of 19th and 20th Century Hungary cr.) (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R713 Sources for the Central Asian History (REE area R642 Bela Bartok: Composer in Context (3 cr.) topic) (3 cr.) R649 Roma through History, Music, and Film (REE area R790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: History topics topic) (3 cr.) (REE area topic) (3 cr.) R711 Seminar on Comparative Study of Central Asia and Middle East (3 cr.) Geography G427 Russia and Its Neighbors (3 cr.) R780 Seminar in Turkish Studies, Sociocutural Topics (3 G428 Geography of Europe (3 cr.) cr.) History R790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Sociocultural T500 Topics in History (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Topics (3 cr.) Recent Topics in REE History offered through REEI Comparative Literature C641 Literature in its Intellectual R500 E. Europe in the Twentieth Century (3 cr.) and Cultural Contexts (REE area topics) (4 cr.) R500 Eastern Europe 1945-present R500 Modern Ukraine 384 September 6, 2017

Criminal Justice P680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal R503 Classical Finnish Literature (3 cr.) Justice: (REE area topics) (3 cr.) R504 Modern Finnish Literature (3 cr.) R509 Topics in Balit-Finnish Studies (REE area topics) (3 Fine Arts A425 Byzantine Art (4 cr.) cr.) A442 Twentieth Century Art 1900-1924 (4 cr.) R529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE area topics) (3 A480 Russian Art (4 cr.) cr.) A521 Early Christian Arts (REE area topics) (4 cr.) R549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (REE area topics) (3 A525 Heaven on Earth: Art and the Church in Byzantium cr.) (REE area topics) (4 cr.) R569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area topics) (3 A621 Problems in Early Christian Art (REE area topics) (4 cr.) cr.) R599 Topics in Central Eurasian Studies: Literature A626 Problems in Byzantine Art (4 cr.) Topics (3 cr.) Folklore F635 European Folklore/Folk Music (REE area R699 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Literature topic) (3 cr.) Topics (3 cr.) F755 Folklore, Culture, and Society (REE area topics) (3 R790 Seminar in Central Eurasian Studies: Literature cr.) Topics (3 cr.) Germanic Studies Y506 Topics in Yiddish Culture (3 cr.) Comparative Literature C535 The Later Nineteenth and Y815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Studies: Language, Early Twentieth Centuries (REE area topics) (4 cr.) Literature, Culture (1-4 cr.) C581 Workshop in Literary Translation (REE area topics) (4 cr.) Information and Library Science C603 Topics in Comparative Literature (REE area topics) Z542 International Information Issues (3 cr.) (4 cr.) Z605 Internship in Information and Library Science (2-6 C641 Literature in Its Intellectual and Cultural Contexts cr.) (REE area topics) (4 cr.) Z629 Topics in Information Sources and Services: Slavic Bibliography (3 cr.) Germanic Studies Y505 Modernity and Tradition in Yiddish Literature and Culture (3 cr.) Journalism Y815 Individual Readings in Yiddish Language, Literature, J514 International Communication (3 cr.) or Culture (1-4 cr.) J560 Topics Colloquium: Reporting Foreign Affairs (3 cr.) J624 Russian and East European Press Systems (3 cr.) Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures J660 European Journalism History (3 cr.) C563 Literatures and Cultures of the Czechs and Slovaks I (3 cr.) Music M502 Composers (REE area topics) (3 cr.) C564 Literatures and Cultures of the Czechs and Slovaks M510 Topics in Music Literature (REE area topics) (3 cr.) II (3 cr.) M527 Symphonic Literature Z542 (REE area topics) (3 cr.) C565 Seminar in Czech Literature and Culture (3 cr.) M537 Topics in Russian Music (3 cr.) L599 Prague School Linguistics and Poetics (3 cr.) M601 Topics in Music Research (REE area topics) (3 cr.) M565 Individual Readings in Romanian Language and M602 Seminar in Musicology: Music and Politics in Literature (cr. arr.) Eastern Europe (3 cr.) P563 Survey of Polish Literature and Culture I (3 cr.) M695 Seminar in Romantic Music (REE area topics) (3 P564 Survey of Polish Literature and Culture II (3 cr.) cr.) P565 Seminar in Polish Literature and Culture II (3 cr.) Religious Studies R531 Orthodox Christianity (3 cr.) R405 Readings in Russian Literature I (3 cr.) (in Russian) R406 Readings in Russian Literature II (3 cr.) (in Russian) Russian and East European Institute R500 Russian R500 Proseminar in Russian Literature (3 cr.) and East European Issues (3 cr.) R503 Old Russian Literature (3 cr.) (in Russian) R610 Seminar in International Librarianship: International R504 Eighteenth Century Russian Literature (3 cr.) Information Issues (3 cr.) R505 Nineteenth Century Russian Literature I (3 cr.) R620 Topics in Information, Literature, and Bibliography: R506 Nineteenth Century Russian Literature II (3 cr.) Slavic Library Materials (3 cr.) R507 Twentieth Century Russian Literature I (3 cr.) R508 Twentieth Century Russian Literature II (3 cr.) Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures R520 Twentieth Century Russian Author (3 cr.) L601 Sociolinguistic Issues in Post-Yugoslavia (3 cr.) R530 Pushkin (3 cr.) P566 Polish Film (3 cr.) R531 Gogol (3 cr.) R407 Readings in Russian Culture, History, and Society I R532 Dostoevsky (3 cr.) (3 cr.) R533 Tolstoy (3 cr.) R408 Readings in Russian Culture, History, and Society II R534 Tolstoy and Dostoevsky (3 cr.) (3 cr.) R535 Chekhov (3 cr.) R552 Russian and Soviet Film (3 cr.) R545 Jewish Characters in Russian Literature (3 cr.) R553 Central European Cinema (3 cr.) R549 Myth and Reality: Women in Russian Literature and S540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies: Sociocultural in Life (3 cr.) Topics (Approved topics include: The Language of R550 Russian Drama (3 cr.) Russian Modernism: Literature, Music, and Arts; Post- R551 Russian Poetry (3 cr.) Communist Nostalgia) (3 cr.) R563 Pushkin to Dostoevsky (3 cr.) Group IV (Literature) R564 Tolstoy to Solzhenitsyn (3 cr.) R601 Seminar in Russian Literature (1-6 cr.) Central Eurasian Studies September 6, 2017 385

S540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies (1-6 cr.) Lee Hamilton (School of Global and International Studies), S563 Literature and Culture of the Southern Slavs I (3 cr.) Richard Lugar (School of Global and International S564 Literature and Culture of the Southern Slavs II (3 cr.) Studies), Elaine Monaghan (Media School) S565 Seminar in South Slavic Literature (3 cr.) Associate Professors Faculty Christopher Atwood* (Central Eurasian Studies), Sarah Director Bassett (Fine Arts), Gardner Bovingdon (Central Eurasian Studies), Judah Cohen ( Folklore and Ethnomusicology, Professor Sarah Phillips* Jewish Studies), Markus Dickinson (Linguistics), Elizabeth Graduate Faculty Dunn (Geography), George Fowler* (Slavicand East (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University European Languages and Cultures), Halina Goldberg* Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (Jacobs School of Music), Christina Illias (Classical doctoral dissertations.) Studies, Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), Owen V. Johnson* (Emeritus, Journalism), Distinguished Professors Frederika Kaestle* (Anthropology), Joshua Malitsky (Communication and Culture), Joanna Nizynska (Slavic Robert W. Campbell* (Emeritus, Economics), Linda Dégh* and East European Languages and Cultures), Marth (Emerita, Folklore) Nyikos* (Education), Ron Sela* (Central Eurasian Professors Studies, International Studies), Regina Smyth* (Political Science), Dina Spechler* (Political Science), Herbert Michael Alexeev* (Economics), David Audretsch* (School Terry* (Emeritus, Telecommunications) of Public and Environmental Affairs),, Randall Baker* (Emeritus, School of Public and Environmental Affairs), Assistant Professors William Bianco* (Political Science), Jacob Bielasiak* Denvil Duncan (School of Public and Environmental (Political Science), Maria Bucur-Deckard* (History), Affairs), Jacob Emery (Slavic and East European Daniel Cole* (Maurer Law School), Henry R. Cooper Jr.* Languages and Cultures), Debra Friedman (Second (Emeritus, Slavic and East European Languages and Language Studies), Kathryn Graber (Central Eurasian Cultures), Aurelian Craiutu* (Political Science), Devin Studies, Linguistics), Volodymyr Lugovsky* (Economics), DeWeese* (Central Eurasian Studies), Andrew Durkin* Patrick Michelson (Religious Studies), Daniel Preston (Emeritus, Slavic and East European Languages and (School of Public and Environmental Affairs), Scott Cultures), A. Benoit Eklof* (History), Michelle Facos Shackelford (Business), Maria Shardakova* (Slavic and (History of Art), Ronald Feldstein* (Emeritus, Slavic East European Languages and Cultures), Sara Stefani* and East European Languages and Cultures), William (Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), Fierman* (Emeritus, Central Eurasian Studies), Steven William Winecoff (Political Science) L. Franks* (Linguistics, Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), Jeffrey Hart* (Emeritus, Associate Scientist/Scholar Political Science), Jeffrey Isaac* (Political Science), Bruce Jaffee* (Emeritus, Business), Bill Johnston (TESOL/ Inta Carpenter (Folklore and Ethnomusicology) Applied Linguistics), Michael Kaganovich* (Econom- Lecturer/Senior Lecturer ics), Janet Kennedy* (Emeritus, Fine Arts), Padraic Kenney* (History), Dov-Ber Kerler* (Jewish Studies), Sofiya Asher (Slavic and East European Languages Robert Kravchuk (School of Public and Environmental and Cultures), Cigdem Balim-Harding (Near Eastern Affairs), Hiroaki Kuromiya* (History), Vincent Liotta Languages and Cultures), Craig Cravens (Slavic and East (Music), Terrence Mason* (School of Education), Bryan European Languages and Cultures), Frank Hess (Institute McCormick* (Recreation and Park Administration), Vicky for European Studies), Jeffrey Holdeman (Slavic and Meretsky (School of Public and Environmental Affairs), East European Languages and Cultures), Piibi-Kai Kivik John Mikesell* (School of Public and Environmental (Central Eurasian Studies), Svitlana Melnyk (Slavic and Affairs), Sarah Phillips* (Anthropology), Maureen Pirog* East European Languages and Cultures), Miriam Shrager (School of Public and Environmental Affairs), Alexander (Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures), Rabinowitch (Emeritus, History), David L. Ransel* Ariann Stern-Gottschalik (Slavic and East European (Emeritus, History), Toivo Raun* (Central Eurasian Languages and Cultures), Valeria Varga (Central Eurasian Studies, History), Steven Raymer (School of Journalism), Studies), Christine Von Der Haar (Sociology), Roman Jean C. Robinson* (Political Science), Mark Roseman Zlotin (Geography) (History, Jewish Studies), Alvin Rosenfeld* (English), Academic Advisor Anya Peterson Royce* (Anthropology), M. Nazif Shahrani* (Anthropology, Central Eurasian Studies, Near Eastern Emily Liverman, Global and International Studies Building Languages and Cultures), Beverly Stoeltje* (Emeritus, 4020, (812) 855-7309 Anthropology), Frances Trix* (Emeritus, Anthropology), Russell Valentino (Slavic and East European Languages Courses and Cultures), Bronislava Volkova* (Emeritus, Slavic and Institute Colloquiums East European Languages and Cultures), Timothy Waters (Maurer School of Law) • REEI-R 500 Russian and East European Issues (1-4 cr.) Selected issues in Russian and East Professors of Practice European history, politics, culture, economics, and society. 386 September 6, 2017

• REEI-R 575 Graduate Readings in Russian • CEUS-R 595 Politics of Identity (3 cr.) and East European Studies (1-3 cr.)Consent of • R599 Central Eurasian Studies (REE area topics) instructor and the director of the Russian and East (3 cr.) European Institute required. • CEUS-R 693 Theorizing Central Eurasia: The • REEI-R 600 Proseminar in Russian and East Problems of Nationalism (3 cr.) European Area Studies (3 cr.)Introduction to the • CEUS-R 697 Soviet and Post-Soviet Nationality disciplines and methodologies of Russian and East Policies and Problems (3 cr.) European area studies. • CEUS-R 594 Environmental Problems and Social • REEI-R 601 Interdisciplinary Colloquium Constraints in Northern and Central Eurasia in Russian and East European Studies (3 cr.) (1.5-3 cr.) Capstone course for the Russian • CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian and East European Institute master’s degree, Studies: Social Science Topics (3 cr.) emphasizing readings in current problems and completion of a major research paper. Economics • REEI-R 610 Seminar in International • ECON-E 501 Seminar in Economics: Soviet-Type Librarianship: International Information Economies in Transition (3 cr.) Issues (3 cr.) Comparison of information policies, • ECON-E 698 Comparative Economics and information standards, and library systems as they Economics of Transition (3 cr.) affect commercial, scholarly, scientific, and political information contexts. Education • REEI-R 620 Topics in Information, Literature, and Bibliography: Slavic Library Materials • EDUC-H 551 Comparative Education I (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: Knowledge of at least one Slavic language • EDUC-H 552 Comparative Education II (3 cr.) or consent of instructor. Selection and acquisition of European Studies Slavic materials; special problems in organization and handling; Slavic bibliographies and other • EURO-W 501 The Economics of European reference materials; online bibliographic databases. Integration (3 cr.) • EURO-W 504 Model European Union (REE area Group One topics) (3 cr.) Business • EURO-W 605 Topics in West European Studies • BUS-D 503 International Business Environment (REE area topics) (3 cr.) (1.5 cr.) Graduate • BUS-D 504 Operations of International Business (1.5 cr.) • GRAD-I 701 Multidisciplinary Seminar on Issues • BUS-D 594 International Competitive Strategy and Approaches in Global Studies (3 cr.) (1.5 cr.) • GRAD-I 702 Independent Study in Global Studies • BUS-D 595 International Management (1.5 cr.) (1-4 cr.) • BUS-F 570 International Financial Markets • GRAD-I 705 Multidisciplinary Seminar in Human (1.5 cr.) Rights (REE area topics) (3 cr.) • BUS-F 571 International Corporate Finance Law (1.5 cr.) • BUS-L 579 Cybersecurity Law and Policy (1.5 cr.) • LAW-B 523 War Crimes (previously approved • BUS-M 594 Global Marketing Management (3 cr.) topics include: The Milosevic Trial and Trying • BUS-X 575 Kelley International Finance Slobodan Milosevic) (3 cr.) Perspectives Field Study (arr. cr.) • LAW-B 565 International Criminal Law • BUS-X 699 International Business and Culture (3 cr.) (REE area topics) (3 cr.) • LAW-B 575 Constitutional Design in Multiethnic Countries (3 cr.) (REE area topics) Central Eurasian • LAW-B 755 European Union Law (3 cr.) (REE area • CEUS-R 502 Finland in the Twentieth Century topics) (3 cr.) • LAW-L 675 Lessons of the Yugoslav Crisis (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies • LAW-L 793 Seminar in Human Rights (3 cr.) (REE (3 cr.) area topics) • CEUS-R 515 Politics and Society in Central Asian Political Science (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 527 Post-Soviet Central Asia (3 cr.) • POLS-Y 368 Russian & Soviet Foreign Pol (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 528 Post-Soviet Central Asia (3 cr.) • POLS-Y 382 Modern Political Thought (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies • POLS-Y 385 Russian Political Ideas (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • POLS-Y 557 Comparative Politics: Approaches • CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) and Issues (REE area topics) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (3 cr.) • POLS-Y 657 Comparative Politics (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 589 Topics in Turkish Studies: Social • POLS-Y 669 International Relations (REE area Science Topics (3 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) September 6, 2017 387

• POLS-Y 673 Empirical Theory and Method (REE • CEUS-R 599 Selected Topics in Central Eurasian area topics) (3 cr.) Studies: Historical Topics (3 cr.) • POLS-Y 675 Political Philosophy (REE area • CEUS-R 611 Ethnic History of Central Asia (3 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 612 Central Asia under Russian Rule • POLS-Y 681 Readings in Comparative Politics (3 cr.) (REE area topics) (1-4 cr.) • CEUS-R 613 Islamic Central Asia in the SixteenthNineteenth Centuries (3 cr.) Public and Environmental Affairs • CEUS-R 616 Religion and Power in Islamic • SPEA-V 524 Civil Society in a Comparative Central Asia (3 cr.) Perspective (3 cr.) (REE area topics) • CEUS-R 618 Islamic Central Asia in the • SPEA-V 550 Topics in Public Affairs (REE area Sixteenth-Nineteenth Centuries (3 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 627 Islam and Modernity in Central Asia • SPEA-V 573 Comparative Public Management (REE area topics) (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 628 Russia's Orient (REE area topics) • SPEA-V 575 Comparative Public Management (3 cr.) and Administration (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 629 Islamic Hagiography of Central Asia • SPEA-V 576 Approaches to Development (3 cr.) (3 cr.) (REE area topics) • CEUS-R 698 Empire and Ethnicity in Modern • SPEA-V 577 Intro Comparative and International Russian History (3 cr.) Affairs (3 cr.) (REE area topics) • CEUS-R 713 Sources for the Central Asian • SPEA-V 578 International Economics, Strategy, History (3 cr.) and Trade Policy (3 cr.) (REE area topics) • CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian • SPEA-V 589 Topics in Public Policy: Studies: History topics (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Democratization and Transformation in Eastern Europe and the Newly Independent States (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 593 The Mongol Conquest (3 cr.) • SPEA-V 710 International Public Policy Georgraphy (3 cr.) (REE area topics) • GEOG-G 427 Russia and Its Neighbors (3 cr.) Russian and East European Institute • GEOG-G 428 Geography of Europe (3 cr.) • REEI-R 500 Russian and East European Issues History (3 cr.) • Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures • HIST-T 500 Topics in History (REE area topics) • SLAV-R 572 Business Russian (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 592 Methodology of Russian Language • HIST-R 500 Topics in Russian and East European Instruction (3 cr.) History (3 cr.) • SLAV-S 540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies: • HIST-H 640 Colloquium in Russian History (4 cr.) Social Science topics (3 cr.) • HIST-H 645 Colloquium in East European History (4 cr.) Group Two • HIST-H 720 Seminar in European History (REE Central Eurasian area topics) (4 cr.) • CEUS-R 501 The Baltic States Since 1918 (3 cr.) • HIST-H 740 Seminar in Russian History (4 cr.) • CEUS-R 502 Finland in the Twentieth Century • HIST-H 745 Seminar in East European History (3 cr.) (4 cr.) • CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies • HIST-H 620 Colloquium in Modern West (3 cr.) European History (REE area topics ) (4 cr.) • CEUS-R 510 Intro to Central Asian History (REE area topic) (3 cr.) Group Three • CEUS-R 513 Islam in the Former Soviet Union Anthropology (REE area topics) (3 cr.) • ANTH-E 600 Seminar in Cultural and Social • CEUS-R 515 Politics and Society in Central Asia Anthropology (REE area topics) (3 cr.) (REE area topic) (3 cr.) • ANTH-E 612 Anthropology of Russia and Eastern • CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies Europe (3 cr.) (REE area topic) (3 cr.) • ANTH-E 614 Post Socialist Gender Formations • CEUS-R 547 East Central European Cities in (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Comparative Perspectives (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • ANTH-E 677 Performing Nationalism (REE area • CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (3 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) • ANTH-E 682 Memory and Culture (REE area • CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE topics) (3 cr.) area topics) (3 cr.) • ANTH-E 687 Ethnography of Europe (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 583 Ottoman Classical Age 1300-1600: • ANTH-L 500 Proseminar in Language and Culture Ten Sultans, One Empire (REE area topics) (3 cr.) (REE area topics) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 596 Ruz, Khazar, and Bulgars (3 cr.) 388 September 6, 2017

• ANTH-L 600 Seminar in Ethnography of Comm. • FINA-A 525 Heaven on Earth: Art and the Church (REE area topics) (3 cr.) in Byzantium (REE area topics) (4 cr.) • FINA-A 621 Problems in Early Christian Art (REE Central Eurasian area topics) (4 cr.) • CEUS-R 508 Estonian Culture and Civilization • FINA-A 626 Problems in Byzantine Art (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Folklore • CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies (3 cr.) • FOLK-F 755 Folklore, Culture, and Society (REE • CEUS-R 513 Islam in the Soviet Union and area topics) (3 cr.) Successor States (3 cr.) • FOLK-F 635 European Folklore/Folk music (REE • CEUS-R 515 Politics and Society in Central Asia area topic) (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Germanic Studies • CEUS-R 516 Peoples and Cultures of Central Asia (3 cr.) • GER-Y 506 Topics in Yiddish Culture (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 528 Post-Soviet Transition Central Asia • GER-Y 815 Individual Readings in Yiddish (3 cr.) Studies: Language, Literature, Culture (1-4 cr.) • CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies (REE area topic) (3 cr.) Journalism • CEUS-R 542 Roma History and Culture • JOUR-J 514 International Communication (3 cr.) (3 cr.) (REE area topics) • JOUR-J 560 Topics Colloquium: Reporting • CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (9 cr.) Foreign Affairs (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 560 Modern Mongolia (3 cr.) • JOUR-J 624 Russian and East European Press • CEUS-R 564 Shamanism and Folk eligion of the Systems (3 cr.) Mongols (3 cr.) • JOUR-J 660 European Journalism History (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE area topics) (3 cr.) Library Science • CEUS-R 584 Topics in Turkish Studies: • SLIS-Z 542 International Information Issues Sociocultural Topics (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 592 Uralic Peoples and Cultures (3 cr.) • SLIS-Z 605 Internship in Library and Information • CEUS-R 599 Central Eurasian Studies (REE area Science (2-6 cr.) topics) (3 cr.) • SLIS-Z 629 Topics in Information Sources and • CEUS-R 616 Religion and Power in Islamic Services: Slavic Bibliography (3 cr.) Central Asia (3 cr.) Music • CEUS-R 627 Islam and Modernity in Central Asia (REE area topics) (3 cr.) • MUS-M 502 Composers (REE area topics) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 641 Art and Music of 19th and 20th • MUS-M 510 Topics in Music Literature (REE area Century Hungary (3 cr.) (REE area topics) topics) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 642 Bela Bartok: Composer in Context • MUS-M 527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) (REE (3 cr.) area topics) • CEUS-R 649 Roma through History, Music and • MUS-M 537 Topics in Russian Music (3 cr.) Film (3 cr.) (REE area topics) • MUS-M 601 Topics in Music Research (REE area • CEUS-R 711 Seminar on Comparative Study of topics) (3 cr.) Central Asia and Middle East (3 cr.) • MUS-M 602 Seminar in Musicology: Music and • CEUS-R 780 Seminar in Turkish Studies: Politics in Eastern Europe (3 cr.) Sociocultural Topics (3 cr.) • MUS-M 695 Seminar in Romantic Music (REE • CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian area topics) (3 cr.) Studies: Sociocultural Topics (3 cr.) Religious Studies Comparative Literature • REL-R 531 Orthodox Christianity (3 cr.) • CMLT-C 641 Literature in its Intellectual and Cultural Contexts (REE area topics) (4 cr.) Russian East European Criminal Justice • REEI-R 610 Seminar in International Librarianship: International Information Issues • CJUS-P 680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal Justice: (3 cr.) (REE area topics) (3 cr.) • REEI-R 620 Topics in Information, Literature, and Fine Arts Bibliography: Slavic Library Materials (3 cr.) • REEI-R 500 Russian and East European Issues • FINA-A 425 Byzantine Art (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • FINA-A 442 Twentieth Century Art 1900-1924 (3 cr.) Slavic Languages • FINA-A 480 Russian Art (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 407 Readings in Russian Culture, • FINA-A 521 Early Christian Arts (REE area History, and Society I (3 cr.) topics) (4 cr.) September 6, 2017 389

• SLAV-R 408 Readings in Russian Culture, • SLAV-R 405 Readings in Russian Literature I History, and Society II (3 cr.) (3 cr.) (in Russian) • SLAV-R 552 Russian and Soviet Film (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 406 Readings in Russian Literature II • SLAV-R 553 Central European Cinema (3 cr.) (3 cr.) (in Russian) • SLAV-P 566 Polish Film (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 500 Proseminar in Russian Literature • SLAV-S 540 Graduate Readings in Slavic (3 cr.) Studies: Sociocultural Topics (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 503 Old Russian Literature (3 cr.) (in • SLAV-L 601 Sociolinguistic Issues in Post- Russian) Yugoslavia (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 504 Eighteenth Century Russian Literature (3 cr.) Group Four • SLAV-R 505 Nineteenth Century Russian Central Eurasian Literature I (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 503 Classical Finnish Literature (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 506 Nineteenth Century Russian • CEUS-R 504 Modern Finnish Literature (3 cr.) Literature II (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 509 Topics in Baltic-Finnish Studies • SLAV-R 507 Twentieth Century Russian (3 cr.) Literature I (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 529 Topics in Central Asian Studies • SLAV-R 508 Twentieth Century Russian (REE area topic) (3 cr.) Literature II (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 549 Topics in Hungarian Studies (REE • SLAV-R 520 Twentieth Century Russian Author area topic) (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 569 Topics in Mongolian Studies (REE • SLAV-R 530 Pushkin (3 cr.) area topics) (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 531 Gogol (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 599 Topics in Central Eurasian Studies: • SLAV-R 532 Dostoevsky (3 cr.) Literature Topics (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 533 Tolstoy (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 699 Seminar in Central Eurasian • SLAV-R 534 Tolstoy and Dostoevsky (3 cr.) Studies: Literature Topics (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 535 Chekhov (3 cr.) • CEUS-R 790 Seminar in Central Eurasian • SLAV-R 545 Jewish Characters in Russian Studies: Literature Topics (REE area topics) Literature (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 549 Myth and Reality: Women in Russian Literature and in Life (3 cr.) Comparative Literature • SLAV-R 550 Russian Drama (3 cr.) • CMLT-C 535 The Later Nineteenth and Early • SLAV-R 551 Russian Poetry (3 cr.) Twentieth Centuries (REE area topics) (4 cr.) • SLAV-R 563 Pushkin to Dostoevsky (3 cr.) • CMLT-C 641 Literature in Its Intellectual and • SLAV-R 564 Tolstoy to Solzhenitsyn (3 cr.) Cultural Contexts (REE area topics) (4 cr.) • SLAV-R 601 Seminar in Russian Literature • CMLT-C 581 Workshop in Literary Translation (1-6 cr.) (REE area topic) (4 cr.) • SLAV-S 540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies • CMLT-C 603 Topics in Comparative Literature (3 cr.) (REE area topic) (4 cr.) • SLAV-S 563 Literature and Culture of the Germanic Studies Southern Slavs I (1-6 cr.) • SLAV-S 564 Literature and Culture of the • GER-Y 505 Modernity and Tradition in Yiddish Southern Slavs II (3 cr.) Literature and Culture (3 cr.) • SLAV-S 565 Seminar in South Slavic Literature • GER-Y 815 Individual Readings in Yiddish (3 cr.) Language, Literature, or Culture (1-4 cr.) Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures Scientific Computing College of Arts and Sciences • SLAV-C 563 Literatures and Cultures of the Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~scicomp/ Czechs and Slovaks I (3 cr.) • SLAV-C 564 Literatures and Cultures of the Departmental E-mail: Czechs and Slovaks II (3 cr.) [email protected] • SLAV-C 565 Seminar in Czech Literature and (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Culture (3 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The • SLAV-L 599 Prague School Linguistics and University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Poetics (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School • SLAV-M 565 Individual Readings in Romanian Bulletin.) Language and Literature (3 cr.) • SLAV-P 563 Survey of Polish Literature and Curriculum Culture I (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Scientific Computing • SLAV-P 564 Survey of Polish Literature and Scientific computing is an interdisciplinary, Culture I (3 cr.) interdepartmental graduate minor recognizing important • SLAV-P 565 Seminar in Polish Literature and changes that have introduced a powerful and essential Culture II (3 cr.) mode of scientific research. The increasing availability 390 September 6, 2017 of high-performance computers has led to a method of Sciences), Beth A. Plale* (Computer Science), Thomas scientific inquiry based on mathematical models solved by Sterling* (Computer Science) means of numerical computations, analyzed and viewed by means of advanced computer graphics. Carrying out Associate Professors research by these means is necessarily multidisciplinary, Srinivasan S. Iyengar* (Chemistry), Kaj Johnson* calling on advanced skills in areas that span many (Geological Sciences), Sima Setayeshgar* (Physics), classical divisions of academia. The Ph.D. minor in Martin Swany* (Computer Science), Liese van Zee* scientific computing provides the interdepartmental (Astronomy) education necessary to equip students for research within this paradigm. Scientific computing courses are generally Assistant Professors organized into four categories: numerical analysis, Yong-Yeol Ahn* (Informatics and Computing), Ryan scientific applications, scientific visualization, and high- R. Newton* (Computer Science), Judy Qiu* (Computer performance computing. Students are encouraged to Science), Enrico Vesperini* (Astronomy) develop expertise in more than one of those areas. Courses Course Requirements Courses that can be used to satisfy the Scientific Twelve (12) credit hours in approved courses, 6 credit Computing minor requirement include, but are not limited hours of which must be outside the student’s major to, the following list: department. However, at the discretion of the minor advisors, students whose major curriculum includes one A550 (Astronomy), A570 (Astronomy), A575 (Astronomy or more courses with a substantial scientific computing —provided that the course project involves numerical component may reduce the required credit hours for the computation), P573 (CSCI), B582 (CSCI), B649 (CSCI), minor by as much as six (6) credit hours; at minimum, six B673 (CSCI), C668 (Chemistry), P410 (Physics), P609 (6) credit hours in approved courses outside the student's (Physics), P610 (Physics), P700 (Physics), M441 major department are still required. (Mathematics), M442 (Mathematics), M471 (Mathematics), M472 (Mathematics), M571 (Mathematics), M572 The course P573 Introduction to Scientific Computing I (Mathematics), G514 (Geological Sciences), G612 has been created as an introductory course for students (Geological Sciences), and G614 (Geological Sciences). in the program. Students entering with a background in computational science or engineering, in consultation Second Language Studies with their advisor on the Scientific Computing Committee, may omit this course from their curriculum. Students College of Arts and Sciences develop their course of study with two faculty: one from Departmental E-mail: [email protected] the student’s home department and the other a member Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~dsls/ of the Graduate Committee on Scientific Computing from outside the student’s home department. The proposed (Please note that when conferring University Graduate course of study will be submitted for approval by the School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Graduate Committee on Scientific Computing. If approved, University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements a letter detailing the course of study will be signed by the contained only in The University Graduate School director with copies given to the student and the student’s Bulletin.) home department. Significant changes to the course of study need to undergo the same process of development Curriculum and approval. Certification of completion of the minor Degrees Offered requirements will be by the director or an appointed Master of Arts in TESOL/Applied Linguistics, Master of representative. Arts in Second Language Studies, Doctor of Philosophy Faculty in Second Language Studies, Doctoral Minor in Second Language Studies, Graduate Certificate in TESOL and Director Applied Linguistics. Distinguished Professor Steven Gottlieb* Special Departmental Requirements Interdepartmental Graduate Committee on Scientific (See also general University Graduate School Computing requirements.) College Professor Master of Arts in TESOL and Applied Linguistics Roger Temam* (Mathematics) Admission Requirements Distinguished Professors Admission to the M.A. program will be based on evaluations of Steven Gottlieb* (Physics), Peter Ortoleva* (Chemistry), Krishnan Raghavachari* (Chemistry) 1. undergraduate grade record, Professors 2. level of achievement on the Graduate Record Examination General Test, Randall Bramley* (Informatics), Haldan Cohn* 3. three letters of recommendation, and (Astronomy), Charles Horowitz* (Physics), Michael Jolly* 4. undergraduate exposure to linguistics and related (Mathematics), Phyllis Lugger* (Astronomy), Andrew course work, Lumsdaine* (Computer Science), Gary Pavlis* (Geological 5. statement of purpose, September 6, 2017 391

6. curriculum vitae. Reading knowledge of one foreign language approved by the department. Students not satisfying requirement (4) may be admitted, but may be required to do course work prerequisite to Thesis introductory graduate courses. Optional; maximum of 4 credit hours. Requirements Final Examination A total of thirty (30) credit hours is required, including the core courses: T510 Modern English Grammar, S511 None. Second Language Syntax, T514 English Phonology for Doctor of Philosophy in Second Language Studies Language Learning and Teaching, S532 Foundations of Admission Requirements Second Language Acquisition, T534 Methods in Teaching ESL/EFL to Adults (TESOL), T535 TESOL Practicum, and Admission to the Ph.D. program will be based upon T550 Language Testing. Additional electives are required evaluation of as approved by the department. A grade point average of 1. previous academic record, 3.0 (B) must be maintained in 500-level courses in Second Language Studies; any student who falls below a GPA of 2. level of achievement on the Graduate Record 3.0 will be put on probation and unless the student brings Examination General Test, this record up to a 3.0 grade point average in the following 3. three letters of recommendation, semester may be dismissed from the program. 4. previous exposure to TESOL/Applied Linguistics and related course work, Foreign Language Requirements 5. statement of purpose, Reading knowledge of one foreign language approved by 6. statement of research interests, the department. 7. curriculum vitae. Thesis Degree Requirements Optional; maximum of 4 credit hours. A total of ninety (90) credit hours are required, with at least 66 credit hours of course work plus up to 24 credit Final Examination hours of dissertation research. A grade point average of None. 3.0 (B) must be maintained in Second Language Studies coursework; any student who falls below a GPA of 3.0 Master of Arts in Second Language Studies will be put on probation and unless the student brings this Admission Requirements record up to a 3.0 grade point average in the following semester may be dismissed from the program. Admission to the M.A. program will be based on evaluations of Required Core Courses 1. undergraduate grade record, Every student in the program will take six core courses (18 2. level of achievement on the Graduate Record cr. total): Examination General Test, S511 Second Language Syntax (3 cr.) 3. three letters of recommendation, S512 Second Language Phonology (3 cr.) 4. undergraduate exposure to linguistics and related S532 Foundations of Second Language Acquisition (3 course work, cr.) 5. statement of purpose, S533 Second Language Acquisition Research Design (3 cr.) 6. curriculum vitae. S536 Research in Second Language Pedagogical Students not satisfying requirement (4) may be admitted, Contexts (3 cr.) but may be required to do course work prerequisite to S670 Language Typology (3 cr.) introductory graduate courses. Seminars (3 cr. each) Requirements All students will complete at least 6 credits in two seminars A total of thirty (30) credit hours is required, including in Second Language Studies. These courses may be the core courses: S511 Second Language Syntax, S512 applied to other requirements as well. Second Language Phonology, S532 Foundations of Breadth requirements Second Language Acquisition, S533 Second Language Acquisition Research Design, and S536 Research in All students will complete at least 3 credits each in four of Second Language Pedagogical Contexts. Additional the following five areas for a total of 12 credits. There is no electives are required as approved by the department. A restriction on the department in which these courses may grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be maintained in 500- be completed. Courses in the Second Language Studies level courses in Second Language Studies; any student core cannot be used to complete this requirement. who falls below a GPA of 3.0 will be put on probation and unless the student brings this record up to a 3.0 grade • Historical Linguistics/Language Contact/Language point average in the following semester may be dismissed Revitalization from the program. • Sociolinguistics/Pragmatics/Discourse Analysis • Morphology/Syntax/Semantics Foreign Language Requirements • Pedagogy 392 September 6, 2017

• Phonetics/Phonology The GQE is meant to demonstrate the ability to synthesize material explored in courses and in independent reading. Research Concentration The GQE will consist of two cloistered examinations, Students will establish a research concentration each three hours in duration. Students will elect two of in consultation with their committees. A research the following five areas, corresponding to the breadth concentration may be established by enrolling in five requirements. courses in the area of specialty, by working in an Historical Linguistics/Language Contact/Language appropriate research laboratory or research group, Revitalization by undertaking appropriate field work or training, Second Language Morphology/Syntax/Semantics by conducting approved independent research and Second/Foreign Language Pedagogy publication, or by a combination of these. Students Second Language Phonetics/Phonology who satisfy their research concentrations through Second Language Sociolinguistics/Pragmatics/Discourse participation in a research lab or research group or Analysis through independent research and publication may count the equivalent of up to three courses (9 credits) of S690 Most students will take the GQE the semester after (Directed Readings) toward the 66 credits required for the coursework is completed. In general, the two cloistered doctorate. The research concentration is represented in exams will be offered on two consecutive days in October the research qualifying examination. and in February. The GQE schedule will be posted by the end of each semester by the committee, each student Minor and Language Concentrations will inform the Director of Graduate Studies of his or her All students will be required to have a minor. The selected two areas no later than one month in advance of the minor should be appropriate to the student’s choice scheduled exam. Appropriate faculty members will submit of subdiscipline within Second Language Studies. potential questions to the Director of Graduate Studies, Appropriate minors include Anthropology, Cognitive who in turn will select and edit questions and coordinate Science, Communication and Culture, foreign languages, grading. Language Education, Linguistics, Psycholinguistics, and On any given cloistered exam, the student will have the Sociology. In all cases the number of hours to be included opportunity to de-select at least one question; the student in the minor will be consistent with the requirements of the will be required to answer two of three questions. All unit granting the minor. students selecting a given area in a given semester will Some students may wish to pursue a significant receive the same questions. All responses to any given concentration in a particular language area or in English exam question will be graded by the same two faculty as a Second Language. Students pursuing a language members. The grades are Pass and Fail. To pass any concentration in French, German, or Spanish will ordinarily given cloistered exam, at least three of the four grades take at least 21 hours in the Department of French and assigned must be Pass. If a student fails to pass one or Italian, the Department of Germanic Studies, or the both sections, s/he may take it a second time when the Department of Spanish and Portuguese, as appropriate. GQE is offered in the next semester. After consultation (Additional language concentrations may be added in with his or her advisory committee, such a student may the future.) Providing a student has completed all the also select a different exam area. requirements for the minor in the language department, Research Qualifying Examination (RQE) there is no need to complete both a minor and a language concentration. The language concentration will be the The RQE is designed to demonstrate that students have student’s minor of record. developed sufficient depth in their understanding of a particular constellation of research questions and that Language Requirements their academic writing skills are sufficiently well honed The language requirement for the Ph.D. is two research that they are able to begin meaningful work on their languages, which will ordinarily be languages of dissertations. In contrast to the GQE, the research exams scholarship in the student’s specialty. In addition, will be scheduled individually. We recommend that the students will take 1-2 courses in a language outside of research exam be completed in the semester following the language family of the student’s native language (for the successful completion of the GQE. Nevertheless, example, a native English speaker would take courses students are required to have demonstrated preparation in a non-Indo-European language; in contrast, a native in a research focus to the satisfaction of their advisory speaker of Chinese might take courses in Russian). To committees before they will be permitted to proceed with satisfy this requirement, a student could complete a one- the RQE. In contrast to the GQE, the advisory committee year language class, take the Field Methods sequence in administers the RQE and reports successful completion of Linguistics (L653-L654), or take a course on the structure the examination to the Director of Graduate Studies. of an appropriate language. The RQE may take one of two forms: Qualifying Examinations Option 1: a publishable research paper which pilots the All students must pass a set of examinations, consisting of student’s dissertation research, or a General Qualifying Examination (GQE) and a Research Qualifying Examination (RQE). These examinations are Option 2: a research essay which will be completed by the intended to provide an institutional structure for students student over the course of one full week. as they move from taking courses to writing a dissertation. For Option 1, the student must complete, to the advisory General Qualifying Examination (GQE) committee’s satisfaction, an original sole-authored September 6, 2017 393 research paper in the student’s intended area of • SLST-T502, Communications Skills for dissertation research, which in the committee’s judgment, International Associate Instructors (3 cr.)1 is ready for submission to one of the following journals: • a 3-credit elective in SLST numbered 500 or Studies in Second Language Acquisition, Second higher Language Research, Language Learning, TESOL Quarterly, or Applied Linguistics. Research papers are • SLST-T5xx, Proseminar in Applied Linguistics 8,000-10,000 words in length including text, references, (1 cr.)2 tables, figures, and appendices. For Option 2, the advisory committee will assign a single In the spring semester, students take: question arising from extensive consultation with the • SLST-T550, Language Testing (3 cr.) student reflecting the individual student’s research • SLST-T534, Methods in Teaching ESL/EFL to Adults focus, as defined through a series of courses, approved (TESOL) (3 cr.) independent research, participation in research groups or • SLST-T535, TESOL Practicum (3 cr.) labs, outside publications, or a combination of these. The • SLST-T5xx, TESOL Professionalization Workshop (1 student is to complete the essay within exactly one week, 2 but is free to employ data collected and analyzed ahead of cr.) time. 1 Required for non-native speakers of English who score Dissertation Proposal below Level 2 on the TEPAIC. The proposal for the dissertation must be approved by the 2 student’s research committee. Proposals should include To be piloted in fall 2016 and spring 2017 under SLST- pilot studies. The research committee may have the same T500. membership as the advisory committee or the student may English as a Foreign Language choose different members. The advisor for the dissertation The Department of Second Language Studies also offers will be a faculty member in the Department of Second English language instruction, including T501 Academic Language Studies and a member of the Graduate Faculty. English for International Graduate Students (2-3 cr.). One of the three other members of the committee will be For more information, please see the English Language based in the minor department or in the department of the Instruction website. student’s language concentration. The student will defend the proposal at a public colloquium. Faculty Dissertation (up to 24 cr.) Chairperson Professor Laurent Dekydtspotter* Students are required to complete a dissertation that constitutes an original and significant contribution to the Graduate Faculty field of Second Language Studies. The dissertation must (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University be successfully presented to the research committee in Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct an oral defense as described in the University Graduate doctoral dissertations.) School Academic Bulletin. Professors Ph.D. Minor in Second Language Studies The minor consists of a minimum of four courses (12 Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig*, Rex A. Sprouse*, Laurent credit hours) in Second Language Studies. Courses Dekydtspotter* should be at the 500 level or above. A grade point average Associate Professors of 3.0 (B) or better must be achieved in these courses. All SLS minors must include S532. The prerequisite for Isabelle Darcy*, Phillip S. LeSourd*, David Stringer* S532 is a graduate level course in morphosyntax; if taken in SLS this prerequisite will count toward the minor. A Assistant Professors specific program for satisfying the minor requirement must Sun-Young Shin, Yucel Yilmaz, Debra Friedman be developed in consultation with the student’s minor advisor. Adjunct Professors Graduate Certificate in TESOL and Applied Linguistics Kenneth de Jong* (Linguistics) The Certificate in TESOL and Applied Linguistics is a practical two-semester program designed to enable Adjunct Associate Professors students to work as successful teachers of the English César Félix-Brasdefer* (Spanish and Portuguese), language to adult speakers of other languages. The Kimberly L. Geeslin* (Spanish and Portuguese) Certificate requires twenty (20) credit hours of course work and a level of English language proficiency commensurate Adjunct Assistant Professors with effective teaching of English. Öner Özçelik (Central Eurasian Studies) In the fall semester, students take: Senior Lecturer • SLST-T510, Modern English Grammar (3 cr.) Linda Abe • SLST-T514, English Phonology for Language Learning and Teaching (3 cr.) Emeriti • ONE of the following 394 September 6, 2017

Harry L. Gradman*, Beverly Hartford*, Dick Bier SLST-S 605 Second Language Processing (3 cr.) Investigates how second language users assign Director of Graduate Studies representations to utterances of the target language input. Rex A. Sprouse* Surveys research on the human sentence processing mechanism, its relation to acquisition of grammars, and Academic Advising for Second Language Studies processing issues as they impact L2 acquisition. Students Memorial Hall 315, 855-7951 will become familiar with theoretical issues, empirical studies, and various research methodologies. Courses SLST-S 622 World Englishes (3 cr.) Examines standard SLST-S 511 Second Language Syntax (3 cr.) and non-standard varieties of English in countries where Examination of form and acquisition of nonnative syntax. English is spoken as a first language, an official language, Consideration of whether nonnative grammars are or an influential foreign language. Selected studies “fundamentally different” than native grammars, role of the of sociolinguistic variables, language change, code- learner’s native language, initial state of nonnative syntax, switching, and universal grammar inform discussion of and subsequent development. Comparison of child native variation in Afro-American English, Indian English, British acquisition and adult native acquisition. dialects, and English-based creoles. SLST-S 512 Second Language Phonology (3 cr.) SLST-S 632 Current Research in Second-Language Introduces students to second language phonological Acquisition (3 cr.) P: S532. Foundations of Second systems in light of issues in current phonological Language Acquisition. This course addresses issues in theory. Examines the acquisition of segments, syllable recent research in second-language acquisition. Examines constraints, and prosody in second languages. We selected cases illustrating the relation of second-language discuss mechanisms that determine the role of the first acquisition studies to linguistic theory. Emphasis on the language in second language development. Students will collection and analysis of acquisition data. develop problem-solving skills. SLST-S 640 Discourse Analysis (3 cr.) Surveys SLST-S 531 Child Second Language Development theories of discourse analysis including speech (3 cr.) Examines issues in child second language (L2) acts, conversational maxims, conversation analysis, acquisition, including the critical period hypothesis, ethnomethodology, text analysis, and critical discourse universal grammar, and role of the native grammar in the analysis. Applications of those theories to areas of initial state of child L2 acquisition. Child L2 acquisition of special interest to applied linguistics, including native phonology, morphology, and syntax is contrasted with speaker-nonnative speaker interaction, nonnative speaker adult L2 acquisition, child monolingual acquisition, and conversation, classroom discourse, and analysis of simultaneous bilingual acquisition. language in professional settings. SLST-S 532 Foundations of Second Language SLST-S 650 Design and Development of Language Acquisition (3 cr.) P: SLST T510 or S511, LING L543 Assessment (3 cr.) P: SLST T550 or equivalent. Provides or equivalent. Introduces students to second language students with advanced conceptual structures such as acquisition research. Critically examines major hypotheses the assessment-use-argument (AUA) framework to guide about the ways in which second languages develop. design, development, and use of particular language Discussions include a range of languages. Models include assessment instruments. Development and design of a variety of approaches: corpora-based, functionalist, assessment instruments will serve as demonstrations of generative, processing-based, sociocultural, and students’ control of course material and as preparation for universals of language. on-the-job development of assessments. SLST-S 533 Second Language Acquisition Research SLST-S 660 Contrastive Discourse (3 cr.) P: T532 Design (3 cr.) P: S532. Foundations of Second Language or consent of the instructor. Considers cross-cultural Acquisition. Examines a variety of research designs, text organization from the native and nonnative reader’s elicitation tasks, and experimental formats in second and writer’s viewpoints. Various aspects of text are language acquisition research appropriate to studies emphasized, including coherence and cohesion, and of production, processing, perception, structure, and formal and cultural schemata in genres such as expository pragmatics. Students will gain experience in designing and writing, letters, news articles, and narratives. carrying out studies. SLST-S 670 Language Typology (3 cr.) Introduction to SLST-S 536 Research in Second Language linguistic typology, the study of how languages differ and Pedagogical Contexts (3 cr.) Surveys current issues how they are alike in terms of formal features. Focuses and research areas in adult second language pedagogy. on a variety of syntactic and morphological features of Considers social, cultural, political and linguistic aspects languages including: lexical classes, word order, case of language teaching and learning; emphasizes the and agreement systems, animacy, definiteness, and substantive topics that are addressed; the range of institu- gender; valence-changing devices; verbal categories and tional, national and educational contexts of research; and subordination. the theoretical lenses that frame the research. SLST-S 690 Independent Readings in Second SLST-S 600 Topics in Second Language Studies Language Studies (1-4 cr.) Directed readings in research (3 cr.) Intensive study and analysis of selected issues and topics for second language studies. problems in second language studies. May be taken more SLST-S 700 Seminar in Applied Linguistics (3 cr.) This than once with different topics. seminar will deal with major issues in applied linguistics September 6, 2017 395 and second language studies research and theory. The SLST-T 534 Methods in Teaching ESL/EFL to Adults specific title will be announced well in advance of each (TESOL) (3 cr.) P: S532 Foundations of Second semester. Course may be retaken for up to 12 credit Language Acquisition. Analyzes and critiques approaches hours. and methods in teaching ESL/EFL to adults, including research and experiential perspectives on practice and SLST-S 711 Seminar in Second Language Acquisition theory. Surveys traditional and innovative approaches (3 cr.) Selected problems and issues in second language in language teaching, analyzes language classroom acquisition. Completion of SLS core or permission of the interaction, and sets language teaching in cultural and instructor is required. May be repeated for credit when sociopolitical context. To be taken concurrently with T535 topic changes. TESOL Practicum. SLST-S 800 Dissertation Research in Second SLST-T 535 TESOL Practicum (3 cr.) P: S532 Language Studies (1-12 cr.) Dissertation research. Foundations of Second Language Acquisition. Under Arranged. Permission of instructor willing to supervise supervision, students teach English as a second language research is required. to adult learners. The course provides experience in SLST-T 501 Academic English for International testing, placement, and materials preparation. Classroom Graduate Students (2-3 cr.) Designed to improve lectures focus on issues related to the art and profession spoken or written skills for graduate school. Sections of language teaching. To be taken concurrently with SLST on academic writing (research papers, references, T534, Methods in Teaching ESL/EFL to Adults. reviews, and critical syntheses) and academic speaking SLST-T 538 Reading and Writing (3 cr.) Examines (presentations, discussions, and group work) address a the relationship of second-language reading and range of academic writing and speaking styles. May be writing development to second-language acquisition, taken more than once if topic is different. Credit hours, composition theory, reading and writing research, and though counting toward full-time student status, do not second-language teaching. Topics include theories of accrue toward the total number required for a graduate second-language composition, second-language writing degree. processes, reading as input for writing, academic literacy SLST-T 500 Topics in TESOL/Applied Linguistics development, learning environments, and individual (3 cr.) Selected topics, issues, and problems in TESOL differences. and Applied Linguistics. Topics in this course are of SLST-T 539 Pragmatics and Second-language particular interest to the second-language practitioner. Learning (3 cr.) P: S532 Foundations of Second SLST-T 502 Communication Skills for International Language Acquisition. This course familiarizes students Associate Instructors (3 cr.) P: Completion of all with principles and issues in pragmatics and cross-cultural SLST T101 courses assigned by the English Language pragmatics. Students will learn appropriate data collection Improvement Program (SLS) and a score of NC4 or C3 on techniques and will collect primary data, learn to analyze the TEPAIC. The primary objective of this course is to help spoken and written data, and discuss the application of international students become effective teachers in the pragmatics to language learning and teaching, cross- US classroom. This course addresses the communication, cultural research, and international communication. teaching, and cultural issues that international students SLST-T 550 Language Testing (3 cr.) P: L503 or are likely to confront as an associate instructor at Indiana equivalent. Consideration of theory of assessing University. This course carries credit as a graduate competence in second languages. Preparation and elective. administration of various language testing instruments. SLST-T 510 Modern English Grammar (3 cr.) Primary emphasis on English as a second language. P: Completion of all SLST T101 courses assigned by SLST-T 556 Language Learning Technology (3 cr.) the English Language Improvement Program (SLS) and Examines the theories of language learning underlying a score of NC4 or C3 on the TEPAIC. An examination language learning technology. Examines current language of the principal features of the grammar of English. The learning technology for second and foreign language course draws upon traditional, structural, functional, and learning, teaching, testing, and research, and considers transformational accounts of the structure of English, its demonstrable efficacy. Identifies and explores specific with an emphasis on the pedagogical application of areas in need of further research and development. these accounts in the teaching of English as a second language. SLST-T 560 American Culture (3 cr.) P: For international students only. A survey of issues related to the culture SLST-T 514 English Phonology for Language Learning and character of the people of the United States. Topics and Teaching (3 cr.) Introduction to phonology as it include the national, social, and linguistic origins of the applies to the learning and teaching of second languages. American people, political and social institutions, and the Does not satisfy the phonology requirement for the Ph.D. arts. in linguistics. SLST-T 622 World Englishes (3 cr.) P: For international SLST-T 522 Survey of Applied Linguistics (3 cr.) students only. Investigation of the basic features of Intensive readings on selected topics relevant to the varieties of English as formally structured systems. acquisition of second languages, sociolinguistics, Attitudes toward speech and the relationship of language bilingualism, testing, and research directions. Readings differences to the attainment of social and educational will, for the most part, be current and subject to change as goals. the course is offered. 396 September 6, 2017

SLST-T 690 Advanced Readings in TESOL and the department's fourth-year course and (ii) a general Applied Linguistics (1-4 cr.) acquaintance with the major works of nineteenth- and twentieth-century Russian literature equivalent to at least SLST-G 901 Advanced Research (1-4 cr.) P: Completed the materials covered in a two-semester undergraduate 90 graduate credits. Requires permission of Department, survey course. For admission into Track 3, students see SLST Graduate Secretary, 855-7951 in Memorial Hall should demonstrate a clear interest in their language(s) 315 for class authorization to register. and area(s) of specialization (e.g., prior language study, SLST-S 604 Language Revitalization (3 cr.) Half of overseas experience in the relevant country, employment the 6,000 languages spoken today are endangered. plans which utilize that language, etc.). Students with This course explores why languages are at risk and a Slavic language deficiency are urged to apply to the investigates how minority and indigenous languages can Summer Workshop. be revitalized. Case studies highlight practical solutions Track Requirements currently being tried out in diverse communities. Students choose a particular endangered language as their focus of In addition to the general course requirements, students study. pursuing the M.A. degree shall complete one of the three programs described as follows. Tracks 1 and 2 are Slavic and East European structured primarily for preparing students who wish to Languages and Cultures continue toward a Ph.D. degree with a specialization in Russian literature or Slavic linguistics; Track 3 is designed College of Arts and Sciences mainly for students concentrating in area studies and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] typically pursuing a departmental language other than Departmental URL: http://www.slavic.indiana.edu/ Russian. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Track 1 Russian Literature M.A. Requirements School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The 1. R500 Proseminar in Russian Literature or CMLT University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements C501 Introduction to Contemporary Literary Studies contained only in The University Graduate School or equivalent Bulletin.) 2. L571 Old Church Slavonic or L576 History of the Curriculum Russian Literary Language or L501 Structure of Degrees Offered Russian I Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy 1. R501-R502 Fifth-Year Russian or equivalent; students who place beyond Fifth-Year Russian on Program Information the departmental placement exam (this exam will be Attention is called to the program of the Russian and East waived for native speakers of Russian with a college European Institute which offers students an opportunity to or high school diploma and transcript from any combine work for an advanced degree in the Department home-country institution with a curriculum conducted of Slavic and East European Languages and Cultures with in Russian) will substitute two other graduate level interdisciplinary area study of the former Soviet Union or courses with departmental approval. Eastern Europe. 4. R563-R564 Two-semester survey course of Russian Attention is also called to the Summer Language literature or equivalent Workshop, which provides intensive language training 5. Four literature courses (at least three from SLAV, in Russian at advanced levels not available during the substitutions subject to departmental approval) regular academic year. The workshop also offers first-year and occasionally second-year courses in other Slavic, Total: 30 credits East European, and Eurasian languages. Track 2 Slavic Linguistics M.A. Requirements Special Departmental Requirements 1. L501 Structure of Russian I: Phonology and (See also general University Graduate School Morphology requirements.) 2. L502 Structure of Russian II: Syntax and Semantics 3. L571 Old Church Slavonic or L576 History of General Provision Russian Literary Language or equivalent Students wishing the recommendation of the department 4. One course in Slavic literature, culture or film for teaching positions must present evidence of their ability 5. Two semesters of a West or South Slavic language to teach Russian. 1. R501-R502 Fifth-Year Russian or equivalent; Master of Arts Degree students who place beyond Fifth-Year Russian on Admission Requirements the departmental placement exam (this exam will be waived for native speakers of Russian with a college Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination or high school diploma and transcript from any General Test and satisfactory previous academic home-country institution with a curriculum conducted record; relevant writing sample and three letters of in Russian) will substitute two other graduate level recommendation. The following are also expected for courses with departmental approval. admission into Tracks 1 and 2: (i) knowledge of the Russian language adequate for graduate study, as determined by a proficiency examination based on September 6, 2017 397

7. Two linguistics courses (SLAV or elective from LING, Plan A: Russian Literature SLS, or other unit, subject to departmental approval) Admission Requirements Total: 30 credits A doctoral admission examination based on the Indiana Track 3 Language and Area Studies University M.A. degree in Slavic languages and literatures under Track 1 (Russian literature). One written exam that Students taking this option are encouraged to fulfill the covers the following fields: (1) Old Russian Literature additional requirements for a certificate in the Russian and and the eighteenth century; (2) the nineteenth century; East European Institute. (3) the twentieth century; (4) poem analysis. Students 1. Two courses in Slavic literature, culture, or film at the holding an M.A. in Slavic languages and literatures from graduate level another institution may be required, at the discretion of the 2. A departmental language to a minimum level of 4th department, to pass this examination no later than their year proficiency if Russian or 3rd year if some other second semester in attendance at Indiana University. language General Requirements 3. An additional 18 credit hours, selected with the approval of the graduate advisor, of which at least 9 1. 30 credits from M.A. must be in the department. 2. 12 credits from minor (if second Slavic language, cannot include first year). Total: 30 credits, including up to 12 credits from language 3. One Slavic linguistics course. Examination 4. Two semesters of a second Slavic language. 5. At least six literature courses (at least four from No examination is required for a terminal M.A. degree, SLAV, substitutions subject to departmental but a doctoral admission examination, based on the M.A. approval), including at least one seminar. program for Tracks 1, 2, or 3, is required for admission to Ph.D. work and must normally be passed before the Total: 90 credits (at least 69 credits of course work and up student registers for the fifth semester of graduate work. to 21 credits of dissertation). (A student working simultaneously for the M.A. degree and an area certificate in the Russian and East European Foreign Language Requirement Institute must pass the doctoral admission examination Reading knowledge of French or German. Also active before registering for the sixth semester of graduate work.) knowledge of written and spoken Russian beyond that Master of Arts for Teachers Degree required for the M.A. Admission Requirements Qualifying Examination Applicants should have a knowledge of the Russian Three written examinations. One will cover all genres of language adequate for graduate study (a minimum of literature in one of the following three periods: (1) from three years is acceptable, but four is preferred). A broad, the beginning to 1800; (2) from 1800 to 1890; (3) from solid undergraduate program in the liberal arts is strongly 1800 to the present. The second examination will cover recommended. New students must take a proficiency the whole history of Russian literature, but will be confined examination in Russian before registering, and those to all forms of narrative. The third examination will cover whose performance is inadequate will be required to take one of the following categories in its entirety: (1) poetry, appropriate courses in Russian until their proficiency exclusive of drama; (2) dramatic literature; (3) film. reaches the level required of B.A. candidates in the All three of these written examinations are to be taken department. within two successive semesters. When they have been passed, an oral examination will be given within Major Field Requirements one month. The oral examination will cover not only all A minimum of 20 credit hours, to include R501-R502, of Russian literature, but also the following: Russian L501, and R592 or equivalent. Students who have not had history and culture and major literary developments in a two-semester nineteenth- and twentieth-century Russian the rest of Europe, including those in the second Slavic literature course must take R563-R564 or replace these literature. The examination will be designed to provide with two survey-type Russian literature survey courses at an opportunity for students to demonstrate the range the graduate level. Students who have not taken a course and depth of their scholarly interests and ability. In the in methods of teaching modern foreign languages are semester following the oral qualifying exam, students are required to take Education M445, Methods of Foreign required to establish a research committee and to submit Language Teaching, or the equivalent. to all members of that committee a dissertation prospectus of approximately 10-15 pages with a short bibliography. Language Requirement Plan B: Slavic Linguistics Active knowledge of Russian (fifth-year proficiency level). Admission Requirements Examination A doctoral admission examination based on the Indiana Oral and written test of proficiency in Russian. University M.A. degree in Slavic languages and cultures Doctor of Philosophy Degree under Track 2 (Slavic linguistics). At the discretion of the Three plans of study are offered: Plan A: Russian department and based on the student’s M.A.-level work, Literature; Plan B: Slavic Linguistics; Plan C: Slavic this exam may be waived. Literature and Culture 398 September 6, 2017

General Requirements Foreign Language Requirement 1. 30 credits from M.A. Reading knowledge of French or German. Also active 2. One course in Slavic literature, culture or film knowledge of a major Slavic language beyond that 3. Two semesters of a third Slavic language. 12 credits required for the M.A. from minor. Faculty 4. At least six linguistics courses, including at least one seminar. Chairperson Professor Steven Franks* Total: 90 (at least 69 credits of course work and up to 21 credits of dissertation). Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Language Requirement Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Reading knowledge of French or German. Also active doctoral dissertations.) knowledge of a major Slavic language beyond the Professors minimum required for the M.A. Reading knowledge of one Slavic language from each of the other two branches. Henry R. Cooper Jr.* (Emeritus), Ronald F. Feldstein* (Emeritus), Steven Franks*, Howard H. Keller (Emeritus), Qualifying Examination Nina Perlina* (Emerita), Bronislava Volková* (Emerita) Three written examinations. One will cover all aspects Associate Professors of Slavic linguistics from the student's coursework. The second and third examinations will be in two different Andrew R. Durkin* (Emeritus), George H. Fowler*, specialized areas of Slavic linguistics, with topics and Dodona I. Kiziria (Emerita), Vadim Liapunov* (Emeritus) deadlines worked out together with the student's faculty advisor. While the specialized exams are ordinarily Assistant Professors expected to include one topic from Slavic synchronic Justyna Beinek*, Jacob Emery, Maria Shardakova*, Sara linguistics and another from Slavic diachronic linguistics, Stefani* they may be both synchronic or diachronic so long as the general areas are different. Adjunct Professors All three examinations are to be taken within two Halina Goldberg*, Dov-Ber Kerler*, Bill Johnston* successive semesters. The general examination is a Adjunct Assistant Professor scheduled written exam, while the second and third will typically be research quality papers written within a period Joshua S. Malitsky, Michael Becker* of no more than 10 days. An oral examination will be given within one month after all written exams have been Visiting Scholars passed. This examination will be designed to provide Bogdan Rakic (Affiliate Member) an opportunity for students to demonstrate the range and depth of their scholarly interests and abilities. In the Courses semester following the oral qualifying exam, students are required to establish a research committee and to submit Graduate Russian to all members of that committee a dissertation prospectus • SLAV-R 401 Advanced Russian I (3 cr.) of approximately 10-15 pages with a short bibliography. P: Grade of B or higher in R302. Refinement of active and passive language skills, with Plan C: Slavic Literature and Culture emphasis on vocabulary building and word usage. Extensive reading, discussion, composition writing. Admission Requirements Individualized remedial drill in grammar and A doctoral admission examination based on the Indiana pronunciation aimed at preparing students to meet University M.A. degree in Slavic languages and literatures departmental language proficiency standards. under Track 3 (Language and area studies). Students • SLAV-R 402 Advanced Russian II (3 cr.) holding an M.A. in Slavic languages and literatures from P: Grade of B or higher in R401. Refinement another institution will be required, at the discretion of the of active and passive language skills, with department, to pass this examination no later than their emphasis on vocabulary building and word usage. second semester in attendance at Indiana University. Extensive reading, discussion, composition writing. General Requirements Individualized remedial drill in grammar and pronunciation aimed at preparing students to meet 1. 30 credits from M.A. departmental language proficiency standards. 2. One appropriate linguistics course 3. Two semesters of a second Slavic language • SLAV-R 403 Russian Phonetics (3 cr.) 4. 12 credits from minor (if second Slavic language, • SLAV-R 405 Readings in Russian Literature I cannot include first year) (3 cr.) May not be used for credit toward graduate 5. At least six literature, culture, or film courses (at degree in the department. least four from SLAV, substitutions subject to departmental approval), including at least one • SLAV-R 406 Readings in Russian Literature II seminar Total: 90 credits (at least 69 credits of (3 cr.) May not be used for credit toward graduate course work and up to 21 credits of dissertation) degree in the department. September 6, 2017 399

• SLAV-R 407 Readings in Russian Culture, principles and practices of major writers of the History, Society I (3 cr.) P: R302 or equivalent. century. C: R401 or consent of department. Extensive translation from the original of selected works • SLAV-R 507 Twentieth-Century Russian on Russian history, government, music, folklore, Literature I (3 cr.) Principal literary movements, geography, culture. Discussion of both linguistic major literary works from Symbolism through the problems and content. Revolution and the Soviet period, culminating in the writing of the Perestroika period. • SLAV-R 408 Readings in Russian Culture, History, Society II (3 cr.) P: R302 or equivalent. • SLAV-R 508 Twentieth-Century Russian C: R402. Extensive translation from the original of Literature II (3 cr.) Principal literary movements, selected works on Russian history, government, major literary works from Symbolism through the music, folklore, geography, culture. Discussion of Revolution and the Soviet period, culminating in the both linguistic problems and content. writing of the Perestroika period. • SLAV-R 491 Russian for Graduate Students I • SLAV-R 520 Twentieth-Century Russian Author: (3 cr.) Graduate credit not given. (name variable) (3 cr.) Thorough investigation of the oeuvre of one or several twentieth-century • SLAV-R 492 Russian for Graduate Students II Russian author(s). (3 cr.) Graduate credit not given. • SLAV-R 530 Pushkin (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 501 Advanced Russian Syntax and Stylistics I (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 531 Gogol (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 502 Advanced Russian Syntax and • SLAV-R 532 Dostoevsky (3 cr.) Stylistics II (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 533 Tolstoy (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 570 Political Russian (3 cr.) The course • SLAV-R 534 Tolstoy and Dostoevsky (3 cr.) is planned for advanced Russian students who Introduction to the masterworks of Leo Tolstoy and are oriented toward and involved in research of Feodor Dostoevsky. Discussions focus on four major economics and politics of the former Soviet Union. novels; in addition, students read several important In particular, this course would target graduate short stories and novellas by each author. Lectures students in the REEI. in English; readings may be done in English or • SLAV-R 592 Methods of Russian Language Russian. Instruction (3 cr.) Methods of teaching Russian. • SLAV-R 535 Chekhov (3 cr.) The course will deal with all methods currently in use in foreign language pedagogy, with emphasis on • SLAV-R 545 Jewish Characters in Russian proficiency-oriented teaching as applied to Russian. Literature (3 cr.) Approaches the “Jewish Question,” Review of Russian textbooks and video materials. the identity and self-identity of Jewish characters Design and preparation of syllabi and development from the standpoints of literary analyses, cultural of lesson plans. Required for Slavics AIs. ethnography, folklore and religious studies, and social and political history. Literary works of major Russian Literature nineteenth- and twentieth-century Russian writers • SLAV-R 503 Old Russian Literature (3 cr.) provide the primary sources for the discussions. Lectures and readings in the original of Old Russian literary works from the eleventh to the seventeenth • SLAV-R 563 Pushkin to Dostoevsky (3 cr.) centuries. • SLAV-R 564 Tolstoy to Solzhenitsyn (3 cr.) • SLAV-R 504 Eighteenth-Century Russian Genre Courses Literature (3 cr.) Russian intellectual life during the • SLAV-R 550 Russian Drama (3 cr.) Development century of Russia’s Europeanization; philosophical, of Russian drama from the end of the eighteenth religious, aesthetic, and social problems revealed century to the present. Knowledge of Russian not in the writings of leading Russian authors of the required, but students knowing Russian will be century. expected to read varying amounts in the original. • SLAV-R 505 Nineteenth-Century Russian • SLAV-R 551 Russian Poetry (3 cr.) Metrical and Literature I (3 cr.) Development of Russian prose thematic developments in Russian poetry against from Sentimentalism and Romanticism through aesthetic and philosophical background. Major works Realism, with a focus on analysis of primary sources read in the original. and original texts, to discover narrative and aesthetic principles and practices of major writers of the • SLAV-R 552 Russian and Soviet Film (3 cr.) century. Development of Russian cinematography from 1915 to the present. The characteristic features of Soviet • SLAV-R 506 Nineteenth-Century Russian films; the theory and practice of filmmaking in the Literature II (3 cr.) Development of Russian prose Soviet Union; the Soviet cinema in its relationship to from Sentimentalism and Romanticism through Russian literature, in the larger context of European Realism, with a focus on analysis of primary sources Cinema Art. and original texts, to discover narrative and aesthetic 400 September 6, 2017

• SLAV-R 553 Central European Cinema (3 cr.) including developmental trends and dialects. Will Emphasizes broad cultural approach to the attempt to provide rapid facility for reading texts subject of Central European cinema. Highlights (especially linguistic), by building on student’s the major developments of cinema in Poland, knowledge of Russian. Hungary, Bulgaria, and the former Republics of Czechoslovakia and Yugoslavia in the post-Stalin • SLAV-L 599 Prague School Linguistics era. The course will be divided into four segments, and Poetics (3 cr.) P: Interest in theory. An each dealing with a separate theme. interdisciplinary introduction into linguistics, semiotics, and literary theory based on the Theory methodology of the Prague School. Gives students • SLAV-R 500 Proseminar in Russian Literature tools with which to approach analysis in any of these (3 cr.) Designed as an introduction to graduate areas. Also included are theory of theater, folklore, study in Russian literature, research methods, and visual arts. sources. History of Slavic scholarship. Required of all graduate literature majors, in first or second Diachronic semester of study. • SLAV-L 571 Old Church Slavonic (3 cr.) History and grammar of Old Church Slavonic; alphabet, • SLAV-R 598 Literary Theory in its Russian and sound system, morphology, and elements of syntax. East European Context (3 cr.) Advanced survey Reading of Old Church Slavonic texts. of literary theories originating in the Slavic world (Formalism, Bakhtin, Tartu School, etc.) and their • SLAV-L 572 Comparative Slavic (3 cr.) A interaction with western literary theories. comparative survey of the Slavic languages and their historical development. • SLAV-L 599 Prague School Linguistics and Poetics (3 cr.) P: Interest in theory. An • SLAV-L 573 History of East Slavic (3 cr.) Survey interdisciplinary introduction into linguistics, of East Slavic phonology from Common Slavic to semiotics, and literary theory based on the the present. Dialectal divergence in Old Russian methodology of the Prague School. Gives students and formation of Great Russian, Ukrainian, and tools with which to approach analysis in any of these Belorussian as literary languages. areas. Also included are theories of theater, folklore, • SLAV-L 574 History of South Slavic (3 cr.) and visual arts. Since Common Slavic period. Phonemic and Seminar morphological divergences within Southern Slavic language group. Formation of Southern Slavic • SLAV-R 601 Seminar in Russian Literature literary languages, with emphasis on history of (1-6 cr.) Subject to vary. Intensive study of an Serbo-Croatian and Bulgarian. author, a period, or a literary movement. Research papers required. May be repeated for credit. • SLAV-L 575 History of West Slavic (3 cr.) Since Common Slavic period. Formation of Western Slavic Synchronic literary languages, with emphasis on the history of • SLAV-L 501 Structure of Russian I: Phonology Polish and Czech. Development of Polish and Czech and Morphology (3 cr.) Introduction to graduate phonemic systems and their dialectal differentiation. study in Slavic linguistics. Survey of the field. Research sources. Basic concepts of diachronic • SLAV-L 576 History of the Russian Literary linguistics. Introduction to synchronic linguistic Language (3 cr.) Since Common Slavic period. theory: Bloomfield, Chomsky, Jakobson. Formation of Western Slavic literary languages, with emphasis on the history of Polish and Czech. • SLAV-L 502 Structure of Russian II: Syntax and Development of Polish and Czech phonemic Semantics (3 cr.) P: L501 or consent of instructor. systems and their dialectal differentiation. Introduction to the syntactic and semantic structure of contemporary standard Russian. Seminar • SLAV-L 600 Proseminar in Slavic Linguistics • SLAV-L 503 Russian Word Formation (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Introduction to the profession of Slavic P: L501. Survey of principles of word formation in linguistics. Emphasis on linguistic argumentation, Russian. Discussion of formal (morphophonemic) research methods, sources, and critical reasoning. rules governing prefixation, suffixation, and Exposure to a range approaches to Slavic linguistics compounding; productive vs. non-productive and practical training in research methodology and processes; and the semantics of derived words. scholarly argumentation. Preparation for doctoral • SLAV-L 504 Comparative Slavic Morphosyntax program admissions examination. (3 cr.) Selected topics in the morphosyntax of Slavic • SLAV-L 601 Seminar in Synchronic Slavic languages will be examined from a comparative Linguistics (1-6 cr.) Detailed investigation of one perspective. Introduces students both to modern or more specialized areas of synchronic Slavic generative grammar and to a range of relevant linguistics. Topic varies; may be repeated for credit. problems posed by Slavic. • SLAV-L 602 Seminar in Diachronic Slavic • SLAV-L 505 Structure and History of a Slavic Linguistics (1-6 cr.) Detailed investigation of one Language (3 cr.) Synchronic and diachronic or more aspects of Slavic historical linguistics (e.g., analysis of a single Slavic language (usually of historical phonology, morphophonology, morphology, language not regularly taught in department), syntax). Examination of general theories and specific September 6, 2017 401

issues, complex problems, and controversial or century through the present. Slovak culture and innovative solutions. Topic varies; may be repeated émigré literature is also covered. for credit. • SLAV-C 565 Seminar in Czech Literature and • SLAV-L 603 Topics in Slavic Linguistics (1-6 cr.) Culture (3 cr.) Intensive study of an author, a period, or a literary or cultural development. Albanian Research papers required. May be repeated for • SLAV-A 511 Intensive Elementary Albanian I credit when topic varies. May be repeated for credit (5 cr.) No previous knowledge of Albanian required. when topic varies. Introduction of basic structure of contemporary Albanian language and culture, reading and • SLAV-V 501 Elementary Slovak I (3 cr.) discussion of basic texts • SLAV-V 502 Elementary Slovak II (3 cr.) • SLAV-A 512 Intensive Elementary Albanian II (5 cr.) No previous knowledge of Albanian required. Polish Introduction of basic structure of contemporary • SLAV-P 501 Elementary Polish I (3 cr.) Albanian language and culture, reading and • SLAV-P 502 Elementary Polish II (3 cr.) discussion of basic texts. • SLAV-P 503 Intermediate Polish I (3 cr.) Czech Sovak • SLAV-C 501 Elementary Czech I (3 cr.) • SLAV-P 504 Intermediate Polish II (3 cr.) • SLAV-C 502 Elementary Czech II (3 cr.) • SLAV-P 505 Advanced Intermediate Polish I (3 cr.) • SLAV-C 503 Intermediate Czech I (3 cr.) • SLAV-P 506 Advanced Intermediate Polish II • SLAV-C 504 Intermediate Czech II (3 cr.) (3 cr.) • SLAV-C 505 Advanced Intermediate Czech I • SLAV-P 511 Intensive Elementary Polish I (5 cr.) (3-3 cr.) Development of oral and written fluency and comprehension in Czech language. • SLAV-P 512 Intensive Elementary Polish II (5 cr.) • SLAV-C 506 Advanced Intermediate Czech II • SLAV-P 513 Intensive Intermediate Polish I (5 cr.) (3 cr.) Development of oral and written fluency • SLAV-P 514 Intensive Intermediate Polish II and comprehension in Czech language based on (5 cr.) morphological, lexical, and syntactical analysis of contemporary textual materials. • SLAV-P 563 Survey of Polish Literature and Culture I (3 cr.) Polish literature from its origins to • SLAV-C 511 Intensive Elementary Czech I (5 cr.) the end of the eighteenth century. A history of the Czech lands and their art, literature, and music from the ninth through the late nineteenth • SLAV-P 564 Survey of Polish Literature and centuries. Instruction on Slovak history; literature Culture II (3 cr.) Polish literature of the nineteenth and language included. and twentieth centuries. • SLAV-C 512 Intensive Elementary Czech II (5 cr.) • SLAV-P 565 Seminar in Polish Literature and A history of the Czech lands and their art, literature, Culture: (variable title) (3 cr.) Intensive study and music from the ninth through the late nineteenth of an author, a period, or a literary or cultural centuries. Instruction on Slovak history; literature development. Research papers required. May be and language included. repeated for credit when topic varies. • SLAV-C 513 Intensive Intermediate Czech I (5 cr.) • SLAV-P 566 Seminar in Polish Literature and A history of the Czech lands and their art, literature, Culture: (variable title) (3 cr.) Explores the and music from the ninth through the late nineteenth post-war history of Polish cinema, made famous centuries. Instruction on Slovak history; literature worldwide by directors such as Wajda, Kieslowski, and language included. and Polanski. Topics of interest: “the cinema of moral anxiety” (1970), absurd comedies that • SLAV-C 514 Intensive Intermediate Czech II depicted life under communism, adaptations of (5 cr.) A history of the Czech lands and their art, literary classics, new topics and genres in Polish film literature, and music from the ninth through the late after 1989. nineteenth centuries. Instruction on Slovak history; literature and language included. Romanian • SLAV-M 501 Elementary Romanian I (3 cr.) • SLAV-C 563 History of Czech Literature and Culture (3 cr.) A history of the Czech lands and • SLAV-M 502 Elementary Romanian II (3 cr.) their art, literature, and music from the ninth through the late nineteenth centuries. Instruction on Slovak • SLAV-M 503 Intermediate Romanian I (3 cr.) history; literature and language included. • SLAV-M 504 Intermediate Romanian II (3 cr.) • SLAV-C 564 Modern Czech Literature and • SLAV-M 511 Intensive Elementary Romanian I Culture (5 cr.) Survey of literary, cultural, historical, (5 cr.) and political developments from the late nineteenth 402 September 6, 2017

• SLAV-M 512 Intensive Elementary Romanian II on reading, listening, writing, speaking as well as (5 cr.) grammar and culture. • SLAV-M 513 Intensive Intermediate Romanian I • SLAV-S 501 Elementary Bosnian, Croatian, and (5 cr.) Serbian I (3 cr.) • SLAV-M 514 Intensive Intermediate Romanian II • SLAV-S 502 Elementary Bosnian, Croatian, and (5 cr.) Serbian II (3 cr.) • SLAV-M 565 Individual Readings in Romanian • SLAV-S 503 Intermediate Bosnian, Croatian, and Language and Literature (arr. cr.) Serbian I (3 cr.) South Slavic • SLAV-S 504 Intermediate Bosnian, Croatian, and • SLAV-B 501 Elementary Bulgarian I (3 cr.) Serbian II (3 cr.) • SLAV-B 502 Elementary Bulgarian II (3 cr.) • SLAV-S 505 Advanced Intermediate Bosnian, Croatian, and Serbian I (3 cr.) P: S504 or • SLAV-B 601 Introduction to Bulgarian (3 cr.) equivalent proficiency. Reading of literary texts from P: Knowledge of another Slavic language or consent a variety of periods and locations in the Bosnian- of instructor. Introduction to basic morphology and Croatian-Serbian speech area. Sequence of syntax of Bulgarian. readings in original parallels syllabus of S563-S564 • SLAV-G 501 Elementary Georgian I (3 cr.) in translation. Review of grammar, syntax, and expansion of lexicon as needed. • SLAV-G 502 Elementary Georgian II (3 cr.) • SLAV-S 506 Advanced Intermediate Bosnian, • SLAV-G 511 Intensive Elementary Georgian I Croatian, and Serbian II (3 cr.) P: S504 or (5 cr.) equivalent proficiency. Reading of literary texts from a variety of periods and locations in the Bosnian- • SLAV-G 512 Intensive Elementary Georgian Croatian-Serbian speech area. Sequence of II (5 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Phonology, readings in original parallels syllabus of S563-S564 morphology, and syntax of the Slovene language. in translation. Review of grammar, syntax, and For reading knowledge. expansion of lexicon as needed. • SLAV-K 501 Elementary Slovene I (3 cr.) • SLAV-S 511 Intensive Elementary Bosnian, • SLAV-K 502 Elementary Slovene II (3 cr.) Croatian, and Serbian I (5 cr.) Survey of the cultures of the Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, • SLAV-K 601 Introduction to Slovene (3 cr.) Montenegrins, Bosnians, Macedonians, and P: Consent of instructor. Phonology, morphology, Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. and syntax of the Slovene language. For reading Reading and discussion of their major literary works knowledge. in translation. • SLAV-Q 501 Elementary Macedonian I (3 cr.) • SLAV-S 512 Intensive Bosnian, Croatian, and No previous knowledge of Macedonian language Serbian II (5 cr.) Survey of the cultures of the required. Introduction to basic structure of Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, Montenegrins, Bosnians, contemporary Macedonian and the culture of Macedonians, and Bulgarians from earliest times to Macedonia. Reading and discussion of basic texts. the present. Reading and discussion of their major Credit given for only one of the following: Q101, literary works in translation. Q311, Q511, Q501. • SLAV-S 513 Intensive Intermediate Bosnian, • SLAV-Q 502 Elementary Macedonian II (3 cr.) Croatian, and Serbian I (5 cr.)Survey of No previous knowledge of Macedonian required. the cultures of the Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, Introduction to basic structure of contemporary Montenegrins, Bosnians, Macedonians, and Macedonian and the culture of Macedonia. Reading Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. and discussion of basic texts. Credit given for only Reading and discussion of their major literary works one of the following: Q102, Q312, Q502, Q512. in translation. • SLAV-Q 503 Intermediate Macedonian I (3 cr.) • SLAV-S 514 Intensive Intermediate Bosnian, P: Q502 or permission of instructor. Intermediate Croatian, and Serbian II (5 cr.)Survey of Macedonian is a continuation of Elementary the cultures of the Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, Macedonian and will further develop the students’ Montenegrins, Bosnians, Macedonians, and proficiency in Macedonian by focusing equally Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. on reading, listening, writing, speaking as well as Reading and discussion of their major literary works grammar and culture. in translation. • SLAV-Q 504 Intermediate Macedonian II (3 cr.) • SLAV-S 563 Literature and Culture of the P: Q503 or permission of instructor. Intermediate Southern Slavs I (3 cr.) Survey of the cultures Macedonian is a continuation of Elementary of the Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, Montenegrins, Macedonian and will further develop the students’ Bosnians, Macedonians, and Bulgarians from proficiency in Macedonian by focusing equally earliest times to the present. Reading and discussion of their major literary works in translation. September 6, 2017 403

• SLAV-S 564 Literature and Culture of the Continuation of U511, designed to provide active Southern Slavs II (3 cr.) Survey of the cultures command of phonology and basic grammatical of the Slovenes, Croats, Serbs, Montenegrins, patterns. Bosnians, Macedonians, and Bulgarians from earliest times to the present. Reading and discussion • SLAV-U 513 Intensive Intermediate Ukrainian of their major literary works in translation. I (5 cr.) P: U512 or permission of instructor. Continuation of work in structure and vocabulary • SLAV-S 565 Seminar in South Slavic Literatures acquisition through grammar study, drills, readings; (3 cr.) P: S563-S564 or consent of instructor. oral practice and written exercises. Intensive study of an author, a period, or a literary development. Research papers required. May be • SLAV-U 514 Intensive Intermediate Ukrainian repeated for credit when topic varies. II (5 cr.) P: U513 or permission of instructor. Continuation of work in structure and vocabulary • SLAV-U 501 Elementary Ukrainian I (3 cr.) acquisition through grammar study, drills, readings; Introduction to basic structure of contemporary oral practice and written exercises. Ukrainian language and culture. No previous knowledge of Ukrainian is required. Social Informatics • SLAV-U 502 Elementary Ukrainian II (3 cr.) Rob Kling Center for Social Informatics Introduction to basic structure of contemporary Departmental URL: rkcsi.indiana.edu/ Ukrainian language and culture. No previous (Please note that when conferring University Graduate knowledge of Ukrainian is required. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The • SLAV-U 582 Ukrainian through Russian (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements An accelerated Ukrainian language course for those contained only in The University Graduate School who have previous experience with another Slavic Bulletin.) language. The course cover at least one year's worth Curriculum of basic Ukrainian • SLAV-U 601 Introduction to Ukrainian (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Social Informatics P: Knowledge of another Slavic language or consent Social Informatics (SI) refers to the interdisciplinary study of instructor. Introduction to basic morphology and of the design, uses, and consequences of information syntax of Ukrainian. and communications technologies (ICT) that takes into account their interaction with institutional and cultural General Slavic contexts. Social Informatics research examines the roles • SLAV-S 540 Graduate Readings in Slavic Studies of technologies in social and organizational change and (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. the social shaping of ICT. SI research and SI courses Readings may be selected in any of the Slavic are organized within diverse fields, including information languages. systems, telecommunications, journalism, information • SLAV-S 560 Special Studies in Slavic Literature science, and political science. One key goal of the field (3 cr.) is to shape ICTs and policies relevant to them in order to enhance human communication and lead to more • SLAV-S 562 Topics in Slavic Studies (1-3 cr.) acceptable technological developments at organizational Topics vary as needed and may be selected from and social levels. any area of Slavic language, literature, or culture studies. Course Requirement for the Ph.D. Minor in Social Informatics (12 credit hours) • SLAV-S 801 Ph.D. Dissertation (arr. cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. This minor consists of four courses (12 credits), selected from an approved list of courses as described below. Summer Language Workshop Please note that a student minoring in SI cannot include • SLAV-R 431 Intensive Russian Oral (2 cr.) classes from his or her home department in the minor. Students who complete the Ph.D. minor in SI at Indiana • SLAV-R 434 Intensive Russian Phonetics (1 cr.) University must demonstrate proficiency in a set of • SLAV-N 581 Fifth Year Russian I (5 cr.) courses that examines the design, uses, consequences and/or policies of ICT use in social, cultural, or institutional • SLAV-N 582 Fifth Year Russian II (5 cr.) contexts. The SI Ph.D. minor emphasizes theoretical and • SLAV-N 691 Sixth Year Russian I (5 cr.) methodological issues, as well as substantive issues. • SLAV-N 692 Sixth Year Russian II (5 cr.) The student must submit a written proposal to the Steering Committee describing a detailed course of study. Other The proposal will explain the student’s focus of study, • SLAV-U 511 Intensive Elementary Ukrainian I its relationship to SI, the relationship of proposed SI (5 cr.) No previous knowledge of Ukrainian required. courses to the overall program of study, and the likely First semester designed to provide active command dissertation topic or area. It will also include the name of phonology and basic grammatical patterns of of the student’s SI Ph.D. minor advisor. While the SI Ukrainian. Ph.D. minor is likely to be completed before a student develops a detailed dissertation proposal, it is expected • SLAV-U 512 Intensive Elementary Ukrainian II that the dissertation will address issues related to social (5 cr.) P: U511 or U501 or equivalent proficiency. 404 September 6, 2017 informatics. If a student is interested in a course that is Informatics Program is developing rapidly at IU, and we not on the approved course list, he or she can petition expect that additional doctoral-level courses will be offered the director and Steering Committee to have the course each year. Students can propose that their minors include included as part of the minor; the procedure is described other social informatics courses that are not included on below. this list. Such proposals should include syllabi and other detailed information about the course. The complete proposal must be approved by the Steering Committee. The Steering Committee must also attest Department of Information and Library Science that the approved course of study has been completed Z513 Organizational Informatics successfully. Students seeking the Ph.D. minor in SI must Z541 Information Policy obtain the approval of their Ph.D. Advisory Committees. Z542 International Information Issues The range of courses listed on the RKCSI courses Web Z544 Gender and Computerization site (http://rkcsi.indiana.edu/) is designed to enable Z643 The Information Industry students to construct a program for the Ph.D. minor in SI Z652 Digital Libraries that is relevant to their primary research interests. This Z661 Concepts and Contemporary Issues in Human- program of courses should include some courses that Computer Interaction have strong theoretical and/or methodological content, as well as substantive issues. Kelley School of Business S600 Foundations in Information Systems Research Specific Course Requirements S602 Information Systems Technology Research Students seeking a Ph.D. minor in Social Informatics S606 IS Strategy and Management Research must complete four graduate level courses (12 hours) S607 Collaborative Technologies Research that have been selected from the courses listed on the S796 Special Topics RKCSI Courses at Indiana page; this list includes courses Cognitive Science Program that have been specifically identified as approved for the Q540 Philosophical Foundations of the Cognitive and Ph.D. minor. One of the four courses for the SI minor must Information Sciences be taken in the School of Journalism, the Department of Telecommunications, the School of Informatics and Department of Communication and Culture Computing, or the Department of Information and Library CMCL 620: Media, Politics, and Power: Ethnographic Science and this course, which will serve as a foundation Approaches to New Media: Configuring the Object of course for the minor, must be approved by the committee. Analysis in New Media Research This course should be taken first and may not be in the student’s home school or department. Other courses in School of Education these schools and departments may be taken as electives. P550 Cognition and Semiotics Possibilities include: School of Informatics and Computing Department of Information and Library Science Z514 I605 Social Foundations of Informatics Computerization in Society I690 Seminar in Social Informatics II: Political and Z518 Communication in Electronic Environments Economic Issues School of Journalism Department of Political Science J530 Issues in New Communication Technologies Y665 Public Law and Policy J614 Communication and National Development Department of Telecommunications Telecommunications Department T602 Interactivity and New Media T551 Communication, Technology, and Society T610 The Networked Society T601 Origins of the Information Age Faculty School of Informatics and Computing Steering Committee Members I503 Social Impact of Information Technologies Eden Medina* Program Director (School of Informatics In addition, students can propose, in consultation with their and Computing), Pnina Fichman* Program Director advisors, that their minor include other SI courses that are (Information and Library Science) not on this list or that are on the list, but have not yet been Core Faculty formally approved for the SI minor. Such proposals should include syllabi and other detailed information about the (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University course. The proposal should make a convincing case that Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct the course is aligned with one or more main SI themes, doctoral dissertations.) such as the complex relationships among technology, people, their work and/or play, and the contexts within Professors which people interact with technology. Alan Dennis* (Kelly School of Business), Barbara Electives Bichelmeyer* (School of Education), Alan Dennis* (Kelley School of Business), David Hakken* (School of Students seeking the Ph.D. minor in social informatics Informatics), Jeffrey Hart* (Political Science), Harmeet must complete an additional three courses (9 credit Sawhney* (Telecommunications), Terrence Mason* hours). These additional courses must be selected from (School of Education), Eugene McGregor* (Emeritus, the list above or the following list. The elective courses SPEA) should be taken from at least two departments or schools other than the student’s home academic unit. The Social September 6, 2017 405

Associate Professors Roger Dworkin* (Law, IUB) Eden Medina* (School of Informatics and Computing), Professors Pnina Fichman* (Information and Library Science), Hamid Ekbia* (Information and Library Science), Ilana Gershon David Bell (Sociology, IUPUI), Ellen Dwyer* (Emerita, (Communication and Culture), Howard Rosenbaum* History, Criminal Justice, IUB), Peter Finn* (Psychological (Information and Library Science), Anthony Gerth (Kelly and Brain Sciences, IUB), Carol Brooks Gardner* School of Business) (Sociology, IUPUI), Amy Holtzworth-Munroe* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB), William Hetrick* Assistant Professors and Lecturers (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Pamela Braboy Jackson* (Sociology, IUB), Paul Jamison* (Emeritus, Selma Sabanovic* (School of Informatics), Matt Pierce Anthropology, IUB), John McGrew (Psychology, IUPUI), (Telecommunications), Joshua Danish (School of Jane McLeod* (Sociology, IUB), Brian O’Donnell* Education), Emily Metzgar (School of Journalism) (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB), Eliza Pavalko* (Sociology, IUB), Kosali Simon* (SPEA, IUB), Steven Social Science Approaches to Stowe* (Emeritus, History, IUB), Peggy A. Thoits* Health and Healing Systems (Sociology, IUB), Virginia Vitzthum (Anthropology, IUB), (SAHS) Richard Ward* (Anthropology, IUPUI), Andrea Wiley (Anthropology, IUB), Colin Williams* (Sociology, IUPUI), College of Arts and Sciences Eric Wright* (Fairbanks School of Public Health, IUPUI), Departmental E-mail: [email protected] William Yarber* (Applied Health Science, IUB) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Associate Professors School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Silvia Bigatti (Department of Public Health, IUPUI), contained only in The University Graduate School Nancy Ellis* (Applied Health Science, IUB), Carrie Foote Bulletin.) (Sociology, IUPUI), William P. Gronfein (Sociology, IUPUI), Ann Holmes* (Public and Environmental Affairs, Curriculum IUPUI), Tamara Leech (Sociology, IUPUI), Susan Mid- dlestadt* (Applied Health Science, IUB), Sarah D. Phillips* Ph.D. Minor in Social Science Approaches to Health (Anthropology, IUB), Michael Reece* (Applied Health and Healing Systems (SAHS) Science, IUB) The SAHS minor is a cross-departmental/school/campus program open to Ph.D. students at Indiana University Assistant Professors (IUB and IUPUI campuses). It requires four courses Zobeida Bonilla (Applied Health Science, IUB), Brian (a minimum of 12 credit hours) from the approved list, D’Onofrio* (Psychological and Brain Sciences, IUB), including at least one of the following: S660 (Medical Devon Hensel (Sociology, IUPUI), Frederika Kaestle* Sociology and Social Psychiatry, Part I or II, offered (Anthropology, IUB), Cara Lewis (Psychological and Brain at IUB), SOC R515 (Sociology of Health and Illness, Sciences, IUB), Michael Muehlenbein* (Anthropology, offered at IUPUI), SOC R585 (Social Aspects of Mental IUB), Fernando Ona (Applied Health Science, IUB), Kevin Health and Mental Illness, offered at IUPUI), or SOC Rand (Psychology, IUPUI), Jesse Stewart (Psychology, R610 (Sociology of Health and Illness Behavior). Courses IUPUI) outside the currently approved list may be considered for the minor in consultation with the director. One of Clinical Associate Professor the courses included as part of the minor program may be from the student’s disciplinary major. The minor is Catherine Sherwood-Laughlin (Applied Health Science, administered by the Department of Sociology, IUB. IUB) Interested students should consult with the director of the Clinical Assistant Professors minor to develop a course plan. Lesa Lorenzen-Huber (Applied Health Science, IUB) Faculty Courses Director Curriculum Courses Faculty Professor Bernice A. Pescosolido*, [email protected] Cross-Listed Courses Core Faculty Anthropology (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University B480 Human Growth and Development (3 cr.) IUB and Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct IUPUI doctoral dissertations.) B512 Evolutionary Medicine (3 cr.) B540 Hormones and Human Behavior (3 cr.) Distinguished Professor B543 Reproductive Ecology (3 cr.) B544 Women's Bodies (3 cr.) Bernice Pescosolido* (Sociology, IUB) B545 Nutritional Anthropology (3 cr.) Chancellor’s Professor and Dean B548 Human Demography and Life History (3 cr.) B570 Human Adaptation: Biological Approaches (3 cr.) Mohammed R. Torabi* (School of Public Health, IUB) E445/645 Advanced Seminar in Medical Anthropology (3 Robert A. Lucas Professor Emeritus cr.) IUB and IUPUI Criminal Justice 406 September 6, 2017

P680 Law and Psychiatry (3 cr.) R585 Social Aspects of Mental Health and Mental Illness (3 cr.) IUPUI Economics S526 The Sociology of Human Sexuality (3 cr.) IUPUI E528 Economic Analysis of Health Care (3 cr.) IUPUI S560 Topics in the Sociology of Health and Illness (3 cr.) Law IUPUI B619 Law and Medicine (3 cr.) permission of instructor S610 Sociology of Health and Illness Behavior (3 cr.) and minor director required IUPUI B661 Law and Biomedical Advance (3 cr.) permission of S660 Advanced Topics (3 cr.) instructor and minor director required Psychological and Brain Sciences Faculty Director I545 Psychopharmacology (3 cr.) IUPUI I555 Medical and Psychosocial Aspects of Chronic Illness Associate Professor Patricia A. McManus* (Sociology) (3 cr.) IUPUI Graduate Faculty I591 Psychopathology (3 cr.) IUPUI I614 Behavioral Medicine (3 cr.) IUPUI (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University I618 Interventions in Health Psychology (3 cr.) IUPUI Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct P530 Introduction to Clinical Science (3 cr.) permission of doctoral dissertations.) instructor required P531 Intervention and Evaluation (3 cr.) permission of Distinguished Professor instructor required J. Scott Long* (Sociology, Statistics) P624 Principles of Psychopathology (3 cr.) permission of instructor required Rudy Professors P641 Psychological Assessment (3 cr.) permission of Clem Brooks* (Sociology), Maureen A. Pirog* (Policy and instructor required Environmental Affairs) P657 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) permission of director Virginia L. Roberts Professor required for specific sections Peggy Thoits* P667 Neuropsychopharmacology (3 cr.) Professors Public Health, School of (IUPUI) H501 U.S. Health Care Systems, Policies and Ethical Arthur Alderson* (Sociology), Phil F. Carspecken* Challenges (3 cr.) IUPUI (Education), Ginette Delandshere* (Education), Gregory H514 Health Economics (3 cr.) IUPUI J. Kasza* (Political Science, East Asian Languages and H515 Seminar in Health Policy (3 cr.) IUPUI Cultures), Chao-Ying Joanne Peng* (Education), Barry H516 Health Services Delivery and the Law (3 cr.) IUPUI Rubin* (Policy and Environmental Affairs); Peggy Thoits* H521 Management Science for Health Services (Sociology) Administration (3 cr.) IUPUI H615 Health Care Outcomes and Decision-Making (3 cr.) Associate Professors IUPUI Steve Benard* (Sociology), Barbara Dennis* Public Health, School of (IUB) (Education), David H. Good* (Policy and Environmental C501 Assessment and Planning in Public Health (3 cr.) Affairs), Tim Hallett* (Sociology), Brad Heim* (Policy C505 Public Health Foundations and Leadership (3 cr.) and Environmental Affairs), Tim Hellwig* (Political C510 Organization and Administration of Public Health Science), Patricia A. McManus* (Sociology), Ashlyn Aiko Programs (3 cr.) Nelson* (Policy and Environmental Affairs), Brea Perry* C512 Environmental Health Science (3 cr.) (Sociology), Armando Razo* (Political Science) C525 Health Information Systems, Technology, and Aging Assistant Professors Keera Allendorf* (Sociology), (3 cr.) Weihua An* (Sociology, Statistics), Jessica Calarco* C529 Health and Disease Disparities in Diverse (Sociology), Chirstopher DeSante* (Political Science), Communities (3 cr.) Andrew Halpern-Manners* (Sociology), Haeil Jung* C535 Contemporary Issues in Aging and Health (3 cr.) (Policy and Environmental Affairs), Jessica Lester* C589 Models and Theories of Health Behavior (3 cr.) (Education), Dubravka Svetina* (Education) Professor C602 Intervention Design in Public Health (3 cr.) Emeritus C611 Epidemiology (3 cr.) Robert Agranoff (Policy and Environmental Affairs) C615 Health, Longevity, and Integrative Therapies for the Later Years (3 cr.) Senior Scientist Emeritus H500 Philosophy and Principles of Health Education (3 John M. Kennedy (Center for Survey Research) cr.) H517 Health Care in Minority Communities (3 cr.) H522 Promoting Women’s Health (3 cr.) H524 Gerontology: Multidisciplinary Perspectives (3 cr.) Social Science Research Methods H530 International Health (3 cr.) H555 Issues in Human Sexuality and Health (3 cr.) College of Arts and Sciences H594 Health Program Evaluation (3 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Sociology Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~soc/ R515 Sociology of Health and Illness (3 cr.) IUPUI (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The September 6, 2017 407

University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Education: contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) EDUC-Y 611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3 cr.) Curriculum Journalism: JOUR-J 651 Qualitative Research Methods (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Social Science Research Methods (SSRM) Political Science: Description POLS-Y 579 Qualitative Methods in Political Research (3 The multidisciplinary, cross-school SSRM minor draws on cr.) faculty from the College of Arts and Sciences, the School Public and Environmental Affairs: of Education, the School of Public and Environmental Affairs and other IUB units to provide students the SPEA-V 710 Topics in Public Policy (3 cr.) Topic: opportunity to pursue a broad-based and comprehensive Qualitative Research Methods training program in social science research methods. The minor is open to Ph.D. students at Indiana University Public Health: (IUB and IUPUI campuses). The program emphasizes SPH-F 650 Seminar: Human Development & Family advanced training in qualitative and quantitative methods Studies (3 cr.) Topic: Interpretive Qualitative Research for the analysis of social science data. Course offerings Methods span diverse perspectives on data collection and analysis strategies. The course of study must include at least Topical and Advanced Qualitative Methods (Group A) one course outside of the major field, and all coursework Anthropology: for the minor is in addition to any courses required for the major field. As a result, the minor in Social Science ANTH-E 600 Seminar in Cultural and Social Anthropology Research Methods is especially useful to those interested (3 cr.) Topic: Ethnographic Video Methods in moving beyond the required methodological coursework of their disciplinary specialization to acquire a multifaceted ANTH-L 600 Seminar in Ethnography of Communication view of approaches to social science phenomena. (3 cr.) Topic: Discourse Analysis Course Requirements Linguistics: Four courses for a minimum of twelve (12) hours of credit LING-L 700 Seminar on Current Issues (1-4 cr.) Topic: in courses approved for the Social Science Research Discourse Analysis Methods program, including at least one course outside Education: the major field of study. A minimum of one course must be from area A (Methods of Qualitative Data Analysis) EDUC-Y 612 Critical Qualitative Inquiry I (3 cr.) and a minimum of one course must come from area EDUC-Y 613 Critical Qualitative Inquiry II (3 cr.) B (Methods of Quantitative Data Analysis). No more than six (6) credits can be transferred in from another EDUC-Y 615 Introduction to Discourse Theory and institution. Courses taken to fulfill the requirements for Analysis (3 cr.) the major field of study cannot also be counted towards the minor in Social Science Research Methods. Students EDUC-Y 624 Discursive Psychology Approaches to must officially declare the minor during the early phase Discourse Analysis (3 cr.) on their Ph.D. studies by consulting with the major EDUC-Y 631 Discourse Theory and Analysis (3 cr.) advisor and the director of the minor. Courses outside the currently approved list may be considered for the minor EDUC-Y 650 Topical Seminar in Educational Inquiry in consultation with the director. The director of the minor (3 cr.) Topics: Mixed Methodology; Digital Tools for retains formal authority for approving each minor student's Qualitative Inquiry; Life Story Methodology course plan. EDUC-P 674 Advanced Topical Seminar in Learning Grades Sciences (3 cr.) Topic: Issues and Applications in Qualitative Coding A minimum grade of B (3.0) is required in all courses that count towards the minor. EDUC-Y 750 Seminar in Inquiry Methodology (3 cr.) Topics: Advanced Ethnographic Methods; Advanced Courses Qualitative Research; The Meaning of Mixed Methods Group A (Qualitative Research Methods) Geography: Foundational Courses in Qualitative Research GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) Methods (Group A) GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information Systems Note: no more than one foundational course from Group A (3 cr.) can count towards the minor Information and Library Science: Criminal Justice: ILS-Z 642 Content Analysis for the Web (3 cr.) CJUS-P 680 Seminar: Issues in Criminal Justice (3 cr.) Topic: Qualitative Methods Sociology: 408 September 6, 2017

SOC-S 652 Topics in Qualitative Methods (3 cr.) PSY-P 554 Advanced Statistics in Psychology II (3 cr.) Topics: Analyzing Textual Data; Ethnography; Historical Methods;In-Depth Interviewing Topical and Advanced Quantitative Methods (Group B) Telecommunications: Economics: TEL–T 510 Research Methods in Message Analysis ECON-E 626 Game Theory (3 cr.) Group B (Quantitative Research Methods) ECON-E 627 Experimental Economics (3 cr.) Foundational Courses in Quantitative Research Methods (Group B) ECON-E 671 Econometrics 3 – Nonlinear and Simultaneous Models (3 cr.) Note: no more than one foundational course from Group B can count towards the minor, and no Group B foundational ECON-E 672 Macroeconometrics (3 cr.) course will count towards the minor if the doctoral major ECON-E 673 Microeconometrics (3 cr.) includes two graduate courses in statistics or quantitative data analysis. ECON-E 724 Seminar in Economic Theory (3-6 cr.) Topic: Bayesian Methods Business: Education: BUS-X 610 Statistics for Research I (3 cr.) EDUC-Y 525 Survey Research Methodology (3 cr.) BUS-X 611 Statistics for Research II (3 cr.) EDUC-Y 535 Evaluation Models & Techniques (3 cr.) Economics: EDUC-Y 617 Psychometric Theory (3 cr.) ECON-E 571 Econometrics I - Statistical Foundations (3 cr.) EDUC-Y 637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) ECON-E 572 Econometrics II – Regression and Time EDUC-Y 639 Multilevel Modeling (3 cr.) Series (3 cr.) EDUC-Y 645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) Education: EDUC-Y 655 Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) EDUC-Y 603 Statistical Design in Education Research (3 Geography: cr.) GEOG–G 504 Advanced Quantitative Methods in EDUC-Y 604 Multivariate Analysis in Education Research Geography (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Political Science: Geography: POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) Topics: GEOG–G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics (3 cr.) Experimental Research Design and Methods; Contextual Political Science: Political Analysis POLS-Y 575 Political Data Analysis I POLS-Y 577 Topics in Data Analysis (3 cr.) Topic: Topics in Dynamic Analysis / Time Series Public Health: Psychological and Brain Sciences: SPH-Q 602 Multivariate Statistical Analysis (3 cr.) PSY-P 557 Representation of Structure in Psychological SPH-Q 603 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) Data (3 cr.) Sociology: PSY-P 648 Choice Behavior (3 cr.) SOC-S 554 Stat Techniques in Sociology I (3 cr.) PSY-P 654 Multivariate Analysis (3 cr.) SOC-S 650 Stat Techniques in Sociology II (3 cr.) PSY-P 657 Topical Seminar (3 cr.) Topic: Time Series Statistics: Public Health: STAT-S 501 Statistical Methods I (3 cr.) SPH-Q 601 Experimental Analysis & Design (3 cr.) STAT-S 503 Statistical Methods II (3 cr.) SPH-Q 612 Survival Analysis (3 cr.) Policy and Environmental Analysis: Sociology: SPEA-V 606 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs I (3 SOC-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis (3 cr.) cr.) SOC-S 655 Experimental Methods in Sociology (3 cr.) SPEA-V 607 Statistics for Research in Public Affairs II (3 cr.) SOC-S 651 Topics in Quantitative Sociology (3 cr.) Topics: Covariance Structure and Latent Growth Models; Psychological and Brain Sciences: Hierarchical Linear Models; Longitudinal and Panel Data PSY-P 553 Advanced Statistics in Psychology I (3 cr.) Analysis; Multivariate Data Analysis; Social Network Analysis; Survey Research Methods September 6, 2017 409

Statistics: The essay requirement is fulfilled by enrollment and participation in S566 and either S567 or S569 and STAT-S 625 Nonparametric Theory in Data Analysis (3 preparation of an acceptable research paper. cr.) Doctor of Philosophy Degree STAT-S 632 Applied Linear Models II (3 cr.) Admission Requirements STAT-S 637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) Completion of the M.A. degree (or equivalent training) STAT-S 640 Multivariate Data Analysis (3 cr.) in sociology at a recognized institution with a grade point average of 3.3 (B+) or higher (students with a STAT-S 645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) master’s degree in a related field may be admitted, but STAT-S 650 Time Series Analysis (3 cr.) may be required to remove deficiencies), three letters of recommendation, and satisfactory scores on the Graduate STAT-S 670 Exploratory Data Analysis (3 cr.) Record Examination General Test. STAT-S 681 Topics in Applied Statistics (3 cr.) Topics: Course Requirements Spatial Statistics; Network Analysis; Statistical Methods for Causal Inference; Multivariate Methods II; Model A total of 90 credit hours, consisting of no fewer than 60 Comparison and Selection credit hours of course work (including the 30 credit hours counting toward the M.A.) and up to 30 credit hours of STAT-S 682 Topics in Mathematical Statistics (3 cr.) dissertation research (S869). The required courses are Topic: Statistical Model Selection those specified for the M.A. (including both S510 and S530), S540, S558, S650 (or STAT S503), one advanced methodology course, three 600-level courses, one 700- Sociology level seminar, and two elective courses. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Grades Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~soc/ Students must maintain a grade point average of at least 3.3 (B+) in all course work. No grade below B– in (Please note that when conferring University Graduate sociology courses will be counted toward this degree. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Outside Minor contained only in The University Graduate School Required (usually 9-15 credit hours); may be chosen Bulletin.) from African American and African Diaspora Studies, African Studies, Anthropology, Business, Cultural Studies, Curriculum East Asian Studies, Economics, Education, Gender Degrees Offered Studies, Geography, History, History and Philosophy of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy Science, Human Sexuality, Latin American and Caribbean Studies, Latino Studies, Law, Political Science, Public Special Departmental Requirements Affairs, Religious Studies, Russian and East European (See also general University Graduate School Studies, Social Science Approaches to Health and Healing requirements.) Systems, Statistics or European Studies. A field not listed may be chosen with approval of the director of graduate Master of Arts Degree studies. Admission Requirements Qualifying Examinations Fifteen credit hours in sociology with a 3.3 (B+) grade point average (may be waived for students with a strong All doctoral students are expected to demonstrate undergraduate record in another field); satisfactory scores proficiency in sociological methods either by achieving on the Graduate Record Examination General Test; three a GPA of 3.3 (B+) or above in the required statistics letters of recommendation. and methods course sequence (S554, S558, S650, one advanced methods course), or by passing a doctoral Course Requirements examination in methodology. In addition, students must A total of 30 credit hours, including 6 credit hours of the pass a written qualifying exam in a research specialty of Sociological Research Practicum (S566 and either S567 their choosing. This qualifying exam is to be completed or S569), S554, and either S510 or S530. An introductory by the start of the student’s fourth year in the graduate undergraduate statistics course, such as S371, is a program. prerequisite for S554. Dissertation Proposal Grades Students must pass an oral defense of their dissertation Students must maintain a grade point average of at proposal. least 3.3 (B+) in all course work. No grade below B– in Final Examination sociology courses will be counted toward this degree. Oral defense of the dissertation. Essay Ph.D. Minor in Sociology Students from other departments or schools who wish to minor in sociology should consult with the director of 410 September 6, 2017 graduate studies, who will ordinarily serve as the minor Courses advisor. Students will be required to complete 12 credit hours of course work; these courses must be completed SOC-S 409 Social Context of Schooling (3 cr.) Courses with a grade point average of at least 3.0 (B). No more in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with than one course should be taken below the 500 level. the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in These requirements may be modified in particular cases sociology and the course instructor. by the director of graduate studies. SOC-S 410 Topics in Social Organization (3 cr.) Faculty Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with the prior approval of the director of graduate Chairperson studies in sociology and the course instructor. Professor Brian Powell* SOC-S 413 Gender and Society (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with Graduate Faculty the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University sociology and the course instructor. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) SOC-S 417 Conversation Analysis (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with Distinguished Professors the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in J. Scott Long*, Bernice Pescosolido*, Sheldon Stryker* sociology and the course instructor. (Emeritus) SOC-S 419 Social Movements and Collective Action Allen and Polly Grimshaw Professor (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with the prior approval of the director of Eliza Pavalko* graduate studies in sociology and the course instructor. Chancellor’s Professor SOC-S 420 Topics in Deviance (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with Robert Robinson* (Emeritus) the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in Rudy Professors sociology and the course instructor. Clem Brooks*, Thomas F. Gieryn* (Emeritus), David SOC-S 427 Social Conflict (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s Heise* (Emeritus), Brian Powell*, Pamela B. Walters* listed here are open to graduate students with the prior Virginia L. Roberts Professor approval of the director of graduate studies in sociology and the course instructor. Peggy Thoits* SOC-S 431 Topics in Social Psychology (3 cr.) Courses Professors in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with Arthur Alderson, Robert Althauser* (Emeritus), William A. the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in Corsaro* (Emeritus), Phillips Cutright* (Emeritus), Donna sociology and the course instructor. Jean Eder* (Emeritus), Elton Jackson* (Emeritus), Pamela SOC-S 433 Adult Socialization (3 cr.) Courses in the Braboy Jackson*, David R. James* (Emeritus), Jane D. 400s listed here are open to graduate students with McLeod*, Whitney Pope* (Emeritus), Martin Weinberg*, the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in David Zaret* sociology and the course instructor. Associate Professors SOC-S 435 Social Psychology of the Self (3 cr.) Stephen Benard*, Laurel L. Cornell* (Emeritus), Timothy Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate Paul Hallett*, Jennifer Lee*, Patricia A. McManus*, Ethan students with the prior approval of the director of graduate Michelson*, Dina Okamoto*, Brea Perry*, Fabio Rojas* studies in sociology and the course instructor. Assistant Professors SOC-S 438 Childhood Socialization (3 cr.) Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with Keera Allendorf, Weihua An, Jessica Calarco, Youngjoo the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in Cha, Andrew Halpern-Manners, Elaine Hernandez, Cate sociology and the course instructor. Taylor SOC-S 441 Topics in Social Theory (3 cr.) Courses in Adjunct Professors the 400s listed here are open to graduate students with the prior approval of the director of graduate studies in Daniel Clark (Regenstrief Institute); Kirsten Grønbjerg* sociology and the course instructor. (Public and Environmental Affairs); Aziza Khazzoom (Near Eastern Languages and Cultures); Steve Benard (Director, SOC-S 450 Topics in Methods and Measurement (3 cr.) Scheussler Institute of Social Research); Sylvia Martinez Courses in the 400s listed here are open to graduate (Education); William Pridemore* (Criminal Justice); John students with the prior approval of the director of graduate Stanfield (Afrcan American and African Diaspora Studies); studies in sociology and the course instructor. Gerald Suttles; Stanley Wasserman (Statistics) SOC-S 500 Pro-Seminar in Sociology (1 cr.) S/F Director of Graduate Studies grading. Introduction to current sociological research Professor Ethan Michelson*, Ballantine Hall 768, (812) interests and concerns through the work of departmental 856-1521 members. May be repeated for credit. September 6, 2017 411

SOC-S 501 Sociology as a Vocation (1 cr.) S/F grading. conceptualization and design, data collection, analysis, Students consider the contributions of sociology as a and report writing. May be repeated for credit. discipline and examine career paths of sociologists both within and outside of academia. The 1 credit course is SOC-S 567 Sociological Research Practicum II (1-3 cr.) required of all first-year graduate students. This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Participation in all aspects of a sociological research project, including SOC-S 502 Launching Your Academic Career (1 cr.) In conceptualization and design, data collection, analysis, this course, students are introduced to basic issues that and report writing. May be repeated for credit. are essential for their professional development. Course time is divided between in-class discussions and exercises SOC-S 569 M.A. Thesis (3 cr.) This course is eligible for both in and outside of class. This one-credit course is a deferred grade. required of all second-year students and is taken on a SOC-S 606 Sociological Issues in College Pedagogy pass/fail basis. (3 cr.) Introduction to topics such as learning theory, SOC-S 506 Teaching of Undergraduate Sociology learning and teaching styles, and cognitive development. (3 cr.) S/F grading. Required of all associate instructors. Focuses on assessment and practice of teaching, challenges to higher education, ethics, and professional SOC-S 510 Introduction to Social Organization (3 cr.) responsibility. P: One course in sociology. Concepts, perspectives, and theories relevant to the analysis of all social organizations SOC-S 610 Urban Sociology (3 cr.) Historical and or social systems. Emphasizes both dynamic processes contemporary causes, trends, and patterns of urbanization and structural forms, including social roles and interaction, throughout the world. Various approaches to studying patterns of social ordering, effects of culture, and the process of urbanization, including ecological, social social systems analysis. Examines both classic and organizational, and political perspectives. Current contemporary literature. developments and problems in urban planning. SOC-S 521 Sexual Diversity (3-9 cr.) A sociological SOC-S 612 Political Sociology (3 cr.) Possible topics examination of the major social-psychological and include experimental studies of power relationships, behavioral aspects of human sexual diversity. political socialization, political attitudes, political participation, voting behavior, decision-making processes, SOC-S 522 Constructing Sexuality (3 cr.) theories of social power, organizational power systems and structures, the state as a social institution, and SOC-S 530 Introduction to Social Psychology (3-9 cr.) political movements. P: One course in sociology. Examines the broad range of work in social psychology. Emphasis is placed on the SOC-S 613 Complex Organizations (3 cr.) Theory relation between the classic and contemporary literature in and research in formal organizations: industry, school, the field. church, hospital, government, military, and university. Problems of bureaucracy and decision making in SOC-S 540 Sociological Theory (3 cr.) A rigorous large-scale organizations. For students in the social examination of a representative set of theoretical products, sciences and professional schools interested in the with the objective of understanding the basic structure and comparative approach to problems of organization and meaning of each and simultaneously learning about the their management. creation of theory. SOC-S 615 Problems in Demography and Ecology SOC-S 554 Statistical Techniques in Sociology I (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Sociological aspects of theories relating human P: S371 or consent of instructor. Statistical analysis of beings and ecological environment. Selected topics, single and multiple equation models with continuous ranging from fertility and population change to community dependent variables. May include techniques such as planning and urbanism in underdeveloped areas as well bivariate and multivariate regression, recursive and as Western cultures. nonrecursive structural equation models. SOC-S 616 Sociology of Family Systems (3 cr.) SOC-S 558 Advanced Research Techniques (3 cr.) Focus on the nature, structure, functions, and changes The logic of analysis, including development of research of family systems in modern and emerging societies, in questions, relationships between theory and evidence, comparative and historical perspective. Attention is given research design, sampling, data collection strategies, to relationships with other societal subsystems, and to reliability and validity, measurement, analysis, and interaction between role occupants within and between drawing conclusions. Also includes an overview of data subsystems. collection techniques such as surveys, interviews, field methods, and the use of archival and secondary data. SOC-S 617 Social Stratification (3 cr.) Nature of social stratification; comparison of caste, estate-class, and open- SOC-S 560 Topics in Sociology (3 cr.) Selected topics class systems; theories of stratification; characteristics in social organization and social psychology, including but of local and national stratification systems; comparative not limited to the sociologies of work, sex roles, education, analysis of stratification systems in various parts of mental illness, science, sociolinguistics, socialization, the world; social circulation; changes in stratification deviance, sexual patterns and variations, and small group structure. processes. SOC-S 618 Sociology of Religion and Ideology SOC-S 566 Sociological Research Practicum I (1-3 cr.) (3 cr.) The nature of beliefs and value systems and their This course is eligible for a deferred grade. Participation institutional arrangements, with specific attention to the in all aspects of a sociological research project, including 412 September 6, 2017 interrelationship of these systems to the larger social systems and processes; computer simulation; structure, in cross-cultural and historical perspective. mathematics and sociological theory. SOC-S 620 Deviance and Social Control (3 cr.) Current SOC-S 657 Selected Problems in Cross-Cultural theories of genesis, distribution, and control of deviant Sociological Research (3 cr.) Problems of research behavior. Theories about specific forms of deviant in different cultural settings. Adaptation of standard behavior, e.g., crime, suicide, and alcoholism, examined sociological techniques, development of research from standpoint of their implications for a comprehensive, designs, administration of research in situations of limited general theory of deviant behavior. resources. SOC-S 621 Theory and Research in Human Sexuality SOC-S 658 Community Power, Politics, and Decision (3 cr.) A critical examination of sociological theory and Making (3 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred research in the area of human sexuality. Historical and grade. Cross-disciplinary perspectives on community contemporary work will be considered. influence structures, governmental forms, and the local and national processes generating community public SOC-S 631 Intergroup Relations (3 cr.) Topics include policies. Research strategies appropriate to the study of nature of prejudice, theories of prejudice, psychology these issues. of attitudes related to intergroup relations, critique and evaluation of current research of majority-minority SOC-S 659 Qualitative Methods in Sociology (3 cr.) relations, and formulation of research designs. P: S558 or permission of instructor. Methods of obtaining, evaluating, and analyzing qualitative data in social SOC-S 633 Social Interaction: Interpersonal Relations research. Methods covered include field research (3 cr.) Focuses on social interaction processes. Topics procedures, participant observation, interviewing, and include interpersonal perception, verbal and nonverbal audio-video recording of social behavior in natural communication, the presentation of self, ecological settings. determinants of interaction, the structure of interactions, social exchange, and stable interaction systems SOC-S 660 Advanced Topics (2-6 cr.) Topics (relationships). announced when course is to be offered. SOC-S 640 Advanced Topics in Sociological Theory SOC-S 700 Topical Seminar (3-12 cr.) (3 cr.) Historical development of sociological theory in Europe and the United States during the nineteenth and SOC-S 706 Sociological Research in Higher Education twentieth centuries, with emphasis on contrasting schools (3 cr.) of theoretical thought. SOC-S 710 Social Organization I (3-6 cr.) SOC-S 647 Social Change (3 cr.) Contemporary theories SOC-S 711 Social Organization II (1-6 cr.) of social change, analysis of modernization processes such as industrialization and urbanization, examination of SOC-S 720 Deviance and Control I (3-6 cr.) current social movements, and models of future societies. SOC-S 721 Deviance and Control II (3-6 cr.) SOC-S 649 Theory Construction (3 cr.) Analysis of SOC-S 730 Social Psychology I (3-6 cr.) the types and structures of formal theory in sociology. Examination of the specific practices of theory SOC-S 731 Social Psychology II (3-6 cr.) construction. SOC-S 740 Social Theory I (3-6 cr.) SOC-S 650 Statistical Techniques in Sociology II (3 cr.) P: S554 or consent of instructor. Statistical analysis SOC-S 741 Sociological Theory II (3-6 cr.) of models with noncontinuous dependent variables. May SOC-S 750 Sociological Methods I (3-6 cr.) include techniques such as logit and probit analysis, log- linear models, censoring, and sample selection models. SOC-S 751 Sociological Methods II (3-6 cr.) SOC-S 651 Topics in Quantitative Sociology (3 cr.) SOC-S 864 Readings in Sociology (arr. cr.) Individual P: S554, S650. Statistical analysis in social research; assignments. selected topics. SOC-S 866 Research in Sociology (arr. cr.) SOC-S 652 Topics in Qualitative Methods (3 cr.) SOC-S 869 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is eligible Selected topics in qualitative data collection and analysis. for a deferred grade. Various topics that could be covered in a given semester include audiovisual recording in natural settings, SOC-G 591 Methods of Population Analysis and Their comparative/cross-cultural methods, content analysis, Applications (3 cr.) A course in statistics. Techniques ethnographic methods, historical sociology, and intensive of measuring and analyzing population size and trends, interviews and case studies. fertility and mortality patterns, migration flows. Population estimates and projections. Major models of formal SOC-S 655 Experimental Methods in Sociology demography. (3 cr.) Analysis of laboratory experiments; problems in experimentation; practice in conducting experiments. SOC-G 901 Advanced Graduate Research (6 cr.) This course is eligible for a deferred grade. May be repeated SOC-S 656 Mathematical Applications in Sociology three times for credit. (3 cr.) P: S650. Mathematical description of social September 6, 2017 413 Spanish and Portuguese Master of Arts Degree in Spanish Concentration in Hispanic Literatures College of Arts and Sciences Course Requirements Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~spanport/ A minimum of 30 credit hours of departmental courses Departmental E-mail: [email protected] numbered 500 or higher, at least four of which must be (Please note that when conferring University Graduate 500-level Spanish-language literature courses. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, Language Requirement The University Graduate School’s staff use only those requirements contained in The University Graduate School Reading knowledge of an approved second foreign Bulletin.) language. Proficiency is satisfied as outlined in the “Doctor of Philosophy, Language Requirement” section. Curriculum Concentration in Hispanic Linguistics Degrees Offered Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy (The Master Course Requirements of Arts for Teachers program is not currently accepting A total of 30 credit hours of which at least 21 must be in applications.) Hispanic linguistics. Up to 9 credit hours may be taken in Special Departmental Requirements other departments related to the student’s field of study. (See also general University Graduate School Language Requirement requirements.) Reading knowledge of an approved second modern Admission Requirements language. Proficiency is satisfied as outlined in the “Doctor of Philosophy, Language Requirement” section. 1. Undergraduate major in Spanish or Portuguese or its equivalent. (Students lacking a complete major must Master of Arts Degree in Portuguese remove deficiencies); Course Requirements 2. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test; A minimum of 30 credit hours in graduate-level courses, 3. Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)— at least 20 credit hours of which must be in departmental for non-native English speakers only; courses in Portuguese. A thesis (1-6 credits) is optional. 4. Three letters of recommendation; With the approval of their advisor, students may take up to 5. Statement of purpose; 10 credit hours of course work in a minor field. 6. Official Transcripts; Language Requirement 7. Writing sample (M.A. and Ph.D. Hispanic Literatures, M.A. and Ph.D. Hispanic Linguistics, and Ph.D. Reading knowledge of an approved second foreign Portuguese applicants only) language. Proficiency is satisfied as outlined in the “Doctor of Philosophy, Language Requirement” section. Master of Arts Degree Admission to the M.A. program does not imply that once Doctor of Philosophy Degree the degree is received the student may automatically Two degrees are offered. The following requirements begin work for the Ph.D.; the department will decide in apply to both. Students are eligible to apply to the Ph.D. each case. programs upon successful completion of an M.A. degree in the intended area of study. The following requirements apply to all M.A. degrees. Language/Research-Skill Requirement Final Examination Proficiency in multiple languages is an important tool Six-hour written examination, based on a reading list, for research. Therefore, students should consult with and a one-hour oral examination. Both must be passed their advisors and the Director of Graduate Studies at least two weeks before the end of the semester before determining which languages they will choose for in which the degree is to be granted. Students must proficiency. For all plans, students must have reading demonstrate a good command of oral and written Spanish proficiency in two additional languages (or one in- or Portuguese language on the examinations. There depth proficiency) besides English and the language are separate reading lists for students of Hispanic of the target program. These may be satisfied in the Literatures, Portuguese, and Hispanic linguistics. The M.A. following ways (all coursework must be taught in the target examination is held the second Saturday in February and language): the first Saturday in November only for all programs. 1. Proficiency for students within inside the Department Other Provisions of Spanish and Portuguese: Students must serve one year (or longer at the discretion • Spanish: completing with a grade of B (3.0) or of the department) as associate instructors in the better, S105, or the equivalent, and one course department. Students who have taught elsewhere may at the 500 level or higher (excluding S517); petition the faculty to have that experience fulfill this • Portuguese: completing, with a grade of B (3.0) requirement. or better, P135, or the equivalent, and one course at the 500 level or higher; 414 September 6, 2017

• Catalan: completing, with a grade of B (3.0) or Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Spanish better, two courses at the 400 level or higher; Concentration in Hispanic Literatures • In-depth language proficiency: The student must first establish proficiency in the language Course Requirements by one of the methods listed above (a-c). A total of 90 credit hours, including at least 18 credit hours Then the student must pass, with a grade of (six courses in departmental Spanish-language literature B or better, another course at the 500 level or courses beyond the M.A. (S504, S512, and S517 do higher. not count as literature courses); one of these courses must be an S708 seminar. In addition, students must 2. Proficiency for students outside the Department take S512 or its equivalent. Students must also satisfy of Spanish and Portuguese: The Department course requirements for a graduate minor (at least 12 of Spanish and Portuguese accepts language credit hours). Students must have at least 60 total credit proficiency by any of the following methods, hours in course work before being eligible to take the provided that these also fulfill the target language qualifying examination. (A maximum of 30 credit hours department’s proficiency requirements (all may be transferred from the M.A.) The remaining credit coursework must be taught in the target language): hours can be taken as thesis hours. Ph.D. students in • For Spanish, passing a language proficiency Hispanic Literatures may not take 400-level courses in examination; Spanish. • For Spanish, passing an S300-level, or higher, literature, linguistics or culture course with a Minor grade of B (3.0) or better; For Portuguese, passing a course numbered P300-level or Twelve credit hours or more in a related field. Some higher course with a grade of B (3.0) or better; recommended fields: American Studies, Anthropology, For Catalan, passing a C400-level, or higher, Catalan, Cognitive Studies, Comparative Literature, course with a grade of B (3.0) or better; Critical Theory, Cultural Studies, European Studies, coursework must be taught in target language; Folklore and Ethnomusicology, Gender Studies, History, Latin American and Caribbean Studies, Philosophy, and • For Spanish or Portuguese, passing the Portuguese. Ph.D. students in Hispanic Literatures who second half of a 400-level reading course (492) wish to minor in Portuguese or Catalan must take three with a grade of B (3.0) or better. graduate courses in literature beyond the foreign-language • In-depth language proficiency: The student proficiency requirement. must first establish proficiency in the language by one of the methods listed above (a-c). Then Qualifying Examination the student must pass, with a grade of B (3.0) or better, another course at the 500 level or The qualifying examination for Hispanic Literatures will higher. The course must be taught in the target consist of three parts: (1) two three-hour written exams; language. (2) an exploratory paper; and (3) an oral examination. In addition, a written or oral examination may be required in the minor field, at the discretion of the minor department. S803, Individual Readings, cannot be counted towards The qualifying examination may be repeated only once. language proficiency. Ph.D. students in linguistics may For details about examinations, contact the Director of replace reading proficiency in one foreign language with Graduate Studies. two courses, chosen in consultation with the Director of Hispanic Linguistics, in statistics or computer science. Concentration in Hispanic Linguistics Neither English nor the language of the degree program Course Requirements may be presented as one of the foreign languages. The degree consists of 90 credit hours. Course work Qualifying Examination consists of at least 63 credit hours (up to 30 credit hours in Hispanic linguistics may be applied from the M.A.): See individual program outlines for qualifying exam (1) 12 credit hours in Hispanic linguistics (9 at the 600 requirements. level and 3 at the 700 level); (2) 12 credit hours in the Final Examination student’s primary research area; (3) 12 credit hours in a second area of interest; (4) 9 credit hours in a third Oral, primarily a defense of the dissertation. area of interest; and (5) 30 elective credit hours. (These Other Provisions distribution requirements fulfill the Ph.D. minor of at least 12 credit hours in another department.) Thesis work Competence in speaking Spanish or Portuguese fluently consists of 15 credit hours. and with correct diction is expected of every student; hence, foreign residence in a Spanish- or Portuguese- Qualifying Examination speaking country prior to receiving the Ph.D. is highly The qualifying examination for Hispanic Linguistics desirable. Students must serve one year (longer at consists of four parts: a written take-home exam for discretion of the department) as associate instructors in each of the three areas of concentration and a one-hour the department. Students who have taught elsewhere may oral exam following successful completion of all written petition the faculty to have that experience accepted as portions of the exam. The take-home exams will be one fulfilling this requirement. week in length and require a maximum of 30 double- spaced type-written pages in 12-point Times New Roman with one-inch margins. This page limit excludes tables and September 6, 2017 415 figures, even when located throughout the text, as well • Any Spanish Literature course at the 500 level or as references and appendices should they be necessary. above (provided (a) that the reading list includes at The number of questions and their format will be at the least 30% content of Catalan literature and (b) that discretion of the examiner(s). All portions of the exam the final paper be on Catalan literature). must be completed in the same semester. Ph.D. Minor in Literatures in Spanish Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Portuguese Doctoral students from other departments may complete a Course Requirements minor in Spanish by successfully completing no fewer than A total of 90 credit hours (a maximum of 30 credit hours four Spanish-language literature courses (12 credit hours). may be transferred from the M.A.). Work in the major, All courses must be at least at the 500 level and approved secondary, and minor fields must total 63 credit hours by the Director of Graduate Studies. S803 Individual in courses and seminars in addition to completion Readings cannot be counted toward the minor. of a doctoral dissertation. Students’ programs are Ph.D. Minor in Hispanic Linguistics individualized and depend on the approval of the graduate faculty in Portuguese. Doctoral students may complete a minor in Hispanic linguistics by successfully completing no fewer than Minor four courses in Hispanic linguistics (12 credit hours). All Twelve credit hours or more in a related field. courses must be at least at the 500 level and approved by the director of Hispanic linguistics. Transfer credits Qualifying Examination for courses taken elsewhere are not accepted. S803 The qualifying examination is both written and oral. Individual Readings cannot be counted toward the minor. Students concentrating in Portuguese will also be Ph.D. Minor in Portuguese examined in Spanish or another approved secondary area of interest. The written examination is 12 hours. A Doctoral students from other departments may complete a written or oral examination may also be required in the minor in Portuguese by successfully completing no fewer minor field, at the discretion of the minor department. than four Portuguese courses (12 credit hours) listed in The qualifying examination may be repeated only once. the University Graduate School Bulletin as carrying credit For details about examinations, contact the Director of toward the Ph.D. P803 Individual Readings cannot be Graduate Studies. counted toward the minor. Outside Minor Requirements Faculty Ph.D. Minor in Catalan Chairperson Doctoral students may earn a minor in Catalan by Professor Steven Wagschal* successfully completing no fewer than 4 Catalan literature courses plus the language course (C491 or C492) for a Graduate Faculty total of 12 graduate credit hours. The language course can be at the 400 level, but all literature courses must be at the (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University 500 level or above. (The language proficiency requirement Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct for students in our department would stipulate 2 courses doctoral dissertations.) in Catalan, one at the 400 level and one at the 500 level Professors or above, so that students could use the 500 level course towards the 4 courses for the minor in Catalan; students Luis Beltrán* (Emeritus), Maryellen Wolfe Bieder* from other departments would choose C491 + C492 for (Emerita), J. Clancy Clements*, Deborah Cohn*, Manuel their language proficiency requirements.) The literature Antonio Díaz-Campos*, Kimberly Geeslin*, Olga T. Impey* courses for the minor may also include one course in (Emerita), Catherine Larson* (Emerita), Consuelo López- Hispanic Literatures with at least 30% content of Catalan Morillas* (Emerita), Heitor Martins* (Emeritus), Kathleen literature. Such courses must be approved by the Director Myers*, Darlene J. Sadlier* (Emerita) of Graduate Studies. Courses may include: Associate Professors • C491 Elementary Catalan for Graduate Students; Anke Birkenmaier*, Mary L. Clayton* (Emerita), Melissa • C492 Readings in Catalan for Graduate Students; Dinverno*, Patrick Dove*, John Dyson* (Emeritus), César • C550 Modern Catalan Literature; Félix-Brasdefer*, Ryan Giles*, Edgar Illas*, Alejandro • C618 Topics in Catalan Literature (Nationalism and Mejías-López*, Luciana Namorato*, Estela Vieira*, Reyes Literature in Modern Catalonia); Vila-Belda*, Steven Wagschal*, Erik Willis* • C619 Topics in Catalan Studies (The Making of Barcelona: Architecture in Modern Catalonia; Assistant Professors Catalan Film and Literary Production); Patricia Amaral, Laura Gurzynski-Weiss*, Ricardo Andrés • S648 Topics in Spanish Literature of the 20th and Guzmán, Jonathan Risner, Olimpia Rosenthal 21st Centuries (provided (a) that this section of the course includes at least 30% content of Catalan Director of Graduate Studies literature and (b) that the final paper be on Catalan Associate Professor Patrick Dove*, GA 2171, (812) literature); 855-9194 • C803 Individual Reading in Catalan Literature of Lanague; Courses 416 September 6, 2017

Catalan emerging genres, class and power, gender and • HISP-C 550 Catalan Literature (3 cr.) Survey sexuality, and nation formation. of Catalan literature from the Middle Ages to the • HISP-S 548 Spanish Literature of the Twentieth present. Significant works in all genres will be and Twenty-First Centuries (3 cr.) Survey of studied within their historical and cultural context. literature from the beginning of the twentieth century Issues of nation formation, hegemony, biculturalism, to the present. May include a variety of genres (e.g., and marginalization will be paid special attention. narrative, poetry, drama, and film) and examine a • HISP-C 613 Catalan Linguistics (3 cr.) P: C400. range of issues (e.g., power, gender, nation, and Study of contemporary Catalan language and exile). its history. Deals with phonology, grammar, and • HISP-S 558 Colonial Spanish American Literature lexicology. (3 cr.) Surveys the central literary-historical • HISP-C 618 Topics in Catalan Literature (3 cr.) movements and texts in Spanish America from 1492 Topics include medieval narrative, Valencian to 1820. Includes a study of the chronicles, mid- literature, the Renaixenca, Modernisme and colonial poetic and autobiographical forms, and pre- Noucentisme, the avant-garde, poetry and independence literature. resistance, utopias and dystopias, specific writers • HISP-S 568 Nineteenth- and Early Twentieth- (Rodoreda, Capmany, Roig, Riera, Barbal), theatre Century Spanish American Literature (3 cr.) and the Barcelona stage. Topics to be explored in Survey of the nineteenth- and early twentieth-century a multicultural context and in view of current critical drama, essay, prose, and poetry. Emphasizes the issues and theory. Courses may be repeated once introduction of Romanticism, literature gauchesca, for credit when topic varies. positivism, modernismo, Realism, and Naturalism. • HISP-C 619 Topics in Catalan Studies (3 cr.) Primary readings may include, among others, Study of problems, issues, and topics in Catalan Bolívar, Bello, Heredia, Avellaneda, Sarmiento, Studies, which may include Catalan nationalism, Echeverría, Isaacs, Hernández, Palma, Darío, politics, culture, architecture, cinema, art, and/or Quiroga, and F. Sánchez. society. • HISP-S 578 Twentieth- and Twenty-First-Century • HISP-C 803 Individual Reading in Catalan Spanish American Literature (3 cr.) Survey of Literature or Language (1-3 cr.) Students must Spanish American poetry, prose, and theatre of make arrangements in advance with the professor the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Examines who will supervise their readings. Please contact the movements such asla vanguardia, the “new department graduate office for further information. narrative,” the Boom and post-1970s narrative trends. Spanish Spanish American Literature • HISP-S 588 U.S. Latino and/or Caribbean Literature (3 cr.) Survey of Chicano, Continental • HISP-S 504 Bibliography and Methods of Puerto Rican, Cuban-American, and other U.S. Research (3 cr.) Latino literature written in Spanish, English, or both. • HISP-S 512 Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) Focuses Emphasis on the Hispanic literary, linguistic, and on major issues in literary theory, with attention cultural dialectic with English-speaking society. The given to critical trends in the Hispanic world. course will be conducted in Spanish. • HISP-S 518 Spanish Medieval Literature (3 cr.) • HISP-S 618 Topics in Spanish Medieval Survey of literature from its beginnings to 1500. The Literature (3 cr.) Investigation of fundamental main focus will be on major works studied within components of Spanish medieval literature and their historical and cultural contexts, within the culture in conjunction with current scholarship literary genres to which they belonged, and within and critical approaches. Topics may include lyric the traditions they renewed. All texts will be read in poetry, mester de juglaria, mester de clerecia, the original language. romancero, didactic and historical prose, fiction, drama, paleography, translation, and cultural issues • HISP-S 528 Spanish Literature of the Sixteenth of medieval Spain and Al-Andalus. Course may be and Seventeenth Centuries (3 cr.) Survey of the repeated for credit when topic varies. prose, poetry, and theatre of the Spanish Golden Age. Authors may include Garcilaso, the mystic • HISP-S 628 Topics in Early Modern Spanish writers, Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Calderón, Zayas, Literature (3 cr.) Topics may explore questions Góngora, and Quevedo. Examines the dynamics of of genre (the picaresque, the comedia), major power, gender, and genre in representative texts. works (Don Quijote), authors (Góngora, María de Zayas), themes (madness, seduction), or • HISP-S 538 Spanish Literature of the Eighteenth theoretical approaches (the investigation of power, and Nineteenth Centuries (3 cr.) Focuses historiographical accounts). Course may be repeated on the major works of the period of all genres for credit when topic varies. (poetry, fiction, drama, essay) and covers the main intellectual trends: Enlightenment, Romanticism, • HISP-S 638 Topics in Eighteenth- and Realism, and Naturalism. Traces issues such as Nineteenth-Century Spanish Literature (3 cr.) Topics may include the Enlightenment, Romantic drama, Romantic poetry, realist and naturalist prose, September 6, 2017 417

an author (e.g., Galdós, Pardo Bazán, Bécquer), the and how discourse is interpreted by hearers. After development of a genre (e.g., the short story, the introducing fundamental concepts in pragmatics, modern novel). Topics will be explored in the context the course analyzes how pragmatics relates to of current critical issues and theories. Course may syntax and semantics. Topics include: speech acts, be repeated for credit when topic varies. deixis, presupposition, implicature, politeness, and conversation analysis. Examples are taken from • HISP-S 648 Topics in Contemporary Spanish different varieties of Spanish. Literature (3 cr.) The literature and culture of Spain from the twentieth century to the present. • HISP-S 509 Spanish Phonology (3 cr.) Introduction Topics may include the Spanish essay, Generation to the sound system of Spanish. Various theories are X, death and violence, writing memory, urban/ presented and analyzed. Some treatment of dialectal rural landscapes and the ecocritical debate, and phenomena included. constructions of the body. Course may be repeated for credit when topic varies. • HISP-S 511 Spanish Syntactic Analysis (3 cr.) Introduction to the analysis of syntactic data. Focus • HISP-S 659 Topics in Colonial Spanish American on developing theoretical apparatus required to Literature (3 cr.) Topics may include the chronicles account for a range of syntactic phenomena in and early modern theories of representation, Spanish. indigenous writing and identities, el barroco de indias in poetic and prose genres, life writings (vidas) and • HISP-S 513 Introduction to Hispanic gender, and paleographic study of archival texts. Sociolinguistics (3 cr.) Examines the relationship Course may be repeated for credit when topic varies. between language and society in the Spanish- speaking world. Surveys a wide range of topics • HISP-S 668 Topics in Nineteenth- and relevant to Spanish: language as communication, Early Twentieth-Century Spanish American the sociology of language, and linguistic variation. Literature (3 cr.) Topics may include literature of independence, gauchesca poetry and tradition, • HISP-S 515 The Acquisition of Spanish as a representations of nature, Romanticism and Second Language (3 cr.) Surveys the empirical late Romanticism, modernity and modernismo, research conducted on Spanish and investigates nationalism, the novella de la tierna, race ethnicity, how a nonnative linguistic system develops. Course and gender. includes four topics: morpheme acquisition studies, interlanguage development, input processing, and • HISP-S 678 Topics in Contemporary Spanish Universal Grammar. American Literature (3 cr.) The literature and culture of Spanish America from the beginning of the • HISP-S 517 Methods of Teaching College twentieth century to the present. Topics may include Spanish (3 cr.) Trains graduate students to teach the Boom, magic realism, modernity, revolution and the freshman and intermediate college courses in politics, gender and sexualities, race, and ethnicity. Spanish Course may be repeated for credit when topic varies. • HISP-S 603 History of the Spanish Language • HISP-S 688 Topics in U.S. Latino and/or (3 cr.) P: Fulfillment of Latin requirement. Course Caribbean Literature (3 cr.) Study of problems, not currently offered. The rise and development of research trends, and topics in U.S. Latino and/or Spanish in the Iberian peninsula and Latin America, Caribbean poetry, prose, drama, and essay. Topics seen in historical and cultural contexts. The history may include border studies, identity formation, post- of sounds, forms, and words; major dialects; the colonial theory, issues of exile and diaspora. The evolution of prose style to the eighteenth century. course will be conducted in Spanish. Course may be • HISP-S 609 Spanish Phonology II (3 cr.) P: S509 repeated for credit when topic varies. or equivalent. Introduces recent developments in • HISP-S 695 Graduate Colloquium (3 cr.) Selected phonological theory and their application to Spanish, topics on Spanish or Spanish American literature. as well as non-derivational approaches. Focuses Course may be repeated for credit when topic varies. mainly on nonlinear analyses. • HISP-S 708 Seminar in Hispanic Studies (3 cr.) • HISP-S 611 Advanced Spanish Syntax (3 cr.) May be repeated for credit when topic varies. P: S511 or equivalent. Advanced study of modern approaches to synchronic syntax as applied to • HISP-S 803 Individual Readings in Spanish or contemporary Spanish. Focus on current theories Spanish American Literature and Language and refinement of linguistic argumentation, as well (arr. cr.) P: M.A. degree. Students must make as on critical analysis or research. arrangements in advance with the professor who will supervise their readings. Contact the departmental • HISP-S 612 Topics in Linguistic Variation and graduate office for further information. Language in Context (3 cr.) Examines current topics in linguistic variation and language in Hispanic Linguistics context in-depth, with a particular focus on issues relating to the Spanish language. Topics include: • HISP-G 611 Romance Linguistics (3 cr.) Course sociolinguistic and phonological variation, networks not currently offered. and communities of practice, the quantitative paradigm, conversation analysis, linguistic • HISP-S 508 Introduction to Hispanic Pragmatics (3 cr.) Examines the intentions of language users 418 September 6, 2017

politeness, speech act theory, discourse markers, syntax, dialects, historical grammar; and application and research methodology. of linguistics to the study of literature. • HISP-S 614 Topics in Acquisition of Spanish • HISP-P 567 Contemporary Portuguese Literature (3 cr.) P: S515 or equivalent. Provides closer (3 cr.) Representative authors and works from 1915 examination of topics and research in first and/or to the present. second language acquisition, focusing specifically on the Spanish language. Topics include the acquisition • HISP-P 570 Poetry in Portuguese (3 cr.) A study of phonology, syntax, morphology, and semantics of poetic genres in Portuguese; emphasis on major as well as input processing, psycholinguistics, and authors from Brazil, Portugal, and Lusophone research design. Africa. • HISP-S 712 Seminar: Themes in Spanish • HISP-P 575 Theatre in Portuguese (3 cr.) A survey Linguistics (3 cr.) Course may be repeated of theatre in the Portuguese language from the for credit when the topic varies. Course may be sixteenth century to the late twentieth century. repeated for credit when the topic varies. Particular attention will be given to the social and historical context in which works were produced. • HISP-S 716 Seminar: Themes in the Acquisition of Spanish as a Second Language (3 cr.) Course • HISP-P 576 Prose in Portuguese (3 cr.) Survey of may be repeated for credit when the topic varies. prose writers and works from the Middle Ages to the present. • HISP-S 803 Individual Readings in Spanish or Spanish American Literature and Language • HISP-P 581 Contemporary Brazilian Literature (arr. cr.) P: M.A. degree. (3 cr.) Representative authors and works from 1922 to the present. Portuguese • HISP-P 601 Portuguese Historical Grammar • HISP-P 500 Literatures of the Portuguese- (3 cr.) History of the system of sounds and forms, Speaking World I (3 cr.) Survey of the literatures of words and their meanings from Latin origins to from Brazil, Portugal, and Lusophone Africa. contemporary standard Portuguese Lectures and discussions of selected authors of the major literary periods. • HISP-P 605 Portuguese Linguistics (3 cr.) A structural description of modern Portuguese to • HISP-P 501 Literatures of the Portuguese- include phonetics and phonology and some of the Speaking World II (3 cr.) Survey of the literatures main features of the morphological and syntactic from Brazil, Portugal, and Lusophone Africa. systems. Lectures and discussions of selected authors of the major literary periods. • HISP-P 655 Camões (3 cr.) • HISP-P 505 Literature and Film in Portuguese • HISP-P 676 Machado de Assis (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Survey of literary works and film adaptations • HISP-P 695 Luso-Brazilian Colloquium (3 cr.) from the Lusophone world. Topics vary. • HISP-P 510 Brazilian Cinema (3 cr.) A survey of • HISP-P 701 Seminar: Portuguese Literature Brazilian cinema from the beginning of the twentieth (3 cr.) In-depth study of selected topics. century to present day. Taught in English. • HISP-P 710 Seminar: African Literature in • HISP-P 511 Portugal: The Cultural Context (3 cr.) Portuguese (3 cr.) This course will introduce Integrates historical, social, political, and cultural students to representative authors from Lusophone information about Portugal. Taught in English. Africa. Discussions will focus on topics such as the • HISP-P 512 Brazil: The Cultural Context relationship between oral culture and the written (3 cr.) Integrates historical, social, and cultural word, colonial and postcolonial attitudes toward information about Brazil. Taught in English. race and social class, and gender issues. Primary readings include novels, poetry, and short fiction. • HISP-P 515 Woman Writing in Portuguese (3 cr.) A survey of women’s writings from different • HISP-P 751 Seminar: Brazilian Literature (3 cr.) Portuguese-speaking nations. In-depth study of selected topics. • HISP-P 520 Literatures of the Portuguese- • HISP-P 803 Individual Reading in Portuguese Speaking World in Translation (3 cr.) Readings or Brazilian Literature (3 cr.) P: M.A. degree. of Brazilian, Portuguese, and Lusophone African Students must make arrangements in advance with writers from a comparative perspective. Specific the instructor who will supervise their readings. topics may vary in any given semester. Taught in Please contact the department graduate office for English. Cannot count toward graduate degrees with further information. specialization in Portuguese. Reading Knowledge • HISP-P 525 Structure of Portuguese Language • HISP-C 491 Elementary Catalan for Graduate (3 cr.) Introduction to the linguistic study of various Students (3 cr.) aspects of the structure of the Portuguese language: phonetics, phonology, morphology, semantics, September 6, 2017 419

• HISP-P 491 Elementary Portuguese for Graduate timetable for remedial work and re-testing, and will have Students (3 cr.) restricted access to coursework and clinical experiences. If deficiencies are not corrected according to the revised • HISP-S 491 Elementary Spanish for Graduate timetable, the student is likely to be dismissed from the Students (3 cr.) program. (See also general University Graduate School • HISP-C 492 Readings in Catalan for Graduate requirements.) Students (3 cr.) Master of Arts in Speech and Hearing Sciences • HISP-P 492 Readings in Portuguese for Graduate Course Requirements Students (3 cr.) The clinical M.A. degree requirements include 34 credit • HISP-S 492 Readings in Spanish for Graduate hours of required graduate academic coursework, Students (3 cr.) including two to four electives; 4 credit hours of clinical practicum (S561, S565, S566, S567); and two off-campus Thesis Hours externships (S568, M550) for a total of 54-61 credit hours, • HISP-P 802 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is with no more than 6 credit hours in S780. eligible for a deferred grade. The required academic coursework includes:

• HISP-P 805 Ph.D. Thesis (1-12 cr.) This course is S501 Neurological and Physiological Foundations of eligible for a deferred grade. Speech-Language Pathology • HISP-S 802 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) This course is S520 Phonological Disorders eligible for a deferred grade. S531 Cognitive-Communication Disorders in Brain Injury • HISP-S 805 Ph.D. Thesis (1-12 cr.) This course is and Disease eligible for a deferred grade. S532 Language Disorders in Children • HISP-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) Auth. S537 Aphasia Speech and Hearing Sciences S540 Voice Disorders S544 Dysphagia College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] S550 Stuttering Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~sphs/home/ S555 Motor Speech Disorders (Please note that when conferring University Graduate S561 Clinical Methods and Practices I School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements S565 Clinical Methods and Practices IIS566 Clinical contained only in The University Graduate School Methods and Practices III Bulletin.) S567 Clinical Methods and Practices IV Curriculum S568 Medical Externship Introduction S580 Critical Thinking about Research in Communication The graduate curriculum in Speech and Hearing Sciences Disorders combines training for students wishing to pursue clinical careers in speech-language pathology or audiology, as The non-clinical M.A. degree is a minimum of 36 credit well as graduate studies in speech, language, and hearing hours, with the specific course requirements to be sciences, speech-language pathology, and audiology determined by the Coordinator of the M.A. program for research or academic careers. The department is in Speech and Hearing Sciences in consultation with accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation of academic faculty. the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. Practicum Degrees Offered Students wishing to receive clinical certification must enroll Master of Arts in Speech and Hearing Science, Doctor of in clinical practicum (S561, S565, S566, S567, S568, Philosophy in Speech and Hearing Sciences, and Ph.D. M550) each semester, earning grades of B (3.0) or higher. minor in Speech and Hearing Sciences. (The College of Students who wish to earn the M.A. degree but do not Arts and Sciences offers the Doctor of Audiology degree.) choose to complete practicum requirements and clinical certification may complete a non-clinical M.A. degree. Special Departmental Requirements Examinations Adequate Progress Each student must pass a written comprehensive Individual student progress will be evaluated annually examination evaluated by a faculty committee. by program faculty. Students who are judged to be making inadequate progress on the basis of poor Combined Clinical M.A./Ph.D Degree grades, incomplete coursework, or insufficient research The department offers the opportunity for students to accomplishments may be placed on academic probation. pursue a combined clinical M.A./Ph.D. degree. Students Students on academic probation will be offered a must complete all of the requirements for both degrees, 420 September 6, 2017 but there is some overlap in degree requirements so more than 12 credit hours of coursework in experimental that the total credit hours required may be less than the design or statistics may count towards the required total simple sum of about 144-150 credits required for both of 90 credit hours for the degree. Additional required degrees. A maximum of 30 credit hours obtained in the coursework may be determined by the student’s Ph.D. M.A. program can be applied towards the 90 credit hours advisory committee. required for the Ph.D. Ultimately, the decision regarding which credits in the M.A. program will count toward Examinations the Ph.D. will be made by the student’s Ph.D. advisory After completing the required coursework, students must committee. Because the 54-61 credit hours in the M.A. pass a qualifying exam consisting of written questions and program are all required, so as to comply with national oral defense of the answers. Exam questions are tailored clinical certification requirements, Ph.D. courses cannot be for each student by their Ph.D. advisory committee, which substituted for required M.A. courses. It is recommended also evaluates student performance. Students who do that M.A. students wishing to pursue the combined M.A./ not pass the qualifying exam will be placed on academic Ph.D. degree declare this interest and be admitted into the probation and given a second opportunity to take the Ph.D. program by the end of the first academic year in the exam. Students who do not pass after two attempts are M.A. program. Likewise, Ph.D. students wishing to pursue likely to be dismissed from the program. this combined degree should do so as soon as possible to facilitate planning, but must do so no later than the end of Research and Dissertation the second academic year in the Ph.D. program. Each student must complete three research projects: Au.D. Degree first-year (S681), second-year (S682), and dissertation The department also offers a professional doctorate in research projects. The first and second year projects Audiology, the Au.D. This degree is conferred by the will be evaluated by the student’s Ph.D. advisory College of Arts and Sciences, not the University Graduate committee after the student has presented the research School. The Au.D. is currently a 3-year, 90-credit-hour in a departmental colloquium. The dissertation will degree. The curriculum and clinical requirements for this be evaluated by the student’s dissertation research degree are described in more detail on the department’s committee. website: http://www.indiana.edu/~sphs/academics/aud/. Ph.D. Minor in Speech and Hearing Sciences Combined Au.D./Ph.D degree Students wishing to obtain a minor in Speech and The department offers the opportunity for students to Hearing Sciences must have a faculty advisor from the pursue a combined Au.D./Ph.D. degree. Students must department. Adjunct faculty must receive approval from complete all of the requirements for both degrees, but SPHS faculty to serve as the advisor for the student’s there is some overlap in degree requirements so that the minor. The advisor will approve the student’s program of total credit hours required may be less than the simple coursework in the minor and will serve on the student’s sum of 180 credits required for both degrees. A maximum advisory committee, research committee, or both. The of 30 credit hours obtained in the Au.D. program can be student is required to complete at least 12 credit hours applied towards the 90 credit hours required for the Ph.D. of graduate coursework in the minor department with a Ultimately, the decision regarding which credits in the grade of B or higher. A written qualifying examination is Au.D. program will count toward the Ph.D. will be made by not required, but will be administered at the request of the the student’s Ph.D. advisory committee. Because the 90 major department. credit hours in the Au.D. program are all required, so as Ph.D. Double Major in Speech and Hearing Sciences to comply with national clinical certification requirements, Students who are admitted into the double major Ph.D. Ph.D. courses cannot be substituted for required Au.D. program must complete the requirements for Speech courses. It is recommended that Au.D. students wishing and Hearing Sciences and the other major department to pursue the combined Au.D./ Ph.D. degree declare this as specified in the University Graduate School Bulletin. interest and be admitted into the Ph.D. program no later The advisory committee must include at least two than the end of the second academic year in the Au.D. members from Speech and Hearing Sciences and two program. Likewise, Ph.D. students wishing to pursue this faculty members from the second major field. Qualifying combined degree should do so as soon as possible to examination format will be determined by the advisory facilitate planning, but must do so no later than the end of committee with input from both major fields of study. the second academic year in the Ph.D. program. A minor concentration is optional, but if a minor is Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Speech and Hearing undertaken, there must be one additional advisory Sciences committee member to represent that discipline. At least 30 Course Requirements graduate credit hours must be completed in Speech and Hearing Sciences or cross-listed courses for the double At least 90 credit hours of graduate coursework with a major. grade of B (3.0) or above are required for the research PhD in Speech and/or Hearing Sciences. This coursework Faculty must include S681, S682, S683, S685, S702, one seminar Chairperson in Language Science (S696 or S674), one seminar in Speech Science (S686 or S674) one seminar in Hearing Distinguished Professor Larry E. Humes* Science (S674) and courses required for an outside Graduate Faculty minor. In addition, students must complete at least 6 credit hours of graduate coursework in experimental design and statistics or demonstrate equivalent competency. No September 6, 2017 421

(An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University • SPHS-S 880 Ph.D. Thesis (1-6 cr.) This course is Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct eligible for a deferred grade. doctoral dissertations.) American Sign Language Distinguished Professor • SPHS-A 500 ASL Level One for Graduate Larry E. Humes* Students (3 cr.) Introductory sign language for graduate students with no previous experience. Professors Builds a good basic vocabulary of signs, teaches Raquel Anderson*, Phil J. Connell*, Karen Forrest*, Laura finger spelling, introduces basic aspects of grammar Murray* and the proper use of facial expression in sign language conversation. Students are also exposed Emeritus Professors to deaf culture. Jean Anderson*, Moya L. Andrews*, Mary Elbert*, Judith • SPHS-A 550 ASL Level Two for Graduate A. Gierut*, Nicholas Hipskind*, Diane Kewley-Port*, Students (3 cr.) P: A500 Continues building Charles Watson* receptive and expressive abilities. Puts empha- sis on the use of signing space, facial grammar, Emeritus Clinical Faculty body postures, fluent finger spelling, and continued vocabulary development. More complex grammatical Amy Cornwell, Elizabeth McCrea, E. Gene Ritter structures are introduced. Deaf culture component Associate Professors included. • SPHS-A 600 ASL Level Three for Graduate Julie D. Anderson*, Tessa Bent*, Lisa Gershkoff-Stowe*, Students (2 cr.) P: A550 Emphasizes the Jennifer Lentz*, William Shofner*, Robert Withnell* development of conversational ability. Examines Clinical Associate Professors more complex grammatical structures, with emphasis on ability to use these structures in Nathan Amos, Annette Champion, Rebecca Eberle, conversation. Readings, videos, and discussion Carolyn Garner, Laura Karcher, Nancy Nelson cover characteristics of the deaf population and their Associate Scientists cultural values. • SPHS-A 700 ASL Level Four for Graduate Gary Kidd*, Michele Morrisette Students (2 cr.) P: A600 Continues to develop knowledge of American Sign Language and deaf Assistant Professors culture. Students will experience the language Steven Lulich, Rita Patel, Yi Shen outside the classroom through interaction with the deaf community. Clinical Assistant Professors Speech and Hearing Sciences Emily Ansty, Lisa Goerner, Sheena Jessee, Joseph Murray, Erin Peabody, Amy Piper, Julia Rademacher • SPHS-S 461 Introduction to Supervised Clinical Practice (2 cr.) This course is not currently offered. Clinical Lecturers • SPHS-S 501 Neurological and Physiological Elizabeth Buck, Leah Knoblauch, Cheryl Monesmith, Foundations of Speech-Language Pathology Katherine Russell (3 cr.) This course will introduce students to the anatomical and physiological basis of human Lecturers communication. Topics will include neuroanatomy Deborah Gessinger, L. Jill Lestina, Rob Loveless, Daniel and neurophysiology of the central and peripheral Smith nervous systems; neural substrates of speech and language; respiratory, phonatory, articulatory, and Academic Advising swallowing physiology; and current theories of motor control. M.A. Program: Associate Professor Julie Anderson*, • SPHS-S 505 Clinical Application of Speech and Hearing Center C151, (812) 856-1240; Linguistic Theory (4 cr.) Currently not being Ph.D. Program: Karen Forrest* Speech and Hearing offered. Application of models of language structure Center C181, (812) 855-2602. and use of the clinical process of diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of phonological, lexical, For the College of Arts and Sciences' Au.D. Program: morphological, and syntactic impairments of Associate Professor William Shofner*, Speech and language acquisition. Hearing Center C189, (812) 856-1069. • SPHS-S 506 Counseling (2 cr.) Provides Courses information about the counseling purview of audiologists and speech pathologists. Topics General such as theories of counseling, lifespan issues, emotional responses to communication disorders, • SPHS-S 680 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) This family dynamics, support groups, and multicultural course is eligible for a deferred grade. issues will be presented. Students will learn basic • SPHS-S 780 M.A. Thesis (1-6 cr.) This course is counseling techniques and the application of these eligible for a deferred grade. techniques for specific disorders. 422 September 6, 2017

• SPHS-S 508 Physiological Models for environmental factors as contributors to language Perception and Production of Speech and Voice development. Emphasizes learning of elementary (3 cr.) Currently not being offered. Provides skills in language sample analysis. students with understanding of the physiological • SPHS-S 525 Childhood Dysarthria and Apraxia bases for production and perception of speech and of Speech (3 cr.) Currently not being offered. The voice in humans. Covers the dynamic functioning aim of this course is to introduce students to of structures of the organs of speech production the basic correlates of children’s motor speech and perception, and the relations of their parts. disorders including issues of underlying pathology, This knowledge will form the basis for subsequent physiological development, assessment procedures, understanding of disorders of speech production and and treatment alternatives. perception. • SPHS-S 531 Cognitive-Communication Disorders • SPHS-S 509 Speech and Language Diagnostics in Brain Injury and Disease (3 cr.)This course (2 cr.) Currently not being offered. Theoretical reviews disorders of perception, cognition, bases of speech-language assessment, including communication, and behavior associated with brain concepts of testing and measurement, formal and injury and disease in adults. Procedures and issues informal evaluation techniques, and normative and pertaining to assessment and treatment in the acute non-normative approaches. Required accompanying and chronic stages of recovery or across disease laboratory provides observation and experience with progression will also be addressed. specific assessment procedures. • SPHS-S 532 Language Disorders in Children • SPHS-S 511 Phonetics of American Speech (3 cr.) The focus of this course will be on the (2 cr.) Scientific study of American pronunciation identification, etiology, and clinical treatment of based on International Phonetic Alphabet. Exercises children who are classified having autism spectrum in transcription. disorder, mental retardation, specific language • SPHS-S 513 Speech Anatomy and Physiology impairment, and other language disorders. (2 cr.) Anatomy and physiology of the speech • SPHS-S 534 Language Development in School- mechanism; contemporary views of speech Age Children (3 cr.) P: S333.Currently not being physiology; subsystems of the speech mechanism— offered. Survey of theoretical perspectives and respiratory, laryngeal, and supraglottal—integrated research findings related to language development with a model of speech production. Laboratory in children aged five through twelve. Particular experiences. attention to relationships between oral language • SPHS-S 515 Topical Seminar in Speech skills, reading, and writing. Consideration of Pathology or Audiology (1-6 cr.) Topics of current language and context, including differences between interest; literature on fundamental behavior related to language demands of home and school. speech or hearing. • SPHS-S 536 Language Diversity and • SPHS-S 516 Introduction to Audiological Testing Clinical Practice (3 cr.) Currently not being (3-4 cr.) Rationale and basic procedures in the offered. Examines the effects on current clinical evaluation of hearing loss. practice in speech-language pathology of the linked • SPHS-S 517 Cognitive and Communicative issues of racial, cultural, and linguistic diversity. Aspects of Aging (2 cr.) Currently not being Both assessment and intervention issues will be offered. Review of cognitive and communicative considered. changes associated with normal aging as well as • SPHS-S 537 Aphasia (3 cr.) P: S501. In-depth with diseases and conditions that are prevalent study of diagnosis and management of adult aphasia in the aging population. Includes discussion of and related disorders. methodological issues in research on aging as well • SPHS-S 538 Language Development in Atypical as principles for maximizing communication with the Populations: Learning Disabilities, Autism, and elderly population. Mental Retardation (3 cr.) P: S333 and S436 • SPHS-S 518 Auditory Disorders (3 cr.) Study of or consent of instructor. Currently not being auditory pathology and the associated audiological offered. An introduction to three clinical populations test findings. Focus placed on etiology and the likely to have difficulties with language learning. auditory and non-auditory manifestations of the Aspects of perceptual, cognitive, and social growth disorders. as they influence language acquisition; patterns of • SPHS-S 520 Phonological Disorders language development and use; issues related to (3 cr.) Assessment and treatment of phonological intervention. disorders in children; procedures are equally • SPHS-S 539 Child Dual Language Learners; applicable to other populations. Case-based Development, Assessment and Intervention approach to analyses of phonetic, phonemic, syllabic (3 cr.) Focuses on how children acquire two structure in clinical diagnosis and identification of languages. Topics concerning variables that impact treatment goals. Corresponding treatment methods dual-language acquisition children and patterns of are evaluated relative to evidence-based practice. acquisition will be discussed. Issues and strategies • SPHS-S 524 Survey of Children’s Language for evaluating language skills in this population, and Development (2 cr.) Currently not being for providing clinical services are presented. offered. Theories and research relating to normal • SPHS-S 540 Voice Disorders (3 cr.) This course development of phonology, syntax, semantics, focuses on facilitating clinical skills related to and pragmatics in children from birth through assessment and management of children and age four. Investigation of cognition and various adults with voice disorders. The relevant anatomy September 6, 2017 423

and physiology of the vocal mechanism and voice • SPHS-S 560 Craniofacial Anomalies production will be presented. Pathophysiology (3 cr.) P: S201. Currently not being offered. causes, prevention, assessment, treatment Orofacial clefts and other genetically based (behavioral, surgical, and medical) of various voice craniofacial disorders are considered in relation to disorders will be addressed. speech production and swallowing. Assessment • SPHS-S 541 Management of Tracheostomy protocols include auditory-perceptual evaluation, and Laryngectomy (2 cr.) Currently not being vocal tract imaging (nasendoscopy and fluoroscopy), offered. Aerodigestive tract dynamics and disorders, and speech aerodynamics. Introduction to therapy including assessment and treatment. Rehabilitation procedures. options associated with tracheostomy, laryngectomy, • SPHS-S 561 Clinical Methods and Practice I and dysphagia. (1-3 cr.) Current topics related to clinical practice in • SPHS-S 542 Care of the Professional Voice speech/language pathology. (3 cr.) Currently not being offered. Physiological, • SPHS-S 562 Practicum in Supervision psychosocial, and occupational aspects of (1 cr.) P: S510, S561. Practicum in the supervision professional voice use. A multidisciplinary of clinical practice in speech-language pathology perspective on research and practice in the areas of and audiology.SPHS-S 565 Clinical Methods and otolaryngology, social psychology, vocal pedagogy, Practice II (1-3 cr.) Current topics related to clinical voice science, and communication disorders. practice in speech/language pathology. Examines historical and current approaches to • SPHS-S 566 Clinical Methods and Practice III preventing, assessing, and treating voice breakdown (1-3 cr.) Current topics related to clinical practice in in singers and other professional voice users. speech/language pathology. • SPHS-S 543 Childhood Dysphagia: Diagnosis • SPHS-S 567 Clinical Methods and Practice IV and Treatment of Swallowing Disorders (2 cr.) (1-3 cr.) Current topics related to clinical practice in Currently not being offered. Anatomy and speech/language pathology. physiology of child swallowing and respiration • SPHS-S 568 Medical Externship (6 cr.) P: S561. is reviewed. Evaluation and treatment of child Intensive participation in the clinical activities of dysphagia emphasizing instrumental and non- community agencies, hospitals, or other service instrumental assessment procedures and the providers. Available only to advanced students in development of efficacious treatment plans. clinical program. Experience in analysis of child videofluroscopic • SPHS-S 570 Clinical Practicum in Audiology studies of swallowing. I (1-3 cr.) P: S561 or S570. Supervised on-site • SPHS-S 544 Dysphagia (3 cr.) This course focuses clinical work in diagnostic and rehabilitative clinical on facilitating clinical skills related to assessment audiology. Intended for students in the first year of and management of dysphagia in children and the Au.D. program. adults, including those with tracheostomy and • SPHS-S 571 Auditory Anatomy and Physiology ventilator-dependent. The relevant anatomy and (3 cr.) Structure and function of the mammalian physiology of the swallowing mechanism will be auditory system, including aspects of both cellular discussed. Pathophysiology, causes, assessment, and systems physiology. treatment of various conditions resulting in • SPHS-S 572 Clinical Electrophysiology dysphagia will be addressed. (2 cr.)Focuses on current applications of • SPHS-S 546 Medical Speech-Language electrophysiologic testing, including auditory Pathology (2 cr.) Currently not being evoked potentials, otoacoustic emissions, and offered. Roles and responsibilities of speech- electronystagmography. Will address role of each of language pathologists in the medical arena with these test procedures in the diagnostic audiologic clients ranging the lifespan will be reviewed and test battery. discussed. Topics to be investigated will include • SPHS-S 573 Laboratory in Amplification continuum of care, interdisciplinary approach, (1 cr.) Laboratory exercises in hearing aid selection, pharmacology, terminology, client advocacy and fitting and evaluation; earmold acoustics; hearing accreditations, among others. Class format will aid construction; and electroacoustic evaluation of include lecture, didactic discussion, student project instruments. To be taken concurrently with S576 presentations and guest speakers. • SPHS-S 574 The Central Auditory Nervous • SPHS-S 550 Stuttering (3 cr.) This course will System (3 cr.) Course covers the anatomy and focus on the nature and etiology of developmental physiology of the central auditory system. Emphasis stuttering, diagnostic procedures, and approaches is on neural processing mechanisms in mammalian to treatment in children and adults. Other disorders auditory brain areas found in the medulla to the of fluency, such as acquired stuttering and cluttering auditory cortex. will also be discussed. • SPHS-S 575 Human Hearing and Communication • SPHS-S 555 Motor Speech Disorders (4 cr.) This (2 cr.) Development of the auditory system and course will focus on the basic correlates of motor landmarks of auditory behavior, types of hearing speech disorders in children and adults. Normal loss, intake and exit interviewing techniques, development, anatomy, and physiology of the audiometric standards, pure tone audiometry, speech production mechanism will be reviewed. acoustics impedance measurements, screening for Characteristics, pathophysiology, etiology, auditory disorders and speech audiometry, effect of assessment, and treatment of various motor speech age and aging on oral communication, counseling disorders will also be addressed. the hearing impaired, strategies in selecting hearing 424 September 6, 2017

aids, recommending auditory training, speech • SPHS-S 674 Speech, Language and Hearing reading, and manual communication. Science Seminar (3 cr.)This course will rotate • SPHS-S 576 Amplification for the Hearing topics through speech, language, and hearing. Impaired (3 cr.) Types and components of Students are required to take one course on each electroacoustic hearing aids, earmold acoustics, and topic. S686 and S696 may substitute for a speech or procedures for the selection, evaluation, and fitting of language seminar. hearing aids. • SPHS-S 675 Assessment of Middle Ear Function • SPHS-S 577 Industrial Audiology (2 cr.) Examination of the theory and practice of (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. The role of clinical assessment of middle ear function. Course audiology, emphasizing identification audiometry, will include standard measures of middle ear damage-risk criteria, measurement and control of function, multi-frequency tympanometry, and power noise, conservation procedures, and medico-legal reflectance. problems. • SPHS-S 676 Advanced Clinical Concepts in • SPHS-S 578 Audiological Instrumentation Amplification (3 cr.) This seminar presents and Calibration (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. advanced material on conventional amplifica- Fundamentals of acoustics and acoustical tion, assistive listening devices, and classroom measurements including waveform measurements, amplification systems. Students will develop models spectral analysis, and noise analysis. Calibration for selection, fitting, evaluation, and management of techniques and standards for clinical audiology are devices for patients with hearing loss. This includes also reviewed. integrating research content into clinical activities • SPHS-S 579 Children with Hearing Loss leading to appropriate, defendable rationales for a (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Introduction to the comprehensive hearing program. assessment of communication skills in children with • SPHS-S 677 Implantable Auditory Prostheses hearing loss. Topics covered include early iden- (3 cr.) This course examines various surgically tification of hearing loss, assessment of hearing implantable devices used to ameliorate the effects in very young children, speech and language of hearing loss, with particular emphasis on cochlear development in children with hearing loss, and implants, including considerations for implantation management strategies for hearing-impaired and expected outcomes. children. • SPHS-S 678 Introduction to Psychoacoustics • SPHS-S 580 Critical Thinking About Research (3 cr.) Perception of sound by normal and hearing- in Communication Disorders (3 cr.)This course impaired listeners. Topics covered include masking, will provide students with the tools and skills to think pitch, loudness, and other auditory phenomena. critically, solve problems, and make ethical and • SPHS-S 679 Otoacoustic Emissions responsible decisions about clinical assessment (2 cr.) Otoacoustic emissions provide a noninvasive and treatment. Emphasis will be placed on the role measure of cochlear mechanical function. This of research in evidence-based practice and the course considers our current understanding of the interpretation of scientific literature. origin of otoacoustic emissions and their clinical • SPHS-S 601 Experimental Phonetics II application. (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Speech acoustics. • SPHS-S 681 First Year Research Project Examination of theories of vocal-tract transmission (3 cr.) Collaborative research with PhD advisor. through a historical perspective. Consideration of Students must give a short oral presentation to the literature in acoustic phonetics, with emphasis on department for satisfactory completion of this course. research that models speech acoustics relative to • SPHS-S 682 Second Year Research Project articulatory configuration. Laboratory experiences. (3 cr.) Students engage in a semi-independent • SPHS-S 670 Clinical Practicum in Audiology research project in their major area of focus. II (1-3 cr.) Supervised on-site clinical work in Students must present at a departmental colloquium diagnostic and rehabilitative clinical audiology. to meet course requirements. Intended for students in the second year of the Au.D. • SPHS-S 683 Research Forum in Speech, program. Language, and Hearing Sciences • SPHS-S 671 Auditory Evoked Potentials (0-1 cr.)Research presentations by students, faculty (2 cr.) This course considers the theory and in the Department of Speech and Hearing Sciences, application of Auditory Evoked Potentials, and guest speakers. Normally taken each semester emphasizing Electrocochleography and Brainstem by doctoral students in speech and hearing sciences Evoked Response Audiometry. without credit, but may be taken for four consecutive • SPHS-S 672 Clinical Externship in Audiology semesters for 1 credit hour per semester. I (1-3 cr.) Supervised off-site clinical work in • SPHS-S 685 Research and Ethics in Speech, diagnostic and rehabilitative clinical audiology. Language, and Hearing Sciences (3 cr.) Selected Intended for students in the second year of the Au.D. topics in research design, analysis, and reporting program. (articles and talks); ethics; and preparation of grant • SPHS-S 673 Clinical Externship in Audiology proposals, as appropriate to speech, language and II (1-5 cr.) Supervised off-site clinical work in hearing sciences, and disorders. diagnostic and rehabilitative clinical audiology. • SPHS-S 686 Physiological Research in Speech, Intended for students in the third year of the Au.D. Language, and Hearing Sciences (3 cr.) Course program. topics vary according to student interests, including: neuroscience research in speech, language, September 6, 2017 425

cognition, and hearing; imaging; videostroboscopy; • SPHS-S 778 Educational Audiology and motor control. (2 cr.) Combined lecture, classroom discussion, • SPHS-S 696 Language Research in Speech, guest presentations, and case studies examining Language, and Hearing Sciences (3 cr.)Topics an array of topics within the scope of educational vary according to student interests, including audiology. Particular emphasis on early intervention, advances in linguistic theory, language and educational law, and auditory access to language for phonological acquisition theory, neurolinguistics, cognitive development. language intervention, etiological research, cognition • SPHS-S 779 Business Practices (2 cr.) This and language (including memory and attention), course aims to provide students with the tools and reading and language. Lab components include necessary to create a framework for practicing computer software for both linguistic analyses and audiology in a business setting experimental presentation. • SPHS-S 702 Instrumentation in Speech, Statistics Language and Hearing Sciences College of Arts and Science (3 cr.)Introduction to current methodology used in Departmental E-mail: [email protected] investigations of speech, language and hearing sciences. Departmental URL: www.stat.indiana.edu/ • SPHS-S 771 Diagnostics and Pathologies (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (3 cr.) This course examines diagnostic audiology School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The and auditory disorders within the scope of practice University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements of clinical audiology. Attention will be given to contained only in The University Graduate School theory, administration, and application of various Bulletin.) clinical tests and measures used in assessment and treatment of children and adults. Curriculum • SPHS-S 772 Amplification and Rehabilitation (3 cr.) This course examines an array of topics Degrees Offered within the scope of practice of clinical audiology, • Master of Science in Applied Statistics with particular emphasis on matters germane to • Master of Science in Statistical Science amplification and rehabilitation. Attention will be • Doctor of Philosophy in Statistical Science given to theory, administration, and application of various clinical tests and measures used for both Special Departmental Requirements assessment and treatment. (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) • SPHS-S 773 Pediatrics and Special Populations (2 cr.) This course examines an array of topics Admission Requirements within the scope of practice of clinical audiology, with particular emphasis on matters germane to Statistics is an increasingly interdisciplinary field. pediatrics and special test populations. Amplification, Recognizing that fact, the IU Department of Statistics business issues, and ethical considerations may welcomes students from a variety of quantitative also be discussed. Attention will be given to theory, backgrounds, not just statistics and mathematics. administration, and application of various clinical To be admitted to the Master of Science in Applied tests and measures used for both assessment and Statistics program a student must be pursuing a Ph.D. in treatment. another program at IU. • SPHS-S 774 Recent Advances in Audiology (2 cr.) This course examines an array of topics Students entering our Master of Science or Ph.D. in within the scope of practice of clinical audiology, Statistical Science programs should have a bachelor's or with particular emphasis on examining the most re- master's degree from an accredited university. Academic cent literature from refereed journals. Attention will preparation should include at least two undergraduate be given to theory, administration, and application courses in statistics, some background in mathematics of various clinical tests and measures used for both that includes courses in multivariate calculus and assessment and treatment. linear algebra, and some familiarity with computer • SPHS-S 775 Vestibular Diagnosis and programming. Rehabilitation (3 cr.) Vestibular system anatomy Applicants will be evaluated using a combination of & physiology examined. Clinical tests and mea- academic transcripts, grade-point averages, GRE scores, sures used to assess balance function are TOEFL scores (for international applicants), letters of covered, including electronystagmography (ENG), recommendation, and personal statements. Selection videonystagmography (VNG), rotational chair, criteria include breadth and depth of preparation, quality of & dynamic posturography. Emphasis on clinical academic performance, and motivation. assessment, treatment & rehabilitation. • SPHS-S 777 Speech Communication, Aging, and Master of Science in Applied Statistics Hearing Impairment (2 cr.) No prerequisites; this The M.S. in Applied Statistics is intended for the student course focuses on whether hearing aids can help the pursu¬ing a Ph.D.degree in another field who wishes to elderly with impaired hearing understand speech, enhance his or her statistical knowledge and credentials and if so, under what conditions and with what limita- by obtaining a graduate degree in Statistics, in addition to tions. a Ph.D.degree in his or her primary field of study. 426 September 6, 2017

Course Requirements qualifying examination more than once will be dismissed from the program. A total of 31 credit hours, 19 of which must be in the Department of Statistics and include the following 5 Advisory and Research Committees courses: STAT S520 or S620, S612, S631, S632, and S690. The remaining 12 credit hours must be taken in For each student admitted to the PhD program, a doctoral an area relevant to the field of Statistics, and must be advisory committee will be formed in the first year of approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. training. After passing their qualifying exams, students must form a research (dissertation) committee. The Master of Science in Statistical Science student’s committee (advisory or research) will consult The M.S. program trains students to become applied with the student at least once per year to help the student statisticians who collaborate with researchers in various determine his/her course of graduate study, develop disciplines to design experiments and analyze data. a research program, approve the student’s course selections, and review the student’s progress in all areas Course Requirements (for example, completion of required courses, course A total of 31 credit hours including MATH M463, STAT grades, and research progress). The student’s committee S611, S612, S620, S631, S632, and S690. Students must will determine whether or not the student is making also choose to complete either a one-semester consulting adequate progress in all areas. Should the advisory (or internship, S692, or a thesis, S799. The remaining 6 research) committee determine that a student is not credit hours can be from any graduate statistics courses making adequate progress in any area, this may be approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. grounds for eliminating a student’s department funding, probation, or dismissal from the program. Doctor of Philosophy in Statistical Science The Ph.D. program trains students as research Dissertation Proposal and Research statisticians who develop new statistical methodology. A dissertation is required. The dissertation represents This program is for graduate students who wish to original methodological research by the student. The obtain positions as research statisticians in academia, research should be of sufficient quality to merit publication government, or industry. in peer-reviewed journals. Course Requirements After passing the qualifying exams, students should begin A total of 90 credit hours, including at least 60 credit hours the process of finding a dissertation advisor, forming a of coursework; dissertation research to reach 90 credit dissertation committee, and identifying a dissertation topic. hours. The dissertation proposal is an oral exam intended to demonstrate to the statistics faculty that the student is Core Courses (9 credit hours): Math-M 413: Introduction to prepared to begin research. The student will make an Analysis I, STAT-S 620: Introduction to Statistical Theory, oral presentation that outlines the proposed research, STAT-S 611: Applied Statistical Computing including summaries of related work and descriptions of the techniques that will be used. The dissertation Data Analysis Courses (12 credit hours): STAT-S 631: committee and other statistics faculty will then question Applied Linear Models I, STAT-S 632: Applied Linear the student. Models II, STAT-S 771: Advanced Data Analysis I, STAT- S 772: Advanced Data Analysis II Ph.D. Minor in Statistical Science Doctoral students obtaining a Ph.D. in another discipline Advanced Statistical Theory Courses (12 credit hours): are welcome to choose Statistics as an outside minor. STAT-S 721: Advanced Statistical Theory I, STAT-S 722: Four graduate courses in statistics are required, at least Advanced Statistical Theory II plus at least two semesters three of which must be at the 600-level or above taken of STAT-S 785: Seminar on Statistical Theory from the Department of Statistics. The specific minor Elective and Minor Courses (27 credit hours): All students courses must be approved by the Director of Graduate must complete a Ph.D. minor in another graduate Studies of the Department of Statistics. program. Minor requirements are specified by the awarding department and are described in the University Faculty Graduate School Bulletin. All courses in this category must Chairperson be approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. Professor Michael Trosset* Qualifying Examination Graduate Faculty Students advance to candidacy by completing required (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University coursework and passing two qualifying examinations. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct The Statistical Theory exam is a written examination doctoral dissertations.) based on material covered in STAT-S 721-722 (Advanced Statistical Theory). This exam is usually administered in Distinguished Professor and Chancellor’s Professor May, after the 722 semester concludes. The Data Analysis J. Scott Long* exam consists of an oral presentation and a paper based on a project completed in STAT-S 771-772 (Advanced Rudy Professors Data Analysis). The oral presentation usually takes place near the end of the 722 semester and the paper then Stanley Wasserman* incorporates suggested revisions. Students who fail either Professors September 6, 2017 427

Steen Andersson* (Emeritus), Lanh Tran*(Emeritus), and linear regression. Probability models and statistical Michael Trosset* methods applied to practical situations and actual data sets from various disciplines. Elementary statistical theory, Associate Professors including the plug-in principle, maximum likelihood, and Chunfeng Huang* the method of least squares. Assistant Professors STAT-S 620 Introduction to Statistical Theory (3 cr.) P: STAT S320 and MATH M463 (or equivalent courses). Weihua An, Daniel Manrique-Vallier*, Daniel McDonald*, Fundamental concepts and principles of data reduction Andrew Womack and statistical inference, including the method of maximum Adjunct Professors likelihood, the method of least squares, and Bayesian inference. Theoretical justification of statistical procedures Franklin Acito* (Business), Katy Borner* (Library and introduced in S320. Information Sciences), Richard Bradley* (Mathematics), Jerome Busemeyer* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), STAT-S 625 Nonparametric Theory and Data Analysis Yoosoon Chang* (Economics), Victor Goodman* (3 cr.) P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or (Emeritus, Mathematics), Andrew Hanson* (Emeritus, consent of instructor. Survey of methods for statistical Computer Science), Elizabeth Housworth* (Mathematics), inference that do not rely on parametric probability John Kruschke* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), models. Statistical functionals, bootstrapping, empirical Russell Lyons* (Mathematics), Robert Nosofsky* likelihood. Nonparametric density and curve estimation. (Psychological and Brain Sciences), Joon Park* Rank and permutation tests. (Economics), Joanne Peng* (Education), Christopher STAT-S 626 Bayesian Theory and Data Analysis (3 cr.) Raphael* (Informatics), Scott Robeson* (Geography), P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent Richard Shiffrin* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), of instructor. Introduction to the theory and practice James Townsend* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), of Bayesian inference. Prior and posterior probability Pravin Trivedi* (Economics) distributions. Data collection, model formulation, Adjunct Associate Professors computation, model checking, sensitivity analysis. Juan Carlos Escanciano* (Economics), Predrag STAT-S 631 Applied Linear Models I (3 cr.) P: STAT Radivojac* (Informatics), Dirk van Gucht (Computer S320 and MATH M301 or M303 or S303 (or equivalent Science) courses), or consent of instructor. Part I of a 2-semester sequence on linear models, emphasizing linear regression Adjunct Assistant Professors and the analysis of variance, including topics from the design of experiments and culminating in the general Yoon-Jin Lee (Economics), Yong-Yeol Ahn (Informatics), linear model. David Crandall (Computer Science, Informatics) STAT-S 632 Applied Linear Models II (3 cr.) P: STAT Director of Graduate Studies S631, or consent of instructor. Part II of a 2-semester Chunfeng Huang* sequence on linear models, emphasizing linear regression and the analysis of variance, including topics from the Courses design of experiments and culminating in the general linear model. STAT-S 501 Statistical Methods I: Introduction to Statistics (3 cr.) P: One undergraduate course in STAT-S 637 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two statistics. This course takes a systematic approach to statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent of the exposition of the general linear model — focusing instructor. The analysis of cross classified categorical on correlation, simple linear and multiple regression. data. Loglinear models; regression models in which the Students are introduced to the use of statistical analysis response variable is binary, ordinal, nominal, or discrete. software. The first third of the course consists of a review Logit, probit, multinomial logit models; logistic and Poisson of statistics, data analysis tools, significance tests, and regression. Equivalent to EDUC Y637. confidence intervals. Students learn how to think creatively about the use of statistical methods in their own research. STAT-S 639 Multilevel Models (3 cr.) P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent of instructor. STAT-S 503 Statistical Methods II: Generalized Linear Introduction to the general multilevel model with an Models and Categorical Data (3 cr.) P: STAT S501 or emphasis on applications. Discussion of hierarchical one undergraduate course in statistics. This course takes linear models, and generalizations to nonlinear models. a systematic approach to the exposition of the general How such models are conceptualized, parameters linear model — focusing on categorical data. Of primary estimated and interpreted. Model fit via software. Major concern will be models for which the response variable emphasis throughout the course will be on how to choose is categorical. Such models include probit, logit, ordered an appropriate model and computational techniques. logit, and Poisson regression, among others. Students Equivalent to EDUC Y639. learn how to think creatively about the use of statistical methods in their own research. STAT-S 640 Multivariate Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent STAT-S 520 Introduction to Statistics (3 cr.) P: MATH of instructor. Elementary treatment of multivariate M212, M301, M303, or the equivalent. Basic concepts of normal distributions, classical inferential techniques for data analysis and statistical inference, applied to 1-sample multivariate normal data, including Hotelling’s T² and and 2-sample location problems, the analysis of variance, MANOVA. Discussion of analytic techniques such as 428 September 6, 2017 principal component analysis, canonical correlation preparing verbal and written reports. Interactions with analysis, discriminant analysis, and factor analysis. clients will be coordinated by the Indiana Statistical Equivalent to PSY P654. Consulting Center. STAT-S 645 Covariance Structure Analysis (3 cr.) STAT-S 692 Internship in Statistical Consulting (3 cr.) P: Two statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent P: STAT S690 and permission of Director of Graduate of instructor. Path analysis. Introduction to multivariate Studies. One semester internship at the Indiana Statistical multiple regression, confirmatory factor analysis, and Consulting Center (ISCC). Students work on actual latent variables. Structural equation models with and consulting problems under the direct supervision of without latent variables. Mean-structure and multi-group professional statisticians. analysis. Equivalent to EDUC Y645. STAT-S 695 Readings in Statistics (1-3 cr.) P: Consent STAT-S 650 Time Series Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two of instructor. Supervised reading of a topic in statistics. statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent of May be repeated with different topics. instructor. Techniques for analyzing data collected at different points in time. Probability models, forecasting STAT-S 710 Statistical Computing (3 cr.) P: STAT methods, analysis in both time and frequency domains, S620, or consent of instructor. Survey of numerical linear systems, state-space models, intervention analysis, methods in statistics. Matrix factorizations and algorithms transfer function models and the Kalman filter. Stationary for linear regression. Nonlinear optimization, maximum processes, autocorrelations, partial autocorrelations, likelihood and nonlinear regression. Pseudorandom autoregressive, moving average, and ARMA processes, number generation and Monte Carlo methods. spectral density of stationary processes, periodograms, STAT-S 721 Advanced Statistical Theory I (3 cr.) estimation of spectral density. Course equivalent to MATH P: S620, some knowledge of elementary measure theory, M568. and/or consent of the instructor. Mathematical introduction STAT-S 655 Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two to major areas of statistical theory and practice, including statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent of statistical models, sufficiency, likelihood inference, instructor. Introduction to methods for longitudinal data estimation and testing, Bayesian inference, decision analysis; repeated measures data. The analysis of change theory, equivariance, and optimality of test statistics. —models for one or more response variables, possibly STAT-S 722 Advanced Statistical Theory II (3 cr.) censored. Association of measurements across time P: S721 or consent of the instructor. A continuation for both continuous and discrete responses. Course is of S721. A mathematical introduction to major areas equivalent to EDUC Y655. of statistical theory and practice including multinomial STAT-S 660 Sampling (3 cr.) P: Two statistics courses models, canonical linear models, exponential families, at the graduate level, or consent of instructor. Design asymptotic theory, and general linear models. of surveys and analysis of sample survey data. Simple STAT-S 730 Theory of Linear Models (3 cr.) P: STAT random sampling, ratio and regression estimation, S620, or consent of instructor. Theory of the general stratified and cluster sampling, complex surveys, linear model. Distribution theory, linear hypotheses, the nonresponse bias. Gauss-Markov theorem, testing and confidence regions. STAT-S 670 Exploratory Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: Two Application to regression and to analysis of variance. statistics courses at the graduate level, or consent STAT-S 740 Multivariate Statistical Theory (3 cr.) of instructor. Numerical and graphical techniques for P: STAT S721 and S722, or consent of the instructor. summarizing and displaying data. Exploration versus Multivariate normal distributions. Multivariate linear normal confirmation. Connections with conventional statistical models, estimation and testing. Wishart distributions and analysis and data mining. Applications to large data sets. models. Inference for the covariance matrix. Eigenvalues, STAT-S 670 Statistical Learning and High-Dimension including canonical correlations and principal components/ Analysis (3 cr.) P: STAT S640, or two statistics courses factor analysis. at the graduate level, or consent of instructor. Dataanalytic STAT-S 771 Advanced Data Analysis I (3 cr.) methods for exploring the structure of high-dimensional P: Permission of Director of Graduate Studies. This data. Graphical methods, linear and nonlinear dimension course introduces Ph.D. students in th Department of reduction techniques, manifold learning. Supervised, Statistics to an in-depth cross-disciplinary research semisupervised, and unsupervised learning. experience, emphasizing the role of statistics in solving STAT-S 681 Topics in Applied Statistics (3 cr.) scientific, technological, or policy problem. Each student P: Consent of instructor. Careful study of a statistical identifies a research project, forms an advisory committee, topic from an applied perspective. May be repeated with and provides interim written and oral progress reports different topics. throughout the remainder of the semester. STAT-S 682 Topics in Mathematical Statistics (3 cr.) STAT-S 772 Advanced Data Analysis II (3 cr.) P: STAT- P: Consent of instructor. Careful study of a statistical S 771 Second semester of a two-semester sequence. topic from a theoretical perspective. May be repeated with Ph.D. students in the Department of Statistics complete different topics. the cross-disciplinary projects they began in STAT-S 771. STAT-S 690 Statistical Consulting (4 cr.) P: Consent STAT-S 781 Advanced Topics in Applied Statistics of instructor. Development of effective consulting skills, (3 cr.) P: Consent of the instructor. Careful study of an including the conduct of consulting sessions, collaborative advanced statistical topic from an applied perspective. As problem-solving, using professional resources, and topics vary, this course may be repeated for credit. September 6, 2017 429

STAT-S 782 Advanced Topics in Mathematical and the graduate advisor and the Sustainable Energy Statistics (3 cr.) P: Consent of the instructor. Careful Science director. Students must complete a total of 12 study of an advanced statistical topic from a mathematical credit hours (Of hours counted toward the minor, at or theoretical perspective. As topics vary, this course may least 6 must be from outside the student's major field). be repeated for credit. Additionally, the Sustainable Energy Program will submit one question for the student's qualifying examination. STAT-S 785 Seminar on Statistical Theory (3 cr.) P: Ph.D. standing in Department of Statistics. Professional Faculty development for Ph.D. students in statistics. Topics in statistical theory will be used to provide students with Graduate Minor Director experience in preparing presentations, posters, referee Rebecca Barthelmie* (Atmospheric Science) reports, grant proposals, etc. Graduate Faculty STAT-S 799 Research in Statistics (1-6 cr.) P: Consent (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University of the instructor. Research in statistics. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Sustainable Energy Science doctoral dissertations.) College of Arts and Sciences Professors Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Rebecca Barthelmie* (Atmospheric Science), Sara Pryor* (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (Atmospheric Science), Phil Stevens* (School of Public School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The and Environmental Affairs), Caroline Jarrold* (Chemistry), University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Maria Mastalerz (Indiana Geological Survey), Gary Pavlis* contained only in The University Graduate School (Geology), Paul Sokol* (Physics) Bulletin.) Associate Professors Curriculum Heather Reynolds* (Biology), Mehmet Dalkilic* (School of Informatics and Computing) Ph.D. Minor in Sustainable Energy Science The supply of affordable energy is a pre-requisite for Courses economic development around the world. The U.S. faces considerable challenges in meeting current and SPEA-E 515 Air Pollution and Control (3 cr.) future energy demands while also addressiing pressing PHYS-P 510 Environmental Physics (3 cr.) environmental and national security concerns. Hence there is a need for research into various aspects of INFO-I 590 Topics in Informatics (3 cr.) energy supply and demand. The Sustainable Energy GRAD-L 830 Readings in Landscape Studies (3 cr.) Science Program encoursages interdisciplinary study P: Consent of the director. of the physical sicneces that under-pins energy use Supervised readings on selected topics in landscape and supply. The Ph.D. minor program embraces a studies. multidisciplinary approach drawing expertise from a number of Departments and Schools with an emphasis on the understanding of the scientific basis of sustainability and the implications of energy use. GEOL-G 690 Fundamentals of Hydrocarbon Systems Admission and Program of Study (3 cr.) In collaboration with the Sustainable Energy director and GEOL-G 587 Organic Geochemistry (3 cr.) the student’s graduate advisor, students are required to GEOL-G 586 Geochemical Modeling (3 cr.) submit a Program of Study to the Sustainable Energy Advisory Committee for final approval. The Program GEOL-G 572 Basin Analysis and Hydrocarbons (3 cr.) of Study will provide the rationale for the student’s GEOL-G 571 Prinicples of Petroleum Geology (3 cr.) proposed curriculum and will list the courses, with alternative selections in the event such courses are not GEOL-G 516 Introduction to Coal Geology (3 cr.) offered on a timely basis, that will serve as the student’s minor program. With the Sustainable Energy Advisory GEOL-G 514 Geophysical Signal Processing (3 cr.) Committee’s approval of the Program of Study, the GEOG-G 575 Climate Change (3 cr.) student will become officially enrolled in the Sustainable Energy Science Program. GEOG-G 555 Wind Power Meteorology (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor Requirements GEOG-G 542 Sustainable Energy Systems (3 cr.) Requirements encourage graduate students to develop GEOG-G 534 Air Pollution Meteorology (3 cr.) a program of scientific inquiry that complements their CHEM-C 565 Nuclear Chemistry (3 cr.) doctoral program and takes advantage of the wide range of faculty from a number of departments with Telecommunications training and research in the fields of wind energy, solar energy, biofuels, geothermal energy, fossil fuels, carbon College of Arts and Sciences sequestration, air pollution and climate change. Each Departmental URL: http://mediaschool.indiana.edu/ program is developed in consultation between the student 430 September 6, 2017

Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Committee. At least two members of the Advisory Com- mittee must be from the Media School. Students who fail (Please note that when conferring University Graduate to file an approved Program of Study before the start of School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Fall semester in the second year of their studies will be University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements considered out of good academic standing. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Course Requirements Curriculum 1. M503 Media Theories and M502 Media Research, with a grade of B (3.0) or above; Degrees Offered 2. Thesis (up to cr. 6 of T800 taken after an approved This legacy program is no longer accepting new thesis proposal) or comprehensive examination applicants. Please see the 2016-2017 Media School (written and oral, administered by the Student’s entry for new program requirements related to this area of Advisory Committee); study. 3. Program of Study listing all courses toward the Master of Arts, Master of Science, Joint Master of Arts or degree, approved by the student’s Advisory Master of Science and Doctor of Jurisprudence (jointly Committee; with the Maurer School of Law), Joint Master of Arts or 4. No more than 6 credits of independent study. Master of Science and Master of Business Administration At least 21 credit hours must be taken within the Media (jointly with the Kelley School of Business), and Doctor of School. Philosophy (Ph.D. telecommunications track in the Mass Communications Program). Thesis Special Departmental Requirements Oral defense required, administered by the student’s Advisory Committee. (See also general University Graduate School requirements). Master of Science Degree Master of Arts Degree The M.S. in Telecommunications is designed to prepare students for professional careers in media design, The M.A. in Telecommunications is designed to train production, and management. students for academic careers in communications and related fields. Graduates will be prepared to enter a Ph.D. Admission Requirements program, teach at small colleges, or accept analytical and research positions in media and creative industries. 1. At least a B (3.0) average in an undergraduate program; Admission Requirements 2. appropriate level of performance on the Graduate 1. Bachelor’s degree or international equivalent; Record Examination General Test (all scores above 500 or verbal and quantitative scores above 500 2. Verbal and quantitative GRE scores above 152 and and analytical score at or above 4.0 or equivalents analytical score above 4.0; for verbal, quantitative and analytical scores as per 3. Statement of purpose; conversion tables provided by Educational Testing 4. Three letters of recommendation; Service for the new GRE scoring system) for all 5. An academic writing sample; MS applicants except those focusing on new media 6. Paper TOEFL score greater than 600, computer- design and production. Students focusing on new based TOEFL score greater than 250, or Internet- media design and production could provide either based TOEFL score greater that 100 for international GRE scores or a portfolio of creative work; students; 3. statement of purpose; 7. A curriculum vita. 4. three letters of recommendation; Applications from students who have not majored in 5. an academic writing sample; and communication at the bachelor’s level are welcomed. 6. paper TOEFL score greater than 600, computer If admitted, these students may be required to take based TOEFL score greater than 250, or supplementary courses. internet based TOEFL score greater than 100 for international students. Grades Applications from students who have not majored in B (3.0) average or above. Any semester’s work averaging communication at the bachelor’s level are welcomed. less than B will result in the student’s being placed on If admitted, these students may be required to take academic probation. Accumulation of two individual course supplementary courses. grades of C (2.0) or lower for graduate credit will result in dismissal of the student from the program. The school Grades evaluates each student’s progress toward the degree B (3.0) average or above. Any semester’s work averaging every year. less than B will result in the student’s being placed on Advisory Committee academic probation. Accumulation of three individual course grades of C (2.0) or lower for graduate credit will Each student will receive initial guidance from a faculty result in dismissal of the student from the program. The member assigned by the Director of Graduate Studies. department evaluates each student’s progress toward the By April 15th of her or his first year, each student will degree every year. select an Advisor and nominate a three-member Advisory September 6, 2017 431

Advisory Committee in Telecommunications, which must be received simultaneously, a student must: Each student will receive initial guidance from a faculty member assigned by the Director of Graduate 1. complete 79 semester credit hours in the Maurer Studies. During the second semester, each student School of Law including all of the required course will select a three-member Advisory Committee that work; will be responsible for approving the student’s Program 2. complete 27 credit hours in the Department of of Study, administering the final exam, and other Telecommunications, including all of its required requirements toward the degree. At least two members course work; of the Advisory Committee must be from the Department 3. earn a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.3 of Telecommunications. Students who fail to select an on all work taken in the Maurer School of Law and Advisory Committee or construct a Program of Study by at least 3.0 on all work taken in the Department of the end of the second semester in the program will be Telecommunications. considered as making inadequate progress toward the degree. Joint Degree: Master of Arts or Master of Science in Telecommunications and Master of Business Course Requirements Administration in the Kelley School of Business A minimum of 36 credit hours, including To be eligible to receive the degrees of Master of Business Administration and Master of Arts or Master of 1. T505 Media Organizations, with a grade of B (3.0) or Science in Telecommunications, which must be received above; simultaneously, a student must: 2. other core course(s) corresponding to a chosen concentration area, with a grade of B (3.0) or above: 1. complete 42 credit hours in the Kelley School of • Design and Production Concentration: T580 Business, including all of the required course work; Interactive Storytelling and Computer Games 2. complete 27 credit hours for the Master of Arts • Management Concentration: Two of the in Telecommunications or 33 credit hours for the following: T502 Introduction to Research Master of Science in Telecommunications, including Methods in Telecommunications, T504 all of the required course work; Introduction to Telecommunications Policy 3. earn a cumulative grade point average of at least Studies, T522 Managing the Creative Process, 3.0 on all work taken in the telecommunications T532 Economics of Media Industries, T571 program and a cumulative grade point average of at Cognitive and Emotional Psychology, T610 least 2.75 on all work taken in the Kelley School of The Networked Society; Business; 4. be in residence for six semesters (or their equivalent 3. Program of Study listing all courses toward the of full-time resident study; three of these semesters degree, approved by the student’s Advisory must be in telecommunications and three must be in Committee; the Kelley School of Business). 4. completion of approved creative media project (design and production concentration only) Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Mass Com- munications: Telecommunications Track At least 18 credit hours must be taken within the The Department of Telecommunications, in conjunction Department of Telecommunications. with the School of Journalism, offers a doctoral program in T800 Thesis: Telecommunications, T540 Special Projects mass communications. in Telecommunications (independent study), and T575 Directed Group New Media Design Project may each Admission Requirements be taken for up to 6 credits. Combined, degree-applied credits derived from these three courses should not 1. Master’s degree from a recognized institution; exceed 12 total credits. 2. at least a 3.5 grade point average in a master’s program; Final Examination 3. appropriate level of performance on the Graduate Students must pass a comprehensive written and oral Record Examination General Test (all scores above examination, administered by the student’s Advisory 500 or verbal and quantitative score above 500 and Committee. The exam consists of: analytical score at or above 4.0 or equivalents for verbal, quantitative and analytical scores as per 1. Design and Production Concentration: written conversion tables provided by Educational Testing questions on coursework, written questions on an Service for the new GRE scoring system); approved media design project and an oral defense 4. statement of purpose; 2. Management Concentration: written questions 5. three letters of recommendation; on core coursework, written questions on other 6. paper TOEFL score greater than 600, computer- coursework and an oral defense based TOEFL score greater than 250, or Internet- Joint Degree: Master of Arts or Master of Science in based TOEFL score greater than 100 for international students; Telecommunications and Doctor of Jurisprudence in 7. writing sample. the Maurer School of Law To be eligible to receive the degrees of Doctor of Applications from students who have not majored in Jurisprudence and Master of Arts or Master of Science communication at the master’s level are welcomed. If admitted, these students may be required to take 432 September 6, 2017 supplementary courses. Consult the Director of Graduate Research Skill Requirement Studies as to whether graduate credit might be granted for a non-communication master’s degree and if 12 credits of appropriate research skills courses approved supplementary course work is necessary. by the student’s Advisory Committee (see number 3 under “Course Requirements” above). Grades Qualifying Examination B (3.0) average or above. Any semester’s work averaging less than B will result in the student’s being placed on Written and oral, covering the methodology area, the academic probation. Accumulation of three individual core, the minor, and the student’s individualized areas of course grades of C (2.0) or lower for graduate credit will specialization. result in dismissal of the student from the program. The Final Examination department evaluates each student’s progress toward the degree every year. Oral, primarily a defense of the dissertation. Advisory Committee Ph.D. Minor in Telecommunications Doctoral students from other departments may choose Each student will receive initial guidance from a faculty telecommunications as an outside minor. A minimum of member assigned by the Director of Graduate Studies. 15 credits in the department at the 500 level or above During the second semester, each student will select an is required, including T501, Philosophy of Inquiry in Advisory Committee consisting of at least two members Telecommunications. from the major area and one from another. Students who fail to select an Advisory Committee or construct a Faculty Program of Study by the end of the second semester in the program will be considered as making inadequate Chairperson progress toward the degree. Professor Walter Gantz* Course Requirements Graduate Faculty A minimum of 90 credit hours, including (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct 1. the core consisting of T501 Philosophy of Inquiry doctoral dissertations.) in Telecommunications, T502 Introduction to Research Methods in Telecommunications, T503 Distinguished Professor Telecommunications Theory, and T504 Introduction Annie Lang* to Telecommunications Policy Studies with a grade of at least a B in each course; Professors 2. T600 Proseminar in Telecommunications Research Richard Burke* (Emeritus), Edward J. Castronova*, for four semesters; Barbara Cherry*, Susan Eastman* (Emerita), Walter 3. 12 credit hours in a methodology area; Gantz*, Maria Elizabeth Grabe*, Michael McGregor*, 4. a minimum of six courses in the Department of Harmeet Sawhney*, David H. Waterman* Telecommunications if student is transferring 16-30 credits, eight courses if transferring 1-15 credits, Associate Professors and 10 courses (at least four completed after Julia R. Fox*, Bryant M. Paul*, Robert F. Potter*, Herbert receipt of the M.A.) if student has an M.A. from this A. Terry* (Emeritus) department; 5. completion of a minor as required by the minor Assistant Professors department; Amy Gonzales, Julien Mailland, Nicole Martins, Andrew 6. no more than 6 credits of independent study; Weaver, Paul J. Wright 7. no more than 15 credit hours in the dissertation, 8. Program of Study listing all courses toward the Director of Graduate Studies degree, approved by the student’s Advisory Harmeet Sawhney*, Radio-TV Center Room 325, Committee. (812) 855-0954 Within these requirements, students design a rigorous Courses and coherent individualized plan of study with the help of their Advisory Committee. This program is to be approved TEL-T 501 Philosophy of Inquiry in by the student’s Advisory Committee, the Director of Telecommunications (3 cr.) Entry-level comparative Graduate Studies (with the advice of the Graduate study of the origin and development of dominant Committee), and the Department Chair by the end of the paradigms applied to telecommunications by researchers second semester of course work. and policy makers. Minor TEL-T 502 Introduction to Research Methods in Telecommunications (3 cr.) Introduction to quantitative Consistent with University Graduate School policy, each and qualitative research methodologies used in student must have at least one minor subject. Course telecommunications. work in the minor must be approved by the student’s Advisory Committee and must meet the requirements of the minor department. September 6, 2017 433

TEL-T 503 Telecommunications Theory (3 cr.) have been influenced by society. Theories of technology Introduces students to the wide range of social scientific at the social level of analysis. theories that guide research in telecommunications. TEL-T 552 Cognitive Approaches to Media (3 cr.) TEL-T 505 Media Organizations (3 cr.) Introduces Examines the information processing of mediated students to the production, financing, marketing, and messages and theories underlying memory, attention, and management of media from an organizational perspective. cognition. Advanced analysis of cognitive psychology and The goal is to prepare students to work in a changing emotion theory as they apply to the study of media. media environment. TEL-T 560 Business Strategies of Communication TEL-T 510 Research Methods in Message Analysis Firms (3 cr.) Case studies in marketing and competitive (3 cr.) Methods of analyzing the content of mediated strategies of media and telecommunications firms. Effects messages. Applications of content analysis techniques to of technological change on industry structure and strategy. research projects involving new or traditional media. TEL-T 570 Art, Entertainment, and Information (1-3 cr.) TEL-T 511 Research Methods in Audience Analysis Introduces students to the idea of information as art (3 cr.) Analysis of audience characteristics and behaviors. and as entertainment through readings and multimedia Emphasizes methods associated with the assessment of, experience. Students will learn basic tools of multimedia and audiences for, the electronic media. design, interactive programming, digital paint and draw tools, and 3-D software. TEL-T 512 Communication and Politics (3 cr.) Social scientific theories of political message effects and TEL-T 571 Applied Cognitive and Emotional normative models of media and democracy. Analysis Psychology (3 cr.) Introduces students to basic theories of political advertising, campaign communication, civic in cognitive and emotional psychology and focuses on participation, and the role of new media in politics. how these theories could be applied to the design of immersive mediated environments. TEL-T 521 Telecommunications Management (3 cr.) Theories of personnel and systems management applied TEL-T 575 Directed Group New Media Design Project to the technology-based consumer media of broadcasting, (3 cr.) P: Consent of Instructor and Director of Graduate cable, voice, and network access providers. Considers Studies. Group project in new media design. Each class broad issues of programming, infrastructure, finance, will develop, design, and implement a new media project. competition, corporate and industry structure, budget, and regulations. TEL-T 576 New Media Production (3 cr.) P: Application for authorization, approval of instructor and Director TEL-T 522 Managing the Creative Process (3 cr.) of Graduate Studies. Open to graduate students only. Examination of the business side of video production with Training in traditional and new media production including emphasis on the role of the producer and/or production utilization of new media software packages. In addition to manager, including production team organization, production training, completion of a critical assessment schedules, budgets, contracts, markets, and intellectual paper in an area of production. T576 and T577 combined property. may not exceed 6 credits. May be repeated for 6 credits. TEL-T 530 Legal Environment of Telecommunications TEL-T 580 Interactive Storytelling and Computer (3 cr.) P: T504 or consent of instructor. Analysis of laws Games (2 cr.) Students work in teams to develop and policies affecting the telecommunications industry interactive stories and games using graphics, animation, and its consumers. Regulation of broadcasting, cable sound, and text. television, telephony, and the Internet. Introduction to First Amendment aspects of telecommunications and to TEL-T 583 Teaching Electronic Media Production antitrust and intellectual property law. (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Graduate students review and refine basic production skills in preparation for TEL-T 532 Economics of the Media Industries (3 cr.) teaching positions. Basic media production concepts, Application of economic principles to policy and strategy techniques, and hands-on training. Prior understanding of issues in the print, online, broadcasting, multichannel, the production process is expected. home video, and motion picture industries. TEL-T 585 Interactivity and New Media (3 cr.) TEL-T 535 Economics of Information (3 cr.) The Theoretical and applied perspectives on interactive production, distribution, and pricing of information products communications. Surveys the literature of interactivity and services; intellectual property and new technologies; and new media, examining relevant concepts such as information networks and compatibility. Policy and strategy parasocial interaction, entertainment education, and applications. remediation. Social and psychological consequences of interactivity. TEL-T 540 Special Projects in Telecommunications (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of project advisor and Director of TEL-T 597 Internship (0-3 cr.) P: Consent of faculty Graduate Studies. Individual readings or production advisor and Director of Graduate Studies. Supervised projects in telecommunications. internship in telecommunications, electronic media, or multimedia design. TEL-T 551 Communication, Technology, and Society (3 cr.) Research seminar to consider the impact of new TEL-T 600 Proseminar in Telecommunications technologies on society and how the development and Research (1 cr.) Introduction to current structure of information and communication technologies telecommunications research through the work of 434 September 6, 2017 departmental members and visiting scholars. May be and theories of telecommunications law, policy, and repeated for 1 credit each semester up to four semesters. policy-making. Methodological approaches. TEL-T 601 Topical Seminar in Telecommunications TEL-T 577 New Media Design (3 cr.) P: Application Technology and Policy (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. for authorization, approval of instructor and Director May be repeated for credit. of Graduate Studies. Open to graduate students only. Training in conceptualization and design of new media, TEL-T 602 Topical Seminar in Telecommunications including actual production at the prototype level. In Processes and Effects (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. addition, completion of a paper that applies design May be repeated for credit. theories to the project work undertaken in the class. T576 TEL-T 603 Topical Seminar in Telecommunications and T577 combined credit may not exceed 6. May be Management (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for up to 6 credits. repeated for credit. TEL-T 604 Topical Seminar in Media and Society TEL-T 605 Seminar in Immersive Mediated (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of Instructor. May be repeated for Environments (1 cr.) Introduction to current research in credit. immersive mediated environments such as virtual reality, telepresence, and new media entertainment through the Theatre, Drama, and work of faculty members from Indiana University and Contemporary Dance visiting scholars. May be repeated for a maximum of 4 credit hours. College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] TEL-T 610 The Networked Society (3 cr.) Analysis of the social, economic, and cultural forces that have Departmental URL: http://www.indiana.edu/~thtr/ set in motion the rise of the networked society. The index.shtml/ conceptualization and creation of large-scale networks; (Please note that when conferring University Graduate new modes of organization. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The TEL-T 629 Telecommunications Policy Making (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements P: T504 or consent of instructor. Models and theories of contained only in The University Graduate School telecommunications policy making in the United States. Bulletin.) Analysis of selected contemporary policy issues and Curriculum controversies. Degrees Offered TEL-T 635 Comparative Telecommunications Policy Master of Arts, Master of Fine Arts, and Doctor of (3 cr.) P: T504 or consent of instructor. Comparison of Philosophy. Not currently accepting applications for telecommunications policy and policy making in the United Master of Arts for Teachers. States with the policies ad policy systems of other nations and of international and transnational organizations. Special Departmental Requirements (See also general University Graduate School TEL-T 641 Children and Media (3 cr.) P: T503 or requirements.) equivalent. Detailed examination of theoretical orientations and research specifically focused on children and media. Admission Requirements TEL-T 642 Communication Campaigns (3 cr.) Study of Undergraduate major in the field or other evidence of public communication campaigns, emphasizing the role adequate background. Deficiencies may be removed of media in influencing attitudes and behavior related to by course work or special examination. For M.A. and social issues. Ph.D. candidates, the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test is required; non-native speakers TEL-T 650 Telecommunications and the Constitution of English are also required to have minimum TOEFL (3 cr.) P: T504 or consent of instructor. Impact of the scores of 600 for the paper test, 250 for the computer- constitution of the United States on telecommunications based test, and 100 for the Internet-based test. The GRE law and policy, the telecommunications industries, and the General Test is not required for M.F.A. applicants, but public. Emphasis on the First Amendment. Analysis of the non-native speakers who are working on this degree Supreme Court as a telecommunications policy making must meet the University Graduate school minimum institution. TOEFL scores of 550 (paper), or 213 (computer-based), or 80 (Internet-based). M.F.A. applicants are required to TEL-T 800 Thesis: Telecommunications (1-6 cr.) audition, interview, or submit examples of appropriate P: Consent of instructor. This course is eligible for a work for evaluation. For more detailed information on deferred grade. the application and admission process, please see the GRAD-G 741 Ph.D. Research in Mass Communications Department of Theatre, Drama, and Contemporary Dance (arr. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. This course is eligible Web site. for a deferred grade. Master’s Degrees TEL-T 504 Introduction to Telecommunications Policy Master of Arts Degree Studies (3 cr.) Introduction to the graduate level study Course Requirements of telecommunications law and policy and its intersection with economics and technology. Fundamental principles A total of 30 credit hours, of which 15 credit hours must be in departmental courses numbered 500 and above, including T500; maximum of 5 credit hours in T895. Up to September 6, 2017 435

10 credit hours may be taken in an allied field or area of Doctor of Philosophy Degree specialization in another department. Course Requirements Language Requirement A total of 90 credit hours, of which 50-60 must be in the major field, including 30 credit hours of courses numbered Ability to translate scholarly material on theatre from one 500 or above, at least 6 credit hours in advanced foreign language. seminars, and 15 credit hours of dissertation. Master’s Essay Minor A student may satisfy the master’s essay requirement in Approximately 15 credit hours within another department one of three ways: in an area related to drama and theatre. 1. By submitting a suitable term or seminar paper, Other Provisions revised to the satisfaction of a two-member faculty committee, To demonstrate an acquaintance with the tools, 2. By writing an original master’s essay not based on techniques, and reporting of theatre research, all Ph.D. any previous paper, or students are expected (a) to have written a research 3. By writing a formal master’s thesis (maximum of 5 thesis at the master’s level (if not, a term paper or other credit hours in T895). evidence of research writing skill should be submitted); (b) to have taken a graduate-level course in research Examination methods (if not, T500 must be taken in the first year of A written examination on the M.A. reading list in dramatic residence); and (c) to show an ability to translate scholarly literature, theory, and theatre history. The examination material on theatre from two languages, usually selected may be repeated once. from French, German, Russian, Italian, and Spanish. Consult the director of graduate studies for specific details Master of Fine Arts Degree and approval of language selections. Special Requirements Examinations Applicants must provide evidence of a high degree of technical skill and creative ability in the area of special Four comprehensive oral examinations (theatre before interest. At the end of each semester in residence, the 1500, 1500-1800, 1800-1915, and 1915-present), student’s skill and creative ability will be evaluated as and a qualifying examination (written and oral) in one evidenced by work done in the Department of Theatre, specific area projected for dissertation investigation. Drama, and Contemporary Dance. Only students who Comprehensives may be taken individually, in any order, have clearly demonstrated growth and excellence will be and at any time acceptable to both student and faculty. permitted to remain in the program. The qualifying examination may be taken only when all course work and language requirements have been Course Requirements completed. A representative from the student’s minor field will be invited to participate in the qualifying examination. A minimum total of 60 credit hours of graduate work, The student will be denied further participation in the with an emphasis in one of the following areas: acting, doctoral program upon failing the qualifying examination directing, playwriting, scenic design, lighting design, twice. costume design, costume technology, or theatre technology (certain emphases within the MFA degree Faculty require more than 60 hours). The 60 credit hours will include 3 credit hours in the study of resources and Chairperson materials in the student’s area of special interest and Jonathan Michaelsen not fewer than 6 credit hours in the area of theatre history, dramatic theory, and dramatic literature. When Graduate Faculty appropriate, up to 12 credit hours (15 credit hours in (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University costume design) may be taken in an allied field in another Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct department. A maximum of 10 credits may be taken doctoral dissertations.) in M.F.A. thesis. For each Master's in these academic programs, a faculty advisor individually prescribes a Professors minimum of 24 credits of courses which the student must Dale McFadden, Jonathan R. Michaelsen, George Pinney, complete in the specific major. The distribution of course Linda Pisano, Ronald H. Wainscott* work will be determined by the student and advisor. A minimum of four semesters or equivalent summer Associate Professors sessions must be spent in residence on the Bloomington Paul Brunner, Ray Fellman, Allen Hahn, Andrew Hopson, campus. Nancy Lipschultz, Murray McGibbon, Elizabeth Limons Production Thesis Shea Required. Assistant Professors Examination Selene Carter, Liza Gennaro, Jennifer Goodlander*, Reuben Lucas, Nyama McCarthy-Brown, Adam McLean Oral defense of the thesis. Visiting Assistant Professors 436 September 6, 2017

Peter Gil-Sheridan, Rob Johansen, Eleanor Owicki, Henry • THTR-T 516 Musical Theatre Showcase (3 cr.) P: Woronicz Audition and consent of instructor. A professional course to better develop audition techniques, Professors of Practice understanding of the business of show business, Terry LaBolt, Heather Milam, Kenneth L. Roberson performance skills, and to showcase for agents and casting directors. Graduate students will be required Faculty Emeriti to write a research paper within the context of the Leon Brauner*, Winona Fletcher*, Roger W. Herzel*, course’s historical content and present results to the Howard J. Jensen*, Marion Bankert Michael, R. Keith class. Michael*, Wesley Peters, Dennis Joseph Reardon, Robert • THTR-T 520 Studies in Acting I (3 cr.) P: Consent A. Shakespeare, Frank Silberstein, Rakesh H. Solomon*, of instructor. History and analysis of major theories Director of Graduate Studies of acting. Professor Ronald Wainscott*, Theatre Building A300 • THTR-T 521 Studies in Acting II (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Application of major theories Courses of acting to performance. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. Required during the first term of residence: • THTR-T 522 Studies in Acting III (1-3 cr.) • THTR-T 500 Introduction to Graduate Study (1.5 Analysis of script; application of vocal and physical cr.) techniques of characterization to various forms and Acting/Directing types of drama. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. • THTR-T 442 Directing II: Advanced Directing (3 cr.) • THTR-T 525 Voice for the MFA I (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Focuses on the student’s • THTR-T 443 Directing III: Directing Style (3 cr.) understanding of breath and how breath marries with text. The student starts to think of breath as • THTR-T 504 Stage Combat (3 cr.) Complete basic something authentic to the body and not a learned training in the safety techniques of theatrical and skill. The emphasis is on warm up, relaxation and film violence, based upon the accepted practices letting go of vocal habit. Techniques employed: and principles founded by the Society of American Berry, Rodenburg, and Linklater. Fight Directors and other internationally recognized stage combat organizations. Emphasis placed on • THTR-T 535 Voice for the MFA II (3 cr.) P: T525. acting the fight, storytelling, and historical armed and Applies the theory of voice as action and the idea of unarmed combat. letting go of fluffy sound. Further work with breath with the understanding that restriction of breath • THTR-T 510 Advanced Movement for the Theatre equals restriction of imagination. Introduction to High I (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Movement training Comedy and Restoration Style. for graduate actors and directors with an emphasis on physical conditioning, exploration of the Michael • THTR-T 542 Theories of Directing (3 cr.) P: Chekhov technique, Laban, Lecoq, dramatic Consent of instructor. This course is not currently acrobatics and improvisation utilizing the physical being offered. History and analysis of major theories self or "the body as text." of directing. Lecture and practical projects. • THTR-T 511 Advanced Movement for the Theatre • THTR-T 543 Studies in Directing II (3 cr.) P: II (3 cr.) P: T510. A continuation of T510. Second Consent of instructor. Practical problems in directing semester. significant plays of diverse forms and styles. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. • THTR-T 513 Musical Theatre Dance Styles I (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Dance styles of the 1920s • THTR-T 545 Voice and Dialects (3 cr.) P: Consent through the 1950s will be explored and performed, of instructor. Training for the professional actor that including the choreographers Fred Astaire, Hermes focuses on combining imagery and imagination Pan, Agnes de Mille, Jerome Robbins, and Gower with the development of vocal technique through Champion. Graduate students will be required to exercises in breathing, producing the sound write a research paper within the context of the resonance; the mastery of four of the most common course’s historical content and present results to the dialects used in the American theatre. class. • THTR-T 610 Advanced Movement for the Theatre • THTR-T 514 Musical Theatre Dance Styles II III (3 cr.) P: T510 & T511. A continuation of T510 & (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A continuation of T511. Training continues for second year graduate Musical Theatre Dance Styles I, dance styles of actors by integrating physical improvisation via the the 1950s through present day will be explored Michael Chekhov technique, Grotowski, Laban, and performed, including the choreographers Bob Lecoq, and psycho/physical states to provide actors Fosse, Michael Bennett, Bob Avian, and Susan with more tools for physical expression in character, Stroman. Graduate students will be required to write self, and ensemble. a research paper within the context of the course’s historical content and present results to the class. • THTR-T 611 Advanced Movement for the Theatre IV (3 cr.) P: T510, T511, T610. A continuation of September 6, 2017 437

T510, T511 & T610. Training continues in the • THTR-T 505 Design Research and Collaboration second year spring semester. Utilization of deeper I (1-3 cr.) Development of skills necessary techniques of psycho/physical work to further for successful theatre productions, especially integrate the imagination and physical expression collaboration, research, communication (graphic and of the actor. Detailed and creative physical self and verbal), and presentation. group analysis of actor mannerisms and habits. • THTR-T 506 Fundamentals of Scenic Design • THTR-T 625 Second Year Voice for the MFA I (3 cr.) A studio course in the theory, process, (3 cr.) P: T535 Emphasis on the examination of and techniques of scenic design for the theatre. structure in scene work and how the structure of Topics include principles, elements, and concepts of text frees the student to speak and communicate design; script analysis; design concept development; thought. Revisiting of the IPA and dialects for the creative research and its interpretation; and the stage through rhythm and placement of vocal focus. communication and presentation of theatrical ideas. Techniques: Meier and David Alan Stern. • THTR-T 508 Introduction to Flat Patterning (3 • THTR-T 635 Second Year Voice for the MFA cr.) Introduces and develops costume patternmaking II (3 cr.) P: T625. Continued work with dialects. skills. Teaches the process for drafting basic The course is designed to find the organic side of slopers (bodice, sleeve, skirt, collars) using dialect work and to investigate how consistent dialect individual measurements. Explores the manipulation allows the listener to enter the world of the play. The techniques to alter slopers to achieve individual emphasis is the creation of a relationship between design elements. form and content. • THTR-T 509 Introduction to Draping (3 • THTR-T 710 Advanced Movement for the cr.) Introduction to draping will develop costume Theatre V (3 cr.) P: T510, T511, T610, T611. The draping skills. The course will teach basics and apply culmination of the M.F.A. Acting graduate movement it toward exploring effective communication between progression. Honoring all of the physical work done the costume technician and costume designer. The in the first two years of training, actors deepen their examination of costume sketches, research and understanding and expression of the physical self photos will enhance the student's ability to interpret through transformative performance pieces. and create accurate and acceptable costumes. • THTR-T 720 Internship in Acting (3-9 cr.) • THTR-T 517 Rendering I (3 cr.) The first of a two- Internship in a professional theatre for one semester semester course, an in-depth, advanced study into or equivalent period of time. May be repeated for a rendering costuming. In semester one, the focus is maximum of 9 credit hours. on drawing with a strong introduction into the media of watercolor. • THTR-T 723 Graduate Acting for the Camera (2 cr.) Restricted to the Theatre & Drama M.F.A. • THTR-T 523 Costume and Character in London program. Exploration of the fundamentals of acting Theatre (3 cr.) Overseas theatre studies in London. for the camera designed to develop students’ on- Experience theatrical character development camera acting skills. through costume design. Survey social influences on costume and dress worn by characters through • THTR-T 725 Third Year Voice for the MFA I (3 history, including contemporary trends and dress. cr.) P: T635. Establishing a strong vocal process Field trips to Bath and Stratford. and foundation for the graduate student to take into professional acting work. An understanding of • THTR-T 524 Theatrical Rendering and Model the fundamentals of voice techniques, including Building (3 cr.) A skills-based studio course breath,connection and use of emotional release with a concentration on theatrical rendering and giving the student strong process for text analysis by model building techniques, craft, media; and visual looking at poetic as well as contemporary texts. communication. • THTR-T 735 Third Year Voice for the MFA II (3 • THTR-T 526 Advanced Scenic Design I (3 cr.) P: cr.) P: T725. Dealing with vocal release and breath T426 and permission of instructor. A graduate level in the audition process. Examining physical and studio course in the theory, process, and techniques vocal stamina through a long run in the professional of scenic design for the theatre. Topics will include theatre and dealing with voice strain in different script analysis; design concept development; theatre spaces, including outdoor theatre. creative research and its interpretation; and the communication and presentation of theatrical ideas. Design/Technology Particular emphasis is placed on design for specific • THTR-T 433 Costume Design II (3 cr.) theatre architecture • THTR-T 438 Advanced Stage Lighting (3 cr.) • THTR-T 527 Theatre Planning (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Function and design of theatre plans • THTR-T 502 Theatre Design and Technical with attention to needs of audience and theatre Research Methods (1.5 cr.) P: T500 (S/F grading) personnel. Reading, discussion, and use of computer for scenic, costume, lighting, and technology research. Explora- • THTR-T 528 Studies in Stage Scenery (1-3 cr.) P: tion of commercial software used in developing and T526 or consent of instructor. Selected problems in communicating each discipline’s products. 438 September 6, 2017

designing stage scenery; composition and style. May architectural lighting, lighting consulting for the be repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. theatre, stage lighting aesthetics, and rendering light. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. • THTR-T 529 Studies in Theatre Technology (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Selected problems in • THTR-T 539 Fundamentals of Theatrical scenery engineering, stage machinery, problem- Drafting (3 cr.) A studio course consisting of both solving, technical management, estimation and traditional hand drafting techniques and digital CAD planning, and design and execution of advanced techniques as they are used in theatrical production projects. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 communication. credits. • THTR-T 540 Structural Design for the Stage (3 • THTR-T 530 Advanced Costume Design cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Structural concepts Aesthetics (3 cr.) Intensive study of costume of static mechanics and strengths of materials with design and application of design principles. focus on the ability to critically analyze and design Students will produce projects in various genres. efficient structures specific to theatre and performing Theatre, opera, ballet, and musical theatre are just arts applications. some of the forms surveyed. Students work in a collaborative design arena that emulates the process • THTR-T 541 History of Decor (3 cr.) A survey for whichever genre they are designing in. course examining the trends in architecture, painting, sculpture, furniture, and decorative motifs. The • THTR-T 531 Costume Technology II (3 cr.) student will gain a distinction of periods while Provides a strong base in costume construction building an historic time line for use in theatrical techniques for incoming graduate students. It design. provides a foundation of sewing, craft, fitting, and patternmaking techniques as well as training in team • THTR-T 544 Historic Costume II (3 cr.) P: T534. management from which the students may develop Second half of the costume history curriculum; a a construction project and perform assignments survey of Western costume from Late 17th Century including supervisory roles in production work. Europe through current day. Focuses on historical costume as it relates to the society and period in • THTR-T 532 Design for Television and Film which it lived and its relevance to designing for the (3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Design based performing arts. studio class in Production Design for Film and • THTR-T 546 Stage Lighting Design (3 cr.) Stage Television. Working from original scripts written lighting design concept development, presentation, specifically for the course, concepts include and implementation are emphasized. Advanced research, interpretation, and industry standard lighting techniques and approaches. A practicum will presentation techniques. be assigned. • THTR-T 533 Studies in Stage Costuming (1-3 cr.) • THTR-T 547 Sound Design I (3 cr.) P: T347 or P: T430 and T433 or consent of instructor. Selected permission of instructor. Study of the practical use, problems in costume materials and methods, aesthetics, and implementation of sound in theatre costume design and historic fashion; application to productions. Focus is on using computers to assist styles and forms of theatrical production. May be in the creation, selection, and playback of sound repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. cues. Topics include sound system operation and design for both plays and musicals. Emphasis on • THTR-T 534 Historic Costumes for the Stage researching, selecting, and recording music for (3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Survey of production. historical costume in western civilization, ancient Mesopotamian cultures through the Twentieth • THTR-T 549 Production and Event Management Century. Taught from a socio-historical perspective (3 cr.) Discussion of the skills necessary to produce and applied to performance theory. and manage theatrical productions, and the application of those skills to large events. • THTR-T 536 Electronics for Theatre (3 cr.) Rudiments of electricity and electronics as applied • THTR-T 551 Stage Rigging I (1 cr.) Stage Rigging I to theatre. Investigation of current technology for is a survey of structural engineering terminology and theatrical performance, including power distribution, methods as applicable to common rigging practice in control systems, and creative applications for the theatre and entertainment industry. lighting, sound, special effects, and mechanized scenery. • THTR-T 552 Stage Rigging II (1 cr.) Rigging II is a hands-on type course. This class is intended • THTR-T 537 Fundamentals of Costume Design (3 to familiarize the student with the operation and cr.) Intensive study of costume design in mainstream maintenance of typical rigging equipment. Class theatre. Projects in collaborative aesthetics in design work includes counterweight systems operations, and practical application, rendering techniques, and pin-rail operations, rope and knot basics, wire-rope visual communication. No laboratory/technology basics, chain hoist basics, and arena-type rigging component. basics. • THTR-T 538 Studies in Stage Lighting (1-3 cr.) • THTR-T 554 Period Costume Construction 15th– P: T546, or a previous T538, or permission of 17th Centuries (3 cr.) P: T531 or permission instructor. Variable topics course focusing on lighting of instructor. Focuses on the patterning, fit, and genres, techniques, and criticism. Topics include construction of undergarments and costumes from September 6, 2017 439

the 15th-17th centuries. Enhances knowledge and • THTR-T 605 Portfolio Seminar for Costume understanding of period construction techniques. Technology (1 cr.) This course will guide students Teaches appropriate period research; both as they prepare to apply for summer and long documentary and visual research will be examined term jobs. It will address job searching, cover and utilized. letters, resume, portfolio preparation and website development. This course is for students in the • THTR-T 560 Understructures for Historical Costume Technology M.F.A. program. Garments (3 cr.) P: T430 or T531. Students will learn about the various understructures of dress • THTR-T 617 Rendering II (3 cr.) Semester two from 1500-1900, including materials and techniques provides an in-depth, advanced study into rendering. of construction. Students will create, as a final Here the focus is on developing and mastering project, an ensemble of understructures from a proficiency in multimedia for the costume designer, specific piece of research. including but not limited to pencil, ink, marker, digital, and collage. • THTR-T 561 Period Patternmaking and Construction (3 cr.) P: T430 or T531. Students will • THTR-T 626 Advanced Scenic Design II (3 cr.) learn about the various patternmaking techniques P: T526. An MFA capstone studio course in the and shapes of women's garments from 1500-1920. theory, process, and techniques of scenic design for Students will create, as a final project, an ensemble the theatre. Design projects include non-theatrical based on specific research. venues and diverse areas of the entertainment industry. Portfolio quality presentation is expected. • THTR-T 562 Men's Tailoring (3 cr.) P: T430 or T531. Students will learn to draft, construct, and fit • THTR-T 630 Millinery (3cr.) A foundation in the a man's suit for a model, as well as understanding techniques and design of millinery and headwear basic men's fashion guidelines in historical detail. as an important part of developing character and establishing time, culture, and social class. The • THTR-T 564 Pro Tools for Theatre and Music (3 course will cover several major materials and cr.) P: MUS-A100 or THTR-T347 or THTR-T447. problems faced by the professional milliner in the This course introduces the recording and editing performing arts. software Pro Tools for use in theatre sound design and music production. • THTR-T 632 Fabric Modification (3 cr.) P: T531 or permission of instructor. Focuses on a wide variety • THTR-T 585 Theatre Management (3 cr.) Problems of fabric modification methods, primarily using dyes, in managing a theatre: selection of plays, special chemicals, and physical distressing techniques. programming, business operations, promotion, Dyeing with different classifications of dyes and public relations. Lecture and practical projects. covering techniques such as: color matching, shibori, • THTR-T 586 Studies in Stage Management (3 rusting, felting, batiking, fabric painting, and/or cr.) An examination of the stage management distressing methods. requirements and regulations for non-standard • THTR-T 633 Special Topics in Costume production styles. Each year the topic varies and Technology (3 cr.) P: T531 or permission of may include spectacle, theme park, festival, or other instructor. Focuses on special methods of physical large scale entertainment. On site observation and and chemical alterations of fabric for use on the experience is a key portion and requirement of the stage or screen. Specific topics and methods may course. vary. • THTR-T 591 Introduction to Stage Properties (3 • THTR-T 638 Teaching Costume Construction cr.) Covers the basics of running a properties shop. to Undergrads (3cr.) P: T531 or permission of Students will learn script analysis for props; making instructor. Provides mentorship and guidance for lists; communication with stage management, a first time teacher. Prepares the new teacher to designers, and technical personnel; budget become an effective instructor through the topics of breakdowns; and using local resources for the build/ syllabus development, rubric development, how to buy/borrow/pull process of properties production. lecture, how to demonstrate, how to grade and how • THTR-T 592 Advanced Stage Properties (3 to mentor students. cr.) Course covers advanced techniques, skills, • THTR-T 639 Advanced Theatrical Drafting (3 tools, and methodology in constructing props as well cr.) Advanced course in drafting methods, skills, as discussing how to manage prop lists and budgets and the specialized uses for theatrical drafting on operas, musicals, dance, and touring shows. for productions. Mastery of students’ graphic • THTR-T 604 Portfolio Seminar for Costume communication through standard theatre drafting Designers (1 cr.) Prepares students to consider, methods. evaluate, and state academic and professional • THTR-T 654 Period Construction 18th-19th goals, as well as learning how to develop portfolio Century (3cr.) P: T531 or permission of instructor. content and outlines, preparing both digital and Focuses on the patterning, fit, and construction of hard copy portfolios along with resumes for summer undergarments and costumes from the eighteenth employment and internships. To be taken in all three and nineteenth centuries. Enhances knowledge and years of the MFA costume design degree. understanding of period construction techniques. Teaches appropriate period research methods; both 440 September 6, 2017

documentary and visual research will be examined • THTR-T 573 Studies in Modern and and utilized. Contemporary Theatre (3 cr.) Concentrated study of significant practices, trends, and figures in the • THTR-T 705 Design Research and Collaboration European and American theatre from 1915 to the II (1-3 cr.) Further study of the principles of group present. collaboration, concept development and skills in assessing and productively working through • THTR-T 662 Comparative Theatre and Drama: challenges in the design and technology processes. Melodrama (3 cr.) The “third form” of drama, from melodramas of Euripides to tragicomedies History/Theory/Literature and melodramas of modern television and motion • THTR-T 460 Development of Dramatic Art I (3 cr.) pictures. • THTR-T 461 Development of Dramatic Art I (3 cr.) • THTR-T 750 Seminar in Structure of Drama (3 cr.) P: T550, T555-T556 or equivalent. Projects in • THTR-T 462 Development of Dramatic Art II (3 cr.) the analysis of different forms and types of drama. • THTR-T 463 Development of Dramatic Art III (3 Each student is required to complete and report on a cr.) sequence of analytical interpretations of the structure of assigned plays. • THTR-T 468 Asian Performance (3 cr.) • THTR-T 765 Seminar in American Theatre and • THTR-T 501 Introduction to Historiography (1.5 Drama (3 cr.) Selected topics. May be repeated if cr.) P: T500. (S/F grading) Reading and discussion the topic differs. of current historiographical problems and methods particular to research and scholarly reporting in • THTR-T 774 Seminar in Stage Interpretation theatre history, theory, and literature. of Selected Plays (3 cr.) Study of selected plays through various periods; problems of interpretation • THTR-T 550 Structure of Drama (3 cr.) Theory and and staging for present-day audiences. May be structure of drama, based upon intensive reading of repeated if the topic differs. Aristotle’s Poetics and other critical writings. • THTR-T 775 Seminar in Theatre History (3 cr.) • THTR-T 555 Theories of Theatre and Drama I (3 Selected problems concerning theatres and staging cr.) Survey of major theoretical and critical works. methods in Europe in a restricted period. May be Greeks to c. 1890. repeated if the topic differs. • THTR-T 556 Theories of Theatre and Drama II (3 Playwriting cr.) Survey of major theoretical and critical works. 1890 to the present. • THTR-T 454 Playwriting Workshop (3 cr.) P: T254 or permission of instructor. Prior playwriting • THTR-T 563 Forms and Styles in Modern Theatre experience helpful, but not required. Consideration and Drama (3 cr.) Study of plays in relation to such of dramaturgical antecedents and practical and styles as realism, naturalism, expressionism, and theoretical problems. Creation of a full-length play. absurdism. • THTR-T 458 Screenwriting (3 cr.) Structural • THTR-T 565 American Drama and Theatre I (3 analyses of cinematic models, culminating in cr.) Beginnings to 1890. Either semester be elected the creation of an original full-length narrative independently. screenplay. • THTR-T 566 American Drama and Theatre II (3 • THTR-T 557 Graduate Playwriting Seminar (3 cr.) 1890 to the present. Either semester may be cr.) Primarily for students in the M.F.A. playwriting elected independently. program. Graduate playwriting seminar in which playwrights study in-depth, the process, technique, • THTR-T 567 European Drama from Molière to and inspiration related to new play creation, Ibsen (3 cr.) Representative French, German, development, and production. Italian, and Russian plays. • THTR-T 558 Topics in Dramatic Writing (1-3 • THTR-T 568 Ibsen and Strindberg (3 cr.) Intensive cr.) Primarily for students of the M.F.A. playwriting study of the major plays of Ibsen and Strindberg. program. In-depth study of special topics in dramatic • THTR-T 570 Studies in Classical and Medieval writing, literature, and/or theory. Theatre (3 cr.) Concentrated study of Greek, • THTR-T 559 Studies in Playwriting (1-3 cr.) P: Roman, and medieval theatre. Consent of instructor. This course is recommended • THTR-T 571 Studies in Renaissance and Baroque for specialists only, most generally for graduate Theatre (3 cr.) Concentrated study of significant students pursuing an M.F.A. in playwriting who are figures, practices, and dramas in the European working on the advanced development of original theatre from 1500 to 1800. full-length play scripts and screenplays. • THTR-T 572 Studies in Romantic and Realistic Thesis and Special Courses Theatre (3 cr.) Concentrated study of European and • THTR-T 390 Creative Work in Summer Theatre American theatre from 1800 to 1915. Emphasis on (1-3 cr.) May be repeated for a maximum of 6 cr. romanticism, realism, and the reactions to realism. September 6, 2017 441

• THTR-T 500 Introduction to Graduate Study (1-5 and approved by the Director of the Victorian Studies cr.) may be repeated for a maximum of 6 cr. (S/ Program. F grading) Methods and expectations of theatre research and script exploration in graduate study. Students may wish, in choosing courses, to consult the Must be taken in the first terms of residency. class numbers listed below. Approval of coursework for the Minor is subject to a consideration of the actual • THTR-T 583 Topics in Theatre and Drama (1-3 content of various iterations of the courses in consultation cr.) Studies in special topics not ordinarily covered in with the program’s Director. other departmental courses. May be repeated once for credit if topic differs. ANTH-E649, E663, E682, E677, E678, E687, H500 CMLT-C533, C535, C601, C602, C641, C643, C644, • THTR-T 600 Directed Research (1-6 cr.) P: T500 C645, C647, C649, or equivalent and consent of instructor. Individual ENG-L627, L629, L637, L640, L641, L643, L644, L645, supervised research projects. L646, L657, L671, L674 FINA-A550, A580, A589, A590, A641, A642, A645, A674 • THTR-T 700 Independent Study (arr. cr.) P: FOLK-E522, F540, F545, F635, F715, F730, F734, F740 Consent of instructor and department chairperson. FRIT-F640, F647, M553, M605 **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. GER-G575, G623, G625 • THTR-T 701 Readings in Theatre and Drama HISP-S638 (arr. cr.) **These courses are eligible for a deferred HIST-H620, H630, H661, H680, H699 grade. HSPC-X507, X609 ILS-Z521, Z532, Z584, Z581, Z652 • THTR-T 895 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These courses INST-I605 are eligible for a deferred grade. NELC-N695, N701 • THTR-T 897 M.F.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These PHIL-P544, P743 courses are eligible for a deferred grade. SLAV-R505, R506 THTR-T567, T568, T572 • THTR-T 899 Ph.D. Thesis (arr. cr.) **These REL-R604, R630, R644, R652, R670, R672, R674, R675 courses are eligible for a deferred grade. VICT-V611, V701, V711, V805 Victorian Studies Graduate Area Certificate in Victorian Studies The Victorian Studies Program concentrates upon Great College of Arts and Sciences Britain during the reign of Queen Victoria, extending its Departmental E-mail: [email protected] attention in certain fields back into the last decades of Departmental URL: www.indiana.edu/~victstu/ the eighteenth century, up to the outbreak of World War I, and out into America, Continental Europe, and other (Please note that when conferring University Graduate areas in the nineteenth century. The program is open School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The to all graduate students. Courses within the program University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements are chosen from a range of offerings in the following contained only in The University Graduate School departments or programs: Comparative Literature, Cultural Bulletin.) Studies, English, Fine Arts, Folklore, Gender Studies, History, History and Philosophy of Science, Philosophy, Curriculum and Victorian Studies. Ph.D. Minor in Victorian Studies The Ph.D. Minor in Victorian Studies trains students in the Course Requirements interdisciplinary study of Great Britain and the British world 16 credit hours in courses approved for the Victorian in the long nineteenth century, with a focus on literature, Studies Program, at least 4 of which must be in the culture, and society. Coursework offers students an Victorian Studies Program proper and 4 outside both the opportunity to become familiar with the aesthetic and student’s department and the Victorian Studies Program. historical developments of the period. It seeks, too, Consult the chairperson of the program for courses to acquaint students with the most current critical and outside of Victorian Studies that are acceptable for the methodological tools that are used to understand and certificate. critique the age and its works. The coursework for the Minor gives students a depth of knowledge in the history, Examination literature, and culture of the nineteenth-century British world, while also offering them a breadth of understanding Satisfactory performance in the departmental qualifying regarding the relevance of Victorian Studies to today’s examinations required. institutions of higher learning and the public sphere. Faculty Course Requirements Chairperson The minor requires the completion of four courses, comprising a minimum of 12 credits, including VICT- Professor Andrew H. Miller* V 611, the Program’s core course. At least one of the Graduate Faculty courses must come from outside of the student’s home (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University department. Students must receive a grade of B+ or Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct higher in all coursework. The Minor will be administered doctoral dissertations.) 442 September 6, 2017

The Vision Science Program is designed primarily for Distinguished Professor students wishing to prepare themselves for teaching and research in the sciences that relate to vision. Susan Gubar* (Emerita, English) Admission Requirements Professors Course requirements are flexible to accommodate Patrick Brantlinger* (Emeritus, English), Sarah Burns* students with interests in vision science but with varying (History of Art), Donald Gray* (Emeritus, English), Andrew backgrounds. A bachelor’s degree (or equivalent) is H. Miller* (English), M. Jeanne Peterson* (Emerita, required. Course work with appropriate laboratories in History), Dror Wahrman* (History), Stephen Watt* the following areas is strongly recommended: optics, (English) computing and engineering, physics, biology, mathematics through differential and integral calculus, statistics, and Associate Professors psychology of sensation and perception. Ivan Kreilkamp* (English), Joss Marsh* (English), Lee Degree Requirements Sterrenburg (Emeritus, English) Students must demonstrate breadth of knowledge in vision Assistant Professor science. D. Rae Greiner (English) Each semester, students are required to register for and participate in the weekly vision science seminar (V765) Academic Advisor known as “Oxyopia.” Participation implies that the seminar will be taken for credit and that the student will make a Professor Andrew H. Miller*, Ballantine Hall 429, (812) presentation. Students must complete ethics training, 855-8224, or contact Victorian Studies (812) 855-9533 usually fulfilled by completion of V792. Courses Students commence their research training by joining an VICT-V 611 Victorian Britain: Culture and Society, ongoing research project directed by a faculty member 1820-1900 (4 cr.) An examination of the civilization chosen by the student. The research topic will be of Victorian Britain from a variety of perspectives, formulated in consultation with the faculty member and an emphasizing problems of movement from a traditional to a advisory committee. The topic may or may not be in the modern society, industrial and democratic revolutions, and same field in which the student expects to do dissertation the rise and decline of Britain as a world power. research. VICT-V 701 Studies in Victorian Britain (4 cr.) Master of Science Degree Interdepartmental investigation of topics related to Non-thesis Master of Science Degree Victorian Britain; their illumination of the whole period in Admission Requirements method or substance. The typical candidate for this progam would be a VICT-V 711 Social Science and Social Philosophy in practitioner who has an undergraduate degree in the Victorian Age (4 cr.) First part of course includes optometry or its equivalent and licensed or license eligible lectures on major philosophical and theoretical ideas to practice optometry in their home country. GRE results underlying the approach of the Victorian period to will be required and in addition, all non-native English economic and social questions; second part is based on speakers entering the program must have taken the Test research papers prepared by students on selected topics of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) within the last in their fields. 5 years. Non-typical candidates can also be considered for admission. However, they should first correspond with the VICT-V 805 Readings in Victorian Britain (1-6 cr.) Associate Dean of Graduate Programs before applying. Vision Science Curriculum School of Optometry A total of 40 credit hours are required. Most of the courses Departmental E-mail: [email protected] will be based on the didactic courses in the School of Optometry's Doctorate of Optometry curriculum. Core Departmental URL: http://www.optometry.iu.edu/ courses will provide a breadth of background and also (Please note that when conferring University Graduate provide training in teaching methods, epidemiology, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The research design and writing and will be required to attend University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements weekly research seminars. These core courses will add contained only in The University Graduate School up to 15 credit hours. Electives totaling 25 credit hours will Bulletin.) concentrate on one or two specialty areas in Optometry. Prior to registration for courses in the first semester, the Curriculum student will meet with the Associate Dean to identify specialty areas, and to obtain advice on electives. Degrees Offered Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Thesis based Master of Science Degree Course Requirements Program Information and Requirements A total of 30 credit hours is required, of which 15 credit hours must be didactic hours in vision science (or approved substitutes), generally excluding seminars. September 6, 2017 443

Students holding the O.D. degree or enrolled concurrently Advancement to Third Year: By the end of the second in the O.D. and M.S. programs may accelerate progress year all students should have identified the area of by receiving up to 4 graduate credit hours completed study and the specific experiments that will eventually in the optometry curriculum. Students must complete constitute their Ph.D. thesis. This requirement will be met courses that satisfy knowledge base in statistics, research by submitting a formal abstract describing the proposed design and vision science. experiments to the Graduate Program coordinator. This abstract must be accompanied by written approval of the Research Requirements Ph.D. advisor. Early in the program, students participate in a research Advancement to Candidacy: By the end of the project under the direction of a faculty advisor. The third year, each student must complete a written and advisor is chosen by the student after consultation with oral qualifying examination. These examinations are the director of the graduate program. Research toward administered by the student’s advisory committee. The the thesis is guided by the advisor and a committee. After written component is the dissertation proposal, and can completion of the thesis, at least three members of the be in the form of a grant application. The requirement of graduate faculty give it final approval. 30 credit hours of didactic course work must be fulfilled Thesis before the qualifying examination. After successful completion of the qualifying exam, each student will be ad- Required. vanced to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. Participation in Doctor of Philosophy Degree the Ph.D. program will be terminated if a student fails the qualifying examination twice. Course Requirements The final milestone is completion of the dissertation. A total of 90 credit hours is required, of which 30 must come from didactic courses with grades of B or higher. Completion of Dissertation: After completion of the Students holding the O.D. degree, or enrolled in the written dissertation, it is presented and defended at a O.D. program, may apply up to 6 credit hours to this scheduled seminar meeting. The dissertation must be requirement of 30 didactic credit hours. When the grade approved by the student’s research committee. The point average of a student falls below 3.0, the student is student is responsible for submitting the final approved placed on academic probation. dissertation to the University Graduate School. Each semester, students are required to register for and The University Graduate School (UGS) provides a guide participate in the weekly Vision Science Seminar (V765) to the preparation of theses and dissertations. Related known as "Oxyopia" and the accompanying discussion forms may be acquired from the IU School of Optometry period. Participation implies that the seminar will be taken Office of Student Administration. for credit and that students will make presentations. Teaching: All doctoral students are required to participate During the first year, students will be required to take in teaching, usually in the second or third year of their a special topics course in Vision Science (V768), and program. either Geometric and Visual Optics 1 (V521) or Systems Approach to Biomedical Science (V542). During the Ph.D. Minor in Vision Science second semester, students will take Vision Science 1 Students from other departments who wish to minor in (V560) and either V523 or V543 as well as a special vision science should work with the Associate Dean to seminar (V768). Students believing they have met these select an appropriate selection of three Vision Science requirements may apply to the Associate Dean for courses from the following group: V705, V707, V717, Graduate Programs with an alternative program. V723, V725, V754, V783, and V791. Students will select at least one minor subject in any Faculty relevant field of study, subject to approval by their advisory committee. The requirements for the minor are determined Director by the department or program offering the minor. A specialized inter-departmental minor is also possible, Professor Stephen A. Burns* if approved by the University Graduate School before Graduate Faculty classes are taken. Didactic credits applied to the minor (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University can also be counted towards the 30 hour didactic credit Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct requirement for the program. doctoral dissertations.) Vision Science Ph.D. Degree requirements: Professors In order to ensure adequate progress toward the Ph.D. Carolyn B. Begley*, Joseph A. Bonanno*, Arthur Bradley*, degree, all students must achieve the following milestones Clifford W. Brooks, Stephen A. Burns*, Robert DeVoe* at the end of years 1, 2, and 3 of the program. (Emeritus), Ann E. Elsner*, David A. Goss*, S. Lee Guth* Advancement to Second Year exam: At the end of (Emeritus), Gary S. Hafner* (Emeritus), Gerald Eugene the first year in the program each student must pass a Lowther* (Emeritus), Victor E. Malinovsky, Edwin C. written examination covering a wide selection of vision Marshall*, Donald T. Miller*, P. Sarita Soni*, William H. science topics in order to advance to the second year Swanson* of the program. By this time, students should also have Associate Professors demonstrated an appropriate command of spoken and written English. 444 September 6, 2017

T. Rowan Candy*, Ronald Everson* (Emeritus), Daniel movements and myologic reflexes, monocular and R. Gerstman (Emeritus), Sally Hegeman (Emerita), binocular, and related phenomena. Douglas G. Horner*, Don W. Lyon, Richard E. Meetz, S. P. Srinivas* VSCI-V 764 Cellular and Molecular Aspects of Ocular Disease and Injury (4 cr.) Study of selected reports Assistant Professors dealing with corneal-wound healing, the cataractous lens, and retinal degenerations. Shirin Hassan, Pete Kollbaum, Nicholas Port* VSCI-V 765 Vision Sciences Seminar (1 cr.) Students in Academic Advisor the Ph.D. program in vision science are required to take Professor Stephen A. Burns*, Optometry Building 522, this seminar and make a presentation annually. (812) 856-3713 VSCI-V 767 Electrophysiology of Vision (3 cr.) Review Courses of techniques of recording neural events, development of a neural hypothesis, experimental testing of hypothesis, General writing and presenting of data and conclusions. VSCI-V 595 First-Year Research (1-5 cr.) VSCI-V 768 Special Topics in Vision Science (1-4 cr.) VSCI-V 695 Second-Year Research (1-5 cr.) Covers topics not offered on a regular basis. Possible topics include cell and molecular biology as it relates to VSCI-V 700 Introduction to Vision Science I (4 cr.) The the eye and vision, comparative studies of the vertebrate first of a two-semester sequence of courses that provides eye, current research, experimental design, optical and a comprehensive introduction to vision science. The ophthalmic instruments, pathology, and pharmacology. course is designed for graduate students enrolled in the May be taken more than once when different topics are Vision Science Program, but is also suitable for students covered. from other disciplines who are interested in the eye and vision. VSCI-V 773 Classics in Physiological Optics (1 cr.) Study of selected scientific articles of early contributors to our understanding of ocular motility, monocular and VSCI-V 701 Introduction to Vision Science II (4 cr.) binocular functions, the optics of the eye, and ocular The second of a two-semester sequence of courses on physiology. vision science. V700 and this course constitute a breadth requirement for Ph.D. students in vision science. VSCI-V 783 Monocular Sensory Aspects of Vision (4 cr.) P: V666 or equivalent. A study of perceptual VSCI-V 703 Refractive Anomalies I (3 cr.) Optics and phenomena and responses facilitated by binocular vision. epidemiology of refractive anomalies of the human eye. VSCI-V 791 Quantitative Methods for Vision Research VSCI-V 704 Refractive Anomalies II (3 cr.) (3 cr.) Introduction to communication theory approach Development, progression, and management of myopia. to problems in vision. Topics include the sensory nerve code, representation of nerve messages by orthogonal VSCI-V 705 Ocular Surface I: Basic Biology and functions, sampling theorem, linear filters, Fourier analysis Physiology (4 cr.) Basic biology and physiology of the in one and two dimensions, analysis of directional data, ocular surface, including the cornea, conjunctiva, and tear stochastic processes, and signal detection theory. film. VSCI-V 792 Ethical Issues in Scientific Research (1 cr.) VSCI-V 716 The Visual Pathways (4 cr.) P: permission This course explores the ethical issues and dilemmas of the instructor For students in the visual sciences, raised by research in the biological sciences. comprehensive study of the human optic pathways. VSCI-V 793 Critical Evaluation of Peer Reviewed VSCI-V 707 Retinal Imaging (2-3 cr.) The fundamental Publications in Vision Science (1 cr.) This course methods used in imaging the human retina will be will provide experience to students to critically evaluate examined, including types of illumination and delivery literature in the area of vision research. Students methods, optical techniques for detection, interaction of will meet for two hours each week for an eight week light and tissues, systems integration, and selection of period. Evaluation will be based on attendance, reading imaging modalities based on scientific goals. assignments and class participation. VSCI-V 717 Noninvasive Assessment of Visual VSCI-V 795 Third-Year Research (3 cr.) Function (3 cr.) Focuses on the clinical application of psychophysical techniques for the detection and diagnosis VSCI-V 799 M.S. Thesis Research (1-10 cr.) of visual anomalies and ocular disease. VSCI-V 801 Basic Experimental Design and Methods VSCI-V 716 Visual Functions in Low Vision in Vision Science (3 cr.) An introduction to basic (3 cr.) Studying behavioral aspects of visual function research skills in vision science. measurements in the low-vision population. VSCI-V 899 Ph.D. Dissertation Research (1-12 cr.) VSCI-V 723 The Eye as Optical Instrument (4 cr.) Optometry Curriculum P: V663 or equivalent. VSCI-V 501 Integrative Optometry I (2 cr.) Overall goal VSCI-V 754 The Motility of the Eye (4 cr.) P: V665 is to provide an integrated perspective of optometry in the or equivalent. Quantitative and qualitative study of eye paradigm of problem-based learning (PBL). The problems will be clinical cases that relate to the contents of courses September 6, 2017 445 taught contemporaneously in optics, biomedical, and legal aspects of medical records, differential diagnosis of ocular biology modules. visual symptoms, introduction to physical assessment, slit lamp biomicroscopy and ophthalmoscopy. VSCI-V 502 Integrated Optometry II (2 cr.) Overall goal is to provide an integrated perspective of optometry in the VSCI-V 551 Clinical Sciences II (4 cr.) Vision paradigm of problem-based learning (PBL). The problems examination techniques, ocular diagnostic techniques, and will be clinical cases that relate to the contents of courses theory and application of vision testing instrumentation, taught contemporaneously in optics, biomedical, and with emphasis on preliminary tests, refractive tests, and ocular biology modules. the ocular health exam; study of the principles involved in the measurement, epidemiology and treatment of VSCI-V 512 Ocular Anatomy (2 cr.) P: V511 Human ametropia, oculomotor imbalances and associated Gross Anatomy, or equivalent. A detailed study of the conditions. normal anatomy and embryology of the eye and its adnexa. The organization of various components of the VSCI-V 560 Vision Science I (3.5 cr.) This course eye is studied at the light and electron microscopic level provides an understanding of how visual performance is and this organization is related to the molecular structure determined by the underlying biology of the eye and the where it is known. brain. Topics include visual pathway neuroanatomy and physiology with special emphasis on the roles of receptive VSCI-V 514 Neuroanatomy (1.5 cr.) P: V511 Human fields and neural sampling. Gross Anatomy, or equivalent. Functional anatomy of the human brain, with emphasis on the visual system. VSCI-V 601 Integrated Optometry 3 (2 cr.) Overall goal is to provide an integrated perspective of optometry in the VSCI-V 516 Ocular Physiology (2.5 cr.) C: V512 paradigm of problem-based learning (PBL). The problems or equivalent. Vegetative physiology of the eye, with will be clinical cases that relate to the contents of courses attention to the chemical constitution, intermediary taught contemporaneously in optics, biomedical, and metabolism, regulation of hydration and intraocular ocular biology modules. pressure, transparency of the ocular components, and retinal physiology. VSCI-V 602 Integrated Optometry 4 (2 cr.) Overall goal is to provide an integrated perspective of optometry in the VSCI-V 521 Geometric and Visual Optics I (4 cr.) paradigm of problem-based learning (PBL). The problems Fundamentals of geometric and physical optics. will be clinical cases that relate to the contents of courses Optical analysis of myopia, hyperopia and astigmatism. taught contemporaneously in optics, biomedical, and Components of the eyes and their optical properties. ocular biology modules. Clinical instrumentation for optical measurement and diagnosis of eyes. VSCI-V 631 Optics III Ophthalmic and Advance Clinical Optics (4 cr.) P: V523 or permission of instructor. Design VSCI-V 523 Geometric and Visual Optics II (4 cr.) and application of ophthalmic spectacles and materials. P: V521 or permission of instructor. Continuation of Optics of low vision. Obective refactions, fundus imaging, application of the principles of geometric and physical optics of diseased eyes, wavefront-based treatments. optics to the optical description and correction of the eye. Schematic optical models of the eye. Measurement of light. Higher-order aberrations and their impact on vision. VSCI-V 632 Optics IV: Optics of Ophthalmic and Contact Lenses (4 cr.) P: V631 or persmission V632 VSCI-V 540 Ocular Biology I (5 cr.) Head and neck Optics IV: Advanced Clinical Optics (4cr) Continuation neuroanatomy related to the normal functioning of the of design and application of ophthalmic spectacles and eye and visual system. Detailed anatomy/histology and materials. Optics of low vision. Clinical aberrometry. physiology of the eye and adnexa. Maintenance of optical Optics of refractive surgery. Optics of diseased eyes. transparency and intraocular pressure. Phototransduction, Wavefront-guided refraction and treatments. retinal physiology, and the basis for the electroretinogram and electro-oculugram. VSCI-V 633 Contact Lenses (4 cr.) Theory and practice of contact lenses. General principles of lens materials, VSCI-V 542 Systems Approach to Biomedical design, care; examination, selection, fitting; diagnosis and Sciences I (4.5 cr.) First of a three semester sequence treatment of lens wear problems; introduction to specialty that presents basic science information organized fitting. Practical laboratory on lens handling, modification into specific organ systems. The first module will and fitting. cover common processes: basic biochemistry, cell and molecular biology, fundamentals of physiology, VSCI-V 644 Ocular Disease/Pharmacology I (3 cr.) pharmacology, immunology/infection and oncology. P: V543. A detailed description of the signs, symptoms, differential diagnosis, and management of ocular disease VSCI-V 543 Systems Approach to Biomedical Science of the anterior segment integrated with the principles and II (4 cr.) Second of a three semester sequence which application of ocular pharmacology. presents basic science information organized into specific organ systems. This module will discuss the structure, VSCI-V 648 Neurophysiology of Vision (2 cr.) function, pathology and therapy for each organ system. Introduction to the functional organization of the visual system and the physiological basis of vision. This course VSCI-V 550 Clinical Sciences I (3 cr.) Introduction treats the visual system as a biological image processor to clinical history and interview techniques, health to reveal how the structure and function of the retina and history content, and medical record documentation as brain determine visual performance and constrain the applied to the optometric setting; optometric and medical quality of vision. terminology, interview techniques for special populations, 446 September 6, 2017

VSCI-V 654 Clinical Sciences IV (4 cr.) P: 652 The conditions and assumptions of studying English, with Advanced clinical analysis, procedures, and protocols emphasis on criticism and research on a culturally and for examinations of patients in the clinical setting, historically diverse range of texts. and comprehensive eye and vision examinations with scheduled patients; patient assessment and plan, patient ENG-W 507 Graduate Creative Non-Fiction Writing communication; introduction to clinical ocular disease and (4 cr.) protocols. W507 is a workshop in the craft of creative non-fiction, VSCI-V 663 Physiological Optics I: Visual Optics with special attention given to defining the genre and (3.5 cr.) P: V522 Geometric Optics II, or equivalent. The its craft, as well as looking at, analyzing and imitating eye as an optical instrument. works in specific subgenres of creative non-fiction such as memoir and travel writing. VSCI-V 664 Physiological Optics II: Visual Function (2.5 cr.) The basic aspects of monocular vision, including ENG-L 590 Internship in English (4 cr.) light and dark adaptation, color vision, and both spatial and temporal resolution. The science of measuring visual ENG-W 511 Writing Fiction (4 cr.) performance and its application to clinical optometry. Either ENG W511 or ENG W513 may be taken twice for the M.A. VSCI-V 665 Vision Science II: Ocular Motility (3.5 cr.) Characteristics, control, and deficits of the five somatic ENG-W 513 Writing Poetry (4 cr.) eye-movement systems (convergence, saccadic version, Poetry writing workshop on the study of prosody and form pursuit version, fixation maintenance, vestibular reflex) (including formal elements of free verse) in the context of and the autonomic systems subserving accommodation writing by class members. Course may be taken twice for and pupillary diameter reflexes. M.A. credit.

VSCI-V 666 Physiological Optics IV: Binocular ENG-G 552 Linguistics and the Teacher of English Function (2.5 cr.) Binocular sensory mechanisms of (4 cr.) vision. Summary of the geometry of three-dimensional Topics in applied English linguistics, intended for English space and stereo vision, underlying neuroanatomy and teachers at all levels. physiology of binocular vision, prerequisites for normal stereopsis, and commonly encountered anomalies of binocular vision. ENG-D 600 History of the English Language (3-4 cr.) Survey of the evolution of the English language from its Relevant Courses earliest stages to the present, with reference to its external history and to its phonology, morphology, syntax, and Biology vocabulary.

L586 Cell Biology (4.5 cr.) ENG-L 608 History of Literary Criticism from 1750 to Statistics 1960 (4 cr.) A survey of the history of literary criticism and theory from S501 Statistical Methods I: Introduction to Statistics (3 cr.) the late Enlightenment or early Romantic periods to 1960, S503 Statistical Methods IIb: Generalized Linear Models including a variety of modern literary critics and theorists. and Categorical Data (3 cr.) Courses ENG-W 609 Directed Writing Projects (4 cr.) ENG-L 612 Chaucer (4 cr.) ENG-G 500 Introduction to the English Language Critical analysis of The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and (4 cr.) Criseyde, and selected shorter poems. An introduction to the English language: its nature, structure, and development. ENG-W 620 Advanced Argumentative Writing (4 cr.) Examines techniques for analyzing and constructing ENG-W 500 Teaching Composition: Issues and arguments for different disciplines and professions, Approaches (4 cr.) especially the use of proofs, evidence, and logic. Consideration of fundamental issues in the teaching Considers major issues of argument, such as the ethics of of writing and the major approaches to composition persuading audiences and the use of style. instruction. Specific topics include teaching invention and revision, diagnosing errors, teaching style and ENG-L 631 English Literature 1660–1790 (4 cr.) organization, making assignments, and evaluating student Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. writing. ENG-L 641 English Literature 1790–1900 (4 cr.) ENG-W 501 Teaching College Composition in College Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. (4 cr.) Practical teaching of composition, current theories and ENG-L 645 English Fiction 1800–1900 (4 cr.) policies. ENG-L 649 British Literature since 1900 (4 cr.) ENG-L 506 Introduction to Methods of Criticism and Extensive reading in all genres. Research (4 cr.) September 6, 2017 447

ENG-L 651 American Literature 1609–1800 (4 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The John Smith through Charles Brockden Brown. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School ENG-L 653 American Literature 1800–1900 (4 cr.) Bulletin.) Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from Curriculum Washington Irving through Frank Norris. Degrees Offered ENG-G 652 English Language Sociolinguistics (4 cr.) A survey course in American and British sociolinguistics, Master of Arts (M.A.) this course investigates the theoretical bases, the major works, and the methodological approaches of current Special Departmental Requirements sociolinguistics. See also general University Graduate School requirements. ENG-L 655 American Literature and Culture 1900–1945 (4 cr.) Admission Requirements Study of American literature and culture from the turn of The Master of Arts in English is designed for students who the century to 1945. performed well academically in undergraduate programs in English, Communication, Education, Humanities, or ENG-G 660 Stylistics (4 cr.) related fields. A bachelor’s degree with a 3.0 or higher Survey of traditional and linguistic approaches to the from an accredited institution is required for admission to study of prose and poetic style. Attention will center on the M.A. in English. the description of the verbal characteristics of texts, what those characteristics reflect about the author, and how Master of Arts in English they affect the reader. Degree Requirements The Master of Arts in English program delivers a quality ENG-L 666 Survey of Children’s Literature (4 cr.) graduate program in a flexible format that offers a choice Survey of literature written for children and adolescents of both face-to-face and online courses. The program from the medieval period to the present. offers expertise in range of English studies including literary analysis, composition and rhetoric, and creative ENG-L 680 Special Topics: Literary Study and Theory writing. Students design a program of study that meets (4 cr.) their professional and personal goals through strategic Readings in sociological, political, psychological, and other selection of seven elective courses. The M.A. degree approaches to literature. opens opportunities for teaching English in secondary and post- secondary positions. The M.A. degree provides an ENG-W 680 Theory and Craft of Writing (4 cr.) academic foundation suitable for a wide range of careers Elements of poetic prosody or the major fictive techniques in areas such as professional writing, public relations, or both: nature of stress, concepts of meter, nature of information industries, and a range of corporations rhythm, prosodic use of syntax, theories of fictive realism, needing writing specialists. The degree also provides nature of fictive romance, point of view, etc. Students will continuation of personal enrichment and intellectual study. do some writing. Open also to graduate students not in the In order to complete the program, students fulfill the creative writing program. following course requirements detailed below. M.A. Course Requirements (36 credit hours) ENG-L 682 Topics in Children’s Literature (4 cr.) Studies in periods, such as contemporary American • L506 Introduction to Methods of Criticism and children’s literature or Victorian fantasies for children; or Research (4 cr.) genres such as picture books or children’s poetry. Topics • Seven elective courses, with emphasis in literature will vary. or composition and rhetoric • Capstone: W609 Independent Writing Project (4 cr.) May be repeated with different topics, for a maximum of 8 credits. Foreign Language Requirement ENG-W 682 Special Topics: Rhetoric & Composition There is no foreign language requirement. (4 cr.) Variable topics in rhetoric and composition. Transfer Credits Candidates may be permitted to transfer up to two Bulletins graduate courses or 8 credit hours from another graduate institution (or from previous graduate work at IUE) if those School of Humanities and Social Sciences courses demonstrably contribute to the work required Contact Information: Margaret Thomas-Evans, Chair of for the English M.A. Unless transfer courses are clearly English, Whitewater Hall; equivalent to the required core courses for the M.A., (765) 973-8614; [email protected] those courses will be counted as electives. Candidates Departmental URL: http://www.iue.edu/hss/english/MA- should include in the application a request to transfer in-English.php courses, a brief description of each course identifying how it contributes to the English M.A., and supporting 448 September 6, 2017 documentation such as syllabi, assignments, papers, or individual student needs. The certificate also provides other relevant material. further professional development at the graduate level for licensed teachers already teaching academic writing at the Academic Regulations high school level. The certificate does not lead to Indiana Students must confer with their academic advisors on a teacher licensure. regular basis to determine an effective course of study. An Certificate Requirements (20 cr) average grade of B (3.0) is required for graduation, and no course with a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be counted Students must complete the 20 credit hours from the toward the degree. Students are required to maintain good courses listed below, with 12 of the credit hours earned academic standing, i.e., to maintain a G.P.A. of at least from IU East. Students must earn a grade of “B” or better 3.0. A student whose G.P.A. drops below 3.0 must restore for all courses used within the certificate. Optionally, it to 3.0 within 9 credit hours. Failure to maintain good students may incorporate one independent study into their standing will result in dismissal from the program. course plan, but it must be approved by the certificate advisor. Faculty Transfer Credits Chairperson Candidates may be permitted to transfer up to two Margaret Thomas-Evans, Ph.D. graduate courses or 8 credit hours from another graduate institution (or from previous graduate work at IUE) if those Graduate Faculty courses demonstrably contribute to the work required Professors for the Graduate Certificate. Unless transfer courses are clearly equivalent to the required core courses for the Ronnie Carter (Emeritus), Alisa Clapp-Itnyre, Mary Fell Graduate Certificate, those courses will be counted as (Emerita), Edwina Helton electives. Candidates should include in the application Associate Professors a request to transfer courses, a brief description of each course identifying how it contributes to the Graduate Jean Harper, Laverne Nishihara Certificate, and supporting documentation such as syllabi, Assistant Professors assignments, papers, or other relevant material. Sarah Harris, Steven Petersheim, Margaret Thomas- Course Requirements (20) Evans • ENG-W 500 Issues in Teaching Writing • ENG-G 660 Stylistics East • ENG-W 501 Teaching College Writing • ENG-W 620 Advanced Argumentative Writing Composition Studies • ENG-W 682 Spec.Topics: Rhetoric & Composition Departmental Email: edhelton @iue.edu (Capstone) Departmental URL: http://www.iue.edu/online/programs/ Graduate Certification Director gradcert-compositionstudies.php Professor Edwina Helton; Whitewater Hall 269: (765) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate 973-8460; [email protected] School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Fort Wayne contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin. English and Linguistics Program Offered College of Arts and Sciences Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Graduate Certificate in Composition Studies Program offers graduate level education in composition Departmental URL: www.ipfw.edu/engl studies for those who already teach English at the high school or post-secondary level or for those who wish to (Please note that when conferring University Graduate teach writing at the community college or university level School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The that do not hold an M.A. in English. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School The purpose of the Graduate Certificate in Composition Bulletin.) Studies is to offer students a focused certificate in the teaching of reading and writing. The certificate provides Curriculum structured learning and a supportive atmosphere for Degrees Offered students who do not wish to pursue a traditional master’s Master of Arts (M.A.) and Master of Arts for Teachers degree in English or who wish to pursue certification in (M.A.T.), Certificate in Teaching English as a New Composition Studies prior to or after completion of an MA. Language (TENL) degree. Special Departmental Requirements The certificate’s courses, offered 100% online, provide (See also general University Graduate School flexibility in format and scheduling. Our online courses requirements.) offer individualized instruction by shaping courses to September 6, 2017 449

Admission Requirements Provisional public school certification in English. Students To be regularly admitted to a master’s program in English, without provisional certification must fulfill certification you must have completed an undergraduate major or requirements as well as requirements for the M.A.T. minor in English with a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 Course Requirements (B) and a GPA of at least 3.0 in all English courses. In addition, all applicants must earn a satisfactory score To earn this degree, you must complete at least 36 on the general aptitude section of the Graduate Record credit hours of graduate-level courses. (Courses are Examination. If these requirements are not met, an generally 3 credits). At least 24 credits must be in applicant may be admitted conditionally. Conditions might, courses administered by the Department of English and for example, require completing prerequisite courses Linguistics, including one course in linguistics or the without credit toward the graduate degree, or maintaining English language, one course in composition theory or a given GPA over the first 6–12 credits earned in the rhetorical theory, and one course in ethnic or minority program. literature. Up to 12 of the 36 required credits may be elected from courses administered by another department To receive the M.A.T., you must hold at least provisional and approved by your advisor. For example, if you public school certification in English. If you lack such are working toward certification, some graduate-level certification when you enter the program, you must fulfill education courses may count as electives for the M.A.T. certification requirements while you complete the M.A.T. requirements. Foreign Language Requirement Degree Requirements None. Separate requirements apply to the M.A. and M.A.T. degrees, although you must maintain a GPA of 3.0 while Thesis (3-6 cr.) in either program and you must complete all degree You must either take a 700-level seminar or write a thesis. requirements within five years of your admission. Graduate Certificate in Teaching English as a New Master of Arts Language (TENL) Course Requirements The Graduate Certificate in Teaching English as a New To earn this degree, you must complete at least 36 Language is intended primarily for students working credit hours in courses administered by the department. toward a graduate degree in English and for practicing (Courses are generally 3 credits.) teachers who wish to be trained in teaching English to nonnative speakers. It also serves people who are Your program must include a core of the following 4 preparing to live abroad or who wish to facilitate their courses: Professional Scholarship in Literature (ENG employment abroad, and those who have technical B501), Professional Scholarship in Writing studies or business expertise and wish to work with nonna- (ENG C517), Professional Scholarship in Linguistics tive speakers in professional settings. The required and Language (ENG L505), Critical Theory (ENG courses will familiarize students with the major theoretical B605). It must also include 4 courses in 1 of 5 available foundations of teaching English as a new and foreign concentrations: (1) British literature before 1700, (2) language. Students will become acquainted with ENL British literature after 1700, (3) American literature, (4) pedagogy and resources and will acquire experience Writing Studies, (5) English language and linguistics. The by teaching ENL learners in real classrooms. The TENL remaining 12 hours may be satisfied with electives from certificate can stand alone as a separate credential or be courses administered from the department. At least 6 of integrated with the requirements of the M.A. or M.A.T. your 36 hours must be 700-level seminars. You may, with program in English. your advisor’s approval, apply courses that satisfy core requirements to your concentration requirements. If you Course Requirements do, you must still complete enough elective courses to Grammar meet the required minimum of 36 credits. No course with a grade below B will count toward the degree. ENG G500 Introduction to the English Language (3 cr.) It is recommended that students who plan to pursue a Methods doctorate in literary study demonstrate reading proficiency LING P511 Methods and Materials for TESOL I (3 cr.) in an approved foreign language under the auspices of LING P512 Methods and Materials for TESOL II (3 cr.) the Department of International Language and Culture Studies by passing (1) a 300-level literature course in a Language Acquisition foreign language with a grade of A or B, or (2) a written examination that demonstrates a student’s proficiency in LING L532 Second Language Acquisition (3 cr.) reading and translating a foreign language. Sociolinguistics Although a thesis is not required, a student is welcome to LING L619 Language and Society (3 cr.) write one. A thesis carries 3 hours of credit, and may be counted as part of the electives rubric for the curriculum. Practicum Master of Arts for Teachers Degree LING L535 TESOL Practicum (3 cr.) Prerequisite For further information, contact Professor Hao Sun, TENL Certificate Program Coordinator, Department of English and Linguistics, Indiana University–Purdue University Fort Wayne, 2101 E. Coliseum Blvd., Fort 450 September 6, 2017

Wayne, IN 46805-1499, telephone (260) 481-6775, e-mail ENG-B 627 English Poetry of the Early Seventeenth [email protected]. Century (3 cr.) Major poets and their intellectual milieu, 1600–1660. Faculty Chairperson ENG-B 628 Milton (3 cr.) Poetry and prose, with special attention to Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, and Professor Hardin Aasand Samson Agonistes. Graduate Faculty ENG-B 635 British Literature 1660-1790 (3 cr.) Poetry (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University and nonfiction prose. Emphasis on Dryden, Pope, Swift, Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct and Johnson and his circle. doctoral dissertations.) ENG-B 637 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Professors Drama (3 cr.) English drama from 1660 to 1800. Hardin Aasand, Mary Ann Cain, Avon Crismore, Rodney ENG-B 639 British Fiction to 1800 (3 cr.) Farnsworth, Lawrence Friedman (Emeritus), Beverly Hume*, George Kalamaras, Lidan Lin, John Minton, Beth ENG-B 642 Romantic Literature (3 cr.) Blake, Simon, M.L. Stapleton Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, and other writers of the British Romantic movement. Associate Professors ENG-B 644 Victorian Literature (3 cr.) Poetry and Stevens Amidon, John P. Brennan (Emeritus), Michael nonfiction prose from 1837 to 1900. Kaufmann, Richard Ramsey (Emeritus), Lewis Roberts, Arline Standley (Emerita), Hao Sun, Chad Thompson ENG-B 645 British Fiction 1800-1900 (3 cr.) Assistant Professors ENG-B 648 Twentieth-Century British Poetry (3 cr.) Troy Bassett, Shannon Bischoff, Damien Fleming, Rachel ENG-B 649 Twentieth-Century British Fiction (3 cr.) Hile, Debrah Huffman, Suzanne Rumsey, Sara Webb- ENG-B 651 American Literature 1800-1865 (3 cr.) Sunderhaus, Kate White ENG-B 652 American Literature 1865-1914 (3 cr.) Director of Graduate Studies ENG-B 654 American Literature since 1914 (3 cr.) Professor Lewis Roberts, Liberal Arts Building 105, (260) 481-6754 ENG-B 655 American Fiction to 1900 (3 cr.) Courses ENG-B 656 Twentieth-Century American Fiction (3 cr.) American fiction since 1900, including such writers as Literature Dreiser, Lewis, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, and Faulkner. ENG-B 501 Professional Scholarship in Literature (3 cr.) Materials, tools, and methods of research. ENG-B 657 Recent Writing (3 cr.) May be repeated once for credit with a different topic. ENG-B 502 Introduction to Literacy Studies and the Teaching of College English (3 cr.) Provides an ENG-B 660 Studies in British and American Writers overview of literacy studies while also focusing on the (3 cr.) May be repeated once for credit with a different literacy practices and beliefs of particular groups. The topic. course moves beyond reductive discussions of literacy ENG-B 666 Survey of Children’s Literature (3 cr.) by introducing students to a range of literacy studies Survey of literature for children and adolescents from the scholarship that challenges popular conceptualizations of medieval period to the present. literacy. ENG-B 668 Topics in Children’s Literature (3 cr.) ENG-B 605 Critical Theory (3 cr.) Survey of Study of a period, a genre, or a group of writers. May be contemporary critical approaches to literary, language, repeated once for credit with a different topic. and rhetorical studies. ENG-B 673 Studies in Women and Literature (3 cr.) ENG-B 612 Chaucer (3 cr.) Critical analysis of The Women writers and literary representations of women. Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and selected shorter poems. ENG-B 675 Studies in American Ethnic and Minority Literature and Culture (3 cr.) May be repeated once for ENG-B 613 Middle English Literature (3 cr.) Selected credit with a different topic. themes and writers in English from 1100 to 1500. ENG-B 680 Special Topics in Literary Study and ENG-B 622 Elizabethan Poetry (3 cr.) Spenser and other Theory (3 cr.) Readings in sociological, political, major Elizabethan poets. psychological, and other approaches to literature. May be ENG-B 624 Elizabethan Drama and Its Background repeated once for credit with a different topic. (3 cr.) English drama, excluding Shakespeare, from the ENG-B 688 Irish Literature and Culture (3 cr.) Study of Middle Ages to 1642. one writer, a group of writers, a period, or a genre. May be ENG-B 625 Shakespeare (3 cr.) Critical analysis of repeated once for credit with a different topic. selected texts. ENG-B 695 Individual Readings in English (1-3 cr.) Independent study. September 6, 2017 451

ENG-B 699 Master’s Thesis (3-6 cr.) ENG-C 532 Advanced Argumentative Writing (3 cr.) Techniques for analyzing and constructing arguments for ENG-B 712 Chaucer (3 cr.) P: ENG B612, B613, or different disciplines and professions, especially the use equivalent. of proofs, evidence, and logic; major issues of argument, ENG-B 725 Shakespeare (3 cr.) such as the ethics of persuading audiences and the uses of style. ENG-B 731 Milton (3 cr.) ENG-C 565 Theories and Practices of Editing (3 cr.) ENG-B 733 Restoration and Augustan Literature (3 cr.) Students will examine textual and literary approaches ENG-B 739 British Fiction to 1800 (3 cr.) to editing, given particular rhetorical contexts. Emphasis will be placed on how to make editorial judgments that ENG-B 741 Romantic Literature (3 cr.) promote editorial standards without violating authorial intent. ENG-B 743 Victorian Literature (3 cr.) ENG-C 567 Writing for Multiple Media (3 cr.) Introduces ENG-B 745 British Fiction 1800-1900 (3 cr.) principles and practices of multimedia design and ENG-B 749 Twentieth-Century British Literature (3 cr.) implementation, with emphasis on writing in multimedia contexts. Students will consider ways in which new media ENG-B 751 Major American Writers 1700-1855 (3 cr.) affect the production and reception of writing and its ENG-B 753 Major American Writers 1855 to the relationship to other forms of communication (e.g., oral Present (3 cr.) and visual). ENG-B 780 Special Studies in British and American ENG-C 576 Writers Reading (3 cr.) Investigation of how Literature (3 cr.) writers, readers, and texts are shaped within the contexts of literature, composition, and professional writing. Focus Writing and Rhetoric on using current conventions more consciously and ENG-C 501 Teaching of Composition in College flexibly to generate new ways of reading and writing that (1-2 cr.) Practical teaching of composition; current better serve our specific needs, desires, and goals. theories and policies. ENG-C 590 Internship in Writing (3 cr.) A supervised ENG-C 505 Teaching Composition: Issues and internship in uses of language in the workplace. Approaches (2-3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Evaluations by workplace supervisor and reports to faculty Fundamental issues in the teaching of writing. Topics supervisor, including a portfolio of completed assignments include teaching invention and revision, diagnosing errors, and an evaluation of the internship experience are teaching style and organization, making assignments, and required. evaluating student writing. ENG-C 601 History of Rhetoric (3 cr.) Development of ENG-C 507 Writing Center Theory and Praxis (3 cr.) rhetorical theory from Plato to the present, including the Examines techniques for responding to writers in writing influence of historical rhetoric on present-day composition centers, including nontraditional populations and writers theory. in various disciplines. Understand and test cognitive, ENG-C 602 Contemporary Theories of Composition social constructionist, and collaborative theories through (3 cr.) Current research in rhetoric and composition. consulting in the writing center mentored by experience Draws on insights from linguistic theory, cognitive theory, writing consultants and the director. Write journals, a case and rhetorical theory to develop greater understanding of study outline, and a paper linking theory to practice. the writing process and build pedagogical applications. ENG-C 511 Writing Fiction (3 cr.) P: Permission of the ENG-C 611 Writing Fiction (3 cr.) P: C511 or permission instructor. of the instructor. May be repeated once for credit. ENG-C 513 Writing Poetry (3 cr.) P: Permission of the ENG-C 613 Writing Poetry (3 cr.) P: C513 or permission instructor. of the instructor. May be repeated once for credit. ENG-C 517 Professional Scholarship in Writing ENG-C 620 Publications Management and Production Studies (3 cr.) Students will explore the development (3 cr.) Explores the document production process and of the writing studies discipline through the past five asks students to practice this process by individually decades, paying particular attention to the growth of creating a suite of publications and by working with a creative writing, rhetoric and composition, professional team of writers to produce a published book or website. writing, and literacy studies as academic fields of inquiry. Students study theories of publication and production as ENG-C 521 Introduction to Professional Writing (3 cr.) applied to writing groups. Discourse in professional disciplinary contexts (e.g., ENG-C 622 Creativity and Community (3 cr.) This engineering, sciences, social sciences, humanities). course addresses questions of what it means to Emphasis on research tools in professional writing and on create and be creative--as writers, scholars, teachers, methods of contextual, intentional, structural, and stylistic professionals and citizens-within the contexts of various analysis. communities. The course’s main purpose is to develop ENG-C 531 Theory and Practice of Exposition (3 cr.) each participant’s creativity in ways that will enhance Primarily for secondary-school and junior-college teachers their participation in the discourse communities of their of English. choosing. 452 September 6, 2017 ENG-C 625 Research Methods for Professional Writers Liberal Studies (3 cr.) Examines quantitative, qualitative, and action research practices of professional writers in the light College of Arts and Sciences of contemporary theories of researched writing. Takes Departmental E-mail: [email protected] students through the process of designing a scholarly or Departmental URL: http://www.ipfw.edu/coas/ organizational research project, and the completion of the research proposal or prospectus. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The ENG-C 682 Topics in Rhetoric and Composition (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements May be repeated once for credit under a different topic. contained only in The University Graduate School ENG-C 697 Independent Study in Writing (1-3 cr.) May Bulletin.) be repeated once for credit under a different topic. Curriculum ENG-C 780 Special Studies in Rhetoric and Program Director Composition (3 cr.) May be repeated once for credit under a different topic. Associate Professor Michael E. Kaufmann Language Degree Offered ENG-D 501 Introduction to the English Language Master of Liberal Studies, an interdisciplinary graduate (3 cr.) An introduction to the nature, structure, and degree in arts and sciences. The degree provides an development of the English language. opportunity for students to study the liberal arts and sciences beyond the bachelor’s degree. It is intended ENG-D 552 Linguistics and the Teacher of English primarily for those who regard the liberal arts as subjects (3 cr.) Topics in applied English linguistics, intended for for lifelong learning and for those who, because their English teachers at all levels. undergraduate curriculum was primarily professional, wish ENG-D 600 History of the English Language (3 cr.) to broaden their general education. The Master of Liberal Survey of the evolution of the English language from its Studies is not intended as preparation for doctoral study. earliest stages to the present, with reference to its external Admission Requirements history and to its phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary. For regular admission, students must have completed an undergraduate degree from an accredited institution with ENG-D 601 Introduction to Old English (3 cr.) a grade point average of B or higher overall. Applications Introduction to the phonology, morphology, and syntax are accepted at any time, but a deadline of August 1 of Old English and intensive reading of major prose and is recommended for admission to the program for the verse texts. fall semester, and December 1 for the spring semester. ENG-D 660 Stylistics (3 cr.) Survey of traditional and Request application materials from the program director, linguistic approaches to the study of prose and poetic Associate Professor Michael E. Kaufmann, at (260) style. Attention to the verbal characteristics of texts, what 481-6760 or (260) 481-6019. they reflect about the author, and how they affect the Course Requirements reader. To earn the Master of Liberal Studies degree, students Cross-Listed Courses must complete at least 30 hours of courses approved Comparative Literature for graduate credit, including D501 Humanities Seminar, • C541 Modern Drama (4 cr.) D502 Social Sciences Seminar, D503 Science Seminar, • C586 Colloquium in Literature and the Other Arts (4 either D500 Graduate Project or D700 Topics in Liberal cr.) Studies, and 18 credits in electives from at least two • C592 Genre Study in Film (3 cr.) disciplines in arts and sciences. In consultation with the program director, each student designs a course of study Film appropriate to his or her interests and experience. • K502 Genre Study in Film (3 cr.) Grades Linguistics No course with a grade lower than B will be counted toward the degree. • L430 Language Change and Variation (3 cr.) • L485 Topics in Linguistics (3 cr.) Courses • L505 Professional Scholarship in Language Study LBST-D 500 Graduate Project (3-6 cr.) Independent and Linguistics (3 cr.) project to be undertaken in consultation with graduate • L534 Linguistic Resources and the Teaching of advisor. This project requires students to demonstrate English as a Second-language (TESOL) (3 cr.) mastery of some specific topic or medium of expression. • L535 TESOL Practicum (3 cr.) • L543 Syntactic Analysis (3 cr.) LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar (3 cr.) An • L575 Introduction to Linguistic Theory (3 cr.) interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the humanities. • L619 Language and Society (3 cr.) Topics vary from semester to semester. • L690 Variable Title (1-4 cr.), to match the undergraduate offerings September 6, 2017 453

LBST-D 502 Social Science Seminar (3 cr.) An Accelerated B.A./Masters of Art in Sociological interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the social sciences. Practice Topics vary from semester to semester. By joining the Accelerated Program, undergradute LBST-D 503 Science Seminar (3 cr.) An interdisciplinary students can earn both a Bachelor's degree and a graduate seminar in the sciences. Topics vary from Master's degree in Sociological Practice in less time than semester to semester. these degrees separately would require. Students enrolled in undergraduate programs other than Sociology may also LBST-D 700 Topics in Liberal Studies (3 cr.) be eligible for the Accelerated Program. P: Completion of two 500-level liberal studies seminars or consent of program director. Intensive study of major Students accepted into the program can start taking issues in the humanities, social sciences, or sciences. graduate courses in their senior year; the credits obtained Interdisciplinary approach, seminar format. Individual (maximum of 15) will count as both undergraduate and project required. Specific topic announced in the Schedule graduate credits. Appropriate graduate courses completed of Classes. May be repeated with different topic for a will be accepted in fulfillment of sociology elective courses maximum of 9 credits. or general elective courses. The number of graduate courses taken during the student's senior year will depend Sociological Practice on the courses the student has remaining to complete his/ her undergraduate degree. Once a student is accepted College of Arts and Sciences into the Accelerated Program, he/she must meet with the Departmental URL: www.ipfw.edu/sociology Graduate Director or mentor for course selection. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Undergraduate students enrolled in the Accelerated (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Program will benefit by paying undergraduate tuition for School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the fifteen (15) credits they are allowed to take of graduate University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements work during their senior year. Once students enter the contained only in The University Graduate School Manter's degree, they will be subject to graduate tuition Bulletin.) fees. Curriculum Students will not lose their eligibility for undergraduate financial aid while they remain in the transition stage of the Degree Offered Accelerated Program. Master of Arts in Sociological Practice Admission Special Departmental Requirements Admission to the accelerated program is reserved for (See also general University Graduate School highly motivated and academically outstanding students. requirements.) Students must apply to the Master's degree program during their junior year and begin taking graduate courses Admission Requirements in their senior year. An admission fee will be charged. Baccalaureate degree including a major in sociology To be admitted to the program, a student must have or related discipline with a grade point average of an undergraduate GPA of 3.2 or better at the time of 3.0 (B). Application for admission must include an application. Prospective students must also present a essay demonstrating that writing skills and career statement of interest for applying to the Accelerated objectives are in line with the program and three letters Program and submit three (3) letters of recommendation: of recommendation. Students who have not completed one from their undergraduate advisor, two from an undergraduate degree in sociology may be admitted undergraduate instructors. contingently if they have completed the courses Methods of Social Research, Sociological Theory, and Sociological At the end of their junior year, students should have Statistics with a B or higher, or agree to complete these completed the following undergraduate courses: Social undergraduate classes before they are allowed to enroll in Theory, Methods and Statistics. Students will officially their graduate equivalents. enter the Graduate Program as soon as they complete their undergraduate degree. Students admitted into the Course Requirements Accelerated Program are strongly encouraged to take the A total of 33 credit hours, including 18 credit hours in the following courses during the transition period: SOC P540 areas of principles of sociological theory and practice, Principles of Sociological Theory and Practice; SOC P550 statistical techniques in sociological practice, applied Statistical Techniques for Sociological Practice; SOC research methods, professional development, and 6 credit P570 Applied Research Methods; SOC P697 Professional hours of practicum in sociological practice or 6 credit Development; and an Elective Course. hours of master’s thesis research, plus 15 credit hours of When admitted into the Accelerated Program sociology electives in other approved graduate courses. and non-sociology, undergraduate students should consult Grades the Sociological Practice Graduate Program Director and their major program advisor for course orientation. Students must complete each course with a grade of B or higher. Program Restrictions Once admitted into the Accelerated Program, students must complete their graduate credits with a grade of B or better. Graduate credits completed with less than B will 454 September 6, 2017 count toward the undergraduate degree only. Students as well as on what statistical techniques are useful to must complete all undergraduate coursework during their answer sociological practice questions, how to apply them senior year. Students not completing these credits will not and interpret their results. Specific methods to be covered be admitted into the Graduate Program. A maximum of include documentary, ethnographic, survey, experimental fifteen (15) credits will be charged at the undergraduate design, secondary data analysis, social indicators, focused rate. Excess credits, if any, will be charged at the graduate literature reviews, and library research techniques. fee. Both degrees will be awarded simultaneously, once all requirements are met. SOC-P 560 Topics in Sociological Practice (3 cr.) This is a graduate seminar in selected topic areas in sociology, Faculty exploring the nature of sociological practice within each area (e.g., policy issues and/or intervention strategies as Chairperson applied to health). May be repeated with different topics. Professor Peter Iadicola SOC-P 562 Topics in Policy Analysis (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty P: Graduate standing. Graduate seminar in selected topic (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University areas in sociology, focusing on the analysis of social Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct policy within each area. doctoral dissertations.) SOC-P 570 Applied Research Methods (3 cr.) Professors P: Undergraduate course in sociological research methods. Course covers the methodological tools and Augusto DeVenanzi, Peter Iadicola, Michael Nusbaumer, practical knowledge needed to conduct applied social Diane E. Taub research. Students will be exposed to a variety of methods and will learn how to choose the most appropriate Associate Professors method for specific research problems and settings, and Patrick Ashton*, Christopher Bradley, Donna Holland understand advantages and disadvantages for each. Assistant Professor SOC-P 576 Graduate Seminar in Sociological Pedagogy (3 cr.) Develop and refine personal teaching Mieko Yamada philosophy, learn the standards of good course design, Graduate Advisor explore learning styles, and examine best practices in course delivery and student assessment. Exposure to the Peter Iadicola, 2101 E. Coliseum Blvd., Fort Wayne, IN field of the scholarship of teaching and learning. 46805-1499, (260) 481-6663 SOC-P 578 Mediation and Conflict Resolution Courses Strategies (3 cr.) Explores the nature of conflict in human social relations and strategies for conflict resolution. SOC-P 510 Seminar on Organizations and the Students will learn and practice techniques for proactively Individual (3 cr.) Focuses on the interplay between social and constructively dealing with interpersonal and structural factors and individual actions. Examines basic intergroup conflict. Successful completion of course will principles of social organizations as well as variations in enable student to be a certified community mediator in a types of organizational arrangements. Explores impact variety of disputes. of organizational structures on individual behavior and attributes, and the implications of various behavioral SOC-P 650 Statistical Techniques for Sociological strategies adopted by individuals functioning within Practice II (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and P550 or organizations. equivalent. Designed to be a continuation of study of statistics as they are used by the practitioners of social SOC-P 514 Health and Health Care Issues (3 cr.) science. Explores intricacies of statistical procedures most P: Graduate standing. An investigation of health and likely needed by practitioners including factor analysis and the health care system in the U.S. with focus on issues, index construction, measures of association, and simple problems, and alternatives for policy reform. and multiple regression. SOC-P 517 Social Stratification and Social Practice SOC-P 670 Advanced Applied Research Methods (3 cr.) This course examines social stratification as both (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and P570. Designed to an area of scientific inquiry and sociological practice. provide greater depth of knowledge for topics discussed Course content covers the historical and cross-cultural in P570 such as focus groups, case studies, survey variations in social stratification, systems of inequality, and research, needs assessment, and outcome evaluations. the social policies associated with addressing inequality. SOC-P 695 Independent Research in Sociological SOC-P 540 Principles of Sociological Theory and Practice (1-3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor and Practice (3 cr.) P: Undergraduate course in social theory. completion of P540, P550, and P570. Provides the student This course will introduce graduate students to the an opportunity to engage in independent research under theoretically informed practice of sociology. Students will the guidance of a faculty member. The student works develop the ability to use social theory in the analysis of with a faculty member in developing and carrying out society and social life. a research plan. Course requirements are negotiated SOC-P 550 Statistical Techniques for Sociological between the student and the supervising faculty member. Practice I (3 cr.) P: One basic undergraduate statistics May be repeated with different topics. course. Course focuses on how to use statistical analysis SOC-P 697 Professional Development (3 cr.) to answer common questions in the practice of sociology P: Graduate standing. Covers professional socialization September 6, 2017 455 into the practice of sociology, including professional ethics, average of 3.0 (B) overall, and 3.0 in science courses. The grantwriting, development of various types of proposals, Graduate Record Examination General Test or MCAT is professional organizations and services, and developing a required. It is preferable that graduate study be started in career as a practicing sociologist. the fall semester. Completed Ph.D. applications should be received before January 15. A personal interview may SOC-P 698 Practicum in Sociological Practice (3 cr.) be requested. Applicants will be notified of departmental P: Permission of the program director, all core courses action by April 15. and 12 credit hours in approved electives. First semester, students will develop a research proposal and obtain Master of Science Degree necessary approvals. Second semester, students work Requirements with a client organization, produce a report, present findings. May be taken multiple times; only 6 credit hours The master degree in Anatomy & Cell Biology is offered count toward the completion of degree requirements. as an independent degree, and is not required as a prerequisite for the doctoral degrees. This degree is SOC-P 699 Master’s Thesis Research (3 cr.) offered in two tracks. Briefly, the Traditional track requires P: Permission of program director, all core courses and D850 (Gross Anatomy), D851 (Histology), and D852 12 credit hours in approved electives. First semester, (Neuroscience and Clinical Neurology), along with two students develop a research proposal and obtain years of D861 (Seminar). The Research Track requires necessary approvals. Second semester, students carry a first-semester series on the fundamentals of modern out applied research, produce a thesis, and present research biology (G715, G716, and G717) but does not findings. May be taken multiple times; only 6 credit hours require the traditional anatomical courses. Both tracks will count toward degree requirement. require a total of 30 credit hours for the degree, but the Research Track requires more time in research. SOC-S 516 Seminar in Sociology of Family (3 cr.) Students in the Research Track are expected to begin Review of the field with research emphasis; critical their investigational work during their first semester, and evaluation of current thought and policy; projects. overall it is expected that the Research Track students SOC-S 528 Research in Criminaology (3-6 cr.) Each will complete a larger research project, which is fitting with student selects a problem in regard to delinquency or their focus on entering a Ph.D. program after completing crime on which he or she works for one or two semesters; their master degree. class discussions on theories of criminal behavior. Applications for either master degree track will be SOC-S 574 Medical Seciology (3 cr.) The social considered only after the potential student has reached a organization of medical care. Considers patterns of mentoring agreement with the faculty member in whose morbidity and mortality, social epidemiology of disease, laboratory the research work will be done. Both tracks are social effects of disease, cost and use of medical services, two-year, full-time programs. modes of medical practice, hospital organization, and programs for medical care. Doctor of Philosophy Degree The Department of Anatomy & Cell Biology offers Indianapolis two Ph.D. tracks. The Research Track is for students looking to pursue careers in laboratory research and L | students enter through the Indiana BioMedical Gateway Program (IBMG), and the Education Track is for students Anatomy and Cell Biology who desire a career focus in teaching and educational research. School of Medicine Course Requirements for Research Track Departmental E-mail: [email protected] A total of 90 credit hours, including Biomedical Science I, Departmental URL: anatomy.iupui.edu II, and III (G715, G716, G717), three research rotations (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (G818), Research Communication Seminar (G655), School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Ethics (G505), Statistics (G855), Seminar (D861, second University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements year and each year following), and two courses in the contained only in The University Graduate School anatomical sciences (from D501, D502, D527, D850, Bulletin.) D851, D852, D853, G817). A minimum of 32 credit hours must be in courses other than dissertation research. Curriculum Course Requirements for Education Track: A total of Degrees Offered 90 credit hours, including D861, and all of the following: Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy D850, D851, D852, D878, and G804. Approved courses in education and statistics also are required. A minimum of Special Departmental Requirements 64 credit hours must be in courses other than dissertation (See also general University Graduate School research. requirements.) Course Requirements for Education Track Admission Requirements A total of 90 credit hours, including D861, and all of the Bachelor’s degree, preferably with a background in following: D850, D851, D852, D878, F613, and G804. general, cellular, and molecular biology; developmental Approved courses in education and statistics also biology; general and organic chemistry; physics; and are required. A minimum of 69 credit hours must be in calculus. Candidates should have a minimum grade point courses other than dissertation research. 456 September 6, 2017

For more information on the Anatomy Education Ph.D. Matthew R. Allen*, James J. Brokaw*, Kenneth E. Byrd*, Track, the application process, deadlines, etc., please Taihung Duong*, Eri Hashino* (Otolaryngology), Roger contact Dr. James J. Brokaw, Ph.D., MPH., Indiana C. Hoversland, Michael J. Kubek*, Nancy J. Mangini*, University School of Medicine Margaret M. Moga, Alexander G. Robling*, Dale W. Department of Anatomy & Cell Biology, 635 Barnhill Drive, Saxon, Robert D. Sweazey, Donald Wong*, Teresa Medical Science Building, Room 5035, Indianapolis, Zimmers* (General Surgery) IN 46202, 317-274-7495 (phone), 317-278-2040 (fax), [email protected], http://www.anatomy.iupui.edu Assistant Professors Minor Xiaoming Jin*, Philip L. Johnson, Jason M. Organ, Lilian Plotkin*, William Truitt* A minimum of 12 credit hours of course work other than dissertation research in a related program (e.g., Adjunct Professors biochemistry, biophysics, education, medical genetics, microbiology, neurobiology, pathology, pharmacology, Bonnie Blazer-Yost* (Biology, Physiology, and physiology, statistics, toxicology, or life science). For a Biophysics), Simon Conway* (Pediatrics), Anthony minor in life science, at least 6 credit hours must be taken Firulli*, Alan Mikesky* (Physical Education), Sharon in one department. The minor must be approved by the Moe (Medicine), Michael Pritz* (Neurosurgery), Dale R. student’s advisory committee. Sengelaub* (Psychological and Brain Sciences), David Suzuki* (Ophthalmology), Stephen B. Trippel (Orthopaedic Other Requirements Surgery), Fletcher A. White (Anesthesia, Xiao-Ming Xu (Neurosurgery), Hiroki Yokota (Engineering and Research Track students are required to gain experience Technology) in teaching by assisting one semester in one of the departmental courses. Education track students are Adjunct Associate Professors required to teach at least three semesters in three different departmental courses. Robert Bacallao (Medicine), Robert J. Helfenbein* (Education), Wei-Hua Lee* (Pediatrics), Jiliang Li Grades (Biology), Gary R. Pike* (Education), Jack Windsor* (Dentistry), Laura Torbeck (Surgery), Stuart Warden* Overall B (3.0) average in course work and no less than a (Health/Rehabilitation Sciences), Feng-Chun Yang* B- in any required course. (Pediatrics) Qualifying Examination Adjunct Assistant Professors Written and oral, designed to assess the student’s Angela Bruzzaniti (Dentistry-Oral Biology), Jinhui Chen preparedness to carry out a research program. (Neurological Surgery), Robyn K. Fuchs* (Health/ Final Examination Rehabilitation Sciences), Melissa Kacena (Biomedical Engineering, Orthopaedic Surgery), Rahesh Khanna* Oral defense of dissertation. (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Jiliang Li (Biology), Further details of departmental policies will be made Megan Palmer (Education) available to the student on request and at the time of Courses enrollment. ANAT-D 501 Functionally Oriented Human Gross Faculty Anatomy (5 cr.) P: K101 Concepts of Biology I or K103 Chairperson Concepts of Biology II, or K331 Embryology, or equivalent. Consent of instructor. Introduction to the concepts, Professor Kathryn Jones terminology, and basic structure of the human body. Prosection of the body will use a regional approach. Graduate Advisor Emphasis on providing fundamental knowledge of the Joseph P. Bidwell*, Ph.D., Chair of Graduate Studies structure/function of major organ systems, peripheral Committee, 635 Barnhill Drive, MS1030, Indianapolis, IN nervous system, and vascular supply to the trunk, head 46202-5120, (317) 278-1142, [email protected] and neck, limbs, and back. Graduate Faculty ANAT-D 502 Basic Histology (4 cr.) P: K103 or K324. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Lecture and laboratory instruction on the microscopic Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct structure of the basic tissues and organs of the body. doctoral dissertations.) Previous exposure to gross anatomy principles and dissection encouraged. Professors ANAT-D 526 Methods in Cell and Neurobiology (4 cr.) Patrick W. Bankston*, Teresita Bellido*, Joseph P. Didactic and laboratory instruction in contemporary Bidwell*, David B. Burr*, Andrew P. Evan* (Emeritus), methods used in modern cell biology and neurobiology Ralph Jersild* (Emeritus), Kathryn Jones, Carl F. Marfurt*, research. Methods range from cellular to molecular. Each James McAteer*, Brian O’Connor* (Emeritus), Mark F. method is taught by a faculty member with expertise and Seifert*, Joel A. Vilensky*, James C. Williams*, Zao Cheng experience in that area. Xu*, Feng C. Zhou* ANAT-D 527 Graduate Neuroanatomy (4 cr.) P: Any Associate Professors undergraduate biology or anatomy course, or approval of the course director. A neuroanatomy/neurobiology course September 6, 2017 457 that introduces the student to terminology, pathways, morphology of specific regions of the human body; special organization, and concepts of the human nervous system. topics may vary. It is designed for those seeking a doctoral or terminal Master of Science degree in a department other than ANAT-D 865 Developmental Neuroanatomy (3 cr.) anatomy, or for students in interdisciplinary programs such Basic principles and problems relating to prenatal and as psychology, medical and biological engineering, and postnatal development and aging of the central nervous the medical neurobiology program. system. ANAT-D 533 Neural Substrate for Sensory-Motor ANAT-D 866 Electron Microscopy with Laboratory Control (3 cr.) This is an advanced graduate course that (2 cr.) P: D851 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. will build upon the neuroanatomic foundation established Introduction to electron microscopy, including lectures in ANAT D527. The goal is to give functional meaning to and laboratory. The application of techniques, biological the neural systems involved with acquiring behaviorally specimen preparation (rationale and practical aspects), relevant information and transforming this information instrument operation, and image processing for both into signals that guide behavior. The emphasis will be on scanning and transmission electron microscopy are neuronal signal processing. included. Special techniques and their application will be discussed. ANAT-D 700 Educational Research Practicum (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. This course is designed ANAT-D 868 Histology of Immune System: Lecture to provide students with structured and supervised (2 cr.) P: D851. Current information on cells, tissues, and educational research experiences, as well as critical organs that participate in cellular and humoral immune reviews of individual performance. May be repeated for reactions. Cytochemical methods for elucidating these credit. reactions. Attention given to cellular aspects of immune mechanisms in cancer and organ transplantations. ANAT-D 850 Gross Anatomy (8 cr.) A survey course of human anatomy including a complete dissection. ANAT-D 869 Histology of Immune System: Laboratory (arr cr.) P: D868 or concurrent. Enrollment limited. The ANAT-D 851 Histology (4 cr.) A complete survey of the fluorescent antibody technique, enzyme-labeled antibody microscopic structure of the tissues and organs of the technique, electron microscopic immunocytochemistry, body. the isolation and observation of lymphocytes, and cytochemistry of marrow smears. ANAT-D 852 Neuroscience and Clinical Neurology (5 cr.) P: Gross anatomy or instructor approval. A ANAT-D 870 Tissue Culture: Lecture (2 cr.) P: D871 multidisciplinary course integrating basic neuroscience concurrently. Study of living animal cells and tissues with clinical neurology in understanding the human maintained in an artificial environment with emphasis nervous system and neurological disorders. Includes the on growth, differentiation, and their response to various neurologic exam in presentations of neurologic patients, factors. neuroradiologic imaging, and histologic atlas cross- sections in studying internal organization and vasculature ANAT-D 871 Tissue Culture: Laboratory (2 cr.) P: D870 of the brain and spinal cord. concurrently. Application of laboratory techniques used in preparation of in vitro cultures, and their use in biomedical ANAT-D 853 Human Developmental Anatomy (4 cr.) research. P: D850, D851, and D852. A correlative study of prenatal and neonatal form and function. Odd years. ANAT-D 875 Topics in Advanced Neuroanatomy (2-5 cr.) Examination of the anatomy and related ANAT-D 856 Advanced Histology (1-5 cr.) In-depth physiology and neurochemistry of selected brain areas. consideration of selected topics on the microscopic Topics will include regional structures (in spinal cord, anatomy of cells, tissues, and organs. brain stem, diencephalon, or telencephalon) or specific neurological systems (sensory, motor, or autonomic- ANAT-D 860 Research (1-10 cr.) visceral). Area of study to be arranged with instructor. ANAT-D 861 Seminar (1 cr.) Required yearly for all ANAT-D 876 Neurotransmitter and Neuroendocrine graduate students in residence. Literature and research Cytology and Anatomy (3 cr.) Detailed examination of reports and discussions by faculty, students, and invited the cytology and connections, chemical and physiological distinguished visitors. regulatory mechanisms, interactions, and functions of ANAT-D 862 Anatomical Techniques (2 cr.) Introduction neurotransmitter or neurohormonal cells, including central to techniques in anatomical research and in preparation of neurons utilizing dopamine, norepinephrine, epinephrine, teaching materials. serotonin, acetylcholine, amino acid transmitters, substance P, and endorphins. Regulation and function ANAT-D 863 Peripheral Nervous System (2-3 cr.) of neuroendocrine transducers related to anterior and Anatomical and functional consideration of sensory, posterior pituitary, adrenal medulla, pineal. motor, and autonomic portions of the peripheral nervous system, with emphasis on neurotransmission and its ANAT-D 878 Anatomy Teaching Practicum (2 cr.) regulation, physiology of receptors, neuromuscular P: Consent of instructor. This course is designed junction, peripheral axons and their central regulation, to provide each student with supervised teaching myelination, and axonal transport. experiences in gross anatomy, histology, and neuroscience, as well as critical reviews of all teaching ANAT-D 864 Advanced Gross Anatomy (arr cr.) duties. May be repeated for credit. P: D850. Functional, clinical, and developmental gross 458 September 6, 2017

ANAT-D 888 Developmental and Molecular Curriculum Neurobiology (3 cr.) This is an in-depth course in neurobiology designed to help students understand the Degrees Offered molecular and cellular mechanisms that underlie the • M.A. in Applied Anthropology development and normal and abnormal functions of the • Ph.D. minor in Applied Anthropology nervous system. Special emphasis will be placed on both Master of Arts in Applied Anthropology experimental and theoretical approaches that led to our current knowledge of the nervous system. Program Overview ANAT-G 595 Current Topics in Cell Structure and The M.A. in Applied Anthropology, IUPUI, offers students Function (3 cr.) P: D851 or F705 or B817 or consent of the opportunity to use anthropological theories and instructor. An advanced course in cell biology designed methods toward the goals of solving real world problems. to evaluate contemporary issues in cell structure and The program is constructed around a set of core courses function. Background lectures are complemented by together with independent research and internships. The discussion of primary research articles. Emphasis is on degree takes advantage of our long-standing departmental developing a critical approach to the cell biology literature strengths in Public Archaeology, Urban Anthropology, by evaluating the effectiveness and limitations of various International Development, Globalization, Medical experimental strategies. Anthropology and Museum Studies. Students may choose to follow a targeted curriculum, focusing on a particular ANAT-G 801 Experimental Approaches to Cell aspect of the discipline; all students will also be well- Structure and Function (3 cr.) The overall objective of trained in a broad range of anthropological approaches. this graduate course in cell biology is to present, in an experimental context, information integrating cell structure Admission with cell function. The focus is on topics in which new In line with the criteria established by the Indiana information on cell structure has enhanced or reformulated University Graduate School, students wishing to be our understanding of cell function. admitted to the MA program in Anthropology must – ANAT-G 812 Fundamental Concepts in Aging (3 cr.) at a minimum – have a Bachelor’s degree from an A survey course covering various processes and accredited institution, with a GPA of at least 3.0 (on a diseases of aging. The course includes sections on scale of 4.0). We use as a guideline for admissions GRE demography and epidemiology; physiology, molecular scores averaging at least 500 in each area; students who biology, and pharmacology of aging; specific clinical demonstrate other strengths and good preparation for disease entities commonly associated with aging; the program may be accepted at the discretion of the neurodegeneration, memory, and cognition; depression; Anthropology Department Graduate Committee and with the pathophysiology of pain, nutrition, physical function, the approval of the Graduate School. Appropriate work ethics, and psychosocial issues. experience and undergraduate coursework will also be taken into account in making decisions about admission. ANAT-G 818 Integrative Cell Biology (3 cr.) This course For applicants whose native language is not English, or provides broad understanding of ways in which cells are who have not received a degree from a certified American organized and integrated into tissues. Emphasis is on university, a minimum TOEFL score of 79 on the current the function of cells in neural/neuroendoctrine system, IBT examination (equivalent to scores of 550 and 213 cardiopulmonary, renal, and immune systems in the on prior versions of the examination) would be required. cytomechanics. Modern approaches to the study of An IELTS score of 6.0 or above may substitute for the tissue function by analysis of cellular regulation will be TOEFL. emphasized. Applicants are required to submit a statement of interest, ANAT-G 819 Basic Bone Biology (3 cr.) P: One three letters of recommendation, an undergraduate semester of introductory biology. Offered odd years. transcript, and GRE scores. Admission decisions will An introduction to basic bone biology, including bone be made by a three-member Anthropology Department morphology, composition, and physiology; cell biology Graduate Committee, and approved by the Graduate of bone cells; measurement techniques; adaption to Office at IUPUI on behalf of the Graduate School. the mechanical and metabolic environments; regulatory factors and mineral homeostasis; and growth and Course Requirements: development. A total of 36 credit hours, including a core curriculum consisting of 6 credits of required core courses (E501; Anthropology A565); 3 credits of a methods course in the student’s School of Liberal Arts sub-disciplinary area; 21 credits of elective courses; and Email: Admin: [email protected]; or Graduate Program 6 internship or thesis credits. Course electives may be Director: [email protected] chosen both from within and outside of Anthropology including appropriate cognate courses from programs Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/anthropology that are already well-developed at IUPUI including (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Museum Studies, Urban Policy (SPEA), Urban Education, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Geographic Information Systems (GIS), Community University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Nursing, and Public History. contained only in The University Graduate School Courses: Bulletin.) A532 The African Diaspora (3 cr.) This course examines the cultural formation of the African Diaspora in the September 6, 2017 459

Americas, the Caribbean, Europe and Africa. The course mapping, among others. Every year this course will focus focuses specifically on the theorization of the African on a community-based research project. Diaspora within the discipline of Anthropology. E681 Seminar in Urban Anthropology (3 cr.) Seminar A560 Graduate Topics in Anthropology (3 cr.) This in cross-cultural urban social organization, emphasizing seminar course provides a conceptual examination recruitment manifestations of urbanism in various cultural of selected topics in the field of anthropology. May be contexts and techniques of investigation. Practical work repeated for up to 9 credits. required. A565 Anthropological Thought (3 cr.) This course traces P501 Community Archaeology (3 cr.) Community the development of anthropological theory from the early archaeology implies direct collaboration between a 20th century up to the present. Students will examine what community and archaeologists. Collaboration implies is distinctive about an anthropological perspective and substantial adjustment in archaeological methods and will analyze how anthropological ideas have shifted over epistemologies incorporating community members in the last century in accordance with the emergence of new setting research agendas, working on excavations, and social and political imperatives. interpreting results. This course examines a wide range of issues and looks at both successful and unsuccessful A594 Independent Learning in Applied projects to arrive at an assessment of best practices. Anthropology (2-4 cr.) P: Authorization of instructor. Independent research/training using anthropological Capstone: For completion of the M.A., students are perspectives/methods in addressing social issues. The required to complete either an internship, which involves project must be a discrete activity with a concrete product, writing a report for the organization or agency, or conducted in conjunction with the student's anthropology completing a more traditional M.A. thesis. A third option, advisor and the member of the organization where s/he consisting of writing an article eligible for publication in a will be located. peer-reviewed journal, can also be completed in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the M.A. degree. B526 Human Osteology (3 cr.) Descriptive and functional morphology of the human skeleton with emphasis on Internship Option (6 cr.) A student will be placed with a the identification of fragmentary remains. Determination non-governmental organization, a city or county agency, of age, sex, and stature; craniology; and research a museum or other Cultural Resource Management methods in skeletal biology. Guided research project in the organization, or a community-based organization and will identification of skeletal material required. arrange with the sponsoring organization to complete a project that will be mutually agreed upon by the Graduate E501 Fundamentals of Applied Anthropology (3 cr.) Committee of the Anthropology Department and the This is a graduate-level introduction to the history and organization. Note: The internship may be taken for underlying principles of Applied Anthropology. We will variable credits depending on the amount of contact hours examine how understanding a specifically anthropological with the equivalence of 50 hours per credit hour unless perspective can provide new insights into the workings of constructed as a graduate assistantship in accordance contemporary social policies and programs. with Anthropology department policy in which case the E507 Popular Culture (3 cr.) This course studies how contact hours may be greater. traditional anthropological insight can analyze social Thesis Option (6 cr.) A student would develop and write and political complexities of contemporary popular a thesis supervised by a three-member committee of full- cultural phenomena. Focuses on how anthropological time faculty. In most cases, the thesis would explore a subjects such as class, racism, and regionalism lurk within research question related to some aspect of the urban popular cultural phenomena including post-1950 music setting of greater Indianapolis and Central Indiana, subcultures, civil religion, and consumer culture. and would demonstrate the ability of a student to work E509 Modern Material Culture (3 cr.) This course independently on that topic, and to apply both theoretical examines how contemporary social experience is insight and methodological skills to a substantive issue. impacted by material culture ranging from toys to theme A student would be required to successfully defend the parks. Focuses on how consumers perceive themselves thesis before his/her committee. and others in modern consumer culture through the Evidence of Publishable and Professional Research medium of commodities and examines systems of Option (6 cr.) Rather than producing a traditional M.A. inequality that are reproduced and subverted through thesis, in accordance with the student’s advisor, students consumption. will be allowed to write a research paper that is assessed E521 Indians of North America (3 cr.) Assesses the to be publishable in a refereed journal. Alternatively, for complexities of the academic study of the Indigenous students primarily interested in a focus on Museums or peoples of North America, emphasizing the diversity of in Cultural Resource Management, the advisor might Native cultures, representations of them by the public and suggest that the student develop and produce a public by scholars, and examining cultural adaptations from Pre- exhibit in Indianapolis or Central Indiana. Lastly, students Contact to Contemporary. may be permitted to produce a report that contributed significantly to a policy issue in Indianapolis or Central E606 Research Methods in Cultural Anthropology (3 Indiana. Student articles may be submitted for publication cr.) This course provides an introduction to the use of to a variety of peer-reviewed journals and scientific merit ethnographic field work methods, including participant- will also be assessed by the Graduate Committee. observation, semi-structured interviewing, and use of Other Courses: 460 September 6, 2017

For a complete description and list of other graduate seminar course provides a conceptual examination courses, consult the departmental webpage. of selected topics in the field of anthropology. Ph.D. Minor in Anthropology • ANTH-A 565 Anthropological Thought (3 cr.) This Students who are candidates for the Ph.D. degree in course traces the development of anthropological other programs or departments may obtain a minor in theory from the early 20th century up to the present. Anthropology at IUPUI. The intent of the minor is to Students will examine what is distinctive about an develop interdisciplinary skills, exposing students to anthropological perspective and will analyze how theories and methods outside of their major department. anthropological ideas have shifted over the last The Ph.D. minor in Anthropology has an unstructured century in accordance with the emergence of new curriculum that can provide students with a foundation in social and political imperatives. basic areas in Anthropology and the opportunity to study • ANTH-B 526 Human Osteology (3cr.) Descriptive advanced anthropological theory and research methods. and functional morphology of the human skeleton Requirements for the Ph.D. minor in Anthropology with emphasis on the identification of fragmentary consists of completing 12 credits including: remains. Determination of age, sex, and stature; craniology; and research methods in skeletal • Anthropology 501, Fundamentals of Applied biology. Guided research project in the identification Anthropology. of skeletal material required. • An additional three courses at the 500 level or above. • ANTH-E 501 Fundamentals of Applied • An average grade of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) or above Anthropology (3 cr.) This is a graduate-level in all 4 courses. introduction to the history and underlying principles • All of these courses must be taken in the of Applied Anthropology. We will examine how Anthropology Department on the IUPUI campus. understanding a specifically anthropological perspective can provide new insights into the Students wanting to minor in Anthropology should initially workings of contemporary social policies and meet with an advisor in their home department and programs. should then contact the Director of Graduate Studies in Anthropology. For more information, please contact our • ANTH-E 507 Popular Culture (3 cr.) This course departmental Web page at: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/ studies how traditional anthropological insight anthropology/ can analyze social and political complexities of contemporary popular cultural phenomena. Focuses Faculty on how anthropological subjects such as class, racism, and regionalism lurk within popular cultural Director phenomena including post-1950 music subcultures, Jeanette Dickerson-Putman*, Cavanaugh Hall 434, (317) civil religion, and consumer culture. 274-2995 • ANTH-E 509 Modern Material Culture (3 cr.) This Graduate Faculty course examines how contemporary social (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University experience is impacted by material culture ranging Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct from toys to theme parks. Focuses on how doctoral dissertations.) consumers perceive themselves and others in modern consumer culture through the medium of Professors commodities and examines systems of inequality that are reproduced and subverted through Paul R. Mullins*, Elizabeth B. Kryder-Reid*, Larry consumption. Zimmermann* • ANTH-E 521 Indians of North America Associate Professors (3 cr.) Assesses the complexities of the academic Jeanette Dickerson-Putman*, Gina (Sanchez) Gibau*, study of the Indigenous peoples of North America, Susan Hyatt*, emphasizing the diversity of Native cultures, repre- sentations of them by the public and by scholars, Assistant Professors and examining cultural adaptations from Pre-Contact Jeremy Wilson*, Wendy Vogt* to Contemporary. Courses • ANTH-E 606 Research Methods in Cultural Anthropology (3 cr.)This course provides an Courses Relevant to the MA in Applied Anthropology introduction to the use of ethnographic field work • ANTH-A 532 The African Diaspora (3 cr.) This methods, including participant-observation, semi- course examines the cultural formation of the African structured interviewing, and use of mapping, among Diaspora in the Americas, the Caribbean, Europe others. Every year this course will focus on a and Africa. The course focuses specifically on community-based research project. the theorization of the African Diaspora within the • ANTH-E 681 Seminar in Urban Anthropology (3 discipline of Anthropology cr.) Anthropological perspectives on contemporary • ANTH-A 560 Graduate Topics in Anthropology American cities. Topics to be covered include (3 cr.) P: May be repeated for up to 9 credits. This (among others): changes in nature of cities from manufacturing sites to spaces for consumption and September 6, 2017 461

tourism; gentrification; racial and ethical diversity in • design and conduct guided communication research cities; urban social movements and new models for social services. Admission Requirements • ANTH-P 501 Community Archaeology Our Department prides itself on the diversity of majors (3 cr.) Community archaeology implies direct from which students enter our program of study. Prior to collaboration between a community and entering our master’s program, students should have (1) archaeologists. Collaboration implies substantial a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution, adjustment in archaeological methods and (2) an introduction to research methods, (3) experience epistemologies incorporating community members in in the analysis of communication phenomena, and (4) setting research agendas, working on excavations, experience with writing in an academic context. Students and interpreting results. This course examines a who do not have this preparatory work may be admitted wide range of issues and looks at both successful provisionally with additional coursework required prior and unsuccessful projects to arrive at an to admission, and/or additional credit hour requirements assessment of best practices. imposed as a part of the minimum requirements for the Master of Arts degree. Applied Communication The Admissions Committee will evaluate an applicant’s School of Liberal Arts preparation and goals to ensure that the applicant Departmental E-mail: [email protected] meets the requirements of Indiana University Graduate School and that the applicant’s needs and goals Departmental URL: http://www.liberalarts.iupui.edu/ are compatible with the Department’s program. The comm/ Department seeks applicants who have strong analytical (Please note that when conferring University Graduate and writing skills, a strong liberal arts background, an School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, the interest in communication, and applicable work-related University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements experiences. Generally, successful applicants will have contained only in The University Graduate School cumulative grade point averages of 3.0 or higher at Bulletin). the undergraduate level. The Admissions Committee considers all indicators of the applicant’s ability to Curriculum complete the degree successfully. Degrees Offered Applicants should submit the following: M.A. in Applied Communication 1. Completed application form for Indiana University The Department of Communication Studies offers a Graduate School. master's program in Applied Communication with optional 2. Personal Statement. concentrations in corporate communication, health 3. Official transcripts of all college level coursework. communication, media studies and public communication. 4. Three letters of recommendation (from university Program Goal instructors and/or professional associates) sent directly to the Director of Graduate Studies. The overarching goal of this unique program in 5. *GRE scores are not required for admission to the Applied Communication is to provide students with the program; however GRE scores may be submitted competencies and skills necessary to address specific if an applicant feels the scores will enhance his/ communication issues and problems that are socially her application and an applicant wishing to be relevant and to suggest or implement change. The considered for scholarships or fellowship support primary intellectual goal of the program is to increase our should note that strong scores on the GRE General students' understanding of the theoretical implications of Test ARE REQUIRED and may have a positive discipline-specific knowledge and to enhance their ability impact on his/her application. to understand and predict human interaction relative to realistic, applied outcomes associated with contemporary 6. International students must submit TOEFL scores. social problems. A practical goal of the program is to Information about TOEFL can be obtained from the educate professionals who grasp the complexities of International Affairs Office, 902 W. New York Street, communication problems and who are able to develop and ES 2126, Indianapolis, IN 46202 or 317- 274-7000. execute strategies and create programs to address such The following deadlines must be observed in order to issues. receive consideration for admission: Student Learning Outcomes • January 15—priority consideration for fall semester Students completing the Applied Communication M.A. and to be considered for University Fellowships and curriculum will: other financial support • May 15—Fall regular admission • communicate both orally and in writing for professional and academic audiences Degree Requirements • synthesize, critique, and apply theoretical constructs Completion of 36 credit hours including: in communication studies • select and evaluate appropriate methodologies for • 12 credit hours of core requirements. These include: conducting communication research • COMM-C500 Advanced Communication • propose and justify solutions to real-world Theory communication problems 462 September 6, 2017

• COMM-C501 Applied Communication research methods as a means to test theory in Research applied settings and/or as a means to applied ends • One of COMM-C502, COMM-C530 or COMM- (i.e., problem-solving policy analysis). C531 • COMM-C 502 Applied Qualitative Research • COMM-C503 Applied Learning Project, or Methods in Communication Studies (3 cr.) COMM-C597 Thesis P: 6 credits (at any level) of coursework in Communication Studies. Inductive (data-to- • 24 hours of electives. . No more than 6 hours of theory) approach to knowledge, and associated C599 can count toward the M.A. No more than 6 sequential and non-sequential methods for studying hours of C598 can count toward the M.A. No more communication in applied everyday situations, e.g., than 9 combined hours of C599 and C598 can count friendships and other close personal dyads, fami- toward the M.A. lies, small groups, organizations, and public, media, • Each student may but is not required to take 6 credit historical, computer mediated, or health-related hours of interdisciplinary electives from outside contexts. of the Department of Communication Studies as approved by the student’s advisor • COMM-C 503 Applied Learning Project (3 cr.) An applied learning project that provides students The student must maintain a B+ average (3.3) or higher with a culminating educational experience. The in order to graduate. In addition, the student must pass project gives students the opportunity to apply the comprehensive examination and complete either a their knowledge of communicative processes to thesis or an applied learning project in order to complete real-life organizational problems, and provides the the degree requirements. opportunity to produce a body of work reflecting their abilities. Faculty • COMM-C 510 Health Provider-Consumer Chairperson Communication (3 cr.) Designed to teach Associate Professor Maria Brann* communication skills and practices related to health care talk by examining transactional communication Graduate Faculty within health care contexts. Topics covered in this (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University course focus directly upon interpersonal dialogue Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct between health care providers and patients. doctoral dissertations.) • COMM-C 520 Advanced Public Communication Professors (3 cr.) Theory and application of oral communication integral to institutional and corporate professionals. Linda G. Bell*, John Parrish-Sprowl*, Sandra Petronio*, Critical analysis of representative manuscripts of Kristina Horn Sheeler* American speechmaking, and development and Associate Professors presentation of forms and types of public address for professionals. Maria Brann*, Jennifer J. Bute*, Catherine A. Dobris, Elizabeth Goering*, Kristine Karnick, Marianne • COMM-C 521 Family Comm in Health Contexts Matthias ,Gail G. Whitchurch*, Kim White-Mills* (3 cr.) This interdisciplinary seminar focuses on communication involving families in health care Assistant Professors settings, addressing significant issues for graduate/ Katharine Head, Krista Hoffman-Longtin, Jonathan professional students who will work with families, Rossing, YoungJu Shin including students in Comm. Studies, Nursing, Psychology, Social Work, Public Health, and Director of Graduate Studies Medicine. Topics include communication with families about health care concerns and family- Jennifer Bute, Department of Communication Studies, patient-health provider systems Cavanaugh Hall 307J, IUPUI, (317) 274-2090, [email protected] • COMM-C 526 Effective Media Strategies (3 cr.) This course specifically focuses on the effective Courses use of media as a means of persuasion. This • COMM-C 500 Advanced Communication Theory course explains how ideas are expressed through (3 cr.) Students explore how scholars from various techniques unique to the language of radio, traditions have described and explained the television, film, and the Internet. universal human experience of communication. • COMM-C 528 Group Communication and Students develop an understanding of a variety of Organizations (3 cr.) This seminar-format course communication theories to more completely interpret examines the ways in which informal groups and events in more flexible, useful, and discriminating communication networks facilitate a variety of ways. organizational processes (i.e., socialization, diffusion • COMM-C 501 Applied Quantitative Research of innovation). Emphasis is placed on developing Methods in Communication Studies (3 cr.) theoretical understanding of informal groups in The course is designed to offer an opportunity to organizations as well as on methodological issues examine, assess, and conduct quantitative research that employs communication theory and quantitative September 6, 2017 463

involved in studying communication networks in role of communication in creating and maintaining organizations. marriages/committed couples and families. Includes a scholarly term paper on a real couple or family's • COMM-C 530 Communication Criticism (3 cr.) communication. This course will introduce students to criticism as a method of studying persuasive messages • COMM-C 594 Communication and Conflict in speeches, fiction, mass media, musical lyrics, Management in Organizations (3 cr.) This political campaign literature, art, and other modes of seminar-format course examines the communication communication in contemporary culture. exchanges that facilitate conflict management within organizational contexts. Specific attention is • COMM-C 531 Media Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) focused on negotiation and mediation; however, the A course organized primarily around theories and communication of alternative means of conflict and critical strategies commonly considered within the dispute resolution are also discussed. In addition, broad category of contemporary criticism. The students will be introduced to methods for assessing course utilizes primary theoretical texts to introduce conflict interaction in organizations. students to a variety of methodologies employed in analyzing media messages, and emphasizes the • COMM-C 597 Thesis (3 cr.) Applied communication application of theoretical frameworks on the analysis students who choose the thesis option will identify of specific media texts. a research topic and develop it under the guidance of the student’s thesis director (IUPUI professor). • COMM-C 544 Advanced Relational The thesis topic will be related to the field of applied Communication (3 cr.) An introductory course communication in its foci and method. in interpersonal communication. Applications of communication theory/research in such areas as • COMM-C 598 Internship (1-3 cr.) This course relational culture and relationship development. integrates applied communication theory and Includes a scholarly project on a real relationship, practice in a practice setting. Students will and applications of research to areas such as apply theoretical concepts and research tools, pedagogy and couple/family therapy. conduct projects, and interact with communication professionals in the designated setting. In concert • COMM-C 580 Advanced Organizational with the student's chosen area of concentration, Communication (3 cr.) The course provides a he or she will address issues of importance to that solid foundation of concepts for understanding particular organization. and discussing human organizations. Students will analyze, evaluate, and apply the theories and • COMM-C 599 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) This practices related to organizational issues. Through course provides students with the opportunity case studies, readings, and practical applications, to synthesize and apply knowledge acquired this course combines a theory-based understand- through course work and professional experience ing of communication in organizations with real-world into a completed research project in applied applications. communication. Students will work independently on a topic/issue of choice under the guidance of • COMM-C 582 Advanced Intercultural graduate faculty. Communication (3 cr.) Exploration of issues related to the intercultural communication process. • COMM-G 598 Communication Studies Thesis Consideration of the role of social, cultural, and Research (0 cr.) Master's students who have historical contexts in intercultural interactions. enrolled in 30 or more hours of graduate course Examination of the relationship between culture work applicable to the degree and who have and communication from the socio-psychological, completed all other requirements of the degree interpretive, and critical perspectives. except the thesis of the final project of performances may enroll in COMM G598. Requires section • COMM-C 591 Topics/Seminar in Applied authorization. Communication (3 cr.) This is a revolving topics course. The changing nature of the • COMM-C 620 Computer-Mediated topic allows graduate students to explore, Communication (3 cr.) An overview of practical synthesize, and integrate knowledge of the field and scholarly approaches to computer mediated of communication and the particular discipline of communication. The readings address mass applied communication while focusing on a single communication, discourse, community, gender, topic not otherwise addressed in the course of study. intercultural understanding, ethics, interpersonal relationships, identity, organizational communication, • COMM-C 592 Advanced Health Communication and education. (3 cr.) A course designed to teach communication skills and practices related to health care by • COMM-C 621 Persuasion (3 cr.) This course takes examining health care communication theory. a rhetorical/critical approach to persuasion in its Topics range across communication levels broadest sense, how it affects our lives everyday (interpersonal, intrapersonal, group, organization, and how we can find evidence of persuasive tactics mass media, and mediated communication) within a in unexpected places. We will look broadly at variety of health care contexts. theories of persuasion and their application across contexts and fields. • COMM-C 593 Advanced Family Communication (3 cr.) Applications of theory and research on the 464 September 6, 2017

• COMM-C 644 Political Communications (3 cr.) course focus directly upon interpersonal dialogue This course will examine the public communication between health care providers and patients. involved in various political contexts. We will consider the communication involved in political • COMM-C 520 Advanced Public Communication campaigns, advertising, and oratory; social media, (3 cr.) Theory and application of oral communication technology, and popular culture; the news, framing, integral to institutional and corporate professionals. and political media; citizenship, public deliberation, Critical analysis of representative manuscripts of and decision making in what some argue is a American speechmaking, and development and divided political culture. We will read and discuss presentation of forms and types of public address for state of the art research in political communication professionals. and meet individuals who are currently working • in a communication capacity in public political • COMM-C 521 Family Comm in Health Contexts campaigns. (3 cr.) This interdisciplinary seminar focuses on communication involving families in health care • COMM-C 650 Health Communication Media settings, addressing significant issues for graduate/ (3 cr.) Focus on the effect of media on health professional students who will work with families, behavior. Theories of health behavior change and including students in Comm. Studies, Nursing, media effects examined; applications of theory to Psychology, Social Work, Public Health, and health campaigns evaluated. Examples of mediated Medicine. Topics include communication with health campaigns and effectiveness discussed. families about health care concerns and family- Considerations include: interplay among theory, patient-health provider systems research, practice; how theory informs practice; how research aids in theory construction/refinement. • COMM-C 526 Effective Media Strategies (3 cr.) This course specifically focuses on the effective • COMM-C 500 Advanced Communication Theory use of media as a means of persuasion. This (3 cr.) Students explore how scholars from various course explains how ideas are expressed through traditions have described and explained the techniques unique to the language of radio, universal human experience of communication. television, film, and the Internet. Students develop an understanding of a variety of communication theories to more completely interpret • COMM-C 528 Group Communication and events in more flexible, useful, and discriminating Organizations (3 cr.) This seminar-format course ways. examines the ways in which informal groups and communication networks facilitate a variety of • COMM-C 501 Applied Quantitative Research organizational processes (i.e., socialization, diffusion Methods in Communication Studies (3 cr.) of innovation). Emphasis is placed on developing The course is designed to offer an opportunity to theoretical understanding of informal groups in examine, assess, and conduct quantitative research organizations as well as on methodological issues that employs communication theory and quantitative involved in studying communication networks in research methods as a means to test theory in organizations. applied settings and/or as a means to applied ends (i.e., problem-solving policy analysis). • COMM-C 530 Communication Criticism (3 cr.) This course will introduce students to criticism • COMM-C 502 Applied Qualitative Research as a method of studying persuasive messages Methods in Communication Studies (3 cr.) in speeches, fiction, mass media, musical lyrics, P: 6 credits (at any level) of coursework in political campaign literature, art, and other modes of Communication Studies. Inductive (data-to- communication in contemporary culture. theory) approach to knowledge, and associated sequential and non-sequential methods for studying • COMM-C 531 Media Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) communication in applied everyday situations, e.g., A course organized primarily around theories and friendships and other close personal dyads, fami- critical strategies commonly considered within the lies, small groups, organizations, and public, media, broad category of contemporary criticism. The historical, computer mediated, or health-related course utilizes primary theoretical texts to introduce contexts. students to a variety of methodologies employed in analyzing media messages, and emphasizes the • COMM-C 503 Applied Learning Project (3 cr.) application of theoretical frameworks on the analysis An applied learning project that provides students of specific media texts. with a culminating educational experience. The project gives students the opportunity to apply • COMM-C 544 Advanced Relational their knowledge of communicative processes to Communication (3 cr.) An introductory course real-life organizational problems, and provides the in interpersonal communication. Applications of opportunity to produce a body of work reflecting their communication theory/research in such areas as abilities. relational culture and relationship development. Includes a scholarly project on a real relationship, • COMM-C 510 Health Provider-Consumer and applications of research to areas such as Communication (3 cr.) Designed to teach pedagogy and couple/family therapy. communication skills and practices related to health care talk by examining transactional communication • COMM-C 580 Advanced Organizational within health care contexts. Topics covered in this Communication (3 cr.) The course provides a solid foundation of concepts for understanding September 6, 2017 465

and discussing human organizations. Students he or she will address issues of importance to that will analyze, evaluate, and apply the theories and particular organization. practices related to organizational issues. Through case studies, readings, and practical applications, • COMM-C 599 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) This this course combines a theory-based understand- course provides students with the opportunity ing of communication in organizations with real-world to synthesize and apply knowledge acquired applications. through course work and professional experience into a completed research project in applied • COMM-C 582 Advanced Intercultural communication. Students will work independently Communication (3 cr.) Exploration of issues on a topic/issue of choice under the guidance of related to the intercultural communication process. graduate faculty. Consideration of the role of social, cultural, and historical contexts in intercultural interactions. • COMM-G 598 Communication Studies Thesis Examination of the relationship between culture Research (0 cr.) Master's students who have and communication from the socio-psychological, enrolled in 30 or more hours of graduate course interpretive, and critical perspectives. work applicable to the degree and who have • COMM-C 591 Topics/Seminar in Applied completed all other requirements of the degree Communication (3 cr.) This is a revolving except the thesis of the final project of performances topics course. The changing nature of the may enroll in COMM G598. Requires section topic allows graduate students to explore, authorization. synthesize, and integrate knowledge of the field • COMM-C 620 Computer-Mediated of communication and the particular discipline of Communication (3 cr.) An overview of practical applied communication while focusing on a single and scholarly approaches to computer mediated topic not otherwise addressed in the course of study. communication. The readings address mass • COMM-C 592 Advanced Health Communication communication, discourse, community, gender, (3 cr.) A course designed to teach communication intercultural understanding, ethics, interpersonal skills and practices related to health care by relationships, identity, organizational communication, examining health care communication theory. and education. Topics range across communication levels • COMM-C 621 Persuasion (3 cr.) This course takes (interpersonal, intrapersonal, group, organization, a rhetorical/critical approach to persuasion in its mass media, and mediated communication) within a broadest sense, how it affects our lives everyday variety of health care contexts. and how we can find evidence of persuasive tactics • COMM-C 593 Advanced Family Communication in unexpected places. We will look broadly at (3 cr.) Applications of theory and research on the theories of persuasion and their application across role of communication in creating and maintaining contexts and fields. marriages/committed couples and families. Includes • COMM-C 644 Political Communications (3 cr.) a scholarly term paper on a real couple or family's This course will examine the public communication communication. involved in various political contexts. We will • COMM-C 594 Communication and Conflict consider the communication involved in political Management in Organizations (3 cr.) This campaigns, advertising, and oratory; social media, seminar-format course examines the communication technology, and popular culture; the news, framing, exchanges that facilitate conflict management and political media; citizenship, public deliberation, within organizational contexts. Specific attention is and decision making in what some argue is a focused on negotiation and mediation; however, the divided political culture. We will read and discuss communication of alternative means of conflict and state of the art research in political communication dispute resolution are also discussed. In addition, and meet individuals who are currently working students will be introduced to methods for assessing in a communication capacity in public political conflict interaction in organizations. campaigns. • COMM-C 597 Thesis (3 cr.) Applied communication • COMM-C 650 Health Communication Media students who choose the thesis option will identify (3 cr.) Focus on the effect of media on health a research topic and develop it under the guidance behavior. Theories of health behavior change and of the student’s thesis director (IUPUI professor). media effects examined; applications of theory to The thesis topic will be related to the field of applied health campaigns evaluated. Examples of mediated communication in its foci and method. health campaigns and effectiveness discussed. Considerations include: interplay among theory, • COMM-C 598 Internship (1-3 cr.) This course research, practice; how theory informs practice; how integrates applied communication theory and research aids in theory construction/refinement. practice in a practice setting. Students will apply theoretical concepts and research tools, Applied Statistics conduct projects, and interact with communication School of Science professionals in the designated setting. In concert Contact Information with the student's chosen area of concentration, Department of Mathematical Sciences, LD 270, IUPUI, (317) 274-6918 466 September 6, 2017

Program Email: [email protected] Hanxiang Peng*, Fang Li* Program URL: M.S. Applied Statistics: http:// Assistant Professors math.iupui.edu/graduate/degrees/ms/stats Fei Tan, Wei Zheng, Honglang Wang (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Courses University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Curriculum Courses Faculty contained only in The University Graduate School Core Courses Bulletin.) • STAT 51100 Statistical Methods (3 cr.) Curriculum • STAT 51200 Applied Regression Analysis (3 cr.) Ph.D. Minor in Applied Statistics Other Courses The Department of Mathematical Sciences in the School • STAT 51300 Statistical Quality Control (3 cr.) of Science at IUPUI offers a master's degree program and • STAT 51400 Design of Experiments (3 cr.) a Ph.D. degree program in mathematical sciences with • STAT 51500 Statistical Consulting Problems a specialization in applied statistics. Accordingly, some (3 cr.) doctoral students on the IUPUI campus may find it useful • STAT 51900 Introduction to Probability (3 cr.) to have a minor in applied statistics as an additional option • STAT 52000 Time Series and Applications (3 cr.) in their program of study. The Department of Mathematical • STAT 52100 Statistical Computing (3 cr.) Sciences also offers a Ph.D. in Statistics and Biostatistics • STAT 52200 Sampling and Survey Techniques in conjunction with the IU School of Public Health. (3 cr.) Other Degree Offerings • STAT 52300 Categorical Data Analysis (3 cr.) • STAT 52400 Applied Multivariate Analysis (3 cr.) The Department also offers a Ph.D. in mathematics • STAT 52501 Generalized Linear Model (3 cr.) focusing on mathematical statistics as well as a Ph.D. degree in biostatistics which is offered jointly with the • STAT 52800 Mathematical Statistics I (3 cr.) Department of Biostatistics of the Richard M. Fairbanks • STAT 52900 Bayesian Statistics and Applied School of Public Health and the IU School of Medicine. Decision Theory (3 cr.) • STAT 53200 Elements of Stochastic Processes Course Requirements (3 cr.) Twelve credit hours in courses approved for the minor in • STAT 53300 Introduction to Survival Analysis applied statistics, including STAT 51100, STAT 51200, (3 cr.) and six additional credit hours chosen in consultation with • STAT 53600 Nonparametric Statistics (3 cr.) the minor representative. For students in medical and molecular genetics, a common option would be to take Biochemistry and Molecular two of the courses from 52300, 52400, 52500 and 53300. Biology Statistical Quality Control (51300) might be a desirable elective for students in pharmacology and toxicology. School of Medicine Students who have successfully completed GRAD G651 Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Introduction to Biostatistics I and GRAD G652 Introduction Departmental URL: www.biochemistry.iu.edu to Biostatistics II in the School of Medicine will be exempt- ed from STAT 51100. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Examinations University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements The exact requirements for the minor and the examination contained only in The University Graduate School procedure prior to admittance to candidacy are determined Bulletin.) by the student's minor representative on his or her Curriculum advisory committee from the Department of Mathematical Sciences. Degrees Offered Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy; Ph.D. Minor Faculty in Diabetes and Obesity Curriculum Courses Faculty Special Departmental Requirements Director (See also general University Graduate School Professor Benzion Boukai* requirements and departmental brochure.) Graduate Faculty Admission Requirements (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Typically, a baccalaureate degree in biology, chemistry, doctoral dissertations.) or physics that includes calculus and organic chemistry is required for admission. The General Test of the Graduate Professors Record Examination is required. Benzion Boukai*, Jyotirmoy Sarkar*

Associate Professors September 6, 2017 467

Master of Science in Biochemistry and Molecular electives or offered in the Fall ). These may also be taken Biology with Biotechnology Track in later years. Admission Requirements • G817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and Function Students must complete the Biotechnology Certificate (2 cr.) with a GPA of 3.0 or better before applying to the M.S. • G852 Concepts of Cancer Biology: Signaling Gone program. The GRE is not required for admission to the Awry (2 cr.) M.S. degree program. • G807 Structural and Chemical Biology (2 cr.) • G848 Bioinformatics, Genomics, Proteomics and Course Requirements Systems Biology (2 cr.) The 30-credit curriculum for the M.S. program includes Year 2 the 17 credits for the Biotechnology Certificate, plus one elective graduate course in Basic Sciences (3 credits), 9 Fall credits of research with a faculty mentor, and a 1-credit tutorial in scientific writing and communication. A research • G805 Diabetes and Obesity (2 cr.) thesis is required. • G825 Advanced Topics in Molecular Biology (2 cr.) • G505 Responsible Conduct of Research (1 cr.) Master of Science in Biochemistry and Molecular • G855 Experimental Design and Research Biology Biostatistics (1 cr.) The department encourages most students to enroll in the Ph.D. A minimum of 30 credit hours, including two Spring of the following courses - G715, G716, B500, or G865. • B803 Advanced Biochemistry (1 cr.) Each student would also take G505 and two of the seven 2-credit Biochemistry core courses (B811, G805, G807, This course in grant writing will culminate in the G817, G848, G852, G825); and at least 9 credit hours submission and oral defense of an “NIH or NSF style” in research. Each student will also complete one of the grant proposal on the students intended research topic. two research communication courses - B890 or G655. The assigned grade for this course is dependent on the A thesis will be written and successfully defended to the successful defense of the proposal that will serve as a thesis committee. qualifying exam and be required for Advancement to Candidacy. Final Examination Spring and Fall Oral, covering thesis and course work. • B811 Advanced Intermediary Metabolism (1-3 cr.) Doctor of Philosophy in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Years 2-5 Students are admitted through the IBMG (Indiana During years 2 through 5, the student will take didactic University School of Medicine BioMedical Gateway) open courses as needed to fulfill either requirements for the enrollment program and will take a common curriculum in biochemistry major or their chosen minor. The student the first semester. They will commit to the Biochemistry will register for a total of 10 cr. hours each fall and spring, and Molecular Biology program after the second semester. including 1 cr. hour of B890 each semester until advancing CURRICULUM FOR BIOCHEMISTRY AND to candidacy. The student will advance to candidacy upon MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Ph.D. PROGRAM completion of 30 or more didactic hours of coursework and successful defense of their thesis proposal. Year 1 Work will begin in the field of the candidate’s thesis. Fall Emphasis on ability to pursue research with relative independence and responsibility. • G715 Biomedical Science I—Biochemical Basis of Biological Processes (3 cr.) Notes: • G716 Biomedical Science II—Molecular Biology and • Students will be questioned on topics outside of Genetics (3 cr.) their thesis work during their thesis proposal oral • G717 Biomedical Science III—Cellular Basis of defense in B803. Passing of this defense (with B/3.0 Systems Biology (3 cr.) grade or better) will be required for advancement to • G718 Research in Biomedical Science (1st lab candidacy. rotation) (2 cr.) • Students will be enrolled for credit in B890 in years 2–5 in which they will present a seminar each year Spring as well as attend all student and faculty seminars. • G655 Research Communication Seminar (1 cr.) Students will present one of the following: a research • G718 Research in Biomedical Science Rotations 2 seminar (4th year students are strongly encouraged and 3 (4 cr.) to consider this type of presentation), a proposal seminar (3rd year students preparing for their Students will take 6 credits from the IBMG open qualifying exams are encouraged to consider this enrollment electives in Spring. type of presentation), or a "literature club" type of seminar (open to students at any level), where Students must take at least two of the six 2-credit the student presents a paper from the literature. Biochemistry “core” courses (G805, 807, 811, 817, 848, Students enrolled in G901 are encouraged to 852, 825) shown below (offered among the Spring IBMG 468 September 6, 2017

consider giving a research presentation in B890, individual basic science departments and complete the even though they are not enrolled in the course. cancer biology minor. • After choosing a laboratory for thesis research, an advisory committee consisting of at least 3 Ph.D. Minor in Diabetes and Obesity Biochemistry and Molecular Biology and 1 external A minimum of 12 credit hours beyond the requirements faculty member will be formed with the approval of of the student's major Ph.D. program. The minor the thesis advisor and departmental chairperson. must include G805 Diabetes and Obesity and G505 Upon advancement to candidacy a thesis research Responsible Conduct of Research. If G805 has been committee will be similarly formed that may consist taken to fulfill other requirements, it may be substituted by of different faculty. elective course(s) from the list below with the approval of the student's advisory committee. • Students must score at least B– on each course and maintain at least a B average (3.0 minimal GPA). The remainder of the Minor will be selected from the • M.D./Ph.D. students will not be required to take following courses: G715-717 but will be expected to perform lab rotations (G718) during summer breaks from medical G655 Research Communication Seminar (1 cr.) school classes. They will take B848 and at least one G855 Experimental Design and Research Biostatistics (1 more of the 2-credit Biochemistry “core” courses cr.) (G805, 807, 817, 848, 852, 825) along with other G715 Biomedical Science I–Biochemical courses required of Biochemistry and Molecular Basis of Biological Processes (3 cr.) Biology Ph.D. students (G505, G655, G855, B803 G716 Biomedical Science II–Molecular Biology and and B890) plus 2 credits from other department Genetics (3 cr.) offerings. In the case of combined M.D./Ph.D. G717 Biomedical Science III–Cellular Basis of students, the committee may approve substitution of Systems Biology (3 cr.) appropriate medical school courses for the electives. G805 Structural and Chemical Biology (2 cr.) The minor representative will be selected from G817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and Function (2 outside the student’s major department and must cr.) be approved by the diabetes and obesity training G825 Advanced Topics in Molecular Biology (2 cr.) program. G848 Bioinformatics, Genomics, Proteomics and Systems Biology (2 cr.) Grades G852 Concepts of Cancer Biology: Signaling gone awry (2 cr.) A minimum grade point average of 3.0 (B) must be F782 Physiology and Pathology of Lipid Rafts (1 cr.) maintained in all nonresearch course work. G640 Epithelial Cell Biology (1 cr.) Advancement to Candidacy G703 Physiology of the Coronary Circulation (1 cr.) G704 Physiological Proteomics (1 cr.) B803 Advanced Biochemistry is a course in grant writing G706 Designer Mice (1 cr.) which will culminate in the submission and oral defense G707 Physiology of Smooth Muscle (1 cr.) of an “NIH- or NSF-style” grant proposal on the student’s G708 Cardiac and Coronary Physiology of Exercise (1 cr.) intended research topic. G712 In Vivo Microcirculatory Physiology (1 cr.) Students meet once every six months with an advisory G713 Angiogenesis (1 cr.) committee to review progress in course work. Continuation G736 Endocrine and Gastrointestinal Function in Health in the program depends upon satisfactory performance and Disease (1 cr.) and progress in each phase of the program. The G761 Molecular and Cellular Physiology of Ion Channels final examination in the series is an oral defense of a Q580 Basic Human Genetics (3 cr.) written research proposal, which constitutes the written Q612 Molecular and Biochemical Genetics (3 cr.) examination. Q620 Human Cytogenetics (3 cr.) Q630 Population Genetics (3 cr.) Dissertation G725 Gene Transfer Approaches to Clinical and Basic Research (Gene Therapy) (1 cr.) A minimum of 45 credit hours in research, completed G727 Animal Models of Human Disease (1 cr.) with a grade point average of 3.0 (B) or above. It is J807 Current Topics in Immunity (2 cr.) expected that the dissertation will qualify for publication in J829 Current Topics in Molecular Genetics of a recognized journal. Microorganisms (2 cr.) Final Examination G720 Stem Cell Biology (2 cr.) G728 Fundamentals of Infection and Pathogenesis (1 cr.) Oral, covering dissertation, major, and minor. G729 Immunology I: Introduction to the Immune System (1 Ph.D. Minor in Cancer Biology cr.) G747 Principle of Pharmacology (1 cr.) The Ph.D. Minor in Cancer Biology is administered by the G748 Principles of Toxicology 1 (1 cr.) Department of Microbiology & Immunology. Cancer Biol- G748 Principles of Toxicology 2 (1 cr.) ogy Training Program (CBTP) faculty are members of the G748 Principles of Toxicology 3 (1 cr.) Indiana University Cancer Center, the matrix organization G745 Fundamentals of Intracellular Signal Transduction (2 for an extensive range of cancer efforts and activities. cr.) Ongoing NIH- and ACS-funded research programs focus G751 Advanced Concepts in Cytosolic and Nuclear Signal on regulation of cell growth, hematopoiesis, experimental Transduction (2 cr.) therapeutics, adult oncology, and pediatric oncology. CBTP students will fulfill the requirements of their September 6, 2017 469

The Minor program must be approved by the student's Secondary Biochemistry Faculty Advisory Committee, which will take into consideration Professors the student's total didactic experience. In the case of combined M.D./Ph.D. students, the Committee may Simon Atkinson* (Biology), Martin Bard* (Biology), approve substitution of appropriate medical school Wade Clapp (Pediatrics), Simon Conway*, David Crabb* courses. The minor representative on this Committee will (Medicine), Rose Fife* (Medicine), Anthony Firulli* be selected from outside the student's major department (Pediatrics), Larry Jones* (Cardiology), Rueben Kapur* and must be a member of the Diabetes and Obesity (Pediatrics), Mark Kelley* (Pediatrics), Michael W. Training Program. King* (IUSM—Terre Haute), Murray Korc (Medicine), Lawrence Lumeng* (Medicine), William McBride Jr.* More information is available on the Diabetes and Obesity (Psychiatry), Harikrishna Nakshatri* (Surgery), Irina Research Training Program at the Center for Diabetes Petrache (Pulmonary), Simon Rhodes* (Biology), G. David Research website: http://biochemistry.iu.edu/resources/ Roodman* (Medicine), Weinian Shou* (Pediatrics), David center-for-diabetes-research/diabetes-and-obesity- Skalnik* (Biology), Debbie Thurmond* (Pediatrics), John research-training-program/ Turchi* (Hematology/Oncology), Claire Walczak* (IUSM- Bloomington), Theodore Widlanski* (IUSM-Bloomington), Faculty David Wilkes* (Pulmonary Medicine), Frank Witzmann* Chairman (Physiology), Yan Xu (OB-GYN), Mervin Yoder Jr.* (Pediatrics), Yaoqi Zhou* (Informatics) Professor Zhong-Yin Zhang*, Robert A. Harris Chair of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Associate Professors Graduate Advisor David Daleke* (IUSM—Bloomington), Kenneth W. Dunn* (Nephrology), Joseph Dynlacht* (Radiation Oncology), Professor Mark Goebl* Jeffrey S. Elmendorf (Physiology), Dipika Gupta (IUSM - Graduate Faculty Gary), David Ingram* (Pediatrics), Lang Li* (Medical and Molecular Genetics), Suthat Liangpunsakul (Medicine), (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Daniela Matei* (OB-GYN), Ed McKee* (IUSM-South Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Bend), Raghavendra Mirmira (Pediatrics), Nuria Morral* doctoral dissertations.) (Medical and Molecular Genetics), Julie Peller (IUSM- Primary Biochemistry Faculty Northwest), Irina Petrache (Pulmonary Medicine), Beth Pflug (Medicine), Mary Prorok (IUSM-South Bend), Zhong-Yin Zhang*, Robert A. Harris Chair of Biochemistry Stephen Randall* (Biology), Kent Redman (IUSM-Fort and Molecular Biology Wayne), C. Max Schmidt* (Surgery), Robert Stahelin Distinguished Professor (IUSM-South Bend), James P. Walsh* (Medicine), Xin Zhang* ( Medical and Molecular Genetics) Howard Edenberg*, Peter J. Roach* Assistant Professors Chancellor’s Professors Timothy Corson (Ophthalmology), Karen Cowden Dahl* Howard Edenberg*, Thomas D. Hurley*, Peter Roach* (IUSM-South Bend), Carmella Evans-Molina* (Pediatrics), Peter Hollenhorst* (IUSM-Bloomington), Rajesh Khanna* Professors (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Yan Liu* (Pediatrics), Keith Dunker*, Mark G. Goebl*, Maureen A. Harrington*, Tao Lu* (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Lindsey Mayo Millie M. Georgiadis*, Lawrence A. Quilliam*, Suk-Hee (Pediatrics), Jennifer Prosperi (IUSM-South Bend), G. Lee*, Ronald C. Wek*, Zhong-Yin Zhang* Seetharamaiah (IUSM—Evansville), Tracy Vargo-Gogola Associate Professors (IUSM-South Bend) Samy Meroueh*, Yuro Takagi*, Mu Wang*, Clark Wells*, Associate Research Professor Qi-Zhuang Ye* Mark Wagner (Nephrology) Assistant Professors Assistant Scientist Charlie (Xiaocheng) Dong*, Quyen Hoang*, Andy Dan Spandau (Dermatology) Hudmon*, Hyun-Suk Lim*, Amber Mosley* Associate Emeritus Faculty Primary Emeritus Faculty Walter Balcavage* (IUSM—Terre Haute), Shao-Ling William Bosron*, Anna A. DePaoli-roach*, David M. Fong* (Ophthalmology), T-K Li* (Medicine) Gibson*, Jean Hamilton-Steinrauf*, Robert Harris*, Edwin Harper* Courses Associate Research Professor BIOC-B 500 Introductory Biochemistry (3 cr.) P: C341 Alexander Skurat, Xiaoling Xuei or equivalent. Structures of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, and nucleic acids. Basic principles of enzyme catalysis, Assistant Research Professors protein synthesis, intermediary metabolism, and nutrition. Lan Chen, Yuanshu Dong, Joyce Hurley, May Khanna, BIOC-B 800 Medical Biochemistry (3 cr.) P: One David Liu, Jeanette Mcclintick, Hongming Zhou semester of organic chemistry. Structure and function of biological molecules, regulation of cellular processes by 470 September 6, 2017 nutrients and hormones, biochemical and molecular basis physical chemistry, one semester of biochemistry, or of disease. consent of instructors. Tutorial and laboratory instruction in biochemistry. Purpose is to introduce students in BIOC-B 803 Advanced Biochemistry (arr-3 cr.) Tutorial biochemistry to three different research programs. instruction in biochemistry. BIOC-B 855 Research (arr cr.) BIOC-B 805 Diabetes and Obesity (3 cr.) P: One semester of biochemistry. Biochemistry, cell biology, BIOC-B 868 Advanced Molecular Biology (1-3 cr.) molecular biology, genetics, immunology, and P: G865 or equivalent. Tutorial instruction in specialized pathophysiology of diabetes and obesity. Topics area of molecular biology. include metabolic regulation, signal transduction, insulin resistance, insulin production, beta-cell function, animal BIOC-B 890 Seminar (1 cr.) models, complications, nutrition, prevention, and therapy. BIOC-G 749 Introduction to Structural Biology BIOC-B 807 Protein Structure and Function (3 cr.) (1 cr.) An introduction to structural biology including P: Two semesters of organic chemistry; one semester of the fundamentals of macromolecular structure and biochemistry. Physical forces stabilizing protein structure; interactions, methods used to determine three- protein folding. Essential features of macromolecular dimensional structures, the relationship between protein interactions. Introduction to enzyme kinetics and chemical sequence and structure, and prediction and analysis of mechanism in enzyme reactions. macromolecular structure. BIOC-B 808 Physical Biochemistry (3 cr.) P: Two BIOC-G 804 Cellular and Molecular Biology (3 cr.) semesters of physical chemistry; two semesters of P: One semester of organic chemistry. Cellular and calculus; one semester of biochemistry. Thermodynamics molecular biology that emphasizes the structural and biophysical chemistry of protein, enzymes, nucleic organization, biochemistry, and molecular biology of acids, and membranes. cells. Includes cellular processes, development, and differentiation and their relationship to medicine. BIOC-B 809 Advanced Organic Chemistry (1-3 cr.) P: Two semesters of organic chemistry; two semesters BIOC-G 805 Diabetes and Obesity (2 cr.) P: One of physical chemistry; B807 or consent of instructor. semester of biochemistry. Biochemistry, cell biology, Tutorial instruction in organic chemistry, as applied to molecular biology, genetics, immunology, and biochemistry. pathophysiology of diabetes and obesity. Topics include metabolic regulation, signal transduction, insulin BIOC-B 810 Cellular Biochemistry and Regulation resistance, insulin production, beta-cell function, animal (3 cr.) P: Two semesters of organic chemistry; one models, complications, nutrition, prevention, and therapy. semester of biochemistry. Mechanisms of signal transduction and the control of cellular function by BIOC-G 807 Structural and Chemical Biology (2 cr.) hormones, growth factors, and other extracellular Fundamentals of structural and chemical biology focused regulators. on state-of-the-art approaches to inhibitor discovery, use of inhibitors in elucidating biological function, and BIOC-B 811 Advanced Intermediary Metabolism computational and structural approaches to rational (1-3 cr.) P: B810. Tutorial instruction in specialized areas inhibitor design. of metabolism. BIOC-G 817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and BIOC-B 814 Advanced Enzymology (1-3 cr.) P: B807 or Function (2 cr.) Organization and function of subcellular B810. Tutorial instruction in enzyme isolation and kinetics. structures. Intracellular coordination of cell activities, including protein and RNA processing/trafficking/quality BIOC-B 821 Scientific Writing and Communication control, chromatin dynamics, and cell division. in Biotechnology (1 cr.) P: B807 or B810. Discussion and individual instruction in the preparation of a research BIOC-G 823 Methods in Cell Biology (3 cr.) P: B500 proposal and thesis in the biotechnology track of the M.S. or equivalent. Discussion and laboratory instruction in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. in modern methods for cell culture, microscopy, flow cytometry, and the use of cell culture to study cellular BIOC-B 822 Research in Biotechnology (1-5 cr.) metabolism. Research for biotechnology track in M.S. thesis. BIOC-G 825 Advanced Topics in Molecular Biology BIOC-B 835 Neurochemistry (3 cr.) P: Two semesters (2 cr.) The course will highlight selected topics adjusted of organic chemistry; one semester of biochemistry, or each year to reflect the most current advancements in consent of instructor. Metabolism of nervous system molecular biology and will include lectures and paper tissue. Neurochemical techniques. discussions on: chromatin structure and regulation; BIOC-B 836 Advanced Topics in Neurochemistry transcriptional control; RNA structure and processing; (2 cr.) P: B835 or equivalent. Selected topics in RNAi and miRNA; RNA decay; translational control and its neurochemistry dealing with specialized functions of the integration in gene expression. nervous system. BIOC-G 828 Concepts in Biotechnology (3 cr.) P: B500 BIOC-B 842 Instrumentation and Methods of Analysis or equivalent. Case studies exploring topics on the cutting II (3 cr.) P: Two semesters of organic chemistry; one edge of biotechnology and tutorials in biotechnology semester of biochemistry. calculations. BIOC-B 854 Introduction to Research (1 cr.) P: Two BIOC-G 841 Methods of Proteomics (3 cr.) P: B500 semesters of organic chemistry; two semesters of or equivalent. Discussion and laboratory instruction in September 6, 2017 471 modern methods for protein purification, analysis of purity, knowledge in the physical basis of cell and molecular peptide mapping, and amino acid sequencing. imaging. The interdisciplinary nature of the program allows students to choose from faculty research mentors in a BIOC-G 848 Bioinformatics, Genomics, Proteomics, variety of departments in the School of Medicine and and Systems Biology (2 cr.) Biology has been other schools on the Indianapolis campus who have transformed by various high-throughput technologies a wide range of expertise in biomedical and physical (genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, etc.), which in turn science. Detailed descriptions of faculty research interests have led to a large number of massive databases and are available. software analysis packages. This course focuses on the “omics” technologies, on the resulting databases, and on Special Program Requirements the computational tools used to analyze the data. (See also general University Graduate School BIOC-G 852 Concepts of Cancer Biology: Signaling requirements.) Gone Awry (2 cr.) Fundamentals of cancer biology; the signaling of events that regulate cell growth, survival, and Admission Requirements differentiation; how mutation/dysregulation of signaling Bachelor’s degree in biochemistry, biology, biophysics, molecules leads to cancer and might be exploited for chemistry, mathematics, physics, or an equivalent major- treatment. with a e.0 undergraduate GPA or higher. Graduate Record BIOC-G 865 Fundamental Molecular Biology (3 cr.) Examination scores on both the General Test and a P: B800 or equivalent. Principles of molecular structure, Subject Test are required as a part of the application. function, and biosynthesis; core information regarding Master of Science Degree prokaryotic and eukaryotic gene continuity and metabolic Course Requirements coordination; introduction to multicellular systems and problems. (Joint program: biochemistry, medical genetics, At least 30 credit hours, of which 20 credit hours must microbiology.) be in biophysics, including 7 credit hours in research; remaining credit hours in related courses. BIOC-G 890 Methods in Molecular Biology and Pathology (3 cr.) P: G865 and/or J838, and consent of Thesis instructor. Basic principles and techniques in molecular Required biology and pathology. Particular emphasis will be on molecular techniques that can be used to study problems Final Examination related to biochemistry and pathology. Comprehensive oral examination. BIOC-G 910 Advanced Molecular Biology Methods (3 cr.) P: G865 and/or G890 and consent of instructor. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Advanced theory and techniques in molecular biology. Course Requirements The focus of the course will be on techniques related to A total of 90 credit hours, with a minimum of 36 credit manipulation of cloned DNA to study their expression, hours in course work (including those for the IBMG core). structure, and function. Required core courses include G733 Introduction to Biological Microscopy, G734 Theory and Principles of Biomolecular Imaging and Optical Microscopy, G613 Image Processing for Biological Biophysics and Biomedical Applications, and G614 Methods in School of Medicine Biological Optical Microscopy. Additional elective courses Departmental E-mail: [email protected] are determined by the advisory committee in discussion with the student and selected from a list compiled by the Departmental URL: http://www.iupui.edu/degrees/122/ faculty. (See list of courses below.) medical-biophysics-and-biomolecular-imaging/ Minor (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The A minimum of 12 credit hours in course work in a University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements departmental minor or an interdepartmental minor in contained only in The University Graduate School physical science or in cellular and molecular biology. Bulletin.) Qualifying Examination Curriculum Written and oral. Degrees Offered -- Currently this program is not accepting applicants. Research Proposal Master of Science in Medical Biophysics and Doctor of A dissertation research proposal is required. Philosophy Final Examination Program Information The interdisciplinary program offers graduate research Oral defense of the dissertation. training that leads to the Ph.D. in Biomolecular Imaging Other Provisions and Biophysics and is designed to train talented students in the use of imaging techniques to study biological Three research rotations, each a brief project in a processes from the molecular to the cellular level. Core preceptor’s laboratory, before an advisor is chosen. courses in the fundamentals of biomedical science Presentation of three seminars during graduate study. are complemented by courses teaching specialized 472 September 6, 2017

Faculty MED-G 734 Theory and Principles of Optical Microscopy (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University MED-G 730 Quantitative Modeling for Functional and Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Molecular Imaging (2 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) MED-G 614 Methods in Biological Microscopy (3 cr.) Professors Relevant Courses in the Purdue School of Science at Simon Atkinson*, Richard Day, Millie Georgiadis*, Thomas Indianapolis Hurley*, Marvin Kemple*, Eric Long*, Christoph Naumann, Curriculum Grant Nicol*, Fredrick Pavalko*, Hiroki Yokota Courses Associate Professors Faculty Ken Dunn*, Jeffrey Elmendorf, Barry Muhoberac*, John Schild, Stephen Wassall* • BIOL 569 Cellular Neurobiology (2 cr.) • BIOL 570 Biological Membranes (3 cr.) Graduate Advisor • BIOL 641 Microbial Genetics (2 cr.) Professor Richard Day, Department of Cellular and • CHEM 575 Intermediate Physical Chemistry (3 cr.) Integrative Physiology, Van Nuys Medical Sciences • CHEM 636 Biochemical Mechanisms (3 cr.) Building, Room MS 333, (317) 274-2166 • CHEM 657 Reaction Mechanisms (3 cr.) • CHEM 672 Quantum Chemistry (3 cr.) Courses • CHEM 675 Chemical Kinetics (3 cr.) Relevant Courses • CHEM 682 Statistical Thermodynamics (3 cr.) • CHEM 696 Special Topics in Chemistry (1-3 cr.) General Courses • MATH 526 Principles of Mathematical Modeling (3 MED-G 715 Biomedical Sci I-Biochem Basis of cr.) Biologial Processes (3 cr.) * • MATH 532 Elements of Stochastic Processes (3 cr.) MED-G 716 Biomedical Sci II-Molecular Biology and • PHYS 550 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3 Genetics (3 cr.) * cr.) • PHYS 556 Introductory Nuclear Physics (3 cr.) MED-G 717 Biomedical Sci III-Cellular Basis of Systems Biology (3 cr.) * • PHYS 600 Methods of Theoretical Physics (3 cr.) • PHYS 630 Advanced Theory of Electricity and MED-G 718 Research Rotations (3 x 2 cr = 6 cr) (3 cr.) * Magnetism (3 cr.) MED-G 655 Research Communications Seminar (1 cr.) • PHYS 660 Quantum Mechanics I (3 cr.) * MED-G 505 Respnsible Conduct of Research (1 cr.) * Biostatistics Richard M. Fairbanks School of Public Health, MED-G 855 Experimental Design and Biostatistics Indianapolis, and Purdue School of Science (1 cr.) * Contact Information MED-G 733 Introduction to Biological Microscopy Department of Biostatistics, HITS 3000, IUPUI (2 cr.) or IU Fairbanks School of Public Health, ES 250, IUPUI MED-G 719 Survey of Radiologic Imaging Modalities (1 cr.) or Department of Mathematical Sciences, LD 270, IUPUI MED-G 722 Fundamentals of X-Ray and PET Imaging Program E-mail: [email protected] (1 cr.) Program URL: http://biostatgradprograms.iupui.edu MED-G 723 Fundamentals of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (1 cr.) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The MED-G 613 Image Processing for Biologoca; amd University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Bop,edoca; A[[;ocatopms (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) MED-X XXX First Year Spring Elective (1 cr.) MED-A 611 Seminar in Biomolecular Imaging (1-2 cr.) Curriculum Relevant Courses Degree Offered MED-G 742 Advanced Topics in Neuro MRI (2 cr.) Doctor of Philosophy Special Departmental Requirements MED-G 740 Advanced Topics in MRI (2 cr.) (See also general University Graduate School MED-G 739 Advanced Topics in PET (2 cr.) requirements.) MED-G 738 Advanced Topics in CT (2 cr.) Other Degree Offerings September 6, 2017 473

Master of Public Health, Biostatistics Concentration • PBHL –B 646 Advanced Generalized Linear Models and Master of Science in Biostatistics granted by the IU • PBHL –B 656 Advanced Longitudinal Data Analysis Fairbanks School of Public Health, Indianapolis. (+ indicates the program’s core courses) Admission Requirements Public Health Requirement (6 hours): All students must The application deadline for the program is December take 6 credit hours from the following courses to fulfill the 15 for matriculation the following fall. The program is requirement of Fairbanks School of Public Health for any designed for individuals with strong quantitative and graduate student. analytical skills and a strong interest in biological, medical and/or health related sciences. Any applicant who has • Introduction to Public Health a suitable Bachelor’s or a Master's degree from an • PBHL –A 505 Environmental Health Science (1 accredited institution and shows promise for successfully cr.) completing all the degree requirements will be considered • PBHL –H 505 Health Policy and Management for admission to this program. In addition to satisfying (1 cr.) general Indiana University Graduate School requirements • PBHL –S 505 Social and Behavioral health for admission, applicants must have at least a B (3.00 Sciences (1 cr.) GPA) average in courses taken during the last two years of their earlier degree studies, and a grade of B • PBHL –E 517 Fundamentals of Epidemiology + (3.50 GPA) in courses required as prerequisites for Elective Courses (6 hours): All students must take 6 the program. Students entering this program should credit hours of elective statistics/biostatistics courses. At have a minimal mathematics background consisting of least three credit hours of the electives must be taken an undergraduate course sequence in univariate and from 600-level courses. The remaining 42 credit hours multivariate calculus (equivalent to MATH 16500, 16600, will be taken as additional coursework in a minor area (12 and 26100 at I.U.P.U.I.) and a course in linear algebra credits), further elective courses, independent studies, and (including matrix theory). In addition, applicants should directed dissertation research (at minimum 24 credits). have had a calculus-based undergraduate level course in probability or statistics. Prospective applicants who do not Minor Area (12 hours): In addition to the 48 credit have this background must acquire it prior to admission to hours of formal statistics/biostatistics and public health the program. coursework, all students must complete a minor in an area related to any of the health and life sciences Students seeking admission must apply online through disciplines. The minor may be obtained in areas such as the IUPUI Online Graduate and Professional Admissions pharmacology and toxicology, epidemiology, genetics, Application system. Applicants must submit three biology, physiology bioinformatics, public health and letters of recommendation, official transcripts from all health economics, among many others and must be undergraduate and graduate institutions attended, approved by the student’s advisor or graduate committee. personal statement, resume or CV, and scores from the The minor must contain a minimum of four graduate level Graduate Record Examination (GRE) general test. The courses (12 cr.) in the chosen area and it must comply TOEFL is also required if the applicant’s native language with the minor requirements of the respective department/ is not English and none of the applicant’s previous unit. degrees is awarded by an US accredited institution or other institution where English is the official language. Dissertation (24 to 30 hours): At minimum 24 credits hours will be guided research dissertation hours. After Course Requirements passing the oral part of the qualifying examination, the A minimum of 90 credit hours are required for the degree. student may officially begin work on the dissertation, which The 90 credit hours will consist of the following: will be original and publishable statistical/biostatistical research originating from and with application to well Required Coursework (36 hours): A common 36 credit defined life and health related problems. The student must hours of course work will be required of all students who submit the completed written dissertation to the research begin the program after the completion of a bachelor’s committee for reading and evaluation and subsequently degree. will have to present and defend it orally in a public forum before the committee. • STAT 51200 Applied Regression Analysis • STAT 51900 Introduction to Probability + Program Requirements • STAT 52500 Generalized Linear Model + Qualifying Examinations - written part (required): • STAT 52800 Mathematical Statistics I + Students must pass an initial qualifying examination • STAT 53600 Introduction to Survival Analysis + in the areas of Probability, Mathematical Statistics, • PBHL –B 574 Applied Longitudinal Data Analysis + Generalized Linear Models, Longitudinal Data Analysis • PBHL –B 582 Introduction to Clinical Trials and Survival Analysis. The qualifying examination is a • PBHL –B 584 Biostatistics Practicum written examination offered once a year during a two-day Any four of the following seven courses: Qualifier Exam Session the week before classes start in August and is administered in two sections – Theoretical • PBHL –B 616 Advanced Statistical Computing Biostatistics and Applied Biostatistics. The preparation • STAT 61900 Probability Theory and the administration of the qualifying examination • STAT 62800 Advanced Statistical Inference are overseen by the Graduate Examination Committee. • PBHL –B 626 Advanced Likelihood Theory Students are expected to have completed and passed • PBHL –B 636 Advanced Survival Analysis 474 September 6, 2017 both sections of the qualifying examination on or before Qualifying examinations - oral part (required): A their qualifier deadline. student becomes eligible to take the oral part of the qualifying examinations after successfully passing Deadline for full-time students: the written qualifying examination. This examination The deadline for passing the written part of the qualifying consists of a presentation on an advanced research examination for full-time students who enter the program topic suggested by the student to the student’s advisory with a master’s degree in statistics/biostatistics is August committee, which administers this examination. In at the end of their second year. The deadline for full-time preparation to this examination, the student must provide students who enter the program without a master’s degree the committee with a paper (10 – 15 pages) outlining the in statistics/biostatistics is August at the end of their third advanced topic to be covered, clearly indicating the scope year. and depth of the planned research along with relevant references. In the examination, the student is expected to Deadline for part-time students: display an in-depth understanding of the chosen subject The deadline for passing the qualifying examinations for matter. The committee may ask the student questions part-time students who enter the program with a master’s which normally will be directed to the subject matter of degree in statistics/biostatistics is August at the end of the research but may, by natural extension, also cover their third year; the deadline for part-time students who any other relevant topic including the minor subject. The enter the program without a master’s degree in statistics/ oral qualifying examinations will normally be completed biostatistics is August at the end of their fourth year. at the end of all required course work, including the minor area, before the student embarks on the dissertation. The If students do not pass both sections of the examination student must pass this examination before passing on to by their qualifier deadline, they will have their privilege to candidacy. continue in the program terminated. Admission to Candidacy: Following the passing of A student will have at most two attempts to pass the the qualifying examinations and the completion of all examination. The first attempt must include the entire required coursework, the student’s advisory committee will examination, i.e. both the Theoretical and Applied nominate the student to candidacy. Upon approval of the sections. If one or both sections are not passed on the first Dean of the University Graduate School, the student will attempt, then a second attempt on or before the deadline be admitted to candidacy. is allowed. During the final attempt, the student may only sit for the section(s) not passed in the first attempt. Final Examination: Oral Examination, primarily a defense of the dissertation in a public forum. A student’s first attempt at the qualifying examination will result in one of the following three outcomes: Normal Progress and Termination: Students must maintain satisfactory progress towards their degree Pass Both Sections: The student has demonstrated objective to ensure their continued good standing in the fundamental understanding of the core material and the program and financial support. The minimum criteria examination committee believes he/she will be successful for satisfactory progress are a GPA of 3.00 or above, in completing the Ph.D. program. satisfactory research progress, and completion of other degree requirements (written and oral qualifying Pass One Section: The student has demonstrated examinations, minor area requirements, candidacy fundamental understanding of one section, but lacks requirements). If at any time the GPA drops below 3.0, the adequate understanding of the other section. The student student will be placed on academic probation. Financial must sit for the section not passed at a future examination support may be rescinded if the GPA is not increased to session. 3.0 in a reasonable time period. Further, if the student’s Fail: The student has failed to demonstrate an adequate GPA in two consecutive semesters is below 3.0 the understanding of the material from the core courses student’s standing in the Biostatistics PhD program will be and thus fails the examination. The student must sit terminated. for both sections at a future examination session. A student’s second and final attempt at the written qualifying In addition, credit towards the doctoral degree will not examination will result in one of the following two be given for any course in which the student obtains a outcomes: grade of “B-” or below. This includes students’ work on their research. If, in the opinion of the research committee, Pass: The student has demonstrated fundamental satisfactory research progress is not being made, a understanding of the core material and the examination meeting of the student's research committee may be committee believes he/she will be successful in continuing convened. This meeting will include a brief presentation the Ph.D. program. by the student on the work accomplished up to that point, Fail: The student has failed to demonstrate an adequate and/or a discussion concerning the problems which have understanding of the material from the core courses and hampered progress. If the consensus of the committee thus fails the examination, with privilege to continue in the is that the student needs to show improvement, he/she program terminated. Students who failed any part of the will have 60 days to demonstrate a change in research written qualifying examinations will be availed within one performance. At the end of this time, financial support may month of the announced results, the opportunity to review be discontinued, if applicable. their graded examinations and appeal their grades if they Doctoral Minor in Biostatistics choose to do so. The program Directors will not accept for This is a 12-credit hour minor in Biostatistics offered by the consideration any appeal beyond this one month period. program which provides students in other Ph.D. programs September 6, 2017 475 with a rigorous grounding in the application of biostatistics STAT 52000 Time Series and Applications (3 cr.) P: in health-related research. This minor requires a strong STAT 51900 or equivalent . A first course in stationary quantitative aptitude and an interest in biomedical and time series with applications in engineering, economics, public health application. Students who have already and physical sciences. Stationary, auto-covariance completed any of the required courses as part of their function and spectrum; integral representation of a previous degrees or current Ph.D. requirements cannot stationary time series and interpretation; linear filtering; apply these courses toward their minor in Biostatistics. transfer function models; estimation of spectrum; Students must work with their faculty advisor to identify multivariate time series; Kalman filtering, Burg’s algorithm. other courses relevant to the minor in Biostatistics. STAT 52100 Statistical Computing (3 cr.) P: Faculty STAT51200 or equivalent. This course demonstrates how computing can be used to understand the performance of Program Directors core statistical methods and introduces modern statistical Professor Ying Zhang*, Professor Benzion Boukai* methods that require computing in their application. Covers relevant programming fundamentals in at least two Graduate Faculty programming environments (e.g. SAS and R/Splus). (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct STAT 52200 Sampling and Survey Techniques (3 cr.) doctoral dissertations.) P: STAT 51200 or STAT 51100 or equivalent. Survey designs, simple random, stratified, cluster and systematic Professors sampling; systems of sampling; methods of estimation, ratio and regression estimates, costs; non-response Benzion Boukai*, Sujuan Gao*, Barry P. Katz*, Lang Li*, analysis; spatial sampling. Jyotirmoy Sarkar*, Wanzhu Tu*, Constantin Yiannoutsos*, Ying Zhang* STAT 52300 Categorical Data Analysis Models (3 cr.) P: STAT 52800 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Associate Professors Generating binary and categorical response data, two Jaroslaw Harezlak*, Fang Li*, Xiaochun Li*, Patrick O. way classification tables, measures of association and Monahan*, Hanxiang Peng*, Susan M. Perkins*, Chandan agreement, goodness-of-fit tests, testing independence, K. Saha*, Changyu Shen*, Zhangsheng Yu* large sample properties. General linear models, logistic regression, probit and extreme value models. Log-linear Assistant Professors models in two and higher dimensions; maximum likelihood Giorgos Bakoyannis, Shanshan Li*, Ziyue Liu*, Spencer estimation, testing Goodness-of-fit, partitioning Chi- Lourens, Fei Tan*, Honglang Wang*, Huiping Xu*, Wei Square, models for ordinal data. Model-building, selection Zheng* and diagnostics. Other related topics as time permits. Computer applications using SAS. Courses STAT 52400 Applied Multivariate Analysis (3 cr.) 500 Level P: STAT 52800 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. STAT 51200 Applied Regression (3 cr.) P: STAT 51100 Extension of univariate tests in normal populations to or equivalent. Inference in simple and multiple linear the multivariate case, equality of covariance matrices, regression, residual analysis, transformations, polynomial multivariate analysis of variance, discriminate analysis and regression, model building with real data, nonlinear misclassification errors, canonical correlation, principal regression. One-way and two-way analysis of variance. components, factor analysis. Use of existing statistical computing package. STAT 52500 Generalized Linear Model (3 cr.) P: STAT 51300 Statistical Quality Control (3 cr.) P: STAT STAT52800 or equivalent or consent of instructor. 51100 or equivalent. Control charts and acceptance Generalized linear models, likelihood methods for sampling, standard acceptance plans, continuous data analysis, diagnostic methods for assessing sampling plans, sequential analysis, statistics of model assumptions. Methods covered include multiple combinations, and some nonparametric methods. Use of regression, analysis of variance for completely existing statistical computing packages. randomized designs, binary and categorical response models, and hierarchical log-linear models for contingency STAT 51400 Design of Experiments (3 cr.) P: tables. STAT51200 or equivalent. Fundamentals, completely randomized design, randomized complete blocks. Latin STAT 52800 Mathematical Statistics I (3 cr.) P: squares, multiclassification, factorial, nested factorial, STAT51900 or equivalent. Sufficiency and completeness, incomplete blocks, fractional replications, confounding, the exponential family of distributions, theory of point general mixed factorial, split-plot and optimum design. Use estimation, Cramer-Rao inequality, Rao-Blackwell of existing statistical computing packages. Theorem with applications, maximum likelihood estimation, asymptotic distributions of ML estimators, STAT 51900 Introduction to Probability (3 cr.) P: hypothesis testing, Neyman-PearsonLemma, UMP tests, MATH26100 or equivalent. Algebra of sets, sample generalized likelihood ratio test, asymptotic distribution of spaces, combinatorial problems, conditional probability, the GLR test, sequential probability ratio test. independence, random variables, distribution functions, characteristic functions, special discrete and continuous STAT 52900 Bayesian Statistics and Applied Decision distributions, distributions of function of random variables, Theory (3 cr.) P: STAT 52800 or equivalent. Bayesian limit theorems. and decision theoretic formulation of problems; 476 September 6, 2017 construction of utility functions and quantification of prior of analytic results for numerical outcomes. Extensive use information; choice of prior; methods of Bayesian decision of Statistical software SAS is anticipated. and inference,; Bayesian computations; MCMC methods; empirical Bayes; hierarchical models, Bayes factors; PBHL –B 572: Biostatistics Method II-Categorical combination of evidence; game theory and minimax rules, Data Analysis (4 cr.) P: PBHL –B 571 or equivalent. Bayesian design and sequential analysis. This course covers applied statistical methods for the analysis of categorical data with special emphasis on STAT 53200 Elements of Stochastic Processes (3 cr.) data collected from epidemiologic studies and general P: STAT 51900 or equivalent. A basic course in stochastic biomedical studies in various designs such as prospective models including discrete and continuous time processes, cohort and retrospective case-control designs. The focus Markov chains and Brownian motion. Introduction to of this course is to prepare students with solid skill in data topics such as Gaussian processes, queues and renewal analysis and interpretation of analytic results for binary, processes and Poisson processes. Applications to multilevel and count data. Extensive use of Statistical economics, epidemic models, birth and death processes, software SAS is anticipated. point processes, and reliability problems. PBHL –B 573: Biostatistics Method III-Applied STAT 53300 Nonparametric Statistics (3 cr.) P: Survival Data Analysis (4 cr.) P: PBHL –B 571, 572 STAT51900 or equivalent. Binomial test for dichotomous or equivalent This course covers basic components data, confidence intervals for proportions, order statistics, in modern survival data analysis with emphasis on its one sample signed Wilcoxon rank test, two-sample application in biomedical research and public health. It Wilcoxon test, two-sample rank tests for dispersion, includes the topics of types of censoring and truncation, Kruskal-Wallis test for one-way layout. Runs test and life tables and survival function estimation, nonparametric Kendall test for independence, one and two sample log-rank test, parametric accelerated failure time model, Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests, nonparametric regression. semiparametric Cox proportional hazards model and extended Cox regression for time-dependent variables, STAT 53600 Introduction to Survival Analysis (3 cr.) competing risks and correlated survival data. The focus P: STAT 51700 or equivalent. Deals with the modern of this course is to prepare students with solid skill in data statistical methods for analyzing time-to-event data. analysis and interpretation of analytic results for time-to- Background theory is provided, but the emphasis is on the event data. Extensive use of statistical software SAS is applications and the interpretations of results. Provides anticipated. coverage of survivorship functions and censoring patterns; parametric models and likelihood methods, special PBHL –B 574 Biostatistics Method IV-Applied lifetime distributions; nonparametric inference, life-tables, Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 cr.) P: STAT 51200, estimation of cumulative hazard functions, the Kaplan- 52500 or PBHL –B 571, 572 or permission of instructor. Meier estimator; one and two-sample nonparametric Covers modern methods for the analysis of repeated tests for censored data; semiparametric proportional measures, correlated outcomes and longitudinal data. hazards regression (Cox Regression), parameters’ Topics: repeated measures ANOVA, random effects and estimation, stratification, model fitting strategies and model growth curve models, generalized estimating equations interpretations. Heavy use of statistical software such as (GEE) and generalized linear mixed models (GLMMs). Splus and SAS. Extensive use of statistical software, e.g. SAS, R. PBHL –B 561: Introduction to Biostatistics I (3 cr.) PBHL –B 581 Biostatistics Computing (3 cr.) P: P: consent of instructor. This course introduces the consent of instructor. The objective of this course is to basic principles and methods of data analysis in public prepare students with the necessary SAS skills for general health biostatistics. Emphasis is placed on public health data preparation, description, visualization, and some examples as they relate to concepts such as sampling, advanced skills. This course may be viewed as computing study design, descriptive statistics, probability, statistical preparation for Biostatistics methods courses. Data steps distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, chi-square and the following procedures will be covered: IMPORT, tests, t- tests, analysis of variance, linear regression and SORT, PRINT, FORMAT, TABULATE, REPORT, MEANS, correlation. SAS software is required for some of the UNIVARIATE, FREQ, CORR, SQL, GPLOT, SGPLOT, homework questions. SGPANEL. SAS macro, ODS and IML will also be briefly introduced. PBHL –B 562: Biostatistics-Public Health II (3cr.) P: PBHL –B 561 or equivalent. This course introduces the PBHL –B 582 Introduction to Clinical Trials (3 cr.) P: advanced principles and methods of data analysis in STAT 51200, exposure to survival analysis; or consent public health biostatistics. Emphasis is placed on public of instructor. Prepares biostatisticians for support of health examples as they relate to concepts such as: clinical trial projects. Topics: fundamental aspects of the Multiple regression, analysis of variance and covariance, appropriate design and conduct of medical experiments logistic regression, nonparametric statistics, survival involving human subjects including ethics, design, sample analysis, epidemiology statistics, and repeated measures size calculation, randomization, monitoring, data collection analysis. analysis and reporting of the results. PBHL –B 571 Biostatistics Method I-Linear Regression PBHL –B 583 Applied Multivariate Statistical Methods Model (4 cr.) P: PBHL –B 561 or equivalent. It course for Public Health (3 cr.) P: PBHL –B 551, 652 or covers fundamental methods in Experiment Design, equivalent. This is an introductory applied multivariate ANOVA, Analysis of Covariance, Simple and Multiple statistics course designed specifically for graduate Linear Regressions with applications in biomedical study students with a PhD major in epidemiology (or advanced and public health. The focus of this course is to prepare masters epidemiology students). The course can also students with solid skill in data analysis and interpretation be taken by other non-statistician majors, for example, September 6, 2017 477

PhD students in other medical sciences and health Theorem, weak convergence of distribution functions, care professionals. Students are expected to have method of characteristic functions, the fundamental taken two previous courses in statistics (introductory weak compactness theorems, convergence to a normal and intermediate) covering up through t-test, ANOVA, distribution, Lindeberg’s Theorem, infinitely divisible ANCOVA, linear regression, and logistic regression. The distributions and their subclasses. overall objective of this course is to use public health examples while introducing classic multivariate statistical STAT 62800 Advanced Statistical Inference (3 cr.) P: techniques. The course will focus on applications using STAT 51900, 52800, C: STAT 61900 or equivalent.. Real the SAS software. Very little attention will be given to analysis for inference, statistics and subfields, conditional matrix algebra. Instead, greater importance will be placed expectations and probability distributions, UMP tests with on conceptual understanding and interpretations. Basic applications to normal distributions and confidence sets, bivariate statistics, data screening (e.g., missing data, invariance, asymptotic theory of estimation and likelihood outliers, assumptions, multi-collinearity), and regression based inference, U-statistics, Edgeworth expansions, will be reviewed. The following classic multivariate saddle point method. techniques will be covered: canonical correlation, PBHL -B 621 Advanced Statistical Computing (3 cr.) MANOVA, MANCOVA, discriminant analysis, principal P: STAT 52100 or experience with R/Splus programming. components analysis, exploratory factor analysis, This course covers selected computational techniques confirmatory factor analysis, and structural equation useful in advanced statistical applications and statistical modeling (SEM). Two special topics will be introduced research, such as methods for solving linear equations, but not tested over: (1) mixed linear models for repeated numerical optimization, numerical integration, Bayesian measures analysis and multi-level modeling of clustered methods, bootstrap methods, and stochastic search data; and (2) analysis of sample survey data, obtained algorithms. from complex sampling designs, using the SAS SURVEY procedures with sampling weights. PBHL -B 627 Statistics in Pharmaceutical Research (3 cr.) P: STAT 51200; PBHL –B 582, PBHL –B 574 PBHL –B 584 Biostatistical Practicum (1-3 cr.) P: or equivalent. An overview of the drug development STAT52100; PBHL –B 582, 574; or consent of instructor. process, including the various phases of development Real-world projects in biostatistics involving participation from pre-clinical to post-marketing. Topics: statistical in consulting sessions, directed reading in the literature, issues in design, study monitoring, analysis and reporting. research ethics, design of experiments, collection of data Additional topics may include regulatory and statistical and applications of biostatistical methods. Detailed written aspects of population pharmacokinetics and real world and oral reports required. May be repeated up to 6 credits. applications. PBHL –B 585 Analysis and Interpretation of PBHL –B 626 Advanced Likelihood Theory (3 cr.) P: Observational Studies (3 cr.) P. PBHL-B 561, 562 or STAT51900, STAT52800 or equivalent. This course equivalent. This course examines fundamental aspects of covers fundamental theory in likelihood-based inferences analyzing data generated by observational epidemiology and their applications in statistical models for various studies. The focus is on developing a solid understanding types of data encountered in biomedical research. It of contemporary analytical techniques to increase the prepares students with extensive skills in applying law of validity of the study and control for possible confounding large number and central limit theorems to a large range factors and biases. of likelihood related problems and missing data problems. PBHL -B 587 Nonlinear Mixed Models (3 cr.) P: PBHL -B 634 Stochastic Modeling in Biomedical and STAT52800, 51200 or equivalent. . This course Health Sciences (3 cr.) P: STAT 52800 or equivalent. will develop the student’s ability to understand the The aim of this course is to develop those aspects of pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic model, fit the stochastic processes that are relevant for modeling nonlinear mixed model through the required software important problems in health sciences. Among the topics package, conduct the diagnosis of model fitting, perform to be covered are: Poisson processes, birth and death the hypothesis tests, and provide the interpretation of the processes, Markov chains and processes, semi-Markov data. processes, modeling by stochastic diffusions. Applications 600 Level will be made to models of prevalence and incidence of disease, therapeutic clinical trials, clinical trials for PBHL -B 612 Modern Statistical Learning Methods (3 prevention of disease, length biased sampling, models for cr.) P: STAT 52500 or equivalent.. This course covers early detection of disease, cell kinetics and family history the topics pertaining to the modern methods of high- problems. dimensional data analysis. BIOS-S 636 Advanced Survival Analysis (3 cr.) P: STAT 61900 Probability Theory (3 cr.) P: STAT STAT 53600, 62800, or PBHL –B 626 or equivalent. 51900, 52800 or equivalent. Theory Measure theory Addresses the counting process approach to the analysis based course in probability. Topics include Lebesgue of censored failure time data. Standard statistical methods measure, measurable functions and integration. Radon- in survival analysis will be examined, such as the Nelson- Nikodym Theorem, product measures and Fubini’s Aalen estimator of the cumulative hazard function, the Theorem, measures on infinite product spaces, basic Kaplan-Meier estimator of the survivor function, the concepts of probability theory, conditional probability weighted log-rank statistics, the Cox proportional hazards and expectation, regular conditional probability, strong regression model, and the accelerated failure time model. law of large numbers, martingale theory, martingale convergence theorems, uniform integrability, optional PBHL –B 646 Advanced Generalized Linear Model (3 sampling theorems, Kolmogorov’s Three series cr.) P: STAT52500 or equivalent. This course focuses 478 September 6, 2017 on the key concepts and theoretical underpinnings of required as a part of the application and are used as generalized linear models (GLM). It describes the basic guidelines for admission together with GPA and letters of modeling structure, theoretical properties of parameter recommendation. estimates, and model fitting approaches in the context of GLM. It also covers some of the more recent extensions of Master of Science Degree GLM. Course Requirements PBHL -B 656 Advanced Longitudinal Data Analysis (3 This curriculum is designed for students with a goal of cr.) P: PBHL –B 574 or equivalent. The theory of classical entering earning a professional degree in medically related and modern approaches to the analysis of clustered fields including allopathic medicine (M.D.), osteopathic data, repeated measures, and longitudinal data: random medicine (D.O.), dental, or physician assistant programs. effects and growth curve models, generalized estimating Those students desiring an advanced degree in the field equations, statistical analysis of multivariate categorical of physiology are also encouraged to apply. A total of outcomes, estimation with missing data. Discussion of 30 credit hours is required to complete the degree; two computational issues: EM algorithm, quasi-likelihood degree options are offered, non-research and research. methods, Bayesian methods for both traditional and new Elective, graduate-level science courses needed for methodologies. completion of the M. S. degree may be taken at any of the colleges on the Indianapolis campus. PBHL -B 688 Theory of Statistical Genetics (3 cr.) P: Graduate level statistics courses (such as PBHL -B582, The non-research option consists of 30 credit hours of B574) and Q730, Methods in Human Genetics. This didactic course work. Required courses include: B500 course is designed to provide solid training in statistical Biochemistry (3 cr.), F503 Basic Human Physiology (5 theory used in genetic analyses. cr.), B651 Introduction to Biostatistics (3 cr.), F702 Seminar in Physiology (2 cr.) and electives to complete 30 PBHL -B 698 Topics in Biostatistical Methods (1-3 credits. cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Directed study and reports for students who wish to undertake individual reading The research option consists of 26 credit hours of didac- and study on approved topics. tic course work and 4 credit hours of research. Required courses include: B500 Biochemistry (3 cr.), F503 STAT 69500 Seminar in Mathematical Statistics (1-3 Basic Human Physiology (5 cr.), B651 Introduction to cr.) P: Consent of advisor. Individual study that meets 3 Biostatistics (3 cr.), F702 Seminar in Physiology (2 cr.), times per week for 50 minutes per meeting for 16 weeks. F701 (4 cr.) and electives to complete 30 credits. PBHL -B 800 Research-Ph.D. Thesis (1---15 cr.) P: Must Thesis have been admitted to candidacy. See advisor for more information. Research required by the graduate students Optional for the sole purpose of writing a Ph.D. Dissertation. Final Examination Cellular and Integrative Physiology Oral defense is required with M.S. thesis option. Research School of Medicine option requires a written report, preferably in the form of a Departmental E-mail: [email protected] manuscript to be submitted for publication. Departmental URL: http://physiology.medicine.iu.edu/ Doctor of Philosophy Degree Course Requirements Curriculum A total of 90 credit hours, including 30 credit hours of Degrees Offered formal course work, (of which 12 are in the minor field). Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Required courses include: G717 (3 cr.), G735 (1 cr.), Graduate training in the department reflects the G736 (1 cr.), G718 (6 cr.), F702 (1 cr.), G855 (1 cr.), G655 modern view of physiology as an integrative science, (1 cr.), G505 (1 cr.). Three credits of Physiology electives utilizing information obtained from several different complete the 18 credit hours of course work for the major. levels to gain a better understanding of organ system Minor functions. State-of-the-art techniques are used to study Comprised of 12 credit hours in one of the following physiological responses at the molecular, cellular, fields: anatomy, biochemistry, cardiovascular sciences, and whole-organ levels. The research interests of the microbiology and immunology, pharmacology, medical faculty span cardiovascular physiology, cell growth and genetics, neurobiology, life sciences, aging diabetes, development, respiratory biology, cancer biology, and imaging, bioinformatics, or cancer biology. signal transduction mechanisms. Qualifying Examination Special Departmental Requirements Written and oral. None (See general University Graduate School requirements.) Final Examination Admission Requirements Oral defense of dissertation. Students should have a background in biology, Other Provisions chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Graduate Record Participation in Preparing Future Faculty (PFF) program or Examination (GRE) or Medical College Admission Test departmental teaching is required. (MCAT), or Dental Admission Test (DAT) scores are September 6, 2017 479

Ph.D. Minor in Cellular and Integrative Physiology The minor program must be approved by the student's Students outside the department desiring to obtain a Advisory Committee, which will take into consideration doctoral minor in physiology must complete a minimum of the student's total didactic experience. In the case of 12 credit hours in physiology courses other than research combined M.D./Ph.D. students, the Committee may (F701) and seminar (F702). approve substitution of appropriate medical school courses. The minor representative on this Committee will Ph.D. Minor in Cardiovascular Sciences be selected from outside the student's major department. The objective of the Cardiovascular Sciences minor is to provide students with a comprehensive background Faculty and understanding of integrative cardiac, vascular, renal Chairperson and pulmonary (patho)biology. This objective will be accomplished by providing students with a wide variety Professor Michael Sturek, Medical Science Building 385, of options to advance their education in the area with (317) 274-7772, [email protected] advanced didactic coursework as well as student driven journal clubs. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Course Requirements Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct A minimum of 12 credit hours outside the student’s doctoral dissertations.) major department; that would include requirements: Professors G735 (2 cr.); G830 (3 cr.); G831 (2 cr.). The remaining courses to reach 12 credit hours are to be approved by H. Glenn Bohlen* (Emeritus), Richard Day, Patricia student’s advisory committee. The advisory committee J. Gallagher*, Susan J. Gunst*, Brian Paul Herring*, may approve additional and/or substitution of appropriate Chiu Shuen Hui* (Emeritus), Stephen A. Kempson, courses to complete the degree requirements. The minor Sidney Ochs* (Emeritus), Fredrick M. Pavalko*, Rodney representative on this Committee will be selected from Rhoades* (Emeritus),Carl Rothe* (Emeritus), Michael outside the student’s major department. S. Sturek, George A. Tanner* (Emeritus), Frank A. Witzmann* For more information see: http:// physiology.medicine.iu.edu/graduate-programs/phd-minor- Associate Professors in-cardio/ David P. Basile, Mathias Clauss, Jeffrey S. Elmendorf, C. Ph.D. Minor in Cancer Biology Subah Packer*, Jonathan D. Tune The following required courses must be taken to fulfill Assistant Professors the requirements for the Minor in Cancer Biology- G715 Alexander Obukhov, Cheikh Seye Biomedical Science I (3 cr.), G716 Biomedical Science II (3 cr.), G717 Biomedical Science III (3 cr.), G504 or Adjunct Professors G505 Research Ethics (1-2 cr.), G855 or PBHL-B561 Biostatistics (1-3 cr.), and G582 Cancer Signaling Gone Ryan Anderson, Robert Bigsby* (Obstetrics), Bonnie Awry (2 cr.). Blazer-Yost* (Science), Christopher Burlak* (Surgery), Naga Chalasani (Medicine), Robert Considine (Medicine), The remainder of the minor will be selected from the Stephanie Davis (Pediatrics), Carmella Evens-Molina* following courses: (Medicine), Loren Field* (Medicine, Pediatrics), Janice Froehlich* (Medicine), Patrick Fueger* (Pediatrics), • G720 Stem Cell Biology; Shekhar Gangaraju (Ophthalmology), Lawrence • G724 Molecular Cancer Genetics, Garetto* (Dentistry), Stacey Halum (Otolaryngology), • G726 Developmental Genetics; Laura Haneline*, (Pediatrics), Maureen Harrington* • G729 Immunology I-Introduction to the Immune (Biochemistry), Alon Harris (Ophthalmology), Gary System; Hutchins* (Radiology), Jorge Jose (Physics), Ghassan • G737/ANAT-D851 Introduction to Histology; Kassab (Engineering & Technology), Jeffrey Kline • G748 Principles of Toxicology 1; (Emergency Medicine), John Kincaid (Medicine), Keith L. • G751 Advances in Cytoplasmic and Nuclear March * (Medicine), James Marrs (Biology), Steven Miller Signaling, (Surgery), Raghu Mirmira (Pediatrics), Michael Murphy • G848 Bioinformatics, Genomics, Proteomics and (Surgery), Brian Samuels (Ophthalmology) Systems Biology; Director of Graduate Studies • G817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure and Associate Professor Johnathan D. Tune, Medical Science Function; Building 2063, (317) 274-3433, [email protected] • G749 Introduction to Structural Biology • G807 Structural and Chemical Biology; Master’s Degree Graduate Advisor • G837 Mammalian DNA Repair and Disease; Associate Professor Jeffrey Elmendorf, Medical Science • G727 Animal Models of Human Disease; Building 2063, (317) 274-7852, [email protected] • J807 Current Topics in Immunology; Courses • J829 Current Topics in Molecular Genetics of Microorganisms; and PHSL-F 503 Human Physiology (4 cr.) P: Introductory • J842 Neoplastic Determinants. biology (K101, K103), and organic chemistry (C341, C342), and physics (P201, P202), or equivalent. Advanced course in human physiology designed 480 September 6, 2017 for students with no prior exposure to the discipline. and role of subcellular organization in physiology and Emphasis on basic physiological mechanisms of control pathophysiology. Emphasis is on reading original reviews, with regard to membrane, neural, endocrine, reproductive, research papers, and demonstration of techniques to muscle, cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, study epithelia function in cultured cells, tissues, and and multisystems physiology. model organisms such as zebrafish. PHSL-F 613 Medical Physiology (5 cr.) PHSL-G 703 Physiology of the Coronary Circulation Neurophysiology, physiology of muscular activity, (1 cr.) P: Graduate physiology. Advanced study of the respiration, circulation, gastrointestinal physiology, physiology, pharmacology, and pathophysiology of the excretion, metabolism, and endocrinology. Emphasis on coronary circulation using contemporary methods. Overall basic physiological mechanisms and control systems. goal is to provide a rational basis for functional genomics and modern therapy. PHSL-F 650 Membrane Biophysics (3 cr.) (Currently this course is not offered.) Structure and function of special PHSL-G 704 Physiological Proteomics (1 cr.) membranes; mitochondria, RBC, nerve, and muscle. P: Graduate biochemistry. This is a fundamental-based course on theory and practice of contemporary proteomics PHSL-F 701 Research in Physiology (arr cr.) techniques. Graduate students will learn to select and PHSL-F 702 Seminar in Physiology (1 cr.) Literature apply appropriate proteomic technologies in their research reports and group discussion by students and staff. through exposure to protein and analytical, quantitative, and informatic approaches to physiologically relevant PHSL-F 705 Molecular and Cellular Physiology (4 cr.) biomedical problems. (Currently this course is not offered.) Emphasis is on the principles of cellular structure and function that underlie PHSL-G 706 Designer Mice: Transgenes and Knockout the physiological functions of many organ systems. Three Animals (1 cr.) P: Graduate cell and molecular biology. fundamental topics will be discussed: cell structure, An advanced course emphasizing strategies for designing the organization of the cells to form tissues, and cell genetically modified mouse models. physiology. Modern techniques in cellular physiology PHSL-G 707 Physiology of Smooth Muscle (1 cr.) will be covered through critical analysis of the primary P: Graduate-level physiology course. Advanced study research literature. Note: Course not currently offered. of the physiology of the smooth muscle tissues with PHSL-F 710 Physiology of Membranes (2 cr.) focus on the normal physiology and pathophysiology of P: Consent of instructor. (Currently this course is not airway smooth muscle and the airways. Biochemical and offered.) Structure and function of cell membranes. physiologic mechanisms in the regulation of contraction, Kinetics and energetics of membrane transport. growth, and phenotypic expression in smooth muscle Regulation of intracellular ionic concentrations. Hormonal tissues will be explored. and pathophysiological modification of membrane PHSL-G 708 Cardiac and Coronary Physiology of function. Exercise (1 cr.) P: Graduate integrative physiology. PHSL-F 711 Integrative Physiology: Cells to Systems Exercise stimulus, quantification of work, and in vivo (4 cr.) P: No formal prerequisites; background in basic responses and adaptations involved in cellular and biochemistry and cell biology or cell physiology is molecular mechanisms of myocardial and coronary artery recommended. (Currently this course is not offered.) responses and adaptations to exercise. Introductory physiology course for graduate students PHSL-G 712 In Vivo Microcirculatory Physiology covering fundamental concepts of cellular and integrative (1 cr.) P: Graduate physiology. (Currently this course is physiology of tissues and organ systems. Basic physiology not offered.) Fundamental roles of the microcirculation of the neural, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, respiratory, are to provide oxygen and nutrients to the living cells, renal, endocrine, and gastrointestinal systems are remove wastes, and maintain hydration of the tissues. covered. At the end of the course, students should These functions are best understood from their cellular have a basic understanding of the physiologic functions and biophysical regulation in the in vivo setting. of cells, tissues, and organ systems and should understand modern approaches for the measurement and PHSL-G 713 Angiogenesis (1 cr.) P: Graduate cell interpretation of physiologic functions. Note: Course not biology. Advanced study of angiogenesis. Focus will be currently offered. on concepts and mechanisms of angiogenic processes. Methods of assessment of sprouting angiogenesis will be PHSL-F 725 Muscle Macromolecules and Contraction introduced including demonstrations and readings. (2 cr.) (Currently this course is not offered.) Structure and function of various macromolecules involved in muscle PHSL-G 714 Development of the Vascular System contraction. The aspects covered include excitation- (1 cr.) P: F710 and Graduate Cell Biology, or consent contraction coupling, regulation of myoplasmic free of instructor. Advanced study of the development of the calcium level, the contractile machinery, and force vascular system. Concepts of vascular development generation. Comparison in skeletal, cardiac, and smooth will be explored with an emphasis on the experimental muscles. Lectures and guided discussion of papers. technique used to unravel organ development. This course may be taken for credit only once. PHSL-F 780 Special Topics in Physiology (arr cr.) Tutorial instruction in physiology. PHSL-G 735 Cardiovascular, Renal, and Respiratory Function in Health & Disease (2 cr.) P: G715 and PHSL-G 640 Epithelial Cell Biology (1 cr.) P: Graduate G717. This course will advance fundamental elements of cell biology. (Currently this course is not offered.) An cardiovascular function including basic hemodynamics, integrated approach to epithelial structure/function, cardiac function, respiratory function, ventilator September 6, 2017 481 mechanics, gas exchange and kidney function, including (Please note that when conferring University Graduate control of excretion and regulation of body fluid dynamics. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The An emphasis will be placed on integrative function of University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements different organ systems. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) PHSL-G 736 Endocrine and Gastrointestinal Function in Health and Disease (1 cr.) P: G715 and G717. The Curriculum course emphasizes the use of modern experimental Courses techniques to study mechanisms underlying the physiological function of the gastrointestinal tract and Program Director endocrine system. Lectures highlight the molecular and Professor Kurt Kroenke* cellular basis for diseases of the gastrointestinal and (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University endocrine systems and how they impact whole animal Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct function. doctoral dissertations.) PHSL-G 761 Molecular and Cellular Physiology of Degree Offered Ion Channels (1 cr.) P: Graduate cellular physiology. Master of Science, Graduate Certificate Advanced ion transport topics selected from current research on channels, pumps, and exchangers. Topics Special Departmental Requirements include transporter biophysical characteristics, long-term regulation, and electrophysiological and optical methods (See also general University Graduate School for study. requirements.) PHSL-G 762 Renal Physiology (1 cr.) P: Graduate Master of Science in Clinical Research physiology. Reading and discussion of classical papers Indiana University’s Master of Science in Clinical in renal physiology. Laboratory experiences will include Research degree program prepares health care measurement of renal functions using clearance methods professionals for a career in clinical research. This and demonstrations of micropuncture and in vivo program offers a combination of course work and practical techniques. research experience and is a core component of the Indiana Clinical and Translational Sciences Institute PHSL-G 818 Integrative Cell Biology (3 cr.) (Currently (CTSI). The program also constitutes the formal didactic this course is not offered.) This course provides broad requirements for certain types of federal training grants understanding of ways in which cells are organized and (such as K-23s) and other career awards. Following integrated into tissues. Emphasis is on the function of cells completion of the program, graduates can embark on in neural/ neuroendocrine system, cardiopulmonary, renal, a career in clinical research with the skills necessary and immune systems and in cytomechanics. Modern to successfully compete for grant funding, conduct and approaches to the study of tissue function by analysis of analyze research findings, and publish work in scientific cellular regulation will be emphasized. journals. PHSL-G 830 Advanced Cardiovascular Physiology Course Requirements (3 cr.) P: Graduate physiology Advanced (3 cr.) study of the physiology, pharmacology, and pathophysiology of The Master of Science program is divided equally between the cardiovascular system using contemporary methods two main components: (1) completion of the formal is emphasized. Concepts of cardiovascular structure, curriculum and (2) active involvement in clinical research function, hemodynamics, excitation-contraction coupling, under the mentorship of a faculty scientist. Both elements signal transduction and electrohysiology are reinformced. are critical in preparation of the candidate for successful research following graduation. The curriculum is designed PHSL-G 831 Concepts and Controversies in to cover core competency areas through a combination Cardiovascular Science (3 cr.) P: Graduate physiology. of course work and mentored research. The two-year Reading and in depth discussion of current concepts M.S. program consists of a 30 credit hour curriculum, and controversies in the field. Classes involve student which includes the following core courses—G504 or P555, presentations of relevant manuscripts in journal club like PBHL-B551, or PBHL-B651, G660, G661, G664, and format. approved electives (9-12 credits). PHSL-F 782 Physiology and Pathophysiology of Grades Lipid Rafts (1 cr.) P: Graduate cell biology. To acquire a core of essential principles about lipid raft structure and A grade point average of B (3.0) is required in all comprehensive insight into the functional process of these coursework. membrane domains by means of introductory lectures, review of current literature, and group discussions with an Thesis emphasis on experimental techniques used to examine Research project (see GRAD G664 Mentored Clinical membrane physiology. Research) is completed in lieu of thesis. Clinical Research Graduate Certificate in Clinical Research School of Medicine This is a 14 credit degree with three required courses Curriculum (G660 Clinical Research Methods, G504 Research Ethics, or P555 Ethical and Policy Issues in International Departmental URL: https://www.indianactsi.org/ Research, and G661 Clinical Trials or PBHL-B551 Biostatistics for Public Health, or PBHL-B651: Introduction 482 September 6, 2017 to Biostatistics I). These three courses will constitute 8-9 PBHL-B 551 Biostatistics for Public Health I (3 cr.) This credits; the remaining 5-6 credits will consist of graduate- course introduces the basic principles and methods of level elective courses that are relevant to the student’s data analysis in public health biostatistics. clinical interests. PBHL-B 651 Introduction to Biostatistics I (3 cr.) B651 Electives (4-6 cr.) Electives (approved by program is an introductory level biostatistics course designed for director) include graduate-level courses in more advanced healthcare professionals. This course will cover the topics biostatistics, epidemiology, clinical pharmacology, on data presentation techniques, describing data with genetics, molecular biology, computer sciences, or other numerical summary measures, probability and probability courses relevant to the individual student’s field of clinical distributions, sampling distributions, statistical inferences research. from small and large samples, analysis of categorical data, analysis of variance, correlation and simple linear Ph.D. Minor in Clinical Research regression analysis. The 12-credit PhD Minor in Clinical Research is designed to be of service to a diverse clientele. It will provide PHIL-P 555 Ethical & Policy Iss in Intl Rsch (3 cr.) This PhD students with an overview of clinical research by course examines ethical and policy issues in the design introducing them to core clinical research concepts and and conduct of transnational research involving human skills, including clinical research methodology, clinical participants. trials, research ethics, and biostatistics. Additionally, each student will complete one elective relevant to their specific Computer Science area of research interest. School of Liberal Arts The Clinical Research Minor includes 9 credit hours of Departmental E-mail: [email protected] core coursework selected from the following list, and one Departmental URL: http://cs.iupui.edu/graduate/degrees/ 3-credit graduate level elective: minor Clinical Research Methods – G660 (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Clinical Trials – G661 School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Introduction to Research Ethics – G504, or Ethical & contained only in The University Graduate School Policy Issues in International Research – P555 Bulletin.) Introduction to Biostatistics I – B651 or alternate Curriculum biostatistics course Degree Offered Course selections (see descriptions above) will be Ph.D. Minor in Computer Science approved by the Minor program director in conjunction The objective of the graduate minor in computer science with the student’s PhD program advisor. is to provide an opportunity for current Indiana University Courses or Purdue University doctoral students in other disciplines at IUPUI to learn and use computer science techniques GRAD-G 504 Research Ethics (2-3 cr.) An introduction and tools to solve problems in their academic fields. to both the theory and practice of research ethics. The Such a minor is helpful, as the use of information course also covers key ethical principles and concepts. technology in other academic areas has proliferated; future researchers and faculty members must be familiar GRAD-G 660 Clinical Research Methods (3 cr.) This with the fundamentals of computer science to aid in their course provides instruction in the major types of study own research and discovery. design (other than clinical trials) used in clinical research, including cohort, case-control, cross-sectional, survey, and Students who are enrolled in any Indiana University or secondary database studies. Also, fundamental themes Purdue University doctoral program at IUPUI may apply and special topics in clinical research are covered. for admission to the graduate minor. Students must submit an internal application to the department for review. GRAD-G 661 Clinical Trials (3 cr.) This course includes Admissions are done on a rolling basis. Applicants are topics in conducting clinical trials, including design, required to have a background in computer science of at recruitment, informed consent, randomization, blinding, least CSCI 36200 Data Structures or equivalent course. data collection and analysis, safety monitoring, study Exceptions to this requirement will be made only in rare closeout, and alternative designs such as crossover and cases to otherwise outstanding students. nonrandomized trials. Some important research areas besides clinical trials are also covered. Course Requirements GRAD-G 664 Mentored Clinical Research (7-9 cr.) The minor will require coursework totaling 12 graduate This is an organized research project in the form of credit hours at the 500 level or above. These must an organized scientific contribution or comprehensive include one three-credit hour core course selected from analysis conducted under the mentorship of a faculty the following list, and three elective computer science scientist from the individual CITE enrollee’s core courses. Additional CSCI courses at the 500 level or discipline. The capstone experience is submission of an above, such as independent studies, may be substituted abstract to a scientific meeting, defense of one’s research for elective courses with the permission of a student's before an advisory committee, and completion of a first- faculty advisor and the Minor Program Coordinator, Dr. authored paper deemed suitable for publication in a Yuni Xia. scientific journal. September 6, 2017 483

CSCI 50300, Operating Systems Degrees Offered Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. CSCI 56500, Programming Languages In addition, the School of Dentistry offers the Master of CSCI 58000, Algorithm Design, Analysis, and Science in Dentistry and a certificate program in oral Implementation and maxillofacial surgery; for details see the School of Approved Elective Courses: CSCI 50600, 54100, Dentistry Bulletin. 54900, 55000, 55200, and these variable title courses: Special School Requirements Cryptography & Network Security, Data Mining, Distributed Databases, Pattern Recognition/Data Mining, (See also general University Graduate School and Wireless Sensor Networks. These topics courses requirements.) are offered as CSCI 59000, and may acquire permanent course numbers in the future. The M.S. and Ph.D. programs are designed principally for students who expect to enter dental education and Minimum Overall GPA: Successful completion of the research upon completion of their programs. The M.S.D. minor requires at least a B (3.0) average over all courses program is intended for students interested primarily in the counting toward the minor. The minimum grade that will be specialty disciplines of dentistry. accepted in any single course is C. Course grades of C- or below must be repeated and a C or higher grade must be Master of Science Degree earned. Graduate work in the School of Dentistry leading to the M.S. degree includes advanced laboratory, lecture, library, Maximum Number of Transferable Credits: Applicants and seminar courses. (See School of Dentistry Bulletin for who have already earned credit for one or more of the M.S.D. and certificate programs offered in the advanced equivalent courses from other institutions and other specialty disciplines in dentistry.) programs may request to apply up to a maximum of three credits of these coursed toward the minor. Any waivers or Admission Requirements substitutions must be approved by the Minor Coordinator (1) Bachelor’s degree with appropriate concentration in in consultation with the Department of Computer & science (for applicants, other than dentists, who wish to Information Science's Graduate Committee. A maximum pursue advanced degrees in dental science); (2) overall of three credits from another institution may be applied to B (3.0) average; (3) appropriate level of achievement in the Graduate Minor. course work in the major area of concentration; and (4) Maximum Time for Completion: All requirements for the evidence of potential for success in advanced graduate Graduate Minor must be completed within four calendar work, as attested by letters of recommendation from major years. Most students enrolled in this program will be full- professors or others familiar with the applicant’s academic time students, and should attempt the minor during the performance or professional background. A personal early part of their studies. interview may be required in some instances. Number of Allowable Credit Hours taken Prior to Grades Admission: Up to 6 (six) equivalent credit hours taken prior Students must maintain an academic average of at least to admission into the Graduate Minor program may be 3.0 (B) on a 4.0 scale. applied toward the minor. Up to three of these may be from another institution. Course Requirements Faculty A minimum of 30 credit hours of approved courses Graduate Faculty appropriate to one of the major disciplines given above, including 6 credit hours in an approved minor subject (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University and 6 credit hours of research. See School of Dentistry Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Bulletin and individual program directors for specific doctoral dissertations) details on curricula. Program Director Thesis Professor Yuni Xia*, [email protected], (317) 274-9738 Students must submit a thesis based on the original Dentistry research conducted. School of Dentistry Final Examinations Departmental E-mail: [email protected] A comprehensive oral and written examination is taken any time after the first semester. A defense of thesis Departmental URL: https://www.dentistry.iu.edu/ examination is required upon submission of the thesis to (Please note that when conferring University Graduate the student’s graduate committee. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Degree in Dental Science contained only in The University Graduate School The objective of the Ph.D. in Dental Science Program is Bulletin.) to provide a core curriculum that offers a solid scientific base for a career in research and/or teaching in the Curriculum dental sciences. The Ph.D. degree in Dental Science (Preventive Dentistry, Oral Biology, or Dental Biomaterials track) focuses on basic and clinical science areas as 484 September 6, 2017 they relate to the human organism and on the effect of dental materials on biological systems. Graduates of Microbiology (3 cr.) this program are ideal candidates for academic teaching J822 or J510 or J805 and/or research positions in dental schools, medical schools, and other basic science departments as well General Graduate (16 cr.) as for research positions in government institutions and G651, G504 or G505, G865, G655, and EDUC J500, industry. PSY 608 or EDUC R503 or other teaching method course recommended by the program director. General Information Admission Requirements Dental/Oral Biology (10 cr.) The program is open to persons who have earned the R959 or G910 and R956 Doctor of Dental Surgery degree or its equivalent as well as graduates of bachelor of science degree programs. Research (remainder of 90 cr.) Applicants must have a minimum grade point average of R957 and R958 3.0 or higher on a 4.0 scale (grade point averages from Preventive Dentistry Track the dental degree in the case of dental school graduates). (The Preventive Dentistry Track core curriculum has a Candidates for the Ph.D. degree program must have a minimum of 52 course credits, composed of 40 required minimum score on the Graduate Record Examination and 12 minor credits.) (GRE) of 160 in the verbal, 148 in the quantitative, or 3.0 in the analytical section. In addition, a TOEFL score of 79 or higher must be obtained by applicants from non-English Required Courses (40 cr. min.) speaking countries. R909, R910, R911, G974, and G959

Program Requirements Courses from the following list can be used to complete The degree requires 90 credit hours with 32–40 required the total hours required for the major subject: C607, G900, course credits (depending on the choice of track) and 12 G905, G911, G965, G967, G973, or R953 credits in a minor. Disciplines included in the program are anatomy, biochemistry, biomedical engineering, General Graduate (13 cr.) biostatistics, cell biology, chemistry, immunology, G651, G504 or G505, G655 and EDUC J500, PSY materials science engineering, mechanical engineering, 608 or EDUC R503 or other teaching method course microbiology, molecular biology, pathology, physics, and recommended by the program director. physiology. Students are required to enroll in the IUPUI Preparing Future Faculty (PFF) program. Dental/Oral Biology (10 cr.) G910 or R959 and R956 Minor The minor consists of 12 credit hours in any one of the ad- Research (remainder of 90 cr.) vanced basic science courses (anatomy, biochemistry, R958 and G930 biomedical engineering, chemistry, materials science engineering, mechanical engineering, microbiology Required Dental Sciences Courses for Non-Dental and immunology, pathology, pharmacology, physics, Preventive Dentistry Track Applicants physiology, life science) or their equivalents, as approved Applicants without a dental degree may apply for the by the student’s advisory committee and the chairperson Preventive Dentistry Track, but are required to take the of the minor department. Credit hours for the required following courses in the first two years of their program: courses may not count toward the minor courses. G981, G969, G988 or G935. Qualifying Examination (for Admission to Candidacy) Dental Biomaterials Track (The Dental Biomaterials Track core curriculum has a The qualifying exam consists of two parts: 1) writing and minimum of 51 course credits, composed of 39 required presenting an oral defense of a research proposal, and 2) and 12 minor credits.) sitting for a comprehensive written examination. Core Curriculum Required Courses (39 cr. min.) Descriptions of the following courses that do not appear on the list of graduate courses in this bulletin can be found Biochemistry-Microbiology (3 cr.) in this bulletin or in the School of Medicine or School of B500 or G959 Education bulletin. General Graduate (16 cr.) Oral Biology Track G651, G504 or G505, G865, G655 and EDUC J500, PSY (The Oral Biology Track core curriculum has a minimum of 608 or EDUC R503 or other teaching method course 44 course credits, composed of 32 required and 12 minor recommended by the program director. credits.) Dental Materials (20-22 cr.) G910, G911, G912, G913, and R956 Required Courses (32 cr. min.)

Elective Classes (determined by the student’s advisory Biochemistry (3-5 cr.) committee) B500 or B800 and G817 September 6, 2017 485

Offered by the Purdue University School of Materials Assistant Professors Science and Engineering (MSE) or Indiana University School of Dentistry. MSE 53000 or MSE 23000, MSE Marco Bottino*, Anmed Ghoneima, Frank Lippert, Sean 24000, MSE 33500, MSE 35000, MSE 38200, the MSE Shih-Yao Liu*, R. Hunter Rackley Jr., Stuart M. Schrader, Graduate Seminar, G865, or M527. Fengyu Song*, , Achint Utreja, LaQuia Vinson, Kimberly Walker, Paul A. Zitterbart Specialty Courses (determined by the student’s advisory committee) Associate Dean for Graduate Education and Director of Ph.D. Program • Polymers (MSE 59700Y, MSE 52500, and MSE 59700B-A and AE 59000M) Richard L. Gregory*, OH 123, (317) 274-5349 • Ceramics (MSE 51000, MSE 51200, MSE 52300, Earth Sciences and MSE 55600) • Metals (MSE 50800, MSE 52200, and MSE 51000) School of Science • Biomechanics (BME 59500C, BME 59500J, and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] MSE 55600) Departmental URL: www.earthsciences.iupui.edu • Tissue Engineering (BME 59500E, BMS 52300, BME 60100, BME 60200, and BME 59500B) (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Research (remainder of 90 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • R957 and G921, G930 contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) Faculty Curriculum Dean Degree Offered Professor John Norton Williams Doctor of Philosophy in Applied Earth Sciences Graduate Faculty Special Departmental Requirements (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (See also general University Graduate School doctoral dissertations.) requirements.) Distinguished Professor The objective of the Ph.D. in Applied Earth Sciences is to provide training at the interface between earth sciences, George Stookey* (Emeritus) including water, land, soil, and human welfare. This research degree focuses on the beneficial and harmful Professors interactions between humans and earth systems, and is David R. Avery (Emeritus), Jeffrey David Bennett, David interdisciplinary in scope and training. The PhD program T. Brown, Timothy J. Carlson, Jie Chen, Arden Christen* is organized into four concentration areas (or cores): (Emeritus), Michael A. Cochran (Emeritus), Jeffrey Alan physical earth, geochemical processes, water resources, Dean, Paul Edwards, Lawrence P. Garetto*, Lawrence and human and environmental systems. Graduates of this I. Goldblatt (Emeritus), Richard L. Gregory*, E. Brady program are ideal candidates for academic teaching and/ Hancock (Emeritus), Steven P. Haug, William F. Hohlt or research, as well as for research positions and science (Emeritus), James Earl Jones, Michael Josef Kowolik*, policy positions in government institutions and industry. Katherine S. Kula, Melvin R. Lund (Emeritus), Esperanza Admission Requirements Angeles Martinez Mier, Bruce A. Matis (Emeritus), Gerardo Mau-pome-Carvantes*, Chris H. Miller* Prospective students should have a bachelor's or master's (Emeritus), B. Keith Moore* (Emeritus), Dean Morton, degree in the physical, biological, or medical sciences, Donald H. Newell (Emeritus), Yoshiki Oshida* (Emeritus), and a minimum of a B (3.0) average in science courses. Edwin T. Parks, W. Eugene Roberts Jr.* (Emeritus), One year of chemistry and mathematics through college Brian J. Sand¬ers, James C. Shanks (Emeritus), S. algebra and trigonometry are required. The Graduate Miles Standish* (Emeritus), Charles Tomich* (Emeritus), Record Examination General Test is required. Each Margot Van Dis (Emerita), John Norton Williams, Gail F. student must submit three letters of recommendation. Williamson, L. Jack Windsor*, Karen Masbaum Yoder, Domenick T. Zero*, Susan L. Zunt Program Requirements Associate Professors The degree requires 90 credit hours; we accept up to 30 credit hours of previous graduate course work to Masatoshi Ando*, Steven B. Blanchard, Angela satisfy the 90 credit hour requirement. Students will have Bruzzaniti*, Judith Chin, T. M. Gabriel Chu*, Christianne several required courses, determined by their advisory Guba Cochran, Dominique M. Galli*, Anderson Hara*, committee and their research committee, to satisfy the Suteera T. Hovijitra (Emerita), Richard D. Jackson, Ph.D. requirements including the concentration area Vanchit John, Thomas R. Katona*, Joan E. Kowolik, , (15 credits), and the minor (12 credits). Within a chosen Jeffrey A. Platt*, Laura Romito-Cera, Jack Schaaf, concentration area, students must take at least 9 credits in Armando Soto, Mythily Srinivasan, Kelton Stewart, the Department of Earth Sciences. Thankam Thyvalikakath, James A. Weddell, George P. Willis, Juan Yepes, Nancy Ann Young Admitted students are assigned a three-person advisory committee at the beginning of the first year of graduate study. The committee prescribes a study program based 486 September 6, 2017 on the interests of the student and the principal graduate Both thesis and non-thesis options are available. Both advisor. By the end of the second semester, the advisory options require at least 21 credit hours of non-research committee appoints a research committee (5 members) to course work, with at least 3 credit hours in courses oversee the qualifying exam and the dissertation defense. approved for graduate credit from allied sciences, The research committee includes at least three faculty mathematics, or the environmental program of the School members from the department of Earth Sciences and of Public and Environmental Affairs (SPEA). Up to 6 credit the minor advisor (who must be outside the department hours of 400-level courses approved for graduate credit of Earth Sciences). In order to maintain proper balance may be counted toward the degree with the approval in the expertise represented in the research committee, of the graduate advisor. The thesis option requires the the principal graduate advisor can petition the Graduate completion of 30 credit hours, 6 of which are taken as Affairs committee to replace one Earth Sciences faculty G810 Research (the thesis). The non-thesis option by an external member, as long as this member has requires the completion of 36 credit hours, 3 of which already been approved by the University Graduate School. consist of a research project taken as G700 Geologic Students must complete all degree requirements within six Problems. The departmental graduate committee must years of beginning this study program. approve elective credits outside the Department of Earth Sciences for both options. Common Core Admitted students will be assigned a three-person Because of the interdisciplinary nature of the program advisory committee at the beginning of the first year of and the diverse academic background of admitted graduate study. The committee will prescribe a study students, all students are required to take the common program based on the interests of the student and the core class, "Applied earth sciences: The human principal graduate advisor. Students must complete all dimension." The advisory committee may recommend degree requirements within five years of beginning this one more fundamental earth sciences course to address study program. deficiencies. Grades Minor A “B” (3.0) average or higher must be maintained; and no The minor consists of 12 credit hours of advanced grade below “C” is acceptable. coursework completed outside of the department of Earth Sciences, as approved by the student's advisory committee and the chairperson of the department hosting the minor. Credit hours for the required courses Faculty (concentration area) may not count toward the minor Chairperson courses. Professor Kevin Mandernack Qualifying Examination (for Admission to Candidacy) Graduate Faculty The qualifying exam consists of writing and presenting (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University an oral defense of a research proposal. Successful Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct completion of the qualifying exam is one of the Doctoral dissertations.) requirements for advancement to degree candidacy. Professors Grades Andrew P. Barth*, Gabriel Filippelli*, Kevin Mandernack* A "B" (3.0) average or higher must be maintained; no more than 6 credit hours of "C" are acceptable. Associate Professors Master of Science in Geology, with concentration in Gregory K. Druschel*, Pierre-Andre Jacinthe*, Lin Li*, environmental geology Kathy Licht*, Pamela Martin* Special Departmental Requirements Assistant Professors (See also general University Graduate School Broxton Bird*, William P. Gilhooly III*, Catherine A. Macris, requirements.) Lixin Wang* Admission Requirements Lecturer Prospective students should have a bachelor’s degree in Jennifer Nelson, Thomas Rossbach geology, including a summer field course, and a minimum of a “B” (3.0) average in geology courses. One year of Emeritus Faculty chemistry and mathematics through college algebra and trigonometry are required. Individuals with a bachelor’s Frederick Kleinhans* (Physics), Joseph Pachut Jr. (Earth degree in another area of science are also encouraged Sciences) to apply; the departmental graduate advisory committee Adjunct Faculty will prescribe a plan of study to remove deficiencies. The Graduate Record Examination General Test is Timothy Carter (Butler University), Jennifer Latimer required. Each student must submit three letters of (Indiana State), Xianzhong Wang (Biology), Jeffrey Wilson recommendation. (Geography) Course Requirements Graduate Advisor September 6, 2017 487

Associate Professor Pierre-Andre Jacinthe*, Engineering/ systems and chemistry of ground water and surface water. Science/Technology Building, SL 118H, (317) 274-7969 The relationships between water and geologic materials. Core: environmental geoscience. Courses GEOL-G 561 Paleocology (3 cr.) P: Consent of GEOL-G 502 Trace Element and Isotope Geochemistry instructor. (3 cr.) P: CHEM C360 or C361 or GEOL G406. Introduction to the principles and methods of analyzing Principles governing the distributions of trace elements, fossil and modern organisms and their relation to the radioisotopes, and stable isotopes in igneous, physical, chemical and biological environment. Analysis metamorphic, or sedimentary environments. Emphasis on of large-scale, cohesive environmental influences on past applications to petrology and geochronology. life. Application of concepts to extra-terrestrial life.

GEOL-G 502 Trace Element and Isotope Geochemistry GEOL-G 583 Isotope Geochemistry (3 cr.) P: G406 (3 cr.) P: CHEM C360 or C361 or GEOL G406. or consent of instructor. Introduction to the theory and Principles governing the distributions of trace elements, application of radiogenic and stable isotopes to a variety radioisotopes, and stable isotopes in igneous, of sub-disciplines in the earth sciences. Topics include: metamorphic, or sedimentary environments. Emphasis on geochronology, tracers, mass balance and mixing, applications to petrology and geochronology. hydrology and environmental applications, water-rock GEOL-G 519 Phanerozoic Stratigraphy of North interaction, and biogeochemical cycles. America (3 cr.) P: G334 and G404, or equivalent GEOL-G 585 Environmental Geochemistry (3 cr.) Lithostratigraphy, biostratigraphy, correlation, tectonic Aquatic and environmental geochemistry, including setting, and depositional environment of North American freshwater and marine systems, natural and human- Phanerozoic rocks. induced changes to geochemical systems, and the geochemical record of paleoceanographic and paleocli- GEOL-G 525 Glacial Geology (3 cr.) Formation, matic variations. dynamics, and regimen of glaciers. Erosional and depositional processes and landforms. Glaciation of North GEOL-G 595 Data Analysis Techniques in Geoscience America with emphasis on stratigraphy, soils, climates, (3 cr.) P: STAT 301 and CSCI 207, or equivalent. and physical changes resulting from glacial processes and Application of statistical and numerical analysis techniques environments. Field investigations and a student research to geoscience data, including sampling methods, project required. confidence intervals, least squares methods, correlation, time series analysis, and multivariate techniques. GEOL-G 527 Geological Oceanography (3 cr.) Emphasis on using a computer to solve geoscience P: Graduate standing, G334, and G413. Geological problems. features and processes operating in the oceans; continental shelf, slope and ocean-basin geomorphology, GEOL-G 596 Topics in Applied Environmental sedimentology, structure, and composition; origin and Geology (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. geologic history of seawater and ocean basins. Application of geologic principles to common environmental problems. Topics covered include waste GEOL-G 535 Quaternary Geology (3 cr.) P: G415 site assessment, flood hazard analysis and mitigation, or consent of instructor. Characteristics, distribution, slope stability, and hydrogeology. Application of principles and origin of Pleistocene and recent deposits; to problems pertaining to urban planning, earthquake- stratigraphy and chronology; formation of associated resistant design, and waste site/landfill development. landforms, landscapes, paleosols, and soils; Quaternary environments. Core: environmental geoscience. GEOL-G 600 Advanced Techniques (3 cr.) P: Consent GEOL-G 545 Applied Analytical Techniques in of instructor. Training in special geologic methods such Geology (3 cr.) Principles of advanced analytical as exploration seismology. experimental petrology, x-ray techniques including X-ray analysis, electron beam spectroscopy, electron probe microanalysis, isotopic and imaging and analysis, and mass spectrometry, with organic mass spectroscopy. Variable titles, may be taken applications in geosciences. Lectures on theory followed five times without duplicating title. by laboratory exercises. Students will complete individual GEOL-G 621 Modeling Hydrological Systems (3 cr.) or collaborative research projects. Introduction to ground water flow and solute transport GEOL-G 546 Planetary Remote Sensing (3 cr.) modeling. Includes development of equations describing P: Previous course in remote sensing, or consent of ground water flow and applied ground water/contaminant instructor. Application of multi-spectral data for exploration transport modeling using a variety of current software and mapping of planetary surfaces. packages. GEOL-G 550 Surface Water Hydrology (3 cr.) P: G451 GEOL-G 622 Urban Geology (3 cr.) P: Consent of and M216, or consent of instructor. Mechanics of surface instructor. runoff and open channel flow. Rainfall-runoff equations, Consideration of geologic factors in land-use planning probability analysis of stream flow, and watershed in the urban setting. Availability and use of geologic simulation models. Chemistry of surface waters and resources, building and road materials, water supply, stream pollution. Core: environmental geoscience. waste disposal, and geologic hazards. Emphasis on applications of principles to problem solving. GEOL-G 551 Advanced Hydrogeology (3 cr.) P: G451. Basic principles and quantitative aspects of physical flow 488 September 6, 2017

GEOL-G 635 Soil Geomorphology (3 cr.) Application previous economics courses. Before undertaking graduate of geomorphic principles in evaluation of weathering and study in economics, a student should have knowledge soil formation; systems analysis of soil-landscape models; of intermediate-level undergraduate economic theory paleogeomorphology and paleopedology. Lectures and (E321 and E322), statistics (E270), differential and integral discussion; field and laboratory problems. calculus (the IUPUI equivalent is M16500 offered by the mathematics department). Students with deficiencies in GEOL-G 640 Fluvial Geomorphology (3 cr.) Survey of economics and/or mathematics may be admitted on a fluvial processes including sediment transport, bed and conditional basis. bank erosion, and river metamorphosis. Examination of the controls on channel form. Analysis of landform The verbal, quantitative, and analytical portions of the genesis with an emphasis on feature sedimentology and Graduate Record Examination (GRE) are required, stratigraphy. Application of fluvial geomorphic principles to and applicants are urged to complete the examination land management and restoration of riparian ecosystems. by December of the year before admission. Requests to substitute GMAT scores for GRE scores will be GEOL-G 645 Carbonate Sedimentology (3 cr.) P: G334 considered. or consent of instructor. Course focuses on origin and generation of carbonate grains, description of modern Three letters of recommendation are required. For carbonate depositional environments, interpretation of students with English as a second language, a minimum ancient limestone and dolomite sequences, and carbonate TOEFL score of at least 550 is recommended. Successful diagenesis. completion of ELS 112 will be accepted in lieu of TOEFL for admission. GEOL-G 690 Advanced Geology Seminar (arr cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Seminars on critical research Course Requirements issues and topical themes. S/F grading. Students must complete a minimum of 30 credit hours of graduate work. Of the 30 credit hours, 24 come from GEOL-G 700 Geologic Problems (1-5 cr.) P: Consent of courses offered with the economics department and 6 are instructor. Consideration of special geological problems. outside electives taken in other departments depending on **This course is eligible for a deferred grade. the student's interest and long-term plans upon completion GEOL-G 810 Research (arr cr.) **This course is eligible of the M.A. for a deferred grade. Grades Economics The student must receive at least a C (2.0) in each course School of Liberal Arts and must average at least a B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) for all Departmental E-mail: [email protected] courses taken. Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/economics/ Dual Degree: Master of Arts in Economics and Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies (Please note that when conferring University Graduate The dual master’s degree in economics and philanthropic School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The studies substantially benefits students intending to University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements pursue a career in independent research, academia, or contained only in The University Graduate School practice. Normally, those pursuing a career in research Bulletin.) or academia continue in a Ph.D. program in economics, Curriculum finance, accounting, management, marketing, or public policy. Very few doctoral programs include substantial Degree Offered content on philanthropy or nonprofit organizations. Master of Arts, Dual Master of Arts in Economics and As such, the M.A. in philanthropic studies provides a Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies, Doctor of broad interdisciplinary background that makes the future Philosophy researcher sensitive to the institutional details, values, and history of the sector, thus leading to better research. Program Information For the future nonprofit manager or leader, economics Master of Arts provides the principles and methodologies to make The Master of Arts in economics has a twofold objective: informed decisions on the appreciative level, the policy (1) to provide students with analytical capabilities and level, and the managerial level. research skills for careers in business, government, and Admission requirements for the dual degree program are the nonprofit sector; and (2) to prepare those who wish to identical to those for each program separately. Separate pursue a Ph.D. application must be made to each of the two programs. Special Departmental Requirements Students are expected to take responsibility for learning about and meeting the admission requirements of each (See also general University Graduate School school individually, which may differ from each other in requirements.) application documents required, minimal standards of criteria for admission, and deadline dates. Students must Admission Requirements make plans early with advisors in both programs to identify Applicants should have completed a bachelor’s degree (1) common courses and (2) thesis credit. from an accredited institution. Ordinarily, applicants should Study for the two degrees can be combined for a have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 total of 51 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours scale in their undergraduate course work and in their that would be required if the two degrees were taken September 6, 2017 489 separately. Two of the required core courses for the statistics sequence E571, E573, E577, E578, E670, and M.A. in economics may be selected as electives to meet E673. In addition, starting in their third year, students the Philanthropic Studies Program requirement for two must formally enroll in a workshop course for a minimum applied electives. One of the required philanthropic of four semesters. Student may cease to register for studies courses, ECON E514 The Nonprofit Economy the workshop seminar after four semesters if they have and Public Policy, may be taken to meet 3 of the 12 credit either accumulated the required 90 credits or defended hours of economics electives required in the economics their PhD thesis. There is a minimum requirement of program. A common thesis meets the requirements of 61.5 credit hours of course work, including standard both departments. Economics courses, Economics workshop courses, and minor courses. The remaining courses will be taken as Further information regarding regulations governing thesis credits. advanced degree programs may be obtained from the respective departments. Minor Doctor of Philosophy Degree In addition to the formal coursework in Economics the Program Information prospective Ph.D. candidate must complete a structured minor in a related area. For those with a primary field The PhD program is designed to (i) advance knowledge in health economics, the minor will usually relate to the concerning health economics and philanthropy/nonprofit health and life sciences disciplines. A minor obtained in economics; (ii) develop the skills essential for our areas such as behavioral health sciences, biostatistics, graduates to conduct independent research in these two environmental health sciences, epidemiology, or health areas. policy and management would be appropriate, for Special Departmental Requirements example. For those with a field in nonprofits/philanthropic economics, a logical minor would be found in Philanthropic (See also general University Graduate School Studies or in Nonprofits Management or any of the requirements.) other Liberal Arts disciplines connected to the study of charitable behavior and nonprofit institutions. The Ph.D. Admission Requirements minor must be approved by the student’s Advisor or the Applicants should have completed a bachelor’s degree graduate director of the program. The minor must contain from an accredited institution. Ordinarily, applicants should a minimum of three graduate level courses (9 credits) have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 in the chosen area and it must comply with the minor scale in their undergraduate course work and in the major. requirements of the respective department/unit. Typically Before undertaking Ph.D. graduate study in economics, departments require 12 credit hours for a Ph.D. Minor. a student is required to have completed coursework In cases where it is appropriate, an interdepartmental covering undergraduate univariate and multivariate minor can be arranged with the consent of the DGS. When calculus (equivalent to MATH M16500, M16600, and appropriate, a student may, with the consent of his/her M26100 at IUPUI), a calculus-based statistics course or a advisor and/or the DGS, substitute a research tool skill of course in Statistics and one in Econometrics (equivalent at least 9 credit hours for the Minor. These research tool to ECON E270 and E470 at IUPUI), Intermediate skills credits will count toward the 90 credit requirement as Microeconomic Theory (equivalent to E321 at IUPUI) and long as the courses are approved for graduate credit. Linear Algebra (equivalent to Math M35100 at IUPUI). The verbal, quantitative, and analytical portions of the Faculty Graduate Record Examination (GRE) are required, Chairperson and applicants are urged to complete the examination by December of the year before admission is desired. Professor Steven Russell* Requests to substitute GMAT scores for GRE scores Graduate Faculty will be considered. Three letters of recommendation are (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University required. Students with English as a second language who Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct have not attended school in the U.S. are required to take doctoral dissertations.) either the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or the International English Language Testing System Professors (IELTS). For IELTS, applicants must take the academic reading and writing modules. A minimum TOEFL score David Glenn Bivin*, Subir K. Chakrabarti*, Una O. Osili*, of at least 88 is required though successful applicants Peter Coia Rangazas*, Patrick M. Rooney*, Anne B. generally score at least 100. The minimum acceptable Royalty*, Steven Russell*, Richard S. Steinberg*, Joseph IELTS score is 6.5 though successful applicants generally V. Terza*, Mark O. Wilhelm* score at least 7. Associate Professors Fields of Study Marc Bilodeau*, Gwendolyn Morrison* Fields of study currently available within the department are health economics and nonprofit/philanthropic Assistant Professors economics. Students must take one or both of these fields Yaa Akosa Antwi*, Sumedha Gupta*, Jaesoo Kim*, Henry as well as the course sequence in econometrics. Y. Mak*, Jisong Wu*, Course Requirements M.A. Admissions and Advising A total of 90 credit hours, including the theory sequence Professor David Bivin* E520, E521, E522, E611, E621, and the econometrics- 490 September 6, 2017

Ph.D. Admissions and Advising theorems. Elements of dynamic programming and other methods of economics dynamics. Professor Anne Royalty* ECON-E 521 Theory of Prices and Markets I (3 cr.) Courses P: E520. Develops the methodology of economic analysis ECON-E 420 History of Economic Thought (3 cr.) and teaches the tools and language of price theory. Examination of main theoretical developments since Fundamental elements of consumer theory, producer the beginning of the systematic study of economics. theory, and economics of uncertainty. Emphasis on Theoretical propositions and structures of the earlier comparative statics and the duality theory. Topics include writers will be interpreted and evaluated in terms of welfare analysis, the theory of price indices, quality modern economic analysis (not currently offered). of goods, revealed preferences, the theory of derived demand, expected utility theory, attitudes toward risk, and ECON-E 504 Mathematics for Economists (1-3 cr.) various measures of riskiness. Topics in mathematics that are particularly useful in the application of microeconomic theory, macroeconomic ECON-E 522 Macroeconomic Theory I (3 cr.) P: E520. theory, and econometrics. Topics covered include Introductory course on macroeconomic dynamics; covers matrix algebra, comparative-static analysis, constrained growth models and asset pricing theories, endogenous optimization, difference equations in discrete time, game growth theories, optimal growth problems, and competitive theory, and set theory as applied to general equilibrium dynamic equilibrium models. Dynamic programming tools analysis (not currently offered). introduced as needed. All models are cast in a discrete time setup; presents deterministic and stochastic theories. ECON-E 513 Special Topics in Economic History (3 cr.) Explicit methodology and economic analysis ECON-E 528 Economic Analysis of Health Care (3 cr.) applied to major issues in American and European A graduate introduction to health economics. Applications economic history (not currently offered). of economic theory to problems in various areas in health care. Applications of econometric techniques to the ECON-E 514 The Nonprofit Economy and Public same. Topics include how physicians, institutions, and Policy (3 cr.) P: E201. The role of nonprofit organizations consumers respond to economic incentives and what (universities, churches, hospitals, orchestras, charities, policies contribute maximally to efficiency and welfare (not day care, research, nursing homes) in mixed economies. currently offered). Public policy controversies such as regulation of fundraising, antitrust against universities, “unfair” ECON-E 541 Labor Market Analysis (3 cr.) P: Consent competition with for-profit firms, and the tax treatment of instructor (Indianapolis). Not currently offered. An of donations. This course may not be taken for credit by analytical approach to the labor market. Theoretical anyone who has received credit in ECON E414. underpinning and statistical testing of issues in demand and supply of labor, household decision making, human ECON-E 515 Institutional Setting for Health capital, contract theories, unionism, minimum wages, and Economics in the U.S. (1.5 cr.) P: completed or discrimination (not currently offered). concurrent with E521 and E571. Overview of the structure of the U.S. health care system including health care ECON-E 545 Applied Labor Economics (3 cr.) Not financing, health care delivery, and government programs. currently offered. Discussion of wage rates and working Private and public financing mechanisms as well as conditions, searches by workers or firms, investment government regulation. Comparison of the U.S. system to training, quits and layoffs, shirking, discrimination, the the health care systems of other countries. division of household labor, retirement, and implicit contracts. The course also examines the impact of ECON-E 516 Institutional Setting for Nonprofit/ institutions such as unions and the government on the Philanthropic Economics (1.5 cr.) P: E667 and E668. efficiency of the labor market (not currently offered). This course provides a broad overview of nonprofit institutions and philanthropic practices, along with a ECON-E 551 Monetary Economics II (3 cr.) Not currently discussion of available data sources on each. We discuss offered. Introduces alternative models of monetary the size and scope of nonprofit organizations, revenues, economies; covers topics in monetary economics such governance, regulation and taxation, intersectoral as money and growth and optimal money growth. The relations, patterns of philanthropy, and public policies that course takes a unified approach to macroeconomic policy, affect giving behaviors. treating monetary and fiscal policy as jointly determining macroeconomic equilibria. May include discussion of ECON-E 519 Regional Economics (3 cr.) Not currently empirical work on money (not currently offered). offered. Regional economics is the study of economic behavior in space. The course examines the internal and ECON-E 568 Public Finance I (3 cr.) P: E360, E470, interregional determinants of growth and decline of a E521, E522. Partial equilibrium, microeconomic analysis region from supply-and-demand perspectives. Public poli- of how tax and subsidy policies affect various types of cies to influence these determinants are considered (not individual and firm behavior. Theoretical models are currently offered). introduced to assess and develop quantitative studies of fiscal policy. Summaries of the empirical impact of policy ECON-E 520 Optimization Theory in Economic will be formed for the purpose of becoming an “input” in Analysis (3 cr.) P: Calculus and linear algebra. the complete general equilibrium analysis conducted in Introduction to concepts and techniques of optimization E569 Public Finance II (not currently offered). theory applied in modern micro and macroeconomics. Theory and application of Lagrange multipliers, ECON-E 569 Public Finance II (3 cr.) P: E568. Empirical comparative statics analysis, valve functions and envelope examination of the general equilibrium effects of major September 6, 2017 491 tax/subsidy programs, such as personal income taxation, This course is a second graduate-level introduction to corporate profit taxation, income maintenance, Social theoretical and empirical applications in two areas of Security, and government provision of education. In microeconomics. We will demonstrate how economic addition, proposed reforms to these programs will be concepts can be usefully applied to understanding analyzed using empirically based simulation models (not problems in the subdiscipline under study, and discuss currently offered). and apply estimation techniques appropriate for problems in the area. ECON-E 570 Fundamentals of Statistics and Econometrics (3 cr.) P: E504. Mathematical overview ECON-E 583 Topics in Applied Macroeconomics of statistics and econometrics at graduate level. Topics (3 cr.) P: E522 and E570 or equivalents, or consent of covered include probability and probability distributions, instructor. This course is a graduate-level introduction sampling distributions, tests of hypotheses, estimation, to theoretical and empirical applications in two areas of simple regression, multiple regression, generalized macroeconomics. We will demonstrate how economic linear model and its applications, simultaneous equation theories can be usefully applied to understanding systems. problems in the subdiscipline under study and discuss and apply estimation and calibration techniques appropriate for ECON-E 571 Econometrics 1 – Statistical Foundations problems in the area. (3 cr.) P: Undergraduate courses in statistics and calculus. The probability bases for statistical estimation and testing ECON-E 585 Industrial Organization and Control (3 cr.) are introduced in the context of issues, theories, and data P: Consent of instructor (Indianapolis only). Analysis found in economics. The Classical linear regression model of interrelated structure, behavior, and performance is presented as the starting point for multivariate analyses in industrial markets and multimarket corporations; in econometrics. Students work with various computer multidimensional nature of competitive processes. Public programs in and out of the scheduled class periods. controls. Topics include patterns of oligopoly, vertical integration, entry barriers; “cartelized” coalescence, limit ECON-E 573 Econometrics II (3 cr.) P: E571. Estimation pricing, price discrimination, long-term contracts; capacity and inference in linear regression model, basic expansion and utilization, resource reallocation, and asymoptotic theory, heteroskedasticity, measurement innovation (not currently offered). error, generalized least squares, instrumental variable model, maximum likelihood estimation, generalized ECON-E 600 Readings in Economics (1-6 cr.) Individual method of moments, qualitative response models. readings and research. ECON-E 574 Applied Econometrics and Forecasting ECON-E 611 Information Economics and Theories of (3 cr.) P: E570. An overview of techniques employed Incentives and Contracts (3 cr.) P: E521. The course in economic model building, estimation, and usage. covers topics in the theories of incentives and contracts Topics covered include single and multiple equation that study situations in which there are explicit or implicit system estimation, limited dependent variable regression contractual obligations. It explores the role and influence techniques, hypothesis testing, policy analysis, and of asymmetric information in determining outcomes with forecasting. Various forecasting techniques are discussed, special emphases on moral hazard and adverse selection. including smoothing decomposition methods and time series analysis. A number of projects are assigned ECON-E 621 Theory of Prices and Markets 2 (3 cr.) throughout the semester to give the student hands-on P: E520. Analysis of equilibrium, first- and second-order experience with the different techniques. conditions; statistical derivation of demand and cost curves; activity analysis; general equilibrium; welfare ECON-E 577 Computer Methods and Data Analysis economics; microeconomics of capital theory; pure (3 cr.) P: Introductory econometrics at the Masters (E570) oligopoly and game theory. or Ph.D. (E571) level that cover multiple regression. This is the first of a two-semester sequence in computer ECON-E 643 Health Economics I (3 cr.) P: E515, E573, methods and data analysis. Teaches students to use and E611. Production of health, demand for health, large datasets in an econometric analysis to answer a determinants of health, health disparities, international research question, to program in Stata, and to organize a comparisons, cost-effectiveness and valuation. complicated data project. The course also will complete ECON-E 644 Health Economics 2 (3 cr.) P: Students students' introduction to the Stata programming language. must have completed the core economics theory courses The course prepares students to carry out their own including E521, E611, and E621, the first year core large-scale research project and/or efficiently work within courses in Econometrics (E571 and E573) as well as an organization that uses large data files to achieve its E515: Health Institutions. Students with prior knowledge objectives. of U.S. health care institutions should consult with ECON-E 581 Topics in Applied Microeconomics I the instructor, prior to registration, about taking E515 (3 cr.) P: E521 and E570 or consent of instructor. This concurrently. course is a graduate-level introduction to theoretical and This course builds on the core theory, econometrics empirical applications in two areas of microeconomics. We and health economics courses to provide an in depth will demonstrate how economic concepts can be usefully knowledge of key issues related to markets and market applied to understanding problems in the subdiscipline failure in the supply of health care services, the impact under study and discuss and apply estimation techniques of insurance on the demand for health care services, appropriate for problems in the area. response of consumers to insurers' financial incentives, the role of government in health care markets, the labor ECON-E 582 Topics in Applied Microeconomics market behavior of physicians; hospital ownership, II (3 cr.) P: E521 and E570 or consent of instructor. competition, and reimbursement. In addition to introducing 492 September 6, 2017 theoretical concepts the course aims at familiarizing higher education; history, philosophy and policy studies students to current research on these topics by means in education; inquiry methodology; instructional systems of review of seminal journal articles. It will provide a technology; language education; urban education; and foundation for understanding key dimensions in health special education. care markets, appreciate contributions of past literature on the subject and initiate constructive critical thought on the Program of Studies existing work and future directions of research in the field. The Ph.D. degree with a major in education is pursued under the direction of a committee appointed by the ECON-E 670 Econometrics 3-System and Panel University Graduate School and the School of Education. Econometrics Models (3 cr.) P: Equivalent of Econ- As with other Graduate School doctoral programs, a E571, E573 or above is required. Students should be minimum of 90 credit hours of course work is required. familiar with basic concepts of econometrics including This includes a major (selected from the fields of probability theory, linear algebra, OLS, GLS and maximum study listed previously), a minor, a series of research likelihood. Students who wish to submit an empirical courses, and a dissertation. Written and oral qualifying paper need some knowledge of a statistical software or examinations are taken following course work; a final a programming language in order to prepare the required oral defense of the dissertation research completes empirical paper. the program. Up to 30 credit hours of graduate course Simultaneous equation models (2SLS, 3SLS), time series work may be transferred from other universities, with the concepts for panel data analysis and serial correlation, approval of the advisory committee. pooled cross-section methods, generalized method of moments, nonlinear panel data models (ML and GMM). Admission Admission recommendations are made by program area ECON-E 673 Econometrics 4-Microeconometrics and School of Education admission committees and are (3 cr.) P: ECON-E670, E571, and E573. This course based on graduate and undergraduate grades (especially will cover microeconometric data and causal/noncausal in academic courses), scores on the General Test of modeling; endogeneity; survey sampling; biases due to the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), and letters of sampling design; sample selection and self-selection; recommendation. The TOEFL examination is required extensions of linear regression; selected semiparametric for all international applicants. Online applications may methods (fat tails; instrumental variables; quantile be accessed through the School of Education Office of regression); discrete choice and limited dependent Graduate Studies Web site at the above URL. Students variable models; linear and nonlinear panel models. earning a Ph.D. degree in education must fulfill all requirements of the University Graduate School (as found ECON-E 808 Thesis (M.A.) (arr cr.) **This course is in this bulletin) and of the School of Education (as found in eligible for a deferred grade. the School of Education Graduate Program Bulletin). ECON-E 809 Thesis (Ph.D) (arr cr.) **This course is Faculty eligible for a deferred grade. Dean Education Professor Gerardo M. González* School of Education Associate Dean for Graduate Studies Bloomington and Indianapolis Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Elizabeth Boling* Departmental URL: http://education.iupui.edu/ Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Departmental Phone Number: (812) 856-8504 Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (Please note that when conferring University Graduate doctoral dissertations.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Chancellor’s Professors University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Robert Arnove* (Emeritus), Roger Farr* (Emeritus), Bulletin.) George D. Kuh* (Emeritus), Frank Lester* (Emeritus), Martha McCarthy*, Rex A. Stockton* Curriculum Armstrong Chairs Degree Offered The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree and a minor Jerome Harste* (Emeritus; 1999–2005), Frank Lester* in Family Psychology are offered through the University (Emeritus; 2000–2005), Diana Lambdin* (2005–2010), Graduate School. In addition, the School of Education Peter Kloosterman* (20102015) offers the Master of Science in Education (M.S.Ed.), Jacobs Chair the Specialist in Education (Ed.S.), and the Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) degrees. (See the School of Education Thomas Duffy* (1998–2000), Donald Cunningham* Graduate Program Bulletin.) Doctor of Philosophy Degree (Emeritus; 2000–2005), Thomas Brush* (2010-2015) Doctor of Philosophy Degree Otting Chair Fields of Study Erna Alant*(2009-2014) Counseling psychology; school psychology; curriculum Professors and instruction; learning and developmental sciences; September 6, 2017 493

Valarie Akerson*, Joyce Alexander*, Trudy Banta* Billy L. Abel (I) Anita Aldrich*, Hans Andersen*, Jean (I), Keith Barton*, Barbara Bichelmeyer*, Elizabeth Anderson*, Robert Appelman, John Bean*< Christine Boling*, Curtis Bonk*, Victor M.H. Borden, Catherine Bennett*, William Best (I), Harbans Bhola*, Jacqueline Brown, Barry Bull*, Cary Buzzelli*, Phil Carspecken*, Y. Blackwell*, Marilynne Boyle-Baise*, Ellen Brantlinger*, Barry Chung*, Gary Crow*, Jack Cummings*, Ginette Arthur D. Brill (I), Ron Britton (I), Laurence Brown*, Delandshere*, David Flinders*, Gerardo M. González*, Edward Buffie*, Leonard Burrello*, Ledford Carter, Judith Don Hossler*, Thomas Huberty*, Christine Leland* (I), A. Chafel*, Michael Chiappetta*, Nancy Chism* (I), Gilbert Bradley Levinson*, Mitzi Lewison*, David Mank*, Terrence Clark*, Michael Cohen* (I), Ron Dehnke (I), Ivor Davies*, Mason*, Mary McMullen*, ChaoYing, Joanne Peng*, Richard Dever*, Merle Draper*, Earl Dvorak*, J. Marvin Charles Reigeluth*, Patricia Rogan* (I), Heidi Ross*, Ebbert (I), Lee Ehman*, Susan Eklund*, Meryl Englander*, Scheurich, Jim *(I) , Thomas Sexton*, Robert Sherwood*, Gene Faris*, Albert Fink*, Malcolm Fleming*, Theodore Martin Siegel*, Russell Skiba*, Tempel, Eugene, Neil Frick*, Thomas D. Froehle*, Dorothy Gabel*, Robert Theobald*, Vasti Torres*, Susan Whiston* Gibson*, Jesse Goodman*, Richard Gousha*, Thomas Gregory*, Samuel Guskin*, Dale Hall, Robert Harris*, Associate Professors Stuart Hart* (I), Robert Heinich*, Ruth E. Holland (I), Jeffrey Anderson*, Beth Berghoff* (I), Gayle Buck*, Ernest Horn*, Gary Ingersoll*, Edward Jenkinson*, Alice Gretchen Digman Butera*, Stephanie Carter*, James Jwaideh*, Susan Klein*, Dennis Knapczyk*, DeWayne Damico*, Dionne Danns, Barbara Dennis*, Suzanne Kurpius*, John LeBlanc*, Richard Arthur Lesh*, George Eckes*, David Estell*, Mary Fisher* (I), Enrique Galindo*, Maccia*, James Mahan*, Golam Mannan (I), Gerald Krista Glazewski*, Cassandra Guarino*, Ken Hay*, Marker*, Milton Marten*,Wendell F. McBurney (I), Edward Robert Helfenbein, Jr.*(I) Dan Hickey*, Mary Beth McClellan*, Jerry McIntosh*, John McKinley*, Howard Hines*, Robin Hughes*, Robert Kunzman*, Lara Lackey*, Mehlinger*, Larry Mikulecky*, Marianne Mitchell*, Michael Marjorie Cohee Manifold*, Luise Prior McCarty*, Alex Molenda*, D. Keith Morran*, Daniel Mueller*, Charlie McCormick*, Brendan Maxcy*, Medina, Monica (I) (I), Nelms, Anabel Newman*, Anna Ochoa-Becker*, Norman Anastasia Morrone*(I), Khaula H. Murtadha* (I), Jomo Overly*, Vernon Pace*, John Patrick*, James Pershing*, Mutegi *(I), Thomas F. Nelson Laird*, Martha Nyikos*, Lewis Polsgrove*, Joan Prentice*, Gerald Preusz (I), Theresa Ochoa* Faridah Pawan*, Douglas Priest*, Gary Sharon Pugh*, Edward Robbins (I), Jose Rosario* (I), Pike*(I), Patton Davis, Lori *, Robison, Flip *, Rebecca Dale Scannell, Thomas Schwen*, Myrtle Scott*, Robert Martinez*, Scribner, Samantha M. Paredes *, Anne Shaffer*, Mendel Sherman, Carmen Simich-Dudgeon, Carl Dopkins Stright*, Margaret Sutton*, Annela Teemant*(I), Smith*, Frederick Smith*, Gerald Smith*, Vernon Smith*, Chalmer Thompson* (I), Tillema, Erik, Michael Tracy*, Josephine Spear*, Elizabeth Steiner*, Elizabeth Vallance*, Andrea Walton*, Y. Joel Wong James Walden*, Donald Warren*, James Weigand*, Barbara Wilcox (I), Barbara Wolf*, Hugh Wolf (I), Leslie Assistant Professors Wood (I), Virginia Woodward*, Enid Zimmerman* Donna Adomat*, Scott Bellini, Blackmon, Sha'Kema, (I) after a faculty member’s name indicates that the Yonjoo Cho*, Serafin Coronel-Molina*, Dionne Cross, person teaches at Indiana University-Purdue University Joshua Danish, Sean Duncan*, Nancy Kathryn Essex Indianapolis; (C) at Indiana University-Purdue University (C), Amy Hackenberg*, D. Ted Hall, Ray Haynes, Allison Columbus. Howland(C), Kathleen King Thorius * (I), Anne Leftwich, Adam Maltese*, Sylvia Martinez, Carmen Medina*, English Morton, Crystal Hill (I), Thu Suong Thi Nguyen* (I), Meredith Park-Rogers, Kylie Peppler, Brian J. Plankis School of Liberal Arts (I), David Rutkowski, Leslie Rutkowski, Beth Samuelson, Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Hannah Schertz*, Seybold, Joy, Teresa Sosa, Jesse Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/english/ Steinfeldt, Dubravka Svetina, Erik Tillema* (I), Ellen Vaughan, Crystal Walcott (C), Mary Waldron, Craig Willey, (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Karen Wohlwend*, Elee Wood * School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Full Clinical Faculty contained only in The University Graduate School Laura Stachowski Bulletin.) Associate Clinical Faculty Curriculum Keith Chapin, Mary Jo Dare (I), Barbara Erwin, Degrees Offered CaroleAnne Hossler, Paula Magee (I), W. Raymond Master of Arts, Certificate in Teaching English as a Smith* Second Language, Certificate in Professional Editing, Certificate in Teaching Literature, Certificate in Teaching Assistant Clinical Faculty Writing Kate Baird (C), Jennifer Conner-Zachocki (C)*, Danielle Program Information DeSawal, Ben Edmonds, Natasha Flowers (I), Lonni Gill (I), Lynn Gilman*, Ilknur Kelceoglu (C), Melissa Keller, IUPUI’s graduate English program has been designed Anne Ociepka (I), Aija Pocock (C), Joy Seybold (I), to prepare students for careers in the analysis and Deborah Winikates (C), Gina Yoder (I) production of “texts.” To this end, the program covers issues and skills in reading and writing, in the richest Emeriti sense of these words, to prepare students to address these issues and to teach these skills. Graduates of the 494 September 6, 2017 program should be prepared for such careers as teaching credit hours. These 24 hours may include a third writing and literature; teaching English as a second core course and up to 8 credit hours of Internship. language; and writing for business, government, and other • Required: MA thesis. 4 credit hours. professions. • Total: 36 credit hours In contrast to traditional M.A. programs, which place heavy Non-thesis Option: emphasis on literary history, the IUPUI program focuses on the application of English studies to contemporary • Required Courses: Students must take two of the situations and problems. Because of IUPUI’s urban, program’s three core courses for a total of 8 credit nonresidential setting, its English graduate program will hours strive, in its curriculum and scheduling, to meet the special • Electives: Students choose eight courses in needs of part-time, nonresidential students. consultation with a faculty advisor for a total of 32 credit hours. These 32 credit hours may include Special Departmental Requirements a third core course and up to 8 credit hours of (See also general University Graduate School Internship. requirements.) • Total: 40 credit hours Master of Arts Degree The three core courses, which carry 4 credit hours Admission Requirements each, provide an introduction to three major areas in the discipline of English: language (G500 Introduction to the 1. Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree English Language), writing (W509 Introduction to Writing from an accredited college or university, with a and Literacy Studies), and literature (L506 Introduction minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 to Methods of Criticism and Research). All students are grading scale in the student’s undergraduate major, required to take two of the three core courses, preferably documented by an official transcript. Applicants are at the beginning of the graduate program. normally expected to have been English majors, but admission will be considered also for those who Certificate in Teaching English as a Second Language otherwise demonstrate the competency necessary (TESL) for successful graduate work in English. The Certificate in Teaching English as a Second 2. Applicants must have taken the Graduate Record Language (TESL) is a six-course, 21-credit program. The Examination (GRE) General Test; preference is five required courses include ENG G500, G541, and LING given to those who have earned a score of 160 L535, as well as LING L532 and L534. The elective course on the Verbal exam. Applicants seeking financial can be chosen from ENG G625, G652, and LING T600; support are encouraged to take the examination by other English courses and courses in other departments December of the year prior to admission. relevant to TESL are acceptable with approval from the 3. Applicants must submit three letters of director. An emphasis in English for Specific Purposes recommendation. (ESP) can be earned by taking LING T600 as the elective course and completing the practicum in an ESP setting. Foreign Language Requirements For more information about the certificate, contact Professor Julie Belz ([email protected]) or visit the IUPUI None, but M.A. students continuing on for the Ph.D. are TESOL Web site at http://tesol.iupui.edu. encouraged to validate their reading proficiency in a foreign language according to University Graduate School Certificate in Professional Editing standards. See the separate entry for “Certificate in Professional Grades Editing” in the University Graduate Bulletin for more information. M.A. students must maintain a 3.0 (B) grade point average. Graduate Certificate in Teaching Literature This 20-hour graduate Certificate in Teaching Literature is Course Requirements a structured program designed for licensed middle school and high school teachers, current M.A. students, and Students may select one of the two options outlined below university and college faculty in literature and other subject after consulting with the Director of Graduate Studies areas who wish to enhance their professional careers. (DGS) in English and/or other faculty advisors in English. The certificate offers students an opportunity to explore Students will then submit a brief written statement to the the theories and best practices that promote learning and DGS that presents a rationale for their choice. As can be strengthen professional mentorship of area teachers. seen in the following outline of the two alternative courses of study, students who choose not to write a thesis will Credits earned in the certificate can be applied to an M.A. be required to take eight additional credit hours of course in English upon acceptance into that degree program. work, for a total of 40 credit hours. Graduate Certificate in Teaching Writing Thesis Option: The Graduate Certificate in Teaching Writing is a 20- • Required Courses: Students must take two of the hour program of study for certified middle school or program’s three core courses for a total of 8 credit high school teachers, part-time university writing faculty hours. and lecturers in other disciplines, and M.A. students interested in earning a certificate in writing to enhance • Electives: Students choose six courses in their professional teaching careers. Major topics include consultation with a faculty advisor for a total of 24 theories and methods of teaching writing; understanding September 6, 2017 495 linguistic diversity; uses of technology in writing; social • ENG-G 625 Introduction to Text Linguistics/ aspects of writing development; non-fiction writing; writing Discourse Analysis (4 cr.) This course introduces assessment; and teacher research. The Certificate students to current approaches to text and discourse requires completion of five graduate courses consisting of coherence, including recent theories of cognitive and one core course and four elective courses. interactional text modeling. Graduate credits earned can be applied toward the • ENG-G 652 English Language Sociolinguistics M.A. in English upon acceptance into the M.A. For (4 cr.) A survey course in American and more information, contact Professor Kim Brian Lovejoy British sociolinguistics, this course investigates (274-2120). the theoretical bases, the major works, and the methodological approaches of current Faculty sociolinguistics. Chairperson • LING-L 532 Second-Language Acquisition (3 cr.) Professor Thomas A. Upton An introduction to a broad range of issues in the field of second-language acquisition, providing the Graduate Faculty student with an overview of the most important (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University approaches to the fundamental question of how Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct people learn a second language. Provides students doctoral dissertations.) with basic knowledge of theories of second-language acquisition and an understanding of how theoretical Professors perspectives inform practical application. Dennis P. Bingham*, Ulla M. Connor*, Jonathan Robert • LING-L 534 Linguistics Resources and TESOL Eller*, Karen Marie Kovacik, Missy Dehn Kubitschek*, (3 cr.) The course examines recent theories of Jane E. Schultz*, Thomas A. Upton teaching English as a second or foreign language. Associate Professors Students will get a chance to examine theories and methods and develop knowledge of linguistic Julie Belz, Terri A. Bourus, Frederick J. DiCamilla, Mitchell resources available to new and/or practicing L.H. Douglas, Stephen L. Fox, Ronda C. Henry Anthony, teachers. David E. Hoegberg, Karen R. Johnson, Kim Brian Lovejoy, Thomas Fletcher Marvin, Robert Rebein, Susan C. • LING-T 600 Topics in TESOL and Applied Shepherd, Jennifer Thorington Springer Linguistics (3 cr.) May vary with topic. Intensive study and analysis of selected issues and problems Assistant Professors in TESOL and Applied Linguistics. Topics in this Andy Buchenot, Estela S. Ene, Megan Musgrave, Janani course are of particular interest to the second Subramanian language practioner. Emeritus Faculty • LING-T 690 Advanced Readings in TESOL and Applied Linguistics (1-4 cr.) John D. Barlow, Barbara Cambridge, Edwin F. Casebeer, Kenneth W. Davis, Sharon J. Hamilton, William M. Literature Courses Plater*, Melvin L. Plotinsky*, Helen J. Schwartz, William F. • ENG-L 501 Professional Scholarship in Literature Touponce*, Richard C. Turner, Harriet Wilkins (4 cr.) Applied research methods. Surveys forensic Graduate Studies Office methods of discovering textual variations in successive editions of famous works of literature, For graduate student information and advising, call (317) framed within a broader survey of literary history and 274-2258, Cavanaugh Hall 502L. the evolution of Western literary genres. Provides a firm grounding in the terminology of literary research Courses and an understanding of the way that literary Thesis Course scholars work with secondary materials to discover hidden truths (and often to expose mistakes) about • ENG-L 699 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) texts and authors. Linguistics Courses • ENG-L 503 Teaching of Literature in College (4 cr.) This course introduces graduate students • ENG-G 500 Introduction to the English Language to the practical and theoretical issues involved in (4 cr.) An introduction to the English language: its teaching literature including how to set teaching nature, structure, and development. objectives, organize a course and construct a • ENG-G 541 Materials Preparation for ESL syllabus. Several different aproaches to teaching Instruction (4 cr.) Students will learn about literature, including lecture, discussion, workshop, materials preparation, syllabus design, and test and online instruction will be explored. preparation by applying a variety of theories to books • ENG-L 506 Introduction to Methods of Criticism/ and other ESL (English as a Second-language) Research (4 cr.) The conditions and assumptions teaching devices (e.g., tapes, videotapes, software of studying English, with emphasis on criticism and programs) to evaluate their usefulness and will learn research on a culturally and historically diverse to evaluate ESL materials for adequateness. range of texts. 496 September 6, 2017

• ENG-L 508 Practicum on Teaching Literature course. May be repeated for credit with each in College (4 cr.) P: L503 or consent of instructor. variable title. Topics include syllabus construction, lecture and discussion techniques, use and evaluation • ENG-L 681 Genre Studies (4 cr.) A variable- of written work. Offered in two formats: as a title course, Genre Studies examines the specific practicum in course and syllabus design for a future characteristics of individual genres. May be repeated undergraduate course; or as a practicum for AIs once for credit. running concurrently with the related undergraduate • ENG-L 695 Individual Readings in English course. (1-4 cr.) • ENG-L 590 Internship in English (4 cr.) A • ENG-L 701 Descriptive Bibliography and Textual supervised internship in the uses of language in the problems (4 cr.) Case-specific analysis of the way workplace. Each intern will be assigned a problem that literary texts change, the way these changes or task and will develop the methods for solving or are documented by a full and focused history of completing it. Each intern will complete a portfolio of publication, and the kinds of textual problems workplace writing and self-evaluation. caused by the unstable transmission of literary • ENG-L 606 Topics in African American Literature classics down through time. The analytical basis of (4 cr.) Focuses on a particular genre, time period, new scholarly editions. or theme of African American literature. Examples: Writing Courses twentieth-century African American women’s novels, black male identity in literature, kinship in African • ENG-W 500 Teaching Composition: Issues and American literature, African American autobiography. Approaches (4 cr.) Consideration of fundamental May be repeated twice for credit with different issues in the teaching of writing and the major focuses. approaches to composition instruction. Specific topics include teaching invention and revision, • ENG-L 625 Shakespeare (4 cr.) Critical analysis diagnosing errors, teaching style and organization, of selected tragedies, comedies, history plays, and making assignments, and evaluating student writing. poetry. • ENG-W 502 Fields of Editing: Theories and • ENG-L 641 English Literature 1700-1900 (4 cr.) Practices (4 cr.) An introduction to general This course surveys British literature of the 18th and copyediting, technical editing, and scholarly editing, 19th centuries. Particular emphasis will be placed the course serves as a prologue to a comprehensive on major writers and movements and on lesser- study of manuscript editing. Course content includes known writers who have recently bee rediscovered. the identification and recovery of modern manuscript Categories covered may include: Elizabethan texts, with an emphasis on physical description, and Jacobean writers, Restoration theater and transcription strategies and techniques, and editing poetry, the rise of the novel, Neoclassical writers, of the transcribed text for publication. Romanticism, Victorian writers. • ENG-W 503 Technologies of Editing: Producing • ENG-L 645 English Fiction, 1800-1900 (4 cr.) Letterpress and Electronic Texts (4 cr.) An Intensive historical and critical study of nineteenth- applied study of contemporary text production, the century prose fiction, especially the novel. course examines the standards of accuracy required • ENG-L 649 British Literature Since 1900 (4 cr.) in professional editing and the way that both text This course surveys British literature of the 20th and and documentation are prepared for publication. 21st centuries. Students study important trends It explores issues of textual preservation, storage, and movements within this field, including Realism, retrieval, and the marketplace as they affect the Modernism, Surrealism, Postmodernism, and their design and modification of letterpress and electronic historical contexts. texts. • ENG-L 655 American Literature and Culture • ENG-W 508 Graduate Creative Writing for 1900-1945 (4 cr.) Study of American literature and Teachers (4 cr.) W508 offers current and future culture from the turn of the century to 1945. teachers insights into the creative process, teaches them to think as writers do, suggests strategies • ENG-L 657 Readings in Literature and Critical for critiquing creative work, and provides guidance Theory (4 cr.) Study of major movements, figures, in developing creative writing curriculum. W508 or topics in literary and/or critical theory. emphasizes hands-on writing activities in three genres, adaptable for use with students at every • ENG-L 666 Survey of Children's Literature level. (4 cr.) A survey of literature written for children and adolescents from the medieval period to the present. • ENG-W 509 Introduction to Writing & Literacy Studies (4 cr.) This course examines two primary, • ENG-L 673 Studies in Women and Literature yet interrelated, threads in postsecondary education: (4 cr.) Course may include writers from the 17th literacy studies and contemporary composition through the 21st centuries. teaching. Students will read, analyze, discuss, and • ENG-L 680 Special Topics-Literary Study and write about key issues in literacy and writing, laying Theory (4 cr.) L680 is offered as a Variable Title a foundation for further study. The primary goals for this course are for students 1) to understand the theoretical and pedagogical implications of September 6, 2017 497

literate activity inside and outside the classroom, preparation by applying a variety of theories to books 2) to learn how scholars in writing and literacy and other ESL (English as a Second-language) studies organize their thinking, 3) to recognize teaching devices (e.g., tapes, videotapes, software different research methods in this field, and 4) to programs) to evaluate their usefulness and will learn develop skills necessary for professional success in to evaluate ESL materials for adequateness. academia. • ENG-G 625 Introduction to Text Linguistics/ • ENG-W 510 Computers in Composition (4 cr.) Discourse Analysis (4 cr.) This course introduces Based in current theories about the process of students to current approaches to text and discourse writing, this course surveys the use of computer coherence, including recent theories of cognitive and programs (such as word processing) as writing tools, interactional text modeling. computer-assigned instruction as teaching aids, and computer programs as research aids to study • ENG-G 652 English Language Sociolinguistics writing. (4 cr.) A survey course in American and British sociolinguistics, this course investigates • ENG-W 511 Graduate Fiction Writing (4 cr.) A the theoretical bases, the major works, and graduate-level fiction writing workshop. Seminar the methodological approaches of current study of advanced techniques in the writing of sociolinguistics. fiction, both short stories and the novel. Workshop discussion of advanced student work in progress. • ENG-W 513 Graduate Poetry Writing (4 cr.) Offers • LING-L 532 Second-Language Acquisition (3 cr.) graduate students an intensive experience in reading An introduction to a broad range of issues in the and writing poetry. Part workshop and part seminar field of second-language acquisition, providing the in poetic practice and technique, W513 provides an student with an overview of the most important opportunity for graduate students to expand their approaches to the fundamental question of how poetic range and hone their craft. people learn a second language. Provides students with basic knowledge of theories of second-language • ENG-W 553 Theory and Practice of Exposition acquisition and an understanding of how theoretical (1-3 cr.) Primarily for secondary-school and junior- perspectives inform practical application. college teachers of English. • LING-L 534 Linguistics Resources and TESOL • ENG-W 590 Teaching Composition: Theories and (3 cr.) The course examines recent theories of Application (4 cr.) Current theories of composition teaching English as a second or foreign language. and their pedagogical implications. Students will get a chance to examine theories and methods and develop knowledge of linguistic • ENG-W 600 Topics in Rhetoric and Composition resources available to new and/or practicing (4 cr.) Covers selected issues in current composition teachers. and rhetorical theory. May be repeated for credit with a different topic. • LING-T 600 Topics in TESOL and Applied Linguistics (3 cr.) May vary with topic. Intensive • ENG-W 605 Writing Project Summer Institute study and analysis of selected issues and problems (3-6 cr.) By application and invitation only. For in TESOL and Applied Linguistics. Topics in this teachers from K-university, who together consider course are of particular interest to the second major issues involved in the teaching of writing and language practioner. explore the pedagogical approaches inherent in these issues. The institute explores current theories • LING-T 690 Advanced Readings in TESOL and of writing and their application in the classroom. Applied Linguistics (1-4 cr.) Preference given to active classroom teachers. literature-courses • ENG-W 609 Directed Writing Projects (1-4 cr.) • ENG-L 501 Professional Scholarship in Literature (4 cr.) Applied research methods. Surveys forensic • ENG-W 615 Writing Creative Nonfiction (4 cr.) methods of discovering textual variations in Writing workshop in such modes as personal successive editions of famous works of literature, essay, autobiography, and documentary. Open framed within a broader survey of literary history and also to graduate students not in the creative writing the evolution of Western literary genres. Provides a program. firm grounding in the terminology of literary research • ENG-W 697 Independent Study in Writing (1-4 cr.) and an understanding of the way that literary scholars work with secondary materials to discover THESIS COURSE hidden truths (and often to expose mistakes) about • ENG-L 699 M.A. Thesis (arr. cr.) texts and authors. linguistics-courses • ENG-L 503 Teaching of Literature in College • ENG-G 500 Introduction to the English Language (4 cr.) This course introduces graduate students (4 cr.) An introduction to the English language: its to the practical and theoretical issues involved in nature, structure, and development. teaching literature including how to set teaching objectives, organize a course and construct a • ENG-G 541 Materials Preparation for ESL syllabus. Several different aproaches to teaching Instruction (4 cr.) Students will learn about materials preparation, syllabus design, and test 498 September 6, 2017

literature, including lecture, discussion, workshop, • ENG-L 666 Survey of Children's Literature and online instruction will be explored. (4 cr.) A survey of literature written for children and adolescents from the medieval period to the present. • ENG-L 506 Introduction to Methods of Criticism/ Research (4 cr.) The conditions and assumptions • ENG-L 673 Studies in Women and Literature of studying English, with emphasis on criticism and (4 cr.) Course may include writers from the 17th research on a culturally and historically diverse through the 21st centuries. range of texts. • ENG-L 680 Special Topics-Literary Study and • ENG-L 508 Practicum on Teaching Literature Theory (4 cr.) L680 is offered as a Variable Title in College (4 cr.) P: L503 or consent of instructor. course. May be repeated for credit with each Topics include syllabus construction, lecture variable title. and discussion techniques, use and evaluation of written work. Offered in two formats: as a • ENG-L 681 Genre Studies (4 cr.) A variable- practicum in course and syllabus design for a future title course, Genre Studies examines the specific undergraduate course; or as a practicum for AIs characteristics of individual genres. May be repeated running concurrently with the related undergraduate once for credit. course. • ENG-L 695 Individual Readings in English • ENG-L 590 Internship in English (4 cr.) A (1-4 cr.) supervised internship in the uses of language in the • ENG-L 701 Descriptive Bibliography and Textual workplace. Each intern will be assigned a problem problems (4 cr.) Case-specific analysis of the way or task and will develop the methods for solving or that literary texts change, the way these changes completing it. Each intern will complete a portfolio of are documented by a full and focused history of workplace writing and self-evaluation. publication, and the kinds of textual problems • ENG-L 606 Topics in African American Literature caused by the unstable transmission of literary (4 cr.) Focuses on a particular genre, time period, classics down through time. The analytical basis of or theme of African American literature. Examples: new scholarly editions. twentieth-century African American women’s novels, writing-courses black male identity in literature, kinship in African • ENG-W 500 Teaching Composition: Issues and American literature, African American autobiography. Approaches (4 cr.) Consideration of fundamental May be repeated twice for credit with different issues in the teaching of writing and the major focuses. approaches to composition instruction. Specific • ENG-L 625 Shakespeare (4 cr.) Critical analysis topics include teaching invention and revision, of selected tragedies, comedies, history plays, and diagnosing errors, teaching style and organization, poetry. making assignments, and evaluating student writing. • ENG-L 641 English Literature 1700-1900 (4 cr.) • ENG-W 502 Fields of Editing: Theories and This course surveys British literature of the 18th and Practices (4 cr.) An introduction to general 19th centuries. Particular emphasis will be placed copyediting, technical editing, and scholarly editing, on major writers and movements and on lesser- the course serves as a prologue to a comprehensive known writers who have recently bee rediscovered. study of manuscript editing. Course content includes Categories covered may include: Elizabethan the identification and recovery of modern manuscript and Jacobean writers, Restoration theater and texts, with an emphasis on physical description, poetry, the rise of the novel, Neoclassical writers, transcription strategies and techniques, and editing Romanticism, Victorian writers. of the transcribed text for publication. • ENG-L 645 English Fiction, 1800-1900 (4 cr.) • ENG-W 503 Technologies of Editing: Producing Intensive historical and critical study of nineteenth- Letterpress and Electronic Texts (4 cr.) An century prose fiction, especially the novel. applied study of contemporary text production, the course examines the standards of accuracy required • ENG-L 649 British Literature Since 1900 (4 cr.) in professional editing and the way that both text This course surveys British literature of the 20th and and documentation are prepared for publication. 21st centuries. Students study important trends It explores issues of textual preservation, storage, and movements within this field, including Realism, retrieval, and the marketplace as they affect the Modernism, Surrealism, Postmodernism, and their design and modification of letterpress and electronic historical contexts. texts. • ENG-L 655 American Literature and Culture • ENG-W 508 Graduate Creative Writing for 1900-1945 (4 cr.) Study of American literature and Teachers (4 cr.) W508 offers current and future culture from the turn of the century to 1945. teachers insights into the creative process, teaches them to think as writers do, suggests strategies • ENG-L 657 Readings in Literature and Critical for critiquing creative work, and provides guidance Theory (4 cr.) Study of major movements, figures, in developing creative writing curriculum. W508 or topics in literary and/or critical theory. emphasizes hands-on writing activities in three genres, adaptable for use with students at every level. September 6, 2017 499 • ENG-W 509 Introduction to Writing & Literacy Environmental Health Science Studies (4 cr.) This course examines two primary, yet interrelated, threads in postsecondary education: Fairbanks School of Public Health literacy studies and contemporary composition Departmental URL: http://pbhealth.iupui.edu teaching. Students will read, analyze, discuss, and Departmental Email: [email protected] write about key issues in literacy and writing, laying a foundation for further study. The primary goals (Please note that when conferring University Graduate for this course are for students 1) to understand School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the theoretical and pedagogical implications of University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements literate activity inside and outside the classroom, contained only in The University Graduate School 2) to learn how scholars in writing and literacy Bulletin.) studies organize their thinking, 3) to recognize different research methods in this field, and 4) to Doctoral Minor in Environmental Health Science develop skills necessary for professional success in The 12-hour curriculum for the Ph.D. minor in academia. Environmental Health Science provides students with a foundation in the identification and control of • ENG-W 510 Computers in Composition (4 cr.) environmental hazards that can adversely affect human Based in current theories about the process of health and environmental quality. Students desiring to writing, this course surveys the use of computer pursue a minor in Environmental Health Science must programs (such as word processing) as writing tools, have completed at least one semester of inorganic computer-assigned instruction as teaching aids, chemistry and one semester of organic chemistry or and computer programs as research aids to study biological chemistry. writing. Required Courses • ENG-W 511 Graduate Fiction Writing (4 cr.) A graduate-level fiction writing workshop. Seminar The core course: PBHL-P519 - Environmental Science for study of advanced techniques in the writing of Public Health (3 cr.) fiction, both short stories and the novel. Workshop Plus three courses from the following list: discussion of advanced student work in progress. PBHL Environmental Toxicology (Prerequisite: Chemistry • ENG-W 513 Graduate Poetry Writing (4 cr.) Offers for Environmental Health Professionals) (3 cr.) graduate students an intensive experience in reading and writing poetry. Part workshop and part seminar PBHL Environmental Health Risk Assessment in Public in poetic practice and technique, W513 provides an Health (Prerequisite: Environmental Toxicology) (3 cr.) opportunity for graduate students to expand their PBHL Chemistry for the Environmental Health poetic range and hone their craft. Professionals (3 cr.) • ENG-W 553 Theory and Practice of Exposition PBHL Environmental Epidemiology (Prerequisite: (1-3 cr.) Primarily for secondary-school and junior- Fundamental of Epidemiology) (3 cr.) college teachers of English. PBHL Environmental Health Policy Analysis (3 cr.) • ENG-W 590 Teaching Composition: Theories and Application (4 cr.) Current theories of composition PBHL Occupational Health and Safety of Public Health and their pedagogical implications. Professionals (3 cr.) • ENG-W 600 Topics in Rhetoric and Composition PBHL Public Health and Emergency Preparedness (3 cr.) (4 cr.) Covers selected issues in current composition and rhetorical theory. May be repeated for credit with Other courses may be taken if approved by the student's a different topic. minor advisor; however, all courses must be taken in the School of Public Health. No transfer credit is allowed. • ENG-W 605 Writing Project Summer Institute Satisfactory completion of the requirements for the minor (3-6 cr.) By application and invitation only. For in Environmental Health Science will be monitored by the teachers from K-university, who together consider student's minor advisor. Doctoral students must notify the major issues involved in the teaching of writing and School of Public Health before beginning their course of explore the pedagogical approaches inherent in study for the minor. No credit will be awarded toward a these issues. The institute explores current theories minor in Environmental Health Science for classes taken of writing and their application in the classroom. as part of a Public Health degree or graduate certificate. Preference given to active classroom teachers. In this case, students must work with their faculty advisor to identify alternate courses in Environmental Health • ENG-W 609 Directed Writing Projects (1-4 cr.) Science. • ENG-W 615 Writing Creative Nonfiction (4 cr.) Writing workshop in such modes as personal Epidemiology essay, autobiography, and documentary. Open Department of Epidemiology also to graduate students not in the creative writing Richard M. Fairbanks School of Public Health program. School URL: http://pbhealth.iupui.edu/ • ENG-W 697 Independent Study in Writing (1-4 cr.) School E-mail: [email protected] 500 September 6, 2017

(Please note that when conferring University Graduate and a letter grade of B or higher in all courses that School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The fulfill prerequisites. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements • World Education Services (WES) ICAP course- contained only in The University Graduate School by-course evaluation for all post-secondary foreign Bulletin.) institutions attended. Curriculum • Application to the Indiana University Graduate School Degrees Offered Selected candidates will be invited for a personal interview Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) and doctoral minor in with the admissions committee. Epidemiology Course Requirements (Also Master of Public Health Degree and Epidemiology Concentration granted by the Indiana University Richard A minimum of 90 credit hours are required for the M. Fairbanks School of Public Health. For information Epidemiology Ph.D. degree. The 90 credit hours will on these programs, visit the Fairbanks School of Public consist of the following: Health website, http://www.pbhealth.iupui.edu.) Required Courses (31 cr.): A common core of 30 credit Special Department Requirements hours is required of all students who begin the program after the completion of a bachelor’s degree. Required (See also general University Graduate School coursework includes advanced public health survey Requirements) methods, analysis and interpretation of observational Doctor of Philosophy studies, and multivariate analysis. The Epidemiology Ph.D. program is designed for Methods Courses (9 cr.): All Epidemiology Ph.D. advanced graduate students who wish to study the students are required to complete three Epidemiology distribution of health and illness in diverse populations, methods courses (9 credit hours). Courses that qualify to to study the occurrence of illness, and to assess the meet this requirement focus on epidemiologic surveillance determinants of health and disease risk in human systems, categorical data analysis, survival data analysis, populations. Admission into the Ph.D. program is based applied spatial statistics, clinical trials, and qualitative on completion of a baccalaureate degree, although it is research methods. anticipated that many applicants will have completed a post baccalaureate degree in epidemiology or another Substantive Courses (15 cr.): All Epidemiology Ph.D. health related discipline. Successful applicants will have students must take 15 hours of substantive courses to demonstrated strong analytical and quantitative skills. provide expertise in specific epidemiology topics. Eligible course topics include injury epidemiology, infectious Admission Requirements disease epidemiology, chronic disease epidemiology, The application deadline for the Epidemiology Ph.D. cancer epidemiology, nutritional epidemiology, program is December 15 of each year for matriculation occupational epidemiology, pharmacoepidemiology, in the following fall semester. Applications must be genetic association studies, environmental epidemiology, submitted through the Schools of Public Health Application cardiovascular epidemiology, and mental health and System (SOPHAS) at www.SOPHAS.org. Documents to illness. be submitted with the application include: Minor Area (12 cr.): All students must complete a • Resume or curriculum vita minor in an area related to any of the health and life • Statement of purpose and objectives sciences. The minor may be obtained in areas such as pharmacology and toxicology, genetics, biology, • Three (3) letters of recommendation from people physiology, bioinformatics, health economics, among who can comment on the applicant’s suitability many others. The minor area must be approved by the for doctoral level studies (e.g., former professors, student’s academic advisor or advisory committee and employers or other professionals involved in it must comply with the requirements of the respective epidemiology) department/unit. • Competitive scores on the GRE, GMAT, MCAT, LSAT, or DAT. The graduate entrance exam Doctoral Seminars (3 cr.): Students will enroll in 3 requirement may be waived if the applicant has a doctoral research seminars; each seminar is 1 credit, for a graduate or professional degree from an accredited total of 3 credits. US college or university. Dissertation (20 cr.): The remaining hours to total 90 will • TOEFL scores for applicants whose native language be guided research dissertation hours. The dissertation is not English. Preferred minimum scores are as will be written on an original topic of research and follows: presented as one of the final requirements for the Ph.D. • Internet-based TOEFL: minimum score of 106 degree. • Computer-based TOEFL: minimum score of 263 Qualifying Exam: All Epidemiology Ph.D. students must • Paper-based TOEFL: minimum score of 620 pass a qualifying examination before they can proceed to • IELTS (total band score): minimum score of 7 their dissertation. The written qualifying exam will be taken after the coursework for the Ph.D. has been completed. • Official transcripts from all colleges and universities Students who fail the qualifying examination are normally attended which document a cumulative GPA of at allowed to retake it only once. least a 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in all prior academic work September 6, 2017 501

Admission to Candidacy this case, students must work with their faculty advisor to identify four alternate Epidemiology courses. After passing the qualifying examination and the completion of all required coursework, the student’s Faculty advisory committee will nominate the student to candidacy. Upon approval by the Dean of the University Ph.D. Program Director Graduate School, the student will be admitted to Yiqing Song* candidacy. Graduate Faculty Students who have passed the qualifying examination (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University and have been admitted to candidacy must enroll each Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct semester (excluding summer sessions) for dissertation doctoral dissertations.) credits. Once such students have accumulated 90 credit hours in completed course work and deferred dissertation Professors credits, they may maintain continuous enrollment by enrolling in G901; G901 may be taken for no more than six Jiali Han* semesters. Associate Professors Final Examination Yiqing Song*, Gregory Steele*, Chunyan He*, Jianjun This is an oral examination; primarily a defense of the Zhang* dissertation. Assistant Professors Normal Progress and Termination Jennifer Wessel*, Brian Dixon* The Department of Public Health will monitor the Courses students’ progress toward the Ph.D. degree and will make recommendations to the University Graduate School • PBHL-E 517 Fundamentals of Epidemiology regarding the nomination to candidacy, the appointment of (3 cr.) This course will introduce students to basic a research committee, the defense of the dissertation, and epidemiologic concepts including determinants the conferring of the Ph.D. degree. of health and patterns of disease in populations, population health descriptive techniques, use of Doctoral Minor in Epidemiology health indicators and secondary data sources. The curriculum for the 12-credit minor in epidemiology Students will gain an understanding of the role of provides students with concepts and principles of the epidemiology in developing prevention strategies research, field, theory and practice of epidemiology. and policy. Among the topics to be covered are Required courses: P517 Fundamentals of Epidemiology measures of mortality and morbidity, design and and P601 Advanced Epidemiology plus two course from analysis of observational studies, community health the following: assessment and program evaluation. • PBHL-P 600 Epidemiologic Research Methods E609 Infectious Disease EpidemiologyE610 Chronic (3 cr.) P: G651. This course provides an in- Disease Epidemiology depth presentation of the major research designs, E618 Cancer Epidemiology analytical methods, and practical issues specifically related to conducting research in the field of E635 Foundations of Public Health Informatics epidemiology, outcomes research, and health economics. Descriptive, observational and E651 Public Health Surveillance experimental designs are included. In addition, E655 Historical Evolution of Epidemiology issues of ethics, protocol, data quality, instrument design, and analysis are covered. E675 Fundamental of Injury Epidemiology • PBHL-E 601 Advanced Epidemiology (3 cr.) E715 Design & Implementation of Observational Studies P: E517 and B551 (or concurrent enrollment). This course provides students with an in-depth E720 Analysis and Interpretation of Observational Studies understanding of advanced epidemiologic concepts introduced in other courses as well as a fundamental E730 Molecular and Genetic Epidemiology understanding of epidemiologic techniques not E731 Design & Analysis of Genetic Association covered in other classes. Topics included will represent cutting edge techniques, philosophical E765 Nutritional Epidemiology issues and insights to appropriately conduct and E780 Pharmaco-epidemiology interpret the findings of epidemiological studies. • PBHL-E 609 Infectious Disease Epidemiology E795 Cardiovascular Epidemiology (3 cr.) P: E517. This course is designed to provide Doctoral students must notify the IU School of Public a basic overview of the infectious disease process, Health before beginning their course of study for the including disease agents, transmission routes, minor. All courses must be taken in the Fairbanks School immunity and public health significance. The of Public Health. Students who have already completed course introduces principles of infectious disease any of the required courses as part of their Master of epidemiology, including outbreak investigation Public Health or Ph.D. requirements cannot apply these and surveillance, using case studies as examples. courses toward their Ph.D. minor in Epidemiology. In 502 September 6, 2017

Concepts on globalization of disease, microbial disease morbidity and mortality, and their importance ecology, and disease eradication also are discussed. and influence on the role of public health in modern • PBHL-E 610 Chronic Disease Epidemiology society. Readings and discussion will examine in (3 cr.) P: E517. This course examines chronic health detail, the evolutionary change in the epidemiologic conditions from an epidemiological perspective. response of a variety of diseases of national and Concepts include geographical distribution, international importance. risk factors, person-related determinants, time • PBHL-E 645 Information Exchange for trends, indicators of control, measures of severity, Population Health (3 cr.) This course explores surveillance measures, and outcome measures. the electronic exchange of data, information and Research methods, assessment strategies and knowledge between clinical and public health screening tests will also be presented. organizations in support of population health. • PBHL-E 618 Cancer Epidemiology (3 cr.) P: E517. Students will examine the strategic, organizational, This course is designed to provide an overview of legal, technical, and socio-political aspects of clinical the epidemiology of common cancers, as well as and public health information exchange in the United methodological issues in etiologic research and States and abroad. cancer screening. Emphasis will be placed on risk • PBHL-E 670 Systematic Review and Meta- factos that can be modified for cancer control and Analysis in Health Sciences (3 cr.) P: E517 & prevention. B551 or B651. This course provides graduate • PBHL-E 635 Foundations of Public Health students with an overview of fundamental concepts Informatics (3 cr.) This course will introduce the and methods of systematic review and meta-analysis application of Informatics in the Public Health field. in health sciences. Principles and methods in The course will include a brief review of core public conducting a systematic review and meta-analysis health functions, describe the current policies are illustrated through case studies of public health defining the use of informatics in public health, and and clinical medicine, with emphasis on training outline the history of the application of informatics students’ practical skills in the conduct of systematic principles in both public health and clinical health reviews and meta-analyses in various public health systems. and clinical settings. • PBHL-P 650 Readings in Public Health (1-4 cr.) • PBHL-E 675 Fundamentals of Injury This course is designed to expose the student to Epidemiology (3 cr.) P: E517 and B551. This different readings in public health. The course will course will introduce students to basic epidemiologic allow the student to apply skills learned in the public concepts of injury, both intentional and unintentional. health core courses by collecting data and applying We will discuss the burden of injury and its effect techniques. The student will be required to read on public health, patterns of injury in populations, critically published papers and identify research the use of descriptive techniques, and secondary topics. data sources. Students will gain an understanding • PBHL-E 651 Public Health Surveillance (3 cr.) of the role of injury epidemiology in developing This course will focus on the recognized value prevention strategies and policy. Among the topics of Public Health Surveillance as well as the to be covered are measures of mortality and development and utility of Surveillance Systems. morbidity, design and analysis of observational Included are the historical development of studies, community health assessment and program surveillance systems, data sources, informatics of evaluation. surveillance, data management, and evaluation • PBHL-E 715 Design and Implementation of of surveillance systems. In addition, descriptive Observational Studies (3 cr.) P: E517 This course epidemiology techniques, identification of outbreaks examines fundamental aspects of designing and and community needs. Trend analysis based on the implementing observational epidemiology studies. data collected from the surveillance system will be The focus is on developing strategies to increase the covered, along with related ethical and legal issues. validity of the study results by using techniques to The course discusses how surveillance is conducted control for possible confounding factors and biases. in low to middle income countries and the future of Topics include sampling methods, sensitivity, public health surveillance. data weighting, standardization, selection of cases • PBHL-B 653 Applied Multivariate Statistical and controls, matching, data collection and project Methods (3 cr.) P: B 551 and B652. This applied management. course is designed specifically for graduate and • PBHL-E 720 Analysis and Interpretation of professional studies with major in epidemiology. Observational Studies (3 cr.) P: E715. This course Course will focus on applications to real data which examines fundamental aspects of analyzing data will be analyzed by the professor and the students generated by observational epidemiology studies. using the SAS software. The course will cover the The focus is on developing a solid understanding following classic multivariate techniques; canonical of contemporary analytical techniques to increase correlations, MANOVA, MANCOVA, discriminant the validity of the study and control for possible analysis, principal components analysis, exploratory confounding factors and biases. factor analysis, confirmatory factor analysis, and • PBHL-E 730 Molecular and Genetics structural equation modeling. Epidemiology (3 cr.) P: E601 and B652. This • PBHL-E 655 Historical Evolution of Epidemiology course presents fundamental concepts and methods (3 cr.) P: E517. The course will explore the historical in molecular and genetic epidemiologic research, developments and public health responses to human and explains different study designs commonly used in genetic epidemiology to identify the genetic basis September 6, 2017 503

of common, complex disease. Students will learn faculty member and advisor. Generally the product about available common molecular and genetic will be a manuscript for submission to an appropriate measures, different study design searching for journal. The PhD student and faculty member will disease-causing genes, and their interaction with complete a written agreement, which outlines the environmental factors, ethnical issues and genetic scope of work for the semester. The concentration testing. advisor will also sign this agreement. • PBHL-E 731 Design and Analysis of Genetic • PBHL-E 765 Nutritional Epidemiology (3 cr.) Association Studies (3 cr.) P: P601. P652, P: E517, B551. This course provides students E730. This course introduces the conceptual and with an overview of fundamental concepts and practical tools needed for population-based genetic methods of nutritional epidemiology and the current association studies among unrelated subjects. state of knowledge on well-studied associations Lectures and selected readings present key issues between diet and chronic diseases. Emphasis will be (such as linkage disequilibrium, "tagging SNPs," placed on the design, implementation, analysis, and haplotypes, population stratification and epistasis) interpretation of nutritional epidemiologic studies. and appropriate statistical methods. Students will • PBHL-E 775 Doctoral Research Seminar in be required to present selected papers in class. Epidemiology (1 cr.) This course is designed to Students will gain hands-on experience with a range expose PhD students to a wide range of specific of analytic tools and software packages as part of research topics and issues in Public Health. The a class project which gives them the opportunity seminar topics will be chosen by the Director of the to design and analyze an association study. This PhD program with input from other faculty members. project will require students to work on real-world The PhD students are expected to attend each problems such as marker selection, potential seminar session, read assigned material, and multiple comparisons issues due to multiple markers participate in the seminar discussions. The PhD and multiple outcomes, and missing data. students may be asked to present their research • PBHL-E 750 Doctoral Topics in Public Health projects during the seminar to obtain feedback (1-3 cr.) Courses offered under this course number and recommendations from the faculty and other would include PhD courses on topics expected students. to be offered only once, such as those taught by • PBHL-E 780 Pharmacoepidemiology (3 cr.) visiting faculty, and those that are newly developed P: P517 or equivalent. This is an introductory and have not yet been assigned a specific course pharmacoepidemiology course. Students will learn number. The course will focus on a specific topic how principles of modern epidemiologic methods or technique related to the field of Public Health. are used to evaluate the safety, effectiveness, The material to be studied will be determined by the and utilization patterns of medical products instructor with input from the PhD faculty. (drugs, vaccines, and medical devices) in human • PBHL-E 751 Doctoral Readings in Epidemiology populations, with a focus on observational studies. (1-3 cr.) This course is designed to expose a • PBHL-E 795 Cardiovascular Epidemiology (3 cr.) PhD student to published material on a specific P: E517 or equivalent. This is an advanced graduate topic or technique related to their field of study in course that discusses the topics related to the Epidemiology. The material to be studied will be epidemiology and prevention of cardiovascular determined primarily by the PhD student under the diseases. The purpose is to give students an direction of a faculty member with input from the overview of the major cardiovascular diseases and student's advisor. The PhD student is expected to their risk factors, and to develop critical thinking work closely with the faculty member to develop skills related to the key issues that epidemiologists a strategy to identify the material to study, plan consider. a time frame for completion of the study and to • PBHL-E 800 Epidemiology Doctoral Dissertation determine the nature of the study product. Generally Research (1-8 cr.) The dissertation will be written the product will be a summary and interpretation of on an original topic of epidemiology research and the material studied in a literature review format. The presented as one of the final requirements for the PhD student and faculty member will complete and Ph.D. degree. The dissertation must be an original sign a written agreement, which outlines the scope contribution to knowledge and of high scholarly of work for the semester and will also be signed by merit. the student's academic advisor. • PBHL-E 752 Doctoral Research in Epidemiology Event Tourism (1-3 cr.) This course is designed to allow PhD Department of Tourism, Conventions, and Event students the opportunity to explore research Management questions by collecting data or using existing data related to their field of study in Epidemiology. The I.U. School of Physical Education and Tourism study topic will be determined primarily by the PhD Management student under the direction of a faculty member with input from the student’s concentration advisor. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] The PhD student is expected to work closely with Departmental URL: http://petm.iupui.edu/tcemdept the faculty member to develop the study protocol, obtain IRB approval if necessary, obtain the data (Please note that when conferring University Graduate and collect the planned data analysis. The time School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The frame for completion and the nature of the study University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements product will be determined by the PhD student, 504 September 6, 2017 contained only in The University Graduate School admitted in the the program. These include: TCEM 472 Bulletin.) Global Tourism Seminar; A 300 or higher Statistics course Curriculum Master of Science in Event Tourism-Thesis Option Degree requirements for students in the School of Degree Offered Physical Education and Tourism Management are Master of Science in Event Tourism - Thesis Option and established by the faculty of the school and may change. Non-thesis Option Students are bound by rules and regulations established by the faculty at the time of their initial matriculation as a Special Departmental Requirements graduate student. Every graduate student will be assigned (See also general University Graduate School an advisor who will help cooperatively plan their course of requirements.) study depending on experiences and education objectives. The M.S. in Event Tourism builds on the state's rich Required Courses (35 credit hours plus pre-requisites) reputation around the attraction of events to stimulate Foundation Courses economic development and image enhancement. Graduates will have a practical and theoretical • HPER-T 590 Introduction to Research in Health, understanding of the events and experiences created by Kinesiology and Recreation (3 cr.) expositions, fairs, sports, festivals, conferences, meetings, • HPER-T 591 Interpretation of Data in Health, and cultural destinations. The program culminates in a Kinesiology and Recreation (3 cr.) thesis such that graduates are well equipped to conduct • Additional Graduate Level Statistics Course (3 cr.) research as a means to inform and improve decision • TCEM 599 Master's Thesis (5 cr.) making. Graduates will be prepared for positions in public, private, and nonprofit organizations related to event Total: 17 credit hours tourism experiences. Emphasis Courses (First three courses listed are required) Admission Requirements • TCEM 500 Foundations of Event Tourism (3 cr.) Applicants to the program must demonstrate a strong • TCEM 531 Event Tourism Marketing (3 cr.) desire and commitment to the field and the intellectual • TCEM 562 Economics of Event Tourism (3 cr.) capacity to complete graduate work. To be considered, • TCEM 519 Sports Tourism Management OR TCEM applicants must have or provide: 534 Cultural Tourism Management OR TCEM 571 Strategic Meeting Management (3 cr.) 1. Official transcripts from a baccalaureate degree in a related area (e.g., tourism management, Total: 12 credit hours hospitality management, sports management, leisure studies, recreation management, business) from an Pre-Requisites accredited institution. If a student has completed • TCEM 472 Global Tourism of equivalent (required course work from any Indiana University campus, for all) (3 cr.) there is no need to submit a transcript. • SPEA-K 300 Statistical Techniques (3 cr.) or 2. A minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. equivalent 3. A satisfactory score on the Graduate Record Examination taken with the past five years (Note: All Total: 9 credit hours students, including graduates of IUPUI Department Elective Recommendations: (Selected with approval of of Tourism, Conventions and Event Management are advisor) required to take the G.R.E.). 4. Three letters of recommendation that address • SPEA-V 506 Statistical Analysis for Effective the student's potential for academic success in a Decision Making (3 cr.) graduate program. • SPEA-V 507 Data analysis and modeling - Public 5. A candidate's statement (1000 words) regarding the Affairs (3 cr.) applicant's professional experiences, personal goals, • SPEA-V 521 Non-Profit and Voluntary Sector (3 cr.) career aspirations and how earning an M.S. degree • SPEA-V 522 Human Resource Management in Non- relates to each. Profit Organizations (3 cr.) 6. A completed graduate program application and • SPEA-V 525 Management in the Non-Profit Sector payment of the non-refundable application fee. (3 cr.) 7. International students: A score of 550 or above • SPEA-V 526 Financial Management for Non-Profit for the paper-based TOEFL, 213 or above for the Organizations (3 cr.) computer-based TOEFL, or 79 on the IBT. • SPEA-V 550 Topics in Public Affairs (GIS) (3 cr.) Prerequisite coursework and/or degrees: Official • SPEA-V 558 Funding Development for Non-Profits transcripts from a baccalaureate degree in a related area (3 cr.) (e.g., toursim management, hospitality management, • SPEA-V 539 Management Science (3 cr.) leisure studies, recreation management, and Total: 6 credit hours management) from an accredited institution are required. Students applying to the program with the required Master of Science in Event Tourism-Sport Event prerequisite coursework and/or experience will have Tourism-Non-Thesis Option to take additional undergraduate courses before being Foundation Courses September 6, 2017 505

• HPER-T 591 Interpretation of Data in Health, making decisions about admission. Three letters of Kinesiology and Recreation (3 cr.) recommendation and a personal statement. • TCEM 582 Applied Sport Event Research (3 cr.) Course Requirements • TCEM 500 Foundations of Event Tourism (3 cr.) Minimum of 15 credit hours, including a core curriculum Emphasis Courses consisting of G535, G538, and G639. The remaining • TCEM 531 Event Tourism Marketing (3 cr.) courses are to be chosen from G536, G537, G539, and • TCEM 562 Economics of Event Tourism (3 cr.) G588. • TCEM 519 Sport Tourism Management (3 cr.) Master of Science in Geographic Information Science • HPER-K 511 Legal Issues in the Sport Environment Admission Requirements (3 cr.) Undergraduate degree in geography or related Practicum Course discipline. Recommended minimum undergraduate • TCEM 598 Master’s Consulting Project (6 cr.) GPA of 3.0. Appropriate work experience will also be taken into account when making decisions about Faculty admission. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examinations, three letters of recommendation, and Chair personal statement. Rafael Bahamonde - ([email protected]) Course Requirements Associate Dean of School of P.E.T.M., Graduate Programs Coordinator A minimum of 30 credit hours including core requirements in GIS theory and methods from three of the following four Director of T.E.C.M. courses: G535, G537, G538, G588. All students must take Amanda Cecil G560 and G639. Graduate Faculty Thesis or Research Papers Amanda Cecil ([email protected]) Students have the option of writing a thesis (G850) or two research papers (G845). Up to 6 credit hours are allowed Yao-Yi Fu ([email protected]) for a thesis and up to 3 credit hours are given for each Carina King ([email protected]) research paper. Brian Krohn ([email protected]) Faculty Geography Chairperson School of Liberal Arts Associate Professor Daniel Johnson Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Graduate Faculty Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/geography/ (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct (Please note that when conferring University Graduate doctoral dissertations.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Professors contained only in The University Graduate School Frederick L. Bein*, Jeffrey Wilson* Bulletin.) Associate Professors Curriculum Timothy S. Brothers, Owen John Dwyer, Thomas Stanley Degrees Offered Fedor, Aniruddha "Rudy" Banerjee, Daniel Johnson Graduate Certificate in Geographic Information Science and Master of Science in Geographic Information Science Director of Graduate Studies Special Departmental Requirements Associate Professor Aniruddha “Rudy” Banerjee, Cavanaugh Hall 207D, 317-274-3281 (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Courses Grades GEOG-G 535 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3 cr.) Principles of remote sensing of the earth and its B (3.0) average or higher. atmosphere, emphasizing satellite data in visible, infrared, and microwave portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. Graduate Certificate in Geographic Information Emphasis on practical applications and digital image Science analysis. A satellite data analysis project is required. Admission Requirements GEOG-G 536 Advanced Remote Sensing: Digital Bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution. Recom- Image Processing (3 cr.) P: G535 or consent of mended minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.0. Appropriate instructor. Advanced remote sensing theory and digital work experience will also be taken into account in image processing techniques with an emphasis on environmental science applications. Hands-on computer 506 September 6, 2017 exercises provide significant experience in digital image advisor. The research paper topics will be related to the processing techniques for extraction of qualitative and field of Geographic Information Science in their focus and quantitative information about Earth’s terrestrial and methods. **New only to IUPUI. aquatic environments. GEOG-G 850 Masters Thesis (3-6 cr.) Directed research GEOG-G 537 Computer Cartography and Graphics and writing under the supervision of a faculty committee. (3 cr.) Compilation, design, production, and evaluation of **New only to IUPUI. maps and related graphic materials. Includes cartometric procedures, symbolization, color use guidelines, map Health and Rehabilitation Sciences typography, photographic manipulations, computer School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences animation, and geographic visualization techniques. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] GEOG-G 538 Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) Departmental URL: www.shrs.iupui.edu/health_sciences Overview of the principles and practices of Geographic Information Systems (GIS). Spatial data models, database (Please note that when conferring University Graduate design, introductory and intermediate GIS, operations and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The case studies of real-world GIS applications. Laboratory University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements exercises will provide significant hands-on experience. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin. Lecture and laboratory. Requirements may or may not be reflected identically in departmental URLs.) GEOG-G 539 Advanced Geographic Information Systems (3 cr.) P: G538 or consent of instructor. Curriculum Intermediate and advanced topics in geographic information science and spatial analysis techniques using Degrees Offered GIS software. This advanced course is for students who Master of Science in Health Sciences, Doctor of seek a greater understanding of this rapidly developing Philosophy in Health and Rehabilitation Sciences field and to learn how to construct, manage, and analyze Master of Science in Health Sciences their own GIS data and models. Program Information GEOG-G 560 Geography Internship (1-4 cr.) P: Graduate level courses in geography and consent of The program is designed to meet the educational needs instructor. Faculty-directed study of geographical problems of practicing health and rehabilitation professionals and based on an internship experience. Student’s area of educators. All courses are offered in a distance format. placement must be related to major field of study. Offered Most of the courses taken to satisfy the requirements fall, spring, and each summer session. Student may of the master’s degree can be used to fulfill course complete more than one internship, but total credit earned requirements for the Ph.D. in Health and Rehabilitation cannot exceed 4 credit hours. Sciences. GEOG-G 588 Applied Spatial Statistics (3 cr.) Program Requirements P: Consent of instructor. Extension of Traditional Statistical analysis to spatial data. Spatial means and The program consists of a minimum of 36 credit hours of spatial variances, the examination of differences in course work, including a required 6 credit hour project or samples over space, spatial autocorrelation, nearest thesis. neighbor analysis, map comparison techniques. Emphasis Admission Requirements on practical applications. Students accepted into the program must complete GEOG-G 639 Topical Seminar in Geographic university, school, and program admission requirements. Information Science (3 cr.) Applications of geographic The minimum admission requirements are as follows: information science principles in the collection and analysis of spatial data. Integration of GIS, remote 1. A baccalaureate degree from an accredited sensing, and GPS technologies. Review of current litera- institution (applicant must submit an official copy of ture on techniques, theory, technology, and applications all undergraduate transcripts). with an emphasis on environmental topics. Discussion, 2. Cumulative undergraduate grade point average of laboratory, and research project. 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. 3. At least one undergraduate statistics or research GEOG-G 704 Soils Geography (3 cr.) P: G538. methods course completed with a grade of B or Examines the spatial aspects of soils from a global and better. local perspective including soil genesis, morphology, 4. Three letters of recommendation from those familiar and classification; physical, chemical, mechanical and with the applicant’s academic and professional biological properties of soil; and land use mapping, performance. analysis, planning, and management. 5. 300 to 500 word personal statement of academic GEOG-G 845 Research Papers in Geography (3 cr.) and professional goals. Research papers under the supervision of faculty. 6. If applicable, a TOEFL iBT score of at least 100. Graduate students in the M.S. in Geographic Information Science program who choose the Research Papers option No student will be permitted to work toward a degree will develop two research papers under the guidance of without first being admitted to the Master of Science their graduate advisor (IUPUI Faculty Member) and two program. other faculty members chosen in consultation with the September 6, 2017 507

Prior Course Work Applied Toward Degree to be employed in universities, health care facilities and Requirements industries that focus on teaching others and advancing knowledge in health and rehabilitation. A maximum of 6 graduate credit hours earned at Indiana University before admission may be applied toward a Admissions Policy degree. Upon the recommendation of the Health Sciences program director and with the approval of the School of Requirements, in addition to those of the Graduate Health and Rehabilitation Sciences Academic Studies and School, include: Research Development Committee, up to 8 credit hours 1. Completion of a post baccalaureate degree in health of graduate work at other institutions may be transferred and rehabilitation sciences or in a related health care in partial fulfillment of degree requirements. No course discipline, or completion of a baccalaureate degree may be transferred from another institution unless the with professional experience. course was completed with a grade of B or higher within 2. Resume or curriculum vitae. five years before matriculation in the Master of Science 3. A 300-500 word personal statement of learning degree program. objectives, research interest, and leadership Application Materials potential. Applicants should identify a laboratory and/or a research mentor with which they are An applicant must submit completed application forms interested in studying. to the Office of Academic and Student affairs, School 4. Competitive scores on the verbal and quantitative of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences. Transcripts from sections and a score of 3.5 or better on the analytical all universities attended must be included. However, writing section of the GRE, completed within 5 if the applicant is a graduate of Indiana University, the years before matriculation into the Ph.D. program. school will obtain those transcripts directly. Non–Indiana Successful completion of a post graduate degree will University graduates must submit at least one official waive the matriculation time period. transcript from each university attended. A nonrefundable 5. Formal interview with Ph.D. faculty once all materials application fee is required from all applicants who have have been received. never attended Indiana University. 6. Within one year from acceptance the student must Curriculum identify a person willing to serve as the research mentor. The mentor must be actively engaged A total of 36 credit hours will be required to complete the in research, and be able to effectively guide the degree, allocated as follows: student in the research process. The mentor does • SHRS W510 Trends and Issues in Health Sciences not have to be a faculty member in the SHRS, but (3 cr.) must hold IU Graduate Faculty status or equivalent. • SHRS W520 Evidence Based Critical Inquiry in the This person may also serve as chair of the student’s Health Sciences (3 cr.) dissertation committee. • SHRS W541 Administration and Supervision of A maximum of 30 semester credits may be transferred Rehabilitation Organizations (3 cr.) from the student’s post baccalaureate course work, as • SHRS W550 Health and Rehabilitation approved by the University Graduate School. No course Systems Across the World (3 cr.) may be transferred from another institution unless the • SHRS W561 Approaches to Rehabilitation course was completed with a grade of B or higher. Case Management (3 cr.) Any exceptions to the admissions policies must be • SHRS W562 Psychological Aspects of Disability (3 requested in writing to the director of the Ph.D. program. cr.) Curriculum Requirements • SHRS W625 Diversity Issues in Health and Rehabilitation Sciences (3 cr.) The minimum requirements for the Ph.D. are 90 credit • SHRS W663 Legal and Regulatory Aspects of hours of advanced study, of which 30 semester credits Rehabilitation Organizations (3 cr.) may be transferred from the student’s post-baccalaureate • SHRS W667 Ethical Issues in Rehabilitation degree study, as approved by the student's advisory Services (3 cr.) committee and the University Graduate School. • NURS R505 Measurement and Data Analysis (or The credits for the Ph.D. are distributed in the following equivalent) (3 cr.) categories: • SHRS W599 Thesis (6 cr.) OR • SHRS W600 Project in Health Sciences (6 cr.) Health and Rehabilitation Sciences Core Curriculum (12 credits in required courses) Master of Science in Therapeutic Outcomes Research • W660 Rehabilitation Theories and Applications (3 This program is not currently accepting applications. cr.) Doctor of Philosophy in Health and Rehabilitation • W661 Theories of Health Promotion and Disease Sciences Prevention (3 cr.) • W662 Rehabilitation Services in Healthcare Systems Degree Objective and Delivery (3 cr.) To develop scholars who, through their leadership and • W672 Teaching Practicum within area of original research, will contribute to the knowledge base of specialization (3 cr.) health and rehabilitation sciences. Graduates will be able 508 September 6, 2017

Health and Rehabilitation Sciences Concentration (30 Assistant Professors credits) Keith Avin, Mary Beth Brown, Amber Comer, Elain Fess, Students will select one of the three areas of concentration Wei Li, Chiung-Ju Liu, Crystal Massie, Kristine Miller, Niki identified by the Institute of Medicine. Students must Munk, Rebecca Rebman, Zachary Riley* (PETM), William declare an area of concentration and identify appropriate R. Thompson coursework within the SHRS and across campus in consultation with their Advisory Committee. Areas of Graduate Advisor concentration include: Brent Arnold*, 120 Coleman Hall, 1140 West Michigan • Pathophysiology and Impairment Research Street, Indianapolis, IN 46202, (317) 278-9653 • Functional Limitations/Functional Participation Courses Research • Health Services Research Courses in Health Sciences / Health and Rehabilitation Sciences Research Core (42 credits) • SHRS-W 510 Trends and Issues in the Health • GRAD G505 The Responsible Code of Research (1 Sciences (3 cr.) A seminar course to review cr.) pertinent literature and other sources of information • GRAD N802 Techniques of Effective Grant Writing as a basis for discussing trends and issues affect- (3 cr.) ing the therapeutic professions and the health care • NURS W540 Writing for Publication (3 cr.) delivery system. • SHRS W670 Research Practicum in Health and • SHRS-W 520 Evidence-Based Critical Inquiry Rehabilitation Sciences (6 cr.) in the Health Sciences (3 cr.) Fundamentals of • Statistics and Research Design courses (9 cr.; research methodology, design, techniques, and courses must be approved by the student’s Advisory procedures applicable to research problems in the Committee as part of the student’s plan of study) allied health disciplines. Introduction to computer • Doctoral Seminar in Health and Rehabiltation data analysis. Sciences (1 cr) • SHRS-W 540 Patient-Centered Outcomes • Dissertation to include proposal (19 cr.) Research (3 cr.) Explorations of selected patient- centered outcomes evaluation methodology and Electives (6 credits) research evidence related to the health professions at an advanced level. Comprehensive Examination • SHRS-W 541 (3 cr.) Designed to expand students’ Near, and usually in, the last semester of course work, knowledge of administration, supervision, and students will be required to take a comprehensive leadership practice. Students will develop an in- written qualification examination in health and depth understanding of leadership practice in a rehabilitation sciences, prepared by the student’s Advisory rehabilitation organization. Committee. Only students who pass the exam may • SHRS-W 550 Health and Rehabilitation Systems continue in the program. Students may be able to retake Across the World (3 cr.) Issues in global health the examination one time if they fail to pass the first and rehabilitation deliver systems from the viewpoint time. The retake must occur within six months of the of many different disciplines with an emphasis on original examination. economically less developed countries. Faculty • SHRS-W 551 Health and Rehabilitation Professionals in Developing Countries (3 cr.)The Chairperson primary purpose of this course is to help students understand the roles and expectations and the Brent Arnold ([email protected]) scope of training and educational preparation of Graduate Faculty health and rehabilitation professionals across the (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University world with emphasis on economically less developed Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct countries. doctoral dissertations.) • SHRS-W 552 Seminar in Global Rehabilitation and Health (3 cr.) This course is designed to cover Professors current topics in international management and organization of health and rehabilitation services, Austin Agho, Brent Arnold*, Rafael E. Bahamonde* governance, ethics, impact of donor organizations, (PETM), M. Sue Brady (Emerita), Thomas Fisher*, and emerging global primary and public health care Mathew Palakal* (Informatics), Joyce Mac Kinnon, issues. Jacquelynn O’Palka, Rebecca Porter • SHRS-W 560 Survey of Adaptive Rehabilitation Associate Professors Technology (3 cr.) Assisting students in the knowledge/awareness of available high-tech/low- Peter Altenburger, Sara Blackburn, Jeffrey Crabtree, tech equipment, or product systems that are used Tracy Dierks*, Judith Ernst, Robyn Fuchs*, Michael in rehabilitation settings to increase, maintain, or Justiss*, Anthony S. Kaleth (PETM), NiCole R. Keith* improve functional capabilities of individuals with (PETM), M. Terry Loghmani, Patricia Scott, Kathleen disabilities, emphasizing the application of clinically- Stanton-Nichols* (PETM), Jefferson W. Streepey (PETM), based strategies for determining an individual’s Stuart Warden* September 6, 2017 509

need for and acceptance of adaptive technology to skills related to fund development in a community improve functional outcomes. rehabilitation setting, providing an overview of the • SHRS-W 561 Approaches to Rehabilitation grant development process. Students will research Case Management (3 cr.) Exploring the historical local and national funding sources and learn about perspective, technological and humanitarian traditional and non-traditional sources to develop advances, and major issues in the rehabilitation and maintain community-based rehabilitation administrative environment; discussing and programs. Includes guest speakers. analyzing the legislative mandates relative to their • SHRS-W 642 Practicum in Rehabilitation and effects on shaping the administrative environment Disability (3 cr.) Designed to give students direct in rehabilitation; acquiring knowledge of the process work experience in various private and public sector and significance of administrative competency in rehabilitation agencies, this experiential component delivering services to rehabilitation consumers. allows the student an opportunity to apply his/her • SHRS-W 562 Psychological Aspects of Disability newly acquired normative and cognitive skills and (3 cr.) P: Medical terminology course or equivalent. knowledge in an actual work setting. Students will review medical terminology and gain • SHRS-W 650 Global Perspectives in Nutrition, an understanding of major disabling conditions, the Health, Disease, and Disability (3 cr.) Major psychological and vocational aspect of adjustment to emphasis on global perspectives with specific disability and chronic long term illness, and examine focus on economically less developed countries, psychological and social theories related to disability examining existing and emerging issues in and chronic illness and Code of Ethics. international nutrition that influence the health, • SHRS-W 570 Research Communication in the well-being, and disability and the efficacy and Health Sciences (2-3 cr.) P: W520 and consent effectiveness of nutritional interventions in the of both instructor and research advisor. Instruction prevention of disease and disability among people and consultation in the preparation of master’s living in developing countries. thesis proposals, including computer applications • SHRS-W 651 International Service-Learning in for conducting online literature searches, developing Rehabilitation (3 cr.) Designed to give students an individual bibliographic database, designing direct experience in the organization and financing an original research project, and devising a sound of rehabilitation services in other parts of the world, methodology. Final outcome is a completed thesis this experiential component allows students to apply proposal for submission to a graduate student’s their newly acquired normative and cognitive skills thesis committee. Course is open only to health and knowledge in an international rehabilitation sciences graduate students pursuing the research/ institution. Students will travel abroad under the thesis track in their program of study. Students must supervision of faculty. begin the course with a specific research agenda • SHRS-W 660 Rehabilitation Theories and already approved by their research advisor. Application (3 cr.) This course explores theories • SHRS-W 594 Administration of Health Sciences common to all rehabilitation therapies and forms Education (3cr.) Principles of effective organization, a foundation for rehabilitation sciences. Theories supervision and administration of educational such as adaption to disease, cognition, disability, programs in the health sciences. and injury are applied to rehabilitation practice and • SHRS-W 599 Thesis in Health Sciences (3cr.) research design across the life span. Thesis in Health Sciences. Can be repeated. • SHRS-W 661 Theories of Health Promotion and Focuses on the data collection, analysis and writing Disease Prevention (3 cr.) This course focuses on of the thesis. the role of health behaviors such as eating nutritious • SHRS-W 600 Project in Health Sciences (3cr.) foods, exercising, and avoiding unhealthy habits, Individual investigation in the form of an organized in health promotion and disease prevention. A scientific contribution or a comprehensive analysis in principal concentration will be on health promotion a specified area related to the health sciences. within disabling conditions. • SHRS-W 625 Diversity Issues in Health and • SHRS-W 662 Health and Rehabilitation Systems Rehabilitation Services (3 cr.) Designed to prepare Delivery (3 cr.) This course analyses emerging students to formulate strategies to address the trends in health care systems and delivery interrelationship of race, gender, culture, and associated with rehabilitation. Areas to be covered ethnicity and how they affect access and use of include organizational infrastructures, finance, health and rehabilitation services. public policy and implications for disparate patient • SHRS-W 640 Medical Aspects of Disabilities populations. (3 cr.) The primary emphasis of this survey course • SHRS-W 663 Legal and Regulatory Aspects is on medically determined aspects of disabling in Rehabilitation (3cr.) Assisting students in the impairments and disabilities. Students will learn understanding of legal and regulatory challenges the functional limitations associated with major faced by rehabilitation professionals, covering legal disabling conditions particularly as they relate to the issues in counseling and case management, and delivery of rehabilitation services. Current trends and significant rehabilitation-related legislation in the methodologies involved in rehabilitation processes United States from 1917 to the present. will be covered. • SHRS-W 667 Ethical Issues in Rehabilitation • SHRS-W 641 Proposal Writing for Community- Services (3 cr.) Designed to explore contemporary Based Rehabilitation Programs (3 cr.) An ethical issues and concerns related to the delivery, interactive educational opportunity to develop 510 September 6, 2017

organization, and management of rehabilitation Maria Brann*, Jennifer J. Bute*, Catherine A. Dobris, services. Elizabeth Goering*, Kristine Karnick, Marianne • SHRS-W 670 Research Practicum in Health and Matthias ,Gail G. Whitchurch*, Kim White-Mills* Rehabilitation Sciences (3-6 cr.) Instructional Assistant Professors orientation to research; includes laboratory experience in the student’s concentration area. This Katharine Head, Krista Hoffman-Longtin, Jonathan course may be taken more than once. Rossing, YoungJu Shin • SHRS-W 672 Teaching Practicum in Health and Rehabilitation Sciences (3 cr.) Instructional Director of Graduate Studies teaching theories and methodologies to include Jennifer Bute, Department of Communication Studies, teaching a unit of instruction in the student’s Cavanaugh Hall 307J, IUPUI, (317) 274-2090, concentration area. This course may be taken more [email protected] than once. NOTE: Any student that has an interest in teaching is advised to incorporate other instructional Health Communication teaching methodology courses into his/her plan of study. School of Liberal Arts • SHRS-W 680 Independent Study in Health and Department of Communication Studies Rehabilitation Sciences (1-4 cr.) A course for Departmental E-mail: [email protected] students interested in specific interdisciplinary topics Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/comm/ in health and rehabilitation sciences. • SHRS-W 690 Dissertation Proposal in Health (Please note that when conferring University Graduate & Rehabilitation Sciences (3-9 cr.) Students will School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The submit a written proposal for original scholarly work University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements that makes a significant contribution to research contained only in The University Graduate School in the field of health and rehabilitation sciences. Bulletin). Proposal to include introduction to topic, literature Curriculum review, and indication of methodology. This course may be taken more than once. Degrees Offered • SHRS-W 692 Dissertation in Health & Doctor of Philosophy in Health Communication Rehabilitation Sciences (3-9 cr.) P: W690. Original The Ph.D. program in health communication includes the scholarly dissertation that makes a significant following main program objectives. Students will: contribution to the field of health and rehabilitation sciences. Topic to be selected by the student and • Obtain competency for teaching and research his/her Research Committee. in areas that include: health and interpersonal • SHRS-W 710 Special Topics in Health & relationships, intercultural health, and mediated Rehabilitation Science (3 cr.) This course communication in healthcare contexts including provides students with an opportunity to engage in health campaign development. Ethical questions focused study of a substantive area of health and regarding each of these health communication rehabilitation science directly related to the student’s contexts will be explored as well. identified area of theoretical and research interest. • Initiate, participate, and develop competency in May be repeated with the permission of the student’s research on health and medical communication advisory committee. issues. • SHRS-W 799 Master’s Thesis Continuation • Gain skills in understanding clinical problems (1cr.) Used as continuation credits for completing affected by communication. the master's thesis in a format acceptable to the • Develop the capabilities necessary to translate student's advisory committee, leading to successful research on clinical problems impacted by defense of the final product. May be repeated for communication into practice. credit. • Receive training for academic jobs and healthcare professional positions. Faculty Special Departmental Requirements Chairperson (See also general University Graduate School Associate Professor Maria Brann* requirements.) Graduate Faculty Admission Requirements (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Required Coursework doctoral dissertations.) • Students entering the program must have at least Professors a Master’s degree (minimum of 30 credit hours) in Communication or a related social science or health Linda G. Bell*, John Parrish-Sprowl*, Sandra Petronio*, discipline. Preference will be given to those students Kristina Horn Sheeler* with degrees from communication studies programs. Associate Professors • Students should have a GPA of 3.5 or higher in their Master’s coursework. September 6, 2017 511

• Students are expected to have taken some maximum of 30 credit hours of approved graduate work foundational coursework in Communication. For completed with a grade of B or better may be transferred students entering the program with no background in with the approval of the advisory committee and the Dean Communication, additional preparatory coursework of the University Graduate School. All coursework taken in the discipline may be required as a condition of for the Ph.D. must be completed within seven years prior admission. to the passing of qualifying exams, including any transfer courses. Coursework that does not meet this criterion may Required Testing be revalidated. • Applicants are required to take the Graduate Students entering the program must have at least a Record Examination (GRE) Revised General Test Master’s (minimum of 30 credit hours) in a related social (Quantitative, Verbal, and Analytical Writing). While science or health discipline, with preference given the Department of Communication Studies has not to those students with degrees from communication instituted a fixed minimum GRE-score requirement, studies programs. Overall, the requirements include core successful candidates typically have scores between courses (15 credit hours), seminars in content areas 150-170 in Verbal Reasoning and in Quantitative focused on (but not limited to) interpersonal relationship Reasoning and a score between 4.0-6.0 in Analytical communication, intercultural communication, mediated/ Writing. campaign communication (at least 15 credit hours), minor • In addition, non-native English speakers who did (9-12 credit hours), field work/research (6-9 credit hours), not complete a degree at a college or university in and dissertation credits (12 credit hours). the U.S. must take an English competency test. The student may complete either of the following: Core Courses (15 credit hours) required of all students • Test of English as a Foreign Language • C500 Advanced Communication Theory (3) (TOEFL). The expectation for admission is a minimum score of 88 on the TOEFL iBT • C592 Advanced Health Communication (3) (internet based test). Please note that this • C680 Doctoral Qualitative/Rhetorical Methods (3) score represents the minimum that will be • C690 Doctoral Quantitative Methods (3) considered. In practice, we look for scores • C695 Seminar in Communication and Healthcare (3) above 100. Seminars in Content Areas (at least 15 credit hours) • International English Language Testing System (IELTS). The minimum acceptable IELTS score • Students may select from the courses offered is 6.5; in practice, we look for an IELTS of 7 within Communication Studies. In addition, other or more. It is required that applicants take the cross-listed seminars from affiliated faculty in academic reading and writing modules, not the departments or programs such as the Indiana Center general training reading and writing modules. for Intercultural Communication (I.C.I.C.). Medical Please note that this score represents the Humanities, Medical Sociology, and other health- minimum that will be considered. In practice, related areas may count toward the student's degree we look for scores above 7. with approval from the student's advisor. Minor Area of Emphasis (9-12 credit hours): All students Additional Required Materials must complete a minor in an area related to their primary • A written statement of purpose for entering into this health communication focus. For example, a student Ph.D. program, hoping to work in a non-profit health organization might • Three letters of recommendation from individuals in pursue a minor area of emphasis in public health, professional positions able to judge success health informatics, or philanthropic studies. Students • Curriculum vitae hoping to work in the government sector might pursue law and health, industrial organizational psychology, • Graduate and undergraduate transcripts or public health. Minor areas of Ph.D. study might • A writing sample demonstrating academic writing also include bioethics, nursing, bioinformatics, clinical ability psychology, medical sociology, marketing, social work, Undergraduate Record health economics, science, or any area in the health and life sciences disciplines or the Liberal Arts disciplines Graduate School requirements include a bachelor’s connected to the student’s area of primary focus. An degree from an accredited college or university, a interdisciplinary minor can be developed in consultation minimum 3.0 grade point average on a scale of 4, and a with the student’s advisor and advisory committee as well minimum 3.0 average in the major field. as a minor in research methods/tools. The minor area Applications will be viewed in their entirety. A candidate’s of emphasis must be approved by the student’s advisor outstanding qualifications in one area can be balanced and advisory committee and contain a minimum of three against more marginal qualifications in another dimension. graduate level courses (9 credit hours) in accordance with Keep in mind that admission is competitive and financial the department or unit in which the minor is housed. Some support even more competitive. Most of the students departments require a 12 credit hour minor. admitted and supported will exceed the minimal Comprehensive Examinations: All students must take requirements written examinations that cover both broad knowledge Program Requirements of the health communication field as well as specialized knowledge of a chosen area of health communication. IU requires a minimum of 90 credit hours of approved Comprehensive exams are taken after the student has graduate coursework beyond the Bachelor’s degree. A completed a minimum of 39 credit hours (beyond the 512 September 6, 2017

Master’s) including the required core, seminars, and minor presentation of forms and types of public address for coursework. professionals. Fieldwork /Research (6-9 credit hours): All students are • COMM-C 521 Family Comm in Health Contexts required to initiate or participate in original research with (3 cr.) This interdisciplinary seminar focuses on the approval of advisor. This field/research work is geared communication involving families in health care to focus the student’s research interest to serve as a settings, addressing significant issues for graduate/ spring-board for the dissertation work. professional students who will work with families, including students in Comm. Studies, Nursing, Ph.D. Dissertation (12 credit hours): Dissertation credits Psychology, Social Work, Public Health, and are structured so that the student is unencumbered Medicine. Topics include communication with with completing coursework and can focus completely families about health care concerns and family- on conducting research and writing the dissertation for patient-health provider systems completion of the degree. • COMM-C 526 Effective Media Strategies (3 cr.) Courses This course specifically focuses on the effective • COMM-C 500 Advanced Communication Theory use of media as a means of persuasion. This (3 cr.) Students explore how scholars from various course explains how ideas are expressed through traditions have described and explained the techniques unique to the language of radio, universal human experience of communication. television, film, and the Internet. Students develop an understanding of a variety of • COMM-C 528 Group Communication and communication theories to more completely interpret Organizations (3 cr.) This seminar-format course events in more flexible, useful, and discriminating examines the ways in which informal groups and ways. communication networks facilitate a variety of • COMM-C 501 Applied Quantitative Research organizational processes (i.e., socialization, diffusion Methods in Communication Studies (3 cr.) of innovation). Emphasis is placed on developing The course is designed to offer an opportunity to theoretical understanding of informal groups in examine, assess, and conduct quantitative research organizations as well as on methodological issues that employs communication theory and quantitative involved in studying communication networks in research methods as a means to test theory in organizations. applied settings and/or as a means to applied ends • COMM-C 530 Communication Criticism (3 cr.) (i.e., problem-solving policy analysis). This course will introduce students to criticism • COMM-C 502 Applied Qualitative Research as a method of studying persuasive messages Methods in Communication Studies (3 cr.) in speeches, fiction, mass media, musical lyrics, P: 6 credits (at any level) of coursework in political campaign literature, art, and other modes of Communication Studies. Inductive (data-to- communication in contemporary culture. theory) approach to knowledge, and associated • COMM-C 531 Media Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) sequential and non-sequential methods for studying A course organized primarily around theories and communication in applied everyday situations, e.g., critical strategies commonly considered within the friendships and other close personal dyads, fami- broad category of contemporary criticism. The lies, small groups, organizations, and public, media, course utilizes primary theoretical texts to introduce historical, computer mediated, or health-related students to a variety of methodologies employed in contexts. analyzing media messages, and emphasizes the • COMM-C 503 Applied Learning Project (3 cr.) application of theoretical frameworks on the analysis An applied learning project that provides students of specific media texts. with a culminating educational experience. The • COMM-C 544 Advanced Relational project gives students the opportunity to apply Communication (3 cr.) An introductory course their knowledge of communicative processes to in interpersonal communication. Applications of real-life organizational problems, and provides the communication theory/research in such areas as opportunity to produce a body of work reflecting their relational culture and relationship development. abilities. Includes a scholarly project on a real relationship, • COMM-C 510 Health Provider-Consumer and applications of research to areas such as Communication (3 cr.) Designed to teach pedagogy and couple/family therapy. communication skills and practices related to health • COMM-C 580 Advanced Organizational care talk by examining transactional communication Communication (3 cr.) The course provides a within health care contexts. Topics covered in this solid foundation of concepts for understanding course focus directly upon interpersonal dialogue and discussing human organizations. Students between health care providers and patients. will analyze, evaluate, and apply the theories and • COMM-C 520 Advanced Public Communication practices related to organizational issues. Through (3 cr.) Theory and application of oral communication case studies, readings, and practical applications, integral to institutional and corporate professionals. this course combines a theory-based understand- Critical analysis of representative manuscripts of ing of communication in organizations with real-world American speechmaking, and development and applications. September 6, 2017 513

• COMM-C 582 Advanced Intercultural on a topic/issue of choice under the guidance of Communication (3 cr.) Exploration of issues graduate faculty. related to the intercultural communication process. Consideration of the role of social, cultural, and • COMM-G 598 Communication Studies Thesis historical contexts in intercultural interactions. Research (0 cr.) Master's students who have Examination of the relationship between culture enrolled in 30 or more hours of graduate course and communication from the socio-psychological, work applicable to the degree and who have interpretive, and critical perspectives. completed all other requirements of the degree except the thesis of the final project of performances • COMM-C 591 Topics/Seminar in Applied may enroll in COMM G598. Requires section Communication (3 cr.) This is a revolving authorization. topics course. The changing nature of the topic allows graduate students to explore, • COMM-C 620 Computer-Mediated synthesize, and integrate knowledge of the field Communication (3 cr.) An overview of practical of communication and the particular discipline of and scholarly approaches to computer mediated applied communication while focusing on a single communication. The readings address mass topic not otherwise addressed in the course of study. communication, discourse, community, gender, intercultural understanding, ethics, interpersonal • COMM-C 592 Advanced Health Communication relationships, identity, organizational communication, (3 cr.) A course designed to teach communication and education. skills and practices related to health care by examining health care communication theory. • COMM-C 621 Persuasion (3 cr.) This course takes Topics range across communication levels a rhetorical/critical approach to persuasion in its (interpersonal, intrapersonal, group, organization, broadest sense, how it affects our lives everyday mass media, and mediated communication) within a and how we can find evidence of persuasive tactics variety of health care contexts. in unexpected places. We will look broadly at theories of persuasion and their application across • COMM-C 593 Advanced Family Communication contexts and fields. (3 cr.) Applications of theory and research on the role of communication in creating and maintaining • COMM-C 644 Political Communications (3 cr.) marriages/committed couples and families. Includes This course will examine the public communication a scholarly term paper on a real couple or family's involved in various political contexts. We will communication. consider the communication involved in political campaigns, advertising, and oratory; social media, • COMM-C 594 Communication and Conflict technology, and popular culture; the news, framing, Management in Organizations (3 cr.) This and political media; citizenship, public deliberation, seminar-format course examines the communication and decision making in what some argue is a exchanges that facilitate conflict management divided political culture. We will read and discuss within organizational contexts. Specific attention is state of the art research in political communication focused on negotiation and mediation; however, the and meet individuals who are currently working communication of alternative means of conflict and in a communication capacity in public political dispute resolution are also discussed. In addition, campaigns. students will be introduced to methods for assessing conflict interaction in organizations. • COMM-C 650 Health Communication Media (3 cr.) Focus on the effect of media on health • COMM-C 597 Thesis (3 cr.) Applied communication behavior. Theories of health behavior change and students who choose the thesis option will identify media effects examined; applications of theory to a research topic and develop it under the guidance health campaigns evaluated. Examples of mediated of the student’s thesis director (IUPUI professor). health campaigns and effectiveness discussed. The thesis topic will be related to the field of applied Considerations include: interplay among theory, communication in its foci and method. research, practice; how theory informs practice; how research aids in theory construction/refinement. • COMM-C 598 Internship (1-3 cr.) This course integrates applied communication theory and • COMM-C 680Qualitative/Rhetorical practice in a practice setting. Students will Methods Focuses on health-related issues and apply theoretical concepts and research tools, topics through the complementary lenses of rhetoric conduct projects, and interact with communication and social sciences in communication. Qualitative professionals in the designated setting. In concert social science-based approaches to research share with the student's chosen area of concentration, numerous assumptions with rhetoric. These include, he or she will address issues of importance to that but are not limited to: Research based on inductive particular organization. reasoning; methods cannot be detached from the objects of the research; researchers cannot separate • COMM-C 599 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) This themselves from the research; research is at least as course provides students with the opportunity much an art as it is a science. to synthesize and apply knowledge acquired through course work and professional experience • COMM-C690 Quantitative Research in COMM into a completed research project in applied Course focuses on the principles and theory of communication. Students will work independently descriptive and inferential statistics within the context of health communication research. Topics include 514 September 6, 2017

ttest, ANOVA, MANOVA, ANCOVA, correlation, problems, and provides the opportunity to produce a body multiple regression, and SEM. Students will gain of work reflecting their abilities. proficiency using SPSS to analyze novel data sets, and will conduct their own health communication COMM-C 510 Health Provider-Consumer research projects and report the results. Communication (3 cr.) Designed to teach communication skills and practices related to health care talk by • COMM-C695 Communication and Healthcare This examining transactional communication within health care seminar offers an interface between learning from contexts. Topics covered in this course focus directly upon practicing providers and experts in medical care interpersonal dialogue between health care providers and specialties and becoming enmeshed in health patients. communication research. The course is structured so that the student gains insights from experts in COMM-C 520 Advanced Public Communication (3 cr.) the medical field while also gaining an overview of Theory and application of oral communication integral to research issues through reading and engaging in institutional and corporate professionals. Critical analysis health communication research. of representative manuscripts of American speechmaking, and development and presentation of forms and types of • COMM-C700 Fieldwork/Research This course public address for professionals. is designed to allow PhD students to complete independent research projects prior to enrollment COMM-C 526 Effective Media Strategies (3 cr.) This in the dissertation course. Students can enroll in course specifically focuses on the effective use of media 1-9 credit hours in any given semester, depending as a means of persuasion. This course explains how on the nature of the project. The fieldwork/research ideas are expressed through techniques unique to the course is designed to focus the student’s research language of radio, television, film, and the Internet. interests and to serve as a spring-board for COMM-C 528 Group Communication and dissertation work. Students must have ample Organizations (3 cr.) This seminar-format course preparation in some theoretical area and in one examines the ways in which informal groups and or more research methods prior to registration communication networks facilitate a variety of for the course. The course will allow students to organizational processes (i.e., socialization, diffusion of initiate or conduct a research study, including the innovation). Emphasis is placed on developing theoretical collection and examination of data (broadly defined), understanding of informal groups in organizations as to answer a question or to test a hypothesis related well as on methodological issues involved in studying to communication theory. May be repeated for credit. communication networks in organizations. • COMM-C810 Dissertation COMM-C 530 Communication Criticism (3 cr.) This COMM-C 500 Advanced Communication Theory (3 cr.) course will introduce students to criticism as a method of Students explore how scholars from various traditions studying persuasive messages in speeches, fiction, mass have described and explained the universal human media, musical lyrics, political campaign literature, art, and experience of communication. Students develop an other modes of communication in contemporary culture. understanding of a variety of communication theories to COMM-C 531 Media Theory and Criticism (3 cr.) A more completely interpret events in more flexible, useful, course organized primarily around theories and critical and discriminating ways. strategies commonly considered within the broad category COMM-C 501 Applied Quantitative Research of contemporary criticism. The course utilizes primary Methods in Communication Studies (3 cr.) The theoretical texts to introduce students to a variety of course is designed to offer an opportunity to examine, methodologies employed in analyzing media messages, assess, and conduct quantitative research that employs and emphasizes the application of theoretical frameworks communication theory and quantitative research methods on the analysis of specific media texts. as a means to test theory in applied settings and/or as COMM-C 544 Advanced Relational Communication a means to applied ends (i.e., problem-solving policy (3 cr.) An introductory course in interpersonal analysis). communication. Applications of communication COMM-C 502 Applied Qualitative Research Methods theory/research in such areas as relational culture and in Communication Studies (3 cr.) P: 6 credits (at any relationship development. Includes a scholarly project on level) of coursework in Communication Studies. Inductive a real relationship, and applications of research to areas (data-to-theory) approach to knowledge, and associated such as pedagogy and couple/family therapy. sequential and non-sequential methods for studying COMM-C 580 Advanced Organizational communication in applied everyday situations, e.g., Communication (3 cr.) The course provides a solid friendships and other close personal dyads, families, foundation of concepts for understanding and discussing small groups, organizations, and public, media, historical, human organizations. Students will analyze, evaluate, computer mediated, or health-related contexts. and apply the theories and practices related to orga- COMM-C 503 Applied Learning Project (3 cr.) An nizational issues. Through case studies, readings, and applied learning project that provides students with a practical applications, this course combines a theory- culminating educational experience. The project gives based understanding of communication in organizations students the opportunity to apply their knowledge of with real-world applications. communicative processes to real-life organizational COMM-C 582 Advanced Intercultural Communication (3 cr.) Exploration of issues related to the intercultural communication process. Consideration of the role of September 6, 2017 515 social, cultural, and historical contexts in intercultural COMM-C 521 Family Comm in Health Contexts (3 cr.) interactions. Examination of the relationship between This interdisciplinary seminar focuses on communication culture and communication from the socio-psychological, involving families in health care settings, addressing interpretive, and critical perspectives. significant issues for graduate/professional students who will work with families, including students in Comm. COMM-C 591 Topics/Seminar in Applied Studies, Nursing, Psychology, Social Work, Public Health, Communication (3 cr.) This is a revolving topics course. and Medicine. Topics include communication with families The changing nature of the topic allows graduate students about health care concerns and family-patient-health to explore, synthesize, and integrate knowledge of the provider systems field of communication and the particular discipline of applied communication while focusing on a single topic not COMM-C 621 Persuasion (3 cr.) This course takes a otherwise addressed in the course of study. rhetorical/critical approach to persuasion in its broadest sense, how it affects our lives everyday and how we can COMM-C 592 Advanced Health Communication find evidence of persuasive tactics in unexpected places. (3 cr.) A course designed to teach communication We will look broadly at theories of persuasion and their skills and practices related to health care by examining application across contexts and fields. health care communication theory. Topics range across communication levels (interpersonal, intrapersonal, group, COMM-C 644 Political Communications (3 cr.) organization, mass media, and mediated communication) This course will examine the public communication within a variety of health care contexts. involved in various political contexts. We will consider the communication involved in political campaigns, COMM-C 593 Advanced Family Communication advertising, and oratory; social media, technology, and (3 cr.) Applications of theory and research on the role of popular culture; the news, framing, and political media; communication in creating and maintaining marriages/ citizenship, public deliberation, and decision making in committed couples and families. Includes a scholarly term what some argue is a divided political culture. We will paper on a real couple or family's communication. read and discuss state of the art research in political COMM-C 594 Communication and Conflict communication and meet individuals who are currently Management in Organizations (3 cr.) This seminar- working in a communication capacity in public political format course examines the communication exchanges campaigns. that facilitate conflict management within organizational COMM-C 650 Health Communication Media (3 cr.) contexts. Specific attention is focused on negotiation and Focus on the effect of media on health behavior. mediation; however, the communication of alternative Theories of health behavior change and media effects means of conflict and dispute resolution are also examined; applications of theory to health campaigns discussed. In addition, students will be introduced to evaluated. Examples of mediated health campaigns methods for assessing conflict interaction in organizations. and effectiveness discussed. Considerations include: COMM-C 597 Thesis (3 cr.) Applied communication interplay among theory, research, practice; how theory students who choose the thesis option will identify a informs practice; how research aids in theory construction/ research topic and develop it under the guidance of the refinement. student’s thesis director (IUPUI professor). The thesis COMM-G 598 Communication Studies Thesis topic will be related to the field of applied communication Research (0 cr.) Master's students who have enrolled in its foci and method. in 30 or more hours of graduate course work applicable COMM-C 598 Internship (1-3 cr.) This course integrates to the degree and who have completed all other applied communication theory and practice in a practice requirements of the degree except the thesis of the final setting. Students will apply theoretical concepts and project of performances may enroll in COMM G598. research tools, conduct projects, and interact with Requires section authorization. communication professionals in the designated setting. In concert with the student's chosen area of concentration, Health Policy Management he or she will address issues of importance to that Department of Health Policy and Management particular organization. Richard M. Fairbanks School of Public Health COMM-C 599 Independent Study (1-6 cr.) This course School URL: http://www.pbhealth.iupui.edu provides students with the opportunity to synthesize School E-mail: [email protected] and apply knowledge acquired through course work (Please note that when conferring University Graduate and professional experience into a completed research School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The project in applied communication. Students will work University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements independently on a topic/issue of choice under the contained only in The University Graduate School guidance of graduate faculty. Bulletin.) COMM-C 620 Computer-Mediated Communication Curriculum (3 cr.) An overview of practical and scholarly approaches to computer mediated communication. The readings Degrees Offered address mass communication, discourse, community, Doctor of Philosophy in Health Policy and gender, intercultural understanding, ethics, interpersonal Management relationships, identity, organizational communication, and (The Master in Public Health, Health Policy and education. Management Concentration and Master of Health Administration are granted by the Indiana University 516 September 6, 2017

Richard M. Fairbanks School of Public Health. For A minimum of 90 credit hours are required for the Health information on all five of the concentrations offered in the Policy and Management Ph.D. degree. The 90 credit M.P.H. Program and M.H.A., visit the Fairbanks School of hours will consist of the following: Public Health website, (http://www.pbhealth.iupui.edu). Required Courses (36 cr.): A common core of 12 Special Department Requirements classes (36 credit hours) is required for all students who begin the Health Policy and Management Ph.D. program (See also general University Graduate School after the completion of a bachelor’s degree. Required requirements.) courses address contemporary challenges in health policy The Health Policy and Management Ph.D. program is and management; ethical, legal and policy issues in public designed for advanced graduate students who wish to health; health services research methods; and practical be prepared to conduct research and take leadership experiences in health policy and management. roles in health policy, health services, and health care Methods Elective Courses (9 cr.): All Health Policy and management. Completion of a baccalaureate degree is Management Ph.D. students are required to complete required and professional experience in public health is three Methods courses (9 cr.). Students may select preferred. It is anticipated that many applicants will have courses on management science for health administration, a post-baccalaureate degree in public health, other health cost-effective analysis, health care financial management, related disciplines, behavioral or social science, law, or applied spatial statistics, qualitative research methods, business or health administration. advanced public health survey methods, analysis of cohort Admission Requirements studies, multivariate analysis, or organizational research methods, among others. The application deadline for the Health Policy and Management Ph.D. program is December 15 of each year Substantive Elective Courses (9 cr.): All Health Policy for matriculation in the following fall semester. Applications Ph.D. students must take 9 hours of substantive elective must be submitted through the School of Public Health courses. Students may choose courses on the history of Application System (SOPHAS) at www.SOPHAS.org. public health, strategic management in healthcare, ethical Document to be submitted with the application include: and policy issues in international research, public health law, health informatics, mental health and addictions, • Resume or curriculum vita among others. • Statement of purpose and objectives • Sample of scholarly writing authored solely by the Minor Area (12 cr.): All students must complete a minor applicant in any area related to a health and life science. The minor choice must be approved by the student’s advisor. • Three (3) letters of recommendation from people Examples of minors include: bioethics, international who can comment on the applicant’s suitability research ethics, biostatistics, epidemiology, health for doctoral level studies (e.g., former professors, economics, medical sociology, medical anthropology, employers or other professionals involved in health nursing administration, business administration, and policy and management) bioinformatics. The minor must contain a minimum of four • Competitive scores on the GRE, GMAT, MCAT, graduate level courses (12 credit hours) in the chosen LSAT, or DAT. The graduate entrance exam area and comply with the minor requirements of the requirement may be waived if the applicant has a respective department/unit. graduate or professional degree from an accredited U.S. college or university. Doctoral Seminars (4 cr.): Students will enroll in 4 • TOEFL scores for applicants whose native language doctoral research seminars; each seminar is 1 credit for a is not English. Preferred minimum scores are as total of 4 credits. follows: Dissertation (20 credit hours): The remaining hours to • Internet-based TOEFL: minimum score of 106 total 90 will be guided research dissertation hours. The • Computer-based TOEFL: minimum score of dissertation will be written on an original topic of research 263 and presented as one of the final requirements for the • Paper-based TOEFL: minimum score of 620 Ph.D. degree. • IELTS (total band score): minimum score of 7 Qualifying Exam • Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended documenting a cumulative GPA of at least All Health Policy and Management Ph.D. students must a 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in all prior academic work and pass a qualifying examination before they can proceed to a letter grade of B or higher in all courses that fulfill their dissertation. The written qualifying exam will be taken prerequisites. after the coursework for the Ph.D. has been completed. • World Education Services (WES) ICAP course-by- Students who fail the qualifying examination are normally course evaluation for all post-secondary foreign allowed to retake it only once. The qualifying exam will institutions attended. consist of written and oral components. • Application to the I.U.'s University Graduate School. Admission to Candidacy • Selected candidates will be invited for a personal interview with members of the Admissions Following the passing of the qualifying examination Committee. and the completion of all required coursework, the student’s advisory committee will nominate the student to Course Requirements candidacy. Upon approval by the dean of the University September 6, 2017 517

Graduate School, the student will be admitted to research, field, theory and practice of health policy and candidacy. management so that they will be able to: Students who have passed the qualifying examination • Identify and analyze the components and issues of and have been admitted to candidacy must enroll each leadership, including financing and delivery of public semester (excluding summer sessions) for dissertation health services and systems. credits. Once such students have accumulated 90 credit • Apply policy process, development and analysis hours in completed course work and deferred dissertation methods to address current national, state and local credits, they may maintain continuous enrollment by public health issues. enrolling in G901; G901 may be taken for no more than six • Use systems methods to analyze the effects of semesters. political, social and economic influences on public Dissertation health systems at the individual, community, state, national and international levels. The dissertation will be written on an original topic of • Discuss the policy process for improving the health research and presented as one of the final requirements status of populations. for the Ph.D. degree. The student’s dissertation research • Apply principles of strategic planning and committee will be comprised of members of the graduate organizational development to public health faculty. The chair of the dissertation research committee agencies. must be a regular faculty member in the Department of • Apply principles of budgeting, management and Health Policy and Management and a full member of the performance evaluation in organizational and Graduate Faculty. The student will submit to the I.U.P.U.I. community initiatives. Graduate Office, acting for the University Graduate School, a two-page prospectus of the dissertation Required Courses: The core course PBHL-H501 (3 cr.) research and the membership of the research committee plus three courses from the following 3 cr. courses: at least six months before the defense of the dissertation PBHL-H508 - Managing Heathcare Accounting for their approval. Information for Decision-making When the dissertation has been completed and approved PBHL-H509 - Financial Management Principles in by the dissertation research committee chair, the student Healthcare will submit an unbound copy to each member of the research committee as the initial step to the dissertation PBHL-H514 - Health Economics defense. PBHL-H516 - Health Services Delivery and the Law After the committee has reviewed the dissertation, the decision to schedule the defense will be made. The PBHL-H518 - Statistical Methods for Health Services student will then present and defend the dissertation orally PBHL-H521 - Management Science for Health Services in a public forum before the committee. Following the Administration dissertation defense, all deficiencies must be adequately addressed to obtain approval by the dissertation research PBHL-H611 - Policy Design, Implementation and committee. Management Final Examination PBHL-H615 - Healthcare Outcomes and Decision-making This is an oral examination, primarily a defense of the PBHL-H619 - Health Economics for Public Health dissertation. Professionals Normal Progress and Termination PBHL-H620 - Patient-reported Health Outcomes The Department of Health Policy and Management PBHL-H624 - Developing Strategic Capability will monitor the students’ progress toward the Ph.D. PBHL-H628 - Healthcare Information Systems degree and will make recommendations to the University Graduate School regarding the nomination to candidacy, PBHL-H632 - History of Public Health the appointment of a research committee, the defense of the dissertation, and the conferring of the Ph.D. degree. PBHL-H644 - Health Impact Assessment Doctoral Minor in Health Policy and Management PBHL-H657 - Application of Cost Effectiveness in Public The Health Policy and Management Ph.D. minor is a Health rigorous, highly focused 12-credit hour program which PBHL-H658 - Health Policy and Program Evaluation provides a thorough grounding in the background and application of health policy and management principles. PBHL-H670 - Public Health Ethics The field is growing in national and international PBHL-H670 - Law and Public Health importance, is integral to many areas of pursuit, offers population-based research perspectives in health policy PBHL-H680 - Contemporary Health Policy and and management, offers skills that are of interest to the Management Challenges private and public sectors, and formally acknowledges the course work that doctoral students take through the PBHL-H681 - Comparative Effectiveness Research Department of Health Policy and Management. The minor PBHL-H682 - Global Perspectives on Health Policy and provides students with concepts and principles of the Health Systems 518 September 6, 2017

Other courses may be taken if approved by the student's • PBHL-E 517 Fundamentals of Epidemiology minor advisor; however, all courses must be taken in (3 cr.) This course will introduce students to basic the Department of Health Policy and Management; no epidemiologic concepts including determinants transfer credit is allowed. Satisfactory completion of the of health and patterns of disease in populations, requirements will be monitored by the student's minor population health descriptive techniques, use of advisor. Doctoral students must notify the Fairbanks health indicators and secondary data sources. School of Public Health before beginning the course of Students will gain an understanding of the role of study. Students who have already completed the required epidemiology in developing prevention strategies courses as part of their Master of Public Health, Master of and policy. Among the topics to be covered are Health Administration or Ph.D. requirements cannot apply measures of mortality and morbidity, design and these courses toward their Ph.D. minor in Health Policy analysis of observational studies, community health and Management. In this case, students must work with assessment and program evaluation. their faculty advisor to identify alternate Health Policy and • PBHL-H 619 Health Economics for Public Health Management courses. Professionals (3 cr.) P: 3 cr. of undergraduate economics or permission of the instructor. This Faculty course examines the principles and application PhD Program Director of economic analysis in the health field and the economist’s approach to health care issues. It Christopher Harle* provides insights offered by economic analysis of Graduate Faculty specific health issues and problems. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University • PBHL-H641 Ethics in Public Health (3 cr.) This Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct course is an introduction to the role of ethics in doctoral dissertations. population health-related programs, policymaking, professions and research. Because public health Professors interventions focus on communities, as contrasted with individuals, they raise distinct and significant Paul Halverson*, Stephen Jay, Nir Menachemi*, Ross ethical questions from those raised in health services Silverman*, Sue Babich delivery (commonly addressed in fields such Associate Professors as medical ethics, bioethics and clinical ethics). A central question is: How should the rights of Ann Holmes*, Nancy Swigonski*, Cynthia Stone*, individuals be balanced against the protection or Christopher Harle*, Joshua Vest improvement of the health of the public? Through Assistant Professors examination of current, historic and potential cases -- including infectious disease outbreaks Dennis Watson and bioterrorism threats, community health impact assessments, soda portion restrictions, and Courses international public health research and programs • PBHL-B 551 Biostatistics for Public Health I -- students will increase their understanding of (3 cr.) This course introduces the basic principles the ethical and human rights concerns in public and methods of data analysis in public health health. Students also will learn how to analyze biostatistics. Emphasis is placed on concepts such local, national and international public health as sampling, study design, descriptive statistics, policies and programs using numerous ethics-based probability, hypothesis testing, chi-square tests, frameworks, and will be more empowered to be t-tests, analysis of variance, linear regression critical contributors to the development, delivery and correlation. An introduction to SAS statistical and assessment of ethically sound public health software is part of this course. interventions in their professional careers. • PBHL-B 652 Biostatistics for Public Health II • PBHL-H 658 Health Policy and Program (3 cr.) P: B551. This course introduces the advanced Evaluation (3 cr.) P: S510. This course examines principles and methods of data analysis in public fundamental research methods used in the field of health biostatistics. Emphasis is placed on public public health. The focus is on understanding how health examples as they relate to concepts such community in scientifically valid methods and how as: Multiple regression, analysis of variance and study results in daily fairly interpreted. covariance, logistic regression, nonparametric • PBHL-H 670 Topics in Public Health (3 cr.) This statistics, survival analysis, epidemiology statistics, course is an introduction to the role of ethics in and repeated measures analysis as they apply to population health-related programs, policymaking, public health practice. professions and research. Because public health • PBHL-H 501 U.S. Health Care Systems and interventions focus on communities, as contrasted Health Policy (3 cr.) This course is designed to help with individuals, they raise distinct and significant students, particularly those interested in careers as ethical questions from those raised in health services public health leaders and health care managers, delivery (commonly addressed in fields such as develop a better understanding of critical health medical ethics, bioethics and clinical ethics). policies and the health policy making process as well • PBHL-H 680 Seminar in Contemporary HPM as the overall structure and key components of our Challenges (3 cr.) This seminar is the introductory health care system. seminar for HPM doctoral students and should be taken in the first or second year of your graduate study. The broad goal of the course is to help you September 6, 2017 519

develop your skills in analytic reasoning, critical input from other faculty members. The PhD students thinking, knowledge translation, and professional are expected to attend each seminar session, read self-reflection necessary for a successful research assigned materials, and participate in the seminar career. discussions. The PhD students will present their • PBHL-H 740 Workshop in Health Policy and research projects during the seminar to obtain Management (3 cr.) P: Completion of all 500- and feedback and recommendations from the faculty and 600-level core courses or permission of instructor. other students. This course is designed to prepare students for the • PBHL-H799 Dissertation Proposal for PhD in H742: Practicum in Health Policy and Management. Health Policy and Management (4 cr.) This course Students will be assigned to work in small groups of will provide students with time to prepare for the two or three students with health policy makers in qualifying examination and prepare their dissertation local or state government or in private or non-profit prospectus. The prospectus includes the information health care organizations on a policy issue chosen required by the IUPUI Graduate Office. by the agency. Over the course of the semester, • PBHL-H 800 Doctoral Level Directed Study students will conduct background research on (3 cr.) The dissertation will be written on an original the topic and examine prior relevant policies. This topic of research and presented as one of the final background work will be shared and discussed with requirements for the PhD degree. The dissertation the sponsoring agency. must be an original contribution to knowledge and • PBHL-H 742 Practicum in Health Policy & of high scholarly merit. The candidate's research Management (3 cr.) While the nature of the policy must reveal critical ability and powers of imagination work will vary across agencies, the pedagogical and synthesis. The dissertation is written under the objective of this field experience is for Ph.D. students supervision of a research director and a research to get hands on experience in translating research committee. The data used by the student may into policy and practice. Ph.D. students will meet as involve analysis of primary or secondary data. a class to discuss their work and the challenges they • PBHL-S 510 Introduction to Research Methods are facing. (3 cr.) This course examines fundamental research • PBHL-H773 Doctoral Research Seminar in Health methods used in the field of public health. The Policy and Management (1 cr.) The goal of this focus is on understanding how community and seminar is to help you chart a course for a future clinical data are collected in scientifically valid career conducting research in health policy and methods and how study results are fairly interpreted. management. The hallmark of a PhD is learning Students will learn how to critique published to be an effective researcher whether you are in research to identify the strengths and limitations an academic or other setting, or whether research of the designs and approaches used, along with is your primary role or it is balanced with teaching, possible confounding factors and biases. Topics service, and/or administration. Learning to be include components of research studies, including: a researcher is not just obtaining the requisite justification for a research project, developments of knowledge and skills; it is a process of socialization research questions, selections of cases and controls, into the research profession where you learn its sampling methods, quantitative and qualitative culture, norms and values. You will reflect on data gathering techniques, project management, your professional goals and plans for your future and preparing data for analysis. Methods used to research. You will learn strategies for building complete and interpret community-based needs your research skills, establishing relationships assessments and program evaluations will be with other researchers, and having an impact on included. knowledge development and social policy. This • PBHL-S615 Culture and Qualitative Methods (3 seminar is designed to complement the other cr.) This course provides learning opportunities doctoral seminars that cover other areas of health for public health graduate students to develop an policy and management professionals’ careers. understanding of culture and of how qualitative • PBHLH774 Doctoral Research Seminar in Health methods – observations, focus groups, and Policy and Management Service (1 cr.) This in-depth interview research -- can be used to course is designed to expose PhD students to a develop sensitivity to and an understanding of wide range of specific service topics and issues in cultural practices. Such cultural sensitivities and Public Health. The seminar topics will be chosen competencies are basic to effective program by the Director of the PhD program with input from planning, implementation, service delivery, and other faculty members. The PhD students are program evaluation. This class will provide important expected to attend each seminar session, read knowledge and opportunities related to public assigned material, and participate in the seminar health practice in a community setting comprised discussions. The PhD students will present their of a multicultural population with differing health service projects during the seminar to obtain beliefs, values, behaviors and health care needs. feedback and recommendations from the faculty and By the end of the semester, the student will be able other students. to define and distinguish the concepts of culture • PBHL-H 775 Doctoral Research Seminar in and traditions, acculturation and enculturation, Health Policy and Management: Professional traditionalism and modernism and will be able to Role (1 cr.) This course is designed to expose PhD begin to identify how to build on “best-practices” students to a wide range of specific research topics by incorporating local cultural practices in order and issues in Public Health. The seminar topics will to develop interventions aimed at and effective in be chosen by the Director of the PhD program with influencing health behaviors. Further, the student 520 September 6, 2017

will have active experience in conducting qualitative Director of Graduate Studies to determine whether research in a community setting, including the they are required to submit GRE scores); and opportunity to develop skills in conducting windshield 3. Three letters of recommendation. surveys, participant observations, key informant interviews, and focus groups. Foreign Language • S725 Preparing for Academia in Public Health There is no foreign language requirement for the degree (1 cr) This 1.0 credit seminar course will prepare per se. However, those students who will incorporate advanced graduate students for the roles and foreign language documents in their graduate work responsibilities they may assume as faculty (especially those concentrating on European history) will members. Course content will include an overview be expected to translate non-English sources. They must of the higher education culture and faculty therefore demonstrate an appropriate level of competence expectations for teaching, research and service. in the relevant language before they begin work on their Electives thesis. The Director of Graduate Studies and the student’s thesis advisor may require the student to take additional History coursework. School of Liberal Arts All students concentrating in European history should Departmental E-mail: [email protected] expect to demonstrate competence in a foreign language, ideally upon application to the program. (Competence is Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/history/ defined as two years of undergraduate coursework with a grade of B or better in the final semester, or demonstration (Please note that when conferring University Graduate of an equivalent reading proficiency in an approved foreign School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The language exam.). Students considering the possibility of University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements going on for a Ph.D. should recognize that competence in contained only in The University Graduate School at least one and sometimes two foreign languages is often Bulletin.) a requirement in history doctoral programs. Curriculum Grades Degrees Offered No grade below B– (2.7) in graduate courses will be Master of Arts, Dual Master of Arts and Master of Library counted toward this degree. Science, Dual Master of Arts in History and Master of Arts in Philanthropic Studies, as well as a Ph.D. minor Course Requirements The M.A. program in History on the Indianapolis campus Students pursuing any one of the three concentration offers three areas of concentration: United States history, areas must take HIST-H 501. With the consent of the European history, and public history. United States and Director of Graduate Studies, students may take as many European history are traditional areas of concentration as six (6) credits of electives outside the Department of and will serve the needs of persons intending to pursue History. a doctoral program, those seeking a collateral degree Those electing United States history must take at least to complement other fields such as education or library one graduate colloquium and one graduate seminar in science, and individuals seeking personal fulfillment. United States history and at least one graduate course Public history is designed to prepare persons inter- in non-United States history. Students electing European ested in pursuing careers as historians in such settings history must take a graduate colloquium and seminar in as historical societies, museums, historic preservation that area and at least one graduate history course outside organizations, historic parks, governmental agencies, and their regional concentration. Six (6) credits will be grant- business corporations. With its proximity to a large number ed upon successful completion of the required master’s of such institutions, the Indianapolis campus is an ideal thesis. A total of 30 credit hours is required for students location at which to pursue a degree in public history. concentrating in United States or in European history. With Special Departmental Requirements the permission of the Director of Graduate Studies, HIST- (See also general University Graduate School H 500 (when offered) may be substituted for HIST-H 501. requirements.) Students choosing public history as their area of Master of Arts Degree concentration must take (1) HIST-H 542, (2) a colloquium, Admission Requirements (3) a seminar, and (4) enroll in HIST-H 543 and do an internship. Four (4) hours of credit will be granted upon 1. Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or satisfactory completion of the internship project. Public university, with an overall undergraduate grade history students must also take at least one graduate point average of at least 3.0 (B) and a minimum course outside their area of regional concentration. Two grade point average of 3.0 (B) in the student’s (2) credits will be granted upon successful completion of undergraduate major (an undergraduate major in the required master’s thesis. A minimum of 36 credit hours history is not required, but applicants without such is required for students concentrating in public history. a background may be required to take additional coursework in history at the undergraduate level as a Students admitted to the program after completing condition for acceptance into the program); courses “graduate non-degree” will be allowed, at the 2. Appropriate level of achievement on the Graduate discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies, to transfer Record Examination General Test (applicants with a post-graduate degree should consult with the September 6, 2017 521 up to three (3) graduate-level courses (9-12 credit hours) requirements and deadlines for each program. A student toward their degree requirements. enrolled in one program may apply for admission to the other program; Indiana University Graduate School policy With the permission of the Director of Graduate Studies, it requires that the application to the second program be may be possible to transfer up to eight (8) graduate credits initiated during the first year of enrollment in the first from another university. program. The degrees must be awarded at the same time Indiana University’s Graduate School limits the total (month and year). number of credits that can be taken outside the History Students must make plans early with advisors in both master’s program to 12 credits. A grade of B (3.0) or programs to identify (1) common courses and (2) higher must have been earned in any course for which a a thesis topic. Study for these two degrees can be transfer of credit is being requested. combined for a total of 51 credit hours (U.S. or European Dual Degree: Master of Arts in History and a Master of History concentration) or 54 credit hours (Public History Library Science concentration) rather than the 66 or 72 credit hours, Admission requirements for the dual degree program are respectively, that would be required if the two degrees identical to those for each program separately. A separate were taken separately. Students are required to take application must be made to each of the programs. a history of philanthropy course (generally either HIST Prospective students are expected to take responsibility H516 or PHST 515); credit hours for that class are for learning about and meeting the different admission applied towards the Philanthropic Studies side of the requirements and deadlines of each department. A degree. For the History side of the degree, students in student must apply for the dual degree option within the all concentrations must take H501, Methodology; a 600- first year of enrollment. The M.L.S. degree is awarded level colloquium; a 700-level seminar; and a 500-level only in May, August, and December; the History M.A. must (or higher) history course outside the area of geographic be awarded at the same time as the M.L.S. concentration. A common thesis meets the requirements of both programs. Study for these two degrees can be combined for a total of 53 credit hours rather than the 66 credit hours required Students with a concentration in U.S. or European History for the two degrees if taken separately. Students take will take a 500-level (or higher) history course inside their 23 credit hours in history, which must include Archives geographic concentration and 3 credits of HIST H898 & Records Management (3 cr.) (as either HIST-H 547or (thesis credits) for a total of 21 credits in History; the LIS-S 581), one graduate colloquium, and one graduate remaining 30 credits will be taken in Philanthropic Studies seminar. No thesis is required for students earning an for a total of 51 credit hours. M.A. degree in history who are also earning a Master of Students with a concentration in Public History will Library Science (M.L.S.) under this dual degree program. take HIST H542, the Practice of Public History; 3 No area of concentration is required, but students wishing credits of H543, the Practicum in Public History; a 500- to focus on public history for the M.A. in history must also level (or higher) history course inside their geographic include HIST-H 542 among the required 23 credits of concentration or H547, topics in public history; and 2 graduate history coursework. Such students may, if they credits of HIST H898 (thesis credits) for a total of 27 wish, do a public history internship and count a maximum credits in History; the remaining 27 credits will be taken in of two (2) credit hours of HIST-H 543 toward the degree. Philanthropic Studies for a total of 54 credit hours. Students may enroll in HIST-H 543 only after having taken or while taking HIST-H 542. Questions about the degree should be directed to the History Department’s Director of Graduate Studies and/ The remaining 30 credit hours are taken in the Department or the Lilly Family School of Philanthropy’s Director of of Library and Information Science (IUPUI). Master’s Degree Programs. Dual Degree: Master of Arts in History and Master of Ph.D. Minor in History Arts in Philanthropic Studies Doctoral students in other departments or schools The dual M.A. in History and Philanthropic Studies may minor in history by completing, with a grade point creates a unique opportunity to pursue critical average no lower than B (3.0), at least 12 credit hours inquiry into the historical, cultural, philosophical, and of graduate coursework in history. A minimum of six (6) economic implications of voluntary action for the public credit hours must be taken on the Indianapolis campus. good. Historians routinely study the role of nonprofit This coursework shall include: organizations, self-help groups, and philanthropic institutions. This dual degree program offers an • HIST-H 501 Historical Methodology (4 cr.) interdisciplinary focus on the past, present, and future. • Either a 600-level colloquium (e.g., HIST-H 620, This degree will be attractive to students wishing to pursue H 650, H 699) (4 cr.) or a 700-level seminar (e.g., (1) careers that demand the skills and talents developed HIST-H 730, H 750) (4 cr.) by cross-training in history and philanthropic studies; or • At least four (4) additional credit hours (which may (2) doctoral programs that encourage new and creative include a maximum of three (3) credits of HIST- H approaches to the historical study of philanthropy, broadly 575 Graduate Readings in History) defined. Certificate in Professional Editing Admission requirements for the dual degree program are See the section titled “Professional Editing” for more identical to those for each program separately. A separate information. application must be made to each of the programs. Prospective students are expected to take responsibility for learning about and meeting the different admission 522 September 6, 2017

Certificate in Museum Studies • HIST-H 509 Special Topics in European History See the section titled “Museum Studies” for more (3 cr.) Intensive study and analysis of special topics information. in history of Europe. Topics will vary from semester to semester. It may be repeated. Faculty • HIST-H 511 Special Topics in United States Chair History (3 cr.) Intensive study and analysis of Professor Ch. Didier Gondola selected topics in United States history. Topics will vary from semester to semester. It may be repeated. Graduate Faculty • HIST-H 516 History of Philanthropy in the United (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University States (3 cr.) Approaches philanthropy as a social Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct relation between various groups and looks at issues doctoral dissertations.) ranging from the relation between government Mary O’Brien Gibson Professor and the economy to African-American activism to women’s roles. The course explores past and John R. Kaufman-McKivigan* current debates about such issues to analyze the Professors past, understand the present, and shape the future. Robert G. Barrows*, David J. Bodenhamer*, Miriam • HIST-H 518 History of International Humanitarian Langsam (Emerita), Ch. Didier Gondola, Ralph Gray Assistance (3 cr.) This course covers the history (Emeritus), Raymond Haberski Jr.*, Eric L. Saak, Philip of international humanitarian assistance during the V. Scarpino*, William H. Schneider*, Peter Sehlinger nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Its focus is on (Emeritus), Mary Seldon (Emerita), Jan Shipps (Emerita), the movements and activities that developed in Marianne S. Wokeck* wealthier countries (Europe and the U.S.) which attempted to help those in other lands in need of Associate Professors assistance (e.g., food, shelter, medical care), as a result of a variety of causes, both natural and Kevin Cramer, Kenneth Cutler (Emeritus), Sabine Jessner man-made, such as famine, flood, epidemics, (Emerita), Jason Kelly, Daniella J. Kostroun, Justin earthquakes, and volcanoes as well as wars and Libby (Emeritus), Modupe Labode, Monroe H. Little Jr. government oppression. The responses took many (Emeritus), Elizabeth Brand Monroe, Berthold Riesterer forms, governmental and nongovernmental, in a (Emeritus), Kevin C. Robbins, Nancy Marie Robertson*, world that underwent very dramatic changes during Michael Snodgrass, Xin Zhang the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Assistant Professors • HIST-H 521 Special Topics in African, Asian, or Sheila Cooper (Emerita), Jennifer Guiliano, Rebecca K. Latin American History (3 cr.) Intensive study and Shrum analysis of selected topics in African, Asian, or Latin American history. Topics will vary from semester to Senior Lecturer semester, e.g., traditional Asia, modern Asia, Latin Anita Morgan, Erik Lindseth American intellectual history. It may be repeated. Adjunct Professor • HIST-H 542 Public History (4 cr.) The application of history to public needs and public programs. Historic Elizabeth Kryder-Reid (Anthropology and Museum preservation, archival management, oral history, Studies) editing, public humanities programming, historical societies, etc. Director of Graduate Studies • HIST-H 543** Practicum in Public History Associate Professor Nancy Marie Robertson, CA-503T, (1-4 cr.) Internships in public history programs, 317-274-8017, nmrobert@iupui,edu fieldwork, or research in the historical antecedents Director of the Public History Program of contemporary problems. Students may enroll in HIST-H 543 only after having taken (or while taking) Professor Philip V. Scarpino. CA-532, 274-5983, HIST-H 542. [email protected] • HIST-H 546 History of Science, Medicine, and Courses Technology (3 cr.) Study of topics in the history • HIST-H 500 History of Historical Thought of science, medicine, and technology. It may be (4 cr.) Approaches to the historian’s craft and repeated with the permission of the Director of reflections on history as a type of scholarly Graduate Studies. thinking. Recommended for new graduate students • HIST-H 547 Special Topics in Public History and others interested in history as a branch of (3 cr.) Intensive study and analysis of selected knowledge. topics in public history. Topics will vary from • HIST-H 501 Historical Methodology (4 cr.) semester to semester, e.g., to include historic Discussion and application of the various methods preservation, material culture, archival practice, local and strategies used in historical research. & community history, and historical editing. It may be repeated. September 6, 2017 523

• HIST-H 548 Historical Administration (3 cr.) This Ph.D. in Informatics course presents an overview of issues faced by The Indiana University School of Informatics and administrators and mid-level managers who work Computing, the first of its kind in the country, was created in museums, historical societies, archives, special as a place where innovative multidisciplinary programs collection libraries, and other cultural resource agen- could thrive, a program where students can apply the cies. Topics, speakers, and readings are focused skills of information technology to a range of other fields. on issues that are unique to agencies that collect, For current information and specific requirements, refer preserve, and interpret historical resources. to soic.iupui.edu. • HIST-H 575 Graduate Readings in History** All Ph.D. candidates must meet with their academic or (arr cr.) A maximum of three (3) credits total of research advisor for course selection and plan of study. HIST-H 575 may be applied toward the M.A. in History. Program of Study Colloquia Students in the doctoral program will explore the connections among information technology, theory, These courses are of seminar size and involve oral social analysis, and application domains in a diverse and written study of the problems, bibliographies, and multidisciplinary curriculum. This curriculum will interpretations, and research trends in the fields with include core courses and seminars in Informatics, and its which they respectively deal. They are the chief means by specialization in, Bioinformatics, Health and Biomedical which a student becomes knowledgeable in history at a Informatics, or Human-Computer Interaction; courses professional level. Any of them may be taken more than in methodology and theory; and electives in related once, upon approval of the Director of Graduate Studies. disciplines inside and outside of the School leading to a Ph.D. minor; and a dissertation. In addition, students • HIST-H 620 Colloquium: Modern Western will be encouraged to pursue internships as part of the European History (4 cr.) elective courses or independent studies of their program. • HIST-H 650 Colloquium: United States History (4 Bioinformatics Specialization cr.) The Bioinformatics specialization is a 90 credit hour • HIST-H 699 Colloquium: Comparative History (4 program that includes: cr.) • 15 credit hours of Qualifying courses (B519, B529, Seminars I590 Statistical Methods in Bioinformatics, B556, These courses involve research at a mature level with I590 Computational Methods for Analyzing High- primary sources in specialized topics and problems in Throughput Data) the field with which they respectively deal. They train the • 15 credit hours of Core courses (I600, B627, B637, student in historical scholarship. Any of them may be I790, CSCI59000) taken more than once, upon approval of the Director of • 15 credit hours of Elective core courses Graduate Studies. • 3 credit hours (minimum) Electives • HIST-H 720 Seminar: Modern Western European • 12 credit hours (minimum) of a Minor is required History (4 cr.) from a sub-discipline • 30 credit hours of Dissertation (I890) • HIST-H 750 Seminar in United States History (4 cr.) Areas of Specialization Thesis Faculty research projects often involve representatives from several different research areas working together to • HIST-H 898 M.A. Thesis** (1-6 cr.) develop innovative and even revolutionary new solutions. • HIST-G 598 History Thesis Research** (0 cr.) While students can expect to concentrate in particular M.A. students who have completed all requirements areas, they will also be expected to explore the broader for the degree except for the thesis may enroll in significance of their work as well as ways that their this course. Permission of the Director of Graduate expertise can be leveraged to solve problems outside of Studies is required. their own domains. **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Areas of Research Protein structure and function prediction, comparative Informatics and Computing genomics, structural genomics, fragment assembly in School URL: soic.iupui.edu DNA sequencing, systems biology, models of evolution, molecular modeling, drug design, machine learning School E-mail: [email protected] algorithms, biological database integration, data mining, Curriculum and biomedical text mining. (When conferring University Graduate School degrees, Health and Biomedical Informatics Program Specialization minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff only use those requirements The Health and Biomedical Informatics specialization is a contained in the University Graduate School Bulletin.) 90 credit hour program that includes: • 21 credits Foundations courses (I501, I530, I535, I575, I581, I642, PBHL B651) 524 September 6, 2017

• 6 credit hours of Seminar courses information visualization, biomedical informatics, android • 15 credit hours of Electives science, social robotics, sensorimotor representation, • 9 credit hours of Ph.D. specific courses (I600, PBHL symbol grounding and symbol emergence, computational B652, GRAD G660) neuroscience, and so on. • 6 credit hours of Research rotation (I790) Additional Requirements for all Ph.D. Programs • 12 credits of a Minor is required from a sub-discipline • 21-30 credit hours of Dissertation Minor Areas of Specialization All students will be required to have an appropriate minor from inside or outside the school. Minors will be selected Faculty research projects often involve representatives with the advisor’s recommendation. The selected minor from several different research areas working together to should be appropriate to the student’s choice of sub develop innovative and even revolutionary new solutions. discipline within Informatics. Some appropriate minors While students can expect to concentrate in particular would include: biology or bioinformatics, chemistry or areas, they will also be expected to explore the broader chemistry informatics, health and biomedical informatics, significance of their work as well as ways that their media arts/studies, cognitive psychology, computer expertise can be leveraged to solve problems outside of science, information science, or sociology. In all cases their own domains. the number of hours to be included in the minor will be consistent with the requirements of the unit granting the Areas of Research minors. Some of the courses included in the minor may Electronic medical records, health data exchange, also count toward the student’s methodology or other standards and terminology for health data, clinical decision requirements. Students need a minimum of 12 credits for support, consumer health informatics, technology to a minor. enhance patient safety, health application development Qualifying Examination, Written and Oral (Required) and implementation, cost reimbursement and integrated health information systems. The Health and Biomedical All students will take a written qualifying examination that Informatics program has close ties and joint projects with covers the core courses (Cconsult with the respective the Veteran Administration Medical Center, Regenstrief Program Directors to see what specific courses are Institute, Clarian Health, Methodist Hospital, St. Vincent included in the qualifying examination for the three Hospital, Community Health Network, St. Francis different specializations). The examinations will be set Hospitals, IU School of Medicine, and other local health by a group of faculty who are familiar with the content of care systems. the core courses. Examinations must be completed prior to the student’s fifth semester in the program. Human-Computer Interaction Specialization The oral examination will take place after the student The Human-Computer Interaction specialization is a 90 successfully passes the written exam. Both exams must credit hour program that includes: be passed before passing on to candidacy. Students may • 24 credit hours of Core courses (H501, I600, retake either the written or oral examination, but no both, H541, H624, H634, H564, two HCI research area if they do not complete that part successfully on the first selectives, e.g., H563, H565, H566) attempt. • 18 credit hours of Methods courses (I575, two Dissertation Proposal (Required) methods electives, three research rotations I790) • 18 credit hours of Specialization (0-6 credits This is an oral review that covers in-depth knowledge colloquia series and/or electives and 12-18 of of the student’s primary research area and dissertation minor credits required from a subdiscipline within or proposal. The research proposal for the dissertation outside the School) must be approved by the student’s research committee. • 30 credit hours of Dissertation (I890) That committee may have the same membership as the advisory committee or the students may choose Areas of Specialization different members. The advisor for the dissertation Faculty research projects often involve representatives will be a faculty member in the School of Informatics from several different research areas working together to and Computing and a member of the Graduate Faculty. At develop innovative and even revolutionary new solutions. least one of the three or more members of the committee While students can expect to concentrate in particular will be based outside of the school. The student will areas, they will also be expected to explore the broader defend the thesis proposal at a public colloquium in the significance of their work as well as ways that their school. The review should be completed within one-year expertise can be leveraged to solve problems outside of after passing the Qualifying Examinations. their own domains. Dissertation (Required) Areas of Research A written elaboration of significant original research must Because HCI is a multidisciplinary discipline, students be successfully presented to the research committee in are encourage to expand the scope of their research a public defense as described in the Graduate School to cross-traditional disciplinary boundaries into such Bulletin. areas as: user-centered design, cross-cultural theory Ph.D. Minor in Bioinformatics and application, related areas within new media such as gaming and virtual reality, computer-mediated Bioinformatics gathers knowledge and information from communication, usability engineering, health informatics, various fields such as informatics, chemistry, computer September 6, 2017 525 science, medicine, and biology. Students in relevant Ph.D. Ph.D. Minor in Human-Computer Interaction programs such as biochemistry and molecular biology, medical and molecular genetics, medicine, chemistry, The purpose of the Ph.D. minor in the HCI Program or biology are the target audience for the Ph.D. minor in is to enable current Indiana University and Purdue bioinformatics. University doctoral students in other disciplines at IUPUI to learn, apply, and use human-computer interaction The Ph.D. minor in Bioinformatics is a 12-credit hour (HCI) theories, principles, and tools to address and study program comprised of four (4) courses each of which is 3 problems in their respective academic fields. credit hours. The Ph.D. minor in HCI is a 12-credit hour program Required course: B519, Specialization courses (choose comprised of four (4) courses, each of which is 3 credit three): B529, B556, B573, I590, B619, B646, B656 hours: Admission Requirements Required courses: H541, H543, and H563. One additional course, selected from the following list, is The graduate bioinformatics courses in the School of required: H561, H564, H565, H566, H624, or H634. Informatics and Computing assume a minimal knowledge of cell and molecular biology. That level of understanding Grading Policy could be gained with at least 6 undergraduate credit hours in molecular biology, genetics, or evolution. They also A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is assume a minimal knowledge of programming, databases, to count toward the minor. If a minimum of B (3.0) is and statistics. That level of understanding could be gained not earned in a course, that course must be retaken. A with 3 to 9 credit hours of undergraduate or graduate course may only be retaken once. Students who fail to courses in these respective areas. achieve the minimum grade of B (3.0) the second time they take a course will not be able to earn the Ph.D. minor. Grading Policy Faculty A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is to count toward the minor. If a minimum of B (3.0) is not Executive Associate Dean earned in a course, that course must be retaken. A course Matthew J. Palakal* may only be retaken once. Students who fail to achieve the minimum grade of B (3.0) the second time they take a Associate Dean of Academic Affairs course will not be able to earn the Ph.D. minor. Karl F. MacDorman* Ph.D. Minor in Health and Biomedical Informatics Graduate Faculty The purpose of the minor is to provide opportunities for (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University current Indiana University or Purdue University doctoral Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct students in other disciplines at IUPUI to learn and use doctoral dissertations.) Health and Biomedical Informatics approaches to solve problems that arise in their academic fields. This problem Professors serves the needs of the Schools of Public Health, Allied A. Keith Dunker*, Sara Anne Hook, Steven Mannheimer, Health, Dentistry, Nursing, Medicine and Sciences, by Mathew Palakal* providing data and information science knowledge in support of problem-solving across multiple health-related Associate Professors domains. Rachel Applegate*, Davide Bolchini*, Jake Chen*, The Ph.D. minor in Health and Biomedical Informatics Andrea Copeland*, Joseph Defazio*, Garland C. Elmore requires coursework totaling 12 graduate credit hours. (Emeritus), Anthony Faiola*, Edgar Huang*, Josette These must include the following core courses: B530 Jones*, Karl F. MacDorman*, Katherine Schilling*, Foundation of Health Informatics (web based); B535 Huanmei Wu* Clinical Information Systems (web based); B581 Health Assistant Professors Informatics Standards and Terminologies (in-class); and B642 Clinical Decision Support Systems (web based). Erin Brady, Francesco Cafaro, Lynn Dombrowski, Richard Holden*, Sarath Chandra Janga*, Xiaowen Liu* Admission Requirements Courses Students must submit an internal application to Health and Biomedical Informatics Program Director for review. Core Courses Admissions are done on a rolling basis. Applicants are • INFO-H 500 Fundamental Computer Concepts in required to have background in Information Technology Informatics (3 cr.) An introduction to fundamental and Healthcare (or equivalent). principles of computer concepts for Informatics Grading Policy study, including an overview of computer architecture, computer algorithms, fundamentals of A minimum of B (3.0) is required in each course that is operating systems, data structure, file organization to count toward the minor. If a minimum of B (3.0) is not and database concepts. This course is expected earned in a course, that course must be retaken. A course to impart the required level of competency in may only be retaken once. Students who fail to achieve computer science. It may be waived in lieu of the minimum grade of B (3.0) the second time they take a six undergraduate credit hours of computer course will not be able to earn the Ph.D. minor. science or informatics coursework, covering areas 526 September 6, 2017

of programming, discrete structures, and data and practices that define the U.S. healthcare system. structures. Not currently being offered. Topics include health and health status, elements of • INFO-I 501 Introduction to Informatics the healthcare delivery system, healthcare facilities (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Basic information and professions, healthcare financing and regulation, representation and processing; searching and ethics in healthcare and overarching policy issues. organization; evaluation and analysis of information. This course enables health informatics students Internet-based information access tools; ethics and who do not have medical backgrounds to work within economics of information sharing. the U.S. healthcare system and communicate with • INFO-H 502 Human-Centered Research Methods clinicians and providers by developing a fundamental in Informatics (3 cr.) This course surveys a broad understanding of the healthcare system, processes range of research methods employed in Informatics, for delivering healthcare, clinical decision-making, exploring their meta-theoretical underpinnings and and basic principles of evidence-based practice. exemplifying their application to specific research • INFO-B 512 Scientific and Clinical Data questions. This course is intended for students Management (3 cr.) Management and mining of in Informatics graduate programs, especially data generated in scientific laboratories and clinical PhD students, who need a grounding in research trials for data mining and knowledge discovery methods. Not currently being offered. requires robust solutions that include knowledge • INFO-H 503 Social Impact of Information discovery techniques and databases, extraction of Technologies (3 cr.) An overview of important data/metadata stored in data warehouses that use social, legal, and ethical issues raised by information Storage area Networks and dealing with security technology. Not currently being offered. issues of handling this data. • INFO-H 504 Social Dimensions of Science Informatics (3 cr.) Course will examine ethical, • INFO-B 513 The Design, Implementation, and legal, and social issues surrounding contemporary Evaluation of Electronic Health Record Systems research and practice in science informatics. Topics (3 cr.) include the nature of science and technology, • INFO-B 519 Introduction to Bioinformatics the ramifications of recent advances in science (3 cr.) Sequence alignment and assembly; RNA informatics, and relevant science policy and structure, protein and molecular modeling; genomics research ethics. General knowledge of science and proteomics; gene prediction; phylogenetic informatics is assumed. analysis; information and machine learning; visual • INFO-B 505 Informatics Project Management and graphical analysis bioinformatics; worldwide (3 cr.) This is a professional introduction to biologic databases; experimental design and data informatics project management and organizational collection techniques; scientific and statistical data implementation of integrated information solutions. analysis; database and data mining methods; and The target audience is informatics project team network and Internet methods. members likely to pursue informatics project • INFO-H 515 Introduction to Data Analytics (3 cr.) manager roles as well as all members not likely to do This course applies statistical learning methods for so. Through reading, lecture, discussion, practice, data mining and inferential and predictive analytics and targeted projects, students gain historical to informatics-related fields. The course also perspectives, current awareness, and proficiency introduces techniques for exploring and visualizing with informatics project management terminology, data, assessing model accuracy, and weighing the techniques, and technologies. merits of different methods for a given real-world • INFO-H 506 Globalization and Information application. This course provides an essential toolset (3 cr.) Explores the processes that promote for transforming large, complex informatics datasets and impede movement of human action and into actionable knowledge. informational activities to the most general levels, • INFO-H 516 Applied Cloud Computing for Data e.g., the level of the world as a whole. Surveys Intensive Sciences (3 cr.) This course covers data diverse theories of globalization to identify the best science concepts, techniques, and tools to support approaches for professional informatics career big data analytics, including cloud computing, planning and making information globally accessible. parallel algorithms, nonrelational databases, and • INFO-B 510 Data Acquisition and Laboratory high-level language support. The course applies Automation (3 cr.) This course covers the the MapReduce programming model and virtual- entire process by which signals from laboratory machine utility computing environments to data- instruments are turned into useful data: (1) driven discovery and scalable data processing for fundamentals of signal conditioning and sampling; scientific applications. (2) interfacing, communications and data transfer; (3) markup languages and capability systems • INFO-H 525 Organizational Informatics and datasets; (4) general lab automation; (5) robotics. Economics Security (3 cr.) Organizational process A significant portion of this course is devoted to embed implicit and explicit decisions and information practical learning using LabVIEW. control. Security technologies and implementations • INFO-B 511 Laboratory Information Management make explicit organizational choices that determine Systems for Health and Life Sciences (3 cr.) individual autonomy within an organization. Security implementations allocate risk, determine authority • INFO-B 509 Fundamentals of Clinical Care over processes, make explicit relationships in for Health Informatics (3 cr.) This course is an introduction to the concepts, principles, problems, September 6, 2017 527

overlapping hierarchies, and determine trust used by corrupt regimes to protect their records from extended to organizational participants. external view. Not currently being offered. • INFO-B 529 Machine Learning for Bioinformatics • INFO-B537 Health Literacy (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: I519. The course covers advanced topics • INFO-H 538 Introduction to Cryptography in bioinformatics with a focus on machine learning. (3 cr.) Introduction to the foundational primitives The course will review existing techniques such as of cryptography and implementations. A primary hidden Markov models, artificial neural network, goal of this course will be to understand the security decision trees, stochastic grammars, and kernel definitions for each primitive, and how they are used methods. Examine application of these techniques to in cryptographic protocols. The ethics of insecure or current bioinformatics problems including: genome on-the-fly protocol design will be discussed. annotation and comparison, gene finding, RNA • INFO-H 539 Cryptographic Protocols (3 cr.) The secondary structure prediction, protein structure class teaches a basic understanding of computer prediction, gene expression analysis, proteomics, security by looking at how things go wrong, and how and integrative functional genomics. people abuse the system. The focus of the class is • INFO-B 530 Foundations of Health Informatics on how computer systems are attacked, and once (3 cr.) This course will introduce the foundations this is understood it is possible to propose ways to of health informatics. It will review how information make the system secure. sciences and computer technology can be • INFO-H 540 Data Mining for Security (3 cr.) The applied to enhance research and practice in objective of this course is to provide an healthcare. The basic principles of informatics that understanding of the impact of data mining in govern communication systems, clinical decision, security with a particular focus on intrusion detection. information retrieval, telemedicine, bioinformatics There will be an introduction to data mining where and evidence-based medicine will be explored. data mining techniques including association rules, • INFO-B 531 Seminar in Health Informatics clustering and classification are described. Security (1-3 cr.) Presentation and discussion of new topics basics will be presented, focusing on topics such as in health informatics as seminar by students. authentication and access control that are relevant to Concentration on a particular area each semester to data mining. This seminar course will explore recent be announced before registration. research work in this area and intrusion detection. • INFO-B 532 Seminar in Bioinformatics • INFO-H 541 Interaction Design Practices (1-3 cr.) Presentation and discussion of new (3 cr.) This course covers human computer topics in bioinformatics as seminar by students. interaction theory and application from an integrated- Concentration on a particular area each semester to approach of knowledge domains, i.e., the cognitive, be announced before registration. behavioral, and social aspects of users and user context, relevant to the design and usability testing • INFO-H 534 Seminar in Human-Computer of interactive systems. Interaction (1-3 cr.) Topics vary yearly and include the following: information visualization, immersive • INFO-B543/B544 Professional Practicum in technologies, designing hypermedia for educational Health Information Management I and II (1-6 cr.) applications, user-centered design techniques and • INFO-H 543 Interaction Design Methods tools, formal methods and cognitive modeling in HCI. (3 cr.) Web usability principles (theory) and practices • INFO-B 535 Clinical Information Systems are covered with a semester long project that draws (3 cr.) Clinical Information Systems includes: upon relationships between Web and software human computer interface and systems design; design and usability engineering. Students also healthcare decision support and clinical guidelines; learn a collection of user requirement and testing system selection; organizational issues in system processes and techniques for the development of integration; project management for information more usable interactive systems. technology change; system evaluation; regulatory • INFO-H 545 Music Information Representation, policies; impact of the Internet; economic impacts Search and Retrieval (3 cr.) A comprehensive, of e-health; distributed healthcare information comparative study of computer-based representation technologies and future trends. schemes for music, including those oriented • INFO-H 536 Foundational Mathematics toward music notation, music performance, and of Cybersecurity (3 cr.) Students will learn music analysis. Overview of musical metadata. mathematical tools necessary to understand modern Techniques and tools for search and retrieval of cyber security. The course will cover introductory music information. Credit not given for both INFO mathematical material from a number of disparate I545 and MUS N564. Not currently being offered. fields including probability theory, computational • INFO-H 546 Music Information Processing: theory, complexity theory, group theory, and Symbolic (3 cr.) This course deals with both information theory. Not currently being offered. methodology and specific applications that attempt • INFO-H 537 Legal and Social Informatics of to algorithmically annotate, understand, recognize, Security (3 cr.) This is a case-based course on and categorize music in symbolic (score-like) form. privacy and security in social contexts. Privacy Particular applications will include key finding, and security technologies can diverge from their harmonic analysis, note spelling, rhythm recognition, designers’ intent. Privacy-enhancing technologies meter induction, piano fingering, and various have been used to defeat data protection legislation, classification problems such as genre or composer and crytographic technologies of freedom can be identification. The methodology we will employ will be probabilistic and will include ideas from Machine 528 September 6, 2017

Learning such as optimal classifiers, hidden Markov interaction design: a) requirements analysis, models, and Bayesian networks. Students will have contextual inquiry and ethnography as applied computing assignments, present papers, and be to the design of interactive systems in the social expected to implement solutions to some of the context? b) conceptual design for the modeling of problems we address using a high-level language the interactive structure of web, hypermedia and such as R or Matlab. Not currently being offered. software applications. • INFO-H 547 Music Information Processing: Audio • INFO-H 563 Psychology of Human-Computer (3 cr.) This course deals with various music analysis Interaction (3 cr.) Covers the psychological and and processing problems that use sampled audio behavioral science of human computer interaction, as the primary data representation. We discuss including cognitive architecture, memory, problem- digital signal processing including filtering and its solving, mental models, perception, action, and relationship to Fourier techniques. Topics include language. Emphasis is placed on developing an synthesis, effects processing, score following, understanding of the interaction between human and and blind music recognition, and accompaniment machine systems and how these processes impact systems. Not currently being offered. the design and testing of interactive technologies. • INFO-H548 Introduction to Music Informatics • INFO-H 564 Prototyping for Interactive Systems (3 cr.) History, issues, and applications in music (3 cr.) This course covers methodologies for information technology. Survey of various types of designing and prototyping graphic user interfaces, musical information. Introduction to digital musical including rapid (paper) and dynamic (interactive) media, including data standards and processing; prototypes. Principles of design research and visual database structure and organization standards and communication are discussed in the context of processing; database structure and organization of interaction design, cognition, and user behavior, audio-, score-, and text file objects; and discussion as well as usability testing techniques for concept of copyright issues.Not currently being offered. validation. • INFO-H 550 Legal and Business Issues in • INFO-B 573 Programming for Science Informatics (3 cr.) This course is intended for Informatics (3 cr.) Students will receive a thorough students who are interested in starting their understanding of software development for chemical own company or who anticipate joining a start- informatics and bioinformatics, and broaden up company. It provides students with a solid experience of working in a scientific computing foundation on a variety of legal and business matters group. Topics include programming for the web, such as selecting a business structure, financing and depiction of chemical and biological structures credit, drafting business plans, preparing appropriate in 2D and 3D, science informatics tool kits, paperwork, tax implications, marketing and public software APIS, AI and machine-learning algorithm relations, etc. development, high performance computing, • INFO-B 551 Independent Study in Health database management, managing a small software Informatics (1-3 cr.) Independent study under development group, and design and usability of the direction of a faculty member, culminating science informatics software. in a written report. Total credit for seminars and • INFO-I 575 Informatics Research Design independent study courses may not exceed nine (3 cr.) Introduction and overview to the spectrum of hours. May be repeated for credit. research in informatics. Qualitative and quantitative • INFO-B 552 Independent Study in Bioinformatics research paradigms, deterministic experimental (1-3 cr.) Independent study under the direction of a designs to a posteriori discovery. Issues in faculty member, culminating in a written report. Total informatics research; conceptual, design, empirical, credit for seminars and independent study courses analytical, and disseminative phases of research. may not exceed nine hours. May be repeated for • INFO-b 576 Structural Approaches to Systems credit. Biology (3 cr.) Computational approaches to • INFO-IH554 Independent Study in Human- characterizing and predicting tertiary protein Computer Interaction (1-3 cr.) Independent study configuration, based on known data of atomic, under the direction of a faculty member, culminating intramolecular and intermolecular interactions. The in a written report. Total credit for seminars and course presents a balanced and integrative outlook independent study courses may not exceed nine at the various molecular components that determine hours. May be repeated for credit. biological function, sub-cellular organization, • INFO-B 556 Biological Database Management dysfunction and even disease examined at the (3 cr.) Study about database management and its nanoscale. application to bioinformatics. Topics include data • INFO-B 578 Data Analysis for Clinical modeling, data indexing and query optimization with Administrative Decision Making (3 cr.) P: I575. a bioinformatics perspective, and database issues in Focuses on understanding, manipulating, and complex nature of bioinformatics data. The course analyzing quantitative data in nursing and also involves study of current challenges related to healthcare. Includes use of computer-based systems bioinformatics data management, data integration for data management and statistical analysis. and semantic Web. Application and interpretation of multivariate • INFO-H 561 Human-Computer Interaction statistical models for decision-making. Design II (3 cr.) As a continuation of HCI1 (I541), • INFO-b 581 Health Informatics Standards and students will learn methodologies and principles Terminologies (3 cr.) Health information standards for two types of core activities in human-computer specify representation of health information for the September 6, 2017 529

purpose of communication between information • INFO-B 605 Social Foundations of Informatics systems. Standards not only standardize data (3 cr.) Topics include the economics of information formats, but also the conceptualizations underlying businesses and information societies, legal and the data structures. The design process of data regulatory factors that shape information and standards, domain analysis, conceptualization, information technology use, the relationship between modeling, and the methods and tools commonly organization cultures and their use of information used are explored. and information technology, and ownership of • INFO-B 582 Health Information Exchange intellectual property. (3 cr.) This course describes the drivers and • INFO-H 611 Mathematical and Logical challenges, the data and services of electronic Foundations of Informatics (3 cr.) An introduction health information exchange (HIE). The five focus to mathematical methods for information modeling, areas of HIE are reviewed relative to strategies and analysis, and manipulation. The topics include proof actions: Aligning incentives; Engaging Consumers; methods in mathematics, models or computation, Improving Population Health; Managing Privacy, counting techniques and discrete probability, Security and Confidentiality; and, Transforming Care optimization, statistical inference and core advanced Delivery. topics that include but are not limited to Markov • INFO-B 583 Security and Privacy Policies and chains and random walks, random graphs, and Regulations for Health Care (3 cr.)This course Fourier analysis. Not currently offered. discusses privacy and security regulations for health • INFO-B 617 Informatics in Life Science and care information transactions including policy, Chemistry (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing procedures, guidelines, security architectures, risk or consent of instructor. Introduces the fundamental assessments, disaster recovery, and business notions in genome and proteome informatics and continuity. Particular attention is given to the Health chemical informatics focusing on the design and Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) organizing issues in information systems used in and the Health Information Technology for Economic those areas. The course is designed for students and Clinical (HITECH) Act. with no biology or chemistry background, but some • INFO-B 584 Practicum in Health Information knowledge in informatics, who want to learn basic Technology (3 cr.) This course provides an topics in bioinformatics and chemical informatics. opportunity for the learner to synthesize all Not currently being offered. previous coursework and to demonstrate beginning • INFO-B 619 Structural Bioinformatics competency in Health Information Technology (3 cr.) Course covers informatics approaches based (HIT) applications. The course employs an on the sequence and 3D structure of biological application focus in which the learner demonstrates macromolecules (DNA, RNA, Protein) whose comprehension, critical thinking, and problem- objective is to improve our understanding of the solving abilities within the context of a real-world function of these molecules. Topics will include environment. molecular visualization; structure determination, • INFO-B 585 Biomedical Analytics (3 cr.) alignment, and databases; and prediction of protein • INFO-I 590 Topics in Informatics (1-3 cr.) Variable structure, interactions, and function. topic. Emphasis is on new developments and • INFO-B 621 Computational Techniques in research in informatics. Can be repeated with Comparative Genomics (3 cr.) Course will different topics, subject to approval of the Dean. summarize computational techniques for comparing • INFO-I 600 Professionalism and Pedagogy in genomes on the DNA and protein sequence levels. Informatics (3 cr.) Course will introduce students Topics include state of the art computational to topics and skills necessary for entering careers techniques and their applications: understanding in industry or the academy. Topics covered will of hereditary diseases and cancer, genetic mobile include career planning, curriculum development, elements, genome rearrangements, genome effective teaching, research ethics, scholarly and evolution, and the identification of potential drug trade publishing, grantsmanship, and intellectual targets in microbial genomes. property consideration. • INFO-H 624 Advanced Seminar I – Human • INFO-B 601 Introduction to Complex Systems Computer Interaction (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate (3 cr.) The course will cover fractals, emergent standing or consent of instructor. Introduces behavior, chaos theory, cooperative phenomena, students to major historical, contemporary and complex networks. Students will learn how to and emerging theories, methods, techniques, think differently about complexities, finding ways technologies and applications in the field of Human- to understand their complexity and addressing the Computer Interaction. Students will explore relevant problems they pose. and influential research, results and application. • INFO-H 604 Human Computer Interaction Design Students will develop an understanding of leading Theory (3 cr.) The course will explore, analyze, and research approaches and paradigms, and will design criticize underlying assumptions and the rational an independent research program in relation to their behind some of the most influential theoretical individual research fields and personal interests. attempts in HC and related fields. The purpose of the • INFO-B 627 Advanced Seminar I – Bioinformatics course is to make students aware of how theories (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate standing or consent can influence practice and to develop critical thinking of instructor. Introduces students to major historical, around the role, purpose, and function for theories. contemporary, and emerging theories, methods, techniques, technologies and applications in the field of bioinformatics. Student will explore relevant 530 September 6, 2017

and influential research, results and applications. records and narratives, biomedical literature and Students will develop an understanding of leading claims processing. research approaches and paradigms, and will design • INFO-B 646 Computational Systems Biology an independent research program in relation to their (3 cr.) Introduction on how Omics data are individual research fields and personal interests. generated, managed, analyzed from large-scale The course will focus on research approaches in computational perspectives, exploring computational bioinformatics, and emerging technologies in biology resources, especially biological pathways for and chemistry, and basic computational techniques. integrative mining and computational analysis, • INFO-H 634 Advanced Seminar II – Human representing and modeling multi-scale biological Computer Interaction (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate networks, relating static/dynamic properties to the standing or consent of instructor. Introduces understanding phenotypic functions at the molecular students to major historical, contemporary systems level. and emerging theories, methods, techniques, • INFO-H 651 The Ethnography of Informatics technologies, and applications in the field of Human- (3 cr.) Introduces ethnography as a social science Computer Interaction. Students will explore relevant methodology and way of knowing with which and influential research, results and applications. to study information and its social contexts. Students will develop an understanding of leading Places ethnography in relation to other research research approaches and paradigms, and will design methodologies relevant to the production of the an independent research program in relation to their Informatics knowledge base. Trains students in the individual research fields and personal interests. use of a broad range of ethnographic techniques • INFO-B636 Nextgen Genomic Data Analytics (3 relevant to study of automated information cr.) technology in use. Designed to be open to students • INFO-B 637 Advanced Seminar II – from other programs with sufficient methodological Bioinformatics (3 cr.) P: Advanced graduate and substantive background. standing or consent of instructor. Introduces • INFO-B 656 Translational Bioinformatics students to major historical contemporary and Applications (3 cr.) This course entails a cohesive emerging theories, methods, and techniques in the approach to the theory and practice of bioinformatics field of Bioinformatics. Students will examine and applications in translational medicine [TM]. It explore relevant and influential research, results and includes topics related to the complexities of low, applications. Students will develop an understanding medium and high-throughput applications in TM of leading research approaches and paradigms, and powerful solutions to TM data management and will design and independent research program problems by employing various informatics in relation to their individual research fields and frameworks. personal interests. The course will focus on research • INFO-B 668 Seminar in BioHealth Informatics approaches in bioinformatics, emerging technologies (1 cr.) This course provides graduate students with in biology and chemistry, and basic computational knowledge on a wide range of current topics in techniques. health informatics from faculty and professionals • INFO-B 641 Business of Health Informatics engaged in cutting edge research and practice. (3 cr.) This class focuses on the economic Students connect with innovative faculty while importance of healthcare information technology learning through a combination of lectures, adoption for value realization, as a strategic asset, practicums, and discussions. The topics and as an investment, and transformation toward presenters will be different each semester. integrated decision making. Topics covered include • INFO-B 691 Thesis/Project in Health Informatics but are not limited to implementation of Decision (1-6 cr.) The student prepares and presents a thesis Support System, barcode tracking, Electronic Health or project in an area of health informatics. The Records, pay-for-performance, incentives for e- product is substantial, typically multi-chapter paper prescribing. or carefully designed and evaluated application, • INFO-B 642 Clinical Decisions Support Systems based on well-planned research of scholarly project. (3 cr.) This course provides an overview of the Details are worked out between the student and the background and state-of-the-art Clinical Decision sponsoring faculty member. May be repeated for Support Systems (CDSS). Topics include: the design credit. principles behind clinical decision support systems, • INFO-B 692 Thesis/Project in Bioinformatics mathematical foundations of the knowledge-based (1-6 cr.) The student prepares and presents thesis systems and pattern recognition systems, clinical or project in an area of bioinformatics. The product vocabularies, legal and ethical issues, patient is substantial, typically a multi-chapter paper or centered clinical decision support systems, and the carefully designed and evaluated application, based applications of clinical decision support systems in on well-planned research or scholarly project. Details clinical practice. are worked out between student and sponsoring • INFO-B 643 Natural Language Processing faculty member. May be repeated for credit. and Text Mining for Biomedical Records and • INFO-H 694 Thesis/Project in Human-Computer Reports (3 cr.) This course familiarizes students Interaction (1-6 cr.) The student prepares and with applications of Natural Language Processing presents a thesis or project in an area of Human- and text mining in health care. While the course computer interaction. The product is substantial, provides a short introduction to commonly used typically multi-chapter paper, or a carefully designed algorithms, techniques and software, the focus is on and evaluated application, based on well-planned existing health care applications including clinical September 6, 2017 531

research or scholarly project. Details are worked • INFO-H 680/681 Human-Computer Interaction out between the student and sponsoring faculty Practical Practice 1-2 (3 cr.) Part One should member. May be repeated for credit. showcase the accumulative knowledge of the • INFO-B 698/INFO-H 698 Research in Informatics student in the areas of product design and (1-12 cr.) Research under the direction of a member development. Students will explore relevant and of the graduate faculty that is not dissertation applied research concepts, while considering various related. Can be repeated for credit for a total of 30 HCI design approaches. Final outcomes will include credit hours. the completion of the first half of the final project, • INFO-I 699 Independent Study in Informatics i.e., the completion of a final product. The project (1-3 cr.) Independent readings and research for will showcase the accumulative knowledge of the Ph.D. students under the direction of a faculty student in the areas of product assessment and member, culminating in written report. May be documentation. Final outcomes will include the repeated for a maximum of 12 credit hours. completion of the second half of the final project, i.e. • INFO-I 790 Informatics Research Rotation product testing and analysis and writing of the paper. (3 cr.) Work with faculty, investigate research Elective Graduate Courses opportunities. Can be repeated for a maximum of 6 Note: A student's committee, working in conjunction with credit hours. an Informatics committee designated to oversee the • INFO-I 890 Thesis Readings and Research minor, will decide what elective courses are appropriate (1-12 cr.) Research under the direction of a for a given student. member of the graduate faculty leading to a Ph.D. dissertation. Can be repeated for credit for a total of New Media 30 credit hours. • NEWM-N 500 Principles of Multimedia Technology (3 cr.) This course examines issues • INFO-H565 Collaborative and Social Computing related to digital media technology in the context (3 cr.) This is a seminar course in which students will of design, development, implementation and engage with seminal research in collaborative and evaluation. Topics in the information industry, social computing through a series of genealogical especially its impact on the cultural, economic, threads linking ‘big ideas’ in the social sciences social, and ethical dimensions of local and global to the ways in which they have been appropriated communities are examined. Topics also include: in collaborative and social computing research. usability, intellectual property, and a diversity of user Through their synthesis of the course readings, markets for new media products. students will connect these big ideas to the design • NEWM-N 501 Foundations of Digital Arts and use of seminal ‘historic’ and contemporary social Production (3 cr.) This course examines the and computing technologies. Over the course of production process and management of digital the semester, students will also carry out research multimedia. Students investigate and produce in collaborative and social computing. They will projects by researching foundations in the use of conduct a genealogical literature review about a digital video with special emphasis on production social science theory of relevance to collaborative process of storytelling. Skills learned will include: and social computing; analyze the ways in which that project development and video production. Students theory has and has not been applied to the design will develop presentation skills through research and analysis of collaborative and social computing papers. systems; construct a design space based on their findings; and produce a series of conceptual design • NEWM-N 502 Digital Media Motion and proposals to address either a gap in the design Simulation Methods (3 cr.) Applications in space and/or to flesh out a sweet spot in that space. animation/simulation design and creation using Research papers will be curated by the instructor computer desktop tools. Examines the fundamentals and high-quality work will be submitted for review of three-dimensional animation through storyboards to the ACM Conference on Computer-Supported and planning, modeling, texturing, lighting, Cooperative Work. rendering, and composite techniques. Topics will include nurbs design development, texture mapping • INFO-B 667 Seminar in Interprofessional for realism and stylistic output, keyframe and path Colaboration (1-3 cr.) animation, and cinematography lighting techniques. • INFO-H 566 Experience Design for Ubiquitous Skills will be developed through design and modeling Computing (3 cr.) An introduction to research topics of individual or team multidisciplinary projects. in ubiquitous and pervasive computing, including • NEWM-N 503 Digital Media Application Design sensors, ambient displays, tangibles, middleware, Processes (3 cr.) Presents the principles and mobility, and location and context awareness. fundamentals of design techniques using authoring These topics are explored from a user-centered tools on PC, Macintosh and emerging computer design perspective, focusing on how a situated and platforms. Included are storyboarding, planning and embedded model of computing affects requirements organization of scripts, use of current technology, gathering, interaction design, prototyping, and computers, video, and digital arts equipment; evaluation techniques. Students gain expertise with computer-assisted design and project planner contemporary ubiquitous and pervasive computing software tools and management of design team technologies and learning to incorporate them into a concepts. user-centered research and design process. • NEWM-N 504 Advanced Interactive Design Applications (3 cr.) Incorporates extensive analysis 532 September 6, 2017

and use of computer and multimedia authoring Program Contact: Tiffany Campbell (317)-294-9052 tools intended for character simulation design. The course will study the concepts of physics based Program Director bipedal movement in relation to gravity, balance, Malaz Boustani MD, MPH anticipation, potential energy, personality constructs, and locomotion. Assessment modeling for character (Please note that when conferring University Graduate depiction and animation will be planned and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, storyboarded. Other topics include more advanced the University Graduate School’s staff uses those facets of computer animation including paint tube requirements contained only in The University Graduate modeling, layered, texture mapping, and track and School Bulletin.) block animation for cyclical actions. Curriculum • NEWM-N 505 Internship in Media Arts and Degree Offered: Technology (3 cr.) An internship program for students to work with and learn from experts in Certificate in Innovation and Implementation Science media (digital arts) technology fields who developing and using new applications in commercial Special Departmental Requirements and educational settings. Requirements for (See also general University Graduate School interns include the development of a technology requirements.) project proposal; interview; resume; and project presentation; on-site intern residency; project Indiana University’s Certificate in Innovation and report; oral and media presentation of project Implementation Science is offered by the School of outcomes. Currently not being offered. Medicine through the Center for Health Innovation and • NEWM-N 507 Digital Media for Healthcare (3 cr.) Implementation Science within Clinical and Translational • NEWM-N 510 Web Database Concepts Sciences Institute. The Certificate is designed for working (3 cr.) Addresses diverse issues arising when healthcare professionals, specifically practicing clinicians, designing World Wide Web interface. Basic nurses, pharmacists, allied health professionals, and database concepts will be presented but the course administrators. At minimum, students are required to will focus on discussion of interface issues specific to have at least two years of relevant healthcare experience, Web databases, technologies for linking databases a bachelor’s degree, and a GPA of 3.0 to be admitted to Web servers for delivery, discussion of various into the program. Clinicians and administrators with prior Web database applications, case studies, and process improvement or methodological training can industry trends. enhance their knowledge base with new theoretical and applied knowledge. • NEWM-N 516 Online Video Presentation (3 cr.) • NEWM-N 523 Web Database Concepts (3 cr.) As a prerequisite, students may be required to complete • NEWM-N 534 Serious Games and Simulations (3 an online statistics tutorial before beginning their formal cr.) coursework. This requirement can be waived based on • NEWM-N 540 3D Compositing and Visual Effects recent completion of a statistics course or employment in (3 cr.) a research or data intensive position. • NEWM-N 542 Advanced 3D Character Animation Course Requirements (3 cr.) • NEWM-N 549 3D Prototyping and Articulation (3 The Certificate in Innovation and Implementation cr.) Science is delivered as a blended program with weekend • NEWM-N 553 Independent Study (1-3 cr.) This residencies and online instruction. Students attend one in- course provides graduate students in the New Media person weekend residency per month. Program an opportunity to work on a project that is Complementing the instructional learning portion of the beyond any other existing new media courses. The Certificate is a practicum portion. Students will apply the course focuses on developing graduate students theoretical knowledge of the curriculum to an Innovation with evaluation, synthesis and analysis abilities and Implementation project in their home healthcare through a project to obtain an in-depth knowledge system, under the guidance of an organizational sponsor of new media within a context of their choice. A and a faculty mentor. graduate student could be engaged in a research project or a production project. Currently not being Grades offered. Each course within the certificate is graded as • NEWM-N 560 Advanced Scriptwriting for Digital Satisfactory/Fail. Students must pass all classes to earn Media (3 cr.) the certificate. • NEWM-N 595 Internship in Media Arts (3 cr.) Courses Innovation and Implementation Science Fall Quarter • GRAD-G673 Innovation and Implementation Science School of Medicine I (3.0 credit hours) Departmental Email: [email protected] Students will study the transfer of evidence-based Departmental URL: hii.iu.edu knowledge into routine practice with a focus on physician practices, continuum of care, and community settings. September 6, 2017 533

Innovation and implementation strategies and models will Courses be examined with a focus on outcome measures, fidelity, changing reimbursement and new accountable care and Sports Journalism shared savings delivery models. JOUR-J 501 Public Affairs Reporting (3 cr.) This course includes lectures and roundtable discussion of problems • GRAD-G674 Health Outcomes and Evaluation in in covering public affairs issues at the national, state, and Implementation Science (1.5) local levels. Emphasis is on reporting on government, Students will explore stakeholder outcomes and program social welfare agencies, elections, political parties, special evaluation methods related to implementation projects interest groups and other areas of general public interest. and trials, and ongoing program evaluation. The focus is JOUR-J 510 Media and Society Seminar (3 cr.) This on addressing practitioners’ need for informed decision- course offers an examination of structure, functions, making. Topics covered include comparative effectiveness ethics, and performance of communication and mass research, patient-centered outcomes, quality improvement media, stressing a review of pertinent research literature. cycles, and rapid learning health care systems. Students will analyze media policies and performance Winter Quarter in light of communication theory and current economic, political and social thought. • GRAD-G676 Innovation and Implementation Science II (3.0) JOUR-J 540 Business of Sports Media (3 cr.) A history of how media have evolved from radio, network This course focuses on the robust design of an evidence- television and magazines into the multi-dimensional based intervention to achieve better care, lower costs, world of regional and national cable, the Internet, and the and better patient-centered outcomes. By focusing on networks. The way media provide so much of the revenue effective design, the intervention should result in lower for sports as an entertainment industry has made it the implementation costs, higher stakeholder acceptance, anchor for the sports industry. a more rapid time to full scalability, and higher quality of care. JOUR-J 541 Digital Sports Journalism (3 cr.) Students in this hands-on, practical course will learn how to • GRAD-G677 Leading Change, Teams, and Projects envision, build, design and produce a sports website. (1.5) Students will receive substantive training in the software used to produce web videos, podcasts and interactive This course provides foundational knowledge and practical graphics. And, students will be taught how to marry all of skills for leading and implementing a new health care those elements into a compelling website. invention in diverse types of health care settings. The course emphasizes complex adaptive systems, change JOUR-J 542 Sports Journalism and Society (3 cr.) strategies, leadership, teaming, and project management This course provides a broad understanding of how social with a focus on the unique aspects of innovation and issues impact sports and how sports impacts society. implementation science. Included will be a historical overview of sports, athletes’ rights, race and gender in sports, the Olympics and Practicum international sports, youth sports, the commercialization of Spring Quarter sports and the influence of the media on sports. • GRAD-G678 Practicum in Innovation and JOUR-J 543 Sports Law (3 cr.) Students will develop a Implementation Science I (3.0) basic understanding of the relationship between sports and the law and of the basic concepts of major legal Through an organizational sponsor and faculty issues—antitrust, labor, contract and intellectual property mentorship, this practicum synthesizes previous —in sports today, while translating that knowledge into coursework and demonstrates competencies in designing analytical reporting on those subjects. evidence-based interventions and care models to deliver better care, lower costs, and higher patient-centered JOUR-J 545 Sports Writing (3 cr.) This course is an outcomes. The first practicum project course focuses intensive, in-depth and practical instruction on reporting on identifying an opportunity for a planned change and and writing for print, magazines and the Web. This course designing the intervention. will include a broad range of sports writing, from long- form narrative for magazines to twittering on the Web. Summer Quarter It also will explore the essentials of beat reporting, with • GRAD-G679 Practicum in Innovation and experiential learning at live press conferences and events. Implementation Science II (3.0) JOUR-J 546 Sports Journalism Research (3 cr.) This This practicum builds on the work done in the prerequisite course explores issues surrounding the highly lucrative course and continues the project identified therein. The nature of collegiate sports in America, such as which focus of the second practicum course is on intervention sports are the most and least profitable and the gap design, organizational assessment, and change between men’s and women’s sports. Students will produce management planning. Outcomes of this course include a research project in collaboration with a major media development of a project evaluation system, data outlet. collection processes, and feedback systems to monitor JOUR-J 547 Sports Broadcast Journalism (3 cr.) The the initial success of the project, as well as to inform timely course is an intensive, in-depth and practical instruction of revisions as needed. sports broadcasting. This course will include instruction in everything from play-by-play broadcasting of live events to 534 September 6, 2017 the art of interviewing for television to writing and editing provides theoretical and practical experience in public long segments. relations project planning and execution. (Required.) JOUR-J 620 Media Coverage of Sports (3 cr.) This Agencies and Entrepreneurs. This course covers course will examine athletes, coaches, events and sports organizational structures, management approaches and media coverage. It will focus on current events and problems commonly encountered in establishing and controversies such as amateurism, competitive balance, managing public relations, advertising, marketing and debate over school mascots, gambling and problems in related communications firms. What you learn is relevant recruiting and the ensuing media coverage. to those who might work in (as an employee) or with (as a client) an agency. It also covers the steps needed to Public Relations establish, maintain and grow an agency or independent JOUR-J 529 Public Relations Campaigns (3 cr.) This consultancy. capstone course provides students with an opportunity to apply campaign model methodology to public relations Managing Online Public Relations. From Blogs to planning so that they will be able to apply the research, Twitter, Facebook to websites and from Myspace to all theories, planning, and evaluation processes in working of the emerging online tools available to communications conditions which may not provide them with the time to professionals today, public relations managers must be deliberate on and evaluate each step in the way that the able not only to use these tools, but to be able to integrate classroom provides. them into a coherent strategy. This course discusses not only the tools social media of Web 3.0, but also how to JOUR-J 528 Public Relations Management (3 cr.) The manage those tools and techniques. primary purpose of this course is to provide you with a fundamental knowledge of the organizational structures, Issues and Crisis Communication. Identification and management styles, and problems commonly encountered management of various issues impacting organizations in the management public relations or advertising firms are critical to their success. Of course, when issues and the advertising and/or public relations departments become crises, or crisis strikes, management of that in a corporation or government agency. It also examines crisis via effective communication with key constituent management structures in not-for-profit organizations. public is critical to the success and even survival of the organization. This course examines the techniques of JOUR-J 531 Public Relations for Non-Profits (3 cr.) issues management and the management tools available. The course provides a theoretical and practical foundation It also examines from a practical perspective how to in public relations for those considering careers in manage the public relations for organizations in crisis. nonprofit organizations or in fundraising. Specific coursework will involve the public relations campaign Public Relations in the Life Sciences. The medical process and its relationship to organizational goals product industry, including pharmaceuticals, medical and to the specifics of organizational development devices and medical research, including genetic research, and fundraising. An additional focus will involve the is a special industry that demands unique public relations communications efforts required to maintain relationships activities. In addition, it is highly regulated and a complete with donors, volunteers and key community and industry understanding of that regulatory environment and the officials. restrictions and requirements on public relations is critical for success of any organization. This course focuses JOUR-J 560 Topics Courses (3 cr.) on the unique elements of this industry and provides Public Relations Research and Evaluation. This students not only with an understanding of the industry course is a survey of simple and scientific research and its regulatory environment, but also with special and evaluation techniques for use in organizational understanding of the conduct of public relations in the social environment research including target public industry and the management of communication in such analysis, initial research for public relations campaign and organizations. program planning, public relations program effectiveness evaluation, and continuous implementation evaluation for Intergrating Marketing Communication in Health the purpose of facilitating periodic adjustment. This course Care. This course is designed to prepare students for focuses on applied research techniques such as surveys, senior management positions in hospitals, health care both printed and online, interviews, focus groups, Q Sorts, organizations, and the health support industry. It focuses secondary research techniques and others. (Required.) on counseling senior management on unique issues regarding health care communication, unique health care Public Relations Theory. Theory is the backbone of communication problems and challenges, managing the public relations. This course examines both the historical public relations function in health care organizations, and and emerging theories underlying the practice of public orchestrating public relations campaigns in support of relations. (Required.) health care organizational goals. Public Relations Planning. This course provides Managing Public Relations Tactics and Techniques. students with an opportunity to explore and learn the The mastery of a public relations tactics and techniques advanced management techniques for public relations is the cornerstone of a public relations practitioner’s skill programs and campaigns focusing on the use of research set. This course provides extensive hands-on learning and evaluation techniques, development of goals and and practice in some essential tactics and techniques. objectives, segmentation of audiences, development This course is designed to apply theory to actual problem of strategies and tactics, and creation of timelines and solving. budgets. The course also uses the case study method to illuminate and illustrate these concepts. The course September 6, 2017 535

JOUR-J 563 Public Relations Publications Design A total of 30 credit hours, including five Journalism and (3 cr.) Institutional and industrial publications are an Public Relations core courses (J528, J529, and three important means of internal and external communications. topics courses in public relations theory, research and This course looks at the principles of design and evaluation, and planning). Students who do not have production techniques. Students are provided with an undergraduate degree in journalism or a related field opportunities to create a variety of different public relations are required to take three undergraduate courses in products while using state of the art desktop publishing introductory public relations, public relations writing and applications. communication law (J219, J390 and J300, respectively). JOUR-J 804 Reading and Research in Journalism PR Management Track (3 cr.) In addition to the core, general electives in Journalism and Faculty Public Relations or Communication Studies. Professors PR Sports Track Jonas Bjork, Chris Lamb In addition to the general core, students take three core Assistant Professors sports courses (J543, J540, and J542) and two electives Pamela Laucella in Journalism and Public Relations or Communication Studies. Professors of Practice Bruce Hetrick, Malcolm Moran PR Healthcare and Life Sciences Track Lecturer In addition to the general core, students take two core Julie Vincent topics courses (public relations in the life sciences and integrated marketing communication in healthcare) and Curriculum three electives in Journalism and Public Relations or Communication Studies. Curriculum Sports Journalism Degrees Offered A total of 30 credit hours consisting of J501, J510, J540, Master of Arts in Public Relations, Master of Arts in Sports J541, J542, J543, J545, J546, J547, and J620. Students Journalism. who do not have an undergraduate degree in journalism The M.A. program in Public Relations has three tracks: or a related field are required to take two undergraduate general management, sports management, and health. courses in sports writing and communication law (J345 Both the Public Relations and the Sport Journalism and J300, respectively). programs are intended to prepare students for work in the field, across a variety of media, corporations, Law organizations and institutions. McKinney School of Law Master of Arts Degree Departmental URL: mckinneylaw.iu.edu Special Departmental Admission Requirements Departmental E-mail: [email protected] 1. Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university, with an overall undergraduate point (Please note that when conferring University Graduate average of at least 3.0; an undergraduate major in School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The journalism is not required, but applicants without University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements such a background are required to take additional contained only in The University Graduate School course work in journalism and public relations as Bulletin.) part of their master’s program; Curriculum 2. Appropriate level of achievement on the Graduate Degree Offered Record Examination General Test (applicants with a post-graduate degree are not required to submit Combined Master of Arts in Philosophy and Doctor of GRE scores); Jurisprudence (McKinney School of Law) 3. Three letters of recommendation; and This program provides a unique and valuable perspective on the field of bioethics by combining the philosophical 4. A personal statement explaining how a master’s study of bioethics with a legal education. degree will fit into the applicant’s career goals. A candidate spends the first year in law school, adding Foreign language courses from the IU Department of Philosophy during the There is no foreign language requirement for the degrees. second year. In addition to the basic required law school courses, students must complete the requirements for the Grades Concentration in Health Law and Bioethics. No grade below B- (2.7) will be counted toward these The capstone project for this combined degree program degrees. will be a paper in a topic that addresses the fields of law Course requirements and bioethics. This paper will satisfy both the advanced research and writing requirement at the law school and the Public Relations thesis/research project in the Department of Philosophy. General Requirements 536 September 6, 2017

Requirements with the consent of the student’s advisory committee. This minor requires a minimum of 12 credit hours The program requires 24 hours in the M.A. Program and of advanced graduate level courses taken outside of 84 credit hours at the Robert H. McKinney School of Law the student’s major department. The credits must be for graduation. Non-combined degree study requires distributed among three other departments/programs 90 credit hours at the McKinney School of Law, while chosen from the biological sciences, or from anatomy, the M.A. requires 30 credit hours at the Department of biochemistry, biophysics, dental sciences, medical Philosophy. Summer school during the first two summers genetics, microbiology, pathology, pharmacology, of the combined program is encouraged to help the physiology, or toxicology. At least 6 credit hours must be M.A./J.D. student attain increased credit hours and in a single department/program. The minor representative ease potential scheduling conflicts that may arise when on the advisory committee must be selected from one of scheduling course work in two different schools. the departments in which courses for the minor are taken Up to six credits of health law courses are counted toward and will ordinarily be from the department contributing two the 30 credits required for the M.A. in Philosophy. Six courses to the minor. credits from the M.A. program are also applied to law for a total of 84 needed for the J.D. credits. The two Medical and Molecular Genetics degrees are obtained with a total of 108 earned credits, as School of Medicine compared with the 120 credits required if the degrees are Departmental E-mail: [email protected] obrained separately. Departmental URL: http://genetics.medicine.iu.edu For additional information contact: (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Dr. Jason T. Eberl Department of Philosophy, IUPUI School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Phone: 317-278-9239 University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Other combined degrees offered by the McKinney contained only in The University Graduate School School of Law Bulletin.) Doctor of Jurisprudence (J.D.) and Master of Business Curriculum Administration; J.D. and Master of Public Affairs; J.D. and Master of Health Administration; J.D. and Master of Public Degrees Offered Health; J.D. and Doctor of Medicine; J.D. and Master of Master of Science in Medical and Molecular Genetics and Library Science; and the J.D. and Master of Social Work Doctor of Philosophy Faculty Special Program Requirements Dean and Paul E. Beam Professor of Law (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Andrew R. Klein Admission Requirements Faculty Graduate Faculty Bachelor’s degree or its equivalent, including two years (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University of chemistry, mathematics through calculus, two years Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct of biology, and one course in principles of genetics. doctoral dissertations.) Promising students deficient in one or more areas may be accepted if it appears to the admissions committee Program Director that deficiencies can be removed during graduate study. Results of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) Professor Patricia J. Gallagher*, Ph.D General Test must be available before applicants can be Graduate Division Office, MS 207 considered for admission. Life Sciences Master of Science Degree Course Requirements School of Medicine Department E-mail: [email protected] A minimum of 30 credit hours of approved courses, including no more than 7 credit hours of research. At Departmental URL: http://grad.medicine.iu.edu/degree- least 20 credit hours must be taken in medical genetics programs/minors/ or approved equivalents, including at least four of the (Please note that when conferring University Graduate following five areas with grades of B or higher: basic School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The human genetics, clinical genetics, cytogenetics, molecular University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements and biochemical genetics, and population genetics. contained only in The University Graduate School Students in the genetic counseling study track, to meet Bulletin.) requirements to take the certification examination of the American Board of Genetic Counseling, are required to Degree Offered have courses in all five areas plus additional required course and clinical work totaling 36-43 credit hours. Ph.D. Minor in Life Sciences Genetic counseling students must obtain a B (3.0) or Course Requirements higher in all core courses. For Ph.D. programs within the I.U. School of Medicine, Thesis a life sciences minor may be selected by a student September 6, 2017 537

Optional. With approval of the department, a refereed must complete a minimum of 9 credit hours in MMGE publication or an additional 6 credit hours of non-research courses other than research (Q800) and seminar (Q660), course work beyond the required 30 credit hours may be with a grade of B (3.0) or better. Required courses consist substituted for the thesis. Genetic counseling students of Q580 Basic Human Genetics (3 cr.) and at least two of must choose either a thesis, case report with literature the following: Q612 Molecular and Biochemical Genetics review, or development and implementation of an (3 cr.), Q620 Human Cytogenetics (3 cr.), and Q630 educational project, in addition to the required 36 credit Population Genetics (3 cr.). hours. Faculty Final Examination Chairperson The completion and passing of a written exam, oral exam, or combined written and oral exam is at the discretion of Chancellor’s Professor Tatiana Foroud the student's advisory committee. Graduate Faculty Genetic counseling MS students must pass a (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University comprehensive written examination. Under exceptional Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct circumstances, the student may petition the committee to doctoral dissertations.) be permitted to take the final examination one additional Distinguished Professors time. P. Michael Conneally* (Emeritus), Bernardino Ghetti* Program Termination (Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Psychiatry, Academic or research deficiency will result in termination Neurology) of the student’s enrollment in the program. Chancellor’s Professor Doctor of Philosophy Degree Tatiana Foroud* Course Requirements Sutphin Professor of Cancer Genetics All Ph.D. students are required to take a minimum of 12 hours of coursework in the major, with a grade of B- Gail H. Vance* (Pathology and Laboratory Medicine) or better, and the remaining hours will be of the minor, Professors research and seminar credits, as well as the first-year common curriculum for new Ph.D. students, including six Liana Apostolova* (Neurology), Joseph Bidwell* hours of research rotations, for a total of 90 credit hours. (Anatomy), Michael Boulton* (Ophthalmology), Joe Up to 30 credit hours of non-clinical medical courses Christian* (Emeritus), Simon Conway* (Pediatrics), may apply toward the Ph.D. or the M.D./Ph.D. combined Michael Econs* (Medicine), Howard Edenberg* degree. (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Anthony Firulli* (Pediatrics), David Flockhart* (Pharmacology), Helmut Minor Hanenberg* (Pediatrics), Reuben Kapur* (Pediatrics), Must be taken in a field related to the major, e.g., Debomoy Lahiri* (Psychiatry), Eric Meslin* (Medicine), bioinformatics, cancer biology, cardiovascular sciences, John Nurnberger Jr.* (Psychiatry), Catherine Palmer* diabetes and obesity, life sciences, health informatics, (Emeritus), R. Mark Payne* (Pediatrics), Kimberly or translational sciences. Number of credits (usually 12) Quaid* (Psychiatry), Terry Eugene Reed* (Emeritus), and grades required are determined by the minor director Andrew Saykin* (Radiology), William Schneider* for each minor. Minor credits must be separate from the (Liberal Arts), A. Joseph Tector* (Surgery), Lois Travis Department of Medical and Molecular Genetics major (Epidemiology), Stephanie M. Ware* (Pediatrics), Ronald course credit requirements. Wek* (Biochemistry) Qualifying Examination Associate Professors Comprehensive written and oral examination. Examination Rebecca Chan* (Pediatrics), Sherif Farag (Hematology/ over the minor field at the discretion of the minor field Oncology), Tamara Hannon (Pediatrics), Brittney-Shea department. Herbert*, Lang Li*, Yunlong Liu* (Biostatistics), Marc Research Proposal Mendonca (Radiation Oncology), Nuria Morral*, Jill Murrell* (Pathology), Bryan Schneider* (Medicine), Written research proposal, presented and defended orally, Weinian Shou* (Pediatrics), Kenneth E. White*, Mingjiang required for admission to candidacy. Xu* (Pediatrics) Final Examination Assistant Professors Oral defense of dissertation. Nadia Carlesso* (Pediatrics), Janaiah Kota*, Hiromi Program Termination Tanaka*, Scott Witting*, Ben Landis (Pediatrics) Research or academic deficiency, including two failures of Associate Research Professor the qualifying examination, will result in termination of the Stephen Dlouhy student’s enrollment in the program. Assistant Research Professors Ph.D. Minor in Medical and Molecular Genetics Students outside the department desiring to obtain a Daniel Koller, Yue Wang doctoral minor in Medical and Molecular Genetics (MMGE) 538 September 6, 2017

Clinical Associate Professors pathways, and on structural defects. Discussion of hemoglobinopathies, phenylketonuria, storage diseases, Robert Bies* (Pharmacology), Victoria Pratt, Frederick and other conditions. Unverzagt (Psychiatry), Matteo Vatta* MGEN-Q 613 Molecular and Biochemical Genetics Clinical Assistant Professor Laboratory (2 cr.) The student will learn to perform many Shaochun Bai of the molecular and biochemical techniques for the determination of genetic markers that can be used for Ph.D. & M.S. Graduate Advisor diagnosis, genotyping, and forensic applications. Brittney-Shea Herbert, Medical Research and Library MGEN-Q 614 Psychological Aspects of Genetic Building 130, (317) 278-6147 Counseling (3 cr.) P: One course in introductory or M.S. Genetic Counseling Program Director abnormal psychology. Introduction to theory and research in the field of genetic counseling. Topics include risk Paula Delk, Medical Research and Library Building 130, assessment, attitude assessment, and decision-making. (317) 278-8837 The social, ethical, and legal aspects of the delivery of genetic services are also covered. Courses MGEN-Q 615 Prenatal Diagnosis Practicum (3 cr.) General Training in prenatal genetic counseling. Counseling MGEN-Q 580 Basic Human Genetics (3 cr.) P: General referrals may include advanced maternal age, abnormal genetics and consent of the instructor. An introduction prenatal screening, abnormal ultrasound, or other to the genetics of human traits and heritable diseases. pregnancy complications. Emphasis will be on general aspects of eukaryotic genetics as it applies to humans, but some prokaryote MGEN-Q 616 Specialty Clinics Practicum (2 cr.) genetics will be included for comparison. P: Consent of the instructor. An overview of the long-term management of patients living with a variety of genetic MGEN-Q 604 Genetic Counseling Communication conditions. Students may provide genetic counseling while Techniques (4 cr.) Genetic counseling models, methods in these clinics. and communication skills; professional issues related to client interactions. Practice-based learning through role MGEN-Q 617 Genetic Counseling Practicum (1-2 cr.) play, analysis of genetic counseling case studies, and P: Q606, Q610, consent of instructor. Practice advanced other class interactions. genetic counseling skills in a weekly clinic. Develop proficiency in pedigree construction, patient education, MGEN-Q 606 Foundations in Genetic Counseling and psychosocial assessment/counseling. (4 cr.) Introduction to the principles and practice of genetic counseling. Topics include genetic counseling techniques, MGEN-Q 620 Human Cytogenetics (3 cr.) P: Consent prenatal diagnosis counseling, pediatric/adult counseling, of the instructor, basic genetics. Study of chromosome and support services. structure and replication, X-inactivation, meiosis, numerical and structural rearrangements in humans, and MGEN-Q 608 Introduction to Genetic Counseling cytogenetics of malignancies. Research (1 cr.) An overview of topics relevant to the development of genetic counseling research projects. MGEN-Q 621 Human Cytogenetics Laboratory (3 cr.) Topics will include library tools, project development, P: Basic genetics, Q620, and consent of instructor. research ethics, IRB, basic statistics, and manuscript Current techniques in human cytogenetics. May be taken preparation. Each student will develop a research concurrently with Q620. proposal. MGEN-Q 622 Cytogenetics of Malignancies (2-3 cr.) MGEN-Q 609 Practical Cancer Genetic Counseling P: Consent of instructor. This course will examine the (2 cr.) Overview of hereditary cancer syndromes, genetic biologic implications of cytogenetic abnormalities found risk assessment for personal and family history of cancer, in malignancies. Aberrant gene function as a result of genetic counseling approaches, and testing issues. cytogenetic abnormalities will be stressed. MGEN-Q 610 Clinical Genetics Practicum (3 cr.) MGEN-Q 623 Dysmorphology for Genetic Clinicians P: Consent of the instructor. Methods for obtaining (1 cr.) Study of human congenital malformations, medical and family histories, approaches to evaluation deformations, disruptions and dysplasias; review of of individuals and families with genetic disorders, and associated syndromes; approach to dysmorphology techniques for providing genetic counseling. May be evaluation. repeated once for credit. MGEN-Q 624 Clinical Management and Genetics MGEN-Q 611 Genetics Analysis Laboratory (1-2 cr.) of Metabolic Disease (1 cr.) The student will gain a P: Consent of the instructor. (Not currently being offered.) practical understanding of inborn errors of metabolism, Computer storage and retrieval of family data. Use of the management of patients with these diseases and the programs for genetic analysis. Includes analysis of twins, genetic counseling issues that arise in the care of families families of twins, and genetic linkage and segregation. with these diseases. MGEN-Q 612 Molecular and Biochemical Genetics MGEN-Q 625 Introduction to Clinical Genetics (1 cr.) (3 cr.) Molecular and biochemical aspects of gene function This class will introduce the students to the broad areas of in various genetic disorders. Emphasis on the DNA practice in clinical genetics, the ethical, legal, and social lesion when known, on aberrations in the metabolic issues involved in the care of patients and families with September 6, 2017 539 genetic disorders, and the interface of clinical genetics and MGEN-Q 800 Medical Genetics Research (arr. cr.) genetics research. Graduate MGEN-Q 626 Fundamentals of Biochemical and GRAD-G 504 Introduction to Research Ethics (2-3 cr.) Molecular Genetics (1 cr.) Introduction to the concepts Introduction to the basic concepts of research ethics. The of molecular and biochemical genetics with emphasis course will cover historical development of concern with on examples of pathogenesis of human disease. Not ethics in science as well as practical information needed currently being offered. by students working in the science today. Format will be lecture and discussion. MGEN-Q 627 Fundamentals of Human Cytogenetics (1 cr.) An introduction to the principles of human PBHL-B 651 Introduction to Biostatistics I (3 cr.) cytogenetics with applications in basic genetics, including P: One year undergraduate mathematics is required. the clinical consequences of chromosomal abnormalities. Working knowledge on linear algebra and elementary Not currently being offered. calculus is expected. Students with insufficient mathematics preparation are expected to remedy the MGEN-Q 628 Fundamentals of Population Genetics deficiency on their own. C: Working knowledge of (1 cr.) Introduction to the broad areas of population linear algebra and elementary calculus is expected. genetics and gene discovery. Not currently being Students with insufficient mathematics preparation are offered. expected to remedy the deficiency on their own. B651 MGEN-Q 629 Embryology for Genetic Clinicians is an introductory level biostatistics course designed for (2 cr.) Normal human conception and embryonic/fetal healthcare professionals. This course will cover the topics development and factors causing birth defects. on data presentation techniques, describing data with numerical summary measures, probability and probability MGEN-Q 630 Population Genetics (3 cr.) P: Basic distributions, sampling distributions, statistical inferences genetics. Basic probability and Bayes theorem, as applied from small and large samples, analysis of categorical to genetic counseling. Effects of mutation and selection data, analysis of variance, correlation and simple linear on the survival of alleles in a population; consequences regression analysis. of consanguinity and inbreeding; methods of analysis including segregation and linkage including nonparametric PBHL- 652 Introduction to Biostatistics II (3 cr.) Data methods; quantitative genetics such as twin studies, and description, sampling variation and distributions, interval heritability. estimation, and tests of hypotheses involving binomial, normal, t, F, and X2 distribution; one-way analysis of MGEN-Q 631 Quantitative Genetics (2 cr.) P: G651 variance, bivariate regression and correlation, higher and G652 or equivalent. (Not currently being offered.) order experimental designs, and associated analysis of Inheritance of human quantitative traits, partitioning of variance; use of statistical analysis programs on computer. phenotypic variation, estimation of genetic variance and heritability, methods of analyzing resemblance among GRAD-G 724 Molecular Cancer Genetics (1 cr.) An relatives including nuclear families, twins, and half- introduction to cancer focusing on genetics. Topics siblings. include causes and effects of chromosome instability (including centromere/telomere failures and chromosomal MGEN-Q 640 Special Topics in Medical and Molecular translocations), epigenetic changes and genetic risk Genetics (1 cr.) Study of advanced topics/literature not factors during cancer progression. already emphasized in Q580, problem-based learning, and skills helpful for the PhD (grant writing, examination GRAD-G 725 Gene Transfer Approaches to Clinical preparation). and Basic Research (Gene Therapy) (1 cr.) A lecture- based course of basic principles involved with the transfer MGEN-Q 642 Dermatoglyphics (2 cr.) P: Consent and expression of genetic material. Focus on technical of instructor. (Not currently being offered.) Formation, aspects of each vector system, followed by applications development, classification and variation of finger, palm, to human diseases/experimental animal models. Practical and footprint patterns (dermatoglyphics) in humans; understanding of non-viral and viral gene transfer to utilize interpretation of results of quantitative and statistical these techniques in research studies. techniques utilized in the study of the inheritance of dermatoglyphic traits, variation in twins, and applications GRAD-G 726 Developmental Genetics (1 cr.) This in clinical genetics. introductory course focuses on the genetic basis of mouse development. It covers the principles of embryogenesis MGEN-Q 660 Medical Genetics Seminar (1 cr.) P: Basic and explores the mechanism of morphogenic signaling genetics. Topics chosen from aspects of medical genetics and transcriptional control of body plan and tissue not extensively treated elsewhere. Various phases of differentiation. Special emphasis will be placed on the research in medicine from a genetic and clinical point of role of developmental genetics in understanding human view. Students may receive credit during each semester of disease. residence on the Medical Center campus. GRAD-G 727 Animal Models of Human Disease (1 cr.) MGEN-Q 730 Methods in Human Genetics (3 cr.) This class explores advantages and limitations of animal P: Basic genetics, differential calculus, and Q630 or models of human disease. Topics include models for equivalent. Sampling methods employed in study of diabetes, psychiatric disorders, cancer, osteoporosis, human genetics; methods for analysis of segregation, polycystic kidney and cardiovascular disease. The goal linkage, mutation, and selection with family data collected of the course is to provide a framework for students to under various forms of ascertainment. 540 September 6, 2017 select experimental animal models in their future research each academic calendar, typically this falls during the last careers. week of June. The program is accredited by the JRCERT, of which there are only 17 Medical Dosimetry programs GRAD-G 746 Chromosome Instability and Disease carrying this accreditation nationwide. 26 credit hours (1 cr.) (Not currently being offered.) Exploration of the will be required for graduation of the class of 2016 and 29 mechanisms of chromosome instability and the clinical credit hours will be required for classes graduating 2017 impact of this problem. Topics will include chromosome and later. structure and function and how failures in these functions promote chromosome instability in meiosis and mitosis. The IU Medical Dosimetry program offers training and Other topics include the clinical consequences of experience in treatment planning for conventional 3D, chromosome instability in miscarriage, birth defects, and Intensity Modulated Radiation Therapy, Stereotactic cancer. Body Radiotherapy, Volumetric Arc based therapy, and Brachytherapy. Students have the opportunity to rotate MGEN-G 788 Introduction to Next Generation through 3 primary clinical sites: IU Health Simon Cancer Sequencing (3 cr.) Understanding the basic principles Center, IU Health Methodist Hospital, and IU Health of next generation sequencing technology. This includes Bloomington Cancer Center. basic biological applications, basics in data processing, statistical and informatics theories in data analysis, This program is offered on site only. Rotations at clinical advantages, limitations, and assumption of different sites will be required to be within the State of Indiana. methodologies, and biological interpretation of the results. Clinical rotations are performed only through clinical affiliates of the program. Although enrollment in the MGEN-G 901 Advanced Research (6 cr.) For Ph.D. program does not preclude the student from otherwise students who have at least 90 credit hours. May be taken being employed, the program requires full-time, on-site for maximum of six semesters. attendance. On-line classes are not offered at this time. Faculty Admission Requirements Program Director All applications must be processed through the School Colleen M. DesRosiers, Associate Professor of Clinical of Medicine Graduate Division Office. Please refer to Radiation Oncology ([email protected]) the Graduate Division Guidelines page for important Curriculum Coordinator requirement information, in addition to our specific program requirements indicated below: Marvene M. Ewing, Senior Dosimetrist ([email protected]) • All applicants must be accepted for admission to The University Graduate School. Faculty • All applicants must hold a Bachelor degree from an Indra J. Das (Professor of Clinical radiation Oncology); accredited university; a Bachelor degree in radiation Phil Dittmer (Assistant Profesor of Radiation Oncology); therapy is preferred, but others will be considered Ted Hoene (Medical Dosimetrist, MPRI); Jeannie if all other requirements are met. A G.P.A. of 3.5 Jimerson (Medical Dosimetrist); John Kent (Certified or higher must have been maintained in program Medical Physicist) related courses. • All applicants must be ARRT (American Registry of Medical Dosimetry Radiologic Technologists) certified in Radiotherapy Technology at the time of enrollment to the program. The University Graduate School and The School of • Three (3) professional letters of recommendation Medicine • Official copies of all transcripts of all post-secondary Departmental URL: http://radonc.medicine.iu.edu/ institutions attended medical-education/medical-dosimetry-graduate-certificate/ • Completion of undergraduate prerequisite courses (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (or equivalent): School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The a. College Algebra and Trigonometry and/or Pre- University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements calculus contained only in The University Graduate School b. Cross-Sectional Anatomy Bulletin.) c. Radiation and Cancer Biology Curriculum d. While not necessarily a requirement, preference Degree Offered will be given to students Graduate Certificate who have taken General Physics with a lab. e. Basic knowledge of computer technology The Medical Dosimetrist is a member of the radiation oncology team who has knowledge of the overall Note: Students are admitted on a "rolling" basis. It characteristics and clinical relevance of radiation oncology benefits the student applicant to apply as early as possible machines and equipment, is cognizant of procedures to secure admission into the program. commonly used in brachytherapy and has the education Course Requirements and expertise necessary to generate radiation dose distributions and dose calculations in collaboration with the Summer Session II medical physicist and radiation oncologist. Title: Concepts for Preparation and Planning in Medical The Medical Dosimetry Graduate Certificate Program is a Dosimetry I twelve-month program beginning with Summer Session II September 6, 2017 541

Course # RAON#D601 Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D. Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers,Ph.D. Course Instructor: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D., et al. Instructor: Marvene M. Ewing, B.S., CMD Prerequisites: Completion of RAON#D604 Prerequisites: Acceptance into the “Graduate Certificate 2 credits Program in Medical Dosimetry” Title: Clinical Practicum II # Intermediate Planning in 2015: 2 credits Medical Dosimetry 2016 : 3 credits Course # RAON#D607 Title: Medical Physics for Radiation Oncology I Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D. Course # RAON#D604 Course Coordinator/Instructor: Marvene M. Ewing, B.S., CMD Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D. Prerequisite: Clinical Practicum I – General Dosimetry Instructor: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D. et al Introduction Prerequisites: Acceptance into the “Graduate Certificate 4 credits Program in Medical Dosimetry” or instructor permission Spring Semester 1 credit Title: Clinical Practicum III – Advanced Topics in Medical Title: Clinical Practicum I – General Dosimetry Dosimetry Introduction Course # RAON#D703 Course # RAON#D606 Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D. Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D. Course Coordinator/Instructor: Marvene M. Ewing, B.S., Clinical Instructor: Marvene M. Ewing, B.S., CMD CMD Prerequisite: Acceptance into the “Graduate Certificate Prerequisite: Clinical Practicum II – Intermediate Planning Program in Medical Dosimetry” in Dosimetry 2015: 1 credit 2015: 6 credits 2016: 2 credits 2016: 8 credits Fall Session Title: Independent Study / Research in Radiation Title: Concepts for Preparation and Planning in Medical Oncology Dosimetry II Course # RAON#D701 Course # RAON#D602 Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D. Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers,Ph.D. Prerequisites: Course Instructor: Marvene M. Ewing, B.S., CMD Suggested Course Abbreviation: Ind Study/Research/Rad Prerequisites: Successful completion of Concepts for Onc Preparation and Planning in Medical Dosimetry I 2 credits Suggested Course Abbreviation: Concepts Prep & Plan Summer Session I Med Dos II Title: Clinical Practicum IV – Assessment Challenges in 2015: 1 credit Medical Dosimetry 2016: 2 credits Course # RAON#D704 Title: Clinical Oncology and Dosimetric Considerations Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D. Course # RAON#D603 Course Coordinator/Instructor: Marvene M. Ewing, B.S, Course Director: Colleen DesRosiers, Ph.D. CMD Course Instructor/Coordinator: Marvene M. Ewing, B.S., Prerequisites: Clinical Practicum III – Advanced Topics in CMD Medical Dosimetry Prerequisites: Acceptance into the “Graduate Certificate 2015: 3 credits Program in Medical Dosimetry” or instructor permission 2016: 4 credits 1 credit Director Title: Medical Physics for Radiation Oncology II Colleen M. DesRosiers, Ph.D. Course # RAON#D605 542 September 6, 2017

(317) 274-0081 first semester core courses: G715, G716, and G717. The remaining 3 or more credits will come from the graduate [email protected] courses G655, G505 and G855 or substitions approved by Curriculum Coordinator the Medical Neuroscience Program. Marvene M. Ewing, B.S., CMD Qualifying Examination [email protected] Written and oral. Medical Neuroscience Final Examination School of Medicine Oral defense of dissertation. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Core courses include N800, N801, F850, N612, G743, Departmental URL: snri.iusm.iu.edu N614, G744, N616, G745, N711, N715,. Additional appropriate courses in the Departments of Anatomy, (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Biochemistry, Biology, Medical Genetics, Microbiology and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Immunology, Pathology, Pharmacology and Toxicology, University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Physiology and Biophysics, and Psychology will be contained only in The University Graduate School accepted for credit toward the major with prior approval of Bulletin.) the student’s advisor. Curriculum Faculty Degrees Offered Program Directors Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Professor Ted Cummins* Special Program Requirements Associate Professor Andy Hudmon* (See also general University Graduate School requirements.) Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Bachelor’s degree in chemistry, biological sciences, Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct physics, mathematics, engineering, or psychology, doctoral dissertations.) which includes courses in general chemistry (8 credit hours), organic chemistry (8 credit hours), physics (4 Chancellor’s Professors credit hours), biological sciences (8 credit hours), and Tatiana Foroud* (Medical and Molecular Genetics), mathematics through calculus. Promising students may be Janice C. Froehlich* (Medicine, Cellular and Integrative accepted even though certain undergraduate prerequisites Physiology) may be lacking, but they must remove deficiencies during the first year of graduate study. The Graduate Record Raymond E. Houk Professor of Psychiatry Examination General Test results must be available before Anantha Shekhar* (Psychiatry, Pharmacology and applicants will be considered for admission. Toxicology) Master of Science Degree Joyce and Iver Small Professor of Psychiatry, Course Requirements Neurobiology, and Medical Genetics A total of 30 credit hours, including at least 17 credit hours John Nurnberger Jr.* (Neurobiology, Psychiatry) of approved courses and 3 credit hours of research. Paul Stark Professor of Pharmacology Thesis Michael Vasko* (Pharmacology and Toxicology) Required. Showalter Professor Final Examination Grant Nicol* (Pharmacology and Toxicology) Comprehensive oral examination. Mari Hulman George Professor Doctor of Philosophy Degree Course Requirements Xiao Ming Xu* (Neurological Surgery) A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation. A Raymond C. Beeler Professor of Radiology minimum of 31 credit hours must be in course work, the Andrew Saykin (Radiology) remainder in research. V.K. Stoelting Professor of Anesthesia Minor Fletcher White (Anesthesia, Pharmacology and Twelve (12) credit hours must be taken in one of the Toxicology) basic sciences associated with the Medical Neurobiology Program: anatomy, biochemistry, biology, medical Kampen-Norins Professor and Chair of Dermatology genetics, microbiology and immunology, pathology, pharmacology, physiology and biophysics, and Elliot Androphy* (Dermatology) psychology. The life sciences minor can be fulfilled by Ruth C. Holton Chair in Otology taking 12 credits. Nine of these are comprised of the IBMG September 6, 2017 543

Eri Hashino* (Otolaryngology, Anatomy and Cell Biology) Graduate Advisors Richard L. Schreiner Professor and Chair of Pediatrics Associate Professor Andy Hudmon*, NB400D, (317)278-8513 Wade Clapp* (Dermatology) Professor Ted Cummins*, NB414F, (317)278-9342 Robert B. Forney Professor of Toxicology Courses Bryan Yamamoto* (Pharmacology and Toxicology) • MNEU-N 612 Fundamental Neuroscience— Albert E. Sterne Professor Neurotransmitter Dynamics and Synaptic Tom McAlister* (Psychiatry) Plasticity (2 cr.) P: Consent of Instructor. A lec- ture/discussion course to explore the fundamental Professors mechanisms involved in transmitter synthesis, Nikolai Broustovetski* (Pharmacology and Taxicology), release, storage, reuptake and general metabolism. Theodore Cummins*, (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Molecular mechanisms of synaptic plasticity as well Charles Goodlett* (Psychology), Kathryn Jones (Anatomy as facilitation and depression of synaptic strength and Cell Biology), Debomoy Lahiri* (Psychiatry, will also be explored. Medical and Molecular Genetics), Bruce Lamb (Stark • MNEU-N 614 Fundamental Neuroscience— Neurosciences Research Institute and Genetics), Special Senses and Integrative Neurophysiology William McBride* (Biochemistry and Molecular (2 cr.) P: Consent of Instructor. A lecture/discussion Biology, Neurobiology in Psychiatry), James Murphy* course to explore fundamental concepts and (Neurobiology, Psychology), Alexander B. Niculescu mechanisms related to various sensory receptors III* (Psychiatry), Sean O’Connor* (Psychiatry), Gerry (photo receptors, hair cells), spinal reflex circuits, Oxford* (Stark Neuroscience Research Institute, central pattern generators, and the visual system as Pharmacology and Toxicology), Daniel Rusyniak* a complex integrative model. (Emergency Medicine), Simon Rhodes* (Cellular and Integrative Physiology, Pharmacology and Toxicology), • MNEU-N 616 Fundamental Neuroscience— Ruben Vidal* (Pathology and Laboratory Medicine), Zao Developmental Biology of Neuroscience (2 cr.) P: C. Xu* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Feng Zhou* (Anatomy Consent of Instructor. A lecture/discussion course to and Cell Biology) explore concepts in basic neuroembryology including examination of molecular cures for axial patterning, Associate Professors axonal pathfinding and growth, developmental R. Andrew Chambers (Psychiatry), Michelle Block* regulation of gene transcription, neural stem cells ( Anatomy and Cell Biology), Steve Boehm* (Psychology), and glia; cell precursors, and regionalization of Jinhui Chen (Neurological Surgery), Ellen A.G. Chernoff* nervous system function. (Biology), Cristine Czachowski (Psychiatry, Psychology), • MNEU-N 800 Research in Medical Neurobiology Nicholas J. Grahame* (Psychology), Andy Hudmon* (arr cr.) P: Consent of instructor with whom (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), David Kareken* research is being done. Supervised literature and (Neurology, Neuropsychology), Michael Kubek* (Anatomy laboratory research in selected area(s) of medical and Cell Biology), Wei-Hua Lee* (Pediatrics, Anatomy neurobiology. and Cell Biology), Aimee Mayeda* (Psychiatry), Samy Meroueh* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology),Richard • MNEU-N 801 Seminar: Topics in Medical Nass (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Alexander Neurobiology (1 cr.) Required of all graduate Obukhov (Cellular and Integrative Physiology), Leonid students in program. Recent topics in medical Rubchinsky (Mathematical Sciences),Zahary Rodd* neurobiology covered by literature and research (Psychiatry), John H. Schild* (Biomedical Engineering), reports and discussions by faculty, graduate Frederick Unverzagt (Psychology), Donald Wong* students, and invited guest lecturers. (Anatomy and Cell Biology) • MNEU-N 711 Translational Neuroscience (2 cr.) Assistant Professors Consideration of the basic neuroscience underlying various disorders from clinical, historical and A.J. Baucum* (Biology), Yansheng Du* (Neurology), contemporary genetic views. Quyen Hoang* (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), Phillip Johnson (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Xiaoming Jin • MNEU-N 715 Functional Neuroanatomy (2 cr.) (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Phil Johnson* ( Anatomy and Basic mammalian neuroanatomy emphasizing Cell Biology), Christopher Lapish* (Psychology), Brenna pathways, experimental methods, and cross-species McDonald (Radiology, Neurology), Jason Meyer (Biology), comparisons. William Truitt* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Karmen Yoder* (Radiology) Associate Research Professor Anatomy • ANAT-D 527 Neuroanatomy (3 cr.) Sandra Morzorati* (Emeritus, Psychiatry) • ANAT-D 863 Peripheral Nervous System (2-3 cr.) Assistant Research Professor • ANAT-D 875 Topics in Advanced Neuroanatomy Joyce Hurley (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology), (2-5 cr.) Richard J. Thielen (Neurobiology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) • ANAT-D 876 Neurotransmitter and Neuroendocrine Cytology and Anatomy (3 cr.) 544 September 6, 2017

Biochemistry Physiology and Biophysics • BIOC-B 500 Introductory Biochemistry (3 cr.) • PHSL-F 613 Mammalian Physiology Lecture (5 cr.) • BIOC-B 835 Neurochemistry (3 cr.) • BIOC-B 836 Advanced Topics in Neurochemistry Microbiology and Immunology (3 cr.) School of Medicine Graduate Departmental E-mail: [email protected] • GRAD-G 743 Fundamentals of Electrical Departmental URL: http://micro.medicine.iu.edu/ Signaling and Ion Channel Biology (2 cr.) Experimental basis for cellular and molecular (Please note that when conferring University Graduate concepts of electrical excitability and membrane School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The transport through ion channels. The goals are to University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements foster an understanding of how we accumulate contained only in The University Graduate School information and to provide students with tools to Bulletin.) evaluate hypotheses and to define unanswered Curriculum questions, rather than provide current "facts" to memorize. Degrees Offered Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy • GRAD-G 744 Neuropharmacology of Synaptic Transmission: Receptors and Ligands (2 cr.) Special Departmental Requirements Experimental basis for current cellular and molecular concepts of postsynaptic receptors and signals (See also general University Graduate School involved in chemical synaptic transmission in requirements.) the nervous system. The goals are to foster an Admission Requirements understanding of how we accumulate information and to evaluate hypotheses and to define The Graduate Record Examination General Test is unanswered questions, rather than provide current required. For the Ph.D.: see IBMG requirements. For "facts" to memorize. the Master of Science degree: undergraduate courses in basic biology, including cell biology and genetics; general • GRAD-G 745 Fundamentals of Intracellular and organic chemistry; physics; mathematics, including Signal Transduction in Neurons (1-2 cr.) calculus. Biochemistry is recommended. Deficiencies Experimental basis for cellular and molecular should be removed during the first year of enrollment. concepts of intracellular signaling cascades Overall grade point average of at least 3.0 (B). attending neurotransmitter, growth factor, and cytokine receptor activation in neurons. The Master of Science Degree goals are to foster an understanding of how we Course Requirements: At least 30 credit hours, including accumulate information and to provide students at least 16 credits of thesis research (J810) and at least 10 with tools to evaluate hypotheses and to define credits of non-thesis course work. Non-thesis credits will unanswered questions, rather than provide current include one rotation (J810, 1 cr.), G505 (1 cr.), and G855 “facts” to memorize. (1 cr.); plus one of the following: G715, G716, or G717 (3 • GRAD-G 865 Fundamental Molecular Biology cr. each); plus at least 4 credits from among the following: (3 cr.) P: B800 or equivalent. Principles of G720 (2 cr.), G728 (1 cr.), G729 (1 cr.), G852 (2 cr.), molecular structure, function, and biosynthesis; core J807 (2 cr.), J829 (2 cr.), and J842 (2 cr.). Students information regarding prokaryotic and eukaryotic will also attend the weekly departmental seminar series gene continuity and metabolic coordination; and attend and, starting in the second year, annually introduction to multicellular systems and problems. present research at the weekly departmental Research in Progress (RIP) series. MS students are encouraged to • GRAD-G 505 Responsible Conduct of Research participate in a journal club in their area of study. (1 cr.) An overview of the rules and standards required for anyone conducting responsible scientific Grades research. An overall average of at least a B (3.0). Only 3 credits • G855 Experimental Design and Research of C (2.0) can be counted toward the required credits of didactic coursework. Pharmacology and Toxicology • F-850 Experimental Design Analysis/Grant Thesis Writing (1 cr.) This grantsmanship course is Required (a minimum of 16 cr of J810). designed to teach graduate students how to write a grant application and to provide information on Final Examination the review process. All students will participate in a mock study-section review of grant applications. Oral Defense of thesis. Experimental design with an emphasis on controls is Doctor of Philosophy Degree also covered. Focus Areas The major focus areas are cellular and molecular immunology and hematology, pathogenesis, September 6, 2017 545 and cancer. Students entering the program may design The Department is not currently admitting students to this a course of study from one of these areas through a program. combination of selected course work and research activities. Ph.D. Minor in Cancer Biology Course Requirements A minimum of 12 credit hours outside of the student’s major department, including two courses from the A total of 90 credit hours, of which a minimum of 26 following list of five: Q622 Cytogenetics of Malignancies credit hours must be in courses other than dissertation (2-3 cr.), F819 Chemical Carcinogenesis (3 cr.), J842 research. In addition to 3 rotations (G718 Research in Neoplastic Determinants (2 cr.), G724 Molecular Cancer Biomedical Science, 6 cr.), each student will take at Genetics (1 cr.), and G852 Concepts of Cancer Biology (2 least 20 credits of coursework, including the 6 courses cr.). G505 Responsible Conduct of Research must also (12 credits) required in the IBMG curriculum (G715 [3 be taken. cr.], G716 [3 cr.], G717 [3 cr.], G655 [1 cr.], G855 [1 cr.], and G505 [1 cr.]). An additional 8 credits of relevant The remainder of the minor will be selected from the course work is required, including the completion of 3 following courses: G715 Biochemical Basis of Biological courses from an area of focus within the Department. Processes; G716 Molecular Biology and Genetics; The following courses are suggested for fulfilling the G717 Cellular Basis of Systems Biology; G720 Stem requirement for training in the focus areas of Immunology, Cell Biology; G726 Developmental Genetics; G727 Pathogenesis, or Cancer: G729 (1 cr.), G728 (1 cr.), Animal Models of Human Disease; G729 Introduction G852 (2 cr.), G720 (2 cr.), J807 (2 cr.), J829 (2 cr.), and to the Immune System; GRAD-G737/ANAT-D851 J842 (2 cr.). At the discretion of the Departmental faculty, Introduction to Histology/Histology; G748 Principles of substitutions may be allowed. Students and their advisory Toxicology 1; G749 Introduction to Structural Biology; committees should decide together on additional relevant G807 Structural and Chemical Biology; G817 Molecular elective courses. Students will also attend the weekly Basis of Cell Structure and Function; G837 Mammalian departmental seminar series, participate in a journal club DNA Repair and Disease; G848 Bioinformatics, in their area of study, and attend and, starting in their Genomics, Proteomics, and Systems Biology; J807 second year, annually present research at the weekly Current Topics in Immunology; J829 Current Topics in departmental Research in Progress (RIP) series. Molecular Genetics of Microorganisms; J842 Neoplastic Determinants; F819 Chemical Carcinogenesis; F820 Grades Cancer Chemoprevention; Q620 Human Cytogenetics; and Q622 Cytogenetics of Malignancies. An overall average of at least a B (3.0). Only 3 credits of C (2.0) can be counted toward the required credits of The minor program must be approved by the student’s didactic coursework. Advisory Committee, which will take into consideration the student’s total didactic experience. In the case of Minor combined M.D./Ph.D. students, the Committee may A minimum of 12 credit hours in a related field, e.g., approve substitution of appropriate medical school bioinformatics, biostatistics, business of biomedical courses. The minor representative on this Committee will science, cancer biology, cardiovascular sciences, clinical be selected from outside the student’s major department research, diabetes and obesity, health informatics, and must be a member of the Cancer Biology Training translational science, or in life science. These credits must Program. be in lecture or laboratory courses other than research Qualifying Examination and must meet the requirements of the department in which the minor is taken. For the life sciences minor, Within the first 25 months of studies (18 months for a minimum of 6 credit hours must be obtained in one combined M.D./Ph.D.), the student submits a written department. research proposal in the form of a grant application to the advisory committee. At this time, the student has Ph.D. Minor in Cellular and Molecular Biology of both a written examination based mainly on course Biomedical Systems work and an oral examination based primarily on the A minimum of 12 credit hours of course work outside the written research proposal. The student can request an student’s major department, including G865 Fundamental extension of four months from the faculty to take the Molecular Biology and G817 Eukaryotic Cell Biology qualifying examination. Doctoral studies are continued (unless these are required by the major department). if the qualifying examination and other work, including Since the minor is intended to expose the student to research, are deemed satisfactory by the majority of the both cellular and molecular biology, at least one course advisory and research committees. (and preferably two) from each area should be taken. Final Examination Courses for the minor must be selected from the following list and approved by the advisory committee, the minor Oral defense of the dissertation. representative of which will be selected from outside the student’s major department. Courses: Anatomy Other Requirements D863, D866; Biochemistry B807, B810, G817, G841; Submission of a manuscript based on the dissertation Medical and Molecular Genetics Q612, Q620, Q622; research for publication in a primary journal in the field Pharmacology and Toxicology F835, Cellular and is required. Students will develop skills as instructors by Integrative Physiology F710. teaching one semester of J210 during the first two years of graduate training; additional teaching experiences can be arranged. 546 September 6, 2017

It is the policy of the Department that all requirements • MICR-J 510 Infectious Microbes and Host of the degree program must be completed and the final, Interactions (3 cr.) P: Graduate-level biochemistry. approved thesis deposited with the University Graduate Emphasis on the molecular and cellular events School within 5 years of the date of passing the Qualifying which permit pathogenic bacteria and viruses to Examination. Failure to complete the degree within enter human cells and disrupt cell function while 5 years of passing the Qualifying Exam will result in evading the host’s immune system. dismissal from the program. • MICR-J 610 Medical Immunology (2 cr.) Faculty Introduction to natural and acquired immune mechanisms, with consideration of their significance Primary Faculty to medicine. Topics will include both normal and (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University abnormal immune processes, including recovery Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct from and prevention of disease, immune-mediated doctoral dissertations.) pathological processes, tumor immunology, Distinguished Professor immunodeficiency, and auto-immunity. De- signed to precede and complement J602 Medical Hal E. Broxmeyer* Microbiology. Department is not currently offering this course. Chancellor’s Professors • MICR-J 800 Advanced Microbiology (arr cr.) Janice S. Blum*, Ann Roman* (Emeritus) P: Consent of instructor. The approach to problems Professors in microbiology, including the application of techniques of bacteriology, genetics, immunology, Randy Brutkiewicz*, Roman Dziarski*, Roy W. mycology, parasitology, virology, and zoology. Geib*, Louis M. Pelus*, Robert H. Schloemer* (Emeritus), Stanley Spinola* • MICR-J 802 Introduction to Research (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Laboratory research Associate Professors instruction in microbiology and immunology. Purpose Carla J. Aldrich, Margaret E. Bauer*, Alexander L. is to introduce students to three different research Dent*, Haitao Guo*, Michael J. Klemsz*, Steven Larsen* programs in microbiology and/or immunology. (Emeritus), Glenn J. Merkel* (Emeritus), David Nelson*, • MICR-J 805 Molecular Immunology (3 cr.) P: B500 Warner Wegener* (Emeritus), Charles E. Wilde III* or equivalent; consent of instructor. Characterization (Emeritus), Xiaofeng Frank Yang*, Andy Yu* of immunologically relevant molecules in terms Assistant Professors of molecular genetics, synthesis and assembly, structure-function and evolutionary relationships, and Stacey Gilk*, Henrique Serezani* functional roles in immune responses. Entities to be considered include members of the immunoglobulin Assistant Research Professors superfamily and functionally associated molecules. Wilbert Derbigny*, Jianyun (Jean) Liu Department is not currently offering this course. Secondary Faculty • MICR-J 806 Immunochemistry: Laboratory Professors (arr cr.) P: J805. C. Antigen preparation; separation and purification of antibodies; modern methods of Elliot Androphy (Dermatology)*, Byron Batteiger* antibody determination and analysis. Department is (Medicine), Darron Brown* (Medicine), D. Wade Clapp* not currently offering this course. (Pediatrics), Kenneth Cornetta* (Medicine), Kenneth Fife* (Medicine), Thomas Gardner* (Urology), Laura Haneline* • MICR-J 807 Current Topics in Immunology (2 cr.) (Medicine, Pediatrics), Chandy John* (Pediatrics), Mark P: Graduate standing, J805 or J840 or equivalent Kaplan* (Pediatrics), Reuben Kapur* (Pediatrics), Edward or consent of instructor. Discussion and review of Srour* (Medicine), William Sullivan* (Pharmacology and current literature in selected topics in immunology. Toxicology) Emphasis on molecular and cellular events in lymphocyte activation and regulation. Topic varies Associate Professors from year to year. May be repeated for credit. Gustavo Arrizabalaga* (Pharmacology & Toxicology), • MICR-J 810 Research in Microbiology (arr cr.) Mircea Ivan* (Medicine), Chinghai Kao* (Urology), Sophie P: Consent of instructor. **Data obtained in this Paczesny, M.D., Ph.D. (Pediatrics), Baohua Zhou* course may be used to meet the thesis requirements (Pediatrics) for graduate degrees. Assistant Professors **These courses are eligible for a deferred grade. Jie Sun* (Pediatrics), Matthew Turner* (Dermatology) • MICR-J 821 Microbial Pathogenicity (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. This course will consider Associate Research Professor in detail the determinants of microbial virulence and Matthias Clauss (Physiology) the mechanisms of host responses to infection and how these two factors interact in the pathogenesis Courses of infectious diseases. Department is not currently offering this course. September 6, 2017 547

• MICR-J 822 General and Medical Microbiology • GRAD-G 505 Responsible Conduct of Research (3 cr.) Lectures covering the biology of various (1 cr.) An overview of the rules and standards pathogenic organisms such as bacteria, viruses, required for anyone conducting responsible scientific fungi, and parasites, their role in human disease with research. emphasis on determinants of microbial virulence, the mechanisms of host responses to infection, and the • GRAD-G 720 Stem Cell Biology (2 cr.) This role of these factors in the pathogenesis of disease. course will cover the self-renewal, proliferation, Department is not currently offering this course. survival, differentiation, and migration/homing characteristics of hematopoietic and embryonic • MICR-J 826 Bacteriology (3 cr.) P: J601 or J822 or stem cells, how these functions are regulated by their equivalent and consent of instructor. General cytokines/chemokines and other external stimuli concepts of bacteriology. Department is not currently particularly within stem cell niches, and what their offering this course. clinical capabilities are and might be. • MICR-J 828 Virology: Lecture (3 cr.) P: BIOC • GRAD-G 728 Fundamentals of Infection and B500 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Basic Pathogenesis (1 cr.) This course will cover biological principles of viruses; agents causing concepts of host-pathogen interactions, ranging diseases in animals, including humans; interac- from pathogen entry, growth, and spread in the tions of animal viruses with their host cells in tissue host to pathogen-mediated injury, immune evasion, culture. Department is not currently offering this pathogen survival strategies, and transmission to course. new hosts. Basics of bacterial, viral, and parasitic structures will be considered as they relate to • MICR-J 829 Current Topics in Molecular Genetics pathogenesis. of Microorganisms (2 cr.) P: Graduate standing, J821, J828 or G865, consent of instructor. In-depth • GRAD-G 729 Immunology I: Introduction to the study of a specific topic in contemporary molecular Immune System (1 cr.) An introductory biomedical genetics of microorganisms. Topic varies; may be science, lecture-based, core course intended taken for credit more than once. for all incoming basic science graduate doctoral students in the School of Medicine programs or other • MICR-J 830 Seminar in Microbiology (1 cr.) interested graduate students. The course will cover P: Consent of instructor. Provides students components of the immune system, development with background and practical experience in of the immune system, the immune response to communication of their research. Department is not pathogens, and immunological disease. currently offering this course. • GRAD-G 817 Molecular Basis of Cell Structure • MICR-J 840 Mechanisms of Immune Regulation and Function (2 cr.) Organization and function of (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A current overview subcellular structures. Intracellular coordination of of the cellular mechanisms which regulate immune cell activities including: protein and RNA processing/ responses. Topics include cells and cytokines trafficking/quality control, chromatin dynamics, and involved in antigen presentation, lymphocyte cell division. activation and function, development, and tolerance. Department is not currently offering this course. • MICR-G 837 Mammalian DNA Repair and Disease (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. The molecular • MICR-J 842 Neoplastic Determinants (2 cr.) biology of genetic repair and mutation; emphasis P: G865, G817 or equivalent and consent of on human systems and human disease states instructor. Focus on the genetic basis of the cancer related to DNA repair; mechanisms of DNA repair phenotype. Consider effects of DNA sequence and regulation of DNA repair in mammalian cells. mutations; chromosomal rearrangements, and/or Department is not currently offering this course. introduction of new genetic information on DNA repair, oncogene products and tumor suppressors. • GRAD-G 852 Concepts of Cancer Biology: Intra- and intercellular consequences of these Signaling Gone Awry (2 cr.) P: Completion of the discrete alterations will be included. BioMed I, II, and III courses (G715, G716, G717) or consent of instructor. Fundamentals of cancer • MICR-J 854 Hematopoiesis (2 cr.) P: G817, biology; the signaling of events that regulate cell G865, and consent of the instructor. Principles of growth, survival and differentiation; how mutation/ blood cell formation, including the regulation of dysregulation of signaling molecules leads to cancer production, biologic function, and cell culture and and might be exploited for treatment. Department is recombinant DNA technologies that contribute to our not currently offering this course. understanding. Stem cells, growth factors, cytokine involvement, gene transfer/gene therapy, and clinical • GRAD-G 865 Fundamental Molecular Biology applications. Department is not currently offering this (3 cr.) P: B800 or equivalent. Principles of course. molecular structure, function, and biosynthesis; core information regarding prokaryotic and eukary- • GRAD-G 504 Introduction to Research Ethics otic gene continuity and metabolic coordination; (2 cr.) Introduction to the basic concepts of research introduction to multicellular systems and problems. ethics. The course will cover historical development of concern with ethics in science as well as practical information needed by students working in the sci- ence today. Format will be lecture and discussion. 548 September 6, 2017 Museum Studies IU schools (e.g., Public History, Philanthropic Studies, Education, SPEA, Library Science). Students are given an School of Liberal Arts introduction to the history and philosophy of museums and Departmental E-mail: [email protected] an opportunity to focus on particular aspects of museum Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/mstd/ practice. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate The Graduate Certificate may be taken as a freestanding School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The credential or paired with graduate work in another University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements related discipline. Because it offers an opportunity contained only in The University Graduate School to focus on specific areas of museum practice, the Bulletin.) graduate certificate is also a suitable credential for current museum professionals who wish to enhance Curriculum their professional training or develop new specialties. For specific requirements and options for cross-listed Museum Studies Program courses, see the Museum Studies web site or meet The Museum Studies Program provides an integration of with an academic advisor. Students in other graduate museum history and theory with hands-on instruction in programs who wish to add the Graduate Certificate to museum techniques and practices. It encompasses the their program of study must formally apply to the Museum scholarly exploration of museums, including their history, Studies program separately. operations, ethics and role in society from interdisciplinary perspectives, while also training students in the technical Students in the Public History Program who add the aspects of museum work such as collections care and Museum Studies Certificate can combine certain Public management, administration, education, exhibit planning History Courses with Museum Studies offerings to and design, curatorial practices, visitor studies and complete the certificate with just one additional course. technology. Students should consult with advisors in both programs to establish their program plan.Master’s Degree As an urban university, IUPUI is part of a community with a rich heritage of museums and cultural arts. Faculty The Museum Studies M.A. curriculum (36 credit hours) appointed as Public Scholars of Civic Engagement consists of a required introductory course, a set of craft relationships and sustainable partnerships with integrated core courses which provide a broad-based area museums and cultural institutions and involve interdisciplinary training in museum practice, a choice undergraduate and graduate students in meaningful of elective courses that allow the student to develop a ways in those collaborations. The Museum Studies particular specialty, and a capstone colloquium course Program has an extensive network of adjunct faculty preparing students for entry into the museum workforce. and guest lecturers who bring state-of-the-art museum The course work is complemented by an internship that practice to the curriculum. The program also offers provides an opportunity for an intensive applied learning opportunities for student learning through the resources experience in a museum. The interdisciplinary curriculum of the museum community with experiences such as and flexible structure allow students to achieve either a internships; collaboration on exhibit development and generalist breadth suitable for those working in smaller design; exhibition- and collections-focused projects; museums or to focus on a particular area of museum collections research; collaboration with faculty on museum practice appropriate for a specialist on the staff of a larger research projects; and participation in museum-sponsored museum. seminars, lectures, and professional meetings. The Team-based and applied projects form a core learning integral role of Indianapolis museums in the Museum experience in all classes and present opportunities to work Studies curriculum fosters a critical, reflective, and with community partners as well as peers in the program. scholarly discourse on museums that is applied to current Team projects such as exhibit development and visitor practices and issues in the field. studies prepare students for the collaborative approach The program offers a master’s degree and both an under- that is central to the museum field. graduate and a graduate certificate. Students considering Course Requirements application to the certificate or degree program are welcome to take classes prior to formal admission. The Museum Studies Graduate Certificate consists of Students admitted to the graduate program may apply to 18 credit hours of course work, including a required count credits earned as a non-degree student toward their introductory course (3 cr.), an internship (3 cr.), two core graduate credential (up to 6 credits toward the graduate courses (6 cr.), and a choice of two additional courses (6 certificate and up to 9 credits toward the Master's degree). cr.) from a list of museum studies electives. The Master’s Please see the Web site for admissions deadlines and degree program consists of 36 credit hours of course current course offerings. work, including a required introductory course (3 cr.), four core courses (12 cr.), an internship (6 cr.), a colloquium Graduate Certificate in Museum Studies (3 cr.), and a choice of four courses from a list of electives The Graduate Certificate in Museum Studies (18 credit (12 cr.) All these courses must be passed with a grade hours) provides students with interdisciplinary training of B– or above in order to count for the certificate or the in museum practice and knowledge of contemporary degree. Internships must be approved by a faculty advisor issues in the museum field. It trains students in specialized prior to registration. aspects of museum practice such as education, exhibit planning and design, collections care, curatorial practices, All students should file a curriculum plan with the Museum philanthropy, and nonprofit management by combining Studies office before the end of their first semester. Museum Studies course work with curriculum in other September 6, 2017 549

Graduate Certificate requirements (18 cr.) Associate Professor Elizabeth Wood, Cavanaugh Hall 419, (317) 274-7332 • MSTD A503 Introduction to Museum Studies (3 cr.) • MSTD A508 Museum Internship (3 cr.) Courses • Core courses (6 cr.) • MSTD-A 503 Introduction to Museum Studies • Elective (6 cr.) (3 cr.) This survey of museology introduces students For Public History Students: In order to complete the to the history of museums and to debates on the certificate while simultaneously completing the M.A. philosophical nature of museums and their roles in in History, students must be admitted to the graduate society. The course covers the types and definitions programs in history (public history track) and museum of museums, traces the history of museums, studies and complete the requirements for both the discusses contemporary museum practice and degree and the certificate. The following courses examines current issues in the museum profession. may be used to fulfill requirements in both programs.: • MSTD-A 505 Museum Methods (3 cr.) This survey HIST H543 Internship: Practicum in Public History of museum practice introduces students to methods, focused on Museums (4 cr.) will count as an equivalent skills, and resources in three areas of museum for MSTD A508. HIST H548 Historic Administration/ work: artifacts, interpretation, and organizational Museum Administration (3 cr.) counts as an equivalent administration, as well as to the ethical ramifications of MSTD A548. HIST H542 Public History (4 cr.) may of these methods (course does not count toward be substituted for MSTD A503. In addition, any HIST the Master’s degree, but it does count toward the H547 Special Topics in Public History (3 cr.) classes are graduate certificate). approved electives for the museum studies graduate certificate curriculum, and students may use up to two • MSTD-A 508 Museum Internship (1-6 cr.) P: A503 museum studies courses as electives in their History MA and two other museum studies graduate courses requirements. Students must apply to both programs or consent of the instructor. An arranged learning in order to enroll in this joint M.A. in History/Certificate experience in museum work appropriate to individual in Museum Studies program. GRE scores are required career goals, focusing on an aspect of museum for admission to the graduate programs in history and practice and working with a museum mentor. May be museum studies. repeated for credit. M.A. requirements (36 cr.) • MSTD-A 510 Museum Education (3 cr.) P: A503 • MSTD A503 Introduction to Museum Studies (3 cr.) or consent of instructor. This survey of museum • MSTD A508 Museum Internship (6 cr.) education introduces students to a variety of • MSTD A530 Museum Colloquium (3 cr.) professional skills through exercises, projects, • Core courses (12 cr.) museum visitor observation, and in-museum classes. It covers education theory most central to • Electives (12 cr.) museum practice, the duties of museum educators, Faculty and current issues in museum education. (Core course) Director • MSTD-A 509 Applied Research in Museums Associate Professor Elizabeth Wood (Museum Studies) (3 cr.). An interdisciplinary research practicum Graduate Faculty conducted in collaboration with museum studies students, faculty and museum partners. The course (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University provides students with an opportunity to work in Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct conjunction with museum professionals to conduct doctoral dissertations.) research and carry out public projects in museum Professors settings. The course may focus on exhibition planning, public programs and symposia, curatorial Owen Dwyer (Geography), Elizabeth Kryder-Reid projects, and national collaborations. (Museum Studies, Anthropology), Paul Mullins (An- thropology), Jean Robertson (Art History), Philip Scarpino • MSTD A511: Object –Based Learning This (History), Larry Zimmerman (Museum Studies and class is about objects, broadly construed, and our Anthropology) relationship to them in and out of museum settings. The class examines the multiple ways that people Associate Professors learn from and with objects in museums using a Jeanette Dickerson-Putman* (Anthropology), Youngbok range of disciplines including education, history, Hong (Visual Communication), Modupe Labode (Museum semiotics, material culture, anthropology, and Studies, History), Jennifer Lee (Fine Arts), Elizabeth Brand psychology. Students will investigate the strategies Monroe (History), Elizabeth Wood* (Museum Studies) needed to fully support learning from and with objects in the museum setting and consider how Assistant Professors visitors learn through their transactions with objects. Holly Cusack-McVeigh (Museum Studies, Anthropology), • MSTD-A 512 Exhibit Planning and Design Laura Holzman (Museum Studies, Art History), Rebecca (3 cr.) P: A503 or consent of instructor. This Shrum (History) course offers a survey of museum exhibit plan- ning and design through an integration of theory Academic Advisor and practice. The class introduces students to 550 September 6, 2017

exhibit development, including exhibit administration, knowledge necessary to assess, understand, and design, and evaluation, and to a variety of utilize the links among their education, goals, and professional skills through hands-on exercises, career opportunities. It supports graduate students exhibit critiques, museum observations, and in- approaching the end of their degree program in 1) museum classes. (Core course) exploring the connections between the museum knowledge they have mastered and the skills they • MSTD A513: Curatorial Practices This seminar- have developed, 2) framing and articulating their style course will examine current and historical knowledge and skills as well as their vocational curatorial practices in museums and other exhibition goals to others including prospective employers, 3) contexts. Case studies will introduce a range of developing critical competencies for community- approaches to the storytelling practices involved in focused museum work, and 4) creating professional curatorial work. Over the course of the semester plans as they transition into or advance in the work students will also develop and execute their own force or pursue further education. curatorial project. • MSTD A531: Critical Approaches to Museum • MSTD-A 514 Museums and Technology Practice This class examines the potential of (3 cr.) P: A503 or consent of instructor. This course applying critical pedagogical methods to curatorial surveys the growing use of technology in museums. practices, interpretation, museum education, It examines applications for information management and exhibition development as a way to focus on in collections, conservation science, and archives. engaging the visitor with artifacts, opening up civic It examines critically the use of technology in the discourse, and promoting deeper connection to service of education both in exhibit contexts and in community. the variety of educational programs and Web-based dissemination of knowledge. • MSTD A540: Cultural Heritage This course explores a variety of issues related the stewardship • MSTD-A 516 Collections Care and Management of cultural property on a local, national, and global (3 cr.) P: A503 or consent of instructor. A survey scale. Through readings, case studies, discussion, of techniques for the management and care of and a semester-long project, students will explore collections in museums. It covers documen- ethical, economic, legal, political, and pragmatic tation, management of collections, processes, issues related to tangible and intangible heritage and administrative functions, risk management, and will increase their understanding of the practices and ethical and legal issues. The course also covers the processes of cultural heritage management. physical care and conservation of collections. (Core course) • MSTD-A 548 Museum Administration (3 cr.) This course presents an overview of issues faced by • MSTD A517: Preventive Conservation This course administrators and mid-level managers who work offers a theoretical and practical investigation of in museums, historical societies, archives, special preventive conservation which aims to eliminate collection libraries, and other cultural resource agen- or modify conditions that encourage deterioration. cies. Topics, speakers, and readings are focused Preventive conservation is the broadest technique on issues that are unique to agencies that collect, by which preservation of museum objects and preserve, and interpret cultural resources. (Core collections is achieved. Emphasis is placed on course) measures that prevent or reduce the potential for damage and loss. Central to preventive conservation • MSTD-A 560 Current Topics in Museum Studies methodology, topics include handling procedures, (3-9 cr.) Intensive graduate-level study and analysis proper storage, environmental management, of selected topics in museum studies. Topics agents of deterioration, risk analysis, emergency will vary from semester to semester. Includes preparedness and planning. topical courses such as Museum Communication Strategies, Museums and Sustainability, Museum • MSTD-A 518 Museums and Audiences Ethics, Museums and Indigenous People, African- (3 cr.) P: A503 or consent of instructor. This American Museums, Archaeological Curation. May course examines the ways museums seek to better be repeated three times for 9 credits. understand their audiences, serve them more effectively, and strive to reach new audiences. The Current Topics and Special Topics Course course looks at a broad range of visitor studies and Descriptions the ways in which museums and audiences interact. • MSTD A560: Current Topics in Museum Studies • MSTD A521: Museum Theatre and Live (3 cr.) Intensive graduate-level study and analysis of Interpretation The purpose of this course is to selected topics in museum studies. Topics will vary provide an in-depth look at the use of museum from semester to semester – see specific course theatre and live interpretation in museum settings descriptions below. May be repeated for credit. to advance the educational mission and nature of museums. The class examines theatrical techniques, • MSTD A560: Current Topics: Museums and program development and management, and Indigenous People (3 cr.) This class examines the interpretation approaches for a wide variety of rapidly changing relationships between museums museum exhibits and audiences. and Indigenous peoples and explores a wide range of topics from repatriation; to appropriate and • MSTD-A 530 Museum Colloquium (3 cr.)This culturally sensitive care of objects; to the inclusion course provides graduate students with the tools and of Indigenous voice in exhibitions and programs. September 6, 2017 551 The course incorporates a range of learning Nonprofit Management methods including, video, occasional lectures, guest speakers, museum visits, and hands-on projects. School of Public and Environmental Affairs Departmental Email: [email protected] • MSTD A560: Current Topics: Museum Ethics (3 cr.) This course introduces current ethical concerns Departmental URL: www.spea.iupui.edu relevant to museums and the various audiences (Please note that when conferring University Graduate they serve. It focuses on the philosophical and School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The practical dilemmas faced by exhibiting institutions University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements in their efforts to formulate and fulfill their missions. contained only in The University Graduate School It pays particular attention to the relationships Bulletin.) between the governing bodies of these institutions and their staff, their intended audiences, and the Curriculum source communities which they represent. The Degree Offered course also provides an historical framework tracing the development of these issues In order to Ph.D. Minor in Nonprofit Management contextualize the present situation. The minor requires 12 credit hours. Students in a Ph.D. • MSTD A560: Current Topics: Issues in Native program at Indiana University may select nonprofit American Representation (3 cr.) From sports management as an outside minor. mascots, tourist “junk,” and New Age paraphernalia Course Reqirements to superb films and museum exhibits, the images of Indians presented to the public and Indians 1. The doctoral student must secure an advisor from the themselves become confusing and often are faculty of the School of Public and Environmental Affairs. stereotypical. Through readings, videos, online The faculty advisor will serve as the representative of materials, and hands-on projects using exhibits SPEA in all examinations and other requirements of the in the Eiteljorg Museum, the course will consider a student's Ph.D. program that pertain to the minor. wide range of issues including economics, ethics, 2. The minor in nonprofit management requires 12 credit authenticity, stereotyping, and sovereignty. hours of courses approved by the advisor. Because the subject matter cross-cuts the realm of Indigenous issues, the class and readings will • Required necessarily touch upon similar issues in non-Native • SPEA-V 522 Human Resources Management in the American Indigenous cultures. Nonprofit Sector • MSTD A560: Current Topics: American Indians • SPEA-V 525 Management in the Nonprofit Sector in Film (3 cr.) No medium has done more to create • SPEA-V 526 Financial Management in the Nonprofit and confound images of American Indians than Sector film. Ranging from simplistic, warlike savages to • One other SPEA course including: ennobled, ecological mystics, these images tend • SPEA-V 544 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations to mirror the complexities of the dominant society • SPEA-V 557 Proposal Writing and Grant and are mostly created by them. What are the Administration impacts of these images on both Indian people • SPEA-V 558 Fund Development for Nonprofit and the dominant society? How are the images Organizations created? What are the cultural contexts of the • SPEA-V 559 Principles and Practices of Social medium itself? These and a range of other subjects Entrepreneurship will be examined in the course. • Other courses may be approved by the advisor. • MSTD A560: Current Topics: Museum Education 3. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 (B) Research Methods (3 cr.) This course is an must be attained in all courses used for the minor. overview on the theoretical foundations of educational research and practical application of 4. Special requirement for 500-level courses. Students those methods in a museum setting. It incorporates taking a 500-level course (and SPEA-V 602) are required an overview of techniques in museum education to show that they have completed doctoral-level work and visitor studies research, and emphasizes the in conjunction with the course in order to count the utility ofresearch in museum education practices. course for the minor. Students must alert the instructor Students will participate in project-based activities to their doctoral status and request additional alterative with museum professionals and researchers, as assignments. If the instructor is unwilling to provide them, well as become active consumers, reviewers, and the student should select a different course in conjunction advocates of research in the museum field. with the candidate's advisor. • MSTD-A 595 Independent Learning in Museum Faculty Studies (1-9 cr.) A supervised, in-depth examination through individual reading and research on a Graduate Faculty particular Museum Studies topic selected and (An asterisk[*] denotes membership in the University conducted by the student in consultation with a Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct faculty member. May be repeated three times for 9 doctoral dissertations.) credits. Associate Dean for Graduate and Executive Education 552 September 6, 2017

Dr. Jody Sundt intensive research studies. Focus areas reflect faculty research strengths. [email protected] Clinical Nursing Science Nursing Clinical Nursing Science concentrates on the School of Nursing interrelationships of health promotion, health behavior Departmental E-mail: [email protected] and quality of life in acute and chronic illness throughout Departmental URL: http://nursing.iu.edu/ the lifespan. This focus area includes the prevention and early detection of disabilities across the continuum of care (Please note that when conferring University Graduate and the enhancement of the health and well-being for School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The individuals, families and communities. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Examples of faculty research within the focus area of Bulletin.) Clinical Nursing Science include: Curriculum 1. Improving quality of life in persons with chronic illness, including epilepsy, stroke and renal disease Program Information 2. Behavioral oncology across the cancer continuum The Doctor of Philosophy (PhD degree) is offered through (including cancer prevention, detection, and the University Graduate School. In addition, the School symptom management) of Nursing offers a Master of Nursing Science (MSN 3. Family caregiving across the lifespan degree) and Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP degree). 4. Tailored intervention studies to improve quality of life See the School of Nursing Graduate Program Bulletin for 5. Childhood and family adaptation to chronic illness more information about the MSN Program and the DNP 6. Patient care safety Handbook for information about the DNP Program. Health Systems Special Departmental Requirements Health Systems operate to create structures and (See also general University Graduate School resources that enable individuals and communities to requirements.) achieve optimal health. This focus area includes the Doctor of Philosophy Degree science of nursing education, informatics, health policy, The PhD program encompasses a wide scope of scientific and administration. inquiry including clinical research, health systems Examples of scholarship and faculty research within the research, and nursing education research. Clinical focus area of Health Systems include: research, based on biological, behavioral, and other types of investigations, provides the scientific basis for 1. Teaching and learning in web-based courses the care of individuals across the lifespan, families, and/ 2. Narrative pedagogies or communities. Health systems research examines 3. Clinical reasoning ways to improve health outcomes in complex systems 4. Assessment of learning and program evaluation including those related to the availability, quality, and 5. Health policy and public policy analysis costs of health care services. Nursing education research 6. Computer systems to enhance care delivery focuses on how students learn professional practice as 7. Nursing informatics well as strategies to improve educational processes and 8. Community-based care coordination outcomes in the preparation of clinicians, nurse educators, nurse administrators, and scientists using traditional and 9. Patient care simulations innovative teaching strategies. Admission Requirements On-Campus and Distance-Accessible PhD Options Successful applicants must meet the following criteria and Indiana University School of Nursing (IUSON) offers submit an online Graduate School application by August both on campus and distance-accessible courses. The 15 or January 15 for summer admission: distance-accessible option offers BSN and MSN nurses • Completion of a Bachelor of Science in Nursing access to our PhD program through a variety of distance or Master of Science in Nursing from a program technologies. Faculty and students use web-based within a regionally accredited institution of higher courses, video conferencing, telephone conferencing, and education. (Indiana University School of Nursing other emerging technologies to communicate effectively faculty retain the right to determine acceptable via long distance. Online courses and faculty mentoring accreditation status of nursing programs from which are coupled with required on-campus summer sessions applicants have graduated.) for all students. Admission criteria and curriculum are the • A baccalaureate cumulative grade point average of same for on campus or distance accessible options. 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. For applicants holding a Master’s Focus Areas of Study with Wide Application degree, a graduate GPA of 3.5 or higher is required. (The master’s degree GPA will supersede the Students who pursue the PhD in Nursing Science choose baccalaureate GPA) one of two focus areas; Clinical Nursing Science and • Completion of a 3-credit-hour graduate level Health Systems. Doctoral students work closely with statistics course with a grade of B (3.0) or higher faculty mentors utilizing the resources available at the within three years before the date of proposed Indiana University School of Nursing and participate in enrollment. September 6, 2017 553

• Current, active, unencumbered Registered Nurse • The Mary Margaret Walter Program for Cancer Care licensure (RN) in state of U.S. residence. Research • Competitive scores on the verbal, quantitative • The American Cancer Society and on the analytical writing section of the Graduate • The Oncology Nursing Foundation Record Examination (taken within five years before the date of proposed enrollment). Students interested in financial aid should consult • Official college transcripts, in English, from each with the Office of Student Financial Aid Services: college or university you have attended since high http:www.iupui.edu/~finaid/. school. A transcript that shows transfer credits is Students are encouraged to complete the FAFSA. In only official for credits taken at that institution—it is addition, a number of nursing scholarships are available not an official transcript for the transferred credits. to IU School of Nursing students, awarded on an annual • Demonstration of successful English by competitive basis. Scholarships are awarded on the basis of the scores (550 or higher) on the Test of English as a availability of funds in each scholarship account. The Foreign Language (TOEFL) for students whose first amount of each scholarship may vary from year to year language is not English. Also required is satisfactory and, furthermore, if adequate funds are not available, performance on the International English Language some scholarships may not be awarded every year. Testing System (IELTS) examination or internet- based TOEFL test (IBT). (The School of Nursing All scholarship applications are reviewed and recipients accepts the score established by the Office of selected by the Scholarship Committee of the School of International Affairs.) Nursing. • A two- to three-page essay summarizing a research Scholarship application forms and further information interest area and immediate and long-term may be obtained on the IUSON website in late January professional goals. and again in the late summer or early fall: http:// • Examples of original scholarship or research in nursing.iupui.edu/cost/grad.shtml . nursing a demonstrated by a report, published or unpublished paper, or a thesis. Curriculum Concentrations • A current resume or curriculum vitae, including The PhD curriculum consists of six core areas and MSN descriptions of current and former employment to PhD Bridge coursework totaling 90 credit hours. Up to history. Also include involvement in professional 30 of these credit hours may be met by Master of Science and voluntary organizations; any awards, honors; course work. publications; presentations; and continuing educational experiences. 1. Professional Development Core (6 cr.) • Three references, including one from a nurse faculty 2. Nursing Theory Core (6 cr.) member who has knowledge of the applicant’s 3. Nursing Science Research Major (15 cr.) academic ability from undergraduate or master’s 4. Nursing Science Concentration (8 cr.) work. 5. Minor (external or internal) (9-12 cr.) • A letter of support from a nursing faculty member 6. Dissertation (16 cr.) of the Indiana University School of Nursing with 7. BSN-PhD Bridge Coursework (30 cr.) graduate faculty status who has agreed to be a research mentor. Total: 90 credits, minimum • An interview with members of the graduate faculty Professional Development Core: (6 credits) (arranged by the School of Nursing for qualified applicants). • D602 Responsible Conduct of Research or • Completion of Departmental Questions. equivalent (1 cr.) • International students must be processed through • D701 Nursing Inquiry and Scholarship: Introduction the Office of International Affairs, OIA, International to Doctoral Study (3 cr.) students must provide evidence of passing the • T800 Preparing Future Faculty (2 cr.) CGFNS exam (Council of Graduates of Foreign Nursing Theory Core: (6 credits) Nursing). • D607 Theoretical Perspectives of Nursing Science (3 Opportunities for Financial Aid cr.) Information about financial resources for doctoral nursing • D608 Middle-Range Theory (3 cr.) students including traineeships, fellowships, research teaching assistantships, and scholarships may be Nursing Science Research Major (15 cr.) obtained from the Indiana University School of Nursing’s • R603 Foundations of Quantitative Research (3 cr.) Center for Academic Affairs, or by visiting our Web site • R607 Advanced Statistics in Nursing Research (3 at http://www.nursing.iu.edu/. PhD students have been cr.) successful in securing funding for their doctoral education • R610 Foundations of Qualitative Research (3 cr.) from: Cafeteria Options: Select two methods courses from • Research Training Grants and Fellowships below: • Nurse Faculty Loan Program • The American Organization of Nurse Executives • R601 Instrumentation and Measurement (3 cr.) • The National Institute of Nursing Research • R605 Advanced Research Design and Interventions in Nursing (3 cr.) 554 September 6, 2017

• R608 Multivariate Statistics in Nursing Research (or is a closed meeting with the Research Committee and equivalent) (3 cr.) student. • R613 Grounded Theory (3 cr.) For rules and guidelines for final submission of the Nursing Science Concentration (8 cr.) dissertation and completion of all degree requirements, students should refer to http://graduate.iupui.edu/theses- • D751 Advanced Topics in Nursing Science (various dissertations/index.shtml. topics offered) (3 cr.) • D752 Directed Research Practicum (3 cr.) Faculty • D609 State of the Science (2 cr.) Interim University Dean Internal or External Minor (9-12 cr.) Professor Robin P. Newhouse* Cognate or supporting course work from inside or outside Associate Dean for Research and Scholarship and nursing. May include minor in an alternate focus area, Distinguished Professor other approved minors, or individualized plans developed by the student's program planning advisory committee. Janet S. Carpenter* • Health Communication Graduate Faculty • Gerontology (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University • Health Policy Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct • Informatics doctoral dissertations.) • Life Sciences Distinguished Professors • Nursing Administration • Nursing Education Science Victoria L. Champion* • Psychology Emily Holmquist Professor • Sociology • Women's studies, Gender Studies Joan E. Haase* Dissertation: (16 credits) McBride Professor R899 Dissertation in Nursing (16 cr.) Claire B. Draucker* BSN to PhD Bridge Coursework (30 cr.) Sally Reahard Endowed Chair • D751 Relationship-centered Leadership (3 cr.) Susan J. Pressler* • N502 Theory I (3 cr.) Professors • R505 Measurement and Data Analysis or equivalent (3 cr.) Donna Bowles (SE), Janet S. Carpenter*, Victoria L. Champion*, Linda Delunas (NW), Claire Draucker* Janet • R500 Nursing Research Methods I (3 cr.) S. Fulton*, Joan E. Haase*, Susan Hickman*, Pamela • Additional graduate coursework totaling (18 cr.) Ironside*, Joyce S. Krothe* (B), Angela M. McNelis*, Qualifying Exam Robin Newhouse*, Susan Pressler*, Susan M. Rawl*, Janet L. Welch* After the student has completed all course work for the Ph.D., students are required to take and pass a qualifying Associate Professors examination. The student’s Advisory Committee will Mary Bourke (KO), Karen Clark (E), Susan Hendricks, determine the manner in which the examination is given. Desiree Hensel (B), Yvonne Yueh-Feng Lu*, Laura It will be composed of a written and an oral component. McIlvoy (SE), Marian McKay (SE), Susan McLennon, Judy The qualifying examination must be passed within one Myers (SE), Deanna L. Reising* (B), Mary Beth Riner, semester after completion of course work and at least Sheri Robb*, Susan Rouse (NW), Carol Shieh*, Deborah eight months before the date the degree is awarded. Stiffler*, Diane Von Ah*, Linda Susan Wallace (KO) Oral Defense of the Dissertation (Final Examination) Assistant Professors Students provide an unbound copy of the completed Paula Baumann (E), Tonya Breymier (E), Lisa Carter- dissertation to each member of the Research Committee Harris, Sharron Crowder, Kristina Dreifuerst*, Rebecca in sufficient time to read it in its entirety. After reading Ellis, Cindy Farris (E), Rebecca Feather (B), Sharon it, the committee members should have direct Jones (SB), Debbie Judge (C), Sue Lasiter*, Peggy communication with the committee chairperson regarding McLaughlin, Wendy Miller (B), April Mouser (KO), perceived readiness for the defense. The candidate Ukamaka Oruche, Julie Otte*, Danielle Perkins, Celeste submits to the School of Nursing and the University Phillips-Salimi, Bridget Robinson, Carol Rozelle (NW), Graduate School an e-document Dissertation Defense Rhonda Schwindt, Crystal Shannon (NW), Lucy announcement noting the date, time and location of Tormoehlen (KO), Carolyn Townsend (KO), Amy Wonder the final Dissertation Defense. The announcement (B) must be approved by the University Graduate School a minimum of 30 days prior to the defense. The Dissertation Clinical Professor Defense is scheduled for two hours; the first hour is public presentation of the dissertation research. The second hour Julie Meek September 6, 2017 555

Clinical Associate Professors Director of Student Enrollment Services in the School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences at the following Barbara Friesth*, address: Clinical Assistant Professors Deanna Hart, MS Cathy Fulton Director of Student Enrollment Services Specialist School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences Courses Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis 1140 W. Michigan Street See the School of Nursing Graduate Bulletin for a Indianapolis, IN 46202-5119 complete list of offerings. [email protected] Nutrition and Dietetics Grade Requirement School of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences A minimum of a 3.0 (B) grade point average in graduate Departmental E-mail: [email protected] work is required for continuance in graduate study. When Departmental URL: http://shrs.iupui.edu/ the grade point average of a student falls below 3.0 or nutrition_dietetics/ the student is not making sufficient progress toward the degree, the Graduate Studies Committee will review (Please note that when conferring University Graduate the student’s record and recommend to the dean that School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the student be placed on probation. Unless the student University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements achieves a 3.0 grade point average or begins making contained only in The University Graduate School satisfactory progress, in the next semester of enrollment, Bulletin.) the student will not ordinarily be allowed to continue in the graduate program. For more information about academic Curriculum regulations, contact the program director. Master of Science in Nutrition and Dietetics Thesis The program is located at the IUPUI campus in Indianapolis and utilizes facilities throughout central Students may elect to complete a thesis or a project. Indiana. The purpose of the program is to provide an Contact the graduate advisor for details. opportunity for Registered Dietitians to deepen their Curriculum knowledge base and practice skills, particularly in the area of clinical nutrition. The curriculum is designed for Degree Requirements for the Thesis and Non-Thesis the student who has a special interest in the nutrition Options in the M.S. in Nutrition and Dietetics are listed requirements and provision of nutrition therapy in below. acute and chronic conditions, or across the lifecycle . Program affiliations throughout central Indiana provide the Requirements opportunity for the student to work with patient populations Core Courses (19-21 credits) in both outpatient and inpatient settings, as well as with the general public. Students may specialize in either adult Science Requirement (7-9 cr.) or pediatric nutrition. • BIOC B500 Biochemistry (3 cr.) Degree Requirements • BIOL 556 Physiology I (3 cr.) and • BIOL 557 Physiology II (3 cr.) To earn the M.S. degree, a minimum of 36 credit hours at the graduate level are required. Candidates for this degree OR may petition to apply up to 8 credit hours of graduate work from other institutions or programs to this degree. • PHSL F503 Human Physiology (4 cr.) Admission Requirements Statistics and Research Methods (12 cr.) Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree from an • NURS R505 Measurement and Data Analysis (3 cr.) accredited college or university, a minimum grade or point average of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) overall, an • PBHL P651 Biostatistics for Public Health (3 cr.) appropriate level of achievement on the Graduate • SHRS N563 Research Methods in Nutrition and Record Examination, a current dietetic registration status Dietetics (3 cr.) OR and three letters of recommendation addressed to the • SHRS W520 Evidence Based Critical Inquiry in the Department of Nutrition and Dietetics. Health Sciences** (3 cr.) OR • GRAD G610 Topics in Translational and The applicant must complete the Online Graduate and Implementation Research (3 cr.) Professional Admissions application and submit two copies of transcripts from all universities attended. • SHRS N598 Research in Nutrition (6 cr.) Indiana University graduates should request that the Pediatric Nutrition Option (15-17 cr.) Registrar’s Office send unofficial copies of their transcript. Non–Indiana University graduates must submit at least • SHRS N550 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology I (3 one official transcript from each university attended. cr.) Proof of current dietetic registration status is required. • SHRS N570 Pediatric Nutrition (3 cr.) A nonrefundable application fee is required. Application • SHRS N572 Advanced Pediatric Nutrition (3 cr.) information may be obtained by writing or emailing the 556 September 6, 2017

• SHRS N576 Leadership Development in Pediatric physiological aspects of human carbohydrate and lipid Nutrition (3 cr.) metabolism with special reference to fundamental nutrition • SHRS N574 Nutrition Management of High Risk issues, including determination of nutrient quality, nutrient Neonates and Infants (3 cr.) OR interrelationships, micronutrients, and energy balance in • SHRS N596 Clinical Dietetics (3 cr.) humans and in common clinical problems. • Electives 0-2 credits SHRS-N 552 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology II Adult Nutrition Option (15-17 cr.) (3 cr.) P: N550 or consent of instructor. A continuation of N550. An integrated study of the biochemical and • SHRS N550 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology I (3 physiological aspects of human protein and micronutrient cr.) metabolism, including determination of nutrient quality, • SHRS N552 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology II (3 nutrient interrelationships, and energy partitioning in cr.) humans and in common clinical problems. • Electives 9-11 credits SHRS-N 560 Review of Nutrition Standards (3 cr.) Total 36 (for both options) Review of various nutrition standards including those of the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and the Faculty World Health Organization. Course includes a review Chairperson of all cited literature for one of the nutrients listed in the Recommended Dietary Allowances. Clinical Professor Jacquelynn O’Palka SHRS-N 563 Research Methods in Nutrition and Graduate Faculty Dietetics (3 cr.) P: Graduate level statistics course or (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University consent of instructor. Study of research methodology Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct utilized in nutrition and dietetics. Course includes critique doctoral dissertations.) of literature and preparation of a grant proposal. Professors SHRS-N 567 Management Issues in Dietetics (1 cr.) P: Dietetic intern. Advanced study in institutional and M. Sue Brady (Emerita), Jacquelynn O’Palka, Karyl hospital dietetic management including personnel, Rickard* financial, operational, and regulatory issues. Associate Professors SHRS-N 570 Pediatric Nutrition I (3 cr.) P: B500, BIOL Sara Blackburn, Judith Ernst 557, undergraduate metabolic nutrition course, or consent of instructor. An application of principles of physiology, Assistant Professor biochemistry, and nutrition to the specialized nutrient needs and nutritional care of healthy infants, children, and Ada Van Ness (Emeritus) adolescents and those with the most common pediatric Adjunct Professors conditions/illnesses or disorders of broad nutritional significance. James Lemons (Pediatrics), Donald Orr* (Pediatrics) SHRS-N 572 Advanced Pediatric Nutrition (3 cr.) Graduate Advisor P: N550, N570, or consent of instructor. An application Jacquelynn O’Palka, 224 Coleman Hall, 1140 W. Michigan of principles of physiology, biochemistry, and nutrition Street, Indianapolis, IN 46202-5180, (317) 278-0933, to the specialized nutrient needs and nutritional care of [email protected] infants, both pre-term and term, and patients with complex pediatric conditions/illnesses that have a significant Courses nutritional component. SHRS-N 500 Nutrition I (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. SHRS-N 574 Nutrition Management of High Risk Undergraduate courses in biological sciences or consent Neonates and Infants (3 cr.) P: N572. An application of of instructor. This course applies the principles of physiology, biochemistry, and nutrition to the specialized physiology, chemistry, and biology to describe the role of nutrient needs and nutritional care of neonates, both nutrition and exercise in the human body, explores the preterm and term, who require intensive care. Discussion interrelated and protective role of nutrition and exercise in will include nutritional management issues related to the wellness, health promotion, and disease prevention. This infant(s) during hospitalization, at discharge, and after course is taught online. discharge. SHRS-N 544 Diet Therapy (3 cr.) P: Dietetic internship. SHRS-N 576 Leadership Development in Pediatric Study of physiological and biochemical alterations that Nutrition (3 cr.) This is an entry-level leadership occur during disease states and their effect on nutritional development series of experiential learning activities, requirements and methods of providing nutrients. including a leadership development project for post- baccalaureate health care professionals and fellows. SHRS-N 546 Medical Lectures (arr cr.) Lectures by professional staff and invited guests in the health care SHRS-N 590 Dietetic Internship (4-10 cr.) P: Dietetic field. internship. Supervised clinical experience in clinical and community nutrition and food service systems SHRS-N 550 Human Nutritional Pathophysiology management. Course meets the requirements of the I (3 cr.) P: N500, F503 or BIOL 557, or consent of Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and instructor. An integrated study of the biochemical and Dietetics for the postbaccalaureate experience needed September 6, 2017 557 for dietetic registration. Previous admission into dietetic Areas of Specialization internship required. Not applicable to a graduate degree program. May be taken for a maximum of 23 credit hours. Specialization is available in various areas of anatomical, clinical, and experimental pathology. Areas of emphasis SHRS-N 591 Seminar in Nutrition and Dietetics (1 cr.) are neuropathology, experimental pathology, clinical Exploration of various topics and issues in nutrition. May chemistry, clinical microbiology, hematopathology, be repeated for a maximum of 4 credits. immunohematology, molecular pathology, and others. All Ph.D. degree students and M.S. degree students in the SHRS-N 593 Topics in Nutrition (1-3 cr.) P: Consent of Experimental Pathology and Laboratory Science tracks instructor. Exploration of a selected topic in nutrition at an choose one of these subspecialties for concentrated advanced level. May be repeated once for credit if topics course work and thesis/dissertation research. M.S. differ. students in the Pathologists’ Assistant track complete SHRS-N 595 Readings in Nutrition (1-3 cr.) P: Consent courses and practical experiences involving anatomic of instructor. Individualized readings on topics not covered pathology techniques. in regular course offerings. Special Departmental Requirements SHRS-N 596 Clinical Dietetics (arr cr.) Clinical study in (See also general University Graduate School specialized areas of dietetics. May be taken more than requirements.) once with the consent of the department for a maximum of 15 credit hours. Admission Requirements SHRS-N 598 Research in Dietetics (arr cr.) Original Applicants for the M.S. degree must have a bachelor’s research as approved by the department. degree in clinical laboratory science (formerly medical technology), cytotechnology, microbiology, chemistry, or SHRS-N 581 Medical Nutrition Therapy & another biological science or have a bachelor’s degree Pathophysiology I (1 cr.) C: SHRS P531 Physiological in another subject area but have completed all of the and biochemical alterations that occur during selected prerequisite courses for the degree track of interest. A disease states, their effect on nutritional requirements and completed application form, transcripts from all colleges methods of providing food & nutrients to clients/patients. attended, letters of recommendation, and scores on the SHRS-N 582 Medical Nutrition Therapy & Graduate Record Examination General Test must all Pathophysiology II (1 cr.) P: SHRS N581 C: SHRS be received before an application will be considered. A P532 Physiological and biochemical alterations that occur minimum grade point average of 3.0 (B) in undergraduate during selected disease states, their effect on nutritional science courses and an interview with the graduate requirements and methods of providing food & nutrients to program committee are required. The route of entry clients/patients. into Ph.D. studies in pathology is through the Indiana University School of Medicine BioMedical Gateway SHRS-N 583 Medical Nutrition Therapy & (IBMG) program. For IBMG information, visit http:// Pathophysiology III (1 cr.) P: SHRS N581, N582 grad.medicine.iu.edu/degree-programs/ibmg. C: SHRS K508 Nutritional screening and assessment using anthropomorphic, medical, social and nutrient intake Master of Science in Pathology Degree data is a necessary component of physical diagnosis. Course Requirements SHRS-N 584 Medical Nutrition Therapy & Requirements vary, according to the area of emphasis. Pathophysiology IV (1 cr.) P: SHRS N581, N582, N583 C: SHRS K504 Interrelationships between nutrients M.S. Degree in Pathology with Emphasis in an Area of and food components, nonprescription and prescription Experimental Pathology medications, herbal compounds. Role of nutritional This course of study is recommended for students who supplements in improving nutrient status, appropriate have an interest in basic science research and plan use in oral feedings and nutritional support for the adult, careers as research scientists. A minimum of 30 credit pediatric, geriatric and pregnant patients. hours, including completion of a graduate-level general biochemistry course with a grade of C or higher and Pathology and Laboratory C808 Graduate Seminar; a maximum of 2 credits of C808 can be applied toward the required 21 credit hours of Medicine course work. Most students will also take C603 General School of Medicine Pathology. A grade of B or higher is required in C603. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] At least 21 credit hours must be in courses other than research. At least 3 but not more than 9 credits must be in Departmental URL: www.pathology.iupui.edu research. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate M.S. Degree in Pathology with Special Concentration School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The in Pathology Laboratory Sciences University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements This course of study is recommended for students who contained only in The University Graduate School wish to conduct investigative work in applied laboratory Bulletin.) science. Graduates are primed for positions involving Curriculum clinical teaching, laboratory supervision, and research and development. The M.S. with special concentration Degrees Offered in one of the subspecialty areas of clinical pathology Master of Science in Pathology and Doctor of Philosophy requires at least 30 credit hours but may require up 558 September 6, 2017 to 40 credit hours or more, depending on the area of appropriate courses will be identified by the student’s concentration, the background of the student, and the advisory committee and may be selected from core prerequisites needed for certain advanced courses. At courses in the Department of Pathology and Laboratory least 3 but not more than 9 credit hours in research, a Medicine or other graduate basic medical science graduate-level biochemistry course, and C808 Graduate departments. A minimum of 45 credit hours in dissertation Seminar are required; a maximum of 2 credits of C808 research (C859) is required. can be applied toward the required 21 credit hours of course work. Development of each student’s curriculum Grades of lecture and laboratory courses and of research and Overall average of at least a B (3.0). A grade of C or teaching requirements will be a joint effort of the student higher in a graduate-level general biochemistry course and the graduate advisory committee. Course work differs, and a grade of B or higher in C603 Pathology are depending on whether the M.S. degree is to be focused required. in the areas of clinical chemistry, clinical microbiology, hematopathology, immunohematology, or another clinical Minor laboratory specialty area. At least 12 credit hours in a related discipline or in life Thesis science involving lecture/laboratory courses other than research. If a life sciences minor is approved, a minimum Required for M.S. Experimental Pathology and Laboratory of 6 credit hours must be obtained in a single department. Science tracks. In special cases, published research may be substituted for the thesis. Consult the graduate advisor. Foreign Language Final Examination Not required. Oral, on the thesis. Qualifying Examination M.S. Degree in Pathology: Pathologists’ Assistant Written and oral, covering course work and research Track proposal (in form of a National Institutes of Health grant This education prepares individuals to serve as proposal). pathologists’ assistants. The pathologists’ assistant Research Proposal is a health professional, qualified by academic and practical training, who assists in providing service in Required (in form of a National Institutes of Health grant anatomic pathology under the direction and supervision proposal); must be approved by student’s advisory of a qualified anatomic pathologist. The pathologists’ committee before completion of dissertation research. assistant assists in the examination, dissection, and Dissertation processing of tissue samples and participates in gross autopsy dissection. Pathologists’ assistants also assist Required. with education and research in the area of anatomic pathology. This M.S. track is a 22-month program. Faculty The first year includes basic science courses in gross Chairperson anatomy, histology, microbiology, and physiology. Didactic pathology techniques courses and practical experience John N. Eble* make up the second year. Requires 40 credits: 31 course credits and 9 credits from practicum experiences. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Thesis Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) Not required for M.S. Pathologists’ Assistant track. A thesis option is available. Consult the graduate advisor. Distinguished Professor and Chancellor’s Professor Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Experimental Bernardino Ghetti* (Medical and Molecular Genetics, Pathology Neurobiology, Psychiatry) The route of entry into Ph.D. studies is through the Indiana Nordschow Professor of Laboratory Medicine University School of Medicine BioMedical Gateway (IBMG) program. Admitted students take a common John N. Eble* curriculum of didactic courses and rotate in various research laboratories. Selection of a research laboratory Clyde Culbertson Professor of Pathology at the end of the first academic year determines the Thomas E. Davis, Jr.* student’s degree department. For IBMG information visit http://grad.medicine.iu.edu/degree-programs/ibmg/. Centennial Professor of Pathology Course Requirements David J. Grignon* A total of 90 credit hours, of which a minimum of 35 credit Louis Y. Mazzini Professor of Pathology hours must be in courses other than research. Required Xiao-Ming Yin* courses include a graduate-level general biochemistry course, one additional graduate biochemistry or molecular Professors biology course, C603 Pathology or equivalent, and C808; a maximum of 4 credits of C808 can be applied toward Sunil Badve*, Merrill D. Benson*, Liang Cheng*, Oscar the required 35 credit hours of course work. Additional W. Cummings, Thomas E. Davis Jr.*, Hong Du*, John September 6, 2017 559

N. Eble*, Kenneth Fife* (Microbiology and Immunology, anatomy, C690, C691, and C692. Designed for Medicine), Roy Geib* (Microbiology and Immunology), Pathologists’ Assistant students. Didactic and laboratory Bernardino Ghetti*, Richard Gregory* (Oral Microbiol- experiences introduce students to the basic concepts of ogy), David J. Grignon*, Eyas M. Hattab*, Dean Hawley*, pathologic processes and provide them with a working Meredith Hull (Emeritus), Chao-Hung Lee*, Diane Leland*, knowledge of clinical pathology testing, including Helen E.B. Michael*, Bernadette F. Rodak (Emeritus), chemistry, hematopathology, transfusion medicine, and Lawrence Roth* (Emeritus), Kenneth W. Ryder*, Romil microbiology. Saxena, Daniel S. Smith, James Smith* (Emeritus), Thomas M. Ulbright (Emeritus), Cong Yan*, Xiao-Ming PATH-C 694 Systemic Pathology (3 cr.) P: Graduate Yin* physiology, histology, microbiology, gross anatomy, C690, C691, C692, and C693. Designed for Pathologists’ Associate Professors Assistant students. Didactic and laboratory experiences in systemic pathology provide students with a broad base John Baenziger, William N. Crabtree, Harvey M. Cramer*, of knowledge of pathologic processes in various organ Magdalena B. Czader*, Robert Emerson, Barbara Kluve- systems including the nervous, pulmonary, cardiovascular, Beckerman*, Raymond Lloyd Konger*, Linda Marler, Jill genitourinary, digestive, and musculoskeletal systems. R. Murrell*, Carrie L. Phillips*, Ruben G. Vidal*, Xiaoyan Wang PATH-C 695 Practicum for Pathologist Assistants (1-4 cr.) P: Graduate physiology, histology, microbiology, Assistant Professors gross anatomy, C690, C691, and C692. Designed for Shaoxlong Chen, Rong Fan, Muhammad Idrees, Jingmel Pathologists’ Assistant students. Students complete seven Lin, Mehdi Nassiri, Amy Schmidt, Bryan Schmitt, Chen to nine month-long modules involving surgical, pediatric, Zhang, Shanxiang Zhang, Jiehao Zhou, Michelle autopsy, and forensic pathology at various facilities. Zimmerman Students also study medical ethics, laboratory operations, management, and information systems, and educational Graduate Advisors techniques. M.S. Programs: Professor Diane Leland*, IU PATH-C 700 Clinical Chemistry I (3 cr.) P: B500 or Health Pathology Laboratory Building, Room 6027F, (317) B800 or equivalent. Methodology, instrumentation, and 491-6646. interpretation with clinical correlation of procedures in the Ph.D. Program: Associate Professor Jill Murrell*, Medical clinical chemistry laboratory. Science Building, Room A135, (317) 274-1757 PATH-C 701 Clinical Chemistry II (2-3 cr.) P: B500 or Courses B800 or equivalent. Special clinical chemistry therapeutic drug monitoring and radioassay, radioimmunoassay, and PATH-C 603 General Pathology (6 cr.) Basic concepts enzyme immunoassay. and principles of disease processes. PATH-C 800 Advanced Pathology (arr cr.) Subject PATH-C 690 Techniques for Specimen Processing material and credit hours arranged to conform to needs of (2 cr.) P: Graduate courses in physiology and histology. student. Designed for M.S. iPathologists’ Assistant students. PATH-C 802 Advanced Morphologic Hematology Didactic and laboratory experiences in specimen (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A graduate-level course management and tissue processing methods: with emphasis on diagnostic morphologic hematology. histotechnology techniques including specimen This course covers several aspects of morphologic procurement, processing, fixation, and staining, cytologic hematology, including erythrokinetics, myeloid and methods and electron microscopy sample processing. erythroid morphology, leukemia classification, myelodys- PATH-C 691 Gross Surgical and Pediatric Pathology plastic syndromes, myeloproliferative disorders, and Techniques (3 cr.) P: Graduate physiology, histology, newer concepts in diagnostic hematology. microbiology, gross anatomy, and C690. Designed for PATH-C 803 Diagnostic Immunopathology (2 cr.) Pathologists’ Assistant students. Didactic and laboratory P: Basic undergraduate immunology and permission of experiences emphasize proper handling and evaluation instructor. Emphasis on immunobiology and diagnostic of tissues removed during surgery and examined in immunopathology. This course covers several aspects the surgical or pediatric pathology laboratory. Human of immunopathology including autoimmune disease, embryology and medical photography and terminology are transplantation biology, immunodeficiency disorders, and also included. use of molecular diagnostics. PATH-C 692 Autopsy and Forensic Pathology PATH-C 808 Graduate Seminar in Pathology (1 cr.) Techniques (3 cr.) P: Graduate physiology, histology, P: Consent of instructor. One-hour, graduate-level seminar microbiology, gross anatomy, C690, and C691. Designed series with emphasis on experimental pathology. First- for Pathologists’ Assistant students. Didactic and year graduate students present critical literature reviews laboratory experiences in autopsy and forensic pathology of contemporary research topics. More advanced students introduce students to all phases of the human post- present proposals and reports of their research. mortem examination, including evisceration, dissection, description of findings, and preparation of post-mortem PATH-C 820 Advances in Diagnostic Microbiology reports. (3 cr.) Discussions of infectious diseases and agents of infectious diseases including source, clinical PATH-C 693 General and Clinical Pathology (3 cr.) manifestations, pathogenesis, epidemiology, treatment, P: Graduate physiology, histology, microbiology,gross and prevention and control, and the correlation of these 560 September 6, 2017 subjects with laboratory diagnostic methods. Contempo- (See also general University Graduate School rary subjects will be emphasized. requirements.)

PATH-C 850 Cellular Structure of the Nervous System Admission Requirements (3 cr.) Cellular structure and ultrastructure of the C.N.S. in normal and experimental situations, including cell Pharmacology and Toxicology Ph.D. programs participate biology of neurons, astrocytes, oligodendroglia, brain in an “open enrollment” system named The Indiana macrophages, mast cells, brain vessels, and barriers. University School of Medicine BioMedical Gateway Organization of neural systems into global and point-to- (IBMG) Program. The IBMG Program provides a shared point circuits; generative and regressive phenomena; and first year experience for all of the School of Medicine cerebral transplantation in neurodegenerative conditions. biomedical science pre-doctoral (Ph.D. program) students. The link for the IBMG program is: http:// PATH-C 858 Experimental Pathology (5 cr.) Review grad.medicine.iu.edu/degree-programs/ibmg/. and performance of selected experiments in pathology illustrating the types of pathologic processes. We accept MS students on a very limited basis. These degree offerings are mostly reserved for students who PATH-C 859 Research in Pathology (arr cr.) Supervised have started on the PhD course of study and who, for a initiation of a research project in pathology, and variety of reasons, find they must end their studies before counseling in the completion of a thesis. This course is they complete their Doctorate. eligible for a deferred grade. Students desiring only a master’s-level program must first PATH-C 862 Basic Pathologic Techniques (5 cr.) find a faculty member in the Department who is willing to Methods of the histologic and chemical laboratories of act as mentor and provide financial support. Only after the pathology; principles of examination used in the usual student obtains this consent from a faculty member in the procedures of surgical and autopsy pathology. department would the student’s application be evaluated. PATH-C 875 Biochemical Pathology (3 cr.) P: C603 or Guidelines for admissions into the Pharmacology and B800. A survey of biochemical pathology as demonstrated Toxicology MS programs: by recent advances in research in pathology. Selected topics for lecture and discussion will include aspects of GRE: >30% percentile on the Verbal Reasoning section tissue, cellular, subcellular, and molecular pathology. >50% percentile on the Quantitative Reasoning PATH-G 556 Methods of Humane Animal section Experimentation (1 cr.) The purpose of this course is to provide graduate students entering careers in life GPA: >3.2/4.0 in core science courses science disciplines with the opportunity to obtain training English proficiency: TOEFL: >620 paper; >260 computer; in the proper care and humane use of laboratory animals. >105 internet test Federal regulations and considerations in the selection of animal models will also be discussed. IELTS: >7.5 PATH-G 655 Research Communications Seminar The student is responsible for contacting directly a faculty (2 cr.) Study of the methodological and systematic member s/he is interested in working with to arrange treatments of scientific data required for effective the research prior to submitting an application to the communication through written primary and secondary program. If an arrangement for master’s-level training and research publications, oral presentations, abstracts, poster support is secured, the faculty member must notify the presentations, and grant proposals. Graduate Advisor in the Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology. At that point, special arrangements would PATH-G 890 Methods in Molecular Biology and be made to evaluate the student’s application to start Pathology (3 cr.) P: G865 or J838, and consent of the degree in the following fall semester.Pharmacology instructor. Basic principles and techniques in molecular Program biology and pathology. Particular emphasis will be on molecular techniques that can be used to study problems See also “Pharmacology” in the entry for the Medical related to biochemistry and pathology. Sciences Program, Bloomington, in this bulletin. Pharmacology and Toxicology Pharmacology Graduate Student Advisor School of Medicine (317) 274-7844 Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Jian-Ting Zhang, Ph.D., Joseph Walther Hall (R3) Departmental URL: http://pharmtox.iusm.iu.edu/ C510, [email protected] (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Degrees Offered School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Master of Science Degree Bulletin.) Course Requirements Curriculum A minimum of 30 hours is required to fulfill the graduate requirements for a Master of Science degree. All M.S. Special Departmental Requirements students will be required to take a minimum of 15 hours of coursework (of that 4 hours will be research course F825 September 6, 2017 561 in the first year), and a minimum of additional 15 hours of remaining 62 hours will be research and seminar, for a research and seminar. Thesis total of 90 hours. Other requirements for completing the Ph.D. program are (1) publishing two first-author papers, Required. or submitting a statement from the student’s research Final Examination committee indicating that these will be forthcoming; and (2) achieving two of the following: (a) submitting a Not applicable. grant application, (b) co-authoring a third paper, and Doctor of Philosophy Degree (c) presenting two abstracts at regional, national, or international meetings. Course Requirements Minor All Pharmacology Ph.D. students will be required to take 28 hours of coursework (of that 6 hours will be rotations); Students generally minor in life sciences. Students should the remaining 62 hours will be research and seminar, for consult the Graduate Student Advisor in planning their a total of 90 hours. Other requirements for completing the program. Ph.D. program are (1) publishing two first-author papers, or submitting a statement from the student’s research Advisory Committee committee indicating that these will be forthcoming; An advisory committee is appointed when the student and (2) achieving two of the following: (a) submitting a declares Toxicology as their Ph.D. program. grant application, (b) co-authoring a third paper, and (c) presenting two abstracts at regional, national, or Qualifying Examination international meetings. Written and oral, over concepts and research in Minor toxicology. Students generally minor in life sciences. Students should consult the Graduate Student Advisor in planning their Final Examination program. Oral defense of dissertation. Advisory Committee Faculty An advisory committee is appointed when the student Chairperson declares Pharmacology as their Ph.D program. Bryan Yamamoto* Qualifying Examination Graduate Faculty Written and oral, over concepts and research in (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University pharmacology. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct

doctoral dissertations.) Final Examination Robert Forney Professor of Toxicology Oral defense of dissertation. Bryan Yamamoto* ¹See also “Pharmacology” in the entry for the Medical Sciences Program, Bloomington, in this bulletin. H. H. Gregg Professor of Oncology Toxicology Program Ahmad R. Safa* Degrees Offered Showalter Professor Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy Grant D. Nicol* Master of Science Degree Course Requirements Paul Stark Professor A minimum of 30 hours is required to fulfill the graduate Michael R. Vasko* requirements for a Master of Science degree. All M.S. Andrew and Peggy Thompson Chair in Hematology/ students will be required to take a minimum of 15 hours of Oncology coursework (of that 4 hours will be research course F812 in the first year), and a minimum of additional 15 hours of Jian-Ting Zhang* research and seminar. Professors Thesis Nikolai Broustovetski*, Theodore R. Cummins*, Gerry Required. Oxford*, William J. Sullivan, Jr.* Final Examination Associate Professors Not applicable. Gustavo Arrizabalaga*, Richard M. Nass*, Assistant Professors Doctor of Philosophy Degree Course Requirements Jill C. Fehrenbacher*, Travis J. Jerde*, Tao Lu* All Toxicology Ph.D. students will be required to take 28 Clinical Assistant Professors hours of coursework (of that 6 hours will be rotations); the 562 September 6, 2017

Jennelle Richardson enrolled in graduate studies in the Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology to register for this Research Assistant Professors course. Zizheng Dong, Jing-Yuan Liu, Zhiyong Tan • PHAR-F 813 Clinical Pharmacokinetics (3 cr.) Offered Spring of even numbered years. Primary Emeritus Faculty Design and complete mathematical analysis of Sherry F. Queener*, Joseph A. DiMicco*, Lynn R. Willis* pharmacokinetic studies in humans. The clinical utility of pharmacokinetics will be stressed, but Adjunct Faculty the course will also have definite value for those involved with drug studies in animals. Adjunct Professors • PHAR-F 816 Clinical Toxicology (3-5 cr.) P: P598 Robert M. Bigsby* (Emeritus, Cellular and Integrative or F602. Signs and symptoms resulting from Physiology), D. Craig Brater* (Emeritus, Medicine), common poisons and drugs. Chemical analyses as Zeruesenay Desta (Medicine), David Flockhart* aids in diagnosis. (Medicine), Maria B. Grant (Ophthalmology), Theresa • PHAR-F 819 Chemical Carcinogenesis (3 cr.) This A. Guise* (Oncology), Helmut Hanenberg* (Pediatrics), course examines the biochemical and molecular Eri Hashino* (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Mark Kelley* mechanisms by which chemicals cause cancer. (Pediatrics), Anantha Shekhar* (Psychiatry), Weinian Emphasis will be on the uptake, metabolism, cel- Shou* (Pediatrics), Jeffrey Travers* (Dermatology), lular targets and specific stage(s) of the cancer Fletcher A. White (Anesthesiology) process that are affected by chemical carcinogens. Discussions will expand on the basic principles of Adjunct Associate Professors carcinogenesis as they apply to the latest advances Brittney-Shea Herbert* (Medical and Molecular Genetics), in the field. Not currently being offered. Andy Hudmon* (Biochemistry), David R. Jones* • PHAR-F 820 Cancer Chemoprevention (3 cr.) Not (Medicine), Karen Pollok* (Pediatrics), Daniel Rusyniak* currently being offered. This course will examine (Emergency Medicine), Todd Skaar (Medicine) the biochemical and molecular mechanisms of natural and synthetic cancer chemopreventive Adjunct Assistant Professors agents. Timothy W. Corson* (Ophthalmology), Michael Rubart- • PHAR-F 825 Research in Pharmacology von der Lohe* (Pediatrics), Cheikh I. Seye (Cellular and (1-12 cr.) Independent laboratory research for Integrative Physiology) fulfilling dissertation requirements. • PHAR-F 826 Seminar in Toxicology Courses (1 cr.) Literature and research reports by students • PHAR-F 818 Principles of Medical Pharmacology and staff. (3 cr.) P: A course in basic biology or physiology • PHAR-F 830 Seminar in Pharmacology equivalent to BIOL K324 or BIOL 501. Introductory (1 cr.) Literature and research reports by students course in pharmacology and toxicology primarily for and staff. senior undergraduate students. The course provides • PHAR-F 835 Molecular Mechanisms of Drug an overview of the molecular basis of drug action Action (3 cr.) Not currently being offered. and pharmacological properties of several of the Biochemical mechanisms underlying drug actions major drug groups used in medical science. and reactions including toxicologic effects of • PHAR-F 602 Pharmacology: Lecture drugs will be covered, with emphasis on molecular (5 cr.) P: BIOC B800, PHSL F613, F614. Mode of mechanisms involving drug receptor interaction, action of drugs as a basis for therapy. the actions of drugs and hormones on regulatory • PHAR-F 801 Introduction to Research in mechanisms in various disease states. Pharmacology and Toxicology (1-3 cr.)Application • PHAR-F 836 Physiological Disposition of of basic laboratory methods to pharmacological Drugs (3 cr.) Factors affecting the absorption, problems. Consideration of theoretical principles, distribution, metabolism, and excretion of drugs will instrumentation, and applications. be discussed in terms of environmental, biochemical, • PHAR-F 804 Introduction to Pharmacology and and physiochemical parameters. Pertinent literature Toxicology I (3 cr.) Not currently being offered. will be reviewed and special problems discussed. This course will teach the fundamental principles • PHAR-F 838 Cellular and Molecular Toxicology of pharmacology and toxicology for the beginning (3 cr.) This course examines the cellular graduate student, as an introduction to the discipline. mechanisms that mediate xenobiotic toxicity at • PHAR-F 809 Neuropharmacology (3 cr.) P: F598 the cellular, biochemical and molecular level. The or F602 and BIOC B835, or permission of instructor. course emphasizes mechanisms through which toxic Not currently being offered. Drugs which affect the chemicals act to evoke cell injury and cell death. nervous system, with particular emphasis on their • PHAR-F 840 Advanced Topics Pharmacology central action. Although neurochemical effects will (2-5 cr.) P: F598 or F602. Advanced studies of be stressed, evidence from neurophysiology and pharmacodynamic mechanisms in cardiovascular, behavior will also be considered. central nervous system, and renal pharmacology • PHAR-F 812 Research in Toxicology and toxicology. Experimental design related to (1-12 cr.) Independent laboratory research to fulfill recent advances and current hypotheses concerning dissertation requirements for either a master’s or a drug action and toxicity. May be repeated three doctorate degree in toxicology. Students must be times for credit. September 6, 2017 563

• PHAR-F 841 Advanced Topics in Toxicology • GRAD-G 745 Fundamentals of Intracellular (1-3 cr.) This course will involve a series of lectures Signal Transduction of Neurons and discussions on new advances in toxicology. (2 cr.)Experimental basis for cellular and molecular The course will focus on metabolic, cellular, and concepts of intracellular signaling cascades. The molecular mechanism by which toxic agents produce goals are to foster an understanding of how we injury. accumulate informaton and to provide students • PHAR-F 850 Experimental Design Analysis/ with tools to evaluate hypotheses and to define Grant Writing (1 cr.) P: F598 or F602. This unanswered questions, rather than provide current course presents experimental methods and data "facts" to memorize. analysis used in pharmacological and toxicological • PHAR-G 751 Advanced Concepts in Cytosolic experimentation. Emphasis will be on experimental and Nuclear Signal Transduction (2 cr.) This design. course is designed to give graduate students in • GRAD-G 743 Fundamentals of Electrical biological sciences a state-of-the-art education in Signaling and Ion Channel Biology cellular signaling mechanisms and the methodology (1 cr.)Experimental basis for cellular and molecular used to study them. Landmark and breaking concepts of electrical excitability and membrane scientific journal articles. transport through ion channels. The goals are to foster an understanding of how we accumulate Philanthropic Studies information and to provide students with tools to Lilly Family School of Philanthropy evaluate hypotheses and to define unanswered Departmental URL: www.philanthropy.iupui.edu questions, rather than provide current “facts” to memorize. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate • GRAD-G 747 Principles of Pharmacology School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The (1 cr.) This course is intended for incoming University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements basic science doctoral graduate students in the contained only in The University Graduate School School of Medicine Pharmacology & Toxicology Bulletin.) programs or other interested graduate students. Curriculum This course covers the basics of drug-receptor interactions, drug metabolism, pharmacogenetics, Philanthropic Studies at Indiana University is and pharmacokinetics. This course will include interdisciplinary, interprofessional, and system wide. PowerPoint presentations and student presentations. The field addresses the history, ethics and means of • GRAD-G 748 Principles of Toxicology 1 voluntary contributions of time and money, voluntary (1 cr.) This course will present the fundamental associations, and civil society through various disciplinary concepts of toxicology necessary to understand the and professional lenses. effects of chemicals on human health. Cellular and molecular mechanisms involved in toxic responses New courses and degree programs develop rapidly. For elicited by pharmaceutical and environmental up-to-date information, please contact the Lilly Family agents, activation and detoxification of drugs and School of Philanthropy (www.philanthropy.iupui.edu). chemicals, and the principles of carcinogenesis and Degrees Offered mutagenesis will be presented. Doctor of Philosophy. The School of Social Work • GRAD-G 754 Principles of Toxicology 2 also offers the Master of Social Work degree on the (1 cr.) Xenobiotic-induced target organ toxicity will New Albany (in process), Bloomington (in process), be discussed with respect to the biological and/or Indianapolis, IUN/Gary, Fort Wayne, Richmond, and South chemical factors that influence toxicity at a tissue Bend campuses. For further information on the M.S.W. site, the modes of action for producing damage, program, see the School of Social Work Bulletin. and the methodology used to measure injury. This course is designed to provide a foundation for Doctor of Philosophy Degree understanding the complex interactions between Admission Requirements toxicants and biological systems from a basic science approach. All applicants to the Ph.D. program must have a master’s • GRAD-G 755 Principles of Toxicology 3 degree in social work or a related field of study. Admission (1 cr.) The effects associated with specific classes to the Ph.D. program is based on evaluations of: (1) of chemicals, including chemical agents that either the applicant’s professional resume, (2) professional demonstrate a great chance for injury and/or pose experience beyond the M.S.W. degree, (3) undergraduate significant potential for human exposure will be and graduate transcripts, (4) three letters of reference, presented. The chemical classes covered will (5) an example of the applicant’s scholarly writing, (6) a include selective metals, solvents and alcohols, 500-word statement of purpose, and (7) Graduate Record pesticides, plastics, and gases. Examination General Test scores. • PHAR-F 808 Myocardial Biology (3 cr.) The Application Deadline cellular biology of muscle, with emphasis on the regulation of the internal ionic milieu and its effect The application deadline is February 1 for the following fall on function of cardiac cells. The contractile proteins semester.. Application information may be obtained online and the ion transport systems, Na+, K+ -ATPase, at http://socialwork.iu.edu. sarcoplasmic retuculum, and mitochondria will be considered in detail. Not currently being offered. Course Requirements 564 September 6, 2017

A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation and grades are determined by policies established by the research internship. Up to 30 graduate credit hours may student's major department or school. The choice be counted toward the minimum 90 credit hours required of courses comprising the minor must be made in for the Ph.D. degree. All courses credited toward the consultation with the Ph.D. Program Director and have Ph.D. degree must have a minimum grade of B and the approval of the student's identified faculty advisor. must receive written approval of the School of Social The faculty advisor will serve as the representative of Work Ph.D. Program Committee and the dean of the the School of Social Work in all examinations and other University Graduate School. Specific program require- requirements of the student's Ph.D. Program that pertain ments include: (1) professional social work component to the minor, including certification that the student has (27 credit hours), (2) specialization component (18 credit met the requirements of the minor. A written qualifying hours), (3) research component (27 credit hours), (4) examination is not required by the School of Social research internship (6 credit hours), (5) dissertation (12 Work, but will be administered at the request of the major credits). See also the “Requirements for the Degree department. Doctor of Philosophy” discussed in the first section of this bulletin. Students must complete at least two 700-level courses. Remaining course requirements may be taken from Advisory Committee among the school's 500 and 600 level courses with the approval of the Director of the MSW Program and the All students in the Ph.D. program, with the approval of course instructor. the program director, will select an advisory committee of three faculty members, one of whom will represent • S-710 Social Work Theories of Human and Social the student’s area of specialization outside the School of Behavior Social Work. • S-712 International Social Development in a Global Context Qualifying Examination • S-720 Philosophy of Science and Social Work Comprehensive; specific focus and scheduling determined • S-726 Advanced Social Work Research: Qualitative by the student’s advisory committee. Methods Research Proposal • S-727 Advanced Social Work Research: Quantitative Methods After nomination to candidacy, the student, with the • S-724 Theory, Practice, and Assessment of Social approval of the program director, will select a research Work Teaching committee of no fewer than four faculty members, • S-730 Pro-seminar on Social Work Policy including an outside member. This committee must • S-790 Special Topics in Social Work Practice, approve the proposed dissertation topic. Theory and Research Final Examination Faculty Oral defense of dissertation. Two options for the Graduate Faculty dissertation are offered: 1) a traditional dissertation, and (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University 2) a multiple manuscript option. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Pre-Doctoral Exploratory Option doctoral dissertations.) This option is designed to provide prospective Ph.D. Professors students with an opportunity to explore their interests in Margaret E. Adamek*, Karen Allen, William H. Barton* research and doctoral education before making formal (Emeritus), Larry Bennett (South Bend), Chuck Davis, application to the Ph.D. program. Qualified students are Gail Folaron, James A. Hall, Carol Hostetter, Darlene admitted under a “special student” status (M9) and are Lynch (Northwest), Carol Massat* (South Bend), Virginia permitted to enroll in up to three of the school’s regular Majewski*, Michael Patchner*, Cathy K. Pike*, Gerald T. Ph.D. foundation courses (9 credit hours) before having to Powers* (Emeritus), Irene R. Queiro-Tajalli*, W. Patrick decide whether they intend to apply to the Ph.D. program. Sullivan*, Robert Vernon* If later accepted to the Ph.D. program, credits earned during the pre-doctoral phase will automatically apply Associate Professors toward the Ph.D. degree. Participation in the Pre-Doctor- al Exploratory Option does not guarantee acceptance Robert B. Bennett, Carolyn Black*, Stephanie Boys, Jill into the Ph.D. program. Applications for the Pre-Doctoral Chonody (Northwest), James G. Daley*, Lynn Duggan, Exploratory Option should be submitted by May 1 for Ed FitzGerald (IU East), Carolyn Gentle-Genitty, Khadija fall admission and by November 1 for spring admission. Khaja*, All inquiries regarding the pre-doctoral option should be Hea-Won Kim*, David Kondrat, Kathy Lay, Carmen Luca- directed to the academic advisor listed above. Sugawara, Heather McCabe, Bill Mello, Paul Mishler Ph.D. Minor in Social Work (South Bend), Philip Ouellette*, Barb Pierce, Jeffry Thigpen, Mark Thomas (Northwest) , Joe Varga, Marquita Doctoral students wishing to pursue an external minor Walker in social work should contact the Director of the Ph.D. Program who will discuss the requirements and secure Assistant Professors an advisor from among the doctoral faculty in the School James Brown, Joan Carlson, Gerrie Casey, John of Social Work. The minor in social work requires the Gallagher, Michin Hong, Jeremiah Jaggers, Kimberly completion of at least 12 credit hours. Minimal acceptable Johnson, Hasan Reza (South Bend), Vincent Starnino, September 6, 2017 565

Vickey Sultzman (Gary), Andrea Tamburro (Northwest), • SWK-S 724 Theory, Practice, and Assessment of Beth Wahler, Betty Walton, David Wilkerson Social Work Teaching (3 cr.) This course prepares doctoral students to effectively and competently Academic Advisor teach social work courses. Content includes Professor Margaret E. Adamek, Indiana University School teaching philosophies; curriculum and syllabus of Social Work, 902 W. New York Street, Indianapolis, IN development; teaching methods; technology related 46202, (317) 274-6730, [email protected] to teaching; assessment, testing, evaluation of students; and research related to teaching. Students Courses will learn accreditation standards for bachelor’s and master’s social work education. Course goals will be Ph.D. Social Work accomplished using readings, written assignments, In addition to the required courses listed below, all guest speakers, demonstrations of teaching, and students must complete a minimum of 12 credit hours class discussion. outside the School of Social Work related to their area of specialization. An advanced course in measurement • SWK-S 725 Social Work Research Internship (3 cr.) and statistics is also required and is typically taken as part P: S720, S726, S727, or a foundation statistics of the student’s area of specialization. All students must course, and at least one of the following: S710, enroll for 6 elective credits, which may be taken within or S730, or S740. This supervised field internship outside the School of Social Work with the approval of the provides practical experience in conducting research student’s advisory committee. relevant to social work practice. Students participate in a new or ongoing, faculty-supervised research • SWK-S 710 Social Work Theories of Human project involving the design and implementation and Social Behavior (3 cr.) This seminar focuses of a study, including the collection and analysis of on the converging forces that have shaped the data, and the development of appropriate research development, dissemination, and utilization of the reports. Internship may be registered for up to three human-behavior knowledge base of social work. times. It specifically examines the social and behavioral science theory and research that provide the • SWK-S 726 Advanced Social Work Research: foundation for social work practice across a variety Qualitative Methods (3 cr.) P: S720 and foundation of system levels. statistics course. This course provides an opportunity for students to initiate a research project • SWK-S 712 International Social Development using qualitative research methods. Topics covered in a Global Context (3 cr.) This course is an will include developing the research question, advanced seminar for graduate students interested exploring the literature, writing an interview guide, in developing an in-depth understanding of complex interviewing, analyzing data, computer analysis, social problems in a global world. Students will have writing reports, subjectivity and bias, ethics, role of the opportunity to learn theories of development; theory, trustworthiness, and audits. critically analyze international agreements; and to explore and appropriately use social development • SWK-S 727 Advanced Social Work Research: models. Quantitative Methods (3 cr.) P: S720 and foundation statistics course. This advanced quantitative • SWK-S 718 Intermediate Statistics for Social research methods course prepares students with the Workers (3 cr.) Students will learn selected knowledge and skills necessary to effectively engage parametric and nonparametric statistics to examine in independent research, including: literature review, research problems. Included in the learning process theory development, hypothesis testing, research are hand computations of statistics development of design, data analysis, and report writing. It includes skills in using a comprehensive computer statistics related computer applications and use of online data package and selection of statistical techniques sources. based on levels of measurement and analyses of the assumptions of statistics. • SWK-S 728 Advanced Statistics for Social Work (3 cr.) P: S600 Intermediate Statistics for Social • SWK-S 720 Philosophy of Science and Social Work Work. Students in this course learn how to evaluate (3 cr.) This course examines the nature and sources statistical assumptions and select, compute, and of social work knowledge and considers a range substantively interpret a variety of multivariate of epistemological issues involved in the selection, statistics, using SPSS to analyze actual social development, evaluation, and use of knowledge for work research data. Online resources, Web-based social work. materials, and model applications of the statistics • SWK-S 721 Preparing to Publish: Seminar in support students’ learning. Advanced Scholarship Skills (3 cr.) This course • SWK-S 730 Proseminar on Social Work Policy prepares doctoral students for academic scholarship. Analysis (3 cr.) This seminar focuses on the Topics include expectations and standards for development and application of analytical tools scholarly discourse, critical and analytical thinking necessary to critically examine and evaluate social skills, logical argument, scholarly writing and policy theory and research germane to social work, publication, and developing a research agenda. including the values and ideologies that undergird Web-based peer and instructor review of suc- social problem construction, social policy creation, cessive drafts of writing assignments culminate in a and social program design. Specific attention is synthesized review of literature. 566 September 6, 2017

devoted to the application of these schemata for • SWK-S 805 Select Topics in Social Work (1-5 cr.) diverse populations. • G901 PhD Dissertation Research • SWK-S 736 Advanced Social Work Research: Qualitative Methods II (3 cr.) P: S726. Qualitative Philosophy Methods II is the second of a two-course sequence School of Liberal Arts designed to develop students’ knowledge and skills Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/philosophy in design, methods, strategies, and the challenges of qualitative research. The purpose of this course Program URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/philosophy/ is to apply the knowledge of theory and qualitative index.php/programs/graduate/ methods to the development of a research question. Students will choose a theoretical approach for (Please note that when conferring University Graduate a qualitative study, a method of data collection, School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The evaluate the appropriate literature, collect, analyze, University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements and interpret qualitative data. contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) • SWK-S 737 Advanced Social Work Research: Quantitative Methods II (3 cr.) P: S727. Quantitative Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Methods II is the second course in the research Curriculum sequence designed to further develop students’ knowledge, skills, and application of research Degrees Offered methods. Based on their research proposal Master of Arts in Philosophy, accelerated Five-Year developed in the first sequence class, students will Bachelor of Arts/Master of Arts in Philosophy, joint Master conduct their own research project and learn data of Arts/Doctor of Jurisprudence (with the School of Law), collection and management, statistical analysis, joint Master of Arts/Doctor of Medicine (with the School interpretation of data, and writing a research of Medicine), joint Master of Arts/Master of Public Health report. Their learning will be facilitated through (with the Department of Public Health in the School of demonstrations and hands-on sessions in the Medicine), Ph.D. Minor, and Graduate Certificates in computer lab as well as careful examination of Bioethics and American Philosophy application of research procedures in their own project. Master of Arts in Philosophy The Department of Philosophy M.A. program offers • SWK-S 790 Special Topics in Social Work Practice, a general track covering core historical and topical Theory, and Research Independent Studies (1-3 cr.) areas of the discipline as well as two specialized con- P: Approval by appropriate instructor. This course centrations: Bioethics and International Research Ethics. provides students with an opportunity to engage in Students who pursue a general philosophical education focused study of a substantive area of social work may take a number of elective courses focused on practice directly related to the student’s identified classical American philosophy. area of theoretical and research interest. It is completed with the approval and under the guidance Special Departmental Requirements of a member of the Ph.D. faculty. Admission Requirements • SWK-S 791 Integrative Seminar I (1.5 cr.) This Applicants are expected to have a bachelor’s degree from course acquaints incoming doctoral students with an accredited university or its equivalent, with a grade campus resources for graduate students and with point average of at least 3.0 overall (on a 4.0 scale) and the expectations for doctoral education, including at least 3.0 in the student’s major. There is no specific the policies, procedures, and academic standards major requirement, but applicants must show a record of of the Graduate School and of the School of Social course work (or equivalent experience), demonstrating Work. Students register for this seminar in their first that they are sufficiently prepared to do graduate work in semester. philosophy. For applicants interested in the Bioethics or • SWK-S 792 Integrative Seminar II (1.5 cr.) This International Research Ethics concentrations, professional course is intended to support Ph.D. students as training or experience that involved health care or they finish up doctoral coursework and prepare research ethics could be accepted in lieu of coursework. for their qualifying paper, dissertation, and subse- Applicants must also show an appropriate level of quent professional career. Students register for this achievement on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) seminar in their last semester of coursework. General Test unless they already hold an advanced degree. • SWK-S 800 Dissertation Research (12 credits) Students must be continually registered for Program Requirements dissertation credits every Fall and Spring semester Students are required to take a minimum of 30 credit once they are admitted to candidacy up to a total hours. Students must complete a set of core courses of 12 credits of S800. Students do not need to as well as a set of open or concentration-specific register for dissertation credits in the summer unless electives. Students in the general track of the Bioethics they graduate in the summer. You are considered concentration may apply to write a 6 cr. thesis in place of graduated when you deposit your final bound two 3 cr. graduate courses; students in the International dissertation with the Graduate School. Research Ethics concentration must complete a practicum and capstone research project. Students must attend and September 6, 2017 567 complete these courses at IUPUI, except those courses Concentration-specific Courses (18 cr. required) accepted for transfer. At least 15 credit hours must be taken at IUPUI and at least 18 credit hours must be 1. Required foundational course (3 cr.): PHIL P547 philosophy courses. No course with a grade lower than a Foundations of Bioethics (3 cr.) B will count toward the degree. 2. Concentration-specific electives (15 cr. required) General M.A. Curriculum • Areas of central importance (5 cr. required): PHIL P548 Clinical Ethics Practicum (3 cr.); LAW DN838 Philosophy Core (15 cr. required) Bioethics and Law (2 cr.); MHHS M504 Introduction to Research Ethics (3 cr.) 1. History (6 cr. required) • Specialized electives (9 cr. required): ANTH E445 • PHIL P515 Medieval Philosophy (3 cr.) Medical Anthropology (3 cr.); COMM C510 Health • PHIL P522 Topics in History of Modern Philosophy Provider-Consumer Communication (3 cr.); HIST (3 cr.) H546 History of Medicine (3 cr.); LAW DN761 Law • PHIL P558 Classical American Philosophy (3 cr.) and Public Health (2 cr.); LAW DN845 Financing and Regulating Health Care (3 cr.); NURS N534 2. Topics (6 cr. required) Ethical and Legal Perspectives in Advanced • PHIL P514 Pragmatism (3 cr.) Nursing Practice (2 cr.); PHIL P549 Bioethics and Pragmatism (3 cr.); PHIL P555 Ethical and Policy • PHIL P540 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) Issues in International Research (3 cr.); PHIL P590 • PHIL P543 Social and Political Philosophy (3 cr.) Intensive Reading (1-4 cr.) [When content is track- • PHIL P553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) specific]; PHIL P600 Topics in Philosophy (3 cr.) • PHIL P560 Metaphysics (3 cr.) [When content is track-specific]; PHIL P696 Topics • PHIL P562 Theory of Knowledge (3 cr.) in Biomedical Ethics (3 cr.); PHIL P730 Seminar in Contemporary Philosophy (3 cr.) [When content is 3. Electives (15 cr. required) track-specific]; SOC R515 Sociology of Health and • Any course from the Philosophy Core (above) Illness (3 cr.); SOC S560 Topics: Death and Dying (3 • PHIL P503 Semiotics of C.S. Peirce (3 cr.) cr.) • PHIL P507 American Philosophy and the Analytic Thesis or Research Project (6 cr. required) Tradition (3 cr.) • PHIL P520 Philosophy of Language (3 cr.) • PHIL P803 Master’s Thesis in Philosophy (6 cr.) • PHIL P525 Topics in the History of Philosophy (3 cr.) In lieu of a thesis students may opt to complete a research • PHIL P542 Ethics and Values of Philanthropy (3 cr.) project under the guidance of an appropriate faculty • PHIL P545 Legal Philosophy committee. Examples of admissible research projects: • PHIL P552 Philosophy of Logic research that leads to a paper of sufficient length and • PHIL P561 Philosophy of Mind quality to be considered for publication in a peer-reviewed • PHIL P572 Philosophy of Religion journal; a comprehensive briefing paper for a legislative • PHIL P600 Topics in Philosophy (3 cr.) hearing; and analysis of a hospital, institutional, or • PHIL P650 Topics in Semiotic Philosophy (3 cr.) research policy. • PHIL P701 Peirce Seminar (3 cr.) In lieu of the above, students may also opt for six credits • PHIL P730 Seminar in Contemporary Philosophy (3 of general electives; i.e., any graduate course offered by cr.) the IUPUI Philosophy Department. • PHIL P748 Seminar in American Philosophy (3 cr.) International Research Ethics Concentration • Any PHIL course offered in the Bioethics concentration Core Courses (10 cr. required) Thesis option: Students may petition to write a thesis • PHIL P540 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) (P803, 6 cr.) under certain circumstances. They must • PHIL P547 Foundations of Bioethics (3 cr.) secure permission from their graduate director and three • PHIL P555 Ethical and Policy Issues in International faculty members who are willing to constitute a thesis Research (3 cr.) committee. Students who receive permission to write a • MHHS M592 in African Health (1 cr.) thesis need only take 9 cr. of electives. Concentration-specific Courses (12 cr. required) Bioethics Concentration • ANTH E445 Medical Anthropology (3 cr.) Philosophy Core (6 cr. required) • HIST H546 History of Medicine: Global Health and 1. Required foundational course (3 cr.): PHIL P540 History (3 cr.) Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) • LAW DN696 AIDS: Ethical, Legal, and Policy Issues 2. Core electives (3 cr. required): PHIL P525 Topics (2 cr.) in the History of Philosophy (3 cr.); PHIL P543 • LAW DN761 Law and Public Health (2 cr.) Contemporary Social and Political Philosophy (3 • LAW DN813 International Human Rights (2 cr.) cr.); PHIL P553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.); PHIL • LAW DN838 Bioethics and Law (2 cr.) P560 Metaphysics (3 cr.); PHIL P562 Theory of • MHHS M504 Introduction to Research Ethics (3 cr.) Knowledge (3 cr.) • PHIL P549 Bioethics and Pragmatism (3 cr.) • PHIL P553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) 568 September 6, 2017

• PHIL P600 Topics in Philosophy: Philosophy of Joint Degrees Medicine (3 cr.) Master of Arts in Philosophy and Doctor of • PHIL P696 Topics in Biomedical Ethics (3 cr.) Jurisprudence in the School of Law • SOC R515 Sociology of Health and Illness (3 cr.) This joint degrees program, in which 12 hours of course work may be creditable toward both degrees (provided Practicum/Research Project (8 cr. required) the degrees are received simultaneously), affords the • PHIL P554 Practicum in International Research opportunity to earn both a Doctor of Jurisprudence (with Ethics (8 cr.) an optional concentration in health law) and a Master of Arts in Philosophy (with a concentration in bioethics or Five-Year Bachelor of Arts/Master of Arts in international research ethics) while completing a total of Philosophy only 108 credit hours. Program requirements include: Available to philosophy majors only, this program allows students to complete a B.A. and M.A. in five years instead 1. 90 hours credited in the School of Law, including all of six, with three years of undergraduate coursework, its required course work; and a fourth year of combined undergraduate and graduate 2. 30 hours credited in the Department of Philosophy, coursework, and a final year devoted exclusively to including all of its required course work; and graduate work. The program is open to students who 3. a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.3 on have: all work done in the School of Law and at least 3.0 on all work done in the Department of Philosophy. • Achieved junior status. Master of Arts in Philosophy and Doctor of Medicine • A cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.3 or better, and a in the School of Medicine GPA in their major of 3.5 or better. The Department of Philosophy and the IU School of • Completed at least 60 of their undergraduate credit hours Medicine offer combined degrees in Medicine (MD) and at least 15 of their Philosophy credit hours at IUPUI. and Philosophy (MA), with a concentration in bioethics. Through the combined degrees program, the two • Completed the 9 hours of introductory-level required degrees can be obtained with a total of 181 credits of undergraduate courses for Philosophy. Interested students coursework rather than the 194 credits required if the may declare their interest in the program to the Director two degrees are obtained independently. Furthermore, of Graduate Studies in Philosophy as soon as they start the IU School of Medicine requires students to achieve a at IUPUI, in which case particular efforts will be made to level 3 (the mastery level of competence) in three of the advise them in their choice of courses during their first nine competencies that comprise the IUSM curriculum three years. in order to be eligible for graduation. The combined During their senior year, students whose eligibility has degrees program provides participating students with the been confirmed must: opportunity to achieve a level 3 in the Moral Reasoning and Ethical Judgment competency. • Take the GRE. Ph.D. Minor • Complete and pass four Philosophy courses offered To earn a doctoral minor at IUPUI, the student must earn as combined undergraduate/graduate courses (e.g., 12 credit hours of graduate courses in philosophy, with PHIL-P560/P385: Metaphysics), having registered and a grade point average of at least 3.0 (B), including 6 completed the requirements for the graduate course, credit hours in courses selected from the Philosophy Core with a grade of at least a B. These may then be double- (P525, P540, P543, P553, P560, P562). counted towards the M.A. degree. Graduate Certificates Admissions The department offers two graduate certificates, one in Upon meeting these requirements, and upon completing American Philosophy and one in Bioethics. all the requirements for their B.A., students on the Admission Requirements philosophy B.A./M.A. track must apply for formal admission to the philosophy M.A. program no later than Applicants are expected to have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited university or its equivalent, with a March 1st of their senior year (October 15t if their final grade point average of at least 3.0 overall (on a scale semester is in the fall). The establishment of eligibility of 4) and at least 3.0 in the student’s major. There is for, and participation in, the B.A./M.A. program does not no specific major requirement, but applicants must automatically guarantee acceptance into the graduate show a record of coursework (or equivalent experience) program. B.A./M.A. students admitted to the M.A. will demonstrating that they are sufficiently prepared to do take their remaining 18 credits of graduate courses in graduate work in philosophy. Acceptable coursework their fifth year, and will complete the remaining program includes an undergraduate degree in philosophy. For their requirements for the M.A. degree as listed above. The application, students are required to submit in addition double-counting of 12 hours of undergraduate and to their application form: a statement of purpose, official graduate credit means that B.A./M.A. students will only be transcripts, and at least one letter of recommendation. required to take a total of 138 credit hours of coursework for their B.A. and their M.A., rather than 150 (120 + 30). Program Requirements To complete the certificate students should take 15 credit hours in the IU system, at least 9 of which must be taken at the IUPUI campus. All courses must be at September 6, 2017 569 the 500-level or higher and be completed with a grade in the history of philosophy. May be repeated for credit if B or higher. Students for the American Philosophy topics vary. certificate are required to take PHIL P558, whereas students for the Bioethics certificate are required to take PL-P 540 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3 cr.) In- PHIL P547. In addition, students should take nine credit depth treatment of classical and contemporary normative hours in concentration-specific courses, while taking and meta-ethical theories, such as consequentialism, the remaining three credit hours either in concentration- deontology, and non-cognitivism. specific courses or in courses that fall within the M.A. core. PL-P 542 The Ethics and Values of Philanthropy (3 cr.) Faculty An inquiry into the ethics and values of philanthropy rooted in a general understanding of philanthropy, as Chairperson voluntary action for the public good, as an ethical ideal. A consideration of philanthropic activity in light of this ideal. Professor Timothy D. Lyons PL-P 543 Social and Political Philosophy (3 cr.) Graduate Faculty Advanced study of central issues, theories, and topics (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University in social/political philosophy, such as property rights, Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct distributive justice, political liberty, and the limits and doctoral dissertations.) foundations of state authority. Professors PL-P 547 Foundations of Bioethics (3 cr.) A rigorous Michael B. Burke* (Emeritus), Edmund Byrne* (Emeritus), examination of bioethical theory and practice. Stress is André De Tienne, Richard Gunderman* (Philosophy, placed on moral and conceptual issues embedded in Radiology, Philanthropy, and Medical Humanities), Nathan biomedical research, clinical practice, and social policy R. Houser* (Emeritus), Laurence Lampert* (Emeritus), relating to the organization and delivery of health care. Michael A. McRobbie*, Eric M. Meslin* (Philosophy PL-P 548 Clinical Ethics Practicum (3 cr.) Application and Medicine), Paul Nagy* (Emeritus, Philosophy and of the methods of philosophical analysis to current ethical American Studies), John J. Tilley* (Emeritus) issues arising in IU-affiliated hospitals and clinics. The Associate Professors practicum gives students firsthand experience of clinical ethics problems in “real time,” showing them both the need Martin Coleman, Cornelis de Waal, Timothy D. Lyons, for conceptual frameworks and the difficulties associated Ursula Niklas Peterson* (Emerita), Peter H. Schwartz with them. (Medicine) PL-P 549 Bioethics and Pragmatism (3 cr.) A survey of Assistant Professors recent contributions of American philosophy to bioethics. The course strongly focuses on a growing group of Chad Carmichael (Graduate Director), Samuel Kahn philosophers and ethicists who seek their inspiration in Courses Dewey, James, Peirce, Royce, and Mead, while dealing with contemporary issues in medical ethics. PL-P 503 The Semiotics of C. S. Peirce (3 cr.) A rigorous initiation to Peirce's logic of sign, including his PL-P 553 Philosophy of Science (3 cr.) A study of theory of knowledge, his categoriology, his definitions and theories with regard to the nature, purpose, and limitations classification of signs, the three branches of semiotics, of science. Attention is given to the cognitive significance with an applied research component. of theories, the scientific method (hypothesis formation, theory construction, and testing), research paradigms, PL-P 507 American Philosophy and the Analytic reductionism, and social epistemology. Tradition (3 cr.) An overview of the development of American philosophy with a special focus on its PL-P 555 Ethical and Policy Issues in International contribution to and influence on the American analytic Research (3 cr.) Examines ethical and policy issues in tradition. This course discusses the views of such the design and conduct of transnational research involving philosophers as C. I. Lewis, Rudolph Carnap, W. V. O. human participants. Topics discussed include economic Quine, Donald Davidson, Hillary Putnam, and Susan and political factors; study design; the role of ethics Haack. review committees; individual and group recruitment/ informed consent; end of study responsibilities; national PL-P 514 Pragmatism (3 cr.) This course examines what and international guidelines. pragmatism stood for in its formative years and what it has become; then, after studying some conflicting views PL-P 558 American Philosophy (3 cr.) A general of well-known pragmatists, it considers what pragmatism overview of the most significant contributions of American might become. Part of the course is devoted to the philosophers, such as Emerson, Thoreau, Peirce, James, contributions of pragmatism to different areas within Dewey, Santayana, Mead, JAne ADdams, Alain Locke. philosophy. PL-P 560 Metaphysics (3 cr.) In-depth treatment of PL-P 520 Philosophy of Language (3 cr.) In-depth central issues, problems, and theories (both classical and treatment of central issues, problems, theories (both contemporary), such as persistence of identity, freedom classical and contemporary), such as linguistic reference, and determinism, and nominalism. vague terms, and contextualism PL-P 562 Theory of Knowledge (3 cr.) In-depth PL-P 525 Topics in the History of Philosophy (3 cr.) treatment of central issues, problems, and theories (both An advanced study of important themes or major figures 570 September 6, 2017 classical and contemporary), such as epistemic warrant, Curriculum Gettier examples, and foundationalism. Degrees Offered PL-P 590 Intensive Reading (1-4 cr.) A tutorial course Master of Arts involving in-depth consideration of a specific philosophical area or problem or author. May be repeated for credit. Special Departmental Requirements PL-P 600 Topics in Philosophy (3 cr.) A detailed (See also general University Graduate School examination of a specific topic in philosophy. May be requirements.) repeated for credit if topics vary. Admission Requirements PL-P 650 Topics in Semiotic Philosophy (3 cr.) An Applications will be considered all year round. Admission examination of various historical and theoretical issues requirements include an undergraduate major in political arising from the philosophical study of semiosis—the science, or its equivalent, with a GPA of 3.0 or better, general phenomenon of representation, objectification, the Graduate Record Examination, with scores of 145 in signification, and interpretation—through the work of each of the verbal and quantitative elements and 4.5 in the mostly American philosophers from the late nineteenth analytical writing element, a personal statement and three century to the present, with an emphasis on the impact of letters of support. Peirce’s semiotic philosophy. This course is currently not offered. Foreign Language Requirement PL-P 696 Topics in Biomedical Ethics (3 cr.) Selected There is no foreign language requirement. topics in bioethics, such as international research ethics; ethical issues in pediatrics; ethical issues in genetics. Grades PL-P 701 Peirce Seminar (3 cr.) This seminar is devoted Students must maintain a 3.0 (B) grade point average, and to a critical examination of the general structure and receive minimum course grades of 2.8 (B-). development of Peirce's systematic philosophy with a Master of Arts Degree special emphasis on those tensions in the development of Course Requirements his thought that led to modifications in his philosophy, and on the nature and significance of those changes. A minimum of 33 credit hours made up of core courses, electives, and a thesis. PL-P 730 Seminar in Contemporary Philosophy (3 cr.) Selected topics in contemporary philosophy. May be Core courses (12 credit hours). All students must repeated for credit if topics vary. May be repeated for complete the following: credit. • POLS Y570 Introduction to the Study of Politics (3 PL-P 748 Seminar in American Philosophy (3 cr.) cr.) Advanced study of a principal philosopher or a set of • POLS Y580 Research Methods in Political Science selected topics in classical American philosophy. May be (3 cr.) repeated for credit if topics vary. • POLS Y657 - Comparative Politics or Y669 - International Relations (3 cr.) PL-P 803 Master’s Thesis in Philosophy (arr cr.) • POLS Y661 - American Politics (3 cr.) PL-P 522 Topics in the History of Modern Philosophy (3 cr.) Selected topics from key movements, figures, or Electives ( 15 credit hours). Approved electives may be controversies in modern (17th/18th century) Western taken from any department. Approved Political Science philosophy. May be repeated for credit (twice) when topics courses currently include the following: vary. • POLS Y620 State Politics (3 cr.) PL-P 515 Medieval Philosophy (3 cr.) Selected study • POLS Y622 Urban Politics (3 cr.) of key medieval philosophers, including Augustine and/or • POLS Y642 Comparative Federalism (3 cr.) Aqinas. • POLS Y680 Readings in Political Science (1-6 cr.) PL-P 561 Philosophy of Mind (3 cr.) In-depth treatment An internship (3-6 hours) may also be taken with a of central issues, problems, and theories (both classical government institution, or with a body having operational and contemporary) in philosophy of mind, such as mental ties with such an institution. Students must enroll in POLS causation, the nature of consciousness and dualism. Y881, Internship in Political Science. Political Science Thesis (6 hours). This should explore some aspect of politics. Students must enroll in POLS Y880, M.A. Thesis. School of Liberal Arts Students are strongly advised to allow at least one year for Departmental E-mail: [email protected] the preparation, completion and defense of a thesis. Departmental URL: www.iupui.edu/~polisci Final Examination (Please note that when conferring University Graduate There is no final examination. School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Faculty contained only in The University Graduate School Chairperson Bulletin.) September 6, 2017 571

Associate Professor Scott Pegg* Assessing theories and models of federalism in North American, Europe, Asia, and other parts of the world. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University POLS-Y 661 American Politics (3 cr.) * Illustrative topics: Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct the presidency, legislative process, political behavior, doctoral dissertations.) political parties and representation, political socialization, comparative state politics, urban politics, bureaucratic Professors politics. William Blomquist, Bessie House-Soremekun, John POLS-Y 680 Readings in Political Science (1-6 cr.) McCormick* This course allows a student and faculty member to craft Associate Professors a course of study to suit the student’s particular academic needs. Ramla Bandele, Margaret Ferguson, Scott Pegg* POLS-Y 880 M.A. Thesis (1-6 cr.) Assistant Professors POLS-Y 881 Internship in Political Science (1-6 cr.) Aaron Dusso, Amanda Friesen, Caitlin Dwyer * A course in which students complete an internship for credit with a government (or related) institution. It Director of Graduate Studies will be arranged between the student and the instructor Professor John McCormick*, Cavanaugh Hall 503H, (317) (requirements will vary depending on student/instructor 274-4066 agreement). Courses Professional Editing POLS-Y 570 Introduction to the Study of Politics (3 cr.) School of Liberal Arts Problems of graduate study and professional scholarship; Departmental E-mail: [email protected] central organizing concepts and the use of theory in political science and related disciplines; specialized areas Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/iat/index.php/ of research and scholarship in political science; conditions academic_programs/professional_editing of scientific inquiry and methodological problems in the (Please note that the requirements contained in The study of political phenomena; central importance of theory University Graduate School Bulletin, being more frequently in explanation. updated than departmental websites, are the requirements POLS-Y 580 Research Methods in Political Science utilized by the University Graduate School to confer (1-3 cr.) degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans.) POLS-Y 620 State Politics (3 cr.) An examination of the Curriculum institutions and processes by which state governments Degree Offered carry out their responsibilities. Includes the study of executives, legislatures, parties, and elections at the state Graduate Certificate level. An interdisciplinary 15 credit hour research certification covering the fundamental theories and methods involved POLS-Y 622 Urban Politics (3 cr.) An examination in the practice of scholarly editing and other more general of—and the problems faced and challenges faced by applications of professional editing. The interdepartmental —the governments of cities and metropolitan areas. curriculum includes editing concentrations in English and Includes study of leadership, citizen participation, History and is administered by graduate faculty of the intergovernmental relations, and urban policy. Institute for American Thought within the School of Liberal POLS-Y 624 Indiana Politics (3 cr.) This seminar reviews Arts. contemporary scholarship on the development, context, Special Program Requirements structure, and operation of Indiana Government and politics. It places Indiana politics into both a historical and (See also general University Graduate School comparative perspective to see how Indiana politics have requirements.) changed over time and how they compare to politics in other states. Admission Requirements POLS-Y 630 State Executive Politics (3 cr.) A course Students already admitted into Indiana University or that examines the role of governors in state politics. Purdue University graduate degree programs are eligible Includes the study of leadership and the relationship to earn a certificate. In addition to re-submitting their between the executive and other elements of government degree admission materials such students must declare at the subnational level. their current participation in the program and also submit a statement of interest. Continuing graduate nondegree POLS-Y 640 State Parties and Interest Groups students must meet the following requirements: (1) a (3 cr.) An examination of political parties and interest bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university, groups, their roles in government, and their structure and with the expectation of a minimum 3.0 overall GPA (on organization. a scale of 4.0) and a minimum 3.0 average GPA in the student’s major, (2) a statement of interest, and (3) three POLS-Y 642 Comparative Federalism (3 cr.) A course letters of recommendation. There is no specific major that places federalism in its comparative context. requirement, but candidates should have a record of course work to demonstrate sufficient writing and research 572 September 6, 2017 experience. International students from non-English • LIS S505 Organization and Representation of speaking countries must take the Test of English as a Knowledge and Information [Information and Library Foreign Language (TOEFL) examination and score above Science] (3 cr.) 79 on the iBT version of the test or score at least a 6.56 on • LIS S681 The Book 1450 to the Present [Information the International applicants who use International English and Library Science] (3 cr.) Language Testing System (IELTS). Unless they hold a • L590 Internship in English [English] (4 cr.) degree from an English-speaking institution or scored • NEWM N500 Principles of Multimedia Technology above 100 on the iBT version of the TOEFL, they will [New Media] (3 cr.) need to take the EAP examination upon arrival at IUPUI. If any language courses are required on the basis of the Faculty examination, these must be started during the first term at IUPUI and finished within the first year. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Foreign Language/Research-Skill Requirement Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) None. Director Grades Marianne S. Wokeck*, Institute for American Certificate students must maintain at least a 3.0 (B) grade Thought (Liberal Arts), ES001 7N, (317) 274-5820; point average. [email protected] Course Requirements Professors A minimum of 14-15 credit hours (dependent on the Jonathan R. Eller* (English), Marianne Wokeck* (History) concentration chosen), which include completion of any one of several three-course core concentrations (11– 12 credit hours) and one or more open electives (3– 6 credit hours). Normally, 9 credit hours can be taken Social and Behavioral Sciences before admission to the certificate program, provided that School of Public Health all course work is completed within a four-year period. For course descriptions, see the course listings for the Departmental URL: http://pbhealth.iupui.edu/index.php/ Departments of English and History at Indiana University– about/divisions/social-and-behavioral-science/ Purdue University Indianapolis. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Core Options (Please note that when conferring University Graduate Three courses (11-12 credit hours) in one of the following School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The field concentrations or, with permission from the program University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements director, putting together an individual core from either contained only in The University Graduate School track: Bulletin.) Scholarly Editing Concentration I: Critical (Eclectic) Doctoral Minor in Social and Behavioral Sciences Texts (12 credit hours) The School of Public Health offers a rigorous, highly • L501 Professional Scholarship in Literature [English] focused 12-credit hour doctoral minor in Social and (4 cr.) Behavioral Sciences. The field of Social and Behavioral • L680 Topics: Textual Theory and Textual Criticism Sciences is growing rapidly in national and international [English] (4 cr.) importance, is integral to many areas of pursuit, offers • L701 Descriptive Bibliography and Textual Problems population-based research perspectives, offers skills [English] (4 cr.) that are of interest to the private and public sectors, and formally acknowledges the course work that doctoral Scholarly Editing Concentration II: Documentary Texts students take through the Department of Public Health. (11 credit hours) The doctoral minor in Social and Behavioral Sciences • H501 Historical Methodology [History] (4 cr.) will provide students with the concepts and principles • H543 Internship: Practicum in Public History [History] of research, field, theory and practice in the social and (4 cr.) behavioral sciences. The doctoral minor in Social and • H547 Topics in Public History: Historical Editing Behavioral Sciences offers the opportunity to draw [History] (3 cr.) together students from related doctoral programs from Open Elective Course(s) many schools, including the following Schools: 1) One course (3–4 credit hours. Any of the core options Dentistry, 2) Health, Physical Education and Recreation, listed previously (outside of the student’s chosen field 3) Health and Rehabilitative Sciences, 4) Liberal Arts, concentration) may be counted as an open elective, as 5) Medicine, 6) Science and others. The Social and well as any of the following courses and, with permission Behavioral Sciences faculty in the Department of Public of the director, any course that is related but not listed Health will serve as advisors for the minor. below (for course descriptions, see the course listings Curriculum for the Departments of English and History at Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis). September 6, 2017 573

The curriculum for this 12 credit hour PhD minor provides 500-word statement of purpose, and (7) Graduate Record students with a rigorous grounding in the background and Examination General Test scores. application of Social and Behavioral Science principles. Application Deadlines Required Courses for the 12-hour PhD Minor in Social and Behavioral Sciences: Applications are accepted at any time, but a deadline of February 1 is required in order to be considered for a • P500 Social and Behavioral Science in Public Health University Fellowship. Applications are preferred by April 3.0 cr. 1 to be considered for admission to the program for the following fall semester. Application materials and further Plus any three courses from the following list: information may be obtained from the program director. • P 614 Program Planning in Public Health 3.0 cr. Course Requirements • P 617 Human Diseases and Prevention 3.0 cr. • P 631 Maternal, Child, and Family Health 3.0 cr. A total of 90 credit hours, including dissertation and • P 650 Culture and Qualitative Methods 3.0 cr. research internship. Up to 30 graduate credit hours may • P 650 Health Communication 3.0 cr. be counted toward the minimum 90 credit hours required for the Ph.D. degree. All courses credited toward the • S 658 Methods for Research and Social Behavioral Ph.D. degree must have a minimum grade of B and Dimensions of Public Health 3.0 cr. must receive written approval of the School of Social Or additional electives offered by the Social and Work Ph.D. Program Committee and the dean of the Behavioral Sciences faculty in the Department of Public University Graduate School. Specific program require- Health. ments include: (1) professional social work component (27 credit hours), (2) specialization component (18 credit Satisfactory completion of the requirements for the minor hours), (3) research component (27 credit hours), (4) in Social and Behavioral Sciences are monitored by the research internship (6 credit hours), (5) dissertation (12 student’s minor advisor on their program/dissertation credits). See also the “Requirements for the Degree committee. Doctoral students must notify the IU School of Doctor of Philosophy” discussed in the first section of this Medicine Department of Public Health before beginning bulletin. their course of study for the minor. All courses must be taken in the Department of Public Health. No transfer Advisory Committee credit is allowed. No credit will be awarded toward a minor All students in the Ph.D. program, with the approval of in Social Behavioral Sciences if students earn a Master the program director, will select an advisory committee of Public Health degree or Graduate Certificate in Public of three faculty members, one of whom will represent Health. For the list of course descriptions, visit Course the student’s area of specialization outside the School of Descriptions. Social Work. Social Work Qualifying Examination School of Social Work Comprehensive; specific focus and scheduling determined Departmental URL: by the student’s advisory committee. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Research Proposal (Please note that when conferring University Graduate After nomination to candidacy, the student, with the School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The approval of the program director, will select a research University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements committee of no fewer than four faculty members, contained only in The University Graduate School including an outside member. This committee must Bulletin.) approve the proposed dissertation topic. Curriculum Final Examination Degree Offered Oral defense of dissertation. Doctor of Philosophy. The School of Social Work also offers the Master of Social Work degree on the Albany, Pre-Doctoral Exploratory Option Indianapolis, IUN/Gary, Fort Wayne, Richmond, and South This option is designed to provide prospective Ph.D. Bend campuses. For further information on the M.S.W. students with an opportunity to explore their interests in program, see the School of Social Work Bulletin. research and doctoral education before making formal application to the Ph.D. program. Qualified students are Doctor of Philosophy Degree admitted under a “special student” status (M9) and are Admission Requirements permitted to enroll in up to three of the school’s regular Ph.D. foundation courses (9 credit hours) before having to All applicants to the Ph.D. program must have a master’s decide whether they intend to apply to the Ph.D. program. degree in social work or a related field of study. Admission If later accepted to the Ph.D. program, credits earned to the Ph.D. program is based on evaluations of: (1) during the pre-doctoral phase will automatically apply the applicant’s professional resume, (2) professional toward the Ph.D. degree. Participation in the Pre-Doctor- experience beyond the M.S.W. degree, (3) undergraduate al Exploratory Option does not guarantee acceptance and graduate transcripts, (4) three letters of reference, into the Ph.D. program. Applications for the Pre-Doctoral (5) an example of the applicant’s scholarly writing, (6) a Exploratory Option should be submitted by May 1 for fall admission and by November 1 for spring admission. 574 September 6, 2017

All inquiries regarding the pre-doctoral option should be as develop a commitment to lifelong learning as a part of directed to the academic advisor listed above. professional practice. Ph.D. Minor in Social Work SWK-S 503 Human Behavior in the Social A minor in social work requires the completion of at least Environment I (3 cr.) This course provides content on 12 credit hours of graduate course work. Students must the reciprocal relationships between human behavior and complete either S730 or S740 and at least one additional social environments. It includes empirically based theories course from among the 700-level courses listed below. and knowledge that focus on the interactions between and Remaining course requirements may be taken from within diverse populations of individuals, groups, families, among the school’s 500- and 600-level courses with organizations, communities, societal institutions, and the approval of the director of the M.S.W. program and global systems. Knowledge of biological, psychological, the course instructor. The choice of courses comprising sociological, cultural, and spiritual development across the minor must be made in consultation with the Ph.D. the lifespan is included. Students learn to analyze criti- program director and have the approval of the student’s cally micro and macro theories and explore ways in which identified faculty advisor. theories can be used to structure professional activities. Concepts such as person-in-environment are used to Faculty examine the ways in which social systems promote or Graduate Faculty deter human well-being and social and economic justice. (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University SWK-S 505 Social Policy Analysis and Practice (3 cr.) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct This foundation policy course will focus on using several doctoral dissertations.) policy analysis frameworks to analyze current social policies and programs both at the state and federal levels Professors and to develop policies that increase social and economic Margaret E. Adamek*, William H. Barton*, Chuck Davis, justice. Students will be expected to develop a range Gail Folaron, James A. Hall, Darlene Lynch (Northwest), of policy practice skills to influence policy development Carol Massat* (South Bend), Virginia Majewski*, Michael within legislative, administrative, community, political, and Patchner*, Cathy K. Pike*, Gerald T. Powers* (Emeritus), economic arenas. Irene R. Queiro-Tajalli*, W. Patrick Sullivan* SWK-S 513 Human Behavior and the Social Associate Professors Environment II (3 cr.) (variable title) This course builds upon S503 and focuses on developing further knowledge Robert B. Bennett, Carolyn Black*, Lorraine C. Blackman, of human behavior theories and their application Kathy V. Byers, Frank Caucci (Northwest), Mark Crouch, to practice. Students will link course content to the James G. Daley*, Lynn Duggan, , Carol Hostetter*, concentration that the student has selected. Khadija Khaja*, Hea-Won Kim*, Lisa E. McGuire, Paul Mishler (South Bend), Philip Ouellette*, Theresa Roberts, SWK-S 600 Seminar in Social Work (1-10 cr.) Sabrina W. Sullenberger, Robert Vernon* P: Second-year standing or permission of School. Intensive study of specific areas in social work. Assistant Professors SWK-S 663 Leveraging Organizations, Communities, Stephanie Boys, Joan Carlson, Gerrie Casey, Carolyn and Political Systems (3 cr.) This course focuses on Gentle-Genitty, M. Thandabantu Iverson, Kathy Lay*, the knowledge and skills essential for understanding, Carmen Luca Sugawara, William Mello, Marilynne analyzing, and application in organizations, communities, Ramsey (South Bend), Andrea Tamburro (Northwest), and political arenas. Such knowledge and skills include, Jeffry Thigpen, Mark Thomas (Northwest), Joe Varga, but are not limited to: organizational theories, structures, Markita Walker and processes; examination and application of rural, Academic Advisor urban, and virtual community models, themes, and practices; and understanding and involvement in political, Professor Margaret E. Adamek, Indiana University School social action, and social change interventions and of Social Work, 902 W. New York Street, Indianapolis, IN empowerment practices. 46202, (317) 274-6730, [email protected] SWK-S 665 Designing Transformational Programs Courses (3 cr.) This course focuses on alternative, transformational models of strategic, community, and program planning. SWK-S 501 Professional Social Work at the Master’s Featured development models center on collaboration, Level: An Immersion (3 cr.) This foundation course cultural competence, empowerment, and social justice. provides an overview of social work, including the The course will address advanced grant writing, definition, scope, history, ethics, and values of the identification of funding and other resources, and profession. This course will provide basic orienta- philanthropic trends within a variety of social service tion to the available resources and expectations of delivery systems. It will move beyond a focus on the graduate education in general, and the M.S.W. program technology of program development, to examine planning in particular, all within the framework of the adult learner as a vehicle for designing organizational, community, and model. Students will develop basic communication, self- social change. assessment, and reflection skills necessary for success in the M.S.W. program. Students will have an opportunity to SWK-S 682 Assessment in Mental Health and survey various fields of practice and will begin to identify Addictions (3 cr.) Recognizing the social, political, legal, personal learning goals for their M.S.W. education as well and ethical implications of assessment, students enrolled in this course critically examine various conceptual September 6, 2017 575 frameworks and apply biopsychosocial and strengths and at least one of the following: S710, S730, or S740. perspectives to understand its multidimensional aspects. This supervised field internship provides practical Students learn to conduct sophisticated mental status experience in conducting research relevant to social and lethality risk interviews, engage in strengths and work practice. Students participate in a new or ongoing, assets discovery, and apply the Diagnostic and Statistical faculty-supervised research project involving the design Manual of the American Psychiatric Association and and implementation of a study, including the collection other classification schemes in formulating assessment and analysis of data, and the development of appropriate hypotheses. They gain an understanding of the application research reports. Internship may be registered for up to of several relevant assessment instruments and learn to three times. evaluate their relevance for service to at-risk populations, including persons affected by mental health and addictions SWK-S 726 Advanced Social Work Research: issues. Students learn to collaborate with a diverse range Qualitative Methods (3 cr.) P: S720 and foundation of consumers and other professionals in developing statistics course. This course provides an opportunity for meaningful assessments upon which to plan goals, students to initiate a research project using qualitative intervention strategies, and means for evaluation. research methods. Topics covered will include developing the research question, exploring the literature, writing an SWK-S 710 Social Work Theories of Human and Social interview guide, interviewing, analyzing data, computer Behavior (3 cr.) analysis, writing reports, subjectivity and bias, ethics, role of theory, trustworthiness, and audits. SWK-S 720 Philosophy of Science and Social Work (3 cr.) SWK-S 727 Advanced Social Work Research: Quantitative Methods (3 cr.) P: S720 and foundation SWK-S 721 Preparing to Publish: Seminar in statistics course. This advanced quantitative research Advanced Scholarship Skills (3 cr.) methods course prepares students with the knowledge SWK-S 724 Theory, Practice, and Assessment of and skills necessary to effectively engage in independent Social Work Teaching (3 cr.) research, including: literature review, theory development, hypothesis testing, research design, data analysis, and SWK-S 726 Advanced Social Work Research: report writing. It includes related computer applications Qualitative Methods (3 cr.) and use of online data sources. SWK-S 727 Advanced Social Work Research: SWK-S 730 Proseminar on Social Work Policy Quantitative Methods I (3 cr.) P: S720 and foundation Analysis (3 cr.) This seminar focuses on the development statistics course. Quantitative Methods I is designed to and application of analytical tools necessary to critically develop knowledge and skills in research designs and examine and evaluate social policy theory and research methods and address problems encountered in behavioral germane to social work, including the values and and social research. Students will critically evaluate ideologies that undergird social problem construction, quantitative research and ethics of scientific inquiry, social policy creation, and social program design. Specific develop a theoretically-motivated research question, attention is devoted to the application of these schemata and design a data collection strategy appropriate for that for diverse populations. question. SWK-S 740 Social Work Practice: Theory and SWK-S 728 Advanced Statistics for Social Work (3 cr.) Research (3 cr.) This seminar provides an in-depth SWK-S 730 Proseminar on Social Work Policy orientation to the place of research in social work. It Analysis (3 cr.) focuses on epistemological, methodological, practical, and ethical issues which affect the way in which research SWK-S 740 Social Work Practice: Theory and relevant to the profession of social work is conducted and Research (3 cr.) used. SWK-S 790 Independent Study (1-3 cr.) SWK-S 791 Integrative Seminar I (1.5 cr.) This course acquaints incoming doctoral students with campus Ph.D. Social Work resources for graduate students and with the expectations SWK-S 710 Social Work Theories of Human and Social for doctoral education, including the policies, procedures, Behavior (3 cr.) This seminar focuses on the converging and academic standards of the Graduate School and forces that have shaped the development, dissemination, of the School of Social Work. Students register for this and utilization of the human-behavior knowledge base seminar in their first semester. of social work. It specifically examines the social and behavioral science theory and research that provide the SWK-S 792 Integrative Seminar II (1.5 cr.) This course foundation for social work practice across a variety of is intended to support Ph.D. students as they finish up system levels. doctoral coursework and prepare for their qualifying paper, dissertation, and subsequent professional career. SWK-S 720 Philosophy of Science and Social Students register for this seminar in their last semester of Work (3 cr.) This course examines the nature and coursework. sources of social work knowledge and considers a range of epistemological issues involved in the selection, SWK-S 800 Dissertation Research (1-12 cr.) development, evaluation, and use of knowledge for social SWK-S 712 International Social Development in a work. Global Context (3 cr.) This course is an advanced SWK-S 725 Social Work Research Internship (3 cr.) seminar for graduate students interested in developing an P: S720, S726, S727, or a foundation statistics course, in-depth understanding of complex social problems in a 576 September 6, 2017 global world. Students will have the opportunity to learn hands-on sessions in the computer lab as well as careful theories of development; critically analyze international examination of application of research procedures in their agreements; and to explore and appropriately use social own project. development models. Sociology SWK-S 718 Intermediate Statistics for Social Workers (3 cr.) Students will learn selected parametric and School of Liberal Arts nonparametric statistics to examine research problems. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Included in the learning process are hand computations of Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/sociology/ statistics development of skills in using a comprehensive computer statistics package and selection of statistical Departmental Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/IU- techniques based on levels of measurement and analyses Department-of-Sociology-at-IUPUI-492693780908945/ of the assumptions of statistics. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate SWK-S 721 Preparing to Publish: Seminar in School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The Advanced Scholarship Skills (3 cr.) This course University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements prepares doctoral students for academic scholarship. contained only in The University Graduate School Topics include expectations and standards for scholarly Bulletin.) discourse, critical and analytical thinking skills, logical argument, scholarly writing and publication, and Curriculum developing a research agenda. Web-based peer Curriculum Courses Faculty and instructor review of successive drafts of writing Master of Arts Degree assignments culminate in a synthesized review of Admission Requirements literature. Five undergraduate sociology courses (or approved SWK-S 724 Theory, Practice, and Assessment of equivalents, with no more than two of the latter) with a Social Work Teaching (3 cr.) This course prepares total grade point average of at least 3.0 (on a scale of doctoral students to effectively and competently 4.0); two samples of writing (a 500-750-word statement of teach social work courses. Content includes teaching purpose and a sole-authored report or term paper); official philosophies; curriculum and syllabus development; transcripts; and three letters of reference. International teaching methods; technology related to teaching; applicants are required to take the TOEFL. The GRE assessment, testing, evaluation of students; and research general test is not required, but is recommended for related to teaching. Students will learn accreditation admission. standards for bachelor’s and master’s social work education. Course goals will be accomplished using Students not meeting the above requirements may be readings, written assignments, guest speakers, admitted on probation, or they may be required to enroll in demonstrations of teaching, and class discussion. courses as a graduate non-degree student to complete the prerequisites. SWK-S 728 Advanced Statistics for Social Work (3 cr.) P: S600 Intermediate Statistics for Social Work. Students Course Requirements in this course learn how to evaluate statistical assumptions and select, compute, and substantively interpret a variety A total of 36 credit hours, distributed as follows: 12 credits of multivariate statistics, using SPSS to analyze actual of basic sociology courses (sociological theory [R556 social work research data. Online resources, Web-based or R557], quantitative methods [R551] or approved materials, and model applications of the statistics support equivalent, qualitative methods [S659 or approved students’ learning. equivalent], and sociological statistics [R559) or approved equivalent; 12 sociology credits with the option to focus SWK-S 790 Special Topics in Social Work Practice, these in medical sociology); 6-9 credits of electives Theory, and Research Independent Studies (1-3 cr.) (any graduate courses approved by the University P: Approval by appropriate instructor. This course Graduate School); 3-6 in thesis or internship credits. (An provides students with an opportunity to engage in undergraduate statistics course [R359 or the equivalent] is focused study of a substantive area of social work a prerequisite for R559.) practice directly related to the student’s identified area of theoretical and research interest. It is completed with Thesis or Internship the approval and under the guidance of a member of the A thesis or internship is required. Ph.D. faculty. Grades SWK-S 805 Select Topics in Social Work (1-5 cr.) Students must maintain a grade-point average of at least SWK-S 737 Advanced Social Work Research: 3.0 (B) in all coursework. Quantitative Methods II (3 cr.) P: S727. Quantitative Methods II is the second course in the research sequence Ph.D. Minor designed to further develop students’ knowledge, skills, Students who are candidates for the Ph.D. degree in other and application of research methods. Based on their departments may obtain a minor in sociology at IUPUI. research proposal developed in the first sequence class, The intent of the minor is to develop multidisciplinary skills, students will conduct their own research project and learn exposing students to theories and methods outside their data collection and management, statistical analysis, major department. The Ph.D. minor in sociology has an interpretation of data, and writing a research report. Their unstructured curriculum that can provide students with a learning will be facilitated through demonstrations and foundation in basic areas in sociology and the opportunity September 6, 2017 577 to study advanced sociological theory, qualitative and SOC-R 525 Gender and Work (3 cr.) P: Graduate quantitative research methods, and statistics. standing and 6 credit hours of sociology, or consent of the instructor. Course Requirements This course critically analyzes contemporary theory and • Four sociology courses at the 500 level or above, research on gender and work. It examines how women’s totaling 12 credits. and men’s roles in paid and unpaid work are socially • An average grade of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) or above constructed, through socialization, social interaction, and in these courses. the actions of social institutions. The interaction of gender, • No more than one individual readings course. race, ethnicity, and social class will be explored. • At least half of these courses must be taken at the IUPUI campus. SOC-R 530 Families and Social Policy (3 cr.) P: R100, R220, graduate standing. Faculty This seminar will explore how the government and labor Curriculum Courses Faculty market affect family structure and the quality of family life. Students will study the implications of family research for Chairperson social policy and learn to develop theoretical frameworks for evaluating social policies affecting families. Professor Robert W. White, Ph.D. Director of Graduate Studies SOC-R 537 Gender and Society (3 cr.) Examines some of the approaches to gender, Carrie E. Foote emphasizing social interationist and feminist theory/ Graduate Faculty methods. In addition, we will relate these approaches to (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University the study of contemporary gender approaches in selected Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct social spheres, which may vary according to instructor’s doctoral dissertations.) specialization.

Professors SOC-R 551 Quantitative Methods in Sociology (3 cr.) David C. Bell, Linda Bell*, Lynn Pike, Robert W. White*, Surveys the major quantitative techniques for investigating Colin J. Williams*, Brian Steensland* current sociological problems. It emphasizes the relationship between theory and practice in understanding Associate Professors and conducting research. Robert Aponte, Wan-Ning Bao, Najja Modibo, Peter SOC-R 556 Advanced Sociological Theory I (3 cr.) Seybold, Carrie E. Foote In-depth study of classical sociological theorists, Assistant Professors particularly Marx, Durkheim, and Weber. Examines their roles in defining the discipline Kenzie Latham, Carly Schall, Devon Hensel Adjunct Senior Scientists SOC-R 557 Advanced Sociological Theory II (3 cr.) In-depth study of cotemporary sociological theories Betsy Fife (Nursing) (e.g., social conflict, structural functionalist, symbolic Adjunct Associate Professors interactionist) as a continuation of the issues raised by the classical sociological theorists as well as a response to the Tamara Leech (Public Health) epistemological and social changes of the late twentieth century. Adjunct Assistant Professors

Dennis Watson (Public Health) SOC-R 559 Intermediate Sociological Statistics (3 cr.) P: R359 or equivalent. Courses Basic techniques for summarizing distributions, measuring Curriculum Courses Faculty interrelationships, controlling extraneous influences, and testing hypotheses are reviewed as students become SOC-R 515 Sociology of Health and Illness (3 cr.) familiar with the computer system. Complex analytical Surveys important areas of medical sociology, focusing on techniques commonly applied in professional literature are social factors influencing the distribution of disease, help- examined in detail, including analysis of variance, path seeking, and health care. Topics covered include social diagrams, factor analysis, and log-linear models. epidemiology, the health-care professions, socialization of providers, and issues of cost and cost containment. SOC-R 585 Social Aspects of Mental Health and SOC-R 517 Sociology of Work (3 cr.) Mental Illness (3 cr.) Must be at graduate standing. Course explores how work This is a graduate-level course that focuses on the is being restructured in the “new economy.” Topics include sociology of mental illness and mental health. Provides a the changing meaning of work, the quest for dignity in the thorough grounding in the research issues and traditions workplace, the plight of the working poor, and prospects that have characterized scholarly inquiry into mental for the labor movement (among other items). illness in the past. Students will become familiar with public policy as it has had an impact on the treatment of mental illness and on the mentally ill themselves. 578 September 6, 2017

SOC-R 593 Applied Fieldwork for Sociologists (3 cr.) All students on the thesis track must register for 3 credit This course will provide students with both a theoretical hours (up to 6 credit hours total) of the thesis credits as and methodological background in the different types part of the requirements for the degree. of qualitative analysis used in sociological fieldwork. Students will have the opportunity to study and to evaluate SOC-S 610 Urban Sociology (3 cr.) P: Graduate representative examples of qualitative studies and to standing or consent of the instructor. complete by themselves a project done with qualitative Historical and contemporary causes, trends, and methods. patterns of urbanization throughout the world. Various approaches to studying the process of urbanization, SOC-R 594 Graduate Internship in Sociology (3-6 cr.) including ecological, social organizational, and political P: 18 hours of graduate credit in sociology. perspectives. Current developments and problems in This course involves master’s degree students working in urban planning. organizations where they apply or gain practical insight into sociological concepts, theories, knowledge, and SOC-S 612 Political Sociology (3 cr.) P: Graduate methodology. Students analyze their experiences through standing or consent of the instructor. work logs, a lengthy written report, and regular meetings An analysis of the nature and operation of power in a with a faculty committee. (Students on the thesis track political system. Topics may include classical theories of may also take this course as an elective.) power, political behavior and campaigns, the role of mass media in sustaining power, the state as a social institution, SOC-R 610 Sociology of Health and Illness Behavior and political movements. (3 cr.) This seminar explores sociological and social scientific SOC-S 613 Complex Organizations (3 cr.) research on health and illness behavior. Special emphasis Theory and research in formal organizations: industry, is placed on examining how social factors and conditions school, church, hospital, government, military, and shape people’s responses to disease, illness, and university. Problems of bureaucracy and decision-making disability. in large-scale organizations. For students in the social sciences and professional schools interested in the SOC-R 697 Individual Readings in Sociology (1-6 cr.) comparative approach to problems of organization and Investigation of a topic not covered in the regular their management. curriculum that is of special interest to the student and that the student wishes to pursue in greater detail. Available SOC-S 616 Sociology of Family Systems (3 cr.) only to sociology graduate students through arrangement P: Graduate standing or consent of the instructor. with a faculty member. Focus on the nature, structure, functions, and changes of family systems in modern and emerging societies, in SOC-S 500 Pro-Seminar in Sociology (1 cr.) comparative and historical perspective. Attention is given P: Graduate standing and/or consent of the instructor. to relationships with other societal subsystems, and to Introduction to current sociological research interests and interaction between role occupants within and between concerns through the work of departmental members. subsystems. Currently not being offered. SOC-S 632 Socialization (3 cr.) SOC-S 526 The Sociology of Human Sexuality (3 cr.) The processes of development of the individual as a social P: Graduate standing and consent of the instructor. being and societal member, focusing on childhood or This is a one-semester graduate-level course in the socialization into adult roles. sociology of human sexuality. This course will provide (a) a detailed examination of the development of sex SOC-S 659 Qualitative Methods in Sociology (3 cr.) research, (b) a sociological perspective on and critique of Methods of obtaining, evaluating, and analyzing qualitative this corpus, and (c) an opportunity for students to develop data in social research. Methods covered include field research of their own. research procedures, participant observation, interviewing, and audiovideo recording of social behavior in natural SOC-S 530 Introduction to Social Psychology (3 cr.) settings. P: Graduate standing or consent of the instructor. Examines the broad range of work in social psychology. Emphasis is placed on the relation between the classic Spanish and contemporary literature in the field. School of Liberal Arts Departmental E-mail: [email protected] SOC-S 560 Graduate Topics (3 cr.) Exploration of a topic Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/wlac/graduate/ in sociology not covered by the regular curriculum but of mat_in_spanish interest to faculty and students in a particular semester. Topics to be announced.Emphasis is placed on the (Please note that when conferring University Graduate relation between the classic and contemporary literature in School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the field. University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements contained only in The University Graduate School Bulletin.) SOC-S 569 M.A. Thesis (3-6 cr.) P: Permission of the graduate director. September 6, 2017 579

Curriculum Thesis Option: Includes 30 hours of coursework plus a Curriculum Courses Faculty Master's Thesis (6 credit hours). Degree Offered Coursework Option: Requires 36 credit hours of Master of Arts in Teaching Spanish coursework. General Description Study Abroad Option: Students may complete one or two summers at the University of Salamanca, Spain. The graduate program in Spanish has been designed Students who complete a summer study in Salamanca specifically for teachers or future teachers of Spanish. receive a Certificate from the University of Salamanca It offers graduate-level course work in the Spanish attesting to their completion of the summer program(s) in language, Hispanic cultures, teaching methodology, residence there. The University of Salamanca has a well- applied linguistics and Hispanic art and literature. It developed curriculum for foreign students who aspire to provides for the professional development of Spanish teach Spanish, and its Cursos para Profesores receives teachers through the improvement of their language and a high level of academic prestige internationally. Other teaching skills, and it aims toward career advancement. study abroad credit must be approved by the graduate Graduates of the program will in turn contribute to better director. teaching of Spanish in schools, improving the language skills and the cultural awareness of students who study Teacher Certificate Option: This option combines the Spanish. M.A.T. with teacher certification through the IU School of Education and their "T2T" ("Transition to Teaching") Main Objectives Program. Students enrolled in this option develop a The course of study for the program is intended to equip professional teaching portfolio and prepare for a career students with knowledge of theories of second language as a teacher in Indiana public schools. It consists of 47 acquisition and effective methods of teaching, as well graduate credit hours including additional courses and as the main cultural manifestations of the language in field work. literature. Students will understand the relationship Admission Requirements between language and society in the Spanish-speaking world and the connections between language studies 1. A bachelor's degree from an accredited college or (language, literature, culture and translation/interpreting) university, with a minimum grade point average of with other disciplines, and they will be able to apply the 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) in the student’s undergraduate knowledge of the language system and culture to function major. Undergraduate degree in Spanish is effectively as teaching professionals. For more detailed expected, but related degrees are also considered objectives click here. (additional undergraduate courses may be required). 2. Official transcript. Design 3. Proficiency in the Spanish language. There are two The degree program consists of 36 credit hours of which options: 30 must be completed in residence at IUPUI. The Master 1. Nivel Intermedio (B2) in the Diploma in of Arts in the Teaching of Spanish may be completed Spanish (DELE) issued by the Spanish Ministry in four semesters at IUPUI or three semesters and of Education, Culture and Sport. two summer sessions. M.A. students must maintain a 2. OR applicant’s oral sample of 10-15 minutes of minimum grade point average of 3.0 (B). spontaneous speech in Spanish AND an essay in Spanish on some aspect of Spanish culture, Only students taking advantage of the summer program literature, linguistics, or pedagogy. in Salamanca (Summer Institute for Teachers of Spanish) can complete and transfer up to 12 credit hours (6 credits 4. Three letters of recommendation. At least two of per summer) towards the degree. Any other students these should be from professors. interested in transferring credits (6 maximum) from other 5. For international students, the university requires a institutions should keep in mind that this is acceptable minimum TOEFL score of 550 on the paper version, as long as the contents of those courses are equivalent or 213 on the computer-based test. Send scores to any of the courses offered in the MAT, and prior to Institution Code 1325, Department Code 2608. approval by the Graduate Studies Committee. See course Students who do not achieve this score may be offerings here. admitted to the university conditionally and may be required to take English as a Second Language Core Required Courses (9 cr.) courses through the Department of English. • S515 Acquisition of Spanish as a Second Language While taking these courses they will be allowed to (3 cr.) register for a maximum of six credit hours in the • S517 Methods of Teaching College Spanish (3 cr.) Master of Arts for Teachers of Spanish. If admitted, • S519 Practicum in the Teaching of Spanish (3 cr.) international students will also be required to take IUPUI’s ESL Placement exam before registering for Elective Coursework (27 cr.) the first semester. Choose at least 27 credits in consultation with a faculty • • Please note: While the GRE is not necessary advisor. See list of courses here. for admission to the Master of Arts for Teachers Program in Spanish, it is required for Students may select from the following options for the course of study: 580 September 6, 2017

application to certain financial aid programs. theoretical apparatus required to account for a range of (See “Financial Assistance” below.) syntactic phenomena in Spanish. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. 5. Online application. Please access the online portion SPAN-S 513 Introduction to Hispanic Sociolinguistics of the application. (3 cr.) P: S320, S426 or consent of instructor. This course • • Please note: Under Educational Objectives examines the relationship between language and society you must choose "Master's" as your type of in the Spanish-speaking world. It surveys a wide range of admission, "Spanish (IU Graduate School)" as topics relevant to Spanish: language as communication, your academic program, and "Spanish M.A.T." the sociology of language, and linguistic variation. The as your major. Please also note that if you course is conducted entirely in Spanish. have already submitted an online application SPAN-S 515 The Acquisition of Spanish as a Second for Graduate Non-Degree status or for another Language (3 cr.) P: S426,S428, or consent of instructor. graduate program, you must still complete a This course is designed primarily to provide graduate new online application for this program using a students of Spanish with an introduction to the study of new personal identification number (PIN) and the acquisition of Spanish as a second language. We will password and submit an additional application survey a selection of studies exploring topics that range fee. from the development of second language (Spanish) grammars, to second language production, second Financial Assistance language comprehension, input processing, and the Various sources of financial assistance are available to acquisition of pragmatic and sociolinguistic competence. graduate students at IUPUI. Applicants should contact: Students are expected to work on a research project. The course is conducted entirely in Spanish. IUPUI Office of Student Financial Services CE 250 (Campus Center) SPAN-S 517 Methods of Teaching College Spanish 420 University Boulevard (3 cr.) P: S428 or consent of instructor. This course on Indianapolis, IN 46202-5140 communicative language teaching takes as its point of Phone: (317) 274-4162 departure the body of research on second language www.iupui.edu/~finaid development. We extrapolate from this base principles and parameters to guide classroom instruction. We cover Faculty a full range of topics from grammar and input to spoken and written language. Students are expected to work on Chairperson a research project and derive pedagogical implications Professor Marta Anton* for teaching Spanish. The course is conducted entirely in Spanish. Graduate Faculty (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University SPAN-S 518 Studies in Latino and Spanish American Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct Culture (3 cr.) P: S412 or consent of instructor. This doctoral dissertations.) graduate-level course introduces essential themes and topics in the study of the cultural phenomena produced in Professors Latin America and among Hispanics in the United States. The object of inquiry will include the knowledge, belief Marta Anton*, Enrica Ardemagni* systems, artistic production, laws, customs, and other Associate Professors socially determined behaviors that pertain to the Spanish- speaking peoples in the Western hemisphere. Topics Herbert Brant*, Rosa Tezanos-Pinto such as the relationship between the colonizer and the Assistant Professors colonized, the structure of institutions that express or govern social relationships, manifestations of popular Ben Van Wyke, Iker Zulaica, Tamara Cabrera culture, the various forms by which communication is affected, high and low art, religious syncretism, and native Director of Graduate Studies indigenous cultures will be explored. Students will make Professor Iker Zulaica, Cavanaugh Hall 545 B, (317) an oral presentation on a theoretical text and write a 278-0135 research paper. Courses SPAN-S 519 Practicum Teaching of Spanish (3 cr.) P: S517 or instructor’s consent. Practical application of SPAN-S 507 Foreign Language Institute (3 cr.) the teaching methodology explored in S517 Methods Intensive interdepartmental course involving language of Teaching College Spanish. Students will undertake laboratory and audiovisual equipment and techniques, teaching projects supervised by a graduate faculty lecture, assignments in contemporary civilization (in the member in Spanish and meet with their mentors to assess foreign language), and discussion of classroom use of their teaching objectives, techniques, materials, and applied linguistics. Taught only in summer. Intended outcomes. primarily for teachers. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. SPAN-S 521 Spanish Grammar & Linguistics I (4 cr.) This course presents themes and issues in Spanish SPAN-S 511 Spanish Syntactic Analysis (3 cr.) grammar and in Hispanic linguistics selected for their P: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. Introduction relevance to teaching Spanish to nonnative students. to the analysis of syntactic data. Focus on developing September 6, 2017 581

Pedagogical implications and teaching strategies will be and the opportunity for a student to tailor the program to fit discussed. Content is distinct from that of S524. within their other graduate work. SPAN-S 523 Literature, Art & Culture I (4 cr.) This Survey research has expanded with acceleration in course presents authors, artists, themes, and issues in the past three decades. It is now widely used across Spanish literature, visual art, and cultural life selected a number of disciplines. For example, it is used by to enrich the teaching of Spanish to nonnative students. medical researchers and public health specialists in Pedagogical implications and teaching strategies will be epidemiological studies, evaluation of public information discussed. Content is distinct from that of S525. campaigns, and to assess behavioral and attitudinal risks for disease and injury. It is used by public administrators, SPAN-S 524 Span Grammar & Linguistics II (4 cr.) This in fields such as urban planning and criminal justice to course presents themes and issues in Spanish grammar evaluate current programs, assess the impact of public and in Hispanic linguistics selected for their relevance safety campaigns, and assess citizen support for new to teaching Spanish to nonnative students. Pedagogical developments in public facilities. Educational leaders implications and teaching strategies will be discussed. use surveys or diverse activities including marketing Content is distinct from that of S521. strategies for higher education institutions and scheduling SPAN-S 525 Literature, Art & Culture II (4 cr.) This of class and transportation for elementary and secondary course presents authors, artists, themes, and issues in schools. Attorneys and legal professionals look at the Spanish literature, visual art, and cultural life selected impact of programs and activities on jury selection, to enrich the teaching of Spanish to nonnative students. perceptions of courtroom behavior, and trust/support Pedagogical implications and teaching strategies will be for new and existing statutes. Business leaders are c discussed. Content is distinct from that of S523. onstantly monitoring the public’s attitudes and behaviors in regards to product development, customer satisfaction, SPAN-S 528 Translation Practice and Evaluation (3 cr.) marketing strategies, and even location of facilities. Not- A graduate credit course in the problems and techniques for-profit agencies estimate the potential for enlisting of Spanish/English and English/Spanish translation. volunteers, the potential for fundraising, and effectiveness Includes the practical aspects of translation from various of fundraising campaigns. Of course, beyond such applied texts (literary, technical, scientific, commercial, social) and uses, academicians in many disciplines use survey data evaluation of professional translations. Translation theory to study a broad range of phenomena including financial will also be studied. risk-taking, voting behavior, family satisfaction, medical SPAN-S 680 Topics in Contemporary Spanish treatment preferences, and a host of other areas. American Literature (3 cr.) Topics include poetry, drama, short story, novel, essay. Although many people use survey data, few are trained in the twin goals of the certificate program—evaluation SPAN-S 686 M.A.T. Thesis (2-6 cr.) P: Authorization of the quality of survey data and the implementation of Graduate Director. Students will identify a research of programs of survey research from data collection theme and develop it under the guidance of a director. through analysis. The main objective of this program is The topic will be related to the teaching of the Spanish to provide a graduate student with such training through language or to the teaching of an aspect of Hispanic an interdisciplinary approach to all aspects of survey culture. Repeatable for credit up to 6 hours. research. SPAN-S 650 Topics in the Teaching of Spanish (3 cr.) Students considering application to the certificate Seminar in selected topics related to the teachings program are welcome in the classes (with prerequisites or of Spanish, such as assessment, teaching materials instructor’s permission). Up to 9 credit hours earned as a development, the teaching of specific linguistic skills. This graduate nondegree student or graduate degree student is a variable title course. and approved by the program’s director may be applied toward the certificate upon admission to the program. Survey Research Course Requirements School of Liberal Arts Departmental E-mail: [email protected] The Survey Research Certificate Program consists of a total of 15 credit hours of course work at the 500-600 Departmental URL: liberalarts.iupui.edu/political_science/ level. No more than 3 credit hours may be transferred (Please note that when conferring University Graduate from another institution and no undergraduate-level School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The courses may be used toward the certificate. The certificate University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements program consists of a graduate core curriculum of contained only in The University Graduate School two courses and three courses that may come from a Bulletin.) student’s regular graduate program and approved by the certificate’s three-person program committee, consisting Curriculum of the director of the certificate program, a political science faculty member, and one other faculty member from the Graduate Certificate in Survey Research Program designated program faculty. The Graduate Certificate in Survey Research Program provides an interdisciplinary approach to survey research Required Core Courses (6 credits) in both theory and application. It encompasses a scholarly • POLS Y567 Survey Research: Approaches and introduction to sophisticated techniques in survey research Issues (3 cr.) An introductory seminar that will discuss all the key approaches, issues, and concepts in survey research, allowing students to 582 September 6, 2017

identify more specific issues that may be examined the relationship between theory and practice in in their elective courses. One element of the course understanding and conducting research. It will will be hands-on introduction to the facilities and examine issues in field research essential to a full methods of the IU Public Opinion Laboratory. understanding of a research problem. • POLS Y590 Seminar in Survey Research (3 cr.) Alternates A capstone seminar designed to be taken as last course in certificate program and to examine current • Health Administration H518 Statistical Methods for issues in the application of survey research to public Health Services (3 cr.) policy. Students will share with students from a • Public Health P601 Advanced Epidemiology (3 cr.) variety of disciplines their particular applications to • SOC R551 Sociological Research Methods (3 cr.) increase interdisciplinary awareness of problems • SOC R663 Public Opinion: Research and Methods and prospects of survey research. (3 cr.) Electives (9 cr.) • Or any other graduate course that includes inferential statistics through regression analysis and Students will be required to complete 9 additional credit is accepted by the program committee. hours of course work chosen from a group of primary • Internship Option (3 cr.) courses or alternates. This list of alternates is subject to approval by the program committee and substitutions may As an alternative to one of the electives, students be approved by that committee. The list is designed to may—with the approval of the program committee— maximize the flexibility of an interdisciplinary field such substitute an internship experience for one of the elective as survey research. Courses are offered with varying courses. They will be required to work with an approved regularity, but the curriculum is designed to allow each faculty member in completing a survey research project discipline to adapt its courses to fit students’ needs in its arising out of placement with an approved research area. organization(excluding the IUPUI Survey Research Center) involving a commitment of at least eight hours per • POLS Y575 Political Data Analysis I (3 cr.) week for one full semester. They would enroll for credit Introduces students to quantitative research in Y585 Internship in Survey Research or a comparable methods for studying politics, focusing on topics internship course subject to approval by the program that are statistical in content or that must be committee. addressed for statistics to make sense. Students who complete the course will achieve a level of Faculty statistical competency that will enable them to enroll in courses concerned with multivariate statistical Director techniques, and will acquire the basic skills of data Professor Brian Vargus* (Political Science) analysis. Graduate Faculty Alternates (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct • Public Affairs V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective doctoral dissertations.) Decision Making (3 cr.) • Public Health S528 Mathematical Statistics (3 cr.) Professors • SOC R551 Sociological Research Methods (3 cr.) Linda Haas* (Sociology), Brian Vargus* (Political Science), • Or any other graduate course that includes Eric Wright* (Public and Environmental Affairs) inferential statistics through regression analysis and is accepted by the program committee. Associate Professors • POLS Y576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) Builds Margaret Ferguson (Political Science) upon Y575 by familiarizing students with more advanced research methods, such as multiple Assistant Professor regression analysis and techniques for dealing with Aaron Dusso, (Political Science) categorical and limited dependent variables. Models to be covered include logit, probit, multinomial Academic Advisor logit, ordered probit, duration models, and survival analysis. Attention will be directed at the application Professor Brian Vargus*, Cavanaugh Hall 504C, (317) of these methods to political phenomena, policy 274-7226 applications, and the presentation of results. Courses Alternates POLS-Y 567 Survey Research: Approaches and Issues • Public Health P600 Epidemiological Research (3 cr.) An introductory seminar that will discuss all the key Methods (3 cr.) approaches, issues, and concepts in survey research, • SOC R559 Intermediate Sociological Statistics( 3 cr.) allowing students to identify more specific issues that may be examined in their elective courses. One element of the • Or any other graduate course that includes course will be hands-on introduction to the facilities and inferential statistics through regression analysis and methods of the IU Public Opinion Laboratory. is accepted by the program committee. • POLS Y580 Research Methods (3 cr.) This course POLS-Y 575 Political Data Analysis I (3 cr.) surveys the major techniques for investigating Introduces students to quantitative research methods for current political and policy problems. It emphasizes studying politics, focusing on topics that are statistical September 6, 2017 583 in content or that must be addressed for statistics to contained only in The University Graduate School make sense. Students who complete the course will Bulletin.) achieve a level of statistical competency that will enable them to enroll in courses concerned with multivariate Program of Studies statistical techniques, and will acquire the basic skills of Graduate Certificate in Teaching Writing data analysis. This is a 20-hour program of study for certified middle Alternates school or high school teachers, part-time university Public Affairs V506 Statistical Analysis for Effective writing faculty and lecturers in other disciplines, and M.A. Decision Making (3 cr.) students interested in earning a certificate in writing to Public Health S528 Mathematical Statistics (3 cr.) enhance their professional teaching careers. Sociology R551 Sociological Research Methods (3 cr.) Major topics include theories and methods of teaching Or any other graduate course that includes inferential writing; understanding linquistic diversity; uses statistics through regression analysis and is accepted by of technology in writing; social aspects of writing the program committee. development; non-fiction writing; writing assessment; and teacher research. The certificate requires completion of POLS-Y 576 Political Data Analysis II (3 cr.) Builds five graduate courses consisting of one core course and upon Y575 by familiarizing students with more advanced four elective courses. research methods, such as multiple regression analysis Graduate credits earned can be applied toward the M.A. in and techniques for dealing with categorical and limited English, upon acceptance in the M.A. dependent variables. Models to be covered include logit, probit, multinomial logit, ordered probit, duration models, Admission and survival analysis. Attention will be directed at the Admission to the Certificate program would require one application of these methods to political phenomena, of the following: (1) State certification in middle school policy applications, and the presentation of results. or high school teaching; (2) Current enrollment as a Alternates Public Health P600 Epidemiological Research Graduate student at IUPUI; (3) Successful completion Methods (3 cr.) Sociology R559 Intermediate Sociological of an M.A. degree or higher at an accredited university; Statistics( 3 cr.) Or any other graduate course that (4) Successful completion of a B.A. with a minimum GPA includes inferential statistics through regression analysis of 3.0 (out of 4.0) or the equivalent from an accredited and is accepted by the program committee. institution. POLS-Y 580 Research Methods (3 cr.) This course Required Course surveys the major techniques for investigating current W509 Introduction to Writing and Literacy Studies (4 cr.) political and policy problems. It emphasizes the relationship between theory and practice in understanding Elective Courses: (16 cr.) and conducting research. It will examine issues in W500 Teaching Writing: Issues and Approaches (4 cr.) field research essential to a full understanding of a W505 Graduate Creative Non-fiction Writing (4 cr.) research problem. Alternates Health Administration H518 W508 Graduate Creative Writing for Teachers (4 cr.) Statistical Methods for Health Services (3 cr.) Public W510 Computers in Composition (4 cr.) Health P601 Advanced Epidemiology (3 cr.) Sociology W531 Designing and Editing Visual Technical R551 Sociological Research Methods (3 cr.) Sociology Communication (4 cr.) R663 Public Opinion: Research and Methods (3 cr.) W553 Theory and Practice of Exposition (4 cr.) Or any other graduate course that includes inferential W590 Teaching Composition: Theory and Practice (4 cr.) statistics through regression analysis and is accepted by W600 Topics in Rhetoric and Composition: Language, the program committee. Dialects, and Writing (4 cr.) W605 The Writing Project Summer Institute (4 cr.) POLS-Y 590 Seminar in Survey Research (3 cr.) A W609 Individual Writing Projects (1-4 cr.) capstone seminar designed to be taken as last course in W697 Independent Study in Writing (1-3 cr.) (Writing certificate program and to examine current issues in the Project Advanced Institute) application of survey research to public policy. Students will share with students from a variety of disciplines Translational Science their particular applications to increase interdisciplinary School of Medicine awareness of problems and prospects of survey research. Departmental Email: [email protected] Teaching Writing Departmental URL: http://pediatrics.iu.edu/ School of Liberal Arts pediatric-education/ms-translational-science/; https:// Departmental Email: [email protected] www.indianactsi.org/programs/tsep Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/english/ Program Director index.php/academics/teachwtg/teachwtg_home Professor R. Mark Payne* Departmental Contact: Kim Brian Lovejoy (Please note that when conferring University Graduate (317-274-2120) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, (Please note that when conferring University Graduate the University Graduate School’s staff uses those School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The requirements contained only in The University Graduate University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements School Bulletin.) 584 September 6, 2017

Curriculum experience (see GRAD G671 Clinical Rotations for (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Translational Scientists and Engineers) is completed in Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct lieu of thesis. doctoral dissertations) Graduate Certificate in Translational Science Degree Offered This is an 18-credit certificate with four required courses Master of Science Track 1 and Track 2, Graduate (G667: Tools & Techniques in Translational Research, Certificate, Ph.D. Minor G668: Quantitative Aspects in Translational Research, G504/G505/G555: Research Ethics, and B651, B551, Special Departmental Requirements or B652 : Biostatistics I or II). These four courses will (See also general University Graduate School constitute 10-12 credits; the remaining 6–8 credits requirements.) will consist of graduate-level elective courses that are relevant to the student’s research interests. Electives Master of Science in Translational Science (6–8 cr. credits approved by program director) include Indiana University’s Translational Science Program graduate-level courses in more advanced biostatistics, focuses on biomedical research techniques – how to epidemiology, clinical pharmacology, genetics, molecular translate a basic science discovery into a treatment or biology, computer sciences, or other courses relevant to diagnosis protocol that physicians and clinicians can use the individual student’s field of research. to treat their patients. The objective of the Translational Science Program of Indiana (T.S.P.I.) is to jointly train Courses scientists, engineers, and physicians or clinicians in the G667 Tools and Techniques in Translational methodology of translational research (basic science Research (3 cr.) This course is offered in the fall and medicine working to advance care for patients). semester and provides the advanced student with an Using a unique model of dual mentorship from a clinical understanding of the basic technologies and techniques discipline, such as medicine, and basic science, this used in translational research today. Key to this training is interdisciplinary program will prepare future leadership understanding how and when to use these technologies, in translational research by integrating training in cutting and how to interpret their results and pitfalls. The edge basic science with human health and disease. This trainees develop an understanding of the components training program is focused on how to collaboratively for protecting human subjects, and how to move a novel apply scientific findings to health-related problems, concept from the lab to a patient. Finally, the student will and operates at the T0–T1 range of the Spectrum of understand how to identify and measure target endpoints Translational Research. The product of this training in patients, and how to assemble a multi-disciplinary team program is expected to meet the rapidly growing need to conduct translational research. The course will uses a for highly trained scientists, engineers, and clinicians case-based approach whereby specific technologies and who can work collaboratively to advance new findings problems are demonstrated in readings drawn from the into patient care in both academic centers, as well as the textbook. The course is supported by the Indiana C.T.S.I. biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. Course Director: R. Mark Payne. Course Requirements G668 Quantitative Aspects of Translational Research The Master of Science program is divided between two (3 cr.) An interdisciplinary weekly seminar series main components: (1) completion of the formal curriculum, offered in the spring semester. Targeted toward the and (2) active involvement in translational basic science advanced graduate student and clinical or research research under the dual mentorship of faculty scientists – based postdoctoral fellows, it will provide a forum for one in the basic science arena and the other in the clinical both Level 1 (bench to bedside) and Level 2 (clinical science field. studies to practice) translational researchers to work together in learning both the key concepts and principles Both elements are critical in preparation of the candidate required to develop medically relevant solutions. Through for successful research following graduation. Besides a systematic exploration of diabetes mellitus, students will didactic classes, there is substantial research training in be exposed to the process of learning about any disease. scientific writing and grant preparation. The curriculum Lecturers will represent the multiple disciplines with a is designed to cover core competency areas through stake in dealing the various aspects of disease; thus, a combination of course work and mentored research. providing students with a better global understanding. The two-year M.S. program consists of a 30 credit hour curriculum, which includes the following core courses— G504/G505/P555 Research Ethics (Responsible G504/G505/G555, B652B651/B6522, G667, G668, N802, Conduct of Research - R.C.R.) (1-3 cr.) All M.S. and approved electives. Additionally, Track 1 requires the students must enroll in coursework related to R.C.R. if completion of G669 and G670; whereas, Track 2 requires they have not already done so. the completion of G671. 1. G504 Introduction to Research Ethics (2-3 cr.) Grades More intensive course than G505. Taught by the Department of Medical and Molecular Genetics An overall average of at least a B (3.0) is required. and The IU Center for Bioethics. Course Director: Kimberly Quaid de Cordon. Offered 3 times in the Thesis past 3 years (every fall). Track 1 requires both research experience (GRAD G669 2. G505 Introduction to Research Ethics (1 cr.) Mentored Basic Science Translational Research) and a Offered in the fall semester, G505 includes lecture thesis (GRAD G670). Track 2 requires a clinical rotation and small group discussion formats and covers September 6, 2017 585

important issues in biomedical research, such as: analysis. Upon completion of the course, students will 1) Scientific misconduct, 2) Conflict of interest, 3) achieve a basic understanding of the concepts and Animal rights and welfare, 4) Ownership of data, techniques of data description and statistical inferences. intellectual property, and copyright management, Students will also acquire a working knowledge of SPSS,a 5) Authorship and scientific manuscripts, and 6) commonly used statistical computation program. Students Informed consent and human subjects. Offered 3 will be able to understand and interpret the statistical times in the past 3 years (every fall). analyses in research articles published in medical 3. PHIL P555 Ethical and Policy Issues in journals. Offered in spring and fall. International Research (3 cr.) If students are N801 Techniques of Effective Grant Writing (or contemplating international research, they may approved equivalent) (3 cr.) This is an intensive course / opt for this course. This course examines ethical workshop designed to teach fellows and graduate and policy issues in the design and conduct of students how to write and review an N.I.H. application. transnational research involving human participants. Trainees will write an N.R.S.A., R03, or K-award Topics discussed include: economic and political application. Offered 3 times in the past 3 years (every fall). factors; study design; the role of ethics review committees; individual and group recruitment/ Electives (3-7 credits) informed consent; end of study responsibilities; national and international guidelines. Course Example electives include graduate level courses in Director: Eric M. Meslin. more advanced biostatistics, epidemiology, clinical pharmacology, genetics, molecular biology, and computer B652B651 Biostatistics I (or approved equivalent) sciences. However, enrollees may select electives from (3 cr.) B652B651 is an introductory level biostatistics the entire offering of graduate courses at both Indiana course designed for healthcare professionals. It is the University and Purdue University at Indianapolis as well first in the B652B651 and B6522 series on biostatistics as IU at Bloomington. Must be approved by Program methodology. The course covers topics such as data Director. description and presentation techniques, probability and probability distributions, sampling distributions, statistical Requirements for M.S. in Translational Science for inferences from small and large samples, analysis of people with clinical background (i.e., M.D.) categorical data, analysis of variance, correlation and G669 Mentored Basic Science/Translational Research simple linear regression analysis. Upon completion of (9 cr.) This mandatory course requires the student to the course, students will achieve a basic understanding construct an organized translational research project of the concepts and techniques of data description under dual mentorship (M.D. and Ph.D.) by faculty. The and statistical inferences. Students will also acquire a capstone experience is the completion of a grant in the working knowledge of SPSS, a commonly used statistical N.I.H. format suitable for peer-review and presentation computation program. Students will be able to understand before one’s peers. This course will be conducted in the and interpret the statistical analyses in research articles fall, spring, and summer terms, graded by faculty, and published in medical journals. Course Director: B. Katz. should be in a format supporting submission to a funding Offered 6 times in the past 3 years (spring and fall organization. Students will enroll for 3 credits per semester semesters). for up to 3 semesters. Course Director: R. Mark Payne or G670 Thesis in Translational Research (3 cr.) This B652 Biostatistics II (or approved equivalent) (3 cr.) mandatory course requires the student to complete a B652 is an advanced applied biostatistics course designed research thesis based on their mentored basic science/ for students with an interest in the health sciences. translational research project. Course Director: R. Mark Students are expected to have completed at least one Payne semester course of basic biostatistics. Knowledge of Requirement for M.S. in Translational Science for probability and probability distributions, concepts of people with Basic Science background (i.e., Ph.D.) estimation and hypothesis testing are assumed. Topics covered in this course include multiple linear regression, G671 Clinical Rotations for Translational Scientists multi-factor analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, and Engineers (9 cr.) Students rotate in pairs through analysis of repeated measures, logistic regression model, all rotations, and an effort is made to only have two and survival analyses. Upon completion of the course, students on each rotation at a time to maintain a high students are expected to understand the appropriate quality experience. These courses serve to both introduce statistical models for various outcomes and be able to the students to clinical medicine, and acclimatize them interpret results using statistical techniques covered in this to the language and environment of hospital-based and course. Offered 3 times in the past 3 years (every fall). out-patient medical care. Designed as practicums, these courses are particularly aimed at non-clinician scientists or intending to conduct translational research. Biostatistics for Public Health I (B551 or approved Ph.D. Minor in Translational Science equivalent) 3 cr. B551 is an introductory level biostatistics This is a 12-credit program which focuses on biomedical course designed for healthcare professionals. The course research techniques—how to translate a basic science covers topics such as data description and presentation discovery into a treatment or diagnosis protocol that techniques, probability and probability distributions, physicians and clinicians can use to treat patients. sampling distributions, statistical inferences from small All students expressing interest will be encouraged to and large samples, analysis of categorical data, analysis speak with the program director or one of the Executive of variance, correlation and simple linear regression Committee members. The minor program will be approved 586 September 6, 2017 by the student’s advisory committee, which will take into Degree Offered consideration the student’s total didactic experience. Doctor of Philosophy The advisory committee may approve additional and/ or substitution of appropriate courses to complete the Admission degree requirements. The minor representative on this Admission to the urban education studies doctoral Committee will be selected from outside the student’s program is competitive and requires faculty approval. major department. Admission is based on an applicant's qualifications, Courses submitted application materials (including GRE scores and (See course descriptions above.) official transcripts), a personal interview, and references. Additionally, the IU School of Education at IUPUI will G667 Tools and Techniques in Translational follow the standard policies and procedures of the IUPUI Research (3 cr.) Graduate Office. G668 Quantitative Aspects of Translational Research (3 cr.) A master's degree is required for admission to the G504/G505/P555 Research Ethics (Responsible program. If you are enrolled in a master's program at the Conduct of Research - R.C.R.) (1-3 cr.) time you apply but have not yet completed the program, B651 Biostatistics I (or approved equivalent) (3 cr.) you must do so before you begin urban education studies doctoral course work. or To apply, complete the online application and submit all B652 Biostatistics II (approved equivalent) (3 cr.) other materials described below to: or Graduate Admissions IU School of Education at IUPUI B551 Biostatistics I for Public Health ATTN: Donnella Dillon Electives: Must be approved by Program Director (up to 3 902 W. New York Street cr.) Indianapolis, IN 46202-5155 Faculty Curriculum Curriculum Faculty To graduate from the Urban Education Studies doctoral Professors program, you must complete a total of 90 credit hours Trudy Banta, Christine Leland, Stacy Morrone, Gary Pike, distributed as follows. Pat Rogan, Jim Scheurich Urban Education Studies major (36 credit hours) Associate Professors Required courses (21 credit hours) Beth Berghoff, Cindy Borgmann, Lori Patton Davis, • EDUC-T 620 Issues in Urban Education (3) Robin Hughes, Tambra Jackson, Brendan Maxcy, Crystal • EDUC-J 655 Multicultural and Global Education (3) Morton, Jomo Mutegi, Floyd (Flip) Robinson, Samantha Scribner, Chalmer Thompson, Annela Teemant, Erik • EDUC-T 690 Early Inquiry in Urban Education (3) Tillema • EDUC-T 650 Teaching Internship in Urban Education (3) Assistant Professor • EDUC-T 750 Topical Seminar in Urban Education Sha’Kema Blackmon, Cristina Santamaria Graff, Thu (6-taken twice for 3 credit hours each) Suong Nguyen, Megan Palmer, Brian Plankis, Teresa • EDUC-T 700 Research Seminar in Urban Education Sosa, Kathleen King Thorius, Mark Urtel, Craig Willey (3) Associate Clinical Professors Additional course choices (15 credit hours) Natasha Flowers, Deborah Keller, Paula Magee, Monica • EDUC-A 560 Political Perspectives of Education (3) Medina • EDUC-A 653 The Organizational Context of Education (3) Assistant Clinical Professors • EDUC-A 672 Moral Dimensions of Leadership (3) Lonni Gill, Anne Ociepka, Joy Seybold, Gina Yoder • EDUC-H 520 Education and Social Issues (3) • EDUC-H 530 Philosophy of Education (3) Emeriti • EDUC-J 500 Instruction in the Context of Curriculum Mary Jo Dare, D. Keith Morran, Jacqueline Blackwell (3) • EDUC-J 630 Curriculum Theory and Practice (3) Urban Education Studies • EDUC-K 553 Classroom Management (3) School of Education • EDUC-K 548 Families, School and Society (3) Curriculum Faculty • EDUC-L 500 Instructional Issues in Language Learning (3) Departmental URL: • EDUC-L 524 Language Education Issues in Bilingual http://education.iupui.edu/programs/graduate/ and Multicultural Education (3) urbaneducation/overview.php • EDUC-L 540 ESL/EFL Instruction and Assessment Approaches (3) Departmental Email: urbanphd [at] iupui [dot] edu • EDUC-P 507 Assessment in Schools (3) September 6, 2017 587

• EDUC-T 515 Inter-professional Collaboration in help shape a vision of women’s position in society that Urban Schools and Communities (3) will enable students to make a more meaningful contribu- • EDUC-T 531 Organizational Change in Cultural & tion wherever their career paths and future engagements Linguistical Diverse Schools (3) may lead. A degree in Women’s Studies should enhance a • EDUC-T 630 Topics in Urban Education: Variable student’s effectiveness in virtually any career. Topics (3) • EDUC-T 550 Cultural/Community Forces and the For careers in law or social service, WOST gives insight Schools (3) into social practices that oppress women, such as rape, • EDUC-Y 510 Action Research I (3) abuse, and job discrimination. For careers in biology, medicine, nursing, or other allied health professions, Research core (15 credit hours) WOST offers an understanding of women’s health needs. For business careers, WOST teaches students to • EDUC-Y 521 Methodological Approaches to understand the barriers and the opportunities for women Educational Inquiry (3) seeking careers in the corporate world. • EDUC-Y 502 Intermediate Statistics Applied to Education (3) Requirements for the Graduate Minor • EDUC-Y 500 Lab for Statistics (1) • EDUC-Y 611 Qualitative Inquiry in Education (3) A total of 12 credit hours. • EDUC-Y 603 Statistical Design of Education Faculty Research (3) or • EDUC-Y 604 Multivariate Analysis in Educational Director Research (3) Catherine A. Dobris • Advanced Research Methods (3) selected with Graduate Faculty approval from faculty advisor (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University Minor (12 to 18 credit hours) Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) You will consult with your Advisory Committee to identify a minor. The courses you take to satisfy your minor can Professors come from within the School of Education or from another Gabrielle Bersier* (German), Paul Carlin* (Economics), school entirely—but cannot be part of the Urban Education Ulla Connor* (English), Linda Haas* (Sociology), Karen Studies major. Kovacik (English), Missy Kubitschek* (English), Obioma Electives (9 to 15 credit hours) Nnaemeka* (Women’s Studies, French), Jane Schultz* (English), Patricia Wittberg* (Sociology), Marianne You will have the freedom to choose courses that give Wokeck* (History) you the breadth of knowledge you need to satisfy your particular interests and goals. However, you should have Associate Professors your Advisory Committee's approval before enrolling. Dennis Bingham* (English), Jeanette Dickerson-Putman* Together, the Minor and Elective courses must total 24 (Anthropology), Catherine A. Dobris (Communication credit hours. Studies), Karen Johnson (English), Nancy Robertson (History), Susan Shepherd (English) Dissertation (15 credit hours) Graduate Advisor • EDUC- T 795 Doctoral Proposal Preparation in Urban Education (3) Women’s Studies, Cavanaugh Hall, Room 540B, • EDUC- T 799 Doctoral Thesis in Urban Education Indianapolis, IN 46202-5140, (317) 274-7611 (12) Courses Women's Studies WOST-W 500 Feminist Theory (3 cr.) An examination School of Liberal Arts of contemporary feminist analyses of gender relations, Departmental E-mail: [email protected] how they are constituted and experienced, and how social structures maintaining sexist hierarchies intersect with Departmental URL: http://liberalarts.iupui.edu/wost/ hierarchies of race, class, and ethnicity. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate WOST-W 601 Survey of Contemporary Research School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The in Women’s Studies: The Social and Behavioral University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements Sciences (3 cr.) An exploration of feminist perspectives in contained only in The University Graduate School the social sciences. Theoretical frameworks and research Bulletin.) styles are examined, as are feminist critiques of traditional social scientific frameworks and research methods. Curriculum WOST-W 602 Contemporary Research in Women’s Women’s Studies Program Studies: The Humanities (3 cr.) Review of literature Women’s Studies brings together faculty, students, and on sex roles, psychology of women, socialization, and member of the comunity interested in women’s issues politicization of women. Training in methodology of in teachings, research, and service. Interdisciplinary in research on women; critique of prevailing and feminist nature, WOST explores a wide range of issues as seen theoretical frameworks for studying women. through the perspective of gender. Women’s Studies can 588 September 6, 2017

WOST-W 695 Graduate Rdgs/Research-Reasearch GPA requirement may be admitted provisionally upon in Women’s Std (3-6 cr.) An opportunity for graduate the recommendation of the director of the M.A.L.S. students in various programs at IUPUI to explore specific program and or the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies issues within the field of women’s studies, guided by Advisory Board. Completed applications include the faculty with particular expertise in these areas. following: application form, application fee, cover letter, at least two letters of recommendation, a writing sample, WOST-W 701 Graduate Topics in Women’s Studies scores from the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) or (3-4 cr.) Advanced investigation of selected research equivalent graduate exam scores, and transcripts of all topics in women’s studies. Topics to be announced. previous undergraduate and graduate study. Kokomo A student whose native language is not English must have a minimum TOEFL score of 560 (standard grading) Liberal Studies or 220 (computer graded). The recommended TOEFL score is 600 (standard grading) or 250 (computer graded). School of Humanities and Social Sciences Exceptions to these requirements may be made at the Departmental E-mail: [email protected] discretion of the graduate liberal studies committee. Departmental URL: http://www.iuk.edu/academics/ Application Deadlines majors/humanities-and-social-sciences/humanities/ contact.shtml Students may be admitted to the M.A.L.S. Program to begin in either the fall or spring semester. All admission (Please note that when conferring University Graduate decisions are made by the graduate faculty members of School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies Advisory Board. The University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements committee meets to review applications twice a year. The contained only in The University Graduate School deadlines for submitting completed applications for review Bulletin.) by the committee are as follows: Fall application deadline is July 15; the Spring application deadline is November 15. Curriculum Students are advised to give reference letter writers at Degree Offered least two to four weeks’ notice so that their letters will Master of Arts in Liberal Studies arrive prior to the deadline. Applications that are not General Information completed by a given deadline may not be considered The Mastes of Arts in Liberal Studies (M.A.L.S.) offers until the next deadline and this may cause a delay in three different tracks: admission by one semester. • INTERDISCIPLINARY TRACK: Provides students Track Requirements with the opportunity to take an individualized Interdisciplinary Track: program of graduate courses and interdisciplinary 1. Completion of 30 hours of graduate coursework core seminars in a variety of disciplines in the 2. A minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 is required for graduation. If a arts and sciences. Students identify and explore student drops below a 3.0 G.P.A. in any given semester, significant patterns and connections that exist they could be dismissed from the program. Only courses among the diverse disciplines that define current with a minimum grade of “B-” will count towards the knowledge. degree. The introductory course (D510) requires a passing • ACADEMIC TEACHING TRACK: Provides students grade of "B" or better. with academic teaching training in the form of teaching assistantships, methods and subject Coursework: D510-Introduction to M.A.L.S. Graduate content in the field of their choice (English and Liberal Studies in first fall semester (3 hours) Communication Arts are the most popular) Area of Concentration (21 hours-minimum of 9 hours in • GLOBAL STUDIES TRACK: Provides students with one discipline) a deeper understanding of international issues such as multiculturalism, conflict resolution, human rights, Courses must come from the Humanities, Social and energy, and the environment. Behavioral Sciences, or Natural, Information and Mathematical Sciences. The completion of a thesis Students begin with an introduction to graduate liberal (6 hours): D603 Thesis Proposal (3 hours) and D604 studies and interdisciplinary methodology, then choose Thesis (3 hours) one of the three tracks. All students write a thesis. The M.A.L.S. program draws on faculty with diverse expertise Academic Teaching Track (English, Communication to explore topics through a multidisciplinary approach. Arts and other disciplines ) Admission Requirements (Currently this program is 1. Completion of 36 hours of graduate coursework; not accepting applications.) 2. A minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 is required for graduation. If a student drops below a 3.0 G.P.A. in any Students are admitted to the Master of Arts in Liberal given semester, they could be dismissed from the Studies program by the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies program; Only courses with a minimum grade of Advisory Board. In order to be admitted to this program, “B-” will count towards the degree. The introductory a student is expected to have earned a baccalaureate course (D510) requires a passing grade of "B" or degree (B.A. or B.S.) from an accredited college or better. university with an overall grade point average of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. Students who do not meet the Coursework: September 6, 2017 589

• D510 Introduction to M.A.L.S. Graduate Liberal Associate Professors Studies in first fall semester (3 hours) Angela Becker, Karl L. Besel, Matthew T. Bradley, Kelly Area of Concentration (21 hours) L. Brown, Sharon K. Calhoon, Ann M. Cameron, Dmitriy Chulkov, Kevin M. Clark, Michael S. Finkler, Nancy • D591 Graduate Workshop on Teaching (3 hours) Greenwood, Mary E. Hansen, Kathryn M. Holcomb, Scott • D550 (Teaching Assistantship-3 hours) L. Jones, Donna R. McLean, Julie R. Saam, Susan M. The completion of a thesis (6 hours): D603 Thesis Sciame, Julia Tinsley (Emerita), Linda S. Wallace, Eva Proposal (3 hours) and D604 Thesis (3 hours).. Roa White, Carl Widland (Emeritus) Global Studies Track: Assistant Professors 1. Completion of 30 hours of graduate coursework; Mary P. Bourke, Chris R. Darr, Minda Douglas, Christina 2. A minimum GPA of 3.0 is required for graduation. A. Downey, Linda S. Ficht*, Melissa M. Grabner-Hagen, If a student drops below a 3.0 GPA in any given Sarah E. Heath, Joe Keener, Joung Yeo Kim*, Andrew M. semester, they could be dismissed from the McFarland, Raul A. Mosley, Patrick M. Motl, Yusuf A. Nur, program. Only courses with a minimum grade of Masato Ogawa, Gregory Steel “B-” will count towards the degree. The introductory course (D510) requires a passing grade of "B" or Courses better. LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar (3 cr.) An Coursework interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the humanities. Topics vary from semester to semester. May be repeated • D510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies in first twice for credit. fall semester (3 hours) LBST-D 502 Social Science Seminar (3 cr.) An Area of Concentration (21 hours-minimum of 9 hours in interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the social sciences. one discipline) Topics vary from semester to semester. May be repeated • D514 Graduate Liberal Overseas Study (3 hours) twice for credit. The completion of a thesis (6 hours): D603 Thesis LBST-D 503 Science Seminar (3 cr.) interdisciplinary Proposal (3 hours) and D604 Thesis (3 hours). graduate seminar in the sciences. Topics vary from semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit. Academic Regulations LBST-D 510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies Students must have their programs of study approved (3 cr.) A comprehensive introduction to graduate liberal by the M.A.L.S. program director. An average grade of studies. Explores the cultures of the humanities, social B (3.0) is required for graduation, and no course with sciences, and sciences. Investigates interdisciplinary a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be counted toward the methodologies. Offers strategies for graduate-level degree. Students are required to retain good academic reading, research, and writing for other publics. standing, i.e., to maintain a G.P.A. of at least 3.0. Failure to maintain good standing may result in dismissal from the LBST-D 511 M.A.L.S. Humanities Elective (3 cr.) program. P: D510. An M.A.L.S. graduate elective course in the humanities. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. Other academic regulations and policies are established by the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies Advisory Board. LBST-D 512 M.A.L.S. Social Science Elective (3 cr.) Students are to consult the M.A.L.S. program director for P: D510. An M.A.L.S. graduate elective course in the further information. social sciences. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. Interim Director LBST-D 513 M.A.L.S. Science Elective (1-6 cr.) P: D510. An M.A.L.S. graduate elective course in the Netty Provost, KO 223; (765) 455-9266; [email protected] sciences. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. Faculty LBST-D 514 Graduate Liberal Overseas Study (3-6 cr.) P: D510. This course will enable M.A.L.S. students to Graduate Director participate in overseas studies. In some cases there may Lecturer Netty Provost be a language prerequisite. Graduate Faculty LBST-D 525 Topics in International Studies (1-6 cr.) (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University P: D510. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct This course is a graduate seminar with varied topics doctoral dissertations.) in international studies. The content will vary, but it will always focus on international issues and topics in Professors different fields of studies. At times, this course will have an interdisciplinary and /or comparative focus. Richard Aniskiewicz, Christian Chauret*, Steve R. Cox*, Robert A. Dibie, Gary E. Dolph* (Emeritus), Kasem K. Kasem*, Ligaya McGovern*, Mohammad Z. Meybodi*, LBST-D 551 Research Assistantship (3-6 cr.) P: D510 Kathy Parkison, David Rink, Dianne Roden*, John M. and prior consent of director and instructor. This course Ross*, Michael Tulley*, Earl Wysong* (Emeritus) will enable students to assist resident faculty in their research. 590 September 6, 2017

LBST-D 591 Graduate Workshop on Teaching (3 cr.) contained only in The University Graduate School P: D510. Bulletin.) The course is designed to present basic information about course management and pedagogy for new Degree Offered graduate students. The content will include information Master of Liberal Studies about the following topics: Philosophy of teaching and General Information learning, course planning and design, criteria for selecting The Master of Liberal Studies (M.L.S) program is unique. textbooks and readings, constructing a syllabus and It does not provide a rigid schedule of courses or focus on course policies, science and art of effective lectures, one particular specialty. It is inherently interdisciplinary. using discussions, active learning, and group work, ethical It is designed for students who love to learn new ideas issues in faculty and student conduct, assessment of and discuss them with others. It is designed for students student learning. who are curiosity about the world – about art, literature, science, politics, human nature and history. It is for people LBST-D 594 Liberal Studies Directed Readings who want to explore new worlds and who enjoy meeting (1-3 cr.) P: D510 and prior consent of instructor. others who want to join the expedition. It is designed for Independent study involving systematic schedule of students who wish to combine several academic areas readings sponsored and supervised by a faculty member. into one tailored degree program. Students select a May be repeated up to a maximum of 6 credit hours. sequence of graduate level courses to create their own LBST-D 596 Liberal Studies Independent Research path of study. It allows students to explore questions of (1-3 cr.) P: D510 and prior consent of instructor. An enduring concern and contemporary urgency in the arts, independent research project formulated and conducted humanities, behavioral sciences, social sciences, life in consultation with a faculty member and culminating in a sciences, and physical sciences. In doing so, the program final analytical paper. May be repeated up to a maximum provides students satisfaction. Students will gain fresh of 6 credit hours. perspectives and will hone the creative, critical thinking, decision making, analytical, and communication skills LBST-D 600 Public Intellectual Practicum (3 cr.) that are so valued in today’s workplace. Uniquely among P: Completion of all M.A.L.S. course work. A capstone graduate programs, the M.L.S helps students understand seminar for the M.A.L.S. public intellectual option. the broader context of their ideas, path of study, and Students will study the history of public intellectuals, fields of work, learn to analyze problems from a variety of explore the variety of ways in which public intellectuals perspectives, will stimulate students to find connections carry out their work, and create a portfolio of their own between their studies and their personal and professional public intellectual work. lives, and encourages a lifelong commitment to learning, free inquiry and the life of the mind. LBST-D 601 Thesis Proposal (3 cr.) P: Completion of all M.A.L.S. course work. Independent research/creative Admission Requirements activity in which students choose a topic for their thesis , complete the initial research to determine its feasibility, Students are admitted to the Master of Liberal Studies write a formal proposal with an extensive bibliography program by the Graduate Admission Committee of the identifying sources and/or resources necessary to College of Arts and Sciences. To be considered for complete the project, and defend it before a faculty admission, students must hold a bachelor’s degree from committee. an accredited institution and should have obtained an undergraduate grade point average of at least 3.0. LBST-D 602 Thesis Writing (3 cr.) P: D601. Complete the writing of the thesis in consultation with a thesis Academic Curriculum committee, and defend it before the thesis committee. The M.L.S. requires the completion of 10 courses (30 LBST-D 603 Thesis Proposal (3 cr.) credits). Students begin with an introduction to graduate Independent initial research/exploration of thesis topic liberal studies and interdisciplinary methodology, and then including a formal proposal containing a statement of enroll in at least three core seminars in the humanities, purpose, a background or rationale, an extensive literature the sciences, and the social sciences. Seminars review, a methodology, and a working thesis title. This combine detailed study of a particular topic with a broad course is a prerequisite for students registering for D604. interdisciplinary examination of ways of understanding. The M.L.S. program draws on faculty with diverse expertise to explore topics through a multidisciplinary LBST-D 604 Thesis (3 cr.) approach. The program is designed to allow students Independent thesis work conducted in consultation with flexibility to fashion a course of study that blends their Thesis Committee. interests, talents and experience. Students, under guidance of their faculty advisor, may choose graduate Liberal Studies courses and seminars in a variety of disciplines within the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences. The program culminates Departmental URL: http://www.iun.edu/liberal-studies/ with a thesis or alternative project that will grow out of the index.htm information and methodologies acquired throughout the course work. Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Core Seminars (Please note that when conferring University Graduate School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The • LIBS D502 Social Sciences Seminar (3 cr.) University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements September 6, 2017 591

• LIBS D503 Science Seminar (3 cr.) counted toward the degree. Students are required to retain good academic standing, i.e., to maintain a GPA of at Each of the core courses is a graduate seminar least 2.7. Failure to maintain good standing may result in combining detailed study of particular topics with broad dismissal from the program. Other academic regulations interdisciplinary perspectives. These courses give and policies are established by the Graduate Liberal students the opportunity to explore the connections that Studies Committee of the College of Arts and Sciences. exist among the diverse discipline and perspectives that Students should consult the M.L.S. program director for define contemporary knowledge. further information. Electives Graduate Program Director • LIBS D511 M.L.S. Humanities Elective (1-4 cr.) Kevin McElmurry, Lindenwood Hall, Room 212, 3400 • LIBS D512 M.L.S. Social Science Elective (1-4 cr.) Broadway, (219) 980-6829, [email protected] • LIBS D513 M.L.S. Science Elective (1-4 cr.) Electives offer students a wide variety of choices with Northwest which to create programs of study suited to their individual Liberal Studies interest. These elective courses may be selected to build support and background for the graduate project, or to South Bend enable students to more ably participate in the public intellectual, artistic, and cultural life of their communities. English In addition to the above, students may also repeat core seminars (each may be taken up to two more times under College of Liberal Arts and Sciences a different topic). Departmental URL: https://www.iusb.edu/english/ academic-programs/master-of-arts-in-english/ Independent Research/Creative Activity Option (Please note that when conferring University Graduate The Independent Research/Creative Activity Option School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The offers students the opportunity to work closely with a University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements faculty committee and to complete a final project designed contained only in The University Graduate School around their unique interests. Students must take 12 Bulletin.) credits of electives and then successfully complete their program with a graduate project. The graduate Contact Information project is an independent scholarly enterprise in which Department of English the student demonstrates mastery of a specific topic. Wiekamp Hall 3127 Examples include a thesis, a computer program, a Indiana University South Bend translation of a work of literature, or an artistic composition 1700 Mishawaka Avenue or performance. South Bend, IN 46634-7111 (574) 520-4304 Capstone Experience Curriculum • LIBS D601 M.L.S. Project Proposal Seminar (3 cr.) • LIBS D602 Graduate Project (6 cr.) Degrees Offered Master of Arts (M.A.) Public Intellectual Option Special Departmental Requirements Upon completion of two additional core seminars and 12 credits of electives, the Public Intellectual Option See also general University Graduate School offers students the opportunity to work within a learning requirements. community made up of other students and led by a faculty facilitator to explore the variety of genres through which Admission Requirements public intellectuals communicate, and to create their own Students are admitted to the English graduate program portfolio of public intellectual work to be submitted for by the Graduate Studies Committee. Applicants for the completion of the M.L.S. degree. program must have a bachelor’s degree in English or in a closely related field from an accredited institution and an Capstone Experience undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0. A candidate who does not meet the G.P.A. requirement may apply for special • LIBS D600 Public Intellectual Practicum (3 cr.) student status. Academic Regulations Degree Requirements Students must have their programs of study approved by the M.L.S. program director. Master of Arts in English The M.A. offers a flexible program of study and provides Courses taken for graduate credit at the 300 or 400 level broad expertise in English studies including literary include additional assignments beyond those required analysis, composition, and creative writing. Students may for undergraduate credit. Enrollment in such courses choose up to five elective courses, which will allow them requires the approval of the instructor and of the M.L.S. more opportunities to shape their course of study. The program director. Students may take up to 9 credit hours M.A. degree opens employment opportunities teaching of electives in a single academic program. English in schools or community colleges, working in An average grade of B (3.0) is required for graduation, the service and information industries, the news media, and no course with a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be advertising, public relations, and in other corporations 592 September 6, 2017 requiring writing specialists. It also offers a life-enriching Graduate Faculty continuation of intellectual study. To complete this degree, (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University students must meet the course requirements listed below. Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct doctoral dissertations.) M.A. Course Requirements (36 credit hours) Professors • G660 Stylistics (4 cr.) • L501 Professional Scholarship in Literature (4 cr.) Gabrielle Robinson* (Emerita), Margaret Scanlan* • L502 Contexts for the Study of Writing (4 cr.) (Emerita), Frances Sherwood (Emerita), Miriam Shil- • Five elective courses, with emphasis either lingsburg* (Emerita), Tom VanderVen (Emeritus) in creative writing, literature, or rhetoric and Associate Professors composition studies (20 cr.) • L695 Independent Writing Project (4 cr.) James E. Blodgett (Emeritus), Rebecca Brittenham, Joseph R. Chaney, Karen Gindele, Charles Harrington (Students must take at least one course in the literary (Emeritus), Eleanor Lyons (Emerita), Robert Meyer-Lee, period, subject area or genre that they want to address in Kelcey Parker, Elaine Roth, Ken Smith their project.) Assistant Professors Foreign Language Requirement Benjamin Balthaser, Chu He, Lee Kahan, Anne Magnan- Students must have completed two college semesters Park, Jake Mattox, Kyoko Takanashi of a single foreign language by the time the M.A. degree is conferred. Candidates who have completed these Director of Graduate Studies two courses as part of other graduate or undergraduate Assistant Professor Lee Kahan programs need not take additional courses as part of the M.A. program. Candidates who have gained foreign Courses language skills outside of the classroom may take a CMLT-C 603 Topics in Comparative Literature (4 cr.) Foreign Language Placement Exam to demonstrate Explores specific problems between two literatures or their achievement of language skills equivalent to those between literature and another area in the humanities. achieved from two semesters of formal study. May be repeated for credit. Transfer Credits ENG-D 600 History of the English Language (3-4 cr.) Applicants may be allowed to transfer up to two graduate Survey of the evolution of the English language from its courses or 8 credit hours from another graduate institution earliest stages to the present, with reference to its external (or from previous graduate work at IUSB) if those history and to its phonology, morphology, syntax, and courses demonstrably contribute to the work required vocabulary. for the English M.A. Unless transfer courses are clearly ENG-G 552 Linguistics and the Teacher of English equivalent to the required core courses for the M.A., (4 cr.) Topics in applied English linguistics, intended for those courses will be counted as electives. Candidates English teachers at all levels. should include in the application a request to transfer courses, a brief description of each course identifying ENG-G 660 Stylistics (4 cr.) Survey of traditional and how it contributes to the English M.A., and supporting linguistic approaches to the study of prose and poetic documentation such as syllabi, assignments, papers, or style. Attention will center on the description of the verbal other relevant material. characteristics of texts, what those characteristics reflect about the author, and how they affect the reader. Academic Regulations ENG-L 501 Professional Scholarship in Literature Students must confer with their academic advisors on a (4 cr.) Instruction in the materials, tools, and methods regular basis to determine an effective course of study. of research. The course is especially designed to An average grade of B (3.0) is required for graduation, and familiarize beginning graduate students with the research no course with a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be counted expectations associated with graduate study in literature. toward the degree. Students are required to maintain good academic standing, i.e., to maintain a G.P.A. of at least ENG-L 502 Contexts for Study of Writing (4 cr.) 3.0. A student whose G.P.A. drops below 3.0 must restore Historical and cognitive effects of writing, reading, and it to 3.0 within 9 credit hours. Failure to maintain good language use, and the implications of these effects for standing will result in dismissal from the program. the teaching and study of literature and writing. Special emphasis will be placed on the history and psychology of Master of Arts in Teaching literacy. This program currently is not offered. ENG-L 590 Internship in English (4 cr.) A supervised Faculty internship in the uses of language in the workplace. Each intern will be assigned a problem or task and will develop Chairperson the methods for solving or completing it. Each intern Associate Professor Elaine Roth will complete a portfolio of workplace writing and self- evaluation. ENG-L 623 English Drama from the 1590s to 1800, Exclusive of Shakespeare (4 cr.) P: Familiarity with half a dozen plays of Shakespeare. September 6, 2017 593 ENG-L 625 Shakespeare (4 cr.) Critical analysis of Liberal Studies selected texts. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ENG-L 631 English Literature 1660–1790 (4 cr.) Departmental E-mail: [email protected] Extensive reading in poetry and nonfictional prose. Departmental URL: www.iusb.edu/sbmls/ ENG-L 639 English Fiction to 1800 (4 cr.) Graduate Director ENG-L 642 Studies in Romantic Literature (4 cr.) An advanced survey of the literature and writings of the major Associate Professor Joseph Chaney, 3169 Wiekamp Hall, writers of the British Romantic movement, including Blake, (574) 520-4870 Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate ENG-L 647 Studies in Victorian Literature (4 cr.) Study School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The of one writer, a group of writers, or a theme or form University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements significant to the period. Course may be repeated once for contained only in The University Graduate School credit with a different topic. Bulletin.) ENG-L 650 Studies in American Literature to 1900 Curriculum (4 cr.) General Information Intensive study of a writer, a group of writers, or a theme or form significant to the period. Course may be repeated The Master of Liberal Studies (M.L.S.) program in once for credit with a different topic. the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences provides opportunities to engage your curiosity in an intellectual ENG-L 653 American Literature 1800-1900 (4 cr.) exploration of the world of ideas. But the rewards of the Intensive historical and critical study of all genres from pursuit of knowledge go beyond intellectual satisfaction. Washington Irving through Frank Norris. You will gain a refreshed approach to an enriched personal and professional life through a program that ENG-L 660 Studies in American Literature 1900– reinvigorates curiosity and creativity. You’ll gain fresh Present (4 cr.) Intensive study of one writer, a group of perspectives and the critical thinking, analytical, and writers, or a theme or form significant to the period. communication skills so valued in today’s workplace. ENG-L 674 Studies in International English Literature Students begin with an introduction to graduate liberal (4 cr.) Literatures from Africa, the Caribbean Islands, studies and interdisciplinary methodology, and then Australia, New Zealand, the Pacific Islands, the Indian enroll in at least three core seminars in the humanities, subcontinent, or Canada. the sciences, and the social sciences. Seminars ENG-L 680 Special Topics: Literary Study and Theory combine detailed study of a particular topic with a broad (4 cr.) Readings in sociological, political, psychological, interdisciplinary examination of ways of understanding. and other approaches to literature. The M.L.S. program draws on faculty with diverse expertise to explore topics through a multidisciplinary ENG-L 681 Genre Studies (4 cr.) (Variable title: e.g., The approach. Epic). Admission Requirements ENG-L 695 Individual Readings in English (1-4 cr.) Students are admitted to the Master of Liberal Studies ENG-W 500 Teaching Composition: Issues and program by the Graduate Liberal Studies faculty of the Approaches (4 cr.) Consideration of fundamental issues College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. To be considered in the teaching of writing and the major approaches to for admission, students must hold a bachelor’s degree composition instruction. Specific topics include teaching from an accredited institution and must have obtained an invention and revision, diagnosing errors, teaching style undergraduate grade point average of at least 3.0. and organization, making assignments, and evaluating student writing. A student whose native language is not English must have a minimum TOEFL score of 560 (standard grading) ENG-W 511 Writing Fiction (4 cr.) Either ENG W511 or or 220 (computer graded). The recommended TOEFL ENG W513 may be taken twice for the M.A. score is 600 (standard grading) or 250 (computer graded). Exceptions to these requirements may be made at the ENG-W 513 Writing Poetry (4 cr.) Poetry writing discretion of the Graduate Liberal Studies faculty. workshop on the study of prosody and form (including formal elements of free verse) in the context of writing Application Deadlines by class members. Course may be taken twice for M.A. credit. Students may be admitted to the M.L.S. program to begin in either the fall or spring semester. All admission ENG-W 609 Directed Writing Projects (4 cr.) decisions are made by the members of the Liberal Arts and Sciences Graduate Liberal Studies faculty. The ENG-W 615 Writing Creative Nonfiction (4 cr.) committee meets to review applications three times each Writing workshop in such modes as personal essay, year. The deadlines for submitting completed applications autobiography, and documentary. for review by the committee are as follows: • March 31 Early admission, fall semester • August 1 Final admission, fall semester 594 September 6, 2017

• October 31 Admission, spring semester LBST-D 511 Master of Liberal Studies Humanities Elective LBST-D 512 Master of Liberal Studies Social Science Students wishing to enter in the fall are strongly Elective encouraged to submit their materials by the March 31 LBST-D 513 Master of Liberal Studies Science Elective early admission deadline to assure there will be an LBST-D 514 Study Abroad opening in the program. Students are also advised to LBST-D 594 Liberal Studies Directed Readings* give reference letter writers at least two to four weeks’ LBST-D 596 Liberal Studies Independent Research* notice so that their letters will arrive prior to the deadline. Applications that are not completed by a given deadline The Independent Research/Creative Activity Option and will not be considered until the next deadline and may the Public Intellectual Option each require a distinct form cause a delay in admission by one semester. Completed of capstone experience. applications include the following: Capstone Experience (9 cr.) • Application form To complete the degree under one of these two • Personal essay options, students choose one of the following capstone • Three letters of reference experiences. • Transcripts of all previous undergraduate study • Application fee • D601 M.L.S. Project Proposal Seminar (3 cr.) • D602 Graduate Project (6 cr.) All students wishing to enter the program should contact the director before submitting an application. Public Intellectual Option (34 cr.) Master of Liberal Studies Degree Upon completion of two additional core seminars and Academic Curriculum (34 CR.) 12 credits of electives, the Public Intellectual Option offers students the opportunity to work within a learning (All courses are 3 credit hours, unless otherwise community made up of other students and led by a faculty designated.) facilitator to explore the variety of genre through which Three degree options are available to students: the public intellectuals communicate, and to create their own Independent Research/Creative Activity Option, the Public portfolio of public intellectual work to be submitted for Intellectual Option, and the Sustainability Leadership completion of the M.L.S. degree. Option. The Sustainability Leadership Option is more Additional Core Seminars (6 cr.) specialized than the other two options; it incorporates the curriculum of the Graduate Certificate in Strategic Electives (12 cr.) Sustainability Leadership in place of electives. The three Capstone Experience (3 cr.) options are also distinguished by different capstone experiences. • D600 Public Intellectual Practicum (3 cr.) All three options require successful completion of the Academic Regulations introductory proseminars and the MLS core seminars. Each of the core seminars combines detailed study of Students must have their programs of study approved by particular topics with broad interdisciplinary perspectives. the M.L.S. program director. These courses give students the opportunity to explore the An average grade of B (3.0) is required for graduation, and connections that exist among the diverse disciplines and no course with a grade lower than B– (2.7) will be counted perspectives that define contemporary knowledge. toward the degree. Students are required to retain good academic standing, i.e., to maintain a GPA of at least 2.7. Proseminars and Core Seminars (13 cr.) Failure to maintain good standing may result in dismissal from the program. COAS-Q 510 Topics in Information Literacy (1 cr.) LBST-D 510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies Other academic regulations and policies are established LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar by the Graduate Liberal Studies faculty of the College of LBST-D 502 Social Sciences Seminar Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students should consult the LBST-D 503 Science Seminar M.L.S. program director for further information. The Independent Research/Creative Activity Option and *M.L.S. students may take no more than a total of 6 credit the Public Intellectual Option give students the choice of a hours of D594 and D596 combined. wide variety of elective courses suitable to their individual interests. These elective courses may be selected to build Sustainability Leadership Option support and background for the graduate project, or to An MLS degree with a strong emphasis in sustainability enable students to more ably participate in the public leadership gives graduates the tools to contribute intellectual, artistic, and cultural life of their communities. creatively to a growing international movement among In addition to the courses below, students may also repeat businesses and communities. The student is able to core seminars as electives (each may be taken up to two add specific expertise in sustainability to the general more times under a different topic); and/or take graduate communications skills and academic interdisciplinary courses from other IU South Bend departments, divisions, skills developed in the MLS core courses. A student and schools. is able to shape the degree to fit specific professional and personal goals, but at the core of the educational Electives (12 cr.) experience are the values of interdisciplinary scholarship and practice, as well as the understanding of how to lead September 6, 2017 595 effective sustainability efforts in several contexts. The LBST-D 594 Liberal Studies (1-3 cr.) P: LBST- Sustainability option incorporates the curriculum of the D501, D502, and D503, and prior consent of the Graduate Certificate in Strategic Sustainability Leadership instructor. Directed Readings. Independent study into the core requirements of the IU South Bend Master of involving systematic schedule of readings sponsored and Liberal Studies degree. It includes two capstone courses, supervised by a faculty member. May be repeated up to a the Public Intellectual Practicum and the seminar on maximum of 6 credit hours. Sustainability Leadership and Planning. LBST-D 596 Liberal Studies Independent Research (1-3 cr.) P: D501, D502, D503 and prior consent of Sustainability Required Courses (9 cr.) instructor. An independent research project formulated SUST-S 501 Sustainability Strategies and Applications and conducted in consultation with a faculty member and SUST-S 520 Sustainability and Innovation culminating in a final analytical paper. May be repeated up SUST-S 530 Sustainable Technologies and Alternative to a maximum of 6 credit hours. Energy

LBST-D 600 Public Intellectual Practicum (3 cr.) Sustainability Electives (choose one) (3 cr.) P: Completion of all M.L.S. course work. A capstone SUST-S 630 Sustainable Food Systems seminar for the M.L.S. public intellectual option. Students SUST-S 660 Sustainability and the Built Environment will study the history of public intellectuals, explore the variety of ways in which public intellectuals carry out their MLS Elective Hours (3 cr.) work, and create a portfolio of their own public intellectual work. Select three credit hours of electives from among graduate course offerings, including independent study credit, with LBST-D 601 M.L.S. Project Proposal Seminar (3 cr.) approval of the academic advisor. P: Approval of director. A capstone seminar for the independent research/creative activity option in which students choose a topic or creative activity for their Two Capstone Seminars (6 cr.) project, complete the initial research to determine its SUST-S 690 Sustainability Leadership and Planning feasibility, write a formal proposal with an extensive LBST-D 600 Public Intellectual Practicum bibliography identifying sources and/or resources Courses necessary to complete the project, and defend it before a faculty committee. LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar (3 cr.) An interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the humanities. LBST-D 602 Graduate Project (3-6 cr.) P: D601. Topics vary from semester to semester. May be repeated Independent project work conducted in consultation with a twice for credit. faculty director. LBST-D 502 Social Science Seminar (3 cr.) An COAS-Q 510 Topics in Information Literacy (1 cr.) interdisciplinary graduatAn interdisciplinary graduate Examines the research process that students must master seminar in the social sciences. Topics vary from semester to succeed in graduate school. Students will: gain both a to semester.e seminar in the humanities. Topics vary from practical and theoretical understanding of the organization semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit. of academic literature and the nature of information structure and organization; learn effective information LBST-D 503 Science Seminar (3 cr.) An interdisciplinary retrieval methods; and apply critical thinking principles graduate seminar in the sciences. Topics vary from when utilizing information resources. semester to semester. May be repeated twice for credit. LBST-D 510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies Southeast (3 cr.) A comprehensive introduction to graduate liberal studies. Explores the cultures of the humanities, social Faculty sciences, and sciences. Investigates interdisciplinary (An asterisk [*] denotes membership in the University methodologies. Offers strategies for graduate-level Graduate School faculty with the endorsement to direct reading, research, and writing for other publics. doctoral dissertations.) LBST-D 511 M.L.S. Humanities Elective (1-4 cr.) Program Director P: D510. An M.L.S. graduate elective course in the humanities. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. Professor Deborah Finkel* (Psychology) LBST-D 512 M.L.S. Social Science Elective (1-4 cr.) Liberal Studies P: D510. An M.L.S. graduate elective course in the social sciences. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. Curriculum Departmental E-mail: [email protected] LBST-D 513 M.L.S. Science Elective (1-4 cr.) P: D510. An M.L.S. graduate elective course in the sciences. Topics Departmental URL: www.ius.edu/mls vary. May be repeated for credit. (Please note that when conferring University Graduate LBST-D 514 Graduate Liberal Overseas Study (3-6 cr.) School degrees, minors, certificates, and sub-plans, The P: D510. This course will enable M.L.S. students to University Graduate School’s staff use those requirements participate in overseas studies. In some cases there may contained only in The University Graduate School be a language prerequisite. Bulletin.) 596 September 6, 2017

Degrees Offered MLS graduate elective course in Social Sciences. Topics The Graduate Liberal Studies program is an vary. May be repeated for credit. interdisciplinary graduate program that offers study beyond the bachelor’s level for those persons who are LBST-D 513 MLS Science(s) Elective (1-3 cr.) P: Prior interested in continuing their education in a diversified, consent of instructor; authorization required. An MLS challenging manner. The program offers two degree graduate elective course in Natural Sciences. Topics vary. options: (1) Graduate Certificate in Liberal Studies, May be repeated for credit. requiring 16 credit hours of coursework and (2) Master’s LBST-D 594 Liberal Studies directed Readings Degree in Liberal Studies, requiring 34 credit hours (1-3 cr.) P: LBST D501, D502, D503; prior consent of including a thesis project. The program is not meant to instructor; authorization required. Independent Study prepare students for doctoral study. involving a systematic schedule of readings sponsored Admission Requirements and supervised by faculty member. May be repeated up to a maximum of six credit hours. For regular admission, students must have completed an undergraduate degree from an accredited institution with LBST-D 599 Internship (0-6 cr.) An internship is an a grade point average of B or above. G.R.E. scores and educational experience related to a student’s degree three letters of recommendation are required. Applicants program and career plan which applies what the student are accepted anytime, but to assure enrollment, students has learned to work situations. It involves a student, should apply by August 10 for the fall semester and employer, and university sponsor. See Career Services for January 2 for the spring. Applications may be obtained more information and to register. through the Master in Liberal Studies office at Crestview LBST-D 601 Graduate Project Proposal Seminar Hall 018B or by calling (812) 941-2604 or (812) 941-2668 (3 cr.) P: Approval of Director; authorization required. or on the Web site. Independent study sponsored and supervised by faculty member/committee chair for research/creativity track in Course Requirements which students choose a topic, create a bibliography, Students pursuing the master’s degree are required write a formal proposal, and defend it before a faculty to complete 34 credit hours of courses that have been committee. approved for graduate credit. These courses must represent all three of the arts and sciences schools and LBST-D 602 Graduate Project (1-6 cr.) P: Approval of must include 9 credits of graduate seminars D501, D502, Director; Authorization required. Independent project work D503, and 6 credits of graduate project (D601 & D602). conducted in consultation with a faculty director. Students pursuing the graduate certificate complete 16 LBST-D 550 Teaching Assistant (3 cr.) May be repeated credit hours representing at least two of the three arts and for credit. M.L.S. student receives academic credit for sciences schools. assisting with the development and instruction of an Grades undergraduate course. Only courses in which a grade of at least a B is earned will LBST-D 551 Research Assistant (3 cr.) May be repeated count toward the degree. for credit. M.L.S. student receives academic credit for serving as a research assistant. Courses LBST-D 591 Graduate Workshop on Teaching (1-3 cr.) LBST-D 501 Humanities Seminar (1-4 cr.) An A graduate seminar on issues of pedagogy at the college interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the humanities. level. Students develop a teaching portfolio. Topics vary from semester to semester. LBST-D 502 Social Sciences Seminar (1-4 cr.) An interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the social sciences. Topics vary from semester to semester. LBST-D 503 Natural Sciences Seminar (1-4 cr.) An interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the sciences. Topics vary from semester to semester. LBST-D 510 Introduction to Graduate Liberal Studies (3-4 cr.) A comprehensive introduction to graduate liberal studies. Explores the cultures of the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. Investigates interdisciplinary methodologies. Offers strategies for graduate-level reading, research, and writing for other publics. LBST-D 511 MLS Humanities Elective (1-3 cr.) P: Prior consent of instructor; authorization required. An MLS graduate elective course in Arts and Letters. Topics vary. May be repeated for credit. LBST-D 512 MLS Social Sciences Elective (1-3 cr.) P: Prior consent of instructor; authorization required. An